12 files changed, 61634 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/old/30278-0.txt b/old/30278-0.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..affa5d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/30278-0.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11555 @@
+The Project Gutenberg eBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
+www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you
+will have to check the laws of the country where you are located before
+using this eBook.
+
+Title: Friars and Filipinos
+       An Abridged Translation of Dr. Jose Rizal's Tagalog Novel,
+       'Noli Me Tangere.'
+
+Author: Jose Rizal
+
+Translator: Frank Ernest Gannett
+
+Release Date: October 17, 2009 [eBook #30278]
+[Most recently updated: December 4, 2022]
+
+Language: English
+
+Produced by: Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+
+
+
+                          Friars and Filipinos
+
+
+                       An abridged translation of
+
+                            Dr. José Rizal's
+
+                   Tagalog Novel, "Noli Me Tangere."
+
+                                   By
+                         Frank Ernest Gannett.
+
+
+                               New York:
+
+                          The St. James Press.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                            Copyright, 1900,
+                                   by
+                         Frank Ernest Gannett.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                   To
+
+                         Jacob Gould Schurman,
+
+                    President of Cornell University.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+While serving on the staff of the first United States Commission to the
+Philippine Islands my attention was called to the life and writings
+of Dr. José Rizal. I found in his novel, "Noli Me Tangere," the best
+picture of the life of the people of those islands under Spanish rule,
+and the clearest exposition of the governmental problems which Spain
+failed to solve, and with which our own people must deal. It occurred
+to me that an English translation of Rizal's work would be of great
+value at the present time. My first intention was to reproduce the
+entire novel as it was written, but, after careful consideration,
+I thought best to abridge the story by the omission of some parts
+which did not seem essential to the main purpose of the work. The
+present volume is the result.
+
+Readers should not understand any of Rizal's references to priests
+and friars as reflections upon the Roman Catholic Church. He was
+throughout his life an ardent Catholic, and died a firm adherent
+of the Church. But he objected to the religious orders in the
+Philippine Islands, because he knew well that they were more zealous
+in furthering their own selfish ends than in seeking the advancement
+of Christianity. From experience, Dr. Rizal knew that the friars,
+under cloak of the gospel ministry, oppressed his fellow countrymen,
+and took advantage of their superstition and ignorance. These wrongs
+he was brave enough to expose in his writings. In the friars he saw an
+obstacle to the education and enlightenment of the Filipino people,
+and, using moderate means, he did his utmost to secure reform. His
+writings will explain to us the cause of the hatred shown by the
+Filipinos toward the religious corporations, and will make clearer
+the nature of one of the present problems in the Philippines.
+
+There are in the Philippines five religious orders: the Dominicans,
+Franciscans, Recoletos, Augustines and Jesuits. According to John
+Foreman, an eminent authority, the members of all of these, except
+the last named, come from the lower classes in Spain, and are on
+the whole comparatively ignorant and uncultured. Under the Spanish
+system of government certain provinces were assigned to each of the
+orders--except the Jesuits--and the friars were distributed among
+the different parishes. In the town assigned to him the friar had
+much authority. He was chief adviser in all civil affairs, and, by
+his influence over the superstitious natives, maintained absolute
+control in all matters pertaining to the local government as well
+as to the local church. So firm was his hold that he led the Spanish
+government to believe that the islands could not be ruled without his
+aid. Knowing that his power rested on the ignorance of the people he
+discouraged education among them. When native Filipinos advanced so
+far as to prove an obstacle to the religious orders, as did Rizal and
+many others, the friars sought to destroy them. Forgetting their holy
+mission, the religious orders became commercial corporations, amassed
+enormous wealth, and gained possession of the most valuable parts of
+the islands, though to much of this property the titles are not clear.
+
+From my own observation, and from information derived from the
+Spaniards themselves, I am convinced that the author has not
+overdrawn his pictures. In fact I have learned of instances where
+the oppression and practices of the friars were even worse than those
+described. Dr. Rizal has given us a portrayal of the Filipino character
+from the viewpoint of the most advanced Filipino. He brings out many
+facts that are pertinent to present-day questions, showing especially
+the Malayan ideas of vengeance, which will put great difficulties
+in the way of the pacifying of the islands by our forces. The reader
+will not fail to notice the striking similarity between the life of
+Ibarra, the hero, and that of Rizal, the author, a short sketch of
+whose career has been given in the following pages.
+
+For assistance in preparing this volume for publication I offer
+sincere thanks to William H. Glasson, Ph.D., Instructor in History
+in the George School, Newtown, Pa. Dr. Glasson has read the entire
+manuscript and proofs, and I have been glad to avail myself of his
+advice on many doubtful points. I desire also to acknowledge my
+indebtedness for favors received to Horatio Green, Interpreter to
+the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, to W. G. Richardson,
+of New York, and to the publishers.
+
+
+    F. E. G.
+
+    Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 1, 1900.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+        Chapter I.                        Page
+        Don Santiago's Dinner                1
+
+        Chapter II.
+        At the Dinner Table                 11
+
+        Chapter III.
+        Heretic and Revolutionist           16
+
+        Chapter IV.
+        Captain Tiago                       23
+
+        Chapter V.
+        An Idyl on the Azotea               29
+
+        Chapter VI.
+        Things Philippine                   35
+
+        Chapter VII.
+        San Diego and Its People            40
+
+        Chapter VIII.
+        Ibarra and the Grave-Digger         47
+
+        Chapter IX.
+        Adventures of a School Teacher      51
+
+        Chapter X.
+        Lights and Shadows                  57
+
+        Chapter XI.
+        The Fishing Party                   59
+
+        Chapter XII.
+        In the Woods                        68
+
+        Chapter XIII.
+        In the House of Tasio               77
+
+        Chapter XIV.
+        The Eve of the Fiesta               83
+
+        Chapter XV.
+        As Night Comes On                   87
+
+        Chapter XVI.
+        The Hoisting Crane                  92
+
+        Chapter XVII.
+        The Banquet                        104
+
+        Chapter XVIII.
+        The First Cloud                    112
+
+        Chapter XIX.
+        His Excellency                     116
+
+        Chapter XX.
+        The Procession                     125
+
+        Chapter XXI.
+        Doña Consolacion                   129
+
+        Chapter XXII.
+        Might and Right                    137
+
+        Chapter XXIII.
+        Two Visitors                       145
+
+        Chapter XXIV.
+        Episode in Espadaña's Life         148
+
+        Chapter XXV.
+        Schemes                            161
+
+        Chapter XXVI.
+        The Persecuted                     165
+
+        Chapter XXVII.
+        The Cock Fight                     172
+
+        Chapter XXVIII.
+        The Two Señoras                    181
+
+        Chapter XXIX.
+        The Enigma                         188
+
+        Chapter XXX.
+        The Voice of the Persecuted        191
+
+        Chapter XXXI.
+        Elias's Family                     200
+
+        Chapter XXXII.
+        Changes                            207
+
+        Chapter XXXIII.
+        Playing Cards with the Shades      211
+
+        Chapter XXXIV.
+        The Discovery                      217
+
+        Chapter XXXV.
+        The Catastrophe                    223
+
+        Chapter XXXVI.
+        What People Say and Think          229
+
+        Chapter XXXVII.
+        Vae Victis!                        235
+
+        Chapter XXXVIII.
+        The Accursed                       244
+
+        Chapter XXXIX.
+        Maria Clara is Married             248
+
+        Chapter XL.
+        The Pursuit on the Lake            259
+
+        Chapter XLI.
+        Father Dámaso Explains             267
+
+        Epilogue                           271
+
+
+
+
+
+
+JOSÉ RIZAL.
+
+
+Dr. José Rizal, of whose "Noli Me Tangere," the following story, is
+an abridgement, is the most striking character to be found in the
+history of the Philippine Islands. He was not only a great martyr
+to the cause of liberty, and to the advancement of his fellow men,
+but he was without doubt the greatest Filipino ever born, and his
+memory is cherished to-day by his people as we ourselves cherish the
+memory of Washington.
+
+Rizal was born on June 19th, 1861, in the pueblo of Calamba, in the
+province of Laguna, on the Island of Luzon. He came of a Tagalog
+family, which, it is said, acknowledged a slight mixture of Chinese
+blood, and possessed considerable property. As a child he gave evidence
+of extraordinary precocity. He is said to have written poetry in his
+native tongue at eight years of age, produced a successful melodrama
+at fourteen, and later to have won prizes in literary contests with
+writers of recognized ability.
+
+After passing through the University of Manila, and receiving much
+instruction at the hands of the Jesuit fathers, he was sent to Europe
+to complete his education. He pursued courses of study in Spanish
+and German universities, and won the degrees of Doctor of Medicine
+and Doctor of Philosophy. Besides acquiring a knowledge of seven
+languages he gained a brilliant reputation for proficiency in the
+branch of optical surgery. For a time he was the leading assistant
+in the office of a world-renowned specialist at Vienna.
+
+While in Europe Rizal wrote several books and also gave considerable
+time to sculpture and painting. His artistic ability was great,
+and some of his productions are now treasured by friends into whose
+possession they came. Rizal's best known work is his "Noli Me Tangere,"
+written in Belgium about 1886 or 1887. This novel, with its vivid
+picture of life in the Philippines, and its exposure of Spanish
+misrule and oppression, won for him the bitter hatred of the friars,
+and inspired the relentless persecution which only ended with the
+taking of his life.
+
+In 1889 Dr. Rizal returned to the Philippines, but was soon compelled
+to leave his native land in order to escape forcible banishment. After
+a short residence in Japan, he went to London, where he published
+a work on the History of the Philippine Islands. About the same
+time a sequel to "Noli Me Tangere," entitled "El Filibusterismo,"
+was published. The hatred of the priests against him was further
+inflamed by this production, and the government in Manila was forced
+by the friars to forbid the circulation of any of his writings. Copies
+of his novels were burned in the public squares, and it was worth
+one's life to be found possessing a copy. Until very recently it has
+been almost impossible to obtain a copy of Rizal's works, and it was
+necessary to go to Europe to secure the one from which the following
+abridged translation was made.
+
+In 1892 Dr. Rizal was so overcome with a desire to see again his
+beautiful fatherland that he ventured, in the face of all the dangers
+that threatened him, to return to Manila. He had scarcely set foot
+on shore, however, before he was arrested and thrown in prison. The
+friars demanded his execution on the ground that he carried incendiary
+leaflets for the purpose of stirring up a rebellion, but subsequent
+inquiries showed that such leaflets had been introduced into his
+baggage at the custom house through the intrigues of the Augustine
+friars. Despite his indignant protestations of innocence; Rizal was
+summarily condemned by the Spanish General, Despujols, to banishment
+at Dapitan in the island of Mindanao. Although the trickery of the
+friars became known to him, Despujols lacked courage to revoke his
+order of banishment, for fear that he, too, would incur the hatred
+of the powerful religious corporations.
+
+After four years of exile Rizal saw plainly that the hostility of
+the friars would make it impossible for him to live in his native
+land. In 1896 a plague of yellow fever broke out in the island
+of Cuba and Rizal volunteered to lend his medical services to the
+Spanish government. Ramon Blanco, then general-in-chief of the Spanish
+forces in the Philippines, accepted the generous offer and recalled
+the young man to Manila that he might sail at once for Cuba. Alarmed
+by demonstrations of popular affection for Rizal, who represented the
+aspirations of the Filipino people, the Spanish authorities broke faith
+with him and imprisoned him in the Fuerza de Santiago. He was arraigned
+on false charges, given a military trial, and at the dictation of
+the religious orders was sentenced to be shot as a traitor.
+
+At dawn on December 30th, 1896, he was led to the place of execution
+on the beautiful Luneta, overlooking the tranquil surface of Manila
+Bay. Notices of the event had been published throughout the islands
+and the day on which it was to occur was proclaimed a fiesta. Thousands
+gathered around the place selected, and so evident was the sympathy of
+the helpless Filipinos for the man who was to die for their sake that
+Spain marshalled ten regiments of her soldiers about the spot. The
+populace must be intimidated. A nation's hero was about to become a
+nation's martyr. With face uplifted he glanced at the multitude about
+him and smiled. They tied his arms behind him and made him face the
+waters of the bay. In vain he protested and begged that he might die
+facing his executioners. A squad of his fellow countrymen, who were
+serving in Spain's army, were selected for the bloody work. They drew
+in position to shoot him in the back. The order was given to fire,
+but only one had the courage to obey. The bullet went straight and the
+hero fell, but another shot was necessary to despatch his life. His
+newly wedded wife remained with him to the end. The best hope of the
+Filipino people was crushed; a light in a dark place was snuffed out.
+
+Rizal was no extremist, no believer in harsh and bloody methods, no
+revolutionist. He aimed to secure moderate and reasonable reforms, to
+lessen the oppressive exactions of the friars, to examine into titles
+of their land, and to make possible the education and uplifting of
+his people. He loved Spain as he did his own country, and repeatedly
+used his influence against the rebellious measures proposed by other
+Filipino leaders. His execution was only one of the numerous outrages
+which characterized Spain's reign in the Philippines.
+
+In closing this short sketch of Rizal's life we can do no better
+than to quote the estimate of him made by Dr. Ferdinand Blumentritt,
+professor in the University of Leitmeritz, Austria, who prepared a
+biographical sketch of Rizal. Dr. Blumentritt said:
+
+"Not only is Rizal the most prominent man of his own people, but the
+greatest man the Malayan race has produced. His memory will never
+perish in his fatherland, and future generations of Spaniards will
+yet learn to utter his name with respect and reverence."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FRIARS AND FILIPINOS.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+DON SANTIAGO'S DINNER.
+
+
+In the latter part of October, Don Santiago de los Santos, popularly
+known as Captain Tiago, gave a dinner. Though, contrary to his custom,
+he had not announced it until the afternoon of the day on which it was
+to occur, the dinner became at once the absorbing topic of conversation
+in Binondo, in the other suburbs of Manila, and even in the walled
+city. Captain Tiago was generally considered a most liberal man,
+and his house, like his country, shut its doors to no one, whether
+bent on pleasure or on the development of some new and daring scheme.
+
+The dinner was given in the captain's house in Analoague street. The
+building is of ordinary size, of the style of architecture common
+to the country, and is situated on that arm of the Pasig called by
+some Binondo Creek. This, like all the streams in Manila, satisfies a
+multitude of needs. It serves for bathing, mortar-mixing, laundering,
+fishing, means of transportation and communication, and even for
+drinking water, when the Chinese water-carriers find it convenient
+to use it for that purpose. Although the most important artery of
+the busiest part of the town, where the roar of commerce is loudest
+and traffic most congested, the stream is, for a distance of a mile,
+crossed by only one wooden bridge. During six months of the year, one
+end of this bridge is out of order, and the other end is impassable
+during the remaining time.
+
+The house is low and somewhat out of plumb. No one, however, knows
+whether the faulty lines of the building are due to a defect in the
+sight of the architect who constructed it, or whether they are the
+result of earthquakes and hurricanes.
+
+A wide staircase, with green balustrades and carpeted here and there in
+spots, leads from the zaguan, or tiled entrance hall, to the second
+story of the house. On either side of this staircase is a row of
+flower-pots and vases, placed upon chinaware pedestals, brilliant in
+coloring and fantastic in design. Upstairs, we enter a spacious hall,
+which is, in these islands, called caida. This serves to-night for
+the dining hall. In the middle of the room is a large table, profusely
+and richly ornamented, fairly groaning under the weight of delicacies.
+
+In direct contrast to these worldly preparations are the motley colored
+religious pictures on the walls--such subjects as "Purgatory," "Hell,"
+"The Last Judgment," "The Death of the Just," and "The Death of the
+Sinner." Below these, in a beautiful renaissance frame, is a large,
+curious linen engraving of two old ladies. The picture bears the
+inscription "Our Lady of Peace, Propitious to Travellers, Venerated
+in Antipolo, Visiting in the Guise of a Beggar the Pious Wife of the
+Famous Captain Inés in Her Sickness." In the side of the room toward
+the river, Captain Tiago has arranged fantastic wooden arches, half
+Chinese, half European, through which one can pass to the roof which
+covers part of the first story. This roof serves as a veranda, and
+has been illuminated with Chinese lanterns in many colors and made
+into a pretty little arbor or garden. The sala or principal room of
+the house, where the guests assembled is resplendent with colossal
+mirrors and brilliant chandeliers, and, upon a platform of pine,
+is a costly piano of the finest workmanship.
+
+People almost filled this room, the men keeping on one side and the
+women on the other, as though they were in a Catholic church or a
+synagogue. Among the women were a number of young girls, both native
+and Spanish. Occasionally one of them forgot herself and yawned,
+but immediately sought to conceal it by covering her mouth with her
+fan. Conversation was carried on in a low voice and died away in
+vague mono-syllables, like the indistinct noises heard by night in
+a large mansion.
+
+An elderly woman with a kindly face, a cousin of Captain Tiago,
+received the ladies. She spoke Spanish regardless of all the
+grammatical rules, and her courtesies consisted in offering to the
+Spanish ladies cigarettes and betel nut (neither of which they use)
+and in kissing the hands of the native women after the manner of
+the friars. Finally the poor old lady was completely exhausted,
+and, taking advantage of a distant crash occasioned by the breaking
+of a plate, hurried off precipitately to investigate, murmuring:
+"Jesús! Just wait, you good-for-nothings!"
+
+Among the men there was somewhat more animation. In one corner of
+the room were some cadets, who chatted with some show of interest,
+but in a low voice. From time to time they surveyed the crowd and
+indicated to each other different persons, meanwhile laughing more
+or less affectedly.
+
+The only people who appeared to be really enjoying themselves were
+two friars, two citizens and an officer of the army who formed a
+group around a small table, on which were bottles of wine and English
+biscuits. The officer was old, tall and sunburnt, and looked as the
+Duke of Alva might have looked, had he been reduced to a command in
+the civil guard. He said little, but what he did say was short and
+to the point. One of the friars was a young Dominican, handsome and
+dressed with extreme nicety. He wore gold mounted spectacles and
+preserved the extreme gravity of youth. The other friar, however,
+who was a Franciscan, talked a great deal and gesticulated even
+more. Although his hair was getting gray, he seemed to be well
+preserved and in robust health. His splendid figure, keen glance,
+square jaw and herculean form gave him the appearance of a Roman
+patrician in disguise. He was gay and talked briskly, like one who
+is not afraid to speak out. Brusque though his words might be, his
+merry laugh removed any disagreeable impression.
+
+As to the citizens, one of them was small in stature and wore a black
+beard, his most noticeable feature being his large nose--so large
+that you could scarcely believe that it was all his own. The other
+was a young blonde, apparently a recent arrival in the country. The
+latter was carrying on a lively discussion with the Franciscan.
+
+"You will see," said the friar, "when you have been in the country
+a few months, and will be convinced that what I say is right. It is
+one thing to govern in Madrid and another to rule in the Philippines."
+
+"But----"
+
+"I, for example," continued Father Dámaso, raising his voice to prevent
+the other from speaking, "I, who can point to my twenty-three years
+of existence on bananas and rice, can speak with some authority on
+this subject. Do not come to me with theories or arguments, for I
+know the native. Remember, that when I came to this country, I was
+sent to a parish, small and largely devoted to agriculture. I did not
+understand Tagalog very well, but I received the confessions of the
+women and we managed to understand each other. In fact, they came
+to think so much of me that three years afterward, when I was sent
+to another and larger town, where a vacancy had been created by the
+death of the native parish priest, all the women were in tears. They
+overwhelmed me with presents, they saw me off with bands of music----"
+
+"But this only shows----"
+
+"Wait, wait! Do not be in a hurry! My successor remained there a still
+shorter time, but when he left there were more people to see him off,
+more tears shed, and more music played, although he had treated the
+people worse than I, and had raised the parish dues to a sum almost
+double the amount I had exacted."
+
+"But allow me----"
+
+"Furthermore, I was twenty years in the town of San Diego and it was
+only a few months ago--that--that I left. Twenty years! Surely any
+one will admit that twenty years is time enough to get acquainted
+with a town. There were six thousand people in San Diego, and I knew
+every one of them as if he were my own child. I knew even the private
+affairs of them all; I knew in what way this man was 'crooked,'
+where the shoe pinched that one, what slips every girl had made and
+with whom, and who was the true father of each child, for I received
+all of their confessions and they always confessed scrupulously. I
+can prove what I say by Santiago, our host, for he has considerable
+property in that town, and it was there that we became friends. Well,
+then! This will show you what sort of people the natives are: when I
+went away, only a few old women and some lay brothers saw me off. And
+that, after I had been there twenty years! Don't you see that this
+proves beyond a doubt that all the reforms attempted by the Ministers
+of the Government in Madrid are perfectly absurd?"
+
+It was now the young man's turn to be perplexed. The lieutenant, who
+had been listening to the argument, knit his brows. The little man
+with the black beard made ready to combat or support Father Dámaso's
+arguments, while the Dominican was content to remain entirely neutral.
+
+"But do you believe----," the young man finally asked in a curious
+mood, and looking straight at the friar.
+
+"Do I believe it? As I do the Gospel! The native is so indolent!"
+
+"Ah! Pardon me for interrupting you," said the young blonde, lowering
+his voice and drawing his chair closer, "but you have spoken a word
+that arouses my interest. Is this indolence an inherent characteristic
+of the native, or is it true, as a foreign traveller has said in
+speaking of a country whose inhabitants are of the same race as these,
+that this indolence is only a fabrication to excuse our own laziness,
+our backwardness and the faults of our celestial system?"
+
+"Bah! That is nothing but envy! Ask Señor Laruja, who knows this
+country very well, whether the native has his equal in the world for
+indolence and ignorance."
+
+"It is a fact," replied the little man referred to, "that
+nowhere in the world can any one be found more indolent than the
+native. Positively nowhere!"
+
+"Nor more vicious and ungrateful!"
+
+"Nor with less education!"
+
+Somewhat uneasy, the blonde man began to glance about the
+room. "Gentlemen," he said in a low voice, "I believe that we are in
+the house of a native, and these young ladies may----"
+
+"Bah! Don't be so sensitive. How long have you been in the country?"
+
+"Four days," answered the young man somewhat ruffled.
+
+"Did you come here as an employee?"
+
+"No, sir. I came on my own account in order to become acquainted with
+the country."
+
+"Man, what a rare bird you are!" exclaimed Father Dámaso, looking
+at him with curiosity. "To come here on your own account for such
+foolish ends! What a phenomenon! And when so many books have been
+written about this country----"
+
+Then, striking the arm of his chair with sudden violence, he exclaimed:
+"The country is being lost; it is lost already. The governing power
+supports heretics against the ministers of God."
+
+"What do you mean?" again asked the lieutenant, half rising from
+his chair.
+
+"What do I mean?" repeated Father Dámaso, again raising his voice,
+and facing the lieutenant. "I mean what I say. I mean that, when a
+priest turns away the corpse of a heretic from his cemetery, no one,
+not even the King himself, has the right to interfere, and still less
+to punish. And yet a general, a miserable little general----"
+
+"Father! His Excellency is the vice-regal representative of His
+Majesty the King!" exclaimed the officer, rising to his feet.
+
+"What do I care for His Excellency, or for any of your vice-regal
+representatives!" answered the Franciscan, rising in his turn. "In
+any other time than the present, he would have been thrown down
+stairs in the same way as the religious corporations treated the
+sacrilegious governor Bustamente in his time. Those were the days
+when there was faith!"
+
+"I'll tell you right here that I don't allow any--His Excellency
+represents His Majesty the King!"
+
+"I don't care whether he is king or rogue. For us there is no king
+other than the true----"
+
+"Stop this immediately!" shouted the lieutenant in a threatening
+manner, and as though he were commanding his own soldiers. "Take back
+what you have said, or to-morrow I shall inform His Excellency."
+
+"Go and tell him at once! Go tell him!" answered Father Dámaso,
+sarcastically, at the same time approaching the lieutenant with his
+fists doubled. "Don't you think for a moment that, because I wear
+the dress of a monk, I'm not a man. Hurry! Go tell him! I'll lend
+you my carriage."
+
+The discussion began to grow ridiculous as the speakers became more
+heated, but, at this point, fortunately, the Dominican interfered.
+
+"Gentlemen!" he said in a tone of authority, and with that nasal
+twang which is so characteristic of the friars, "there is no reason
+why you should thus confuse matters or take offense where it is not
+intended. We should distinguish between what Father Dámaso says as
+a man, and what he says as a priest. Whatever he may say as a priest
+cannot be offensive, for the words of a priest are understood to be
+absolutely true."
+
+"But I understand what his motives are, Father Sibyla!" interrupted
+the lieutenant, who saw that he would be drawn into a net of such
+fine distinction that, if he allowed it to go on, Father Dámaso
+would get off scot free. "I know very well what his motives are,
+and Your Reverence will also perceive them. During the absence of
+Father Dámaso from San Diego, his assistant buried the body of a very
+worthy person. Yes, sir, an extremely worthy person! I had known
+the man from time to time and had often been his guest. What if he
+never had been to confession? I do not confess, either. To say that
+he committed suicide is a lie, a slander. A man such as he, with
+a son whose success and love were more than all the world to him;
+a man who believed in God, who fulfilled his duty to society, who
+was honorable and just--such a man does not commit suicide. That is
+what I say! I am not telling you all that I think about this matter,
+and Your Reverence should be very thankful that I restrain myself."
+
+Turning his back on the Franciscan, he continued: "As I was saying,
+this priest, when he returned to the town, after maltreating his
+coadjutor, ordered that the man's body be taken up and thrown out of
+the cemetery, to be buried I know not where. The town of San Diego
+was too cowardly to protest, though, in fact, very few people knew
+much about the matter. The dead man had no relatives in the town and
+his only son was in Europe. His Excellency, however, learned about
+the affair, and being at heart upright and just, he ordered that the
+priest be punished. As a result, Father Dámaso was transferred to
+another but better town. That is all there was to it. Now you can
+make all the distinctions you like."
+
+So saying, he left the group.
+
+"I am very sorry to have touched upon so delicate a subject," said
+Father Sibyla, "but, after all, if the change from one town to another
+was to your advantage----"
+
+"How could it be to my advantage? How about all the things that I
+lost?" interrupted Father Dámaso, fairly boiling over with rage.
+
+"Good evening, gentlemen! Good evening, Father!" said Captain Santiago,
+who at that instant entered the room, leading a youth by the hand. On
+saluting his guests in this manner, he kissed the hands of the priests,
+who, by the way, forgot to give him their blessing. The Dominican took
+off his gold-rimmed spectacles in order to examine the new arrival
+at better advantage, while Father Dámaso, turning pale at the sight,
+stared at the youth with eyes wide open.
+
+"I have the honor of presenting to you Don Crisostomo Ibarra, the
+son of my deceased friend," said Captain Tiago. "The young man has
+just arrived from Europe, and I have been to meet him." At the mere
+mention of the name, exclamations were heard in all parts of the
+room. The lieutenant, forgetting himself entirely, did not stop to
+salute his host, but at once approached the young man and surveyed
+him from head to foot. The youth exchanged the usual greetings with
+those who had gathered around him. He showed no striking peculiarity,
+except in his sombre dress, which was in deep contrast with that of
+the other persons present. His athletic build, his appearance, and
+every movement he made showed, however, that a fine mind and a healthy
+body had both been highly developed. You could see from his frank and
+vivacious face that he had Spanish blood in his veins. Although his
+hair, eyes and complexion were dark, his cheeks had a slight color,
+due, no doubt, to residence in cold countries.
+
+"What!" he exclaimed with glad surprise, "the parish priest of my
+own town! Father Dámaso, my father's intimate friend!" Every one in
+the room looked at the Franciscan, but the latter made no motion.
+
+"You must excuse me, if I have made a mistake," added Ibarra, somewhat
+in doubt because of the apathy of the friar.
+
+"You have made no mistake," the priest finally answered in a strained
+voice, "but your father was never an intimate friend of mine."
+
+Ibarra slowly withdrew the hand which he had offered, looking at the
+friar with great surprise. As he turned about, he came face to face
+with the lieutenant just approaching.
+
+"My boy, are you the son of Don Rafael Ibarra?"
+
+The young man bowed in acquiescence. Father Dámaso settled back into
+his arm-chair and fixed his eyes upon the lieutenant.
+
+"Welcome to your country! May you be more happy in it than was your
+father!" exclaimed the officer in a trembling voice. "I had many
+dealings with your father and I knew him well, and I can say that he
+was one of the most worthy and honorable men in the Philippines."
+
+"Sir," replied Ibarra with emotion, "your praise of my father puts
+me in doubt as to his fate. Even now I, his own son, am ignorant of
+it all."
+
+The eyes of the old man filled with tears. He turned and hurriedly
+withdrew. Ibarra found himself standing alone in the middle of the
+room. His host had disappeared, and he turned to a group of gentlemen,
+who, as soon as they saw him coming, formed a semicircle to receive
+him.
+
+"Gentlemen," he said, "in Germany, when a stranger attends any
+social function and there is no one present to introduce him, it is
+allowable for him to introduce himself. Permit me to avail myself
+of this practice. Gentlemen, my name is Juan Crisostomo Ibarra y
+Magsalin." The others gave their names in turn, of which the most
+were comparatively unknown.
+
+"My name is A----a," said one of the young men, bowing stiffly.
+
+"Then, perhaps, I have the honor of addressing the poet whose works
+have kept up my enthusiasm for my country? I have been told that you
+have stopped writing, but no one has told me why."
+
+"Why? Because there is no use in invoking the muses for false and
+foolish ends. A case has been made out against one man for having put
+into verse a true story of Pero Grullo. I am not going to get myself
+into a similar scrape. They may call me a poet, but they shall not
+call me a fool."
+
+"And can you not tell us what that true story was?"
+
+"Yes. The poet said that the son of a lion is also a lion, and for
+saying this he narrowly escaped being banished."
+
+"Dinner is ready," announced a waiter who had been borrowed from the
+Cáfé Campaña. The guests began to file into the dining room, not,
+however, without many sighs, and even some prayers among the women,
+especially the natives, that the dreaded affair would soon be over.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+AT THE DINNER TABLE.
+
+
+Father Sibyla wore a satisfied air. He moved along tranquilly, and
+his closed, thin lips showed no signs of disdain. On the other hand,
+the Franciscan was in a very bad humor. As he walked toward the table,
+he kicked over the chairs which happened to be in his way and boxed the
+ears of one of the cadets. The lieutenant was very solemn and grave.
+
+The two friars instinctively started for the head of the table,
+perhaps by force of habit, and, as might have been expected, they met
+on opposite sides of the same chair. Then, with ponderous courtesy,
+each entreated the other to sit down, giving in turn his reasons why
+the other should take precedence. Every one at the table understood
+how both really felt in the matter, and all knew well that the one
+who did not take the coveted seat would grumble discontentedly for
+the remainder of the evening. The farce proceeded something like this:
+
+"You take it, Brother Dámaso! It is for you!"
+
+"No, you take it, Brother Sibyla!"
+
+"You are an old friend of the family, the confessor of its deepest
+mysteries; your age, your dignity, your----"
+
+"No, that is all right as far as age goes, but, on the other hand
+you are the priest of this suburb," answered Father Dámaso in an
+insincere tone, without, however, leaving the chair.
+
+"As you order it, I obey," concluded Father Sibyla, making ready to
+sit down.
+
+"But I do not order it," protested the Franciscan, "I do not order it."
+
+Father Sibyla was about to take the seat without any further regard to
+the protests of his brother, when his eyes chanced to meet those of the
+lieutenant. According to the religious customs in the Philippines, the
+highest military officer is inferior to even a convent cook. "Cedent
+arma togæ," said Cicero in the Senate. "Cedent arma cottæ," say the
+friars in the Philippines. Father Sibyla, however, was a person of
+some culture and refinement, and, as soon as he noticed the expression
+on the lieutenant's face, said: "Here! We are now out in the world,
+and not in the Church. This seat belongs to you, lieutenant!" But,
+to judge from the tone of his voice, he thought that, although he
+was out in the world and not in the Church, the seat nevertheless
+belonged to him. The lieutenant, either to save himself trouble or
+in order to avoid sitting between two friars, declined the honor in
+a very few words.
+
+Neither of the disputants had thought of the owner of the house. Ibarra
+saw him looking upon the scene and smiling with satisfaction.
+
+"How is this, Don Santiago! Aren't you going to sit down with us?"
+
+But all of the seats were already occupied, and Lucullus did not dine
+in the house of Lucullus.
+
+"Sit still! Don't get up!" said Captain Tiago, laying his hand on
+the young man's shoulder. "The fact is that this feast is given in
+honor of the Virgin on account of your safe arrival. Here! Bring on
+the tinola! I ordered some tinola made expressly for you, for I feel
+quite certain that you have not had any since you left the Philippines
+a long while ago."
+
+A large dish was brought in, still steaming and filled to the brim
+with tinola. The Dominican, after murmuring the Benedicite (to which
+only a few of those present could give the response), began to serve
+the contents of the dish. Either from carelessness or for some other
+reason, he passed to Father Dámaso a plate filled with the soup and
+stew, but containing only two small pieces of chicken, a bony neck and
+a tough wing. Meanwhile the others, especially Ibarra, were eating all
+sorts of choice bits. The Franciscan, of course, noticed this, mussed
+over the stew, took a mouthful of the soup, dropped his spoon with a
+clatter into his plate, and pushed the dish to one side. While this was
+going on, the Dominican appeared to be absorbed in conversation with
+the young blonde. Señor Laruja had also begun to converse with Ibarra.
+
+"How long has it been since you were last in this country?" said he.
+
+"About seven years," responded Ibarra.
+
+"You must have forgotten all about it."
+
+"On the contrary, although my country seems to have forgotten me,
+I have always kept her in mind."
+
+"What do you mean?" interposed the blonde.
+
+"I mean that for over a year I have not received any news from here,
+so that now I feel like a total stranger. I do not yet know how or
+when my father died."
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the lieutenant.
+
+"Where have you been that you did not telegraph?" asked one of the
+ladies. "When I was married, we telegraphed to the Peninsula."
+
+"Señora, for the last two years I have been in northern Europe,
+in Germany and in Poland."
+
+"And what country of Europe do you like best?" asked the young blonde,
+who had been listening interestedly.
+
+"After Spain, which is my second fatherland, oh--any free country
+in Europe."
+
+"You seem to have travelled a great deal--what is the most remarkable
+thing that you have observed?" asked Laruja.
+
+Ibarra appeared to be reflecting on the question. "Remarkable? In
+what way?"
+
+"For instance, in the life of the different peoples,--their social,
+political and religious life----"
+
+Ibarra meditated for some little time. "I always made it a point to
+study the history of a country before visiting it, and I find that
+national development invariably follows perfectly natural rules. I have
+always noticed that the prosperity or poverty of different peoples
+is in direct proportion to their liberties or their lack of liberty,
+or, in other words, in proportion to the sacrifices or selfishness
+of their forefathers."
+
+"And is that all you have observed?" asked the Franciscan, with a
+loud laugh. Up to this time, he had not uttered a single word, but
+had given his attention to the dinner. "It was not worth while to
+squander your fortune for the purpose of learning such a trifle--a
+thing that every school boy knows."
+
+Ibarra looked at him intently, doubtful what to say. The guests
+glanced at each other, fearing that a quarrel would break out. "The
+dinner has been too long, and Your Reverence is affected by too much
+wine," Ibarra was about to reply, but he checked himself in time and
+only said: "Gentlemen, do not wonder at the familiarity with which
+our old parish priest treats me. He treated me this way when I was
+a child, and the years that have passed since then have not changed
+His Reverence. I derive a certain amount of pleasure from it, for I
+am reminded of those days when His Reverence was a frequent visitor
+at our house and honored my father's table."
+
+The Dominican glanced furtively at the Franciscan, who was
+trembling. Ibarra continued, rising from his chair: "You will allow
+me to withdraw, for I have only just arrived, and I must leave
+town to-morrow. Besides, I have a great many things to do before I
+leave. The dinner is practically finished, and I drink very little
+wine and scarcely touch spirits. Gentlemen, here's to Spain and the
+Philippines."
+
+Saying this, he emptied the glass, which, until then, he had not
+touched. The old lieutenant followed his example, but said nothing.
+
+"Do not go!" said Captain Tiago to him in a low voice. "Maria Clara
+is coming immediately. Isabel has just gone to get her. The new parish
+priest of your town is also coming, and he is a saint."
+
+"I shall come to-morrow before I leave. I have to make a most
+important visit yet to-night, and really must go!" With this he took
+his departure. In the meantime, the Franciscan had recovered himself.
+
+"You see how it is," said he to the young blonde, gesticulating with
+his dessert knife. "It is nothing but pride. He could not bear to have
+a priest reprove him. Can decent people believe it? This is the evil
+consequence of sending young men to Europe. The Government ought to
+prohibit it."
+
+That night, the young blonde wrote, among other things, in the
+first chapter of his "Colonial Studies": "How the neck and wing
+of a chicken in a friar's plate of tinola can disturb the gayety
+of a feast!" And among his other observations were the following:
+"In the Philippines the most insignificant person at a dinner or a
+feast is the host. The owner of the house has only to remain out in
+the street, and everything will go along beautifully. In the present
+state of affairs, it would be well to forbid the Filipinos to leave
+their country, and not to teach them how to read."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+HERETIC AND REVOLUTIONIST.
+
+
+Ibarra was still confused, but the evening breeze, which, in Manila,
+is at this time of the year always cool and refreshing, seemed gently
+to lift the hazy mist which hung over his eyes. He removed his hat
+and drew a deep, long breath.
+
+Men of all nationalities passed by in swift carriages or in slow-going,
+rented calesas. He was walking at that slow pace characteristic
+alike of deep thought and laziness, and was making his way toward the
+Plaza of Binondo. He looked about in search of any old and familiar
+objects. Yes, there were the same old streets, the same old houses with
+white and blue fronts, the same old walls covered with whitewash or
+repainted in poor imitation of granite; there was the same old church
+tower, its clock with transparent face still marking the hours; there,
+too, were the old Chinese shops, with their dirty curtains and iron
+rods, one of which remained unrepaired as he himself had bent it when
+a boy.
+
+"Things go slowly here!" he muttered and continued up the street past
+the vestry.
+
+As they dished up flavored ices, the street vendors were still crying
+"sorbettes." The same little cocoanut oil lamps furnished light for
+the stands where native women and Chinese disposed of their sweetmeats
+and fruit.
+
+"It is marvellous," he exclaimed. "There is the same Chinaman who was
+at that stand seven years ago. There is that same old woman whom I
+remember so well. Why, one might think my seven years in Europe but
+a night's sleep. And, by heavens, they have not yet repaired this
+broken place in the pavement!"
+
+Indeed, the stone which had been torn out of the pavement before
+he left Manila had not yet been replaced. While he was meditating
+upon the wonderful stability of things in so unstable a country,
+some one placed a hand upon his shoulder. With a start he looked up,
+and his eyes met those of the old lieutenant, who also had left the
+Captain's house. A smile had displaced the officer's usual harsh
+expression and characteristic frown.
+
+"Be careful, young man!" said he. "Remember what happened to your
+father!"
+
+"I beg your pardon. You seem to have esteemed my father very
+highly. Can you tell me what has been his fate?" asked Ibarra, gazing
+intently into the lieutenant's eyes.
+
+"Do you not know?" said the officer.
+
+"I asked Don Santiago, but he said that he would tell me nothing
+until to-morrow. Have you no information regarding him?"
+
+"Why, yes; everybody knows about him. He died in prison."
+
+The young man stepped back and stared wildly at the officer. "In
+prison! Who died in prison?" he asked in astonishment.
+
+"Why, your father, who had been arrested," answered the officer
+somewhat surprised.
+
+"What! My father in prison! Arrested and imprisoned! Man, what are
+you talking about? Do you know who my father was? Are you----?" asked
+the young man, nervously grasping the officer's arm.
+
+"I don't think that I am mistaken: Don Rafael Ibarra."
+
+"Yes. Don Rafael Ibarra," repeated the young man, scarcely able to
+utter the words.
+
+"I thought that you knew it," said the officer, in a sympathetic
+voice, as he saw the emotion his words had caused. "I thought that
+you knew it; but be brave. Here, you know, no man can be honorable
+without being imprisoned."
+
+"I cannot believe that you are not jesting," replied Ibarra, after
+a few minutes of deep silence. "Can you tell me for what offense he
+was imprisoned?"
+
+The old man paused as if to meditate. "It seems strange to me that
+you have not been kept informed as to the affairs of your family."
+
+"My father's last letter, which I received a year ago, told me not
+to be uneasy if he failed to write to me, for he was very busy. He
+advised me to continue my studies, he sent me his blessing----"
+
+"In that case, he must have written the letter to you shortly before
+his death. It is almost a year since we buried him in his own town."
+
+"Why was my father arrested?" asked Ibarra in a voice full of emotion.
+
+"The cause of his arrest was an honorable one. I must go to my
+quarters now; walk along with me and then I can tell you on the
+way. Take my arm."
+
+They walked for some time in melancholy silence. Deep in thought and
+nervously stroking his goatee, the officer sought inspiration before
+he could begin the pitiful tale.
+
+"As you very well know," he at last began, "your father was the richest
+man in the province, and, although he was loved and highly respected by
+many, there were some envious persons who hated him. Your father had
+a great many enemies among the priests and the Spaniards. Some months
+after your departure, trouble arose between Don Rafael and Father
+Dámaso, but I do not know what it was all about. Father Dámaso accused
+your father of not attending confession. In former times, however,
+he had never attended confession. Nothing was said about it, and he
+and the priest were good friends, as you will remember. Furthermore,
+Don Rafael was a very honorable man and much more upright and just
+than many who go to confession regularly. He was very conscientious,
+and, in speaking to me in regard to his troubles with Father Dámaso,
+used to say:
+
+"'Señor Guevara, do you believe that God will forgive a crime, a
+murder for instance, simply because that crime has been confessed
+to a priest--confessed to a man who is in duty bound to keep it
+secret? Will God pardon a man whose repentance is brought about by
+his cowardly fear of hell? I have a very different opinion of God. I
+cannot see how one evil can be corrected by another, nor how pardon
+can be procured by mere idle tears and donations to the Church.' Your
+father always followed the strictest rules of morality. I may safely
+say that he never harmed any one, but, on the contrary, always
+sought by doing good to offset certain unjust deeds committed by your
+grandfathers. However, his troubles with the priests continued and took
+on a dangerous aspect. Father Dámaso alluded to him from the pulpit,
+and, if he did not do so directly by name, it was an oversight on his
+part, for anything might be expected from a man of his character. I
+foresaw that sooner or later the affair would have a bad ending."
+
+The old lieutenant paused for a few minutes and then continued:
+"About this time there came to the province a man who had been in
+the artillery, but had been thrown out of the ranks on account of
+his brutality and ignorance. This man had to make a livelihood. He
+was not allowed to engage in the work of an ordinary laborer, since
+that might damage Spain's prestige, but somehow obtained the position
+of collector of taxes on vehicles. He had no education whatever, and
+the natives soon found it out. A Spaniard who cannot read and write
+is a wonder to them, and hence he became the subject of all sorts of
+ridicule. Knowing that he was being laughed at, he became ashamed to
+collect his taxes. This had a bad effect on his character, which was
+already bad enough. People used to give him documents upside down to
+see him pretend to read them. He would make a show of doing so, and
+then, on the first blank space he found, would fill in some sprawling
+characters which, I may say, represented him very accurately. The
+natives continued to pay their taxes, but kept on ridiculing him. He
+fairly raved with anger and worked himself up to such a frame of
+mind that he respected none. Finally, he had some words with your
+father. It happened that one day, while the collector was studying
+a document which had been given to him in a store, some school boys
+came along. One of them called the attention of his companions to the
+collector, and they all began to laugh and point their fingers at the
+unhappy man. The collector finally lost his patience, turned quickly
+and chased his tormentors. The boys, of course, ran in all directions,
+at the same time mimicking a child learning the alphabet. Blind with
+rage because he could not reach them, he threw his cane, struck one
+of the boys on the head and knocked him down. Not content with this,
+he went up and kicked the boy several times. Unfortunately, your father
+happened to be passing just at the moment. Indignant at what he saw,
+he seized the tax collector by the arm and severely reproached him for
+his actions. The tax collector in anger raised his cane to strike,
+but your father was too quick for him. With that strength which he
+inherited from his forefathers, he, as some say, struck the collector,
+or, as others claim, only gave him a push. The fact is that the man
+staggered and fell to the ground, and, in falling, struck his head
+against a stone. Don Rafael quietly lifted up the wounded boy and
+carried him to the court house near by, leaving the collector where
+he had fallen. The ex-artilleryman began to bleed at the mouth and
+died without regaining consciousness.
+
+"Naturally the law stepped in. They showered calumnies of all
+kinds upon your father and accused him of being a heretic and a
+revolutionist. To be a heretic is a great misfortune anywhere or
+at any time, but it was especially so at this particular time,
+for the chief magistrate of the province was the loudest prayer
+maker in the Church. To be a revolutionist is still worse. One might
+better have killed three highly educated tax collectors than be thus
+accused. Everybody deserted your father, and his books and papers
+were seized. He was accused of being a subscriber to 'El Correo del
+Ultramar' and to Madrid newspapers, of having sent you to Germany,
+of having in his possession incriminating papers and pictures,
+and--well, I don't know what not. He was even attacked because,
+although he was the descendant of Spaniards, he wore the dress of
+the natives. If your father had been anybody else, he would have been
+acquitted, for the doctors pronounced the death of the collector due
+to natural causes. His fortune, however, his confidence in the law,
+and his hatred for everything which seemed unlawful and unjust, cost
+him his life. I myself, much as I dislike begging for mercy, called
+upon the Governor General, the predecessor of the present Governor. I
+brought out the fact that a man who aided every poor Spaniard, who
+gave food and shelter to all, and whose veins were filled with the
+generous blood of Spain--such a man could not be a revolutionist. In
+vain I argued for him, pledged my own life for him, and swore by
+my military honor. What did it all amount to? I was badly received,
+curtly and summarily dismissed, and called a fool."
+
+The old man paused to take breath. His young companion neither looked
+up nor made a sound. The narrator proceeded: "I took charge of the
+case for your father. I called upon the celebrated Filipino lawyer,
+young A----a, but he refused to undertake the defense. 'I would lose
+the case,' he said, 'my defense would cause new accusations against
+him, and perhaps bring them upon me. Go and see Señor M----, who is an
+eloquent orator, a Spaniard and a man of great reputation.' I did so,
+and the celebrated lawyer took charge of the case, which he conducted
+in a masterful and brilliant manner. But your father had many enemies,
+some of whom did their work secretly. There were many false witnesses
+in the case, and their calumnies, which anywhere else would have been
+overthrown by a single sarcastic phrase from the defending attorney,
+were here given a great deal of weight. As fast as the attorney
+proved the falsity of their accusations, new charges were brought
+forward. They accused him of having wrongfully taken possession of
+a large tract of land. They sued him for damages and for injuries
+caused. They said that he had dealings with the organized bandits
+or tulisanes, and that thus he had been able to keep his property
+unmolested. In fact, the case became so complicated that within a year
+no one understood it. The chief magistrate was called away from his
+post and replaced by another of good reputation, but unfortunately
+this magistrate, too, was displaced in a few months.
+
+"The sufferings, disappointments and discomforts of prison life,
+and his great grief at seeing the ingratitude of so many supposed
+friends, finally broke down your father's iron constitution and he
+became fatally ill. When it was all over; when he had proved himself
+not guilty of being an enemy to his country, and innocent of the
+death of the tax collector, he died in prison, with no one to care
+for him in his last hours. I arrived just as he was expiring."
+
+The old man had finished all he had to say. Ibarra, overcome with
+grief at the pathetic story he had heard, could not utter a word. The
+two had arrived at the gate of the barracks. Stopping and shaking
+hands with the young man, the officer said: "My boy, Captain Tiago
+can give you the details. I must say good night, for my duty calls
+me." With deep emotion, Ibarra grasped the lean hand of the lieutenant,
+and then looked after him in silence until he disappeared in the
+building. Turning slowly about, he saw a carriage passing and made
+a sign to the cabman.
+
+"Lala's Hotel," he said in a low voice.
+
+"This fellow is just out of jail," said the cabman to himself as he
+whipped up his horses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+CAPTAIN TIAGO.
+
+
+Captain Tiago was short in stature, but both his body and his
+face were well filled out. His complexion was clear and he did not
+appear to be more than thirty or thirty-five years old, although
+he was really more than that. In these times his face always wore a
+pleasant expression. His head was small, round and covered with hair
+as black as ebony, long in front and very short behind. This head,
+according to reports, contained a great many things. His eyes were
+small but not terrifying, and always without expression. In short,
+the Captain might have passed for a good-looking little man, if his
+mouth had not been disfigured by the use of tobacco and the betel
+nut, the juices of which trickled out of the corners of his lips and
+destroyed the symmetry of his features. However, despite these habits,
+both his own teeth and the two that the dentist had made for him,
+at twelve pesos each, were well preserved.
+
+Tiago was considered one of the richest property owners in Binondo,
+and he also owned large plantations in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Laguna de Bay, especially in the town of San Diego. The rent of all
+these lands increased every year. San Diego was his favorite town
+on account of its excellent bathing place, its famous cockpit and
+the pleasant memories associated with the neighborhood. He spent at
+least two months in this town every year. Captain Tiago also had
+a great deal of property in Santo Cristo, in Analoague Street and
+in Rosario Street. In partnership with a Chinaman he carried on a
+profitable business in opium. It is understood that he had contracts
+with the Government for feeding the prisoners in Bilibid and that
+he supplied fodder to many of the principal houses in Manila. He was
+in good standing with the authorities, able, clever, and even daring
+in his speculations in the necessities of others. Hence it was that
+at this time the Captain was as happy as a narrow-minded man could
+be in such a country. He was rich, and was at peace with God, the
+Government and man.
+
+That Tiago was at peace with God was indisputable. In fact, there was
+no reason whatever for his not being so, since he was well situated as
+far as worldly matters go and had never loaned God any money. He never
+addressed God in his prayers, not even when he was in dire straits. He
+was rich, and his money, he thought, could pray for him. For masses
+and prayers, God had created powerful and lofty priests; for special
+religious functions and rosaries, God, in His infinite goodness, for
+the benefit of the rich, had created poor people--poor people who for
+a peso would make half a dozen prayers, and would read all the Holy
+Books, even to the Hebrew Bible, if the pay were large enough. If
+at any time he found himself in hard straits and needed heavenly
+aid and was out of red Chinese candles, he applied to the saints,
+making them great promises in order to win their favor and convince
+them of his good intentions.
+
+Captain Tiago was therefore beloved by the priests, respected by the
+sacristans, fondled by the Chinese candle-makers and fire-cracker
+merchants, and thoroughly happy in the religion of the world. Some
+even attributed to him great influence in the ecclesiastical court.
+
+That the Captain was at peace with the Government must not be doubted
+simply because such a thing seems impossible. Incapable of conceiving a
+new idea and content with the modus vivendi, he was always willing to
+obey the latest official recruit in any of the Government offices and
+even ready to give him at all times of the year such presents as hams,
+capons, turkeys, and Chinese fruit. He was the first to applaud any
+tax imposed by the Government, especially when he scented behind it
+a chance of securing the contract for its collection. He always kept
+orchestras on hand to serenade Government officials of all grades
+from governor to the lowest Government agent, on their birthdays,
+saint's days, or when any occasion, such as the death of any of
+their relatives, or a birth in the family connection should afford
+a pretext. He even went so far as to dedicate laudatory verses to
+his royal patrons on these occasions, thus honoring the "suave and
+loving governor" or the "valiant and mighty alcalde."
+
+The Captain was a petty governor or gobernadorcillo of a rich colony
+of mestizos, in spite of the protests of many who considered him
+unfit for the position. He held the office for two years, but during
+this time he wore out ten frock coats, about the same number of high
+hats, and lost more than a half dozen of gobernadorcillo canes. His
+high hat and frock coat were always in evidence in the city hall, at
+the Government palace in Melacañan [1] and at the army headquarters,
+and they always appeared, too, in the cock-pit, in the market, in all
+processions, and in the Chinese shops. Dressed in this official costume
+with the tasseled cane, Captain Tiago was to be found everywhere,
+arranging, ordering, and putting in disorder, everything with which
+he had anything to do--and all with wonderful activity and with still
+more wonderful gravity.
+
+Sacrilegious people called him a fool; poor people called him a
+hypocrite, a cruel man who gained a livelihood by making others
+miserable; while his inferiors looked upon him as a despot and a
+tyrant. And the women? Ah, the women! Slanderous rumors circulated in
+the wretched nipa houses, and it was claimed that often lamentations
+and sobs, mingled with the cries of a child, could be heard. More
+than one young girl was pointed out by the malicious finger of the
+neighbors, with the remark: "See what a different expression she wears,
+and how plainly she shows evidences of her shame." But such things as
+these never robbed the Captain of any sleep; no young girl disturbed
+his rest.
+
+Such was the Captain at that time. His past history was as follows: He
+was the only son of a very wealthy but avaricious sugar manufacturer
+of Malabon, who was unwilling to spend a cent in his education. For
+this reason young Santiago became the servant of a good Dominican, a
+very virtuous man, who tried to teach him all the valuable knowledge
+which he possessed. About the time when he was to have the happiness
+of studying logic, the death of his protector, followed by that of his
+father, put an end to his studies and from that time on he devoted
+himself to business. He married a beautiful girl from Santa Cruz,
+who increased his fortune and gave him a social position.
+
+Doña Pia Alba was not content with buying sugar, coffee and indigo;
+she wished to sow and reap, so the young husband bought lands in
+San Diego. It was in this town that he made the acquaintance and
+friendship of Father Dámaso and of Don Rafael Ibarra, the richest
+capitalist of the town.
+
+The lack of an heir for the first six years of his married life gave
+him a great opportunity to accumulate wealth, which perhaps was a
+censurable ambition. Although Doña Pia was handsome, robust and well
+formed, she made her pilgrimages in vain. By advice of the devotees of
+San Diego, she visited the Virgin of Cayasay in Taal; she gave alms,
+and she danced in the procession before the Virgin of Turumba in Pakil
+under the May sun, but it was all in vain. Finally, on the advice
+of Father Dámaso, she went to Obando, and there danced at the fiesta
+of San Pascual Bailon and asked for a son. It is well known that in
+Obando there is a trinity--Our Lady of Salambau, Santa Clara and San
+Pascual--which grants sons or daughters as required. Thanks to this
+wise triumvirate, Doña Pia became a mother, but like the fisherman
+in Macbeth, who ceased to sing after he found a rich treasure,
+Doña Pia lost her gayety, became very sad and was never seen to
+smile again. Every one, even to Captain Tiago, declared that it was
+a pure caprice. A puerperal fever put an end to her grief, leaving
+a beautiful daughter motherless. Father Dámaso baptized the child,
+and, as San Pascual had not given the son which had been asked for,
+the name of Maria Clara was given to it in honor of the Virgin of
+Salambau and of Santa Clara. The little girl grew up under the care
+of her aunt Isabel,--that good old lady with the manners of a friar
+whom we met before. The little girl lived the greater part of the
+time in San Diego on account of the healthful climate, and while
+there Father Dámaso paid her much attention.
+
+Maria Clara did not have the small eyes of her father. Like her mother,
+her eyes were large, black and shaded by long lashes, brilliant and
+smiling when she was playing, but sad, deep and pensive at other
+times. When a child her wavy hair was almost blond. Her nose was
+well formed, neither too large nor too flat. Her mouth was small and
+beautifully shaped like that of her mother, and her cheeks were set
+with dimples. Her skin was like silk and as white as snow, but her
+fond parent found traces of the paternity of Captain Tiago in her
+small and well shaped ears.
+
+Aunt Isabel attributed the child's semi-European features to
+impressions made upon Doña Pia. She remembered having seen the mother a
+short time before the child was born, weeping before the image of San
+Antonio. Then, too, a cousin of Captain Tiago had the same features,
+the only difference being in the choice of the saints, by which the
+phenomenon was explained. With her it was either the Virgin or San
+Miguel. A cousin of Captain Tiago, a famous philosopher, who knew
+Amat [2] by heart, explained it all by attributing it to the effect
+of the planets.
+
+Maria Clara, the idol of all, grew up surrounded by love and
+smiles. She won the favor of even the friars when she was dressed in
+white for some religious procession, her long, wavy hair interwoven
+with flowers, two silver or golden wings attached to the shoulders
+of her dress, and holding two white doves, tied with blue ribbons,
+in her hand. When she grew up, she was so full of childish mischief
+that Captain Tiago did nothing but bless the saints of Obando and
+advise everybody to buy handsome statues of that trinity.
+
+In tropical countries a girl becomes a woman at the age of thirteen
+or fourteen years, like the plant which buds at night and blooms
+the following morning. During this period of transition, so full of
+mystery and romance, on the advice of the parish priest, Maria Clara
+entered the religious retreat of Santa Catalina in order to receive
+from the nuns a strictly religious education. She left Father Dámaso
+in tears, and likewise the only friend of her childhood, Crisostomo
+Ibarra. Shortly after the entrance to the convent, Ibarra went to
+Europe. For seven long years, the girl lived under the vigilance of
+the Mother Superior in the iron-grated building, shut off from any
+communication with the outer world.
+
+Don Rafael and Captain Tiago, in the meantime, while Ibarra was
+in Europe and Maria Clara in the convent, noticing the trend of
+affairs, and at the same time having in mind their own interests,
+decided that the children should be married. It is needless to say
+that this agreement, which was arrived at some years after Ibarra
+had left for Europe, was celebrated with equal joy by two hearts,
+on opposite sides of the world and amid very different surroundings.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+AN IDYL ON THE AZOTEA. [3]
+
+
+On the morning after the dinner party, Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+went to mass early: the former carefully carrying her glasses, so that
+she might be able to read "The Anchor of Salvation" during communion;
+the latter beautifully dressed, carrying her rosary of blue beads
+as a bracelet. The priest had scarcely left the altar when, to the
+disgust and surprise of her good aunt, who thought that her niece was
+as pious and as fond of prayer as a nun, the young girl desired to go
+home. After a great deal of grumbling, the old lady crossed herself
+several times, and the two arose to leave. "Never mind," said Maria,
+to cut off the scolding, "the good God will pardon me. He ought to
+understand the heart of a girl better than you, Aunt Isabel."
+
+After breakfast, Maria Clara occupied herself with some embroidery
+while her aunt bustled about with a duster removing the traces of
+the social event of the preceding evening. Captain Tiago was busy
+examining some papers.
+
+Every noise in the street and every passing carriage made the girl
+tremble with anxiety and wish that she were again back in the convent
+among her friends. There, she thought, she could see him without
+trembling and with perfect equanimity.
+
+"I believe, Maria, that the doctor is right," said Captain Tiago. "You
+ought to go to the provinces. You are looking very pale and need a
+change of air. How does Malabon strike you, or San Diego?"
+
+At the mere mention of the latter name, Maria Clara blushed and was
+unable to speak.
+
+"Now, you and Isabel go to the convent to get your things and say
+good bye to your friends," continued the Captain, without raising
+his head. "You will not return there. And in four or five days, when
+your clothes are ready we shall go to Malabon. --Your godfather,
+by the way, is not in San Diego at present. The priest whom you saw
+here last night, that young fellow, is now the priest in the town. He
+is a saint."
+
+"I think you will find San Diego better, cousin," said Aunt
+Isabel. "Our house there is better than the one in Malabon, and
+besides, it is nearly time for the fiesta to take place."
+
+Maria Clara was about to embrace her aunt for these welcome words,
+but just then a carriage stopped in front of the house and the young
+girl suddenly turned pale.
+
+"That's so," said the Captain, and then, in a changed tone, exclaimed,
+"Don Crisostomo!"
+
+Maria Clara let fall the work which she was holding in her hands. A
+nervous trembling passed over her. Then steps were heard on the stairs
+and presently a young, manly voice. And, as if this voice had some
+magic power, the girl shook off her emotion, started to run, and hid
+herself in the oratory. Both father and aunt had to laugh at this,
+and even Ibarra heard the closing of the door behind her.
+
+Pale and panting, the girl finally subdued her emotion and began to
+listen. She could hear his voice, that voice which for so long a time
+she had heard only in her dreams. Beside herself with joy, she kissed
+the nearest saint, which, by the way, happened to be San Antonio,
+the abbot. Happy saint! Whether alive or carved in wood, always
+tempted in the most charming manner! Becoming quite herself again,
+she looked about for some crack through which she might get a peep
+at the young man. Finally, when he came in range of the key-hole and
+she again saw his fine features, her face beamed with smiles. In fact,
+the sight filled her with such joy that when her aunt came to call her,
+Maria Clara fell on the old lady's neck and kissed her repeatedly.
+
+"You goose! What is the matter with you?" the old lady was finally
+able to ask, after wiping away her tears.
+
+Maria Clara, in her modesty, covered her face with her round arm.
+
+"Come! Hurry up and get yourself ready!" said the old lady in an
+affectionate tone. "While he is talking with your father about you----
+Come, do not waste time!"
+
+The girl did not respond, but allowed herself to be picked up like
+a child and carried to her room.
+
+Captain Tiago and Ibarra were talking earnestly when at last Aunt
+Isabel appeared, half dragging her niece by the hand. At first the
+girl looked in every direction but at the persons present. At last,
+however, her eyes met Ibarra's.
+
+The conversation of the young lovers was at first confined to the
+usual trifling remarks, those pleasant little things which, like the
+boasts of European nations, are enjoyable and interesting to those
+who are concerned and understand them, but ridiculous to outsiders.
+
+Finally, she, like all sisters of Cain, was moved by jealously and
+asked: "Have you always thought of me? Have you never forgotten
+me in your many travels among so many great cities and among such
+beautiful women?"
+
+And he, a true brother of Cain, dodged the issue, and, being something
+of a diplomat, answered: "Could I forget you?" And then, gazing into
+her deep, dark eyes, "Could I break a sacred vow? Do you remember that
+stormy night when you, seeing me in tears beside my dead mother, came
+to me and placed your hand--that hand which I have not touched for
+so long--upon my shoulder, and said: 'You have lost your mother,--I
+never had one.' And then you wept with me. You loved my mother, and
+she loved you as only a mother can love a daughter. It was raining
+then, you will remember, and the lightning flashed, but I seemed
+to hear music and to see a smile on the face of my dead mother.--O,
+if my parents were only living and could see you now!--That night I
+took your hand and, joining it with my mother's, I swore always to
+love you and make you happy, no matter what fate Heaven might have
+in store for me. I have never regretted that vow, and now renew it."
+
+"Since the day that I bade you good-bye and entered the convent,"
+she answered, smiling, "I have always remembered you, and have never
+forgotten you in spite of the commands of my confessor, who imposed
+severe penances on me. I remembered the little games we used to play
+together and our little quarrels. When we were children you used to
+find in the river the most beautiful shells for our games of siklot
+and the finest and most beautifully colored stones for our game of
+sinkat. You were always very slow and stupid and lost, but you always
+paid the forfeit, which I gave you with the palm of my hand. But I
+always tried to strike lightly, for I was sorry for you. You always
+cheated, even more than I, in the game of chouka and we generally
+quarrelled over it. Do you remember that time when you really became
+angry? Then you made me suffer, but when I found that I had no one to
+quarrel with, we made peace immediately. We were still children when
+we went with your mother one day to bathe in the stream under the
+shade of the reeds. Many flowers and plants grew on the bank of the
+river, and you used to tell me their strange Latin and Spanish names,
+for you were then studying at the Athenæum. I paid little attention,
+but amused myself by chasing butterflies and in trying to catch the
+little fish which slipped away from me so easily among the rocks and
+weeds of the shore. You suddenly disappeared from sight, but when
+you returned you brought a wreath of orange flowers and placed it on
+my head. On our way home, as the sun was hot, I collected some sage
+leaves from the side of the road for you to put into your hat and
+thus prevent headache. Then you laughed, we made up, and came the
+remainder of the way home hand in hand."
+
+Ibarra smiled as he listened attentively to every detail of the
+story. Opening his pocket book, he took out a paper in which he had
+wrapped some withered but fragrant sage leaves. "Your sage leaves,"
+said he in answer to her questioning glance. "The only thing you have
+ever given me."
+
+She, in turn, drew a little, white satin bag from the bosom of her
+dress. "Stop!" she said, tapping his hand with her own. "You must
+not touch it; it is a letter of farewell."
+
+"The one that I wrote you before leaving?"
+
+"My dear sir, have you ever written any other?"
+
+"And what did I say then?"
+
+"Many falsehoods; excuses of a bad debtor," replied she, smiling
+and showing how agreeable these falsehoods had been to her. "But be
+quiet! I will read it to you, but I will omit your polite speeches
+out of consideration for your feelings."
+
+Raising the paper to the height of her eyes, in order to conceal her
+face, she began. "'My----,' I shall not read you what follows that,
+for it is not true." She ran her eyes over some lines and began to read
+again: "'My father wishes me to go away, in spite of my entreaties. He
+says that I am a man and must think of my future and my duty; that I
+must learn how to live, which I cannot do in my own country, so that in
+the future I may be of some use. He says that if I remain at his side,
+in his shadow, in this atmosphere of business, I will never learn how
+to look ahead, and that when he is gone, I shall be like the plant
+of which our poet Baltazar speaks--as it always lives in the water,
+it never learns how to endure a moment's heat.--He reproached me
+because I wept, and his reproach hurt me so that I confessed that I
+loved you. My father stopped, thought a moment and, placing his hand
+on my shoulder, said in a trembling voice: "Do you think that you
+alone know how to love, that your father does not love you, and that
+his heart is not pained at being separated from you? It is a short
+time since your mother died, and I am already reaching that age when
+the help and counsel of youth are needed. And yet I consent to your
+going, not even knowing that I shall ever see you again. The future is
+opening to you, but closing to me. Your loves are being born; mine are
+dying. Fire blazes in your blood, but cold is gradually finding its
+way into mine. And yet you weep, and are not willing to sacrifice the
+present for a future useful to yourself and your country." The eyes of
+my father filled with tears and I fell upon my knees at his feet and
+embraced him. I asked his pardon and said that I was willing to go.'"
+
+The emotion which Ibarra manifested put an end to the reading. As
+pale as death, he arose and began to walk nervously from one side to
+the other.
+
+"What is the matter?" she asked.
+
+"You have made me forget that I have duties to perform, and that I
+ought to leave immediately for my town. To-morrow is the fiesta in
+memory of the dead."
+
+Maria Clara stopped and silently fixed her large and dreamy eyes upon
+him for some minutes. Then taking some flowers from a vase near by,
+she said with emotion: "Go! I do not wish to detain you. We shall see
+each other again in a few days. Place these flowers on the graves of
+your father and mother."
+
+A few moments later, Ibarra descended the stairs, accompanied by
+Captain Tiago and Doña Isabel, while Maria Clara locked herself up
+in the oratory.
+
+"Do me the favor to tell Andeng to get the house ready, and that
+Maria and Isabel are coming. A pleasant journey!" While the Captain
+was saying this, Ibarra got into the carriage and drove off in the
+direction of the Plaza of San Gabriel.
+
+A few minutes later the Captain shouted to Maria Clara, who was weeping
+by the side of the image of the Virgin: "Hurry up and light two peseta
+candles in honor of San Roque and another in honor of San Rafael, the
+patron saint of travellers. And light the lamp of Our Lady of Peace
+and Protector of Travellers, for there are many bandits about. It is
+better to spend four reales for wax and six cuartos for oil than to
+have to pay a big ransom later on."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THINGS PHILIPPINE.
+
+
+Father Dámaso drove up in front of Captain Tiago's house and the
+Franciscan stepped to the ground just as Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+were getting into their silver-trimmed carriage. They saluted Father
+Dámaso, and he, in his preoccupation, gently patted Maria Clara on
+the cheek.
+
+"Where are you going?" the friar asked.
+
+"To the convent to get my things," replied the younger.
+
+"Ah, ha! Ah, ha! We'll see who is the stronger. We'll see!" he muttered
+and turned away, leaving the two women in wonder as to what it all
+meant. The friar stepped along lightly, and reaching the stairs,
+went up.
+
+"He must be studying his sermon," said Isabel. "Get in, Maria; we
+shall be late."
+
+Whether Father Dámaso was studying his sermon or not we cannot say. At
+any rate, he was absorbed in some important matter, for he even forgot
+to extend his hand to Captain Tiago upon entering, greatly to the
+embarrassment of the Captain, who had to feign kissing it.
+
+"Santiago, we have some very important matters to talk over; let us
+go to your office."
+
+The Captain, somewhat disturbed, was unable to reply, but he obeyed
+and followed the big priest into his office. Father Dámaso shut the
+door behind them.
+
+While they are conferring in secret, let us find out what has
+become of Brother Sibyla. The wise Dominican was not to be found at
+his parochial residence, for early, immediately after mass, he had
+gone to the Dominican convent, situated near the gate called Isabel
+the Second or Magallanes, according to which family is in power in
+Madrid. Paying no attention to the delicious odor of chocolate or
+to the rattling of money boxes and coins in the treasurer's office,
+and scarcely answering the deferential salute of the treasurer, Father
+Sibyla went upstairs, crossed several corridors and rapped on a door.
+
+"Come in!" answered a voice.
+
+"May God give back health to Your Reverence!" was the greeting of
+the young Dominican as he entered.
+
+A very feeble old priest was seated in a large arm-chair. His
+complexion was as yellow as the saints which Revera paints; his eyes
+were sunk deep in their orbits, and his heavy eyebrows, which were
+nearly always knit in a frown, added to the brilliant glare of his
+death-foreboding eyes.
+
+"I have come to talk to you about the charge with which you have
+entrusted me," said Father Sibyla.
+
+"Ah, yes. And what about it?"
+
+"Pshaw!" answered the young man with disgust, seating himself and
+turning his face away with disdain. "They have been telling us a
+lot of lies. Young Ibarra is a prudent boy. He does not seem to be
+a fool. I think he is a pretty good sort of a chap."
+
+"Do you think so?"
+
+"Hostilities began last night."
+
+"So soon? And how did it come about?"
+
+Father Sibyla related briefly what had taken place between Father
+Dámaso and Crisostomo Ibarra.
+
+"Furthermore," he added, in conclusion, "the young man is going to
+marry that daughter of Captain Tiago, who was educated in the college
+of our sisters. He is rich and would not want to make any enemies
+who might cause the loss of his happiness and his fortune."
+
+The sick man bowed his head as a sign of assent. "Yes, that is my
+opinion. With such a wife and such a father-in-law we can hold him
+body and soul. And if not, it will be all the better for us if he
+declares himself our enemy."
+
+Father Sibyla looked at the old man with surprise.
+
+"That is to say, for the good of our whole corporation," he added,
+breathing with difficulty. "I prefer open attacks to the foolish
+praise and adulations of friends, for, the truth is, flattery is
+always paid for."
+
+"Does Your Reverence think so?"
+
+The old man looked at him sadly. "Always bear this in mind," he
+answered, panting with fatigue, "that our power will endure as long
+as it is believed in. If they attack us, the Government says, 'They
+attack them, because they see in them an obstacle to their liberty,
+therefore let us preserve them.'"
+
+"And if the Government gives them a hearing? Sometimes the
+Government----"
+
+"The Government will do no such thing."
+
+"Nevertheless, if some bold and reckless man, impelled by covetousness,
+should dare to think that he wanted our possessions----"
+
+"Then, woe to him!"
+
+For a moment both remained silent.
+
+"Furthermore," continued the sick man, "it will do us good to have
+them attack us and wake us up. It would show us our weaknesses and
+strengthen us. The exaggerated praises which we get deceive us,
+and put us asleep. We are becoming ridiculous and on the day that we
+become ridiculous we shall fall as we fell in Europe. Money will no
+longer flow into our churches, no one will longer buy our scapularies
+or girdles, and when we cease to be rich we shall no longer possess
+the great influence which we wield at present."
+
+"Pshaw! We shall always have our property, our plantations----"
+
+"We shall lose them all as we lost them in Europe. And the worst
+of it is that we are working for our own ruin. For instance, this
+immeasurable ambition to raise the incomes from our lands each year,
+this eagerness to increase the rents, which I have always opposed
+in vain, this eagerness will be our ruin. The natives already find
+themselves forced to buy land in other localities if they want lands
+as good as ours. I fear that we are degenerating. 'Whom the gods would
+destroy they first make mad.' For this reason we should not be too hard
+on the people, for they are already grumbling under our exactions. You
+have considered well. Let us leave this thing to others, and keep up
+the prestige which we have and let us endeavor to appear before God
+with clean hands. May the God of pity have mercy on our weaknesses!"
+
+"So you believe that the tax or tribute----"
+
+"Let us talk no more of money!" interrupted the sick man with
+disgust. "You were saying that the lieutenant and Father Dámaso
+last night----"
+
+"Yes, Father," answered the young priest smiling. "But this morning I
+saw the lieutenant again and he told me that he was sorry for what had
+occurred at the dinner. He said he thought that he had been affected by
+too much wine and that the same was true of Father Dámaso. 'And your
+boast to tell the Governor?' I asked jokingly. 'Father,' he answered,
+'I know when to make my word good so long as it does not stain my
+honor. That is just the reason why I wear only two stars.'"
+
+After talking over several minor matters, Father Sibyla took his leave.
+
+As a matter of fact the lieutenant had not gone to the Governor
+General's palace in Melacañan with any report in regard to the
+occurrence of the preceding evening. However, the Governor General
+had learned of it through another source, and discussing the matter
+with one of his aides, he said:
+
+"A woman and a priest can give no offense. I intend to live peaceably
+while I remain in this country and I do not wish to have any trouble
+with men who wear skirts. And, furthermore, I have found out that
+the Father Provincial has evaded my orders in this matter. I asked
+for the removal of that friar as a punishment. What was done? They
+removed him, but they gave him another and much better town. 'Tricks
+of the friars,' as they say in Spain."
+
+But when His Excellency found himself alone he ceased to
+smile. "Ah!" he sighed, "if the people were not so stupid they would
+put a limit to their reverences. But every people deserves its fate,
+and we are no different in this respect from the rest of the world."
+
+Meanwhile Captain Tiago had concluded his conference with Father
+Dámaso, or rather Father Dámaso had concluded it.
+
+"I have already warned you!" said the Franciscan on taking his
+leave. "You could have avoided all of this had you consulted with
+me before, and, if you had not lied to me, when I asked you about
+it. See to it that you do not do any more such foolish things, and
+have faith in your godfather."
+
+Captain Tiago took two or three steps towards the sala, meditating
+and sighing. All at once, as if some good idea had struck him, he
+ran to the oratory and put out the candles and the lamps which had
+been lighted for Ibarra's protection.
+
+"There is still time enough," he murmured, "for he has a long road
+to travel."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+SAN DIEGO AND ITS PEOPLE.
+
+
+Not far from the shores of the Laguna de Bay lies the town of San
+Diego, surrounded by fertile fields and rice plantations. It exports
+sugar, rice, coffee, and fruits, or sells them at ridiculously low
+prices to the Chinese, who make large profits out of the credulity
+and vices of the laborers.
+
+When the sky was serene and the atmosphere clear, the boys used
+to climb to the very peak of the old moss and vine covered church
+tower. And what exclamations they would utter when, from that high
+pinnacle, they looked out at the beautiful panorama that surrounded
+them. There before them lay a great mass of roofs, some nipa, some
+thatch, some zinc and some made out of the native grasses. And out of
+that mass, which here and there gave way to an orchard or a garden,
+every one of those boys could find his own little home, his own
+little nest. To them everything was a landmark; every tamarind tree
+with its light foliage, every cocoanut tree with its load of nuts,
+every bending cane, every bonga tree, every cross. Beyond the town is
+the crystal river, like a serpent asleep on a carpet of green. Here
+and there, its tranquil surface is broken by rocks projecting from
+its sandy bottom. In places, it is hemmed in between two high banks,
+and there the rapidly rushing waters turn and twist the half-bared
+roots of the overhanging shade trees. But further on it spreads itself
+out again and becomes calm and peaceful.
+
+But what always attracts attention is a peninsula of forest projecting
+into this sea of cultivated land. There can be found hollow-trunked
+trees, a century old, trees which die only when struck by lightning
+and set on fire. They say, also, that even in that case the fire never
+spreads to any other tree. This old grove is held in a certain degree
+of awe, for around it have been woven many strange legends. Of these
+the most probable, and consequently the least known and believed is
+the following:
+
+When the town was still a miserable group of huts, when weeds grew
+in abundance in the so-called streets, and deer and wild boar roamed
+about at night, there arrived one day an old Spaniard. His eyes were
+deep and thoughtful and he spoke Tagalog fluently. After visiting
+the different estates and peddling out some goods he inquired for
+the owners of this grove, which by the way, also contained several
+hot water springs. A number of persons claiming to be the owners
+presented themselves, and the old man purchased from them the grove,
+paying in exchange some money, jewelry and clothing. A short time
+afterward he disappeared, no one knew where.
+
+His sudden disappearance made the people think for a time that he
+had been spirited away, but later on a fetid odor was noticeable
+near the grove, and some shepherds, upon investigation, found the
+body of the old man in a badly decomposed condition hanging from the
+limb of a balitî tree. When alive the old man had terrorized many by
+his deep and resonant voice, his sunken eyes and his silent laugh,
+but now that he was dead, and a suicide at that, the mere mention
+of his name gave the town women nightmare. Some of them threw the
+jewelry that they had bought from him into the river and burned all
+the clothing, and, for a long time after the body had been buried
+at the foot of the balitî tree, no one cared to venture near it. All
+sort of stories became current about the haunted place.
+
+A shepherd, looking for his flock, said that he had seen lights in the
+grove. A party of young men, passing near the place, heard groans and
+lamentations. An unfortunate lover, in order to make an impression on
+the disdainful object of his affections, promised to spend a night
+under the tree and to bring her a branch from its trunk, but on the
+next day he was taken ill with a quick fever and died.
+
+Before many months had passed, a youth came to the town one day. He
+was apparently a Spanish mestizo, declared himself the son of the
+dead stranger, and established himself in that far-off corner of the
+world. He began to farm the land and devoted himself especially to
+the cultivation of indigo. Don Saturnino was a taciturn young man,
+violent and sometimes cruel, but very active and industrious. He
+built a wall around his father's grave and, from time to time, went
+all alone to visit it. A few years later he married a young girl from
+Manila who bore him a son, Rafael, the father of Crisostomo.
+
+Don Rafael, from his earliest youth, was fond of farming. Under his
+care, the agriculture which had been started and fostered by his father
+was rapidly developed. New inhabitants flocked to the vicinity, and
+among them were a great many Chinese. The village grew very fast and
+was soon supporting a native priest. After it had become a pueblo,
+the native priest died and Father Dámaso took his place.
+
+Still the grave and the adjoining lands were respected. At times,
+children, armed with sticks and stones, ventured to wander about,
+exploring the surrounding country and gathering guayabas, papays,
+lomboy and other native fruits. Then, all of a sudden, while they were
+busily engaged collecting the fruits, some one would catch a glimpse of
+the old rope hanging from the balitî tree, and stones would be heard to
+fall. Then some one would cry, "The old man!" "The old man!" Dropping
+fruit, sticks and stones, and leaping from the trees, the boys would
+flee in all directions through the thickets and between the rocks,
+not stopping until they emerged from the grove, pale and panting,
+some laughing, some crying.
+
+You could not say that Don Rafael, while alive, was the most
+influential man in San Diego, although it is true that he was the
+richest, owned the most land, and had put almost everybody else
+under obligations to him. He was modest and always belittled his
+own deeds. He never tried to form a party of his own, and, as we
+have already seen, no one came to his aid when his fortune seemed to
+fail him.
+
+Whenever Captain Tiago arrived in town, his debtors received him with
+an orchestra, gave him a banquet, and loaded him down with gifts. If
+a deer or a wild boar was caught he always had a quarter of it for
+his own table; if any of his debtors found a beautiful horse, within
+a half hour it would be in the Captain's stable. All of this is true,
+but still when the Captain had his back turned they made fun of him
+and referred to him as Sacristan Tiago.
+
+The gobernadorcillo [4] was an unhappy fellow who never commanded but
+always obeyed; he never attacked any one, but was always attacked;
+he never ordered anybody, but everybody ordered him; and besides, he
+had to take the responsibility for everything that they had commanded,
+ordered or disposed. The position had cost him five thousand pesos
+and many humiliations, but, considering the profits he made, the
+price was very cheap.
+
+San Diego was like Rome; not the Rome of the time of Romulus, when
+he marked out the walls with a plough, nor when, later, he bathed
+in his own blood and that of others and dictated laws to the world:
+no, San Diego was like the Rome of contemporaneous history, with this
+difference--instead of being a city of marble, monuments and coliseums,
+it was a city of saualî [5] and cock-pits. The parochial priest of
+San Diego corresponded to the Pope in the Vatican; the alferez [6]
+of the Civil Guard to the King of Italy in the Quirinal, but both
+in the same proportion as the sauali or native wood and the nipa
+cock-pits corresponded to the monuments of marble and coliseums. And
+in San Diego, as in Rome, there was continual trouble. Everybody
+wanted to be the leading señor, and there was always some one else
+in the way. Let us describe two of these ambitious citizens.
+
+Friar Bernando Salvi was the young and silent Franciscan whom we
+mentioned in a preceding chapter. He had even more of the customs
+and manners of his brotherhood than had his predecessor, the violent
+Father Dámaso. He was slender, sickly, almost always pensive, and very
+strict in the fulfillment of his religious duties as well as very
+careful of his good name. A month after his arrival in the parish
+almost all the inhabitants became brothers of the "Venerable Third
+Order," to the great grief of its rival, "The Brotherhood of the Most
+Sacred Rosary." His heart leaped with joy at seeing on every neck in
+the town from four to five scapularies, a knotted cord around every
+waist, and every funeral procession dressed in habits of guingon. The
+sacristan mayor or head warden of the order made quite a little capital
+by selling and giving away all those things considered necessary to
+save the soul and overcome the devil.
+
+The only enemy of this powerful soul saver, with tendencies in accord
+with the times, was, as we have already stated, the alferez. The women
+relate a story of how the devil tried one day to tempt Father Salvi
+and how the latter caught him, tied him to the bed post, whipped
+him with a lash and kept him tied fast for nine days. Thus he had
+been able to conquer the devil entirely. As a result, any one who
+persisted in being an enemy of the priest was generally considered a
+worse man than the devil himself--an honor which the alferez alone
+enjoyed. But he merited this reputation. He had a wife, an old,
+powdered and painted Filipino by the name of Doña Consolación. The
+husband and several other people called her by a different name,
+but that does not matter. Anyway, the alferez was accustomed to drown
+the sorrows of unhappy wedlock by getting as drunk as a toper. Then,
+when he was thoroughly intoxicated he would order his men to drill
+in the sun, he himself remaining in the shade, or, perhaps, he would
+occupy himself in beating his wife.
+
+When her husband was dead drunk, or was snoring away in a siesta,
+and Doña Consolación could not fight with him, then, wearing a blue
+flannel shirt, she would seat herself in the window, with a cigar
+in her mouth. She had a dislike of children and so from her window
+she would scowl and make faces at every girl that passed. The girls,
+on the other hand, were afraid of her, and would hurry by at a quick
+pace, never daring to raise their eyes or draw a breath. But say what
+you may, Doña Consolación had one great virtue; she was never known
+to look into a mirror.
+
+These were the leading people of San Diego.
+
+Toward the west of San Diego, surrounded by rice fields, lies a village
+of the dead. A single, narrow path, dusty on dry days, and navigable
+by boats when it rains, leads thither from the town. A wooden gate,
+and a fence, half stone and half bamboo, seem to separate the cemetery
+from the people in the town, but not from the goats and sheep of the
+parochial priest of the immediate vicinity. These animals go in and
+out to rummage among the tombs or to make that solitary place glad
+with their presence.
+
+One day a little old man entered the cemetery, his eyes sparkling and
+his head uncovered. Upon seeing him, many laughed, while a number of
+the women knit their eyebrows in scorn. The old man seemed to take
+no notice of these manifestations, but went directly toward a pile
+of skulls, knelt down and began to search among the bones. After he
+had sorted over with considerable care the skulls one by one, he drew
+his eyebrows together, as though he did not find what he was looking
+for, moved his head from side to side, looked in all directions,
+and finally got up and went over toward a grave-digger.
+
+"Eh, there!" he shouted to him.
+
+The grave-digger raised his head.
+
+"Do you know where that beautiful skull is, the one white as the meat
+of a cocoanut, with a complete set of teeth, which I had over there
+at the foot of the cross under those leaves?"
+
+The grave-digger shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"Look you!" added the little old man, bringing out of his pocket a
+handful of silver. "I have more than that, but I will give it to you
+if you find the skull for me."
+
+The glitter of the coin made the grave-digger reflect. He looked
+over in the direction of the bone pile and said: "Isn't it over
+there? No? Then I don't know where it is."
+
+"Don't you know? When my debtors pay me, I will give you more,"
+continued the old man. "It was my wife's skull, and if you find it
+for me----"
+
+"Isn't it there. Then I don't know where it is," repeated the
+grave-digger with emphasis. "But I will give you another."
+
+"You are like the grave that you are digging," cried the old man
+irritably. "You don't know the value of what you lose. For whom is
+this grave?"
+
+"For a dead person, of course," replied the bad-humored man.
+
+"Like a tomb! Like a tomb!" repeated the old man dryly. "You don't
+know what you throw out nor what you swallow. Dig! dig!"
+
+At this the old man, who was Tasio, the village philosopher, turned
+and started toward the gate.
+
+In the meantime, the grave-digger had finished his job, and two
+little mounds of fresh, red clay were piled on either side of the
+grave. He took some betel nut out of his broad-brimmed hat, and began
+to chew away, looking with an air of stupidity at everything within
+his horizon.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+IBARRA AND THE GRAVE-DIGGER.
+
+
+Just as the old man was leaving the cemetery, a carriage stopped at the
+entrance. It looked as though it had made a long journey; the horses
+were sweating and the vehicle was covered with dust. Ibarra stepped out
+and was followed by an old servant. He made a gesture to the driver and
+then turned down the path into the cemetery. He was silent and grave.
+
+"My sickness and my work have not permitted me to return, since the
+day of the funeral," said the old servant timidly. "Captain Tiago said
+that he would see to it that a niche was arranged for, but I planted
+some flowers on the grave and erected a cross made by my own hands."
+
+Ibarra did not reply.
+
+"Right there behind that large cross, señor," continued the servant,
+making a gesture toward one of the corners just as they passed through
+the gate.
+
+Ibarra was so preoccupied with sad thoughts that he did not notice the
+astonishment which some of the people in the cemetery manifested when
+they saw him enter. Those who were kneeling broke off their prayers
+and followed the young man, their eyes full of curiosity.
+
+Ibarra walked along very carefully, and avoided stepping on the graves,
+which could be easily distinguished by the sunken ground. In other
+times he had walked over them; but to-day he respected them. His father
+lay in one of them. On coming to the other side of the large cross,
+he stopped and looked in all directions. His companion was confused
+and out of countenance. He searched for marks on the ground but could
+not find the cross anywhere.
+
+"Is it here?" he murmured between his teeth. "No, it is over there,
+but the earth has been removed."
+
+Ibarra looked at him with an expression of anguish.
+
+"Yes," he continued. "I remember that there was a stone by the side of
+the grave. The grave was a little short, a farm hand had to dig it,
+as the grave-digger was sick at the time, but we will ask him what
+he has done with the cross."
+
+They turned toward the grave-digger, who looked at them with
+curiosity. He saluted them, taking off his hat.
+
+"Can you tell us which of the graves over there is the one which had
+a cross?" asked the servant.
+
+The grave-digger looked toward the place and seemed to reflect. "A
+large cross?"
+
+"Yes, a large cross," answered the old man with joy, looking
+significantly at Ibarra, whose face was somewhat animated.
+
+"An ornamented cross, and fastened with reeds?" repeated the
+grave-digger, questioning the servant.
+
+"That's it, that's it, yes, yes! Like this, like this," and the
+servant traced an outline of a Byzantine cross.
+
+"And were there some flowers sown on the grave?"
+
+"Adelphas, sampagas and pansies! That's it," added the servant,
+delighted, and offering the grave-digger a cigar. "Tell us where the
+grave is and where the cross."
+
+The grave-digger scratched his ear and replied, yawning: "Well,
+the cross--I have already burned it up."
+
+"Burned it? and why have you burned it?"
+
+"Because the head priest so ordered."
+
+"Who is the head priest?" asked Ibarra.
+
+"Who? The one who does the whipping."
+
+Ibarra put his hand to his head.
+
+"But you can at least tell us where the grave is? You ought to
+remember."
+
+The grave-digger smiled. "The body is no longer there," he replied
+tranquilly.
+
+"What do you say?"
+
+"Yes, no longer," the man added in a joking tone. "Only a week ago
+I buried a woman in its place."
+
+"Are you crazy?" the servant asked. "Why, it is not yet a year since
+we buried him."
+
+"Then that is the one, for it was many months ago that I took up the
+body. The head priest of the parish ordered me to do it, in order
+to bury it in the Chinese cemetery. But as it was heavy and it was
+raining that night----"
+
+The man could not finish. He stepped back, half frightened at the
+expression on Crisostomo's face. Ibarra made a rush at him, and,
+grabbing him by the arm, shook him.
+
+"And what did you do?" the young man asked, in an indescribable tone.
+
+"Honored sir, do not get angry," he replied, pale and trembling. "I
+did not bury the body among the Chinese. In my opinion a person might
+better be a suicide than be buried among the Chinese. I threw the
+body into the lake."
+
+Ibarra laid both his hands on the man's shoulders and looked at him
+for a long time in a terrifying manner. "You are only an unfortunate
+fellow," he said, at last, and left the place on a run across bones,
+graves, and crosses, like a madman.
+
+The grave-digger felt of his arm and murmured: "What would they do
+with the dead! The head priest whips me with his cane for having left
+the body in the cemetery when I was sick. Now this fellow comes along
+and nearly breaks my arm for having taken it up. That is just like
+the Spaniards! I'll lose my place yet."
+
+Ibarra went on in great haste, keeping his eyes fixed in the
+distance. The old servant followed him, crying. Already the sun was
+hidden; a large, dark cloud hung over the western horizon; and a dry
+wind bent the tops of the trees and made the fields of sugar cane
+groan. With hat in hand, he went on. Not one tear dropped from his
+eye, not one sigh came from his breast. He hurried on as if he were
+fleeing from somebody, or something--perhaps the shade of his father,
+perhaps the tempest which was approaching. He hurried through the town
+and headed toward the outlying country, toward that old house which
+he had not entered for so many years. The house was surrounded by a
+wall, near which many cacti grew, and as he approached they seemed to
+signal to him. The windows seemed to open, the ilang-ilang joyfully
+waved its branches, and the doves fluttered about the little tower
+on the peak of their garden house.
+
+But the young man did not notice these signs of welcome on his return
+to his old home. His eyes were riveted on the form of a priest who
+was advancing from the opposite direction. It was the priest of San
+Diego, that meditative Franciscan, the enemy of the alferez whom we
+have mentioned. The wind was playing with the wide wings of his hat,
+and the robe of guingon was flattened out, moulded by the wind to
+the outline of his form, marking his slender thighs and bow-legs. In
+his right hand he carried a cane. It was the first time that he and
+Ibarra had met.
+
+As they approached each other, the young man stopped and looked
+at him fixedly. Father Salvi avoided the look and was somewhat
+distracted. This vacillation lasted only a moment. Ibarra made a rush
+toward him, and stopped the priest from falling only by grasping his
+shoulder. Then, in a voice scarcely intelligible, he exclaimed:
+
+"What have you done with my father?"
+
+Friar Salvi, pale and trembling, as he read the unmistakable sentiments
+which were depicted on the young man's face, could not reply.
+
+"What have you done with my father?" he asked again, his voice almost
+choking him.
+
+The priest, shrinking from the tight grasp of Ibarra's hand, at last
+made a great effort and said: "You are mistaken. I have done nothing
+with your father."
+
+"What? No?" continued the young man, the weight of his hand on the
+priest's shoulder almost making him kneel.
+
+"No, I assure you. It was my predecessor. It was Father Dámaso----"
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the young man, throwing the priest down and giving
+him a slap in the face. And leaving Father Salvi, he turned quickly
+and went toward the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+ADVENTURES OF A SCHOOL TEACHER.
+
+
+Laguna de Bay, surrounded by mountains, sleeps tranquilly in the
+stillness of the elements, as if it had not joined the chorus of
+the tempest on the night before. As first rays of dawn appear in the
+eastern sky and awaken the phosphorescent myriads in the water, long,
+grey shadows appear in the dim distance, almost on the border of the
+horizon. They are shadows of fishermen's boats at work drawing in
+the nets.
+
+Two men, dressed in deep mourning, from a lofty height contemplate
+the scene in silence. One is Ibarra, and the other is a young,
+meek-looking man with a melancholy countenance.
+
+"Here is the place!" said the latter. "Here is where your father's
+body was thrown into the water! The grave-digger brought Lieutenant
+Guevara and me here and pointed out the spot."
+
+Ibarra, with emotion, warmly grasped the young man's hand.
+
+"You need not thank me!" replied the latter. "I owed your father for
+many favors he did me. The only thing I could ever do for him was
+to accompany his body to the grave. I had come to the town without
+knowing anybody, without any recommendations, without a reputation,
+without money, just as I am now. Your father protected me, procured a
+house for me, helped secure whatever was needed to advance education;
+he used to come to the school and distribute pennies among the poor
+and diligent pupils; he provided them with books and papers. But that,
+like all good things, did not last long."
+
+Ibarra took off his hat and seemed to pray for a short time. Then
+he turned to his companion and said: "Did you tell me that my father
+used to help the poor children? How is it now?"
+
+"Oh, now they do the best they can."
+
+"And don't they come to school regularly?"
+
+"No, for their shirts are ragged and they are ashamed."
+
+Ibarra kept silent for a few moments.
+
+"How many pupils have you now?" he asked, with a certain interest.
+
+"There are more than two hundred on the register, but only twenty-five
+in the class."
+
+"How does that happen?"
+
+The school teacher sadly smiled.
+
+"It is a long and tedious story," said he.
+
+"Don't think that I am asking out of vain curiosity," replied Ibarra,
+looking seriously at the distant horizon. "I have been meditating a
+great deal on the matter, and I believe that it is far better to try to
+carry out the ideas of my father than to try to avenge him. His tomb
+is sacred Nature; and his enemies were the people and the priest. I
+can forgive the people for their ignorance, and as to the priest,
+I will pardon his character because I wish to respect the religion
+which he represents. I wish to be inspired with the spirit of the
+one who gave me life, and, that I may lend my help, I wish to know
+what are the obstacles here in the way of education."
+
+"The country will bless your memory, Señor, if you can carry out
+the beautiful and noble ideas of your dead father," said the school
+teacher. "You wish to know what the obstacles are? Very well. We are
+now in such circumstances that unless something powerful intervenes,
+there will never be any education here. First, because there is no
+incentive or stimulus to the children, and, secondly, even when there
+is an incentive, lack of means and many prejudices kill it. They say
+that the son of a German peasant studies eight years in the town
+school. Who would want to spend half of that time in our schools,
+when the benefits to be derived are so small? Here the children read,
+and commit to memory verses and at times entire books in Spanish,
+but all without understanding a single word. What good can the sons
+of our farmers get out of the school so long as this is the case?"
+
+"And you see the evil; have you not thought out a remedy?"
+
+"Ah, poor me!" replied the teacher, shaking his head, "a poor
+teacher cannot alone fight against prejudices, against existing
+influences. Above all, I would need to have a school house, so that
+I would not, as I do now, have to teach from the priest's carriage,
+under the convent. There, when the children want to read aloud, they
+naturally disturb the Father, who at times comes down and very nervous,
+especially when he has his attacks, finds fault with the children and
+insults me. You know very well that under such conditions no one can do
+any teaching. The child does not respect the teacher from that moment
+when he sees him mistreated by some one else without maintaining his
+rights. The teacher, if he is to be listened to, or if his authority
+is not to be doubted, needs prestige, a good name, moral strength, and
+a certain amount of freedom. If you will allow me, I will give you an
+illustration. I wished to introduce some reforms and they laughed at
+me. In order to remedy the evil that I spoke of a moment ago, I tried
+to teach the children Spanish, because, not only does the Government
+order it, but because it will be a great advantage for them to know
+the language. I employed the simplest method, used simple phrases
+and nouns without making use of hard rules, with the expectation of
+teaching them the grammar as soon as they had learned the language. At
+the end of several weeks, almost all the smarter ones in the school
+understood me and were able to compose phrases in Castellano."
+
+The teacher stopped and seemed to be in doubt. Then, as if he had
+made up his mind, he began again.
+
+"I ought not to be ashamed of the history of my grievances. If any one
+had been in my place, he would have had the same story to tell. As I
+was saying, I began well. Several days later the priest, who was then
+Father Dámaso, sent the sacristan mayor to tell me that he wanted to
+see me. As I knew his character and was afraid to make him wait for
+me, I went up immediately, saluted him and said good morning to him in
+Spanish. As was customary, when I saluted him, I advanced to kiss the
+hand which he held out, but just at that moment he withdrew it and,
+without replying to me, began to chuckle scoffingly. I was naturally
+disconcerted, and it was all done in the presence of the sacristan
+mayor. At the moment, I did not know what to say. I stood and looked
+at him while he went on laughing. I had already become impatient
+and saw that I was on the point of committing an indiscretion. All
+of a sudden, he stopped laughing and added insult to injury. With a
+cunning air, he said to me: 'So it is buenos dias, eh? buenos dias,
+ha, ha! How funny! Why, you know how to speak Spanish, do you?' And
+then he continued his laugh."
+
+Ibarra could not keep back his smile.
+
+"You laugh," replied the teacher, also smiling. "I confess that I did
+not feel like smiling at that time. I felt the blood rush to my head,
+and a thunderbolt seemed to dazzle my brain. I saw the priest far off,
+very far from me. I started toward him to reply. The sacristan mayor
+interposed and said very seriously, in Tagalog: 'You want to stop
+wearing borrowed clothes. Be content to speak in your own language and
+do not spoil Spanish, which is not meant for you. You have heard about
+Ciruela? Well, Ciruela was a teacher who did not know how to read,
+but he taught school.' I wanted to detain him for a moment, but he
+went quickly into his room and closed the door violently. What was I
+to do? In order to collect my salary I have to have the approval of
+the priest on my bill, and have to make a journey to the capital of
+the province. What could I do to him--the moral, political and civil
+authority of the town, sustained by his corporation, feared by the
+Government, rich, powerful, always consulting, advising, listening,
+believing and attending to everything--what could I do to him? If
+he insulted me, I had to keep my mouth closed. If I talked back,
+he would throw me out of work, spoiling my career. And what good
+would it do--education? On the contrary, everybody would take up the
+priest's side of the matter; they would criticise me, they would call
+me vain, proud, arrogant, a poor Christian, poorly educated, and when
+not this, they would call me an anti-Spaniard and an agitator. The
+school teacher should have no authority. He should only be lazy,
+humble, and resigned to his low position. May God pardon me if I do not
+speak conscientiously and truthfully, but I was born in this country,
+I have to live, I have a mother to support and I have to be resigned
+to my lot."
+
+"And have you continued to be discouraged on account of this
+trouble? Have you attempted nothing since?"
+
+"Would to God that it had ended there!" he replied. "Would to God that
+that had been the end of my misfortunes. The truth is that from that
+day I began to take a dislike to my profession. Every day the school
+brought to my mind my disgrace and made every hour a bitter one for
+me. But what could I do? I could not disappoint my mother. I had to
+tell her that the three years of sacrifices which she had made for me
+in order that I might learn the profession now made me happy. I had
+to make her believe that the profession was a most honorable one, that
+the work was most pleasant, that the road was strewn with flowers and
+that the fulfillment of my duty produced nothing but friendships. If
+I had told her the contrary, I myself would still be as unhappy and
+would only make another unhappy, which was not only useless but a
+sin. So, I kept at my work and tried not to be discouraged. I tried
+to fight it down."
+
+The school teacher made a short pause and then began again.
+
+"You know that the books in most of the schools are in Spanish,
+excepting the Tagalog catechism, which varies according to the
+corporation which appoints the priest of the parish. The books
+generally used in the school are novenaries, the 'Doxology' and
+Father Astete's catechism, which are no more edifying than the
+books of heretics. On account of the fact that it was impossible to
+teach the children Spanish, as I wanted to do, and owing to the fact
+that I could not translate so many books into the native language,
+I decided to try to substitute for them gradually, short verses,
+extracts from the best Tagalog books, such as the 'Treatise on
+Urbanity' by Hortensio y Feliza, and some of the little pamphlets on
+agriculture. Sometimes I myself translated small works, such as the
+'History of the Philippines,' by Father Barranera, and afterward
+dictated to the pupils for their note books, adding at times some
+of my own observations. As I had no maps to teach them geography,
+I copied one of those of the province which I saw in the capital,
+and with this reproduction and, by the aid of the tiles on the floor,
+I was able to give them some ideas about the country. The new priest
+sent for me. Although he did not reprimand me severely, he told me,
+however, that my first duty was to teach religion, and that before I
+began to teach any such things I must prove by an examination that all
+the children knew by heart the 'Mysteries,' the 'Doxology,' and the
+'Catechism of the Christian Doctrine.'
+
+"So, in the meantime, I am endeavoring to convert the children into
+parrots so that they will know by heart all of these things of which
+they do not understand a single word. Many of the pupils already
+know the 'Mysteries' and the 'Doxology,' but I fear that I am making
+Father Astete's efforts useless, inasmuch as my pupils do not even
+distinguish between the questions and the answers, or what either
+of them signifies. Thus we shall die and thus shall do those who are
+yet to be born; yet in Europe they talk about Progress!"
+
+"Let us not be so pessimistic," replied Ibarra, rising to his
+feet. "The teniente mayor has invited me to attend a town meeting to
+be held in the tribunal. Who knows but that some plan for improvement
+may there be adopted!"
+
+The school teacher arose to go, shaking his head in token of doubt.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+LIGHTS AND SHADOWS.
+
+
+The people of the town have made their preparation for the festival in
+honor of the patron saint, San Diego, and are gossiping about it, and
+about the arrival of Maria Clara, accompanied by her aunt Isabel. They
+rejoiced over it, because they liked her, and admired her beauty very
+much. They also rejoiced in the change it had made in the priest,
+Father Salvi. "He is often absent-minded during the holy services,"
+they said. "He scarcely speaks with us, and he plainly grows more
+thin and taciturn." His cook saw this constantly and complained of the
+little honor that he did his dishes. But what most excited the wonder
+of the people were the two lights which one could see shining in the
+convent during the night, while Father Salvi was visiting at the house
+of Maria Clara! The old dames crossed themselves and kept on gossiping.
+
+Juan Crisostomo Ibarra had telegraphed from the capital of the province
+his compliments to Aunt Isabel and her niece, but he had not explained
+his absence. Many thought that he had been arrested for assaulting
+Father Salvi on the afternoon of "All Saint's Day." But the comments
+increased still more when, on the afternoon of the third day, they
+saw Ibarra get out of a carriage in front of the little house of his
+betrothed, and courteously salute the priest, who was also making
+his way thither.
+
+If we go to Maria Clara's house, we will find it like a little nest
+among orange and ilang-ilang trees, surrounded by flowers and vines
+which creep up on bamboo sticks and wires, diffusing their delicious
+perfume. The rich fragrance of the ilang-ilang reaches even to
+the window which looks out on the lake. Here sit the two young
+lovers. Ibarra was saying to Maria Clara:
+
+"To-morrow, before the first ray of morning, your desire shall be
+fulfilled. To-night, I shall arrange all so that nothing will be
+lacking."
+
+"Then I will write to my friends, so that they may come along. Arrange
+it so that the priest cannot come."
+
+"And why?"
+
+"Because he seems to be watching me. His deep and sombre eyes pain
+me. When he fixes them upon me, they frighten me. He speaks to me of
+extraordinary things, so incomprehensible, so strange. He asked me
+once if I had not dreamed about my mother's letters. I believe he
+is half crazy. My friend Sinang, and Andeng, my foster sister, say
+that he is a little out of his head, for he neither eats nor bathes,
+and he lives entirely in the darkness. Don't have him come!"
+
+"We cannot but invite him," replied Ibarra. "The customs of the
+country require it. He is the priest of your house and, besides, he has
+conducted himself nobly toward me. When the Alcalde consulted him on
+the business of which I have spoken to you, he had nothing but praises
+for me and did not pretend to offer the slightest obstacle. But I see
+that you are serious. I shall take care that he does not accompany
+us in the boat."
+
+Light steps were heard. They were those of the priest, who was
+approaching with a forced smile on his lips. They began to talk of
+different subjects, about the weather, the town and the festival. Maria
+Clara devised an excuse and went out.
+
+"And while we are speaking about festivals," said Ibarra, "allow me to
+invite you to the one which we are going to celebrate to-morrow. It is
+going to be a country picnic, which we and our friends are planning."
+
+"And where will it be held?"
+
+"The girls want to hold it near the brook in the woods, near the balitî
+tree. So we will have to get up early to reach the place before the
+sun gets hot."
+
+The priest reflected, and a moment later replied: "The invitation
+is very tempting, and I accept it in order to prove that I hold no
+grudge against you for what has happened in the past. But I will have
+to be a little late, as I must fulfill my religious duties first. How
+happy to be like you, entirely free and independent!"
+
+A few minutes later, Ibarra took his leave in order to arrange for
+the picnic on the following day. It was already quite dark when he
+left the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE FISHING PARTY.
+
+
+The stars were still shining in the sapphire heavens, and the birds
+were sleeping on the branches of the trees, when a jolly little party,
+by the light from the pitch torches, wandered through the streets of
+the town toward the lake.
+
+Five young maidens, clinging to each other's hands or belts, tripped
+along briskly. Behind them came several elderly women and a number
+of servants gracefully carrying on their heads baskets filled with
+provisions and various dishes for the picnic. On seeing their joyful
+faces, with their youthful smiles, their beautiful black hair as it
+floated in the breeze, and the wide folds of their pretty dresses,
+you would have taken them for goddesses of the night and would have
+thought that they were fleeing from day--if perchance you had not
+already known that it was Maria Clara and her four friends: jolly
+Sinang; her cousin, the serious Victoria; beautiful Iday; and the
+pensive Neneng, pretty, modest and timid.
+
+They were talking with animation; they laughed; pinched each other;
+whispered in each other's ears and then burst out in shouts of
+merriment.
+
+"You girls will wake up everybody in town. Don't you know that people
+are still asleep?" said Aunt Isabel, reprimanding them. "When we were
+young, we didn't make such a noise."
+
+"But you didn't get up as early as we do, nor were the old men such
+great sleepers in your day," replied little Sinang.
+
+They were quiet for a moment and were trying to talk in a low voice,
+but they quickly forgot themselves and were again filling the streets
+with their youthful laughter and melodious voices.
+
+Several young fellows were coming down the street, lighting their way
+with large bamboo torches. They were marching along almost noiselessly
+to the tune of a guitar.
+
+"That guitar sounds as though some beggar were playing it," said
+Sinang, laughing. But when the young fellows caught up with the rest of
+the party, the girls suddenly became as quiet and as serious as though
+they never had learned how to laugh. The young men, however, chatted
+away, saluted the ladies, laughed and smiled and asked half a dozen
+questions without giving the girls time to answer any one of them.
+
+The two large bancas, [7] which had been secured to transport the
+picnic party to the fishing grounds, were fastened together and
+picturesquely adorned with wreaths and garlands of flowers and a
+large number of vari-colored candles. Paper lanterns hung from the
+improvised covering of the bancas. Alternately with these were roses,
+pinks and baskets of fruits such as pineapples, kasuys, bananas,
+guayabas and lanzones. Ibarra had brought his carpets, blankets and
+rugs and arranged comfortable seats for the ladies. The poles and
+paddles used to propel the bancas had also been ornamented. In the
+better banca were a harp, guitars, accordeons, and a buffalo horn;
+while, in the other boat, a little fire had been lighted in an
+improvised stove in order that tea, coffee and salabat [8] might be
+prepared for the light breakfast.
+
+"The women sit here; the men, there," said the mothers on stepping
+into the banca. "Sit still and don't move, or we will be capsized."
+
+"Cross yourselves before we start," said Aunt Isabel, as she traced
+the form of a cross on her breast.
+
+"And are we to be here all by ourselves," asked Sinang, on seeing how
+the girls had been separated from the young men, by the assignment
+of the seats. Then making a grimace she asked again, "Are we going
+to be all alone? Aray!"
+
+This aray was caused by a little pinch which her mother had given
+her on the arm in the way of a reprimand for her complaint.
+
+The bancas were now putting off slowly from the shore. The light
+from the torches and Japanese lanterns was reflected in the water,
+for the lake was as smooth as a mirror. In the far eastern horizon
+could be seen the first rosy tints of the approaching dawn.
+
+Everything was very quiet. The young women, in consequence of the
+separation from the young men, seemed to be absorbed in meditation.
+
+As the water was smooth as glass and the bamboo weirs where the fish
+were to be found were not far off, and, it was still early, it was
+decided that all should stop paddling and take breakfast. The lights
+were put out, for the day had dawned and preparations were made for
+desayuno. [9]
+
+The entire party became jolly as they breathed in the light breeze
+that had come up. Even the women, so full of presentiments a few
+moments ago, were now laughing and joking among themselves.
+
+One young man alone of all the party remained silent. He was the pilot,
+an athletic-looking fellow, and interesting on account of his large,
+sad eyes and the severe lines of his lips. His long, black hair fell
+gracefully over his powerful neck. He wore a shirt of coarse dark
+cloth, through which his powerful muscles could be plainly seen as he
+manipulated with his strong arms the wide, heavy paddle as if it were
+only a pen. This paddle served both to propel and to steer the bancas.
+
+More than once he was embarrassed when he caught Maria Clara looking at
+him. Then he would turn his eyes quickly to some other direction and
+look far off toward the mountain, or the shore of the lake. The young
+maiden pitied him in his solitude and offered him some biscuits. The
+pilot looked at her with surprise, but only for a moment. He took
+the biscuits, thanked her very briefly and in a voice scarcely audible.
+
+No one else took any notice of him. The happy laughter and jolly
+conversation of the young men did not cause him to relax a single
+muscle of his face. Not even Sinang, with all her jollity, had any
+effect on him.
+
+"Wait a minute!" said Aunt Isabel to the boatman's son, who had made
+ready his net and was just about to go up on the baklad to take out
+the fish from the little enclosure at the end of the weir. "We must
+have everything ready, so that the fish may pass directly from the
+water to the pot."
+
+Andeng, the pretty foster sister of Maria Clara, despite her clear
+complexion and laughing face, had the reputation of being a good
+cook. She prepared the rice, tomatoes, and camias, [10] while some
+of the young men tried to aid or bother her, perhaps in order to win
+her good will. The other girls were busy cleaning and making ready
+the lettuce, cabbage and peas, and cutting up paayap in pieces about
+the size of a cigarette.
+
+Finally Andeng announced that the kettle was ready to receive its
+guests--the fish.
+
+The fisherman's son went up on top of the rack at the end of the
+weir. He took a position at the narrow entrance, over which might have
+been written: "All who enter here leave hope behind," if indeed the
+unfortunate fish would know how to read and understand it, for a fish
+who enters never gets out except to die. The rack is almost circular in
+form and about a meter in diameter, and is so arranged that a man can
+stand on top of one end of it and thus take out the fish with his net.
+
+"There, it wouldn't tire me a bit to fish that way," said Sinang,
+quite joyful.
+
+All were watching attentively. Already some of them in their vivid
+imaginations thought they could see the fish wiggling their tails
+and trying to get out of the little net, their scales shining in the
+bright sun. However, the young man failed to catch a single fish in
+his first attempt.
+
+"It ought to be full of fish," said Albino, in a low voice. "It is
+more than five days since we visited the place last."
+
+The fisherman drew out his net a second time, but not a fish was there
+in it. The water, as it trickled through the meshes of the net in
+countless drops which reflected the rays of the sun, seemed to laugh
+in silvery tones. An "Ah" of surprise, disgust, and disappointment
+escaped from the lips of all.
+
+The young fellow repeated the same operation, but with a similar
+result.
+
+"You don't understand your business!" said Albino to him as he stepped
+up on the rack and took the net from the hands of the youngster. "Now
+you will see! Andeng, open up the kettle!"
+
+But Albino did not understand his business, either. The net came up
+empty as before. All began to laugh.
+
+"Don't make any noise," he said, "or the fish will hear it and will
+keep from being caught. This net must have a hole in it somewhere."
+
+But every mesh in the net was perfect.
+
+"Let me take it!" said Leon, Iday's lover, to Albino.
+
+Leon first made sure that the enclosure was in good condition and
+then examined the net carefully and satisfied himself that there was
+nothing wrong with it. He then asked: "Are you sure that no one has
+been out here for five days?"
+
+"We are sure! The last time any one was out here was on All Saints'
+Day."
+
+"Well, then, I am going to bring out something this time, unless the
+lake is bewitched."
+
+Leon lowered the net by its bamboo handle into the water, but a look
+of surprise was painted on his face. In silence he looked toward the
+neighboring mountain and continued moving the handle of the net from
+one side to the other. Finally, without taking the net out of the
+water, he murmured in a low voice: "An alligator."
+
+"An alligator!" exclaimed half a dozen voices, and the word was
+repeated again while all stood frightened and stupefied.
+
+"What did you say?" they asked.
+
+"I say that there is an alligator caught in the rack," said Leon,
+and sticking the handle of the net into the water again he continued:
+"Do you hear that sound? That is not sand, it is hard skin, the back
+of the alligator. Do you see how he wiggles the bamboo pickets in
+the rack? He is struggling hard but he cannot do anything. Wait. He
+is a large fellow; his body measures a palm or more in width."
+
+"What shall be done?" was the question.
+
+"Catch him," said one.
+
+"Jesús! And who will catch him?"
+
+Nobody offered to dive down to the bottom of the rack. The water was
+very deep.
+
+"We ought to tie him to our banca and drag him along in triumph,"
+said Sinang. "The idea of his eating the fish which we ought to have!"
+
+"I have never seen to this day a live alligator," said Maria Clara.
+
+The pilot rose to his feet, took a long rope and went up cautiously to
+the platform on the top of the rack. Leon gave up his position to him.
+
+With the exception of Maria Clara, none up till now had paid any
+attention to him. Now every one was admiring his fine stature.
+
+To the great surprise of all and in spite of all their cries, the
+pilot leaped into the enclosure.
+
+"Take this knife!" shouted Crisostomo, drawing out a wide-bladed
+Toledo knife.
+
+But already a thousand little bubbles were rising to the surface of
+the water, and all that was going on in the depths below was wrapped
+in mystery.
+
+"Jesús, Maria y José!" exclaimed the women. "We are going to have a
+misfortune. Jesús, Maria y José!"
+
+"Don't be alarmed, señoras," said the old boatman. "If there is any
+one in this province who can do it, it is that fellow who has just
+gone down."
+
+"What is his name?" they asked.
+
+"We call him 'The Pilot'; he is the best I have ever seen, only he
+does not like his profession."
+
+The water was being stirred violently, and it seemed that a fierce
+fight was being waged in the depths of the lake. The sides of the
+enclosure swayed to and fro, while the water seemed to be swirled by
+a dozen currents. All held their breath. Ibarra grasped tightly the
+handle of his sharp knife.
+
+The fight seemed to be at an end. The head of the young man rose to
+the surface of the water, and the sight was greeted by joyful shouts
+from all. The eyes of the women were full of tears.
+
+The pilot crawled up on the platform carrying in his hand the end of
+the rope, and as soon as he was able pulled on it.
+
+The monster appeared on top of the water. He had the rope tied twice
+around his neck, and once behind his forelegs. He was a large fellow,
+as Leon had already announced. He was beautifully colored and green
+moss was growing on his back. He bellowed like an ox, struck his tail
+against the sides of the enclosure, snapped at them, and opened his
+black, frightful-looking mouth, showing his long teeth.
+
+The pilot, unassisted, raised him up out of the water. No one offered
+to help him. Just as soon as the animal was out of the water and
+placed on the platform, the pilot put his foot on his back. Then,
+closing the animal's massive jaws, he tried to tie his big snout tight
+with the rope. The reptile made a last effort, doubled up his body,
+struck the floor of the platform with his powerful tail and, breaking
+loose, made a leap into the water of the lake, on the other side of
+the weir, at the same time dragging with him his captor. It seemed
+that the pilot would be a dead man. A cry of horror went up from all.
+
+Like a flash of lightning, another body leaped into the water. So
+quickly was it done that they had scarcely time to see that it was
+Ibarra. Maria Clara did not faint, simply because the Filipinos do
+not know how to faint.
+
+They all saw the water become colored, and tinged with blood. The
+young fisherman leaped to the bottom with his bolo in his hand; his
+father followed him. But, scarcely had they disappeared, when they
+saw Crisostomo and the pilot reappear, clinging to the body of the
+reptile. The monster's white belly was slashed, while in his throat
+the knife still stuck like a nail.
+
+It is impossible to describe the joy that came over the party at
+the sight; all arms were extended to help them out of the water. The
+old women were half crazed with joy, and laughed and prayed. Andeng
+forgot that her kettle had been boiling three different times; now
+it was leaking and had put out the fire. The only one who could not
+speak was Maria Clara.
+
+Ibarra was unhurt. The pilot had a slight scratch on his arm.
+
+"I owe you my life!" said he to Ibarra as the latter wrapped himself
+up in the shawls and blankets. The voice of the pilot had a ring
+of sincerity.
+
+"You are too bold," replied Ibarra. "Another time you must not
+tempt God."
+
+"If you had never come back!" exclaimed Maria, pale and trembling.
+
+"If I had never come back and you had followed after me," replied
+the young man, "I would have been with all my family in the bottom of
+the lake." Ibarra was thinking that in those depths lay the remains
+of his father.
+
+The mothers of the girls did not want to go to the other baklad
+or weir. They preferred to go back home happy, for the day had
+commenced with a bad omen and they feared that they would suffer
+many misfortunes.
+
+"It is all because we have not heard mass," sighed one of them.
+
+"But what misfortune have we had, señoras?" asked Ibarra. "The
+alligator was the unfortunate one."
+
+"That goes to show," concluded Albino, "that, in all his fishing life,
+this reptile has never heard mass. I never saw him, I am sure, among
+the other reptiles who frequent the church."
+
+The bancas were turned toward the other fish rack, and it was necessary
+for Andeng to get the water boiling again.
+
+The day was advancing; a breeze was blowing; little waves were stirred
+up on the water, and rippled around the alligator. The music began
+again. Iday was playing the harp, while the young men were playing
+the accordeons and guitars with more or less skill. But the one who
+played best was Albino.
+
+The other weir was visited with an entire lack of confidence. Many
+of the party expected to find there the mate to the alligator, but
+Nature fooled them and every time that the net was lowered it was
+brought up full of fish.
+
+They then headed for the shore of the lake, where is situated the
+forest of trees centuries old, owned by Ibarra. There in the shade
+and near the crystal brook the party were to take their breakfast
+among the flowers or under improvised tents.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+IN THE WOODS.
+
+
+Very early that morning Father Salví had said mass, cleaning, according
+to his custom, a dozen dirty souls in a few minutes. The reading of a
+few letters, which had arrived well sealed with wax, seemed to cause
+the worthy curate to lose his appetite, for he allowed his chocolate
+to get cold.
+
+"The Father is ill," said the cook as he prepared another cup. "It
+is several days since he has eaten anything; of six dishes which I
+put on the table for him, he has not touched two."
+
+"It must be that he does not sleep well," replied the servant. "He
+has nightmare since he changed his bedroom. Every day his eyes are
+sinking deeper, he grows gradually thinner, and is very yellow."
+
+As a matter of fact, it was a pitiful sight to behold Father Salví. He
+did not care to touch his second cup of chocolate, nor to taste the
+Cebu cakes. He walked pensively to and fro in the spacious sala,
+crumpling between his bony fingers some letters which he would read
+from time to time. Finally, he called for his carriage, got ready
+and ordered the coachman to take him to the woods where the picnic
+was to be held. Arriving at the place, Father Salví dismissed the
+carriage and all alone, entered the forest.
+
+A shady but difficult path runs through the thicket and leads to the
+brook which is formed by the hot springs so plentiful at the base of
+Mount Makiling.
+
+For some time, Father Salví was wandering among the thick underbrush,
+here trying to evade the thorns which entangled his habit of guingon
+as if to detain him; there trying to step over the roots of the trees
+which stuck up through the ground and made the inexperienced traveler
+stumble again and again. Suddenly he stopped. Mirthful laughter and the
+sound of young voices reached his ears. The voices and the laughter
+seemed to come from the direction of the brook and each time seemed
+to be coming nearer.
+
+"I am going to see if I can find a heron's nest," said a voice,
+beautiful and sweet, and at once recognized by the curate. "You know
+they say that if a person possesses one of those nests he can make
+himself invisible to everybody. How I would like to see him and not
+have him see me! I could follow him everywhere."
+
+Father Salví hid behind the thick trunk of an old tree and listened.
+
+"That is to say, you want to do with him what the curate does with
+you: watch him everywhere?" replied the merry voice. "Be careful,
+for jealousy makes one grow thin and the eyes sink in."
+
+"No, no. It is not jealousy, it is pure curiosity," replied the silvery
+voice, while the other repeated, "yes, yes, jealousy; that's what it
+is." And then she broke out in a merry chuckle.
+
+"If I were jealous of him I would not use the heron's nest to make
+myself invisible to him, but would make him invisible to everybody
+else."
+
+"But then you yourself would not be able to see him and you would
+not want that to happen. The best thing to do, if we find a heron's
+nest is to give it to the priest. Then he could watch us as much as
+he pleased, and we would not be troubled with the sight of him. What
+do you think of the idea?"
+
+"But I don't believe in the story about the heron's nests, anyway,"
+replied one. "But if I were really jealous I would know how to keep
+watch of a person and make myself invisible...."
+
+"And how? How would you do it? Perhaps you would do as Sister Listener
+does in the convent?"
+
+This reference to days passed in the convent provoked a jolly laugh
+all around.
+
+Father Salví saw from his hiding-place Maria Clara, Victoria, and
+Sinang, wading in the stream. All three were looking into the water,
+which was like a mirror, in search of the heron's nest. They were
+getting wet up to their knees, the wide folds of their bathing skirts
+allowing one to guess how graceful were the curves of their limbs. They
+were wearing their hair loose and their arms were bare. Striped,
+bright-colored bodices covered their breasts. The three lasses, at
+the same time that they were hunting for that which did not exist,
+collected flowers and plants which were growing on the banks of
+the stream.
+
+The religious Acteon, pale and immovable, stood gazing upon Maria
+Clara, that chaste Diana. The eyes which shone in those dark orbits
+never tired of admiring those white and beautiful arms, that pretty,
+round neck, those tiny and rosy feet as they played in the water. As
+he contemplated all this, strange feelings were awakened in his breast,
+new dreams took possession of his burning mind.
+
+The three pretty forms disappeared in a thick growth of bamboo behind
+a bend in the stream, but their cruel allusions could still be heard by
+the curate. Intoxicated with the strange ideas in his head, staggering,
+and covered with perspiration, Father Salví left his hiding-place
+and looked about him in all directions with staring eyes. He stood
+immovable, in doubt. He took a few steps as if to follow the young
+women, but he turned about, and walked along the bank of the stream
+in order to find the rest of the picnic party.
+
+Some distance ahead, in the middle of the stream, he could see a
+bathing place well enclosed by bamboo. He could hear, merry laughter
+and feminine accents coming from that direction. Still further down the
+stream he could see a bamboo bridge and some men in bathing. In the
+meantime, a multitude of servants were bustling about the improvised
+fireplaces, some engaged in plucking chickens, others in washing
+rice and roasting pig. And there on the opposite bank, in a clearing
+which had been made, were a number of men and women under a tent. The
+tent had been made by hanging canvas from the limbs of some of the
+old trees and by erecting a few poles. There in the group was the
+alferez, the teniente mayor, the coadjutor, the gobernadorcillo,
+the school teacher, a number, of past captains and lieutenants,
+including even Captain Basilio, who was Sinang's father, and the
+former rival of the deceased Don Rafael. Ibarra had said to him:
+"The mere fact that we are parties to a law-suit does not mean that
+we have to be enemies." So it was that the celebrated orator of the
+conservative party had accepted the invitation to the picnic with
+enthusiasm, and had even brought along three turkeys and put his
+servants at the disposition of the young man.
+
+The parish priest was received with respect and deference by all,
+even by the alferez.
+
+"But where did Your Reverence come from?" some one asked on seeing
+his face full of scratches, and his habit covered with leaves and
+pieces of dried branches. "Has Your Reverence fallen down?"
+
+"No, I lost my way," replied Father Salví, looking down and examining
+his clothes.
+
+Bottles of lemonade were opened, green cocoanuts were cut in two so
+that those who were coming out of the bath might have the refreshing
+milk to drink and the delicate meat to eat. The young women in addition
+received rosaries of sampagas interwoven with roses and ilang-ilang,
+which gave a beautiful fragrance to their loose hair. Some were
+sitting or lying in hammocks which had been hung from the branches
+of the trees; others were entertaining themselves in a game that
+was going on around a large, flat stone. Playing cards, checkers,
+dice and many other games were in progress.
+
+They showed the alligator to the curate, but he seemed absorbed and
+paid no attention until they mentioned the fact that the wide wound
+in the animal's neck had been made by Ibarra. Then, too, the pilot,
+the principal figure in the incident, had disappeared and could not
+be found anywhere.
+
+Finally Maria Clara came out of the bath, accompanied by her friends,
+fresh as a rose when first it blooms, and when the dew on its divine
+petals glistens like diamonds. Her first smile was for Ibarra; and
+her first frown for Father Salví. The latter noticed this, but he
+did not even sigh.
+
+It was now time to eat. The curate, the coadjutor, the alferez, the
+gobernadorcillo, and some of the captains, together with the tenente
+mayor sat down at the table over which Ibarra presided. The mothers of
+the girls did not allow any one to eat at the table with their charges.
+
+"Do you know anything yet, Señor Alferez, about the criminal who
+assaulted Father Dámaso?" asked Father Salví.
+
+"About what criminal, Father?" asked the alferez, looking at the
+parish priest through his empty wine glass.
+
+"About whom could it be? About the one who, day before yesterday,
+struck Father Dámaso, of course."
+
+"Struck Father Dámaso?" asked a number of voices.
+
+The coadjutor was seen to smile.
+
+"Yes; and Father Dámaso is now in bed. It is believed that the culprit
+was that same Elias who once threw you into a mud-hole, Señor Alferez."
+
+The alferez colored up a little, either from shame or too much wine.
+
+"I thought that you were interested in the affair," continued Father
+Salví, with a little jeering in his manner.
+
+The alferez bit his lips and mumbled out a silly excuse.
+
+The meal ended and, while tea and coffee were being served, the young
+and old distributed themselves about in various groups. Some picked
+up playing cards and others dice, but the young women, anxious to
+know the future, preferred to try their luck with the wheel of fortune.
+
+"Come, Señor Ibarra," shouted Captain Basilio, who was a little bit
+jolly. "We have a law-suit that has been pending for fifteen years,
+and there isn't a judge in the Supreme Court in Manila who can
+decide it. Let us see if we can settle it on the chess board. What
+do you say?"
+
+The game of chess began with much solemnity.
+
+"If the game is a draw," said Ibarra, "it is understood that the suit
+is off."
+
+About the middle of the game, Ibarra received a telegram which made
+his eyes glisten and his face grow pale. He put it in his pocket-book,
+not, however, without directing a glance at the group of young women
+who continued with much laughter to play the wheel of fortune.
+
+"Check to the king!" said the young man.
+
+Captain Basilio had no other resort than to hide him behind the queen.
+
+"Check to the queen!" said Ibarra, threatening it with his rook,
+which was defended by a pawn.
+
+Not being able to cover the queen, nor to retire it on account of the
+fact that the king was behind it, Captain Basilio asked permission
+to study the situation a little.
+
+"Certainly, with much pleasure," replied Ibarra. "I will take advantage
+of the opportunity, for I have something to say to some of the members
+of that group over there."
+
+And rising to his feet, he gave his opponent half an hour to study
+it out.
+
+Iday held in her hands the strip of cardboard on which was written
+forty-eight questions, while Albino held the book which contained
+the answers.
+
+"That's a lie! It's not so! It lies!" cried Sinang, half in tears.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" asked Maria Clara.
+
+"Just imagine it: I asked the question 'When will I have some
+sense?' I threw the dice and he, this all-night-watching priest
+(Albino, the ex-seminary student) reads from the book: 'When the
+frogs grow hairs.' What do you think of that?"
+
+And Sinang made a face at the former religious student, who was still
+laughing heartily.
+
+"Who told you to ask such a question?" said her cousin Victoria. "Any
+one who asks such a question deserves just such an answer."
+
+"You ask a question!" said they all to Ibarra. "We have agreed that
+the one who receives the best answer shall receive a gift from the
+others. We have all asked our questions already."
+
+"And who has received the best answer?"
+
+"Maria Clara, Maria Clara!" replied Sinang. "We made her ask the
+question whether you loved her or not: 'Is your lover faithful and
+constant,' and the book replied----"
+
+But Maria Clara colored up, and, putting her hands over Sinang's mouth,
+did not allow her to finish what she had to say.
+
+"Then, let me try it," said Crisostomo, smiling.
+
+He asked the question: "Will I succeed in my present undertaking?"
+
+"You are going to get a bad answer," exclaimed Sinang.
+
+Ibarra threw the dice, and noting the number, they looked for the
+page in the little book with the corresponding answer.
+
+"Dreams are only dreams," read Albino.
+
+Ibarra took out his pocket-book and opened it trembling.
+
+"This time your book has lied," he said, full of joy. "Read this!"
+
+
+
+"Plan for school house approved; other matter decided in your favor."
+
+
+
+"What does that mean?" they all asked.
+
+"Did you not tell me that the one who received the best answer was to
+get a present?" the young man asked, his voice trembling with emotion
+while he carefully divided the paper into two parts.
+
+"Yes, yes!"
+
+"Well, then! This is my gift," he said handing half of the telegram
+to Maria Clara. "I am going to have a school house for boys and girls
+erected in the town. This school house will be my gift."
+
+"And this other piece: what does that mean?"
+
+"I will give that to the one who has obtained the worst answer."
+
+"Then that is for me!" exclaimed Sinang.
+
+Ibarra gave her the piece of paper and quickly went off.
+
+"And what does this mean?"
+
+But the happy young man was already far away from the little group
+and he did not reply. He had gone to finish the game of chess.
+
+After making the present to his betrothed, Ibarra was so happy that he
+began to play without stopping to think or even examining carefully
+the position of the chess. As a result, although Captain Basilio had
+defended himself only by the greatest effort, the young man made so
+many mistakes that the game resulted in a draw.
+
+"We end the suit, we end the suit!" said Captain Basilio, happy over
+his success.
+
+"Yes, we declare it off," repeated the young man, "whatever decision
+the judges may have been able to reach."
+
+Each grasped the hand of the other and shook it with effusion.
+
+In the meantime, while those present were celebrating the ending of
+the law-suit, of which both had long been tired, four Civil Guards
+and a sergeant suddenly arrived on the scene. They were all armed
+and had their bayonets fixed, a fact which naturally disturbed the
+merriment and brought fright into the circle of women.
+
+"Let everybody be quiet!" cried the sergeant. "Whoever moves will
+be shot!"
+
+In spite of this gruff boast, Ibarra rose to his feet and approached
+the sergeant.
+
+"What do you wish?" he asked.
+
+"That you give up at once the criminal named Elias who acted as pilot
+for your party this morning," he replied, in a threatening tone.
+
+"A criminal? The pilot? You must be mistaken!" replied Ibarra.
+
+"No, sir; that Elias is now accused of another crime, of having laid
+his hands on a priest----"
+
+"Ah! And is the pilot the one?"
+
+"He is the same one, so we are told. You are allowing people of bad
+reputation to attend your festivals, Señor Ibarra."
+
+Ibarra looked at him from head to foot and replied with supreme
+contempt: "I don't have to account to you for my actions. At our
+festivals everybody is well received, and you yourself, if you had
+come, would have been given a seat at the table, the same as the
+alferez who was here among us two hours ago."
+
+Saying this, Ibarra turned his back to him. The sergeant bit his
+mustache and ordered his men to search everywhere among the trees
+for the pilot, whose description he had on a piece of paper.
+
+Don Filipo said to him: "Take note that this description corresponds
+to that of nine-tenths of the natives. Take care that you do not make
+a mistake!"
+
+At last the soldiers returned, saying that they had not been able to
+discover either a banca, or a man that aroused their suspicion. The
+sergeant murmured a few indistinct words and then marched off.
+
+Soon the people became jolly again, but questions, wonder and comments
+were without end.
+
+So the afternoon passed and the hour for departure arrived. Just as
+the sun was dropping below the horizon they left the woods. The trees
+seemed sad and all the surroundings seemed to bid them farewell and
+say: "Good-bye, happy youth; good-bye, dream of a day."
+
+And a little later, by the light of glowing torches of bamboo and
+with the music of guitars, we leave them on the road toward the town.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+IN THE HOUSE OF TASIO.
+
+
+On the morning of the following day, Juan Crisostomo Ibarra, after
+visiting his estates, went to the house of Tasio, the philosopher,
+his father's friend.
+
+Quiet reigned in the old man's garden. The swallows were flying about
+the gables of the house, but they were making scarcely a sound. The
+windows were covered with vines which clung to the old, moss-covered
+wall and made the house appear all the more solitary and quiet. Ibarra
+tied his horse to a post and, walking almost on tip-toes, crossed the
+clean and well-cultivated garden. He went up the stairs and, as the
+door was open, walked in. An old man leaned over a book in which he
+seemed to be writing. On the walls of the room were collections of
+insects and leaves, maps, and some shelves of books and manuscripts.
+
+Tasio was so absorbed in his work that he did not notice the arrival
+of the youth. The latter, not wishing to disturb the philosopher,
+tried to retire from the place, but the old man, looking up, said:
+"What? Are you here?" and showed no little surprise in his look.
+
+"Excuse me," replied Ibarra, "I see that you are very busy."
+
+"As a matter of fact I was writing a little, but it is not urgent,
+and I want to rest myself. Can I be useful to you in any way?"
+
+Ibarra drew some papers from his pocket-book and replied: "My
+father was wont to consult you in many things, and I remember that
+he never had to do other than congratulate himself when he followed
+your advice. I have on my hands a small undertaking and I want to be
+assured of success."
+
+Ibarra then related to him briefly his plan for the erection of
+a school house in honor of his betrothed. He showed the stupefied
+philosopher the plans which had been returned from Manila.
+
+"I wish that you would advise me as to what persons I ought first to
+have on my side in order to make the undertaking most successful. You
+are well acquainted with the inhabitants of the town. I have just
+arrived here and am almost a stranger in my country."
+
+The old man examined the plans which were laid out before him. His
+eyes were full of tears.
+
+"That which you are going to carry out was a dream of mine, the dream
+of a poor fool," he exclaimed, greatly moved. "And now, my first advice
+to you is that you never come to consult me in regard to the matter."
+
+The young man looked at him in surprise.
+
+"Because sensible people," he continued, in an ironical tone, "will
+take you for a fool, like myself. People always consider every one
+a fool who does not think just as they do and, for this reason,
+they call me crazy. But I am obliged to them for that, for woe be
+to me when the time arrives that they say I have sense! That day,
+should it ever come, would deprive me of the little liberty which I
+have purchased by sacrificing my reputation for being sane."
+
+And the old man shook his head, as if to drive away a thought and
+continued: "My second advice to you is that you consult the curate,
+the gobernadorcillo, and all the people of good standing. They will all
+give you bad, foolish and useless advice, but to consult does not mean
+to obey. Try to appear to be following their advice as far as possible
+and make them think you are working according to their wishes."
+
+Ibarra sat thinking for a moment and then replied: "The advice is good
+but difficult to follow. Could I not carry out my work without a shadow
+reflecting upon it? Could I not carry out the good work in spite of
+all? Does truth need to be clothed in the garments of falsehood?"
+
+"That's it. Nobody likes the bare truth."
+
+"I hope to be able to realize all my hopes without encountering great
+resistance," said Ibarra.
+
+"Yes, if the priests lend you their hand; no, if they draw it away. All
+your efforts will be battered to pieces against the walls of the
+curate's house. The alcalde will deny to you to-morrow what he has
+granted you to-day. Not a mother will let her son attend the school,
+and then all your efforts will have just an opposite effect to that
+intended. You will discourage all others who might wish to attempt
+beneficent undertakings."
+
+"Nevertheless," replied Ibarra, "I cannot believe in this power of
+which you speak. And even supposing it to be true, admitting that it
+is as you say, would I not still have on my side the sensible people
+and the Government?"
+
+"The Government! The Government!" exclaimed the philosopher, raising
+his eyes and looking at the ceiling. "However much the Government
+may desire to uplift the country for its own benefit and that of
+the mother country; however generous may be the Catholic Kings in
+spirit, I must remind you in confidence that there is another power
+which does not allow the Government to see, hear, or judge except
+what the curates or provincial priests wish. The Government is
+afraid of the advancement of the people, and the people are afraid
+of the forces of the Government. So long as the Government does
+not understand the people of the country, the country will never
+get out from this guardianship. The people will live like weak,
+young children who tremble at the sound of the voice of their tutor,
+whose mercy they beg. The Government has no dreams of a great future,
+a healthy development of the country. The people do not complain,
+because they have no voice. They do not move, because they are too
+carefully watched. You say that they do not suffer, because you have
+not seen what would make your heart bleed. But some day you will see
+it! alas! some day you will hear it. When the light of day is thrown on
+their monstrous forms, you will see a frightful reaction. That great
+force, held back for centuries, that poison, distilled drop by drop,
+those sighs, so long repressed--all will come to light and will some
+day burst forth.... Who will then pay the accounts which the people
+will present and which History preserves for us on its bloody pages?"
+
+"God, the Government, and the Church will never allow that day to
+come!" replied Crisostomo, impressed in spite of himself. "The
+Filipinos are religious and they love Spain. The Filipinos will
+always know how much this nation has done for them. There are abuses;
+yes! There are defects; I do not deny it. But Spain is working to
+introduce reforms which will correct them; she is devising plans;
+she is not selfish. Can it be that my love for my native land is
+incompatible with love for Spain? Is it necessary to lower one's self
+to be a good Christian, to prostitute one's own conscience to bring
+about good? I love my fatherland, the Philippines, because I owe
+to her my life and my happiness--because every man should love his
+native land. I love Spain, the fatherland of my ancestors, because,
+in spite of all that may be said, the Philippines owe to Spain,
+and always will owe to her, their happiness and their future. I am a
+Catholic. I hold dear the belief of my fathers, and I do not see why
+I have to bow my head when I am able to raise it; nor why I have to
+entrust it to my enemies, when I can trample on them."
+
+"Because the field in which you are sowing your seed is in the hands
+of your enemies, and you are weak in comparison to them.... It is
+necessary that you first kiss the hand----"
+
+But the young man did not allow him to go farther and exclaimed
+violently: "To kiss their hands! You forget that, between them, they
+killed my father; they threw his body out of its sepulchre: but I,
+I who am his son, I do not forget it, and, if I do not avenge myself,
+it is because I consider the prestige of the Church."
+
+The old philosopher bowed his head. "Señor Ibarra," he replied slowly,
+"if you keep those memories--memories which I cannot advise you to
+forget--if you keep those memories, give up your plans and your
+undertaking and try to work good for your countrymen in another
+way. The undertaking needs another man than you for its execution,
+because to carry it out will not only require money and care, but,
+in our country, self-denial, tenacity and faith are also needed. The
+land is not ready for it; it has been sown only with darnel."
+
+Ibarra understood the weight of these words, but he was not going
+to be discouraged. Thoughts of Maria Clara filled his mind; he must
+fulfill his promise to her.
+
+"Does not your experience suggest something other than this hard
+method?" he asked in a low voice.
+
+The old man took him by the arm and led him to the window. A cool
+breeze was blowing from the north. Before his eyes lay the garden,
+stretching out to the large forest which served as a park.
+
+"Why do we not have to do the same as that weak young bush loaded
+with roses and buds?" said the philosopher pointing to a beautiful
+rose bush. "The wind blows, shakes it and it bends itself down as if
+trying to hide its precious load. If the bush kept itself erect, it
+would be broken off, the wind would scatter its flowers and the buds
+would be blighted. The wind passes over, and the bush straightens
+itself up again, proud of its treasure. Thus it would be with you,
+a plant transplanted from Europe to this stony ground, if you did not
+look about for some support and belittle yourself. Alone and lofty,
+you are in bad condition."
+
+"And would this sacrifice bring the fruits that I hope for?" asked
+Ibarra. "Would the priest have faith in me and would he forget the
+offense? Would his kind not be able to feign friendship, to make a
+false show of protecting me, and then, from behind in the darkness,
+fight me, harass me and wound my heels, thus making me waver more
+quickly than they could by attacking me face to face? Given these
+premises, what do you think could be expected?"
+
+The old man remained silent for some time, not being able to reply. At
+last he said: "If such a thing took place, if the undertaking failed,
+I would console you with the thought that you had done all that was
+in your power. And even so, something would be gained. Lay the first
+stone, sow the first seed and after the tempest has passed over,
+some little grain perhaps would germinate."
+
+"I believe you," exclaimed Ibarra, stretching out his hand. "Not in
+vain did I look for good advice. This very day I shall go and make
+friends with the curate."
+
+Taking leave of the old man, he mounted on his horse and rode away.
+
+"Attention!" murmured the pessimistic philosopher to himself, as he
+followed the young man with his eyes. "Let us observe carefully how
+Destiny will unfold the tragedy which began in the cemetery."
+
+But this time the philosopher was truly mistaken. The tragedy had
+begun long before.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+THE EVE OF THE FIESTA.
+
+
+It is the tenth of November, the eve of the fiesta to be celebrated
+in the town of San Diego. Departing from its habitual monotony,
+the town is displaying extraordinary activity in the church, houses,
+streets, cock-pit, and the fields. Windows are draped with flags and
+many-colored decorations. Music and the sound of exploding fireworks
+fill the air. Everywhere there is rejoicing.
+
+In the streets at fixed intervals, beautiful arches of bamboo are
+raised, the wood carved and worked in a thousand different ways. The
+arches are surrounded with ornaments, the very sight of which brings
+joy to the heart of the small boy. In the church yard, a large and
+costly awning has been erected. It is propped up by bamboo poles and
+so arranged that the procession may pass under it. Under its shade the
+children play, run, jump, fall and otherwise manage to tear and soil
+their new shirts, which have been intended for the day of the festival.
+
+In the public square a platform has been built of bamboo, nipa and
+boards, to serve as the stage. It is here that the comedy company from
+Tondo will tell wonderful tales, and will compete with the gods in the
+performance of miracles. Here Marianito, Chananay, Balbino, Ratia,
+Carvajal, Yeyeng, Liceria and the others will sing and dance. The
+Filipino loves the theatre, and always attends dramatic productions
+with a great deal of pleasure. The gobernadorcillo was very fond of
+the theatre, and, with the advice of the curate, he had selected for
+the fiesta the fantastic comedy: "Prince Villardo, or the Nails Pulled
+Out of the Infamous Cave," a play full of magic and fireworks.
+
+From time to time the bells ring out their merry sounds. Firecrackers
+and the booming of little cannon rend the air. The Filipino
+pyrotechnist, who has learned his art without a teacher of any renown,
+displays his skill, setting up pieces representing towers, castles,
+and the like. Already the small boys are running at break-neck speed
+toward the outskirts of the town to meet the bands of music. Five
+organizations have been hired, besides three orchestras.
+
+A band enters the town playing lively marches, and is followed by
+a lot of ragged and half naked pickaninnies: this one, perhaps, has
+on his brother's shirt; that one, his father's trousers. As soon as
+the music stops, these little tots know by memory the piece that has
+been played; they whistle and hum it with great delight, showing at
+this early age their musical talent.
+
+In the meantime wagons and carriages arrive, bringing relatives,
+friends, and strangers. Gamblers are also on hand with their best
+fighting cocks and bags of money, ready to risk their fortunes on
+the green cloth or in the cock-pit.
+
+"The alferez gets fifty dollars a night," murmured a little, chubby
+man when he heard of the recent arrivals, for there were already
+many rumors that these people bribed the officer so that they might
+not be interfered with by the law. "Captain Tiago," he added,
+"is going to come and will be banker in the monte game. Captain
+Joaquin brings eighteen thousand. There is going to be a liam-po,
+[11] and the Chino Carlos is going to back it with ten thousand pesos
+capital. Big bettors will come from Tanauan, Lipa, and Batangas,
+as well as from Santa Cruz. It's going to be great! It's going to be
+great! This year Captain Tiago will not skin us as he has in the past,
+for he has not paid for more than three masses this year, and besides,
+I have a mutya [12] of cacao. And how are all the family?"
+
+"Very well, very well, thank you!" replied the visitors from the
+country.
+
+But the place where the greatest animation reigns, where there is
+almost a tumult, is over there on the level piece of ground, a short
+distance from Ibarra's house. Pulleys creak, and the place resounds
+with the sound of the hammer, the chiseling of stones, hewing of beams
+and the shouting of voices. A gang of workmen is making an excavation
+which will be wide and deep; others are busy piling up quarry stone,
+unloading carts, sifting sand, putting a capstan in place and so on.
+
+"Put that here! That, there! Come, be lively about it!" shouts a
+little, old man with an animated and intelligent physiognomy as he
+goes about, a yard stick and plumb line in hand. He is the director
+of the work, Ñor Juan, architect, mason, carpenter, whitewasher,
+locksmith, painter, stone cutter, and, on occasion, sculptor.
+
+"We must finish it immediately! To-morrow nothing can be done, and
+day after to-morrow the ceremony of laying the corner stone is to
+take place! Come, be lively!"
+
+"Make the hole just large enough for this cylinder!" said he to
+one of the stone cutters who was chiseling off a large quadrangular
+stone. "Inside of this our names will be kept."
+
+Then he would repeat to every countryman who came along what he had
+already said a thousand times: "Do you know what we are going to
+build? Well, it is a school house, a model of its kind, something
+like those in Germany, but still better. The architect, Señor R.,
+draughted the plans and I, I am in charge of the work. Yes, sir,
+you see this is going to be a regular palace with two wings, one for
+the boys and one for the girls. Here in the middle is to be a large
+garden with three fountains. There, on the sides, groves, where the
+children can sow and cultivate plants during the hours of recreation,
+thus improving the time. Just see how deep the foundations are to be:
+three meters and seventy-five centimeters. The building is going to
+have a cellar where the indolent pupils will be confined. This will be
+very close to the playing ground and the gymnasium, so that those who
+are punished may hear the diligent pupils enjoying themselves. Do you
+see this large space? Well, this will be a place for them to run and
+jump. The girls will have a separate garden with benches, swings,
+a special place for jumping the rope and rolling hoops, fountains
+and a bird-house. This is going to be magnificent!"
+
+He kept going from one end to the other, inspecting everything and
+passing his opinion on all.
+
+"I find that you have got too much lumber here for a crane," said he to
+a yellowish-looking fellow, who was directing some other laborers. "I
+would have enough, with three large beams, to form the tripod and
+with three others to serve as supporters."
+
+"O, pshaw!" replied the other, smiling in a peculiar way. "The more
+apparatus we give ourselves, the greater effect we will produce. The
+massiveness of it will make a bigger show and give it more
+importance. They will say: 'What a lot of work has been done!' You
+look at that crane that I am constructing. In a little while, I am
+going to ornament it with banderolas, garlands of flowers and leaves,
+and ... you will say afterward that you were right in hiring me,
+and Señor Ibarra cannot wish for more than that!"
+
+The man laughed. Ñor Juan also smiled and shook his head.
+
+As a matter of fact, the plan for the school had been approved by
+everybody and all were talking about it. The curate had asked to be
+allowed to be one of the patrons of the enterprise and he himself was
+to bless the laying of the corner stone, a ceremony which would take
+place on the last day of the San Diego festival, as it was considered
+one of the great solemnities.
+
+The dismal presentiments of the old Tasio seemed to have been
+dissipated forever. One day Ibarra told the old man so, but the old
+pessimist only replied: "Things may go well at first, but be on your
+guard against masked enemies."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+AS NIGHT COMES ON.
+
+
+Great preparations had also been made in the house of Captain Tiago. We
+are already acquainted with the man. His love for pomp and his pride in
+being a resident of Manila made it necessary that he should outdo the
+residents of the province in the splendor of his celebration. There
+was another thing, too, which made it necessary that he should try
+to eclipse all others--the fact that his daughter Maria Clara and
+his future son-in-law were also there. His prospective connection
+with Ibarra caused the Captain to be often spoken of among the people.
+
+Yes, as a matter of fact, one of the most serious newspapers in
+Manila had printed an article on its first page, headed "Imitate
+Him!" in which they offered Ibarra much advice and highly eulogized
+him. The article spoke of him as "the illustrious and rich young
+capitalist." Two lines below, he was termed "the distinguished
+philanthropist," and, in the following paragraph, referred to as the
+"disciple of Minerva who went to his Mother Country to salute the
+real birthplace of arts and sciences." Captain Tiago was burning with
+generous emulation and was wondering whether he ought not to erect
+a convent at his own expense.
+
+Days before the week of festivities, numerous boxes of provisions and
+drinks, colossal mirrors, pictures, paintings and his daughter's piano
+had arrived at the house. Maria Clara and Aunt Isabel were already
+living there. Captain Tiago came on the day before the beginning of the
+festival. As he kissed his daughter's hand, he made her a present of
+a beautiful religious relic. It was solid gold, and set with diamonds
+and emeralds, and contained a little sliver from Saint Peter's boat,
+in which Our Saviour sat while fishing.
+
+The Captain's interview with his future son-in-law could not have
+been more cordial. Naturally, the school house was the subject of
+conversation. Captain Tiago wanted him to call the school "The San
+Francisco School."
+
+"Believe me!" he said. "San Francisco is a good patron saint. If
+you call it 'The Primary School,' you gain nothing. Who is Primary,
+anyway?"
+
+Some friends of Maria Clara arrived and invited her to go for a walk.
+
+"But return quickly," said the Captain to his daughter, who asked
+for his permission. "You know that Father Dámaso is going to dine
+with us to-night. He has just arrived."
+
+And turning to Ibarra who was deep in thought, he added: "You will
+dine with us, too? You will be all alone at home."
+
+"With the greatest pleasure, I assure you, if I did not have to be at
+home to-night to receive visitors," replied the young man, mumbling
+his words and evading Maria Clara's glance.
+
+"Bring your friends along with you," replied Captain Tiago
+cheerfully. "In my house there is always enough to eat. And, besides
+I would like to have you and Father Dámaso understand each other."
+
+"There'll be time enough for that," replied Ibarra, putting on a
+forced smile and making ready to accompany the young ladies.
+
+They went downstairs. Maria Clara was walking between Victoria and
+Iday, while Aunt Isabel followed behind.
+
+As they passed down the street, people stood aside respectfully
+and gave them the inside of the way. Maria Clara was surprisingly
+beautiful now. Her paleness had disappeared, and although her eyes
+were thoughtful, her mouth, on the contrary, seemed all smiles. With
+that amiability known only to a happy maiden, she saluted friends she
+had known from childhood who to-day were admirers of her youthful
+beauty. In less than fifteen days she had regained that frank
+confidence, that childish chatter, which seemed for awhile to have been
+left behind in the narrow walls of the convent. It seemed as though
+the butterfly upon leaving its shell knew all the flowers at once. It
+was enough that she be given a moment of flight and an opportunity
+to warm herself in the golden rays of the sun, in order to throw off
+the rigidity of the chrysalis. New life shone out in every part of her
+young being. Everything she met with was good and beautiful. Her love
+was manifested with virginal grace, and innocent in thought, she saw
+nothing to cause her to put on false blushes. However, she was wont
+to cover her face with her fan when they joked with her, but her eyes
+would smile and a gentle tremor would pass over her whole being.
+
+In front of Captain Basilio's house were some young men who saluted
+our acquaintances and invited them into the house. The merry voice
+of Sinang was heard, as she descended the stairs on a run and at once
+put an end to all excuses.
+
+"Come up a moment so that I can go out with you," said she. "It
+bores me to be among so many strangers who talk about nothing but
+fighting-cocks and playing cards."
+
+They went upstairs. The house was full of people. Some advanced to
+greet Ibarra, whose name was known to all. They contemplated with
+ecstacy Maria Clara's beauty, and some of the matrons murmured as
+they chewed their betel-nut: "She looks like the Virgin!"
+
+After they had partaken of chocolate they resumed their walk. In the
+corner of the plaza a beggar was singing the romance of the fishes,
+to the accompaniment of a guitar. He was a common sight, a man
+miserably dressed and wearing a wide-brimmed hat made out of palm
+leaves. His clothing consisted of a frock coat covered with patches,
+and a pair of wide trousers such as the Chinese wear, but torn in many
+places. From beneath the brim of his hat two fiery orbs flashed out a
+ray of light. He was tall and from his manner seemed to be young. He
+put a basket down on the ground and, afterwards walking away from
+it a little distance, he uttered strange, unintelligible sounds. He
+remained standing, completely isolated, as if he and the people in the
+street were trying to avoid each other. Women approached his basket,
+and dropped into it fish, fruit and rice. When there was no one else
+to approach the basket, other sadder but less mournful sounds could
+be heard; perhaps he was thanking them. He picked up his basket and
+walked away to do the same in another place.
+
+Maria Clara felt that this was a pitiful case. Full of interest,
+she asked about the strange being.
+
+"It is a leper," replied Iday. "He contracted the disease some four
+years ago; some say by taking care of his mother, others by having
+been confined in a damp prison. He lives there in the field near the
+Chinese cemetery. He does not communicate with any one: everybody
+flees from him on account of the fear of contagion. You should see his
+fantastic little house! The wind, the rain and the sunshine go in and
+out of it as a needle goes through cloth. They have prohibited him
+from touching anything belonging to anybody. One day a little child
+fell into the canal. The canal was deep, but this man happened to be
+passing near and helped to get the little child out. The child's father
+learned of it, made a complaint to the gobernadorcillo and the latter
+ordered that he be given six stripes in the middle of the street,
+the whip to be afterwards burned. That was atrocious! The leper ran
+away howling; they pursued him and the gobernadorcillo cried out:
+'Catch him! One might better be drowned than have that disease!'"
+
+"That is true," murmured Maria Clara. And then, without noticing what
+she was doing, she went up to the basket of the unfortunate wretch and
+dropped into it the relic which her father had just presented to her.
+
+"What have you done?" her friends asked her.
+
+"I have nothing else to give him," she replied, concealing the tears
+in her eyes by a smile.
+
+"And what is he going to do with the relic?" said Victoria to
+her. "One day they gave him money but he pushed it away from him with
+his cane. Why would he care for it, if no one would accept anything
+coming from him? If he could only eat the relic!"
+
+Maria Clara looked longingly at the women who were selling provisions
+and shrugged her shoulders.
+
+But the leper approached the basket, picked up the piece of jewelry
+which shone in his hands, knelt down, kissed it, and, after taking
+off his hat, buried his face in the dust on which the young girl
+had walked.
+
+Maria Clara hid her face behind her fan and raised her handkerchief
+to her eyes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+THE HOISTING CRANE.
+
+
+While two of the actors were singing the Incarnatus est in the
+church at the celebration of mass on the last day of the fiesta,
+and all were kneeling and the priests were bowing their heads, a man
+whispered in Ibarra's ear: "During the ceremony of the blessing of
+the corner stone, do not go near the priest, do not go in the ditch,
+do not approach the corner stone. Your life will depend on it."
+
+Ibarra looked and saw that it was Elias, the pilot, but, as soon as
+he had spoken, he lost himself in the crowd.
+
+The yellow-skinned man kept his word. It was not a simple lifting
+crane which he had built over the ditch for the purpose of lowering
+the enormous block of granite. It was not the mere tripod which Ñor
+Juan had wanted for holding a tackle-block. It was something more. It
+was at the same time a machine and an ornament, grand and imposing.
+
+The confusing and complicated scaffolding had been raised to a height
+of more than eight meters. Four heavy timbers buried in the ground
+and supporting each other with colossal, diagonal braces, served
+as the base. The braces were joined to each other by immense nails,
+about half driven into the wood, perhaps because the apparatus was
+only of a provisional nature, and it could then be more easily taken
+down. Enormous cables were hanging from all sides, giving the entire
+apparatus an aspect of solidity and grandeur. The top was gay with
+flags and banners of various colors, floating pennants, and massive
+garlands of flowers and leaves, all artistically interwoven.
+
+On high, in the shade of the projecting timbers, banners and wreaths,
+a large three-wheeled tackle-block was suspended by ropes and iron
+hooks. Over the shining rims of these pulleys great cables passed,
+holding suspended in the air a massive stone. The center of this stone
+had been chiseled out so that when lowered upon the hollowed stone,
+which had already been placed in the ditch, a small enclosure would be
+formed between the two. This space was to contain an account of the
+ceremonies, newspapers, manuscripts and coins, to be transmitted,
+perhaps, to other generations, in the far distant future. From
+this tackle-block at the top of the structure, the cable passed
+down to another smaller pulley which was fastened at the base of the
+apparatus. Through this pulley, the cable passed to the cylinder of a
+windlass which was held to the ground by massive beams. This windlass
+which can be operated by only two hands, multiplies man's strength by
+means of a series of cog-wheels. Although there is a gain in force,
+there is of course a loss in velocity.
+
+"Look!" said the yellow-skinned man, as he gave the crank a
+turn. "Look, Ñor Juan, with my strength alone, I can raise and lower
+that massive block of stone. This is so nicely arranged that I can
+control the ascent or descent of the stone by inches. Thus one man
+below can arrange the two stones in place, while I manipulate the
+apparatus from here."
+
+Ñor Juan could but admire the man as he smiled in such a peculiar
+manner. The curious people standing about made comments and praised
+the yellow-skinned man for his work.
+
+"Who taught you the mechanism?" asked Ñor Juan.
+
+"My father, my father who is now dead," he replied, with that same
+peculiar smile.
+
+"And who taught your father?"
+
+"Don Saturnino, the grandfather of Don Crisostomo."
+
+"I did not know that Don Saturnino----"
+
+"Oh, he knew a good many things. Not only did he know how to whip well
+and how to expose his workmen to the rays of the sun, but he knew also
+how to awaken the sleeping and how to make those awake sleep. In time,
+you will see what my father has taught me, you will see!"
+
+And the yellow fellow smiled in a strange manner.
+
+At two eating stands, there was now being prepared a sumptuous and
+abundant breakfast. However, on the table designated for the little
+ones of the school, there was no wine, but instead a larger amount
+of fruit. In a covered passage which joined the two stands, there
+were seats for the musicians and a table covered with sweetmeats,
+candies and flasks of water, ornamented with leaves and flowers,
+for the thirsty public.
+
+The crowd, resplendent in gay-colored clothes, was already fleeing from
+the hot rays of the sun and gathering under the shade of the trees
+or of the covering. The small boys climbed the trees near the place,
+in order to get a better view of the ceremony, and looked with envy
+upon the school children, who, clean and well dressed, were occupying
+a place designated for them. The fathers of the school children were
+enthusiastic. They, poor countrymen that they were, would have the
+pleasure of seeing their children eat on a white table cloth, just
+like the curate and the Alcalde. Merely to think of it was enough to
+drive away their hunger.
+
+Soon strains of music were heard in the distance. A promiscuous
+crowd of persons of all ages and dress was preceding the band. The
+yellow-looking man was uneasy and was examining the whole apparatus. A
+curious countryman was also following his glances and was observing
+every movement he made. This countryman was Elias, who had also come to
+attend the ceremony. His hat and his style of dress almost concealed
+his identity. He had secured the best possible place for himself,
+right up close to the crane, on the edge of the excavation.
+
+With the band of music came the Alcalde, the officials of the town, the
+friars, with the exception of Father Dámaso, and the Spanish employees
+of the Government. Ibarra was conversing with the Alcalde, for they had
+become quite friendly from the time the young man paid him some high
+compliments on his insignia, decorations and cordon. Pride in belonging
+to an aristocratic family was a weakness of His Excellency. Captain
+Tiago, the alferez and several wealthy persons, with their shining
+silk hats, walked along, surrounded by a group of youngsters. Father
+Salví followed, the same as ever, silent and pensive.
+
+The young man could feel his heart beat as they approached the
+designated place. Instinctively, he glanced at the strange-looking
+scaffolding which had been raised there. He saw, too, the
+yellow-looking man who saluted him with respect, and, for a moment,
+Ibarra fixed his eyes on him. To his surprise, Ibarra also discovered
+Elias on the edge of the excavation. He gave the young pilot a
+significant look, letting him understand that he remembered what he
+had said in the church.
+
+The curate put on his sacerdotal vestments and began the ceremony. The
+one-eyed sacristan mayor held the book and a choir boy was charged
+with the water-sprinkler and the vessel of blessed water. The others
+who stood around about, their heads uncovered, maintained a deep
+silence. In spite of the fact that Father Salví read in a low tone,
+it could be noticed that his voice trembled.
+
+In the meantime the articles, such as manuscripts, newspapers,
+medals and coins, which were to be placed in the corner stone had
+been enclosed in a little glass box, and hermetically sealed in a
+leaden cylinder.
+
+"Señor Ibarra, do you wish to put the box in its place? The curate
+awaits it," said the Alcalde to Ibarra.
+
+"I would do so with much pleasure," replied he, "but I would be
+usurping the honorable duty of the Señor Notary. The Notary ought to
+attest the act."
+
+The Notary took it seriously, descended the carpeted stairs to the
+bottom of the excavation and, with fitting solemnity, deposited the
+box in the hollow which had been made in the stone. The curate then
+took up the sprinkler and sprinkled the stones with holy water.
+
+The time had now come for each one to put his trowelful of mortar on
+the surface of the stone, which lay in the ditch, so that the other
+stone might fit upon it and be made to adhere to it.
+
+Ibarra presented the Alcalde with a trowel, upon whose wide silver
+blade was engraved the date. But His Excellency first delivered an
+address in Spanish.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego," he said in a solemn tone. "I have the honor to
+preside at a ceremony the importance of which you already understand. A
+school is being founded. The school is the base of society. The school
+is the book in which is written the future of the people. Show me
+the schools of a people and I will tell you what those people are.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego! Thank God that he has given you virtuous
+priests; and the Mother Country that she untiringly diffuses her
+civilization over these fertile islands, protected by her glorious
+flag. Thank God that she has had pity for you, bringing you these
+humble priests that they may enlighten you and teach you the divine
+word. Thank the Government for the great sacrifices it has made,
+makes now and will make in the future for you and your sons.
+
+"And now that the first stone of this great edifice has been blessed,
+I, Alcalde Mayor of this province, in the name of His Majesty,
+the King, whom God guard, King of the Spains, in the name of the
+illustrious Spanish Government, and under its spotless and ever
+victorious banner, I consecrate this act and begin the building of
+this school.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego! Long live the King! Long live Spain! Long live
+the Church! Long live the priests! Long live the Catholic religion!"
+
+"Viva! Viva!" replied the others. "Long live the Alcalde!"
+
+The Alcalde majestically descended to the accompaniment of the music
+which had begun to play. He placed some trowels of mortar on the
+stone and with equal majesty ascended the stairs.
+
+The Government employees applauded.
+
+Ibarra offered another silver trowel to the curate, who, after fixing
+his eyes on him for a moment, descended slowly to the bottom of the
+excavation. When about half way down the stairs, he raised his eyes
+to look at the stone which hung suspended in the air by the powerful
+cables, but he only looked at it for a second and then descended. He
+did the same as the Alcalde had done, but this time more applause
+was heard, for the Government employees were assisted by the other
+friars and Captain Tiago.
+
+Father Salví seemed to be searching for some one to whom to hand the
+trowel. He looked with hesitation toward Maria Clara, but, changing
+his mind, he offered it to the Notary. The latter, for the sake of
+gallantry, approached Maria Clara, who declined it with a smile. The
+friars, the Government employees and the alferez, one after another
+went down and repeated the ceremony. Captain Tiago was not forgotten.
+
+Ibarra had been omitted. He was about to order the yellow man to lower
+the other stone, when the curate remembered him. In a pleasant tone
+and, with an affectation of familiarity, he said to him. "Aren't you
+going to put on your trowelful, Señor Ibarra?"
+
+"I would be like the fellow who made the stew and then ate it,"
+replied the young man in the same tone.
+
+"O, go on!" said the Alcalde, giving him a gentle push. "If you don't,
+I will order them not to lower the stone and then we will have to
+wait here till Judgment Day."
+
+So terrible a threat forced Ibarra to obey. He exchanged the small
+silver trowel for a larger iron one, which made some of the people
+smile. He advanced quietly and descended the stairs. Elias looked at
+him with an indescribable expression. If you had seen him, you would
+have thought that all his life was concentrated in his eyes. The
+yellow man looked down into the abyss opening at his feet.
+
+Ibarra, after glancing at the stone which hung over his head, and then
+at Elias and the yellow man, said to Ñor Juan in a trembling voice:
+"Give me the bucket of mortar and find another trowel for me above."
+
+The young man stood alone. Elias was no longer looking at him; his eyes
+instead were riveted on the yellow man's hand, while the latter leaned
+over the ditch and followed with anxiety the movements of Ibarra.
+
+The noise of the trowel removing a mass of sand and lime was heard,
+accompanied by the low murmur of the employees who were congratulating
+the Alcalde on his address.
+
+Suddenly there was a frightful creaking. The pulley which was tied to
+the base of the crane jumped and then the windlass struck the apparatus
+like a battering-ram. The timbers swayed, ropes flew into the air and,
+in a second, all came down with a terrible crash. A cloud of dust was
+raised, and a thousand cries filled the air. Nearly all fled; a few
+hurried to the ditch. Only Maria Clara and Father Salví remained in
+their places without moving, both pale and silent.
+
+When the cloud of dust had partially cleared away, Ibarra could be
+seen standing among a mass of beams, bamboos, and cables, between
+the windlass and the massive stone, which in its descent had shaken
+and crushed everything. The young man was still holding the trowel
+in his hand, his eyes staring with fright at the dead body of a man
+which was lying at his feet, half buried under the timbers.
+
+"Are you hurt?--Are you still alive? For God's sake speak!" said some
+of the employees, full of terror.
+
+"Miracle! a miracle!" cried some.
+
+"Come and remove the body of this unfortunate man," said Ibarra,
+as if awakening from a dream.
+
+On hearing his voice, Maria Clara felt her strength giving way and
+she fell, half fainting, into the arms of her friends.
+
+Great confusion reigned. Everybody was talking, gesticulating,
+and running from one side to the other, up and down the stairs,
+all stupefied and full of consternation.
+
+"Who is the dead man? Is he still alive?" asked the alferez.
+
+The body was identified as the yellow workman who had been standing
+beside the windlass.
+
+"Let proceedings be brought against the superintendent of the work,"
+was the first thing that the Alcalde said.
+
+They examined the body, felt of the heart, but it was no longer
+beating. The blow had fallen on the head and blood was oozing from
+the nose, ears and mouth. Some strange marks were seen on the man's
+neck. There were four deep dents on one side and a single but deeper
+one on the other. It looked as though an iron hand had grasped it
+like a pair of pinchers.
+
+The priests warmly congratulated the young man and shook his hand.
+
+"When I think that only a few moments ago I was standing there,"
+said one of the employees. "Say! If I had been the last! Jesús!"
+
+"It makes my hair stand on end," said another, who was bald.
+
+Ibarra had departed, to ascertain the condition of Maria Clara.
+
+"Let this not prevent the festival from continuing," said the
+Alcalde. "God be praised! The dead man is neither a priest nor a
+Spaniard! Your escape must be celebrated! Just think--if the stone
+had fallen on you!"
+
+"There is such a thing as a presentiment!" said the Notary. "I said
+so. Señor Ibarra was reluctant to descend. I saw it!"
+
+"Let the festival go on! Give us some music! Weeping will not bring
+the dead man to life. Captain, serve warrants right here! Let the
+clerk of the tribunal come. Arrest the superintendent of the work!"
+
+"Put him in the stocks!"
+
+"Put him in the stocks! Eh? Some music, music! Put the maestrillo in
+the stocks."
+
+"Señor Alcalde," replied Ibarra gravely, "if weeping cannot bring
+the dead man back to life, neither can anything be gained by putting
+a man in prison when we do not know that he is culpable. I will give
+bail for him and ask that he be given liberty for some days at least."
+
+"Well, well! But such a misfortune must not be repeated!"
+
+All kinds of comments were circulating among the people. The theory
+that it was a miracle was already accepted. Father Salví, however,
+seemed to rejoice very little over the miracle, which the people
+attributed to a saint of his order and of his parish.
+
+There were some who claimed to have seen, as the crane was falling, a
+figure dressed in black like the Franciscans, go down in the ditch. It
+was without doubt San Diego himself. It was supposed, too, that Ibarra
+had heard mass and that the yellow man had not. It was all as clear
+as the light of the sun.
+
+Ibarra went home to change his clothes.
+
+"Hm! Bad beginning," said Old Tasio as he left the place.
+
+Ibarra had just finished dressing when a servant announced that
+a countryman was asking for him. Supposing that it was one of his
+laborers, the young man ordered that they show him into his study,
+which also served as a library and a chemical laboratory. But, to
+his great surprise, he met the muscular figure of the mysterious Elias.
+
+"You recently saved my life," said he in Tagalog, at once comprehending
+Ibarra's movement. "I have paid you only half of the debt, and you
+are not indebted to me; rather the contrary. I have come to ask a
+favor of you...."
+
+"Speak out!" replied the young man, in the same language and somewhat
+surprised at the gravity of the peasant.
+
+For some seconds, Elias looked fixedly into Ibarra's eyes and then
+replied: "If human justice should ever wish to clear up this mystery,
+I beg of you not to speak to any one about the warning that I gave
+you in the church."
+
+"Don't be troubled about that," replied the young man with a certain
+note of displeasure in his voice. "I know that they are hunting you,
+but I am no informer."
+
+"Oh, it is not for my sake, it is not for me!" exclaimed Elias,
+not without some pride. "It is for your sake. I have nothing to fear
+from men."
+
+Ibarra's surprise increased. The tone in which the countryman was
+speaking was new to him and did not seem to be in accord either with
+his state or his fortune.
+
+"What do you mean?" asked Ibarra, interrogating the mysterious man
+with his look.
+
+"I do not speak in enigmas; I try to express myself clearly. For
+your greater security, it is necessary that your enemies think you
+unsuspecting and off your guard."
+
+Ibarra stepped back.
+
+"My enemies? Have I enemies?"
+
+"All of us have, sir, all from the lowest insect to man, from the
+poorest to the richest and most powerful. Enmity is the law of
+life. You have enemies in the highest and in the lowest ranks. You
+are planning a great undertaking; you have a past; your father, your
+grandfather had enemies because they had passion. In life it is not
+criminals who provoke the most hatred, but rather honorable men."
+
+"Do you know my enemies?"
+
+Elias did not reply at once, but meditated.
+
+"I knew one, the one who has died," he replied. "Last night I
+discovered that something was being plotted against you, through some
+words that were exchanged between him and an unknown man who lost
+himself in the crowd. 'The fish will not eat this one as they did
+his father; you will see to-morrow,' said he. These words attracted
+my attention, not only on account of their meaning but because they
+were spoken by this man, who only a few days ago had presented himself
+to the superintendent of the work with the express desire that he be
+given charge of the work of placing the corner stone. He did not ask
+for a large wage, but made a great show of his knowledge. I had no
+sufficient reasons to attribute evil designs to him, but something
+told me that my suspicions were right. For this reason, in order to
+warn you, I chose a moment and an occasion when you could not ask me
+any questions. You already know the rest."
+
+Elias was then silent for some moments; yet Ibarra did not reply nor
+utter a word. He was meditating.
+
+"I am sorry that the man is dead," he replied at last. "We might have
+been able to learn something more about it from him."
+
+"If he had lived he would have escaped from the trembling hand of
+blind, human justice. God has now judged him! God has killed him! Let
+God be the only judge!"
+
+Crisostomo looked a moment at the man who was speaking to him in this
+manner. He noticed that his muscular arms were covered with bruises
+and black and blue spots.
+
+"Do you also believe in the miracle version of the affair?" he said,
+smiling--"this miracle of which the people speak?"
+
+"If I believed in miracles, I would not believe in God. I would believe
+in a deified man. In fact, I would believe that man had created God
+after his image and likeness," he replied solemnly. "But I believe
+in Him. More than once I have felt His hand. When all was falling
+headlong, threatening destruction for everything which was in the
+place, I Held the criminal. I put myself by his side. He was struck
+and I am safe and sound."
+
+"You? So that you...?"
+
+"Yes! I held him when he wanted to escape, once he had begun his
+fatal work. I saw his crime. I say: 'Let God be the only judge among
+men. Let Him be the only one who has the right to take away life. Let
+man never think of substituting himself for him!'"
+
+"And, still you this time...."
+
+"No!" interrupted Elias, foreseeing the objection that he was going to
+raise. "It is not the same thing. When a man as judge condemns another
+to death or destroys his future forever, he does it with impunity and
+makes use of the force of other men to carry out his sentence. Yet,
+after all, the sentence may be wrong and unjust. But I, in exposing the
+criminal to the same danger which he had prepared for others, ran the
+same risks. I did not kill him. I allowed the hand of God to kill him."
+
+"Do you not believe in chance?"
+
+"To believe in chance is like believing in miracles. Both theories
+suppose that God does not know the future. What is a casualty? A
+happening which absolutely nobody knows beforehand. What is a
+miracle? A contradiction, a contortion of the laws of nature. Lack
+of foresight and contradiction in the All Knowing, who directs the
+machinery of the world, are two great imperfections."
+
+"Who are you?" Ibarra asked again, with a certain dread. "Have you
+studied?"
+
+"I have had to believe in God a great deal because I have lost my
+faith in men," replied the pilot, evading the question.
+
+Ibarra thought that he understood this man; young and proscribed,
+he disregarded human justice; denied the right of man to judge his
+equals, he protested against power and superiority of certain classes
+of men over others.
+
+"But you must admit the necessity of human justice, however imperfect
+it may be," he replied. "God, although he has ministers on the earth,
+cannot, that is to say, cannot clearly give his judgment upon the
+millions of contentions which are stirred up by our passions. It is
+necessary, it is just, that a man should sometimes judge his fellows."
+
+"For good, yes; for bad, no. To correct and improve, yes; but not
+to destroy, for if he fails in his judgment, there is no power that
+can remedy the evil that has been done. But," he added, changing his
+tone, "this discussion is beyond and above me, and I am keeping you
+from those who are now awaiting you. But do not forget what I have
+just said: You have enemies. Take care of yourself for the good of
+your country!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE BANQUET.
+
+
+There, under the shade of the decorated pavilion, the great men of the
+province were banqueting. The Alcalde occupied one end of the table;
+Ibarra, the other. On the young man's right sat Maria Clara, and on
+his left, the Notary. Captain Tiago, the alferez, the gobernadorcillo,
+the friars, the employees, and the few señoritas who were present
+were seated, not according to rank but according to their own fancy.
+
+The banquet was very animated, but, before it was half over,
+a messenger with a telegram came in search of Captain Tiago. The
+Captain asked permission to read the message, and naturally all begged
+of him to do so.
+
+The worthy Captain at first knit his eyebrows; and then raised
+them. His face became pale, and then brightened up. Doubling up the
+sheet of paper hurriedly, he arose.
+
+"Gentlemen," said he, confused, "His Excellency, the Governor General,
+is coming this afternoon to honor my house."
+
+And then he started on a run, taking with him the telegram and the
+napkin, but not his hat. All sorts of questions and exclamations
+were shouted after him. The announcement of the coming of the
+tulisanes could not have had a greater effect. "But listen! When
+does he come? Tell us about it! His Excellency!" But Captain Tiago
+was already far away.
+
+"His Excellency is coming and will be a guest at Captain Tiago's
+house!" exclaimed some one, without considering that the Captain's
+daughter and future son-in-law were present.
+
+"The choice could not have been a better one," replied another.
+
+The friars looked at each other. Their expressions seemed to say:
+"The Governor General is committing another of his errors, offending
+us in this way. He ought to be the guest of the convent." But despite
+the fact that they thought this, they all kept silent and no one of
+them expressed his opinion.
+
+"Even yesterday he was speaking to me about it," said the Alcalde,
+"but, at that time, His Excellency was not decided."
+
+"Do you know, Your Excellency, Señor Alcalde, how long the Governor
+General intends to remain here?" asked the alferez, a little uneasy.
+
+"No, not positively. His Excellency likes surprises."
+
+"Here come some other telegrams!"
+
+The messages were for the Alcalde, the alferez, and the
+gobernadorcillo, and announced the same thing to each of them. The
+friars noticed that none came addressed to the curate.
+
+"His Excellency will arrive at four o'clock this afternoon, gentlemen,"
+said the Alcalde solemnly. "We can finish at our leisure."
+
+Leonidas, in the pass of Thermopylæ, could not have said with better
+grace "To-night we will dine with Pluto."
+
+"I notice the absence of our great preacher," said one of the
+government employees timidly. The speaker had an inoffensive look
+and before this had not opened his mouth, except to eat, during the
+entire morning.
+
+All who knew the life of Crisostomo's father twitched their eyes
+significantly and seemed to say by their movements: "Go on! It's a bad
+beginning that you have made!" But others, more benevolently disposed,
+replied: "He must be somewhat fatigued."
+
+"What? Somewhat fatigued!" exclaimed the alferez. "Why, he must be
+exhausted. What did you think of the sermon this morning?"
+
+"Superb, gigantic!" said the Notary.
+
+"To be able to speak like Father Dámaso, a man needs lungs," observed
+Father Manuel Martin.
+
+The Augustine did not concede more than lung power.
+
+"And such easiness of expression," added Father Salví.
+
+"Do you know that Señor Ibarra has the best cook in the province,"
+remarked the Alcalde, cutting off the conversation.
+
+"So they say," replied one of the Government employees, "but his fair
+neighbor does not wish to do honor to his table, for she scarcely
+takes a mouthful."
+
+Maria Clara blushed.
+
+"I thank you, Senor.... You occupy yourself too much about me ... but
+..." she said timidly.
+
+"But your presence honors him sufficiently," concluded the gallant
+Alcalde. Then turning to Father Salví: "Father Curate, I notice that
+you have been silent and pensive all day long."
+
+"It is my nature," muttered the Franciscan. "I would rather listen
+than talk."
+
+"Your Reverence seeks always to gain and never to lose," replied the
+alferez, in a joking manner.
+
+But Father Salví did not take it as a joke. His eyes flashed a
+moment and he replied: "You know very well, Señor Alferez, that,
+during these days, I am not the one who gains most!"
+
+The alferez overlooked the fling with a false laugh and pretended
+not to hear it.
+
+"But, gentlemen, I do not understand how you can be talking about
+gains and losses," intervened the Alcalde. "What will these amiable
+and discreet young women, who honor us with their presence, think
+of us? To my mind, the young women are like Æolian harps in the
+night. It is only necessary to lend an attentive ear to hear them,
+for their unspeakable harmonies elevate the soul to the celestial
+spheres of the infinite and of the ideal...."
+
+"Your Excellency is a poet," said the Notary gayly; and both drained
+their wine glasses.
+
+"I cannot help it," said the Alcalde, wiping his lips. "The occasion,
+if it does not always make the thief, makes the poet. In my youth I
+composed verses, and they certainly were not bad ones."
+
+"So Your Excellency has been unfaithful to the Muses, deserting them
+for Themis."
+
+"Psh!" What would you do? It has always been my dream to run
+through the whole social scale. Yesterday I was gathering flowers,
+and singing songs; to-day I hold the wand of Justice and serve
+Humanity. To-morrow...."
+
+"To-morrow Your Excellency will throw the wand into the fire to warm
+yourself with it in the winter of life, and will then take a portfolio
+in the Ministry," added Father Sibyla.
+
+"Psh! Yes ... no.... To be a Minister is not precisely my ideal. The
+unexpected always happens, though. A little villa in the north of
+Spain to pass the summer in, a mansion in Madrid, and some possessions
+in Andalusia for the winter.... We will live remembering our dear
+Philippines.... Of me Voltaire will not say: 'Nous n'avons jamais
+été chez ces peuples que pour nous y enrichir et pour les calomnier.'"
+
+The Government employees thought that His Excellency intended a joke
+and they began to laugh to make a show of appreciating it. The friars
+imitated them since they did not know that Voltaire was the Volta-i-ré
+whom they had so often cursed and condemned to Hades. Father Sibyla,
+however, recognized the name and assumed a serious air, supposing
+that the Alcalde had uttered some heresy.
+
+Father Dámaso was waddling down the road. He was half smiling, but in
+such a malignant manner, that on seeing him, Ibarra, who was in the
+act of speaking, lost the thread of his remarks. All were surprised to
+see Father Dámaso, but, excepting Ibarra, they greeted him with marks
+of pleasure. They had already reached the last course of the dinner,
+and the champagne was foaming in the glasses.
+
+Father Dámaso showed a little nervousness in his smile when he saw
+Maria Clara seated on the right of Crisostomo. But, taking a chair
+by the side of the Alcalde, he asked in the midst of a significant
+silence: "Were you not talking about something, señores? Continue!"
+
+"We were drinking a toast," replied the Alcalde. "Señor Ibarra was
+mentioning those who had aided him in his philanthropic enterprise
+and was speaking of the architect when Your Reverence...."
+
+"Well, I don't understand architecture," interrupted Father Dámaso,
+"but architects and the dunces who go to them make me laugh! You have
+an example right here. I drew the plan for a church and it has been
+constructed perfectly: so an English jeweler who was one day a guest
+at the convent told me. To draught a plan, one need have but a small
+degree of intelligence."
+
+"However," replied the Alcalde, seeing that Ibarra was silent,
+"when we are dealing with certain edifices, for example a school,
+we need a skilled man (perito)."
+
+"He who needs a perito is a perrito (little dog)!" exclaimed Father
+Dámaso, with a scoff. "One would have to be more of a brute than the
+natives, who erect their own houses, if he did not know how to build
+four walls and put a covering over them. That's all that a school
+house is."
+
+All looked toward Ibarra. But the young man, even if he did look pale,
+kept on conversing with Maria Clara.
+
+"But Your Reverence should consider...."
+
+"Just look you," continued the Franciscan without allowing the Alcalde
+to speak. "See how one of our lay brothers, the most stupid one we
+have, has built a good hospital, handsome and cheap. It is well built
+and he did not pay more than eight cuartos a day to those whom he
+employed even those who came from other towns. That fellow knows how
+to treat them. He does not do like many fools and mesticillos [13]
+who spoil them by paying them three or four reales."
+
+"Does Your Reverence say that he only paid eight
+cuartos? Impossible!" said the Alcalde, trying to change the course
+of the conversation.
+
+"Yes, Señor; and those who brag of being good Spaniards ought to
+imitate him. You can see very well now, since the Suez Canal was
+opened, corruption has come here. Before, when we had to double the
+Cape, there were not so many worthless people coming out here, nor
+did Filipinos go abroad to be corrupted and spoiled."
+
+"But, Father Dámaso!"
+
+"You know very well what the native is. As quickly as he learns
+anything, he goes and becomes a doctor. All these ignoramuses who go
+to Europe...."
+
+"But listen, Your Reverence ..." interrupted the Alcalde, becoming
+uneasy at such harsh words.
+
+"They are all going to end as they merit," he continued. "The hand of
+God is upon them and one must be blind not to see it. Even in this
+life, the fathers of such vipers receive their punishment.... They
+die in prison, eh?"
+
+But he did not finish his remarks. Ibarra, his face flushing, had been
+following him with his eyes. On hearing the allusion to his father,
+he rose and, with a single bound, brought down his strong hand on the
+head of the priest. Stunned with the blow, the friar fell on his back.
+
+Full of astonishment and terror, no one dared to intervene.
+
+"Keep back!" cried the young man, with a menacing voice, and
+brandishing a sharp knife in his hand. In the meantime, he held
+the friar down with his foot on his neck. The latter was recovering
+consciousness. "Let no one approach who does not want to die!"
+
+Ibarra was beside himself. His body trembled, and his threatening
+eyes almost burst from their sockets. Friar Dámaso struggled and
+raised himself, but the young man, seizing him by the collar, shook
+him till he fell on his knees and collapsed.
+
+"Señor Ibarra! Señor Ibarra!" cried some.
+
+But nobody, not even the alferez, dared to approach the glistening
+blade, considering the strength of the young man and the state of
+his mind. All were paralyzed.
+
+"All of you people here have said nothing! Now the matter concerns
+me! I have avoided him. God now brings him to me. Let God judge!"
+
+The young man was breathing hard. With iron hand he held the Franciscan
+down, and the latter struggled in vain to break loose.
+
+"My heart beats tranquilly. My hand is sure."
+
+He looked about him and continued: "Is there among you any one who
+does not love his father; any one who hates his memory, any one
+who was born in disgrace and humiliation? See! Do you observe this
+silence? Priest of a peaceful God, with your mouth full of sanctity
+and religion, and a miserable heart, you could not have known what
+a father is. You should have thought of your own! Do you see? Among
+this crowd which you scorn, there is none such as you! You are judged!"
+
+The people around him made a stir, believing that he was going
+to strike.
+
+"Back!" he again cried in a threatening voice. "What? Do you fear
+that I would soil my hand with his impure blood? Have I not told
+you that my heart beats tranquilly? Back from us, all! Listen,
+priests, judges, you who think yourselves different from other men,
+and who claim other rights for yourselves! Listen! My father was an
+honorable man. Ask these people who venerate his memory. My father
+was a good citizen. He sacrificed himself for me and for the good of
+his country! His house was open. His table was ready for the stranger
+or the exile who came to it in his misery. He was a good Christian;
+he always did what was right. He never oppressed the helpless, nor
+brought sorrow to the miserable and wretched. To this man, he opened
+the door of his house. He had him sit at his table and he called
+him his friend. What has he done in return? He has calumniated him,
+persecuted him, has armed ignorance against him, violating the sanctity
+of his office, has thrown him out of his tomb, dishonored his memory,
+and persecuted him even in death's repose. And not content with that,
+he now persecutes his son. I have fled from him, I have avoided his
+presence. You heard him this morning profane the pulpit; you saw
+him point me out to the popular fanaticism; I said nothing. Now he
+comes here in search of a quarrel. To your surprise, I suffered in
+silence; but he again insults the sacred memory of my father, that
+memory which every son holds dear.... You who are here, you priests,
+you judges, have you seen your father watching over you night and day
+and working for you? Have you seen him deprive himself of you for your
+good? Have you seen your father die in prison, heart broken, sighing
+for some one to caress him, searching for some being to console him,
+alone in sickness, while you were in a foreign land? Have you heard
+his name dishonored afterward? Have you found his tomb vacant when
+you wished to pray upon it? No? You are silent. Then by that silence
+you condemn him!"
+
+He raised his arm; but a young maiden, quick as a flash, put herself
+between them and with her delicate hands stopped the arm of the
+avenger. It was Maria Clara.
+
+Ibarra looked at her with an expression that seemed to reflect
+madness. Gradually, he loosened the vise-like fingers of his hand,
+allowed the body of the Franciscan to fall, and dropped his knife
+upon the ground. Covering his face, he fled through the crowd.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE FIRST CLOUD.
+
+
+The house of Captain Tiago was no less disturbed than the imagination
+of the people. Maria Clara, refusing to listen to the consolation
+of her aunt and foster sister, did nothing but weep. Her father had
+forbidden her to speak to Ibarra until the priests should absolve
+him from the excommunication which they had pronounced upon him.
+
+Captain Tiago, though very busy preparing his house for the reception
+of the Governor General, had been summoned to the convent.
+
+"Don't cry, my girl," said Aunt Isabel as she dusted off the
+mirrors. "They will certainly annul the excommunication; they will
+write the Pope.... We will make a large donation.... Father Dámaso
+had nothing more than a fainting spell.... He is not dead."
+
+"Don't cry," said Andeng to her, in a low voice. "I will certainly
+arrange it so that you can speak to him. What are the confessionals
+made for, if we are not expected to sin? Everything is pardoned when
+one has told it to the curate."
+
+Finally, Captain Tiago arrived. They scanned his face for an answer
+to their many questions, but his expression announced too plainly
+his dismay. The poor man was sweating, and passing his hand over his
+forehead. He seemed unable to utter a word.
+
+"How is it, Santiago?" asked Aunt Isabel, anxiously.
+
+He answered her with a sigh and dried away a tear.
+
+"For God's sake, speak! What has happened?"
+
+"What I had already feared!" he broke out finally half crying. "All is
+lost! Father Dámaso orders that the engagement be broken. If it is not
+broken off, I am condemned in this life and in the next. They all tell
+me the same thing, even Father Sibyla! I ought to shut the doors of
+my house and ... I owe him more than fifty thousand pesos. I told the
+Fathers so, but they would take no notice of it. 'Which do you prefer
+to lose,' they said to me, 'fifty thousand pesos, or your life and your
+soul?' Alas! Ay! San Antonio! If I had known it, if I had known it!"
+
+Maria Clara was sobbing.
+
+"Do not cry, my daughter," he added, turning to her. "You are not
+like your mother. She never cried ... she never cried except when she
+was whimsical just before your birth.... Father Dámaso tells me that
+a relative of his has just arrived from Spain ... and that he wants
+him to be your fiancé."...
+
+Maria Clara stopped up her ears.
+
+"But, Santiago, are you out of your head?" cried Aunt Isabel. "Speak
+to her now of another fiancé! Do you think that your daughter can
+change lovers as easily as she changes her dress?"
+
+"I was thinking the same thing, Isabel. Don Crisostomo is rich.... The
+Spaniards only marry for love of money.... But what would you have
+me do? They have threatened me with excommunication. They say that
+I am in great peril: not only my soul, but also my body ... my body,
+do you hear? My body!"
+
+"But you only give sorrow to your daughter. Are you not a friend of
+the Archbishop? Why don't you write him?"
+
+"The Archbishop is also a friar. The Archbishop does only what the
+friars say. But, Maria, do not cry. The Governor General will come. He
+will want to see you and your eyes are all inflamed.... Alas! I
+was thinking what a happy afternoon I was going to pass.... Without
+this misfortune, I would be the happiest of men and all would envy
+me.... Calm yourself, my girl. I am more unfortunate than you and I
+do not cry. You can have another and better fiancé, but I lose fifty
+thousand pesos. Ah! Virgin of Antipolo! If I could only have some
+luck to-night!"
+
+Noises, detonations, the rumbling of carriages, the galloping of
+horses, and a band playing the Marcha Real announced the arrival of
+His Excellency, the Governor General of the Philippine Islands. Maria
+Clara ran to hide in her bedroom.... Poor girl! Gross hands were
+playing with her heart, ignorant of the delicacy of its fibers.
+
+In the meantime, the house filled with people. Loud steps, commands,
+and the clanking of sabers and swords resounded on all sides. The
+afflicted maiden was half kneeling before an engraving of the Virgin,
+a picture representing her in that attitude of painful solitude,
+known only to Delaroche, as if she had been surprised on returning
+from the sepulchre of her Son. But Maria Clara was not thinking of
+the grief of that Mother; she was thinking of her own. With her head
+resting on her breast and her hands on the floor, she looked like a
+lily bent by the storm. A future, cherished for years in her dreams;
+a future whose illusions, born in her infancy and nursed through her
+youth, gave form to the cells of her being--that future was now to
+be blotted from the mind and heart by a single word!
+
+Maria Clara was as good and as pious a Christian as her aunt. The
+thought of an excommunication terrified her. The threat to destroy
+the peace of her father demanded that she sacrifice her love. She
+felt the entire strength of that affection which until now she had
+not known. It was like a river which glides along smoothly; its banks
+carpeted with fragrant flowers, its bed formed by fine sand, the wind
+scarcely rippling its surface, so quiet and peaceful that you would
+say that its waters were dead; until suddenly its channel is pent up,
+ragged rocks obstruct its course, and the entangled trunks of trees
+form a dike. Then the river roars; it rises up; its waves boil; it
+is lashed into foam, beats against the rocks and rushes into the abyss.
+
+She wanted to pray, but who can pray without hope? One prays when
+there is hope. When there is none, we surrender ourselves to God
+and wail. "My God!" cried her heart, "why shouldst thou separate me
+thus from him I love? Why deny me the love of others? Thou dost not
+deny me the sun, nor the air, nor dost thou hide the heavens from my
+sight. Why dost thou deny me love, when it is possible to live without
+sun, without air, and without the heavens, but without love, never?"
+
+"Mother, mother," she was moaning.
+
+Aunt Isabel came to take her from her grief. Some of her girl friends
+had arrived and the Governor General also desired to talk with her.
+
+"Aunt, tell them that I am ill!" begged the frightened maiden. "They
+wish to make me play the piano and sing."
+
+"Your father has promised it. You are not going to go back on your
+father?"
+
+Maria Clara arose, looked at her aunt, clasped her beautiful arms
+about her and murmured: "Oh, if I had ..."
+
+But, without finishing the sentence, she dried her tears and began
+to make her toilet.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+HIS EXCELLENCY.
+
+
+"I want to speak with that young man," said His Excellency to an
+adjutant. "He has awakened my interest."
+
+"They have already gone to look for him, General! But there is a young
+man here from Manila who insists on being introduced. We have told
+him that Your Excellency has no time and that you have not come to
+give audiences, but to see the town and the procession. But he has
+replied that Your Excellency always has time to dispense justice."
+
+His Excellency turned to the Alcalde as if in doubt.
+
+"If I am not mistaken," said the latter, making a slight bow, "it
+is a young man who this morning had a difficulty with Father Dámaso
+about the sermon."
+
+"Still another? Has this friar undertaken to disturb the province,
+or does he think that he is in command here? Tell the young man to
+come in!"
+
+His Excellency was walking nervously from one end of the sala to
+the other.
+
+In the lower part of the house, in the ante-room, were several
+Spaniards, mingled with army officers and officials of the town of
+San Diego and some of the neighboring villages. They were grouped in
+little circles and were conversing about one thing and another. All
+of the friars were there except Father Dámaso, and they wanted to go
+in and pay their respects to His Excellency.
+
+"His Excellency, the Governor General, begs Your Reverences to wait
+a moment," said the adjutant. "Walk in, young man!"
+
+The young man from Manila entered the sala, pale and trembling.
+
+Everybody was surprised. His Excellency must be irritated to dare to
+make the friars wait. Father Sibyla said: "I have nothing to say to
+him.... I am losing time here!"
+
+"It's the same with me," said an Augustine. "Shall we go?"
+
+"Would it not be better for us to find out what he thinks?" asked
+Father Salví. "We would avoid a scandal ... and ... we would be able
+to call to his mind his duty to ... the Church."
+
+"Your Reverences can walk in, if you wish," announced the adjutant,
+as he escorted out the young man, whose face was now, however,
+glowing with satisfaction.
+
+Friar Sibyla entered first. Behind him came Father Salví, Father
+Manuel Martin and the other priests. They all humbly saluted the
+Governor General, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who preserved
+even in his bow, an air of superiority. Father Salví, on the contrary,
+almost touched the floor with his head.
+
+"Which of Your Reverences is Father Dámaso?" asked His Excellency
+unexpectedly, without having them sit down, or even asking about
+their health, and without addressing them with any of those courteous
+phrases which are customary with such high personages.
+
+"Father Dámaso is not among us, señor," replied Father Sibyla,
+rather dryly.
+
+"Your Excellency's servant lies ill in bed," added Father Salví
+meekly. "After having the pleasure of saluting you and of inquiring
+about the health of Your Excellency, as befits all the good servants of
+the King and all persons of good education, we also come in the name of
+the respectful servant of Your Excellency who has the misfortune...."
+
+"Oh," interrupted the Governor General, as he turned a chair around on
+one leg and smiled nervously. "If all the servants of My Excellency
+were like His Reverence Father Dámaso, I would prefer to serve My
+Excellency myself."
+
+The Reverences did not know how to respond to this interruption.
+
+"Take a seat, Your Reverences!" he added after a short pause, softening
+his tone a little.
+
+Captain Tiago came in dressed in a frock coat and walking on
+tip-toes. He was leading Maria Clara by the hand. The young maiden was
+trembling when she entered, but notwithstanding she made a graceful
+and ceremonious bow.
+
+"Is this your daughter?" asked the Governor General, somewhat
+surprised.
+
+"And Your Excellency's, my General," replied Captain Tiago
+seriously. [14]
+
+The Alcalde and the adjutants opened wide their eyes, but His
+Excellency did not lose his gravity. He extended his hand to the
+young maiden and said to her affably: "Happy are the fathers who have
+daughters like you, señorita. They have spoken to me about you with
+respect and consideration.... I have desired to see you and to thank
+you for your pretty deed of to-day. I am informed of all, and when
+I write to His Majesty's Government I will not forget your generous
+conduct. In the meantime, señorita, allow me in the name of His
+Majesty the King whom I represent here and who loves to see peace and
+tranquillity among his subjects, and in my own name, that of a father
+who also has daughters of your age, allow me to extend to you most
+sincere thanks and propose your name for some mark of recognition."
+
+"Señor ..." replied Maria Clara, trembling.
+
+His Excellency guessed what she wanted to say, and replied: "It is
+well enough, señorita, that you are satisfied in your own conscience
+with the mere esteem of your own people. The testimony of one's people
+is the highest reward and we ought not to ask more. But, however,
+I will not let pass this excellent opportunity to show you that,
+if justice knows how to punish, she also knows how to reward and is
+not always blind."
+
+"Señor Don Juan Crisostomo awaits Your Excellency's orders," announced
+the adjutant in a loud voice.
+
+Maria Clara trembled.
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the Governor General. "Permit me, señorita, to express
+the desire to see you again before I leave town. I still have some
+very important things to say to you. Señor Alcalde, Your Lordship
+will accompany me for a walk after the conference which I will hold
+alone with Señor Ibarra."
+
+"Your Excellency will permit us," said Father Salví meekly, "to inform
+you that Señor Ibarra is excommunicated ..."
+
+His Excellency interrupted him saying: "I am glad that I have nothing
+more to deplore than the condition of Father Dámaso, for whom I
+sincerely wish a complete recovery, because at his age a voyage to
+Spain for his health would not be pleasant. But this depends on
+him ... and in the meantime, may God preserve the health of Your
+Reverences."
+
+They retired one after the other.
+
+"We will see who will make the journey first," said a Franciscan.
+
+"I am going off now right away!" said Father Sibyla, with indignation.
+
+"And we are going back to our provinces, too," said the Augustins.
+
+They could not endure that through the fault of a Franciscan His
+Excellency had received them coldly.
+
+In the entrance hall they met Ibarra, their host only a few hours
+ago. They exchanged no salutations, but their looks were eloquent.
+
+The Alcalde, on the contrary, when the friars had disappeared,
+greeted the young man and extended his hand to him in a familiar
+way. But the arrival of the adjutant, who was looking for Ibarra,
+did not give them an opportunity to converse.
+
+Ibarra was dressed in deep mourning. He presented himself in a calm
+manner, and bowed profoundly, despite the fact that the sight of the
+friars had not seemed a good omen for him.
+
+The Governor General advanced a few steps. "It gives me great
+satisfaction to shake your hand. Grant me your entire confidence."
+
+"Señor ... such kindness...!"
+
+"Your surprise offends me. It indicates that you did not expect a
+good reception from me. That is doubting my justice!"
+
+"A friendly reception, señor, for an insignificant subject like myself,
+is not justice, it is a favor."
+
+"Well, well!" said His Excellency, sitting down and pointing out a
+seat for Ibarra. "Let us speak frankly. I am very much pleased with
+your action and I have already proposed to His Majesty's Government
+that they grant you an insignia for your philanthropic intention of
+erecting a school.... If you had asked me, I would have attended the
+ceremony with a great deal of pleasure and perhaps the unpleasantness
+would have been avoided."
+
+"My idea of erecting a school seems to me so insignificant," replied
+the young man, "that I did not think it an occasion worthy of taking
+the attention of Your Excellency from your many duties and cares. Then,
+too, it was my duty to first address the highest authority of the
+province."
+
+His Excellency made a bow of satisfaction and adopting a still more
+intimate manner, continued:
+
+"In regard to the unpleasantness which you have had with Father
+Dámaso, have no fear nor regret. I will not touch a hair of your head
+while I govern these Islands. And in regard to the excommunication,
+I will speak to the Archbishop, for it is necessary for us to adapt
+ourselves to circumstances. Here, we cannot laugh about these things
+in public as we do in Spain or in cultured Europe. Nevertheless, be
+more prudent in the future. You have put yourself in opposition to
+the religious corporations, which, on account of your position and
+wealth, need to be respected. But I will protect you, because I like
+good sons, I like to see a person respect the honor of his father. I,
+too, love my father, and as sure as there is a God, I know what I
+would have done had I been in your place...."
+
+And quickly turning the conversation, he asked: "You have told me
+that you come from Europe; were you in Madrid?"
+
+"Yes, señor; for some months."
+
+"You have perhaps heard of my family?"
+
+"Your Excellency had just left when I had the honor to be presented
+to it."
+
+"And why, then, did you come here without bringing some letter of
+introduction?"
+
+"Señor," replied Ibarra bowing, "because I do not come directly from
+Spain, and because, having heard of Your Excellency's character,
+I thought that a letter of introduction would not only be useless,
+but even offensive. All Filipinos are recommended to you."
+
+A smile appeared on the lips of the old officer and he replied slowly,
+as if weighing and measuring his words:
+
+"It flatters me to learn that you think so ... and ... so it ought to
+be. However, young man, you ought to know what loads we bear upon our
+shoulders here in the Philippines. Here, we, old army officers, have to
+do and be everything: King, Secretary of State, of War, of Agriculture,
+of Internal Affairs and of Justice. The worst part of it is the fact
+that in regard to everything we have to consult our distant Mother
+Country, which approves or rejects our propositions, according to
+circumstances, sometimes blindly. And you know how we Spaniards say:
+'Grasp much, get little.' Then, too, we come here ignorant of the
+country and we leave it as soon as we begin to know it. With you I can
+be frank, for it would be useless to appear otherwise. In Spain, where
+each branch of the Government has its own Minister, born and brought
+up in the country, where they have the press and public opinion, the
+opposition is open and before the eyes of the Government, and shows
+up its faults; yet, even there, all is imperfect and defective. And
+when you consider the conditions here, it is a wonder that all is
+not upset, with all those advantages lacking, and with the opposition
+working in the dark. Good intentions and wishes are not wanting in us
+governing officials, but we find ourselves obliged to make use of eyes
+and arms which frequently we do not know, and which, perhaps, instead
+of serving the country, serve only their own interests. That is not
+our fault; it is the fault of circumstances. You arouse my interest
+and I do not want our present system of government to prejudice you
+in any way. I cannot watch everything, nor can I attend to all. Can
+I be useful to you in any way? Have you anything to request?"
+
+Ibarra meditated.
+
+"Señor," he replied, "my greatest desire is the happiness of my
+country, a happiness due to the efforts of our Mother Country and to
+the efforts of my fellow countrymen, united with the eternal bonds
+of a common interest and common object. What I ask the Government
+can only give after many years of continuous work and proper reforms."
+
+His Excellency looked at him for several seconds with a look which
+Ibarra met naturally, without timidity and without boldness.
+
+"You are the first man with whom I have spoken in this country,"
+he exclaimed grasping his hand.
+
+"Your Excellency has only seen those who lead a grovelling existence
+in the city. You have not seen the calumniated hovels of our towns. If
+you had, you would have seen true men, if generous hearts and simple
+manners make true men."
+
+The Governor General arose and paced the sala from one side to
+the other.
+
+"Señor Ibarra," he exclaimed, stopping a moment. The young man
+arose. "I will probably leave here within a month. Your education and
+your mode of thinking are not for this country. Sell what you possess,
+get your trunk ready and come with me to Europe. That climate will
+be better for you."
+
+"I shall cherish all my life the memory of Your Excellency's kindness,"
+replied Ibarra, moved by what the Governor General had said. "But I
+ought to live in the country where my fathers have lived...."
+
+"Where they have died, you should say, to speak more
+exactly. Believe me! I possibly know your country better than you
+do yourself.... Ah! Now I remember," he exclaimed changing the tone
+of his voice. "You are going to marry a lovely girl and I am keeping
+you here! Go, go to her side, and that you may have greater liberty
+send her father to me," he added, smiling. "Do not forget, however,
+that I want you to accompany me for a walk."
+
+Ibarra bowed and departed.
+
+His Excellency called his adjutant.
+
+"I am happy," said he, giving him a light slap on the shoulder. "To-day
+I have seen for the first time how one can be a good Spaniard without
+ceasing to be a good Filipino and to love his country. To-day, at last,
+I have shown the Reverences that we are not all their playthings. This
+young man has afforded me the opportunity, and, in a short time,
+I will have settled all of my accounts with the friar. It's a pity
+that this young man, some day or other ... but call the Alcalde to me."
+
+The latter presented himself at once.
+
+"Señor Alcalde," he said to him, as he entered the room, "in order
+to avoid a repetition of scenes such as Your Honor witnessed this
+afternoon, scenes which I deplore because they take away the prestige
+of the Government and all Spaniards, I want to commend to you warmly
+Señor Ibarra, that you may not only aid him in carrying out his
+patriotic ends, but also prevent in the future any person of whatever
+class or under whatever pretext, from molesting him."
+
+The Alcalde understood the reprimand and bowed to conceal his
+confusion.
+
+"Have the alferez, who is in command here, informed to the same
+effect. And you will find out if it is true that this officer has
+methods of procedure that are not in accordance with the regulations. I
+have heard more than one complaint on this score."
+
+Captain Tiago, all starched and ironed, presented himself.
+
+"Don Santiago," said His Excellency, in a cordial tone of voice,
+"a little while ago I was congratulating you on having a daughter
+like the Señorita de los Santos. Now I want to congratulate you on
+your future son-in-law. The most virtuous of daughters is certainly
+worthy of the best citizen of the Philippines. Is the date of the
+wedding known?"
+
+"Señor!" stammered the Captain, wiping away the perspiration which
+was running down his face.
+
+"O, come! I see that there is nothing definite. If you need godfathers,
+I will be one of them with the greatest pleasure. I would do it to
+take away the bad taste which so many of the weddings which I have
+attended here have left in my mouth," he added, turning to the Alcalde.
+
+"Yes, señor!" replied Captain Tiago, with a smile which inspired
+compassion.
+
+Ibarra had gone in search of Maria Clara, almost on a run. He had so
+many things to tell her. He heard some gentle voices in one of the
+rooms and knocked at the door.
+
+"Who knocks?" asked Maria Clara.
+
+The voices were silenced and the door ... was not opened.
+
+"It is I. May I come in?" asked the young man, his heart beating
+violently.
+
+The silence was not broken. A few seconds afterward gentle steps
+approached the door and Sinang's cheerful voice murmured through the
+key-hole: "Crisostomo, we are going to the theatre to-night. Write
+what you have to say to Maria Clara."
+
+Then the footsteps were heard retreating, as quickly as they had come.
+
+"What does that mean!" murmured Ibarra to himself, as he went slowly
+away from the door.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THE PROCESSION.
+
+
+In the evening, by the light of lanterns hung from windows, to the
+ringing of bells and bursting of bombs, the procession started for
+the fourth time.
+
+The Governor General left the house on foot, in company with his two
+adjutants, Captain Tiago, the Alcalde, the alferez, and Ibarra. The
+Civil Guards and the officials of the town preceded them and cleared
+the way. His Excellency had been invited to witness the procession
+from the house of the gobernadorcillo, in front of which a platform
+had been erected for the recitation of a loa, or religious poem,
+in honor of the Patron Saint. Ibarra had previously declined with
+pleasure an invitation to hear this poetical composition, as he had
+preferred to witness the procession from the house of Captain Tiago
+with Maria Clara and her friends. But, as His Excellency wished to
+hear the loa, there was no other remedy for Ibarra but to console
+himself with the hope of seeing her at the theatre.
+
+The procession was headed by three sacristans carrying silver
+candlesticks. The children of the school, accompanied by their
+teacher, followed. Then came the small boys, with colored paper
+lanterns fastened to the ends of pieces of bamboo, each more or
+less adorned according to the caprices of the boy, for this part
+of the illumination was paid for entirely by themselves. However,
+they fulfilled this duty with a great deal of pleasure.
+
+In the midst of it all, men serving as police, passed to and fro to
+see that the files of the procession were not broken or the people
+jammed together in a crowd. For this purpose they used their wands
+and inflicted some hard blows, thus managing to add to the brilliancy
+of the procession, to the edification of souls and to the glory of
+religious pomp.
+
+At the same time that the officers inflicted these sanctified floggings
+with their wands free of charge, others, to console those who had
+been punished, distributed wax and tallow candles, also free of charge.
+
+"Señor Alcalde," said Ibarra, in a low voice, "do they inflict those
+blows to punish the sinners or merely for pleasure?"
+
+"You are right, Señor Ibarra," replied the Governor General, who had
+overheard his question. "This spectacle ... barbarous ... astonishing
+to those who come from other countries, ought to be prohibited."
+
+Although it cannot be explained, the first saint who appeared
+was San Juan el Baptisto. On seeing him, you would say that the
+cousin of Our Saviour did not enjoy any great renown among these
+people. He had slender feet and legs and the face of a hermit, and
+was carried along on an old wooden litter. In marked contrast to the
+representation of San Juan, was that of San Francisco, the founder of
+the great order. The latter was drawn in a car, and, as Tasio said:
+"What a car! How many lights and glass lanterns! Why, I have never
+seen you surrounded by so many illuminations, Giovanni Bernardone! And
+what music!"
+
+Behind the music came a standard representing the same saint, but with
+seven wings. It was carried by the brothers of the Third Order, dressed
+in guingon and praying in a loud and mournful voice. The next in the
+procession was Santa Maria Magdalena, a most beautiful image with
+an abundant growth of hair, a handkerchief of embroidered piña cloth
+between her ring-covered fingers, and wearing a dress of silk adorned
+with gold-leaf. Lights and incense surrounded her. The glass tears from
+her eyes reflected the colors of the colored fire which was burned here
+and there, giving a fantastic aspect to the procession. Consequently,
+the sinful saint appeared to be weeping now green, now red and now blue
+tears. The people did not begin to burn these colored lights till San
+Francisco was passing; San Juan el Baptisto did not enjoy this honor,
+passing by quickly, ashamed perhaps to go dressed in skins among so
+many saints covered with gold and precious jewels.
+
+"There goes our saint!" cried the daughter of the gobernadorcillo to
+her visitors. "I loaned her my rings, but I did it to get to Heaven."
+
+Those carrying the illuminations stopped near the platform to hear
+the loa. The saints did the same. They and their carriers wanted
+to hear the verses. Those who carried San Juan, tired of waiting,
+squatted down in the characteristic Filipino manner, and found it
+convenient to leave their burden on the ground.
+
+"You'll get into trouble," objected one.
+
+"Jesús! In the sacristy, they leave him in a corner among
+spider-webs...."
+
+After Magdalena came the women. They differed from the men in
+arrangement. Instead of the children, the old women came first and
+finally the unmarried women. Behind these came the car of the Virgin,
+and behind that, the curate under his canopy. Father Dámaso gave the
+following reason for putting the young women next to the Virgin's
+car: "The Virgin likes young women, but not old ones." Of course,
+this explanation caused many of the older women to make wry faces,
+but that did not change the taste of the Virgin.
+
+San Diego followed Magdalena, but he did not seem to rejoice over the
+fact, for he was as precise in his behavior as on the morning when he
+followed along behind San Francisco. Six brothers of the Third Order
+drew the car. San Diego stopped before the platform and awaited for
+the people to salute him.
+
+But it was necessary to await the car which contained the image of the
+Virgin. Preceding this car were some people dressed in a fantastic
+manner which made children cry and babies scream. In the midst of
+that dark mass of habits, hoods and girdles, to the sound of that
+monotonous and nasal prayer, one could see, like white jessamine,
+like fresh pansies among old rags, twelve young lassies dressed in
+white, crowned with flowers, with hair curled and eyes bright as the
+necklaces they wore. Seizing hold of two wide blue bands which were
+tied to the car of the Virgin, they drew it along, reminding one of
+doves drawing the car of Spring.
+
+And now when the images were all attentive, when this child and
+that had been slapped sufficiently to make him listen to the verses,
+when everybody had his eyes fixed on the half open curtain, at last,
+an aaaah! of admiration escaped from the lips of all.
+
+And the sight merited it. A young child appeared with wings, riding
+boots, a cordon over its shoulder, a belt and a plumed hat.
+
+"The Señor Alcalde!" cried some one, but the young prodigy recited
+a poem in such a manner that the Alcalde was not offended at the
+comparison.
+
+The procession then continued. San Juan followed out his bitter career.
+
+As the Virgin passed before the house of Captain Tiago, a heavenly song
+greeted her like the words of an archangel. It was a sweet, melodious,
+supplicating voice, weeping the Ave Maria of Gounod. The music of
+the procession was silenced, the praying ceased, and Father Salví
+himself stopped. The voice trembled and brought tears to the cheeks
+of those who heard it. That voice expressed more than a salutation,
+a prayer, or a plaint.
+
+From the window, where he was viewing the procession, Ibarra heard
+the voice, and melancholy took possession of his heart. He understood
+what that soul was suffering and what was expressed in that song. He
+was afraid to think of the cause of that grief.
+
+The Governor General found him pensive and sad.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+DOÑA CONSOLACION.
+
+
+Why were the windows in the alferez's house closed? Where was
+the masculine face and the flannel shirt of the Medusa or Muse of
+the Civil Guard while the procession was passing? Could she have
+understood how unpleasant was the sight of the swelling veins of
+her forehead, filled, it seemed, not with blood but with vinegar
+and bile; of her large cigar, that worthy ornament of her red lips;
+and of her envious look; could she have understood all of that, and,
+giving way to a generous impulse, have refrained from disturbing the
+gayety of the crowd by her sinister apparition?
+
+Alas! Her generous impulses lived only in the golden age.
+
+Her house was sad because other people were merry, as Sinang put
+it. There neither lanterns nor flags could be seen. In fact, if the
+sentry were not walking up and down in front of the gate, you would
+have said that the house was unoccupied.
+
+A feeble light illumined the disarranged sala, and made transparent
+the oyster-shell windows filled with spider-webs and covered with
+dust. The Señora, according to her custom, her hands folded, sat in
+a wide arm-chair. She was dressed the same as every day, that is to
+say, outrageously out of taste. In detail, she had a handkerchief
+tied around her head, while short, slender locks of tangled hair
+hung down on either side; a blue flannel shirt over another shirt
+which should have been white; and a faded-out skirt which moulded
+itself to her slender thighs as she sat with her legs crossed and
+nervously wiggled her foot. From her mouth, came big puffs of smoke,
+which she fastidiously blew up in the space toward which she looked
+when her eyes were open.
+
+That morning the Señora had not heard mass, not because she had not
+cared to hear it, for on the contrary she wanted to show herself to
+the multitude and to hear the sermon, but because her husband had not
+permitted her to do so. As was usually the case, his prohibition was
+accompanied by two or three insults, oaths and threats of kicking. The
+alferez understood that his "female" dressed herself in a ridiculous
+manner, and that it was not fitting to expose her to the eyes of the
+people from the capital nor even the country districts.
+
+But she did not understand it that way. She knew that she was
+beautiful, attractive, that she had the manners of a queen and that
+she dressed much better and more gorgeously than Maria Clara herself,
+though to be sure the latter wore a tapis over her skirt while she
+wore only the skirt. The alferez had to say to her: "Oh, shut your
+mouth or I'll kick you till you do!"
+
+Doña Consolacion did not care to be kicked, but she planned revenge.
+
+The dark face of the Señora never had inspired confidence in anybody,
+not even when she painted it. That morning she was exceptionally
+uneasy, and as she walked from one end of the sala to the other, in
+silence and as if meditating something terrible, her eyes shone like
+those of a serpent about to be crushed. Her look was cold, luminous,
+and penetrating and had something vicious, loathsome and cruel in it.
+
+The slightest defect in anything, the most insignificant or unusual
+noise brought forth an obscene and infamous expression; but no one
+responded. To offer an excuse was a crime.
+
+So the day passed. Encountering no obstacle in her way--her husband
+had been invited out--she became saturated with bile.
+
+Everything around bent itself before her. She met no resistance,
+there was nothing upon which she could discharge the vials of her
+wrath. Soldiers and servants crawled before her.
+
+That she might not hear the rejoicing going on outside, she ordered
+the windows to be closed, and charged the sentry not to permit any
+one to enter. She tied a handkerchief around her head to prevent
+it from bursting; and, in spite of the fact that the sun was still
+shining brightly, she ordered the lamps lighted.
+
+A madwoman who had been detained for disturbing the public peace was
+taken to the barracks. The alferez was not there at the time and the
+unhappy woman had to pass the night seated on a bench. The following
+day the alferez returned. Fearing lest the unhappy woman should become
+the butt of the crowd during the fiesta, he ordered the soldiers who
+were guarding her to treat her with pity and give her something to
+eat. Thus the demented woman passed two days.
+
+Whether the proximity to Captain Tiago's house made it possible for
+the sad song of Maria Clara to reach her ears, whether other strains
+of music awoke in her memories of old songs, or whether there was
+some other cause for it, at any rate, the madwoman began that night
+to sing with a sweet and melancholy voice the songs of her youth. The
+soldiers heard her and kept silent. Those songs brought back memories
+of the old times.
+
+Doña Consolacion also heard it in her sorrow, and became interested
+in the person who was singing.
+
+"Tell her to come upstairs at once!" she ordered, after some seconds
+of meditation. Something like a smile passed over her dry lips.
+
+They brought the woman and she presented herself without any
+discomposure, and without manifesting either fear or surprise.
+
+"Orderly, tell this woman in Tagalog to sing!" said the alfereza. "She
+don't understand me; she does not know Spanish."
+
+The demented woman understood the orderly and sang the song "Night."
+
+Doña Consolacion listened to the beginning with a mocking smile which
+disappeared gradually from her lips. She became attentive, then
+more serious and pensive. The woman's voice, the sentiment of the
+verses and the song itself impressed her. That dry and burning heart
+was perhaps softened. She understood the song well: "Sadness, cold,
+and dampness, wrapped in the mantle of Night descend from the sky,"
+as the folk song puts it. It seemed that they were also descending
+upon her heart. "The withered flower which during the day has paraded
+its dress, desirous of applause and full of vanity, at nightfall
+repenting, makes an effort to raise its faded petals to the sky, and
+begs for a little shade in which to hide itself, so as to die without
+the mockery of the light which saw it in its pomp, to die without
+the vanity of its pride being seen, and begging for a drop of dew,
+to weep over it. The night bird, leaving its solitary retreat in the
+hollow of the old tree, disturbs the melancholy of the forests...."
+
+"No, no! Do not sing!" exclaimed the alfereza in perfect Tagalog
+and raising to her feet somewhat agitated. "Don't sing! Those verses
+hurt me!"
+
+The demented woman stopped. The orderly muttered "Bah!" and exclaimed
+"She knows how to patá Tagalog!" and stood looking at the señora full
+of surprise.
+
+The Muse understood that she had been caught, and was ashamed. As
+her nature was not that of a woman, her shame took the form of rage
+and hatred. She pointed out the door to the impudent orderly and with
+a kick closed it behind him. She took several turns about the room,
+twisting a whip between her nervous hands, and then, stopping suddenly
+in front of the demented woman, said in Spanish: "Dance!"
+
+The demented one did not move.
+
+"Dance! Dance!" she repeated in a threatening voice.
+
+The poor woman looked at the Señora, her eyes devoid of expression. The
+alfereza raised one arm and then the other, shaking them in a
+menacing way.
+
+She then leaped up in the air, and jumped around urging the other woman
+to imitate her. The band in the procession could be heard playing
+a slow, majestic march, but the Señora, leaping about furiously
+was keeping time to different music than that the band was playing,
+that music which resounded within her. A curious look appeared in the
+madwoman's eyes, and a weak smile moved her pale lips. She liked the
+Señora's dancing.
+
+The alfereza stopped dancing as if ashamed. She raised the whip,
+that terrible whip made in Ulango and improved by the alferez by
+winding wire around it, that same terrible whip which the ladrones
+and soldiers knew so well.
+
+"Now it is your turn to dance ... dance!"
+
+And she began to whip lightly the demented woman's bare feet.
+
+The pale face contracted with pain, and she was obliged to defend
+herself from the blows by her hands.
+
+"Come! Go ahead!" she exclaimed with savage delight, and she passed
+from lento to allegro-vivace in the use of her whip.
+
+The unhappy woman screamed and quickly raised her feet.
+
+"You have got to dance, you d----d Indian!" exclaimed the Señora and
+the whip whizzed and whistled.
+
+The woman let herself sink to the floor and tried to cover her
+legs with her hands, at the same time looking with wild eyes at her
+tormentor. Two heavy lashes on her back made her rise again. Now it was
+no longer a scream; it was a howl which escaped from the unfortunate
+woman. The thin shirt was torn, the skin broke open and the blood
+oozed out.
+
+The sight of blood excites a tiger; so, too, the sight of the blood
+of her victim infuriated Doña Consolacion.
+
+"Dance! dance! Curse you! D----n you! Dance! Cursed be the mother
+who bore you!" she cried. "Dance, or I'll kill you by whipping you
+to death!"
+
+Then the alfereza, taking the woman with one hand and whipping her
+with another, began to jump and dance.
+
+The insane woman understood her at last and went on moving her arms
+regardless of time or tune. A smile of satisfaction contracted the
+lips of the teacher. It was like the smile of a female Mephistopheles
+who had succeeded in developing a good pupil; it was full of hatred,
+contempt, mockery and cruelty; a coarse laugh could not have expressed
+more.
+
+Absorbed in the enjoyment which the spectacle afforded her, she did
+not hear her husband coming, until he opened the door with a kick.
+
+The alferez appeared, pale and gloomy. He saw what was going on there
+and looked daggers at his wife. She did not move from her tracks and
+stood smiling in a cynical way.
+
+In the gentlest manner possible, he put his hand on the shoulder of
+the dancing woman and made her stop. The demented woman sighed and
+slowly sat down on the blood-covered floor.
+
+The silence continued. The alferez was breathing heavily. His wife
+was observing him with her questioning eyes. She seized the whip
+and in a calm and measured tone asked him: "What's the matter with
+you? You have not said 'good evening' to me."
+
+The alferez, without replying, called the orderly.
+
+"Take this woman," he said, "and have Marta give her another shirt
+and take care of her. Find her good food, and a good bed.... Let him
+look out who treats her badly!"
+
+After carefully closing the door, he turned the key in the lock and
+approached his señora.
+
+"You want me to smash you?" he said, clenching his fists.
+
+"What's the matter with you?" asked she, retreating a step or two.
+
+"What's the matter with me?" he shouted, in a thundering voice, and,
+giving vent to an oath, showed her a paper covered with scribbling. He
+continued:
+
+"Didn't you write this letter to the Alcalde, saying that I am paid
+for permitting the gambling, d----n you? I don't know how I can keep
+from smashing you."
+
+"Go ahead! Try it if you dare!" said she, with a mocking smile. "He
+who smashes me has got to be more of a man than you!"
+
+He heard the insult, but he saw the whip. He seized one of the plates
+which were on the table and threw it at her head. The woman, accustomed
+to these fights, ducked quickly and the plate was shivered to pieces
+against the wall. A glass, a cup, and a knife shared the same fortune.
+
+"Coward!" she cried. "You dare not come near me!"
+
+And then she spat at him to exasperate him more. The man, blind and
+howling with rage, threw himself on her, but she, with wonderful
+rapidity, struck him a few blows across the face with the whip, and
+quickly escaped. Closing the door of her room with a slam, she locked
+herself in. Roaring with rage and pain the alferez followed her, but,
+coming up against the door, he could do nothing but belch forth a
+string of blasphemies.
+
+"Cursed be your ancestors, you swine! Open, d----n you! Open that door
+or I'll break your skull!" he howled, pounding and kicking the panels.
+
+Doña Consolacion did not reply. A moving of chairs and trunks could
+be heard, as though some one was trying to raise a barricade of
+household furniture. The house fairly shook with the oaths and kicks
+of the husband.
+
+"Don't you come in! Don't you come in!" she said, in a bitter
+voice. "If you show yourself, I'll shoot you!"
+
+The husband calmed down, little by little, and contented himself with
+pacing from one end of the sala to the other like a wild animal in
+its cage.
+
+"Go and cool your head!" continued the woman in mockery. She seemed
+to have concluded her preparations for defense.
+
+"I swear that when I catch you, no one--not even God--will see you
+again! I'll smash you so fine."
+
+"Yes! Now you can say what you wish. You would not let me go to
+mass. You would not let me fulfill my duty to God!" she said with
+such sarcasm as she alone knew how to use.
+
+The alferez took his helmet, straightened out his clothes, and walked
+away several paces. But, at the end of several minutes, he returned
+without making the slightest noise, for he had taken off his boots. The
+servants, accustomed to these spectacles, paid no attention to them,
+but the novelty of this move with the boots attracted their notice
+and they gave each other the wink.
+
+The alferez sat down on a chair next to the door and had the patience
+to wait more than half an hour.
+
+"Have you really gone out or are you there, you he-goat?" asked a
+voice from time to time, changing the epithets but raising the tone.
+
+Finally, she commenced to take away the furniture from her
+barricade. He heard the noise and smiled.
+
+"Orderly! Has the señor gone out?" cried Doña Consolacion.
+
+The orderly at a signal from the alferez, replied: "Yes, señora,
+he has gone out!"
+
+He could hear her laugh triumphantly. She drew back the bolt. The
+husband arose to his feet slowly; the door was opened.
+
+A cry, the noise of a body falling, oaths, howling, swearing, blows,
+hoarse voices. Who can describe what took place in the darkness of
+the bedroom?
+
+The orderly, going out to the kitchen, made a very expressive gesture
+to the cook.
+
+"And now you'll catch it!" said the latter.
+
+"I? No, sir. The town will, not I. She asked me if he had gone out,
+not if he had returned."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+MIGHT AND RIGHT.
+
+
+It was about ten o'clock at night. The last rockets lazily soared
+into the dark sky, where paper balloons shone like new stars. Some of
+the fireworks had set fire to houses and were threatening them with
+destruction; for this reason men could be seen on the ridges of the
+roofs carrying buckets of water and long bamboo poles with cloths tied
+on the ends. Their dark shadows seemed descended from ethereal space
+to be present at the rejoicings of human beings. An enormous number of
+wheels had been burned, also castles, bulls, caraboas and other pieces
+of fireworks, and finally a great volcano, which surpassed in beauty
+and grandeur anything that the inhabitants of San Diego had ever seen.
+
+Now the people turned in one great crowd toward the plaza to attend
+the last theatrical performance. Here and there could be seen the
+colored Bengal lights, fantastically illuminating groups of merry
+people. The small boys were making use of their torches to search
+for unexploded firecrackers in the grass, or, in fact, for anything
+else that might be of use to them. But the music was the signal and
+all abandoned the lawn for the theatre.
+
+The large platform was splendidly illuminated. Thousands of lights
+surrounded the pillars and hung from the roof, while a number, in
+pyramid-shaped groups, were arranged on the floor of the stage. An
+employee attended to these and whenever he would come forward to
+regulate them, the public would whistle at him and shout: "There he
+is! There he is now!"
+
+In front of the stage, the orchestra tuned its instruments, and
+behind the musicians sat the principal people of the town. Spaniards
+and rich visitors were occupying the reserved chairs. The public,
+the mass of people without titles or rank, filled the rest of the
+plaza. Some carried with them benches, not so much for seats as
+to remedy their lack of stature. When they stood upon them, rude
+protests were made on the part of those without benches or things to
+stand on. Then they would get down immediately, but soon mount up on
+their pedestals again as if nothing had happened.
+
+Comings and goings, cries, exclamations, laughter, squibs that had
+been slow in going off, and firecrackers increased the tumult. Here,
+a foot broke through a bench, and some one fell to the floor, while
+the crowd laughed and made a show of him who had come so far to see
+a show. There, they fought and disputed over positions, and, a little
+farther on, the noise of breaking bottles and glasses could be heard:
+it was Andeng. She was carrying drinks and refreshments on a tray
+which she was balancing with both hands, but she had met her lover
+and he tried to take advantage of her helplessness by tickling....
+
+The teniente mayor presided at the production since the gobernadorcillo
+was fonder of monte.
+
+Maria Clara and her friends had arrived, and Don Filipo received
+them, and accompanied them to their seats. Behind came the curate
+with another Franciscan and some Spaniards. With the curate were some
+other people who make it their business to escort the friars.
+
+"May God reward them in another life," said the old man, referring
+to them as he walked away from Maria Clara's party.
+
+The performance began with Chananay and Marianito in Crispinoé la
+Comare. Everybody had eyes and ears intent upon the stage, except
+one, Father Salví. He seemed to have come to the theatre for no other
+purpose than to watch Maria Clara, whose sadness gave to her beauty
+an air so ideal and interesting that everybody looked upon her with
+rapture. But the Franciscan's eyes, deeply hidden in their hollow
+orbits, spoke no words of rapture. In that sombre look one could read
+something desperately sad. With such eyes Cain might have contemplated
+from afar the Paradise whose delights his mother had pictured to him.
+
+The act was just ending when Ibarra arrived. His presence occasioned
+a buzz of conversation. The attention of everybody was fixed on him
+and on the curate.
+
+But the young man did not seem to be aware of it, for he greeted
+Maria Clara and her friends with naturalness and sat down at their
+side. The only one who spoke was Sinang.
+
+"Did you see the volcano when they touched it off?" she asked.
+
+"No, my little friend. I had to accompany the Governor General."
+
+"Well, that is too bad! The curate came with us and he was telling
+us stories about condemned people. What do you think? Doesn't he do
+it to make us afraid so that we cannot enjoy ourselves? How does it
+appear to you?"
+
+The curate arose and approached Don Filipo, with whom he seemed to
+be having a lively discussion. He was speaking with animation and
+Don Filipo replying with moderation and in a low voice.
+
+"I am sorry that I cannot please Your Reverence," said the
+latter. "Señor Ibarra is one of the heaviest tax-payers and has a
+right to sit here as long as he does not disturb the public order."
+
+"But is not scandalizing good Christians disturbing the public
+order? You let a wolf into the flock. You will be held responsible
+for this before God and before the authorities of the town."
+
+"I always hold myself responsible for acts which emanate from my own
+will, Father," replied Don Filipo, slightly inclining his head. "But
+my little authority does not give me power to meddle in religious
+affairs. Those who wish to avoid contact with him do not have to
+speak to him. Señor Ibarra does not force himself on any one."
+
+"But he affords danger. He who loves danger perishes in it."
+
+"I don't see any danger, Father. The Alcalde and the Governor General,
+my superiors, have been talking with him all the afternoon, and it
+is not for me to give them a lesson."
+
+"If you don't put him out of here, we will leave."
+
+"I am very, very sorry, but I cannot put any one out of here."
+
+The curate repented having said what he did, but now there was no
+alternative. He made a signal to his companion, who laboriously rose
+to his feet and both went out. The persons attached to the friars
+imitated the priests, not, however, without first glancing with hatred
+at Ibarra.
+
+Murmurs and whispers increased. Then various persons approached and
+saluted the young man and said:
+
+"We are with you. Take no notice of them."
+
+"Who are 'them'?" he asked with surprise.
+
+"Those who have gone out in order to avoid contact with you."
+
+"To avoid contact with me? Contact with me?"
+
+"Yes, they say that you are excommunicated."
+
+Ibarra, surprised, did not know what to say and looked around him. He
+saw Maria Clara, who was hiding her face behind her fan.
+
+"But is it possible?" he exclaimed at last. "Are we still in the
+darkness of the Middle Ages? So that----"
+
+And turning to the young women and changing his tone, he said:
+
+"Excuse me; I have forgotten an appointment. I will return to accompany
+you home."
+
+"Stay!" said Sinang. "Yeyeng is going to dance in the 'La
+Calandria.' She dances divinely."
+
+"I cannot, my little friend, but I will certainly return."
+
+The murmurs increased.
+
+While Yeyeng, dressed in the style of the lower class of Madrid, was
+coming on the stage with the remark: "Da Usté su permiso?" (Do you
+give your permission?) and as Carvajal was replying to her "Pase usté
+adelante" (Pass forward), two soldiers of the Civil Guard approached
+Don Filipo, asking him to suspend the performance.
+
+"And what for?" asked he, surprised at the request.
+
+"Because the alferez and his Señora have been fighting and they
+cannot sleep."
+
+"You tell the alferez that we have permission from the Alcalde,
+and that no one in the town has any authority over him, not even the
+gobernadorcillo, who is my on-ly su-per-ior."
+
+"Well, you will have to suspend the performance," repeated the
+soldiers.
+
+Don Filipo turned his back to them. The guards marched off.
+
+In order not to disturb the general tranquillity, Don Filipo said
+not a word about the matter to any one.
+
+After a piece of light opera, which was heartily applauded, the Prince
+Villardo presented himself on the stage, and challenged all the Moros,
+who had imprisoned his father, to a fight. The hero threatened to
+cut off all their heads at a single blow and to send them all to
+the moon. Fortunately for the Moros, who were making ready to fight
+to the tune of the "Riego Hymn," [15] a tumult intervened. All of a
+sudden, the orchestra stopped playing and the musicians made a rush
+for the stage, throwing their instruments in all directions. The
+brave Villardo was not expecting such a move, and, taking them
+for allies of the Moros he also threw down his sword and shield and
+began to run. The Moros, seeing this terrible giant fleeing, found it
+convenient to imitate him. Cries, sighs, imprecations and blasphemies
+filled the air. The people ran, trampled over each other, the lights
+were put out, and the glass lamps with their cocoanut oil and little
+wicks were flying through the air. "Tulisanes! Tulisanes!" cried
+some. "Fire! Fire! Ladrones!" cried others. Women and children wept,
+chairs and spectators were rolled over on the floor in the midst of
+the confusion, rush and tumult.
+
+"What has happened?"
+
+Two Civil Guards with sticks in hand had gone after the musicians
+in order to put an end to the spectacle. The teniente mayor, with
+the cuaderilleros, [16] armed with their old sabers, had managed to
+arrest the two Civil Guards in spite of their resistance.
+
+"Take them to the tribunal!" shouted Don Filipo. "Be careful not to
+let them get away!"
+
+Ibarra had returned and had sought out Maria Clara. The terrified
+young maidens, trembling and pale, were clinging closely to him. Aunt
+Isabel was reciting the litanies in Latin.
+
+The crowd having recovered a little from the fright and some one
+having explained what had caused the rush and tumult, indignation
+arose in everyone's breast. Stones rained upon the Civil Guards who
+were being conducted to the tribunal by the cuaderilleros. Some one
+proposed that they burn the barracks of the Civil Guards and that
+they roast Doña Consolacion and the alferez alive.
+
+"That is all that they are good for," cried a woman, rolling up her
+sleeves and stretching out her arms. "They can disturb the people
+but they persecute none but honorable men. They do nothing with the
+tulisanes and the gamblers. Look at them! Let us burn the cuartel."
+
+Somebody had been wounded in the arm and was asking for confession. A
+plaintive voice was heard coming from under an upset bench. It was
+a poor musician. The stage was filled with the players and people
+of the town and they were all talking at the same time. There
+was Chananay, dressed in the costume of Leonor in the "Trovador,"
+talking in corrupted Spanish with Ratia, who was in a school teacher's
+costume. There too, was Yeyeng, dressed in a silk wrapper, talking
+with the Prince Villardo. There too, Balbino and the Moros, trying
+to console the musicians who were more or less sorry sights. Some
+Spaniards were walking from one place to another, arguing with every
+one they met.
+
+But a nucleus for a mob already formed. Don Filipo knew what was
+their intention and tried to stop them.
+
+"Do not break the peace!" he shouted. "To-morrow we will demand
+satisfaction: we will have justice. I will take the responsibility
+for our getting justice."
+
+"No!" some replied. "They did the same thing in Calamba. The same
+thing was promised, but the Alcalde did nothing. We want justice done
+by our own hands. To the cuartel!"
+
+In vain the teniente mayor argued with them. The group that had
+gathered showed no signs of changing its attitude or purpose. Don
+Filipo looked about him, in search of help. He saw Ibarra.
+
+"Señor Ibarra, for my sake, as a favor, hold them while I seek some
+cuaderilleros."
+
+"What can I do?" asked the young man, perplexed. But the teniente
+mayor was already in the distance.
+
+Ibarra in turn looked about him, for he knew not whom. Fortunately, he
+thought he discerned Elias, in the crowd, but not taking an active part
+in it. Ibarra ran up to him, seized his arm and said to him in Spanish:
+
+"For heaven's sake! Do something, if you can! I cannot do anything."
+
+The pilot must have understood, for he lost himself in the mob.
+
+Lively discussions were heard mingled with strong interjections. Soon
+the mob began to disperse, each one of the participants becoming less
+hostile. And it was time for them to do so, for the cuaderilleros
+were coming to the scene with fixed bayonets.
+
+In the meantime, what was the curate doing?
+
+Father Salví had not gone to bed. Standing on foot, immovable and
+leaning his face against the shutter, he was looking toward the plaza
+and, from time to time, a suppressed sigh escaped his breast. If the
+light of his lamp had not been so dim, perhaps one might have seen that
+his eyes were filling with tears. Thus he stood for almost an hour.
+
+The tumult in the plaza roused him from this state. Full of surprise,
+he followed with his eyes the people as they rushed to and fro in
+confusion. Their voices and cries he could vaguely hear even at that
+distance. One of the servants came running in breathlessly and informed
+him what was going on.
+
+A thought entered his mind. Amid confusion and tumult libertines
+take advantage of the fright and the weakness of woman. All flee to
+save themselves; nobody thinks of anyone else; the women faint and
+their cries are not heard; they fall; are trampled over; fear and
+fright overcome modesty, and under cover of darkness.... He fancied
+he could see Ibarra carrying Maria Clara fainting in his arms, and
+then disappearing in the darkness.
+
+With leaps and bounds, he went down the stairs without hat, or cane,
+and, almost like a crazy person, turned toward the plaza.
+
+There he found some Spaniards reproving the soldiers. He looked
+toward the seats which Maria Clara and her friends had been occupying,
+and saw that they were vacant.
+
+"Father curate! Father curate!" shouted the Spaniards to him, but he
+took no notice and ran on in the direction of the house of Captain
+Tiago. There he recovered his breath. He saw through the transparent
+shade, a shadow--that adorable shadow, so graceful and delicate in
+its contour--that of Maria Clara. He could also see another shadow,
+that of her aunt carrying cups and glasses.
+
+"Well!" he muttered to himself. "It seems that she has only fallen
+ill."
+
+Aunt Isabel afterward closed the shell windows and the graceful shadow
+could no longer be seen.
+
+The curate walked away from there without seeing the crowd. He was
+looking at the bust of a beautiful maiden which he had before his
+eyes, a maiden sleeping and breathing sweetly. Her eyelids were shaded
+by long lashes, which formed graceful curves like those on Rafael's
+virgins. Her small mouth was smiling, and her whole countenance seemed
+to breathe virginity, purity and innocence. That sweet face of hers
+on the background of the white draperies of the bed was a vision like
+the head of a cherubim among the clouds. His impassioned imagination
+went on and pictured to him.... Who can describe all that a burning
+brain can conceive?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+TWO VISITORS.
+
+
+Ibarra found his mind in such a state that it was impossible for
+him to sleep. So, in order to divert himself and to drive away the
+gloomy idea which distracted his mind, he began work in his solitary
+laboratory. Morning came upon him, still at work making mixtures and
+compounds to the action of which he submitted pieces of cane and other
+substances, and afterward enclosed them in numbered and sealed flasks.
+
+A servant entered, announcing the arrival of a peasant.
+
+"Let him enter!" said he, without even turning to look.
+
+Elias entered and remained standing in silence.
+
+"Ah! is it you?" Ibarra exclaimed in Tagalog on recognizing
+him. "Excuse me if I have kept you waiting. I was not aware of your
+presence. I was making an important experiment."
+
+"I do not wish to disturb you!" replied the young pilot. "I have come
+in the first place, to ask you if you want anything from the province
+of Batangas, whither I am going now; and, in the second place, to
+give you some bad news."
+
+Ibarra looked inquiringly at the pilot.
+
+"The daughter of Captain Tiago is ill," added Elias quietly, "but
+the illness is not serious."
+
+"I had already feared it," responded Ibarra. "Do you know what the
+illness is?"
+
+"A fever. Now, if you have nothing to order----"
+
+"Thanks, my friend. I wish you a good journey, but before you go,
+permit me to ask you a question. If it is indiscreet, do not answer
+me."
+
+Elias bowed.
+
+"How were you able to quiet the mob last night?" asked Ibarra, fixing
+his eyes on him.
+
+"In a very simple way," replied Elias, with entire frankness. "At the
+head of it were two brothers whose father died from the effects of a
+whipping at the hands of the Civil Guard. One day I had the fortune
+to save them from the same hands into which their father fell, and
+for this both are under obligations to me. Last night I went to them,
+and requested them to dissuade the others from their purpose."
+
+"And those two brothers whose father died by being whipped to death?"
+
+"They will end their lives in the same way," replied Elias in a low
+voice. "When adversity has marked itself once on a family, all the
+members have to perish. When the lightning strikes a tree, it reduces
+it all to ashes."
+
+And Elias, seeing that Ibarra was silent, took his leave.
+
+The latter on finding himself alone, lost the serenity of countenance
+which he had preserved in the presence of the pilot, and grief
+manifested itself in his face.
+
+"I--I have made her suffer," he muttered.
+
+He quickly dressed himself and descended the stairs.
+
+A little man, dressed in mourning, with a large scar on his left cheek,
+meekly saluted him, stopping him on his way.
+
+"What do you wish?" Ibarra asked him.
+
+"Señor, my name is Lucas. I am the brother of the man who was killed
+yesterday during the ceremony when the stone was being laid."
+
+"Ah! You have my sympathy--and, well?"
+
+"Señor, I wish to know how much you are going to pay my brother's
+family."
+
+"How much I am going to pay?" repeated the young man without being
+able to conceal a bored expression. "We will talk that over. Come
+back this afternoon, for I am busy to-day."
+
+"Only tell me how much you are going to pay," insisted Lucas.
+
+"I have told you that we would talk about that some other time. I'm
+too busy to-day," said Ibarra, impatiently.
+
+"You haven't time now, señor?" asked Lucas with bitterness and putting
+himself in front of the young man. "You do not have time to occupy
+yourself about the dead?"
+
+"Come this afternoon, my good fellow!" repeated Ibarra, restraining
+himself. "To-day I have to go and see a sick person."
+
+"Ah! and you forget the dead for a sick person? Do you think that
+because we are poor----"
+
+Ibarra looked at him and cut off what he was saying.
+
+"Don't try my patience!" said he, and went on his way. Lucas stood
+looking at him, with a smile on his face, full of hatred.
+
+"You do not know that you are a grandson of the man who exposed my
+father to the sun!" he muttered between his teeth. "You have the very
+same blood in your veins!"
+
+And, changing his tone he added:
+
+"But if you pay well, we are friends."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+EPISODE IN ESPADAÑA'S LIFE.
+
+
+The festival was over. The citizens found, just as every year, that
+their treasury was poorer, that they had worked, perspired, and stayed
+up nights without enjoying themselves, without acquiring new friends,
+and in a word, had paid dearly for the noise and their headaches. But
+it did not matter. The next year they would do the same thing, and
+the same for the coming century, just as had always been the custom
+to the present time.
+
+Enough sadness reigned in Captain Tiago's house. All the windows were
+closed; the people scarcely made a noise, and no one dared to speak
+except in the kitchen. Maria Clara, the soul of the house, lay sick
+in her bed.
+
+"What do you think, Isabel? Shall I make a donation to the cross of
+Tunasan or to the cross of Matahong?" asked the solicitous father
+in a low voice. "The cross of Tunasan grows, but that of Matahong
+sweats. Which do you think is the most miraculous?"
+
+Isabel thought for a moment, moved her head and murmured: "To grow--to
+grow is more miraculous than to sweat. We all sweat, but we do not
+all grow."
+
+"That is true, yes, Isabel, but bear in mind that for wood to sweat
+when it is made into the leg of a chair is no small miracle. Well,
+the best thing to do is to give alms to both crosses, so that neither
+will feel resentful, and Maria Clara will recover more quickly. Are
+the rooms in good order? You know that a new señor comes with the
+doctors, a relative of Father Dámaso by marriage. It is necessary
+that nothing be lacking."
+
+The two cousins, Sinang and Victoria, were at the other end of the
+dining-room. They had come to keep company with the sick Maria. Andeng
+was helping them clean up a tea service in order to serve tea.
+
+"Do you know Doctor Espadaña?" asked Maria Clara's foster sister,
+directing her question to Victoria.
+
+"No!" replied the latter. "The only thing that I know about him is
+that he charges very dearly, according to Captain Tiago."
+
+"Then he ought to be very good," said Andeng. "The one who performed
+the operation on the stomach of Doña Marta charged a big price,
+but he was very wise."
+
+"You goose!" exclaimed Sinang. "Not all who charge high prices are
+wise. Look at Doctor Guevara. He did not know how to aid a woman in
+childbirth, but after cutting off the child's head, he collected one
+hundred pesos from the widower. What he did know was how to charge."
+
+"What do you know about it?" her cousin asked, giving her a jab with
+her elbow.
+
+"Why shouldn't I know about it? The husband, who is a wood-sawyer,
+after losing his wife, had to lose his house also, for the Alcalde was
+a friend of the doctor's and made him pay. Why shouldn't I know? My
+father loaned him money so that he could make a trip to Santa Cruz."
+
+A coach stopped before the house and cut off all the conversation.
+
+Captain Tiago, followed by Aunt Isabel, ran downstairs to receive
+the new arrivals. They were the doctor, Don Tiburcio de Espadaña, his
+wife, Doctora Doña Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadaña; and a young
+Spaniard. The latter had a sympathetic face and a pleasing appearance.
+
+The doctora wore a silk gown, embroidered with flowers, and on her
+hat, a large parrot half crushed among trimmings of red and blue
+ribbons. The dust of the road had mingled with the rice powder on
+her cheeks, strongly accentuating her wrinkles. She was leaning on
+the arm of her lame husband.
+
+"I have the pleasure to present to you our cousin, Don Alfonso Linares
+de Espadaña," said Doña Victorina, pointing toward the young man. "The
+gentleman is a god-son of a relative of Father Dámaso, and is private
+secretary to all the ministers."
+
+The young man bowed gracefully. Captain Tiago almost kissed his hand.
+
+Doña Victorina was a woman of about forty-five summers, which,
+according to her arithmetical calculations, was equivalent to
+thirty-two springs. She had been pretty in her youth, but, raging over
+her own beauty, she had looked with disdain on many Filipino adorers,
+for her aspirations were for the other race. She had not cared to
+entrust her little white hand to anybody, but this not on account
+of lack of confidence on her part, for she had entrusted rings and
+jewels of inestimable value to various foreign adventurers.
+
+Six months before the time of the happenings of which we are writing,
+she saw her beautiful dream realized, that dream of her whole life,
+on account of which she had disdained all manner of flattery and even
+the promises of love, which had been cooed into her ears, or sung
+in serenades by Captain Tiago. Late, it is true, she had realized
+her dream; but she knew well the proverb--"Better late than never,"
+and consoled herself by repeating it again and again. "There is no
+complete happiness on this earth," was her other favorite proverb, but
+neither of these ever passed her lips in the presence of other people.
+
+Doña Victorina, after passing her first, second, third and fourth youth
+in fishing in the sea of men for the object of her dreams, had at last
+to content herself with what fortune cared to give her. The poor little
+woman, if she, instead of having passed thirty-two springs, had not
+passed more than thirty-one--the difference according to her arithmetic
+was very great--would have thrown back the prize which Destiny offered
+her, and preferred to wait for another more in conformity with her
+tastes. But, as the man proposed and necessity disposed it so, for she
+needed a husband very badly, she was compelled to content herself with
+a poor man, who had been driven by necessity to leave the Province
+of Estremadura in Spain. He, after wandering about the world for six
+or seven months, a modern Ulysses, found at last in the island of
+Luzon, hospitality, money, and a faded Calypso, his better half--but
+alas! a bitter half. He was known as the unhappy Tiburcio Espadaña,
+and, although he was thirty-five years old and seemed even older,
+he was, however, younger than Doña Victorina, who was only thirty-two.
+
+He had come to the Philippines in the capacity of clerk in the
+custom house, but after all the sea-sickness of the voyage and
+after fracturing a leg on the way, he had the bad luck to receive
+his discharge fifteen days after his arrival. He was left without a
+single cuarto.
+
+Distrusting the sea, he did not wish to return to Spain without having
+made a fortune. So he decided to devote himself to something. Spanish
+pride did not permit him to do any manual labor. The poor man would
+have worked with pleasure to have earned an honorable living, but the
+prestige of the Spaniard did not permit this, nor did that prestige
+provide him with the necessities of life.
+
+At first he lived at the expense of some of his countrymen, but,
+as Tiburcio had some self-respect, the bread was sour to him, and
+instead of getting fat he grew thin. As he had neither knowledge of
+any science, money nor recommendations, his countrymen, in order to
+get rid of him, advised him to go to some of the provinces and pass
+himself off as a Doctor of Medicine. At first, he did not like the
+idea, and opposed the plan, for although he had been a servant in the
+San Carlos Hospital, he had not learned anything about the science of
+healing, his duty having been to dust off the benches and light the
+fires, and, even in this work, he had served only a short time. But
+as necessity was pressing him hard, and as his friends pointed out the
+vanity of his scruples, he took their advice, went into the provinces
+and began to visit the sick, charging as much for his services as
+his conscience permitted. Later on he began to charge dearly and
+to put a high price on his visits. On this account, he was at once
+taken to be a great doctor and would probably have made his fortune,
+had not the attention of the Protective Medical Society of Manila,
+been called to his exorbitant charges and to his harmful competition.
+
+Private citizens and professors interceded in his behalf. "Man!" said
+the zealous Doctor C. in speaking of him. "Let him make his little
+money. Let him make his little six or seven thousand pesos. He will be
+able to return to his native land then and live in peace. What does
+it matter to you? Let him deceive the unwary natives. Then they may
+become smarter. He is a poor, unhappy fellow. Do not take the bread
+from his mouth. Be a good Spaniard!"
+
+Doctor C. was a good Spaniard and he winked at the matter. But when the
+facts reached the ears of the people, they began to lose confidence in
+him, and little by little Don Tiburcio Espadaña lost his clientage,
+and found himself almost obliged to beg for bread day by day. Then
+it was that he learned from a friend of his, who was also a friend
+of Doña Victorina about the position of that woman, and about her
+patriotism and good heart. Don Tiburcio saw in her a bit of blue sky
+and asked to be presented.
+
+Doña Victorina and Don Tiburcio met. Tarde venientibus ossa, he would
+have exclaimed if he had known Latin. She was no longer passable,
+she was past. Her abundant hair had been reduced to a wad about the
+size of an onion top, as the servants were wont to describe it. Her
+face was full of wrinkles and her teeth had begun to loosen. Her eyes
+had also suffered, and considerably, too. She had to squint frequently
+when she cared to look off at a certain distance. Her character was
+the only thing that had remained unchanged.
+
+At the end of half an hour's conversation, they came to an
+understanding and accepted each other. She would have preferred
+a Spaniard less lame, less of a stammerer, less bald, one with
+more teeth, one of more rank and social standing, or categoría,
+as she called it. But this class of Spaniards never came to ask her
+hand. She had heard, too, more than once that "opportunity is bald,"
+and she honestly believed that Don Tiburcio was that very opportunity,
+for on account of his dark days he had prematurely lost his hair. What
+woman is not prudent at thirty-two?
+
+Don Tiburcio, for his part, felt a vague melancholy when he thought
+of his honeymoon. He smiled with resignation especially when he
+called the phantom of hunger to his aid. He had never had ambition
+or pretensions. His tastes were simple, his thoughts limited;
+but his heart, untouched till then, had dreamed of a very different
+divinity. In his youth when, tired by his day's labor, after a frugal
+meal, he lay down on a poor bed, he dreamed of a smiling, affectionate
+image. Afterward, when his sorrows and privations increased, the
+years passed and his poetical dreams were not fulfilled, he thought
+merely of a good woman, a willing hand, a worker, who might afford
+him a small dowry, console him when tired from labor, and quarrel
+with him from time to time. Yes, he was thinking of the quarrels as
+a happiness! But when, obliged to wander from country to country,
+in search no longer of a fortune, but of some commodity to sustain
+his life for the remainder of his days; when, deluded by the accounts
+of his countrymen who came from beyond the seas, he embarked for the
+Philippines--then the vision of a housekeeper gave way to an image
+of an arrogant mestiza, a beautiful native with large black eyes,
+draped in silks and transparent garments, loaded with diamonds and
+gold, offering him her love and her carriages.
+
+He arrived in the Philippines and believed that he was about to
+realize his dream, for the young women who, in silver-plated carriages,
+frequented the Luneta and the Malecon, Manila's popular and fashionable
+drives, looked at him with a certain curiosity. Later, when this
+curiosity on their part had ceased, the mestiza disappeared from his
+dreams, and with great labor he formed in his mind a picture of a
+widow, but an agreeable widow. So it was that when he saw only part
+of his dream taking on real form, he became sad. But he was somewhat
+of a philosopher and said to himself: "That was a dream, but in the
+world one does not live in dreams." Thus he settled all his doubts;
+she wasted a lot of rice powder on her cheeks. Pshaw! When they were
+once married he would make her stop that easily enough; she had many
+wrinkles in her face, but his coat had more bare spots and patches;
+she was old, pretentious, and imperious, but hunger was more imperious,
+and still more pretentious; and then, too, he had a sweet disposition,
+and, who could tell?--love modifies character; she spoke Spanish very
+badly, but he himself did not speak it well; at least, the head of
+the Customs department had so notified him in his discharge from his
+position, and besides, what did it matter? What if she was old and
+ridiculous? He was lame, toothless and bald. When some friend jested
+with him, he would respond: "Give me bread and call me a fool."
+
+Don Tiburcio was what is vulgarly called a man who would not harm a
+fly. He was modest and incapable of conceiving an evil thought. He
+would have made a good missionary had he lived in olden times. His
+stay in the country had not given him that conviction of his
+own superiority, of his own worth, and of his high importance,
+which the larger part of his countrymen acquire in a few weeks
+in the Philippines. His heart had never been able to conceive
+hatred for anybody or anything. He had not yet been able to find a
+revolutionist. He only looked upon the people as unhappy beings whom
+it was fitting for him to deprive of a little of their wealth in order
+to prevent himself becoming even more unhappy than they. When they
+tried to make a case against him for passing as a doctor without a
+proper license, he did not resent it, he did not complain. He saw the
+justice of the case, and only replied: "But it is necessary to live!"
+
+So they were married and went to Santa Aña to pass their honeymoon. But
+on the night of the wedding Doña Victorina had a bad attack of
+indigestion. Don Tiburcio gave thanks to God and showed solicitude
+and care. On the second night, however, he conducted himself like an
+honorable man, but on the day following, when he looked in the mirror
+at his bare gums, he smiled with melancholy: he had grown ten years
+older at least.
+
+Doña Victorina, charmed with her husband, had a good set of front
+teeth made for him, and had the best tailors in the city dress and
+equip him. She ordered carriages and calesas, sent to Batangas and
+Albay provinces for the finest spans of horses, and even obliged him
+to make two entries in the coming horse races.
+
+In the meantime, while she was transforming her husband, she did not
+forget her own person. She laid aside the silk saya or Filipino skirt
+and piña cloth bodice, for a dress of European style. She substituted
+false curls in front for the simple hair dress of the Filipinos. Her
+dresses, which fitted her "divinely bad," disturbed the peace and
+tranquillity of the entire neighborhood.
+
+The husband never went out of the house afoot--she did not want people
+to see that he was lame. He always took her for drives through the
+places most deserted, much to her pain, for she wanted to display
+her husband on the drives most frequented by the public. But out of
+respect for their honeymoon, she kept silent.
+
+The last quarter of the honeymoon had just begun when he wanted to
+stop her from using rice powder on her cheeks, saying to her that it
+was false and not natural. Doña Victorina frowned and looked squarely
+at his front set of teeth. He at once became silent, and she learned
+his weakness.
+
+She soon got the idea that she was to become a mother and made the
+following announcement to all her friends: "Next month, we, I and
+de Espadaña are going to the Peñinsula. [17] I don't want to have my
+son born here and have them call him a revolutionist."
+
+She added a de to her husband's name. The de did not cost anything
+and gave categoría to the name. When she signed herself, she wrote
+Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadaña. That de de Espadaña was her
+mania. Neither the lithographer who printed her cards, nor her husband,
+could get the idea out of her head.
+
+"If I do not put more than one de in the name people will think that
+I haven't it, fool!" said she to her husband.
+
+She was talking continually about her preparations for the voyage
+to Spain. She learned by memory the names of the points where the
+steamers called, and it was a pleasure to hear her talk--"I am going
+to see the sismus of the Suez Canal. De Espadaña thinks that it is
+the most beautiful, and De Espadaña has seen the whole world."--"I
+will probably never return to this land of savages."--"I was not
+born to live here. Aden or Port Said would be more suitable for
+me. I have always thought so since I was a child." Doña Victorina,
+in her geography, divided the world into two parts, the Philippines
+and Spain. In this she differed from the lower class of people in
+Madrid for they divide it into Spain and America, or Spain and China,
+America and China being merely different names for the same country.
+
+The husband knew that some of these things were barbarisms, but he
+kept silent so that she would not mock him and twit him with his
+stammering. She feigned to be whimsical in order to increase her
+illusion that she was a mother, and she began to dress herself in
+colors, adorn herself with flowers and ribbons, and to walk through the
+Escolta in a wrapper. But oh! what an illusion! Three months passed and
+the dream vanished. By this time, having no fear that her son would
+be a revolutionist, she gave up the voyage. She consulted doctors,
+mid-wives and old women, but all in vain. To the great displeasure
+of Captain Tiago she made fun of San Pascual Bailon, as she did not
+care to run to any saint. On account of this a friend of her husband
+told her:
+
+"Believe me, Señora, you are the only espiritu fuerte (strong-minded
+person) in this country."
+
+She smiled without understanding what espiritu fuerte meant, but, at
+night, when it was time to be sleeping, she asked her husband about it.
+
+"Daughter," replied he, "the e--espir--espiritu most fu-fuerte that I
+know--know about is a--a--ammonia. My fr-fr-friend must have be-been
+us-using a figure of rhetoric."
+
+From that time on, she was always saying, whenever she could, "I am
+the only ammonia in this country, speaking rhetorically, as Señor N. de
+N. who is from the Peñinsula and who has much categoría, puts it."
+
+Whatever she said had to be done. She had come to dominate her
+husband completely. On his part, he offered no great resistance,
+and was converted into a little lap dog for her. If he incommoded
+her she would not let him go out for a drive, and when she became
+really infuriated, she would snatch out his false teeth and leave him
+a horrible-looking man for one or more days, according to the offense.
+
+It occurred to her that her husband ought to be a Doctor of Medicine
+and Surgery, and so she expressed herself to him.
+
+"Daughter! Do you want them to arrest me?" he said, frightened.
+
+"Don't be a fool. Let me arrange it!" she replied. "You are not going
+to attend any one, but I want them to call you a doctor and me a
+doctora, eh?"
+
+And on the following day Rodoreda, a prominent marble dealer in Manila,
+received an order for the following engraving on black marble: Dr. De
+Espadaña, Specialist in All Kinds of Diseases.
+
+All of the servants had to give them their new titles, and, in
+consequence of it all, she increased the number of her curls in
+front, the layer of rice powder, the ribbons and laces, and looked
+with more disdain than ever on the poor and less fortunate women
+of her country, who had less categoría than she. Each day she felt
+herself more dignified and elevated, and, following along this road,
+in less than a year she would think herself of divine origin.
+
+These sublime thoughts, however, did not prevent her from growing more
+ridiculous and older each day. Every time that Captain Tiago met her
+in the street and remembered that he had once made love to her in vain,
+he would go at once to the church and give a peso for a mass as a thank
+offering for his good luck in not marrying her. In spite of this,
+Captain Tiago highly respected her husband, on account of his title
+of "specialist in all kinds of diseases," and he listened with close
+attention to the few phrases that he managed to stutter out. In fact,
+it was on account of this title and the fact that the doctor did not
+attend everybody, that the Captain chose him to attend his daughter.
+
+As to the young man Linares, it is a different story. When she
+was making ready for her voyage to Spain, Doña Victorina thought of
+having an administrator from the Peñinsula to look after her affairs,
+for she did not trust Filipinos. Her husband remembered a nephew in
+Madrid who was studying to become a lawyer, and who was considered
+the smartest one in his family. They wrote to him, then, sending him
+in advance money for the passage, and, when the dream was dispelled,
+the young man was already on his way.
+
+These are the three persons who had just arrived.
+
+While they were eating their breakfast, Father Salví arrived, and,
+as the husband and wife had already met the friar, they presented
+him to the young Linares, with all his titles. The young man blushed.
+
+As was natural they spoke of Maria Clara. The young maiden was resting
+and sleeping. They talked over the voyage. Doña Victorina showed her
+verbosity by criticising the customs of the provinces, the nipa houses,
+the bamboo bridges, without forgetting to tell the curate about her
+friendship with the Commander of the Army, the Alcalde so and so,
+Judge so and so of the Supreme Court, and with the governor of the
+province, all persons of categoría, who had much consideration for her.
+
+"If you had come two days before, Dona Victorina," replied Captain
+Tiago during a short pause, "you would have met His Excellency,
+the Governor General. He sat right there."
+
+"What? How's that? Was His Excellency here? And in your house? A lie!"
+
+"I tell you he sat right there. If you had come two days before----"
+
+"Ah! What a shame that little Clara did not fall sick
+before!" exclaimed she, in real sorrow. And directing herself to
+Linares: "Do you hear, cousin? His Excellency was here! You see
+De Espadaña was right when he told you that we were not going to
+the house of a miserable native. For you should know, Don Santiago,
+that our cousin was a friend of all the Ministers in Madrid and all
+the Dukes, and he dined in the house of Count del Campanario (belfry)."
+
+"Duke de la Torre (tower), Victorina," said her husband, correcting
+her.
+
+"It amounts to the same thing. Do you think you can tell me that----"
+
+"Would I find Father Dámaso in town to-day?" interrupted Linares,
+turning to Father Salví. "They have told me that he is near here."
+
+"He is, precisely, and will come here in a little while," replied
+the curate.
+
+"How glad I am! I have a letter for him," exclaimed the young man. "And
+if it had not been for this happy chance which brought me here,
+I would have come expressly to visit him."
+
+"The happy chance--that is, Maria Clara--had, in the meantime
+awakened."
+
+"De Espadaña!" said Doña Victorina, finishing her breakfast. "Are
+we going to see little Clara?" And turning to Captain Tiago, "For
+you only, Don Santiago; for you alone! My husband does not treat
+anybody except people of categoría, and he even refuses some of
+them! My husband is not like those about here--in Madrid he only
+visited people of categoría."
+
+They passed into the sick room.
+
+The room was almost dark. The windows were shut for fear of a draught,
+and the little light which illuminated the room came from the two
+wax candles which were burning in front of an image of the Virgin
+of Antipolo.
+
+Her head wrapped up in a handkerchief, saturated in cologne water,
+her body wrapped in wide folds of white sheets which outlined her
+virginal form, the sick maiden lay on her bed of kamakon [18] among
+jusi and piña curtains. Her hair, forming a frame around her oval
+face, increased her transparent paleness, which was animated only
+by her large eyes full of sadness. At her side were her two friends
+and Andeng.
+
+De Espadaña felt of her pulse, examined her tongue, asked some
+questions, and shaking his head seriously, said:
+
+"Sh-sh-she is si-sick. But we-we-we can cu-cu-cure her."
+
+Doña Victorina looked with pride at those around her.
+
+"A li-lichen in mil-milk in the-the morning; syrup of marsh
+marsh-mal-mallow, tw-o--two hounds'--hounds' tongue pi-pills,"
+ordered De Espadaña.
+
+"Take courage, little Clara," said Doña Victorina, approaching her. "We
+have come to cure you. I am going to present our cousin to you."
+
+Linares was absorbed, contemplating those eloquent eyes which seemed
+to be seeking some one, and he did not hear Doña Victorina call him.
+
+"Señor Linares," said the curate, calling him out of his ecstacy. "Here
+comes Father Dámaso."
+
+In fact, Father Dámaso was coming, pale and somewhat sad. On leaving
+his bed, his first visit was to Maria Clara. He was no longer the
+Father Dámaso that he had been, so robust and talkative. He now walked
+along in silence and with unsteady footsteps.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+SCHEMES.
+
+
+Without paying attention to anybody, Father Dámaso went straight to
+the sick room and took hold of Maria's hand.
+
+"Maria!" said he, with indescribable tenderness, as tears dropped
+from his eyes. "Maria, my child, you are not going to die!"
+
+Maria opened her eyes and looked at him with surprise.
+
+None who knew the Franciscan suspected that he ever had such tender
+thoughts. No one ever supposed that a heart existed under that gross
+and rude aspect.
+
+Father Dámaso could say no more and left the maiden, weeping like
+a child. He went out through the room at the head of the stairs,
+to give free vent to his grief, on Maria Clara's balcony under her
+favorite vines.
+
+"How he loves his god-daughter!" thought they all.
+
+Father Salví witnessed the scene, immovable and silent, lightly biting
+his lips.
+
+When his grief was somewhat soothed, Father Dámaso was introduced
+by Doña Victorina to the young Linares, who approached the friar
+with respect.
+
+Father Dámaso gazed at him in silence from head to foot. He took
+the letter which the young man handed to him and read it apparently
+without understanding it, for he asked him:
+
+"And who are you?"
+
+"Alfonso Linares, the god-son of your brother-in-law," stammered the
+young man.
+
+Father Dámaso leaned back and examined the young man again. His face
+brightened up and he rose to his feet.
+
+"And so you are the god-son of little Charles!" he exclaimed. "Come
+here and let me embrace you. It was some days ago that I received your
+letter. So it is you! I did not know you--but that is easily explained,
+for you were not yet born when I left the country. I never knew you."
+
+And Father Dámaso stretched out his robust arms to the young man who
+blushed, either from shame or suffocation. Father Dámaso seemed to
+have completely forgotten his grief.
+
+After the first moments of effusion had passed, and questions had been
+asked about Carlicos, as he called little Charles, Father Dámaso asked:
+
+"Well. What does Carlicos want me to do for you?"
+
+"I believe he says something in the letter," stammered Linares again.
+
+"In the letter? Let us see. 'Tis so! And he wants me to get you a
+job and a wife! Hm! Employment--employment: that is easy. Do you know
+how to read and write?"
+
+"I have graduated in law from the Central University."
+
+"Carambas! So you are a pettifogger? Well, you don't look it--you look
+more like a young gentleman. But so much the better! But to find you
+a wife--hm! hm! a wife."
+
+"Father, I am not in a hurry about it," said Linares, confused.
+
+But Father Dámaso began to walk from one end of the room to the other,
+muttering: "A wife! A wife!"
+
+His face by this time was no longer sad, nor was it cheerful. It
+expressed the greatest seriousness and he seemed to be
+meditating. Father Salví surveyed the scene from a distance.
+
+"I did not believe that it could give me such pain," murmured Father
+Dámaso in a mournful voice. "But of two evils the lesser."
+
+And raising his voice and approaching Linares, he said:
+
+"Come here, my boy! We will speak with Santiago."
+
+Linares turned pale and allowed himself to be led along by the priest,
+who was deep in thought.
+
+Then it was Father Salví's turn to walk up and down the room and he
+did so, meditating, as was his custom.
+
+A voice bidding him good morning stopped his monotonous tread. He
+raised his head and his eyes met Lucas, who saluted him humbly.
+
+"What do you want?" asked the eyes of the curate.
+
+"Father, I am the brother of the man who was killed on the day of
+the fiesta," replied Lucas, in a tearful tone.
+
+Father Salví stepped back.
+
+"And what of it?" he muttered, in an unintelligible voice.
+
+Lucas made an effort to weep, and dried his eyes with his handkerchief.
+
+"Father," said he, crying, "I have been to Crisostomo's house to ask
+him for indemnity. At first, he received me with kicks, saying that
+he would not pay anything, since he had run the risk of being killed
+through the fault of my dear, unfortunate brother. Yesterday, I went
+to talk with him again, but he had already left for Manila, leaving
+me for charity's sake five hundred pesos for my poor brother--five
+hundred pesos--ah! Father."
+
+The curate listened to the first part of his story with surprise and
+attention, but slowly there appeared on his lips a smile--a smile
+of such contempt and sarcasm at the comedy that was being played,
+that if Lucas had seen it he would have fled in all haste.
+
+"And what do you want now?" he asked, turning his back to him.
+
+"Alas! Father, for love of God tell me what I ought to do. Father,
+you have always given good advice."
+
+"Who has told you that? You do not live here."
+
+"But the whole province knows you, Father!"
+
+Father Salví went up to him with his eyes full of anger and, motioning
+to the street, said to the frightened Lucas:
+
+"Go to your house and give thanks to Don Crisostomo that he has not
+sent you to jail. Get away from here."
+
+Forgetting his rôle, Lucas muttered:
+
+"Well, I thought----"
+
+"Out of here!" cried Father Salví, in a nervous tone.
+
+"I want to see Father Dámaso."
+
+"Father Dámaso is busy. Out of here!" ordered the curate, in an
+imperative tone, again.
+
+Lucas went down the stairs murmuring: "He is another. How poorly he
+pays! He who pays better...."
+
+The voice of the curate had reached the ears of all in the house,
+even Father Dámaso, Captain Tiago and Linares.
+
+"An insolent beggar who came to ask alms and doesn't want to work,"
+said Father Salví, taking his hat and cane and starting toward the
+convent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+THE PERSECUTED.
+
+
+By the dim light which the moon diffused through the thick branches
+of the trees, a man wandered along the forest trails slowly and
+cautiously. From time to time, as if to find out where he was,
+he whistled a particular melody, to which another in the distance
+responded with the same air. The man listened attentively, and
+afterward proceeded in the direction of the distant sound.
+
+Finally, passing through the thousand difficulties which a virgin
+forest offers in the night time, he came to a small clearing. High
+rocks, crowned with trees, surrounded the place, forming a sort of
+ruined amphitheatre. Recently cut trees, with their charred trunks
+and enormous rocks, which Nature had covered with her mantle of green
+foliage, filled the middle of the open space.
+
+Scarcely had the unknown man arrived, when another figure quickly
+appeared from behind one of the large rocks, advanced and drew
+a revolver.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked in Tagalog and, in an imperious voice, as he
+cocked the hammer of his weapon.
+
+"Is old Pablo among you?" asked the first calmly, without replying
+to the question or becoming intimidated.
+
+"Do you refer to the Captain? Yes, he is."
+
+"Tell him, then, that Elias is looking for him here," said the man.
+
+"Are you Elias?" asked the other with a certain respect, and
+approaching him without lowering his revolver. "Then come."
+
+Elias followed him.
+
+They penetrated into a kind of cavern, which was hollowed out in the
+depths of the earth. The guide, who knew the way, told the pilot when
+he ought to get down, stoop or crawl. However, it was not long before
+they came to a sala or room in the cave, miserably illuminated by pitch
+torches, and occupied by twelve or fifteen armed men. The faces of
+the men were dirty and their clothes ragged; some were sitting down,
+others lying down, conversing among themselves in a low tone. Leaning
+his elbows on a stone which served as a table and contemplating
+thoughtfully the lamp, which was shedding very little light for the
+amount of smoke it made, sat an old man. His countenance was sad,
+and his head wrapped in a bloody rag. If we had not known that the
+place was a cave of tulisanes, we would have said, on reading the
+desperation on the face of the old man, that it was the Tower of
+Hunger on the eve when Ugolino devoured his sons.
+
+At the arrival of Elias and the guide, the men were about to arise,
+but, at a signal from the guide, they were quieted and contented
+themselves with examining the pilot, who was entirely unarmed.
+
+The old man turned his head slowly and his eyes met the sturdy
+figure of Elias. The latter, in turn, with his head uncovered, full
+of sadness and interest, gazed upon the old man.
+
+"Is it you?" asked the old man, his face brightening a little as he
+recognized the youth.
+
+"How badly off you are!" murmured Elias, in an half-intelligible tone
+of voice.
+
+The old man bowed in silence, made a sign to the men, who then arose
+and left, not, however, without first directing glances at the pilot,
+measuring his stature and muscles.
+
+"Yes!" said the old man to Elias as soon as they found themselves
+alone. "Six months ago, I gave you refuge in my house. Then, it was
+I who sympathized with you; now, fortune has changed and it is you
+who pity me. But sit down, and tell me how you came here."
+
+"Some fifteen days ago they told me of your misfortune," replied the
+young man slowly, and in a low voice, looking toward the light. "I
+at once set out on the road and I have been searching for you from
+mountain to mountain. I have travelled over the greater part of
+two provinces.
+
+"Rather than spill innocent blood," said Pablo, "I have had to flee. My
+enemies are afraid to show themselves and shield themselves behind
+some unhappy fellows who have never done me the slightest injury."
+
+Then, after a short pause, of which Elias took advantage to read the
+thoughts in that melancholy countenance, he replied:
+
+"I have come to make a proposition. Having searched in vain for some
+member of the family which has caused me my misfortunes, I have decided
+to leave the province where I am living and to emigrate to the north
+and live there among the heathen and independent tribes. Do you want
+to leave this life and go with me? I will be your son, since you have
+lost those whom you had, and I, who have no family, will take you as
+my father."
+
+The old man shook his head and said:
+
+"At my age, when a person makes a desperate resolution it is because
+there is no other course open. A man who, like me has passed his youth
+and the best years of his life working for his own future and for the
+future of his sons, a man who has been submissive to all the wishes
+of his superiors, who has discharged conscientiously all his duties,
+suffered everything in order to live in peace and in tranquillity;
+when such a man, whose blood has been chilled by Time, renounces all
+his past and all his future, on the very edge of his grave--when a
+man does this, it is because he has decided with mature judgment that
+peace does not exist, and that there is no Supreme Good. What use
+is there in living a few miserable days in a foreign land? I had two
+sons, a daughter, a fireside, a fortune. I enjoyed consideration and
+esteem. Now I am like a tree that has been stripped of its branches;
+a wandering fugitive, hunted like a wild beast in the forest, and
+all--why? Because a man dishonored my daughter, because her brothers
+wanted to make that man account for his infamous deed, and because that
+man is placed above all others with a title of Minister of God. But
+despite it all, I, a father, I, dishonored in my old age, pardoned the
+injury, for I was indulgent with the passions of youth and the weakness
+of the flesh, and, as the evil was irreparable, I wanted to save what
+still remained to me. But the criminal, afraid that vengeance was near
+at hand, sought the destruction of my sons. What did he do? You do
+not know? Do you know how they feigned that there had been a robbery
+in the convent and how one of my sons figured among the accused? The
+other son they could not include because he was away. Do you know the
+tortures to which they were submitted? You know them because they are
+like those in other towns. I saw my son hung by the hair, I heard his
+cries, I heard him call me, and, coward that I was, and, accustomed to
+peace, I was not brave enough to kill or be killed. Do you know that
+the robbery was not proved, that it was seen that it was a calumny,
+that the curate was transferred to another town and that my son died
+from the result of his tortures? The other boy, who was still left
+for me, was not a coward like his father. The executioner was afraid
+that this son would take revenge for the death of his brother and so,
+under pretense of his not having a cedula, [19] which for the moment
+had been forgotten, he was imprisoned by the Civil Guard, maltreated,
+irritated and provoked by force and injuries until he was driven to
+suicide. And I have survived after such a disgrace. But, if I had not
+the courage of a father to defend his sons, I have left a heart to
+take vengeance and I shall be revenged! The discontented are uniting
+under my command, my enemies increase my camp, and on that day when
+I consider myself strong enough I will go down into the plain and
+extinguish in fire both my vengeance and my own existence. And that
+day will come or there is no God!"
+
+The old man rose to his feet deeply agitated. With his eyes sparkling
+like fire and, in a hollow voice, he added, tearing his long hair:
+
+"Curses upon me, curses upon me for having restrained the avenging
+hand of my sons. I have assassinated them! Had I allowed them to kill
+the criminal; had I had less faith in the justice of God and of men,
+I would now have my sons; perhaps they would have been fugitives,
+but I would have them and they would not have died in torture. I
+was not born to be a father! For that reason, I haven't them with
+me now! Curses upon me for not having learned, with all my years,
+in what age we live! But in blood and fire, and in my own death,
+I will know how to take vengeance for them!"
+
+The unfortunate father, in the paroxysm of his grief, had taken off
+the bandage from his head, opening up a wound which he had on the
+forehead and from which the blood oozed out.
+
+"I respect your grief," replied Elias, "and I understand your desire
+for vengeance. I, too, am like you, but, for fear of harming an
+innocent one, I prefer to forget my misfortunes."
+
+"You can forget them because you are young, and because you have
+not lost your son, have not lost your last hope! But, I assure you,
+I will not harm an innocent person. Do you see that wound? I allowed
+myself to receive that in order not to kill a poor cuaderillero who
+was fulfilling his duty."
+
+"But see!" said Elias, after a moment's silence. "See what frightful
+destruction you will bring upon our unfortunate country. If you seek
+revenge by your own hand your enemies will retaliate, not against
+you, not against those who are armed, but against the people, who
+are always accused, and then how many more injustices!"
+
+"Let the people learn to defend themselves. Let each learn to defend
+himself."
+
+"You know that that is impossible. Señor, I have known you in other
+times when you were happy, then you gave me wise advice. Will you
+permit me...?"
+
+The old man crossed his arms and seemed to meditate upon what he was
+going to say.
+
+"Señor," continued Elias, measuring his words well, "I have had the
+fortune to be of service to a young man, rich, of good heart, noble,
+and a lover of his country's welfare. They say that this young man
+has friends in Madrid. I do not know it, but I can positively assure
+you that he is a friend of the Governor General. What do you say if
+we make him the bearer of the people's complaints, if we can interest
+him in the cause of the unhappy?"
+
+The old man shook his head.
+
+"Do you say that he is a rich man? The rich think of nothing but to
+increase their riches. Pride and pomp blind them, and, since they are
+generally well off, especially if they have powerful friends, none
+of them ever troubles himself about the unfortunates. I know it all,
+for I was once rich myself."
+
+"But the man of whom I am speaking does not seem to be like the
+others. He is a son who would not allow the memory of his father to be
+dishonored. He is a young man who thinks about the future--thinks of
+a good future for his sons, for he may in a short time have a family
+of his own."
+
+"Then he is a man who is going to be happy. Our cause is not a cause
+for happy men."
+
+"But it is a cause for men of good hearts."
+
+"That may be," replied the old man sitting down. "Suppose that he
+consented to carry our complaints to the Governor General. Suppose
+that he finds in the court those who will argue for us. Do you think
+we will get justice?"
+
+"Let us try it before resorting to bloody measures," replied
+Elias. "It must seem strange to you that I, another unfortunate,
+young, robust--that I should propose to you old and weak--peaceful
+measures. But it is because I have seen so many miseries caused
+by us similar to those caused by tyrants. The unarmed is the one
+who suffers."
+
+"And if we do not accomplish anything?"
+
+"Something will be accomplished, believe me! Not all who govern are
+unjust. And if we do not accomplish anything, if our voice is not
+listened to, if the man turns a deaf ear to the grief of his fellow
+men, then we will put ourselves under your orders."
+
+The old man, full of enthusiasm, embraced the young man.
+
+"I accept your proposition, Elias. I know that you will keep your
+word. You come to me and I will help you take vengeance for your
+father. You will help me to take vengeance for my sons--my sons who
+were like you!"
+
+"In the meantime, Señor, avoid all violent measures."
+
+"You can expound the complaints of the people. You certainly know
+them. When will we know the answer?"
+
+"Within four days send a man to meet me on the beach at San Diego
+and I will tell him what the person in whom I have hope says. If he
+accepts, we will get justice, and if he does not accept, I will be
+the first to fall in the fight which we will begin."
+
+"Elias will not die. Elias will be chief, when Captain Pablo falls,
+satisfied in his revenge," said the old man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+THE COCK FIGHT.
+
+
+In order to keep the Sabbath holy in the Philippines the people
+generally go to the cock fight, just as in Spain they go to the
+bull fight. Cock fighting, a passion introduced into the country and
+exploited for a century, is one of the vices of the people, more deeply
+rooted than the opium vice among the Chinese. The poor go there to
+risk what little they have, desirous of making money without working;
+the rich go there to amuse themselves, using the money which they
+have left over from their feasts and thanksgiving masses. The cock is
+educated with great care, with more care, perhaps, than the son who
+is to succeed his father in the cock-pit. The Government permits it
+and almost recommends it, for it decrees that the fight shall only
+be held in the public plazas and on holidays from after high mass
+till dark--eight hours.
+
+The San Diego cock-pit does not differ from others which are found in
+all the towns. It consists of three parts: The first, or entrance,
+is a large rectangle, some twenty meters in length and fourteen in
+breadth. On one side is the door, generally guarded by a woman who
+collects the entrance fee. From the contribution which each one
+makes the Government receives a part, some hundred thousands of
+pesos each year. They say that with this money, which gives license
+to the vice, magnificent schools are raised, bridges and roadways
+constructed, and rewards offered for the encouragement of agriculture
+and commerce. Blessed be the vice which produces such good results! In
+this first precinct are the vendors of betel nut, cigars and tobacco,
+delicacies and refreshments. There the small boys, who accompany their
+fathers or uncles, are carefully initiated into the secrets of life.
+
+This precinct communicates with another of slightly larger dimensions,
+a sort of vestibule, where the people gather before the fight. There,
+one sees most of the cocks, tied by a cord to a bone driven into the
+ground like a nail; there, are the bettors, the lovers of the sport,
+the man skilled in fastening the gaffs or spurs to the cock's legs;
+there, bargains are made, the situation discussed, money borrowed,
+and people curse, swear and laugh boisterously. In one place, some
+one is caressing his game cock, passing his hand over his brilliant
+plumage; in another, a man examines and counts the number of scales
+on the rooster's legs, for that, they say, is a sign of valor. The
+battles of the heroes are related. There, too, you will see many a
+disappointed owner, with a sour face carrying out by the legs, a dead
+rooster, stripped of its plumage--the animal which was a favorite
+for months, petted, cared for day and night, and on which flattering
+hopes had been founded: now, nothing more than a dead fowl, to be
+sold for a peseta, stewed in ginger and eaten that very night. Sic
+transit gloria mundi! The loser returns to his fire-side, where an
+anxious wife and ragged children await him, without his little capital,
+without his rooster. From all that gilded dream, from all the care of
+months, from daybreak to sunset, from all those labors and fatigue,
+from all that, results a peseta, the ashes left from so much smoke.
+
+In this foyer, or vestibule, the most ignorant discuss the coming
+contests; the most trifling, examine conscientiously the bird, weigh
+it, contemplate it, extend its wings, feel of its muscles. Some of
+the people are very well dressed, and are followed and surrounded by
+the backers of their game cocks. Others, dirty, with the seal of vice
+imprinted on their squalid faces, anxiously follow the movements of
+the rich and watch their betting, for the pocketbook can be emptied
+and the passion still be unsatisfied. There you see no face that is
+not animated, no indolent Filipino; none apathetic, none silent. All
+is movement, passion, eagerness.
+
+From this place, one passes into the arena or rueda, as it is
+called. The floor, inclosed by bamboos, is generally elevated higher
+than the floor of the other two parts of the cock-pit. Running up
+from the floor and almost touching the roof, are rows of seats for
+the spectators or gamblers--they come to be the same. During the
+combat these seats are filled with men and children who cry, shout,
+perspire, quarrel, and blaspheme. Fortunately, scarcely any women visit
+the cock-pit. In the rueda are the prominent men, the rich class,
+the bettors, the bookmaker, and the referee. The cocks fight on the
+ground, which is beaten down perfectly smooth, and there Destiny
+distributes to families laughter or tears, feasts or hunger.
+
+As we enter, we can see the gobernadorcillo, Captain Pablo, Captain
+Basilio, and Lucas, the man with the scar on his face who was so
+disconsolate over the death of his brother.
+
+Captain Basilio approaches one of those present and asks him:
+
+"Do you know what cock Captain Tiago is going to bring?"
+
+"I do not know, Señor. This morning two arrived, one of them the lásak
+(black sprinkled with white) which whipped the Consul's talisain
+(red, sprinkled with black)."
+
+"Do you think that my bulik (black, red and white), can beat him?"
+
+"Yes, I surely do. I'll stake my house and shirt on him!"
+
+At that moment Captain Tiago arrived. He was dressed, like the big
+gamblers, in a camisa of Canton linen, woolen pantaloons, and a
+panama-straw hat. Behind him came two servants, carrying the lásak
+and a white cock of colossal proportions.
+
+"Sinang tells me that Maria Clara is improving steadily," said
+Captain Basilio.
+
+"She no longer has any fever, but she is still weak."
+
+"Did you lose last night?"
+
+"A little. I heard that you won.... I am going to see if I can win
+back my money."
+
+"Do you want to fight your lásak?" asked Captain Basilio, looking at
+the rooster.
+
+"That depends on whether there is any money up."
+
+"How much will you stake?"
+
+"I don't play less than two thousand."
+
+"Have you seen my bulik?" asked Captain Basilio, and then called a
+man to bring a small rooster.
+
+Captain Tiago examined it, and after weighing it in his hand, and
+examining its scales, he handed it back.
+
+"What do you put up?" he asked.
+
+"Whatever you say."
+
+"Two thousand five hundred?"
+
+"Make it three?"
+
+"Three."
+
+"Let her go!"
+
+The circle of curious people and gamblers learn that the two celebrated
+cocks are to be fought. Both the roosters have made a history for
+themselves; both have a reputation. All want to see and examine the
+two celebrities. Opinions are expressed, and prophecies made.
+
+In the meantime the voices grow louder, the confusion is augmented, the
+rueda fills up and a rush is made for the seats. The soltadores bring
+two cocks to the ring for a preliminary contest. One of the roosters
+is blanco (white), the other rojo (red). They are already spurred, but
+the gaffs are not yet unsheathed. Cries of "Al blanco! al blanco!" are
+heard. Some one else shouts, "Al rojo!" The blanco is the favorite.
+
+Civil Guards circulate among the crowd. They are not wearing
+the uniform of their body, nor do they wear the costume of the
+native. Pantaloons of guingon with a red fringe, a blue-spotted blouse
+shirt, and the cuartel cap--you have here their disguise, in harmony
+with their deportment; watching and betting, making disturbance and
+talking of maintaining the peace.
+
+While the shouting is going on and men are jingling money in their
+hands; while the people are going down in their pockets for the last
+cuarto, or, if that is wanting, pledging their word, promising to
+sell their carabao, or their next harvest, two young men, apparently
+brothers, follow the gamblers with envious eyes. They approach, timidly
+murmur words which nobody catches, and each time become more and more
+melancholy, and look at each other with disgust and indignation. Lucas
+observes them, smiles malignantly, rattles some silver pesos, passes
+near to the two brothers, and looks toward the rueda, shouting:
+
+"I am betting fifty, fifty against twenty on the white!"
+
+The two brothers exchanged looks.
+
+"I told you," murmured the older, "not to bet all your money. If you
+had obeyed me, we would have it now to put on the red."
+
+The younger one approached Lucas timidly and touched him on the arm.
+
+"Is it you?" exclaimed the latter turning around and feigning
+surprise. "Does your brother accept my proposition or did you come
+to bet?"
+
+"How can we bet when we have lost all?"
+
+"Then you accept?"
+
+"He does not want to! If you could lend us something: you have already
+said that you knew us...."
+
+Lucas scratched his head, pulled down his camisa and replied:
+
+"Yes, I know you. You are Tarsilo and Bruno, both young and strong. I
+know that your brave father died from the result of the hundred
+lashes which the soldiers gave him. I know that you do not think of
+avenging him."
+
+"You need not meddle in our history," interrupted Tarsilo, the
+older. "That is a disgrace. If we did not have a sister, we would
+have been hanged long ago."
+
+"Hanged? They only hang cowards, or some one who has no money or
+protection. Certainly the mountains are near."
+
+"A hundred against twenty on the blanco," cried one as he passed
+the group.
+
+"Loan us four pesos ... three ... two," begged the younger
+brother. "Presently I will return it to you doubled. The fight is
+going to begin."
+
+Lucas scratched his head again.
+
+"Tst! This money is not mine. Don Crisostomo has given it to me for
+those who want to serve him. But I see that you are not like your
+father. He was really courageous."
+
+And, saying this, he went away from them, although not far.
+
+"Let us accept. What does it matter?" said Bruno to his brother. "It
+amounts to the same thing whether you are hanged or shot down. We
+poor serve for nothing else."
+
+"You are right, but think of our sister."
+
+In the meantime, the circle around the ring had been dispersed; the
+fight was going to commence. The voices began to die away, and the
+two soltadores and the skilled gaff fitter, were alone in the middle
+of the rueda. At a signal from the referee, the sheaths were removed
+from the razor-like knives on the cocks' legs, and the fine blades
+glistened in a menacing way.
+
+The two brothers, gloomy and silent, approached the ring and, resting
+their faces against the bamboo railing, watched the preparations. A man
+approached them and said in their ears: "Hundred to ten on the blanco!"
+
+Tarsilo looked at him stupidly. Bruno elbowed his brother, who
+responded with a grunt.
+
+The soltadores handle the roosters with masterly skill, taking
+great care not to wound them. A deep silence reigns throughout the
+pit. You would think that those present, with the exception of the two
+soltadores, were horrible wax figures. The two roosters are brought
+close together and allowed to pick at each other and thus become
+irritated. Then they allow them to look at each other, so that the
+poor little birds may know who has plucked out their feathers, and
+with whom they should fight. The feathers around the neck stand up;
+they look at each other fixedly; flashes of wrath escape from their
+little, round eyes. The moment has come. The birds are placed on the
+ground in the ring at a certain distance from each other.
+
+The cocks advance slowly. Their little steps are heard upon the hard
+floor. Nobody speaks; nobody breathes. Lowering and raising their
+heads, as if measuring each other with a look, the two roosters mutter
+sounds, perhaps of threat or contempt. They have perceived the shining
+blades. Danger animates them, and they turn toward each other decided,
+but they stop at a short distance, and, as they look at each other,
+they bow their heads and again raise their feathers on end. With
+their natural valor, they rush at each other impetuously; they strike
+beak against beak; breast against breast, blade against blade, and
+wing against wing. The blows have been stopped with dexterity and
+skill, and only a few feathers have fallen. They again measure each
+other! Suddenly the blanco turns and, raising himself in the air,
+flashes his death-dealing knife, but the rojo has already doubled up
+his legs, ducked his head and the blanco has only cut the air. Then,
+on touching the ground, to avoid being wounded from behind, he turns
+quickly and faces the other. The red attacks him with fury, but he
+defends himself with coolness. Not without reason was he the favorite
+of the crowd. All, trembling and anxious, follow the movements of
+the battle, now this one and now that one giving an involuntary
+shout. The ground is being covered with red and white feathers,
+tinged with blood. But the duel does not go to the one who draws first
+blood. The Filipino here follows the laws laid down by the Government,
+which say that the cock which is killed or flees loses the fight. The
+blood now wets the ground; the blows are repeated, but the victory
+is still undecided. Finally, making a supreme effort, the blanco
+throws himself forward to give a last blow; he drives his knife into
+the wing of the rojo and buries it among the bones. But the blanco
+has been wounded in the breast, and both, weak from loss of blood,
+and panting, fastened together, remain immovable until the blanco
+falls, bleeds through his neck, kicks violently and is in the agony
+of death. The rojo, pinned by his wing, is held to the other's side;
+and little by little he doubles up his legs and slowly closes his eyes.
+
+Then the referee, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by
+the Government, declares the rojo the winner. A wild and prolonged
+outcry greets the decision, an outcry which is heard throughout
+the town. He, who, from afar, hears the cry, understands that the
+dejado has beaten the favorite, for otherwise the outcry would not
+have lasted so long. So it happens among nations: when a small nation
+succeeds in gaining a victory over a greater one, the song and story
+of it last through centuries.
+
+"Do you see?" said Bruno, with indignation, to his brother, "if you
+had taken my advice to-day, we would have had one hundred pesos. On
+your account we are without a cuarto."
+
+Tarsilo did not reply, but, with wide-open eyes, looked around him
+as if in search of some one.
+
+"There he is talking with Pedro," added Bruno. "He is giving him
+money--what a lot of money!"
+
+Tarsilo remained silent and thoughtful. With the arm of his camisa,
+he wiped away the sweat which formed in drops on his forehead.
+
+"Brother," said Bruno, "I am decided, even if you are not. The lásak
+ought to win and we ought not to lose the opportunity. I want to bet on
+the next fight. What does it matter? Thus, we will avenge our father."
+
+"Wait!" said Tarsilo to him, and looked him in the eyes. Both were
+pale. "I am with you. You are right. We will avenge our father."
+
+He stopped, however, and again wiped away the perspiration.
+
+"Why do you stop?" asked Bruno impatiently.
+
+"Do you know what fight is the next one? Is it worth the trouble?"
+
+"What! Haven't you heard? Captain Tiago's lásak against Captain
+Basilio's bulik. According to the run of luck, the lásak ought to win."
+
+"Ah! The lásak. I would bet ... but let us make sure first."
+
+Bruno made a gesture of impatience, but followed his brother. The
+latter looked the rooster over carefully, thought about it, debated
+with himself and asked a few questions. The unfortunate fellow was
+in doubt. Bruno was nervous and looked at him angrily.
+
+"Why, don't you see that wide scale which he has there near the
+spur? Do you see those feet? What more do you want? Look at those
+legs. Stretch out his wings. And that broken scale on top of that
+wide one, and that double one?"
+
+Tarsilo did not hear him, he kept on examining the cock. The rattle
+of silver coins reached his ears.
+
+"Let us see the bulik now," said he, in a choking voice.
+
+Bruno stamped the ground with his feet, grated his teeth, but obeyed
+his brother.
+
+They approached the other group. There they were arming the cock,
+they were selecting gaffs for him, and the expert, in fitting them
+to the rooster's legs, was preparing a piece of red silk. He waxed
+it and rubbed it over his knee a number of times.
+
+Tarsilo gazed at the bird with a sombre air. It seemed that he was
+not looking at the cock, but at something in the future. He passed
+his hand over his forehead.
+
+"Are you ready?" he asked his brother, his voice scarcely perceptible.
+
+"I? Long ago. Without having to see them."
+
+"It is our poor sister----"
+
+"Bah! Didn't they tell you that the leader is Don Crisostomo? Have
+you not seen him walking with the Governor General? What danger will
+we run?"
+
+"And if we are killed?"
+
+"What does it matter? Our father died from being whipped to death."
+
+"You are right."
+
+Both brothers sought Lucas in the crowd.
+
+As soon as they caught sight of him, Tarsilo stopped.
+
+"No! Let us go away from here! We are going to lose," he exclaimed.
+
+"Go if you wish. I am going to accept."
+
+"Bruno!"
+
+Unfortunately, a man approached them and said:
+
+"Are you betting? I am backing the bulik."
+
+The two brothers did not reply.
+
+"I'll give you odds."
+
+"How much?" asked Bruno.
+
+The man counted out four peso pieces. Bruno looked at him, breathless.
+
+"I have two hundred. Fifty to forty."
+
+"No," said Bruno promptly. "Make it ..."
+
+"All right! fifty to thirty."
+
+"Double it if you wish!"
+
+"Well! The bulik is my winning color and I have just won. Hundred
+against sixty!"
+
+"That's a go! Wait till I go and get my money."
+
+"But I will be the stake-holder," said the other, in whom the manner
+of Bruno inspired little confidence.
+
+"It's all the same to me!" responded the latter, trusting in the
+strength of his fists.
+
+And, turning to his brother, he said:
+
+"Go away, if you wish; I'm going to stay."
+
+Then Tarsilo reflected. He loved his brother and the game. He could
+not leave him alone, and he murmured. "Let it be so!"
+
+They approached Lucas. The latter saw them coming and smiled.
+
+"Eh! there!" said Tarsilo.
+
+"What is it?"
+
+"How much do you give?" asked the two brothers.
+
+"I have already told you. If you want to find some others to help
+us surprise the cuartel, I will give you thirty pesos apiece, and
+ten pesos for each companion you get. If all comes out well, each
+will receive one hundred pesos and you two, double that amount. Don
+Crisostomo is rich."
+
+"Accepted," exclaimed Bruno. "Hand over the money."
+
+"I knew well that you were brave, like your father. Come! Don't
+let them hear us or they will kill us," said Lucas, pointing to the
+Civil Guards.
+
+And taking them into a corner, he told them, as he counted out the
+money to them:
+
+"To-morrow Don Crisostomo will arrive and bring arms. Day after
+to-morrow, about eight o'clock at night, come to the cemetery. I
+will tell you about the final arrangements. You have time to find
+some other companions."
+
+They took leave of each other. Now the two brothers seemed to have
+changed their rôles. Tarsilo was calm; Bruno, pale.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+THE TWO SEÑORAS.
+
+
+While Captain Tiago was fighting his lásak against the bulik,
+Doña Victorina took a walk through the town, with the intention of
+seeing the condition of the indolent natives, and of their houses
+and fields. She had dressed as elegantly as she could, putting all
+her ribbons and flowers on her silk gown, in order to impress the
+provincials, and make them see how great a distance was between
+them and her sacred person. Giving her arm to her lame husband, she
+fluttered through the streets of the town, among the stupefied and
+wondering inhabitants. Cousin Linares had remained in the house.
+
+"What ugly houses these natives have," began Doña Victorina, making a
+grimace. "I don't know how they can live there: one must be a native
+to do it. They meet us and don't uncover their heads! Hit them over
+the head as the curates and tenientes of the Guardia Civil do when
+they don't take off their hats. Teach them manners."
+
+"And if they hit me?" asked Dr. de Espadaña.
+
+"Aren't you a man?"
+
+"Bu--bu--but, I am la--la--lame."
+
+Doña Victorina was becoming bad-humored. The streets were not paved,
+and the train of her gown was covered with dust. Besides, they met many
+young women, who, on passing her, cast down their eyes and did not
+admire her lavish dress as they should have done. Sinang's coachman,
+who was driving her and her cousin in an elegant carriage, had the
+impudence to call out tabi [20] to them in such a warning voice
+that she had to get out of the way, and was only able to exclaim,
+"Look at that brute of a coachman! I am going to tell his master that
+he should educate his servants better!"
+
+"Let us go back to the house," she ordered her husband.
+
+He, fearing that there was going to be a storm, turned on his heels
+and obeyed the command.
+
+They met the alferez on the way back and greeted him. He increased
+the discontent of Doña Victorina, for he not only failed to compliment
+her on her dress, but surveyed it almost with a mocking manner.
+
+"You ought not to extend your hand to a simple alferez," said she
+to her husband as soon as they were some distance away. "He scarcely
+touches his helmet, and you take off your hat. You don't know how to
+maintain your rank."
+
+"He is ch--ch--chief here!"
+
+"And what does that matter to us? Are we, perchance, natives?"
+
+"You are right," replied he, not wishing to quarrel.
+
+They passed by the officer's house. Doña Consolacion was in the window,
+as usual, dressed in her flannel outfit and smoking her cigar. As
+the house was rather low, they could see each other as they passed,
+and Doña Victorina could distinguish her very well. The Muse of the
+Guardia Civil examined her with tranquillity from head to foot, and,
+afterward, sticking out her lower lip, spit, turning her face to the
+other side. That put an end to Doña Victorina's patience, and, leaving
+her husband without any support, she squared herself in front of the
+alfereza, trembling with rage, and unable to speak. Doña Consolacion
+turned her head slowly, looked her over again, and then spit again,
+but with still greater disdain.
+
+"What is the matter with you, Doña?" said the alfereza.
+
+"Can you tell me, Señora, why you look at me so? Are you envious?" Doña
+Victorina finally succeeded in saying.
+
+"I envious of you?" said the Medusa with scorn. "O, yes! I envy
+those curls."
+
+"Come, wife!" said the doctor. "Do--don't take no--no--notice of her!"
+
+"Let me give this shameless common person a lesson!" replied the woman,
+giving her husband a push. He nearly fell to the ground. Turning to
+Doña Consolacion, she continued:
+
+"Look how you treat me! Don't think that I am a provincial, or a
+soldiers' querida! In my house in Manila alferezas never are allowed
+to come in. They wait at the door."
+
+"Oh-oh! Most Excellent Señora! Alferezas don't enter, but invalids
+like that out there. Ha, ha, ha!"
+
+If it hadn't been for all the paint on her face, one could have seen
+Doña Victorina blush. She wanted to throw herself upon her enemy,
+but the sentry stopped her. In the meantime, the street was filling
+up with curious people.
+
+"Listen! I lower myself talking with you. People of categoría ... Do
+you want my clothes to wash? I will pay you well. Do you think that
+I don't know that you are a washerwoman?"
+
+Doña Consolacion became furious. The reference to her being a
+washerwoman wounded her.
+
+"Do you think that we do not know what you are? Get out! My husband has
+already told me. Señora, I, at least, have not belonged to more than
+one man, but you? One must be pretty hard up to take the leavings."
+
+This shot struck Doña Victorina square in the breast. She rolled up
+her sleeves, clenched her fists, and, gnashing her teeth, began:
+
+"Come down here, you nasty old thing, that I may smash your filthy
+mouth."
+
+The Medusa disappeared quickly from the window, but was soon seen
+coming down the stairs on a run, swinging her husband's whip.
+
+Don Tiburcio interposed, pleading with them, but they would have come
+to blows if the alferez had not arrived.
+
+"But, señoras!... Don Tiburcio!"
+
+"Teach your woman better; buy her better clothes. If you haven't
+the money, rob the people. You have your soldiers for that!" shouted
+Doña Victorina.
+
+"Señora," said the alferez furiously. "Thank yourself that I don't
+forget that you are a woman; for if you were not, I would kick you
+to pieces, with all your curls and ribbons."
+
+"Se--se--señor al--alferez!" said Don Tiburcio.
+
+"Go ahead! Kill us! You don't wear big enough trousers, you quack."
+
+And so the battle waged: words, gestures, cries, insults, and
+injuries. They brought out all the nasty things they could think of,
+all four speaking at the same time, and, saying so many things and
+bringing to light so many truths, that we will not relate here all
+that was said. The people who had gathered around to satisfy their
+curiosity, if they understood all the remarks, must have enjoyed
+themselves not a little. They were all waiting to see them come to
+blows. Unfortunately for the spectators, the curate came along and
+pacified them.
+
+"Señoras! señoras! What a shame. Señor alferez."
+
+"What are you meddling in these matters for, you hypocrite, you
+Carlist?"
+
+"Don Tiburcio, take away your wife! Señora, hold your tongue!"
+
+"Tell that to those robbers of the poor!"
+
+Finally, the dictionary of epithets was exhausted. The review of the
+disgraces of each couple was ended, and little by little they were
+separated, threatening and insulting each other. Father Salví kept
+going from one side to the other, adding life to the scene.
+
+"This very day we will go to Manila and we will present ourselves
+to the Governor General," said Doña Victorina, in fury to her
+husband. "You are not a man. It is a shame that you spend money
+for trousers."
+
+"B--b--but, wife, and the Guardia Civil? I--I--am lame."
+
+"You must challenge him to a duel with pistol or sword or, or----"
+
+And Doña Victorina looked at his false teeth.
+
+"Daughter, I never have used----"
+
+Doña Victorina did not let him finish. With a sublime movement she
+jerked out his false teeth in the middle of the street, and throwing
+them to the ground stepped on them. He, half crying, and she sputtering
+away, arrived at the house. At that time, Linares was talking with
+Maria Clara, Sinang, and Victoria, and, as he knew nothing about the
+quarrel, the sudden arrival of his cousins gave him a shock. Maria
+Clara was lying on a sofa among pillows and blankets, and was not a
+little surprised at the doctor's new physiognomy.
+
+"Cousin," said Doña Victorina, "you have got to challenge the alferez
+immediately to a duel, or----"
+
+"And why? what for?" asked Linares, surprised.
+
+"You challenge him right off, or I will tell them all who you are."
+
+"But, Doña Victorina!"
+
+The three young women looked at one another.
+
+"The alferez has insulted us. The old witch came down with her whip,
+and that thing there allowed it all. A man!"
+
+"Pshaw!" said Sinang. "They have been fighting and we haven't seen it."
+
+"The alferez has broken the doctor's teeth," added Victoria.
+
+"This very day we are going to Manila. You stay here to challenge
+him to a duel, and, if you don't, I'll tell Don Santiago that all
+that you have told him is a lie. I will tell him----"
+
+"But, Doña Victorina! Doña Victorina!" interrupted Linares, pale
+and going closer to her. "You keep quiet. Don't make me call to
+mind"----and he added in a low voice--"Don't be imprudent, especially
+just now."
+
+Just at that time, when this was going on, Captain Tiago arrived home
+from the cock-pit. He was downhearted. He had lost his lásak.
+
+But Doña Victorina did not give him much time to sigh. In a few
+words, and with many insults, she related to him what had passed,
+she, of course, trying to put herself in a good light.
+
+"Linares is going to challenge him. Do you hear? If he don't, I won't
+let him marry your daughter. Don't you permit it. If he has no courage,
+he does not merit Clarita."
+
+"Then you are going to marry this gentleman?" asked Sinang, with her
+jolly eyes full of tears. "I knew that you were discreet, but I did
+not think you so fickle."
+
+Maria Clara, pale as wax, raising herself half up, looked at her father
+with frightened eyes, and then at Doña Victorina and Linares. The
+latter turned red in the face, Captain Tiago looked down, and the
+señora added:
+
+"Clarita, bear it in mind, and never marry a man who does not wear
+trousers. You expose yourself to insults like a dog, if you do."
+
+But the young maiden did not reply and said to her friends:
+
+"Take me to my room, for I cannot go alone."
+
+They helped her to her feet, and, leaning her marble-like head on
+pretty Sinang's shoulder, and, with the arms of her friend around
+her waist, she went to her bedroom.
+
+That night the doctor and his wife collected their things together,
+submitted their account to Captain Tiago--which amounted to several
+thousand pesos--and very early on the following day, left for Manila
+in the Captain's carriage. To timid Linares they intrusted the rôle
+of the avenger.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+THE ENIGMA.
+
+
+As Lucas had announced, Ibarra arrived the next day. His first visit
+was to the family of Captain Tiago, with the object of seeing Maria
+Clara and telling her that His Most Illustrious Greatness had already
+reconciled him with the Church. He brought a letter of recommendation
+to the curate, written by the hand of the Archbishop himself. Aunt
+Isabel was not a little delighted over it, for she liked the young
+man and did not look favorably upon the marriage of her niece with
+Linares. Captain Tiago was not at home.
+
+"Come in," said the aunt in her half-Castellano language. "Maria,
+Don Crisostomo is again in the grace of God. The Archbishop has
+dis-excommunicated him."
+
+But the young man could not advance. His smile froze on his lips, and
+words fled from his mind. Linares was standing next to Maria Clara on
+the balcony, interweaving nosegays with the flowers and leaves on the
+climbing plants. On the floor, were scattered roses and sampagas. Maria
+Clara was leaning back on a sofa, pale, pensive, her look sad, playing
+with her ivory fan. But the fan was not as white as her poor fingers.
+
+At the presence of Ibarra, Linares turned pale and Maria Clara's
+cheeks were tinged with carmine. She tried to rise, but her strength
+failing her, she cast her eyes upon the floor, and let fall her fan.
+
+An embarrassing silence reigned for several seconds. Finally, Ibarra
+was able to advance, and tremblingly murmured:
+
+"I have just arrived and have hastened to see you.... I find that
+you are better than I thought."
+
+Maria Clara seemed to have turned dumb. She could not pronounce a
+single word, and continued to keep her eyes on the floor.
+
+Ibarra surveyed Linares with a look which the modest young man bore
+with considerable haughtiness.
+
+"Well, I see that my arrival was not expected," he said slowly. "Maria,
+pardon me for not having announced my coming. Some other day I will
+be able to explain to you my conduct."
+
+These words were accompanied with a look at Linares. The maiden
+raised her eyes to Ibarra, those beautiful eyes, full of purity and
+melancholy, so supplicating and sweet that Ibarra stopped confused.
+
+"May I come to-morrow?"
+
+"You know that on my part you are always welcome," replied she,
+scarcely able to pronounce the words.
+
+Ibarra walked away, apparently tranquil; but a tempest raged in his
+mind, and his heart was chilled. What he had just seen and felt was
+incomprehensible. What was it? Doubt, apathy or treason?
+
+"Oh, woman!" he murmured.
+
+He arrived, without noticing it, at the place where the school house
+was being constructed. The work was well along. Ñor Juan, with his
+yard stick and plumb-line, was going to and fro among the numerous
+workmen. On seeing the young man approach, he ran to meet him.
+
+"Don Crisostomo," said he, "you have arrived at last. We were all
+expecting you. Just see how the walls are rising. They are already
+a meter and ten centimeters high. Within two days, they will be as
+high as a man. I have not allowed them to use anything but the best
+of wood. Do you want to look at the cellar?"
+
+The workmen saluted him respectfully.
+
+"Here is the system of drainage which I have taken the liberty to
+add," said Ñor Juan. "These underground canals lead to a cesspool
+about thirty feet off. It will serve to fertilize the garden. This
+was not in the plans. Do you object to it?"
+
+"Quite on the contrary, I approve of it and I congratulate you on
+your idea. You are a true architect. From whom did you learn the
+profession?"
+
+"From myself, señor," replied the modest old man.
+
+"O, yes! Before I forget it: let the scrupulous people know (for
+some may fear to speak to me) that I am no longer excommunicated. The
+Archbishop invited me to dine with him."
+
+"Pshaw! señor! We don't take any notice of excommunications. We are
+all excommunicated. Dather Dámaso is himself; however, he goes on,
+as fat as ever."
+
+"How's that?"
+
+"I feel sure about it. A year ago he gave the coadjutor a blow with
+his cane, and the coadjutor is as much a priest as he. Who takes any
+notice of excommunications, señor?"
+
+Ibarra caught sight of Elias among the workmen. He saluted him like
+the others, but with a look that gave Ibarra to understand that he
+wanted to speak with him.
+
+"Ñor Juan," said Ibarra, "will you bring me a list of the workmen?"
+
+Ñor Juan disappeared and Ibarra approached Elias, who was alone,
+raising a large stone and loading it in a cart.
+
+"If you are able, señor, to grant me some hours of conversation, come
+this afternoon to the shore of the lake and embark in my banca, for I
+want to talk with you about some serious matters," said Elias. Ibarra
+gave a nod of assent and went away.
+
+Ñor Juan brought the list, but Ibarra read it in vain. The name of
+Elias was not on it.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+THE VOICE OF THE PERSECUTED.
+
+
+Before the sun went down, Ibarra put his foot into Elias's banca
+on the shore of the lake. He seemed displeased about something,
+as though he had been opposed or contradicted.
+
+"Pardon me, señor," said Elias on seeing him. "Pardon me for having
+ventured to make this appointment with you. I would like to speak
+with you freely, and here we have no witnesses. We can return within
+an hour."
+
+"You are mistaken, friend Elias," replied Ibarra, trying to smile. "You
+will have to take me to that town over there, where you see that
+belfry. Fate obliges me to go there."
+
+"Fate?"
+
+"Yes; on my way here, I met the alferez. He insisted upon accompanying
+me. I thought about you, and knew that he would recognize you, and, in
+order to get rid of him, I told him that I was going to that town. Now
+I will have to remain there all day to-morrow, for the man whom I am
+going to see will not look for me till to-morrow afternoon."
+
+"I am obliged to you for your thoughtfulness, but you might have
+simply told him to accompany you," replied Elias with naturalness.
+
+"How's that? And what about you?"
+
+"He would never have recognized me. The only time that he ever saw me,
+I don't believe that he thought to take down a description of me."
+
+"I am in hard luck!" sighed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara. "What
+have you to say to me?"
+
+Elias looked around him. They were far from the shore. The sun
+had already sunk below the horizon, and, as the twilight in these
+latitudes is very short, the darkness was falling over the earth,
+and the disk of the full moon was already shining.
+
+"Señor," replied Elias, in a grave voice, "I am the spokesman of many
+unfortunate people."
+
+"Unfortunate people. What do you mean?"
+
+In a few words, Elias referred to the conversation which he had had
+with the chief of the tulisanes, but omitted saying anything about the
+doubts which the chief entertained, or the threats. Ibarra listened
+attentively, and, when Elias concluded his story, a long silence
+reigned. Ibarra was the first to break the spell.
+
+"So that they desire----?"
+
+"Radical reforms in the armed forces, in the religious matters,
+and in the administration of justice. That is to say, they ask for
+paternal care on the part of the Government."
+
+"Reforms? In what sense?"
+
+"For example: more respect for human dignity; more security for the
+individual; less power in the hands of the forces already armed;
+fewer privileges for that body which easily abuses them."
+
+"Elias," replied the young man, "I don't know who you are, but
+I believe that you are not an ordinary man. You think and work
+differently from the others. You will understand me if I say to
+you that, even if it is true that the present state of affairs is
+defective, there will be a worse state if there is a change. I could
+arrange to get the assistance of my friends in Madrid, by paying
+them. I could speak to the Governor General, but all of that would
+accomplish nothing. He has not enough power to introduce reforms,
+nor would I ever take a step in that direction, for I know very well
+that, if it is true that these religious corporations have their
+defects, they are now necessities. They are what you might call a
+necessary evil."
+
+Elias raised his head and looked astonished.
+
+"Do you believe, señor, in necessary evils?" he asked, his voice
+slightly trembling. "Do you believe that in order to do good it is
+necessary to do evil?"
+
+"No. I look upon it as a violent remedy which we have to make use of
+to cure an illness. To illustrate further, the country is an organism
+which is suffering from a chronic illness, and, in order to cure it,
+the Government finds itself compelled to use medicines, hard and
+violent, if you wish, but useful and necessary."
+
+"He is a bad doctor, señor, who seeks to cure the symptoms and suppress
+them without trying to find the origin of the illness, or knowing it,
+fears to attack it. The Guardia Civil has no other end than this:
+the suppression of crime by terror and force. This end it neither
+fulfills nor carries out except in chance instances. And you have
+to take into account that society can be severe with individuals
+only after she has furnished all means necessary for their perfect
+morality. In our country, since there is no society, since the
+people and the Government do not form a unity, the latter ought to
+be indulgent, not only because indulgence is necessary, but because
+the individual, neglected and abandoned by Government, has less self
+responsibility than if he had been enlightened. Besides, following out
+your comparison, the medicine applied to the evils of the country is
+so much of a destroyer that its effect is only felt on the sane parts
+of the organism. These it weakens and injures. Would it not be more
+reasonable to fortify and strengthen the infirm organism and minimize
+a little the violence of the medicine?"
+
+"To weaken the Guardia Civil would be to put the security of the
+towns in danger."
+
+"The security of the towns!" exclaimed Elias with bitterness. "The
+towns have had the Guardia Civil for nearly fifteen years and
+what is the result? We still have tulisanes, we still hear of them
+sacking towns, and they still make their attacks on people on the
+roads. Robberies continue and the robbers are not punished. Crime
+exists and the real criminal goes free, but not so with the peaceful
+inhabitants of the town. Ask any honorable citizen if he looks upon
+this institution as a good, as a protection by the Government, or
+as an imposition, a despotism whose excesses do more harm than the
+violence of the criminals. Communication between people is paralyzed,
+for they fear to be maltreated for trifling causes. More importance
+is attached to the formality of the law than to the basal principle
+of it,--the first symptom of incapacity in government. The heads of
+the organization consider it their first duty to make people salute
+them, either of their own will or by force, even in the darkness of
+night. In this, their inferior officers imitate them and maltreat
+and fleece the poor countrymen. There is no such thing as sacredness
+of the fireside. There is no security for the individual. What have
+the people accomplished by overcoming their wrath and by waiting for
+justice at the hands of others? Ah! señor, if you call that preserving
+the order----"
+
+"I agree with you that there are evils," replied Ibarra. "But we
+have to accept those evils for the good which accompanies them. This
+institution may be imperfect, but believe me, by the terror which it
+inspires, it prevents the number of criminals from increasing."
+
+"You might better say that by that terror it increases the number
+of criminals," said Elias, correcting him. "Before this body was
+created, almost all the evildoers, with the exception of a very few,
+were criminals because of their hunger. They pillaged and robbed in
+order to live. That famine once passed over and hunger once satisfied,
+the roads were again free from criminals. It was sufficient to have
+the poor but valiant cuaderilleros chase them, with their imperfect
+arms--that body of men so often calumniated by those who have written
+upon our country, those men who have three legal rights, to do their
+duty, to fight and to die. And for all that, a jest as recompense. Now
+there are tulisanes who will be tulisanes all their lives. A crime
+inhumanly punished, resistance against the excesses of the power
+which inflicts such punishment, and fear that other atrocities may
+be inflicted--these make them forever members of that society who
+are bound by oath to kill and die [21]. The terrorism of the Guardia
+Civil impressed upon them closes forever the doors to repentance. And
+as a tulisan fights and defends himself in the mountains better than
+a soldier, whom he scorns, the result is that we are incapable of
+abating the evil which we have created. Call to mind what the prudent
+Governor General de la Torre did. The amnesty which he granted to
+these unhappy people has proved that in these mountains the hearts
+of men still beat, and only await pardon. Terrorism is useful only
+when the people are enslaved, when the mountains have no caverns,
+when the governing power can station a sentry behind every tree, and
+when the slave has in his body nothing but a stomach. But when the
+desperado who fights for his life feels the strong arm of that power,
+then his heart beats and his being fills with passion. Can terrorism
+put out the fire which----"
+
+"It confuses me, Elias, to hear you talk so. I would believe that
+you were right if I did not have my own convictions. But note this
+point--and do not be offended, for I do not include you--I look
+upon you as an exception--consider who those are who ask for this
+reform. Almost all are criminals or people who are in the way of
+becoming such."
+
+"Criminals or future criminals; but why are they so? Because their
+peace has been disturbed, their happiness taken away from them,
+their dearest affections wounded, and, after asking protection from
+Justice, they have been convinced that they can secure it only by
+their own hands, by their own efforts. But you are mistaken, señor,
+if you believe that only criminals ask for it. Go from town to town,
+from house to house. Listen to the secret sighings of the family and
+you will be convinced that the evils which the Guardia Civil causes
+are equal to if not greater than those which it corrects. Would you
+conclude then that all the citizens are criminals? Then, why defend
+them from the others? Why not destroy them?"
+
+"There is some flaw in your reasoning which escapes me now. In Spain,
+the Mother Country, this body lends and has lent very useful services."
+
+"I do not doubt it. Perhaps there it is better organized; the personnel
+more select. Perhaps, too, Spain needs such a body, but the Philippines
+do not. Our customs, our mode of living, which are always cited when
+any one wants to deny us a right, are totally forgotten when some
+one wants to impose something on us. And tell me, señor, why have not
+other nations adopted this institution, other nations which resemble
+Spain more than do the Philippines? Is it due to the efforts of such an
+institution that other nations have fewer robberies of the railways,
+fewer riots, fewer assassinations, and less hand-to-hand fighting in
+their great capitals?"
+
+Ibarra bowed his head in meditation. Afterward he raised it and
+replied:
+
+"That question, my friend, needs serious study. If my investigations
+tell me that these complaints are well founded, I will write to my
+friends in Madrid, since we have no deputies to represent us. In the
+meantime, believe me, the Government needs a body like the Guardia
+Civil, which has unlimited power, in order to make the people respect
+its authority and the laws imposed."
+
+"That would be all right, señor, if the Government were at war
+with the country; but, for the good of the Government, we ought
+not to make the people believe that they are in opposition to the
+law. Furthermore, if that were the case, if we preferred force to
+prestige, we ought to look well to whom we give this unlimited force
+or power, this authority. Such great power in the hands of men, and
+ignorant men at that, men full of passion, without moral education,
+without tested honor--such a thing is a weapon in the hands of a
+maniac in a multitude of unarmed people. I grant and I will agree
+with you that the Government needs this weapon, but let it choose
+that weapon well; let it choose the most worthy men to bear it."
+
+Elias was speaking with enthusiasm and with fervor. His eyes glistened
+and his voice vibrated. Then followed a solemn pause. The banca, no
+longer propelled by the paddle, floated tranquilly on the waves. The
+moon was shining majestically from a sapphire sky. Some lights were
+glimmering on the shore.
+
+"And what more do they ask?" said Ibarra.
+
+"Reforms in the priesthood," responded Elias, in a discouraged and
+sad tone of voice. "The unfortunates ask more protection against----"
+
+"Against the religious orders?"
+
+"Against their oppressors, señor."
+
+"Have the Filipinos forgotten what they owe to these orders? Have they
+forgotten the immense debt of gratitude they owe to them for having
+saved them from error and given them the Faith? What they owe to them
+for protection against the civil power? Here is one of the evils which
+result from not teaching the history of the country in our schools."
+
+Elias, surprised, could scarcely give credit to what he heard.
+
+"Señor," he replied in a grave voice. "You accuse the people of
+ingratitude: permit me, one of those who suffer, to defend the
+people. Favors, in order to be recognized as such, must be done by
+persons with disinterested motives. Let us consider in a general
+way the mission of the orders, of Christian charity, that threadbare
+subject. Let us lay history aside. Let us not ask what Spain did with
+the Jews, who gave all Europe a Book, a religion and a God! Let us not
+ask what Spain has done with the Arabic people who gave her culture,
+who were tolerant in religion and who reawakened in her a pure national
+love, fallen into lethargy and almost destroyed by the domination of
+Romans and Goths. Let us omit all that. Do you say that these orders
+have given us the Faith and have saved us from error? Do you call those
+outward ceremonies, faith? Do you call that commerce in straps and
+scapularies religion? Do you call those miracles and stories which we
+hear every day truth? Is that the law of Jesus Christ? To teach such
+a faith as this it was not at all necessary that a God should allow
+himself to be crucified. Superstition existed long before the friars
+came here; it was only necessary to perfect it and to raise the price
+of the traffic. Will you tell me that although our religion of to-day
+is imperfect, it is better than that which we had before? I will agree
+with you in that and grant it; but we have purchased it at too high
+a price if we have had to renounce our nationality and independence
+for it; when for it, we have given to the priests our best towns,
+our fields, and still give them our little savings in order to buy
+religious objects. A foreign industry has been introduced among us;
+we pay well for it, and are in peace. If you speak of the protection
+they have afforded us against the civil governors of the provinces,
+I would reply that through them we fall under the power of these
+governors. However, I recognize that a true Faith, and a true love
+for humanity guided the first missionaries who came to our shores. I
+recognize the debt of gratitude which is due those noble hearts. I
+know that in those days Spain abounded in heroes of all kinds, as well
+in religion as in politics, as well in civil life as in military. But
+because the forefathers were virtuous, should we consent to the abuses
+practiced by their degenerate descendants? Because a great good has
+been done for us, are we guilty if we prevent ourselves from being
+harmed? The country does not ask for abolition of the priesthood; it
+only asks for reforms which new circumstances and new needs require."
+
+"I love our country as you love it, Elias. I understand to some
+extent what you desire. I have heard with attention what you have
+said; yet, despite all of that, my friend, I believe we are looking
+upon it with a little prejudice. Here, less than in other things,
+I see the necessity of reforms."
+
+"Can it be possible, señor," said Elias, discouraged and stretching
+out his hands. "Do you not see the necessity of reforms, you whose
+family----"
+
+"Ah! I forget myself and I forget my own injuries for the sake of
+the security of the Philippines, for the sake of the interests of
+Spain," interrupted Ibarra eagerly. "To preserve the Philippines it
+is necessary that the friars continue as they are, and in union with
+Spain lies the welfare of our country."
+
+Ibarra had ceased speaking, but Elias continued to listen. His face
+was sad, his eyes had lost their brilliancy.
+
+"The missionaries conquered the country, it is true," he said. "Do
+you think that Spain will be able to keep the Philippines through
+the instrumentality of the friars?"
+
+"Yes, only through the friars. This is the belief held by all who
+have written on the Philippines."
+
+"Oh!" exclaimed Elias, discouraged and throwing his paddle into the
+bottom of the banca. "I did not think that you had so poor a conception
+of the Government and of the country."
+
+Ibarra replied: "I love our country, not only because it is the
+duty of all men to love the country to which they owe their being,
+not only because my father taught me so; but also because my mother
+was a native, an Indian, and because all my most beautiful memories
+live in these islands. I love it too, because I owe it my happiness
+and will continue to do so."
+
+"And I, I love it because I owe to it my misfortunes," said Elias.
+
+"Yes, my friend, I know that you are suffering, that you are
+unfortunate, and that this makes you see a dark future and influences
+your way of thinking. For this reason, I make allowance for your
+complaints. If I were able to appreciate the motives, if I had known
+part of that past----"
+
+"My misfortunes have another source. If I had known that they would
+have been of usefulness, I would have related them, for aside from
+that, I make no secret of them. They are well enough known by many."
+
+"Perhaps knowing them would rectify my opinions. You know I do not
+rely much upon theories; facts are better guides."
+
+Elias remained pensive for some moments.
+
+"If that is the case, señor," he replied, "I will relate briefly the
+history of my misfortunes."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+ELIAS'S FAMILY.
+
+
+"Some sixty years ago my grandfather lived in Manila and kept books
+for a Spanish merchant. My grandfather was then very young, but was
+married and had a son. One night, without any one knowing the cause,
+the store-house was burned. The fire spread to the store and from the
+store to many others. The losses were very heavy. Search was made for
+the incendiary, and the merchant accused my grandfather. In vain he
+protested and, as he was poor and could not pay celebrated lawyers,
+he was condemned to be whipped publicly and to be led through the
+streets of Manila. It was not a great while ago that this infamous
+punishment was still in use here. It was a thousand times worse than
+death itself. My grandfather, abandoned by everybody except his wife,
+was tied to a horse and, followed by a cruel multitude, was whipped on
+every corner, in the sight of men, his brothers, and in the vicinity of
+the numerous temples of the God of Peace. When the unfortunate man,
+disgraced forever, had satisfied the punishment by his blood, his
+tortures and his cries, they untied him from the horse, for he had
+become unconscious. Would to God he had died! As a refined cruelty,
+they gave him liberty. His wife, embarrassed with a child at the time,
+begged in vain from door to door for work or alms that she might care
+for her sick husband and the poor son. But who would have confidence
+in the wife of an infamous man guilty of arson? The wife, then,
+had to give herself up to prostitution."
+
+Ibarra started from his seat.
+
+"Oh! do not be disturbed! Prostitution was not the only dishonor
+which she and her husband suffered. Honor and shame no longer existed
+for them. The husband cured his wounds, and, with his wife and son,
+hid in the mountains of this province. Here the woman brought forth
+a still-born child, deformed and full of disease. In the mountains,
+they lived for several months, miserable, isolated, hated and fleeing
+from all. Unable to endure the misery, less valorous than his wife,
+and growing desperate at seeing her ill and deprived of all aid and
+comfort, my grandfather hanged himself. The body rotted in the sight of
+the son, who was now scarcely able to take care of his sick mother. The
+bad odor of the rotting corpse disclosed it to Justice. My grandmother
+was accused and condemned for not having given notice. The death of
+her husband was attributed to her and people believed it. For, what
+is a wife of a wretch not capable of doing after having prostituted
+herself? If she took oath, they said she perjured herself; if she wept,
+they said that it was false; and if she invoked God, they said she
+blasphemed. However, they had some consideration for her and waited
+for her to give birth to a child before whipping her. You know that
+the friars spread the belief that the only way to deal with the
+natives is with the whip. Read what Father Gaspar de San Augustin says.
+
+"Thus condemned, the woman cursed the day when she would give
+birth to the child, and this not only prolonged her punishment, but
+violated her maternal sentiments. The woman delivered the child, and
+unfortunately the child was born robust. Two months later the sentence
+of whipping which had been imposed upon her was carried out, to the
+great satisfaction of the people, who thought that in this way they
+were fulfilling their duty. No longer able to be at peace in these
+mountains she fled with her two sons to a neighboring province and
+there they lived like wild beasts: hating and hated. The older boy,
+remembering his happy infancy and its contrast with such great misery,
+became a tulisan as soon as he had sufficient strength. Before long
+the bloody name of Bálat extended from province to province; it was
+the terror of the towns and the people, for he took his revenge with
+fire and blood. The younger boy, who had received from Nature a good
+heart, resigned himself to his lot at his mother's side. They lived
+on what the forests afforded them; they dressed in the rags that
+travellers threw away. The mother had lost her good name, she was now
+known only by such titles as the 'criminal,' the 'prostitute,' and the
+'horse-whipped woman.' The younger brother was known only as the son of
+his mother, because he had such a pleasant disposition that they did
+not believe him to be the son of the incendiary. Finally the famous
+Bálat fell one day into the hands of Justice. Society had taught him
+no good, but he was asked to account for his crimes. One morning as
+the younger boy was looking for his mother, who had gone to gather
+mushrooms from the forest, and had not yet returned, he found her
+lying on the ground by the roadside, under a cotton-tree. Her face
+was turned toward the sky, her eyes were torn from their sockets, and
+her rigid fingers were buried in the blood-stained earth. It occurred
+to the young man to raise his eyes and follow the direction in which
+his mother had been looking, and there from a limb of a tree he saw
+a basket, and in that basket the bloody head of his brother."
+
+"My God!" exclaimed Ibarra.
+
+"That is what my father must have exclaimed," continued Elias,
+coldly. "The men had cut the highwayman into quarters and buried him
+in a trunk of a tree. But the limbs were saved, and were hung up in
+different towns. If you go some time from Calamba to Santo Tomás you
+will still find the rotting leg of my uncle hanging from a lomboy
+tree. Nature has cursed the tree and it neither grows nor gives
+fruit. They did the same thing with the other members of his body,
+but the head, the head, as the best part of the man and that part which
+can be most easily recognized, they hung before the mother's cabin."
+
+Ibarra bowed his head.
+
+"The young man fled like one that is accursed," continued Elias. "He
+fled from town to town, through mountains and valleys, and when at
+last he thought he was not recognized by any one, he began to work
+in the store of a rich man in the province of Tayabas. His activity,
+his agreeable disposition, won for him the esteem of those who did
+not know his past life. By working and saving he managed to make
+a little capital, and, as the misery had passed away, and, as he
+was young, he thought that he would be happy. His good appearance,
+his youth, and his quite unencumbered position won for him the love
+of a girl in the town, but he did not dare to ask for her hand, for
+fear that she might learn of his past. But love became too strong
+and both erred. The man, in order to save the honor of the woman,
+risked all; he asked her to marry him, the papers were looked up and
+all was disclosed. The girl's father was rich and began to prosecute
+the man. The latter, however, did not try to defend himself, admitted
+it all and was sent to jail. The young woman gave birth to a boy and a
+girl. They were brought up in seclusion and made to believe that their
+father was dead. This was not difficult, for while the children were
+still young they saw their mother die, and they thought little about
+investigating their genealogy. As our grandfather was very rich, our
+youth was happy. My sister and I were educated together, we loved each
+other as only twins can when they know no other love. While very young,
+I went to study in the Jesuit College, and my sister, in order that
+we might not be entirely separated, went to the Concordia boarding
+school. Our short education having been ended, for we only wished
+to be farmers, we returned to the town to take possession of the
+inheritance which was left us by our grandfather. We lived happily
+for some time; the future smiled on us; we had many servants; our
+fields bore good crops; and my sister was on the eve of being married
+to a young man who loved her and to whom she was well suited. On
+account of some pecuniary questions, and, because my character was
+then haughty, I lost the good will of a distant relative, and he
+threw in my face one day my dark birth and my infamous ancestry. I
+thought it a calumny and demanded satisfaction. The tomb in which so
+much grief was sleeping was opened again and the truth came out. I
+was confounded. To make the misfortune greater, we had had for some
+years an old servant who had always suffered all my caprices without
+ever leaving us. He contented himself by weeping and crying while
+the other servants jested with him. I do not know how my relative
+found it out; the fact is that he summoned this old man before the
+court and made him tell the truth. The old servant was my father,
+who had stuck fast to his dear children and whom I had maltreated many
+times. Our happiness disappeared: I renounced our fortune; my sister
+lost her lover; and with our father we abandoned the town to go to
+some other point. The thought of having contributed to our disgrace
+and misfortune, cut short the life of the old man, from whose lips
+was learned all the sorrowful past. My sister and I were left alone.
+
+"She wept a great deal, but, amid such grief as they piled upon us,
+she could not forget her love. Without complaining, without saying a
+word, she saw her old lover marry another girl, and I saw her a little
+later gradually become ill, without being able to console her. One
+day she disappeared. In vain I searched for her everywhere; in vain
+I asked for her for six months. Afterward I learned that during the
+time while I was searching for her, one day when the water had risen
+in the lake, there had been found on the beach at Calamba the body of
+a girl, either drowned or assassinated. She had, they say, a knife
+piercing her breast. The authorities of Calamba published the fact
+in the neighboring towns. Nobody presented himself to claim the body;
+no young woman had disappeared. From the description which they gave
+me afterward, from the dress, the rings, the beauty of her face and
+her very abundant hair, I recognized her as my poor sister. From that
+time, I have been wandering from province to province. My fame and
+history are in the mouths of many people; they attribute all sorts
+of deeds to me; at times they calumniate me; but I take no notice of
+men and continue on my way. I have here briefly related my history,
+and that of a judgment at the hands of mankind."
+
+Elias became silent and continued rowing.
+
+"I believe that you are not wrong," murmured Ibarra, in a low voice,
+"when you say that justice ought to procure the welfare of the
+people by lifting up the criminals and by raising the standard of
+their morality. Only ... that is impossible--a Utopia. And then,
+where is the money for so many new employees to come from?"
+
+"And what are the priests for, the priests who proclaim peace and
+charity as their mission? Is it more meritorious for a priest to wet
+the head of a child, to give it salt to eat, than to awaken in the
+darkened conscience of a criminal that spark, given by God to every
+man, that he may seek to do good? Is it more human to accompany a
+criminal to the gallows than to accompany him through the difficult
+path which leads from vice to virtue? Are not spies, executioners and
+Guardias Civiles paid? The latter institution, besides being an evil,
+also costs money."
+
+"My friend, neither you nor I, although we wish it, can accomplish it."
+
+"Alone we are nothing, it is true. Take up the cause of the people,
+unite them, listen to their voices, give others an example to follow,
+give them the idea of what is called a fatherland, a patria!"
+
+"What the people ask for is impossible. We must wait."
+
+"To wait, to wait, is equivalent to suffering!"
+
+"If I should ask it, they would laugh at me."
+
+"And if the people should sustain you?"
+
+"Never! I would never be the one to lead the multitude and accomplish
+by force what the Government does not believe is opportune. No! If I
+ever saw the multitude armed for such a purpose, I would put myself on
+the side of the Government. And I would fight it, for in such a mob I
+would not see my country. I wish for its welfare: that is the reason
+that I am erecting the school-house. I look for it through means of
+instruction, education and progress. Without light there is no road."
+
+"Nor without fighting is there liberty," replied Elias.
+
+"I do not care for that kind of liberty."
+
+"Without liberty there is no light," replied the pilot with
+enthusiasm. "You say that you know very little about our country. I
+believe it. You do not see the fight that is impending. You do not see
+the cloud on the horizon. The combat begins in the sphere of ideas, and
+then descends to the arena to tinge it with blood. I hear the voice of
+God. Woe to them who resist it. History has not been written for them."
+
+Elias was transformed. As he stood up, his head uncovered, his manly
+face illumined by the moonlight, there was something extraordinary
+about him. He shook his long hair and continued:
+
+"Do you not see how all is awakening? Sleep has lasted for centuries,
+but one day a thunderbolt will fall and new life will be called
+forth. New tendencies are animating the spirits, and these tendencies
+to-day separated, will be united some day, and will be guided by
+God. God has not failed other peoples, nor will he fail ours. Their
+cause is liberty."
+
+A solemn silence followed these words. In the meantime, the banca
+carried along imperceptibly by the waves, neared the shore. Elias
+was the first to break the silence.
+
+"What have I to say to those who have sent me?" he asked, changing
+the tone of his voice.
+
+"I have already told you that I greatly deplore their condition,
+but for them to wait, since evils are not cured by other evils. In
+our misfortune, we are all at fault."
+
+Elias did not insist further. He bowed his head, continued rowing and,
+bringing the banca up to the shore, took leave of Ibarra saying:
+
+"I thank you, Señor, for your condescension. For your own interests
+I ask you in the future to forget me, and never to recognize me in
+whatever place you may meet me."
+
+And saying this, he turned his banca and rowed in the direction of a
+dense thicket on the beach. He seemed to observe only the millions of
+diamonds which his paddle lifted and which fell back into the lake,
+where they soon disappeared in the mystery of the blue waves.
+
+Finally, he arrived at the place toward which he had been rowing. A
+man came out of the thicket and approached him:
+
+"What shall I tell the captain?" he asked.
+
+"Tell him that Elias, if he does not die before, will fulfill his
+word," he replied gloomily.
+
+"Then when will you meet us?"
+
+"When your captain thinks that the hour of danger has come."
+
+"All right. Good-bye!"
+
+"If I do not die before," murmured Elias.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+CHANGES.
+
+
+The modest Linares was serious and very uneasy. He had just received a
+letter from Doña Victorina which, translated from the most illiterate
+Spanish, and omitting its many errors in spelling and punctuation,
+was as follows:
+
+
+    "Esteemed Cousin:--Within three days I want to know from
+    you if you have killed the alferez or he you. I don't want
+    another day to pass without this animal being punished. If this
+    length of time passes and still you have not challenged him,
+    I will tell Don Santiago that you never were secretary and
+    that you never joked with Canovas or with General Martinez. I
+    will tell Clarita that it is all a lie and I will not give
+    you another cuarto. If you challenge him, I promise you all
+    that you wish. If you do not challenge him, I will accept no
+    excuses or reasons.
+
+        "Your cousin who loves you in her heart.
+        "Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadaña.
+        "Sampalog, Monday Eve, 7 o'clock."
+
+
+It was a serious matter. Linares knew Doña Victorina's character
+and knew what she was capable of doing. To reason with her was out
+of the question; to beg was useless; to deceive her worse. There was
+no other remedy than to challenge.
+
+"But what can I do?" he said to himself, as he was walking alone. "If
+he receives me harshly? If I meet his wife? Who would want to be
+my second? The curate? Captain Tiago? Cursed be the hour in which I
+gave ear to her advice! What will this señorita say about me? Now I
+am sorry to have been secretary to all the ministers."
+
+The good Linares was in this sad soliloquy when Father Salví
+arrived. The Franciscan was certainly thinner and paler than usual,
+but his eyes shone with a peculiar light and a strange smile was seen
+on his lips.
+
+"Señor Linares, all alone?" saluted the priest and directed his steps
+to the sala, through the half open door of which notes of the piano
+were heard.
+
+Linares restrained a smile.
+
+"And Don Santiago?" added the curate.
+
+Captain Tiago presented himself at that moment, kissed the curate's
+hand, took the Father's hat and cane and smiled like one who had
+been blessed.
+
+"Well, well!" said the curate, going into the sala, followed by
+Linares and Captain Tiago. "I have good news from Manila which you
+will all enjoy. I have received letters from Manila which confirm the
+one which Señor Ibarra brought me yesterday--so that, Don Santiago,
+the impediment is removed."
+
+Maria Clara was seated at the piano between her two girl friends. She
+half rose to her feet at this remark, but her strength failed her and
+she sat down again. Linares turned pale and looked at Captain Tiago,
+who turned his eyes to the floor.
+
+"This young man really seems to me a very nice fellow," continued the
+curate. "At first, I judged him bad--he is a little quick-tempered. But
+he knows so well how to atone for his faults afterward, that one cannot
+hold any grudge against him. If it were not for Father Dámaso...." And
+the curate directed a quick glance at Maria Clara. She was listening
+to all that was going on but without taking her eyes off the music--in
+spite of the concealed pinches which Sinang gave her to express her
+joy. Had she been alone, she would have danced.
+
+"Father Dámaso?" asked Linares without finishing the sentence.
+
+"Yes," continued the curate. "Father Dámaso has said that as
+... godfather he could not permit ... but I believe that if finally,
+Señor Ibarra asks pardon, which I do not doubt he will do, all will
+be arranged."
+
+Maria Clara arose, made an excuse and retired to her room, accompanied
+by Victoria.
+
+"And if Father Dámaso does not pardon him?" asked Captain Tiago,
+in a low voice.
+
+"Then Maria Clara will see that Father Dámaso is her spiritual
+father. But I believe that they will come to an understanding."
+
+At that moment, steps were heard and Ibarra appeared, followed by
+Aunt Isabel. His presence on the scene produced a varied effect. He
+saluted Captain Tiago affably, the latter not knowing whether to
+smile or to weep; to Linares he bowed profoundly. Father Salví arose
+and extended his hand to him so affectionately that Ibarra could not
+suppress a look of surprise.
+
+"Do not think it strange," said Father Salví. "I was just paying you
+a compliment."
+
+Ibarra thanked him and approached Sinang.
+
+"Where have you been all day?" she asked, with a childish laugh. "We
+have been asking each other, 'Where could this soul redeemed from
+purgatory have gone?' Each one of us gave a different answer."
+
+"And will you not tell what you said?"
+
+"No, that is a secret; but I will surely tell you in private. Now
+tell us where you have been so that we can see who has been able to
+guess it."
+
+"No, that also is a secret; but I will tell you alone, if the señores
+will permit."
+
+"Certainly, certainly!" said Father Salví.
+
+Sinang took Crisostomo to one end of the hall. She was very happy
+with the idea of knowing a secret.
+
+"Tell me, my little friend," said Ibarra, "Is Maria angry with me?"
+
+"I do not know, but she says that it is better that you should forget
+her and then begins to cry. Captain Tiago wants her to marry that
+gentleman; Father Dámaso also wishes it; but she says neither yes
+nor no. This morning when we were asking for you, I said: 'What
+if he has gone to make love to some one else?' She replied to me:
+'Would to God that he had!' and then began to cry."
+
+Ibarra was serious.
+
+"Tell Maria that I want to speak with her alone."
+
+"Alone?" asked Sinang, knitting her eyebrows and looking at him.
+
+"Entirely alone, no. But so that we may not be seen by that other
+señor."
+
+"It is difficult, but don't worry. I will tell her."
+
+"And when will I know the answer?"
+
+"To-morrow come to the house early. Maria never wants to be alone. We
+keep her company. Victoria sleeps by her side one night, and I
+the next. To-morrow night it is my turn. But listen: What is the
+secret? You are going without telling me the principal thing."
+
+"That is true. I was in the town of Los Baños. I went up there to do
+some business in cocoanut trees, since I am thinking of building a
+factory. Your father will be my partner."
+
+"Nothing more than that? Give us the secret!" exclaimed Sinang in a
+loud voice and in the tone of a defrauded usurer. "I thought----"
+
+"Take care. I don't want you to tell it."
+
+"I have no desire to!" replied Sinang, sticking up her nose. "If it
+were something more important, I would tell it to my friends. But to
+buy cocoanuts! cocoanuts! Who is interested in cocoanuts?"
+
+And she went away in haste to find her girl friends.
+
+A few moments afterward, Ibarra seeing that the conversation was
+lagging, took leave of the gathering. Captain Tiago's expression
+was between sweet and sour; Linares was silent and observing; and
+the curate, feigning to be joyful, was telling stories. None of the
+girls had returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+PLAYING CARDS WITH THE SHADES.
+
+
+A cloudy sky hides the moon, and a cold wind, the omen of approaching
+December, whirls the dry leaves and dust in the narrow path leading
+to the cemetery.
+
+Under the gate, three forms are conversing in a low tone.
+
+"Have you spoken to Elias?" asked a voice.
+
+"No; you know he is very odd and discreet. But he ought to be with
+us. Don Crisostomo saved his life."
+
+"I accepted the offer for the same reason," said the first voice. "Don
+Crisostomo is having my wife treated at a doctor's house in Manila. I
+have agreed to take charge of the convent in the attack, so that I
+can settle my accounts with the curate."
+
+"And we, we will have charge of the attack on the cuartel, so that we
+can say to the members of the Guardia Civil that our father had sons."
+
+"How many will there be of you?"
+
+"Five! Five will be enough. Don Crisostomo's servant says that there
+will be twenty in all."
+
+"And if things don't turn out well?"
+
+"St!" said one, and they all became silent.
+
+In the semi-darkness, a form could be seen crawling along the
+fence. From time to time it stopped, as if to look behind.
+
+And it did so not without reason. Behind, at some twenty paces,
+came another form. This one was taller and seemed to be darker than
+the first. Each time that the first stopped this second one would
+disappear as if the earth had swallowed it.
+
+"They are following me," murmured the one ahead. "Is it a Guardia
+Civil? Has the sacristan lied?"
+
+"It appears that the appointment is here," said the second, in a low
+voice. "They are up to something bad, when the two brothers hide it
+from me."
+
+The first form finally arrived at the gate of the cemetery. The three
+who were already there advanced.
+
+"Is it you?"
+
+"Is it you?"
+
+"Let us separate. Some one is following me. To-morrow we will have
+the arms and to-morrow night will be our time. The cry is 'Viva Don
+Crisostomo!' Begone!"
+
+The three persons disappeared behind the wall. The recent arrival
+hid himself in the hollow of the gate and waited silently.
+
+"Let's see who is following me!" he murmured.
+
+The second person came along very cautiously, and stopped to look
+around.
+
+"I have arrived late!" said he in a half intelligible voice. "But
+perhaps they will return."
+
+And, as a fine rain began to fall and threatened to continue, he took
+refuge under the gate. Naturally, he met the other.
+
+"Ah! who are you?" asked the one who had just come up, in a manly
+voice.
+
+"And who are you?" replied the other tranquilly.
+
+There was a moment's pause. Each tried to recognize the other by the
+tone of his voice and to distinguish the other's features.
+
+"What are you waiting here for?" asked the one with the heavy voice.
+
+"Till the clock strikes eight, so as to have a game of cards with
+the dead. I want to win some money to-night," replied the other,
+in an ordinary tone. "And you: what do you come here for?"
+
+"A--a--for the same thing."
+
+"Well! I am glad. So I will not be without a companion. I have brought
+some cards. At the first stroke of the bell, I put down the albur
+(the first two cards put on the board in monte). At the second stroke,
+I put down the gallo (the second pair). The cards which move after I
+have put them down, are those which the dead choose for themselves. Did
+you also bring some cards?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Then?"
+
+"It is simple. Just as you act as 'banker' for them, so I hope that
+they will 'bank' for me." (In monte the banker deals the cards and
+bets that one of the cards in either the albur or gallo is turned up
+by dealing off the pack, before the card chosen by the other person
+is turned up. A banker can play against two others.)
+
+"And if the shades do not care to 'bank'?"
+
+"What can be done? The game is not obligatory upon the dead."
+
+There was a moment's silence.
+
+"Did you come armed? What if you have to fight with the shades of
+the dead?"
+
+"I'll use my fists," replied the taller of the two.
+
+"Ah! The devil! Now, I remember! The dead do not bet when there is
+more than one live person around. There are two of us."
+
+"Is that true? Well, I don't want to go away."
+
+"Nor I. I need some money," replied the smaller one. "But let us do
+this: We will decide by the cards which one shall go away."
+
+"All right!" replied the other, showing a certain amount of
+displeasure.
+
+"Then let us go in. Have you any matches?"
+
+They entered the cemetery and in the obscurity they searched for a
+place where they might decide the question with the cards. They soon
+found a niche upon which they sat down. The shorter one took from
+his hat some playing cards and the other lighted a match.
+
+Each one looked at the other in the light which the match made, but,
+judging from the expression on their faces, they did not recognize
+each other. However, we can recognize in the taller one, the one with
+the manly voice, Elias; and in the smaller one, Lucas, with the scar
+on his cheek.
+
+"Cut the cards!" said the latter, without ceasing to look at the other.
+
+He pushed aside some bones which were found on the niche and turned up
+an ace and a jack for the albur. Elias lighted one match after another.
+
+"On the jack!" said he and, in order to show which of the cards he
+was betting on, he placed upon it a piece of vertebræ.
+
+"I deal!" said Lucas and, after turning up four or five cards, an
+ace came up.
+
+"You have lost," he added. "Now leave me alone so that I may win
+some money."
+
+Elias, without saying a word, disappeared in the darkness.
+
+Some minutes afterward, the clock in the church struck eight and the
+bell announced the hour of prayer. But Lucas did not invite anybody
+to play with him. He did not call out the shades, as superstition
+demanded. Instead, he uncovered his head, murmured some prayers and
+crossed himself with the same fervor as the chief of the Brotherhood
+of the Most Sacred Rosary would have done at that moment.
+
+The drizzling rain continued all night. At nine o'clock the streets
+were dark and lonely. The little cocoanut oil lanterns, which each
+citizen had to hang out in front of his house gave light scarcely a
+meter around. It seemed as though they had been lighted so one might
+see the darkness.
+
+Two Civil Guards were walking from one side of the street to the
+other near the church.
+
+"It is cold," said one in Tagalog with a Visayan accent. "We aren't
+catching any sacristans. There is nobody to clean out the alferez's hen
+yard and we ought to catch some sacristan and make him do it. Since
+that one was killed, they have taken warning. I am getting tired
+of this."
+
+"So am I," replied the other. "Nobody commits any robbery; no one
+disturbs the peace; but, thank God, they say that Elias is in town. The
+alferez says that the one who catches him will be free from whippings
+for three months."
+
+"Ah! Do you know his identification marks?" asked the Visayan.
+
+"I certainly do! Stature, tall, according to the alferez's description;
+ordinary, according to the description of Father Dámaso; color,
+brunette; eyes, black; nose, regular; mouth, regular; beard, none;
+hair, black."
+
+"Ah! And particular marks?"
+
+"Camisa, black; pantaloons, black; a wood-cutter----"
+
+"Ah! He will not escape. I think I see him already."
+
+"I don't confuse him with anybody else, although you might think so."
+
+Both soldiers continued their beats.
+
+By the light of the lantern two forms could again be seen, one
+following the other cautiously. A forcible "Quien vive?" stops them
+both. The first one replied "España," in a trembling voice.
+
+The two soldiers drag him along and bring him up to the light,
+to recognize him. It was Lucas, but the soldiers were in doubt and
+questioned each other with a glance.
+
+"The alferez said nothing about his having a scar," said the Visayan
+in a low voice. "Where are you going?"
+
+"To order a mass for to-morrow."
+
+"Have you not seen Elias?"
+
+"I do not know him, señor," replied Lucas.
+
+"You dunce! I am not asking if you know him. Nor do we know him. I
+am asking you if you have seen him."
+
+"No, señor."
+
+"Listen closely. I will give you his description. Stature, at times
+tall, at times regular; skin and eyes, black; all the others are
+regular," said the Visayan. "Do you know him now?"
+
+"No, señor," replied Lucas, frightened.
+
+"Then, sulung! (Go along). You brute! You ass!" And they gave him
+a shove.
+
+"Do you know why Elias is tall, according to the alferez, and why he
+is short, according to the curate?" asked the Tagalog of the other.
+
+"No."
+
+"Because the alferez was stuck in a mud hole when he observed him,
+and the curate was on foot when he saw him."
+
+"That's right!" exclaimed the Visayan. "You are bright. Why are you
+a Guardia Civil?"
+
+"I haven't been always. I was a smuggler at one time," replied the
+Tagalog boastingly.
+
+But another form attracted their attention. They called out "Quien
+Vive?" and brought him up to the light. This time it was Elias himself.
+
+"Where are you going?"
+
+"I am pursuing, señor, a man who has whipped and threatened my
+brother. He has a scar on his face and his name is Elias----"
+
+"Ha?" exclaimed the two, and looked at each other frightened.
+
+And at once they started on a run toward the church, where a few
+minutes before Lucas had disappeared.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV
+
+THE DISCOVERY.
+
+
+The bell announces the hour of evening prayer. On hearing the
+religious sound, all stop, leave their work and uncover their heads;
+the laborer, coming from the fields on the carabao's back, suspends
+the song to which the animal keeps step, and prays; the women in the
+middle of the street make the sign of the cross, and move their lips
+with affectation so that no one may doubt their devotion: the man
+stops fondling his game-cock and recites the Angelus so that he may
+have good luck; in the houses, they pray in a loud voice ... every
+sound which is not a part of the Ave Maria is dissipated, silenced.
+
+However, the curate, without his hat, hastily crosses the street,
+scandalizing many old women. And still more scandalous, he directs
+his steps towards the alferez's house. The devout women think that
+it is time for them to stop the movement of their lips and to kiss
+the curate's hand, but Father Salví takes no notice of them. To-day
+he finds no pleasure in placing his bony hand under a Christian's
+nose. Some important business must be occupying him that he should
+so forget his own interests and those of the Church!
+
+He goes up the stairs and knocks impatiently at the alferez's door. The
+latter appears, his eyebrows knit and followed by his better half,
+who smiles malignantly.
+
+"Ah, Father Curate! I was just going to see you. Your he-goat...."
+
+"I have a most important matter...."
+
+"I can't allow your goat to go on breaking down my fence.... I'll
+shoot him if he gets in there again."
+
+"That is if you are alive to-morrow," said the curate, breathless,
+and directing himself toward the sala.
+
+"What! do you think that that seven-months-old puppy will kill me? I'll
+kick him to pieces."
+
+Father Salví stepped back and looked instinctively at the feet of
+the alferez.
+
+"Whom are you talking about?" asked he, trembling.
+
+"Of whom could I be talking but that big blockhead who proposes to
+challenge me to a duel with revolvers at one hundred paces?"
+
+"Ah!" sighed the curate, and added: "I have come to speak about a
+most urgent matter which seriously concerns the life of all of us."
+
+"Seriously!" repeated the alferez, turning pale in turn. "Does this
+young fellow shoot well...?"
+
+"I am not speaking about him."
+
+"Then?"
+
+The friar pointed to the door which the alferez shut in his customary
+manner, by a kick. The alferez usually found his hands superfluous. An
+imprecation and a groan from without were heard.
+
+"You brute. You have cut open my head!" cried his wife.
+
+"Now unbosom yourself," said he to the curate in a quiet manner. The
+latter looked at him for some time. Afterward he asked, in that nasal
+and monotonous priest's voice:
+
+"Did you see how I came running?"
+
+"Umph! I thought something was the matter with you."
+
+"When I leave my duties in this manner there are grave motives."
+
+"And what is it?" asked the other, stamping his foot on the floor.
+
+"Calm yourself!"
+
+"Then, why did you come in such a hurry?"
+
+The curate approached him and asked in a mysterious way:
+
+"Don't--you--know--anything--new?"
+
+The alferez shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"You confess that you know absolutely nothing?"
+
+"What! do you mean to tell me about Elias, whom your sacristan mayor
+hid last night?" he asked.
+
+"No, no! I don't speak of such matters now," replied the curate,
+in a bad humor. "I am talking about a great danger."
+
+"Then d----n it! Let it out."
+
+"Now then," said the friar slowly and with a certain disdain, "you
+will see again how important we priests are. The lowest layman is
+worth a regiment, so that a curate...."
+
+And then lowering his voice in a very mysterious manner:
+
+"I have discovered a great conspiracy."
+
+The alferez started and looked at the friar astonished.
+
+"A terrible and well-laid conspiracy, which is to break out this
+very night."
+
+"This very night!" exclaimed the alferez, moving at first toward
+Father Salví, and then running after his revolver and saber,
+which were hanging on the wall: "Whom shall I arrest? Whom shall I
+arrest?" he cried.
+
+"Be calm. It is not yet time, thanks to my great haste. At eight
+o'clock."
+
+"I'll shoot them all!"
+
+"Listen! This afternoon a woman, whose name I must not mention (it
+is a secret of the confessional) came to me and disclosed it all. At
+eight o'clock they will take the cuartel by surprise, sack the convent,
+seize the Government's steamboat and assassinate all the Spaniards."
+
+The alferez was stupified.
+
+"The woman has not told more than that," added the curate.
+
+"Has not told you more? Then I'll arrest her!"
+
+"No; I cannot consent to it. The tribunal of penitence is the throne
+of God of forgiveness."
+
+"Neither God nor forgiveness count in this matter. I'll arrest her."
+
+"You are losing your head. What you ought to do is to prepare
+yourself. Arm your soldiers quietly and put them in ambush. Send me
+four Guards for the convent and notify the people on the Government
+steamboat."
+
+"The boat is not here. I'll send to other sections for aid."
+
+"They would notice that and would not go on with their plans. No,
+don't do that. What is important is that we catch them alive and make
+them talk; I say, you will make them disclose the conspiracy. I, in the
+capacity of a priest, ought not to mix myself in these matters. Now's
+your chance! Here you can win crosses and stars. I ask only that you
+make it evident that I am the one who warned you."
+
+"It will be made evident, Father, it will be made evident! And perhaps
+a mitre will fall to you!" replied the radiant alferez.
+
+"Be sure and send me four un-uniformed Civil Guards, eh? Be
+discreet! To-night at eight o'clock, it will rain stars and crosses."
+
+While this was going on, a man came running down the road which led
+to Ibarra's house, and quickly went up the stairs.
+
+"Is the Señor at home?" asked Elias of the servant.
+
+"He is in his laboratory at work."
+
+Ibarra, in order to pass the time while he impatiently waited for the
+hour when he could make explanations to Maria Clara, had gone to work
+in his cabinet.
+
+"Ah, is it you, Elias?" he exclaimed. "I was thinking about
+you. Yesterday, I forgot to ask you for the name of that Spaniard in
+whose house your grandfather lived."
+
+"Don't bother yourself, Señor, about me...."
+
+"Look!" continued Ibarra, without noting the agitation of the young
+man, and putting a piece of bamboo to a flame. "I have made a great
+discovery. This bamboo is incombustible...."
+
+"Don't talk about bamboo now, Señor. Talk about collecting your papers
+and fleeing in a minute."
+
+Ibarra looked at him surprised, and, on seeing the seriousness in
+Elias's countenance, he dropped the object which he had in his hands.
+
+"Burn everything that can possibly implicate you in any way and put
+yourself in a more secure place within an hour."
+
+"And what for?" he asked at last.
+
+"Put all that you have of value in a secure place...."
+
+"And what for?"
+
+"Burn all papers written by you or to you. The most innocent can be
+interpreted in a bad sense."
+
+"But what for?"
+
+"What for? Because I have just discovered a conspiracy which will be
+attributed to you in order to ruin you."
+
+"A conspiracy? And who has planned it?"
+
+"I have been unable to learn the author of it. Only a moment ago I
+was talking with one of the unfortunate men who have been paid for
+it. I could not dissuade him."
+
+"And didn't that fellow say who paid him?"
+
+"Yes. Asking me to keep the secret, he told me that it was you."
+
+"My God!" exclaimed Ibarra. He stood stupefied.
+
+"Señor, don't hesitate, don't doubt, don't lose time, for undoubtedly
+the conspiracy will break out this very night."
+
+Ibarra, with staring eyes, and hands holding his head, seemed not to
+hear him.
+
+"The blow cannot be thwarted," continued Elias. "I have arrived too
+late. I do not know their leaders ... save yourself, Señor, save
+yourself for the sake of your country."
+
+"Where shall I flee? They are expecting me this evening," exclaimed
+Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara.
+
+"To any other town, to Manila, to the house of some official; only
+flee somewhere so that they will not say that you are directing
+the movement."
+
+"And if I myself denounce the conspiracy?"
+
+"You denounce it?" exclaimed Elias, looking at him, and stepping
+back. "You would pass for a traitor and a coward in the eyes of
+the conspirators, and for a pusillanimous person in the eyes of
+others. They would say that you had played a trick to win some praise,
+they would say...."
+
+"But what can be done?"
+
+"Already I have told you. Destroy all the papers you have which relate
+to you; flee and await developments."
+
+"And Maria Clara?" exclaimed the young man. "No; death first!"
+
+Elias wrung his hands and said:
+
+"Well, then, at least avoid the blow. Prepare yourself against their
+accusations."
+
+Ibarra looked around him in a stupefied manner.
+
+"Then, help me! There in those bags I have my family letters. Sort
+out those from my father, which are, perhaps, the ones that would
+incriminate me. Read the signatures."
+
+Ibarra, stunned and overwhelmed, opened and closed drawers, collected
+papers, hastily read letters, tore up some, kept others, took down
+books and thumbed through some of them. Elias did the same, if indeed
+with less confusion, with equal zeal. But he stopped, with eyes wide
+open, turned over a paper which he had in his hand and asked in a
+trembling voice:
+
+"Did your family know Don Pedro Eibarramendia?"
+
+"Certainly!" replied Ibarra, opening a drawer and taking out a pile
+of papers. "He was my great-grandfather."
+
+"Your great grandfather? Don Pedro Eibarramendia?" he again asked,
+with livid features and a changed appearance.
+
+"Yes," replied Ibarra, distracted. "We cut short the name, for it
+was too long."
+
+"He was a Basque?" said Elias approaching him.
+
+"Yes; but what's the matter?" he asked, surprised.
+
+Elias closed his fist, shook it in Ibarra's face and looked at
+him. Crisostomo stepped back as soon as he read the expression on
+that face.
+
+"Do you know who Don Pedro Eibarramendia was?" he asked between
+his teeth. "Don Pedro Eibarramendia was that wretch who accused my
+grandfather and caused all our misery.... I was looking for one of
+his name. God has given you into my hands.... Account to me for our
+misfortunes."
+
+Ibarra looked at him terrified. Elias shook him by the arm and,
+in a bitter voice, filled with hate, said:
+
+"Look at me well; see if I have suffered, and you, you live, you love,
+you have fortune, home, consideration. You live ... you live!"
+
+And, beside himself, he ran toward a small collection of arms, but
+he had scarcely grasped two swords when he let them fall, and, like
+a madman, looked at Ibarra, who remained immovable.
+
+"What am I to do?" he said and fled from the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV
+
+THE CATASTROPHE.
+
+
+There in the dining-room Captain Tiago, Linares, and Aunt Isabel were
+eating supper. In the sala the rattling of plate and tableware was
+heard. Maria Clara had said that she did not care to eat and had seated
+herself at the piano. By her side was jolly Sinang, who murmured little
+secrets in Maria's ear, while Father Salví uneasily paced the sala.
+
+It was not because the convalescent had no appetite that she was
+not eating. It was because she was awaiting the arrival of a certain
+person and had taken advantage of the moment in which her Argus could
+not be present, the hour when Linares ate.
+
+"You will see how that ghost will stay till eight o'clock," murmured
+Sinang, pointing to the curate. "At eight o'clock he ought to
+come. This priest is as much in love as Linares."
+
+Maria Clara looked at her friend, frightened. The latter, without
+noticing her expression, continued her terrible gossip:
+
+"Ah! Now I know why he doesn't go, in spite of all my hints. He
+doesn't want to burn the lamps in the convent. Don't you see? Ever
+since you fell ill, he has had the two lights which he used to burn,
+put out. But look at his eyes and his face!"
+
+Just at that moment the clock in the house struck eight. The curate
+trembled and went and sat down in a corner of the room.
+
+"He is coming," said Sinang, pinching Maria Clara. "Do you hear?"
+
+The bell in the church tolled eight and all arose to pray. Father
+Salví, with a weak and trembling voice, led, but, as each one had
+his own thoughts, nobody paid any attention to him.
+
+The prayer had scarcely ended, when Ibarra presented himself. The young
+man was wearing mourning, not only in his dress, but in his face. In
+fact, it was so evident that Maria Clara, on seeing him, arose and
+took a step toward him as if to ask what ailed him, but at the same
+instant a discharge of musketry was heard. Ibarra stopped, his eyes
+rolled and he was unable to speak. The curate hid himself behind a
+pillar. More shooting and more noise was heard in the direction of the
+convent, followed by cries and the sound of people running. Captain
+Tiago, Aunt Isabel and Linares entered the room, hurriedly crying
+"tulisan! tulisan!" Andeng followed them, brandishing a spit and ran
+toward her foster sister.
+
+Aunt Isabel fell on her knees and prayed the Kyrie eleison. Captain
+Tiago, pale and trembling, carried a chicken's liver on his fork, and,
+in tears, offered it to the Virgin of Antipolo. Linares had his mouth
+full and was armed with a spoon. Sinang and Maria Clara embraced each
+other. The only person who did not move was Ibarra. He stood as if
+petrified, his face indescribably pale.
+
+The cries and blows continued, the windows were shut with a bang,
+a whistle was heard, and occasionally a shot.
+
+"Christe eleison! Santiago, fasten the windows," groaned Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Fifty great bombs and a thanksgiving mass," replied Captain
+Tiago. "Ora pro nobis!"
+
+After a time, things quieted down and there was a terrible silence. The
+voice of the alferez was distinguished, as he came running in, and
+crying: "Father curate! Father Salví! Come!"
+
+"Misere! The alferez is asking for confession!" cried Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Is he wounded?" asked Linares at last. "Ah!"
+
+"Come, Father Salví! There is nothing to fear now," continued the
+alferez, shouting.
+
+Father Salví, pale, and decided at last, came out of his hiding-place
+and went downstairs.
+
+"The tulisanes have killed the alferez!" said Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Maria Clara, Sinang, go to your room! Fasten the door! Kyrie eleison!"
+
+Ibarra also went toward the stairs, in spite of Aunt Isabel, who was
+saying: "Don't go out! You haven't confessed yet. Don't go out!"
+
+The good old woman had been a great friend of Ibarra's mother.
+
+But Ibarra left the house. It seemed to him that all about him was
+revolving through the air, that even the ground was gone from under his
+feet. His ears buzzed. His legs moved heavily and irregularly. Waves
+of blood, light and darkness, succeeded one another on the retina of
+his eye.
+
+Despite the fact that the moon was shining brightly in the heavens, the
+young man stumbled on every stone in the solitary and deserted street.
+
+Near the cuartel he saw some soldiers with their bayonets fixed,
+talking excitedly. He passed by unseen.
+
+In the tribunal, blows, cries, wails, and curses were heard. The
+alferez's voice drowned all the others.
+
+"Put him in the stocks! Put handcuffs on that fellow! Two shots for
+whoever moves! Sergeant, you will mount your guard! Let no one pass,
+not even God! Corporal, let no one sleep!"
+
+Ibarra hastened his steps toward his house. His servants were uneasily
+awaiting him.
+
+"Saddle the best horse and go to bed!" said he to them.
+
+He entered his laboratory and hurriedly began to get his travelling
+bag ready. He opened an iron box, took out all the money which he
+found there and put it in a bag. He gathered his jewels together,
+took down a picture of Maria Clara which was hanging upon the wall,
+and, arming himself with a dirk and two revolvers, he turned to the
+cupboard where he had some tools.
+
+At that instant, three blows, loud and strong, sounded on the door.
+
+"Who's there?" asked Ibarra, in a doleful voice.
+
+"Open in the name of the King! Open the door at once, or we will
+knock it down!" replied an imperious Spanish voice.
+
+Ibarra looked toward the window. His eyes flashed and he cocked his
+revolver. But changing his mind, he left the arms and went to open
+the door at the same moment that the servants came up.
+
+Three Guards seized him instantly.
+
+"You are made a prisoner in the name of the King!" said the sergeant.
+
+"What for?"
+
+"They will tell you later. We are prohibited from saying a word."
+
+The young man reflected a moment and not wishing, perhaps, the soldiers
+to discover his preparations for flight, he took his hat and said:
+
+"I am at your disposal. I suppose it will be only for a short time."
+
+"If you promise not to escape, we will not handcuff you. The alferez
+grants this favor, but if you flee----"
+
+Ibarra followed, leaving the servants in consternation.
+
+In the meantime, what had become of Elias?
+
+On leaving Crisostomo's house, like a madman, he ran about without
+knowing where. He crossed fields, and in violent agitation arrived at a
+forest. He was fleeing from people, and from light. The moon troubled
+him and he entered the mysterious shade of the forest. Sometimes
+stopping, sometimes following unbroken paths, leaning upon century-old
+trunks, entangled in the briars, he looked toward the town, which
+lay at his feet bathed in the light of the moon, stretching itself
+out on the plain, lying on the shore of the lake. Birds, disturbed
+in their sleep, flew away. Owls screeched and flew from one limb to
+another. But Elias neither heard nor saw them. He thought he was being
+followed by the infuriated shades of his ancestors. He saw the horrible
+basket hanging from every branch with the blood-covered head of Bálat,
+just as his father had described it to him. He thought he saw the dead
+body of his grandmother lying at the foot of every tree. He seemed
+to see the skeleton of his dishonored grandfather in the darkness,
+and the skeleton, the old woman, and the head all cried out to him,
+"Coward! Coward!"
+
+He left the mountain and fled down toward the sea. He ran along the
+beach in agitation. But there in the distance, amid the waves, where
+the light of the moon seemed to raise a fog, he thought he saw a shade
+raise itself, the shade of his sister, with her breast covered with
+blood, her hair hanging loose in the air.
+
+Elias fell upon his knees on the sand.
+
+"And you, too!" he cried stretching out his arms.
+
+Then, with his eyes fixed on the fog, he arose slowly and, advancing
+toward it, went into the water as if to follow somebody. He waded on
+over the gentle slope of the beach which forms the bar. He was already
+far from the shore and the water was up to his belt. He went on and
+on, as if fascinated by a seducing spirit. The water was now up to his
+breast. Suddenly, the discharge of musketry awoke him from his dream,
+the vision disappeared, and the young man returned to reality. He
+stopped, reflected, and noticed that he was in the water. The lake
+was smooth and he could still see the lights in the fishermen's huts.
+
+He returned to the shore and made his way toward the town. What
+for? He himself did not know.
+
+The town seemed uninhabited. The houses were all closed. Even the
+animals, the dogs which are accustomed to bark at night, had hid
+themselves through fear. The silvery light of the moon increased the
+sadness and solitude.
+
+Afraid of meeting the Civil Guards, he went through the orchards and
+gardens. In one of the gardens he thought he saw two human forms,
+but he continued his way. Jumping over fences and walls, he arrived
+after great labor at the other side of the town, and directed his
+steps toward Ibarra's house. The servants were in the door, lamenting
+and commenting on the arrest of their master.
+
+Aware of what had passed, Elias went away, but returned to the house,
+leaped over the wall, crawled through a window and went into the
+cabinet or laboratory, where the candle which Ibarra had left was
+still burning.
+
+Elias saw the papers and the books. He found the arms and the little
+sacks which contained the money and the jewelry. All that had passed
+ran through his imagination again, and, seeing all the papers which
+might incriminate Ibarra, he thought of collecting them, throwing
+them through the window and burying them.
+
+He glanced toward the garden and, by the light of the moon, he saw
+two Civil Guards coming with an adjutant. Their bayonets and helmets
+were glistening in the light.
+
+Then he decided. He piled up the clothes and papers in the middle
+of the cabinet, emptied the oil in a lamp upon the pile and set fire
+to it. He quickly buckled the arms around him. He saw the picture of
+Maria Clara, hesitated--put it in one of the little sacks, and jumped
+out of the window with them all.
+
+It was already time, for the two Civil Guards were forcing their
+entrance.
+
+"Let us go up to get your master's papers," said the adjutant.
+
+"Have you permission? If not, you shall not go up!" said an old
+servant.
+
+But the soldiers pushed the servants aside with the butts of their
+guns and went upstairs. A thick smoke was already filling the whole
+house, and gigantic tongues of flame were coming out from the sala,
+licking the doors and windows.
+
+"Fire! Fire! Fire!" they all cried.
+
+Each hurried to save what he could, but the fire had filled the small
+laboratory, breaking out furiously among the inflammable materials. The
+Civil Guards had to turn back. The fire, roaring and sweeping all
+before it, closed the passage to them. In vain they brought water
+from the well. All were shouting, and crying for help, but they were
+isolated. The fire reached the other rooms and in thick columns of
+smoke ascended to the heavens. Some peasants came from a distance,
+but they arrived only in time to see the frightful spectacle, the
+end of that old building, so long respected by the elements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI
+
+WHAT PEOPLE SAY AND THINK.
+
+
+Day dawned at last for the terrorized people. The streets in which
+the cuartel and the tribunal were situated were still deserted and
+solitary. The houses showed no signs of life. However, a shutter was
+opened with a creaking noise and an infant head stuck out and looked
+in all directions.... Slap!... A sound announces hard contact between
+a strip of leather and a human body. The child made a grimace, closed
+its eyes and disappeared. The shutter was closed again.
+
+The example had been set. Without any doubt the opening and closing of
+the shutter has been heard, for another window was opened very slowly
+and cautiously and a wrinkled and toothless old woman thrust out her
+head. She was called Sister Ruté. She looked about, knit her brows,
+spit noisily and then crossed herself. In the house opposite, a little
+window was timidly opened and her friend, Sister Rufa appeared. They
+looked at each other for a moment, smiled, made some signals, and
+again crossed themselves.
+
+"Jesús! It was like a thanksgiving mass," said Sister Rufa.
+
+"Since the time that Bálat sacked the town I have never seen a night
+like it," replied Sister Puté.
+
+"What a lot of shots! They say that it was old Pablo's gang."
+
+"Tulisanes? It couldn't be. They say that it was the cuaderilleros
+against the Civil Guards. For this reason, they have arrested Don
+Filipo."
+
+"Sanctus Deus! They say that there are no less than fourteen killed."
+
+Other windows were opened and different faces appeared, exchanging
+salutations and commenting on the affair.
+
+In the light of the day--which promised to be a splendid one--could
+be seen in the distance, like ash-colored shadows, soldiers hurrying
+about in confusion.
+
+"There goes another corpse!" said some one from one of the windows.
+
+"One? I see two."
+
+"And so do I. But do you know what it was?" asked a man with a
+crafty face.
+
+"Certainly. The cuaderilleros."
+
+"No, Señor. An uprising at the cuartel."
+
+"What uprising? The curate against the alferez?"
+
+"No, nothing of the sort," said he who had asked the question. "The
+Chinese have risen in revolt."
+
+And he closed his window again.
+
+"The Chinese!" repeated all, with the greatest astonishment.
+
+In a quarter of an hour other versions of the affair were in
+circulation. Ibarra, with his servants, it was said, had tried to
+steal Maria Clara, and Captain Tiago, aided by the Guardia Civil had
+defended her.
+
+By this time the number of the dead was no longer fourteen, but
+thirty. Captain Tiago, it was said, was wounded and was going right
+off to Manila with his family.
+
+The arrival of two cuaderilleros, carrying a human form in a
+wheelbarrow, and followed by a Civil Guard, produced a great
+sensation. It was supposed that they came from the convent. From the
+form of the feet which were hanging down, they tried to guess who it
+could be. By half-past seven, when other Civil Guards arrived from
+neighboring towns, the current version of the affair was already
+clear and detailed.
+
+"I have just come from the tribunal, where I have seen Don Filipo
+and Don Crisostomo prisoners," said a man to Sister Puté. "I talked
+with one of the cuaderilleros on guard. Well, Bruno, the son of the
+man who was whipped to death, made a declaration last night. As you
+know, Captain Tiago is going to marry his daughter to a Spaniard. Don
+Crisostomo, offended, wanted to take revenge and tried to kill all
+the Spaniards, even the curate. Last night they attacked the convent
+and the cuartel. Happily, by mercy of God, the curate was in Captain
+Tiago's house. They say that many escaped. The Civil Guards burned
+Don Crisostomo's house, and if they had not taken him prisoner,
+they would have burned him, too."
+
+"They burned the house?"
+
+"All the servants were arrested. Why, you can still see the smoke
+from here!" said the narrator, approaching the window. "Those who
+come from there relate very sad things."
+
+All looked toward the place indicated. A light column of smoke was
+still ascending to the heavens. All made comments more or less pious,
+more or less accusatory.
+
+"Poor young man!" exclaimed an old man, the husband of Puté.
+
+"Yes!" replied his wife. "But he did not order a mass for the soul
+of his father, who undoubtedly needs it more than others."
+
+"But wife, you don't have any pity...."
+
+"Sympathy for the excommunicated? It is a sin to have pity for the
+enemies of God, say the curates. Don't you remember? He ran over the
+sacred burial ground as if he were in a cattle pen."
+
+"But a cattle pen and a cemetery are much alike," responded the old
+man, "except that but one class of animals enter the cemetery."
+
+"What!" cried Sister Puté. "Are you still going to defend him whom
+God so clearly punishes? You will see that they will arrest you,
+too. You may support a falling house, if you want to!"
+
+The husband became silent in view of this argument.
+
+"Yes," continued the old woman, "after striking Father Dámaso, there
+was nothing left for him to do but to kill Father Salví."
+
+"But you can't deny that he was a good boy when he was a child."
+
+"Yes, he was a good child," replied the old woman, "but he went to
+Spain. All those who go to Spain return heretics, so the curates say."
+
+"Oh!" exclaimed the husband, seeing his revenge. "And the curate,
+and all the curates, and the Archbishops, and the Pope, and the
+Virgin--are they not Spaniards? Bah! Are they heretics, too? Bah!"
+
+Happily for Sister Puté, the arrival of a servant, who rushed in
+confused and pale, cut off the discussion.
+
+"A man hanged in a neighboring orchard!" she exclaimed breathless.
+
+"A man hanged!" exclaimed all, full of amazement.
+
+The women crossed themselves. No one could stir.
+
+"Yes, Señor," continued the servant, trembling. "I was going to
+gather some peas in.... I looked into the orchard next door ... to
+see if there ... I saw a man swinging.... I thought it was Teo ... I
+went nearer to gather peas, and I saw that it was not he but it was
+another, and was dead ... I ran, ran and...."
+
+"Let us go and see it," said the old man, rising. "Take us there."
+
+"Don't go!" cried Sister Puté, seizing him by the shirt.
+
+"You'll get into trouble! He has hanged himself? Then all the worse
+for him!"
+
+"Let me see it, wife! Go to the tribunal, Juan, and report it. Perhaps
+he is not dead yet."
+
+And he went ino[typo, should be into?] the orchard, followed by the
+servant, who kept hid behind him. The women and Sister Puté herself
+came along behind, full of terror and curiosity.
+
+"There it is, Señor," said the servant stopping him and pointing with
+her finger.
+
+The group stopped at a respectful distance, allowing the old man to
+advance alone.
+
+The body of a man, hanging from the limb of a santol tree, was swinging
+slowly in the breeze. The old man contemplated it for some time. He
+looked at the rigid feet, the arms, the stained clothing and the
+drooping head.
+
+"We ought not to touch the corpse until some official has arrived,"
+said he, in a loud voice. "He is already stiff. He has been dead for
+some time."
+
+The women approached hesitatingly.
+
+"It is the neighbor who lived in that little house; the one who
+arrived only two weeks ago. Look at the scar on his face."
+
+"Ave Maria!" exclaimed some of the women.
+
+"Shall we pray for his soul?" asked a young girl as soon as she had
+finished looking at the dead body from all directions.
+
+"You fool! You heretic!" Sister Puté scolded her. "Don't you know what
+Father Dámaso said? To pray for a damned person is to tempt God. He who
+commits suicide is irrevocably condemned. For this reason, he cannot
+be buried in a sacred place. I had begun to think that this man was
+going to have a bad ending. I never could guess what he lived on."
+
+"I saw him twice speaking with the sacristan mayor," observed a girl.
+
+"It couldn't have been to confess himself or to order a mass!"
+
+The neighbors gathered together and a large circle surrounded the
+corpse which was still swinging. In half an hour some officers and
+two cuaderilleros arrived. They took the body down and put it in
+a wheelbarrow.
+
+"Some people are in a hurry to die," said one of the officers,
+laughing, while he took out the pen from behind his ear.
+
+He asked some trifling questions; took the declaration of the servant,
+whom he tried to implicate, now looking at her with evil in his eyes,
+now threatening her and now attributing to her words which she did
+not say--so much so that the servant, believing that she was going
+to be taken to jail, began to weep and finished by declaring that
+she was looking for peas, but that ... and she called Teo to witness.
+
+In the meantime, a peasant with a wide hat and a large plaster on
+his neck, was examining the body, and the rope by which it was hanging.
+
+The face was no more livid than the rest of the body. Above the
+rope could be seen two scars and two small bruises. Where the rope
+had rubbed, there was no blood and the skin was white. The curious
+peasant examined closely the camisa and the pantaloons. He noted that
+they were full of dust and recently torn in some places. But what most
+attracted his attention were the "stick-tights" [22] on his clothing,
+even up to his neck.
+
+"What do you see?" asked the officer.
+
+"I was trying to identify him, señor," stammered the peasant, lowering
+his hat further from his uncovered head.
+
+"But haven't you heard that it was one Lucas? Were you sleeping?"
+
+All began to laugh. The peasant, embarrassed, muttered a few words,
+and went away with head down, walking slowly.
+
+"Here! Where are you going?" cried the old man. "You can't get out
+that way. That's the way to the dead man's house."
+
+"That fellow is still asleep," said the officer with a jeer. "We'll
+have to throw some water on him!"
+
+Those standing around laughed again.
+
+The peasant left the place where he had played so poor a part and
+directed his steps toward the church. In the sacristy, he asked for
+the sacristan mayor.
+
+"He is still sleeping!" they replied gruffly. "Don't you know that
+they sacked the convent last night?"
+
+"I will wait till he awakes."
+
+The sacristans looked at him with that rudeness characteristic of
+people who are in the habit of being ill-treated.
+
+In a dark corner, the one-eyed sacristan mayor was sleeping in a
+large chair. His spectacles were across his forehead among his long
+locks of hair. His squalid, bony breast was bare, and rose and fell
+with regularity.
+
+The peasant sat down near by, disposed to wait patiently, but a
+coin fell on the floor and he began looking for it with the aid of a
+candle, under the sacristan mayor's big chair. The peasant also noted
+"stick-tights" on the sleeping man's pantaloons and on the arms of
+his camisa. The sacristan awoke at last, rubbed his good eye, and,
+in a very bad humor, reproached the man.
+
+"I would like to order a mass said, señor," replied he in a tone
+of excuse.
+
+"They have already finished all the masses," said the one-eyed man,
+softening his accent a little. "If you want it for to-morrow.... Is
+it for souls in Purgatory?"
+
+"No, señor;" replied the peasant, giving him a peso.
+
+And looking fixedly in his one eye, he added:
+
+"It is for a person who is going to die soon." And he left the
+sacristy. "I could have seized him last night," he added, sighingly
+as he removed the plaster from his neck. And he straightened up and
+regained the stature and appearance of Elias.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII
+
+VAE VICTIS!
+
+
+Civil Guards were passing with a sinister air to and fro in front of
+the door of the tribunal, threatening with the butts of their guns
+the daring boys who stood on tip-toe or raised each other up in order
+to look through the grates in the windows.
+
+The sala did not present that same joyful aspect as it did when the
+program for the festival was being discussed. It was gloomy and the
+silence was almost death-like. The Civil Guards and the cuaderilleros
+who were occupying the room scarcely spoke and the few words that
+they did pronounce were in a low tone. Around the table sat the
+directorcillo, two writers and some soldiers scribbling papers. The
+alferez walked from one side to the other, looking from time to time
+ferociously toward the door. Themistocles after the battle of Salamis
+could not have shown more pride at the Olympic games. Doña Consolacion
+yawned in one corner of the room, and disclosed her black palate and
+her crooked teeth. Her cold and evil look was fixed on the door of
+the jail, covered with indecent pictures. Her husband, made amiable
+by the victory, had yielded to her request to be allowed to witness
+the interrogation and, perhaps, the tortures which were to follow. The
+hyena smelled the dead body, she licked her chops and was wearied at
+the delay in the punishment.
+
+The gobernadorcillo's chair, that large chair under the portrait of
+His Majesty, was empty and seemed destined for some other person.
+
+At nearly nine o'clock, the curate, pale and with eyebrows knit,
+arrived.
+
+"Well, you haven't made any one wait!" said the alferez sarcastically
+to the friar.
+
+"I would have preferred not to be present," replied Father Salví,
+in a low voice, without taking notice of the bitter tone.... "I am
+very nervous."
+
+"As no one came, I decided that, in order not to leave the chair
+empty, your presence.... You already know that the prisoners are to
+leave town this afternoon."
+
+"Young Ibarra and the teniente mayor?"
+
+The alferez pointed toward the jail.
+
+"Eight are in there," said he. "Bruno died last night at midnight,
+but his declaration has been obtained."
+
+The curate saluted Doña Consolacion, who responded with a yawn and an
+"aah!" The friar took the big chair under the picture of His Majesty.
+
+"We can begin," said he.
+
+"Bring out the two who are in the stocks!" ordered the alferez in his
+most terrifying voice. And turning to the curate, he added, changing
+his tone:
+
+"They are fastened in the stocks with two holes vacant!"
+
+For those who are interested in instruments of torture, we will say
+that the stocks is one of the most innocent. The holes in which are
+fastened the legs of the prisoner are a little more or less than
+a palm apart. Leaving two holes vacant, and putting the prisoner's
+legs in the holes on either side, would make the position strained,
+so that the ankles would suffer peculiarly and the lower extremities
+be stretched apart more than a yard. It does not kill instantly,
+as may well be imagined.
+
+The turnkey, followed by four soldiers, drew back the bolt and opened
+the door. A nauseating odor, and the thick, damp air escaped from the
+dense darkness of the prison and, at the same time, groans and sighs
+were heard. A soldier lighted a match, but the flame was extinguished
+in that foul, vitiated atmosphere, and they had to wait till the air
+was renewed.
+
+In the vague light of a candle, several human forms could be
+discerned. They were men, some of whom locked their arms around their
+knees and hid their heads between them, others were lying down, with
+their mouths to the ground, some standing, and some leaning against
+the wall. A blow and a creaking sound was heard, accompanied by oaths;
+the stocks were being opened.
+
+Doña Consolacion's body was bent forward, the muscles of her neck
+were rigid, her eyes riveted to the half open door.
+
+Between the soldiers came out Tarsilo, the brother of Bruno. He wore
+handcuffs. His torn clothes disclosed well-developed muscles. His
+eyes were fixed insolently on the alferez's wife.
+
+"This is the one who defended himself most bravely, and who ordered
+his companions to flee," said the alferez to Father Salví.
+
+Behind came another miserable sight, a man crying and weeping like
+a child. He was limping and his pantaloons were stained with blood.
+
+"Mercy, señor, have mercy! I will not enter the cuartel yard again,"
+he cried.
+
+"He is a crafty fellow," said the alferez, speaking to the curate. "He
+wanted to flee, but had received a flesh wound."
+
+"What is your name?" asked the alferez, speaking to Tarsilo.
+
+"Tarsilo Alasigan."
+
+"What did Don Crisostomo promise you for attacking the cuartel?"
+
+"Don Crisostomo has never communicated with us."
+
+"Don't deny it! You wanted to surprise us for him!"
+
+"You are mistaken. You whipped our father to death. We avenged him
+and nothing more. Look for your two soldiers!"
+
+The alferez looked at the sergeant, surprised.
+
+"They are at the bottom of that precipice. We threw them there
+yesterday. There they will rot. Now kill me! You will know nothing
+more."
+
+Silence and general surprise.
+
+"You are not going to tell who were your accomplices?" said the
+alferez in a threatening manner and brandishing a whip.
+
+A scornful smile curled the lips of the culprit.
+
+The alferez conferred for some minutes with the curate in a low
+voice. Then turning to the soldiers, he ordered:
+
+"Take him to where the dead bodies are!"
+
+In a corner of the yard, upon an old wagon, were five bodies close
+together and half covered by a filthy piece of torn matting. A soldier
+on guard was pacing up and down, and constantly spitting.
+
+"Do you recognize them?" asked the alferez, lifting the matting.
+
+Tarsilo did not respond. He saw the dead body of Pedro, with two
+others; one, his own brother, riddled with bayonet wounds, and the
+other, Lucas, with the rope still around his neck. His look became
+gloomy and a sigh seemed to escape from his breast.
+
+"Do you know them?" they asked him.
+
+Tarsilo remained silent.
+
+There was a whistling sound and the whip came down across his back. He
+trembled, and his muscles contracted. The lashes were repeated,
+but Tarsilo continued impassive.
+
+"Let them whip him till they cut him to pieces or till he makes a
+declaration," cried the alferez, exasperated.
+
+"Speak then!" said the directorcillo to him. "They will surely
+kill you."
+
+They led him back to the sala of the tribunal, where the other prisoner
+was invoking God, grating his teeth and shaking on his legs.
+
+"Do you know this man?" asked Father Salví.
+
+"This is the first time I have ever seen him," replied Tarsilo,
+looking with a certain pity on the other.
+
+The alferez gave him a cuff with his fist and kicked him.
+
+"Tie him to the bench!"
+
+Without taking off the bloody handcuffs, he was fastened to the wooden
+bench. The unhappy fellow looked about him as if in search of some one,
+and his eyes fell on Doña Consolacion. He smiled sardonically. Those
+present were surprised and followed his glance and saw the señora. She
+was biting her lips.
+
+"I have never seen an uglier woman," exclaimed Tarsilo amid the
+general silence. "I prefer to lie down on this bench as I am doing
+than to lie by her side, like the alferez."
+
+The Muse turned pale.
+
+"You are going to whip me to death, alferez," he continued, "but
+to-night I will be avenged by your woman."
+
+"Gag him!" shouted the alferez, furious and trembling with rage.
+
+It seemed as though Tarsilo had wanted the gag, for when he had it
+in his mouth, his eyes gleamed with a ray of satisfaction.
+
+At a signal from the alferez a guard, armed with a whip, began his
+cruel task. The whole body of Tarsilo shrank. A groan, suppressed and
+prolonged, could be heard in spite of the rag which stopped up his
+mouth. He lowered his head. His clothes were being stained with blood.
+
+Father Salví, pale and with a wild look, rose to his feet laboriously,
+made a sign with his hand and left the sala with vacillating steps. In
+the street, he saw a girl, leaning her back against the wall, rigid,
+immovable, listening attentively, looking into space, her marble-like
+hands extended along the old wall. The sun was shining full upon
+her. She was counting, it seemed without breathing, the sharp blows
+and listening to that heart-rending groan. She was Tarsilo's sister.
+
+In the meantime, the scene was continuing in the sala. The unfortunate
+fellow, overcome with pain, had become silent and waited for his
+punishers to tire. At last, the soldier breathless, let fall his
+arm. The alferez, pale with wrath and astonishment, made a signal
+for them to unloose him.
+
+Doña Consolacion then arose and whispered something into her husband's
+ear. He nodded his head, signifying that he understood.
+
+"To the well with him!" said he.
+
+The Filipinos know what that means. In Tagalog they call it
+timbain. We do not know who could have been the inventor of this
+method of punishment, but we are of the opinion that he must have lived
+long ago. In the middle of the tribunal yard there was a picturesque
+stone-wall, roughly made out of cobble stones, around a well. A rustic
+apparatus of bamboo in the form of a lever serves to draw out the vile,
+dirty and bad smelling water. Broken dishes, refuse and all sorts of
+filth collected there, since the well was a common receptacle for
+everything that the people threw away or found useless. An object
+which fell into the place, no matter how good it may have been, was
+thereafter surely lost. However, the well was never closed up. At
+times, prisoners were condemned to go down and make it deeper, not
+because it was thought that the work would be useful in any way,
+but because the work was so difficult. If a prisoner went down in
+the well once, he invariably contracted a fever, from which he died.
+
+Tarsilo contemplated all the preparations of the soldiers with a firm
+look. He was very pale and his lips were trembling or murmuring a
+prayer. The haughtiness of his desperation seemed to have disappeared,
+or at least to have weakened. A number of times he bent his head,
+fixed his eyes on the ground, resigned to his suffering.
+
+They took him to one side of the stone wall. Doña Consolacion followed
+smiling. The unfortunate wretch glanced enviously toward the pile of
+dead bodies, and a sigh escaped from his breast.
+
+"Speak now!" said the directorcillo again. "They will certainly drown
+you. At least, die without having suffered so much."
+
+"When you come out of this, you will die," said a cuaderillero.
+
+They took the gag out of his mouth and hung him by his feet. He had
+to go down head first and remain under the water some time just like
+a bucket, except that a man is left under the water a longer time.
+
+The alferez went to look for a watch that he might count the minutes.
+
+In the meantime, Tarsilo was hanging, his long hair waving in the
+air and his eyes half closed.
+
+"If you are Christians, if you have hearts," he begged, in a low voice,
+"let me down rapidly and make my head strike against the wall that I
+may die. God would reward such a good deed.... Perhaps some day you
+will be in the same straits as I am now."
+
+The alferez returned and with watch in hand witnessed the descent.
+
+"Slowly, slowly!" cried Doña Consolacion following the poor fellow
+with her eyes. "Be careful!"
+
+The pole was being lowered slowly. Tarsilo rubbed against
+the projecting stones and the dirty plants which grew in the
+crevices. Then, the pole ceased to move. The alferez was counting
+the seconds.
+
+"Up!" he ordered dryly, at the end of a half minute.
+
+The silvery harmony of the drops of water falling back into the well,
+announced the return of the unfortunate man to the light. As the
+weight on the end of the lever was heavy, he came up quickly. The
+rough pieces of stone and pebbles, torn loose from the walls, fell
+with splashes to the bottom.
+
+His face and hair full of filthy mud, his body wet and dripping,
+he appeared again in the sight of the silent crowd. The wind made
+him shiver with cold.
+
+"Do you want to make a declaration?" they asked him.
+
+"Take care of my sister!" the unhappy one murmured, looking at the
+cuaderillero, with supplication.
+
+The bamboo pole creaked again, and again the condemned man
+disappeared. Doña Consolacion observed that the water remained
+still. The alferez counted a minute.
+
+When Tarsilo came up again, his face was livid and his features
+contracted. He glanced at those standing around and kept open his
+bloodshot eyes.
+
+"Will you make a declaration?" asked the alferez again, with vexation.
+
+Tarsilo shook his head and again they let him down. His eyelids were
+almost closed and his eyes were gazing at the white clouds floating
+in the heavens. He bent his neck to keep sight of the light of day,
+but he was soon submerged in the water. That filthy curtain closed
+from him the sight of the world.
+
+A minute passed. The Muse saw large bubbles of air come up to the
+surface of the water.
+
+"He is thirsty," said she, laughing.
+
+The water was again smooth.
+
+This time a minute and a half had passed when the alferez gave
+the signal.
+
+Tarsilo's features were no longer contracted. The half opened lids
+showed the white of his eyes. Muddy water, clotted with blood,
+ran out of his mouth. The cool wind was blowing, but his body no
+longer shivered.
+
+Those present, pale and terrified, looked at each other in silence. The
+alferez made a signal for them to take him down from where he was
+hanging, and stepped aside for a few moments. Doña Consolacion a
+number of times applied the lighted end of her cigar to the bare legs
+of Tarsilo, but his body did not quiver. It put out the light.
+
+"He has asphyxiated himself," murmured a cuaderillero. "See how his
+tongue is turned, as if he wanted to swallow it."
+
+The other prisoner, trembling and perspiring, contemplated the
+scene. Like a madman he looked about him.
+
+The alferez ordered the directorcillo to question him.
+
+"Señor, Señor," he groaned. "I will tell you all that you wish."
+
+"Good. Let us see! What is your name?"
+
+"Andong, Señor!"
+
+"Bernardo ... Leonardo ... Ricardo ... Educardo. Gerardo ... or what?"
+
+"Andong, Señor," repeated the imbecile.
+
+"Call it Bernardo or whatever you please," said the alferez, decided
+not to bother more about it.
+
+"What family name?"
+
+The man looked at him frightened.
+
+"What's your name? What do you add to the name Andong?"
+
+"Ah, Señor! Andong Medio-tonto (half-fool), Señor."
+
+Those standing around could not resist a laugh. The alferez himself
+stopped short.
+
+"What is your business?"
+
+"Cocoanut tree pruner, Señor, and servant for my mother-in-law."
+
+"Who ordered you to attack the cuartel?"
+
+"Nobody, Señor."
+
+"What's that; nobody? Don't you lie or we will put you in the well. Who
+ordered you to do it? Speak the truth."
+
+"That's the truth, Señor."
+
+"Who?"
+
+"Who?"
+
+"I ask you who ordered you to revolt."
+
+"What revolt, Señor?"
+
+"That one last night, when you were in the tribunal yard."
+
+"Ah, Señor!" exclaimed Andong, blushing.
+
+"Who was to blame for that?"
+
+"My mother-in-law, Señor."
+
+A laugh of surprise followed this reply. The alferez stopped and
+looked sharply at the simple peasant, who believed that his words had
+produced a good effect. More animated, he was about to continue when
+the crack of a whip cut him short.
+
+"To the jail!" ordered the alferez. "This afternoon, send him to
+the capital."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII
+
+THE ACCURSED.
+
+
+The news that the prisoners were going to depart spread quickly through
+the town. At first, the news was heard with terror; afterward, came
+tears and lamentations.
+
+The members of the families of the prisoners were running about
+madly. They would go from the convent to the cuartel from the cuartel
+to the tribunal, and not finding consolation anywhere, they filled the
+air with cries and moans. The curate had shut himself up because he was
+ill. The alferez had increased his guards, who received the supplicants
+with the butts of their guns. The gobernadorcillo, a useless being,
+anyway, seemed more stupid and useless than ever.
+
+The sun was burning hot, but none of the unhappy women who were
+gathered in front of the cuartel thought of that. Doray, the gay
+and happy wife of Don Filipo, wandered about, with her tender little
+child in her arms. Both were crying.
+
+"Get out of the sun," they said to her. "Your son will catch a fever."
+
+"What is the use of his living if he has no father to educate
+him?" replied the dispirited woman.
+
+"Your husband is innocent. Perhaps he will return."
+
+"Yes, when we are in our graves."
+
+Capitana Tinay wept and cried for her son, Antonio. The courageous
+Capitana Maria gazed toward the small grate, behind which were her
+twins, her only sons.
+
+There, too, was the mother-in-law of the cocoanut tree pruner. She
+was not crying; she was walking to and fro, gesticulating, with shirt
+sleeves rolled up, and haranguing the public.
+
+"Have you ever seen anything equal to it?" said she. "They arrest my
+Andong, wound him, put him in the stocks, and take him to the capital,
+all because he happened to be in the cuartel yard."
+
+But few people had any sympathy for the Mussulman mother-in-law.
+
+"Don Crisostomo is to blame for all of this," sighed a woman.
+
+The school teacher also was wandering about in the crowd. Ñor Juan
+was no longer rubbing his hands, nor was he carrying his yard stick
+and plumb line. He had heard the bad news and, faithful to his custom
+of seeing the future as a thing that had already happened, he was
+dressed in mourning, mourning for the death of Ibarra.
+
+At two o'clock in the afternoon, an uncovered cart, drawn by two oxen,
+stopped in front of the tribunal.
+
+The cart was surrounded by the crowd. They wanted to destroy it.
+
+"Don't do that!" said Capitana Maria. "Do you want them to walk?"
+
+This remark stopped the relatives of the prisoners. Twenty soldiers
+came out and surrounded the cart. Then came the prisoners.
+
+The first was Don Filipo; he was tied. He greeted his wife with a
+smile. Doray broke into a bitter lamentation and two soldiers had to
+work hard to keep her from embracing her husband. Antonio, the son of
+Captain Tinay, next appeared, crying like a child--a fact which made
+the family cry all the more. The imbecile, Andong, broke out in a wail
+when he saw his mother-in-law, the cause of his misfortune. Albino,
+the former seminary student, came out with his hands tied, as did
+also the twin sons of Capitana Maria. These three youths were serious
+and grave. The last who came was Ibarra. The young man was pale. He
+looked about for the face of Maria Clara.
+
+"That is the one who is to blame!" cried many voices. "He is to blame
+and he will go free."
+
+"My son-in-law has done nothing and he is handcuffed."
+
+Ibarra turned to the guards.
+
+"Tie me, and tie me well, elbow to elbow," said he.
+
+"We have no orders."
+
+"Tie me!"
+
+The soldiers obeyed.
+
+The alferez appeared on horse-back, armed to the teeth. Ten or fifteen
+more soldiers followed him.
+
+Each of the prisoners had there in the crowd his family praying
+for him, weeping for him, and calling him by the most affectionate
+names. Ibarra was the only exception. Even Ñor Juan himself and the
+school-teacher had disappeared.
+
+"What have you done to my husband and my son?" said Doray to Ibarra,
+crying. "See my poor boy! You have deprived him of a father!"
+
+The grief of the people was changed to wrath against the young man,
+accused of having provoked the riot. The alferez gave orders to depart.
+
+"You are a coward!" cried the mother-in-law of Andong to Ibarra. "While
+the others were fighting for you, you were hiding. Coward!"
+
+"Curses upon you!" shouted an old man following him. "Cursed be the
+gold hoarded up by your family to disturb our peace! Curse him! Curse
+him!"
+
+"May they hang you, heretic!" cried one of Albino's relatives. And
+unable to restrain himself, he picked up a stone and threw it at
+Ibarra.
+
+The example was quickly imitated, and a shower of dust and stones
+fell on the unfortunate youth.
+
+Ibarra suffered it all, impassive, without wrath, without a
+complaint--the unjust vengeance of suffering hearts. This was the
+leave-taking, the "adios" tendered to him by his town, the center
+of all his affections. He bowed his head. Perhaps he was thinking of
+another man, whipped through the streets of Manila, of an old woman
+falling dead at the sight of the head of her son. Perhaps the history
+of Elias was passing before his eyes.
+
+The cortége moved slowly on and away.
+
+Of the persons who appeared in a few opened windows, those who
+showed the most compassion for the unfortunate young man were the
+indifferent and the curious. All his friends had hidden themselves;
+yes, even Captain Basilio, who forbade his daughter Sinang to weep.
+
+Ibarra saw the smouldering ruins of his house, of the house of his
+fathers where he had been born, where he had lived the sweetest days
+of his infancy and childhood. Tears, for a long time suppressed,
+burst from his eyes. He bowed his head and wept, wept without the
+consolation of being able to hide his weeping, tied as he was by the
+elbows. Nor did that grief awaken compassion in anybody. Now he had
+neither fatherland, home, love, friends or future.
+
+From a height a man contemplated the funeral-like caravan. He was old,
+pale, thin, wrapped in a woollen blanket and was leaning with fatigue
+on a cane. It was old Tasio, who as soon as he heard of what had
+happened wanted to leave his bed and attend, but his strength would
+not permit it. The old man followed with his eyes the cart until it
+disappeared in the distance. He stood for some time, pensive and his
+head bowed down; then he arose, and laboriously started on the road
+to his house, resting at every step.
+
+The following day, shepherds found him dead on the very threshold of
+his solitary retreat.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX
+
+MARIA CLARA IS MARRIED.
+
+
+Captain Tiago was very happy. During all this terrible time nobody
+had busied himself with him. They had not arrested him, nor had they
+submitted him to excommunications, court trials, electrical machines,
+continual hot foot baths in subterranean places, or to any of the
+other punishments which are well known to certain people who call
+themselves civilized. He had returned to his Manila house. Those who
+had been the Captain's friends--for he had renounced all his Filipino
+friends from the moment that they were suspected by the Government--had
+also returned to their homes after some days of vacation spent in
+the Government buildings. The Governor General had himself ordered
+these people to leave their possessions, for he had not thought it
+fitting that they should remain in them during the great danger.
+
+Captain Tiago was overflowing with gratitude, but he did not know
+exactly to whom he was indebted for such signal favors. Aunt Isabel
+attributed the miracle to the Virgin of Antipolo, to the Virgin of the
+Rosary, or at least to the Virgin of Carmen. The least that she would
+concede was that it was due to Our Lady of Corea. According to the
+Aunt, the miracle was certainly due to one of these Virgins. Captain
+Tiago did not deny that it was a miracle, but he added:
+
+"I do not believe, Isabel, that the Virgin of Antipolo could have
+done it alone. My friends have aided in it; my future son-in-law,
+Señor Linares has, as you know, joked with Señor Antonio Canovas
+himself, whose portrait we saw in 'Illustracion.'"
+
+And the good man could not suppress a smile every time that he heard
+any important news about the event. And there was good reason for
+it. It was whispered about that Ibarra was going to be hanged; that,
+even if many proofs had been lacking, at last one had appeared which
+could confirm the accusation; and that skilled workmen had declared
+that, as a matter of fact, the work for the school-house could pass
+for a fort or a fortification. Even if defective in some parts, that
+was as much as could be expected from ignorant Indians. These rumors
+quieted the Captain and made him smile.
+
+Just as the Captain and his cousin, Aunt Isabel, were of different
+opinions about the miracle, so, too, the other friends of the family
+were divided into different parties--those who followed the miracle
+monger, and those who followed the Government. The latter party,
+however, was quite insignificant. The miracle mongers were sub-divided
+into other factions: the Sacristan Mayor of Binondo, the woman who
+sold the wax candles, and the chief of one of the brotherhoods,
+all saw the hand of God in the miracle, moved by the Virgin of the
+Rosary. The Chinese candle maker, who provided the Captain whenever
+he went on a pilgrimage to Antipolo, was saying as he sat fanning
+himself and wiggling his foot:
+
+"What for you b'long foolish? Thisee belong Mergin Antipolo. She can
+do muchy more: others, no can do. No b'long plopper say pidgin b'long
+other man."
+
+Captain Tiago held the Chinaman in great estimation and made him pass
+for a prophet and doctor. Examining the hand of his deceased wife in
+the sixth month of her pregnancy, he had prophesied:
+
+"If thisee one no b'long man, and no go dead side, will b'long bery
+good woman."
+
+And so it was that Maria Clara came to this earth and fulfilled the
+Chinaman's prophecy.
+
+Captain Tiago, being a prudent and timid person, could not decide the
+question of the miracle as easily as the Trojan Paris. He could not
+give preference to one of the Virgins for fear of offending some other
+of them, a thing which might bring about grave results. "Prudence,"
+he said to himself. "Be prudent! Let us not lose all now."
+
+He was in the midst of these doubts when the party in favor of the
+Government, or the Governmental party, arrived, viz., Doña Victorina,
+Don Tiburcio, and Linares.
+
+Doña Victorina did all the talking for the three men and for herself
+also. She mentioned the visits which Linares had made to the Governor
+General, and repeatedly brought out the benefits derived from having
+a relative of categoría.
+
+For some days past, she had been trying to be Andalusian by suppressing
+the d in all words and in changing the s to z. No one could get the
+idea out of her head; she would prefer to lose her front curls first.
+
+"Yes," she said, in speaking of Ibarra. "That fellow merits very well
+all that he is going to get. I told you so when I saw him for the first
+time. I told you he was a filibustero. What did the General tell you,
+cousin? What did he say? What news did you give him about Ibarra?"
+
+Seeing that the cousin hesitated in his reply, she went on, directing
+her words to Captain Tiago.
+
+"Believe me, if they convict him, as is to be hoped, it will be
+through my cousin."
+
+"Señora, Señora!" protested Linares.
+
+But she did not give him any time.
+
+"Oh, what a diplomat you have turned out to be! But we all know that
+you are the adviser of the Governor General, that he could not live
+without you. Ah! What a pleasure to see you, Clarita."
+
+Maria Clara seemed paler than ever, although she was now quite
+recovered from her illness. Sadly smiling, she approached and greeted
+Doña Victorina with a formal kiss.
+
+After the customary words had been exchanged, Doña went on with her
+false Andalusian.
+
+"We came to visit you. You have been saved by the efforts of your
+friends,"--looking significantly at Linares.
+
+"God has protected my father," said the girl, in a low voice.
+
+"Yes, Clarita, but the time for miracles has passed long ago. As
+we Spaniards say: 'Have no trust in the Virgin and save yourself
+by running.'"
+
+"The--th--the ot--ot--other way," said the doctor, correcting her
+proverbial quotation.
+
+Captain Tiago, who had not yet found opportunity to say a word,
+ventured to ask her, giving much attention to her reply: "So you,
+Doña Victorina, believe that the Virgin...?"
+
+"That is precisely what we came for, to speak to you about the Virgin,"
+replied she, indicating Maria Clara. "We have a matter to talk over."
+
+The maiden understood that she ought to retire. She sought an excuse
+and went away, supporting herself on the furniture as she walked along.
+
+What was said in the conference which followed was so low and mean
+that we prefer to omit it. It is sufficient for us to say that when
+they took their leave all were happy, and that Captain Tiago afterward
+said to his cousin:
+
+"Isabel, send word to the restaurant that we are going to give a
+fiesta to-morrow. You get Maria ready to be married in a short time."
+
+Aunt Isabel looked at him, surprised.
+
+"You will see! When Señor Linares is our son-in-law all the palaces
+will be open to us. They will be envying us; they will all die
+with envy."
+
+And thus it was that at eight o'clock on the following evening,
+Captain Tiago's house was again full of guests, only that this time
+the men whom he had invited were either Spaniards or Chinamen, while
+the fair sex was represented by Spaniards born in the Peninsula or
+in the Philippines.
+
+The larger part of our acquaintances was there: Father Sibyla,
+Father Salví and several other Franciscans and Dominicans, the old
+lieutenant of the Civil Guard, Señor Guevara, more melancholy than
+ever; the alferez, who related his battle for the thousandth time,
+feeling himself head and shoulders above everybody and a veritable
+Don Juan de Austria, now a lieutenant with the rank of commander; De
+Espadaña, who looked at the former with respect and fear and avoided
+his glance; and the indignant Doña Victorina. Linares was not yet
+present, for, being a very important personage, it was fitting that
+he should arrive later than the others.
+
+Maria Clara, the subject of all the gossip, was the center of a
+group of women. She had greeted and received them ceremoniously,
+but did not throw off her air of sadness.
+
+"Psh!" said one of the girls. "A little stuck-up!"
+
+"A cute little thing," replied another, "but he might have selected
+some one of a more intelligent appearance."
+
+"It's the money; he's a good-looking fellow and sells himself for a
+good price."
+
+In another part of the room they were talking like this:
+
+"Marry, when her former betrothed is about to be hanged!"
+
+"I call that prudence; to have one on hand as a substitute."
+
+Possibly the young maiden heard these remarks as she sat in a chair
+near by, arranging a tray of flowers, for her hand was seen to tremble,
+she turned pale and bit her lips a number of times.
+
+The conversation among the men was in a loud tone. Naturally, they
+were conversant with the recent happenings. All were talking, even
+Don Tiburcio, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who maintained a
+disdainful silence.
+
+"I have heard that Your Reverence leaves the town, Father Salví?" asked
+the newly made lieutenant, now made more amiable by the star on
+his sleeve.
+
+"I have nothing more to do now in San Diego. I am permanently settled
+in Manila now ... and you?"
+
+"I also leave the town," replied the former alferez, straightening
+up. "The Government needs me to take command of a flying column to
+clear the provinces of filibusteros."
+
+Friar Salví looked him over from head to foot, and turned his back
+to him completely.
+
+"Is it yet known for a certainty what is to become of the leader of
+the revolutionists?" asked a Government employee.
+
+"Are you referring to Crisostomo Ibarra?" asked another. "What is most
+probable and most just is that he be hanged, as those were in '72."
+
+"He will be exiled," said the old lieutenant, dryly.
+
+"Exiled! Nothing more than exiled! But it will be a perpetual
+exile!" exclaimed several at the same time.
+
+"If that young fellow," Lieutenant Guevara went on to say in a loud
+voice, "had been more cautious; if he had trusted certain people less
+with whom he had correspondence; and if the officers had not made
+a subtle interpretation of what was written--if it had not been for
+all of this, that young man would surely have gone free."
+
+This statement by the old lieutenant and the tone of his voice produced
+a great surprise in the room. Those who heard it did not know what
+to say. Father Salví looked in another direction, perhaps so as not
+to meet the dark look which the old man directed toward him. Maria
+Clara dropped her flowers and sat motionless. Father Sibyla, the one
+who knew how to keep silent, appeared to be the only one who knew
+how to ask questions.
+
+"Are you referring to the letters, Señor Guevara?"
+
+"I am telling what the defendant's attorney told me. He has taken up
+the case with zeal and interest. Aside from some ambiguous lines which
+this young man wrote to a young woman before departing for Europe,
+they have found no proof to sustain the accusation. In these few lines,
+the officers saw a plan and threat against the Government."
+
+"And what about the declaration made by the bandit before he died?"
+
+"That statement has proved of no account, since, according to the
+bandit himself, the conspirators never had communicated with the young
+man, but only with one, Lucas, who was Ibarra's enemy, as they have
+been able to prove, and who committed suicide, perhaps from remorse. It
+has been proved that the papers found in the possession of the dead
+man were forged, since the handwriting was like that of Ibarra seven
+years ago, but not like that of to-day--a fact which shows that it
+was copied from the letter used as evidence against him. Besides,
+his attorney says that if Ibarra had not admitted the genuineness of
+the letter, he would have been able to do much for him; but, at the
+sight of it, the young man turned pale, lost heart and acknowledged
+that he had written it."
+
+"Do you say," asked a Franciscan, "that the letter was directed to
+a young woman? How did it get into the hands of the officers?"
+
+The lieutenant did not reply. He looked for a moment at Friar Salví
+and then walked off, twisting nervously the end of his grey beard. In
+the meantime, others were commenting something like this:
+
+"There you see the hand of God!" said one. "Even the women hate him."
+
+"He had his house burned, thinking that he could thus save himself. But
+he did not reckon with his host--that is, with his querida, [23] with
+his babai," [23] added another, smiling. "That is God's work. Santiago
+protects Spain!"
+
+The old army officer stopped and approached Maria Clara. She was
+listening to the conversation, immovable in her seat. The flowers
+were at her feet.
+
+"You are a very prudent young woman," said the old lieutenant to her
+in a low voice. "You have done well to hand over the letter.... In
+this way you will assure yourself of a peaceful future."
+
+With dull eyes, and biting her lips, she looked at him as he walked
+away. Luckily, Aunt Isabel passed her at this moment. Maria Clara
+summoned enough strength to catch hold of her aunt's dress.
+
+"Aunt," she murmured.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" asked the latter, frightened, as she
+saw the young woman's face.
+
+"Take me to my room!" she begged, clinging to the arm of the old
+woman in order to raise herself to her feet.
+
+"Are you sick, my child? You seem to have lost all your strength. What
+is the matter with you?"
+
+"A little sick to my stomach ... the crowd in the sala ... so much
+light ... I need to rest. Tell father that I am going to sleep."
+
+"You are cold! Do you want some tea?"
+
+Maria Clara shook her head negatively. She closed the door of her room
+and locked it, and, her strength failing her, she fell to the floor,
+at the feet of an image, weeping and sobbing:
+
+"Mother, mother, my mother!"
+
+The moonlight was shining through the open window and door which led
+out upon the azotea.
+
+The orchestra continued playing gay waltzes. The laughter and the hum
+of conversation could be heard in her bedroom. A number of times her
+family, Aunt Isabel, Doña Victorina, and even Linares, knocked at her
+door, but Maria Clara did not move. There was a rattle in her throat.
+
+Hours passed. The pleasures of the table ended, and dancing
+followed. Her little candle burned out, but the maiden lay quietly
+on the floor, the rays of moonlight shining upon her at the foot of
+an image of the Mother of Jesus.
+
+Gradually the noises in the house died away, the lights were put out,
+and Aunt Isabel again knocked at the door of her room.
+
+"Let us leave her; she is sleeping," said her aunt. "At her age,
+with nothing to trouble her, she sleeps like a corpse."
+
+When all was again silent, Maria arose slowly and glanced around
+her. She saw the azotea and the small climbing plants bathed in the
+melancholy light of the moon.
+
+"A peaceful future! Sleeping like a corpse!" she murmured in a low
+voice, and turned toward the azotea.
+
+The city was quiet. Only the noise of an occasional carriage passing
+over the wooden bridge could be heard in the stillness of the night,
+while the tranquil waters of the river were reflecting the moonlight.
+
+The maiden raised her eyes to the pure, sapphire-colored sky. Slowly
+she took off her rings, her hair-combs, her earrings, and her
+breast-pin, and placing them upon the balustrade of the azotea she
+looked out toward the river.
+
+A banca, loaded with rice grass, stopped at the foot of the landing on
+the bank of the river at the rear of the house. One of the two men who
+were propelling the boat went up the stone steps, leaped over the wall,
+and a few seconds afterward, steps were heard coming up the azotea.
+
+Maria Clara saw him stop on discovering her, but it was for only a
+moment. The man advanced slowly and at about three steps from the
+maiden, stopped again. Maria Clara stepped back.
+
+"Crisostomo!" she gasped, full of terror.
+
+"Yes, I am Crisostomo!" replied the young man, in a grave voice. "An
+enemy, a man who has good reason to hate me, Elias, has helped me
+out of the prison into which my friends had thrown me."
+
+Silence followed these words. Maria Clara bowed her head and allowed
+both her hands to drop at her side.
+
+Ibarra continued:
+
+"Beside the dead body of my mother, I swore to make you happy,
+whatever might be my destiny. You can break your oath; she was not
+your mother. But I, who am her son, I hold her memory sacred, and,
+running great risk, I have come here to fulfill my oath. Fortune
+permits me to speak with you personally. Maria, we shall not see each
+other again. You are young and perhaps some day your conscience may
+accuse you.... I come to tell you, before leaving, that I forgive
+you. Now, may you be happy, and good-bye!"
+
+Ibarra tried to leave, but the maiden stopped him.
+
+"Crisostomo!" she said. "God has sent you to save me from
+desperation.... Hear me and judge me!"
+
+Ibarra wished to withdraw gently from her.
+
+"I have not come," said he, "to call you to account.... I have come
+to give you peace."
+
+"I do not want the peace which you give me. I will give myself
+peace. You despise me, and your contempt will make my life bitter
+till death."
+
+Ibarra saw the poor girl's desperation, and asked her what she desired.
+
+"That you may believe that I have always loved you."
+
+Crisostomo smiled bitterly.
+
+"Ah! You doubt me, you doubt the friend of your infancy, who has
+never hidden a single thought from you," exclaimed she in grief. "I
+understand you. When you know my history, the history which they
+revealed to me during my illness, you will pity me and you will no
+longer answer my grief with that bitter smile. Why did you not let
+me die in the hands of my ignorant doctor? You and I would have been
+happier then."
+
+Maria Clara rested a moment and then continued:
+
+"You have doubted me; you have wished my mother to pardon me. During
+one of those nights of suffering, a man revealed to me the name of
+my true father, and forbade me to love you ... unless my true father
+should pardon you for the offense you committed against him."
+
+Ibarra recoiled and looked in terror at the maiden.
+
+"Yes," she continued. "This man told me that he could not permit our
+marriage, since his conscience would not allow it, and he would find
+himself compelled to publish the truth at the risk of causing a great
+scandal, because my father is ..."
+
+And she whispered a name in the young man's ear in a scarcely audible
+voice.
+
+"What was I to do? Ought I to sacrifice to my love the memory of
+my mother, the honor of the man who innocently supposes himself my
+father, and the good name of my real father? Could I do that without
+you despising me for it?"
+
+"But the proof? Have you proof? You need proof!" exclaimed Crisostomo,
+deeply agitated.
+
+The maiden drew two letters from her bosom.
+
+"Two of my mother's letters: two letters written in remorse before
+I was born. Take them, read them and you will see how she cursed
+me and desired my death, which my father in vain tried to cause by
+drugs. These letters were forgotten in the house where he lived;
+a man found them and kept them. They would only give them to me in
+exchange for your letter ... to make certain, as they said, that I
+would not marry you without the consent of my father. From the time
+that I began to carry them in my bosom instead of your letter, my
+heart was chilled. I sacrificed you, I sacrificed my love.... What
+would not a person do for a dead mother and two living fathers? Did
+I suspect the use to which they were going to put your letter?"
+
+Ibarra was prostrated. Maria Clara went on:
+
+"What was there left for me? Could I tell you who was my father? Could
+I ask you to seek the pardon of him who had so much desired my death,
+and who made your father suffer? There was nothing left for me but to
+keep the secret to myself, and to die suffering.... Now, my friend,
+you know the sad history of your poor Maria. Will you still have that
+contemptuous smile for her?"
+
+"Maria, you are a saint."
+
+"I am happy now that you believe me."
+
+"However," added the young man, changing his tone. "I have heard that
+you are about to marry."
+
+"Yes," sobbed the maiden. "My father asked this sacrifice of me. He
+has fed me and loved me, and it was not his duty. I pay him this debt
+of gratitude which I owe him by assuring him peace through this new
+relative, but ..."
+
+"But?"
+
+"I shall not forget the oaths of fidelity which I made to you."
+
+"What do you think of doing?" asked Ibarra, trying to read her eyes.
+
+"The future is obscure and Destiny is hidden in darkness. I do not
+know what I am to do; but I know that I can love only once, and that
+without love I never will belong to any one. And you, what is to
+become of you?"
+
+"I am nothing but a fugitive.... I am fleeing. In a very short time,
+they will discover my escape, Maria...."
+
+Maria Clara clasped her arms about her lover's neck, kissed his lips
+repeatedly, hugged him, and then, abruptly breaking away from him,
+said:
+
+"Flee! flee! Adios!"
+
+Ibarra looked at her, his eyes sparkling, but she motioned and he
+went away, staggering like a drunken man. Again he leaped over the
+wall and entered the banca. Maria Clara, leaning on the door casing,
+watched him depart.
+
+Elias took off his hat and bowed profoundly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL
+
+THE PURSUIT ON THE LAKE.
+
+
+"Listen, Señor, to my plan," said Elias, as they directed the banca
+toward San Miguel. "I will for the present hide you in the house of
+my friend in Mandaluyong. I will bring you all your money, which I
+have saved and kept for you at the foot of the old balitî tree, in
+the mysterious tomb of your grandfather. You shall leave the country."
+
+"To go to a strange land?" interrupted Ibarra.
+
+"To live in peace the remaining days of your life. You have friends
+in Spain, you are rich, you can get yourself pardoned. By all means,
+a foreign land is better for you than your own country."
+
+Crisostomo did not reply. He meditated in silence.
+
+Just then they reached the Pasig and the banca was headed up the
+stream. Over the Bridge of Spain a horse-man was galloping at high
+speed, and a prolonged, sharp whistle was heard.
+
+"Elias," replied Ibarra, "you owe your misfortunes to my family;
+you have saved my life twice; I owe you not only gratitude, but also
+restitution of your fortune. You advise me to go to a foreign land
+and live; then come with me and we will live like brothers. Here,
+you, too, are miserable."
+
+Elias sadly replied:
+
+"Impossible! It is true that I can neither love nor be happy in
+my country; but I can suffer and die in it, and perhaps die for
+it; that would be something. Let my country's misfortune be my own
+misfortune. Since no noble thought unites us, and since our hearts do
+not beat in harmony at the mention of a single word, at least, let a
+common misery unite me to my fellow countrymen; at least, let me weep
+with them over our grief; let the same misery oppress all our hearts."
+
+"Then why do you advise me to leave?"
+
+"Because in other lands you can be happy, and I cannot; because you
+are not made to suffer, and because you would hate your country,
+if some day you should see the cause of your misfortune: and to hate
+one's own country is the greatest misery."
+
+"You are unjust to me," exclaimed Ibarra, with bitter reproach. "You
+forget that I have scarcely arrived here, and that I have already
+sought its welfare."
+
+"Do not be offended, Señor. I am not reproaching you. Would to God
+that all might imitate you. But I do not ask for the impossible and
+you should not be offended if I tell you that your heart deceives
+you. You love your country because your father has taught you to
+love it; you love it because you had in it your love, your fortune,
+your youth; because it smiled on you, and because it has not until now
+done you an injustice. You love your country as we all love that which
+makes us happy. But, on that day when you see yourself poor, ragged,
+hungry, persecuted, denounced and betrayed by your very countrymen,
+on that day you will curse yourself, your country and all."
+
+"Your words grieve me," said Ibarra, resentfully.
+
+Elias bowed his head, meditated and replied:
+
+"I wish to set you right, Señor, and to avoid a miserable future for
+you. You remember the time when I was talking to you in this same
+banca and under the light of the same moon. It was a month ago, a few
+days more or less. Then you were happy. The plea of the unfortunates
+did not reach you. You disdained their complaints because they were
+complaints from criminals. You gave ear to their enemies, and, in
+spite of my reasons and pleas, you put yourself on the side of their
+oppressors. On you depended at that time whether I should turn criminal
+or allow my life to be taken in fulfillment of my sacred pledge. God
+has not permitted it, because the old chief of the bandits has been
+killed. A month has passed and now you think differently."
+
+"You are right, Elias, but man is influenced by changes in
+circumstances. Then I was blind, and obstinate. What did I know? Now
+misfortune has torn the veil from my eyes. The solitude and misery of
+my prison life have taught me; now I see the horrible cancer which
+is sapping the life of society, which hangs to its flesh and which
+requires violent extirpation. They have opened my eyes; they have
+made me see the ulcer; they force me to become a criminal. I will
+be a filibustero, but a true filibustero. I will call upon all the
+unfortunates, on all who have beating hearts within their breasts, on
+all who sent you to me.... No, no! I will not be criminal! It is never
+a crime to fight for one's country! We for three centuries have given
+them our hand, we have asked them for their love, we have anxiously
+wished to call them our brothers. How have they replied? With insults
+and jests, denying us even the quality of being human beings. There
+is no God, there is no hope, there is no humanity. There is nothing
+but the right of force."
+
+Ibarra was excited. His whole body was trembling.
+
+They passed by the Governor General's palace, and believed they saw
+agitation and movement among the guards.
+
+"Have they discovered our flight?" murmured Elias. "Lie down, Señor,
+so that I can cover you up with the grass, for, when we cross over
+to the side of the river near the powder house, the sentry may be
+surprised at seeing two of us in this small banca."
+
+As Elias had foreseen, the sentry stopped him and asked him where he
+came from.
+
+"From Manila, with grass for the magistrates and curates," replied he,
+imitating the accent of one from Pandakan.
+
+A sergeant came out and was informed what was going on.
+
+"Sulung!" (Go on!) said he. "I warn you not to receive any one in
+your banca. A prisoner has just escaped. If you capture him and hand
+him over to me I will give you a good reward."
+
+"All right, Señor. What is his description?"
+
+"He wears a frock coat and speaks Spanish. With that much, be on
+the watch!"
+
+The banca went on. Elias turned his face and saw the shadow of the
+sentry, still standing on the bank of the river.
+
+"We will lose several minutes," said he, in a low voice. "We will
+have to go up the Beata river in order to carry out my pretense of
+being from Peña Francia."
+
+The town was sleeping in the light of the moon. Crisostomo arose to
+admire the sepulchral peace of Nature. The river was narrow and its
+banks formed a plain planted with rice.
+
+Elias threw the load on the bank, picked up a piece of bamboo and
+drew out from under the grass in the banca some empty sacks. They
+went on rowing.
+
+"You are master of your own will, Señor, and of your own future,"
+said he to Crisostomo, who kept silent. "But if you will permit
+me to offer a suggestion, I say to you: Look well at what you are
+going to do. You are about to start a war, for you have money,
+talent, and you will quickly find aid, for, unfortunately, many
+are discontented. Furthermore, in this fight, which you are to
+begin, those who are going to suffer most are the defenseless, the
+innocent. The same sentiments which a month ago prompted me to come
+to you and ask for reforms, are those which now move me to ask you to
+reflect. The country, Señor, is not thinking of separating itself from
+the mother country. It asks only a little liberty, a little justice,
+a little love. The discontented will assist you, the criminals and the
+desperate, but the people will hold aloof. You are mistaken if, seeing
+everything dark, you believe that the country is desperate. The country
+suffers, yes, but it still hopes, believe me, and will only rise in
+revolt when it has lost patience; that is, when those who govern wish
+it--which is still far off. I myself would not follow you. I shall
+never take recourse to these extreme remedies while I see hope in men."
+
+"Then I will go without you!" replied Crisostomo, resolutely.
+
+"Is it your firm decision?"
+
+"Yes, my firm and only decision: I call to witness the memory of my
+father! I cannot allow them to deprive me of peace and happiness with
+impunity, I who have desired only my country's welfare, I who have
+respected all and have suffered on account of a hypocritical religion,
+on account of love for my country. How have they responded to me? By
+burying me in an infamous prison and by prostituting my fiancée. No,
+not to avenge myself would be a crime. It would be encouraging
+them to commit new injustices. No! it would be cowardice, it would
+be pusillanimity to weep and groan while there is life and vigor,
+when to insult and challenge are added scoffery and contemptuous
+ridicule! I will arouse this ignorant people, I will make them see
+their misery--this people who do not think of each other as brothers,
+who are mere wolves devouring each other. I will tell them to rise
+against this oppression and appeal to the eternal right of mankind
+to conquer their liberty!"
+
+"Innocent people will suffer."
+
+"All the better! Can you lead me to the mountain?"
+
+"Till you are safe!" replied Elias.
+
+They again went up the Pasig. They spoke from time to time of
+indifferent things.
+
+"Santa Aña!" murmured Ibarra. "Do you recognize that house?"
+
+They passed by the country house of the Jesuits.
+
+"There I passed many happy and joyful years!" sighed Elias. "In my time
+we used to come here every month ... then I was like the others. I had
+fortune, family; I was dreaming and planning a future for myself. In
+those days I used to visit my sister in the neighboring convent. She
+made me a present of a piece of her own handiwork. A girl friend used
+to accompany her, a beautiful girl. All has passed like a dream."
+
+They remained silent till they arrived at Malapad-na-bató. Those who
+have glided over the bosom of the Pasig on one of those magical nights
+when the moon pours forth its melancholy poetry from the pure blue of
+the sky, when the darkness hides the misery of men and silence drowns
+the harsh accents of their voices, when Nature alone speaks--those
+who have seen such nights on the Pasig will understand the feelings
+which filled the hearts of both young men.
+
+In Malapad-na-bató the carbineer was half asleep, and, seeing that the
+banca was empty and offered no booty for him to seize, according to
+the traditional custom of his corps and the use made of that position,
+he readily let them pass on.
+
+Nor did the Civil Guard at Pasig suspect anything, and they were
+not molested.
+
+It was just beginning to dawn when they reached the lake, calm and
+smooth as a gigantic mirror. The moon was growing dim and the Orient
+was rosy with the tints of morning. At a distance, a mass of grey
+could be discerned advancing toward the banca.
+
+"The falúa (or Government steamboat) is coming," murmured Elias. "Lie
+down and I will cover you with these sacks."
+
+The outline of the vessel became more clear and perceptible.
+
+"She is putting in between the beach and us," observed Elias uneasily.
+
+And then he changed the course of the banca a little, rowing toward
+Binangonan. To his great surprise he noticed that the falúa was also
+changing its course, while a voice cried out to him.
+
+Elias stopped and meditated. The shore of the lake was very far off,
+and they would soon be in the range of the rifles on the falúa. He
+thought of returning to the Pasig. His banca was swifter than the
+falúa. But fate was against him! Another boat was coming up the
+Pasig, and they could see the helmets and shining bayonets of the
+Civil Guards.
+
+"We are caught!" he murmured, turning pale.
+
+He looked at his robust arms and taking the only course which remained
+to him, he began to row with all his strength toward the Island of
+Talim. In the meantime, the sun had risen.
+
+The banca glided along rapidly. Elias saw some men standing up on
+the falúa, making signals to him.
+
+"Do you know how to manage a banca?" he asked Ibarra.
+
+"Yes; why?"
+
+"Because we are lost if I do not leap into the water and make them
+lose the trail. They will follow me. I swim and dive well.... I will
+take them away from you, and then you can save yourself."
+
+"No; you remain and we will sell our lives dearly."
+
+"Useless! We have no arms, and with those rifles they will kill us
+like birds."
+
+At that moment a chiss was heard in the water like the fall of a hot
+body, and was followed immediately by a report.
+
+"Do you see?" said Elias, putting his paddle in the banca. "We will
+see each other again at the tomb of your grandfather on Nochebeuna
+(Christmas eve.) Save yourself."
+
+"And you?"
+
+"God has taken me through greater dangers."
+
+Elias took off his camisa. A ball grazed his hands and the report
+sounded out. Without being disturbed, he stretched out his hand to
+Ibarra, who was still in the bottom of the boat. Then he arose and
+leaped into the water, pushing away the small craft with his foot.
+
+A number of cries were heard. Soon at some distance the head of the
+young man appeared above the water as if to get breath, dropping out
+of sight at the next instant.
+
+"There, there he is!" cried a number of voices, and the balls from
+their rifles whistled again.
+
+The falúa and the other banca took up the chase. A light track of foam
+marked his course, every moment leading farther and farther away from
+Ibarra's banca, which drifted along as if abandoned. Every time that
+the swimmer raised his head to breathe the Civil Guards and the men
+on board the falúa discharged their guns at him.
+
+The pursuit continued. Ibarra's little banca was already far off. The
+swimmer was approaching the shore of the lake and was now some fifty
+yards distant from it. The rowers were already tired, but Elias was
+not, for his head often appeared above the water and each time in a
+different direction so as to disconcert his pursuers. No longer was
+there a light trail to betray the course of the diver. For the last
+time they saw him near the shore, some ten yards off, and they opened
+fire.... Then minutes and minutes passed. Nothing appeared again on
+the tranquil surface of the lake.
+
+Half an hour afterward one of the rowers pretended to have discovered
+signs of blood in the water near the shore, but his companions shook
+their heads in a manner which might mean either yes or no.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLI
+
+FATHER DÁMASO EXPLAINS.
+
+
+In vain the costly wedding gifts were heaped upon the table. Neither
+the diamonds in their blue velvet caskets, nor the embroidered piña,
+nor the pieces of silk had any attractions for Maria Clara. The
+maiden looked at the paper which gave the account of Ibarra's death,
+drowned in the lake, but she neither saw nor read it.
+
+Of a sudden, she felt two hands over her eyes. They held her fast
+while a joyous voice, Father Dámaso's, said to her:
+
+"Who am I? Who am I?"
+
+Maria Clara jumped from her seat and looked at him with terror in
+her eyes.
+
+"You little goose, were you frightened, eh? You were not expecting
+me? Well, I have come from the provinces to attend your wedding."
+
+And coming up to her again with a smile of satisfaction, he stretched
+out his hand to her. Maria Clara approached timidly and, raising it
+to her lips, kissed it.
+
+"What is the matter with you, Maria?" asked the Franciscan, losing
+his gay smile, and becoming very uneasy. "Your hand is cold, you are
+pale.... Are you ill, my little girl?"
+
+And Father Dámaso drew her up to him with a fondness of which no one
+would have thought him capable. He grasped both the maiden's hands
+and gave her a questioning look.
+
+"Haven't you any confidence in your godfather?" he asked in a
+reproachful tone. "Come, sit down here and tell me your little
+troubles, just as you used to do when you were a child, when you
+wanted wax-candles to make wax figures. You surely know that I have
+always loved you.... I have never scolded you...."
+
+Father Dámaso's voice ceased to be brusque; its modulations were even
+caressing. Maria Clara began to weep.
+
+"Are you weeping, my child? Why are you weeping? Have you quarrelled
+with Linares?"
+
+Maria Clara covered her eyes with her hands.
+
+"No! It is not he now!" cried the maiden.
+
+Father Dámaso looked at her full of surprise.
+
+"Do you not want to entrust your secrets to me? Have I not always
+managed to satisfy your smallest caprices?"
+
+The young woman raised her eyes full of tears toward him. She looked
+at him for some time, and then began to weep bitterly.
+
+"Do not cry so, my child, for your tears pain me! Tell me your
+troubles. You will see how your godfather loves you."
+
+Maria Clara approached him slowly and fell on her knees at his
+feet. Then raising her face, bathed in tears, she said to him in a
+low voice, scarcely audible:
+
+"Do you still love me?"
+
+"Child!"
+
+"Then ... protect my father, and break off the marriage!"
+
+Then she related her last interview with Ibarra, omitting the reference
+to her birth.
+
+Father Dámaso could scarcely believe what he heard.
+
+"While he lived," continued the maiden, "I intended to fight, to wait,
+to trust. I wanted to live to hear him spoken of ... but now that they
+have killed him, now there is no reason for my living and suffering."
+
+She said this slowly, in a low voice, calmly and without a tear.
+
+"But, you goose; isn't Linares a thousand times better than....?"
+
+"When he was living, I could have married ... I was thinking of fleeing
+afterward ... my father wanted nothing more than the relative. Now that
+he is dead, no other man will call me his wife.... While he lived,
+I could have debased myself and still had the consolation of knowing
+that he existed and perhaps was thinking of me. Now that he is dead
+... the convent or the tomb."
+
+Her voice had a firmness in its accent which took away Father Dámaso's
+joy and set him to thinking.
+
+"Did you love him so much as that?" he asked, stammering.
+
+Maria Clara did not reply. Father Dámaso bowed his head upon his
+breast and remained silent.
+
+"My child!" he exclaimed, his voice breaking. "Forgive me for making
+you unhappy without knowing it. I was thinking of your future; I
+wanted you to be happy. How could I permit you to marry a native;
+how could I see you an unhappy wife and a miserable mother? I could
+not get your love out of your head, and I opposed it with all my
+strength. All that I have done has been for you, for you alone. If
+you had become his wife, you would have wept afterward on account
+of the condition of your husband, exposed to all kinds of vengeance,
+without any means of defense. As a mother, you would have wept over
+the fortune of your sons; if you educated them, you would prepare a
+sad future for them, you would have made them enemies of the Church
+and would have seen them hanged or exiled; if you left them ignorant,
+you would have seen them oppressed and degraded. I could not consent
+to it! This is why I sought as a husband for you one who might
+make you the happy mother of sons born not to obey but to command,
+not to suffer but to punish. I knew that your friend was good from
+infancy. I liked him as I had liked his father, but I hated them both
+when I saw that they were going to make you unhappy, because I love
+you, I idolize you, I love you as my daughter. I have nothing dearer
+than you. I have seen you grow. No hour passes but I think of you;
+I dream of you; you are my only joy."
+
+And Father Dámaso began to weep like a child.
+
+"Well, then, if you love me do not make me eternally unhappy. He no
+longer lives; I want to be a nun."
+
+The old man rested his head on his hand.
+
+"To be a nun, to be a nun!" he repeated. "You do not know, my child,
+the life, the misery, which is hidden behind the walls of the
+convent. You do not know it! I prefer a thousand times to see you
+unhappy in the world than to see you unhappy in the cloister. Here
+your complaints can be heard, there you will have only the walls. You
+are beautiful, very beautiful, and you were not born for it, you were
+not born to be the bride of Christ! Believe me, my child, time will
+blot it all out. Later you will forget, you will love your husband
+... Linares."
+
+"Either the convent or ... death!" repeated Maria Clara.
+
+"The convent, the convent or death!" exclaimed Father Dámaso. "Maria,
+I am already old, I will not be able to watch you or your happiness
+much longer.... Choose another course, seek another love, another
+young man, whoever he may be, but not the convent."
+
+"The convent or death!"
+
+"My God, my God!" cried the priest, covering his head with his
+hands. "Thou punisheth me. So be it! But watch over my child."
+
+And turning to the young woman: "You want to be a nun? You shall be
+one. I do not want you to die."
+
+Maria Clara took his two hands, clasped them in her own and kissed
+them as she knelt.
+
+"Godfather, my godfather!" she repeated.
+
+Immediately, Father Dámaso went out, sad, with drooping head and
+sighing.
+
+"God, O God! Thou existeth, for Thou punisheth. But avenge Thyself
+on me and do not harm the innocent. Save my child!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] Street in Manila.
+
+[2] Archbishop and author of theological works.
+
+[3] Roof of the first story used as a veranda.
+
+[4] Petty governor, the highest local official.
+
+[5] Trellis work made of reeds.
+
+[6] Local commander of the Civil Guard.
+
+[7] A narrow canoe.
+
+[8] A drink made of honey and ginger.
+
+[9] A light, early breakfast.
+
+[10] A native fruit.
+
+[11] A Chinese gambling game.
+
+[12] A little white, pearl-like substance sometimes found in the
+cacao tree, which is supposed to be a lucky omen.
+
+[13] Little mestizos or half breeds. Used in contempt.
+
+[14] A reply which accords with the Spanish idea of politeness but
+rather ludicrously used in this instance.
+
+[15] A popular Spanish song handed down from the time of Riego's
+uprising in Spain.
+
+[16] Volunteer police.
+
+[17] A wrong pronunciation of the Spanish Peninsula meaning Spain.
+
+[18] A costly and rich wood like ebony.
+
+[19] Certificate of identification required of all Filipinos under
+Spanish domination.
+
+[20] Warning cry of a coachman, meaning "turn."
+
+[21] Author here shows difficulty in establishing American sovereignty
+over islands by military forces.
+
+[22] A plant (Desmodium caresceus), the dry seeds of which cling to
+the clothing.
+
+[23] Both words mean mistress.
+
+
+
+*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
+be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the
+United States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away--you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+
+START: FULL LICENSE
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
+person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
+1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
+Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
+on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+
+  This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+  most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
+  restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
+  under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
+  eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
+  United States, you will have to check the laws of the country where
+  you are located before using this eBook.
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
+other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
+Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+provided that:
+
+* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+  the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+  you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+  to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
+  agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+  within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+  legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+  payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+  Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+  Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+  Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+  you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+  does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+  License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+  copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+  all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
+  works.
+
+* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+  any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+  electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+  receipt of the work.
+
+* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+  distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
+www.gutenberg.org
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation's website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without
+widespread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
+state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: www.gutenberg.org
+
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/30278-0.zip b/old/30278-0.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8d85dea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/30278-0.zip
diff --git a/old/30278-h.zip b/old/30278-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee4885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/30278-h.zip
diff --git a/old/30278-h/30278-h.htm b/old/30278-h/30278-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..345d8d6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/30278-h/30278-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,13472 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<!-- This HTML file has been automatically generated from an XML source, using XSLT. If you find any mistakes, please edit the XML source. -->
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta name="generator" content="HTML Tidy, see www.w3.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content=
+"text/html; charset=utf-8">
+<title>Friars and Filipinos</title>
+<link rel="schema.DC" href=
+"http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/">
+<meta name="author" content="Jos&eacute; Rizal">
+<meta name="DC.Creator" content="Jos&eacute; Rizal">
+<meta name="DC.Title" content="Friars and Filipinos">
+<meta name="DC.Date" content="#####">
+<meta name="DC.Language" content="en">
+<style type="text/css">
+ /* Standard CSS stylesheet */
+body
+{
+ font: 100%/1.2em "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+ margin: 1.58em 16%;
+ text-align: left;
+}
+/***** Titlepage *****/
+.titlePage
+{
+ border: #DDDDDD 2px solid;
+ margin: 3em 0% 7em 0%;
+ padding: 5em 10% 6em 10%;
+}
+h1.docTitle
+{
+ font-size:1.6em;
+ line-height:2em;
+}
+h2.byline
+{
+ font-size:1.1em;
+ font-weight:normal;
+ line-height:1.44em;
+}
+span.docAuthor
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ font-weight:bold;
+}
+h2.docImprint
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ font-weight:normal;
+}
+/***** End Titlepage *****/
+.transcribernote
+{
+ background-color:#DDE;
+ border:black 1px dotted;
+ color:#000;
+ font-family:sans-serif;
+ font-size:80%;
+ margin:2em 5%;
+ padding:1em;
+}
+.advertisment
+{
+ background-color:#FFFEE0;
+ border:black 1px dotted;
+ color:#000;
+ margin:2em 5%;
+ padding:1em;
+}
+.div0
+{
+ padding-top: 5.6em;
+}
+.div1
+{
+ padding-top: 4.8em;
+}
+.index
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+}
+.div2
+{
+ padding-top: 3.6em;
+}
+.div3, .div4, .div5
+{
+ padding-top: 2.4em;
+}
+.footnotes .body,
+.footnotes .div1
+{
+ padding: 0;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, pseudoh4
+{
+ clear: both;
+ font-style: normal;
+ text-transform: none;
+}
+h3, .pseudoh3
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+}
+h3.label
+{
+ font-size:1em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h4, pseudoh4
+{
+ font-size:1em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+}
+.alignleft
+{
+ text-align:left;
+}
+.alignright
+{
+ text-align:right;
+}
+.alignblock
+{
+ text-align:justify;
+}
+p.tb, hr.tb
+{
+ margin-top: 1.6em;
+ margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+p.argument, p.note, p.tocArgument
+{
+ font-size:0.9em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ text-indent:0;
+}
+p.argument, p.tocArgument
+{
+ margin:1.58em 10%;
+}
+p.tocChapter
+{
+ margin:1.58em 0%;
+}
+p.tocSection
+{
+ margin:0.7em 5%;
+}
+.epigraph
+{
+ font-size:0.9em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ width: 60%;
+ margin-left: auto;
+}
+.epigraph span.bibl
+{
+ display: block;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+.trailer
+{
+ clear: both;
+ padding-top: 2.4em;
+ padding-bottom: 1.6em;
+}
+.floatLeft
+{
+ float:left;
+ margin:10px 10px 10px 0;
+}
+.floatRight
+{
+ float:right;
+ margin:10px 0 10px 10px;
+}
+p.figureHead
+{
+ font-size:100%;
+ text-align:center;
+}
+.figAnnotation
+{
+ font-size:80%;
+ position:relative;
+ margin: 0 auto; /* center this */
+}
+.figTopLeft, .figBottomLeft
+{
+ float: left;
+}
+.figTop, .figBottom
+{
+}
+.figTopRight, .figBottomRight
+{
+ float: right;
+}
+.figure p
+{
+ font-size:80%;
+ margin-top:0;
+ text-align:center;
+}
+p.smallprint,li.smallprint
+{
+ color:#666666;
+ font-size:80%;
+}
+span.parnum
+{
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+.leftnote
+{
+ font-size:0.8em;
+ height:0;
+ left:1%;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ position:absolute;
+ text-indent:0;
+ width:14%;
+}
+.pagenum
+{
+ display:inline;
+ font-size:70%;
+ font-style:normal;
+ margin:0;
+ padding:0;
+ position:absolute;
+ right:1%;
+ text-align:right;
+}
+a.noteref, a.pseudonoteref
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+ text-decoration: none;
+ vertical-align: 0.25em;
+}
+.displayfootnote
+{
+ display: none;
+}
+div.footnotes
+{
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ padding: 0;
+}
+hr.fnsep
+{
+ margin-left: 0;
+ margin-right: 0;
+ text-align: left;
+ width: 25%;
+}
+p.footnote
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+ margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+p.footnote .label
+{
+ float: left;
+ text-align:left;
+ width:2em;
+}
+.footnotes td, .footnotes th, .footnotes .tablecaption
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+}
+.centertable
+{
+ /* center the table */
+ margin: 0px auto;
+ display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */
+}
+/****** Poetry ******/
+.lgouter
+{
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */
+}
+.lg
+{
+ text-align: left;
+}
+.lg h4, .lgouter h4
+{
+ font-weight: normal;
+}
+.lg .linenum
+{
+ color:#777;
+ font-size:90%;
+ left:-2.5em;
+ margin:0;
+ position:absolute;
+ text-align:center;
+ text-indent:0;
+ top:auto;
+ width:1.75em;
+}
+p.line
+{
+ margin: 0 0% 0 0%;
+}
+span.hemistich /* invisible text to achieve visual effect of hemistich indentation. */
+{
+ color: white;
+}
+.versenum
+{
+ font-weight:bold;
+}
+/***** Drama *****/
+.speaker
+{
+ font-weight: bold;
+ margin-bottom: 0.4em;
+}
+.sp .line
+{
+ margin: 0 10%;
+ text-align: left;
+}
+/***** End Drama *****/
+/* right aligned page number in table of contents */
+.tocPagenum, .flushright
+{
+ position: absolute;
+ right: 16%;
+ top: auto;
+}
+.footnotes .line
+{
+ font-size:80%;
+}
+span.corr
+{
+ border-bottom:1px dotted red;
+}
+span.abbr
+{
+ border-bottom:1px dotted gray;
+}
+span.measure
+{
+ border-bottom:1px dotted green;
+}
+/****** Font Styles and Colors *****/
+.letterspaced
+{
+ letter-spacing:0.2em;
+}
+.smallcaps
+{
+ font-variant:small-caps;
+}
+.caps
+{
+ text-transform:uppercase;
+}
+.fraktur
+{
+ font-family: 'Walbaum-Fraktur';
+}
+.rm
+{
+ font-style: normal;
+}
+.red
+{
+ color: red;
+}
+/***** End Font Styles and Colors *****/
+hr
+{
+ clear:both;
+ height:1px;
+ margin-left:auto;
+ margin-right:auto;
+ margin-top:1em;
+ text-align:center;
+ width:45%;
+}
+h2.docImprint,h1.docTitle,h2.byline,h2.docTitle,.aligncenter,div.figure
+{
+ text-align:center;
+}
+h1,h2
+{
+ font-size:1.44em;
+ line-height:1.5em;
+}
+h1.label,h2.label
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h5,h6
+{
+ font-size:1em;
+ font-style:italic;
+ line-height:1em;
+}
+p,p.initial
+{
+ text-indent:0;
+}
+p.firstlinecaps:first-line
+{
+ text-transform: uppercase;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+ float: left;
+ clear: left;
+ margin: 0em 0.05em 0 0;
+ padding: 0px;
+ line-height: 0.8em;
+ font-size: 420%;
+ vertical-align:super;
+}
+.lg
+{
+ padding: .5em 0% .5em 0%;
+}
+p.quote,div.blockquote,div.argument
+{
+ font-size:0.9em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ margin:1.58em 5%;
+}
+.pagenum a, a.noteref:hover, a.hidden:hover, a.hidden
+{
+ text-decoration:none;
+}
+ul { list-style-type: disc; }
+ol { list-style-type: decimal; }
+ol.AL { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
+ol.AU { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
+ol.RU { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
+ol.RL { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
+.lsdisc { list-style-type: disc; }
+.lsoff { list-style-type: none; }
+.castlist, .castitem { list-style-type: none; }
+/***** External Links *****/
+.pglink
+{
+ background: url(images/book.png) center right no-repeat;
+ padding-right: 18px;
+}
+.exlink
+{
+ background: url(images/external.png) center right no-repeat;
+ padding-right: 13px;
+}
+.pglink:hover
+{
+ background-color: #DCFFDC;
+}
+.exlink:hover
+{
+ background-color: #FFDCDC;
+}
+ /* Supplement CSS stylesheet "style/arctic.css.xml
+ " */
+body
+{
+ background: #FFFFFF;
+ font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+}
+body, a.hidden
+{
+ color: black;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, .pseudoh4
+{
+ color: #001FA4;
+ font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+}
+p.byline
+{
+ font-style: italic;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+}
+.figureHead, .noteref, .pseudonoteref, span.leftnote, p.legend, .versenum, .stage
+{
+ color: #001FA4;
+}
+.rightnote, .pagenum, .linenum, .pagenum a
+{
+ color: #AAAAAA;
+}
+a.hidden:hover, a.noteref:hover
+{
+ color: red;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+ color: #001FA4;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+sub, sup
+{
+ line-height: 0;
+}
+ /* Standard Aural CSS stylesheet */
+.pagenum, .linenum
+{
+ speak: none;
+}
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+<p style='text-align:center; font-size:1.2em; font-weight:bold'>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal</p>
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
+most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws of the
+country where you are located before using this eBook.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Title: Friars and Filipinos<br>
+An Abridged Translation of Dr. Jose Rizal's Tagalog Novel,  'Noli Me Tangere.'</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Author: Jose Rizal</div>
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:1em; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em'>Translator: Frank Ernest Gannett</div>
+<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Release Date: October 17, 2009 [eBook #30278]<br>
+[Most recently updated: December 4, 2022]</p>
+<p style='display:block; text-indent:0; margin:1em 0'>Language: English</p>
+  <p style='display:block; margin-top:1em; margin-bottom:0; margin-left:2em; text-indent:-2em; text-align:left'>Produced by: Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)</p>
+<div style='margin-top:2em; margin-bottom:4em'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***</div>
+
+
+<div class="front">
+<div class="titlePage">
+<h1 class="docTitle">Friars and Filipinos</h1>
+
+<h2 class="byline">An abridged translation of<br>
+ <span class="docAuthor">Dr. Jos&eacute; Rizal&rsquo;s</span><br>
+ Tagalog Novel, &ldquo;Noli Me Tangere.&rdquo;<br>
+ By<br>
+ Frank Ernest Gannett.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="docImprint">New York:<br>
+ The St. James Press.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">Copyright, 1900,</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">by</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">Frank Ernest Gannett.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">To</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter"><span class="smallcaps">Jacob Gould
+Schurman</span>,</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">President of Cornell University. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e143" href="#xd0e143">v</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Preface.</h2>
+
+<p>While serving on the staff of the first United States Commission to
+the Philippine Islands my attention was called to the life and writings
+of Dr. Jos&eacute; Rizal. I found in his novel, &ldquo;Noli Me
+Tangere,&rdquo; the best picture of the life of the people of those
+islands under Spanish rule, and the clearest exposition of the
+governmental problems which Spain failed to solve, and with which our
+own people must deal. It occurred to me that an English translation of
+Rizal&rsquo;s work would be of great value at the present time. My
+first intention was to reproduce the entire novel as it was written,
+but, after careful consideration, I thought best to abridge the story
+by the omission of some parts which did not seem essential to the main
+purpose of the work. The present volume is the result.</p>
+
+<p>Readers should not understand any of Rizal&rsquo;s references to
+priests and friars as reflections upon the Roman Catholic Church. He
+was throughout his life an ardent Catholic, and died a firm adherent of
+the Church. But he objected to the religious orders in the Philippine
+Islands, because he knew well that they were more zealous in furthering
+their own selfish ends than in seeking the advancement of Christianity.
+From experience, Dr. Rizal knew that the friars, under cloak of the
+gospel ministry, oppressed his fellow countrymen, and took advantage of
+their superstition and ignorance. These wrongs he was brave enough to
+expose in his writings. In the friars he saw an obstacle to the
+education and enlightenment of the Filipino people, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e151" href="#xd0e151">vi</a>]</span>and, using
+moderate means, he did his utmost to secure reform. His writings will
+explain to us the cause of the hatred shown by the Filipinos toward the
+religious corporations, and will make clearer the nature of one of the
+present problems in the Philippines.</p>
+
+<p>There are in the Philippines five religious orders: the Dominicans,
+Franciscans, Recoletos, Augustines and Jesuits. According to John
+Foreman, an eminent authority, the members of all of these, except the
+last named, come from the lower classes in Spain, and are on the whole
+comparatively ignorant and uncultured. Under the Spanish system of
+government certain provinces were assigned to each of the
+orders&mdash;except the Jesuits&mdash;and the friars were distributed
+among the different parishes. In the town assigned to him the friar had
+much authority. He was chief adviser in all civil affairs, and, by his
+influence over the superstitious natives, maintained absolute control
+in all matters pertaining to the local government as well as to the
+local church. So firm was his hold that he led the Spanish government
+to believe that the islands could not be ruled without his aid. Knowing
+that his power rested on the ignorance of the people he discouraged
+education among them. When native Filipinos advanced so far as to prove
+an obstacle to the religious orders, as did Rizal and many others, the
+friars sought to destroy them. Forgetting their holy mission, the
+religious orders became commercial corporations, amassed enormous
+wealth, and gained possession of the most valuable parts of the
+islands, though to much of this property the titles are not clear.</p>
+
+<p>From my own observation, and from information derived from the
+Spaniards themselves, I am convinced that the author has not overdrawn
+his pictures. In fact I have learned of instances where the oppression
+and practices of the friars were even worse than those described. Dr.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e157" href=
+"#xd0e157">vii</a>]</span>Rizal has given us a portrayal of the
+Filipino character from the viewpoint of the most advanced Filipino. He
+brings out many facts that are pertinent to present-day questions,
+showing especially the Malayan ideas of vengeance, which will put great
+difficulties in the way of the pacifying of the islands by our forces.
+The reader will not fail to notice the striking similarity between the
+life of Ibarra, the hero, and that of Rizal, the author, a short sketch
+of whose career has been given in the following pages.</p>
+
+<p>For assistance in preparing this volume for publication I offer
+sincere thanks to William H. Glasson, Ph.D., Instructor in History in
+the George School, Newtown, Pa. Dr. Glasson has read the entire
+manuscript and proofs, and I have been glad to avail myself of his
+advice on many doubtful points. I desire also to acknowledge my
+indebtedness for favors received to Horatio Green, Interpreter to the
+Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, to W. G. Richardson, of New
+York, and to the publishers.</p>
+
+<p style="text-indent:2em;">F. E. G.</p>
+
+<p style="text-indent:2em;">Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 1, 1900. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e165" href="#xd0e165">ix</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="toc" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Contents.</h2>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter I. <span class="tocPagenum">
+Page</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch1">Don Santiago&rsquo;s Dinner</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">1</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter II.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch2">At the Dinner Table</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">11</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter III.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch3">Heretic and Revolutionist</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">16</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter IV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch4">Captain Tiago</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">23</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter V.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch5">An Idyl on the Azotea</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">29</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter VI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch6">Things Philippine</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">35</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter VII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch7">San Diego and Its People</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">40</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter VIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch8">Ibarra and the Grave-Digger</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">47</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter IX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch9">Adventures of a School
+Teacher</a> <span class="tocPagenum">51</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter X.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch10">Lights and Shadows</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">57</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch11">The Fishing Party</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">59</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch12">In the Woods</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">68</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch13">In the House of Tasio</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">77</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e288"
+href="#xd0e288">x</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XIV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch14">The Eve of the Fiesta</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">83</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch15">As Night Comes On</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">87</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XVI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch16">The Hoisting Crane</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">92</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XVII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch17">The Banquet</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">104</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XVIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch18">The First Cloud</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">112</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XIX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch19">His Excellency</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">116</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch20">The Procession</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">125</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch21">Do&ntilde;a Consolacion</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">129</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch22">Might and Right</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">137</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch23">Two Visitors</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">145</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXIV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch24">Episode in
+Espada&ntilde;a&rsquo;s Life</a> <span class="tocPagenum">
+148</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch25">Schemes</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">161</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXVI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch26">The Persecuted</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">165</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXVII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch27">The Cock Fight</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">172</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXVIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch28">The Two Se&ntilde;oras</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">181</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e424"
+href="#xd0e424">xi</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXIX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch29">The Enigma</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">188</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch30">The Voice of the Persecuted</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">191</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch31">Elias&rsquo;s Family</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">200</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch32">Changes</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">207</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch33">Playing Cards with the
+Shades</a> <span class="tocPagenum">211</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXIV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch34">The Discovery</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">217</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch35">The Catastrophe</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">223</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXVI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch36">What People Say and Think</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">229</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXVII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch37">Vae Victis!</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">235</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXVIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch38">The Accursed</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">244</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXIX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch39">Maria Clara is Married</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">248</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XL.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch40">The Pursuit on the Lake</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">259</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XLI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch41">Father D&aacute;maso
+Explains</a> <span class="tocPagenum">267</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter"><span class="smallcaps">Epilogue</span> <span
+class="tocPagenum">271</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e550"
+href="#xd0e550">xiii</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Jos&eacute; Rizal.</h2>
+
+<p>Dr. Jos&eacute; Rizal, of whose &ldquo;Noli Me Tangere,&rdquo; the
+following story, is an abridgement, is the most striking character to
+be found in the history of the Philippine Islands. He was not only a
+great martyr to the cause of liberty, and to the advancement of his
+fellow men, but he was without doubt the greatest Filipino ever born,
+and his memory is cherished to-day by his people as we ourselves
+cherish the memory of Washington.</p>
+
+<p>Rizal was born on June 19th, 1861, in the pueblo of Calamba, in the
+province of Laguna, on the Island of Luzon. He came of a Tagalog
+family, which, it is said, acknowledged a slight mixture of Chinese
+blood, and possessed considerable property. As a child he gave evidence
+of extraordinary precocity. He is said to have written poetry in his
+native tongue at eight years of age, produced a successful melodrama at
+fourteen, and later to have won prizes in literary contests with
+writers of recognized ability.</p>
+
+<p>After passing through the University of Manila, and receiving much
+instruction at the hands of the Jesuit fathers, he was sent to Europe
+to complete his education. He pursued courses of study in Spanish and
+German universities, and won the degrees of Doctor of Medicine and
+Doctor of Philosophy. Besides acquiring a knowledge of seven languages
+he gained a brilliant reputation for proficiency in the branch of
+optical surgery. For a time he was the leading assistant in the office
+of a world-renowned specialist at Vienna.</p>
+
+<p>While in Europe Rizal wrote several books and also <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e562" href="#xd0e562">xiv</a>]</span>gave
+considerable time to sculpture and painting. His artistic ability was
+great, and some of his productions are now treasured by friends into
+whose possession they came. Rizal&rsquo;s best known work is his
+&ldquo;Noli Me Tangere,&rdquo; written in Belgium about 1886 or 1887.
+This novel, with its vivid picture of life in the Philippines, and its
+exposure of Spanish misrule and oppression, won for him the bitter
+hatred of the friars, and inspired the relentless persecution which
+only ended with the taking of his life.</p>
+
+<p>In 1889 Dr. Rizal returned to the Philippines, but was soon
+compelled to leave his native land in order to escape forcible
+banishment. After a short residence in Japan, he went to London, where
+he published a work on the History of the Philippine Islands. About the
+same time a sequel to &ldquo;Noli Me Tangere,&rdquo; entitled &ldquo;El
+Filibusterismo,&rdquo; was published. The hatred of the priests against
+him was further inflamed by this production, and the government in
+Manila was forced by the friars to forbid the circulation of any of his
+writings. Copies of his novels were burned in the public squares, and
+it was worth one&rsquo;s life to be found possessing a copy. Until very
+recently it has been almost impossible to obtain a copy of
+Rizal&rsquo;s works, and it was necessary to go to Europe to secure the
+one from which the following abridged translation was made.</p>
+
+<p>In 1892 Dr. Rizal was so overcome with a desire to see again his
+beautiful fatherland that he ventured, in the face of all the dangers
+that threatened him, to return to Manila. He had scarcely set foot on
+shore, however, before he was arrested and thrown in prison. The friars
+demanded his execution on the ground that he carried incendiary
+leaflets for the purpose of stirring up a rebellion, but subsequent
+inquiries showed that such leaflets <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"xd0e568" href="#xd0e568">xv</a>]</span>had been introduced into his
+baggage at the custom house through the intrigues of the Augustine
+friars. Despite his indignant protestations of innocence; Rizal was
+summarily condemned by the Spanish General, Despujols, to banishment at
+Dapitan in the island of Mindanao. Although the trickery of the friars
+became known to him, Despujols lacked courage to revoke his order of
+banishment, for fear that he, too, would incur the hatred of the
+powerful religious corporations.</p>
+
+<p>After four years of exile Rizal saw plainly that the hostility of
+the friars would make it impossible for him to live in his native land.
+In 1896 a plague of yellow fever broke out in the island of Cuba and
+Rizal volunteered to lend his medical services to the Spanish
+government. Ramon Blanco, then general-in-chief of the Spanish forces
+in the Philippines, accepted the generous offer and recalled the young
+man to Manila that he might sail at once for Cuba. Alarmed by
+demonstrations of popular affection for Rizal, who represented the
+aspirations of the Filipino people, the Spanish authorities broke faith
+with him and imprisoned him in the Fuerza de Santiago. He was arraigned
+on false charges, given a military trial, and at the dictation of the
+religious orders was sentenced to be shot as a traitor.</p>
+
+<p>At dawn on December 30th, 1896, he was led to the place of execution
+on the beautiful Luneta, overlooking the tranquil surface of Manila
+Bay. Notices of the event had been published throughout the islands and
+the day on which it was to occur was proclaimed a fiesta. Thousands
+gathered around the place selected, and so evident was the sympathy of
+the helpless Filipinos for the man who was to die for their sake that
+Spain marshalled ten regiments of her soldiers about the spot. The
+populace must be intimidated. A nation&rsquo;s hero was about to become
+a nation&rsquo;s martyr. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e574" href=
+"#xd0e574">xvi</a>]</span>With face uplifted he glanced at the
+multitude about him and smiled. They tied his arms behind him and made
+him face the waters of the bay. In vain he protested and begged that he
+might die facing his executioners. A squad of his fellow countrymen,
+who were serving in Spain&rsquo;s army, were selected for the bloody
+work. They drew in position to shoot him in the back. The order was
+given to fire, but only one had the courage to obey. The bullet went
+straight and the hero fell, but another shot was necessary to despatch
+his life. His newly wedded wife remained with him to the end. The best
+hope of the Filipino people was crushed; a light in a dark place was
+snuffed out.</p>
+
+<p>Rizal was no extremist, no believer in harsh and bloody methods, no
+revolutionist. He aimed to secure moderate and reasonable reforms, to
+lessen the oppressive exactions of the friars, to examine into titles
+of their land, and to make possible the education and uplifting of his
+people. He loved Spain as he did his own country, and repeatedly used
+his influence against the rebellious measures proposed by other
+Filipino leaders. His execution was only one of the numerous outrages
+which characterized Spain&rsquo;s reign in the Philippines.</p>
+
+<p>In closing this short sketch of Rizal&rsquo;s life we can do no
+better than to quote the estimate of him made by Dr. Ferdinand
+Blumentritt, professor in the University of Leitmeritz, Austria, who
+prepared a biographical sketch of Rizal. Dr. Blumentritt said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not only is Rizal the most prominent man of his own people,
+but the greatest man the Malayan race has produced. His memory will
+never perish in his fatherland, and future generations of Spaniards
+will yet learn to utter his name with respect and reverence.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="body"><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb1" href=
+"#pb1">1</a>]</span>
+<div id="ch1" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="super">Friars and Filipinos.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter I.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Don Santiago&rsquo;s Dinner.</h2>
+
+<p>In the latter part of October, Don Santiago de los Santos, popularly
+known as Captain Tiago, gave a dinner. Though, contrary to his custom,
+he had not announced it until the afternoon of the day on which it was
+to occur, the dinner became at once the absorbing topic of conversation
+in Binondo, in the other suburbs of Manila, and even in the walled
+city. Captain Tiago was generally considered a most liberal man, and
+his house, like his country, shut its doors to no one, whether bent on
+pleasure or on the development of some new and daring scheme.</p>
+
+<p>The dinner was given in the captain&rsquo;s house in Analoague
+street. The building is of ordinary size, of the style of architecture
+common to the country, and is situated on that arm of the Pasig called
+by some Binondo Creek. This, like all the streams in Manila, satisfies
+a multitude of needs. It serves for bathing, mortar-mixing, laundering,
+fishing, means of transportation and communication, and even for
+drinking water, when the Chinese water-carriers find it convenient to
+use it for that purpose. Although the most important artery of the
+busiest part of the town, where the roar of commerce is loudest and
+traffic most congested, the stream is, for a distance of a mile,
+crossed by only one wooden bridge. During six months of the year, one
+end of this bridge is out of order, and the other end is impassable
+during the remaining time.</p>
+
+<p>The house is low and somewhat out of plumb. No one, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb2" href="#pb2">2</a>]</span>however, knows whether
+the faulty lines of the building are due to a defect in the sight of
+the architect who constructed it, or whether they are the result of
+earthquakes and hurricanes.</p>
+
+<p>A wide staircase, with green balustrades and carpeted here and there
+in spots, leads from the <i>zaguan</i>, or tiled entrance hall, to the
+second story of the house. On either side of this staircase is a row of
+flower-pots and vases, placed upon chinaware pedestals, brilliant in
+coloring and fantastic in design. Upstairs, we enter a spacious hall,
+which is, in these islands, called <i>caida</i>. This serves to-night
+for the dining hall. In the middle of the room is a large table,
+profusely and richly ornamented, fairly groaning under the weight of
+delicacies.</p>
+
+<p>In direct contrast to these worldly preparations are the motley
+colored religious pictures on the walls&mdash;such subjects as
+&ldquo;Purgatory,&rdquo; &ldquo;Hell,&rdquo; &ldquo;The Last
+Judgment,&rdquo; &ldquo;The Death of the Just,&rdquo; and &ldquo;The
+Death of the Sinner.&rdquo; Below these, in a beautiful renaissance
+frame, is a large, curious linen engraving of two old ladies. The
+picture bears the inscription &ldquo;Our Lady of Peace, Propitious to
+Travellers, Venerated in Antipolo, Visiting in the Guise of a Beggar
+the Pious Wife of the Famous Captain In&eacute;s in Her
+Sickness.&rdquo; In the side of the room toward the river, Captain
+Tiago has arranged fantastic wooden arches, half Chinese, half
+European, through which one can pass to the roof which covers part of
+the first story. This roof serves as a veranda, and has been
+illuminated with Chinese lanterns in many colors and made into a pretty
+little arbor or garden. The <i>sala</i> or principal room of the house,
+where the guests assembled is resplendent with colossal mirrors and
+brilliant chandeliers, and, upon a platform of pine, is a costly piano
+of the finest workmanship.</p>
+
+<p>People almost filled this room, the men keeping on one side and the
+women on the other, as though they were in a Catholic church or a
+synagogue. Among the women were a number of young girls, both native
+and Spanish. Occasionally one of them forgot herself and yawned, but
+immediately sought to conceal it by covering her mouth with her fan.
+Conversation was carried <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb3" href=
+"#pb3">3</a>]</span>on in a low voice and died away in vague
+mono-syllables, like the indistinct noises heard by night in a large
+mansion.</p>
+
+<p>An elderly woman with a kindly face, a cousin of Captain Tiago,
+received the ladies. She spoke Spanish regardless of all the
+grammatical rules, and her courtesies consisted in offering to the
+Spanish ladies cigarettes and betel nut (neither of which they use) and
+in kissing the hands of the native women after the manner of the
+friars. Finally the poor old lady was completely exhausted, and, taking
+advantage of a distant crash occasioned by the breaking of a plate,
+hurried off precipitately to investigate, murmuring:
+&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> Just wait, you
+good-for-nothings!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Among the men there was somewhat more animation. In one corner of
+the room were some cadets, who chatted with some show of interest, but
+in a low voice. From time to time they surveyed the crowd and indicated
+to each other different persons, meanwhile laughing more or less
+affectedly.</p>
+
+<p>The only people who appeared to be really enjoying themselves were
+two friars, two citizens and an officer of the army who formed a group
+around a small table, on which were bottles of wine and English
+biscuits. The officer was old, tall and sunburnt, and looked as the
+Duke of Alva might have looked, had he been reduced to a command in the
+civil guard. He said little, but what he did say was short and to the
+point. One of the friars was a young Dominican, handsome and dressed
+with extreme nicety. He wore gold mounted spectacles and preserved the
+extreme gravity of youth. The other friar, however, who was a
+Franciscan, talked a great deal and gesticulated even more. Although
+his hair was getting gray, he seemed to be well preserved and in robust
+health. His splendid figure, keen glance, square jaw and herculean form
+gave him the appearance of a Roman patrician in disguise. He was gay
+and talked briskly, like one who is not afraid to speak out. Brusque
+though his words might be, his merry laugh removed any disagreeable
+impression.</p>
+
+<p>As to the citizens, one of them was small in stature <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb4" href="#pb4">4</a>]</span>and wore a black beard,
+his most noticeable feature being his large nose&mdash;so large that
+you could scarcely believe that it was all his own. The other was a
+young blonde, apparently a recent arrival in the country. The latter
+was carrying on a lively discussion with the Franciscan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will see,&rdquo; said the friar, &ldquo;when you have
+been in the country a few months, and will be convinced that what I say
+is right. It is one thing to govern in Madrid and another to rule in
+the Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I, for example,&rdquo; continued Father D&aacute;maso,
+raising his voice to prevent the other from speaking, &ldquo;I, who can
+point to my twenty-three years of existence on bananas and rice, can
+speak with some authority on this subject. Do not come to me with
+theories or arguments, for I know the native. Remember, that when I
+came to this country, I was sent to a parish, small and largely devoted
+to agriculture. I did not understand Tagalog very well, but I received
+the confessions of the women and we managed to understand each other.
+In fact, they came to think so much of me that three years afterward,
+when I was sent to another and larger town, where a vacancy had been
+created by the death of the native parish priest, all the women were in
+tears. They overwhelmed me with presents, they saw me off with bands of
+music&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But this only shows&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wait, wait! Do not be in a hurry! My successor remained there
+a still shorter time, but when he left there were more people to see
+him off, more tears shed, and more music played, although he had
+treated the people worse than I, and had raised the parish dues to a
+sum almost double the amount I had exacted.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But allow me&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Furthermore, I was twenty years in the town of San Diego and
+it was only a few months ago&mdash;that&mdash;that I left. Twenty
+years! Surely any one will admit that twenty years is time enough to
+get acquainted with a town. There were six thousand people in San
+Diego, and I knew every one of them as if he were my own <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb5" href="#pb5">5</a>]</span>child. I knew even the
+private affairs of them all; I knew in what way this man was
+&lsquo;crooked,&rsquo; where the shoe pinched that one, what slips
+every girl had made and with whom, and who was the true father of each
+child, for I received all of their confessions and they always
+confessed scrupulously. I can prove what I say by Santiago, our host,
+for he has considerable property in that town, and it was there that we
+became friends. Well, then! This will show you what sort of people the
+natives are: when I went away, only a few old women and some lay
+brothers saw me off. And that, after I had been there twenty years!
+Don&rsquo;t you see that this proves beyond a doubt that all the
+reforms attempted by the Ministers of the Government in Madrid are
+perfectly absurd?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>It was now the young man&rsquo;s turn to be perplexed. The
+lieutenant, who had been listening to the argument, knit his brows. The
+little man with the black beard made ready to combat or support Father
+D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s arguments, while the Dominican was content to
+remain entirely neutral.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But do you believe&mdash;&mdash;,&rdquo; the young man
+finally asked in a curious mood, and looking straight at the friar.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do I believe it? As I do the Gospel! The native is so
+indolent!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! Pardon me for interrupting you,&rdquo; said the young
+blonde, lowering his voice and drawing his chair closer, &ldquo;but you
+have spoken a word that arouses my interest. Is this indolence an
+inherent characteristic of the native, or is it true, as a foreign
+traveller has said in speaking of a country whose inhabitants are of
+the same race as these, that this indolence is only a fabrication to
+excuse our own laziness, our backwardness and the faults of our
+celestial system?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bah! That is nothing but envy! Ask Se&ntilde;or Laruja, who
+knows this country very well, whether the native has his equal in the
+world for indolence and ignorance.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a fact,&rdquo; replied the little man referred to,
+&ldquo;that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb6" href=
+"#pb6">6</a>]</span>nowhere in the world can any one be found more
+indolent than the native. Positively nowhere!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor more vicious and ungrateful!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor with less education!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Somewhat uneasy, the blonde man began to glance about the room.
+&ldquo;Gentlemen,&rdquo; he said in a low voice, &ldquo;I believe that
+we are in the house of a native, and these young ladies
+may&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bah! Don&rsquo;t be so sensitive. How long have you been in
+the country?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Four days,&rdquo; answered the young man somewhat
+ruffled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you come here as an employee?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir. I came on my own account in order to become
+acquainted with the country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Man, what a rare bird you are!&rdquo; exclaimed Father
+D&aacute;maso, looking at him with curiosity. &ldquo;To come here on
+your own account for such foolish ends! What a phenomenon! And when so
+many books have been written about this
+country&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then, striking the arm of his chair with sudden violence, he
+exclaimed: &ldquo;The country is being lost; it is lost already. The
+governing power supports heretics against the ministers of
+God.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean?&rdquo; again asked the lieutenant, half
+rising from his chair.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do I mean?&rdquo; repeated Father D&aacute;maso, again
+raising his voice, and facing the lieutenant. &ldquo;I mean what I say.
+I mean that, when a priest turns away the corpse of a heretic from his
+cemetery, no one, not even the King himself, has the right to
+interfere, and still less to punish. And yet a general, a miserable
+little general&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father! His Excellency is the vice-regal representative of
+His Majesty the King!&rdquo; exclaimed the officer, rising to his
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do I care for His Excellency, or for any of your
+vice-regal representatives!&rdquo; answered the Franciscan, rising in
+his turn. &ldquo;In any other time than the present, he would have been
+thrown down stairs in the same way as the religious corporations
+treated the sacrilegious <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb7" href=
+"#pb7">7</a>]</span>governor Bustamente in his time. Those were the
+days when there was faith!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll tell you right here that I don&rsquo;t allow
+any&mdash;His Excellency represents His Majesty the King!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t care whether he is king or rogue. For us there
+is no king other than the true&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stop this immediately!&rdquo; shouted the lieutenant in a
+threatening manner, and as though he were commanding his own soldiers.
+&ldquo;Take back what you have said, or to-morrow I shall inform His
+Excellency.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go and tell him at once! Go tell him!&rdquo; answered Father
+D&aacute;maso, sarcastically, at the same time approaching the
+lieutenant with his fists doubled. &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you think for a
+moment that, because I wear the dress of a monk, I&rsquo;m not a man.
+Hurry! Go tell him! I&rsquo;ll lend you my carriage.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The discussion began to grow ridiculous as the speakers became more
+heated, but, at this point, fortunately, the Dominican interfered.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen!&rdquo; he said in a tone of authority, and with
+that nasal twang which is so characteristic of the friars, &ldquo;there
+is no reason why you should thus confuse matters or take offense where
+it is not intended. We should distinguish between what Father
+D&aacute;maso says as a man, and what he says as a priest. Whatever he
+may say as a priest cannot be offensive, for the words of a priest are
+understood to be absolutely true.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I understand what his motives are, Father Sibyla!&rdquo;
+interrupted the lieutenant, who saw that he would be drawn into a net
+of such fine distinction that, if he allowed it to go on, Father
+D&aacute;maso would get off scot free. &ldquo;I know very well what his
+motives are, and Your Reverence will also perceive them. During the
+absence of Father D&aacute;maso from San Diego, his assistant buried
+the body of a very worthy person. Yes, sir, an extremely worthy person!
+I had known the man from time to time and had often been his guest.
+What if he never had been to confession? I do not confess, either. To
+say that he committed suicide is a lie, a slander. A man such as he,
+with a son whose success and love were more than all the world to him;
+a man <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb8" href="#pb8">8</a>]</span>who
+believed in God, who fulfilled his duty to society, who was honorable
+and just&mdash;such a man does not commit suicide. That is what I say!
+I am not telling you all that I think about this matter, and Your
+Reverence should be very thankful that I restrain myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Turning his back on the Franciscan, he continued: &ldquo;As I was
+saying, this priest, when he returned to the town, after maltreating
+his coadjutor, ordered that the man&rsquo;s body be taken up and thrown
+out of the cemetery, to be buried I know not where. The town of San
+Diego was too cowardly to protest, though, in fact, very few people
+knew much about the matter. The dead man had no relatives in the town
+and his only son was in Europe. His Excellency, however, learned about
+the affair, and being at heart upright and just, he ordered that the
+priest be punished. As a result, Father D&aacute;maso was transferred
+to another but better town. That is all there was to it. Now you can
+make all the distinctions you like.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he left the group.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am very sorry to have touched upon so delicate a
+subject,&rdquo; said Father Sibyla, &ldquo;but, after all, if the
+change from one town to another was to your
+advantage&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How could it be to my advantage? How about all the things
+that I lost?&rdquo; interrupted Father D&aacute;maso, fairly boiling
+over with rage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good evening, gentlemen! Good evening, Father!&rdquo; said
+Captain Santiago, who at that instant entered the room, leading a youth
+by the hand. On saluting his guests in this manner, he kissed the hands
+of the priests, who, by the way, forgot to give him their blessing. The
+Dominican took off his gold-rimmed spectacles in order to examine the
+new arrival at better advantage, while Father D&aacute;maso, turning
+pale at the sight, stared at the youth with eyes wide open.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have the honor of presenting to you Don Crisostomo Ibarra,
+the son of my deceased friend,&rdquo; said Captain Tiago. &ldquo;The
+young man has just arrived from Europe, and I have been to meet
+him.&rdquo; At the mere mention of the name, exclamations were heard in
+all parts of the room. The lieutenant, forgetting himself <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb9" href="#pb9">9</a>]</span>entirely, did not stop
+to salute his host, but at once approached the young man and surveyed
+him from head to foot. The youth exchanged the usual greetings with
+those who had gathered around him. He showed no striking peculiarity,
+except in his sombre dress, which was in deep contrast with that of the
+other persons present. His athletic build, his appearance, and every
+movement he made showed, however, that a fine mind and a healthy body
+had both been highly developed. You could see from his frank and
+vivacious face that he had Spanish blood in his veins. Although his
+hair, eyes and complexion were dark, his cheeks had a slight color,
+due, no doubt, to residence in cold countries.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What!&rdquo; he exclaimed with glad surprise, &ldquo;the
+parish priest of my own town! Father D&aacute;maso, my father&rsquo;s
+intimate friend!&rdquo; Every one in the room looked at the Franciscan,
+but the latter made no motion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must excuse me, if I have made a mistake,&rdquo; added
+Ibarra, somewhat in doubt because of the apathy of the friar.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have made no mistake,&rdquo; the priest finally answered
+in a strained voice, &ldquo;but your father was never an intimate
+friend of mine.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra slowly withdrew the hand which he had offered, looking at the
+friar with great surprise. As he turned about, he came face to face
+with the lieutenant just approaching.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My boy, are you the son of Don Rafael Ibarra?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man bowed in acquiescence. Father D&aacute;maso settled
+back into his arm-chair and fixed his eyes upon the lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Welcome to your country! May you be more happy in it than was
+your father!&rdquo; exclaimed the officer in a trembling voice.
+&ldquo;I had many dealings with your father and I knew him well, and I
+can say that he was one of the most worthy and honorable men in the
+Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sir,&rdquo; replied Ibarra with emotion, &ldquo;your praise
+of my father puts me in doubt as to his fate. Even now I, his own son,
+am ignorant of it all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The eyes of the old man filled with tears. He turned <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb10" href="#pb10">10</a>]</span>and hurriedly
+withdrew. Ibarra found himself standing alone in the middle of the
+room. His host had disappeared, and he turned to a group of gentlemen,
+who, as soon as they saw him coming, formed a semicircle to receive
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;in Germany, when a stranger
+attends any social function and there is no one present to introduce
+him, it is allowable for him to introduce himself. Permit me to avail
+myself of this practice. Gentlemen, my name is Juan Crisostomo Ibarra y
+Magsalin.&rdquo; The others gave their names in turn, of which the most
+were comparatively unknown.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My name is A&mdash;&mdash;a,&rdquo; said one of the young
+men, bowing stiffly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, perhaps, I have the honor of addressing the poet whose
+works have kept up my enthusiasm for my country? I have been told that
+you have stopped writing, but no one has told me why.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why? Because there is no use in invoking the muses for false
+and foolish ends. A case has been made out against one man for having
+put into verse a true story of Pero Grullo. I am not going to get
+myself into a similar scrape. They may call me a poet, but they shall
+not call me a fool.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And can you not tell us what that true story was?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. The poet said that the son of a lion is also a lion, and
+for saying this he narrowly escaped being banished.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dinner is ready,&rdquo; announced a waiter who had been
+borrowed from the C&aacute;f&eacute; Campa&ntilde;a. The guests began
+to file into the dining room, not, however, without many sighs, and
+even some prayers among the women, especially the natives, that the
+dreaded affair would soon be over. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb11"
+href="#pb11">11</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch2" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter II.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">At the Dinner Table.</h2>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla wore a satisfied air. He moved along tranquilly, and
+his closed, thin lips showed no signs of disdain. On the other hand,
+the Franciscan was in a very bad humor. As he walked toward the table,
+he kicked over the chairs which happened to be in his way and boxed the
+ears of one of the cadets. The lieutenant was very solemn and
+grave.</p>
+
+<p>The two friars instinctively started for the head of the table,
+perhaps by force of habit, and, as might have been expected, they met
+on opposite sides of the same chair. Then, with ponderous courtesy,
+each entreated the other to sit down, giving in turn his reasons why
+the other should take precedence. Every one at the table understood how
+both really felt in the matter, and all knew well that the one who did
+not take the coveted seat would grumble discontentedly for the
+remainder of the evening. The farce proceeded something like this:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You take it, Brother D&aacute;maso! It is for you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, you take it, Brother Sibyla!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are an old friend of the family, the confessor of its
+deepest mysteries; your age, your dignity,
+your&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, that is all right as far as age goes, but, on the other
+hand you are the priest of this suburb,&rdquo; answered Father
+D&aacute;maso in an insincere tone, without, however, leaving the
+chair.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As you order it, I obey,&rdquo; concluded Father Sibyla,
+making ready to sit down.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I do not order it,&rdquo; protested the Franciscan,
+&ldquo;I do not <i>order</i> it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla was about to take the seat without any further regard
+to the protests of his brother, when his eyes chanced to meet those of
+the lieutenant. According to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb12"
+href="#pb12">12</a>]</span>religious customs in the Philippines, the
+highest military officer is inferior to even a convent cook. &ldquo;<i
+lang="la">Cedent arma tog&aelig;</i>,&rdquo; said Cicero in the Senate.
+&ldquo;<i lang="la">Cedent arma cott&aelig;</i>,&rdquo; say the friars
+in the Philippines. Father Sibyla, however, was a person of some
+culture and refinement, and, as soon as he noticed the expression on
+the lieutenant&rsquo;s face, said: &ldquo;Here! We are now out in the
+world, and not in the Church. This seat belongs to you,
+lieutenant!&rdquo; But, to judge from the tone of his voice, he thought
+that, although he was out in the world and not in the Church, the seat
+nevertheless belonged to him. The lieutenant, either to save himself
+trouble or in order to avoid sitting between two friars, declined the
+honor in a very few words.</p>
+
+<p>Neither of the disputants had thought of the owner of the house.
+Ibarra saw him looking upon the scene and smiling with
+satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How is this, Don Santiago! Aren&rsquo;t you going to sit down
+with us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But all of the seats were already occupied, and Lucullus did not
+dine in the house of Lucullus.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sit still! Don&rsquo;t get up!&rdquo; said Captain Tiago,
+laying his hand on the young man&rsquo;s shoulder. &ldquo;The fact is
+that this feast is given in honor of the Virgin on account of your safe
+arrival. Here! Bring on the <i>tinola</i>! I ordered some <i>tinola</i>
+made expressly for you, for I feel quite certain that you have not had
+any since you left the Philippines a long while ago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A large dish was brought in, still steaming and filled to the brim
+with <i>tinola</i>. The Dominican, after murmuring the <i>
+Benedicite</i> (to which only a few of those present could give the
+response), began to serve the contents of the dish. Either from
+carelessness or for some other reason, he passed to Father
+D&aacute;maso a plate filled with the soup and stew, but containing
+only two small pieces of chicken, a bony neck and a tough wing.
+Meanwhile the others, especially Ibarra, were eating all sorts of
+choice bits. The Franciscan, of course, noticed this, mussed over the
+stew, took a mouthful of the soup, dropped his spoon with a clatter
+into his plate, and pushed the dish to one side. While this was going
+on, the Dominican appeared to be absorbed in conversation with the
+young <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb13" href=
+"#pb13">13</a>]</span>blonde. Se&ntilde;or Laruja had also begun to
+converse with Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How long has it been since you were last in this
+country?&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About seven years,&rdquo; responded Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must have forgotten all about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On the contrary, although my country seems to have forgotten
+me, I have always kept her in mind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean?&rdquo; interposed the blonde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I mean that for over a year I have not received any news from
+here, so that now I feel like a total stranger. I do not yet know how
+or when my father died.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; exclaimed the lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where have you been that you did not telegraph?&rdquo; asked
+one of the ladies. &ldquo;When I was married, we telegraphed to the
+Peninsula.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;ora, for the last two years I have been in northern
+Europe, in Germany and in Poland.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what country of Europe do you like best?&rdquo; asked the
+young blonde, who had been listening interestedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;After Spain, which is my second fatherland, oh&mdash;any free
+country in Europe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You seem to have travelled a great deal&mdash;what is the
+most remarkable thing that you have observed?&rdquo; asked Laruja.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra appeared to be reflecting on the question. &ldquo;Remarkable?
+In what way?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For instance, in the life of the different
+peoples,&mdash;their social, political and religious
+life&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra meditated for some little time. &ldquo;I always made it a
+point to study the history of a country before visiting it, and I find
+that national development invariably follows perfectly natural rules. I
+have always noticed that the prosperity or poverty of different peoples
+is in direct proportion to their liberties or their lack of liberty,
+or, in other words, in proportion to the sacrifices or selfishness of
+their forefathers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And is that all you have observed?&rdquo; asked the
+Franciscan, with a loud laugh. Up to this time, he had not uttered a
+single word, but had given his attention to the dinner. &ldquo;It was
+not worth while to squander your fortune <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb14" href="#pb14">14</a>]</span>for the purpose of learning such a
+trifle&mdash;a thing that every school boy knows.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him intently, doubtful what to say. The guests
+glanced at each other, fearing that a quarrel would break out.
+&ldquo;The dinner has been too long, and Your Reverence is affected by
+too much wine,&rdquo; Ibarra was about to reply, but he checked himself
+in time and only said: &ldquo;Gentlemen, do not wonder at the
+familiarity with which our old parish priest treats me. He treated me
+this way when I was a child, and the years that have passed since then
+have not changed His Reverence. I derive a certain amount of pleasure
+from it, for I am reminded of those days when His Reverence was a
+frequent visitor at our house and honored my father&rsquo;s
+table.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Dominican glanced furtively at the Franciscan, who was
+trembling. Ibarra continued, rising from his chair: &ldquo;You will
+allow me to withdraw, for I have only just arrived, and I must leave
+town to-morrow. Besides, I have a great many things to do before I
+leave. The dinner is practically finished, and I drink very little wine
+and scarcely touch spirits. Gentlemen, here&rsquo;s to Spain and the
+Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Saying this, he emptied the glass, which, until then, he had not
+touched. The old lieutenant followed his example, but said nothing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not go!&rdquo; said Captain Tiago to him in a low voice.
+&ldquo;Maria Clara is coming immediately. Isabel has just gone to get
+her. The new parish priest of your town is also coming, and he is a
+saint.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall come to-morrow before I leave. I have to make a most
+important visit yet to-night, and really must go!&rdquo; With this he
+took his departure. In the meantime, the Franciscan had recovered
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You see how it is,&rdquo; said he to the young blonde,
+gesticulating with his dessert knife. &ldquo;It is nothing but pride.
+He could not bear to have a priest reprove him. Can decent people
+believe it? This is the evil consequence of sending young men to
+Europe. The Government ought to prohibit it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>That night, the young blonde wrote, among other things, in the first
+chapter of his &ldquo;Colonial Studies&rdquo;: &ldquo;How the <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb15" href="#pb15">15</a>]</span>neck and wing
+of a chicken in a friar&rsquo;s plate of <i>tinola</i> can disturb the
+gayety of a feast!&rdquo; And among his other observations were the
+following: &ldquo;In the Philippines the most insignificant person at a
+dinner or a feast is the host. The owner of the house has only to
+remain out in the street, and everything will go along beautifully. In
+the present state of affairs, it would be well to forbid the Filipinos
+to leave their country, and not to teach them how to read.&rdquo; <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb16" href="#pb16">16</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch3" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter III.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Heretic and Revolutionist.</h2>
+
+<p>Ibarra was still confused, but the evening breeze, which, in Manila,
+is at this time of the year always cool and refreshing, seemed gently
+to lift the hazy mist which hung over his eyes. He removed his hat and
+drew a deep, long breath.</p>
+
+<p>Men of all nationalities passed by in swift carriages or in
+slow-going, rented <i>calesas</i>. He was walking at that slow pace
+characteristic alike of deep thought and laziness, and was making his
+way toward the Plaza of Binondo. He looked about in search of any old
+and familiar objects. Yes, there were the same old streets, the same
+old houses with white and blue fronts, the same old walls covered with
+whitewash or repainted in poor imitation of granite; there was the same
+old church tower, its clock with transparent face still marking the
+hours; there, too, were the old Chinese shops, with their dirty
+curtains and iron rods, one of which remained unrepaired as he himself
+had bent it when a boy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Things go slowly here!&rdquo; he muttered and continued up
+the street past the vestry.</p>
+
+<p>As they dished up flavored ices, the street <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e880" title="Source: venders">vendors</span> were still crying
+&ldquo;sorbettes.&rdquo; The same little cocoanut oil lamps furnished
+light for the stands where native women and Chinese disposed of their
+sweetmeats and fruit.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is marvellous,&rdquo; he exclaimed. &ldquo;There is the
+same Chinaman who was at that stand seven years ago. There is that same
+old woman whom I remember so well. Why, one might think my seven years
+in Europe but a night&rsquo;s sleep. And, by heavens, they have not yet
+repaired this broken place in the pavement!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, the stone which had been torn out of the pavement before he
+left Manila had not yet been replaced. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb17" href="#pb17">17</a>]</span>While he was meditating upon the
+wonderful stability of things in so unstable a country, some one placed
+a hand upon his shoulder. With a start he looked up, and his eyes met
+those of the old lieutenant, who also had left the Captain&rsquo;s
+house. A smile had displaced the officer&rsquo;s usual harsh expression
+and characteristic frown.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be careful, young man!&rdquo; said he. &ldquo;Remember what
+happened to your father!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I beg your pardon. You seem to have esteemed my father very
+highly. Can you tell me what has been his fate?&rdquo; asked Ibarra,
+gazing intently into the lieutenant&rsquo;s eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not know?&rdquo; said the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I asked Don Santiago, but he said that he would tell me
+nothing until to-morrow. Have you no information regarding
+him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, yes; everybody knows about him. He died in
+prison.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man stepped back and stared wildly at the officer.
+&ldquo;In prison! Who died in prison?&rdquo; he asked in
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, your father, who had been arrested,&rdquo; answered the
+officer somewhat surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! My father in prison! Arrested and imprisoned! Man, what
+are you talking about? Do you know who my father was? Are
+you&mdash;&mdash;?&rdquo; asked the young man, nervously grasping the
+officer&rsquo;s arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think that I am mistaken: Don Rafael
+Ibarra.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. Don Rafael Ibarra,&rdquo; repeated the young man,
+scarcely able to utter the words.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought that you knew it,&rdquo; said the officer, in a
+sympathetic voice, as he saw the emotion his words had caused. &ldquo;I
+thought that you knew it; but be brave. Here, you know, no man can be
+honorable without being imprisoned.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot believe that you are not jesting,&rdquo; replied
+Ibarra, after a few minutes of deep silence. &ldquo;Can you tell me for
+what offense he was imprisoned?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man paused as if to meditate. &ldquo;It seems strange to me
+that you have not been kept informed as to the affairs of your
+family.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb18" href=
+"#pb18">18</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My father&rsquo;s last letter, which I received a year ago,
+told me not to be uneasy if he failed to write to me, for he was very
+busy. He advised me to continue my studies, he sent me his
+blessing&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In that case, he must have written the letter to you shortly
+before his death. It is almost a year since we buried him in his own
+town.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why was my father arrested?&rdquo; asked Ibarra in a voice
+full of emotion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The cause of his arrest was an honorable one. I must go to my
+quarters now; walk along with me and then I can tell you on the way.
+Take my arm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They walked for some time in melancholy silence. Deep in thought and
+nervously stroking his goatee, the officer sought inspiration before he
+could begin the pitiful tale.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As you very well know,&rdquo; he at last began, &ldquo;your
+father was the richest man in the province, and, although he was loved
+and highly respected by many, there were some envious persons who hated
+him. Your father had a great many enemies among the priests and the
+Spaniards. Some months after your departure, trouble arose between Don
+Rafael and Father D&aacute;maso, but I do not know what it was all
+about. Father D&aacute;maso accused your father of not attending
+confession. In former times, however, he had never attended confession.
+Nothing was said about it, and he and the priest were good friends, as
+you will remember. Furthermore, Don Rafael was a very honorable man and
+much more upright and just than many who go to confession regularly. He
+was very conscientious, and, in speaking to me in regard to his
+troubles with Father D&aacute;maso, used to say:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&lsquo;Se&ntilde;or Guevara, do you believe that God will
+forgive a crime, a murder for instance, simply because that crime has
+been confessed to a priest&mdash;confessed to a man who is in duty
+bound to keep it secret? Will God pardon a man whose repentance is
+brought about by his cowardly fear of hell? I have a very different
+opinion of God. I cannot see how one evil can be corrected by another,
+nor how pardon can be procured by mere idle tears and donations to the
+Church.&rsquo; Your father always followed the strictest rules of
+morality. I may safely say that he never harmed <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb19" href="#pb19">19</a>]</span>any one, but, on the contrary,
+always sought by doing good to offset certain unjust deeds committed by
+your grandfathers. However, his troubles with the priests continued and
+took on a dangerous aspect. Father D&aacute;maso alluded to him from
+the pulpit, and, if he did not do so directly by name, it was an
+oversight on his part, for anything might be expected from a man of his
+character. I foresaw that sooner or later the affair would have a bad
+ending.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old lieutenant paused for a few minutes and then continued:
+&ldquo;About this time there came to the province a man who had been in
+the artillery, but had been thrown out of the ranks on account of his
+brutality and ignorance. This man had to make a livelihood. He was not
+allowed to engage in the work of an ordinary laborer, since that might
+damage Spain&rsquo;s prestige, but somehow obtained the position of
+collector of taxes on vehicles. He had no education whatever, and the
+natives soon found it out. A Spaniard who cannot read and write is a
+wonder to them, and hence he became the subject of all sorts of
+ridicule. Knowing that he was being laughed at, he became ashamed to
+collect his taxes. This had a bad effect on his character, which was
+already bad enough. People used to give him documents upside down to
+see him pretend to read them. He would make a show of doing so, and
+then, on the first blank space he found, would fill in some sprawling
+characters which, I may say, represented him very accurately. The
+natives continued to pay their taxes, but kept on ridiculing him. He
+fairly raved with anger and worked himself up to such a frame of mind
+that he respected none. Finally, he had some words with your father. It
+happened that one day, while the collector was studying a document
+which had been given to him in a store, some school boys came along.
+One of them called the attention of his companions to the collector,
+and they all began to laugh and point their fingers at the unhappy man.
+The collector finally lost his patience, turned quickly and chased his
+tormentors. The boys, of course, ran in all directions, at the same
+time mimicking a child learning the alphabet. Blind with rage because
+he could not reach them, he threw his cane, struck one of the boys on
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb20" href="#pb20">20</a>]</span>the head
+and knocked him down. Not content with this, he went up and kicked the
+boy several times. Unfortunately, your father happened to be passing
+just at the moment. Indignant at what he saw, he seized the tax
+collector by the arm and severely reproached him for his actions. The
+tax collector in anger raised his cane to strike, but your father was
+too quick for him. With that strength which he inherited from his
+forefathers, he, as some say, struck the collector, or, as others
+claim, only gave him a push. The fact is that the man staggered and
+fell to the ground, and, in falling, struck his head against a stone.
+Don Rafael quietly lifted up the wounded boy and carried him to the
+court house near by, leaving the collector where he had fallen. The
+ex-artilleryman began to bleed at the mouth and died without regaining
+consciousness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Naturally the law stepped in. They showered calumnies of all
+kinds upon your father and accused him of being a heretic and a
+revolutionist. To be a heretic is a great misfortune anywhere or at any
+time, but it was especially so at this particular time, for the chief
+magistrate of the province was the loudest prayer maker in the Church.
+To be a revolutionist is still worse. One might better have killed
+three highly educated tax collectors than be thus accused. Everybody
+deserted your father, and his books and papers were seized. He was
+accused of being a subscriber to &lsquo;El Correo del Ultramar&rsquo;
+and to Madrid newspapers, of having sent you to Germany, of having in
+his possession incriminating papers and pictures, and&mdash;well, I
+don&rsquo;t know what not. He was even attacked because, although he
+was the descendant of Spaniards, he wore the dress of the natives. If
+your father had been anybody else, he would have been acquitted, for
+the doctors pronounced the death of the collector due to natural
+causes. His fortune, however, his confidence in the law, and his hatred
+for everything which seemed unlawful and unjust, cost him his life. I
+myself, much as I dislike begging for mercy, called upon the Governor
+General, the predecessor of the present Governor. I brought out the
+fact that a man who aided every poor Spaniard, who gave food and
+shelter to all, and whose veins were filled with the generous blood
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb21" href="#pb21">21</a>]</span>of
+Spain&mdash;such a man could not be a revolutionist. In vain I argued
+for him, pledged my own life for him, and swore by my military honor.
+What did it all amount to? I was badly received, curtly and summarily
+dismissed, and called a fool.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man paused to take breath. His young companion neither
+looked up nor made a sound. The narrator proceeded: &ldquo;I took
+charge of the case for your father. I called upon the celebrated
+Filipino lawyer, young A&mdash;&mdash;a, but he refused to undertake
+the defense. &lsquo;I would lose the case,&rsquo; he said, &lsquo;my
+defense would cause new accusations against him, and perhaps bring them
+upon me. Go and see Se&ntilde;or M&mdash;&mdash;, who is an eloquent
+orator, a Spaniard and a man of great reputation.&rsquo; I did so, and
+the celebrated lawyer took charge of the case, which he conducted in a
+masterful and brilliant manner. But your father had many enemies, some
+of whom did their work secretly. There were many false witnesses in the
+case, and their calumnies, which anywhere else would have been
+overthrown by a single sarcastic phrase from the defending attorney,
+were here given a great deal of weight. As fast as the attorney proved
+the falsity of their accusations, new charges were brought forward.
+They accused him of having wrongfully taken possession of a large tract
+of land. They sued him for damages and for injuries caused. They said
+that he had dealings with the organized bandits or <i>tulisanes</i>,
+and that thus he had been able to keep his property unmolested. In
+fact, the case became so complicated that within a year no one
+understood it. The chief magistrate was called away from his post and
+replaced by another of good reputation, but unfortunately this
+magistrate, too, was displaced in a few months.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The sufferings, disappointments and discomforts of prison
+life, and his great grief at seeing the ingratitude of so many supposed
+friends, finally broke down your father&rsquo;s iron constitution and
+he became fatally ill. When it was all over; when he had proved himself
+not guilty of being an enemy to his country, and innocent of the death
+of the tax collector, he died in prison, with no one to care for him in
+his last hours. I arrived just as he was expiring.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man had finished all he had to say. Ibarra, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb22" href="#pb22">22</a>]</span>overcome with grief
+at the pathetic story he had heard, could not utter a word. The two had
+arrived at the gate of the barracks. Stopping and shaking hands with
+the young man, the officer said: &ldquo;My boy, Captain Tiago can give
+you the details. I must say good night, for my duty calls me.&rdquo;
+With deep emotion, Ibarra grasped the lean hand of the lieutenant, and
+then looked after him in silence until he disappeared in the building.
+Turning slowly about, he saw a carriage passing and made a sign to the
+cabman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lala&rsquo;s Hotel,&rdquo; he said in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This fellow is just out of jail,&rdquo; said the cabman to
+himself as he whipped up his horses. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb23" href="#pb23">23</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch4" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter IV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Captain Tiago.</h2>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was short in stature, but both his body and his face
+were well filled out. His complexion was clear and he did not appear to
+be more than thirty or thirty-five years old, although he was really
+more than that. In these times his face always wore a pleasant
+expression. His head was small, round and covered with hair as black as
+ebony, long in front and very short behind. This head, according to
+reports, contained a great many things. His eyes were small but not
+terrifying, and always without expression. In short, the Captain might
+have passed for a good-looking little man, if his mouth had not been
+disfigured by the use of tobacco and the betel nut, the juices of which
+trickled out of the corners of his lips and destroyed the symmetry of
+his features. However, despite these habits, both his own teeth and the
+two that the dentist had made for him, at twelve <i>pesos</i> each,
+were well preserved.</p>
+
+<p>Tiago was considered one of the richest property owners in Binondo,
+and he also owned large plantations in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Laguna de Bay, especially in the town of San Diego. The rent of all
+these lands increased every year. San Diego was his favorite town on
+account of its excellent bathing place, its famous cockpit and the
+pleasant memories associated with the neighborhood. He spent at least
+two months in this town every year. Captain Tiago also had a great deal
+of property in Santo Cristo, in Analoague Street and in Rosario Street.
+In partnership with a Chinaman he carried on a profitable business in
+opium. It is understood that he had contracts with the Government for
+feeding the prisoners in Bilibid and that he supplied fodder to many of
+the principal houses in Manila. He was in good standing with the
+authorities, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb24" href=
+"#pb24">24</a>]</span>able, clever, and even daring in his speculations
+in the necessities of others. Hence it was that at this time the
+Captain was as happy as a narrow-minded man could be in such a country.
+He was rich, and was at peace with God, the Government and man.</p>
+
+<p>That Tiago was at peace with God was indisputable. In fact, there
+was no reason whatever for his not being so, since he was well situated
+as far as worldly matters go and had never loaned God any money. He
+never addressed God in his prayers, not even when he was in dire
+straits. He was rich, and his money, he thought, could pray for him.
+For masses and prayers, God had created powerful and lofty priests; for
+special religious functions and rosaries, God, in His infinite
+goodness, for the benefit of the rich, had created poor
+people&mdash;poor people who for a <i>peso</i> would make half a dozen
+prayers, and would read all the Holy Books, even to the Hebrew Bible,
+if the pay were large enough. If at any time he found himself in hard
+straits and needed heavenly aid and was out of red Chinese candles, he
+applied to the saints, making them great promises in order to win their
+favor and convince them of his good intentions.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was therefore beloved by the priests, respected by the
+sacristans, fondled by the Chinese candle-makers and fire-cracker
+merchants, and thoroughly happy in the religion of the world. Some even
+attributed to him great influence in the ecclesiastical court.</p>
+
+<p>That the Captain was at peace with the Government must not be
+doubted simply because such a thing seems impossible. Incapable of
+conceiving a new idea and content with the <i>modus vivendi</i>, he was
+always willing to obey the latest official recruit in any of the
+Government offices and even ready to give him at all times of the year
+such presents as hams, capons, turkeys, and Chinese fruit. He was the
+first to applaud any tax imposed by the Government, especially when he
+scented behind it a chance of securing the contract for its collection.
+He always kept orchestras on hand to serenade Government officials of
+all grades from governor to the lowest Government agent, on their
+birthdays, saint&rsquo;s days, or when any occasion, such as the death
+of any of their relatives, or a birth in the <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb25" href="#pb25">25</a>]</span>family connection should afford a
+pretext. He even went so far as to dedicate laudatory verses to his
+royal patrons on these occasions, thus honoring the &ldquo;suave and
+loving governor&rdquo; or the &ldquo;valiant and mighty
+alcalde.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Captain was a petty governor or <i>gobernadorcillo</i> of a rich
+colony of <i>mestizos</i>, in spite of the protests of many who
+considered him unfit for the position. He held the office for two
+years, but during this time he wore out ten frock coats, about the same
+number of high hats, and lost more than a half dozen of <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> canes. His high hat and frock coat were always in
+evidence in the city hall, at the Government palace in
+Melaca&ntilde;an<a class="noteref" id="xd0e995src" href=
+"#xd0e995">1</a> and at the army headquarters, and they always
+appeared, too, in the cock-pit, in the market, in all processions, and
+in the Chinese shops. Dressed in this official costume with the
+tasseled cane, Captain Tiago was to be found everywhere, arranging,
+ordering, and putting in disorder, everything with which he had
+anything to do&mdash;and all with wonderful activity and with still
+more wonderful gravity.</p>
+
+<p>Sacrilegious people called him a fool; poor people called him a
+hypocrite, a cruel man who gained a livelihood by making others
+miserable; while his inferiors looked upon him as a despot and a
+tyrant. And the women? Ah, the women! Slanderous rumors circulated in
+the wretched <i>nipa</i> houses, and it was claimed that often
+lamentations and sobs, mingled with the cries of a child, could be
+heard. More than one young girl was pointed out by the malicious finger
+of the neighbors, with the remark: &ldquo;See what a different
+expression she wears, and how plainly she shows evidences of her
+shame.&rdquo; But such things as these never robbed the Captain of any
+sleep; no young girl disturbed his rest.</p>
+
+<p>Such was the Captain at that time. His past history was as follows:
+He was the only son of a very wealthy but avaricious sugar manufacturer
+of Malabon, who was unwilling to spend a cent in his education. For
+this reason young Santiago became the servant of a good Dominican, a
+very virtuous man, who tried to teach him all the valuable knowledge
+which he possessed. About the time when he was to have the happiness of
+studying logic, the death <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb26" href=
+"#pb26">26</a>]</span>of his protector, followed by that of his father,
+put an end to his studies and from that time on he devoted himself to
+business. He married a beautiful girl from Santa Cruz, who increased
+his fortune and gave him a social position.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Pia Alba was not content with buying sugar, coffee and
+indigo; she wished to sow and reap, so the young husband bought lands
+in San Diego. It was in this town that he made the acquaintance and
+friendship of Father D&aacute;maso and of Don Rafael Ibarra, the
+richest capitalist of the town.</p>
+
+<p>The lack of an heir for the first six years of his married life gave
+him a great opportunity to accumulate wealth, which perhaps was a
+censurable ambition. Although Do&ntilde;a Pia was handsome, robust and
+well formed, she made her pilgrimages in vain. By advice of the
+devotees of San Diego, she visited the Virgin of Cayasay in Taal; she
+gave alms, and she danced in the procession before the Virgin of
+Turumba in Pakil under the May sun, but it was all in vain. Finally, on
+the advice of Father D&aacute;maso, she went to Obando, and there
+danced at the <i>fiesta</i> of San Pascual Bailon and asked for a son.
+It is well known that in Obando there is a trinity&mdash;Our Lady of
+Salambau, Santa Clara and San Pascual&mdash;which grants sons or
+daughters as required. Thanks to this wise triumvirate, Do&ntilde;a Pia
+became a mother, but like the fisherman in Macbeth, who ceased to sing
+after he found a rich treasure, Do&ntilde;a Pia lost her gayety, became
+very sad and was never seen to smile again. Every one, even to Captain
+Tiago, declared that it was a pure caprice. A puerperal fever put an
+end to her grief, leaving a beautiful daughter motherless. Father
+D&aacute;maso baptized the child, and, as San Pascual had not given the
+son which had been asked for, the name of Maria Clara was given to it
+in honor of the Virgin of Salambau and of Santa Clara. The little girl
+grew up under the care of her aunt Isabel,&mdash;that good old lady
+with the manners of a friar whom we met before. The little girl lived
+the greater part of the time in San Diego on account of the healthful
+climate, and while there Father D&aacute;maso paid her much
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara did not have the small eyes of her father. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb27" href="#pb27">27</a>]</span>Like her mother, her
+eyes were large, black and shaded by long lashes, brilliant and smiling
+when she was playing, but sad, deep and pensive at other times. When a
+child her wavy hair was almost blond. Her nose was well formed, neither
+too large nor too flat. Her mouth was small and beautifully shaped like
+that of her mother, and her cheeks were set with dimples. Her skin was
+like silk and as white as snow, but her fond parent found traces of the
+paternity of Captain Tiago in her small and well shaped ears.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel attributed the child&rsquo;s semi-European features to
+impressions made upon Do&ntilde;a Pia. She remembered having seen the
+mother a short time before the child was born, weeping before the image
+of San Antonio. Then, too, a cousin of Captain Tiago had the same
+features, the only difference being in the choice of the saints, by
+which the phenomenon was explained. With her it was either the Virgin
+or San Miguel. A cousin of Captain Tiago, a famous philosopher, who
+knew Amat<a class="noteref" id="xd0e1020src" href="#xd0e1020">2</a> by
+heart, explained it all by attributing it to the effect of the
+planets.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, the idol of all, grew up surrounded by love and smiles.
+She won the favor of even the friars when she was dressed in white for
+some religious procession, her long, wavy hair interwoven with flowers,
+two silver or golden wings attached to the shoulders of her dress, and
+holding two white doves, tied with blue ribbons, in her hand. When she
+grew up, she was so full of childish mischief that Captain Tiago did
+nothing but bless the saints of Obando and advise everybody to buy
+handsome statues of that trinity.</p>
+
+<p>In tropical countries a girl becomes a woman at the age of thirteen
+or fourteen years, like the plant which buds at night and blooms the
+following morning. During this period of transition, so full of mystery
+and romance, on the advice of the parish priest, Maria Clara entered
+the religious retreat of Santa Catalina in order to receive from the
+nuns a strictly religious education. She left Father D&aacute;maso in
+tears, and likewise the only friend of her childhood, Crisostomo
+Ibarra. Shortly after the entrance to the convent, Ibarra went to
+Europe. For seven <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb28" href=
+"#pb28">28</a>]</span>long years, the girl lived under the vigilance of
+the Mother Superior in the iron-grated building, shut off from any
+communication with the outer world.</p>
+
+<p>Don Rafael and Captain Tiago, in the meantime, while Ibarra was in
+Europe and Maria Clara in the convent, noticing the trend of affairs,
+and at the same time having in mind their own interests, decided that
+the children should be married. It is needless to say that this
+agreement, which was arrived at some years after Ibarra had left for
+Europe, was celebrated with equal joy by two hearts, on opposite sides
+of the world and amid very different surroundings. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb29" href="#pb29">29</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e995src" id="xd0e995">1</a></span> Street in Manila.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1020src" id="xd0e1020">2</a></span> Archbishop and author of
+theological works.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch5" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter V.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">An Idyl on the Azotea.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e1037src" href="#xd0e1037">1</a></h2>
+
+<p>On the morning after the dinner party, Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+went to mass early: the former carefully carrying her glasses, so that
+she might be able to read &ldquo;The Anchor of Salvation&rdquo; during
+communion; the latter beautifully dressed, carrying her rosary of blue
+beads as a bracelet. The priest had scarcely left the altar when, to
+the disgust and surprise of her good aunt, who thought that her niece
+was as pious and as fond of prayer as a nun, the young girl desired to
+go home. After a great deal of grumbling, the old lady crossed herself
+several times, and the two arose to leave. &ldquo;Never mind,&rdquo;
+said Maria, to cut off the scolding, &ldquo;the good God will pardon
+me. He ought to understand the heart of a girl better than you, Aunt
+Isabel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast, Maria Clara occupied herself with some embroidery
+while her aunt bustled about with a duster removing the traces of the
+social event of the preceding evening. Captain Tiago was busy examining
+some papers.</p>
+
+<p>Every noise in the street and every passing carriage made the girl
+tremble with anxiety and wish that she were again back in the convent
+among her friends. There, she thought, she could see him without
+trembling and with perfect equanimity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe, Maria, that the doctor is right,&rdquo; said
+Captain Tiago. &ldquo;You ought to go to the provinces. You are looking
+very pale and need a change of air. How does Malabon strike you, or San
+Diego?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At the mere mention of the latter name, Maria Clara blushed and was
+unable to speak.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, you and Isabel go to the convent to get your <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb30" href="#pb30">30</a>]</span>things and say
+good bye to your friends,&rdquo; continued the Captain, without raising
+his head. &ldquo;You will not return there. And in four or five days,
+when your clothes are ready we shall go to Malabon. &mdash;Your
+godfather, by the way, is not in San Diego at present. The priest whom
+you saw here last night, that young fellow, is now the priest in the
+town. He is a saint.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think you will find San Diego better, cousin,&rdquo; said
+Aunt Isabel. &ldquo;Our house there is better than the one in Malabon,
+and besides, it is nearly time for the <i>fiesta</i> to take
+place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was about to embrace her aunt for these welcome words,
+but just then a carriage stopped in front of the house and the young
+girl suddenly turned pale.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s so,&rdquo; said the Captain, and then, in a
+changed tone, exclaimed, &ldquo;Don Crisostomo!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara let fall the work which she was holding in her hands. A
+nervous trembling passed over her. Then steps were heard on the stairs
+and presently a young, manly voice. And, as if this voice had some
+magic power, the girl shook off her emotion, started to run, and hid
+herself in the oratory. Both father and aunt had to laugh at this, and
+even Ibarra heard the closing of the door behind her.</p>
+
+<p>Pale and panting, the girl finally subdued her emotion and began to
+listen. She could hear his voice, that voice which for so long a time
+she had heard only in her dreams. Beside herself with joy, she kissed
+the nearest saint, which, by the way, happened to be San Antonio, the
+abbot. Happy saint! Whether alive or carved in wood, always tempted in
+the most charming manner! Becoming quite herself again, she looked
+about for some crack through which she might get a peep at the young
+man. Finally, when he came in range of the key-hole and she again saw
+his fine features, her face beamed with smiles. In fact, the sight
+filled her with such joy that when her aunt came to call her, Maria
+Clara fell on the old lady&rsquo;s neck and kissed her repeatedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You goose! What is the matter with you?&rdquo; the old lady
+was finally able to ask, after wiping away her tears. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb31" href="#pb31">31</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, in her modesty, covered her face with her round
+arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come! Hurry up and get yourself ready!&rdquo; said the old
+lady in an affectionate tone. &ldquo;While he is talking with your
+father about you&mdash;&mdash; Come, do not waste time!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The girl did not respond, but allowed herself to be picked up like a
+child and carried to her room.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago and Ibarra were talking earnestly when at last Aunt
+Isabel appeared, half dragging her niece by the hand. At first the girl
+looked in every direction but at the persons present. At last, however,
+her eyes met Ibarra&rsquo;s.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation of the young lovers was at first confined to the
+usual trifling remarks, those pleasant little things which, like the
+boasts of European nations, are enjoyable and interesting to those who
+are concerned and understand them, but ridiculous to outsiders.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, she, like all sisters of Cain, was moved by jealously and
+asked: &ldquo;Have you always thought of me? Have you never forgotten
+me in your many travels among so many great cities and among such
+beautiful women?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And he, a true brother of Cain, dodged the issue, and, being
+something of a diplomat, answered: &ldquo;Could I forget you?&rdquo;
+And then, gazing into her deep, dark eyes, &ldquo;Could I break a
+sacred vow? Do you remember that stormy night when you, seeing me in
+tears beside my dead mother, came to me and placed your hand&mdash;that
+hand which I have not touched for so long&mdash;upon my shoulder, and
+said: &lsquo;You have lost your mother,&mdash;I never had one.&rsquo;
+And then you wept with me. You loved my mother, and she loved you as
+only a mother can love a daughter. It was raining then, you will
+remember, and the lightning flashed, but I seemed to hear music and to
+see a smile on the face of my dead mother.&mdash;O, if my parents were
+only living and could see you now!&mdash;That night I took your hand
+and, joining it with my mother&rsquo;s, I swore always to love you and
+make you happy, no matter what fate Heaven might have in store for me.
+I have never regretted that vow, and now renew it.&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb32" href="#pb32">32</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since the day that I bade you good-bye and entered the
+convent,&rdquo; she answered, smiling, &ldquo;I have always remembered
+you, and have never forgotten you in spite of the commands of my
+confessor, who imposed severe penances on me. I remembered the little
+games we used to play together and our little quarrels. When we were
+children you used to find in the river the most beautiful shells for
+our games of <i>siklot</i> and the finest and most beautifully colored
+stones for our game of <i>sinkat</i>. You were always very slow and
+stupid and lost, but you always paid the forfeit, which I gave you with
+the palm of my hand. But I always tried to strike lightly, for I was
+sorry for you. You always cheated, even more than I, in the game of <i>
+chouka</i> and we generally quarrelled over it. Do you remember that
+time when you really became angry? Then you made me suffer, but when I
+found that I had no one to quarrel with, we made peace immediately. We
+were still children when we went with your mother one day to bathe in
+the stream under the shade of the reeds. Many flowers and plants grew
+on the bank of the river, and you used to tell me their strange Latin
+and Spanish names, for you were then studying at the Athen&aelig;um. I
+paid little attention, but amused myself by chasing butterflies and in
+trying to catch the little fish which slipped away from me so easily
+among the rocks and weeds of the shore. You suddenly disappeared from
+sight, but when you returned you brought a wreath of orange flowers and
+placed it on my head. On our way home, as the sun was hot, I collected
+some sage leaves from the side of the road for you to put into your hat
+and thus prevent headache. Then you laughed, we made up, and came the
+remainder of the way home hand in hand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra smiled as he listened attentively to every detail of the
+story. Opening his pocket book, he took out a paper in which he had
+wrapped some withered but fragrant sage leaves. &ldquo;Your sage
+leaves,&rdquo; said he in answer to her questioning glance. &ldquo;The
+only thing you have ever given me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She, in turn, drew a little, white satin bag from the bosom of her
+dress. &ldquo;Stop!&rdquo; she said, tapping his hand <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb33" href="#pb33">33</a>]</span>with her own.
+&ldquo;You must not touch it; it is a letter of farewell.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The one that I wrote you before leaving?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My dear sir, have you ever written any other?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what did I say then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Many falsehoods; excuses of a bad debtor,&rdquo; replied she,
+smiling and showing how agreeable these falsehoods had been to her.
+&ldquo;But be quiet! I will read it to you, but I will omit your polite
+speeches out of consideration for your feelings.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Raising the paper to the height of her eyes, in order to conceal her
+face, she began. &ldquo;&lsquo;My&mdash;&mdash;,&rsquo; I shall not
+read you what follows that, for it is not true.&rdquo; She ran her eyes
+over some lines and began to read again: &ldquo;&lsquo;My father wishes
+me to go away, in spite of my entreaties. He says that I am a man and
+must think of my future and my duty; that I must learn how to live,
+which I cannot do in my own country, so that in the future I may be of
+some use. He says that if I remain at his side, in his shadow, in this
+atmosphere of business, I will never learn how to look ahead, and that
+when he is gone, I shall be like the plant of which our poet Baltazar
+speaks&mdash;as it always lives in the water, it never learns how to
+endure a moment&rsquo;s heat.&mdash;He reproached me because I wept,
+and his reproach hurt me so that I confessed that I loved you. My
+father stopped, thought a moment and, placing his hand on my shoulder,
+said in a trembling voice: &ldquo;Do you think that you alone know how
+to love, that your father does not love you, and that his heart is not
+pained at being separated from you? It is a short time since your
+mother died, and I am already reaching that age when the help and
+counsel of youth are needed. And yet I consent to your going, not even
+knowing that I shall ever see you again. The future is opening to you,
+but closing to me. Your loves are being born; mine are dying. Fire
+blazes in your blood, but cold is gradually finding its way into mine.
+And yet you weep, and are not willing to sacrifice the present for a
+future useful to yourself and your country.&rdquo; The eyes of my
+father filled with tears and I fell upon my <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb34" href="#pb34">34</a>]</span>knees at his feet and embraced
+him. I asked his pardon and said that I was willing to
+go.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The emotion which Ibarra manifested put an end to the reading. As
+pale as death, he arose and began to walk nervously from one side to
+the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter?&rdquo; she asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have made me forget that I have duties to perform, and
+that I ought to leave immediately for my town. To-morrow is the <i>
+fiesta</i> in memory of the dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara stopped and silently fixed her large and dreamy eyes
+upon him for some minutes. Then taking some flowers from a vase near
+by, she said with emotion: &ldquo;Go! I do not wish to detain you. We
+shall see each other again in a few days. Place these flowers on the
+graves of your father and mother.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A few moments later, Ibarra descended the stairs, accompanied by
+Captain Tiago and Do&ntilde;a Isabel, while Maria Clara locked herself
+up in the oratory.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do me the favor to tell Andeng to get the house ready, and
+that Maria and Isabel are coming. A pleasant journey!&rdquo; While the
+Captain was saying this, Ibarra got into the carriage and drove off in
+the direction of the Plaza of San Gabriel.</p>
+
+<p>A few minutes later the Captain shouted to Maria Clara, who was
+weeping by the side of the image of the Virgin: &ldquo;Hurry up and
+light two <i>peseta</i> candles in honor of San Roque and another in
+honor of San Rafael, the patron saint of travellers. And light the lamp
+of Our Lady of Peace and Protector of Travellers, for there are many
+bandits about. It is better to spend four <i>reales</i> for wax and six
+<i>cuartos</i> for oil than to have to pay a big ransom later
+on.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb35" href=
+"#pb35">35</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1037src" id="xd0e1037">1</a></span> Roof of the first story used
+as a veranda.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch6" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Things Philippine.</h2>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso drove up in front of Captain Tiago&rsquo;s
+house and the Franciscan stepped to the ground just as Aunt Isabel and
+Maria Clara were getting into their silver-trimmed carriage. They
+saluted Father D&aacute;maso, and he, in his preoccupation, gently
+patted Maria Clara on the cheek.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are you going?&rdquo; the friar asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the convent to get my things,&rdquo; replied the
+younger.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, ha! Ah, ha! We&rsquo;ll see who is the stronger.
+We&rsquo;ll see!&rdquo; he muttered and turned away, leaving the two
+women in wonder as to what it all meant. The friar stepped along
+lightly, and reaching the stairs, went up.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He must be studying his sermon,&rdquo; said Isabel.
+&ldquo;Get in, Maria; we shall be late.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Whether Father D&aacute;maso was studying his sermon or not we
+cannot say. At any rate, he was absorbed in some important matter, for
+he even forgot to extend his hand to Captain Tiago upon entering,
+greatly to the embarrassment of the Captain, who had to feign kissing
+it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Santiago, we have some very important matters to talk over;
+let us go to your office.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Captain, somewhat disturbed, was unable to reply, but he obeyed
+and followed the big priest into his office. Father D&aacute;maso shut
+the door behind them.</p>
+
+<p>While they are conferring in secret, let us find out what has become
+of Brother Sibyla. The wise Dominican was not to be found at his
+parochial residence, for early, immediately after mass, he had gone to
+the Dominican convent, situated near the gate called Isabel the Second
+or Magallanes, according to which family is in power in Madrid. Paying
+no attention to the delicious odor of chocolate or to the rattling of
+money boxes and coins in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb36" href=
+"#pb36">36</a>]</span>the treasurer&rsquo;s office, and scarcely
+answering the deferential salute of the treasurer, Father Sibyla went
+upstairs, crossed several corridors and rapped on a door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come in!&rdquo; answered a voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May God give back health to Your Reverence!&rdquo; was the
+greeting of the young Dominican as he entered.</p>
+
+<p>A very feeble old priest was seated in a large arm-chair. His
+complexion was as yellow as the saints which Revera paints; his eyes
+were sunk deep in their orbits, and his heavy eyebrows, which were
+nearly always knit in a frown, added to the brilliant glare of his
+death-foreboding eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have come to talk to you about the charge with which you
+have entrusted me,&rdquo; said Father <span class="corr" id="xd0e1173"
+title="Source: Siblya">Sibyla</span>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, yes. And what about it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw!&rdquo; answered the young man with disgust, seating
+himself and turning his face away with disdain. &ldquo;They have been
+telling us a lot of lies. Young Ibarra is a prudent boy. He does not
+seem to be a fool. I think he is a pretty good sort of a
+chap.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hostilities began last night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So soon? And how did it come about?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla related briefly what had taken place between Father
+D&aacute;maso and Crisostomo Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Furthermore,&rdquo; he added, in conclusion, &ldquo;the young
+man is going to marry that daughter of Captain Tiago, who was educated
+in the college of our sisters. He is rich and would not want to make
+any enemies who might cause the loss of his happiness and his
+fortune.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sick man bowed his head as a sign of assent. &ldquo;Yes, that is
+my opinion. With such a wife and such a father-in-law we can hold him
+body and soul. And if not, it will be all the better for us if he
+declares himself our enemy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla looked at the old man with surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is to say, for the good of our whole corporation,&rdquo;
+he added, breathing with difficulty. &ldquo;I prefer open attacks to
+the foolish praise and adulations of friends, for, the truth is,
+flattery is always paid for.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does Your Reverence think so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man looked at him sadly. &ldquo;Always bear this in
+mind,&rdquo; he answered, panting with fatigue, &ldquo;that our <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb37" href="#pb37">37</a>]</span>power will
+endure as long as it is believed in. If they attack us, the Government
+says, &lsquo;They attack them, because they see in them an obstacle to
+their liberty, therefore let us preserve them.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if the Government gives them a hearing? Sometimes the
+Government&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Government will do no such thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nevertheless, if some bold and reckless man, impelled by
+covetousness, should dare to think that he wanted our
+possessions&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, woe to him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>For a moment both remained silent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Furthermore,&rdquo; continued the sick man, &ldquo;it will do
+us good to have them attack us and wake us up. It would show us our
+weaknesses and strengthen us. The exaggerated praises which we get
+deceive us, and put us asleep. We are becoming ridiculous and on the
+day that we become ridiculous we shall fall as we fell in Europe. Money
+will no longer flow into our churches, no one will longer buy our
+scapularies or girdles, and when we cease to be rich we shall no longer
+possess the great influence which we wield at present.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw! We shall always have our property, our
+plantations&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall lose them all as we lost them in Europe. And the
+worst of it is that we are working for our own ruin. For instance, this
+immeasurable ambition to raise the incomes from our lands each year,
+this eagerness to increase the rents, which I have always opposed in
+vain, this eagerness will be our ruin. The natives already find
+themselves forced to buy land in other localities if they want lands as
+good as ours. I fear that we are degenerating. &lsquo;Whom the gods
+would destroy they first make mad.&rsquo; For this reason we should not
+be too hard on the people, for they are already grumbling under our
+exactions. You have considered well. Let us leave this thing to others,
+and keep up the prestige which we have and let us endeavor to appear
+before God with clean hands. May the God of pity have mercy on our
+weaknesses!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So you believe that the tax or
+tribute&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us talk no more of money!&rdquo; interrupted the sick
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb38" href="#pb38">38</a>]</span>man with
+disgust. &ldquo;You were saying that the lieutenant and Father
+D&aacute;maso last night&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Father,&rdquo; answered the young priest smiling.
+&ldquo;But this morning I saw the lieutenant again and he told me that
+he was sorry for what had occurred at the dinner. He said he thought
+that he had been affected by too much wine and that the same was true
+of Father D&aacute;maso. &lsquo;And your boast to tell the
+Governor?&rsquo; I asked jokingly. &lsquo;Father,&rsquo; he answered,
+&lsquo;I know when to make my word good so long as it does not stain my
+honor. That is just the reason why I wear only two
+stars.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After talking over several minor matters, Father Sibyla took his
+leave.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact the lieutenant had not gone to the Governor
+General&rsquo;s palace in Melaca&ntilde;an with any report in regard to
+the occurrence of the preceding evening. However, the Governor General
+had learned of it through another source, and discussing the matter
+with one of his aides, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A woman and a priest can give no offense. I intend to live
+peaceably while I remain in this country and I do not wish to have any
+trouble with men who wear skirts. And, furthermore, I have found out
+that the Father Provincial has evaded my orders in this matter. I asked
+for the removal of that friar as a punishment. What was done? They
+removed him, but they gave him another and much better town.
+&lsquo;Tricks of the friars,&rsquo; as they say in Spain.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But when His Excellency found himself alone he ceased to smile.
+&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; he sighed, &ldquo;if the people were not so stupid
+they would put a limit to their reverences. But every people deserves
+its fate, and we are no different in this respect from the rest of the
+world.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile Captain Tiago had concluded his conference with Father
+D&aacute;maso, or rather Father D&aacute;maso had concluded it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have already warned you!&rdquo; said the Franciscan on
+taking his leave. &ldquo;You could have avoided all of this had you
+consulted with me before, and, if you had not lied to me, when I asked
+you about it. See to it that you do not <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb39" href="#pb39">39</a>]</span>do any more such foolish things, and
+have faith in your godfather.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago took two or three steps towards the <i>sala</i>,
+meditating and sighing. All at once, as if some good idea had struck
+him, he ran to the oratory and put out the candles and the lamps which
+had been lighted for Ibarra&rsquo;s protection.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is still time enough,&rdquo; he murmured, &ldquo;for he
+has a long road to travel.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb40"
+href="#pb40">40</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch7" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">San Diego and Its People.</h2>
+
+<p>Not far from the shores of the Laguna de Bay lies the town of San
+Diego, surrounded by fertile fields and rice plantations. It exports
+sugar, rice, coffee, and fruits, or sells them at ridiculously low
+prices to the Chinese, who make large profits out of the credulity and
+vices of the laborers.</p>
+
+<p>When the sky was serene and the atmosphere clear, the boys used to
+climb to the very peak of the old moss and vine covered church tower.
+And what exclamations they would utter when, from that high pinnacle,
+they looked out at the beautiful panorama that surrounded them. There
+before them lay a great mass of roofs, some <i>nipa</i>, some thatch,
+some zinc and some made out of the native grasses. And out of that
+mass, which here and there gave way to an orchard or a garden, every
+one of those boys could find his own little home, his own little nest.
+To them everything was a landmark; every tamarind tree with its light
+foliage, every cocoanut tree with its load of nuts, every bending cane,
+every <i>bonga</i> tree, every cross. Beyond the town is the crystal
+river, like a serpent asleep on a carpet of green. Here and there, its
+tranquil surface is broken by rocks projecting from its sandy bottom.
+In places, it is hemmed in between two high banks, and there the
+rapidly rushing waters turn and twist the half-bared roots of the
+overhanging shade trees. But further on it spreads itself out again and
+becomes calm and peaceful.</p>
+
+<p>But what always attracts attention is a peninsula of forest
+projecting into this sea of cultivated land. There can be found
+hollow-trunked trees, a century old, trees which die only when struck
+by lightning and set on fire. They say, also, that even in that case
+the fire never spreads to any other tree. This old grove is held in a
+certain degree of awe, for around it have been woven many strange <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb41" href="#pb41">41</a>]</span>legends. Of
+these the most probable, and consequently the least known and believed
+is the following:</p>
+
+<p>When the town was still a miserable group of huts, when weeds grew
+in abundance in the so-called streets, and deer and wild boar roamed
+about at night, there arrived one day an old Spaniard. His eyes were
+deep and thoughtful and he spoke Tagalog fluently. After visiting the
+different estates and peddling out some goods he inquired for the
+owners of this grove, which by the way, also contained several hot
+water springs. A number of persons claiming to be the owners presented
+themselves, and the old man purchased from them the grove, paying in
+exchange some money, jewelry and clothing. A short time afterward he
+disappeared, no one knew where.</p>
+
+<p>His sudden disappearance made the people think for a time that he
+had been spirited away, but later on a fetid odor was noticeable near
+the grove, and some shepherds, upon investigation, found the body of
+the old man in a badly decomposed condition hanging from the limb of a
+<i>balit&icirc;</i> tree. When alive the old man had terrorized many by
+his deep and resonant voice, his sunken eyes and his silent laugh, but
+now that he was dead, and a suicide at that, the mere mention of his
+name gave the town women nightmare. Some of them threw the jewelry that
+they had bought from him into the river and burned all the clothing,
+and, for a long time after the body had been buried at the foot of the
+<i>balit&icirc;</i> tree, no one cared to venture near it. All sort of
+stories became current about the haunted place.</p>
+
+<p>A shepherd, looking for his flock, said that he had seen lights in
+the grove. A party of young men, passing near the place, heard groans
+and lamentations. An unfortunate lover, in order to make an impression
+on the disdainful object of his affections, promised to spend a night
+under the tree and to bring her a branch from its trunk, but on the
+next day he was taken ill with a quick fever and died.</p>
+
+<p>Before many months had passed, a youth came to the town one day. He
+was apparently a Spanish <i>mestizo</i>, declared himself the son of
+the dead stranger, and established himself in that far-off corner of
+the world. He began to farm the land and devoted himself especially to
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb42" href="#pb42">42</a>]</span>the
+cultivation of indigo. Don Saturnino was a taciturn young man, violent
+and sometimes cruel, but very active and industrious. He built a wall
+around his father&rsquo;s grave and, from time to time, went all alone
+to visit it. A few years later he married a young girl from Manila who
+bore him a son, Rafael, the father of Crisostomo.</p>
+
+<p>Don Rafael, from his earliest youth, was fond of farming. Under his
+care, the agriculture which had been started and fostered by his father
+was rapidly developed. New inhabitants flocked to the vicinity, and
+among them were a great many Chinese. The village grew very fast and
+was soon supporting a native priest. After it had become a <i>
+pueblo</i>, the native priest died and Father D&aacute;maso took his
+place.</p>
+
+<p>Still the grave and the adjoining lands were respected. At times,
+children, armed with sticks and stones, ventured to wander about,
+exploring the surrounding country and gathering <i>guayabas</i>, <i>
+papays</i>, <i>lomboy</i> and other native fruits. Then, all of a
+sudden, while they were busily engaged collecting the fruits, some one
+would catch a glimpse of the old rope hanging from the <i>
+balit&icirc;</i> tree, and stones would be heard to fall. Then some one
+would cry, &ldquo;The old man!&rdquo; &ldquo;The old man!&rdquo;
+Dropping fruit, sticks and stones, and leaping from the trees, the boys
+would flee in all directions through the thickets and between the
+rocks, not stopping until they emerged from the grove, pale and
+panting, some laughing, some crying.</p>
+
+<p>You could not say that Don Rafael, while alive, was the most
+influential man in San Diego, although it is true that he was the
+richest, owned the most land, and had put almost everybody else under
+obligations to him. He was modest and always belittled his own deeds.
+He never tried to form a party of his own, and, as we have already
+seen, no one came to his aid when his fortune seemed to fail him.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever Captain Tiago arrived in town, his debtors received him
+with an orchestra, gave him a banquet, and loaded him down with gifts.
+If a deer or a wild boar was caught he always had a quarter of it for
+his own table; if any of his debtors found a beautiful horse, within a
+half hour it would be in the Captain&rsquo;s stable. All of this is
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb43" href="#pb43">43</a>]</span>true,
+but still when the Captain had his back turned they made fun of him and
+referred to him as Sacristan Tiago.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>gobernadorcillo</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e1315src" href=
+"#xd0e1315">1</a> was an unhappy fellow who never commanded but always
+obeyed; he never attacked any one, but was always attacked; he never
+ordered anybody, but everybody ordered him; and besides, he had to take
+the responsibility for everything that they had commanded, ordered or
+disposed. The position had cost him five thousand <i>pesos</i> and many
+humiliations, but, considering the profits he made, the price was very
+cheap.</p>
+
+<p>San Diego was like Rome; not the Rome of the time of Romulus, when
+he marked out the walls with a plough, nor when, later, he bathed in
+his own blood and that of others and dictated laws to the world: no,
+San Diego was like the Rome of contemporaneous history, with this
+difference&mdash;instead of being a city of marble, monuments and
+coliseums, it was a city of <i>saual&icirc;</i><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e1325src" href="#xd0e1325">2</a> and cock-pits. The parochial
+priest of San Diego corresponded to the Pope in the Vatican; the <i>
+alferez</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e1330src" href="#xd0e1330">3</a>
+of the Civil Guard to the King of Italy in the Quirinal, but both in
+the same proportion as the <i>sauali</i> or native wood and the <i>
+nipa</i> cock-pits corresponded to the monuments of marble and
+coliseums. And in San Diego, as in Rome, there was continual trouble.
+Everybody wanted to be the leading se&ntilde;or, and there was always
+some one else in the way. Let us describe two of these ambitious
+citizens.</p>
+
+<p>Friar Bernando Salvi was the young and silent Franciscan whom we
+mentioned in a preceding chapter. He had even more of the customs and
+manners of his brotherhood than had his predecessor, the violent Father
+D&aacute;maso. He was slender, sickly, almost always pensive, and very
+strict in the fulfillment of his religious duties as well as very
+careful of his good name. A month after his arrival in the parish
+almost all the inhabitants became brothers of the &ldquo;Venerable
+Third Order,&rdquo; to the great grief of its rival, &ldquo;The
+Brotherhood of the Most Sacred Rosary.&rdquo; His heart leaped with joy
+at seeing on every neck in the town <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb44"
+href="#pb44">44</a>]</span>from four to five scapularies, a knotted
+cord around every waist, and every funeral procession dressed in habits
+of <i>guingon</i>. The sacristan mayor or head warden of the order made
+quite a little capital by selling and giving away all those things
+considered necessary to save the soul and overcome the devil.</p>
+
+<p>The only enemy of this powerful soul saver, with tendencies in
+accord with the times, was, as we have already stated, the <i>
+alferez</i>. The women relate a story of how the devil tried one day to
+tempt Father Salvi and how the latter caught him, tied him to the bed
+post, whipped him with a lash and kept him tied fast for nine days.
+Thus he had been able to conquer the devil entirely. As a result, any
+one who persisted in being an enemy of the priest was generally
+considered a worse man than the devil himself&mdash;an honor which the
+<i>alferez</i> alone enjoyed. But he merited this reputation. He had a
+wife, an old, powdered and painted Filipino by the name of Do&ntilde;a
+Consolaci&oacute;n. The husband and several other people called her by
+a different name, but that does not matter. Anyway, the <i>alferez</i>
+was accustomed to drown the sorrows of unhappy wedlock by getting as
+drunk as a toper. Then, when he was thoroughly intoxicated he would
+order his men to drill in the sun, he himself remaining in the shade,
+or, perhaps, he would occupy himself in beating his wife.</p>
+
+<p>When her husband was dead drunk, or was snoring away in a siesta,
+and Do&ntilde;a Consolaci&oacute;n could not fight with him, then,
+wearing a blue flannel shirt, she would seat herself in the window,
+with a cigar in her mouth. She had a dislike of children and so from
+her window she would scowl and make faces at every girl that passed.
+The girls, on the other hand, were afraid of her, and would hurry by at
+a quick pace, never daring to raise their eyes or draw a breath. But
+say what you may, Do&ntilde;a Consolaci&oacute;n had one great virtue;
+she was never known to look into a mirror.</p>
+
+<p>These were the leading people of San Diego.</p>
+
+<p>Toward the west of San Diego, surrounded by rice fields, lies a
+village of the dead. A single, narrow path, dusty on dry days, and
+navigable by boats when it rains, leads thither from the town. A wooden
+gate, and a fence, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb45" href=
+"#pb45">45</a>]</span>half stone and half bamboo, seem to separate the
+cemetery from the people in the town, but not from the goats and sheep
+of the parochial priest of the immediate vicinity. These animals go in
+and out to rummage among the tombs or to make that solitary place glad
+with their presence.</p>
+
+<p>One day a little old man entered the cemetery, his eyes sparkling
+and his head uncovered. Upon seeing him, many laughed, while a number
+of the women knit their eyebrows in scorn. The old man seemed to take
+no notice of these manifestations, but went directly toward a pile of
+skulls, knelt down and began to search among the bones. After he had
+sorted over with considerable care the skulls one by one, he drew his
+eyebrows together, as though he did not find what he was looking for,
+moved his head from side to side, looked in all directions, and finally
+got up and went over toward a grave-digger.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eh, there!&rdquo; he shouted to him.</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger raised his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know where that beautiful skull is, the one white as
+the meat of a cocoanut, with a complete set of teeth, which I had over
+there at the foot of the cross under those leaves?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger shrugged his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look you!&rdquo; added the little old man, bringing out of
+his pocket a handful of silver. &ldquo;I have more than that, but I
+will give it to you if you find the skull for me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The glitter of the coin made the grave-digger reflect. He looked
+over in the direction of the bone pile and said: &ldquo;Isn&rsquo;t it
+over there? No? Then I don&rsquo;t know where it is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you know? When my debtors pay me, I will give you
+more,&rdquo; continued the old man. &ldquo;It was my wife&rsquo;s
+skull, and if you find it for me&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Isn&rsquo;t it there. Then I don&rsquo;t know where it
+is,&rdquo; repeated the grave-digger with emphasis. &ldquo;But I will
+give you another.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are like the grave that you are digging,&rdquo; cried the
+old man irritably. &ldquo;You don&rsquo;t know the value of what you
+lose. For whom is this grave?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For a dead person, of course,&rdquo; replied the bad-humored
+man. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb46" href=
+"#pb46">46</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Like a tomb! Like a tomb!&rdquo; repeated the old man dryly.
+&ldquo;You don&rsquo;t know what you throw out nor what you swallow.
+Dig! dig!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At this the old man, who was Tasio, the village philosopher, turned
+and started toward the gate.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the grave-digger had finished his job, and two
+little mounds of fresh, red clay were piled on either side of the
+grave. He took some betel nut out of his broad-brimmed hat, and began
+to chew away, looking with an air of stupidity at everything within his
+horizon. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb47" href=
+"#pb47">47</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1315src" id="xd0e1315">1</a></span> Petty governor, the highest
+local official.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1325src" id="xd0e1325">2</a></span> Trellis work made of
+reeds.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1330src" id="xd0e1330">3</a></span> Local commander of the Civil
+Guard.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch8" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Ibarra and the Grave-Digger.</h2>
+
+<p>Just as the old man was leaving the cemetery, a carriage stopped at
+the entrance. It looked as though it had made a long journey; the
+horses were sweating and the vehicle was covered with dust. Ibarra
+stepped out and was followed by an old servant. He made a gesture to
+the driver and then turned down the path into the cemetery. He was
+silent and grave.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My sickness and my work have not permitted me to return,
+since the day of the funeral,&rdquo; said the old servant timidly.
+&ldquo;Captain Tiago said that he would see to it that a niche was
+arranged for, but I planted some flowers on the grave and erected a
+cross made by my own hands.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra did not reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Right there behind that large cross, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo;
+continued the servant, making a gesture toward one of the corners just
+as they passed through the gate.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was so preoccupied with sad thoughts that he did not notice
+the astonishment which some of the people in the cemetery manifested
+when they saw him enter. Those who were kneeling broke off their
+prayers and followed the young man, their eyes full of curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra walked along very carefully, and avoided stepping on the
+graves, which could be easily distinguished by the sunken ground. In
+other times he had walked over them; but to-day he respected them. His
+father lay in one of them. On coming to the other side of the large
+cross, he stopped and looked in all directions. His companion was
+confused and out of countenance. He searched for marks on the ground
+but could not find the cross anywhere.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it here?&rdquo; he murmured between his teeth. &ldquo;No,
+it is over there, but the earth has been removed.&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb48" href="#pb48">48</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him with an expression of anguish.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; he continued. &ldquo;I remember that there was a
+stone by the side of the grave. The grave was a little short, a farm
+hand had to dig it, as the grave-digger was sick at the time, but we
+will ask him what he has done with the cross.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They turned toward the grave-digger, who looked at them with
+curiosity. He saluted them, taking off his hat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you tell us which of the graves over there is the one
+which had a cross?&rdquo; asked the servant.</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger looked toward the place and seemed to reflect.
+&ldquo;A large cross?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, a large cross,&rdquo; answered the old man with joy,
+looking significantly at Ibarra, whose face was somewhat animated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;An ornamented cross, and fastened with reeds?&rdquo; repeated
+the grave-digger, questioning the servant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s it, that&rsquo;s it, yes, yes! Like this, like
+this,&rdquo; and the servant traced an outline of a Byzantine
+cross.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And were there some flowers sown on the grave?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Adelphas</i>, <i>sampagas</i> and pansies! That&rsquo;s
+it,&rdquo; added the servant, delighted, and offering the grave-digger
+a cigar. &ldquo;Tell us where the grave is and where the
+cross.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger scratched his ear and replied, yawning:
+&ldquo;Well, the cross&mdash;I have already burned it up.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Burned it? and why have you burned it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the head priest so ordered.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who is the head priest?&rdquo; asked Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who? The one who does the whipping.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra put his hand to his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you can at least tell us where the grave is? You ought to
+remember.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger smiled. &ldquo;The body is no longer there,&rdquo;
+he replied tranquilly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you say?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, no longer,&rdquo; the man added in a joking tone.
+&ldquo;Only a week ago I buried a woman in its place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you crazy?&rdquo; the servant asked. &ldquo;Why, it is
+not yet a year since we buried him.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb49" href="#pb49">49</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then that is the one, for it was many months ago that I took
+up the body. The head priest of the parish ordered me to do it, in
+order to bury it in the Chinese cemetery. But as it was heavy and it
+was raining that night&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man could not finish. He stepped back, half frightened at the
+expression on Crisostomo&rsquo;s face. Ibarra made a rush at him, and,
+grabbing him by the arm, shook him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what did you do?&rdquo; the young man asked, in an
+indescribable tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Honored sir, do not get angry,&rdquo; he replied, pale and
+trembling. &ldquo;I did not bury the body among the Chinese. In my
+opinion a person might better be a suicide than be buried among the
+Chinese. I threw the body into the lake.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra laid both his hands on the man&rsquo;s shoulders and looked
+at him for a long time in a terrifying manner. &ldquo;You are only an
+unfortunate fellow,&rdquo; he said, at last, and left the place on a
+run across bones, graves, and crosses, like a madman.</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger felt of his arm and murmured: &ldquo;What would
+they do with the dead! The head priest whips me with his cane for
+having left the body in the cemetery when I was sick. Now this fellow
+comes along and nearly breaks my arm for having taken it up. That is
+just like the Spaniards! I&rsquo;ll lose my place yet.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra went on in great haste, keeping his eyes fixed in the
+distance. The old servant followed him, crying. Already the sun was
+hidden; a large, dark cloud hung over the western horizon; and a dry
+wind bent the tops of the trees and made the fields of sugar cane
+groan. With hat in hand, he went on. Not one tear dropped from his eye,
+not one sigh came from his breast. He hurried on as if he were fleeing
+from somebody, or something&mdash;perhaps the shade of his father,
+perhaps the tempest which was approaching. He hurried through the town
+and headed toward the outlying country, toward that old house which he
+had not entered for so many years. The house was surrounded by a wall,
+near which many cacti grew, and as he approached they seemed to <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb50" href="#pb50">50</a>]</span>signal to him.
+The windows seemed to open, the <i>ilang-ilang</i> joyfully waved its
+branches, and the doves fluttered about the little tower on the peak of
+their garden house.</p>
+
+<p>But the young man did not notice these signs of welcome on his
+return to his old home. His eyes were riveted on the form of a priest
+who was advancing from the opposite direction. It was the priest of San
+Diego, that meditative Franciscan, the enemy of the <i>alferez</i> whom
+we have mentioned. The wind was playing with the wide wings of his hat,
+and the robe of <i>guingon</i> was flattened out, moulded by the wind
+to the outline of his form, marking his slender thighs and bow-legs. In
+his right hand he carried a cane. It was the first time that he and
+Ibarra had met.</p>
+
+<p>As they approached each other, the young man stopped and looked at
+him fixedly. Father Salvi avoided the look and was somewhat distracted.
+This vacillation lasted only a moment. Ibarra made a rush toward him,
+and stopped the priest from falling only by grasping his shoulder.
+Then, in a voice scarcely intelligible, he exclaimed:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done with my father?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Friar Salvi, pale and trembling, as he read the unmistakable
+sentiments which were depicted on the young man&rsquo;s face, could not
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done with my father?&rdquo; he asked again, his
+voice almost choking him.</p>
+
+<p>The priest, shrinking from the tight grasp of Ibarra&rsquo;s hand,
+at last made a great effort and said: &ldquo;You are mistaken. I have
+done nothing with your father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What? No?&rdquo; continued the young man, the weight of his
+hand on the priest&rsquo;s shoulder almost making him kneel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I assure you. It was my predecessor. It was Father
+D&aacute;maso&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; exclaimed the young man, throwing the priest down
+and giving him a slap in the face. And leaving Father Salvi, he turned
+quickly and went toward the house. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb51"
+href="#pb51">51</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch9" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter IX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Adventures of a School Teacher.</h2>
+
+<p>Laguna de Bay, surrounded by mountains, sleeps tranquilly in the
+stillness of the elements, as if it had not joined the chorus of the
+tempest on the night before. As first rays of dawn appear in the
+eastern sky and awaken the phosphorescent myriads in the water, long,
+grey shadows appear in the dim distance, almost on the border of the
+horizon. They are shadows of fishermen&rsquo;s boats at work drawing in
+the nets.</p>
+
+<p>Two men, dressed in deep mourning, from a lofty height contemplate
+the scene in silence. One is Ibarra, and the other is a young,
+meek-looking man with a melancholy countenance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here is the place!&rdquo; said the latter. &ldquo;Here is
+where your father&rsquo;s body was thrown into the water! The
+grave-digger brought Lieutenant Guevara and me here and pointed out the
+spot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, with emotion, warmly grasped the young man&rsquo;s hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You need not thank me!&rdquo; replied the latter. &ldquo;I
+owed your father for many favors he did me. The only thing I could ever
+do for him was to accompany his body to the grave. I had come to the
+town without knowing anybody, without any recommendations, without a
+reputation, without money, just as I am now. Your father protected me,
+procured a house for me, helped secure whatever was needed to advance
+education; he used to come to the school and distribute pennies among
+the poor and diligent pupils; he provided them with books and papers.
+But that, like all good things, did not last long.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra took off his hat and seemed to pray for a short time. Then he
+turned to his companion and said: &ldquo;Did <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb52" href="#pb52">52</a>]</span>you tell me that my father used to
+help the poor children<span class="corr" id="xd0e1527" title="Source:
+.">?</span> How is it now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, now they do the best they can.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And don&rsquo;t they come to school regularly?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, for their shirts are ragged and they are
+ashamed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra kept silent for a few moments.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How many pupils have you now?&rdquo; he asked, with a certain
+interest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There are more than two hundred on the register, but only
+twenty-five in the class.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How does that happen?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher sadly smiled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a long and tedious story,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t think that I am asking out of vain
+curiosity,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, looking seriously at the distant
+horizon. &ldquo;I have been meditating a great deal on the matter, and
+I believe that it is far better to try to carry out the ideas of my
+father than to try to avenge him. His tomb is sacred Nature; and his
+enemies were the people and the priest. I can forgive the people for
+their ignorance, and as to the priest, I will pardon his character
+because I wish to respect the religion which he represents. I wish to
+be inspired with the spirit of the one who gave me life, and, that I
+may lend my help, I wish to know what are the obstacles here in the way
+of education.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The country will bless your memory, Se&ntilde;or, if you can
+carry out the beautiful and noble ideas of your dead father,&rdquo;
+said the school teacher. &ldquo;You wish to know what the obstacles
+are? Very well. We are now in such circumstances that unless something
+powerful intervenes, there will never be any education here. First,
+because there is no incentive or stimulus to the children, and,
+secondly, even when there is an incentive, lack of means and many
+prejudices kill it. They say that the son of a German peasant studies
+eight years in the town school. Who would want to spend half of that
+time in our schools, when the benefits to be derived are so small? Here
+the children read, and commit to memory verses and at times entire
+books in Spanish, but all without understanding a single word. What
+good can <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb53" href=
+"#pb53">53</a>]</span>the sons of our farmers get out of the school so
+long as this is the case?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you see the evil; have you not thought out a
+remedy?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, poor me!&rdquo; replied the teacher, shaking his head,
+&ldquo;a poor teacher cannot alone fight against prejudices, against
+existing influences. Above all, I would need to have a school house, so
+that I would not, as I do now, have to teach from the priest&rsquo;s
+carriage, under the convent. There, when the children want to read
+aloud, they naturally disturb the Father, who at times comes down and
+very nervous, especially when he has his attacks, finds fault with the
+children and insults me. You know very well that under such conditions
+no one can do any teaching. The child does not respect the teacher from
+that moment when he sees him mistreated by some one else without
+maintaining his rights. The teacher, if he is to be listened to, or if
+his authority is not to be doubted, needs prestige, a good name, moral
+strength, and a certain amount of freedom. If you will allow me, I will
+give you an illustration. I wished to introduce some reforms and they
+laughed at me. In order to remedy the evil that I spoke of a moment
+ago, I tried to teach the children Spanish, because, not only does the
+Government order it, but because it will be a great advantage for them
+to know the language. I employed the simplest method, used simple
+phrases and nouns without making use of hard rules, with the
+expectation of teaching them the grammar as soon as they had learned
+the language. At the end of several weeks, almost all the smarter ones
+in the school understood me and were able to compose phrases in
+Castellano.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The teacher stopped and seemed to be in doubt. Then, as if he had
+made up his mind, he began again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I ought not to be ashamed of the history of my grievances. If
+any one had been in my place, he would have had the same story to tell.
+As I was saying, I began well. Several days later the priest, who was
+then Father D&aacute;maso, sent the sacristan mayor to tell me that he
+wanted to see me. As I knew his character and was afraid to make him
+wait for me, I went up immediately, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb54"
+href="#pb54">54</a>]</span>saluted him and said good morning to him in
+Spanish. As was customary, when I saluted him, I advanced to kiss the
+hand which he held out, but just at that moment he withdrew it and,
+without replying to me, began to chuckle scoffingly. I was naturally
+disconcerted, and it was all done in the presence of the <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e1564" title="Source: sacristian">sacristan</span> mayor.
+At the moment, I did not know what to say. I stood and looked at him
+while he went on laughing. I had already become impatient and saw that
+I was on the point of <span class="corr" id="xd0e1567" title="Source:
+commiting">committing</span> an indiscretion. All of a sudden, he
+stopped laughing and added insult to injury. With a cunning air, he
+said to me: &lsquo;So it is <i lang="es">buenos dias</i>, eh? <i lang=
+"es">buenos dias</i>, ha, ha! How funny! Why, you know how to speak
+Spanish, do you?&rsquo; And then he continued his laugh.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra could not keep back his smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You laugh,&rdquo; replied the teacher, also smiling. &ldquo;I
+confess that I did not feel like smiling at that time. I felt the blood
+rush to my head, and a thunderbolt seemed to dazzle my brain. I saw the
+priest far off, very far from me. I started toward him to reply. The
+sacristan mayor interposed and said very seriously, in Tagalog:
+&lsquo;You want to stop wearing borrowed clothes. Be content to speak
+in your own language and do not spoil Spanish, which is not meant for
+you. You have heard about Ciruela? Well, Ciruela was a teacher who did
+not know how to read, but he taught school.&rsquo; I wanted to detain
+him for a moment, but he went quickly into his room and closed the door
+violently. What was I to do? In order to collect my salary I have to
+have the approval of the priest on my bill, and have to make a journey
+to the capital of the province. What could I do to him&mdash;the moral,
+political and civil authority of the town, sustained by his
+corporation, feared by the Government, rich, powerful, always
+consulting, advising, listening, believing and attending to
+everything&mdash;what could I do to him? If he insulted me, I had to
+keep my mouth closed. If I talked back, he would throw me out of work,
+spoiling my career. And what good would it do&mdash;education? On the
+contrary, everybody would take up the priest&rsquo;s side of the
+matter; they would criticise <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb55" href=
+"#pb55">55</a>]</span>me, they would call me vain, proud, arrogant, a
+poor Christian, poorly educated, and when not this, they would call me
+an anti-Spaniard and an agitator. The school teacher should have no
+authority. He should only be lazy, humble, and resigned to his low
+position. May God pardon me if I do not speak conscientiously and
+truthfully, but I was born in this country, I have to live, I have a
+mother to support and I have to be resigned to my lot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And have you continued to be discouraged on account of this
+trouble? Have you attempted nothing since?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Would to God that it had ended there!&rdquo; he replied.
+&ldquo;Would to God that that had been the end of my misfortunes. The
+truth is that from that day I began to take a dislike to my profession.
+Every day the school brought to my mind my disgrace and made every hour
+a bitter one for me. But what could I do? I could not disappoint my
+mother. I had to tell her that the three years of sacrifices which she
+had made for me in order that I might learn the profession now made me
+happy. I had to make her believe that the profession was a most
+honorable one, that the work was most pleasant, that the road was
+strewn with flowers and that the fulfillment of my duty produced
+nothing but friendships. If I had told her the contrary, I myself would
+still be as unhappy and would only make another unhappy, which was not
+only useless but a sin. So, I kept at my work and tried not to be
+discouraged. I tried to fight it down.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher made a short pause and then began again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know that the books in most of the schools are in
+Spanish, excepting the Tagalog catechism, which varies according to the
+corporation which appoints the priest of the parish. The books
+generally used in the school are novenaries, the &lsquo;Doxology&rsquo;
+and Father Astete&rsquo;s catechism, which are no more edifying than
+the books of heretics. On account of the fact that it was impossible to
+teach the children Spanish, as I wanted to do, and owing to the fact
+that I could not translate so many books into the native language, I
+decided to try to substitute <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb56" href=
+"#pb56">56</a>]</span>for them gradually, short verses, extracts from
+the best Tagalog books, such as the &lsquo;Treatise on Urbanity&rsquo;
+by Hortensio y Feliza, and some of the little pamphlets on agriculture.
+Sometimes I myself translated small works, such as the &lsquo;History
+of the Philippines,&rsquo; by Father Barranera, and afterward dictated
+to the pupils for their note books, adding at times some of my own
+observations. As I had no maps to teach them geography, I copied one of
+those of the province which I saw in the capital, and with this
+reproduction and, by the aid of the tiles on the floor, I was able to
+give them some ideas about the country. The new priest sent for me.
+Although he did not reprimand me severely, he told me, however, that my
+first duty was to teach religion, and that before I began to teach any
+such things I must prove by an examination that all the children knew
+by heart the &lsquo;Mysteries,&rsquo; the &lsquo;Doxology,&rsquo; and
+the &lsquo;Catechism of the Christian Doctrine.&rsquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So, in the meantime, I am endeavoring to convert the children
+into parrots so that they will know by heart all of these things of
+which they do not understand a single word. Many of the pupils already
+know the &lsquo;Mysteries&rsquo; and the &lsquo;Doxology,&rsquo; but I
+fear that I am making Father Astete&rsquo;s efforts useless, inasmuch
+as my pupils do not even distinguish between the questions and the
+answers, or what either of them signifies. Thus we shall die and thus
+shall do those who are yet to be born; yet in Europe they talk about
+Progress!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us not be so pessimistic,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, rising
+to his feet. &ldquo;The <i>teniente mayor</i> has invited me to attend
+a town meeting to be held in the tribunal. Who knows but that some plan
+for improvement may there be adopted!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher arose to go, shaking his head in token of doubt.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb57" href="#pb57">57</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch10" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter X.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Lights and Shadows.</h2>
+
+<p>The people of the town have made their preparation for the festival
+in honor of the patron saint, San Diego, and are gossiping about it,
+and about the arrival of Maria Clara, accompanied by her aunt Isabel.
+They rejoiced over it, because they liked her, and admired her beauty
+very much. They also rejoiced in the change it had made in the priest,
+Father Salvi. &ldquo;He is often absent-minded during the holy
+services,&rdquo; they said. &ldquo;He scarcely speaks with us, and he
+plainly grows more thin and taciturn.&rdquo; His cook saw this
+constantly and complained of the little honor that he did his dishes.
+But what most excited the wonder of the people were the two lights
+which one could see shining in the convent during the night, while
+Father Salvi was visiting at the house of Maria Clara! The old dames
+crossed themselves and kept on gossiping.</p>
+
+<p>Juan Crisostomo Ibarra had telegraphed from the capital of the
+province his compliments to Aunt Isabel and her niece, but he had not
+explained his absence. Many thought that he had been arrested for
+assaulting Father Salvi on the afternoon of &ldquo;All Saint&rsquo;s
+Day.&rdquo; But the comments increased still more when, on the
+afternoon of the third day, they saw Ibarra get out of a carriage in
+front of the little house of his betrothed, and courteously salute the
+priest, who was also making his way thither.</p>
+
+<p>If we go to Maria Clara&rsquo;s house, we will find it like a little
+nest among orange and <i>ilang-ilang</i> trees, surrounded by flowers
+and vines which creep up on bamboo sticks and wires, diffusing their
+delicious perfume. The rich fragrance of the <i>ilang-ilang</i> reaches
+even to the window which looks out on the lake. Here sit the two young
+lovers. Ibarra was saying to Maria Clara:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow, before the first ray of morning, your desire shall
+be fulfilled. To-night, I shall arrange all so that nothing will be
+lacking.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb58" href=
+"#pb58">58</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I will write to my friends, so that they may come along.
+Arrange it so that the priest cannot come.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And why?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because he seems to be watching me. His deep and sombre eyes
+pain me. When he fixes them upon me, they frighten me. He speaks to me
+of extraordinary things, so incomprehensible, so strange. He asked me
+once if I had not dreamed about my mother&rsquo;s letters. I believe he
+is half crazy. My friend Sinang, and Andeng, my foster sister, say that
+he is a little out of his head, for he neither eats nor bathes, and he
+lives entirely in the darkness. Don&rsquo;t have him come!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We cannot but invite him,&rdquo; replied Ibarra. &ldquo;The
+customs of the country require it. He is the priest of your house and,
+besides, he has conducted himself nobly toward me. When the <i>
+Alcalde</i> consulted him on the business of which I have spoken to
+you, he had nothing but praises for me and did not pretend to offer the
+slightest obstacle. But I see that you are serious. I shall take care
+that he does not accompany us in the boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Light steps were heard. They were those of the priest, who was
+approaching with a forced smile on his lips. They began to talk of
+different subjects, about the weather, the town and the festival. Maria
+Clara devised an excuse and went out.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And while we are speaking about festivals,&rdquo; said
+Ibarra, &ldquo;allow me to invite you to the one which we are going to
+celebrate to-morrow. It is going to be a country picnic, which we and
+our friends are planning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And where will it be held?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The girls want to hold it near the brook in the woods, near
+the <i>balit&icirc;</i> tree. So we will have to get up early to reach
+the place before the sun gets hot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The priest reflected, and a moment later replied: &ldquo;The
+invitation is very tempting, and I accept it in order to prove that I
+hold no grudge against you for what has happened in the past. But I
+will have to be a little late, as I must fulfill my religious duties
+first. How happy to be like you, entirely free and
+independent!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A few minutes later, Ibarra took his leave in order to arrange for
+the picnic on the following day. It was already quite dark when he left
+the house. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb59" href=
+"#pb59">59</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch11" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Fishing Party.</h2>
+
+<p>The stars were still shining in the sapphire heavens, and the birds
+were sleeping on the branches of the trees, when a jolly little party,
+by the light from the pitch torches, wandered through the streets of
+the town toward the lake.</p>
+
+<p>Five young maidens, clinging to each other&rsquo;s hands or belts,
+tripped along briskly. Behind them came several elderly women and a
+number of servants gracefully carrying on their heads baskets filled
+with provisions and various dishes for the picnic. On seeing their
+joyful faces, with their youthful smiles, their beautiful black hair as
+it floated in the breeze, and the wide folds of their pretty dresses,
+you would have taken them for goddesses of the night and would have
+thought that they were fleeing from day&mdash;if perchance you had not
+already known that it was Maria Clara and her four friends: jolly
+Sinang; her cousin, the serious Victoria; beautiful Iday; and the
+pensive Neneng, pretty, modest and timid.</p>
+
+<p>They were talking with animation; they laughed; pinched each other;
+whispered in each other&rsquo;s ears and then burst out in shouts of
+merriment.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You girls will wake up everybody in town. Don&rsquo;t you
+know that people are still asleep?&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel,
+reprimanding them. &ldquo;When we were young, we didn&rsquo;t make such
+a noise.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you didn&rsquo;t get up as early as we do, nor were the
+old men such great sleepers in your day,&rdquo; replied little
+Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>They were quiet for a moment and were trying to talk in a low voice,
+but they quickly forgot themselves and were again filling the streets
+with their youthful laughter and melodious voices. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb60" href="#pb60">60</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Several young fellows were coming down the street, lighting their
+way with large bamboo torches. They were marching along almost
+noiselessly to the tune of a guitar.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That guitar sounds as though some beggar were playing
+it,&rdquo; said Sinang, laughing. But when the young fellows caught up
+with the rest of the party, the girls suddenly became as quiet and as
+serious as though they never had learned how to laugh. The young men,
+however, chatted away, saluted the ladies, laughed and smiled and asked
+half a dozen questions without giving the girls time to answer any one
+of them.</p>
+
+<p>The two large <i>bancas</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd0e1676src"
+href="#xd0e1676">1</a> which had been secured to transport the picnic
+party to the fishing grounds, were fastened together and picturesquely
+adorned with wreaths and garlands of flowers and a large number of
+vari-colored candles. Paper lanterns hung from the improvised covering
+of the <i>bancas</i>. Alternately with these were roses, pinks and
+baskets of fruits such as pineapples, <i>kasuys</i>, bananas, <i>
+guayabas</i> and <i>lanzones</i>. Ibarra had brought his carpets,
+blankets and rugs and arranged comfortable seats for the ladies. The
+poles and paddles used to propel the <i>bancas</i> had also been
+ornamented. In the better <i>banca</i> were a harp, guitars,
+accordeons, and a buffalo horn; while, in the other boat, a little fire
+had been lighted in an improvised stove in order that tea, coffee and
+<i>salabat</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e1699src" href=
+"#xd0e1699">2</a> might be prepared for the light breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The women sit here; the men, there,&rdquo; said the mothers
+on stepping into the <i>banca</i>. &ldquo;Sit still and don&rsquo;t
+move, or we will be capsized.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cross yourselves before we start,&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel, as
+she traced the form of a cross on her breast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And are we to be here all by ourselves,&rdquo; asked Sinang,
+on seeing how the girls had been separated from the young men, by the
+assignment of the seats. Then making a grimace she asked again,
+&ldquo;Are we going to be all alone? <i>Aray!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This <i>aray</i> was caused by a little pinch which her mother had
+given her on the arm in the way of a reprimand for her complaint. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb61" href="#pb61">61</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The <i>bancas</i> were now putting off slowly from the shore. The
+light from the torches and Japanese lanterns was reflected in the
+water, for the lake was as smooth as a mirror. In the far eastern
+horizon could be seen the first rosy tints of the approaching dawn.</p>
+
+<p>Everything was very quiet. The young women, in consequence of the
+separation from the young men, seemed to be absorbed in meditation.</p>
+
+<p>As the water was smooth as glass and the bamboo weirs where the fish
+were to be found were not far off, and, it was still early, it was
+decided that all should stop paddling and take breakfast. The lights
+were put out, for the day had dawned and preparations were made for <i>
+desayuno</i>.<a class="noteref" id="xd0e1732src" href=
+"#xd0e1732">3</a></p>
+
+<p>The entire party became jolly as they breathed in the light breeze
+that had come up. Even the women, so full of presentiments a few
+moments ago, were now laughing and joking among themselves.</p>
+
+<p>One young man alone of all the party remained silent. He was the
+pilot, an athletic-looking fellow, and interesting on account of his
+large, sad eyes and the severe lines of his lips. His long, black hair
+fell gracefully over his powerful neck. He wore a shirt of coarse dark
+cloth, through which his powerful muscles could be plainly seen as he
+manipulated with his strong arms the wide, heavy paddle as if it were
+only a pen. This paddle served both to propel and to steer the <i>
+bancas</i>.</p>
+
+<p>More than once he was embarrassed when he caught Maria Clara looking
+at him. Then he would turn his eyes quickly to some other direction and
+look far off toward the mountain, or the shore of the lake. The young
+maiden pitied him in his solitude and offered him some biscuits. The
+pilot looked at her with surprise, but only for a moment. He took the
+biscuits, thanked her very briefly and in a voice scarcely audible.</p>
+
+<p>No one else took any notice of him. The happy laughter and jolly
+conversation of the young men did not cause him to relax a single
+muscle of his face. Not even Sinang, with all her jollity, had any
+effect on him. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb62" href=
+"#pb62">62</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wait a minute!&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel to the boatman&rsquo;s
+son, who had made ready his net and was just about to go up on the <i>
+baklad</i> to take out the fish from the little enclosure at the end of
+the weir. &ldquo;We must have everything ready, so that the fish may
+pass directly from the water to the pot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Andeng, the pretty foster sister of Maria Clara, despite her clear
+complexion and laughing face, had the reputation of being a good cook.
+She prepared the rice, tomatoes, and <i>camias</i>,<a class="noteref"
+id="xd0e1757src" href="#xd0e1757">4</a> while some of the young men
+tried to aid or bother her, perhaps in order to win her good will. The
+other girls were busy cleaning and making ready the lettuce, cabbage
+and peas, and cutting up paayap in pieces about the size of a
+cigarette.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Andeng announced that the kettle was ready to receive its
+guests&mdash;the fish.</p>
+
+<p>The fisherman&rsquo;s son went up on top of the rack at the end of
+the weir. He took a position at the narrow entrance, over which might
+have been written: &ldquo;All who enter here leave hope behind,&rdquo;
+if indeed the unfortunate fish would know how to read and understand
+it, for a fish who enters never gets out except to die. The rack is
+almost circular in form and about a meter in diameter, and is so
+arranged that a man can stand on top of one end of it and thus take out
+the fish with his net.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There, it wouldn&rsquo;t tire me a bit to fish that
+way,&rdquo; said Sinang, quite joyful.</p>
+
+<p>All were watching attentively. Already some of them in their vivid
+imaginations thought they could see the fish wiggling their tails and
+trying to get out of the little net, their scales shining in the bright
+sun. However, the young man failed to catch a single fish in his first
+attempt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It ought to be full of fish,&rdquo; said Albino, in a low
+voice. &ldquo;It is more than five days since we visited the place
+last.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The fisherman drew out his net a second time, but not a fish was
+there in it. The water, as it trickled through the meshes of the net in
+countless drops which reflected <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb63"
+href="#pb63">63</a>]</span>the rays of the sun, seemed to laugh in
+silvery tones. An &ldquo;Ah&rdquo; of surprise, disgust, and
+disappointment escaped from the lips of all.</p>
+
+<p>The young fellow repeated the same operation, but with a similar
+result.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You don&rsquo;t understand your business!&rdquo; said Albino
+to him as he stepped up on the rack and took the net from the hands of
+the youngster. &ldquo;Now you will see! Andeng, open up the
+kettle!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But Albino did not understand his business, either. The net came up
+empty as before. All began to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t make any noise,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;or the
+fish will hear it and will keep from being caught. This net must have a
+hole in it somewhere.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But every mesh in the net was perfect.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me take it!&rdquo; said Leon, Iday&rsquo;s lover, to
+Albino.</p>
+
+<p>Leon first made sure that the enclosure was in good condition and
+then examined the net carefully and satisfied himself that there was
+nothing wrong with it. He then asked: &ldquo;Are you sure that no one
+has been out here for five days?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are sure! The last time any one was out here was on All
+Saints&rsquo; Day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then, I am going to bring out something this time,
+unless the lake is bewitched.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Leon lowered the net by its bamboo handle into the water, but a look
+of surprise was painted on his face. In silence he looked toward the
+neighboring mountain and continued moving the handle of the net from
+one side to the other. Finally, without taking the net out of the
+water, he murmured in a low voice: &ldquo;An alligator.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;An alligator!&rdquo; exclaimed half a dozen voices, and the
+word was repeated again while all stood frightened and stupefied.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you say?&rdquo; they asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I say that there is an alligator caught in the rack,&rdquo;
+said Leon, and sticking the handle of the net into the water again he
+continued: &ldquo;Do you hear that sound? That is not sand, it is hard
+skin, the back of the alligator. Do you see how he wiggles the bamboo
+pickets in the rack? He is struggling hard but he cannot do anything.
+Wait. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb64" href="#pb64">64</a>]</span>He
+is a large fellow; his body measures a palm or more in
+width.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall be done?&rdquo; was the question.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Catch him,&rdquo; said one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> And who will catch him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Nobody offered to dive down to the bottom of the rack. The water was
+very deep.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We ought to tie him to our <i>banca</i> and drag him along in
+triumph,&rdquo; said Sinang. &ldquo;The idea of his eating the fish
+which we ought to have!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have never seen to this day a live alligator,&rdquo; said
+Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>The pilot rose to his feet, took a long rope and went up cautiously
+to the platform on the top of the rack. Leon gave up his position to
+him.</p>
+
+<p>With the exception of Maria Clara, none up till now had paid any
+attention to him. Now every one was admiring his fine stature.</p>
+
+<p>To the great surprise of all and in spite of all their cries, the
+pilot leaped into the enclosure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take this knife!&rdquo; shouted Crisostomo, drawing out a
+wide-bladed Toledo knife.</p>
+
+<p>But already a thousand little bubbles were rising to the surface of
+the water, and all that was going on in the depths below was wrapped in
+mystery.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s, Maria y Jos&eacute;!</i>&rdquo; exclaimed
+the women. &ldquo;We are going to have a misfortune. <i>Jes&uacute;s,
+Maria y Jos&eacute;!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be alarmed, se&ntilde;oras,&rdquo; said the old
+boatman. &ldquo;If there is any one in this province who can do it, it
+is that fellow who has just gone down.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is his name?&rdquo; they asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We call him &lsquo;The Pilot&rsquo;; he is the best I have
+ever seen, only he does not like his profession.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The water was being stirred violently, and it seemed that a fierce
+fight was being waged in the depths of the lake. The sides of the
+enclosure swayed to and fro, while the water seemed to be swirled by a
+dozen currents. All held their breath. Ibarra grasped tightly the
+handle of his sharp knife.</p>
+
+<p>The fight seemed to be at an end. The head of the young man rose to
+the surface of the water, and the sight <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb65" href="#pb65">65</a>]</span>was greeted by joyful shouts from
+all. The eyes of the women were full of tears.</p>
+
+<p>The pilot crawled up on the platform carrying in his hand the end of
+the rope, and as soon as he was able pulled on it.</p>
+
+<p>The monster appeared on top of the water. He had the rope tied twice
+around his neck, and once behind his forelegs. He was a large fellow,
+as Leon had already announced. He was beautifully colored and green
+moss was growing on his back. He bellowed like an ox, struck his tail
+against the sides of the enclosure, snapped at them, and opened his
+black, frightful-looking mouth, showing his long teeth.</p>
+
+<p>The pilot, unassisted, raised him up out of the water. No one
+offered to help him. Just as soon as the animal was out of the water
+and placed on the platform, the pilot put his foot on his back. Then,
+closing the animal&rsquo;s massive jaws, he tried to tie his big snout
+tight with the rope. The reptile made a last effort, doubled up his
+body, struck the floor of the platform with his powerful tail and,
+breaking loose, made a leap into the water of the lake, on the other
+side of the weir, at the same time dragging with him his captor. It
+seemed that the pilot would be a dead man. A cry of horror went up from
+all.</p>
+
+<p>Like a flash of lightning, another body leaped into the water. So
+quickly was it done that they had scarcely time to see that it was
+Ibarra. Maria Clara did not faint, simply because the Filipinos do not
+know how to faint.</p>
+
+<p>They all saw the water become colored, and tinged with blood. The
+young fisherman leaped to the bottom with his bolo in his hand; his
+father followed him. But, scarcely had they disappeared, when they saw
+Crisostomo and the pilot reappear, clinging to the body of the reptile.
+The monster&rsquo;s white belly was slashed, while in his throat the
+knife still stuck like a nail.</p>
+
+<p>It is impossible to describe the joy that came over the party at the
+sight; all arms were extended to help them out of the water. The old
+women were half crazed with joy, and laughed and prayed. Andeng forgot
+that her kettle had been boiling three different times; now it was
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb66" href="#pb66">66</a>]</span>leaking
+and had put out the fire. The only one who could not speak was Maria
+Clara.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was unhurt. The pilot had a slight scratch on his arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I owe you my life!&rdquo; said he to Ibarra as the latter
+wrapped himself up in the shawls and blankets. The voice of the pilot
+had a ring of sincerity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are too bold,&rdquo; replied Ibarra. &ldquo;Another time
+you must not tempt God.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you had never come back!&rdquo; exclaimed Maria, pale and
+trembling.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I had never come back and you had followed after
+me,&rdquo; replied the young man, &ldquo;I would have been with all my
+family in the bottom of the lake.&rdquo; Ibarra was thinking that in
+those depths lay the remains of his father.</p>
+
+<p>The mothers of the girls did not want to go to the other <i>
+baklad</i> or weir. They preferred to go back home happy, for the day
+had commenced with a bad omen and they feared that they would suffer
+many misfortunes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is all because we have not heard mass,&rdquo; sighed one
+of them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what misfortune have we had, se&ntilde;oras?&rdquo; asked
+Ibarra. &ldquo;The alligator was the unfortunate one.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That goes to show,&rdquo; concluded Albino, &ldquo;that, in
+all his fishing life, this reptile has never heard mass. I never saw
+him, I am sure, among the other reptiles who frequent the
+church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>bancas</i> were turned toward the other fish rack, and it was
+necessary for Andeng to get the water boiling again.</p>
+
+<p>The day was advancing; a breeze was blowing; little waves were
+stirred up on the water, and rippled around the alligator. The music
+began again. Iday was playing the harp, while the young men were
+playing the accordeons and guitars with more or less skill. But the one
+who played best was Albino.</p>
+
+<p>The other weir was visited with an entire lack of confidence. Many
+of the party expected to find there the mate to the alligator, but
+Nature fooled them and every time that the net was lowered it was
+brought up full of fish. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb67" href=
+"#pb67">67</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>They then headed for the shore of the lake, where is situated the
+forest of trees centuries old, owned by Ibarra. There in the shade and
+near the crystal brook the party were to take their breakfast among the
+flowers or under improvised tents. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb68"
+href="#pb68">68</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1676src" id="xd0e1676">1</a></span> A narrow canoe.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1699src" id="xd0e1699">2</a></span> A drink made of honey and
+ginger.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1732src" id="xd0e1732">3</a></span> A light, early breakfast.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1757src" id="xd0e1757">4</a></span> A native fruit.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch12" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">In the Woods.</h2>
+
+<p>Very early that morning Father Salv&iacute; had said mass, cleaning,
+according to his custom, a dozen dirty souls in a few minutes. The
+reading of a few letters, which had arrived well sealed with wax,
+seemed to cause the worthy curate to lose his appetite, for he allowed
+his chocolate to get cold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Father is ill,&rdquo; said the cook as he prepared
+another cup. &ldquo;It is several days since he has eaten anything; of
+six dishes which I put on the table for him, he has not touched
+two.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It must be that he does not sleep well,&rdquo; replied the
+servant. &ldquo;He has nightmare since he changed his bedroom. Every
+day his eyes are sinking deeper, he grows gradually thinner, and is
+very yellow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, it was a pitiful sight to behold Father
+Salv&iacute;. He did not care to touch his second cup of chocolate, nor
+to taste the Cebu cakes. He walked pensively to and fro in the spacious
+<i>sala</i>, crumpling between his bony fingers some letters which he
+would read from time to time. Finally, he called for his carriage, got
+ready and ordered the coachman to take him to the woods where the
+picnic was to be held. Arriving at the place, Father Salv&iacute;
+dismissed the carriage and all alone, entered the forest.</p>
+
+<p>A shady but difficult path runs through the thicket and leads to the
+brook which is formed by the hot springs so plentiful at the base of
+Mount Makiling.</p>
+
+<p>For some time, Father Salv&iacute; was wandering among the thick
+underbrush, here trying to evade the thorns which entangled his habit
+of <i>guingon</i> as if to detain him; there trying to step over the
+roots of the trees which stuck up through the ground and made the
+inexperienced traveler <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb69" href=
+"#pb69">69</a>]</span>stumble again and again. Suddenly he stopped.
+Mirthful laughter and the sound of young voices reached his ears. The
+voices and the laughter seemed to come from the direction of the brook
+and each time seemed to be coming nearer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am going to see if I can find a heron&rsquo;s nest,&rdquo;
+said a voice, beautiful and sweet, and at once recognized by the
+curate. &ldquo;You know they say that if a person possesses one of
+those nests he can make himself invisible to everybody. How I would
+like to see <i>him</i> and not have him see me! I could follow him
+everywhere.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; hid behind the thick trunk of an old tree and
+listened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is to say, you want to do with him what the curate does
+with you: watch him everywhere?&rdquo; replied the merry voice.
+&ldquo;Be careful, for jealousy makes one grow thin and the eyes sink
+in.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no. It is not jealousy, it is pure curiosity,&rdquo;
+replied the silvery voice, while the other repeated, &ldquo;yes, yes,
+jealousy; that&rsquo;s what it is.&rdquo; And then she broke out in a
+merry chuckle.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I were jealous of <i>him</i> I would not use the
+heron&rsquo;s nest to make myself invisible to him, but would make him
+invisible to everybody else.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But then you yourself would not be able to see him and you
+would not want that to happen. The best thing to do, if we find a
+heron&rsquo;s nest is to give it to the priest. Then he could watch us
+as much as he pleased, and we would not be troubled with the sight of
+him. What do you think of the idea?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I don&rsquo;t believe in the story about the
+heron&rsquo;s nests, anyway,&rdquo; replied one. &ldquo;But if I were
+really jealous I would know how to keep watch of a person and make
+myself invisible....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And how? How would you do it? Perhaps you would do as Sister
+Listener does in the convent?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This reference to days passed in the convent provoked a jolly laugh
+all around.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; saw from his hiding-place Maria Clara, Victoria,
+and Sinang, wading in the stream. All three were looking into the
+water, which was like a mirror, in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb70"
+href="#pb70">70</a>]</span>search of the heron&rsquo;s nest. They were
+getting wet up to their knees, the wide folds of their bathing skirts
+allowing one to guess how graceful were the curves of their limbs. They
+were wearing their hair loose and their arms were bare. Striped,
+bright-colored bodices covered their breasts. The three lasses, at the
+same time that they were hunting for that which did not exist,
+collected flowers and plants which were growing on the banks of the
+stream.</p>
+
+<p>The religious Acteon, pale and immovable, stood gazing upon Maria
+Clara, that chaste Diana. The eyes which shone in those dark orbits
+never tired of admiring those white and beautiful arms, that pretty,
+round neck, those tiny and rosy feet as they played in the water. As he
+contemplated all this, strange feelings were awakened in his breast,
+new dreams took possession of his burning mind.</p>
+
+<p>The three pretty forms disappeared in a thick growth of bamboo
+behind a bend in the stream, but their cruel allusions could still be
+heard by the curate. Intoxicated with the strange ideas in his head,
+staggering, and covered with perspiration, Father Salv&iacute; left his
+hiding-place and looked about him in all directions with staring eyes.
+He stood immovable, in doubt. He took a few steps as if to follow the
+young women, but he turned about, and walked along the bank of the
+stream in order to find the rest of the picnic party.</p>
+
+<p>Some distance ahead, in the middle of the stream, he could see a
+bathing place well enclosed by bamboo. He could hear, merry laughter
+and feminine accents coming from that direction. Still further down the
+stream he could see a bamboo bridge and some men in bathing. In the
+meantime, a multitude of servants were bustling about the improvised
+fireplaces, some engaged in plucking chickens, others in washing rice
+and roasting pig. And there on the opposite bank, in a clearing which
+had been made, were a number of men and women under a tent. The tent
+had been made by hanging canvas from the limbs of some of the old trees
+and by erecting a few poles. There in the group was the <i>alferez</i>,
+the <i>teniente mayor</i>, the coadjutor, the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>,
+the school teacher, a number, of past captains and lieutenants,
+including even <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb71" href=
+"#pb71">71</a>]</span>Captain Basilio, who was Sinang&rsquo;s father,
+and the former rival of the deceased Don Rafael. Ibarra had said to
+him: &ldquo;The mere fact that we are parties to a law-suit does not
+mean that we have to be enemies.&rdquo; So it was that the celebrated
+orator of the conservative party had accepted the invitation to the
+picnic with enthusiasm, and had even brought along three turkeys and
+put his servants at the disposition of the young man.</p>
+
+<p>The parish priest was received with respect and deference by all,
+even by the <i>alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But where did Your Reverence come from?&rdquo; some one asked
+on seeing his face full of scratches, and his habit covered with leaves
+and pieces of dried branches. &ldquo;Has Your Reverence fallen
+down?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I lost my way,&rdquo; replied Father Salv&iacute;,
+looking down and examining his clothes.</p>
+
+<p>Bottles of lemonade were opened, green cocoanuts were cut in two so
+that those who were coming out of the bath might have the refreshing
+milk to drink and the delicate meat to eat. The young women in addition
+received rosaries of <i>sampagas</i> interwoven with roses and <i>
+ilang-ilang</i>, which gave a beautiful fragrance to their loose hair.
+Some were sitting or lying in hammocks which had been hung from the
+branches of the trees; others were entertaining themselves in a game
+that was going on around a large, flat stone. Playing cards, checkers,
+dice and many other games were in progress.</p>
+
+<p>They showed the alligator to the curate, but he seemed absorbed and
+paid no attention until they mentioned the fact that the wide wound in
+the animal&rsquo;s neck had been made by Ibarra. Then, too, the pilot,
+the principal figure in the incident, had disappeared and could not be
+found anywhere.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Maria Clara came out of the bath, accompanied by her
+friends, fresh as a rose when first it blooms, and when the dew on its
+divine petals glistens like diamonds. Her first smile was for Ibarra;
+and her first frown for Father Salv&iacute;. The latter noticed this,
+but he did not even sigh.</p>
+
+<p>It was now time to eat. The curate, the coadjutor, the <i>
+alferez</i>, the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, and some of the captains,
+together <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb72" href=
+"#pb72">72</a>]</span>with the <i>tenente mayor</i> sat down at the
+table over which Ibarra presided. The mothers of the girls did not
+allow any one to eat at the table with their charges.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know anything yet, Se&ntilde;or Alferez, about the
+criminal who assaulted Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo; asked Father
+Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About what criminal, Father?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>,
+looking at the parish priest through his empty wine glass.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About whom could it be? About the one who, day before
+yesterday, struck Father D&aacute;maso, of course.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Struck Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo; asked a number of
+voices.</p>
+
+<p>The coadjutor was seen to smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; and Father D&aacute;maso is now in bed. It is believed
+that the culprit was that same Elias who once threw you into a
+mud-hole, Se&ntilde;or Alferez.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> colored up a little, either from shame or too
+much wine.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought that you were interested in the affair,&rdquo;
+continued Father Salv&iacute;, with a little jeering in his manner.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> bit his lips and mumbled out a silly excuse.</p>
+
+<p>The meal ended and, while tea and coffee were being served, the
+young and old distributed themselves about in various groups. Some
+picked up playing cards and others dice, but the young women, anxious
+to know the future, preferred to try their luck with the wheel of
+fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, Se&ntilde;or Ibarra,&rdquo; shouted Captain Basilio,
+who was a little bit jolly. &ldquo;We have a law-suit that has been
+pending for fifteen years, and there isn&rsquo;t a judge in the Supreme
+Court in Manila who can decide it. Let us see if we can settle it on
+the chess board. What do you say?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The game of chess began with much solemnity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If the game is a draw,&rdquo; said Ibarra, &ldquo;it is
+understood that the suit is off.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>About the middle of the game, Ibarra received a telegram which made
+his eyes glisten and his face grow pale. He put it in his pocket-book,
+not, however, without directing a glance at the group of young women
+who continued with much laughter to play the wheel of fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Check to the king!&rdquo; said the young man. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb73" href="#pb73">73</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Captain Basilio had no other resort than to hide him behind the
+queen.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Check to the queen!&rdquo; said Ibarra, threatening it with
+his rook, which was defended by a pawn.</p>
+
+<p>Not being able to cover the queen, nor to retire it on account of
+the fact that the king was behind it, Captain Basilio asked permission
+to study the situation a little.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly, with much pleasure,&rdquo; replied Ibarra.
+&ldquo;I will take advantage of the opportunity, for I have something
+to say to some of the members of that group over there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And rising to his feet, he gave his opponent half an hour to study
+it out.</p>
+
+<p>Iday held in her hands the strip of cardboard on which was written
+forty-eight questions, while Albino held the book which contained the
+answers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s a lie! It&rsquo;s not so! It lies!&rdquo; cried
+Sinang, half in tears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you?&rdquo; asked Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just imagine it: I asked the question &lsquo;When will I have
+some sense?&rsquo; I threw the dice and he, this all-night-watching
+priest (Albino, the ex-seminary student) reads from the book:
+&lsquo;When the frogs grow hairs.&rsquo; What do you think of
+that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Sinang made a face at the former religious student, who was
+still laughing heartily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who told you to ask such a question?&rdquo; said her cousin
+Victoria. &ldquo;Any one who asks such a question deserves just such an
+answer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You ask a question!&rdquo; said they all to Ibarra. &ldquo;We
+have agreed that the one who receives the best answer shall receive a
+gift from the others. We have all asked our questions
+already.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who has received the best answer?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria Clara, Maria Clara!&rdquo; replied Sinang. &ldquo;We
+made her ask the question whether you loved her or not: &lsquo;Is your
+lover faithful and constant,&rsquo; and the book
+replied&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But Maria Clara colored up, and, putting her hands over
+Sinang&rsquo;s mouth, did not allow her to finish what she had to say.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb74" href="#pb74">74</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, let me try it,&rdquo; said Crisostomo, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>He asked the question: &ldquo;Will I succeed in my present
+undertaking?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are going to get a bad answer,&rdquo; exclaimed
+Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra threw the dice, and noting the number, they looked for the
+page in the little book with the corresponding answer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dreams are only dreams,&rdquo; read Albino.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra took out his pocket-book and opened it trembling.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This time your book has lied,&rdquo; he said, full of joy.
+&ldquo;Read this!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<p>&ldquo;Plan for school house approved; other matter decided in your
+favor.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<p>&ldquo;What does that mean?&rdquo; they all asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you not tell me that the one who received the best answer
+was to get a present?&rdquo; the young man asked, his voice trembling
+with emotion while he carefully divided the paper into two parts.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, yes!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then! This is my gift,&rdquo; he said handing half of
+the telegram to Maria Clara. &ldquo;I am going to have a school house
+for boys and girls erected in the town. This school house will be my
+gift.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And this other piece: what does that mean?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will give that to the one who has obtained the worst
+answer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then that is for me!&rdquo; exclaimed Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra gave her the piece of paper and quickly went off.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what does this mean?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But the happy young man was already far away from the little group
+and he did not reply. He had gone to finish the game of chess.</p>
+
+<p>After making the present to his betrothed, Ibarra was so happy that
+he began to play without stopping to think or even examining carefully
+the position of the chess. As a result, although Captain Basilio had
+defended himself <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb75" href=
+"#pb75">75</a>]</span>only by the greatest effort, the young man made
+so many mistakes that the game resulted in a draw.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We end the suit, we end the suit!&rdquo; said Captain
+Basilio, happy over his success.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, we declare it off,&rdquo; repeated the young man,
+&ldquo;whatever decision the judges may have been able to
+reach.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Each grasped the hand of the other and shook it with effusion.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, while those present were celebrating the ending of
+the law-suit, of which both had long been tired, four Civil Guards and
+a sergeant suddenly arrived on the scene. They were all armed and had
+their bayonets fixed, a fact which naturally disturbed the merriment
+and brought fright into the circle of women.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let everybody be quiet!&rdquo; cried the sergeant.
+&ldquo;Whoever moves will be shot!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In spite of this gruff boast, Ibarra rose to his feet and approached
+the sergeant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you wish?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That you give up at once the criminal named Elias who acted
+as pilot for your party this morning,&rdquo; he replied, in a
+threatening tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A criminal? The pilot? You must be mistaken!&rdquo; replied
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; that Elias is now accused of another crime, of
+having laid his hands on a priest&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! And is the pilot the one?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is the same one, so we are told. You are allowing people
+of bad reputation to attend your festivals, Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him from head to foot and replied with supreme
+contempt: &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t have to account to you for my actions.
+At our festivals everybody is well received, and you yourself, if you
+had come, would have been given a seat at the table, the same as the
+<i>alferez</i> who was here among us two hours ago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Saying this, Ibarra turned his back to him. The sergeant bit his
+mustache and ordered his men to search everywhere among the trees for
+the pilot, whose description he had on a piece of paper. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb76" href="#pb76">76</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Don Filipo said to him: &ldquo;Take note that this description
+corresponds to that of nine-tenths of the natives. Take care that you
+do not make a mistake!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At last the soldiers returned, saying that they had not been able to
+discover either a <i>banca</i>, or a man that aroused their suspicion.
+The sergeant murmured a few indistinct words and then marched off.</p>
+
+<p>Soon the people became jolly again, but questions, wonder and
+comments were without end.</p>
+
+<p>So the afternoon passed and the hour for departure arrived. Just as
+the sun was dropping below the horizon they left the woods. The trees
+seemed sad and all the surroundings seemed to bid them farewell and
+say: &ldquo;Good-bye, happy youth; good-bye, dream of a day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And a little later, by the light of glowing torches of bamboo and
+with the music of guitars, we leave them on the road toward the town.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb77" href="#pb77">77</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch13" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">In the House of Tasio.</h2>
+
+<p>On the morning of the following day, Juan Crisostomo Ibarra, after
+visiting his estates, went to the house of Tasio, the philosopher, his
+father&rsquo;s friend.</p>
+
+<p>Quiet reigned in the old man&rsquo;s garden. The swallows were
+flying about the gables of the house, but they were making scarcely a
+sound. The windows were covered with vines which clung to the old,
+moss-covered wall and made the house appear all the more solitary and
+quiet. Ibarra tied his horse to a post and, walking almost on tip-toes,
+crossed the clean and well-cultivated garden. He went up the stairs
+and, as the door was open, walked in. An old man leaned over a book in
+which he seemed to be writing. On the walls of the room were
+collections of insects and leaves, maps, and some shelves of books and
+manuscripts.</p>
+
+<p>Tasio was so absorbed in his work that he did not notice the arrival
+of the youth. The latter, not wishing to disturb the philosopher, tried
+to retire from the place, but the old man, looking up, said:
+&ldquo;What? Are you here?&rdquo; and showed no little surprise in his
+look.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Excuse me,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, &ldquo;I see that you are
+very busy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As a matter of fact I was writing a little, but it is not
+urgent, and I want to rest myself. Can I be useful to you in any
+way?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra drew some papers from his pocket-book and replied: &ldquo;My
+father was wont to consult you in many things, and I remember that he
+never had to do other than congratulate himself when he followed your
+advice. I have on my hands a small undertaking and I want to be assured
+of success.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra then related to him briefly his plan for the erection of a
+school house in honor of his betrothed. He <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb78" href="#pb78">78</a>]</span>showed the stupefied philosopher
+the plans which had been returned from Manila.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish that you would advise me as to what persons I ought
+first to have on my side in order to make the undertaking most
+successful. You are well acquainted with the inhabitants of the town. I
+have just arrived here and am almost a stranger in my
+country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man examined the plans which were laid out before him. His
+eyes were full of tears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That which you are going to carry out was a dream of mine,
+the dream of a poor fool,&rdquo; he exclaimed, greatly moved.
+&ldquo;And now, my first advice to you is that you never come to
+consult me in regard to the matter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man looked at him in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because sensible people,&rdquo; he continued, in an ironical
+tone, &ldquo;will take you for a fool, like myself. People always
+consider every one a fool who does not think just as they do and, for
+this reason, they call me crazy. But I am obliged to them for that, for
+woe be to me when the time arrives that they say I have sense! That
+day, should it ever come, would deprive me of the little liberty which
+I have purchased by sacrificing my reputation for being
+sane.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And the old man shook his head, as if to drive away a thought and
+continued: &ldquo;My second advice to you is that you consult the
+curate, the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, and all the people of good
+standing. They will all give you bad, foolish and useless advice, but
+to consult does not mean to obey. Try to appear to be following their
+advice as far as possible and make them think you are working according
+to their wishes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra sat thinking for a moment and then replied: &ldquo;The advice
+is good but difficult to follow. Could I not carry out my work without
+a shadow reflecting upon it? Could I not carry out the good work in
+spite of all? Does truth need to be clothed in the garments of
+falsehood?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s it. Nobody likes the bare truth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope to be able to realize all my hopes without
+encountering great resistance,&rdquo; said Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, if the priests lend you their hand; no, if they draw it
+away. All your efforts will be battered to pieces <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb79" href="#pb79">79</a>]</span>against the walls of
+the curate&rsquo;s house. The <i>alcalde</i> will deny to you to-morrow
+what he has granted you to-day. Not a mother will let her son attend
+the school, and then all your efforts will have just an opposite effect
+to that intended. You will discourage all others who might wish to
+attempt beneficent undertakings.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nevertheless,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, &ldquo;I cannot believe
+in this power of which you speak. And even supposing it to be true,
+admitting that it is as you say, would I not still have on my side the
+sensible people and the Government?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Government! The Government!&rdquo; exclaimed the
+philosopher, raising his eyes and looking at the ceiling.
+&ldquo;However much the Government may desire to uplift the country for
+its own benefit and that of the mother country; however generous may be
+the Catholic Kings in spirit, I must remind you in confidence that
+there is another power which does not allow the Government to see,
+hear, or judge except what the curates or provincial priests wish. The
+Government is afraid of the advancement of the people, and the people
+are afraid of the forces of the Government. So long as the Government
+does not understand the people of the country, the country will never
+get out from this guardianship. The people will live like weak, young
+children who tremble at the sound of the voice of their tutor, whose
+mercy they beg. The Government has no dreams of a great future, a
+healthy development of the country. The people do not complain, because
+they have no voice. They do not move, because they are too carefully
+watched. You say that they do not suffer, because you have not seen
+what would make your heart bleed. But some day you will see it! alas!
+some day you will hear it. When the light of day is thrown on their
+monstrous forms, you will see a frightful reaction. That great force,
+held back for centuries, that poison, distilled drop by drop, those
+sighs, so long repressed&mdash;all will come to light and will some day
+burst forth.... Who will then pay the accounts which the people will
+present and which History preserves for us on its bloody
+pages?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God, the Government, and the Church will never allow <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb80" href="#pb80">80</a>]</span>that day to
+come!&rdquo; replied Crisostomo, impressed in spite of himself.
+&ldquo;The Filipinos are religious and they love Spain. The Filipinos
+will always know how much this nation has done for them. There are
+abuses; yes! There are defects; I do not deny it. But Spain is working
+to introduce reforms which will correct them; she is devising plans;
+she is not selfish. Can it be that my love for my native land is
+incompatible with love for Spain? Is it necessary to lower one&rsquo;s
+self to be a good Christian, to prostitute one&rsquo;s own conscience
+to bring about good? I love my fatherland, the Philippines, because I
+owe to her my life and my happiness&mdash;because every man should love
+his native land. I love Spain, the fatherland of my ancestors, because,
+in spite of all that may be said, the Philippines owe to Spain, and
+always will owe to her, their happiness and their future. I am a
+Catholic. I hold dear the belief of my fathers, and I do not see why I
+have to bow my head when I am able to raise it; nor why I have to
+entrust it to my enemies, when I can trample on them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the field in which you are sowing your seed is in the
+hands of your enemies, and you are weak in comparison to them.... It is
+necessary that you first kiss the hand&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But the young man did not allow him to go farther and exclaimed
+violently: &ldquo;To kiss their hands! You forget that, between them,
+they killed my father; they threw his body out of its sepulchre: but I,
+I who am his son, I do not forget it, and, if I do not avenge myself,
+it is because I consider the prestige of the Church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old philosopher bowed his head. &ldquo;Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra,&rdquo; he replied slowly, &ldquo;if you keep those
+memories&mdash;memories which I cannot advise you to forget&mdash;if
+you keep those memories, give up your plans and your undertaking and
+try to work good for your countrymen in another way. The undertaking
+needs another man than you for its execution, because to carry it out
+will not only require money and care, but, in our country, self-denial,
+tenacity and faith are also needed. The land is not ready for it; it
+has been sown only with darnel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra understood the weight of these words, but he <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb81" href="#pb81">81</a>]</span>was not going to be
+discouraged. Thoughts of Maria Clara filled his mind; he must fulfill
+his promise to her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does not your experience suggest something other than this
+hard method?&rdquo; he asked in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>The old man took him by the arm and led him to the window. A cool
+breeze was blowing from the north. Before his eyes lay the garden,
+stretching out to the large forest which served as a park.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why do we not have to do the same as that weak young bush
+loaded with roses and buds?&rdquo; said the philosopher pointing to a
+beautiful rose bush. &ldquo;The wind blows, shakes it and it bends
+itself down as if trying to hide its precious load. If the bush kept
+itself erect, it would be broken off, the wind would scatter its
+flowers and the buds would be blighted. The wind passes over, and the
+bush straightens itself up again, proud of its treasure. Thus it would
+be with you, a plant transplanted from Europe to this stony ground, if
+you did not look about for some support and belittle yourself. Alone
+and lofty, you are in bad condition.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And would this sacrifice bring the fruits that I hope
+for?&rdquo; asked Ibarra. &ldquo;Would the priest have faith in me and
+would he forget the offense? Would his kind not be able to feign
+friendship, to make a false show of protecting me, and then, from
+behind in the darkness, fight me, harass me and wound my heels, thus
+making me waver more quickly than they could by attacking me face to
+face? Given these premises, what do you think could be
+expected?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man remained silent for some time, not being able to reply.
+At last he said: &ldquo;If such a thing took place, if the undertaking
+failed, I would console you with the thought that you had done all that
+was in your power. And even so, something would be gained. Lay the
+first stone, sow the first seed and after the tempest has passed over,
+some little grain perhaps would germinate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe you,&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra, stretching out his
+hand. &ldquo;Not in vain did I look for good advice. This very day I
+shall go and make friends with the curate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Taking leave of the old man, he mounted on his horse and rode away.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb82" href="#pb82">82</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Attention!&rdquo; murmured the pessimistic philosopher to
+himself, as he followed the young man with his eyes. &ldquo;Let us
+observe carefully how Destiny will unfold the tragedy which began in
+the cemetery.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But this time the philosopher was truly mistaken. The tragedy had
+begun long before. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb83" href=
+"#pb83">83</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch14" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Eve of the Fiesta.</h2>
+
+<p>It is the tenth of November, the eve of the <i>fiesta</i> to be
+celebrated in the town of San Diego. Departing from its habitual
+monotony, the town is displaying extraordinary activity in the church,
+houses, streets, cock-pit, and the fields. Windows are draped with
+flags and many-colored decorations. Music and the sound of exploding
+fireworks fill the air. Everywhere there is rejoicing.</p>
+
+<p>In the streets at fixed intervals, beautiful arches of bamboo are
+raised, the wood carved and worked in a thousand different ways. The
+arches are surrounded with ornaments, the very sight of which brings
+joy to the heart of the small boy. In the church yard, a large and
+costly awning has been erected. It is propped up by bamboo poles and so
+arranged that the procession may pass under it. Under its shade the
+children play, run, jump, fall and otherwise manage to tear and soil
+their new shirts, which have been intended for the day of the
+festival.</p>
+
+<p>In the public square a platform has been built of bamboo, nipa and
+boards, to serve as the stage. It is here that the comedy company from
+Tondo will tell wonderful tales, and will compete with the gods in the
+performance of miracles. Here Marianito, Chananay, Balbino, Ratia,
+Carvajal, Yeyeng, Liceria and the others will sing and dance. The
+Filipino loves the theatre, and always attends dramatic productions
+with a great deal of pleasure. The <i>gobernadorcillo</i> was very fond
+of the theatre, and, with the advice of the curate, he had selected for
+the <i>fiesta</i> the fantastic comedy: &ldquo;Prince Villardo, or the
+Nails Pulled Out of the Infamous Cave,&rdquo; a play full of magic and
+fireworks.</p>
+
+<p>From time to time the bells ring out their merry sounds.
+Firecrackers and the booming of little cannon rend the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb84" href="#pb84">84</a>]</span>air. The Filipino
+pyrotechnist, who has learned his art without a teacher of any renown,
+displays his skill, setting up pieces representing towers, castles, and
+the like. Already the small boys are running at break-neck speed toward
+the outskirts of the town to meet the bands of music. Five
+organizations have been hired, besides three orchestras.</p>
+
+<p>A band enters the town playing lively marches, and is followed by a
+lot of ragged and half naked pickaninnies: this one, perhaps, has on
+his brother&rsquo;s shirt; that one, his father&rsquo;s trousers. As
+soon as the music stops, these little tots know by memory the piece
+that has been played; they whistle and hum it with great delight,
+showing at this early age their musical talent.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime wagons and carriages arrive, bringing relatives,
+friends, and strangers. Gamblers are also on hand with their best
+fighting cocks and bags of money, ready to risk their fortunes on the
+green cloth or in the cock-pit.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> gets fifty dollars a night,&rdquo;
+murmured a little, chubby man when he heard of the recent arrivals, for
+there were already many rumors that these people bribed the officer so
+that they might not be interfered with by the law. &ldquo;Captain
+Tiago,&rdquo; he added, &ldquo;is going to come and will be banker in
+the monte game. Captain Joaquin brings eighteen thousand. There is
+going to be a <i>liam-po</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd0e2286src" href=
+"#xd0e2286">1</a> and the Chino Carlos is going to back it with ten
+thousand <i>pesos</i> capital. Big bettors will come from Tanauan,
+Lipa, and Batangas, as well as from Santa Cruz. It&rsquo;s going to be
+great! It&rsquo;s going to be great! This year Captain Tiago will not
+skin us as he has in the past, for he has not paid for more than three
+masses this year, and besides, I have a <i>mutya</i><a class="noteref"
+id="xd0e2294src" href="#xd0e2294">2</a> of cacao. And how are all the
+family?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well, very well, thank you!&rdquo; replied the visitors
+from the country.</p>
+
+<p>But the place where the greatest animation reigns, where there is
+almost a tumult, is over there on the level piece of ground, a short
+distance from Ibarra&rsquo;s house. Pulleys creak, and the place
+resounds with the sound of the hammer, <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb85" href="#pb85">85</a>]</span>the chiseling of stones, hewing of
+beams and the shouting of voices. A gang of workmen is making an
+excavation which will be wide and deep; others are busy piling up
+quarry stone, unloading carts, sifting sand, putting a capstan in place
+and so on.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put that here! That, there! Come, be lively about it!&rdquo;
+shouts a little, old man with an animated and intelligent physiognomy
+as he goes about, a yard stick and plumb line in hand. He is the
+director of the work, &Ntilde;or Juan, architect, mason, carpenter,
+whitewasher, locksmith, painter, stone cutter, and, on occasion,
+sculptor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We must finish it immediately! To-morrow nothing can be done,
+and day after to-morrow the ceremony of laying the corner stone is to
+take place! Come, be lively!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Make the hole just large enough for this cylinder!&rdquo;
+said he to one of the stone cutters who was chiseling off a large
+quadrangular stone. &ldquo;Inside of this our names will be
+kept.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then he would repeat to every countryman who came along what he had
+already said a thousand times: &ldquo;Do you know what we are going to
+build? Well, it is a school house, a model of its kind, something like
+those in Germany, but still better. The architect, Se&ntilde;or R.,
+draughted the plans and I, I am in charge of the work. Yes, sir, you
+see this is going to be a regular palace with two wings, one for the
+boys and one for the girls. Here in the middle is to be a large garden
+with three fountains. There, on the sides, groves, where the children
+can sow and cultivate plants during the hours of recreation, thus
+improving the time. Just see how deep the foundations are to be: three
+meters and seventy-five centimeters. The building is going to have a
+cellar where the indolent pupils will be confined. This will be very
+close to the playing ground and the gymnasium, so that those who are
+punished may hear the diligent pupils enjoying themselves. Do you see
+this large space? Well, this will be a place for them to run and jump.
+The girls will have a separate garden with benches, swings, a special
+place for jumping the rope and rolling hoops, fountains and a
+bird-house. This is going to be magnificent!&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb86" href="#pb86">86</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>He kept going from one end to the other, inspecting everything and
+passing his opinion on all.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I find that you have got too much lumber here for a
+crane,&rdquo; said he to a yellowish-looking fellow, who was directing
+some other laborers. &ldquo;I would have enough, with three large
+beams, to form the tripod and with three others to serve as
+supporters.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, pshaw!&rdquo; replied the other, smiling in a peculiar
+way. &ldquo;The more apparatus we give ourselves, the greater effect we
+will produce. The massiveness of it will make a bigger show and give it
+more importance. They will say: &lsquo;What a lot of work has been
+done!&rsquo; You look at that crane that I am constructing. In a little
+while, I am going to ornament it with <i>banderolas</i>, garlands of
+flowers and leaves, and ... you will say afterward that you were right
+in hiring me, and Se&ntilde;or Ibarra cannot wish for more than
+that!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man laughed. &Ntilde;or Juan also smiled and shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, the plan for the school had been approved by
+everybody and all were talking about it. The curate had asked to be
+allowed to be one of the patrons of the enterprise and he himself was
+to bless the laying of the corner stone, a ceremony which would take
+place on the last day of the San Diego festival, as it was considered
+one of the great solemnities.</p>
+
+<p>The dismal presentiments of the old Tasio seemed to have been
+dissipated forever. One day Ibarra told the old man so, but the old
+pessimist only replied: &ldquo;Things may go well at first, but be on
+your guard against masked enemies.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb87" href="#pb87">87</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e2286src" id="xd0e2286">1</a></span> A Chinese gambling game.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e2294src" id="xd0e2294">2</a></span> A little white, pearl-like
+substance sometimes found in the cacao tree, which is supposed to be a
+lucky omen.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch15" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">As Night Comes On.</h2>
+
+<p>Great preparations had also been made in the house of Captain Tiago.
+We are already acquainted with the man. His love for pomp and his pride
+in being a resident of Manila made it necessary that he should outdo
+the residents of the province in the splendor of his celebration. There
+was another thing, too, which made it necessary that he should try to
+eclipse all others&mdash;the fact that his daughter Maria Clara and his
+future son-in-law were also there. His prospective connection with
+Ibarra caused the Captain to be often spoken of among the people.</p>
+
+<p>Yes, as a matter of fact, one of the most serious newspapers in
+Manila had printed an article on its first page, headed &ldquo;Imitate
+Him!&rdquo; in which they offered Ibarra much advice and highly
+eulogized him. The article spoke of him as &ldquo;the illustrious and
+rich young capitalist.&rdquo; Two lines below, he was termed &ldquo;the
+distinguished philanthropist,&rdquo; and, in the following paragraph,
+referred to as the &ldquo;disciple of Minerva who went to his Mother
+Country to salute the real birthplace of arts and sciences.&rdquo;
+Captain Tiago was burning with generous emulation and was wondering
+whether he ought not to erect a convent at his own expense.</p>
+
+<p>Days before the week of festivities, numerous boxes of provisions
+and drinks, colossal mirrors, pictures, paintings and his
+daughter&rsquo;s piano had arrived at the house. Maria Clara and Aunt
+Isabel were already living there. Captain Tiago came on the day before
+the beginning of the festival. As he kissed his daughter&rsquo;s hand,
+he made her a present of a beautiful religious relic. It was solid
+gold, and set with diamonds and emeralds, and contained a little sliver
+from Saint Peter&rsquo;s boat, in which Our Saviour sat while fishing.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb88" href="#pb88">88</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The Captain&rsquo;s interview with his future son-in-law could not
+have been more cordial. Naturally, the school house was the subject of
+conversation. Captain Tiago wanted him to call the school &ldquo;The
+San Francisco School.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Believe me!&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;San Francisco is a good
+patron saint. If you call it &lsquo;The Primary School,&rsquo; you gain
+nothing. Who is Primary, anyway?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Some friends of Maria Clara arrived and invited her to go for a
+walk.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But return quickly,&rdquo; said the Captain to his daughter,
+who asked for his permission. &ldquo;You know that Father D&aacute;maso
+is going to dine with us to-night. He has just arrived.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And turning to Ibarra who was deep in thought, he added: &ldquo;You
+will dine with us, too? You will be all alone at home.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;With the greatest pleasure, I assure you, if I did not have
+to be at home to-night to receive visitors,&rdquo; replied the young
+man, mumbling his words and evading Maria Clara&rsquo;s glance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bring your friends along with you,&rdquo; replied Captain
+Tiago cheerfully. &ldquo;In my house there is always enough to eat.
+And, besides I would like to have you and Father D&aacute;maso
+understand each other.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&rsquo;ll be time enough for that,&rdquo; replied
+Ibarra, putting on a forced smile and making ready to accompany the
+young ladies.</p>
+
+<p>They went downstairs. Maria Clara was walking between Victoria and
+Iday, while Aunt Isabel followed behind.</p>
+
+<p>As they passed down the street, people stood aside respectfully and
+gave them the inside of the way. Maria Clara was surprisingly beautiful
+now. Her paleness had disappeared, and although her eyes were
+thoughtful, her mouth, on the contrary, seemed all smiles. With that
+amiability known only to a happy maiden, she saluted friends she had
+known from childhood who to-day were admirers of her youthful beauty.
+In less than fifteen days she had regained that frank confidence, that
+childish chatter, which seemed for awhile to have been left <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb89" href="#pb89">89</a>]</span>behind in the
+narrow walls of the convent. It seemed as though the butterfly upon
+leaving its shell knew all the flowers at once. It was enough that she
+be given a moment of flight and an opportunity to warm herself in the
+golden rays of the sun, in order to throw off the rigidity of the
+chrysalis. New life shone out in every part of her young being.
+Everything she met with was good and beautiful. Her love was manifested
+with virginal grace, and innocent in thought, she saw nothing to cause
+her to put on false blushes. However, she was wont to cover her face
+with her fan when they joked with her, but her eyes would smile and a
+gentle tremor would pass over her whole being.</p>
+
+<p>In front of Captain Basilio&rsquo;s house were some young men who
+saluted our acquaintances and invited them into the house. The merry
+voice of Sinang was heard, as she descended the stairs on a run and at
+once put an end to all excuses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come up a moment so that I can go out with you,&rdquo; said
+she. &ldquo;It bores me to be among so many strangers who talk about
+nothing but fighting-cocks and playing cards.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They went upstairs. The house was full of people. Some advanced to
+greet Ibarra, whose name was known to all. They contemplated with
+ecstacy Maria Clara&rsquo;s beauty, and some of the matrons murmured as
+they chewed their betel-nut: &ldquo;She looks like the
+Virgin!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After they had partaken of chocolate they resumed their walk. In the
+corner of the plaza a beggar was singing the romance of the fishes, to
+the accompaniment of a guitar. He was a common sight, a man miserably
+dressed and wearing a wide-brimmed hat made out of palm leaves. His
+clothing consisted of a frock coat covered with patches, and a pair of
+wide trousers such as the Chinese wear, but torn in many places. From
+beneath the brim of his hat two fiery orbs flashed out a ray of light.
+He was tall and from his manner seemed to be young. He put a basket
+down on the ground and, afterwards walking away from it a little
+distance, he uttered strange, unintelligible sounds. He remained
+standing, completely isolated, as if he and the people in the street
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb90" href="#pb90">90</a>]</span>were
+trying to avoid each other. Women approached his basket, and dropped
+into it fish, fruit and rice. When there was no one else to approach
+the basket, other sadder but less mournful sounds could be heard;
+perhaps he was thanking them. He picked up his basket and walked away
+to do the same in another place.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara felt that this was a pitiful case. Full of interest, she
+asked about the strange being.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a leper,&rdquo; replied Iday. &ldquo;He contracted the
+disease some four years ago; some say by taking care of his mother,
+others by having been confined in a damp prison. He lives there in the
+field near the Chinese cemetery. He does not communicate with any one:
+everybody flees from him on account of the fear of contagion. You
+should see his fantastic little house! The wind, the rain and the
+sunshine go in and out of it as a needle goes through cloth. They have
+prohibited him from touching anything belonging to anybody. One day a
+little child fell into the canal. The canal was deep, but this man
+happened to be passing near and helped to get the little child out. The
+child&rsquo;s father learned of it, made a complaint to the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> and the latter ordered that he be given six stripes
+in the middle of the street, the whip to be afterwards burned. That was
+atrocious! The leper ran away howling; they pursued him and the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> cried out: &lsquo;Catch him! One might better be
+drowned than have that disease!&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is true,&rdquo; murmured Maria Clara. And then, without
+noticing what she was doing, she went up to the basket of the
+unfortunate wretch and dropped into it the relic which her father had
+just presented to her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done?&rdquo; her friends asked her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have nothing else to give him,&rdquo; she replied,
+concealing the tears in her eyes by a smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what is he going to do with the relic?&rdquo; said
+Victoria to her. &ldquo;One day they gave him money but he pushed it
+away from him with his cane. Why would he care for it, if no one would
+accept anything coming from him? If he could only eat the
+relic!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara looked longingly at the women who were selling
+provisions and shrugged her shoulders. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb91" href="#pb91">91</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>But the leper approached the basket, picked up the piece of jewelry
+which shone in his hands, knelt down, kissed it, and, after taking off
+his hat, buried his face in the dust on which the young girl had
+walked.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara hid her face behind her fan and raised her handkerchief
+to her eyes. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb92" href=
+"#pb92">92</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch16" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Hoisting Crane.</h2>
+
+<p>While two of the actors were singing the <i lang="la">Incarnatus
+est</i> in the church at the celebration of mass on the last day of the
+<i>fiesta</i>, and all were kneeling and the priests were bowing their
+heads, a man whispered in Ibarra&rsquo;s ear: &ldquo;During the
+ceremony of the blessing of the corner stone, do not go near the
+priest, do not go in the ditch, do not approach the corner stone. Your
+life will depend on it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked and saw that it was Elias, the pilot, but, as soon as
+he had spoken, he lost himself in the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>The yellow-skinned man kept his word. It was not a simple lifting
+crane which he had built over the ditch for the purpose of lowering the
+enormous block of granite. It was not the mere tripod which &Ntilde;or
+Juan had wanted for holding a tackle-block. It was something more. It
+was at the same time a machine and an ornament, grand and imposing.</p>
+
+<p>The confusing and complicated scaffolding had been raised to a
+height of more than eight meters. Four heavy timbers buried in the
+ground and supporting each other with colossal, diagonal braces, served
+as the base. The braces were joined to each other by immense nails,
+about half driven into the wood, perhaps because the apparatus was only
+of a provisional nature, and it could then be more easily taken down.
+Enormous cables were hanging from all sides, giving the entire
+apparatus an aspect of solidity and grandeur. The top was gay with
+flags and banners of various colors, floating pennants, and massive
+garlands of flowers and leaves, all artistically interwoven.</p>
+
+<p>On high, in the shade of the projecting timbers, banners and
+wreaths, a large three-wheeled tackle-block was suspended by ropes and
+iron hooks. Over the shining <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb93" href=
+"#pb93">93</a>]</span>rims of these pulleys great cables passed,
+holding suspended in the air a massive stone. The center of this stone
+had been chiseled out so that when lowered upon the hollowed stone,
+which had already been placed in the ditch, a small enclosure would be
+formed between the two. This space was to contain an account of the
+ceremonies, newspapers, manuscripts and coins, to be transmitted,
+perhaps, to other generations, in the far distant future. From this
+tackle-block at the top of the structure, the cable passed down to
+another smaller pulley which was fastened at the base of the apparatus.
+Through this pulley, the cable passed to the cylinder of a windlass
+which was held to the ground by massive beams. This windlass which can
+be operated by only two hands, multiplies man&rsquo;s strength by means
+of a series of cog-wheels. Although there is a gain in force, there is
+of course a loss in velocity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look!&rdquo; said the yellow-skinned man, as he gave the
+crank a turn. &ldquo;Look, &Ntilde;or Juan, with my strength alone, I
+can raise and lower that massive block of stone. This is so nicely
+arranged that I can control the ascent or descent of the stone by
+inches. Thus one man below can arrange the two stones in place, while I
+manipulate the apparatus from here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&Ntilde;or Juan could but admire the man as he smiled in such a
+peculiar manner. The curious people standing about made comments and
+praised the yellow-skinned man for his work.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who taught you the mechanism?&rdquo; asked &Ntilde;or
+Juan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My father, my father who is now dead,&rdquo; he replied, with
+that same peculiar smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who taught your father?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Saturnino, the grandfather of Don Crisostomo.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I did not know that Don Saturnino&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, he knew a good many things. Not only did he know how to
+whip well and how to expose his workmen to the rays of the sun, but he
+knew also how to awaken the sleeping and how to make those awake sleep.
+In time, you will see what my father has taught me, you will
+see!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And the yellow fellow smiled in a strange manner.</p>
+
+<p>At two eating stands, there was now being prepared a sumptuous and
+abundant breakfast. However, on the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb94"
+href="#pb94">94</a>]</span>table designated for the little ones of the
+school, there was no wine, but instead a larger amount of fruit. In a
+covered passage which joined the two stands, there were seats for the
+musicians and a table covered with sweetmeats, candies and flasks of
+water, ornamented with leaves and flowers, for the thirsty public.</p>
+
+<p>The crowd, resplendent in gay-colored clothes, was already fleeing
+from the hot rays of the sun and gathering under the shade of the trees
+or of the covering. The small boys climbed the trees near the place, in
+order to get a better view of the ceremony, and looked with envy upon
+the school children, who, clean and well dressed, were occupying a
+place designated for them. The fathers of the school children were
+enthusiastic. They, poor countrymen that they were, would have the
+pleasure of seeing their children eat on a white table cloth, just like
+the curate and the <i>Alcalde</i>. Merely to think of it was enough to
+drive away their hunger.</p>
+
+<p>Soon strains of music were heard in the distance. A promiscuous
+crowd of persons of all ages and dress was preceding the band. The
+yellow-looking man was uneasy and was examining the whole apparatus. A
+curious countryman was also following his glances and was observing
+every movement he made. This countryman was Elias, who had also come to
+attend the ceremony. His hat and his style of dress almost concealed
+his identity. He had secured the best possible place for himself, right
+up close to the crane, on the edge of the excavation.</p>
+
+<p>With the band of music came the <i>Alcalde</i>, the officials of the
+town, the friars, with the exception of Father D&aacute;maso, and the
+Spanish employees of the Government. Ibarra was conversing with the <i>
+Alcalde</i>, for they had become quite friendly from the time the young
+man paid him some high compliments on his insignia, decorations and
+cordon. Pride in belonging to an aristocratic family was a weakness of
+His Excellency. Captain Tiago, the <i>alferez</i> and several wealthy
+persons, with their shining silk hats, walked along, surrounded by a
+group of youngsters. Father Salv&iacute; followed, the same as ever,
+silent and pensive.</p>
+
+<p>The young man could feel his heart beat as they approached <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb95" href="#pb95">95</a>]</span>the designated
+place. Instinctively, he glanced at the strange-looking scaffolding
+which had been raised there. He saw, too, the yellow-looking man who
+saluted him with respect, and, for a moment, Ibarra fixed his eyes on
+him. To his surprise, Ibarra also discovered Elias on the edge of the
+excavation. He gave the young pilot a significant look, letting him
+understand that he remembered what he had said in the church.</p>
+
+<p>The curate put on his sacerdotal vestments and began the ceremony.
+The one-eyed sacristan mayor held the book and a choir boy was charged
+with the water-sprinkler and the vessel of blessed water. The others
+who stood around about, their heads uncovered, maintained a deep
+silence. In spite of the fact that Father Salv&iacute; read in a low
+tone, it could be noticed that his voice trembled.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime the articles, such as manuscripts, newspapers,
+medals and coins, which were to be placed in the corner stone had been
+enclosed in a little glass box, and hermetically sealed in a leaden
+cylinder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra, do you wish to put the box in its place?
+The curate awaits it,&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i> to Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would do so with much pleasure,&rdquo; replied he,
+&ldquo;but I would be usurping the honorable duty of the Se&ntilde;or
+Notary. The Notary ought to attest the act.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Notary took it seriously, descended the carpeted stairs to the
+bottom of the excavation and, with fitting solemnity, deposited the box
+in the hollow which had been made in the stone. The curate then took up
+the sprinkler and sprinkled the stones with holy water.</p>
+
+<p>The time had now come for each one to put his trowelful of mortar on
+the surface of the stone, which lay in the ditch, so that the other
+stone might fit upon it and be made to adhere to it.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra presented the <i>Alcalde</i> with a trowel, upon whose wide
+silver blade was engraved the date. But His Excellency first delivered
+an address in Spanish.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Citizens of San Diego,&rdquo; he said in a solemn tone.
+&ldquo;I have the honor to preside at a ceremony the importance of
+which you already understand. A school is being founded. The school is
+the base of society. The school is the book in which is written the
+future of the people. Show me <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb96" href=
+"#pb96">96</a>]</span>the schools of a people and I will tell you what
+those people are.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Citizens of San Diego! Thank God that he has given you
+virtuous priests; and the Mother Country that she untiringly diffuses
+her civilization over these fertile islands, protected by her glorious
+flag. Thank God that she has had pity for you, bringing you these
+humble priests that they may enlighten you and teach you the divine
+word. Thank the Government for the great sacrifices it has made, makes
+now and will make in the future for you and your sons.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And now that the first stone of this great edifice has been
+blessed, I, <i>Alcalde Mayor</i> of this province, in the name of His
+Majesty, the King, whom God guard, King of the Spains, in the name of
+the illustrious Spanish Government, and under its spotless and ever
+victorious banner, I consecrate this act and begin the building of this
+school.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Citizens of San Diego! Long live the King! Long live Spain!
+Long live the Church! Long live the priests! Long live the Catholic
+religion!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Viva! Viva!</i>&rdquo; replied the others. &ldquo;Long
+live the <i>Alcalde</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i> majestically descended to the accompaniment of
+the music which had begun to play. He placed some trowels of mortar on
+the stone and with equal majesty ascended the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>The Government employees applauded.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra offered another silver trowel to the curate, who, after
+fixing his eyes on him for a moment, descended slowly to the bottom of
+the excavation. When about half way down the stairs, he raised his eyes
+to look at the stone which hung suspended in the air by the powerful
+cables, but he only looked at it for a second and then descended. He
+did the same as the <i>Alcalde</i> had done, but this time more
+applause was heard, for the Government employees were assisted by the
+other friars and Captain Tiago.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; seemed to be searching for some one to whom to
+hand the trowel. He looked with hesitation toward Maria Clara, but,
+changing his mind, he offered <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb97" href=
+"#pb97">97</a>]</span>it to the Notary. The latter, for the sake of
+gallantry, approached Maria Clara, who declined it with a smile. The
+friars, the Government employees and the <i>alferez</i>, one after
+another went down and repeated the ceremony. Captain Tiago was not
+forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had been omitted. He was about to order the yellow man to
+lower the other stone, when the curate remembered him. In a pleasant
+tone and, with an affectation of familiarity, he said to him.
+&ldquo;Aren&rsquo;t you going to put on your trowelful, Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would be like the fellow who made the stew and then ate
+it,&rdquo; replied the young man in the same tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, go on!&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i>, giving him a gentle
+push. &ldquo;If you don&rsquo;t, I will order them not to lower the
+stone and then we will have to wait here till Judgment Day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So terrible a threat forced Ibarra to obey. He exchanged the small
+silver trowel for a larger iron one, which made some of the people
+smile. He advanced quietly and descended the stairs. Elias looked at
+him with an indescribable expression. If you had seen him, you would
+have thought that all his life was concentrated in his eyes. The yellow
+man looked down into the abyss opening at his feet.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, after glancing at the stone which hung over his head, and
+then at Elias and the yellow man, said to &Ntilde;or Juan in a
+trembling voice: &ldquo;Give me the bucket of mortar and find another
+trowel for me above.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man stood alone. Elias was no longer looking at him; his
+eyes instead were riveted on the yellow man&rsquo;s hand, while the
+latter leaned over the ditch and followed with anxiety the movements of
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>The noise of the trowel removing a mass of sand and lime was heard,
+accompanied by the low murmur of the employees who were congratulating
+the <i>Alcalde</i> on his address.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly there was a frightful creaking. The pulley which was tied
+to the base of the crane jumped and then the windlass struck the
+apparatus like a battering-ram. The timbers swayed, ropes flew into the
+air and, in a second, all came down with a terrible crash. A cloud of
+dust was raised, and a thousand cries filled the air. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb98" href="#pb98">98</a>]</span>Nearly all fled; a
+few hurried to the ditch. Only Maria Clara and Father Salv&iacute;
+remained in their places without moving, both pale and silent.</p>
+
+<p>When the cloud of dust had partially cleared away, Ibarra could be
+seen standing among a mass of beams, bamboos, and cables, between the
+windlass and the massive stone, which in its descent had shaken and
+crushed everything. The young man was still holding the trowel in his
+hand, his eyes staring with fright at the dead body of a man which was
+lying at his feet, half buried under the timbers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you hurt?&mdash;Are you still alive? For God&rsquo;s sake
+speak!&rdquo; said some of the employees, full of terror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Miracle! a miracle!&rdquo; cried some.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come and remove the body of this unfortunate man,&rdquo; said
+Ibarra, as if awakening from a dream.</p>
+
+<p>On hearing his voice, Maria Clara felt her strength giving way and
+she fell, half fainting, into the arms of her friends.</p>
+
+<p>Great confusion reigned. Everybody was talking, gesticulating, and
+running from one side to the other, up and down the stairs, all
+stupefied and full of consternation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who is the dead man? Is he still alive?&rdquo; asked the <i>
+alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The body was identified as the yellow workman who had been standing
+beside the windlass.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let proceedings be brought against the superintendent of the
+work,&rdquo; was the first thing that the <i>Alcalde</i> said.</p>
+
+<p>They examined the body, felt of the heart, but it was no longer
+beating. The blow had fallen on the head and blood was oozing from the
+nose, ears and mouth. Some strange marks were seen on the man&rsquo;s
+neck. There were four deep dents on one side and a single but deeper
+one on the other. It looked as though an iron hand had grasped it like
+a pair of pinchers.</p>
+
+<p>The priests warmly congratulated the young man and shook his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When I think that only a few moments ago I was standing
+there,&rdquo; said one of the employees. &ldquo;Say! If I had been the
+last! <i>Jes&uacute;s!</i>&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb99"
+href="#pb99">99</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It makes my hair stand on end,&rdquo; said another, who was
+bald.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had departed, to ascertain the condition of Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let this not prevent the festival from continuing,&rdquo;
+said the <i>Alcalde</i>. &ldquo;God be praised! The dead man is neither
+a priest nor a Spaniard! Your escape must be celebrated! Just
+think&mdash;if the stone had fallen on you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is such a thing as a presentiment!&rdquo; said the
+Notary. &ldquo;I said so. Se&ntilde;or Ibarra was reluctant to descend.
+I saw it!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let the festival go on! Give us some music! Weeping will not
+bring the dead man to life. Captain, serve warrants right here! Let the
+clerk of the tribunal come. Arrest the superintendent of the
+work!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put him in the stocks!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put him in the stocks! Eh? Some music, music! Put the <i>
+maestrillo</i> in the stocks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Alcalde,&rdquo; replied Ibarra gravely,
+&ldquo;if weeping cannot bring the dead man back to life, neither can
+anything be gained by putting a man in prison when we do not know that
+he is culpable. I will give bail for him and ask that he be given
+liberty for some days at least.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, well! But such a misfortune must not be
+repeated!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All kinds of comments were circulating among the people. The theory
+that it was a miracle was already accepted. Father Salv&iacute;,
+however, seemed to rejoice very little over the miracle, which the
+people attributed to a saint of his order and of his parish.</p>
+
+<p>There were some who claimed to have seen, as the crane was falling,
+a figure dressed in black like the Franciscans, go down in the ditch.
+It was without doubt San Diego himself. It was supposed, too, that
+Ibarra had heard mass and that the yellow man had not. It was all as
+clear as the light of the sun.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra went home to change his clothes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hm! Bad beginning,&rdquo; said Old Tasio as he left the
+place.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had just finished dressing when a servant announced that a
+countryman was asking for him. Supposing <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb100" href="#pb100">100</a>]</span>that it was one of his laborers,
+the young man ordered that they show him into his study, which also
+served as a library and a chemical laboratory. But, to his great
+surprise, he met the muscular figure of the mysterious Elias.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You recently saved my life,&rdquo; said he in <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e2621" title="Source: Tagalo">Tagalog</span>, at once
+comprehending Ibarra&rsquo;s movement. &ldquo;I have paid you only half
+of the debt, and you are not indebted to me; rather the contrary. I
+have come to ask a favor of you....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Speak out!&rdquo; replied the young man, in the same language
+and somewhat surprised at the gravity of the peasant.</p>
+
+<p>For some seconds, Elias looked fixedly into Ibarra&rsquo;s eyes and
+then replied: &ldquo;If human justice should ever wish to clear up this
+mystery, I beg of you not to speak to any one about the warning that I
+gave you in the church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be troubled about that,&rdquo; replied the young
+man with a certain note of displeasure in his voice. &ldquo;I know that
+they are hunting you, but I am no informer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, it is not for my sake, it is not for me!&rdquo; exclaimed
+Elias, not without some pride. &ldquo;It is for your sake. I have
+nothing to fear from men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra&rsquo;s surprise increased. The tone in which the countryman
+was speaking was new to him and did not seem to be in accord either
+with his state or his fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean?&rdquo; asked Ibarra, interrogating the
+mysterious man with his look.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not speak in enigmas; I try to express myself clearly.
+For your greater security, it is necessary that your enemies think you
+unsuspecting and off your guard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra stepped back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My enemies? Have I enemies?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All of us have, sir, all from the lowest insect to man, from
+the poorest to the richest and most powerful. Enmity is the law of
+life. You have enemies in the highest and in the lowest ranks. You are
+planning a great undertaking; you have a past; your father, your
+grandfather had enemies because they had passion. In life it is not
+criminals who provoke the most hatred, but rather honorable
+men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know my enemies?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb101" href="#pb101">101</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Elias did not reply at once, but meditated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I knew one, the one who has died,&rdquo; he replied.
+&ldquo;Last night I discovered that something was being plotted against
+you, through some words that were exchanged between him and an unknown
+man who lost himself in the crowd. &lsquo;The fish will not eat this
+one as they did his father; you will see to-morrow,&rsquo; said he.
+These words attracted my attention, not only on account of their
+meaning but because they were spoken by this man, who only a few days
+ago had presented himself to the superintendent of the work with the
+express desire that he be given charge of the work of placing the
+corner stone. He did not ask for a large wage, but made a great show of
+his knowledge. I had no sufficient reasons to attribute evil designs to
+him, but something told me that my suspicions were right. For this
+reason, in order to warn you, I chose a moment and an occasion when you
+could not ask me any questions. You already know the rest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias was then silent for some moments; yet Ibarra did not reply nor
+utter a word. He was meditating.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am sorry that the man is dead,&rdquo; he replied at last.
+&ldquo;We might have been able to learn something more about it from
+him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If he had lived he would have escaped from the trembling hand
+of blind, human justice. God has now judged him! God has killed him!
+Let God be the only judge!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Crisostomo looked a moment at the man who was speaking to him in
+this manner. He noticed that his muscular arms were covered with
+bruises and black and blue spots.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you also believe in the miracle version of the
+affair?&rdquo; he said, smiling&mdash;&ldquo;this miracle of which the
+people speak?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I believed in miracles, I would not believe in God. I
+would believe in a deified man. In fact, I would believe that man had
+created God after his image and likeness,&rdquo; he replied solemnly.
+&ldquo;But I believe in Him. More than once I have felt His hand. When
+all was falling headlong, threatening destruction for everything which
+was in the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb102" href=
+"#pb102">102</a>]</span>place, I Held the criminal. I put myself by his
+side. He was struck and I am safe and sound.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You? So that you...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes! I held him when he wanted to escape, once he had begun
+his fatal work. I saw his crime. I say: &lsquo;Let God be the only
+judge among men. Let Him be the only one who has the right to take away
+life. Let man never think of substituting himself for him!<span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e2669" title="Not in source">&rsquo;</span>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And, still you this time....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No!&rdquo; interrupted Elias, foreseeing the objection that
+he was going to raise. &ldquo;It is not the same thing. When a man as
+judge condemns another to death or destroys his future forever, he does
+it with impunity and makes use of the force of other men to carry out
+his sentence. Yet, after all, the sentence may be wrong and unjust. But
+I, in exposing the criminal to the same danger which he had prepared
+for others, ran the same risks. I did not kill him. I allowed the hand
+of God to kill him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not believe in chance?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To believe in chance is like believing in miracles. Both
+theories suppose that God does not know the future. What is a casualty?
+A happening which absolutely nobody knows beforehand. What is a
+miracle? A contradiction, a contortion of the laws of nature. Lack of
+foresight and contradiction in the All Knowing, who directs the
+machinery of the world, are two great imperfections.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are you?&rdquo; Ibarra asked again, with a certain dread.
+&ldquo;Have you studied?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have had to believe in God a great deal because I have lost
+my faith in men,&rdquo; replied the pilot, evading the question.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra thought that he understood this man; young and proscribed, he
+disregarded human justice; denied the right of man to judge his equals,
+he protested against power and superiority of certain classes of men
+over others.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you must admit the necessity of human justice, however
+imperfect it may be,&rdquo; he replied. &ldquo;God, although he has
+ministers on the earth, cannot, that is to say, cannot clearly give his
+judgment upon the millions of contentions which are stirred up by our
+passions. It <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb103" href=
+"#pb103">103</a>]</span>is necessary, it is just, that a man should
+sometimes judge his fellows.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For good, yes; for bad, no. To correct and improve, yes; but
+not to destroy, for if he fails in his judgment, there is no power that
+can remedy the evil that has been done. But,&rdquo; he added, changing
+his tone, &ldquo;this discussion is beyond and above me, and I am
+keeping you from those who are now awaiting you. But do not forget what
+I have just said: You have enemies. Take care of yourself for the good
+of your country!&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb104" href=
+"#pb104">104</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch17" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Banquet.</h2>
+
+<p>There, under the shade of the decorated pavilion, the great men of
+the province were banqueting. The <i>Alcalde</i> occupied one end of
+the table; Ibarra, the other. On the young man&rsquo;s right sat Maria
+Clara, and on his left, the Notary. Captain Tiago, the <i>alferez</i>,
+the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, the friars, the employees, and the few
+se&ntilde;oritas who were present were seated, not according to rank
+but according to their own fancy.</p>
+
+<p>The banquet was very animated, but, before it was half over, a
+messenger with a telegram came in search of Captain Tiago. The Captain
+asked permission to read the message, and naturally all begged of him
+to do so.</p>
+
+<p>The worthy Captain at first knit his eyebrows; and then raised them.
+His face became pale, and then brightened up. Doubling up the sheet of
+paper hurriedly, he arose.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen,&rdquo; said he, confused, &ldquo;His Excellency,
+the Governor General, is coming this afternoon to honor my
+house.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And then he started on a run, taking with him the telegram and the
+napkin, but not his hat. All sorts of questions and exclamations were
+shouted after him. The announcement of the coming of the <i>
+tulisanes</i> could not have had a greater effect. &ldquo;But listen!
+When does he come? Tell us about it! His Excellency!&rdquo; But Captain
+Tiago was already far away.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His Excellency is coming and will be a guest at Captain
+Tiago&rsquo;s house!&rdquo; exclaimed some one, without considering
+that the Captain&rsquo;s daughter and future son-in-law were
+present.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The choice could not have been a better one,&rdquo; replied
+another.</p>
+
+<p>The friars looked at each other. Their expressions <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb105" href="#pb105">105</a>]</span>seemed to say:
+&ldquo;The Governor General is committing another of his errors,
+offending us in this way. He ought to be the guest of the
+convent.&rdquo; But despite the fact that they thought this, they all
+kept silent and no one of them expressed his opinion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Even yesterday he was speaking to me about it,&rdquo; said
+the <i>Alcalde</i>, &ldquo;but, at that time, His Excellency was not
+decided.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know, Your Excellency, Se&ntilde;or Alcalde, how long
+the Governor General intends to remain here?&rdquo; asked the <i>
+alferez</i>, a little uneasy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, not positively. His Excellency likes
+surprises.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here come some other telegrams!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The messages were for the <i>Alcalde</i>, the <i>alferez</i>, and
+the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, and announced the same thing to each of
+them. The friars noticed that none came addressed to the curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His Excellency will arrive at four o&rsquo;clock this
+afternoon, gentlemen,&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i> solemnly.
+&ldquo;We can finish at our leisure.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Leonidas, in the pass of Thermopyl&aelig;, could not have said with
+better grace &ldquo;To-night we will dine with Pluto.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I notice the absence of our great preacher,&rdquo; said one
+of the government employees timidly. The speaker had an inoffensive
+look and before this had not opened his mouth, except to eat, during
+the entire morning.</p>
+
+<p>All who knew the life of Crisostomo&rsquo;s father twitched their
+eyes significantly and seemed to say by their movements: &ldquo;Go on!
+It&rsquo;s a bad beginning that you have made!&rdquo; But others, more
+benevolently disposed, replied: &ldquo;He must be somewhat
+fatigued.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What? Somewhat fatigued!&rdquo; exclaimed the <i>alferez</i>.
+&ldquo;Why, he must be exhausted. What did you think of the sermon this
+morning?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Superb, gigantic!&rdquo; said the Notary.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To be able to speak like Father D&aacute;maso, a man needs
+lungs,&rdquo; observed Father Manuel Martin.</p>
+
+<p>The Augustine did not concede more than lung power.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And such easiness of expression,&rdquo; added Father
+Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know that Se&ntilde;or Ibarra has the best cook in the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb106" href=
+"#pb106">106</a>]</span>province,&rdquo; remarked the <i>Alcalde</i>,
+cutting off the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So they say,&rdquo; replied one of the Government employees,
+&ldquo;but his fair neighbor does not wish to do honor to his table,
+for she scarcely takes a mouthful.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara blushed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thank you, Senor.... You occupy yourself too much about me
+... but ...&rdquo; she said timidly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But your presence honors him sufficiently,&rdquo; concluded
+the gallant <i>Alcalde</i>. Then turning to Father Salv&iacute;:
+&ldquo;Father Curate, I notice that you have been silent and pensive
+all day long.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is my nature,&rdquo; muttered the Franciscan. &ldquo;I
+would rather listen than talk.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Reverence seeks always to gain and never to lose,&rdquo;
+replied the <i>alferez</i>, in a joking manner.</p>
+
+<p>But Father Salv&iacute; did not take it as a joke. His eyes flashed
+a moment and he replied: &ldquo;You know very well, Se&ntilde;or
+Alferez, that, during these days, I am not the one who gains
+most!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> overlooked the fling with a false laugh and
+pretended not to hear it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, gentlemen, I do not understand how you can be talking
+about gains and losses,&rdquo; intervened the <i>Alcalde</i>.
+&ldquo;What will these amiable and discreet young women, who honor us
+with their presence, think of us? To my mind, the young women are like
+&AElig;olian harps in the night. It is only necessary to lend an
+attentive ear to hear them, for their unspeakable harmonies elevate the
+soul to the celestial spheres of the infinite and of the
+ideal....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency is a poet,&rdquo; said the Notary gayly; and
+both drained their wine glasses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot help it,&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i>, wiping his
+lips. &ldquo;The occasion, if it does not always make the thief, makes
+the poet. In my youth I composed verses, and they certainly were not
+bad ones.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So Your Excellency has been unfaithful to the Muses,
+deserting them for Themis.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Psh!&rdquo; What would you do? It has always been my dream to
+run through the whole social scale. Yesterday I was gathering flowers,
+and singing songs; to-day I hold <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb107"
+href="#pb107">107</a>]</span>the wand of Justice and serve Humanity.
+To-morrow....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow Your Excellency will throw the wand into the fire
+to warm yourself with it in the winter of life, and will then take a
+portfolio in the Ministry,&rdquo; added Father Sibyla.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Psh! Yes ... no.... To be a Minister is not precisely my
+ideal. The unexpected always happens, though. A little villa in the
+north of Spain to pass the summer in, a mansion in Madrid, and some
+possessions in Andalusia for the winter.... We will live remembering
+our dear Philippines.... Of me Voltaire will not say: &lsquo;<i lang=
+"fr">Nous n&rsquo;avons jamais &eacute;t&eacute; chez ces peuples que
+pour nous y enrichir et pour les calomnier.</i>&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Government employees thought that His Excellency intended a joke
+and they began to laugh to make a show of appreciating it. The friars
+imitated them since they did not know that Voltaire was the
+Volta-i-r&eacute; whom they had so often cursed and condemned to Hades.
+Father Sibyla, however, recognized the name and assumed a serious air,
+supposing that the <i>Alcalde</i> had uttered some heresy.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso was waddling down the road. He was half
+smiling, but in such a malignant manner, that on seeing him, Ibarra,
+who was in the act of speaking, lost the thread of his remarks. All
+were surprised to see Father D&aacute;maso, but, excepting Ibarra, they
+greeted him with marks of pleasure. They had already reached the last
+course of the dinner, and the champagne was foaming in the glasses.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso showed a little nervousness in his smile when
+he saw Maria Clara seated on the right of Crisostomo. But, taking a
+chair by the side of the <i>Alcalde</i>, he asked in the midst of a
+significant silence: &ldquo;Were you not talking about something,
+se&ntilde;ores? Continue!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We were drinking a toast,&rdquo; replied the <i>Alcalde</i>.
+&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra was mentioning those who had aided him in
+his philanthropic enterprise and was speaking of the architect when
+Your Reverence....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I don&rsquo;t understand architecture,&rdquo;
+interrupted Father D&aacute;maso, &ldquo;but architects and the dunces
+who go to them make me laugh! You have an example right here. I drew
+the plan for a church and it has been constructed <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb108" href="#pb108">108</a>]</span>perfectly: so an
+English jeweler who was one day a guest at the convent told me. To
+draught a plan, one need have but a small degree of
+intelligence.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;However,&rdquo; replied the <i>Alcalde</i>, seeing that
+Ibarra was silent, &ldquo;when we are dealing with certain edifices,
+for example a school, we need a skilled man (<i>perito</i>).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He who needs a <i>perito</i> is a <i>perrito</i> (little
+dog)!&rdquo; exclaimed Father D&aacute;maso, with a scoff. &ldquo;One
+would have to be more of a brute than the natives, who erect their own
+houses, if he did not know how to build four walls and put a covering
+over them. That&rsquo;s all that a school house is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All looked toward Ibarra. But the young man, even if he did look
+pale, kept on conversing with Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But Your Reverence should consider....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just look you,&rdquo; continued the Franciscan without
+allowing the <i>Alcalde</i> to speak. &ldquo;See how one of our lay
+brothers, the most stupid one we have, has built a good hospital,
+handsome and cheap. It is well built and he did not pay more than eight
+<i>cuartos</i> a day to those whom he employed even those who came from
+other towns. That fellow knows how to treat them. He does not do like
+many fools and <i>mesticillos</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e2885src"
+href="#xd0e2885">1</a> who spoil them by paying them three or four <i>
+reales</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does Your Reverence say that he only paid eight <i>
+cuartos</i>? Impossible!&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i>, trying to
+change the course of the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Se&ntilde;or; and those who brag of being good Spaniards
+ought to imitate him. You can see very well now, since the Suez Canal
+was opened, corruption has come here. Before, when we had to double the
+Cape, there were not so many worthless people coming out here, nor did
+Filipinos go abroad to be corrupted and spoiled.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Father D&aacute;maso!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know very well what the native is. As quickly as he
+learns anything, he goes and becomes a doctor. All these ignoramuses
+who go to Europe....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But listen, Your Reverence ...&rdquo; interrupted the <i>
+Alcalde</i>, becoming uneasy at such harsh words.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are all going to end as they merit,&rdquo; he continued.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb109" href=
+"#pb109">109</a>]</span>&ldquo;The hand of God is upon them and one
+must be blind not to see it. Even in this life, the fathers of such
+vipers receive their punishment.... They die in prison, eh?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But he did not finish his remarks. Ibarra, his face flushing, had
+been following him with his eyes. On hearing the allusion to his
+father, he rose and, with a single bound, brought down his strong hand
+on the head of the priest. Stunned with the blow, the friar fell on his
+back.</p>
+
+<p>Full of astonishment and terror, no one dared to intervene.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Keep back!&rdquo; cried the young man, with a menacing voice,
+and brandishing a sharp knife in his hand. In the meantime, he held the
+friar down with his foot on his neck. The latter was recovering
+consciousness. &ldquo;Let no one approach who does not want to
+die!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was beside himself. His body trembled, and his threatening
+eyes almost burst from their sockets. Friar D&aacute;maso struggled and
+raised himself, but the young man, seizing him by the collar, shook him
+till he fell on his knees and collapsed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra! Se&ntilde;or Ibarra!&rdquo; cried
+some.</p>
+
+<p>But nobody, not even the <i>alferez</i>, dared to approach the
+glistening blade, considering the strength of the young man and the
+state of his mind. All were paralyzed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All of you people here have said nothing! Now the matter
+concerns me! I have avoided him. God now brings him to me. Let God
+judge!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man was breathing hard. With iron hand he held the
+Franciscan down, and the latter struggled in vain to break loose.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My heart beats tranquilly. My hand is sure.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He looked about him and continued: &ldquo;Is there among you any one
+who does not love his father; any one who hates his memory, any one who
+was born in disgrace and humiliation? See! Do you observe this silence?
+Priest of a peaceful God, with your mouth full of sanctity and
+religion, and a miserable heart, you could not have known what a father
+is. You should have thought of your own! <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb110" href="#pb110">110</a>]</span>Do you see? Among this crowd which
+you scorn, there is none such as you! You are judged!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The people around him made a stir, believing that he was going to
+strike.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Back!&rdquo; he again cried in a threatening voice.
+&ldquo;What? Do you fear that I would soil my hand with his impure
+blood? Have I not told you that my heart beats tranquilly? Back from
+us, all! Listen, priests, judges, you who think yourselves different
+from other men, and who claim other rights for yourselves! Listen! My
+father was an honorable man. Ask these people who venerate his memory.
+My father was a good citizen. He sacrificed himself for me and for the
+good of his country! His house was open. His table was ready for the
+stranger or the exile who came to it in his misery. He was a good
+Christian; he always did what was right. He never oppressed the
+helpless, nor brought sorrow to the miserable and wretched. To this
+man, he opened the door of his house. He had him sit at his table and
+he called him his friend. What has he done in return? He has
+calumniated him, persecuted him, has armed ignorance against him,
+violating the sanctity of his office, has thrown him out of his tomb,
+dishonored his memory, and persecuted him even in death&rsquo;s repose.
+And not content with that, he now persecutes his son. I have fled from
+him, I have avoided his presence. You heard him this morning profane
+the pulpit; you saw him point me out to the popular fanaticism; I said
+nothing. Now he comes here in search of a quarrel. To your surprise, I
+suffered in silence; but he again insults the sacred memory of my
+father, that memory which every son holds dear.... You who are here,
+you priests, you judges, have you seen your father watching over you
+night and day and working for you? Have you seen him deprive himself of
+you for your good? Have you seen your father die in prison, heart
+broken, sighing for some one to caress him, searching for some being to
+console him, alone in sickness, while you were in a foreign land? Have
+you heard his name dishonored afterward? Have you found his tomb vacant
+when you wished to pray upon it? No? You are silent. Then by that
+silence you condemn him!&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb111"
+href="#pb111">111</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>He raised his arm; but a young maiden, quick as a flash, put herself
+between them and with her delicate hands stopped the arm of the
+avenger. It was Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at her with an expression that seemed to reflect
+madness. Gradually, he loosened the vise-like fingers of his hand,
+allowed the body of the Franciscan to fall, and dropped his knife upon
+the ground. Covering his face, he fled through the crowd. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb112" href="#pb112">112</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e2885src" id="xd0e2885">1</a></span> Little <i>mestizos</i> or
+half breeds. Used in contempt.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch18" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The First Cloud.</h2>
+
+<p>The house of Captain Tiago was no less disturbed than the
+imagination of the people. Maria Clara, refusing to listen to the
+consolation of her aunt and foster sister, did nothing but weep. Her
+father had forbidden her to speak to Ibarra until the priests should
+absolve him from the excommunication which they had pronounced upon
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, though very busy preparing his house for the
+reception of the Governor General, had been summoned to the
+convent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t cry, my girl,&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel as she
+dusted off the mirrors. &ldquo;They will certainly annul the
+excommunication; they will write the Pope.... We will make a large
+donation.... Father D&aacute;maso had nothing more than a fainting
+spell.... He is not dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t cry,&rdquo; said Andeng to her, in a low voice.
+&ldquo;I will certainly arrange it so that you can speak to him. What
+are the confessionals made for, if we are not expected to sin?
+Everything is pardoned when one has told it to the curate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Finally, Captain Tiago arrived. They scanned his face for an answer
+to their many questions, but his expression announced too plainly his
+dismay. The poor man was sweating, and passing his hand over his
+forehead. He seemed unable to utter a word.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How is it, Santiago?&rdquo; asked Aunt Isabel, anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>He answered her with a sigh and dried away a tear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For God&rsquo;s sake, speak! What has happened?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What I had already feared!&rdquo; he broke out finally half
+crying. &ldquo;All is lost! Father D&aacute;maso orders that the
+engagement be broken. If it is not broken off, I am condemned in this
+life and in the next. They all tell me the same thing, even Father
+Sibyla! I ought to shut the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb113" href=
+"#pb113">113</a>]</span>doors of my house and ... I owe him more than
+fifty thousand <i>pesos</i>. I told the Fathers so, but they would take
+no notice of it. &lsquo;Which do you prefer to lose,&rsquo; they said
+to me, &lsquo;fifty thousand <i>pesos</i>, or your life and your
+soul?&rsquo; Alas! <i>Ay! San Antonio!</i> If I had known it, if I had
+known it!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was sobbing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not cry, my daughter,&rdquo; he added, turning to her.
+&ldquo;You are not like your mother. She never cried ... she never
+cried except when she was whimsical just before your birth.... Father
+D&aacute;maso tells me that a relative of his has just arrived from
+Spain ... and that he wants him to be your fianc&eacute;.&rdquo;...</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara stopped up her ears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Santiago, are you out of your head?&rdquo; cried Aunt
+Isabel. &ldquo;Speak to her now of another fianc&eacute;! Do you think
+that your daughter can change lovers as easily as she changes her
+dress?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was thinking the same thing, Isabel. Don Crisostomo is
+rich.... The Spaniards only marry for love of money.... But what would
+you have me do? They have threatened me with excommunication. They say
+that I am in great peril: not only my soul, but also my body ... my
+body, do you hear? My body!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you only give sorrow to your daughter. Are you not a
+friend of the Archbishop? Why don&rsquo;t you write him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Archbishop is also a friar. The Archbishop does only what
+the friars say. But, Maria, do not cry. The Governor General will come.
+He will want to see you and your eyes are all inflamed.... Alas! I was
+thinking what a happy afternoon I was going to pass.... Without this
+misfortune, I would be the happiest of men and all would envy me....
+Calm yourself, my girl. I am more unfortunate than you and I do not
+cry. You can have another and better fianc&eacute;, but I lose fifty
+thousand <i>pesos</i>. Ah! Virgin of Antipolo! If I could only have
+some luck to-night!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Noises, detonations, the rumbling of carriages, the galloping of
+horses, and a band playing the <i>Marcha Real</i> announced the arrival
+of His Excellency, the Governor <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb114"
+href="#pb114">114</a>]</span>General of the Philippine Islands. Maria
+Clara ran to hide in her bedroom.... Poor girl! Gross hands were
+playing with her heart, ignorant of the delicacy of its fibers.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the house filled with people. Loud steps, commands,
+and the clanking of sabers and swords resounded on all sides. The
+afflicted maiden was half kneeling before an engraving of the Virgin, a
+picture representing her in that attitude of painful solitude, known
+only to Delaroche, as if she had been surprised on returning from the
+sepulchre of her Son. But Maria Clara was not thinking of the grief of
+that Mother; she was thinking of her own. With her head resting on her
+breast and her hands on the floor, she looked like a lily bent by the
+storm. A future, cherished for years in her dreams; a future whose
+illusions, born in her infancy and nursed through her youth, gave form
+to the cells of her being&mdash;that future was now to be blotted from
+the mind and heart by a single word!</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was as good and as pious a Christian as her aunt. The
+thought of an excommunication terrified her. The threat to destroy the
+peace of her father demanded that she sacrifice her love. She felt the
+entire strength of that affection which until now she had not known. It
+was like a river which glides along smoothly; its banks carpeted with
+fragrant flowers, its bed formed by fine sand, the wind scarcely
+rippling its surface, so quiet and peaceful that you would say that its
+waters were dead; until suddenly its channel is pent up, ragged rocks
+obstruct its course, and the entangled trunks of trees form a dike.
+Then the river roars; it rises up; its waves boil; it is lashed into
+foam, beats against the rocks and rushes into the abyss.</p>
+
+<p>She wanted to pray, but who can pray without hope? One prays when
+there is hope. When there is none, we surrender ourselves to God and
+wail. &ldquo;My God!&rdquo; cried her heart, &ldquo;why shouldst thou
+separate me thus from him I love? Why deny me the love of others? Thou
+dost not deny me the sun, nor the air, nor dost thou hide the heavens
+from my sight. Why dost thou deny me love, when it is possible to live
+without sun, without air, and without the heavens, but without love,
+never?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb115" href=
+"#pb115">115</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mother, mother,&rdquo; she was moaning.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel came to take her from her grief. Some of her girl
+friends had arrived and the Governor General also desired to talk with
+her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Aunt, tell them that I am ill!&rdquo; begged the frightened
+maiden. &ldquo;They wish to make me play the piano and sing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your father has promised it. You are not going to go back on
+your father?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara arose, looked at her aunt, clasped her beautiful arms
+about her and murmured: &ldquo;Oh, if I had ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But, without finishing the sentence, she dried her tears and began
+to make her toilet. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb116" href=
+"#pb116">116</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch19" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">His Excellency.</h2>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to speak with that young man,&rdquo; said His
+Excellency to an adjutant. &ldquo;He has awakened my
+interest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They have already gone to look for him, General! But there is
+a young man here from Manila who insists on being introduced. We have
+told him that Your Excellency has no time and that you have not come to
+give audiences, but to see the town and the procession. But he has
+replied that Your Excellency always has time to dispense
+justice.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency turned to the <i>Alcalde</i> as if in doubt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I am not mistaken,&rdquo; said the latter, making a slight
+bow, &ldquo;it is a young man who this morning had a difficulty with
+Father D&aacute;maso about the sermon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Still another? Has this friar undertaken to disturb the
+province, or does he think that he is in command here? Tell the young
+man to come in!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency was walking nervously from one end of the <i>sala</i>
+to the other.</p>
+
+<p>In the lower part of the house, in the ante-room, were several
+Spaniards, mingled with army officers and officials of the town of San
+Diego and some of the neighboring villages. They were grouped in little
+circles and were conversing about one thing and another. All of the
+friars were there except Father D&aacute;maso, and they wanted to go in
+and pay their respects to His Excellency.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His Excellency, the Governor General, begs Your Reverences to
+wait a moment,&rdquo; said the adjutant. &ldquo;Walk in, young
+man!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man from Manila entered the <i>sala</i>, pale and
+trembling.</p>
+
+<p>Everybody was surprised. His Excellency must be irritated to dare to
+make the friars wait. Father Sibyla <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb117" href="#pb117">117</a>]</span>said: &ldquo;I have nothing to say
+to him.... I am losing time here!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s the same with me,&rdquo; said an Augustine.
+&ldquo;Shall we go?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Would it not be better for us to find out what he
+thinks?&rdquo; asked Father Salv&iacute;. &ldquo;We would avoid a
+scandal ... and ... we would be able to call to his mind his duty to
+... the Church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Reverences can walk in, if you wish,&rdquo; announced
+the adjutant, as he escorted out the young man, whose face was now,
+however, glowing with satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>Friar Sibyla entered first. Behind him came Father Salv&iacute;,
+Father Manuel Martin and the other priests. They all humbly saluted the
+Governor General, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who preserved
+even in his bow, an air of superiority. Father Salv&iacute;, on the
+contrary, almost touched the floor with his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Which of Your Reverences is Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo;
+asked His Excellency unexpectedly, without having them sit down, or
+even asking about their health, and without addressing them with any of
+those courteous phrases which are customary with such high
+personages.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso is not among us, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo;
+replied Father Sibyla, rather dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency&rsquo;s servant lies ill in bed,&rdquo; added
+Father Salv&iacute; meekly. &ldquo;After having the pleasure of
+saluting you and of inquiring about the health of Your Excellency, as
+befits all the good servants of the King and all persons of good
+education, we also come in the name of the respectful servant of Your
+Excellency who has the misfortune....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh,&rdquo; interrupted the Governor General, as he turned a
+chair around on one leg and smiled nervously. &ldquo;If all the
+servants of My Excellency were like His Reverence Father D&aacute;maso,
+I would prefer to serve My Excellency myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Reverences did not know how to respond to this interruption.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take a seat, Your Reverences!&rdquo; he added after a short
+pause, softening his tone a little.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago came in dressed in a frock coat and walking <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb118" href="#pb118">118</a>]</span>on
+tip-toes. He was leading Maria Clara by the hand. The young maiden was
+trembling when she entered, but notwithstanding she made a graceful and
+ceremonious bow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is this your daughter?&rdquo; asked the Governor General,
+somewhat surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Your Excellency&rsquo;s, my General,&rdquo; replied
+Captain Tiago seriously.<a class="noteref" id="xd0e3094src" href=
+"#xd0e3094">1</a></p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i> and the adjutants opened wide their eyes, but His
+Excellency did not lose his gravity. He extended his hand to the young
+maiden and said to her affably: &ldquo;Happy are the fathers who have
+daughters like you, se&ntilde;orita. They have spoken to me about you
+with respect and consideration.... I have desired to see you and to
+thank you for your pretty deed of to-day. I am informed of all, and
+when I write to His Majesty&rsquo;s Government I will not forget your
+generous conduct. In the meantime, se&ntilde;orita, allow me in the
+name of His Majesty the King whom I represent here and who loves to see
+peace and tranquillity among his subjects, and in my own name, that of
+a father who also has daughters of your age, allow me to extend to you
+most sincere thanks and propose your name for some mark of
+recognition.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or ...&rdquo; replied Maria Clara, trembling.</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency guessed what she wanted to say, and replied:
+&ldquo;It is well enough, se&ntilde;orita, that you are satisfied in
+your own conscience with the mere esteem of your own people. The
+testimony of one&rsquo;s people is the highest reward and we ought not
+to ask more. But, however, I will not let pass this excellent
+opportunity to show you that, if justice knows how to punish, she also
+knows how to reward and is not always blind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Don Juan Crisostomo awaits Your
+Excellency&rsquo;s orders,&rdquo; announced the adjutant in a loud
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara trembled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; exclaimed the Governor General. &ldquo;Permit me,
+se&ntilde;orita, to express the desire to see you again before I leave
+town. I still have some very important things to say to you.
+Se&ntilde;or <i>Alcalde</i>, Your Lordship will accompany <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb119" href="#pb119">119</a>]</span>me for a walk
+after the conference which I will hold alone with Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency will permit us,&rdquo; said Father
+Salv&iacute; meekly, &ldquo;to inform you that Se&ntilde;or Ibarra is
+excommunicated ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency interrupted him saying: &ldquo;I am glad that I have
+nothing more to deplore than the condition of Father D&aacute;maso, for
+whom I sincerely wish a complete recovery, because at his age a voyage
+to Spain for his health would not be pleasant. But this depends on him
+... and in the meantime, may God preserve the health of Your
+Reverences.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They retired one after the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will see who will make the journey first,&rdquo; said a
+Franciscan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am going off now right away!&rdquo; said Father Sibyla,
+with indignation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And we are going back to our provinces, too,&rdquo; said the
+Augustins.</p>
+
+<p>They could not endure that through the fault of a Franciscan His
+Excellency had received them coldly.</p>
+
+<p>In the entrance hall they met Ibarra, their host only a few hours
+ago. They exchanged no salutations, but their looks were eloquent.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i>, on the contrary, when the friars had
+disappeared, greeted the young man and extended his hand to him in a
+familiar way. But the arrival of the adjutant, who was looking for
+Ibarra, did not give them an opportunity to converse.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was dressed in deep mourning. He presented himself in a calm
+manner, and bowed profoundly, despite the fact that the sight of the
+friars had not seemed a good omen for him.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General advanced a few steps. &ldquo;It gives me great
+satisfaction to shake your hand. Grant me your entire
+confidence.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or ... such kindness...!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your surprise offends me. It indicates that you did not
+expect a good reception from me. That is doubting my justice!&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb120" href="#pb120">120</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A friendly reception, se&ntilde;or, for an insignificant
+subject like myself, is not justice, it is a favor.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, well!&rdquo; said His Excellency, sitting down and
+pointing out a seat for Ibarra. &ldquo;Let us speak frankly. I am very
+much pleased with your action and I have already proposed to His
+Majesty&rsquo;s Government that they grant you an insignia for your
+philanthropic intention of erecting a school.... If you had asked me, I
+would have attended the ceremony with a great deal of pleasure and
+perhaps the unpleasantness would have been avoided.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My idea of erecting a school seems to me so
+insignificant,&rdquo; replied the young man, &ldquo;that I did not
+think it an occasion worthy of taking the attention of Your Excellency
+from your many duties and cares. Then, too, it was my duty to first
+address the highest authority of the province.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency made a bow of satisfaction and adopting a still more
+intimate manner, continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In regard to the unpleasantness which you have had with
+Father D&aacute;maso, have no fear nor regret. I will not touch a hair
+of your head while I govern these Islands. And in regard to the
+excommunication, I will speak to the Archbishop, for it is necessary
+for us to adapt ourselves to circumstances. Here, we cannot laugh about
+these things in public as we do in Spain or in cultured Europe.
+Nevertheless, be more prudent in the future. You have put yourself in
+opposition to the religious corporations, which, on account of your
+position and wealth, need to be respected. But I will protect you,
+because I like good sons, I like to see a person respect the honor of
+his father. I, too, love my father, and as sure as there is a God, I
+know what I would have done had I been in your place....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And quickly turning the conversation, he asked: &ldquo;You have told
+me that you come from Europe; were you in Madrid?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, se&ntilde;or; for some months.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have perhaps heard of my family?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency had just left when I had the honor to be
+presented to it.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb121" href=
+"#pb121">121</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And why, then, did you come here without bringing some letter
+of introduction?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Ibarra bowing, &ldquo;because I
+do not come directly from Spain, and because, having heard of Your
+Excellency&rsquo;s character, I thought that a letter of introduction
+would not only be useless, but even offensive. All Filipinos are
+recommended to you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A smile appeared on the lips of the old officer and he replied
+slowly, as if weighing and measuring his words:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It flatters me to learn that you think so ... and ... so it
+ought to be. However, young man, you ought to know what loads we bear
+upon our shoulders here in the Philippines. Here, we, old army
+officers, have to do and be everything: King, Secretary of State, of
+War, of Agriculture, of Internal Affairs and of Justice. The worst part
+of it is the fact that in regard to everything we have to consult our
+distant Mother Country, which approves or rejects our propositions,
+according to circumstances, sometimes blindly. And you know how we
+Spaniards say: &lsquo;Grasp much, get little.&rsquo; Then, too, we come
+here ignorant of the country and we leave it as soon as we begin to
+know it. With you I can be frank, for it would be useless to appear
+otherwise. In Spain, where each branch of the Government has its own
+Minister, born and brought up in the country, where they have the press
+and public opinion, the opposition is open and before the eyes of the
+Government, and shows up its faults; yet, even there, all is imperfect
+and defective. And when you consider the conditions here, it is a
+wonder that all is not upset, with all those advantages lacking, and
+with the opposition working in the dark. Good intentions and wishes are
+not wanting in us governing officials, but we find ourselves obliged to
+make use of eyes and arms which frequently we do not know, and which,
+perhaps, instead of serving the country, serve only their own
+interests. That is not our fault; it is the fault of circumstances. You
+arouse my interest and I do not want our present system of government
+to prejudice you in any way. I cannot watch everything, nor can I
+attend to all. Can I be useful to you in any way? Have you anything to
+request?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra meditated. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb122" href=
+"#pb122">122</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he replied, &ldquo;my greatest desire is
+the happiness of my country, a happiness due to the efforts of our
+Mother Country and to the efforts of my fellow countrymen, united with
+the eternal bonds of a common interest and common object. What I ask
+the Government can only give after many years of continuous work and
+proper reforms.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency looked at him for several seconds with a look which
+Ibarra met naturally, without timidity and without boldness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are the first <i>man</i> with whom I have spoken in this
+country,&rdquo; he exclaimed grasping his hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency has only seen those who lead a grovelling
+existence in the city. You have not seen the calumniated hovels of our
+towns. If you had, you would have seen true men, if generous hearts and
+simple manners make true men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General arose and paced the <i>sala</i> from one side
+to the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra,&rdquo; he exclaimed, stopping a moment.
+The young man arose. &ldquo;I will probably leave here within a month.
+Your education and your mode of thinking are not for this country. Sell
+what you possess, get your trunk ready and come with me to Europe. That
+climate will be better for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall cherish all my life the memory of Your
+Excellency&rsquo;s kindness,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, moved by what the
+Governor General had said. &ldquo;But I ought to live in the country
+where my fathers have lived....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where they have died, you should say, to speak more exactly.
+Believe me! I possibly know your country better than you do
+yourself.... Ah! Now I remember,&rdquo; he exclaimed changing the tone
+of his voice. &ldquo;You are going to marry a lovely girl and I am
+keeping you here! Go, go to her side, and that you may have greater
+liberty send her father to me,&rdquo; he added, smiling. &ldquo;Do not
+forget, however, that I want you to accompany me for a walk.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra bowed and departed.</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency called his adjutant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am happy,&rdquo; said he, giving him a light slap on the
+shoulder. &ldquo;To-day I have seen for the first time how one <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb123" href="#pb123">123</a>]</span>can be a
+good Spaniard without ceasing to be a good Filipino and to love his
+country. To-day, at last, I have shown the <i>Reverences</i> that we
+are not all their playthings. This young man has afforded me the
+opportunity, and, in a short time, I will have settled all of my
+accounts with the friar. It&rsquo;s a pity that this young man, some
+day or other ... but call the <i>Alcalde</i> to me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The latter presented himself at once.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Alcalde,&rdquo; he said to him, as he entered
+the room, &ldquo;in order to avoid a repetition of scenes such as Your
+Honor witnessed this afternoon, scenes which I deplore because they
+take away the prestige of the Government and all Spaniards, I want to
+commend to you warmly Se&ntilde;or Ibarra, that you may not only aid
+him in carrying out his patriotic ends, but also prevent in the future
+any person of whatever class or under whatever pretext, from molesting
+him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i> understood the reprimand and bowed to conceal his
+confusion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have the <i>alferez</i>, who is in command here, informed to
+the same effect. And you will find out if it is true that this officer
+has methods of procedure that are not in accordance with the
+regulations. I have heard more than one complaint on this
+score.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, all starched and ironed, presented himself.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Santiago,&rdquo; said His Excellency, in a cordial tone
+of voice, &ldquo;a little while ago I was congratulating you on having
+a daughter like the Se&ntilde;orita de los Santos. Now I want to
+congratulate you on your future son-in-law. The most virtuous of
+daughters is certainly worthy of the best citizen of the Philippines.
+Is the date of the wedding known?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or!&rdquo; stammered the Captain, wiping away the
+perspiration which was running down his face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, come! I see that there is nothing definite. If you need
+godfathers, I will be one of them with the greatest pleasure. I would
+do it to take away the bad taste which so many of the weddings which I
+have attended here have left in my mouth,&rdquo; he added, turning to
+the <i>Alcalde</i>. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb124" href=
+"#pb124">124</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, se&ntilde;or!&rdquo; replied Captain Tiago, with a smile
+which inspired compassion.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had gone in search of Maria Clara, almost on a run. He had so
+many things to tell her. He heard some gentle voices in one of the
+rooms and knocked at the door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who knocks?&rdquo; asked Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>The voices were silenced and the door ... was not opened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is I. May I come in?&rdquo; asked the young man, his heart
+beating violently.</p>
+
+<p>The silence was not broken. A few seconds afterward gentle steps
+approached the door and Sinang&rsquo;s cheerful voice murmured through
+the key-hole: &ldquo;Crisostomo, we are going to the theatre to-night.
+Write what you have to say to Maria Clara.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then the footsteps were heard retreating, as quickly as they had
+come.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does that mean!&rdquo; murmured Ibarra to himself, as he
+went slowly away from the door. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb125"
+href="#pb125">125</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e3094src" id="xd0e3094">1</a></span> A reply which accords with
+the Spanish idea of politeness but rather ludicrously used in this
+instance.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch20" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Procession.</h2>
+
+<p>In the evening, by the light of lanterns hung from windows, to the
+ringing of bells and bursting of bombs, the procession started for the
+fourth time.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General left the house on foot, in company with his two
+adjutants, Captain Tiago, the <i>Alcalde</i>, the <i>alferez</i>, and
+Ibarra. The Civil Guards and the officials of the town preceded them
+and cleared the way. His Excellency had been invited to witness the
+procession from the house of the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, in front of
+which a platform had been erected for the recitation of a <i>loa</i>,
+or religious poem, in honor of the Patron Saint. Ibarra had previously
+declined with pleasure an invitation to hear this poetical composition,
+as he had preferred to witness the procession from the house of Captain
+Tiago with Maria Clara and her friends. But, as His Excellency wished
+to hear the <i>loa</i>, there was no other remedy for Ibarra but to
+console himself with the hope of seeing her at the theatre.</p>
+
+<p>The procession was headed by three sacristans carrying silver
+candlesticks. The children of the school, accompanied by their teacher,
+followed. Then came the small boys, with colored paper lanterns
+fastened to the ends of pieces of bamboo, each more or less adorned
+according to the caprices of the boy, for this part of the illumination
+was paid for entirely by themselves. However, they fulfilled this duty
+with a great deal of pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of it all, men serving as police, passed to and fro to
+see that the files of the procession were not broken or the people
+jammed together in a crowd. For this purpose they used their wands and
+inflicted some hard blows, thus managing to add to the brilliancy of
+the procession, to the edification of souls and to the glory of
+religious pomp. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb126" href=
+"#pb126">126</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>At the same time that the officers inflicted these sanctified
+floggings with their wands free of charge, others, to console those who
+had been punished, distributed wax and tallow candles, also free of
+charge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Alcalde,&rdquo; said Ibarra, in a low voice,
+&ldquo;do they inflict those blows to punish the sinners or merely for
+pleasure?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right, Se&ntilde;or Ibarra,&rdquo; replied the
+Governor General, who had overheard his question. &ldquo;This spectacle
+... barbarous ... astonishing to those who come from other countries,
+ought to be prohibited.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Although it cannot be explained, the first saint who appeared was
+San Juan el Baptisto. On seeing him, you would say that the cousin of
+Our Saviour did not enjoy any great renown among these people. He had
+slender feet and legs and the face of a hermit, and was carried along
+on an old wooden litter. In marked contrast to the representation of
+San Juan, was that of San Francisco, the founder of the great order.
+The latter was drawn in a car, and, as Tasio said: &ldquo;What a car!
+How many lights and glass lanterns! Why, I have never seen you
+surrounded by so many illuminations, Giovanni Bernardone! And what
+music!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Behind the music came a standard representing the same saint, but
+with seven wings. It was carried by the brothers of the Third Order,
+dressed in <i>guingon</i> and praying in a loud and mournful voice. The
+next in the procession was Santa Maria Magdalena, a most beautiful
+image with an abundant growth of hair, a handkerchief of embroidered
+<i>pi&ntilde;a</i> cloth between her ring-covered fingers, and wearing
+a dress of silk adorned with gold-leaf. Lights and incense surrounded
+her. The glass tears from her eyes reflected the colors of the colored
+fire which was burned here and there, giving a fantastic aspect to the
+procession. Consequently, the sinful saint appeared to be weeping now
+green, now red and now blue tears. The people did not begin to burn
+these colored lights till San Francisco was passing; San Juan el
+Baptisto did not enjoy this honor, passing by quickly, ashamed perhaps
+to go dressed in skins among so many saints covered with gold and
+precious jewels. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb127" href=
+"#pb127">127</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There goes our saint!&rdquo; cried the daughter of the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> to her visitors. &ldquo;I loaned her my rings, but
+I did it to get to Heaven.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Those carrying the illuminations stopped near the platform to hear
+the <i>loa</i>. The saints did the same. They and their carriers wanted
+to hear the verses. Those who carried San Juan, tired of waiting,
+squatted down in the characteristic Filipino manner, and found it
+convenient to leave their burden on the ground.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You&rsquo;ll get into trouble,&rdquo; objected one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> In the <span class="corr" id="xd0e3319"
+title="Source: sacristry">sacristy</span>, they leave him in a corner
+among spider-webs....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After Magdalena came the women. They differed from the men in
+arrangement. Instead of the children, the old women came first and
+finally the unmarried women. Behind these came the car of the Virgin,
+and behind that, the curate under his canopy. Father D&aacute;maso gave
+the following reason for putting the young women next to the
+Virgin&rsquo;s car: &ldquo;The Virgin likes young women, but not old
+ones.&rdquo; Of course, this explanation caused many of the older women
+to make wry faces, but that did not change the taste of the Virgin.</p>
+
+<p>San Diego followed Magdalena, but he did not seem to rejoice over
+the fact, for he was as precise in his behavior as on the morning when
+he followed along behind San Francisco. Six brothers of the Third Order
+drew the car. San Diego stopped before the platform and awaited for the
+people to salute him.</p>
+
+<p>But it was necessary to await the car which contained the image of
+the Virgin. Preceding this car were some people dressed in a fantastic
+manner which made children cry and babies scream. In the midst of that
+dark mass of habits, hoods and girdles, to the sound of that monotonous
+and nasal prayer, one could see, like white jessamine, like fresh
+pansies among old rags, twelve young lassies dressed in white, crowned
+with flowers, with hair curled and eyes bright as the necklaces they
+wore. Seizing hold of two wide blue bands which were tied to the car of
+the Virgin, they drew it along, reminding one of doves drawing the car
+of Spring.</p>
+
+<p>And now when the images were all attentive, when this <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb128" href="#pb128">128</a>]</span>child and that
+had been slapped sufficiently to make him listen to the verses, when
+everybody had his eyes fixed on the half open curtain, at last, an <i>
+aaaah!</i> of admiration escaped from the lips of all.</p>
+
+<p>And the sight merited it. A young child appeared with wings, riding
+boots, a cordon over its shoulder, a belt and a plumed hat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Se&ntilde;or Alcalde!&rdquo; cried some one, but the
+young prodigy recited a poem in such a manner that the <i>Alcalde</i>
+was not offended at the comparison.</p>
+
+<p>The procession then continued. San Juan followed out his bitter
+career.</p>
+
+<p>As the Virgin passed before the house of Captain Tiago, a heavenly
+song greeted her like the words of an archangel. It was a sweet,
+melodious, supplicating voice, weeping the <i>Ave Maria</i> of Gounod.
+The music of the procession was silenced, the praying ceased, and
+Father Salv&iacute; himself stopped. The voice trembled and brought
+tears to the cheeks of those who heard it. That voice expressed more
+than a salutation, a prayer, or a plaint.</p>
+
+<p>From the window, where he was viewing the procession, Ibarra heard
+the voice, and melancholy took possession of his heart. He understood
+what that soul was suffering and what was expressed in that song. He
+was afraid to think of the cause of that grief.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General found him pensive and sad. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb129" href="#pb129">129</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch21" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Do&ntilde;a Consolacion.</h2>
+
+<p>Why were the windows in the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> house closed?
+Where was the masculine face and the flannel shirt of the Medusa or
+Muse of the Civil Guard while the procession was passing? Could she
+have understood how unpleasant was the sight of the swelling veins of
+her forehead, filled, it seemed, not with blood but with vinegar and
+bile; of her large cigar, that worthy ornament of her red lips; and of
+her envious look; could she have understood all of that, and, giving
+way to a generous impulse, have refrained from disturbing the gayety of
+the crowd by her sinister apparition?</p>
+
+<p>Alas! Her generous impulses lived only in the golden age.</p>
+
+<p>Her house was sad because other people were merry, as Sinang put it.
+There neither lanterns nor flags could be seen. In fact, if the sentry
+were not walking up and down in front of the gate, you would have said
+that the house was unoccupied.</p>
+
+<p>A feeble light illumined the disarranged <i>sala</i>, and made
+transparent the oyster-shell windows filled with spider-webs and
+covered with dust. The Se&ntilde;ora, according to her custom, her
+hands folded, sat in a wide arm-chair. She was dressed the same as
+every day, that is to say, outrageously out of taste. In detail, she
+had a handkerchief tied around her head, while short, slender locks of
+tangled hair hung down on either side; a blue flannel shirt over
+another shirt which should have been white; and a faded-out skirt which
+moulded itself to her slender thighs as she sat with her legs crossed
+and nervously wiggled her foot. From her mouth, came big puffs of
+smoke, which she fastidiously blew up in the space toward which she
+looked when her eyes were open. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb130"
+href="#pb130">130</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>That morning the Se&ntilde;ora had not heard mass, not because she
+had not cared to hear it, for on the contrary she wanted to show
+herself to the multitude and to hear the sermon, but because her
+husband had not permitted her to do so. As was usually the case, his
+prohibition was accompanied by two or three insults, oaths and threats
+of kicking. The <i>alferez</i> understood that his &ldquo;female&rdquo;
+dressed herself in a ridiculous manner, and that it was not fitting to
+expose her to the eyes of the people from the capital nor even the
+country districts.</p>
+
+<p>But she did not understand it that way. She knew that she was
+beautiful, attractive, that she had the manners of a queen and that she
+dressed much better and more gorgeously than Maria Clara herself,
+though to be sure the latter wore a <i>tapis</i> over her skirt while
+she wore only the skirt. The <i>alferez</i> had to say to her:
+&ldquo;Oh, shut your mouth or I&rsquo;ll kick you till you
+do!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion did not care to be kicked, but she planned
+revenge.</p>
+
+<p>The dark face of the Se&ntilde;ora never had inspired confidence in
+anybody, not even when she painted it. That morning she was
+exceptionally uneasy, and as she walked from one end of the <i>sala</i>
+to the other, in silence and as if meditating something terrible, her
+eyes shone like those of a serpent about to be crushed. Her look was
+cold, luminous, and penetrating and had something vicious, loathsome
+and cruel in it.</p>
+
+<p>The slightest defect in anything, the most insignificant or unusual
+noise brought forth an obscene and infamous expression; but no one
+responded. To offer an excuse was a crime.</p>
+
+<p>So the day passed. Encountering no obstacle in her way&mdash;her
+husband had been invited out&mdash;she became saturated with bile.</p>
+
+<p>Everything around bent itself before her. She met no resistance,
+there was nothing upon which she could discharge the vials of her
+wrath. Soldiers and servants crawled before her.</p>
+
+<p>That she might not hear the rejoicing going on outside, she ordered
+the windows to be closed, and charged the sentry not to permit any one
+to enter. She tied a handkerchief <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb131"
+href="#pb131">131</a>]</span>around her head to prevent it from
+bursting; and, in spite of the fact that the sun was still shining
+brightly, she ordered the lamps lighted.</p>
+
+<p>A madwoman who had been detained for disturbing the public peace was
+taken to the barracks. The <i>alferez</i> was not there at the time and
+the unhappy woman had to pass the night seated on a bench. The
+following day the <i>alferez</i> returned. Fearing lest the unhappy
+woman should become the butt of the crowd during the <i>fiesta</i>, he
+ordered the soldiers who were guarding her to treat her with pity and
+give her something to eat. Thus the demented woman passed two days.</p>
+
+<p>Whether the proximity to Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house made it
+possible for the sad song of Maria Clara to reach her ears, whether
+other strains of music awoke in her memories of old songs, or whether
+there was some other cause for it, at any rate, the madwoman began that
+night to sing with a sweet and melancholy voice the songs of her youth.
+The soldiers heard her and kept silent. Those songs brought back
+memories of the old times.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion also heard it in her sorrow, and became
+interested in the person who was singing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell her to come upstairs at once!&rdquo; she ordered, after
+some seconds of meditation. Something like a smile passed over her dry
+lips.</p>
+
+<p>They brought the woman and she presented herself without any
+discomposure, and without manifesting either fear or surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Orderly, tell this woman in Tagalog to sing!&rdquo; said the
+<i>alfereza</i>. &ldquo;She don&rsquo;t understand me; she does not
+know Spanish.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The demented woman understood the orderly and sang the song
+&ldquo;Night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion listened to the beginning with a mocking
+smile which disappeared gradually from her lips. She became attentive,
+then more serious and pensive. The woman&rsquo;s voice, the sentiment
+of the verses and the song itself impressed her. That dry and burning
+heart was perhaps softened. She understood the song well:
+&ldquo;Sadness, cold, and dampness, wrapped in the mantle of Night
+descend from the sky,&rdquo; as the folk song <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb132" href="#pb132">132</a>]</span>puts it. It seemed that they
+were also descending upon her heart. &ldquo;The withered flower which
+during the day has paraded its dress, desirous of applause and full of
+vanity, at nightfall repenting, makes an effort to raise its faded
+petals to the sky, and begs for a little shade in which to hide itself,
+so as to die without the mockery of the light which saw it in its pomp,
+to die without the vanity of its pride being seen, and begging for a
+drop of dew, to weep over it. The night bird, leaving its solitary
+retreat in the hollow of the old tree, disturbs the melancholy of the
+forests....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no! Do not sing!&rdquo; exclaimed the <i>alfereza</i> in
+perfect Tagalog and raising to her feet somewhat agitated.
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t sing! Those verses hurt me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The demented woman stopped. The orderly muttered &ldquo;Bah!&rdquo;
+and exclaimed &ldquo;She knows how to <i>pat&aacute;</i>
+Tagalog!&rdquo; and stood looking at the se&ntilde;ora full of
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>The Muse understood that she had been caught, and was ashamed. As
+her nature was not that of a woman, her shame took the form of rage and
+hatred. She pointed out the door to the impudent orderly and with a
+kick closed it behind him. She took several turns about the room,
+twisting a whip between her nervous hands, and then, stopping suddenly
+in front of the demented woman, said in Spanish:
+&ldquo;Dance!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The demented one did not move.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dance! Dance!&rdquo; she repeated in a threatening voice.</p>
+
+<p>The poor woman looked at the Se&ntilde;ora, her eyes devoid of
+expression. The <i>alfereza</i> raised one arm and then the other,
+shaking them in a menacing way.</p>
+
+<p>She then leaped up in the air, and jumped around urging the other
+woman to imitate her. The band in the procession could be heard playing
+a slow, majestic march, but the Se&ntilde;ora, leaping about furiously
+was keeping time to different music than that the band was playing,
+that music which resounded within her. A curious look appeared in the
+madwoman&rsquo;s eyes, and a weak smile moved her pale lips. She liked
+the Se&ntilde;ora&rsquo;s dancing.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alfereza</i> stopped dancing as if ashamed. She raised the
+whip, that terrible whip made in Ulango and improved by the <i>
+alferez</i> by winding wire around it, that <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb133" href="#pb133">133</a>]</span>same terrible whip which the
+<i>ladrones</i> and soldiers knew so well.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now it is your turn to dance ... dance!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And she began to whip lightly the demented woman&rsquo;s bare
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>The pale face contracted with pain, and she was obliged to defend
+herself from the blows by her hands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come! Go ahead!&rdquo; she exclaimed with savage delight, and
+she passed from <i>lento</i> to <a id="xd0e3481">
+</a><i>allegro-vivace</i> in the use of her whip.</p>
+
+<p>The unhappy woman screamed and quickly raised her feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have got to dance, you d&mdash;&mdash;d Indian!&rdquo;
+exclaimed the Se&ntilde;ora and the whip whizzed and whistled.</p>
+
+<p>The woman let herself sink to the floor and tried to cover her legs
+with her hands, at the same time looking with wild eyes at her
+tormentor. Two heavy <span class="corr" id="xd0e3491" title="Source:
+lashs">lashes</span> on her back made her rise again. Now it was no
+longer a scream; it was a howl which escaped from the unfortunate
+woman. The thin shirt was torn, the skin broke open and the blood oozed
+out.</p>
+
+<p>The sight of blood excites a tiger; so, too, the sight of the blood
+of her victim infuriated Do&ntilde;a Consolacion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dance! dance! Curse you! D&mdash;&mdash;n you! Dance! Cursed
+be the mother who bore you!&rdquo; she cried. &ldquo;Dance, or
+I&rsquo;ll kill you by whipping you to death!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then the <i>alfereza</i>, taking the woman with one hand and
+whipping her with another, began to jump and dance.</p>
+
+<p>The insane woman understood her at last and went on moving her arms
+regardless of time or tune. A smile of satisfaction contracted the lips
+of the teacher. It was like the smile of a female Mephistopheles who
+had succeeded in developing a good pupil; it was full of hatred,
+contempt, mockery and cruelty; a coarse laugh could not have expressed
+more.</p>
+
+<p>Absorbed in the enjoyment which the spectacle afforded her, she did
+not hear her husband coming, until he opened the door with a kick.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> appeared, pale and gloomy. He saw what was going
+on there and looked daggers at his wife. She <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb134" href="#pb134">134</a>]</span>did not move from her tracks
+and stood smiling in a cynical way.</p>
+
+<p>In the gentlest manner possible, he put his hand on the shoulder of
+the dancing woman and made her stop. The demented woman sighed and
+slowly sat down on the blood-covered floor.</p>
+
+<p>The silence continued. The <i>alferez</i> was breathing heavily. His
+wife was observing him with her questioning eyes. She seized the whip
+and in a calm and measured tone asked him: &ldquo;What&rsquo;s the
+matter with you? You have not said &lsquo;good evening&rsquo; to
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i>, without replying, called the orderly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take this woman,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;and have Marta give
+her another shirt and take care of her. Find her good food, and a good
+bed.... Let him look out who treats her badly!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After carefully closing the door, he turned the key in the lock and
+approached his se&ntilde;ora.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You want me to smash you?&rdquo; he said, clenching his
+fists.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s the matter with you?&rdquo; asked she,
+retreating a step or two.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s the matter with me?&rdquo; he shouted, in a
+thundering voice, and, giving vent to an oath, showed her a paper
+covered with scribbling. He continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Didn&rsquo;t you write this letter to the <i>Alcalde</i>,
+saying that I am paid for permitting the gambling, d&mdash;&mdash;n
+you? I don&rsquo;t know how I can keep from smashing you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go ahead! Try it if you dare!&rdquo; said she, with a mocking
+smile. &ldquo;He who smashes me has got to be more of a man than
+you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He heard the insult, but he saw the whip. He seized one of the
+plates which were on the table and threw it at her head. The woman,
+accustomed to these fights, ducked quickly and the plate was shivered
+to pieces against the wall. A glass, a cup, and a knife shared the same
+fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Coward!&rdquo; she cried. &ldquo;You dare not come near
+me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And then she spat at him to exasperate him more. The man, blind and
+howling with rage, threw himself on her, but she, with wonderful
+rapidity, struck him a few blows <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb135"
+href="#pb135">135</a>]</span>across the face with the whip, and quickly
+escaped. Closing the door of her room with a slam, she locked herself
+in. Roaring with rage and pain the <i>alferez</i> followed her, but,
+coming up against the door, he could do nothing but belch forth a
+string of blasphemies.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cursed be your ancestors, you swine! Open, d&mdash;&mdash;n
+you! Open that door or I&rsquo;ll break your skull!&rdquo; he howled,
+pounding and kicking the panels.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion did not reply. A moving of chairs and trunks
+could be heard, as though some one was trying to raise a barricade of
+household furniture. The house fairly shook with the oaths and kicks of
+the husband.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you come in! Don&rsquo;t you come in!&rdquo; she
+said, in a bitter voice. &ldquo;If you show yourself, I&rsquo;ll shoot
+you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The husband calmed down, little by little, and contented himself
+with pacing from one end of the <i>sala</i> to the other like a wild
+animal in its cage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go and cool your head!&rdquo; continued the woman in mockery.
+She seemed to have concluded her preparations for defense.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I swear that when I catch you, no one&mdash;not even
+God&mdash;will see you again! I&rsquo;ll smash you so fine.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes! Now you can say what you wish. You would not let me go
+to mass. You would not let me fulfill my duty to God!&rdquo; she said
+with such sarcasm as she alone knew how to use.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> took his helmet, straightened out his clothes,
+and walked away several paces. But, at the end of several minutes, he
+returned without making the slightest noise, for he had taken off his
+boots. The servants, accustomed to these spectacles, paid no attention
+to them, but the novelty of this move with the boots attracted their
+notice and they gave each other the wink.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> sat down on a chair next to the door and had the
+patience to wait more than half an hour.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you really gone out or are you there, you
+he-goat?&rdquo; asked a voice from time to time, changing the epithets
+but raising the tone.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, she commenced to take away the furniture from her
+barricade. He heard the noise and smiled. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb136" href="#pb136">136</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Orderly! Has the se&ntilde;or gone out?&rdquo; cried
+Do&ntilde;a Consolacion.</p>
+
+<p>The orderly at a signal from the <i>alferez</i>, replied:
+&ldquo;Yes, se&ntilde;ora, he has gone out!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He could hear her laugh triumphantly. She drew back the bolt. The
+husband arose to his feet slowly; the door was opened.</p>
+
+<p>A cry, the noise of a body falling, oaths, howling, swearing, blows,
+hoarse voices. Who can describe what took place in the darkness of the
+bedroom?</p>
+
+<p>The orderly, going out to the kitchen, made a very expressive
+gesture to the cook.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And now you&rsquo;ll catch it!&rdquo; said the latter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I? No, sir. The town will, not I. She asked me if he had gone
+out, not if he had returned.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb137" href="#pb137">137</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch22" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Might and Right.</h2>
+
+<p>It was about ten o&rsquo;clock at night. The last rockets lazily
+soared into the dark sky, where paper balloons shone like new stars.
+Some of the fireworks had set fire to houses and were threatening them
+with destruction; for this reason men could be seen on the ridges of
+the roofs carrying buckets of water and long bamboo poles with cloths
+tied on the ends. Their dark shadows seemed descended from ethereal
+space to be present at the rejoicings of human beings. An enormous
+number of wheels had been burned, also castles, bulls, <i>caraboas</i>
+and other pieces of fireworks, and finally a great volcano, which
+surpassed in beauty and grandeur anything that the inhabitants of San
+Diego had ever seen.</p>
+
+<p>Now the people turned in one great crowd toward the plaza to attend
+the last theatrical performance. Here and there could be seen the
+colored Bengal lights, fantastically illuminating groups of merry
+people. The small boys were making use of their torches to search for
+unexploded firecrackers in the grass, or, in fact, for anything else
+that might be of use to them. But the music was the signal and all
+abandoned the lawn for the theatre.</p>
+
+<p>The large platform was splendidly illuminated. Thousands of lights
+surrounded the pillars and hung from the roof, while a number, in
+pyramid-shaped groups, were arranged on the floor of the stage. An
+employee attended to these and whenever he would come forward to
+regulate them, the public would whistle at him and shout: &ldquo;There
+he is! There he is now!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In front of the stage, the orchestra tuned its instruments, and<a
+id="xd0e3620"></a> behind the musicians sat the principal people of the
+town. Spaniards and rich visitors were occupying the reserved chairs.
+The public, the mass of people without <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb138" href="#pb138">138</a>]</span>titles or rank, filled the rest of
+the plaza. Some carried with them benches, not so much for seats as to
+remedy their lack of stature. When they stood upon them, rude protests
+were made on the part of those without benches or things to stand on.
+Then they would get down immediately, but soon mount up on their
+pedestals again as if nothing had happened.</p>
+
+<p>Comings and goings, cries, exclamations, laughter, squibs that had
+been slow in going off, and firecrackers increased the tumult. Here, a
+foot broke through a bench, and some one fell to the floor, while the
+crowd laughed and made a show of him who had come so far to see a show.
+There, they fought and disputed over positions, and, a little farther
+on, the noise of breaking bottles and glasses could be heard: it was
+Andeng. She was carrying drinks and refreshments on a tray which she
+was balancing with both hands, but she had met her lover and he tried
+to take advantage of her helplessness by tickling....</p>
+
+<p>The <i>teniente mayor</i> presided at the production since the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> was fonder of <i>monte</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara and her friends had arrived, and Don Filipo received
+them, and accompanied them to their seats. Behind came the curate with
+another Franciscan and some Spaniards. With the curate were some other
+people who make it their business to escort the friars.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May God reward them in another life,&rdquo; said the old man,
+referring to them as he walked away from Maria Clara&rsquo;s party.</p>
+
+<p>The performance began with Chananay and Marianito in <i>
+Crispino&eacute; la Comare</i>. Everybody had eyes and ears intent upon
+the stage, except one, Father Salv&iacute;. He seemed to have come to
+the theatre for no other purpose than to watch Maria Clara, whose
+sadness gave to her beauty an air so ideal and interesting that
+everybody looked upon her with rapture. But the Franciscan&rsquo;s
+eyes, deeply hidden in their hollow orbits, spoke no words of rapture.
+In that sombre look one could read something desperately sad. With such
+eyes Cain might have contemplated from afar the Paradise whose delights
+his mother had pictured to him. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb139"
+href="#pb139">139</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The act was just ending when Ibarra arrived. His presence occasioned
+a buzz of conversation. The attention of everybody was fixed on him and
+on the curate.</p>
+
+<p>But the young man did not seem to be aware of it, for he greeted
+Maria Clara and her friends with naturalness and sat down at their
+side. The only one who spoke was Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you see the volcano when they touched it off?&rdquo; she
+asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, my little friend. I had to accompany the Governor
+General.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, that is too bad! The curate came with us and he was
+telling us stories about condemned people. What do you think?
+Doesn&rsquo;t he do it to make us afraid so that we cannot enjoy
+ourselves? How does it appear to you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate arose and approached Don Filipo, with whom he seemed to
+be having a lively discussion. He was speaking with animation and Don
+Filipo replying with moderation and in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am sorry that I cannot please Your Reverence,&rdquo; said
+the latter. &ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra is one of the heaviest
+tax-payers and has a right to sit here as long as he does not disturb
+the public order.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But is not scandalizing good Christians disturbing the public
+order? You let a wolf into the flock. You will be held responsible for
+this before God and before the authorities of the town.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I always hold myself responsible for acts which emanate from
+my own will, Father,&rdquo; replied Don Filipo, slightly inclining his
+head. &ldquo;But my little authority does not give me power to meddle
+in religious affairs. Those who wish to avoid contact with him do not
+have to speak to him. Se&ntilde;or Ibarra does not force himself on any
+one.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But he affords danger. He who loves danger perishes in
+it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t see any danger, Father. The <i>Alcalde</i> and
+the Governor General, my superiors, have been talking with him all the
+afternoon, and it is not for me to give them a lesson.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you don&rsquo;t put him out of here, we will leave.&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb140" href="#pb140">140</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am very, very sorry, but I cannot put any one out of
+here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate repented having said what he did, but now there was no
+alternative. He made a signal to his companion, who laboriously rose to
+his feet and both went out. The persons attached to the friars imitated
+the priests, not, however, without first glancing with hatred at
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>Murmurs and whispers increased. Then various persons approached and
+saluted the young man and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are with you. Take no notice of them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are <i>&rsquo;them&rsquo;</i>?&rdquo; he asked with
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Those who have gone out in order to avoid contact with
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To avoid contact with me? Contact with me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, they say that you are excommunicated.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, surprised, did not know what to say and looked around him.
+He saw Maria Clara, who was hiding her face behind her fan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But is it possible?&rdquo; he exclaimed at last. &ldquo;Are
+we still in the darkness of the Middle Ages? So
+that&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And turning to the young women and changing his tone, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Excuse me; I have forgotten an appointment. I will return to
+accompany you home.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stay!&rdquo; said Sinang. &ldquo;Yeyeng is going to dance in
+the &lsquo;La Calandria.&rsquo; She dances divinely.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot, my little friend, but I will certainly
+return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The murmurs increased.</p>
+
+<p>While Yeyeng, dressed in the style of the lower class of Madrid, was
+coming on the stage with the remark: &ldquo;<i lang="es">Da Ust&eacute;
+su permiso?</i>&rdquo; (Do you give your permission?) and as Carvajal
+was replying to her &ldquo;<i lang="es">Pase ust&eacute;
+adelante</i>&rdquo; (Pass forward), two soldiers of the Civil Guard
+approached Don Filipo, asking him to suspend the performance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what for?&rdquo; asked he, surprised at the request.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the <i>alferez</i> and his Se&ntilde;ora have been
+fighting and they cannot sleep.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You tell the <i>alferez</i> that we have permission from the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb141" href=
+"#pb141">141</a>]</span><i>Alcalde</i>, and that no one in the town has
+any authority over him, not even the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, who is my
+<i>on-ly su-per-ior</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, you will have to suspend the performance,&rdquo;
+repeated the soldiers.</p>
+
+<p>Don Filipo turned his back to them. The guards marched off.</p>
+
+<p>In order not to disturb the general tranquillity, Don Filipo said
+not a word about the matter to any one.</p>
+
+<p>After a piece of light opera, which was heartily applauded, the
+Prince Villardo presented himself on the stage, and challenged all the
+Moros, who had imprisoned his father, to a fight. The hero threatened
+to cut off all their heads at a single blow and to send them all to the
+moon. Fortunately for the Moros, who were making ready to fight to the
+tune of the &ldquo;Riego Hymn,&rdquo;<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e3746src" href="#xd0e3746">1</a> a tumult intervened. All of a
+sudden, the orchestra stopped playing and the musicians made a rush for
+the stage, throwing their instruments in all directions. The brave
+Villardo was not expecting such a move, and, taking them for allies of
+the Moros he also threw down his sword and shield and began to run. The
+Moros, seeing this terrible giant fleeing, found it convenient to
+imitate him. Cries, sighs, imprecations and blasphemies filled the air.
+The people ran, trampled over each other, the lights were put out, and
+the glass lamps with their cocoanut oil and little wicks were flying
+through the air. &ldquo;<i>Tulisanes! Tulisanes!</i>&rdquo; cried some.
+&ldquo;Fire! Fire! <i>Ladrones!</i>&rdquo; cried others. Women and
+children wept, chairs and spectators were rolled over on the floor in
+the midst of the confusion, rush and tumult.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What has happened?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Two Civil Guards with sticks in hand had gone after the musicians in
+order to put an end to the spectacle. The <i>teniente mayor</i>, with
+the <i>cuaderilleros</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd0e3765src" href=
+"#xd0e3765">2</a> armed with their old sabers, had managed to arrest
+the two Civil Guards in spite of their resistance. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb142" href="#pb142">142</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take them to the tribunal!&rdquo; shouted Don Filipo.
+&ldquo;Be careful not to let them get away!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had returned and had sought out Maria Clara. The terrified
+young maidens, trembling and pale, were clinging closely to him. Aunt
+Isabel was reciting the litanies in Latin.</p>
+
+<p>The crowd having recovered a little from the fright and some one
+having explained what had caused the rush and tumult, indignation arose
+in everyone&rsquo;s breast. Stones rained upon the Civil Guards who
+were being conducted to the tribunal by the <i>cuaderilleros</i>. Some
+one proposed that they burn the barracks of the Civil Guards and that
+they roast Do&ntilde;a Consolacion and the <i>alferez</i> alive.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is all that they are good for,&rdquo; cried a woman,
+rolling up her sleeves and stretching out her arms. &ldquo;They can
+disturb the people but they persecute none but honorable men. They do
+nothing with the <i>tulisanes</i> and the gamblers. Look at them! Let
+us burn the <i>cuartel</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Somebody had been wounded in the arm and was asking for confession.
+A plaintive voice was heard coming from under an upset bench. It was a
+poor musician. The stage was filled with the players and people of the
+town and they were all talking at the same time. There was Chananay,
+dressed in the costume of Leonor in the &ldquo;Trovador,&rdquo; talking
+in corrupted Spanish with Ratia, who was in a school teacher&rsquo;s
+costume. There too, was Yeyeng, dressed in a silk wrapper, talking with
+the Prince Villardo. There too, Balbino and the Moros, trying to
+console the musicians who were more or less sorry sights. Some
+Spaniards were walking from one place to another, arguing with every
+one they met.</p>
+
+<p>But a nucleus for a mob already formed. Don Filipo knew what was
+their intention and tried to stop them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not break the peace!&rdquo; he shouted. &ldquo;To-morrow
+we will demand satisfaction: we will have justice. I will take the
+responsibility for our getting justice.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No!&rdquo; some replied. &ldquo;They did the same thing in
+Calamba. The same thing was promised, but the <i>Alcalde</i> <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb143" href="#pb143">143</a>]</span>did
+nothing. We want justice done by our own hands. To the <i>
+cuartel</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In vain the <i>teniente mayor</i> argued with them. The group that
+had gathered showed no signs of changing its attitude or purpose. Don
+Filipo looked about him, in search of help. He saw Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra, for my sake, as a favor, hold them while
+I seek some <i>cuaderilleros</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What can I do?&rdquo; asked the young man, perplexed. But the
+<i>teniente mayor</i> was already in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra in turn looked about him, for he knew not whom. Fortunately,
+he thought he discerned Elias, in the crowd, but not taking an active
+part in it. Ibarra ran up to him, seized his arm and said to him in
+Spanish:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For heaven&rsquo;s sake! Do something, if you can! I cannot
+do anything.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The pilot must have understood, for he lost himself in the mob.</p>
+
+<p>Lively discussions were heard mingled with strong interjections.
+Soon the mob began to disperse, each one of the participants becoming
+less hostile. And it was time for them to do so, for the <i>
+cuaderilleros</i> were coming to the scene with fixed bayonets.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, what was the curate doing?</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; had not gone to bed. Standing on foot, immovable
+and leaning his face against the shutter, he was looking toward the
+plaza and, from time to time, a suppressed sigh escaped his breast. If
+the light of his lamp had not been so dim, perhaps one might have seen
+that his eyes were filling with tears. Thus he stood for almost an
+hour.</p>
+
+<p>The tumult in the plaza roused him from this state. Full of
+surprise, he followed with his eyes the people as they rushed to and
+fro in confusion. Their voices and cries he could vaguely hear even at
+that distance. One of the servants came running in breathlessly and
+informed him what was going on.</p>
+
+<p>A thought entered his mind. Amid confusion and tumult libertines
+take advantage of the fright and the weakness of woman. All flee to
+save themselves; nobody thinks of anyone else; the women faint and
+their cries <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb144" href=
+"#pb144">144</a>]</span>are not heard; they fall; are trampled over;
+fear and fright overcome modesty, and under cover of darkness.... He
+fancied he could see Ibarra carrying Maria Clara fainting in his arms,
+and then disappearing in the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>With leaps and bounds, he went down the stairs without hat, or cane,
+and, almost like a crazy person, turned toward the plaza.</p>
+
+<p>There he found some Spaniards reproving the soldiers. He looked
+toward the seats which Maria Clara and her friends had been occupying,
+and saw that they were vacant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father curate! Father curate!&rdquo; shouted the Spaniards to
+him, but he took no notice and ran on in the direction of the house of
+Captain Tiago. There he recovered his breath. He saw through the
+transparent shade, a shadow&mdash;that adorable shadow, so graceful and
+delicate in its contour&mdash;that of Maria Clara. He could also see
+another shadow, that of her aunt carrying cups and glasses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well!&rdquo; he muttered to himself. &ldquo;It seems that she
+has only fallen ill.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel afterward closed the shell windows and the graceful
+shadow could no longer be seen.</p>
+
+<p>The curate walked away from there without seeing the crowd. He was
+looking at the bust of a beautiful maiden which he had before his eyes,
+a maiden sleeping and breathing sweetly. Her eyelids were shaded by
+long lashes, which formed graceful curves like those on Rafael&rsquo;s
+virgins. Her small mouth was smiling, and her whole countenance seemed
+to breathe virginity, purity and innocence. That sweet face of hers on
+the background of the white draperies of the bed was a vision like the
+head of a cherubim among the clouds. His impassioned imagination went
+on and pictured to him.... Who can describe all that a burning brain
+can conceive? <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb145" href=
+"#pb145">145</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e3746src" id="xd0e3746">1</a></span> A popular Spanish song handed
+down from the time of Riego&rsquo;s uprising in Spain.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e3765src" id="xd0e3765">2</a></span> Volunteer police.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch23" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Two Visitors.</h2>
+
+<p>Ibarra found his mind in such a state that it was impossible for him
+to sleep. So, in order to divert himself and to drive away the gloomy
+idea which distracted his mind, he began work in his solitary
+laboratory. Morning came upon him, still at work making mixtures and
+compounds to the action of which he submitted pieces of cane and other
+substances, and afterward enclosed them in numbered and sealed
+flasks.</p>
+
+<p>A servant entered, announcing the arrival of a peasant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let him enter!&rdquo; said he, without even turning to
+look.</p>
+
+<p>Elias entered and remained standing in silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! is it you?&rdquo; Ibarra exclaimed in Tagalog on
+recognizing him. &ldquo;Excuse me if I have kept you waiting. I was not
+aware of your presence. I was making an important
+experiment.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not wish to disturb you!&rdquo; replied the young pilot.
+&ldquo;I have come in the first place, to ask you if you want anything
+from the province of Batangas, whither I am going now; and, in the
+second place, to give you some bad news.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked inquiringly at the pilot.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The daughter of Captain Tiago is ill,&rdquo; added Elias
+quietly, &ldquo;but the illness is not serious.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I had already feared it,&rdquo; responded Ibarra. &ldquo;Do
+you know what the illness is?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A fever. Now, if you have nothing to
+order&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thanks, my friend. I wish you a good journey, but before you
+go, permit me to ask you a question. If it is indiscreet, do not answer
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias bowed. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb146" href=
+"#pb146">146</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How were you able to quiet the mob last night?&rdquo; asked
+Ibarra, fixing his eyes on him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In a very simple way,&rdquo; replied Elias, with entire
+frankness. &ldquo;At the head of it were two brothers whose father died
+from the effects of a whipping at the hands of the Civil Guard. One day
+I had the fortune to save them from the same hands into which their
+father fell, and for this both are under obligations to me. Last night
+I went to them, and requested them to dissuade the others from their
+purpose.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And those two brothers whose father died by being whipped to
+death?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They will end their lives in the same way,&rdquo; replied
+Elias in a low voice. &ldquo;When adversity has marked itself once on a
+family, all the members have to perish. When the lightning strikes a
+tree, it reduces it all to ashes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Elias, seeing that Ibarra was silent, took his leave.</p>
+
+<p>The latter on finding himself alone, lost the serenity of
+countenance which he had preserved in the presence of the pilot, and
+grief manifested itself in his face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&mdash;I have made her suffer,&rdquo; he muttered.</p>
+
+<p>He quickly dressed himself and descended the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>A little man, dressed in mourning, with a large scar on his left
+cheek, meekly saluted him, stopping him on his way.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you wish?&rdquo; Ibarra asked him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, my name is Lucas. I am the brother of the man
+who was killed yesterday during the ceremony when the stone was being
+laid.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! You have my sympathy&mdash;and, well?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, I wish to know how much you are going to pay my
+brother&rsquo;s family.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much I am going to pay?&rdquo; repeated the young man
+without being able to conceal a bored expression. &ldquo;We will talk
+that over. Come back this afternoon, for I am busy to-day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Only tell me how much you are going to pay,&rdquo; insisted
+Lucas.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have told you that we would talk about that some other
+time. I&rsquo;m too busy to-day,&rdquo; said Ibarra, impatiently. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb147" href="#pb147">147</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You haven&rsquo;t time now, se&ntilde;or?&rdquo; asked Lucas
+with bitterness and putting himself in front of the young man.
+&ldquo;You do not have time to occupy yourself about the
+dead?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come this afternoon, my good fellow!&rdquo; repeated Ibarra,
+restraining himself. &ldquo;To-day I have to go and see a sick
+person.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! and you forget the dead for a sick person? Do you think
+that because we are poor&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him and cut off what he was saying.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t try my patience!&rdquo; said he, and went on his
+way. Lucas stood looking at him, with a smile on his face, full of
+hatred.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You do not know that you are a grandson of the man who
+exposed my father to the sun!&rdquo; he muttered between his teeth.
+&ldquo;You have the very same blood in your veins!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, changing his tone he added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But if you pay well, we are friends.&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb148" href="#pb148">148</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch24" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Episode in Espada&ntilde;a&rsquo;s Life.</h2>
+
+<p>The festival was over. The citizens found, just as every year, that
+their treasury was poorer, that they had worked, perspired, and stayed
+up nights without enjoying themselves, without acquiring new friends,
+and in a word, had paid dearly for the noise and their headaches. But
+it did not matter. The next year they would do the same thing, and the
+same for the coming century, just as had always been the custom to the
+present time.</p>
+
+<p>Enough sadness reigned in Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house. All the
+windows were closed; the people scarcely made a noise, and no one dared
+to speak except in the kitchen. Maria Clara, the soul of the house, lay
+sick in her bed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you think, Isabel? Shall I make a donation to the
+cross of Tunasan or to the cross of Matahong?&rdquo; asked the
+solicitous father in a low voice. &ldquo;The cross of <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e3945" title="Source: Tunason">Tunasan</span> grows, but
+that of Matahong sweats. Which do you think is the most
+miraculous?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Isabel thought for a moment, moved her head and murmured: &ldquo;To
+grow&mdash;to grow is more miraculous than to sweat. We all sweat, but
+we do not all grow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is true, yes, Isabel, but bear in mind that for wood to
+sweat when it is made into the leg of a chair is no small miracle.
+Well, the best thing to do is to give alms to both crosses, so that
+neither will feel resentful, and Maria Clara will recover more quickly.
+Are the rooms in good order? You know that a new se&ntilde;or comes
+with the doctors, a relative of Father D&aacute;maso by marriage. It is
+necessary that nothing be lacking.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The two cousins, Sinang and Victoria, were at the other end of the
+dining-room. They had come to keep company with the sick Maria. Andeng
+was helping them clean up a tea service in order to serve tea. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb149" href="#pb149">149</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know Doctor Espada&ntilde;a?&rdquo; asked Maria
+Clara&rsquo;s foster sister, directing her question to Victoria.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No!&rdquo; replied the latter. &ldquo;The only thing that I
+know about him is that he charges very dearly, according to Captain
+Tiago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then he ought to be very good,&rdquo; said Andeng. &ldquo;The
+one who performed the operation on the stomach of Do&ntilde;a Marta
+charged a big price, but he was very wise.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You goose!&rdquo; exclaimed Sinang. &ldquo;Not all who charge
+high prices are wise. Look at Doctor Guevara. He did not know how to
+aid a woman in childbirth, but after cutting off the child&rsquo;s
+head, he collected one hundred <i>pesos</i> from the widower. What he
+did know was how to charge.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you know about it?&rdquo; her cousin asked, giving
+her a jab with her elbow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why shouldn&rsquo;t I know about it? The husband, who is a
+wood-sawyer, after losing his wife, had to lose his house also, for the
+<i>Alcalde</i> was a friend of the doctor&rsquo;s and made him pay. Why
+shouldn&rsquo;t I know? My father loaned him money so that he could
+make a trip to Santa Cruz.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A coach stopped before the house and cut off all the
+conversation.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, followed by Aunt Isabel, ran downstairs to receive
+the new arrivals. They were the doctor, Don Tiburcio de
+Espada&ntilde;a, his wife, Doctora Do&ntilde;a Victorina de los Reyes
+<i>de</i> de Espada&ntilde;a; and a young Spaniard. The latter had a
+sympathetic face and a pleasing appearance.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>doctora</i> wore a silk gown, embroidered with flowers, and
+on her hat, a large parrot half crushed among trimmings of red and blue
+ribbons. The dust of the road had mingled with the rice powder on her
+cheeks, strongly accentuating her wrinkles. She was leaning on the arm
+of her lame husband.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have the pleasure to present to you our cousin, Don Alfonso
+Linares de Espada&ntilde;a,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina, pointing
+toward the young man. &ldquo;The gentleman is a god-son of a relative
+of Father D&aacute;maso, and is private secretary to all the
+ministers.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb150" href=
+"#pb150">150</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The young man bowed gracefully. Captain Tiago almost kissed his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina was a woman of about forty-five summers,
+which, according to her arithmetical calculations, was equivalent to
+thirty-two springs. She had been pretty in her youth, but, raging over
+her own beauty, she had looked with disdain on many Filipino adorers,
+for her aspirations were for the other race. She had not cared to
+entrust her little white hand to anybody, but this not on account of
+lack of confidence on her part, for she had entrusted rings and jewels
+of inestimable value to various foreign adventurers.</p>
+
+<p>Six months before the time of the happenings of which we are
+writing, she saw her beautiful dream realized, that dream of her whole
+life, on account of which she had disdained all manner of flattery and
+even the promises of love, which had been cooed into her ears, or sung
+in serenades by Captain Tiago. Late, it is true, she had realized her
+dream; but she knew well the proverb&mdash;&ldquo;Better late than
+never,&rdquo; and consoled herself by repeating it again and again.
+&ldquo;There is no complete happiness on this earth,&rdquo; was her
+other favorite proverb, but neither of these ever passed her lips in
+the presence of other people.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina, after passing her first, second, third and
+fourth youth in fishing in the sea of men for the object of her dreams,
+had at last to content herself with what fortune cared to give her. The
+poor little woman, if she, instead of having passed thirty-two springs,
+had not passed more than thirty-one&mdash;the difference according to
+her arithmetic was very great&mdash;would have thrown back the prize
+which Destiny offered her, and preferred to wait for another more in
+conformity with her tastes. But, as the man proposed and necessity
+disposed it so, for she needed a husband very badly, she was compelled
+to content herself with a poor man, who had been driven by necessity to
+leave the Province of Estremadura in Spain. He, after wandering about
+the world for six or seven months, a modern Ulysses, found at last in
+the island of Luzon, hospitality, money, and a faded Calypso, his
+better half&mdash;but alas! a bitter half. He was known as the unhappy
+Tiburcio Espada&ntilde;a, and, although he was <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb151" href="#pb151">151</a>]</span>thirty-five years old and
+seemed even older, he was, however, younger than Do&ntilde;a Victorina,
+who was only thirty-two.</p>
+
+<p>He had come to the Philippines in the capacity of clerk in the
+custom house, but after all the sea-sickness of the voyage and after
+fracturing a leg on the way, he had the bad luck to receive his
+discharge fifteen days after his arrival. He was left without a single
+<i>cuarto</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Distrusting the sea, he did not wish to return to Spain without
+having made a fortune. So he decided to devote himself to something.
+Spanish pride did not permit him to do any manual labor. The poor man
+would have worked with pleasure to have earned an honorable living, but
+the prestige of the Spaniard did not permit this, nor did that prestige
+provide him with the necessities of life.</p>
+
+<p>At first he lived at the expense of some of his countrymen, but, as
+Tiburcio had some self-respect, the bread was sour to him, and instead
+of getting fat he grew thin. As he had neither knowledge of any
+science, money nor recommendations, his countrymen, in order to get rid
+of him, advised him to go to some of the provinces and pass himself off
+as a Doctor of Medicine. At first, he did not like the idea, and
+opposed the plan, for although he had been a servant in the San Carlos
+Hospital, he had not learned anything about the science of healing, his
+duty having been to dust off the benches and light the fires, and, even
+in this work, he had served only a short time. But as necessity was
+pressing him hard, and as his friends pointed out the vanity of his
+scruples, he took their advice, went into the provinces and began to
+visit the sick, charging as much for his services as his conscience
+permitted. Later on he began to charge dearly and to put a high price
+on his visits. On this account, he was at once taken to be a great
+doctor and would probably have made his fortune, had not the attention
+of the Protective Medical Society of Manila, been called to his
+exorbitant charges and to his harmful competition.</p>
+
+<p>Private citizens and professors interceded in his behalf.
+&ldquo;Man!&rdquo; said the zealous Doctor C. in speaking of him.
+&ldquo;Let him make his little money. Let him make <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb152" href="#pb152">152</a>]</span>his little six or
+seven thousand <i>pesos</i>. He will be able to return to his native
+land then and live in peace. What does it matter to you? Let him
+deceive the unwary natives. Then they may become smarter. He is a poor,
+unhappy fellow. Do not take the bread from his mouth. Be a good
+Spaniard!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Doctor C. was a good Spaniard and he winked at the matter. But when
+the facts reached the ears of the people, they began to lose confidence
+in him, and little by little Don Tiburcio Espada&ntilde;a lost his
+clientage, and found himself almost obliged to beg for bread day by
+day. Then it was that he learned from a friend of his, who was also a
+friend of Do&ntilde;a Victorina about the position of that woman, and
+about her patriotism and good heart. Don Tiburcio saw in her a bit of
+blue sky and asked to be presented.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina and Don Tiburcio met. <i lang="la">Tarde
+venientibus ossa</i>, he would have exclaimed if he had known Latin.
+She was no longer passable, she was past. Her abundant hair had been
+reduced to a wad about the size of an onion top, as the servants were
+wont to describe it. Her face was full of wrinkles and her teeth had
+begun to loosen. Her eyes had also suffered, and considerably, too. She
+had to squint frequently when she cared to look off at a certain
+distance. Her character was the only thing that had remained
+unchanged.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of half an hour&rsquo;s conversation, they came to an
+understanding and accepted each other. She would have preferred a
+Spaniard less lame, less of a stammerer, less bald, one with more
+teeth, one of more rank and social standing, or <i>
+categor&iacute;a</i>, as she called it. But this class of Spaniards
+never came to ask her hand. She had heard, too, more than once that
+&ldquo;opportunity is bald,&rdquo; and she honestly believed that Don
+Tiburcio was that very opportunity, for on account of his dark days he
+had prematurely lost his hair. What woman is not prudent at
+thirty-two?</p>
+
+<p>Don Tiburcio, for his part, felt a vague melancholy when he thought
+of his honeymoon. He smiled with resignation especially when he called
+the phantom of hunger to his aid. He had never had ambition or
+pretensions. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb153" href=
+"#pb153">153</a>]</span>His tastes were simple, his thoughts limited;
+but his heart, untouched till then, had dreamed of a very different
+divinity. In his youth when, tired by his day&rsquo;s labor, after a
+frugal meal, he lay down on a poor bed, he dreamed of a smiling,
+affectionate image. Afterward, when his sorrows and privations
+increased, the years passed and his poetical dreams were not fulfilled,
+he thought merely of a good woman, a willing hand, a worker, who might
+afford him a small dowry, console him when tired from labor, and
+quarrel with him from time to time. Yes, he was thinking of the
+quarrels as a happiness! But when, obliged to wander from country to
+country, in search no longer of a fortune, but of some commodity to
+sustain his life for the remainder of his days; when, deluded by the
+accounts of his countrymen who came from beyond the seas, he embarked
+for the Philippines&mdash;then the vision of a housekeeper gave way to
+an image of an arrogant <i>mestiza</i>, a beautiful native with large
+black eyes, draped in silks and transparent garments, loaded with
+diamonds and gold, offering him her love and her carriages.</p>
+
+<p>He arrived in the Philippines and believed that he was about to
+realize his dream, for the young women who, in silver-plated carriages,
+frequented the Luneta and the Malecon, Manila&rsquo;s popular and
+fashionable drives, looked at him with a certain curiosity. Later, when
+this curiosity on their part had ceased, the <i>mestiza</i> disappeared
+from his dreams, and with great labor he formed in his mind a picture
+of a widow, but an agreeable widow. So it was that when he saw only
+part of his dream taking on real form, he became sad. But he was
+somewhat of a philosopher and said to himself: &ldquo;That was a dream,
+but in the world one does not live in dreams.&rdquo; Thus he settled
+all his doubts; she wasted a lot of rice powder on her cheeks. Pshaw!
+When they were once married he would make her stop that easily enough;
+she had many wrinkles in her face, but his coat had more bare spots and
+patches; she was old, pretentious, and imperious, but hunger was more
+imperious, and still more pretentious; and then, too, he had a sweet
+disposition, and, who could tell?&mdash;love modifies character; she
+spoke Spanish <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb154" href=
+"#pb154">154</a>]</span>very badly, but he himself did not speak it
+well; at least, the head of the Customs department had so notified him
+in his discharge from his position, and besides, what did it matter?
+What if she was old and ridiculous? He was lame, toothless and bald.
+When some friend jested with him, he would respond: &ldquo;Give me
+bread and call me a fool.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Don Tiburcio was what is vulgarly called a man who would not harm a
+fly. He was modest and incapable of conceiving an evil thought. He
+would have made a good missionary had he lived in olden times. His stay
+in the country had not given him that conviction of his own
+superiority, of his own worth, and of his high importance, which the
+larger part of his countrymen acquire in a few weeks in the
+Philippines. His heart had never been able to conceive hatred for
+anybody or anything. He had not yet been able to find a revolutionist.
+He only looked upon the people as unhappy beings whom it was fitting
+for him to deprive of a little of their wealth in order to prevent
+himself becoming even more unhappy than they. When they tried to make a
+case against him for passing as a doctor without a proper license, he
+did not resent it, he did not complain. He saw the justice of the case,
+and only replied: &ldquo;But it is necessary to live!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So they were married and went to Santa A&ntilde;a to pass their
+honeymoon. But on the night of the wedding Do&ntilde;a Victorina had a
+bad attack of indigestion. Don Tiburcio gave thanks to God and showed
+solicitude and care. On the second night, however, he conducted himself
+like an honorable man, but on the day following, when he looked in the
+mirror at his bare gums, he smiled with melancholy: he had grown ten
+years older at least.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina, charmed with her husband, had a good set of
+front teeth made for him, and had the best tailors in the city dress
+and equip him. She ordered carriages and <i>calesas</i>, sent to
+Batangas and Albay provinces for the finest spans of horses, and even
+obliged him to make two entries in the coming horse races.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, while she was transforming her husband, she did not
+forget her own person. She laid aside the silk <i>saya</i> or Filipino
+skirt and <i>pi&ntilde;a</i> cloth bodice, for <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb155" href="#pb155">155</a>]</span>a dress of European style.
+She substituted false curls in front for the simple hair dress of the
+Filipinos. Her dresses, which fitted her &ldquo;divinely bad,&rdquo;
+disturbed the peace and tranquillity of the entire neighborhood.</p>
+
+<p>The husband never went out of the house afoot&mdash;she did not want
+people to see that he was lame. He always took her for drives through
+the places most deserted, much to her pain, for she wanted to display
+her husband on the drives most frequented by the public. But out of
+respect for their honeymoon, she kept silent.</p>
+
+<p>The last quarter of the honeymoon had just begun when he wanted to
+stop her from using rice powder on her cheeks, saying to her that it
+was false and not natural. Do&ntilde;a Victorina frowned and looked
+squarely at his front set of teeth. He at once became silent, and she
+learned his weakness.</p>
+
+<p>She soon got the idea that she was to become a mother and made the
+following announcement to all her friends: &ldquo;Next month, we, I and
+de Espada&ntilde;a are going to the <i>Pe&ntilde;insula</i>.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd0e4068src" href="#xd0e4068">1</a> I don&rsquo;t want to
+have my son born here and have them call him a
+revolutionist.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She added a <i>de</i> to her husband&rsquo;s name. The <i>de</i> did
+not cost anything and gave <i>categor&iacute;a</i> to the name. When
+she signed herself, she wrote Victorina de los Reyes de de
+Espada&ntilde;a. That <i>de</i> de Espada&ntilde;a was her mania.
+Neither the lithographer who printed her cards, nor her husband, could
+get the idea out of her head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I do not put more than one <i>de</i> in the name people
+will think that I haven&rsquo;t it, fool!&rdquo; said she to her
+husband.</p>
+
+<p>She was talking continually about her preparations for the voyage to
+Spain. She learned by memory the names of the points where the steamers
+called, and it was a pleasure to hear her talk&mdash;&ldquo;I am going
+to see the <i>sismus</i> of the Suez Canal. De Espada&ntilde;a thinks
+that it is the most beautiful, and De Espada&ntilde;a has seen the
+whole world.&rdquo;&mdash;&ldquo;I will probably never return to this
+land of savages.&rdquo;&mdash;&ldquo;I was not born to live here. Aden
+or Port Said would be more suitable for me. I have always <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb156" href="#pb156">156</a>]</span>thought so since
+I was a child.&rdquo; Do&ntilde;a Victorina, in her geography, divided
+the world into two parts, the Philippines and Spain. In this she
+differed from the lower class of people in Madrid for they divide it
+into Spain and America, or Spain and China, America and China being
+merely different names for the same country.</p>
+
+<p>The husband knew that some of these things were barbarisms, but he
+kept silent so that she would not mock him and twit him with his
+stammering. She feigned to be whimsical in order to increase her
+illusion that she was a mother, and she began to dress herself in
+colors, adorn herself with flowers and ribbons, and to walk through the
+Escolta in a wrapper. But oh! what an illusion! Three months passed and
+the dream vanished. By this time, having no fear that her son would be
+a revolutionist, she gave up the voyage. She consulted doctors,
+mid-wives and old women, but all in vain. To the great displeasure of
+Captain Tiago she made fun of San Pascual Bailon, as she did not care
+to run to any saint. On account of this a friend of her <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e4099" title="Source: huband">husband</span> told
+her:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Believe me, Se&ntilde;ora, you are the only <i lang="es">
+espiritu fuerte</i> (strong-minded person) in this country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She smiled without understanding what <i lang="es">espiritu
+fuerte</i> meant, but, at night, when it was time to be sleeping, she
+asked her husband about it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Daughter,&rdquo; replied he, &ldquo;the
+e&mdash;espir&mdash;espiritu most fu-fuerte that I know&mdash;know
+about is a&mdash;a&mdash;ammonia. My fr-fr-friend must have be-been
+us-using a figure of rhetoric.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>From that time on, she was always saying, whenever she could,
+&ldquo;I am the only ammonia in this country, speaking rhetorically, as
+Se&ntilde;or N. de N. who is from the <i>Pe&ntilde;insula</i> and who
+has much <i>categor&iacute;a</i>, puts it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Whatever she said had to be done. She had come to dominate her
+husband completely. On his part, he offered no great resistance, and
+was converted into a little lap dog for her. If he incommoded her she
+would not let him go out for a drive, and when she became really
+infuriated, she would snatch out his false teeth and leave <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb157" href="#pb157">157</a>]</span>him a
+horrible-looking man for one or more days, according to the
+offense.</p>
+
+<p>It occurred to her that her husband ought to be a Doctor of Medicine
+and Surgery, and so she expressed herself to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Daughter! Do you want them to arrest me?&rdquo; he said,
+frightened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be a fool. Let me arrange it!&rdquo; she replied.
+&ldquo;You are not going to attend any one, but I want them to call you
+a doctor and me a <i>doctora</i>, eh?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And on the following day Rodoreda, a prominent marble dealer in
+Manila, received an order for the following engraving on black marble:
+<span class="smallcaps">Dr. De Espada&ntilde;a, Specialist in All Kinds
+of Diseases.</span></p>
+
+<p>All of the servants had to give them their new titles, and, in
+consequence of it all, she increased the number of her curls in front,
+the layer of rice powder, the ribbons and laces, and looked with more
+disdain than ever on the poor and less fortunate women of her country,
+who had less <i>categor&iacute;a</i> than she. Each day she felt
+herself more dignified and elevated, and, following along this road, in
+less than a year she would think herself of divine origin.</p>
+
+<p>These sublime thoughts, however, did not prevent her from growing
+more ridiculous and older each day. Every time that Captain Tiago met
+her in the street and remembered that he had once made love to her in
+vain, he would go at once to the church and give a <i>peso</i> for a
+mass as a thank offering for his good luck in not marrying her. In
+spite of this, Captain Tiago highly respected her husband, on account
+of his title of &ldquo;specialist in all kinds of diseases,&rdquo; and
+he listened with close attention to the few phrases that he managed to
+stutter out. In fact, it was on account of this title and the fact that
+the doctor did not attend everybody, that the Captain chose him to
+attend his daughter.</p>
+
+<p>As to the young man Linares, it is a different story. When she was
+making ready for her voyage to Spain, Do&ntilde;a Victorina thought of
+having an administrator from the <i>Pe&ntilde;insula</i> to look after
+her affairs, for she did not trust Filipinos. Her husband remembered a
+nephew in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb158" href=
+"#pb158">158</a>]</span>Madrid who was studying to become a lawyer, and
+who was considered the smartest one in his family. They wrote to him,
+then, sending him in advance money for the passage, and, when the dream
+was dispelled, the young man was already on his way.</p>
+
+<p>These are the three persons who had just arrived.</p>
+
+<p>While they were eating their breakfast, Father Salv&iacute; arrived,
+and, as the husband and wife had already met the friar, they presented
+him to the young Linares, with all his titles. The young man
+blushed.</p>
+
+<p>As was natural they spoke of Maria Clara. The young maiden was
+resting and sleeping. They talked over the voyage. Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina showed her verbosity by criticising the customs of the
+provinces, the <i>nipa</i> houses, the bamboo bridges, without
+forgetting to tell the curate about her friendship with the Commander
+of the Army, the <i>Alcalde</i> so and so, Judge so and so of the
+Supreme Court, and with the governor of the province, all persons of
+<i>categor&iacute;a</i>, who had much consideration for her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you had come two days before, Dona Victorina,&rdquo;
+replied Captain Tiago during a short pause, &ldquo;you would have met
+His Excellency, the Governor General. He sat right there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What? How&rsquo;s that? Was His Excellency here? And in your
+house? A lie!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I tell you he sat right there. If you had come two days
+before&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! What a shame that little Clara did not fall sick
+before!&rdquo; exclaimed she, in real sorrow. And directing herself to
+Linares: &ldquo;Do you hear, cousin? His Excellency was here! You see
+De Espada&ntilde;a was right when he told you that we were not going to
+the house of a miserable native. For you should know, Don Santiago,
+that our cousin was a friend of all the Ministers in Madrid and all the
+Dukes, and he dined in the house of Count del Campanario
+(belfry).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Duke de la Torre (tower), Victorina,&rdquo; said her husband,
+correcting her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It amounts to the same thing. Do you think you can tell me
+that&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Would I find Father D&aacute;maso in town to-day?&rdquo;
+interrupted <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb159" href=
+"#pb159">159</a>]</span>Linares, turning to Father Salv&iacute;.
+&ldquo;They have told me that he is near here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is, precisely, and will come here in a little
+while,&rdquo; replied the curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How glad I am! I have a letter for him,&rdquo; exclaimed the
+young man. &ldquo;And if it had not been for this happy chance which
+brought me here, I would have come expressly to visit him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The happy chance&mdash;that is, Maria Clara&mdash;had, in the
+meantime awakened.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;De Espada&ntilde;a!&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina,
+finishing her breakfast. &ldquo;Are we going to see little
+Clara?&rdquo; And turning to Captain Tiago, &ldquo;For you only, Don
+Santiago; for you alone! My husband does not treat anybody except
+people of <i>categor&iacute;a</i>, and he even refuses some of them! My
+husband is not like those about here&mdash;in Madrid he only visited
+people of <i>categor&iacute;a</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They passed into the sick room.</p>
+
+<p>The room was almost dark. The windows were shut for fear of a
+draught, and the little light which illuminated the room came from the
+two wax candles which were burning in front of an image of the Virgin
+of Antipolo.</p>
+
+<p>Her head wrapped up in a handkerchief, saturated in cologne water,
+her body wrapped in wide folds of white sheets which outlined her
+virginal form, the sick maiden lay on her bed of <i>kamakon</i><a
+class="noteref" id="xd0e4210src" href="#xd0e4210">2</a> among <i>
+jusi</i> and <i>pi&ntilde;a</i> curtains. Her hair, forming a frame
+around her oval face, increased her transparent paleness, which was
+animated only by her large eyes full of sadness. At her side were her
+two friends and Andeng.</p>
+
+<p>De Espada&ntilde;a felt of her pulse, examined her tongue, asked
+some questions, and shaking his head seriously, said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sh-sh-she is si-sick. But we-we-we can cu-cu-cure
+her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina looked with pride at those around her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A li-lichen in mil-milk in the-the morning; syrup of marsh
+marsh-mal-mallow, tw-o&mdash;two hounds&rsquo;&mdash;hounds&rsquo;
+tongue pi-pills,&rdquo; ordered De Espada&ntilde;a. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb160" href="#pb160">160</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take courage, little Clara,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina, approaching her. &ldquo;We have come to cure you. I am going
+to present our cousin to you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Linares was absorbed, contemplating those eloquent eyes which seemed
+to be seeking some one, and he did not hear Do&ntilde;a Victorina call
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Linares,&rdquo; said the curate, calling him out
+of his ecstacy. &ldquo;Here comes Father D&aacute;maso.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In fact, Father D&aacute;maso was coming, pale and somewhat sad. On
+leaving his bed, his first visit was to Maria Clara. He was no longer
+the Father D&aacute;maso that he had been, so robust and talkative. He
+now walked along in silence and with unsteady footsteps. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb161" href="#pb161">161</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4068src" id="xd0e4068">1</a></span> A wrong pronunciation of the
+Spanish Peninsula meaning Spain.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4210src" id="xd0e4210">2</a></span> A costly and rich wood like
+ebony.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch25" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Schemes.</h2>
+
+<p>Without paying attention to anybody, Father D&aacute;maso went
+straight to the sick room and took hold of Maria&rsquo;s hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria!&rdquo; said he, with indescribable tenderness, as
+tears dropped from his eyes. &ldquo;Maria, my child, you are not going
+to die!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria opened her eyes and looked at him with surprise.</p>
+
+<p>None who knew the Franciscan suspected that he ever had such tender
+thoughts. No one ever supposed that a heart existed under that gross
+and rude aspect.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso could say no more and left the maiden, weeping
+like a child. He went out through the room at the head of the stairs,
+to give free vent to his grief, on Maria Clara&rsquo;s balcony under
+her favorite vines.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How he loves his god-daughter!&rdquo; thought they all.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; witnessed the scene, immovable and silent,
+lightly biting his lips.</p>
+
+<p>When his grief was somewhat soothed, Father D&aacute;maso was
+introduced by Do&ntilde;a Victorina to the young Linares, who
+approached the friar with respect.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso gazed at him in silence from head to foot. He
+took the letter which the young man handed to him and read it
+apparently without understanding it, for he asked him:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who are you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alfonso Linares, the god-son of your brother-in-law,&rdquo;
+stammered the young man.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso leaned back and examined the young man again.
+His face brightened up and he rose to his feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And so you are the god-son of little Charles!&rdquo; he
+exclaimed. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb162" href=
+"#pb162">162</a>]</span>&ldquo;Come here and let me embrace you. It was
+some days ago that I received your letter. So it is you! I did not know
+you&mdash;but that is easily explained, for you were not yet born when
+I left the country. I never knew you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Father D&aacute;maso stretched out his robust arms to the young
+man who blushed, either from shame or suffocation. Father D&aacute;maso
+seemed to have completely forgotten his grief.</p>
+
+<p>After the first moments of effusion had passed, and questions had
+been asked about Carlicos, as he called little Charles, Father
+D&aacute;maso asked:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well. What does Carlicos want me to do for you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe he says something in the letter,&rdquo; stammered
+Linares again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the letter? Let us see. &rsquo;Tis so! And he wants me to
+get you a job and a wife! Hm! Employment&mdash;employment: that is
+easy. Do you know how to read and write?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have graduated in law from the Central
+University.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Carambas!</i> So you are a pettifogger? Well, you
+don&rsquo;t look it&mdash;you look more like a young gentleman. But so
+much the better! But to find you a wife&mdash;hm! hm! a
+wife.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father, I am not in a hurry about it,&rdquo; said Linares,
+confused.</p>
+
+<p>But Father D&aacute;maso began to walk from one end of the room to
+the other, muttering: &ldquo;A wife! A wife!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His face by this time was no longer sad, nor was it cheerful. It
+expressed the greatest seriousness and he seemed to be meditating.
+Father Salv&iacute; surveyed the scene from a distance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I did not believe that it could give me such pain,&rdquo;
+murmured Father D&aacute;maso in a mournful voice. &ldquo;But of two
+evils the lesser.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And raising his voice and approaching Linares, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come here, my boy! We will speak with Santiago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Linares turned pale and allowed himself to be led along by the
+priest, who was deep in thought. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb163"
+href="#pb163">163</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Then it was Father Salv&iacute;&rsquo;s turn to walk up and down the
+room and he did so, meditating, as was his custom.</p>
+
+<p>A voice bidding him good morning stopped his monotonous tread. He
+raised his head and his eyes met Lucas, who saluted him humbly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you want?&rdquo; asked the eyes of the curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father, I am the brother of the man who was killed on the day
+of the <i>fiesta</i>,&rdquo; replied Lucas, in a tearful tone.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; stepped back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what of it?&rdquo; he muttered, in an unintelligible
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>Lucas made an effort to weep, and dried his eyes with his
+handkerchief.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father,&rdquo; said he, crying, &ldquo;I have been to
+Crisostomo&rsquo;s house to ask him for indemnity. At first, he
+received me with kicks, saying that he would not pay anything, since he
+had run the risk of being killed through the fault of my dear,
+unfortunate brother. Yesterday, I went to talk with him again, but he
+had already left for Manila, leaving me for charity&rsquo;s sake five
+hundred <i>pesos</i> for my poor brother&mdash;five hundred <i>
+pesos</i>&mdash;ah! Father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate listened to the first part of his story with surprise and
+attention, but slowly there appeared on his lips a smile&mdash;a smile
+of such contempt and sarcasm at the comedy that was being played, that
+if Lucas had seen it he would have fled in all haste.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what do you want now?&rdquo; he asked, turning his back
+to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alas! Father, for love of God tell me what I ought to do.
+Father, you have always given good advice.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who has told you that? You do not live here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the whole province knows you, Father!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; went up to him with his eyes full of anger and,
+motioning to the street, said to the frightened Lucas:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go to your house and give thanks to Don Crisostomo that he
+has not sent you to jail. Get away from here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Forgetting his r&ocirc;le, Lucas muttered:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I thought&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb164" href="#pb164">164</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Out of here!&rdquo; cried Father Salv&iacute;, in a nervous
+tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to see Father D&aacute;maso.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso is busy. Out of here!&rdquo; ordered the
+curate, in an imperative tone, again.</p>
+
+<p>Lucas went down the stairs murmuring: &ldquo;He is another. How
+poorly he pays! He who pays better....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The voice of the curate had reached the ears of all in the house,
+even Father D&aacute;maso, Captain Tiago and Linares.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;An insolent beggar who came to ask alms and doesn&rsquo;t
+want to work,&rdquo; said Father Salv&iacute;, taking his hat and cane
+and starting toward the convent. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb165"
+href="#pb165">165</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch26" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Persecuted.</h2>
+
+<p>By the dim light which the moon diffused through the thick branches
+of the trees, a man wandered along the forest trails slowly and
+cautiously. From time to time, as if to find out where he was, he
+whistled a particular melody, to which another in the distance
+responded with the same air. The man listened attentively, and
+afterward proceeded in the direction of the distant sound.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, passing through the thousand difficulties which a virgin
+forest offers in the night time, he came to a small clearing. High
+rocks, crowned with trees, surrounded the place, forming a sort of
+ruined amphitheatre. Recently cut trees, with their charred trunks and
+enormous rocks, which Nature had covered with her mantle of green
+foliage, filled the middle of the open space.</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely had the unknown man arrived, when another figure quickly
+appeared from behind one of the large rocks, advanced and drew a
+revolver.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are you?&rdquo; he asked in Tagalog and, in an imperious
+voice, as he cocked the hammer of his weapon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is old Pablo among you?&rdquo; asked the first calmly,
+without replying to the question or becoming intimidated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you refer to the Captain? Yes, he is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell him, then, that Elias is looking for him here,&rdquo;
+said the man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you Elias?&rdquo; asked the other with a certain respect,
+and <span class="corr" id="xd0e4380" title="Source: aproaching">
+approaching</span> him without lowering his revolver. &ldquo;Then
+come.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias followed him.</p>
+
+<p>They penetrated into a kind of cavern, which was hollowed out in the
+depths of the earth. The guide, who knew the way, told the pilot when
+he ought to get down, stoop or crawl. However, it was not long before
+they came to a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb166" href=
+"#pb166">166</a>]</span><i>sala</i> or room in the cave, miserably
+illuminated by pitch torches, and occupied by twelve or fifteen armed
+men. The faces of the men were dirty and their clothes ragged; some
+were sitting down, others lying down, conversing among themselves in a
+low tone. Leaning his elbows on a stone which served as a table and
+contemplating thoughtfully the lamp, which was shedding very little
+light for the amount of smoke it made, sat an old man. His countenance
+was sad, and his head wrapped in a bloody rag. If we had not known that
+the place was a cave of <i>tulisanes</i>, we would have said, on
+reading the desperation on the face of the old man, that it was the
+Tower of Hunger on the eve when Ugolino devoured his sons.</p>
+
+<p>At the arrival of Elias and the guide, the men were about to arise,
+but, at a signal from the guide, they were quieted and contented
+themselves with examining the pilot, who was entirely unarmed.</p>
+
+<p>The old man turned his head slowly and his eyes met the sturdy
+figure of Elias. The latter, in turn, with his head uncovered, full of
+sadness and interest, gazed upon the old man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo; asked the old man, his face brightening a
+little as he recognized the youth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How badly off you are!&rdquo; murmured Elias, in an
+half-intelligible tone of voice.</p>
+
+<p>The old man bowed in silence, made a sign to the men, who then arose
+and left, not, however, without first directing glances at the pilot,
+measuring his stature and muscles.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes!&rdquo; said the old man to Elias as soon as they found
+themselves alone. &ldquo;Six months ago, I gave you refuge in my house.
+Then, it was I who sympathized with you; now, fortune has changed and
+it is you who pity me. But sit down, and tell me how you came
+here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some fifteen days ago they told me of your misfortune,&rdquo;
+replied the young man slowly, and in a low voice, looking toward the
+light. &ldquo;I at once set out on the road and I have been searching
+for you from mountain to mountain. I have travelled over the greater
+part of two provinces.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Rather than spill innocent blood,&rdquo; said Pablo, &ldquo;I
+have <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb167" href=
+"#pb167">167</a>]</span>had to flee. My enemies are afraid to show
+themselves and shield themselves behind some unhappy fellows who have
+never done me the slightest injury.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then, after a short pause, of which Elias took advantage to read the
+thoughts in that melancholy countenance, he replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have come to make a proposition. Having searched in vain
+for some member of the family which has caused me my misfortunes, I
+have decided to leave the province where I am living and to emigrate to
+the north and live there among the heathen and independent tribes. Do
+you want to leave this life and go with me? I will be your son, since
+you have lost those whom you had, and I, who have no family, will take
+you as my father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man shook his head and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;At my age, when a person makes a desperate resolution it is
+because there is no other course open. A man who, like me has passed
+his youth and the best years of his life working for his own future and
+for the future of his sons, a man who has been submissive to all the
+wishes of his superiors, who has discharged conscientiously all his
+duties, suffered everything in order to live in peace and in
+tranquillity; when such a man, whose blood has been chilled by Time,
+renounces all his past and all his future, on the very edge of his
+grave&mdash;when a man does this, it is because he has decided with
+mature judgment that peace does not exist, and that there is no Supreme
+Good. What use is there in living a few miserable days in a foreign
+land? I had two sons, a daughter, a fireside, a fortune. I enjoyed
+consideration and esteem. Now I am like a tree that has been stripped
+of its branches; a wandering fugitive, hunted like a wild beast in the
+forest, and all&mdash;why? Because a man dishonored my daughter,
+because her brothers wanted to make that man account for his infamous
+deed, and because that man is placed above all others with a title of
+Minister of God. But despite it all, I, a father, I, dishonored in my
+old age, pardoned the injury, for I was indulgent with the passions of
+youth and the weakness of the flesh, and, as the evil was irreparable,
+I wanted to save what still remained to me. But the criminal, afraid
+that vengeance was near at hand, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb168"
+href="#pb168">168</a>]</span>sought the destruction of my sons. What
+did he do? You do not know? Do you know how they feigned that there had
+been a robbery in the convent and how one of my sons figured among the
+accused? The other son they could not include because he was away. Do
+you know the tortures to which they were submitted? You know them
+because they are like those in other towns. I saw my son hung by the
+hair, I heard his cries, I heard him call me, and, coward that I was,
+and, accustomed to peace, I was not brave enough to kill or be killed.
+Do you know that the robbery was not proved, that it was seen that it
+was a calumny, that the curate was transferred to another town and that
+my son died from the result of his tortures? The other boy, who was
+still left for me, was not a coward like his father. The executioner
+was afraid that this son would take revenge for the death of his
+brother and so, under pretense of his not having a <i>cedula</i>,<a
+class="noteref" id="xd0e4425src" href="#xd0e4425">1</a> which for the
+moment had been forgotten, he was imprisoned by the Civil Guard,
+maltreated, irritated and provoked by force and injuries until he was
+driven to suicide. And I have survived after such a disgrace. But, if I
+had not the courage of a father to defend his sons, I have left a heart
+to take vengeance and I shall be revenged! The discontented are uniting
+under my command, my enemies increase my camp, and on that day when I
+consider myself strong enough I will go down into the plain and
+extinguish in fire both my vengeance and my own existence. And that day
+will come or there is no God!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man rose to his feet deeply agitated. With his eyes
+sparkling like fire and, in a hollow voice, he added, tearing his long
+hair:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Curses upon me, curses upon me for having restrained the
+avenging hand of my sons. I have assassinated them! Had I allowed them
+to kill the criminal; had I had less faith in the justice of God and of
+men, I would now have my sons; perhaps they would have been fugitives,
+but I would have them and they would not have died in torture. I was
+not born to be a father! For that reason, I <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb169" href="#pb169">169</a>]</span>haven&rsquo;t them with me now!
+Curses upon me for not having learned, with all my years, in what age
+we live! But in blood and fire, and in my own death, I will know how to
+take vengeance for them!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The unfortunate father, in the paroxysm of his grief, had taken off
+the bandage from his head, opening up a wound which he had on the
+forehead and from which the blood oozed out.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I respect your grief,&rdquo; replied Elias, &ldquo;and I
+understand your desire for vengeance. I, too, am like you, but, for
+fear of harming an innocent one, I prefer to forget my
+misfortunes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can forget them because you are young, and because you
+have not lost your son, have not lost your last hope! But, I assure
+you, I will not harm an innocent person. Do you see that wound? I
+allowed myself to receive that in order not to kill a poor <i>
+cuaderillero</i> who was fulfilling his duty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But see!&rdquo; said Elias, after a moment&rsquo;s silence.
+&ldquo;See what frightful destruction you will bring upon our
+unfortunate country. If you seek revenge by your own hand your enemies
+will retaliate, not against you, not against those who are armed, but
+against the people, who are always accused, and then how many more
+injustices!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let the people learn to defend themselves. Let each learn to
+defend himself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know that that is impossible. Se&ntilde;or, I have known
+you in other times when you were happy, then you gave me wise advice.
+Will you permit me...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man crossed his arms and seemed to meditate upon what he was
+going to say.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; continued Elias, measuring his words
+well, &ldquo;I have had the fortune to be of service to a young man,
+rich, of good heart, noble, and a lover of his country&rsquo;s welfare.
+They say that this young man has friends in Madrid. I do not know it,
+but I can positively assure you that he is a friend of the Governor
+General. What do you say if we make him the bearer of the
+people&rsquo;s complaints, if we can interest him in the cause of the
+unhappy?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you say that he is a rich man? The rich think of <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb170" href="#pb170">170</a>]</span>nothing but
+to increase their riches. Pride and pomp blind them, and, since they
+are generally well off, especially if they have powerful friends, none
+of them ever troubles himself about the unfortunates. I know it all,
+for I was once rich myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the man of whom I am speaking does not seem to be like
+the others. He is a son who would not allow the memory of his father to
+be dishonored. He is a young man who thinks about the
+future&mdash;thinks of a good future for his sons, for he may in a
+short time have a family of his own.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then he is a man who is going to be happy. Our cause is not a
+cause for happy men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But it is a cause for men of good hearts.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That may be,&rdquo; replied the old man sitting down.
+&ldquo;Suppose that he consented to carry our complaints to the
+Governor General. Suppose that he finds in the court those who will
+argue for us. Do you think we will get justice?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us try it before resorting to bloody measures,&rdquo;
+replied Elias. &ldquo;It must seem strange to you that I, another
+unfortunate, young, robust&mdash;that I should propose to you old and
+weak&mdash;peaceful measures. But it is because I have seen so many
+miseries caused by us similar to those caused by tyrants. The unarmed
+is the one who suffers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if we do not accomplish anything?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Something will be accomplished, believe me! Not all who
+govern are unjust. And if we do not accomplish anything, if our voice
+is not listened to, if the man turns a deaf ear to the grief of his
+fellow men, then we will put ourselves under your orders.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man, full of enthusiasm, embraced the young man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I accept your proposition, Elias. I know that you will keep
+your word. You come to me and I will help you take vengeance for your
+father. You will help me to take vengeance for my sons&mdash;my sons
+who were like you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the meantime, Se&ntilde;or, avoid all violent
+measures.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can expound the complaints of the people. You certainly
+know them. When will we know the answer?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Within four days send a man to meet me on the beach at San
+Diego and I will tell him what the person <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb171" href="#pb171">171</a>]</span>in whom I have hope says. If he
+accepts, we will get justice, and if he does not accept, I will be the
+first to fall in the fight which we will begin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Elias will not die. Elias will be chief, when Captain Pablo
+falls, satisfied in his revenge,&rdquo; said the old man. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb172" href="#pb172">172</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4425src" id="xd0e4425">1</a></span> Certificate of identification
+required of all Filipinos under Spanish domination.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch27" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Cock Fight.</h2>
+
+<p>In order to keep the Sabbath holy in the Philippines the people
+generally go to the cock fight, just as in Spain they go to the bull
+fight. Cock fighting, a passion introduced into the country and
+exploited for a century, is one of the vices of the people, more deeply
+rooted than the opium vice among the Chinese. The poor go there to risk
+what little they have, desirous of making money without working; the
+rich go there to amuse themselves, using the money which they have left
+over from their feasts and thanksgiving masses. The cock is educated
+with great care, with more care, perhaps, than the son who is to
+succeed his father in the cock-pit. The Government permits it and
+almost recommends it, for it decrees that the fight shall only be held
+in the public plazas and on holidays from after high mass till
+dark&mdash;eight hours.</p>
+
+<p>The San Diego cock-pit does not differ from others which are found
+in all the towns. It consists of three parts: The first, or entrance,
+is a large rectangle, some twenty meters in length and fourteen in
+breadth. On one side is the door, generally guarded by a woman who
+collects the entrance fee. From the contribution which each one makes
+the Government receives a part, some hundred thousands of <i>pesos</i>
+each year. They say that with this money, which gives license to the
+vice, magnificent schools are raised, bridges and roadways constructed,
+and rewards offered for the encouragement of agriculture and commerce.
+Blessed be the vice which produces such good results! In this first
+precinct are the <span class="corr" id="xd0e4500" title="Source:
+venders">vendors</span> of betel nut, cigars and tobacco, delicacies
+and refreshments. There the small boys, who accompany their fathers or
+uncles, are carefully initiated into the secrets of life.</p>
+
+<p>This precinct communicates with another of slightly <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb173" href="#pb173">173</a>]</span>larger
+dimensions, a sort of vestibule, where the people gather before the
+fight. There, one sees most of the cocks, tied by a cord to a bone
+driven into the ground like a nail; there, are the bettors, the lovers
+of the sport, the man skilled in fastening the gaffs or spurs to the
+cock&rsquo;s legs; there, bargains are made, the situation discussed,
+money borrowed, and people curse, swear and laugh boisterously. In one
+place, some one is caressing his game cock, passing his hand over his
+brilliant plumage; in another, a man examines and counts the number of
+scales on the rooster&rsquo;s legs, for that, they say, is a sign of
+valor. The battles of the heroes are related. There, too, you will see
+many a disappointed owner, with a sour face carrying out by the legs, a
+dead rooster, stripped of its plumage&mdash;the animal which was a
+favorite for months, petted, cared for day and night, and on which
+flattering hopes had been founded: now, nothing more than a dead fowl,
+to be sold for a <i>peseta</i>, stewed in ginger and eaten that very
+night. <i>Sic transit gloria mundi!</i> The loser returns to his
+fire-side, where an anxious wife and ragged children await him, without
+his little capital, without his rooster. From all that gilded dream,
+from all the care of months, from daybreak to sunset, from all those
+labors and fatigue, from all that, results a <i>peseta</i>, the ashes
+left from so much smoke.</p>
+
+<p>In this <i>foyer</i>, or vestibule, the most ignorant discuss the
+coming contests; the most trifling, examine conscientiously the bird,
+weigh it, contemplate it, extend its wings, feel of its muscles. Some
+of the people are very well dressed, and are followed and surrounded by
+the backers of their game cocks. Others, dirty, with the seal of vice
+imprinted on their squalid faces, anxiously follow the movements of the
+rich and watch their betting, for the pocketbook can be emptied and the
+passion still be unsatisfied. There you see no face that is not
+animated, no indolent Filipino; none apathetic, none silent. All is
+movement, passion, eagerness.</p>
+
+<p>From this place, one passes into the arena or <i>rueda</i>, as it is
+called. The floor, inclosed by bamboos, is generally elevated higher
+than the floor of the other two parts of the cock-pit. Running up from
+the floor and almost touching <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb174"
+href="#pb174">174</a>]</span>the roof, are rows of seats for the
+spectators or gamblers&mdash;they come to be the same. During the
+combat these seats are filled with men and children who cry, shout,
+perspire, quarrel, and blaspheme. Fortunately, scarcely any women visit
+the cock-pit. In the <i>rueda</i> are the prominent men, the rich
+class, the bettors, the bookmaker, and the referee. The cocks fight on
+the ground, which is beaten down perfectly smooth, and there Destiny
+distributes to families laughter or tears, feasts or hunger.</p>
+
+<p>As we enter, we can see the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, Captain Pablo,
+Captain Basilio, and Lucas, the man with the scar on his face who was
+so disconsolate over the death of his brother.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Basilio approaches one of those present and asks him:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know what cock Captain Tiago is going to
+bring?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know, Se&ntilde;or. This morning two arrived, one of
+them the <i>l&aacute;sak</i> (black sprinkled with white) which whipped
+the Consul&rsquo;s <i>talisain</i> (red, sprinkled with
+black).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think that my <i>bulik</i> (black, red and white), can
+beat him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I surely do. I&rsquo;ll stake my house and shirt on
+him!<span class="corr" id="xd0e4555" title="Source:
+&rsquo;">&rdquo;</span></p>
+
+<p>At that moment Captain Tiago arrived. He was dressed, like the big
+gamblers, in a <i>camisa</i> of Canton linen, woolen pantaloons, and a
+panama-straw hat. Behind him came two servants, carrying the <i>
+l&aacute;sak</i> and a white cock of colossal proportions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sinang tells me that Maria Clara is improving
+steadily,&rdquo; said Captain Basilio.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She no longer has any fever, but she is still
+weak.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you lose last night?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A little. I heard that you won.... I am going to see if I can
+win back my money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you want to fight your <i>l&aacute;sak</i>?&rdquo; asked
+Captain Basilio, looking at the rooster.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That depends on whether there is any money up.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much will you stake?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t play less than two thousand.&rdquo; <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb175" href="#pb175">175</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you seen my <i>bulik</i>?&rdquo; asked Captain Basilio,
+and then called a man to bring a small rooster.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago examined it, and after weighing it in his hand, and
+examining its scales, he handed it back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you put up?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whatever you say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Two thousand five hundred?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Make it three?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Three.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let her go!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The circle of curious people and gamblers learn that the two
+celebrated cocks are to be fought. Both the roosters have made a
+history for themselves; both have a reputation. All want to see and
+examine the two celebrities. Opinions are expressed, and prophecies
+made.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime the voices grow louder, the confusion is augmented,
+the <i>rueda</i> fills up and a rush is made for the seats. The <i>
+soltadores</i> bring two cocks to the ring for a preliminary contest.
+One of the roosters is <i>blanco</i> (white), the other <i>rojo</i>
+(red). They are already spurred, but the gaffs are not yet unsheathed.
+Cries of &ldquo;<i>Al blanco! al blanco!</i>&rdquo; are heard. Some one
+else shouts, &ldquo;<i>Al rojo!</i>&rdquo; The <i>blanco</i> is the
+favorite.</p>
+
+<p>Civil Guards circulate among the crowd. They are not wearing the
+uniform of their body, nor do they wear the costume of the native.
+Pantaloons of <i>guingon</i> with a red fringe, a blue-spotted blouse
+shirt, and the <i>cuartel</i> cap&mdash;you have here their disguise,
+in harmony with their deportment; watching and betting, making
+disturbance and talking of maintaining the peace.</p>
+
+<p>While the shouting is going on and men are jingling money in their
+hands; while the people are going down in their pockets for the last
+<i>cuarto</i>, or, if that is wanting, pledging their word, promising
+to sell their <i>carabao</i>, or their next harvest, two young men,
+apparently brothers, follow the gamblers with envious eyes. They
+approach, timidly murmur words which nobody catches, and each time
+become more and more melancholy, and look at each other with disgust
+and indignation. Lucas observes them, smiles malignantly, rattles some
+silver <i>pesos</i>, passes near to the two brothers, and looks toward
+the <i>rueda</i>, shouting: <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb176" href=
+"#pb176">176</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am betting fifty, fifty against twenty on the
+white!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The two brothers <span class="corr" id="xd0e4657" title="Source:
+exchange">exchanged</span> looks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I told you,&rdquo; murmured the older, &ldquo;not to bet all
+your money. If you had obeyed me, we would have it now to put on the
+red.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The younger one approached Lucas timidly and touched him on the
+arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo; exclaimed the latter turning around and
+feigning surprise. &ldquo;Does your brother accept my proposition or
+did you come to bet?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How can we bet when we have lost all?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you accept?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He does not want to! If you could lend us something: you have
+already said that you knew us....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Lucas scratched his head, pulled down his <i>camisa</i> and
+replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I know you. You are Tarsilo and Bruno, both young and
+strong. I know that your brave father died from the result of the
+hundred lashes which the soldiers gave him. I know that you do not
+think of avenging him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You need not meddle in our history,&rdquo; interrupted
+Tarsilo, the older. &ldquo;That is a disgrace. If we did not have a
+sister, we would have been hanged long ago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hanged? They only hang cowards, or some one who has no money
+or protection. Certainly the mountains are near.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A hundred against twenty on the <i>blanco</i>,&rdquo; cried
+one as he passed the group.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Loan us four <i>pesos</i> ... three ... two,&rdquo; begged
+the younger brother. &ldquo;Presently I will return it to you doubled.
+The fight is going to begin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Lucas scratched his head again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tst! This money is not mine. Don Crisostomo has given it to
+me for those who want to serve him. But I see that you are not like
+your father. He was really courageous.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, saying this, he went away from them, although not far.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us accept. What does it matter?&rdquo; said Bruno to his
+brother. &ldquo;It amounts to the same thing whether you <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb177" href="#pb177">177</a>]</span>are hanged or
+shot down. We poor serve for nothing else.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right, but think of our sister.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the circle around the ring had been dispersed; the
+fight was going to commence. The voices began to die away, and the two
+<i>soltadores</i> and the skilled gaff fitter, were alone in the middle
+of the <i>rueda</i>. At a signal from the referee, the sheaths were
+removed from the razor-like knives on the cocks&rsquo; legs, and the
+fine blades glistened in a menacing way.</p>
+
+<p>The two brothers, gloomy and silent, approached the ring and,
+resting their faces against the bamboo railing, watched the
+preparations. A man approached them and said in their ears:
+&ldquo;Hundred to ten on the <i>blanco</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo looked at him stupidly. Bruno elbowed his brother, who
+responded with a grunt.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>soltadores</i> handle the roosters with masterly skill,
+taking great care not to wound them. A deep silence reigns throughout
+the pit. You would think that those present, with the exception of the
+two <i>soltadores</i>, were horrible wax figures. The two roosters are
+brought close together and allowed to pick at each other and thus
+become irritated. Then they allow them to look at each other, so that
+the poor little birds may know who has plucked out their feathers, and
+with whom they should fight. The feathers around the neck stand up;
+they look at each other fixedly; flashes of wrath escape from their
+little, round eyes. The moment has come. The birds are placed on the
+ground in the ring at a certain distance from each other.</p>
+
+<p>The cocks advance slowly. Their little steps are heard upon the hard
+floor. Nobody speaks; nobody breathes. Lowering and raising their
+heads, as if measuring each other with a look, the two roosters mutter
+sounds, perhaps of threat or contempt. They have perceived the shining
+blades. Danger animates them, and they turn toward each other decided,
+but they stop at a short distance, and, as they look at each other,
+they bow their heads and again raise their feathers on end. With their
+natural valor, they rush at each other impetuously; they <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb178" href="#pb178">178</a>]</span>strike beak
+against beak; breast against breast, blade against blade, and wing
+against wing. The blows have been stopped with dexterity and skill, and
+only a few feathers have fallen. They again measure each other!
+Suddenly the <i>blanco</i> turns and, raising himself in the air,
+flashes his death-dealing knife, but the <i>rojo</i> has already
+doubled up his legs, ducked his head and the <i>blanco</i> has only cut
+the air. Then, on touching the ground, to avoid being wounded from
+behind, he turns quickly and faces the other. The red attacks him with
+fury, but he defends himself with coolness. Not without reason was he
+the favorite of the crowd. All, trembling and anxious, follow the
+movements of the battle, now this one and now that one giving an
+involuntary shout. The ground is being covered with red and white
+feathers, tinged with blood. But the duel does not go to the one who
+draws first blood. The Filipino here follows the laws laid down by the
+Government, which say that the cock which is killed or flees loses the
+fight. The blood now wets the ground; the blows are repeated, but the
+victory is still undecided. Finally, making a supreme effort, the <i>
+blanco</i> throws himself forward to give a last blow; he drives his
+knife into the wing of the <i>rojo</i> and buries it among the bones.
+But the <i>blanco</i> has been wounded in the breast, and both, weak
+from loss of blood, and panting, fastened together, remain immovable
+until the <i>blanco</i> falls, bleeds through his neck, kicks violently
+and is in the agony of death. The <i>rojo</i>, pinned by his wing, is
+held to the other&rsquo;s side; and little by little he doubles up his
+legs and slowly closes his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Then the referee, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by
+the Government, declares the <i>rojo</i> the winner. A wild and
+prolonged outcry greets the decision, an outcry which is heard
+throughout the town. He, who, from afar, hears the cry, understands
+that the <i>dejado</i> has beaten the favorite, for otherwise the
+outcry would not have lasted so long. So it happens among nations: when
+a small nation succeeds in gaining a victory over a greater one, the
+song and story of it last through centuries.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you see?&rdquo; said Bruno, with indignation, to his <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb179" href="#pb179">179</a>]</span>brother,
+&ldquo;if you had taken my advice to-day, we would have had one hundred
+<i>pesos</i>. On your account we are without a <i>
+cuarto</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo did not reply, but, with wide-open eyes, looked around him
+as if in search of some one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There he is talking with Pedro,&rdquo; added Bruno. &ldquo;He
+is giving him money&mdash;what a lot of money!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo remained silent and thoughtful. With the arm of his <i>
+camisa</i>, he wiped away the sweat which formed in drops on his
+forehead.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brother,&rdquo; said Bruno, &ldquo;I am decided, even if you
+are not. The <i>l&aacute;sak</i> ought to win and we ought not to lose
+the opportunity. I want to bet on the next fight. What does it matter?
+Thus, we will avenge our father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wait!&rdquo; said Tarsilo to him, and looked him in the eyes.
+Both were pale. &ldquo;I am with you. You are right. We will avenge our
+father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He stopped, however, and again wiped away the perspiration.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why do you stop?&rdquo; asked Bruno impatiently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know what fight is the next one? Is it worth the
+trouble?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! Haven&rsquo;t you heard? Captain Tiago&rsquo;s <i>
+l&aacute;sak</i> against Captain Basilio&rsquo;s <i>bulik</i>.
+According to the run of luck, the <i>l&aacute;sak</i> ought to
+win.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! The <i>l&aacute;sak</i>. I would bet ... but let us make
+sure first.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Bruno made a gesture of impatience, but followed his brother. The
+latter looked the rooster over carefully, thought about it, debated
+with himself and asked a few questions. The unfortunate fellow was in
+doubt. Bruno was nervous and looked at him angrily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, don&rsquo;t you see that wide scale which he has there
+near the spur? Do you see those feet? What more do you want? Look at
+those legs. Stretch out his wings. And that broken scale on top of that
+wide one, and that double one?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo did not hear him, he kept on examining the cock. The rattle
+of silver coins reached his ears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us see the <i>bulik</i> now,&rdquo; said he, in a choking
+voice. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb180" href=
+"#pb180">180</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Bruno stamped the ground with his feet, grated his teeth, but obeyed
+his brother.</p>
+
+<p>They approached the other group. There they were arming the cock,
+they were selecting gaffs for him, and the expert, in fitting them to
+the rooster&rsquo;s legs, was preparing a piece of red silk. He waxed
+it and rubbed it over his knee a number of times.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo gazed at the bird with a sombre air. It seemed that he was
+not looking at the cock, but at something in the future. He passed his
+hand over his forehead.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you ready?&rdquo; he asked his brother, his voice
+scarcely perceptible.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I? Long ago. Without having to see them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is our poor sister&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bah! Didn&rsquo;t they tell you that the leader is Don
+Crisostomo? Have you not seen him walking with the Governor General?
+What danger will we run?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if we are killed?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does it matter? Our father died from being whipped to
+death.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Both brothers sought Lucas in the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as they caught sight of him, Tarsilo stopped.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! Let us go away from here! We are going to lose,&rdquo; he
+exclaimed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go if you wish. I am going to accept.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bruno!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, a man approached them and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you betting? I am backing the <i>bulik</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The two brothers did not reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll give you odds.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much?&rdquo; asked Bruno.</p>
+
+<p>The man counted out four <i>peso</i> pieces. Bruno looked at him,
+breathless.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have two hundred. Fifty to forty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Bruno promptly. &ldquo;Make it ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right! fifty to thirty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Double it if you wish!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well! The <i>bulik</i> is my winning color and I have just
+won. Hundred against sixty!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s a go! Wait till I go and get my money.&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb181" href="#pb181">181</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I will be the stake-holder,&rdquo; said the other, in
+whom the manner of Bruno inspired little confidence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s all the same to me!&rdquo; responded the latter,
+trusting in the strength of his fists.</p>
+
+<p><a id="xd0e4893"></a>And, turning to his brother, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go away, if you wish; I&rsquo;m going to stay.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then Tarsilo reflected. He loved his brother and the game. He could
+not leave him alone, and he murmured. &ldquo;Let it be so!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They approached Lucas. The latter saw them coming and smiled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eh! there!&rdquo; said Tarsilo.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much do you give?&rdquo; asked the two brothers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have already told you. If you want to find some others to
+help us surprise the <i>cuartel</i>, I will give you thirty <i>
+pesos</i> apiece, and ten <i>pesos</i> for each companion you get. If
+all comes out well, each will receive one hundred <i>pesos</i> and you
+two, double that amount. Don Crisostomo is rich.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Accepted,&rdquo; exclaimed Bruno. &ldquo;Hand over the
+money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I knew well that you were brave, like your father. Come!
+Don&rsquo;t let them hear us or they will kill us,&rdquo; said Lucas,
+pointing to the Civil Guards.</p>
+
+<p>And taking them into a corner, he told them, as he counted out the
+money to them:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow Don Crisostomo will arrive and bring arms. Day
+after to-morrow, about eight o&rsquo;clock at night, come to the
+cemetery. I will tell you about the final arrangements. You have time
+to find some other companions.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They took leave of each other. Now the two brothers seemed to have
+changed their r&ocirc;les. Tarsilo was calm; Bruno, pale. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb182" href="#pb182">182</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch28" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Two Se&ntilde;oras.</h2>
+
+<p>While Captain Tiago was fighting his <i>l&aacute;sak</i> against the
+<i>bulik</i>, Do&ntilde;a Victorina took a walk through the town, with
+the intention of seeing the condition of the indolent natives, and of
+their houses and fields. She had dressed as elegantly as she could,
+putting all her ribbons and flowers on her silk gown, in order to
+impress the provincials, and make them see how great a distance was
+between them and her sacred person. Giving her arm to her lame husband,
+she fluttered through the streets of the town, among the stupefied and
+wondering inhabitants. Cousin Linares had remained in the house.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What ugly houses these natives have,&rdquo; began Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina, making a grimace. &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know how they can
+live there: one must be a native to do it. They meet us and don&rsquo;t
+uncover their heads! Hit them over the head as the curates and <i>
+tenientes</i> of the <i>Guardia Civil</i> do when they don&rsquo;t take
+off their hats. Teach them manners.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if they hit me?&rdquo; asked Dr. de Espada&ntilde;a.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Aren&rsquo;t you a man?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bu&mdash;bu&mdash;but, I am
+la&mdash;la&mdash;lame.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina was becoming bad-humored. The streets were not
+paved, and the train of her gown was covered with dust. Besides, they
+met many young women, who, on passing her, cast down their eyes and did
+not admire her lavish dress as they should have done. Sinang&rsquo;s
+coachman, who was driving her and her cousin in an elegant carriage,
+had the impudence to call out <i>tabi</i><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e4963src" href="#xd0e4963">1</a> to them in such a warning voice
+that she had to get out of the way, and was only able to exclaim,
+&ldquo;Look at that brute of a coachman! I am going to tell his master
+that he should educate his servants better!&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb183" href="#pb183">183</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go back to the house,&rdquo; she ordered her
+husband.</p>
+
+<p>He, fearing that there was going to be a storm, turned on his heels
+and obeyed the command.</p>
+
+<p>They met the <i>alferez</i> on the way back and greeted him. He
+increased the discontent of Do&ntilde;a Victorina, for he not only
+failed to compliment her on her dress, but surveyed it almost with a
+mocking manner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You ought not to extend your hand to a simple <i>
+alferez</i>,&rdquo; said she to her husband as soon as they were some
+distance away. &ldquo;He scarcely touches his helmet, and you take off
+your hat. You don&rsquo;t know how to maintain your rank.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is ch&mdash;ch&mdash;chief here!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what does that matter to us? Are we, perchance,
+natives?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right,&rdquo; replied he, not wishing to quarrel.</p>
+
+<p>They passed by the officer&rsquo;s house. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion
+was in the window, as usual, dressed in her flannel outfit and smoking
+her cigar. As the house was rather low, they could see each other as
+they passed, and Do&ntilde;a Victorina could distinguish her very well.
+The Muse of the <i>Guardia Civil</i> examined her with tranquillity
+from head to foot, and, afterward, sticking out her lower lip, spit,
+turning her face to the other side. That put an end to Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina&rsquo;s patience, and, leaving her husband without any
+support, she squared herself in front of the <i>alfereza</i>, trembling
+with rage, and unable to speak. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion turned her head
+slowly, looked her over again, and then spit again, but with still
+greater disdain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you, Do&ntilde;a?&rdquo; said the <i>
+alfereza</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you tell me, Se&ntilde;ora, why you look at me so? Are
+you envious?&rdquo; Do&ntilde;a Victorina finally succeeded in
+saying.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I envious of you?&rdquo; said the Medusa with scorn.
+&ldquo;O, yes! I envy those curls.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, wife!&rdquo; said the doctor.
+&ldquo;Do&mdash;don&rsquo;t take no&mdash;no&mdash;notice of
+her!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me give this shameless common person a lesson!&rdquo;
+replied the woman, giving her husband a push. He nearly fell to the
+ground. Turning to Do&ntilde;a Consolacion, she continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look how you treat me! Don&rsquo;t think that I am a
+provincial, or a soldiers&rsquo; <i>querida</i>! In my house in Manila
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb184" href=
+"#pb184">184</a>]</span><i>alferezas</i> never are allowed to come in.
+They wait at the door.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh-oh! Most Excellent Se&ntilde;ora! <i>Alferezas</i>
+don&rsquo;t enter, but invalids like that out there. Ha, ha,
+ha!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>If it hadn&rsquo;t been for all the paint on her face, one could
+have seen Do&ntilde;a Victorina blush. She wanted to throw herself upon
+her enemy, but the sentry stopped her. In the meantime, the street was
+filling up with curious people.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen! I lower myself talking with you. People of <i>
+categor&iacute;a</i> ... Do you want my clothes to wash? I will pay you
+well. Do you think that I don&rsquo;t know that you are a
+washerwoman?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion became furious. The reference to her being a
+washerwoman wounded her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think that we do not know what you are? Get out! My
+husband has already told me. Se&ntilde;ora, I, at least, have not
+belonged to more than one man, but you? One must be pretty hard up to
+take the leavings.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This shot struck Do&ntilde;a Victorina square in the breast. She
+rolled up her sleeves, clenched her fists, and, gnashing her teeth,
+began:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come down here, you nasty old thing, that I may smash your
+filthy mouth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Medusa disappeared quickly from the window, but was soon seen
+coming down the stairs on a run, swinging her husband&rsquo;s whip.</p>
+
+<p>Don Tiburcio interposed, pleading with them, but they would have
+come to blows if the <i>alferez</i> had not arrived.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, se&ntilde;oras!... Don Tiburcio!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Teach your woman better; buy her better clothes. If you
+haven&rsquo;t the money, rob the people. You have your soldiers for
+that!&rdquo; shouted Do&ntilde;a Victorina.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;ora,&rdquo; said the <i>alferez</i> furiously.
+&ldquo;Thank yourself that I don&rsquo;t forget that you are a woman;
+for if you were not, I would kick you to pieces, with all your curls
+and ribbons.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&mdash;se&mdash;se&ntilde;or <i>
+al&mdash;alferez</i>!&rdquo; said Don Tiburcio.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go ahead! Kill us! You don&rsquo;t wear big enough trousers,
+you quack.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And so the battle waged: words, gestures, cries, insults, and
+injuries. They brought out all the nasty things they <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb185" href="#pb185">185</a>]</span>could think of,
+all four speaking at the same time, and, saying so many things and
+bringing to light so many truths, that we will not relate here all that
+was said. The people who had gathered around to satisfy their
+curiosity, if they understood all the remarks, must have enjoyed
+themselves not a little. They were all waiting to see them come to
+blows. Unfortunately for the spectators, the curate came along and
+pacified them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;oras! se&ntilde;oras! What a shame. Se&ntilde;or
+<i>alferez</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you meddling in these matters for, you hypocrite,
+you Carlist?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Tiburcio, take away your wife! Se&ntilde;ora, hold your
+tongue!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell that to those robbers of the poor!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Finally, the dictionary of epithets was exhausted. The review of the
+disgraces of each couple was ended, and little by little they were
+separated, threatening and insulting each other. Father Salv&iacute;
+kept going from one side to the other, adding life to the scene.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This very day we will go to Manila and we will present
+ourselves to the Governor General,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina,
+in fury to her husband. &ldquo;You are not a man. It is a shame that
+you spend money for trousers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;B&mdash;b&mdash;but, wife, and the <i lang="es">Guardia
+Civil</i>? I&mdash;I&mdash;am lame.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must challenge him to a duel with pistol or sword or,
+or&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Do&ntilde;a Victorina looked at his false teeth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Daughter, I never have used&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina did not let him finish. With a sublime
+movement she jerked out his false teeth in the middle of the street,
+and throwing them to the ground stepped on them. He, half crying, and
+she sputtering away, arrived at the house. At that time, Linares was
+talking with Maria Clara, Sinang, and Victoria, and, as he knew nothing
+about the quarrel, the sudden arrival of his cousins gave him a shock.
+Maria Clara was lying on a sofa among pillows and blankets, and was not
+a little surprised at the doctor&rsquo;s new <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e5092" title="Source: physiogomy">physiognomy</span>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cousin,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina, &ldquo;you have
+got to challenge the <i>alferez</i> immediately to a duel,
+or&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb186" href=
+"#pb186">186</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And why? what for?&rdquo; asked Linares, surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You challenge him right off, or I will tell them all who you
+are.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Do&ntilde;a Victorina!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The three young women looked at one another.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> has insulted us. The old witch came down
+with her whip, and that thing there allowed it all. A man!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw!&rdquo; said Sinang. &ldquo;They have been fighting and
+we haven&rsquo;t seen it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> has broken the doctor&rsquo;s
+teeth,&rdquo; added Victoria.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This very day we are going to Manila. You stay here to
+challenge him to a duel, and, if you don&rsquo;t, I&rsquo;ll tell Don
+Santiago that all that you have told him is a lie. I will tell
+him&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Do&ntilde;a Victorina! Do&ntilde;a Victorina!&rdquo;
+interrupted Linares, pale and going closer to her. &ldquo;You keep
+quiet. Don&rsquo;t make me call to mind&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;and he
+added in a low voice&mdash;&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be imprudent, especially
+just now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Just at that time, when this was going on, Captain Tiago arrived
+home from the cock-pit. He was downhearted. He had lost his <i>
+l&aacute;sak</i>.</p>
+
+<p>But Do&ntilde;a Victorina did not give him much time to sigh. In a
+few words, and with many insults, she related to him what had passed,
+she, of course, trying to put herself in a good light.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Linares is going to challenge him. Do you hear? If he
+don&rsquo;t, I won&rsquo;t let him marry your daughter. Don&rsquo;t you
+permit it. If he has no courage, he does not merit Clarita.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you are going to marry this gentleman?&rdquo; asked
+Sinang, with her jolly eyes full of tears. &ldquo;I knew that you were
+discreet, but I did not think you so fickle.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, pale as wax, raising herself half up, looked at her
+father with frightened eyes, and then at Do&ntilde;a Victorina and
+Linares. The latter turned red in the face, Captain Tiago looked down,
+and the se&ntilde;ora added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Clarita, bear it in mind, and never marry a man who does not
+wear trousers. You expose yourself to insults like a dog, if you
+do.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb187" href=
+"#pb187">187</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>But the young maiden did not reply and said to her friends:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take me to my room, for I cannot go alone.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They helped her to her feet, and, leaning her marble-like head on
+pretty Sinang&rsquo;s shoulder, and, with the arms of her friend around
+her waist, she went to her bedroom.</p>
+
+<p>That night the doctor and his wife collected their things together,
+submitted their account to Captain Tiago&mdash;which amounted to
+several thousand <i>pesos</i>&mdash;and very early on the following
+day, left for Manila in the Captain&rsquo;s carriage. To timid Linares
+they intrusted the r&ocirc;le of the avenger. <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb188" href="#pb188">188</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4963src" id="xd0e4963">1</a></span> Warning cry of a coachman,
+meaning &ldquo;turn.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch29" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Enigma.</h2>
+
+<p>As Lucas had announced, Ibarra arrived the next day. His first visit
+was to the family of Captain Tiago, with the object of seeing Maria
+Clara and telling her that His Most Illustrious Greatness had already
+reconciled him with the Church. He brought a letter of recommendation
+to the curate, written by the hand of the Archbishop himself. Aunt
+Isabel was not a little delighted over it, for she liked the young man
+and did not look favorably upon the marriage of her niece with Linares.
+Captain Tiago was not at home.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come in,&rdquo; said the aunt in her half-Castellano
+language. &ldquo;Maria, Don Crisostomo is again in the grace of God.
+The Archbishop has dis-excommunicated him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But the young man could not advance. His smile froze on his lips,
+and words fled from his mind. Linares was standing next to Maria Clara
+on the balcony, interweaving nosegays with the flowers and leaves on
+the climbing plants. On the floor, were scattered roses and <i>
+sampagas</i>. Maria Clara was leaning back on a sofa, pale, pensive,
+her look sad, playing with her ivory fan. But the fan was not as white
+as her poor fingers.</p>
+
+<p>At the presence of Ibarra, Linares turned pale and Maria
+Clara&rsquo;s cheeks were tinged with carmine. She tried to rise, but
+her strength failing her, she cast her eyes upon the floor, and let
+fall her fan.</p>
+
+<p>An embarrassing silence reigned for several seconds. Finally, Ibarra
+was able to advance, and tremblingly murmured:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have just arrived and have hastened to see you.... I find
+that you are better than I thought.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara seemed to have turned dumb. She could <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb189" href="#pb189">189</a>]</span>not pronounce a
+single word, and continued to keep her eyes on the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra surveyed Linares with a look which the modest young man bore
+with considerable haughtiness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I see that my arrival was not expected,&rdquo; he said
+slowly. &ldquo;Maria, pardon me for not having announced my coming.
+Some other day I will be able to explain to you my conduct.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>These words were accompanied with a look at Linares. The maiden
+raised her eyes to Ibarra, those beautiful eyes, full of purity and
+melancholy, so supplicating and sweet that Ibarra stopped confused.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May I come to-morrow?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know that on my part you are always welcome,&rdquo;
+replied she, scarcely able to pronounce the words.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra walked away, apparently tranquil; but a tempest raged in his
+mind, and his heart was chilled. What he had just seen and felt was
+incomprehensible. What was it? Doubt, apathy or treason?</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, woman!&rdquo; he murmured.</p>
+
+<p>He arrived, without noticing it, at the place where the school house
+was being constructed. The work was well along. &Ntilde;or Juan, with
+his yard stick and plumb-line, was going to and fro among the numerous
+workmen. On seeing the young man approach, he ran to meet him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Crisostomo,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;you have arrived at
+last. We were all expecting you. Just see how the walls are rising.
+They are already a meter and ten centimeters high. Within two days,
+they will be as high as a man. I have not allowed them to use anything
+but the best of wood. Do you want to look at the cellar?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The workmen saluted him respectfully.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here is the system of drainage which I have taken the liberty
+to add,&rdquo; said &Ntilde;or Juan. &ldquo;These underground canals
+lead to a cesspool about thirty feet off. It will serve to fertilize
+the garden. This was not in the plans. Do you object to it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Quite on the contrary, I approve of it and I congratulate you
+on your idea. You are a true architect. From whom did you learn the
+profession?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;From myself, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied the modest old man.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb190" href="#pb190">190</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, yes! Before I forget it: let the scrupulous people know
+(for some may fear to speak to me) that I am no longer excommunicated.
+The Archbishop invited me to dine with him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw! se&ntilde;or! We don&rsquo;t take any notice of
+excommunications. We are all excommunicated. Dather D&aacute;maso is
+himself; however, he goes on, as fat as ever.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&rsquo;s that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I feel sure about it. A year ago he gave the coadjutor a blow
+with his cane, and the coadjutor is as much a priest as he. Who takes
+any notice of excommunications, se&ntilde;or?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra caught sight of Elias among the workmen. He saluted him like
+the others, but with a look that gave Ibarra to understand that he
+wanted to speak with him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&Ntilde;or Juan,&rdquo; said Ibarra, &ldquo;will you bring me
+a list of the workmen?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&Ntilde;or Juan disappeared and Ibarra approached Elias, who was
+alone, raising a large stone and loading it in a cart.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you are able, se&ntilde;or, to grant me some hours of
+conversation, come this afternoon to the shore of the lake and embark
+in my <i>banca</i>, for I want to talk with you about some serious
+matters,&rdquo; said Elias. Ibarra gave a nod of assent and went
+away.</p>
+
+<p>&Ntilde;or Juan brought the list, but Ibarra read it in vain. The
+name of Elias was not on it. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb191" href=
+"#pb191">191</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch30" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Voice of the Persecuted.</h2>
+
+<p>Before the sun went down, Ibarra put his foot into Elias&rsquo;s <i>
+banca</i> on the shore of the lake. He seemed displeased about
+something, as though he had been opposed or contradicted.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pardon me, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; said Elias on seeing him.
+&ldquo;Pardon me for having ventured to make this appointment with you.
+I would like to speak with you freely, and here we have no witnesses.
+We can return within an hour.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are mistaken, friend Elias,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, trying
+to smile. &ldquo;You will have to take me to that town over there,
+where you see that belfry. Fate obliges me to go there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fate?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; on my way here, I met the <i>alferez</i>. He insisted
+upon accompanying me. I thought about you, and knew that he would
+recognize you, and, in order to get rid of him, I told him that I was
+going to that town. Now I will have to remain there all day to-morrow,
+for the man whom I am going to see will not look for me till to-morrow
+afternoon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am obliged to you for your thoughtfulness, but you might
+have simply told him to accompany you,&rdquo; replied Elias with
+naturalness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&rsquo;s that? And what about you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He would never have recognized me. The only time that he ever
+saw me, I don&rsquo;t believe that he thought to take down a
+description of me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am in hard luck!&rdquo; sighed Ibarra, thinking of Maria
+Clara. &ldquo;What have you to say to me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias looked around him. They were far from the shore. The sun had
+already sunk below the horizon, and, as the twilight in these latitudes
+is very short, the darkness was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb192"
+href="#pb192">192</a>]</span>falling over the earth, and the disk of
+the full moon was already shining.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Elias, in a grave voice,
+&ldquo;I am the spokesman of many unfortunate people.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Unfortunate people. What do you mean?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In a few words, Elias referred to the conversation which he had had
+with the chief of the <i>tulisanes</i>, but omitted saying anything
+about the doubts which the chief entertained, or the threats. Ibarra
+listened attentively, and, when Elias concluded his story, a long
+silence reigned. Ibarra was the first to break the spell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So that they desire&mdash;&mdash;?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Radical reforms in the armed forces, in the religious
+matters, and in the administration of justice. That is to say, they ask
+for paternal care on the part of the Government.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Reforms? In what sense?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For example: more respect for human dignity; more security
+for the individual; less power in the hands of the forces already
+armed; fewer privileges for that body which easily abuses
+them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Elias,&rdquo; replied the young man, &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t
+know who you are, but I believe that you are not an ordinary man. You
+think and work differently from the others. You will understand me if I
+say to you that, even if it is true that the present state of affairs
+is defective, there will be a worse state if there is a change. I could
+arrange to get the assistance of my friends in Madrid, by <i>paying
+them</i>. I could speak to the Governor General, but all of that would
+accomplish nothing. He has not enough power to introduce reforms, nor
+would I ever take a step in that direction, for I know very well that,
+if it is true that these religious corporations have their defects,
+they are now necessities. They are what you might call a necessary
+evil.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias raised his head and looked astonished.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you believe, se&ntilde;or, in necessary evils?&rdquo; he
+asked, his voice slightly trembling. &ldquo;Do you believe that in
+order to do good it is necessary to do evil?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No. I look upon it as a violent remedy which we have to make
+use of to cure an illness. To illustrate further, the country is an
+organism which is suffering from a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb193"
+href="#pb193">193</a>]</span>chronic illness, and, in order to cure it,
+the Government finds itself compelled to use medicines, hard and
+violent, if you wish, but useful and necessary.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is a bad doctor, se&ntilde;or, who seeks to cure the
+symptoms and suppress them without trying to find the origin of the
+illness, or knowing it, fears to attack it. The <i>Guardia Civil</i>
+has no other end than this: the suppression of crime by terror and
+force. This end it neither fulfills nor carries out except in chance
+instances. And you have to take into account that society can be severe
+with individuals only after she has furnished all means necessary for
+their perfect morality. In our country, since there is no society,
+since the people and the Government do not form a unity, the latter
+ought to be indulgent, not only because indulgence is necessary, but
+because the individual, neglected and abandoned by Government, has less
+self responsibility than if he had been enlightened. Besides, following
+out your comparison, the medicine applied to the evils of the country
+is so much of a destroyer that its effect is only felt on the sane
+parts of the organism. These it weakens and injures. Would it not be
+more reasonable to fortify and strengthen the infirm organism and
+minimize a little the violence of the medicine?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To weaken the <i>Guardia Civil</i> would be to put the
+security of the towns in danger.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The security of the towns!&rdquo; exclaimed Elias with
+bitterness. &ldquo;The towns have had the <i>Guardia Civil</i> for
+nearly fifteen years and what is the result? We still have <i>
+tulisanes</i>, we still hear of them sacking towns, and they still make
+their attacks on people on the roads. Robberies continue and the
+robbers are not punished. Crime exists and the real criminal goes free,
+but not so with the peaceful inhabitants of the town. Ask any honorable
+citizen if he looks upon this institution as a good, as a protection by
+the Government, or as an imposition, a despotism whose excesses do more
+harm than the violence of the criminals. Communication between people
+is paralyzed, for they fear to be maltreated for trifling causes. More
+importance is attached to the formality of the law than to the basal
+principle of it,&mdash;the first symptom of incapacity in government.
+The heads of the organization consider it their <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb194" href="#pb194">194</a>]</span>first duty to make people
+salute them, either of their own will or by force, even in the darkness
+of night. In this, their inferior officers imitate them and maltreat
+and fleece the poor countrymen. There is no such thing as sacredness of
+the fireside. There is no security for the individual. What have the
+people accomplished by overcoming their wrath and by waiting for
+justice at the hands of others? Ah! se&ntilde;or, if you call that
+preserving the order&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I agree with you that there are evils,&rdquo; replied Ibarra.
+&ldquo;But we have to accept those evils for the good which accompanies
+them. This institution may be imperfect, but believe me, by the terror
+which it inspires, it prevents the number of criminals from
+increasing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You might better say that by that terror it increases the
+number of criminals,&rdquo; said Elias, correcting him. &ldquo;Before
+this body was created, almost all the evildoers, with the exception of
+a very few, were criminals because of their hunger. They pillaged and
+robbed in order to live. That famine once passed over and hunger once
+satisfied, the roads were again free from criminals. It was sufficient
+to have the poor but valiant <i>cuaderilleros</i> chase them, with
+their imperfect arms&mdash;that body of men so often calumniated by
+those who have written upon our country, those men who have three legal
+rights, to do their duty, to fight and to die. And for all that, a jest
+as recompense. Now there are <i>tulisanes</i> who will be <i>
+tulisanes</i> all their lives. A crime inhumanly punished, resistance
+against the excesses of the power which inflicts such punishment, and
+fear that other atrocities may be inflicted&mdash;these make them
+forever members of that society who are bound by oath to kill and die<a
+class="noteref" id="xd0e5322src" href="#xd0e5322">1</a>. The terrorism
+of the <i>Guardia Civil</i> impressed upon them closes forever the
+doors to repentance. And as a <i>tulisan</i> fights and defends himself
+in the mountains better than a soldier, whom he scorns, the result is
+that we are incapable of abating the evil which we have created. Call
+to mind what the prudent Governor General de la Torre did. The amnesty
+which he granted to these unhappy people has proved that in these
+mountains the hearts of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb195" href=
+"#pb195">195</a>]</span>men still beat, and only await pardon.
+Terrorism is useful only when the people are enslaved, when the
+mountains have no caverns, when the governing power can station a
+sentry behind every tree, and when the slave has in his body nothing
+but a stomach. But when the desperado who fights for his life feels the
+strong arm of that power, then his heart beats and his being fills with
+passion. Can terrorism put out the fire which&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It confuses me, Elias, to hear you talk so. I would believe
+that you were right if I did not have my own convictions. But note this
+point&mdash;and do not be offended, for I do not include you&mdash;I
+look upon you as an exception&mdash;consider who those are who ask for
+this reform. Almost all are criminals or people who are in the way of
+becoming such.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Criminals or future criminals; but why are they so? Because
+their peace has been disturbed, their happiness taken away from them,
+their dearest affections wounded, and, after asking protection from
+Justice, they have been convinced that they can secure it only by their
+own hands, by their own efforts. But you are mistaken, se&ntilde;or, if
+you believe that only criminals ask for it. Go from town to town, from
+house to house. Listen to the secret sighings of the family and you
+will be convinced that the evils which the <i>Guardia Civil</i> causes
+are equal to if not greater than those which it corrects. Would you
+conclude then that all the citizens are criminals? Then, why defend
+them from the others? Why not destroy them?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is some flaw in your reasoning which escapes me now. In
+Spain, the Mother Country, this body lends and has lent very useful
+services.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not doubt it. Perhaps there it is better organized; the
+personnel more select. Perhaps, too, Spain needs such a body, but the
+Philippines do not. Our customs, our mode of living, which are always
+cited when any one wants to deny us a right, are totally forgotten when
+some one wants to impose something on us. And tell me, se&ntilde;or,
+why have not other nations adopted this institution, other nations
+which resemble Spain more than do the Philippines? Is it due to the
+efforts of such an institution that other nations have fewer robberies
+of the railways, fewer <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb196" href=
+"#pb196">196</a>]</span>riots, fewer assassinations, and less
+hand-to-hand fighting in their great capitals?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra bowed his head in meditation. Afterward he raised it and
+replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That question, my friend, needs serious study. If my
+investigations tell me that these complaints are well founded, I will
+write to my friends in Madrid, since we have no deputies to represent
+us. In the meantime, believe me, the Government needs a body like the
+<i>Guardia Civil</i>, which has unlimited power, in order to make the
+people respect its authority and the laws imposed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That would be all right, se&ntilde;or, if the Government were
+at war with the country; but, for the good of the Government, we ought
+not to make the people believe that they are in opposition to the law.
+Furthermore, if that were the case, if we preferred force to prestige,
+we ought to look well to whom we give this unlimited force or power,
+this authority. Such great power in the hands of men, and ignorant men
+at that, men full of passion, without moral education, without tested
+honor&mdash;such a thing is a weapon in the hands of a maniac in a
+multitude of unarmed people. I grant and I will agree with you that the
+Government needs this weapon, but let it choose that weapon well; let
+it choose the most worthy men to bear it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias was speaking with enthusiasm and with fervor. His eyes
+glistened and his voice vibrated. Then followed a solemn pause. The <i>
+banca</i>, no longer propelled by the paddle, floated tranquilly on the
+waves. The moon was shining majestically from a sapphire sky. Some
+lights were glimmering on the shore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what more do they ask?&rdquo; said Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Reforms in the priesthood,&rdquo; responded Elias, in a
+discouraged and sad tone of voice. &ldquo;The unfortunates ask more
+protection against&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Against the religious orders?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Against their oppressors, se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have the Filipinos forgotten what they owe to these orders?
+Have they forgotten the immense debt of gratitude they owe to them for
+having saved them from error and given them the Faith? What they owe to
+them for protection against the civil power? Here is one of the <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb197" href="#pb197">197</a>]</span>evils which
+result from not teaching the history of the country in our
+schools.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias, surprised, could scarcely give credit to what he heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he replied in a grave voice. &ldquo;You
+accuse the people of ingratitude: permit me, one of those who suffer,
+to defend the people. Favors, in order to be recognized as such, must
+be done by persons with disinterested motives. Let us consider in a
+general way the mission of the orders, of Christian charity, that
+threadbare subject. Let us lay history aside. Let us not ask what Spain
+did with the Jews, who gave all Europe a Book, a religion and a God!
+Let us not ask what Spain has done with the Arabic people who gave her
+culture, who were tolerant in religion and who reawakened in her a pure
+national love, fallen into lethargy and almost <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e5376" title="Source: detroyed">destroyed</span> by the domination
+of Romans and Goths. Let us omit all that. Do you say that these orders
+have given us the Faith and have saved us from error? Do you call those
+outward ceremonies, faith? Do you call that commerce in straps and
+scapularies religion? Do you call those miracles and stories which we
+hear every day truth? Is that the law of Jesus Christ? To teach such a
+faith as this it was not at all necessary that a God should allow
+himself to be crucified. Superstition existed long before the friars
+came here; it was only necessary to perfect it and to raise the price
+of the traffic. Will you tell me that although our religion of to-day
+is imperfect, it is better than that which we had before? I will agree
+with you in that and grant it; but we have purchased it at too high a
+price if we have had to renounce our nationality and independence for
+it; when for it, we have given to the priests our best towns, our
+fields, and still give them our little savings in order to buy
+religious objects. A foreign industry has been introduced among us; we
+pay well for it, and are in peace. If you speak of the protection they
+have afforded us against the civil governors of the provinces, I would
+reply that through them we fall under the power of these governors.
+However, I recognize that a true Faith, and a true love for humanity
+guided the first missionaries who came to our shores. I recognize the
+debt of gratitude which is due those noble hearts. I know that <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb198" href="#pb198">198</a>]</span>in those
+days Spain abounded in heroes of all kinds, as well in religion as in
+politics, as well in civil life as in military. But because the
+forefathers were virtuous, should we consent to the abuses practiced by
+their degenerate descendants? Because a great good has been done for
+us, are we guilty if we prevent ourselves from being harmed? The
+country does not ask for abolition of the priesthood; it only asks for
+reforms which new circumstances and new needs require.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I love our country as you love it, Elias. I understand to
+some extent what you desire. I have heard with attention what you have
+said; yet, despite all of that, my friend, I believe we are looking
+upon it with a little prejudice. Here, less than in other things, I see
+the necessity of reforms.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can it be possible, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; said Elias,
+discouraged and stretching out his hands. &ldquo;Do you not see the
+necessity of reforms, you whose family&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! I forget myself and I forget my own injuries for the sake
+of the security of the Philippines, for the sake of the interests of
+Spain,&rdquo; interrupted Ibarra eagerly. &ldquo;To preserve the
+Philippines it is necessary that the friars continue as they are, and
+in union with Spain lies the welfare of our country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had ceased speaking, but Elias continued to listen. His face
+was sad, his eyes had lost their brilliancy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The missionaries conquered the country, it is true,&rdquo; he
+said. &ldquo;Do you think that Spain will be able to keep the
+Philippines through the instrumentality of the friars?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, only through the friars. This is the belief held by all
+who have written on the Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; exclaimed Elias, discouraged and throwing his
+paddle <span class="corr" id="xd0e5395" title="Source: ino">into</span>
+the bottom of the <i>banca</i>. &ldquo;I did not think that you had so
+poor a conception of the Government and of the country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra replied: &ldquo;I love our country, not only because it is
+the duty of all men to love the country to which they owe their being,
+not only because my father taught me so; but also because my mother was
+a native, an Indian, and because all my most beautiful memories live in
+these <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb199" href=
+"#pb199">199</a>]</span>islands. I love it too, because I owe it my
+happiness and will continue to do so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And I, I love it because I owe to it my misfortunes,&rdquo;
+said Elias.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, my friend, I know that you are suffering, that you are
+unfortunate, and that this makes you see a dark future and influences
+your way of thinking. For this reason, I make allowance for your
+complaints. If I were able to appreciate the motives, if I had known
+part of that past&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My misfortunes have another source. If I had known that they
+would have been of usefulness, I would have related them, for aside
+from that, I make no secret of them. They are well enough known by
+many.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps knowing them would rectify my opinions. You know I do
+not rely much upon theories; facts are better guides.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias remained pensive for some moments.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If that is the case, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he replied,
+&ldquo;I will relate briefly the history of my misfortunes.&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb200" href="#pb200">200</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e5322src" id="xd0e5322">1</a></span> Author here shows difficulty
+in establishing American sovereignty over islands by military
+forces.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch31" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Elias&rsquo;s Family.</h2>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some sixty years ago my grandfather lived in Manila and kept
+books for a Spanish merchant. My grandfather was then very young, but
+was married and had a son. One night, without any one knowing the
+cause, the store-house was burned. The fire spread to the store and
+from the store to many others. The losses were very heavy. Search was
+made for the incendiary, and the merchant accused my grandfather. In
+vain he protested and, as he was poor and could not pay celebrated
+lawyers, he was condemned to be whipped publicly and to be led through
+the streets of Manila. It was not a great while ago that this infamous
+punishment was still in use here. It was a thousand times worse than
+death itself. My grandfather, abandoned by everybody except his wife,
+was tied to a horse and, followed by a cruel multitude, was whipped on
+every corner, in the sight of men, his brothers, and in the vicinity of
+the numerous temples of the God of Peace. When the unfortunate man,
+disgraced forever, had satisfied the punishment by his blood, his
+tortures and his cries, they untied him from the horse, for he had
+become unconscious. Would to God he had died! As a refined cruelty,
+they gave him liberty. His wife, embarrassed with a child at the time,
+begged in vain from door to door for work or alms that she might care
+for her sick husband and the poor son. But who would have confidence in
+the wife of an infamous man guilty of arson? The wife, then, had to
+give herself up to prostitution.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra started from his seat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh! do not be disturbed! Prostitution was not the only
+dishonor which she and her husband suffered. Honor and shame no longer
+existed for them. The husband cured his wounds, and, with his wife and
+son, hid in the mountains of this province. Here the woman brought
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb201" href="#pb201">201</a>]</span>forth
+a still-born child, deformed and full of disease. In the mountains,
+they lived for several months, miserable, isolated, hated and fleeing
+from all. Unable to endure the misery, less valorous than his wife, and
+growing desperate at seeing her ill and deprived of all aid and
+comfort, my grandfather hanged himself. The body rotted in the sight of
+the son, who was now scarcely able to take care of his sick mother. The
+bad odor of the rotting corpse disclosed it to Justice. My grandmother
+was accused and condemned for not having given notice. The death of her
+husband was attributed to her and people believed it. For, what is a
+wife of a wretch not capable of doing after having prostituted herself?
+If she took oath, they said she perjured herself; if she wept, they
+said that it was false; and if she invoked God, they said she
+blasphemed. However, they had some consideration for her and waited for
+her to give birth to a child before whipping her. You know that the
+friars spread the belief that the only way to deal with the natives is
+with the whip. Read what Father Gaspar de San Augustin says.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thus condemned, the woman cursed the day when she would give
+birth to the child, and this not only prolonged her punishment, but
+violated her maternal sentiments. The woman delivered the child, and
+unfortunately the child was born robust. Two months later the sentence
+of whipping which had been imposed upon her was carried out, to the
+great satisfaction of the people, who thought that in this way they
+were fulfilling their duty. No longer able to be at peace in these
+mountains she fled with her two sons to a neighboring province and
+there they lived like wild beasts: hating and hated. The older boy,
+remembering his happy infancy and its contrast with such great misery,
+became a <i>tulisan</i> as soon as he had sufficient strength. Before
+long the bloody name of <i>B&aacute;lat</i> extended from province to
+province; it was the terror of the towns and the people, for he took
+his revenge with fire and blood. The younger boy, who had received from
+Nature a good heart, resigned himself to his lot at his mother&rsquo;s
+side. They lived on what the forests afforded them; they dressed in the
+rags that travellers threw away. The mother had lost her good name, she
+was now <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb202" href=
+"#pb202">202</a>]</span>known only by such titles as the
+&lsquo;criminal,&rsquo; the &lsquo;prostitute,&rsquo; and the
+&lsquo;horse-whipped woman.&rsquo; The younger brother was known only
+as the son of his mother, because he had such a pleasant disposition
+that they did not believe him to be the son of the incendiary. Finally
+the famous B&aacute;lat fell one day into the hands of Justice. Society
+had taught him no good, but he was asked to account for his crimes. One
+morning as the younger boy was looking for his mother, who had gone to
+gather mushrooms from the forest, and had not yet returned, he found
+her lying on the ground by the roadside, under a cotton-tree. Her face
+was turned toward the sky, her eyes were torn from their sockets, and
+her rigid fingers were buried in the blood-stained earth. It occurred
+to the young man to raise his eyes and follow the direction in which
+his mother had been looking, and there from a limb of a tree he saw a
+basket, and in that basket the bloody head of his brother.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My God!&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is what my father must have exclaimed,&rdquo; continued
+Elias, coldly. &ldquo;The men had cut the highwayman into quarters and
+buried him in a trunk of a tree. But the limbs were saved, and were
+hung up in different towns. If you go some time from Calamba to Santo
+Tom&aacute;s you will still find the rotting leg of my uncle hanging
+from a <i>lomboy</i> tree. Nature has cursed the tree and it neither
+grows nor gives fruit. They did the same thing with the other members
+of his body, but the head, the head, as the best part of the man and
+that part which can be most easily recognized, they hung before the
+mother&rsquo;s cabin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra bowed his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The young man fled like one that is accursed,&rdquo;
+continued Elias. &ldquo;He fled from town to town, through mountains
+and valleys, and when at last he thought he was not recognized by any
+one, he began to work in the store of a rich man in the province of
+Tayabas. His activity, his agreeable disposition, won for him the
+esteem of those who did not know his past life. By working and saving
+he managed to make a little capital, and, as the misery had passed
+away, and, as he was young, he thought that he would be happy. His good
+appearance, his youth, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb203" href=
+"#pb203">203</a>]</span>his quite <span class="corr" id="xd0e5454"
+title="Source: unincumbered">unencumbered</span> position won for him
+the love of a girl in the town, but he did not dare to ask for her
+hand, for fear that she might learn of his past. But love became too
+strong and both erred. The man, in order to save the honor of the
+woman, risked all; he asked her to marry him, the papers were looked up
+and all was disclosed. The girl&rsquo;s father was rich and began to
+prosecute the man. The latter, however, did not try to defend himself,
+admitted it all and was sent to jail. The young woman gave birth to a
+boy and a girl. They were brought up in seclusion and made to believe
+that their father was dead. This was not difficult, for while the
+children were still young they saw their mother die, and they thought
+little about investigating their genealogy. As our grandfather was very
+rich, our youth was happy. My sister and I were educated together, we
+loved each other as only twins can when they know no other love. While
+very young, I went to study in the Jesuit College, and my sister, in
+order that we might not be entirely separated, went to the Concordia
+boarding school. Our short education having been ended, for we only
+wished to be farmers, we returned to the town to take possession of the
+inheritance which was left us by our grandfather. We lived happily for
+some time; the future smiled on us; we had many servants; our fields
+bore good crops; and my sister was on the eve of being married to a
+young man who loved her and to whom she was well suited. On account of
+some pecuniary questions, and, because my character was then haughty, I
+lost the good will of a distant relative, and he threw in my face one
+day my dark birth and my infamous ancestry. I thought it a calumny and
+demanded satisfaction. The tomb in which so much grief was sleeping was
+opened again and the truth came out. I was confounded. To make the
+misfortune greater, we had had for some years an old servant who had
+always suffered all my caprices without ever leaving us. He contented
+himself by weeping and crying while the other servants jested with him.
+I do not know how my relative found it out; the fact is that he
+summoned this old man before the court and made him tell the truth. The
+old servant was my father, who had stuck fast to his dear children and
+whom I had maltreated <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb204" href=
+"#pb204">204</a>]</span>many times. Our happiness disappeared: I
+renounced our fortune; my sister lost her lover; and with our father we
+abandoned the town to go to some other point. The thought of having
+contributed to our disgrace and misfortune, cut short the life of the
+old man, from whose lips was learned all the sorrowful past. My sister
+and I were left alone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She wept a great deal, but, amid such grief as they piled
+upon us, she could not forget her love. Without complaining, without
+saying a word, she saw her old lover marry another girl, and I saw her
+a little later gradually become ill, without being able to console her.
+One day she disappeared. In vain I searched for her everywhere; in vain
+I asked for her for six months. Afterward I learned that during the
+time while I was searching for her, one day when the water had risen in
+the lake, there had been found on the beach at Calamba the body of a
+girl, either drowned or assassinated. She had, they say, a knife
+piercing her breast. The authorities of Calamba published the fact in
+the neighboring towns. Nobody presented himself to claim the body; no
+young woman had disappeared. From the description which they gave me
+afterward, from the dress, the rings, the beauty of her face and her
+very abundant hair, I recognized her as my poor sister. From that time,
+I have been wandering from province to province. My fame and history
+are in the mouths of many people; they attribute all sorts of deeds to
+me; at times they calumniate me; but I take no notice of men and
+continue on my way. I have here briefly related my history, and that of
+a judgment at the hands of mankind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias became silent and continued rowing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe that you are not wrong,&rdquo; murmured Ibarra, in
+a low voice, &ldquo;when you say that justice ought to procure the
+welfare of the people by lifting up the criminals and by raising the
+standard of their morality. Only ... that is impossible&mdash;a Utopia.
+And then, where is the money for so many new employees to come
+from?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what are the priests for, the priests who proclaim peace
+and charity as their mission? Is it more meritorious for a priest to
+wet the head of a child, to give <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb205"
+href="#pb205">205</a>]</span>it salt to eat, than to awaken in the
+darkened conscience of a criminal that spark, given by God to every
+man, that he may seek to do good? Is it more human to accompany a
+criminal to the gallows than to accompany him through the difficult
+path which leads from vice to virtue? Are not spies, executioners and
+<i>Guardias Civiles</i> paid? The latter institution, besides being an
+evil, also costs money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My friend, neither you nor I, although we wish it, can
+accomplish it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alone we are nothing, it is true. Take up the cause of the
+people, unite them, listen to their voices, give others an example to
+follow, give them the idea of what is called a fatherland, a <i>
+patria</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What the people ask for is impossible. We must
+wait.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To wait, to wait, is equivalent to suffering!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I should ask it, they would laugh at me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if the people should sustain you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Never! I would never be the one to lead the multitude and
+accomplish by force what the Government does not believe is opportune.
+No! If I ever saw the multitude armed for such a purpose, I would put
+myself on the side of the Government. And I would fight it, for in such
+a mob I would not see my country. I wish for its welfare: that is the
+reason that I am erecting the school-house. I look for it through means
+of instruction, education and progress. Without light there is no
+road.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor without fighting is there liberty,&rdquo; replied
+Elias.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not care for that kind of liberty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Without liberty there is no light,&rdquo; replied the pilot
+with enthusiasm. &ldquo;You say that you know very little about our
+country. I believe it. You do not see the fight that is impending. You
+do not see the cloud on the horizon. The combat begins in the sphere of
+ideas, and then descends to the arena to tinge it with blood. I hear
+the voice of God. Woe to them who resist it. History has not been
+written for them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias was transformed. As he stood up, his head uncovered, his manly
+face illumined by the moonlight, there was something extraordinary
+about him. He shook his long hair and continued: <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb206" href="#pb206">206</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not see how all is awakening? Sleep has lasted for
+centuries, but one day a thunderbolt will fall and new life will be
+called forth. New tendencies are animating the spirits, and these
+tendencies to-day separated, will be united some day, and will be
+guided by God. God has not failed other peoples, nor will he fail ours.
+Their cause is liberty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A solemn silence followed these words. In the meantime, the <i>
+banca</i> carried along imperceptibly by the waves, neared the shore.
+Elias was the first to break the silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have I to say to those who have sent me?&rdquo; he
+asked, changing the tone of his voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have already told you that I greatly deplore their
+condition, but for them to wait, since evils are not cured by other
+evils. In our misfortune, we are all at fault.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias did not insist further. He bowed his head, continued rowing
+and, bringing the <i>banca</i> up to the shore, took leave of Ibarra
+saying:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thank you, Se&ntilde;or, for your condescension. For your
+own interests I ask you in the future to forget me, and never to
+recognize me in whatever place you may meet me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And saying this, he turned his <i>banca</i> and rowed in the
+direction of a dense thicket on the beach. He seemed to observe only
+the millions of diamonds which his paddle lifted and which fell back
+into the lake, where they soon disappeared in the mystery of the blue
+waves.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, he arrived at the place toward which he had been rowing. A
+man came out of the thicket and approached him:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall I tell the captain?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell him that Elias, if he does not die before, will fulfill
+his word,&rdquo; he replied gloomily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then when will you meet us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When your captain thinks that the hour of danger has
+come.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right. Good-bye!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I do not die before,&rdquo; murmured Elias. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb207" href="#pb207">207</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch32" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Changes.</h2>
+
+<p>The modest Linares was serious and very uneasy. He had just received
+a letter from Do&ntilde;a Victorina which, translated from the most
+illiterate Spanish, and omitting its many errors in spelling and
+punctuation, was as follows:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p>&ldquo;<span class="smallcaps">Esteemed Cousin</span>:&mdash;Within
+three days I want to know from you if you have killed the <i>
+alferez</i> or he you. I don&rsquo;t want another day to pass without
+this animal being punished. If this length of time passes and still you
+have not challenged him, I will tell Don Santiago that you never were
+secretary and that you never joked with Canovas or with General
+Martinez. I will tell Clarita that it is all a lie and I will not give
+you another <i>cuarto</i>. If you challenge him, I promise you all that
+you wish. If you do not challenge him, I will accept no excuses or
+reasons.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your cousin who loves you in her heart.<br>
+&rdquo;<span class="smallcaps">Victorina de los Reyes de de
+Espada&ntilde;a.</span><br>
+&ldquo;Sampalog, Monday Eve, 7 o&rsquo;clock.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was a serious matter. Linares knew Do&ntilde;a Victorina&rsquo;s
+character and knew what she was capable of doing. To reason with her
+was out of the question; to beg was useless; to deceive her worse.
+There was no other remedy than to challenge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what can I do?&rdquo; he said to himself, as he was
+walking alone. &ldquo;If he receives me harshly? If I meet his wife?
+Who would want to be my second? The curate? Captain Tiago? Cursed be
+the hour in which I gave ear to her advice! What will this
+se&ntilde;orita say about me? Now I am sorry to have been secretary to
+all the ministers.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb208" href=
+"#pb208">208</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The good Linares was in this sad soliloquy when Father Salv&iacute;
+arrived. The Franciscan was certainly thinner and paler than usual, but
+his eyes shone with a peculiar light and a strange smile was seen on
+his lips.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Linares, all alone?&rdquo; saluted the priest
+and directed his steps to the <i>sala</i>, through the half open door
+of which notes of the piano were heard.</p>
+
+<p>Linares restrained a smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Don Santiago?&rdquo; added the curate.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago presented himself at that moment, kissed the
+curate&rsquo;s hand, took the Father&rsquo;s hat and cane and smiled
+like one who had been blessed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, well!&rdquo; said the curate, going into the <i>
+sala</i>, followed by Linares and Captain Tiago. &ldquo;I have good
+news from Manila which you will all enjoy. I have received letters from
+Manila which confirm the one which Se&ntilde;or Ibarra brought me
+yesterday&mdash;so that, Don Santiago, the impediment is
+removed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was seated at the piano between her two girl friends.
+She half rose to her feet at this remark, but her strength failed her
+and she sat down again. Linares turned pale and looked at Captain
+Tiago, who turned his eyes to the floor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This young man really seems to me a very nice fellow,&rdquo;
+continued the curate. &ldquo;At first, I judged him bad&mdash;he is a
+little quick-tempered. But he knows so well how to atone for his faults
+afterward, that one cannot hold any grudge against him. If it were not
+for Father D&aacute;maso....&rdquo; And the curate directed a quick
+glance at Maria Clara. She was listening to all that was going on but
+without taking her eyes off the music&mdash;in spite of the concealed
+pinches which Sinang gave her to express her joy. Had she been alone,
+she would have danced.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo; asked Linares without finishing
+the sentence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; continued the curate. &ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso
+has said that as ... godfather he could not permit ... but I believe
+that if finally, Se&ntilde;or Ibarra asks pardon, which I do not doubt
+he will do, all will be arranged.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara arose, made an excuse and retired to her room,
+accompanied by Victoria. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb209" href=
+"#pb209">209</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if Father D&aacute;maso does not pardon him?&rdquo; asked
+Captain Tiago, in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then Maria Clara will see that Father D&aacute;maso is her
+spiritual father. But I believe that they will come to an
+understanding.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At that moment, steps were heard and Ibarra appeared, followed by
+Aunt Isabel. His presence on the scene produced a varied effect. He
+saluted Captain Tiago affably, the latter not knowing whether to smile
+or to weep; to Linares he bowed profoundly. Father Salv&iacute; arose
+and extended his hand to him so affectionately that Ibarra could not
+suppress a look of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not think it strange,&rdquo; said Father Salv&iacute;.
+&ldquo;I was just paying you a compliment.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra thanked him and approached Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where have you been all day?&rdquo; she asked, with a
+childish laugh. &ldquo;We have been asking each other, &lsquo;Where
+could this soul redeemed from purgatory have gone?&rsquo; Each one of
+us gave a different answer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And will you not tell what you said?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, that is a secret; but I will surely tell you in private.
+Now tell us where you have been so that we can see who has been able to
+guess it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, that also is a secret; but I will tell you alone, if the
+se&ntilde;ores will permit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly, certainly!&rdquo; said Father Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>Sinang took Crisostomo to one end of the hall. She was very happy
+with the idea of knowing a secret.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell me, my little friend,&rdquo; said Ibarra, &ldquo;Is
+Maria angry with me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know, but she says that it is better that you should
+forget her and then begins to cry. Captain Tiago wants her to marry
+that gentleman; Father D&aacute;maso also wishes it; but she says
+neither yes nor no. This morning when we were asking for you, I said:
+&lsquo;What if he has gone to make love to some one else?&rsquo; She
+replied to me: &lsquo;Would to God that he had!&rsquo; and then began
+to cry.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was serious.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell Maria that I want to speak with her alone.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alone?&rdquo; asked Sinang, knitting her eyebrows and looking
+at him. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb210" href=
+"#pb210">210</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Entirely alone, no. But so that we may not be seen by that
+other se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is difficult, but don&rsquo;t worry. I will tell
+her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And when will I know the answer?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow come to the house early. Maria never wants to be
+alone. We keep her company. Victoria sleeps by her side one night, and
+I the next. To-morrow night it is my turn. But listen: What is the
+secret? You are going without telling me the principal
+thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is true. I was in the town of Los Ba&ntilde;os. I went
+up there to do some business in cocoanut trees, since I am thinking of
+building a factory. Your father will be my partner.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nothing more than that? Give us the secret!&rdquo; exclaimed
+Sinang in a loud voice and in the tone of a defrauded usurer. &ldquo;I
+thought&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take care. I don&rsquo;t want you to tell it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have no desire to!&rdquo; replied Sinang, sticking up her
+nose. &ldquo;If it were something more important, I would tell it to my
+friends. But to buy cocoanuts! cocoanuts! Who is interested in
+cocoanuts?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And she went away in haste to find her girl friends.</p>
+
+<p>A few moments afterward, Ibarra seeing that the conversation was
+lagging, took leave of the gathering. Captain Tiago&rsquo;s expression
+was between sweet and sour; Linares was silent and observing; and the
+curate, feigning to be joyful, was telling stories. None of the girls
+had returned. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb211" href=
+"#pb211">211</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch33" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Playing Cards with the Shades.</h2>
+
+<p>A cloudy sky hides the moon, and a cold wind, the omen of approaching
+December, whirls the dry leaves and dust in the narrow path leading to
+the cemetery.</p>
+
+<p>Under the gate, three forms are conversing in a low tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you spoken to Elias?&rdquo; asked a voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; you know he is very odd and discreet. But he ought to be
+with us. Don Crisostomo saved his life.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I accepted the offer for the same reason,&rdquo; said the
+first voice. &ldquo;Don Crisostomo is having my wife treated at a
+doctor&rsquo;s house in Manila. I have agreed to take charge of the
+convent in the attack, so that I can settle my accounts with the
+curate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And we, we will have charge of the attack on the <i>
+cuartel</i>, so that we can say to the members of the <i>Guardia
+Civil</i> that our father had sons.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How many will there be of you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Five! Five will be enough. Don Crisostomo&rsquo;s servant
+says that there will be twenty in all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if things don&rsquo;t turn out well?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;St!&rdquo; said one, and they all became silent.</p>
+
+<p>In the semi-darkness, a form could be seen crawling along the fence.
+From time to time it stopped, as if to look behind.</p>
+
+<p>And it did so not without reason. Behind, at some twenty paces, came
+another form. This one was taller and seemed to be darker than the
+first. Each time that the first stopped this second one would disappear
+as if the earth had swallowed it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are following me,&rdquo; murmured the one ahead.
+&ldquo;Is it a <i>Guardia Civil?</i> Has the sacristan lied?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It appears that the appointment is here,&rdquo; said the
+second, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb212" href=
+"#pb212">212</a>]</span>in a low voice. &ldquo;They are up to something
+bad, when the two brothers hide it from me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The first form finally arrived at the gate of the cemetery. The
+three who were already there advanced.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us separate. Some one is following me. To-morrow we will
+have the arms and to-morrow night will be our time. The cry is
+&lsquo;Viva Don Crisostomo!&rsquo; Begone!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The three persons disappeared behind the wall. The recent arrival
+hid himself in the hollow of the gate and waited silently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let&rsquo;s see who is following me!&rdquo; he murmured.</p>
+
+<p>The second person came along very cautiously, and stopped to look
+around.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have arrived late!&rdquo; said he in a half intelligible
+voice. &ldquo;But perhaps they will return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, as a fine rain began to fall and threatened to continue, he
+took refuge under the gate. Naturally, he met the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! who are you?&rdquo; asked the one who had just come up,
+in a manly voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who are you?&rdquo; replied the other tranquilly.</p>
+
+<p>There was a moment&rsquo;s pause. Each tried to recognize the other
+by the tone of his voice and to distinguish the other&rsquo;s
+features.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you waiting here for?&rdquo; asked the one with the
+heavy voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Till the clock strikes eight, so as to have a game of cards
+with the dead. I want to win some money to-night,&rdquo; replied the
+other, in an ordinary tone. &ldquo;And you: what do you come here
+for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A&mdash;a&mdash;for the same thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well! I am glad. So I will not be without a companion. I have
+brought some cards. At the first stroke of the bell, I put down the <i>
+albur</i> (the first two cards put on the board in monte). At the
+second stroke, I put down the <i>gallo</i> (the second pair). The cards
+which move after I have put them down, are those which the dead choose
+for themselves. Did you also bring some cards?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb213" href=
+"#pb213">213</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is simple. Just as you act as &lsquo;banker&rsquo; for
+them, so I hope that they will &lsquo;bank&rsquo; for me.&rdquo; (In
+monte the banker deals the cards and bets that one of the cards in
+either the <i>albur</i> or <i>gallo</i> is turned up by dealing off the
+pack, before the card chosen by the other person is turned up. A banker
+can play against two others.)</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if the shades do not care to
+&lsquo;bank&rsquo;?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What can be done? The game is not obligatory upon the
+dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>There was a moment&rsquo;s silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you come armed? What if you have to fight with the shades
+of the dead?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll use my fists,&rdquo; replied the taller of the
+two.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! The devil! Now, I remember! The dead do not bet when
+there is more than one live person around. There are two of
+us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is that true? Well, I don&rsquo;t want to go away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor I. I need some money,&rdquo; replied the smaller one.
+&ldquo;But let us do this: We will decide by the cards which one shall
+go away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right!&rdquo; replied the other, showing a certain amount
+of displeasure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then let us go in. Have you any matches?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They entered the cemetery and in the obscurity they searched for a
+place where they might decide the question with the cards. They soon
+found a niche upon which they sat down. The shorter one took from his
+hat some playing cards and the other lighted a match.</p>
+
+<p>Each one looked at the other in the light which the match made, but,
+judging from the expression on their faces, they did not recognize each
+other. However, we can recognize in the taller one, the one with the
+manly voice, Elias; and in the smaller one, Lucas, with the scar on his
+cheek.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cut the cards!&rdquo; said the latter, without ceasing to
+look at the other.</p>
+
+<p>He pushed aside some bones which were found on the niche and turned
+up an ace and a jack for the <i>albur</i>. Elias lighted one match
+after another.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On the jack!&rdquo; said he and, in order to show which of
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb214" href="#pb214">214</a>]</span>the
+cards he was betting on, he placed upon it a piece of
+vertebr&aelig;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I deal!&rdquo; said Lucas and, after turning up four or five
+cards, an ace came up.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have lost,&rdquo; he added. &ldquo;Now leave me alone so
+that I may win some money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias, without saying a word, disappeared in the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Some minutes afterward, the clock in the church struck eight and the
+bell announced the hour of prayer. But Lucas did not invite anybody to
+play with him. He did not call out the shades, as superstition
+demanded. Instead, he uncovered his head, murmured some prayers and
+crossed himself with the same fervor as the chief of the Brotherhood of
+the Most Sacred Rosary would have done at that moment.</p>
+
+<p>The drizzling rain continued all night. At nine o&rsquo;clock the
+streets were dark and lonely. The little cocoanut oil lanterns, which
+each citizen had to hang out in front of his house gave light scarcely
+a meter around. It seemed as though they had been lighted so one might
+see the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Two Civil Guards were walking from one side of the street to the
+other near the church.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is cold,&rdquo; said one in Tagalog with a Visayan accent.
+&ldquo;We aren&rsquo;t catching any sacristans. There is nobody to
+clean out the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> hen yard and we ought to catch
+some sacristan and make him do it. Since that one was killed, they have
+taken warning. I am getting tired of this.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So am I,&rdquo; replied the other. &ldquo;Nobody commits any
+robbery; no one disturbs the peace; but, thank God, they say that Elias
+is in town. The <i>alferez</i> says that the one who catches him will
+be free from whippings for three months.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! Do you know his identification marks?&rdquo; asked the
+Visayan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I certainly do! Stature, tall, according to the <i>
+alferez&rsquo;s</i> description; ordinary, according to the description
+of Father D&aacute;maso; color, brunette; eyes, black; nose, regular;
+mouth, regular; beard, none; hair, black.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! And particular marks?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb215" href="#pb215">215</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Camisa</i>, black; pantaloons, black; a
+wood-cutter&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! He will not escape. I think I see him already.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t confuse him with anybody else, although you
+might think so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Both soldiers continued their beats.</p>
+
+<p>By the light of the lantern two forms could again be seen, one
+following the other cautiously. A forcible &ldquo;<i lang="es">Quien
+vive?</i>&rdquo; stops them both. The first one replied &ldquo;<i lang=
+"es">Espa&ntilde;a</i>,&rdquo; in a trembling voice.</p>
+
+<p>The two soldiers drag him along and bring him up to the light, to
+recognize him. It was Lucas, but the soldiers were in doubt and
+questioned each other with a glance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> said nothing about his having a
+scar,&rdquo; said the Visayan in a low voice. &ldquo;Where are you
+going?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To order a mass for to-morrow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you not seen Elias?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know him, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Lucas.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You dunce! I am not asking if you know him. Nor do we know
+him. I am asking you if you have seen him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen closely. I will give you his description. Stature, at
+times tall, at times regular; skin and eyes, black; all the others are
+regular,&rdquo; said the Visayan. &ldquo;Do you know him
+now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Lucas, frightened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, <i>sulung</i>! (Go along). You brute! You ass!&rdquo;
+And they gave him a shove.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know why Elias is tall, according to the <i>
+alferez</i>, and why he is short, according to the curate?&rdquo; asked
+the <span class="corr" id="xd0e5865" title="Source: Tagalo">
+Tagalog</span> of the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the <i>alferez</i> was stuck in a mud hole when he
+observed him, and the curate was on foot when he saw him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s right!&rdquo; exclaimed the Visayan. &ldquo;You
+are bright. Why are you a <i>Guardia Civil</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&rsquo;t been always. I was a smuggler at one
+time,&rdquo; replied the Tagalog boastingly.</p>
+
+<p>But another form attracted their attention. They called out
+&ldquo;<i lang="es">Quien Vive?</i>&rdquo; and brought him up to the
+light. This time it was Elias himself. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb216" href="#pb216">216</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are you going?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am pursuing, se&ntilde;or, a man who has whipped and
+threatened my brother. He has a scar on his face and his name is
+Elias&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ha?&rdquo; exclaimed the two, and looked at each other
+frightened.</p>
+
+<p>And at once they started on a run toward the church, where a few
+minutes before Lucas had disappeared. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb217" href="#pb217">217</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch34" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Discovery.</h2>
+
+<p>The bell announces the hour of evening prayer. On hearing the
+religious sound, all stop, leave their work and uncover their heads;
+the laborer, coming from the fields on the <i>carabao&rsquo;s</i> back,
+suspends the song to which the animal keeps step, and prays; the women
+in the middle of the street make the sign of the cross, and move their
+lips with affectation so that no one may doubt their devotion: the man
+stops fondling his game-cock and recites the Angelus so that he may
+have good luck; in the houses, they pray in a loud voice ... every
+sound which is not a part of the <i>Ave Maria</i> is dissipated,
+silenced.</p>
+
+<p>However, the curate, without his hat, hastily crosses the street,
+scandalizing many old women. And still more scandalous, he directs his
+steps towards the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> house. The devout women think
+that it is time for them to stop the movement of their lips and to kiss
+the curate&rsquo;s hand, but Father Salv&iacute; takes no notice of
+them. To-day he finds no pleasure in placing his bony hand under a
+Christian&rsquo;s nose. Some important business must be occupying him
+that he should so forget his own interests and those of the Church!</p>
+
+<p>He goes up the stairs and knocks impatiently at the <i>
+alferez&rsquo;s</i> door. The latter appears, his eyebrows knit and
+followed by his better half, who smiles malignantly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, Father Curate! I was just going to see you. Your
+he-goat....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have a most important matter....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can&rsquo;t allow your goat to go on breaking down my
+fence.... I&rsquo;ll shoot him if he gets in there again.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is if you are alive to-morrow,&rdquo; said the curate,
+breathless, and directing himself toward the <i>sala</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! do you think that that seven-months-old puppy will kill
+me? I&rsquo;ll kick him to pieces.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb218" href="#pb218">218</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; stepped back and looked instinctively at the
+feet of the <i>alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whom are you talking about?&rdquo; asked he, trembling.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of whom could I be talking but that big blockhead who
+proposes to challenge me to a duel with revolvers at one hundred
+paces?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; sighed the curate, and added: &ldquo;I have come
+to speak about a most urgent matter which seriously concerns the life
+of all of us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Seriously!&rdquo; repeated the <i>alferez</i>, turning pale
+in turn. &ldquo;Does this young fellow shoot well...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am not speaking about him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The friar pointed to the door which the a<i>lferez</i> shut in his
+customary manner, by a kick. The a<i>lferez</i> usually found his hands
+superfluous. An imprecation and a groan from without were heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You brute. You have cut open my head!&rdquo; cried his
+wife.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now unbosom yourself,&rdquo; said he to the curate in a quiet
+manner. The latter looked at him for some time. Afterward he asked, in
+that nasal and monotonous priest&rsquo;s voice:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you see how I came running?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Umph! I thought something was the matter with you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When I leave my duties in this manner there are grave
+motives.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what is it?&rdquo; asked the other, stamping his foot on
+the floor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Calm yourself!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, why did you come in such a hurry?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate approached him and asked in a mysterious way:</p>
+
+<p>
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t&mdash;you&mdash;know&mdash;anything&mdash;new?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> shrugged his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You confess that you know absolutely nothing?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! do you mean to tell me about Elias, whom your sacristan
+mayor hid last night?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no! I don&rsquo;t speak of such matters now,&rdquo;
+replied the curate, in a bad humor. &ldquo;I am talking about a great
+danger.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb219" href=
+"#pb219">219</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then d&mdash;&mdash;n it! Let it out.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now then,&rdquo; said the friar slowly and with a certain
+disdain, &ldquo;you will see again how important we priests are. The
+lowest layman is worth a regiment, so that a curate....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And then lowering his voice in a very mysterious manner:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have discovered a great conspiracy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> started and looked at the friar astonished.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A terrible and well-laid conspiracy, which is to break out
+this very night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This very night!&rdquo; exclaimed the <i>alferez</i>, moving
+at first toward Father Salv&iacute;, and then running after his
+revolver and saber, which were hanging on the wall: &ldquo;Whom shall I
+arrest? Whom shall I arrest?&rdquo; he cried.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be calm. It is not yet time, thanks to my great haste. At
+eight o&rsquo;clock.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll shoot them all!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen! This afternoon a woman, whose name I must not mention
+(it is a secret of the confessional) came to me and disclosed it all.
+At eight o&rsquo;clock they will take the <i>cuartel</i> by surprise,
+sack the convent, seize the Government&rsquo;s steamboat and
+assassinate all the Spaniards.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> was stupified.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The woman has not told more than that,&rdquo; added the
+curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Has not told you more? Then I&rsquo;ll arrest her!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; I cannot consent to it. The tribunal of penitence is the
+throne of God of forgiveness.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Neither God nor forgiveness count in this matter. I&rsquo;ll
+arrest her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are losing your head. What you ought to do is to prepare
+yourself. Arm your soldiers quietly and put them in ambush. Send me
+four Guards for the convent and notify the people on the Government
+steamboat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The boat is not here. I&rsquo;ll send to other sections for
+aid.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They would notice that and would not go on with their plans.
+No, don&rsquo;t do that. What is important is that we catch them alive
+and make them talk; I say, you will make them disclose the conspiracy.
+I, in the capacity <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb220" href=
+"#pb220">220</a>]</span>of a priest, ought not to mix myself in these
+matters. Now&rsquo;s your chance! Here you can win crosses and stars. I
+ask only that you make it evident that I am the one who warned
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It will be made evident, Father, it will be made evident! And
+perhaps a mitre will fall to you!&rdquo; replied the radiant <i>
+alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be sure and send me four un-uniformed Civil Guards, eh? Be
+discreet! To-night at eight o&rsquo;clock, it will rain stars and
+crosses.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>While this was going on, a man came running down the road which led
+to Ibarra&rsquo;s house, and quickly went up the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is the Se&ntilde;or at home?&rdquo; asked Elias of the
+servant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is in his laboratory at work.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, in order to pass the time while he impatiently waited for
+the hour when he could make explanations to Maria Clara, had gone to
+work in his cabinet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, is it you, Elias?&rdquo; he exclaimed. &ldquo;I was
+thinking about you. Yesterday, I forgot to ask you for the name of that
+Spaniard in whose house your grandfather lived.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t bother yourself, Se&ntilde;or, about
+me....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look!&rdquo; continued Ibarra, without noting the agitation
+of the young man, and putting a piece of bamboo to a flame. &ldquo;I
+have made a great discovery. This bamboo is
+incombustible....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t talk about bamboo now, Se&ntilde;or. Talk about
+collecting your papers and fleeing in a minute.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him surprised, and, on seeing the seriousness in
+Elias&rsquo;s countenance, he dropped the object which he had in his
+hands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Burn everything that can possibly implicate you in any way
+and put yourself in a more secure place within an hour.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what for?&rdquo; he asked at last.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put all that you have of value in a secure
+place....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Burn all papers written by you or to you. The most innocent
+can be interpreted in a bad sense.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for? Because I have just discovered a conspiracy <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb221" href="#pb221">221</a>]</span>which will
+be attributed to you in order to ruin you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A conspiracy? And who has planned it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have been unable to learn the author of it. Only a moment
+ago I was talking with one of the unfortunate men who have been paid
+for it. I could not dissuade him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And didn&rsquo;t that fellow say who paid him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. Asking me to keep the secret, he told me that it was
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My God!&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra. He stood stupefied.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, don&rsquo;t hesitate, don&rsquo;t doubt,
+don&rsquo;t lose time, for undoubtedly the conspiracy will break out
+this very night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, with staring eyes, and hands holding his head, seemed not to
+hear him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The blow cannot be thwarted,&rdquo; continued Elias. &ldquo;I
+have arrived too late. I do not know their leaders ... save yourself,
+Se&ntilde;or, save yourself for the sake of your country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where shall I flee? They are expecting me this
+evening,&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To any other town, to Manila, to the house of some official;
+only flee somewhere so that they will not say that you are directing
+the movement.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if I myself denounce the conspiracy?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You denounce it?&rdquo; exclaimed Elias, looking at him, and
+stepping back. &ldquo;You would pass for a traitor and a coward in the
+eyes of the conspirators, and for a pusillanimous person in the eyes of
+others. They would say that you had played a trick to win some praise,
+they would say....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what can be done?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Already I have told you. Destroy all the papers you have
+which relate to you; flee and await developments.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Maria Clara?&rdquo; exclaimed the young man. &ldquo;No;
+death first!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias wrung his hands and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then, at least avoid the blow. Prepare yourself against
+their accusations.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked around him in a stupefied manner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, help me! There in those bags I have my family <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb222" href="#pb222">222</a>]</span>letters.
+Sort out those from my father, which are, perhaps, the ones that would
+incriminate me. Read the signatures.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, stunned and overwhelmed, opened and closed drawers,
+collected papers, hastily read letters, tore up some, kept others, took
+down books and thumbed through some of them. Elias did the same, if
+indeed with less confusion, with equal zeal. But he stopped, with eyes
+wide open, turned over a paper which he had in his hand and asked in a
+trembling voice:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did your family know Don Pedro Eibarramendia?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly!&rdquo; replied Ibarra, opening a drawer and taking
+out a pile of papers. &ldquo;He was my great-grandfather.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your great grandfather? Don Pedro Eibarramendia?&rdquo; he
+again asked, with livid features and a changed appearance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, distracted. &ldquo;We cut short
+the name, for it was too long.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He was a Basque?&rdquo; said Elias approaching him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; but what&rsquo;s the matter?&rdquo; he asked,
+surprised.</p>
+
+<p>Elias closed his fist, shook it in Ibarra&rsquo;s face and looked at
+him. Crisostomo stepped back as soon as he read the expression on that
+face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know who Don Pedro Eibarramendia was?&rdquo; he asked
+between his teeth. &ldquo;Don Pedro Eibarramendia was that wretch who
+accused my grandfather and caused all our misery.... I was looking for
+one of his name. God has given you into my hands.... Account to me for
+our misfortunes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him terrified. Elias shook him by the arm and, in a
+bitter voice, filled with hate, said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look at me well; see if I have suffered, and you, you live,
+you love, you have fortune, home, consideration. You live ... you
+live!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, beside himself, he ran toward a small collection of arms, but
+he had scarcely grasped two swords when he let them fall, and, like a
+madman, looked at Ibarra, who remained immovable.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What am I to do?&rdquo; he said and fled from the house.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb223" href="#pb223">223</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch35" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Catastrophe.</h2>
+
+<p>There in the dining-room Captain Tiago, Linares, and Aunt Isabel
+were eating supper. In the <i>sala</i> the rattling of plate and
+tableware was heard. Maria Clara had said that she did not care to eat
+and had seated herself at the piano. By her side was jolly Sinang, who
+murmured little secrets in Maria&rsquo;s ear, while Father Salv&iacute;
+uneasily paced the <i>sala</i>.</p>
+
+<p>It was not because the convalescent had no appetite that she was not
+eating. It was because she was awaiting the arrival of a certain person
+and had taken advantage of the moment in which her Argus could not be
+present, the hour when Linares ate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will see how that ghost will stay till eight
+o&rsquo;clock,&rdquo; murmured Sinang, pointing to the curate.
+&ldquo;At eight o&rsquo;clock <i>he</i> ought to come. This priest is
+as much in love as Linares.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara looked at her friend, frightened. The latter, without
+noticing her expression, continued her terrible gossip:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! Now I know why he doesn&rsquo;t go, in spite of all my
+hints. He doesn&rsquo;t want to burn the lamps in the convent.
+Don&rsquo;t you see? Ever since you fell ill, he has had the two lights
+which he used to burn, put out. But look at his eyes and his
+face!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Just at that moment the clock in the house struck eight. The curate
+trembled and went and sat down in a corner of the room.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is coming,&rdquo; said Sinang, pinching Maria Clara.
+&ldquo;Do you hear?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The bell in the church tolled eight and all arose to pray. Father
+Salv&iacute;, with a weak and trembling voice, led, but, as each one
+had his own thoughts, nobody paid any attention to him. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb224" href="#pb224">224</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The prayer had scarcely ended, when Ibarra presented himself. The
+young man was wearing mourning, not only in his dress, but in his face.
+In fact, it was so evident that Maria Clara, on seeing him, arose and
+took a step toward him as if to ask what ailed him, but at the same
+instant a discharge of musketry was heard. Ibarra stopped, his eyes
+rolled and he was unable to speak. The curate hid himself behind a
+pillar. More shooting and more noise was heard in the direction of the
+convent, followed by cries and the sound of people running. Captain
+Tiago, Aunt Isabel and Linares entered the room, hurriedly crying
+&ldquo;<i lang="es">tulisan! tulisan!</i>&rdquo; Andeng followed them,
+brandishing a spit and ran toward her foster sister.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel fell on her knees and prayed the <i>Kyrie eleison</i>.
+Captain Tiago, pale and trembling, carried a chicken&rsquo;s liver on
+his fork, and, in tears, offered it to the Virgin of Antipolo. Linares
+had his mouth full and was armed with a spoon. Sinang and Maria Clara
+embraced each other. The only person who did not move was Ibarra. He
+stood as if petrified, his face indescribably pale.</p>
+
+<p>The cries and blows continued, the windows were shut with a bang, a
+whistle was heard, and occasionally a shot.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Christe eleison!</i> Santiago, fasten the windows,&rdquo;
+groaned Aunt Isabel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fifty great bombs and a thanksgiving mass,&rdquo; replied
+Captain Tiago. &ldquo;<i lang="la">Ora pro nobis!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After a time, things quieted down and there was a terrible silence.
+The voice of the <i>alferez</i> was distinguished, as he came running
+in, and crying: &ldquo;Father curate! Father Salv&iacute;!
+Come!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Misere!</i> The <i>alferez</i> is asking for
+confession!&rdquo; cried Aunt Isabel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is he wounded?&rdquo; asked Linares at last.
+&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, Father Salv&iacute;! There is nothing to fear
+now,&rdquo; continued the <i>alferez</i>, shouting.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute;, pale, and decided at last, came out of his
+hiding-place and went downstairs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>tulisanes</i> have killed the <i>alferez</i>!&rdquo;
+said Aunt Isabel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria Clara, Sinang, go to your room! Fasten the door! <i>
+Kyrie eleison!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra also went toward the stairs, in spite of Aunt <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb225" href="#pb225">225</a>]</span>Isabel, who was
+saying: &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t go out! You haven&rsquo;t confessed yet.
+Don&rsquo;t go out!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The good old woman had been a great friend of Ibarra&rsquo;s
+mother.</p>
+
+<p>But Ibarra left the house. It seemed to him that all about him was
+revolving through the air, that even the ground was gone from under his
+feet. His ears buzzed. His legs moved heavily and irregularly. Waves of
+blood, light and darkness, succeeded one another on the retina of his
+eye.</p>
+
+<p>Despite the fact that the moon was shining brightly in the heavens,
+the young man stumbled on every stone in the solitary and deserted
+street.</p>
+
+<p>Near the <i>cuartel</i> he saw some soldiers with their bayonets
+fixed, talking excitedly. He passed by unseen.</p>
+
+<p>In the tribunal, blows, cries, wails, and curses were heard. The <i>
+alferez&rsquo;s</i> voice drowned all the others.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put him in the stocks! Put handcuffs on that fellow! Two
+shots for whoever moves! Sergeant, you will mount your guard! Let no
+one pass, not even God! Corporal, let no one sleep!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra hastened his steps toward his house. His servants were
+uneasily awaiting him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Saddle the best horse and go to bed!&rdquo; said he to
+them.</p>
+
+<p>He entered his laboratory and hurriedly began to get his travelling
+bag ready. He opened an iron box, took out all the money which he found
+there and put it in a bag. He gathered his jewels together, took down a
+picture of Maria Clara which was hanging upon the wall, and, arming
+himself with a dirk and two revolvers, he turned to the cupboard where
+he had some tools.</p>
+
+<p>At that instant, three blows, loud and strong, sounded on the
+door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who&rsquo;s there?&rdquo; asked Ibarra, in a doleful
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Open in the name of the King! Open the door at once, or we
+will knock it down!&rdquo; replied an imperious Spanish voice.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked toward the window. His eyes flashed and he cocked his
+revolver. But changing his mind, he left the arms and went to open the
+door at the same moment that the servants came up. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb226" href="#pb226">226</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Three Guards seized him instantly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are made a prisoner in the name of the King!&rdquo; said
+the sergeant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They will tell you later. We are prohibited from saying a
+word.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man reflected a moment and not wishing, perhaps, the
+soldiers to discover his preparations for flight, he took his hat and
+said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am at your disposal. I suppose it will be only for a short
+time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you promise not to escape, we will not handcuff you. The
+<i>alferez</i> grants this favor, but if you
+flee&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra followed, leaving the servants in consternation.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, what had become of Elias?</p>
+
+<p>On leaving Crisostomo&rsquo;s house, like a madman, he ran about
+without knowing where. He crossed fields, and in violent agitation
+arrived at a forest. He was fleeing from people, and from light. The
+moon troubled him and he entered the mysterious shade of the forest.
+Sometimes stopping, sometimes following unbroken paths, leaning upon
+century-old trunks, entangled in the briars, he looked toward the town,
+which lay at his feet bathed in the light of the moon, stretching
+itself out on the plain, lying on the shore of the lake. Birds,
+disturbed in their sleep, flew away. Owls screeched and flew from one
+limb to another. But Elias neither heard nor saw them. He thought he
+was being followed by the infuriated shades of his ancestors. He saw
+the horrible basket hanging from every branch with the blood-covered
+head of B&aacute;lat, just as his father had described it to him. He
+thought he saw the dead body of his grandmother lying at the foot of
+every tree. He seemed to see the skeleton of his dishonored grandfather
+in the darkness, and the skeleton, the old woman, and the head all
+cried out to him, &ldquo;Coward! Coward!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He left the mountain and fled down toward the sea. He ran along the
+beach in agitation. But there in the distance, amid the waves, where
+the light of the moon seemed to raise a fog, he thought he saw a shade
+raise itself, the shade of his sister, with her breast covered with
+blood, her hair hanging loose in the air. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb227" href="#pb227">227</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Elias fell upon his knees on the sand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you, too!&rdquo; he cried stretching out his arms.</p>
+
+<p>Then, with his eyes fixed on the fog, he arose slowly and, advancing
+toward it, went into the water as if to follow somebody. He waded on
+over the gentle slope of the beach which forms the bar. He was already
+far from the shore and the water was up to his belt. He went on and on,
+as if fascinated by a seducing spirit. The water was now up to his
+breast. Suddenly, the discharge of musketry awoke him from his dream,
+the vision disappeared, and the young man returned to reality. He
+stopped, reflected, and noticed that he was in the water. The lake was
+smooth and he could still see the lights in the fishermen&rsquo;s
+huts.</p>
+
+<p>He returned to the shore and made his way toward the town. What for?
+He himself did not know.</p>
+
+<p>The town seemed uninhabited. The houses were all closed. Even the
+animals, the dogs which are accustomed to bark at night, had hid
+themselves through fear. The silvery light of the moon increased the
+sadness and solitude.</p>
+
+<p>Afraid of meeting the Civil Guards, he went through the orchards and
+gardens. In one of the gardens he thought he saw two human forms, but
+he continued his way. Jumping over fences and walls, he arrived after
+great labor at the other side of the town, and directed his steps
+toward Ibarra&rsquo;s house. The servants were in the door, lamenting
+and commenting on the arrest of their master.</p>
+
+<p>Aware of what had passed, Elias went away, but returned to the
+house, leaped over the wall, crawled through a window and went into the
+cabinet or laboratory, where the candle which Ibarra had left was still
+burning.</p>
+
+<p>Elias saw the papers and the books. He found the arms and the little
+sacks which contained the money and the jewelry. All that had passed
+ran through his imagination again, and, seeing all the papers which
+might incriminate Ibarra, he thought of collecting them, throwing them
+through the window and burying them.</p>
+
+<p>He glanced toward the garden and, by the light of the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb228" href="#pb228">228</a>]</span>moon, he saw two
+Civil Guards coming with an adjutant. Their bayonets and helmets were
+glistening in the light.</p>
+
+<p>Then he decided. He piled up the clothes and papers in the middle of
+the cabinet, emptied the oil in a lamp upon the pile and set fire to
+it. He quickly buckled the arms around him. He saw the picture of Maria
+Clara, hesitated&mdash;put it in one of the little sacks, and jumped
+out of the window with them all.</p>
+
+<p>It was already time, for the two Civil Guards were forcing their
+entrance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go up to get your master&rsquo;s papers,&rdquo; said
+the adjutant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you permission? If not, you shall not go up!&rdquo; said
+an old servant.</p>
+
+<p>But the soldiers pushed the servants aside with the butts of their
+guns and went upstairs. A thick smoke was already filling the whole
+house, and gigantic tongues of flame were coming out from the <i>
+sala</i>, licking the doors and windows.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fire! Fire! Fire!&rdquo; they all cried.</p>
+
+<p>Each hurried to save what he could, but the fire had filled the
+small laboratory, breaking out furiously among the inflammable
+materials. The Civil Guards had to turn back. The fire, roaring and
+sweeping all before it, closed the passage to them. In vain they
+brought water from the well. All were shouting, and crying for help,
+but they were isolated. The fire reached the other rooms and in thick
+columns of smoke ascended to the heavens. Some peasants came from a
+distance, but they arrived only in time to see the frightful spectacle,
+the end of that old building, so long respected by the elements. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb229" href="#pb229">229</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch36" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">What People Say and Think.</h2>
+
+<p>Day dawned at last for the terrorized people. The streets in which
+the <i>cuartel</i> and the tribunal were situated were still deserted
+and solitary. The houses showed no signs of life. However, a shutter
+was opened with a creaking noise and an infant head stuck out and
+looked in all directions.... Slap!... A sound announces hard contact
+between a strip of leather and a human body. The child made a grimace,
+closed its eyes and disappeared. The shutter was closed again.</p>
+
+<p>The example had been set. Without any doubt the opening and closing
+of the shutter has been heard, for another window was opened very
+slowly and cautiously and a wrinkled and toothless old woman thrust out
+her head. She was called Sister Rut&eacute;. She looked about, knit her
+brows, spit noisily and then crossed herself. In the house opposite, a
+little window was timidly opened and her friend, Sister Rufa appeared.
+They looked at each other for a moment, smiled, made some signals, and
+again crossed themselves.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> It was like a thanksgiving mass,&rdquo;
+said Sister Rufa.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since the time that B&aacute;lat sacked the town I have never
+seen a night like it,&rdquo; replied Sister Put&eacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What a lot of shots! They say that it was old Pablo&rsquo;s
+gang.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Tulisanes?</i> It couldn&rsquo;t be. They say that it was
+the <i>cuaderilleros</i> against the Civil Guards. For this reason,
+they have arrested Don Filipo.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i lang="la">Sanctus Deus!</i> They say that there are no
+less than fourteen killed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Other windows were opened and different faces appeared, exchanging
+salutations and commenting on the affair.</p>
+
+<p>In the light of the day&mdash;which promised to be a splendid <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb230" href=
+"#pb230">230</a>]</span>one&mdash;could be seen in the distance, like
+ash-colored shadows, soldiers hurrying about in confusion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There goes another corpse!&rdquo; said some one from one of
+the windows.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One? I see two.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And so do I. But do you know what it was?&rdquo; asked a man
+with a crafty face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly. The <i>cuaderilleros</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, Se&ntilde;or. An uprising at the <i>
+cuartel</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What uprising? The curate against the <i>
+alferez</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, nothing of the sort,&rdquo; said he who had asked the
+question. &ldquo;The Chinese have risen in revolt.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And he closed his window again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Chinese!&rdquo; repeated all, with the greatest
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>In a quarter of an hour other versions of the affair were in
+circulation. Ibarra, with his servants, it was said, had tried to steal
+Maria Clara, and Captain Tiago, aided by the <i>Guardia Civil</i> had
+defended her.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the number of the dead was no longer fourteen, but
+thirty. Captain Tiago, it was said, was wounded and was going right off
+to Manila with his family.</p>
+
+<p>The arrival of two <i>cuaderilleros</i>, carrying a human form in a
+wheelbarrow, and followed by a Civil Guard, produced a great sensation.
+It was supposed that they came from the convent. From the form of the
+feet which were hanging down, they tried to guess who it could be. By
+half-past seven, when other Civil Guards arrived from neighboring
+towns, the current version of the affair was already clear and
+detailed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have just come from the tribunal, where I have seen Don
+Filipo and Don Crisostomo prisoners,&rdquo; said a man to Sister
+Put&eacute;. &ldquo;I talked with one of the <i>cuaderilleros</i> on
+guard. Well, Bruno, the son of the man who was whipped to death, made a
+declaration last night. As you know, Captain Tiago is going to marry
+his daughter to a Spaniard. Don Crisostomo, offended, wanted to take
+revenge and tried to kill all the Spaniards, even the curate. Last
+night they attacked the convent and the <i>cuartel</i>. Happily, by
+mercy of God, the curate was in Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house. They say
+that many escaped. The Civil <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb231" href=
+"#pb231">231</a>]</span>Guards burned Don Crisostomo&rsquo;s house, and
+if they had not taken him prisoner, they would have burned him,
+too.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They burned the house?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the servants were arrested. Why, you can still see the
+smoke from here!&rdquo; said the narrator, approaching the window.
+&ldquo;Those who come from there relate very sad things.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All looked toward the place indicated. A light column of smoke was
+still ascending to the heavens. All made comments more or less pious,
+more or less accusatory.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Poor young man!&rdquo; exclaimed an old man, the husband of
+Put&eacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes!&rdquo; replied his wife. &ldquo;But he did not order a
+mass for the soul of his father, who undoubtedly needs it more than
+others.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But wife, you don&rsquo;t have any pity....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sympathy for the excommunicated? It is a sin to have pity for
+the enemies of God, say the curates. Don&rsquo;t you remember? He ran
+over the sacred burial ground as if he were in a cattle pen.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But a cattle pen and a cemetery are much alike,&rdquo;
+responded the old man, &ldquo;except that but one class of animals
+enter the cemetery.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What!&rdquo; cried Sister Put&eacute;. &ldquo;Are you still
+going to defend him whom God so clearly punishes? You will see that
+they will arrest you, too. You may support a falling house, if you want
+to!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The husband became silent in view of this argument.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; continued the old woman, &ldquo;after striking
+Father D&aacute;maso, there was nothing left for him to do but to kill
+Father Salv&iacute;.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you can&rsquo;t deny that he was a good boy when he was a
+child.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, he was a good child,&rdquo; replied the old woman,
+&ldquo;but he went to Spain. All those who go to Spain return heretics,
+so the curates say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; exclaimed the husband, seeing his revenge.
+&ldquo;And the curate, and all the curates, and the Archbishops, and
+the Pope, and the Virgin&mdash;are they not Spaniards? Bah! Are they
+heretics, too? Bah!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Happily for Sister Put&eacute;, the arrival of a servant, who rushed
+in confused and pale, cut off the discussion. <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb232" href="#pb232">232</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A man hanged in a neighboring orchard!&rdquo; she exclaimed
+breathless.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A man hanged!&rdquo; exclaimed all, full of amazement.</p>
+
+<p>The women crossed themselves. No one could stir.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; continued the servant, trembling.
+&ldquo;I was going to gather some peas in.... I looked into the orchard
+next door ... to see if there ... I saw a man swinging.... I thought it
+was Teo ... I went nearer to gather peas, and I saw that it was not he
+but it was another, and was dead ... I ran, ran and....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go and see it,&rdquo; said the old man, rising.
+&ldquo;Take us there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t go!&rdquo; cried Sister Put&eacute;, seizing him
+by the shirt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You&rsquo;ll get into trouble! He has hanged himself? Then
+all the worse for him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me see it, wife! Go to the tribunal, Juan, and report it.
+Perhaps he is not dead yet.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And he went ino[typo, should be into?] the orchard, followed by the
+servant, who kept hid behind him. The women and Sister Put&eacute;
+herself came along behind, full of terror and curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There it is, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; said the servant stopping
+him and pointing with her finger.</p>
+
+<p>The group stopped at a respectful distance, allowing the old man to
+advance alone.</p>
+
+<p>The body of a man, hanging from the limb of a <i>santol</i> tree,
+was swinging slowly in the breeze. The old man contemplated it for some
+time. He looked at the rigid feet, the arms, the stained clothing and
+the drooping head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We ought not to touch the corpse until some official has
+arrived,&rdquo; said he, in a loud voice. &ldquo;He is already stiff.
+He has been dead for some time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The women approached hesitatingly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is the neighbor who lived in that little house; the one
+who arrived only two weeks ago. Look at the scar on his
+face.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ave Maria!&rdquo; exclaimed some of the women.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Shall we pray for his soul?&rdquo; asked a young girl as soon
+as she had finished looking at the dead body from all directions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You fool! You heretic!&rdquo; Sister Put&eacute; scolded her.
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you know what Father D&aacute;maso said? To pray for
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb233" href="#pb233">233</a>]</span>a
+damned person is to tempt God. He who commits suicide is irrevocably
+condemned. For this reason, he cannot be buried in a sacred place. I
+had begun to think that this man was going to have a bad ending. I
+never could guess what he lived on.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I saw him twice speaking with the sacristan mayor,&rdquo;
+observed a girl.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It couldn&rsquo;t have been to confess himself or to order a
+mass!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The neighbors gathered together and a large circle surrounded the
+corpse which was still swinging. In half an hour some officers and two
+<i>cuaderilleros</i> arrived. They took the body down and put it in a
+wheelbarrow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some people are in a hurry to die,&rdquo; said one of the
+officers, laughing, while he took out the pen from behind his ear.</p>
+
+<p>He asked some trifling questions; took the declaration of the
+servant, whom he tried to implicate, now looking at her with evil in
+his eyes, now threatening her and now attributing to her words which
+she did not say&mdash;so much so that the servant, believing that she
+was going to be taken to jail, began to weep and finished by declaring
+that she was looking for peas, but that ... and she called Teo to
+witness.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, a peasant with a wide hat and a large plaster on
+his neck, was examining the body, and the rope by which it was
+hanging.</p>
+
+<p>The face was no more livid than the rest of the body. Above the rope
+could be seen two scars and two small bruises. Where the rope had
+rubbed, there was no blood and the skin was white. The curious peasant
+examined closely the <i>camisa</i> and the pantaloons. He noted that
+they were full of dust and recently torn in some places. But what most
+attracted his attention were the &ldquo;stick-tights&rdquo;<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd0e6522src" href="#xd0e6522">1</a> on his clothing, even
+up to his neck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you see?&rdquo; asked the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was trying to identify him, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; stammered
+the peasant, lowering his hat further from his uncovered head. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb234" href="#pb234">234</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But haven&rsquo;t you heard that it was one Lucas? Were you
+sleeping?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All began to laugh. The peasant, embarrassed, muttered a few words,
+and went away with head down, walking slowly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here! Where are you going?&rdquo; cried the old man.
+&ldquo;You can&rsquo;t get out that way. That&rsquo;s the way to the
+dead man&rsquo;s house.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That fellow is still asleep,&rdquo; said the officer with a
+jeer. &ldquo;We&rsquo;ll have to throw some water on him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Those standing around laughed again.</p>
+
+<p>The peasant left the place where he had played so poor a part and
+directed his steps toward the church. In the <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e6545" title="Source: sacristry">sacristy</span>, he asked for the
+sacristan mayor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is still sleeping!&rdquo; they replied gruffly.
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you know that they sacked the convent last
+night?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will wait till he awakes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sacristans looked at him with that rudeness characteristic of
+people who are in the habit of being ill-treated.</p>
+
+<p>In a dark corner, the one-eyed sacristan mayor was sleeping in a
+large chair. His spectacles were across his forehead among his long
+locks of hair. His squalid, bony breast was bare, and rose and fell
+with regularity.</p>
+
+<p>The peasant sat down near by, disposed to wait patiently, but a coin
+fell on the floor and he began looking for it with the aid of a candle,
+under the sacristan mayor&rsquo;s big chair. The peasant also noted
+&ldquo;stick-tights&rdquo; on the sleeping man&rsquo;s pantaloons and
+on the arms of his <i>camisa</i>. The sacristan awoke at last, rubbed
+his good eye, and, in a very bad humor, reproached the man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would like to order a mass said, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo;
+replied he in a tone of excuse.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They have already finished all the masses,&rdquo; said the
+one-eyed man, softening his accent a little. &ldquo;If you want it for
+to-morrow.... Is it for souls in Purgatory?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, se&ntilde;or;&rdquo; replied the peasant, giving him a
+<i>peso</i>.</p>
+
+<p>And looking fixedly in his one eye, he added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is for a person who is going to die soon.&rdquo; And he
+left the sacristy. &ldquo;I could have seized him last night,&rdquo; he
+added, sighingly as he removed the plaster from his neck. And he
+straightened up and regained the stature and appearance of Elias. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb235" href="#pb235">235</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e6522src" id="xd0e6522">1</a></span> A plant (<i>Desmodium
+caresceus</i>), the dry seeds of which cling to the clothing.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch37" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Vae Victis!</h2>
+
+<p>Civil Guards were passing with a sinister air to and fro in front of
+the door of the tribunal, threatening with the butts of their guns the
+daring boys who stood on tip-toe or raised each other up in order to
+look through the grates in the windows.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>sala</i> did not present that same joyful aspect as it did
+when the program for the festival was being discussed. It was gloomy
+and the silence was almost death-like. The Civil Guards and the <i>
+cuaderilleros</i> who were occupying the room scarcely spoke and the
+few words that they did pronounce were in a low tone. Around the table
+sat the <i>directorcillo</i>, two writers and some soldiers scribbling
+papers. The <i>alferez</i> walked from one side to the other, looking
+from time to time ferociously toward the door. Themistocles after the
+battle of Salamis could not have shown more pride at the Olympic games.
+Do&ntilde;a Consolacion yawned in one corner of the room, and disclosed
+her black palate and her crooked teeth. Her cold and evil look was
+fixed on the door of the jail, covered with indecent pictures. Her
+husband, made amiable by the victory, had yielded to her request to be
+allowed to witness the interrogation and, perhaps, the tortures which
+were to follow. The hyena smelled the dead body, she licked her chops
+and was wearied at the delay in the punishment.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>gobernadorcillo&rsquo;s</i> chair, that large chair under the
+portrait of His Majesty, was empty and seemed destined for some other
+person.</p>
+
+<p>At nearly nine o&rsquo;clock, the curate, pale and with eyebrows
+knit, arrived.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, you haven&rsquo;t made any one wait!&rdquo; said the
+<i>alferez</i> sarcastically to the friar. <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb236" href="#pb236">236</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would have preferred not to be present,&rdquo; replied
+Father Salv&iacute;, in a low voice, without taking notice of the
+bitter tone.... &ldquo;I am very nervous.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As no one came, I decided that, in order not to leave the
+chair empty, your presence.... You already know that the prisoners are
+to leave town this afternoon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Young Ibarra and the <i>teniente mayor?</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> pointed toward the jail.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eight are in there,&rdquo; said he. &ldquo;Bruno died last
+night at midnight, but his declaration has been obtained.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate saluted Do&ntilde;a Consolacion, who responded with a
+yawn and an &ldquo;aah!&rdquo; The friar took the big chair under the
+picture of His Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can begin,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bring out the two who are in the stocks!&rdquo; ordered the
+<i>alferez</i> in his most terrifying voice. And turning to the curate,
+he added, changing his tone:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are fastened in the stocks with two holes
+vacant!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>For those who are interested in instruments of torture, we will say
+that the stocks is one of the most innocent. The holes in which are
+fastened the legs of the prisoner are a little more or less than a palm
+apart. Leaving two holes vacant, and putting the prisoner&rsquo;s legs
+in the holes on either side, would make the position strained, so that
+the ankles would suffer peculiarly and the lower extremities be
+stretched apart more than a yard. It does not kill instantly, as may
+well be imagined.</p>
+
+<p>The turnkey, followed by four soldiers, drew back the bolt and
+opened the door. A nauseating odor, and the thick, damp air escaped
+from the dense darkness of the prison and, at the same time, groans and
+sighs were heard. A soldier lighted a match, but the flame was
+extinguished in that foul, vitiated atmosphere, and they had to wait
+till the air was renewed.</p>
+
+<p>In the vague light of a candle, several human forms could be
+discerned. They were men, some of whom locked their arms around their
+knees and hid their heads between them, others were lying down, with
+their mouths to the ground, some standing, and some leaning against the
+wall. A blow and a creaking sound was heard, accompanied by oaths; the
+stocks were being opened. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb237" href=
+"#pb237">237</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion&rsquo;s body was bent forward, the muscles
+of her neck were rigid, her eyes riveted to the half open door.</p>
+
+<p>Between the soldiers came out Tarsilo, the brother of Bruno. He wore
+handcuffs. His torn clothes disclosed well-developed muscles. His eyes
+were fixed insolently on the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> wife.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is the one who defended himself most bravely, and who
+ordered his companions to flee,&rdquo; said the <i>alferez</i> to
+Father Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>Behind came another miserable sight, a man crying and weeping like a
+child. He was limping and his pantaloons were stained with blood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mercy, se&ntilde;or, have mercy! I will not enter the <i>
+cuartel</i> yard again,&rdquo; he cried.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is a crafty fellow,&rdquo; said the <i>alferez</i>,
+speaking to the curate. &ldquo;He wanted to flee, but had received a
+flesh wound.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is your name?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>, speaking
+to Tarsilo.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tarsilo Alasigan.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did Don Crisostomo promise you for attacking the <i>
+cuartel</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Crisostomo has never communicated with us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t deny it! You wanted to surprise us for
+him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are mistaken. You whipped our father to death. We avenged
+him and nothing more. Look for your two soldiers!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> looked at the sergeant, surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are at the bottom of that precipice. We threw them there
+yesterday. There they will rot. Now kill me! You will know nothing
+more.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Silence and general surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are not going to tell who were your accomplices?&rdquo;
+said the <i>alferez</i> in a threatening manner and brandishing a
+whip.</p>
+
+<p>A scornful smile curled the lips of the culprit.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> conferred for some minutes with the curate in a
+low voice. Then turning to the soldiers, he ordered:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take him to where the dead bodies are!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In a corner of the yard, upon an old wagon, were five <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb238" href="#pb238">238</a>]</span>bodies close
+together and half covered by a filthy piece of torn matting. A soldier
+on guard was pacing up and down, and constantly spitting.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you recognize them?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>,
+lifting the matting.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo did not respond. He saw the dead body of Pedro, with two
+others; one, his own brother, riddled with bayonet wounds, and the
+other, Lucas, with the rope still around his neck. His look became
+gloomy and a sigh seemed to escape from his breast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know them?&rdquo; they asked him.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo remained silent.</p>
+
+<p>There was a whistling sound and the whip came down across his back.
+He trembled, and his muscles contracted. The lashes were repeated, but
+Tarsilo continued impassive.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let them whip him till they cut him to pieces or till he
+makes a declaration,&rdquo; cried the <i>alferez</i>, exasperated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Speak then!&rdquo; said the <i>directorcillo</i> to him.
+&ldquo;They will surely kill you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They led him back to the <i>sala</i> of the tribunal, where the
+other prisoner was invoking God, grating his teeth and shaking on his
+legs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know this man?&rdquo; asked Father Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is the first time I have ever seen him,&rdquo; replied
+Tarsilo, looking with a certain pity on the other.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> gave him a cuff with his fist and kicked him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tie him to the bench!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Without taking off the bloody handcuffs, he was fastened to the
+wooden bench. The unhappy fellow looked about him as if in search of
+some one, and his eyes fell on Do&ntilde;a Consolacion. He smiled
+sardonically. Those present were surprised and followed his glance and
+saw the se&ntilde;ora. She was biting her lips.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have never seen an uglier woman,&rdquo; exclaimed Tarsilo
+amid the general silence. &ldquo;I prefer to lie down on this bench as
+I am doing than to lie by her side, like the <i>alferez</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Muse turned pale.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are going to whip me to death, <i>alferez</i>,&rdquo; he
+continued, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb239" href=
+"#pb239">239</a>]</span>&ldquo;but to-night I will be avenged by your
+woman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gag him!&rdquo; shouted the <i>alferez</i>, furious and
+trembling with rage.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed as though Tarsilo had wanted the gag, for when he had it
+in his mouth, his eyes gleamed with a ray of satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>At a signal from the <i>alferez</i> a guard, armed with a whip,
+began his cruel task. The whole body of Tarsilo shrank. A groan,
+suppressed and prolonged, could be heard in spite of the rag which
+stopped up his mouth. He lowered his head. His clothes were being
+stained with blood.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute;, pale and with a wild look, rose to his feet
+laboriously, made a sign with his hand and left the <i>sala</i> with
+vacillating steps. In the street, he saw a girl, leaning her back
+against the wall, rigid, immovable, listening attentively, looking into
+space, her marble-like hands extended along the old wall. The sun was
+shining full upon her. She was counting, it seemed without breathing,
+the sharp blows and listening to that heart-rending groan. She was
+Tarsilo&rsquo;s sister.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the scene was continuing in the <i>sala</i>. The
+unfortunate fellow, overcome with pain, had become silent and waited
+for his punishers to tire. At last, the soldier breathless, let fall
+his arm. The <i>alferez</i>, pale with wrath and astonishment, made a
+signal for them to unloose him.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion then arose and whispered something into her
+husband&rsquo;s ear. He nodded his head, signifying that he
+understood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the well with him!&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>The Filipinos know what that means. In Tagalog they call it <i>
+timbain</i>. We do not know who could have been the inventor of this
+method of punishment, but we are of the opinion that he must have lived
+long ago. In the middle of the tribunal yard there was a picturesque
+stone-wall, roughly made out of cobble stones, around a well. A rustic
+apparatus of bamboo in the form of a lever serves to draw out the vile,
+dirty and bad smelling water. Broken dishes, refuse and all sorts of
+filth collected there, since the well was a common receptacle for
+everything <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb240" href=
+"#pb240">240</a>]</span>that the people threw away or found useless. An
+object which fell into the place, no matter how good it may have been,
+was thereafter surely lost. However, the well was never closed up. At
+times, prisoners were condemned to go down and make it deeper, not
+because it was thought that the work would be useful in any way, but
+because the work was so difficult. If a prisoner went down in the well
+once, he invariably contracted a fever, from which he died.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo contemplated all the preparations of the soldiers with a
+firm look. He was very pale and his lips were trembling or murmuring a
+prayer. The haughtiness of his desperation seemed to have disappeared,
+or at least to have weakened. A number of times he bent his head, fixed
+his eyes on the ground, resigned to his suffering.</p>
+
+<p>They took him to one side of the stone wall. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion
+followed smiling. The unfortunate wretch glanced enviously toward the
+pile of dead bodies, and a sigh escaped from his breast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Speak now!&rdquo; said the <i>directorcillo</i> again.
+&ldquo;They will certainly drown you. At least, die without having
+suffered so much.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When you come out of this, you will die,&rdquo; said a <i>
+cuaderillero</i>.</p>
+
+<p>They took the gag out of his mouth and hung him by his feet. He had
+to go down head first and remain under the water some time just like a
+bucket, except that a man is left under the water a longer time.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> went to look for a watch that he might count the
+minutes.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, Tarsilo was hanging, his long hair waving in the
+air and his eyes half closed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you are Christians, if you have hearts,&rdquo; he begged,
+in a low voice, &ldquo;let me down rapidly and make my head strike
+against the wall that I may die. God would reward such a good deed....
+Perhaps some day you will be in the same straits as I am
+now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> returned and with watch in hand witnessed the
+descent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Slowly, slowly!&rdquo; cried Do&ntilde;a Consolacion
+following the poor fellow with her eyes. &ldquo;Be careful!&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb241" href="#pb241">241</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The pole was being lowered slowly. Tarsilo rubbed against the
+projecting stones and the dirty plants which grew in the crevices.
+Then, the pole ceased to move. The <i>alferez</i> was counting the
+seconds.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Up!&rdquo; he ordered dryly, at the end of a half minute.</p>
+
+<p>The silvery harmony of the drops of water falling back into the
+well, announced the return of the unfortunate man to the light. As the
+weight on the end of the lever was heavy, he came up quickly. The rough
+pieces of stone and pebbles, torn loose from the walls, fell with
+splashes to the bottom.</p>
+
+<p>His face and hair full of filthy mud, his body wet and dripping, he
+appeared again in the sight of the silent crowd. The wind made him
+shiver with cold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you want to make a declaration?&rdquo; they asked him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take care of my sister!&rdquo; the unhappy one murmured,
+looking at the <i>cuaderillero</i>, with supplication.</p>
+
+<p>The bamboo pole creaked again, and again the condemned man
+disappeared. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion observed that the water remained
+still. The <i>alferez</i> counted a minute.</p>
+
+<p>When Tarsilo came up again, his face was livid and his features
+contracted. He glanced at those standing around and kept open his
+bloodshot eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Will you make a declaration?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>
+again, with vexation.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo shook his head and again they let him down. His eyelids were
+almost closed and his eyes were gazing at the white clouds floating in
+the heavens. He bent his neck to keep sight of the light of day, but he
+was soon submerged in the water. That filthy curtain closed from him
+the sight of the world.</p>
+
+<p>A minute passed. The Muse saw large bubbles of air come up to the
+surface of the water.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is thirsty,&rdquo; said she, laughing.</p>
+
+<p>The water was again smooth.</p>
+
+<p>This time a minute and a half had passed when the <i>alferez</i>
+gave the signal.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo&rsquo;s features were no longer contracted. The half opened
+lids showed the white of his eyes. Muddy water, clotted with blood, ran
+out of his mouth. The cool wind was blowing, but his body no longer
+shivered. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb242" href=
+"#pb242">242</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Those present, pale and terrified, looked at each other in silence.
+The <i>alferez</i> made a signal for them to take him down from where
+he was hanging, and stepped aside for a few moments. Do&ntilde;a
+Consolacion a number of times applied the lighted end of her cigar to
+the bare legs of Tarsilo, but his body did not quiver. It put out the
+light.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He has asphyxiated himself,&rdquo; murmured a <i>
+cuaderillero</i>. &ldquo;See how his tongue is turned, as if he wanted
+to swallow it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The other prisoner, trembling and perspiring, contemplated the
+scene. Like a madman he looked about him.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> ordered the <i>directorcillo</i> to question
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he groaned. &ldquo;I will
+tell you all that you wish.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good. Let us see! What is your name?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Andong, Se&ntilde;or!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bernardo ... Leonardo ... Ricardo ... Educardo. Gerardo ...
+or what?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Andong, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; repeated the imbecile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Call it Bernardo or whatever you please,&rdquo; said the <i>
+alferez</i>, decided not to bother more about it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What family name?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man looked at him frightened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s your name? What do you add to the name
+Andong?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, Se&ntilde;or! Andong Medio-tonto (half-fool),
+Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Those standing around could not resist a laugh. The <i>alferez</i>
+himself stopped short.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is your business?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cocoanut tree pruner, Se&ntilde;or, and servant for my
+mother-in-law.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who ordered you to attack the <i>cuartel</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nobody, Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s that; nobody? Don&rsquo;t you lie or we will put
+you in the well. Who ordered you to do it? Speak the truth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s the truth, Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb243" href=
+"#pb243">243</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I ask you who ordered you to revolt.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What revolt, Se&ntilde;or?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That one last night, when you were in the tribunal
+yard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, Se&ntilde;or!&rdquo; exclaimed Andong, blushing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who was to blame for that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My mother-in-law, Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A laugh of surprise followed this reply. The <i>alferez</i> stopped
+and looked sharply at the simple peasant, who believed that his words
+had produced a good effect. More animated, he was about to continue
+when the crack of a whip cut him short.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the jail!&rdquo; ordered the <i>alferez</i>. &ldquo;This
+afternoon, send him to the capital.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb244" href="#pb244">244</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch38" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Accursed.</h2>
+
+<p>The news that the prisoners were going to depart spread quickly
+through the town. At first, the news was heard with terror; afterward,
+came tears and lamentations.</p>
+
+<p>The members of the families of the prisoners were running about
+madly. They would go from the convent to the <i>cuartel</i> from the
+<i>cuartel</i> to the tribunal, and not finding consolation anywhere,
+they filled the air with cries and moans. The curate had shut himself
+up because he was ill. The <i>alferez</i> had increased his guards, who
+received the supplicants with the butts of their guns. The <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i>, a useless being, anyway, seemed more stupid and
+useless than ever.</p>
+
+<p>The sun was burning hot, but none of the unhappy women who were
+gathered in front of the <i>cuartel</i> thought of that. Doray, the gay
+and happy wife of Don Filipo, wandered about, with her tender little
+child in her arms. Both were crying.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Get out of the sun,&rdquo; they said to her. &ldquo;Your son
+will catch a fever.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the use of his living if he has no father to educate
+him?&rdquo; replied the dispirited woman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your husband is innocent. Perhaps he will return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, when we are in our graves.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Capitana Tinay wept and cried for her son, Antonio. The courageous
+Capitana Maria gazed toward the small grate, behind which were her
+twins, her only sons.</p>
+
+<p>There, too, was the mother-in-law of the cocoanut tree pruner. She
+was not crying; she was walking to and fro, gesticulating, with shirt
+sleeves rolled up, and haranguing the public.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you ever seen anything equal to it?&rdquo; said she.
+&ldquo;They arrest my Andong, wound him, put him in the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb245" href="#pb245">245</a>]</span>stocks, and take
+him to the capital, all because he happened to be in the <i>cuartel</i>
+yard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But few people had any sympathy for the Mussulman mother-in-law.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Crisostomo is to blame for all of this,&rdquo; sighed a
+woman.</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher also was wandering about in the crowd. &Ntilde;or
+Juan was no longer rubbing his hands, nor was he carrying his yard
+stick and plumb line. He had heard the bad news and, faithful to his
+custom of seeing the future as a thing that had already happened, he
+was dressed in mourning, mourning for the death of Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>At two o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, an uncovered cart, drawn by
+two oxen, stopped in front of the tribunal.</p>
+
+<p>The cart was surrounded by the crowd. They wanted to destroy it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t do that!&rdquo; said Capitana Maria. &ldquo;Do
+you want them to walk?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This remark stopped the relatives of the prisoners. Twenty soldiers
+came out and surrounded the cart. Then came the prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>The first was Don Filipo; he was tied. He greeted his wife with a
+smile. Doray broke into a bitter lamentation and two soldiers had to
+work hard to keep her from embracing her husband. Antonio, the son of
+Captain Tinay, next appeared, crying like a child&mdash;a fact which
+made the family cry all the more. The imbecile, Andong, broke out in a
+wail when he saw his mother-in-law, the cause of his misfortune.
+Albino, the former seminary student, came out with his hands tied, as
+did also the twin sons of Capitana Maria. These three youths were
+serious and grave. The last who came was Ibarra. The young man was
+pale. He looked about for the face of Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is the one who is to blame!&rdquo; cried many voices.
+&ldquo;He is to blame and he will go free.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My son-in-law has done nothing and he is
+handcuffed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra turned to the guards.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tie me, and tie me well, elbow to elbow,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have no orders.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb246" href="#pb246">246</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tie me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The soldiers obeyed.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> appeared on horse-back, armed to the teeth. Ten
+or fifteen more soldiers followed him.</p>
+
+<p>Each of the prisoners had there in the crowd his family praying for
+him, weeping for him, and calling him by the most affectionate names.
+Ibarra was the only exception. Even &Ntilde;or Juan himself and the
+school-teacher had disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done to my husband and my son?&rdquo; said
+Doray to Ibarra, crying. &ldquo;See my poor boy! You have deprived him
+of a father!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grief of the people was changed to wrath against the young man,
+accused of having provoked the riot. The <i>alferez</i> gave orders to
+depart.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are a coward!&rdquo; cried the mother-in-law of Andong to
+Ibarra. &ldquo;While the others were fighting for you, you were hiding.
+Coward!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Curses upon you!&rdquo; shouted an old man following him.
+&ldquo;Cursed be the gold hoarded up by your family to disturb our
+peace! Curse him! Curse him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May they hang you, heretic!&rdquo; cried one of
+Albino&rsquo;s relatives. And unable to restrain himself, he picked up
+a stone and threw it at Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>The example was quickly imitated, and a shower of dust and stones
+fell on the unfortunate youth.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra suffered it all, impassive, without wrath, without a
+complaint&mdash;the unjust vengeance of suffering hearts. This was the
+leave-taking, the &ldquo;adios&rdquo; tendered to him by his town, the
+center of all his affections. He bowed his head. Perhaps he was
+thinking of another man, whipped through the streets of Manila, of an
+old woman falling dead at the sight of the head of her son. Perhaps the
+history of Elias was passing before his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>The cort&eacute;ge moved slowly on and away.</p>
+
+<p>Of the persons who appeared in a few opened windows, those who
+showed the most compassion for the unfortunate young man were the
+indifferent and the curious. All his friends had hidden themselves;
+yes, even Captain Basilio, who forbade his daughter Sinang to weep.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra saw the smouldering ruins of his house, of the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb247" href="#pb247">247</a>]</span>house of his
+fathers where he had been born, where he had lived the sweetest days of
+his infancy and childhood. Tears, for a long time suppressed, burst
+from his eyes. He bowed his head and wept, wept without the consolation
+of being able to hide his weeping, tied as he was by the elbows. Nor
+did that grief awaken compassion in anybody. Now he had neither
+fatherland, home, love, friends or future.</p>
+
+<p>From a height a man contemplated the funeral-like caravan. He was
+old, pale, thin, wrapped in a woollen blanket and was leaning with
+fatigue on a cane. It was old Tasio, who as soon as he heard of what
+had happened wanted to leave his bed and attend, but his strength would
+not permit it. The old man followed with his eyes the cart until it
+disappeared in the distance. He stood for some time, pensive and his
+head bowed down; then he arose, and laboriously started on the road to
+his house, resting at every step.</p>
+
+<p>The following day, shepherds found him dead on the very threshold of
+his solitary retreat. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb248" href=
+"#pb248">248</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch39" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Maria Clara is Married.</h2>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was very happy. During all this terrible time nobody
+had busied himself with him. They had not arrested him, nor had they
+submitted him to excommunications, court trials, electrical machines,
+continual hot foot baths in subterranean places, or to any of the other
+punishments which are well known to certain people who call themselves
+civilized. He had returned to his Manila house. Those who had been the
+Captain&rsquo;s friends&mdash;for he had renounced all his Filipino
+friends from the moment that they were suspected by the
+Government&mdash;had also returned to their homes after some days of
+vacation spent in the Government buildings. The Governor General had
+himself ordered these people to leave their possessions, for he had not
+thought it fitting that they should remain in them during the great
+danger.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was overflowing with gratitude, but he did not know
+exactly to whom he was indebted for such signal favors. Aunt Isabel
+attributed the miracle to the Virgin of Antipolo, to the Virgin of the
+Rosary, or at least to the Virgin of Carmen. The least that she would
+concede was that it was due to Our Lady of Corea. According to the
+Aunt, the miracle was certainly due to one of these Virgins. Captain
+Tiago did not deny that it was a miracle, but he added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not believe, Isabel, that the Virgin of Antipolo could
+have done it alone. My friends have aided in it; my future son-in-law,
+Se&ntilde;or Linares has, as you know, joked with Se&ntilde;or Antonio
+Canovas himself, whose portrait we saw in
+&lsquo;Illustracion.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And the good man could not suppress a smile every time that he heard
+any important news about the event. And there was good reason for it.
+It was whispered about that Ibarra was going to be hanged; that, even
+if many proofs <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb249" href=
+"#pb249">249</a>]</span>had been lacking, at last one had appeared
+which could confirm the accusation; and that skilled workmen had
+declared that, as a matter of fact, the work for the school-house could
+pass for a fort or a fortification. Even if defective in some parts,
+that was as much as could be expected from ignorant Indians. These
+rumors quieted the Captain and made him smile.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the Captain and his cousin, Aunt Isabel, were of different
+opinions about the miracle, so, too, the other friends of the family
+were divided into different parties&mdash;those who followed the
+miracle monger, and those who followed the Government. The latter
+party, however, was quite insignificant. The miracle mongers were
+sub-divided into other factions: the Sacristan Mayor of Binondo, the
+woman who sold the wax candles, and the chief of one of the
+brotherhoods, all saw the hand of God in the miracle, moved by the
+Virgin of the Rosary. The Chinese candle maker, who provided the
+Captain whenever he went on a pilgrimage to Antipolo, was saying as he
+sat fanning himself and wiggling his foot:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for you b&rsquo;long foolish? Thisee belong Mergin
+Antipolo. She can do muchy more: others, no can do. No b&rsquo;long
+plopper say pidgin b&rsquo;long other man.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago held the Chinaman in great estimation and made him
+pass for a prophet and doctor. Examining the hand of his deceased wife
+in the sixth month of her pregnancy, he had prophesied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If thisee one no b&rsquo;long man, and no go dead side, will
+b&rsquo;long bery good woman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And so it was that Maria Clara came to this earth and fulfilled the
+Chinaman&rsquo;s prophecy.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, being a prudent and timid person, could not decide
+the question of the miracle as easily as the Trojan Paris. He could not
+give preference to one of the Virgins for fear of offending some other
+of them, a thing which might bring about grave results.
+&ldquo;Prudence,&rdquo; he said to himself. &ldquo;Be prudent! Let us
+not lose all now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He was in the midst of these doubts when the party in favor of the
+Government, or the Governmental party, arrived, viz., Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina, Don Tiburcio, and <span class="corr" id="xd0e7115" title=
+"Source: Linars">Linares</span>. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb250"
+href="#pb250">250</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina did all the talking for the three men and for
+herself also. She mentioned the visits which Linares had made to the
+Governor General, and repeatedly brought out the benefits derived from
+having a relative of <i>categor&iacute;a</i>.</p>
+
+<p>For some days past, she had been trying to be Andalusian by
+suppressing the <i>d</i> in all words and in changing the <i>s</i> to
+<i>z</i>. No one could get the idea out of her head; she would prefer
+to lose her front curls first.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; she said, in speaking of Ibarra. &ldquo;That
+fellow merits very well all that he is going to get. I told you so when
+I saw him for the first time. I told you he was a <i>filibustero</i>.
+What did the General tell you, cousin? What did he say? What news did
+you give him about Ibarra?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Seeing that the cousin hesitated in his reply, she went on,
+directing her words to Captain Tiago.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Believe me, if they convict him, as is to be hoped, it will
+be through my cousin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;ora, Se&ntilde;ora!&rdquo; protested Linares.</p>
+
+<p>But she did not give him any time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, what a diplomat you have turned out to be! But we all
+know that you are the adviser of the Governor General, that he could
+not live without you. Ah! What a pleasure to see you,
+Clarita.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara seemed paler than ever, although she was now quite
+recovered from her illness. Sadly smiling, she approached and greeted
+Do&ntilde;a Victorina with a formal kiss.</p>
+
+<p>After the customary words had been exchanged, Do&ntilde;a went on
+with her false Andalusian.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We came to visit you. You have been saved by the efforts of
+your friends,&rdquo;&mdash;looking significantly at Linares.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God has protected my father,&rdquo; said the girl, in a low
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Clarita, but the time for miracles has passed long ago.
+As we Spaniards say: &lsquo;Have no trust in the Virgin and save
+yourself by running.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The&mdash;th&mdash;the ot&mdash;ot&mdash;other way,&rdquo;
+said the doctor, correcting her proverbial quotation.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, who had not yet found opportunity to say a word,
+ventured to ask her, giving much attention <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb251" href="#pb251">251</a>]</span>to her reply: &ldquo;So you,
+Do&ntilde;a Victorina, believe that the Virgin...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is precisely what we came for, to speak to you about <i>
+the</i> Virgin,&rdquo; replied she, indicating Maria Clara. &ldquo;We
+have a matter to talk over.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The maiden understood that she ought to retire. She sought an excuse
+and went away, supporting herself on the furniture as she walked
+along.</p>
+
+<p>What was said in the conference which followed was so low and mean
+that we prefer to omit it. It is sufficient for us to say that when
+they took their leave all were happy, and that Captain Tiago afterward
+said to his cousin:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Isabel, send word to the restaurant that we are going to give
+a <i>fiesta</i> to-morrow. You get Maria ready to be married in a short
+time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel looked at him, surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will see! When Se&ntilde;or Linares is our son-in-law all
+the palaces will be open to us. They will be envying us; they will all
+die with envy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And thus it was that at eight o&rsquo;clock on the following
+evening, Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house was again full of guests, only
+that this time the men whom he had invited were either Spaniards or
+Chinamen, while the fair sex was represented by Spaniards born in the
+Peninsula or in the Philippines.</p>
+
+<p>The larger part of our acquaintances was there: Father Sibyla,
+Father Salv&iacute; and several other Franciscans and Dominicans, the
+old lieutenant of the Civil Guard, Se&ntilde;or Guevara, more
+melancholy than ever; the <i>alferez</i>, who related his battle for
+the thousandth time, feeling himself head and shoulders above everybody
+and a veritable Don Juan de Austria, now a lieutenant with the rank of
+commander; De Espada&ntilde;a, who looked at the former with respect
+and fear and avoided his glance; and the indignant Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina. Linares was not yet present, for, being a very important
+personage, it was fitting that he should arrive later than the
+others.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, the subject of all the gossip, was the center of a
+group of women. She had greeted and received them ceremoniously, but
+did not throw off her air of sadness. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb252" href="#pb252">252</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Psh!&rdquo; said one of the girls. &ldquo;A little
+stuck-up!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A cute little thing,&rdquo; replied another, &ldquo;but he
+might have selected some one of a more intelligent
+appearance.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s the money; he&rsquo;s a good-looking fellow and
+sells himself for a good price.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In another part of the room they were talking like this:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Marry, when her former betrothed is about to be
+hanged!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I call that prudence; to have one on hand as a
+substitute.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Possibly the young maiden heard these remarks as she sat in a chair
+near by, arranging a tray of flowers, for her hand was seen to tremble,
+she turned pale and bit her lips a number of times.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation among the men was in a loud tone. Naturally, they
+were conversant with the recent happenings. All were talking, even Don
+Tiburcio, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who maintained a
+disdainful silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have heard that Your Reverence leaves the town, Father
+Salv&iacute;?&rdquo; asked the newly made lieutenant, now made more
+amiable by the star on his sleeve.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have nothing more to do now in San Diego. I am permanently
+settled in Manila now ... and you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I also leave the town,&rdquo; replied the former <i>
+alferez</i>, straightening up. &ldquo;The Government needs me to take
+command of a flying column to clear the provinces of <i>
+filibusteros</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Friar Salv&iacute; looked him over from head to foot, and turned his
+back to him completely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it yet known for a certainty what is to become of the
+leader of the revolutionists?&rdquo; asked a Government employee.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you referring to Crisostomo Ibarra?&rdquo; asked another.
+&ldquo;What is most probable and most just is that he be hanged, as
+those were in &rsquo;72.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He will be exiled,&rdquo; said the old lieutenant, dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exiled! Nothing more than exiled! But it will be a perpetual
+exile!&rdquo; exclaimed several at the same time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If that young fellow,&rdquo; Lieutenant Guevara went on to
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb253" href="#pb253">253</a>]</span>say
+in a loud voice, &ldquo;had been more cautious; if he had trusted
+certain people less with whom he had correspondence; and if the
+officers had not made a subtle interpretation of what was
+written&mdash;if it had not been for all of this, that young man would
+surely have gone free.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This statement by the old lieutenant and the tone of his voice
+produced a great surprise in the room. Those who heard it did not know
+what to say. Father Salv&iacute; looked in another direction, perhaps
+so as not to meet the dark look which the old man directed toward him.
+Maria Clara dropped her flowers and sat motionless. Father Sibyla, the
+one who knew how to keep silent, appeared to be the only one who knew
+how to ask questions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you referring to the letters, Se&ntilde;or
+Guevara?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am telling what the defendant&rsquo;s attorney told me. He
+has taken up the case with zeal and interest. Aside from some ambiguous
+lines which this young man wrote to a young woman before departing for
+Europe, they have found no proof to sustain the accusation. In these
+few lines, the officers saw a plan and threat against the
+Government.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what about the declaration made by the bandit before he
+died?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That statement has proved of no account, since, according to
+the bandit himself, the conspirators never had communicated with the
+young man, but only with one, Lucas, who was Ibarra&rsquo;s enemy, as
+they have been able to prove, and who committed suicide, perhaps from
+remorse. It has been proved that the papers found in the possession of
+the dead man were forged, since the handwriting was like that of Ibarra
+seven years ago, but not like that of to-day&mdash;a fact which shows
+that it was copied from the letter used as evidence against him.
+Besides, his attorney says that if Ibarra had not admitted the
+genuineness of the letter, he would have been able to do much for him;
+but, at the sight of it, the young man turned pale, lost heart and
+acknowledged that he had written it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you say,&rdquo; asked a Franciscan, &ldquo;that the letter
+was directed to a young woman? How did it get into the hands of the
+officers?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The lieutenant did not reply. He looked for a moment <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb254" href="#pb254">254</a>]</span>at Friar
+Salv&iacute; and then walked off, twisting nervously the end of his
+grey beard. In the meantime, others were commenting something like
+this:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There you see the hand of God!&rdquo; said one. &ldquo;Even
+the women hate him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He had his house burned, thinking that he could thus save
+himself. But he did not reckon with his host&mdash;that is, with his
+<i>querida</i>,<a class="noteref" id="n254src" href="#n254">1</a> with
+his <i>babai</i>,&rdquo;<a class="pseudonoteref" href="#n254">1</a>
+added another, smiling. &ldquo;That is God&rsquo;s work. Santiago
+protects Spain!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old army officer stopped and approached Maria Clara. She was
+listening to the conversation, immovable in her seat. The flowers were
+at her feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are a very prudent young woman,&rdquo; said the old
+lieutenant to her in a low voice. &ldquo;You have done well to hand
+over the letter.... In this way you will assure yourself of a peaceful
+future.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>With dull eyes, and biting her lips, she looked at him as he walked
+away. Luckily, Aunt Isabel passed her at this moment. Maria Clara
+summoned enough strength to catch hold of her aunt&rsquo;s dress.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Aunt,&rdquo; she murmured.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you?&rdquo; asked the latter,
+frightened, as she saw the young woman&rsquo;s face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take me to my room!&rdquo; she begged, clinging to the arm of
+the old woman in order to raise herself to her feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you sick, my child? You seem to have lost all your
+strength. What is the matter with you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A little sick to my stomach ... the crowd in the <i>sala</i>
+... so much light ... I need to rest. Tell father that I am going to
+sleep.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are cold! Do you want some tea?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara shook her head negatively. She closed the door of her
+room and locked it, and, her strength failing her, she fell to the
+floor, at the feet of an image, weeping and sobbing:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mother, mother, my mother!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The moonlight was shining through the open window and door which led
+out upon the <i>azotea</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The orchestra continued playing gay waltzes. The laughter and the
+hum of conversation could be heard in <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb255" href="#pb255">255</a>]</span>her bedroom. A number of times her
+family, Aunt Isabel, Do&ntilde;a Victorina, and even Linares, knocked
+at her door, but Maria Clara did not move. There was a rattle in her
+throat.</p>
+
+<p>Hours passed. The pleasures of the table ended, and dancing
+followed. Her little candle burned out, but the maiden lay quietly on
+the floor, the rays of moonlight shining upon her at the foot of an
+image of the Mother of Jesus.</p>
+
+<p>Gradually the noises in the house died away, the lights were put
+out, and Aunt Isabel again knocked at the door of her room.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us leave her; she is sleeping,&rdquo; said her aunt.
+&ldquo;At her age, with nothing to trouble her, she sleeps like a
+corpse.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When all was again silent, Maria arose slowly and glanced around
+her. She saw the <i>azotea</i> and the small climbing plants bathed in
+the melancholy light of the moon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A peaceful future! Sleeping like a corpse!&rdquo; she
+murmured in a low voice, and turned toward the <i>azotea</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The city was quiet. Only the noise of an occasional carriage passing
+over the wooden bridge could be heard in the stillness of the night,
+while the tranquil waters of the river were reflecting the
+moonlight.</p>
+
+<p>The maiden raised her eyes to the pure, sapphire-colored sky. Slowly
+she took off her rings, her hair-combs, her earrings, and her
+breast-pin, and placing them upon the balustrade of the <i>azotea</i>
+she looked out toward the river.</p>
+
+<p>A <i>banca</i>, loaded with rice grass, stopped at the foot of the
+landing on the bank of the river at the rear of the house. One of the
+two men who were propelling the boat went up the stone steps, leaped
+over the wall, and a few seconds afterward, steps were heard coming up
+the <i>azotea</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara saw him stop on discovering her, but it was for only a
+moment. The man advanced slowly and at about three steps from the
+maiden, stopped again. Maria Clara stepped back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Crisostomo!&rdquo; she gasped, full of terror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I am Crisostomo!&rdquo; replied the young man, in a
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb256" href="#pb256">256</a>]</span>grave
+voice. &ldquo;An enemy, a man who has good reason to hate me, Elias,
+has helped me out of the prison into which my friends had thrown
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Silence followed these words. Maria Clara bowed her head and allowed
+both her hands to drop at her side.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Beside the dead body of my mother, I swore to make you happy,
+whatever might be my destiny. You can break your oath; she was not your
+mother. But I, who am her son, I hold her memory sacred, and, running
+great risk, I have come here to fulfill my oath. Fortune permits me to
+speak with you personally. Maria, we shall not see each other again.
+You are young and perhaps some day your conscience may accuse you.... I
+come to tell you, before leaving, that I forgive you. Now, may you be
+happy, and good-bye!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra tried to leave, but the maiden stopped him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Crisostomo!&rdquo; she said. &ldquo;God has sent you to save
+me from desperation.... Hear me and judge me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra wished to withdraw gently from her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have not come,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;to call you to
+account.... I have come to give you peace.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not want the peace which you give me. I will give myself
+peace. You despise me, and your contempt will make my life bitter till
+death.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra saw the poor girl&rsquo;s desperation, and asked her what she
+desired.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That you may believe that I have always loved you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Crisostomo smiled bitterly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! You doubt me, you doubt the friend of your infancy, who
+has never hidden a single thought from you,&rdquo; exclaimed she in
+grief. &ldquo;I understand you. When you know my history, the history
+which they revealed to me during my illness, you will pity me and you
+will no longer answer my grief with that bitter smile. Why did you not
+let me die in the hands of my ignorant doctor? You and I would have
+been happier then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara rested a moment and then continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have doubted me; you have wished my mother to pardon me.
+During one of those nights of suffering, a man revealed to me the name
+of my true father, and forbade <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb257"
+href="#pb257">257</a>]</span>me to love you ... unless my true father
+should pardon you for the offense you committed against him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra recoiled and looked in terror at the maiden.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; she continued. &ldquo;This man told me that he
+could not permit our marriage, since his conscience would not allow it,
+and he would find himself compelled to publish the truth at the risk of
+causing a great scandal, because my father is ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And she whispered a name in the young man&rsquo;s ear in a scarcely
+audible voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What was I to do? Ought I to sacrifice to my love the memory
+of my mother, the honor of the man who innocently supposes himself my
+father, and the good name of my real father? Could I do that without
+you despising me for it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the proof? Have you proof? You need proof!&rdquo;
+exclaimed Crisostomo, deeply agitated.</p>
+
+<p>The maiden drew two letters from her bosom.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Two of my mother&rsquo;s letters: two letters written in
+remorse before I was born. Take them, read them and you will see how
+she cursed me and desired my death, which my father in vain tried to
+cause by drugs. These letters were forgotten in the house where he
+lived; a man found them and kept them. They would only give them to me
+in exchange for your letter ... to make certain, as they said, that I
+would not marry you without the consent of my father. From the time
+that I began to carry them in my bosom instead of your letter, my heart
+was chilled. I sacrificed you, I sacrificed my love.... What would not
+a person do for a dead mother and two living fathers? Did I suspect the
+use to which they were going to put your letter?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was prostrated. Maria Clara went on:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What was there left for me? Could I tell you who was my
+father? Could I ask you to seek the pardon of him who had so much
+desired my death, and who made your father suffer? There was nothing
+left for me but to keep the secret to myself, and to die suffering....
+Now, my friend, you know the sad history of your poor Maria. Will you
+still have that contemptuous smile for her?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria, you are a saint.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb258" href="#pb258">258</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am happy now that you believe me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;However,&rdquo; added the young man, changing his tone.
+&ldquo;I have heard that you are about to marry.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; sobbed the maiden. &ldquo;My father asked this
+sacrifice of me. He has fed me and loved me, and it was not his duty. I
+pay him this debt of gratitude which I owe him by assuring him peace
+through this new relative, but ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall not forget the oaths of fidelity which I made to
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you think of doing?&rdquo; asked Ibarra, trying to
+read her eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The future is obscure and Destiny is hidden in darkness. I do
+not know what I am to do; but I know that I can love only once, and
+that without love I never will belong to any one. And you, what is to
+become of you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am nothing but a fugitive.... I am fleeing. In a very short
+time, they will discover my escape, Maria....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara clasped her arms about her lover&rsquo;s neck, kissed
+his lips repeatedly, hugged him, and then, abruptly breaking away from
+him, said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Flee! flee! <i>Adios!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at her, his eyes sparkling, but she motioned and he
+went away, staggering like a drunken man. Again he leaped over the wall
+and entered the <i>banca</i>. Maria Clara, leaning on the door casing,
+watched him depart.</p>
+
+<p>Elias took off his hat and bowed profoundly. <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb259" href="#pb259">259</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#n254src" id="n254">1</a></span> Both words mean mistress.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch40" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XL.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Pursuit on the Lake.</h2>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen, Se&ntilde;or, to my plan,&rdquo; said Elias, as they
+directed the <i>banca</i> toward San Miguel. &ldquo;I will for the
+present hide you in the house of my friend in Mandaluyong. I will bring
+you all your money, which I have saved and kept for you at the foot of
+the old <i>balit&icirc;</i> tree, in the mysterious tomb of your
+grandfather. You shall leave the country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To go to a strange land?&rdquo; interrupted Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To live in peace the remaining days of your life. You have
+friends in Spain, you are rich, you can get yourself pardoned. By all
+means, a foreign land is better for you than your own
+country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class="corr" id="xd0e7441" title="Source: Crisosotomo">
+Crisostomo</span> did not reply. He meditated in silence.</p>
+
+<p>Just then they reached the Pasig and the <i>banca</i> was headed up
+the stream. Over the Bridge of Spain a horse-man was galloping at high
+speed, and a prolonged, sharp whistle was heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Elias,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, &ldquo;you owe your misfortunes
+to my family; you have saved my life twice; I owe you not only
+gratitude, but also restitution of your fortune. You advise me to go to
+a foreign land and live; then come with me and we will live like
+brothers. Here, you, too, are miserable.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias sadly replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Impossible! It is true that I can neither love nor be happy
+in my country; but I can suffer and die in it, and perhaps die for it;
+that would be something. Let my country&rsquo;s misfortune be my own
+misfortune. Since no noble thought unites us, and since our hearts do
+not beat in harmony at the mention of a single word, at least, let a
+common misery unite me to my fellow countrymen; <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb260" href="#pb260">260</a>]</span>at least, let me weep with
+them over our grief; let the same misery oppress all our
+hearts.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then why do you advise me to leave?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because in other lands you can be happy, and I cannot;
+because you are not made to suffer, and because you would hate your
+country, if some day you should see the cause of your misfortune: and
+to hate one&rsquo;s own country is the greatest misery.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are unjust to me,&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra, with bitter
+reproach. &ldquo;You forget that I have scarcely arrived here, and that
+I have already sought its welfare.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not be offended, Se&ntilde;or. I am not reproaching you.
+Would to God that all might imitate you. But I do not ask for the
+impossible and you should not be offended if I tell you that your heart
+deceives you. You love your country because your father has taught you
+to love it; you love it because you had in it your love, your fortune,
+your youth; because it smiled on you, and because it has not until now
+done you an injustice. You love your country as we all love that which
+makes us happy. But, on that day when you see yourself poor, ragged,
+hungry, persecuted, denounced and betrayed by your very countrymen, on
+that day you will curse yourself, your country and all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your words grieve me,&rdquo; said Ibarra, resentfully.</p>
+
+<p>Elias bowed his head, meditated and replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish to set you right, Se&ntilde;or, and to avoid a
+miserable future for you. You remember the time when I was talking to
+you in this same <i>banca</i> and under the light of the same moon. It
+was a month ago, a few days more or less. Then you were happy. The plea
+of the unfortunates did not reach you. You disdained their complaints
+because they were complaints from criminals. You gave ear to their
+enemies, and, in spite of my reasons and pleas, you put yourself on the
+side of their oppressors. On you depended at that time whether I should
+turn criminal or allow my life to be taken in fulfillment of my sacred
+pledge. God has not permitted it, because the old chief of the bandits
+has been killed. A month has passed and now you think
+differently.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right, Elias, but man is influenced by changes <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb261" href="#pb261">261</a>]</span>in
+circumstances. Then I was blind, and obstinate. What did I know? Now
+misfortune has torn the veil from my eyes. The solitude and misery of
+my prison life have taught me; now I see the horrible cancer which is
+sapping the life of society, which hangs to its flesh and which
+requires violent extirpation. They have opened my eyes; they have made
+me see the ulcer; they force me to become a criminal. I will be a <i>
+filibustero</i>, but a true <i>filibustero</i>. I will call upon all
+the unfortunates, on all who have beating hearts within their breasts,
+on all who sent you to me.... No, no! I will not be criminal! It is
+never a crime to fight for one&rsquo;s country! We for three centuries
+have given them our hand, we have asked them for their love, we have
+anxiously wished to call them our brothers. How have they replied? With
+insults and jests, denying us even the quality of being human beings.
+There is no God, there is no hope, there is no humanity. There is
+nothing but the right of force.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was excited. His whole body was trembling.</p>
+
+<p>They passed by the Governor General&rsquo;s palace, and believed
+they saw agitation and movement among the guards.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have they discovered our flight?&rdquo; murmured Elias.
+&ldquo;Lie down, Se&ntilde;or, so that I can cover you up with the
+grass, for, when we cross over to the side of the river near the powder
+house, the sentry may be surprised at seeing two of us in this small
+<i>banca</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As Elias had foreseen, the sentry stopped him and asked him where he
+came from.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;From Manila, with grass for the magistrates and
+curates,&rdquo; replied he, imitating the accent of one from
+Pandakan.</p>
+
+<p>A sergeant came out and was informed what was going on.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Sulung!</i>&rdquo; (Go on!) said he. &ldquo;I warn you not
+to receive any one in your <i>banca</i>. A prisoner has just escaped.
+If you capture him and hand him over to me I will give you a good
+reward.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, Se&ntilde;or. What is his description?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He wears a frock coat and speaks Spanish. With that much, be
+on the watch!&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb262" href=
+"#pb262">262</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The <i>banca</i> went on. Elias turned his face and saw the shadow
+of the sentry, still standing on the bank of the river.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will lose several minutes,&rdquo; said he, in a low voice.
+&ldquo;We will have to go up the Beata river in order to carry out my
+pretense of being from Pe&ntilde;a Francia.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The town was sleeping in the light of the moon. Crisostomo arose to
+admire the sepulchral peace of Nature. The river was narrow and its
+banks formed a plain planted with rice.</p>
+
+<p>Elias threw the load on the bank, picked up a piece of bamboo and
+drew out from under the grass in the <i>banca</i> some empty sacks.
+They went on rowing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are master of your own will, Se&ntilde;or, and of your
+own future,&rdquo; said he to Crisostomo, who kept silent. &ldquo;But
+if you will permit me to offer a suggestion, I say to you: Look well at
+what you are going to do. You are about to start a war, for you have
+money, talent, and you will quickly find aid, for, unfortunately, many
+are discontented. Furthermore, in this fight, which you are to begin,
+those who are going to suffer most are the defenseless, the innocent.
+The same sentiments which a month ago prompted me to come to you and
+ask for reforms, are those which now move me to ask you to reflect. The
+country, Se&ntilde;or, is not thinking of separating itself from the
+mother country. It asks only a little liberty, a little justice, a
+little love. The discontented will assist you, the criminals and the
+desperate, but the people will hold aloof. You are mistaken if, seeing
+everything dark, you believe that the country is desperate. The country
+suffers, yes, but it still hopes, believe me, and will only rise in
+revolt when it has lost patience; that is, when those who govern wish
+it&mdash;which is still far off. I myself would not follow you. I shall
+never take recourse to these extreme remedies while I see hope in
+men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I will go without you!&rdquo; replied Crisostomo,
+resolutely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it your firm decision?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, my firm and only decision: I call to witness the memory
+of my father! I cannot allow them to deprive <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb263" href="#pb263">263</a>]</span>me of peace and happiness with
+impunity, I who have desired only my country&rsquo;s welfare, I who
+have respected all and have suffered on account of a hypocritical
+religion, on account of love for my country. How have they responded to
+me? By burying me in an infamous prison and by prostituting my
+fianc&eacute;e. No, not to avenge myself would be a crime. It would be
+encouraging them to commit new injustices. No! it would be cowardice,
+it would be pusillanimity to weep and groan while there is life and
+vigor, when to insult and challenge are added scoffery and contemptuous
+ridicule! I will arouse this ignorant people, I will make them see
+their misery&mdash;this people who do not think of each other as
+brothers, who are mere wolves devouring each other. I will tell them to
+rise against this oppression and appeal to the eternal right of mankind
+to conquer their liberty!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Innocent people will suffer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the better! Can you lead me to the mountain?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Till you are safe!&rdquo; replied Elias.</p>
+
+<p>They again went up the Pasig. They spoke from time to time of
+indifferent things.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Santa A&ntilde;a!&rdquo; murmured Ibarra. &ldquo;Do you
+recognize that house?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They passed by the country house of the Jesuits.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There I passed many happy and joyful years!&rdquo; sighed
+Elias. &ldquo;In my time we used to come here every month ... then I
+was like the others. I had fortune, family; I was dreaming and planning
+a future for myself. In those days I used to visit my sister in the
+neighboring convent. She made me a present of a piece of her own
+handiwork. A girl friend used to accompany her, a beautiful girl. All
+has passed like a dream.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They remained silent till they arrived at Malapad-na-bat&oacute;.
+Those who have glided over the bosom of the Pasig on one of those
+magical nights when the moon pours forth its melancholy poetry from the
+pure blue of the sky, when the darkness hides the misery of men and
+silence drowns the harsh accents of their voices, when Nature alone
+speaks&mdash;those who have seen such nights on the Pasig will
+understand the feelings which filled the hearts of both young men.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb264" href="#pb264">264</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>In Malapad-na-bat&oacute; the carbineer was half asleep, and, seeing
+that the <i>banca</i> was empty and offered no booty for him to seize,
+according to the traditional custom of his corps and the use made of
+that position, he readily let them pass on.</p>
+
+<p>Nor did the Civil Guard at Pasig suspect anything, and they were not
+molested.</p>
+
+<p>It was just beginning to dawn when they reached the lake, calm and
+smooth as a gigantic mirror. The moon was growing dim and the Orient
+was rosy with the tints of morning. At a distance, a mass of grey could
+be discerned advancing toward the <i>banca</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>fal&uacute;a</i> (or Government steamboat) is
+coming,&rdquo; murmured Elias. &ldquo;Lie down and I will cover you
+with these sacks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The outline of the vessel became more clear and perceptible.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She is putting in between the beach and us,&rdquo; observed
+Elias uneasily.</p>
+
+<p>And then he changed the course of the <i>banca</i> a little, rowing
+toward Binangonan. To his great surprise he noticed that the <i>
+fal&uacute;a</i> was also changing its course, while a voice cried out
+to him.</p>
+
+<p>Elias stopped and meditated. The shore of the lake was very far off,
+and they would soon be in the range of the rifles on the <i>
+fal&uacute;a</i>. He thought of returning to the Pasig. His <i>
+banca</i> was swifter than the <i>fal&uacute;a</i>. But fate was
+against him! Another boat was coming up the Pasig, and they could see
+the helmets and shining bayonets of the Civil Guards.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are caught!&rdquo; he murmured, turning pale.</p>
+
+<p>He looked at his robust arms and taking the only course which
+remained to him, he began to row with all his strength toward the
+Island of Talim. In the meantime, the sun had risen.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>banca</i> glided along rapidly. Elias saw some men standing
+up on the <i>fal&uacute;a</i>, making signals to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know how to manage a <i>banca</i>?&rdquo; he asked
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; why?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because we are lost if I do not leap into the water <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb265" href="#pb265">265</a>]</span>and make
+them lose the trail. They will follow me. I swim and dive well.... I
+will take them away from you, and then you can save
+yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; you remain and we will sell our lives dearly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Useless! We have no arms, and with those rifles they will
+kill us like birds.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At that moment a <i>chiss</i> was heard in the water like the fall
+of a hot body, and was followed immediately by a report.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you see?&rdquo; said Elias, putting his paddle in the <i>
+banca</i>. &ldquo;We will see each other again at the tomb of your
+grandfather on <i>Nochebeuna</i> (Christmas eve.) Save
+yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God has taken me through greater dangers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias took off his <i>camisa</i>. A ball grazed his hands and the
+report sounded out. Without being disturbed, he stretched out his hand
+to Ibarra, who was still in the bottom of the boat. Then he arose and
+leaped into the water, pushing away the small craft with his foot.</p>
+
+<p>A number of cries were heard. Soon at some distance the head of the
+young man appeared above the water as if to get breath, dropping out of
+sight at the next instant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There, there he is!&rdquo; cried a number of voices, and the
+balls from their rifles whistled again.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>fal&uacute;a</i> and the other <i>banca</i> took up the
+chase. A light track of foam marked his course, every moment leading
+farther and farther away from Ibarra&rsquo;s <i>banca</i>, which
+drifted along as if abandoned. Every time that the swimmer raised his
+head to breathe the Civil Guards and the men on board the <i>
+fal&uacute;a</i> discharged their guns at him.</p>
+
+<p>The pursuit continued. Ibarra&rsquo;s little <i>banca</i> was
+already far off. The swimmer was approaching the shore of the lake and
+was now some fifty yards distant from it. The rowers were already
+tired, but Elias was not, for his head often appeared above the water
+and each time in a different direction so as to disconcert his
+pursuers. No longer was there a light trail to betray the course of the
+diver. For the last time they saw him near the shore, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb266" href="#pb266">266</a>]</span>some ten yards
+off, and they opened fire.... Then minutes and minutes passed. Nothing
+appeared again on the tranquil surface of the lake.</p>
+
+<p>Half an hour afterward one of the rowers pretended to have
+discovered signs of blood in the water near the shore, but his
+companions shook their heads in a manner which might mean either yes or
+no. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb267" href=
+"#pb267">267</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch41" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XLI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Father D&aacute;maso Explains.</h2>
+
+<p>In vain the costly wedding gifts were heaped upon the table. Neither
+the diamonds in their blue velvet caskets, nor the embroidered <i>
+pi&ntilde;a</i>, nor the pieces of silk had any attractions for Maria
+Clara. The maiden looked at the paper which gave the account of
+Ibarra&rsquo;s death, drowned in the lake, but she neither saw nor read
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Of a sudden, she felt two hands over her eyes. They held her fast
+while a joyous voice, Father D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s, said to her:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who am I? Who am I?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara jumped from her seat and looked at him with terror in
+her eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You little goose, were you frightened, eh? You were not
+expecting me? Well, I have come from the provinces to attend your
+wedding.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And coming up to her again with a smile of satisfaction, he
+stretched out his hand to her. Maria Clara approached timidly and,
+raising it to her lips, kissed it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you, Maria?&rdquo; asked the
+Franciscan, losing his gay smile, and becoming very uneasy. &ldquo;Your
+hand is cold, you are pale.... Are you ill, my little girl?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Father D&aacute;maso drew her up to him with a fondness of which
+no one would have thought him capable. He grasped both the
+maiden&rsquo;s hands and gave her a questioning look.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Haven&rsquo;t you any confidence in your godfather?&rdquo; he
+asked in a reproachful tone. &ldquo;Come, sit down here and tell me
+your little troubles, just as you used to do when you were a child,
+when you wanted wax-candles to make wax figures. You surely know that I
+have always loved you.... I have never scolded you....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s voice ceased to be brusque; its
+modulations <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb268" href=
+"#pb268">268</a>]</span>were even caressing. Maria Clara began to
+weep.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you weeping, my child? Why are you weeping? Have you
+quarrelled with Linares?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara covered her eyes with her hands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! It is not he now!&rdquo; cried the maiden.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso looked at her full of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not want to entrust your secrets to me? Have I not
+always managed to satisfy your smallest caprices?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young woman raised her eyes full of tears toward him. She looked
+at him for some time, and then began to weep bitterly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not cry so, my child, for your tears pain me! Tell me your
+troubles. You will see how your godfather loves you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara approached him slowly and fell on her knees at his feet.
+Then raising her face, bathed in tears, she said to him in a low voice,
+scarcely audible:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you still love me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Child!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then ... protect my father, and break off the
+marriage!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then she related her last interview with Ibarra, omitting the
+reference to her birth.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso could scarcely believe what he heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;While he lived,&rdquo; continued the maiden, &ldquo;I
+intended to fight, to wait, to trust. I wanted to live to hear him
+spoken of ... but now that they have killed him, now there is no reason
+for my living and suffering.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She said this slowly, in a low voice, calmly and without a tear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, you goose; isn&rsquo;t Linares a thousand times better
+than....?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When he was living, I could have married ... I was thinking
+of fleeing afterward ... my father wanted nothing more than the
+relative. Now that he is dead, no other man will call me his wife....
+While he lived, I could have debased myself and still had the
+consolation of knowing that he existed and perhaps was thinking of me.
+Now that he is dead ... the convent or the tomb.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Her voice had a firmness in its accent which took away Father
+D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s joy and set him to thinking. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb269" href="#pb269">269</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you love him so much as that?&rdquo; he asked,
+stammering.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara did not reply. Father D&aacute;maso bowed his head upon
+his breast and remained silent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My child!&rdquo; he exclaimed, his voice breaking.
+&ldquo;Forgive me for making you unhappy without knowing it. I was
+thinking of your future; I wanted you to be happy. How could I permit
+you to marry a native; how could I see you an unhappy wife and a
+miserable mother? I could not get your love out of your head, and I
+opposed it with all my strength. All that I have done has been for you,
+for you alone. If you had become his wife, you would have wept
+afterward on account of the condition of your husband, exposed to all
+kinds of vengeance, without any means of defense. As a mother, you
+would have wept over the fortune of your sons; if you educated them,
+you would prepare a sad future for them, you would have made them
+enemies of the Church and would have seen them hanged or exiled; if you
+left them ignorant, you would have seen them oppressed and degraded. I
+could not consent to it! This is why I sought as a husband for you one
+who might make you the happy mother of sons born not to obey but to
+command, not to suffer but to punish. I knew that your friend was good
+from infancy. I liked him as I had liked his father, but I hated them
+both when I saw that they were going to make you unhappy, because I
+love you, I idolize you, I love you as my daughter. I have nothing
+dearer than you. I have seen you grow. No hour passes but I think of
+you; I dream of you; you are my only joy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Father D&aacute;maso began to weep like a child.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then, if you love me do not make me eternally unhappy.
+He no longer lives; I want to be a nun.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man rested his head on his hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To be a nun, to be a nun!&rdquo; he repeated. &ldquo;You do
+not know, my child, the life, the misery, which is hidden behind the
+walls of the convent. You do not know it! I prefer a thousand times to
+see you unhappy in the world than to see you unhappy in the cloister.
+Here your complaints can be heard, there you will have only the walls.
+You are beautiful, very beautiful, and you were not born <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb270" href="#pb270">270</a>]</span>for it, you were
+not born to be the bride of Christ! Believe me, my child, time will
+blot it all out. Later you will forget, you will love your husband ...
+Linares.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Either the convent or ... death!&rdquo; repeated Maria
+Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The convent, the convent or death!&rdquo; exclaimed Father
+D&aacute;maso. &ldquo;Maria, I am already old, I will not be able to
+watch you or your happiness much longer.... Choose another course, seek
+another love, another young man, whoever he may be, but not the
+convent.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The convent or death!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My God, my God!&rdquo; cried the priest, covering his head
+with his hands. &ldquo;Thou punisheth me. So be it! But watch over my
+child.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And turning to the young woman: &ldquo;You want to be a nun? You
+shall be one. I do not want you to die.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara took his two hands, clasped them in her own and kissed
+them as she knelt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Godfather, my godfather!&rdquo; she repeated.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately, Father D&aacute;maso went out, sad, with drooping head
+and sighing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God, O God! Thou existeth, for Thou punisheth. But avenge
+Thyself on me and do not harm the innocent. Save my child!&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="back">
+<div class="transcribernote">
+<h2>Colophon</h2>
+
+<h3>Availability</h3>
+
+<p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a class="exlink" title="External link"
+href="https://www.gutenberg.org/">www.gutenberg.org</a>.</p>
+
+<p>This eBook is produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at <a class="exlink" title="External
+link" href="https://www.pgdp.net/">www.pgdp.net</a>.</p>
+
+<p>This eBook was prepared from the scans of a copy from the University
+of California Lbrary made available on <a class="exlink" title=
+"External link" href=
+"http://www.archive.org/details/friarsfilipinos00rizarich">The Internet
+Archive</a>. The same set of scans is also available from <a class=
+"exlink" title="External link" href=
+"http://books.google.com/books?id=FEdFAAAAIAAJ">Google Print</a>.
+Unfortunately, the last page, with the epilogue, is missing from this
+copy.</p>
+
+<p>Numerous translations of Jos&eacute; Rizal&rsquo;s <i>Noli me
+Tangere</i> work have been made. Available at Project Gutenberg are the
+unabridged translation by Charles E. Derbyshire, under the title <i><a
+class="pglink" title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6737">The Social Cancer</a></i>,
+published in 1912; Another abbreviated translation under the title <i>
+<a class="pglink" title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/27594">An Eagle Flight</a></i>,
+published in 1901; a French translation by Henri Lucas and Ramon Sempau
+under the title <i lang="fr"><a class="pglink" title="Link to Project
+Gutenberg ebook" href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/30211">Au Pays
+des Moines</a></i>, published in 1898; A Tagalog translation under the
+title <i><a class="pglink" title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook"
+href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/20228">Noli me Tangere</a></i>
+published in 1906; finally a Dutch translation by A. A. Fokker, under
+the title <i lang="nl"><a class="pglink" title="Link to Project
+Gutenberg ebook" href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/21848">Noli me
+tangere: Filippijnsche roman</a></i>, published in Surabaya in
+1912.</p>
+
+<p>Further translations have been made in all the major Philippine
+languages, at least four more in English, and in German, Italian,
+Japanese, Chinese, and Thai.</p>
+
+<h3>Encoding</h3>
+
+<h3>Revision History</h3>
+
+<ol class="lsoff">
+<li>2009-10-15 Started.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3>External References</h3>
+
+<p>This Project Gutenberg eBook contains external references. These
+links may not work for you.</p>
+
+<h3>Corrections</h3>
+
+<p>The following corrections have been applied to the text:</p>
+
+<table width="75%" summary="Overview of corrections applied to the
+text.">
+<tr>
+<th>Page</th>
+<th>Source</th>
+<th>Correction</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e880">16</a></td>
+<td width="40%">venders</td>
+<td width="40%">vendors</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1173">36</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Siblya</td>
+<td width="40%">Sibyla</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1527">52</a></td>
+<td width="40%">.</td>
+<td width="40%">?</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1564">54</a></td>
+<td width="40%">sacristian</td>
+<td width="40%">sacristan</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1567">54</a></td>
+<td width="40%">commiting</td>
+<td width="40%">committing</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e2621">100</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalo</td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalog</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e2669">102</a></td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td width="40%">&rsquo;</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3319">127</a></td>
+<td width="40%">sacristry</td>
+<td width="40%">sacristy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3481">133</a></td>
+<td width="40%">a</td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3491">133</a></td>
+<td width="40%">lashs</td>
+<td width="40%">lashes</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3620">137</a></td>
+<td width="40%">,</td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3945">148</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Tunason</td>
+<td width="40%">Tunasan</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4099">156</a></td>
+<td width="40%">huband</td>
+<td width="40%">husband</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4380">165</a></td>
+<td width="40%">aproaching</td>
+<td width="40%">approaching</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4500">172</a></td>
+<td width="40%">venders</td>
+<td width="40%">vendors</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4555">174</a></td>
+<td width="40%">&rsquo;</td>
+<td width="40%">&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4657">176</a></td>
+<td width="40%">exchange</td>
+<td width="40%">exchanged</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4893">181</a></td>
+<td width="40%">&ldquo;</td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5092">185</a></td>
+<td width="40%">physiogomy</td>
+<td width="40%">physiognomy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5376">197</a></td>
+<td width="40%">detroyed</td>
+<td width="40%">destroyed</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5395">198</a></td>
+<td width="40%">ino</td>
+<td width="40%">into</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5454">203</a></td>
+<td width="40%">unincumbered</td>
+<td width="40%">unencumbered</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5865">215</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalo</td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalog</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e6545">234</a></td>
+<td width="40%">sacristry</td>
+<td width="40%">sacristy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e7115">249</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Linars</td>
+<td width="40%">Linares</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e7441">259</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Crisosotomo</td>
+<td width="40%">Crisostomo</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+<div style='display:block; margin-top:4em'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***</div>
+<div style='text-align:left'>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Updated editions will replace the previous one&#8212;the old editions will
+be renamed.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
+law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
+so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
+States without permission and without paying copyright
+royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
+of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG&#8482;
+concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
+and may not be used if you charge for an eBook, except by following
+the terms of the trademark license, including paying royalties for use
+of the Project Gutenberg trademark. If you do not charge anything for
+copies of this eBook, complying with the trademark license is very
+easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose such as creation
+of derivative works, reports, performances and research. Project
+Gutenberg eBooks may be modified and printed and given away&#8212;you may
+do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks not protected
+by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the trademark
+license, especially commercial redistribution.
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-top:1em; font-size:1.1em; text-align:center'>START: FULL LICENSE</div>
+<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE</div>
+<div style='text-align:center;font-size:0.9em'>PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+To protect the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221;), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; License available with this file or online at
+www.gutenberg.org/license.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
+destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in your
+possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
+by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person
+or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.B. &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works if you follow the terms of this
+agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (&#8220;the
+Foundation&#8221; or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
+of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works. Nearly all the individual
+works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
+States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
+United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
+claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
+displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
+all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
+that you will support the Project Gutenberg&#8482; mission of promoting
+free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; name associated with the work. You can easily
+comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
+same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License when
+you share it without charge with others.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
+in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
+check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
+agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
+distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
+other Project Gutenberg&#8482; work. The Foundation makes no
+representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
+country other than the United States.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
+immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License must appear
+prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work (any work
+on which the phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; appears, or with which the
+phrase &#8220;Project Gutenberg&#8221; is associated) is accessed, displayed,
+performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
+</div>
+
+<blockquote>
+  <div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+    This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and most
+    other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
+    whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
+    of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online
+    at <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>. If you
+    are not located in the United States, you will have to check the laws
+    of the country where you are located before using this eBook.
+  </div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is
+derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
+contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
+copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
+the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
+redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase &#8220;Project
+Gutenberg&#8221; associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
+either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
+obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
+additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
+will be linked to the Project Gutenberg&#8482; License for all works
+posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
+beginning of this work.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg&#8482;.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; License.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
+any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
+to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg&#8482; work in a format
+other than &#8220;Plain Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other format used in the official
+version posted on the official Project Gutenberg&#8482; website
+(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
+to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
+of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original &#8220;Plain
+Vanilla ASCII&#8221; or other form. Any alternate format must include the
+full Project Gutenberg&#8482; License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg&#8482; works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+provided that:
+</div>
+
+<div style='margin-left:0.7em;'>
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+        the use of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works calculated using the method
+        you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
+        to the owner of the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, but he has
+        agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
+        within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
+        legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
+        payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
+        Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
+        Section 4, &#8220;Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
+        Literary Archive Foundation.&#8221;
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+        you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+        does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
+        copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
+        all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+        works.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
+        any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+        electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
+        receipt of the work.
+    </div>
+
+    <div style='text-indent:-0.7em'>
+        &#8226; You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+        distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482; works.
+    </div>
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work or group of works on different terms than
+are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
+from the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the manager of
+the Project Gutenberg&#8482; trademark. Contact the Foundation as set
+forth in Section 3 below.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
+contain &#8220;Defects,&#8221; such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
+or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
+intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
+other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
+cannot be read by your equipment.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the &#8220;Right
+of Replacement or Refund&#8221; described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
+with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
+with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
+lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
+or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
+opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
+the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
+without further opportunities to fix the problem.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you &#8216;AS-IS&#8217;, WITH NO
+OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
+LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
+damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
+violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
+agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
+limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
+unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
+remaining provisions.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works in
+accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
+production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
+including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
+the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
+or any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, (b) alteration, modification, or
+additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg&#8482; work, and (c) any
+Defect you cause.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg&#8482;
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
+computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
+exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
+from people in all walks of life.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg&#8482;&#8217;s
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg&#8482; collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg&#8482; and future
+generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
+Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at www.gutenberg.org.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non-profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation&#8217;s EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
+U.S. federal laws and your state&#8217;s laws.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation&#8217;s business office is located at 809 North 1500 West,
+Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up
+to date contact information can be found at the Foundation&#8217;s website
+and official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; depends upon and cannot survive without widespread
+public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine-readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
+DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular state
+visit <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org/donate/">www.gutenberg.org/donate</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Please check the Project Gutenberg web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
+donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; font-size:1.1em; margin:1em 0; font-weight:bold'>
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg&#8482; electronic works
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
+Gutenberg&#8482; concept of a library of electronic works that could be
+freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
+distributed Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks with only a loose network of
+volunteer support.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Project Gutenberg&#8482; eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
+the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
+necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
+edition.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+Most people start at our website which has the main PG search
+facility: <a href="https://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a>.
+</div>
+
+<div style='display:block; margin:1em 0'>
+This website includes information about Project Gutenberg&#8482;,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+</div>
+</div>
+
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/old/30278-h/images/book.png b/old/30278-h/images/book.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..963d165
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/30278-h/images/book.png
diff --git a/old/30278-h/images/external.png b/old/30278-h/images/external.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ba4f205
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/30278-h/images/external.png
diff --git a/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-8.txt b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-8.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..17f1dea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-8.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11584 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Friars and Filipinos
+       An Abridged Translation of Dr. Jose Rizal's Tagalog Novel,
+       'Noli Me Tangere.'
+
+Author: Jose Rizal
+
+Translator: Frank Ernest Gannett
+
+Release Date: October 17, 2009 [EBook #30278]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                          Friars and Filipinos
+
+
+                       An abridged translation of
+
+                            Dr. Jos� Rizal's
+
+                   Tagalog Novel, "Noli Me Tangere."
+
+                                   By
+                         Frank Ernest Gannett.
+
+
+                               New York:
+
+                          The St. James Press.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                            Copyright, 1900,
+                                   by
+                         Frank Ernest Gannett.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                   To
+
+                         Jacob Gould Schurman,
+
+                    President of Cornell University.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+While serving on the staff of the first United States Commission to the
+Philippine Islands my attention was called to the life and writings
+of Dr. Jos� Rizal. I found in his novel, "Noli Me Tangere," the best
+picture of the life of the people of those islands under Spanish rule,
+and the clearest exposition of the governmental problems which Spain
+failed to solve, and with which our own people must deal. It occurred
+to me that an English translation of Rizal's work would be of great
+value at the present time. My first intention was to reproduce the
+entire novel as it was written, but, after careful consideration,
+I thought best to abridge the story by the omission of some parts
+which did not seem essential to the main purpose of the work. The
+present volume is the result.
+
+Readers should not understand any of Rizal's references to priests
+and friars as reflections upon the Roman Catholic Church. He was
+throughout his life an ardent Catholic, and died a firm adherent
+of the Church. But he objected to the religious orders in the
+Philippine Islands, because he knew well that they were more zealous
+in furthering their own selfish ends than in seeking the advancement
+of Christianity. From experience, Dr. Rizal knew that the friars,
+under cloak of the gospel ministry, oppressed his fellow countrymen,
+and took advantage of their superstition and ignorance. These wrongs
+he was brave enough to expose in his writings. In the friars he saw an
+obstacle to the education and enlightenment of the Filipino people,
+and, using moderate means, he did his utmost to secure reform. His
+writings will explain to us the cause of the hatred shown by the
+Filipinos toward the religious corporations, and will make clearer
+the nature of one of the present problems in the Philippines.
+
+There are in the Philippines five religious orders: the Dominicans,
+Franciscans, Recoletos, Augustines and Jesuits. According to John
+Foreman, an eminent authority, the members of all of these, except
+the last named, come from the lower classes in Spain, and are on
+the whole comparatively ignorant and uncultured. Under the Spanish
+system of government certain provinces were assigned to each of the
+orders--except the Jesuits--and the friars were distributed among
+the different parishes. In the town assigned to him the friar had
+much authority. He was chief adviser in all civil affairs, and, by
+his influence over the superstitious natives, maintained absolute
+control in all matters pertaining to the local government as well
+as to the local church. So firm was his hold that he led the Spanish
+government to believe that the islands could not be ruled without his
+aid. Knowing that his power rested on the ignorance of the people he
+discouraged education among them. When native Filipinos advanced so
+far as to prove an obstacle to the religious orders, as did Rizal and
+many others, the friars sought to destroy them. Forgetting their holy
+mission, the religious orders became commercial corporations, amassed
+enormous wealth, and gained possession of the most valuable parts of
+the islands, though to much of this property the titles are not clear.
+
+From my own observation, and from information derived from the
+Spaniards themselves, I am convinced that the author has not
+overdrawn his pictures. In fact I have learned of instances where
+the oppression and practices of the friars were even worse than those
+described. Dr. Rizal has given us a portrayal of the Filipino character
+from the viewpoint of the most advanced Filipino. He brings out many
+facts that are pertinent to present-day questions, showing especially
+the Malayan ideas of vengeance, which will put great difficulties
+in the way of the pacifying of the islands by our forces. The reader
+will not fail to notice the striking similarity between the life of
+Ibarra, the hero, and that of Rizal, the author, a short sketch of
+whose career has been given in the following pages.
+
+For assistance in preparing this volume for publication I offer
+sincere thanks to William H. Glasson, Ph.D., Instructor in History
+in the George School, Newtown, Pa. Dr. Glasson has read the entire
+manuscript and proofs, and I have been glad to avail myself of his
+advice on many doubtful points. I desire also to acknowledge my
+indebtedness for favors received to Horatio Green, Interpreter to
+the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, to W. G. Richardson,
+of New York, and to the publishers.
+
+
+    F. E. G.
+
+    Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 1, 1900.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+        Chapter I.                        Page
+        Don Santiago's Dinner                1
+
+        Chapter II.
+        At the Dinner Table                 11
+
+        Chapter III.
+        Heretic and Revolutionist           16
+
+        Chapter IV.
+        Captain Tiago                       23
+
+        Chapter V.
+        An Idyl on the Azotea               29
+
+        Chapter VI.
+        Things Philippine                   35
+
+        Chapter VII.
+        San Diego and Its People            40
+
+        Chapter VIII.
+        Ibarra and the Grave-Digger         47
+
+        Chapter IX.
+        Adventures of a School Teacher      51
+
+        Chapter X.
+        Lights and Shadows                  57
+
+        Chapter XI.
+        The Fishing Party                   59
+
+        Chapter XII.
+        In the Woods                        68
+
+        Chapter XIII.
+        In the House of Tasio               77
+
+        Chapter XIV.
+        The Eve of the Fiesta               83
+
+        Chapter XV.
+        As Night Comes On                   87
+
+        Chapter XVI.
+        The Hoisting Crane                  92
+
+        Chapter XVII.
+        The Banquet                        104
+
+        Chapter XVIII.
+        The First Cloud                    112
+
+        Chapter XIX.
+        His Excellency                     116
+
+        Chapter XX.
+        The Procession                     125
+
+        Chapter XXI.
+        Do�a Consolacion                   129
+
+        Chapter XXII.
+        Might and Right                    137
+
+        Chapter XXIII.
+        Two Visitors                       145
+
+        Chapter XXIV.
+        Episode in Espada�a's Life         148
+
+        Chapter XXV.
+        Schemes                            161
+
+        Chapter XXVI.
+        The Persecuted                     165
+
+        Chapter XXVII.
+        The Cock Fight                     172
+
+        Chapter XXVIII.
+        The Two Se�oras                    181
+
+        Chapter XXIX.
+        The Enigma                         188
+
+        Chapter XXX.
+        The Voice of the Persecuted        191
+
+        Chapter XXXI.
+        Elias's Family                     200
+
+        Chapter XXXII.
+        Changes                            207
+
+        Chapter XXXIII.
+        Playing Cards with the Shades      211
+
+        Chapter XXXIV.
+        The Discovery                      217
+
+        Chapter XXXV.
+        The Catastrophe                    223
+
+        Chapter XXXVI.
+        What People Say and Think          229
+
+        Chapter XXXVII.
+        Vae Victis!                        235
+
+        Chapter XXXVIII.
+        The Accursed                       244
+
+        Chapter XXXIX.
+        Maria Clara is Married             248
+
+        Chapter XL.
+        The Pursuit on the Lake            259
+
+        Chapter XLI.
+        Father D�maso Explains             267
+
+        Epilogue                           271
+
+
+
+
+
+
+JOS� RIZAL.
+
+
+Dr. Jos� Rizal, of whose "Noli Me Tangere," the following story, is
+an abridgement, is the most striking character to be found in the
+history of the Philippine Islands. He was not only a great martyr
+to the cause of liberty, and to the advancement of his fellow men,
+but he was without doubt the greatest Filipino ever born, and his
+memory is cherished to-day by his people as we ourselves cherish the
+memory of Washington.
+
+Rizal was born on June 19th, 1861, in the pueblo of Calamba, in the
+province of Laguna, on the Island of Luzon. He came of a Tagalog
+family, which, it is said, acknowledged a slight mixture of Chinese
+blood, and possessed considerable property. As a child he gave evidence
+of extraordinary precocity. He is said to have written poetry in his
+native tongue at eight years of age, produced a successful melodrama
+at fourteen, and later to have won prizes in literary contests with
+writers of recognized ability.
+
+After passing through the University of Manila, and receiving much
+instruction at the hands of the Jesuit fathers, he was sent to Europe
+to complete his education. He pursued courses of study in Spanish
+and German universities, and won the degrees of Doctor of Medicine
+and Doctor of Philosophy. Besides acquiring a knowledge of seven
+languages he gained a brilliant reputation for proficiency in the
+branch of optical surgery. For a time he was the leading assistant
+in the office of a world-renowned specialist at Vienna.
+
+While in Europe Rizal wrote several books and also gave considerable
+time to sculpture and painting. His artistic ability was great,
+and some of his productions are now treasured by friends into whose
+possession they came. Rizal's best known work is his "Noli Me Tangere,"
+written in Belgium about 1886 or 1887. This novel, with its vivid
+picture of life in the Philippines, and its exposure of Spanish
+misrule and oppression, won for him the bitter hatred of the friars,
+and inspired the relentless persecution which only ended with the
+taking of his life.
+
+In 1889 Dr. Rizal returned to the Philippines, but was soon compelled
+to leave his native land in order to escape forcible banishment. After
+a short residence in Japan, he went to London, where he published
+a work on the History of the Philippine Islands. About the same
+time a sequel to "Noli Me Tangere," entitled "El Filibusterismo,"
+was published. The hatred of the priests against him was further
+inflamed by this production, and the government in Manila was forced
+by the friars to forbid the circulation of any of his writings. Copies
+of his novels were burned in the public squares, and it was worth
+one's life to be found possessing a copy. Until very recently it has
+been almost impossible to obtain a copy of Rizal's works, and it was
+necessary to go to Europe to secure the one from which the following
+abridged translation was made.
+
+In 1892 Dr. Rizal was so overcome with a desire to see again his
+beautiful fatherland that he ventured, in the face of all the dangers
+that threatened him, to return to Manila. He had scarcely set foot
+on shore, however, before he was arrested and thrown in prison. The
+friars demanded his execution on the ground that he carried incendiary
+leaflets for the purpose of stirring up a rebellion, but subsequent
+inquiries showed that such leaflets had been introduced into his
+baggage at the custom house through the intrigues of the Augustine
+friars. Despite his indignant protestations of innocence; Rizal was
+summarily condemned by the Spanish General, Despujols, to banishment
+at Dapitan in the island of Mindanao. Although the trickery of the
+friars became known to him, Despujols lacked courage to revoke his
+order of banishment, for fear that he, too, would incur the hatred
+of the powerful religious corporations.
+
+After four years of exile Rizal saw plainly that the hostility of
+the friars would make it impossible for him to live in his native
+land. In 1896 a plague of yellow fever broke out in the island
+of Cuba and Rizal volunteered to lend his medical services to the
+Spanish government. Ramon Blanco, then general-in-chief of the Spanish
+forces in the Philippines, accepted the generous offer and recalled
+the young man to Manila that he might sail at once for Cuba. Alarmed
+by demonstrations of popular affection for Rizal, who represented the
+aspirations of the Filipino people, the Spanish authorities broke faith
+with him and imprisoned him in the Fuerza de Santiago. He was arraigned
+on false charges, given a military trial, and at the dictation of
+the religious orders was sentenced to be shot as a traitor.
+
+At dawn on December 30th, 1896, he was led to the place of execution
+on the beautiful Luneta, overlooking the tranquil surface of Manila
+Bay. Notices of the event had been published throughout the islands
+and the day on which it was to occur was proclaimed a fiesta. Thousands
+gathered around the place selected, and so evident was the sympathy of
+the helpless Filipinos for the man who was to die for their sake that
+Spain marshalled ten regiments of her soldiers about the spot. The
+populace must be intimidated. A nation's hero was about to become a
+nation's martyr. With face uplifted he glanced at the multitude about
+him and smiled. They tied his arms behind him and made him face the
+waters of the bay. In vain he protested and begged that he might die
+facing his executioners. A squad of his fellow countrymen, who were
+serving in Spain's army, were selected for the bloody work. They drew
+in position to shoot him in the back. The order was given to fire,
+but only one had the courage to obey. The bullet went straight and the
+hero fell, but another shot was necessary to despatch his life. His
+newly wedded wife remained with him to the end. The best hope of the
+Filipino people was crushed; a light in a dark place was snuffed out.
+
+Rizal was no extremist, no believer in harsh and bloody methods, no
+revolutionist. He aimed to secure moderate and reasonable reforms, to
+lessen the oppressive exactions of the friars, to examine into titles
+of their land, and to make possible the education and uplifting of
+his people. He loved Spain as he did his own country, and repeatedly
+used his influence against the rebellious measures proposed by other
+Filipino leaders. His execution was only one of the numerous outrages
+which characterized Spain's reign in the Philippines.
+
+In closing this short sketch of Rizal's life we can do no better
+than to quote the estimate of him made by Dr. Ferdinand Blumentritt,
+professor in the University of Leitmeritz, Austria, who prepared a
+biographical sketch of Rizal. Dr. Blumentritt said:
+
+"Not only is Rizal the most prominent man of his own people, but the
+greatest man the Malayan race has produced. His memory will never
+perish in his fatherland, and future generations of Spaniards will
+yet learn to utter his name with respect and reverence."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FRIARS AND FILIPINOS.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+DON SANTIAGO'S DINNER.
+
+
+In the latter part of October, Don Santiago de los Santos, popularly
+known as Captain Tiago, gave a dinner. Though, contrary to his custom,
+he had not announced it until the afternoon of the day on which it was
+to occur, the dinner became at once the absorbing topic of conversation
+in Binondo, in the other suburbs of Manila, and even in the walled
+city. Captain Tiago was generally considered a most liberal man,
+and his house, like his country, shut its doors to no one, whether
+bent on pleasure or on the development of some new and daring scheme.
+
+The dinner was given in the captain's house in Analoague street. The
+building is of ordinary size, of the style of architecture common
+to the country, and is situated on that arm of the Pasig called by
+some Binondo Creek. This, like all the streams in Manila, satisfies a
+multitude of needs. It serves for bathing, mortar-mixing, laundering,
+fishing, means of transportation and communication, and even for
+drinking water, when the Chinese water-carriers find it convenient
+to use it for that purpose. Although the most important artery of
+the busiest part of the town, where the roar of commerce is loudest
+and traffic most congested, the stream is, for a distance of a mile,
+crossed by only one wooden bridge. During six months of the year, one
+end of this bridge is out of order, and the other end is impassable
+during the remaining time.
+
+The house is low and somewhat out of plumb. No one, however, knows
+whether the faulty lines of the building are due to a defect in the
+sight of the architect who constructed it, or whether they are the
+result of earthquakes and hurricanes.
+
+A wide staircase, with green balustrades and carpeted here and there in
+spots, leads from the zaguan, or tiled entrance hall, to the second
+story of the house. On either side of this staircase is a row of
+flower-pots and vases, placed upon chinaware pedestals, brilliant in
+coloring and fantastic in design. Upstairs, we enter a spacious hall,
+which is, in these islands, called caida. This serves to-night for
+the dining hall. In the middle of the room is a large table, profusely
+and richly ornamented, fairly groaning under the weight of delicacies.
+
+In direct contrast to these worldly preparations are the motley colored
+religious pictures on the walls--such subjects as "Purgatory," "Hell,"
+"The Last Judgment," "The Death of the Just," and "The Death of the
+Sinner." Below these, in a beautiful renaissance frame, is a large,
+curious linen engraving of two old ladies. The picture bears the
+inscription "Our Lady of Peace, Propitious to Travellers, Venerated
+in Antipolo, Visiting in the Guise of a Beggar the Pious Wife of the
+Famous Captain In�s in Her Sickness." In the side of the room toward
+the river, Captain Tiago has arranged fantastic wooden arches, half
+Chinese, half European, through which one can pass to the roof which
+covers part of the first story. This roof serves as a veranda, and
+has been illuminated with Chinese lanterns in many colors and made
+into a pretty little arbor or garden. The sala or principal room of
+the house, where the guests assembled is resplendent with colossal
+mirrors and brilliant chandeliers, and, upon a platform of pine,
+is a costly piano of the finest workmanship.
+
+People almost filled this room, the men keeping on one side and the
+women on the other, as though they were in a Catholic church or a
+synagogue. Among the women were a number of young girls, both native
+and Spanish. Occasionally one of them forgot herself and yawned,
+but immediately sought to conceal it by covering her mouth with her
+fan. Conversation was carried on in a low voice and died away in
+vague mono-syllables, like the indistinct noises heard by night in
+a large mansion.
+
+An elderly woman with a kindly face, a cousin of Captain Tiago,
+received the ladies. She spoke Spanish regardless of all the
+grammatical rules, and her courtesies consisted in offering to the
+Spanish ladies cigarettes and betel nut (neither of which they use)
+and in kissing the hands of the native women after the manner of
+the friars. Finally the poor old lady was completely exhausted,
+and, taking advantage of a distant crash occasioned by the breaking
+of a plate, hurried off precipitately to investigate, murmuring:
+"Jes�s! Just wait, you good-for-nothings!"
+
+Among the men there was somewhat more animation. In one corner of
+the room were some cadets, who chatted with some show of interest,
+but in a low voice. From time to time they surveyed the crowd and
+indicated to each other different persons, meanwhile laughing more
+or less affectedly.
+
+The only people who appeared to be really enjoying themselves were
+two friars, two citizens and an officer of the army who formed a
+group around a small table, on which were bottles of wine and English
+biscuits. The officer was old, tall and sunburnt, and looked as the
+Duke of Alva might have looked, had he been reduced to a command in
+the civil guard. He said little, but what he did say was short and
+to the point. One of the friars was a young Dominican, handsome and
+dressed with extreme nicety. He wore gold mounted spectacles and
+preserved the extreme gravity of youth. The other friar, however,
+who was a Franciscan, talked a great deal and gesticulated even
+more. Although his hair was getting gray, he seemed to be well
+preserved and in robust health. His splendid figure, keen glance,
+square jaw and herculean form gave him the appearance of a Roman
+patrician in disguise. He was gay and talked briskly, like one who
+is not afraid to speak out. Brusque though his words might be, his
+merry laugh removed any disagreeable impression.
+
+As to the citizens, one of them was small in stature and wore a black
+beard, his most noticeable feature being his large nose--so large
+that you could scarcely believe that it was all his own. The other
+was a young blonde, apparently a recent arrival in the country. The
+latter was carrying on a lively discussion with the Franciscan.
+
+"You will see," said the friar, "when you have been in the country
+a few months, and will be convinced that what I say is right. It is
+one thing to govern in Madrid and another to rule in the Philippines."
+
+"But----"
+
+"I, for example," continued Father D�maso, raising his voice to prevent
+the other from speaking, "I, who can point to my twenty-three years
+of existence on bananas and rice, can speak with some authority on
+this subject. Do not come to me with theories or arguments, for I
+know the native. Remember, that when I came to this country, I was
+sent to a parish, small and largely devoted to agriculture. I did not
+understand Tagalog very well, but I received the confessions of the
+women and we managed to understand each other. In fact, they came
+to think so much of me that three years afterward, when I was sent
+to another and larger town, where a vacancy had been created by the
+death of the native parish priest, all the women were in tears. They
+overwhelmed me with presents, they saw me off with bands of music----"
+
+"But this only shows----"
+
+"Wait, wait! Do not be in a hurry! My successor remained there a still
+shorter time, but when he left there were more people to see him off,
+more tears shed, and more music played, although he had treated the
+people worse than I, and had raised the parish dues to a sum almost
+double the amount I had exacted."
+
+"But allow me----"
+
+"Furthermore, I was twenty years in the town of San Diego and it was
+only a few months ago--that--that I left. Twenty years! Surely any
+one will admit that twenty years is time enough to get acquainted
+with a town. There were six thousand people in San Diego, and I knew
+every one of them as if he were my own child. I knew even the private
+affairs of them all; I knew in what way this man was 'crooked,'
+where the shoe pinched that one, what slips every girl had made and
+with whom, and who was the true father of each child, for I received
+all of their confessions and they always confessed scrupulously. I
+can prove what I say by Santiago, our host, for he has considerable
+property in that town, and it was there that we became friends. Well,
+then! This will show you what sort of people the natives are: when I
+went away, only a few old women and some lay brothers saw me off. And
+that, after I had been there twenty years! Don't you see that this
+proves beyond a doubt that all the reforms attempted by the Ministers
+of the Government in Madrid are perfectly absurd?"
+
+It was now the young man's turn to be perplexed. The lieutenant, who
+had been listening to the argument, knit his brows. The little man
+with the black beard made ready to combat or support Father D�maso's
+arguments, while the Dominican was content to remain entirely neutral.
+
+"But do you believe----," the young man finally asked in a curious
+mood, and looking straight at the friar.
+
+"Do I believe it? As I do the Gospel! The native is so indolent!"
+
+"Ah! Pardon me for interrupting you," said the young blonde, lowering
+his voice and drawing his chair closer, "but you have spoken a word
+that arouses my interest. Is this indolence an inherent characteristic
+of the native, or is it true, as a foreign traveller has said in
+speaking of a country whose inhabitants are of the same race as these,
+that this indolence is only a fabrication to excuse our own laziness,
+our backwardness and the faults of our celestial system?"
+
+"Bah! That is nothing but envy! Ask Se�or Laruja, who knows this
+country very well, whether the native has his equal in the world for
+indolence and ignorance."
+
+"It is a fact," replied the little man referred to, "that
+nowhere in the world can any one be found more indolent than the
+native. Positively nowhere!"
+
+"Nor more vicious and ungrateful!"
+
+"Nor with less education!"
+
+Somewhat uneasy, the blonde man began to glance about the
+room. "Gentlemen," he said in a low voice, "I believe that we are in
+the house of a native, and these young ladies may----"
+
+"Bah! Don't be so sensitive. How long have you been in the country?"
+
+"Four days," answered the young man somewhat ruffled.
+
+"Did you come here as an employee?"
+
+"No, sir. I came on my own account in order to become acquainted with
+the country."
+
+"Man, what a rare bird you are!" exclaimed Father D�maso, looking
+at him with curiosity. "To come here on your own account for such
+foolish ends! What a phenomenon! And when so many books have been
+written about this country----"
+
+Then, striking the arm of his chair with sudden violence, he exclaimed:
+"The country is being lost; it is lost already. The governing power
+supports heretics against the ministers of God."
+
+"What do you mean?" again asked the lieutenant, half rising from
+his chair.
+
+"What do I mean?" repeated Father D�maso, again raising his voice,
+and facing the lieutenant. "I mean what I say. I mean that, when a
+priest turns away the corpse of a heretic from his cemetery, no one,
+not even the King himself, has the right to interfere, and still less
+to punish. And yet a general, a miserable little general----"
+
+"Father! His Excellency is the vice-regal representative of His
+Majesty the King!" exclaimed the officer, rising to his feet.
+
+"What do I care for His Excellency, or for any of your vice-regal
+representatives!" answered the Franciscan, rising in his turn. "In
+any other time than the present, he would have been thrown down
+stairs in the same way as the religious corporations treated the
+sacrilegious governor Bustamente in his time. Those were the days
+when there was faith!"
+
+"I'll tell you right here that I don't allow any--His Excellency
+represents His Majesty the King!"
+
+"I don't care whether he is king or rogue. For us there is no king
+other than the true----"
+
+"Stop this immediately!" shouted the lieutenant in a threatening
+manner, and as though he were commanding his own soldiers. "Take back
+what you have said, or to-morrow I shall inform His Excellency."
+
+"Go and tell him at once! Go tell him!" answered Father D�maso,
+sarcastically, at the same time approaching the lieutenant with his
+fists doubled. "Don't you think for a moment that, because I wear
+the dress of a monk, I'm not a man. Hurry! Go tell him! I'll lend
+you my carriage."
+
+The discussion began to grow ridiculous as the speakers became more
+heated, but, at this point, fortunately, the Dominican interfered.
+
+"Gentlemen!" he said in a tone of authority, and with that nasal
+twang which is so characteristic of the friars, "there is no reason
+why you should thus confuse matters or take offense where it is not
+intended. We should distinguish between what Father D�maso says as
+a man, and what he says as a priest. Whatever he may say as a priest
+cannot be offensive, for the words of a priest are understood to be
+absolutely true."
+
+"But I understand what his motives are, Father Sibyla!" interrupted
+the lieutenant, who saw that he would be drawn into a net of such
+fine distinction that, if he allowed it to go on, Father D�maso
+would get off scot free. "I know very well what his motives are,
+and Your Reverence will also perceive them. During the absence of
+Father D�maso from San Diego, his assistant buried the body of a very
+worthy person. Yes, sir, an extremely worthy person! I had known
+the man from time to time and had often been his guest. What if he
+never had been to confession? I do not confess, either. To say that
+he committed suicide is a lie, a slander. A man such as he, with
+a son whose success and love were more than all the world to him;
+a man who believed in God, who fulfilled his duty to society, who
+was honorable and just--such a man does not commit suicide. That is
+what I say! I am not telling you all that I think about this matter,
+and Your Reverence should be very thankful that I restrain myself."
+
+Turning his back on the Franciscan, he continued: "As I was saying,
+this priest, when he returned to the town, after maltreating his
+coadjutor, ordered that the man's body be taken up and thrown out of
+the cemetery, to be buried I know not where. The town of San Diego
+was too cowardly to protest, though, in fact, very few people knew
+much about the matter. The dead man had no relatives in the town and
+his only son was in Europe. His Excellency, however, learned about
+the affair, and being at heart upright and just, he ordered that the
+priest be punished. As a result, Father D�maso was transferred to
+another but better town. That is all there was to it. Now you can
+make all the distinctions you like."
+
+So saying, he left the group.
+
+"I am very sorry to have touched upon so delicate a subject," said
+Father Sibyla, "but, after all, if the change from one town to another
+was to your advantage----"
+
+"How could it be to my advantage? How about all the things that I
+lost?" interrupted Father D�maso, fairly boiling over with rage.
+
+"Good evening, gentlemen! Good evening, Father!" said Captain Santiago,
+who at that instant entered the room, leading a youth by the hand. On
+saluting his guests in this manner, he kissed the hands of the priests,
+who, by the way, forgot to give him their blessing. The Dominican took
+off his gold-rimmed spectacles in order to examine the new arrival
+at better advantage, while Father D�maso, turning pale at the sight,
+stared at the youth with eyes wide open.
+
+"I have the honor of presenting to you Don Crisostomo Ibarra, the
+son of my deceased friend," said Captain Tiago. "The young man has
+just arrived from Europe, and I have been to meet him." At the mere
+mention of the name, exclamations were heard in all parts of the
+room. The lieutenant, forgetting himself entirely, did not stop to
+salute his host, but at once approached the young man and surveyed
+him from head to foot. The youth exchanged the usual greetings with
+those who had gathered around him. He showed no striking peculiarity,
+except in his sombre dress, which was in deep contrast with that of
+the other persons present. His athletic build, his appearance, and
+every movement he made showed, however, that a fine mind and a healthy
+body had both been highly developed. You could see from his frank and
+vivacious face that he had Spanish blood in his veins. Although his
+hair, eyes and complexion were dark, his cheeks had a slight color,
+due, no doubt, to residence in cold countries.
+
+"What!" he exclaimed with glad surprise, "the parish priest of my
+own town! Father D�maso, my father's intimate friend!" Every one in
+the room looked at the Franciscan, but the latter made no motion.
+
+"You must excuse me, if I have made a mistake," added Ibarra, somewhat
+in doubt because of the apathy of the friar.
+
+"You have made no mistake," the priest finally answered in a strained
+voice, "but your father was never an intimate friend of mine."
+
+Ibarra slowly withdrew the hand which he had offered, looking at the
+friar with great surprise. As he turned about, he came face to face
+with the lieutenant just approaching.
+
+"My boy, are you the son of Don Rafael Ibarra?"
+
+The young man bowed in acquiescence. Father D�maso settled back into
+his arm-chair and fixed his eyes upon the lieutenant.
+
+"Welcome to your country! May you be more happy in it than was your
+father!" exclaimed the officer in a trembling voice. "I had many
+dealings with your father and I knew him well, and I can say that he
+was one of the most worthy and honorable men in the Philippines."
+
+"Sir," replied Ibarra with emotion, "your praise of my father puts
+me in doubt as to his fate. Even now I, his own son, am ignorant of
+it all."
+
+The eyes of the old man filled with tears. He turned and hurriedly
+withdrew. Ibarra found himself standing alone in the middle of the
+room. His host had disappeared, and he turned to a group of gentlemen,
+who, as soon as they saw him coming, formed a semicircle to receive
+him.
+
+"Gentlemen," he said, "in Germany, when a stranger attends any
+social function and there is no one present to introduce him, it is
+allowable for him to introduce himself. Permit me to avail myself
+of this practice. Gentlemen, my name is Juan Crisostomo Ibarra y
+Magsalin." The others gave their names in turn, of which the most
+were comparatively unknown.
+
+"My name is A----a," said one of the young men, bowing stiffly.
+
+"Then, perhaps, I have the honor of addressing the poet whose works
+have kept up my enthusiasm for my country? I have been told that you
+have stopped writing, but no one has told me why."
+
+"Why? Because there is no use in invoking the muses for false and
+foolish ends. A case has been made out against one man for having put
+into verse a true story of Pero Grullo. I am not going to get myself
+into a similar scrape. They may call me a poet, but they shall not
+call me a fool."
+
+"And can you not tell us what that true story was?"
+
+"Yes. The poet said that the son of a lion is also a lion, and for
+saying this he narrowly escaped being banished."
+
+"Dinner is ready," announced a waiter who had been borrowed from the
+C�f� Campa�a. The guests began to file into the dining room, not,
+however, without many sighs, and even some prayers among the women,
+especially the natives, that the dreaded affair would soon be over.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+AT THE DINNER TABLE.
+
+
+Father Sibyla wore a satisfied air. He moved along tranquilly, and
+his closed, thin lips showed no signs of disdain. On the other hand,
+the Franciscan was in a very bad humor. As he walked toward the table,
+he kicked over the chairs which happened to be in his way and boxed the
+ears of one of the cadets. The lieutenant was very solemn and grave.
+
+The two friars instinctively started for the head of the table,
+perhaps by force of habit, and, as might have been expected, they met
+on opposite sides of the same chair. Then, with ponderous courtesy,
+each entreated the other to sit down, giving in turn his reasons why
+the other should take precedence. Every one at the table understood
+how both really felt in the matter, and all knew well that the one
+who did not take the coveted seat would grumble discontentedly for
+the remainder of the evening. The farce proceeded something like this:
+
+"You take it, Brother D�maso! It is for you!"
+
+"No, you take it, Brother Sibyla!"
+
+"You are an old friend of the family, the confessor of its deepest
+mysteries; your age, your dignity, your----"
+
+"No, that is all right as far as age goes, but, on the other hand
+you are the priest of this suburb," answered Father D�maso in an
+insincere tone, without, however, leaving the chair.
+
+"As you order it, I obey," concluded Father Sibyla, making ready to
+sit down.
+
+"But I do not order it," protested the Franciscan, "I do not order it."
+
+Father Sibyla was about to take the seat without any further regard to
+the protests of his brother, when his eyes chanced to meet those of the
+lieutenant. According to the religious customs in the Philippines, the
+highest military officer is inferior to even a convent cook. "Cedent
+arma tog�," said Cicero in the Senate. "Cedent arma cott�," say the
+friars in the Philippines. Father Sibyla, however, was a person of
+some culture and refinement, and, as soon as he noticed the expression
+on the lieutenant's face, said: "Here! We are now out in the world,
+and not in the Church. This seat belongs to you, lieutenant!" But,
+to judge from the tone of his voice, he thought that, although he
+was out in the world and not in the Church, the seat nevertheless
+belonged to him. The lieutenant, either to save himself trouble or
+in order to avoid sitting between two friars, declined the honor in
+a very few words.
+
+Neither of the disputants had thought of the owner of the house. Ibarra
+saw him looking upon the scene and smiling with satisfaction.
+
+"How is this, Don Santiago! Aren't you going to sit down with us?"
+
+But all of the seats were already occupied, and Lucullus did not dine
+in the house of Lucullus.
+
+"Sit still! Don't get up!" said Captain Tiago, laying his hand on
+the young man's shoulder. "The fact is that this feast is given in
+honor of the Virgin on account of your safe arrival. Here! Bring on
+the tinola! I ordered some tinola made expressly for you, for I feel
+quite certain that you have not had any since you left the Philippines
+a long while ago."
+
+A large dish was brought in, still steaming and filled to the brim
+with tinola. The Dominican, after murmuring the Benedicite (to which
+only a few of those present could give the response), began to serve
+the contents of the dish. Either from carelessness or for some other
+reason, he passed to Father D�maso a plate filled with the soup and
+stew, but containing only two small pieces of chicken, a bony neck and
+a tough wing. Meanwhile the others, especially Ibarra, were eating all
+sorts of choice bits. The Franciscan, of course, noticed this, mussed
+over the stew, took a mouthful of the soup, dropped his spoon with a
+clatter into his plate, and pushed the dish to one side. While this was
+going on, the Dominican appeared to be absorbed in conversation with
+the young blonde. Se�or Laruja had also begun to converse with Ibarra.
+
+"How long has it been since you were last in this country?" said he.
+
+"About seven years," responded Ibarra.
+
+"You must have forgotten all about it."
+
+"On the contrary, although my country seems to have forgotten me,
+I have always kept her in mind."
+
+"What do you mean?" interposed the blonde.
+
+"I mean that for over a year I have not received any news from here,
+so that now I feel like a total stranger. I do not yet know how or
+when my father died."
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the lieutenant.
+
+"Where have you been that you did not telegraph?" asked one of the
+ladies. "When I was married, we telegraphed to the Peninsula."
+
+"Se�ora, for the last two years I have been in northern Europe,
+in Germany and in Poland."
+
+"And what country of Europe do you like best?" asked the young blonde,
+who had been listening interestedly.
+
+"After Spain, which is my second fatherland, oh--any free country
+in Europe."
+
+"You seem to have travelled a great deal--what is the most remarkable
+thing that you have observed?" asked Laruja.
+
+Ibarra appeared to be reflecting on the question. "Remarkable? In
+what way?"
+
+"For instance, in the life of the different peoples,--their social,
+political and religious life----"
+
+Ibarra meditated for some little time. "I always made it a point to
+study the history of a country before visiting it, and I find that
+national development invariably follows perfectly natural rules. I have
+always noticed that the prosperity or poverty of different peoples
+is in direct proportion to their liberties or their lack of liberty,
+or, in other words, in proportion to the sacrifices or selfishness
+of their forefathers."
+
+"And is that all you have observed?" asked the Franciscan, with a
+loud laugh. Up to this time, he had not uttered a single word, but
+had given his attention to the dinner. "It was not worth while to
+squander your fortune for the purpose of learning such a trifle--a
+thing that every school boy knows."
+
+Ibarra looked at him intently, doubtful what to say. The guests
+glanced at each other, fearing that a quarrel would break out. "The
+dinner has been too long, and Your Reverence is affected by too much
+wine," Ibarra was about to reply, but he checked himself in time and
+only said: "Gentlemen, do not wonder at the familiarity with which
+our old parish priest treats me. He treated me this way when I was
+a child, and the years that have passed since then have not changed
+His Reverence. I derive a certain amount of pleasure from it, for I
+am reminded of those days when His Reverence was a frequent visitor
+at our house and honored my father's table."
+
+The Dominican glanced furtively at the Franciscan, who was
+trembling. Ibarra continued, rising from his chair: "You will allow
+me to withdraw, for I have only just arrived, and I must leave
+town to-morrow. Besides, I have a great many things to do before I
+leave. The dinner is practically finished, and I drink very little
+wine and scarcely touch spirits. Gentlemen, here's to Spain and the
+Philippines."
+
+Saying this, he emptied the glass, which, until then, he had not
+touched. The old lieutenant followed his example, but said nothing.
+
+"Do not go!" said Captain Tiago to him in a low voice. "Maria Clara
+is coming immediately. Isabel has just gone to get her. The new parish
+priest of your town is also coming, and he is a saint."
+
+"I shall come to-morrow before I leave. I have to make a most
+important visit yet to-night, and really must go!" With this he took
+his departure. In the meantime, the Franciscan had recovered himself.
+
+"You see how it is," said he to the young blonde, gesticulating with
+his dessert knife. "It is nothing but pride. He could not bear to have
+a priest reprove him. Can decent people believe it? This is the evil
+consequence of sending young men to Europe. The Government ought to
+prohibit it."
+
+That night, the young blonde wrote, among other things, in the
+first chapter of his "Colonial Studies": "How the neck and wing
+of a chicken in a friar's plate of tinola can disturb the gayety
+of a feast!" And among his other observations were the following:
+"In the Philippines the most insignificant person at a dinner or a
+feast is the host. The owner of the house has only to remain out in
+the street, and everything will go along beautifully. In the present
+state of affairs, it would be well to forbid the Filipinos to leave
+their country, and not to teach them how to read."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+HERETIC AND REVOLUTIONIST.
+
+
+Ibarra was still confused, but the evening breeze, which, in Manila,
+is at this time of the year always cool and refreshing, seemed gently
+to lift the hazy mist which hung over his eyes. He removed his hat
+and drew a deep, long breath.
+
+Men of all nationalities passed by in swift carriages or in slow-going,
+rented calesas. He was walking at that slow pace characteristic
+alike of deep thought and laziness, and was making his way toward the
+Plaza of Binondo. He looked about in search of any old and familiar
+objects. Yes, there were the same old streets, the same old houses with
+white and blue fronts, the same old walls covered with whitewash or
+repainted in poor imitation of granite; there was the same old church
+tower, its clock with transparent face still marking the hours; there,
+too, were the old Chinese shops, with their dirty curtains and iron
+rods, one of which remained unrepaired as he himself had bent it when
+a boy.
+
+"Things go slowly here!" he muttered and continued up the street past
+the vestry.
+
+As they dished up flavored ices, the street vendors were still crying
+"sorbettes." The same little cocoanut oil lamps furnished light for
+the stands where native women and Chinese disposed of their sweetmeats
+and fruit.
+
+"It is marvellous," he exclaimed. "There is the same Chinaman who was
+at that stand seven years ago. There is that same old woman whom I
+remember so well. Why, one might think my seven years in Europe but
+a night's sleep. And, by heavens, they have not yet repaired this
+broken place in the pavement!"
+
+Indeed, the stone which had been torn out of the pavement before
+he left Manila had not yet been replaced. While he was meditating
+upon the wonderful stability of things in so unstable a country,
+some one placed a hand upon his shoulder. With a start he looked up,
+and his eyes met those of the old lieutenant, who also had left the
+Captain's house. A smile had displaced the officer's usual harsh
+expression and characteristic frown.
+
+"Be careful, young man!" said he. "Remember what happened to your
+father!"
+
+"I beg your pardon. You seem to have esteemed my father very
+highly. Can you tell me what has been his fate?" asked Ibarra, gazing
+intently into the lieutenant's eyes.
+
+"Do you not know?" said the officer.
+
+"I asked Don Santiago, but he said that he would tell me nothing
+until to-morrow. Have you no information regarding him?"
+
+"Why, yes; everybody knows about him. He died in prison."
+
+The young man stepped back and stared wildly at the officer. "In
+prison! Who died in prison?" he asked in astonishment.
+
+"Why, your father, who had been arrested," answered the officer
+somewhat surprised.
+
+"What! My father in prison! Arrested and imprisoned! Man, what are
+you talking about? Do you know who my father was? Are you----?" asked
+the young man, nervously grasping the officer's arm.
+
+"I don't think that I am mistaken: Don Rafael Ibarra."
+
+"Yes. Don Rafael Ibarra," repeated the young man, scarcely able to
+utter the words.
+
+"I thought that you knew it," said the officer, in a sympathetic
+voice, as he saw the emotion his words had caused. "I thought that
+you knew it; but be brave. Here, you know, no man can be honorable
+without being imprisoned."
+
+"I cannot believe that you are not jesting," replied Ibarra, after
+a few minutes of deep silence. "Can you tell me for what offense he
+was imprisoned?"
+
+The old man paused as if to meditate. "It seems strange to me that
+you have not been kept informed as to the affairs of your family."
+
+"My father's last letter, which I received a year ago, told me not
+to be uneasy if he failed to write to me, for he was very busy. He
+advised me to continue my studies, he sent me his blessing----"
+
+"In that case, he must have written the letter to you shortly before
+his death. It is almost a year since we buried him in his own town."
+
+"Why was my father arrested?" asked Ibarra in a voice full of emotion.
+
+"The cause of his arrest was an honorable one. I must go to my
+quarters now; walk along with me and then I can tell you on the
+way. Take my arm."
+
+They walked for some time in melancholy silence. Deep in thought and
+nervously stroking his goatee, the officer sought inspiration before
+he could begin the pitiful tale.
+
+"As you very well know," he at last began, "your father was the richest
+man in the province, and, although he was loved and highly respected by
+many, there were some envious persons who hated him. Your father had
+a great many enemies among the priests and the Spaniards. Some months
+after your departure, trouble arose between Don Rafael and Father
+D�maso, but I do not know what it was all about. Father D�maso accused
+your father of not attending confession. In former times, however,
+he had never attended confession. Nothing was said about it, and he
+and the priest were good friends, as you will remember. Furthermore,
+Don Rafael was a very honorable man and much more upright and just
+than many who go to confession regularly. He was very conscientious,
+and, in speaking to me in regard to his troubles with Father D�maso,
+used to say:
+
+"'Se�or Guevara, do you believe that God will forgive a crime, a
+murder for instance, simply because that crime has been confessed
+to a priest--confessed to a man who is in duty bound to keep it
+secret? Will God pardon a man whose repentance is brought about by
+his cowardly fear of hell? I have a very different opinion of God. I
+cannot see how one evil can be corrected by another, nor how pardon
+can be procured by mere idle tears and donations to the Church.' Your
+father always followed the strictest rules of morality. I may safely
+say that he never harmed any one, but, on the contrary, always
+sought by doing good to offset certain unjust deeds committed by your
+grandfathers. However, his troubles with the priests continued and took
+on a dangerous aspect. Father D�maso alluded to him from the pulpit,
+and, if he did not do so directly by name, it was an oversight on his
+part, for anything might be expected from a man of his character. I
+foresaw that sooner or later the affair would have a bad ending."
+
+The old lieutenant paused for a few minutes and then continued:
+"About this time there came to the province a man who had been in
+the artillery, but had been thrown out of the ranks on account of
+his brutality and ignorance. This man had to make a livelihood. He
+was not allowed to engage in the work of an ordinary laborer, since
+that might damage Spain's prestige, but somehow obtained the position
+of collector of taxes on vehicles. He had no education whatever, and
+the natives soon found it out. A Spaniard who cannot read and write
+is a wonder to them, and hence he became the subject of all sorts of
+ridicule. Knowing that he was being laughed at, he became ashamed to
+collect his taxes. This had a bad effect on his character, which was
+already bad enough. People used to give him documents upside down to
+see him pretend to read them. He would make a show of doing so, and
+then, on the first blank space he found, would fill in some sprawling
+characters which, I may say, represented him very accurately. The
+natives continued to pay their taxes, but kept on ridiculing him. He
+fairly raved with anger and worked himself up to such a frame of
+mind that he respected none. Finally, he had some words with your
+father. It happened that one day, while the collector was studying
+a document which had been given to him in a store, some school boys
+came along. One of them called the attention of his companions to the
+collector, and they all began to laugh and point their fingers at the
+unhappy man. The collector finally lost his patience, turned quickly
+and chased his tormentors. The boys, of course, ran in all directions,
+at the same time mimicking a child learning the alphabet. Blind with
+rage because he could not reach them, he threw his cane, struck one
+of the boys on the head and knocked him down. Not content with this,
+he went up and kicked the boy several times. Unfortunately, your father
+happened to be passing just at the moment. Indignant at what he saw,
+he seized the tax collector by the arm and severely reproached him for
+his actions. The tax collector in anger raised his cane to strike,
+but your father was too quick for him. With that strength which he
+inherited from his forefathers, he, as some say, struck the collector,
+or, as others claim, only gave him a push. The fact is that the man
+staggered and fell to the ground, and, in falling, struck his head
+against a stone. Don Rafael quietly lifted up the wounded boy and
+carried him to the court house near by, leaving the collector where
+he had fallen. The ex-artilleryman began to bleed at the mouth and
+died without regaining consciousness.
+
+"Naturally the law stepped in. They showered calumnies of all
+kinds upon your father and accused him of being a heretic and a
+revolutionist. To be a heretic is a great misfortune anywhere or
+at any time, but it was especially so at this particular time,
+for the chief magistrate of the province was the loudest prayer
+maker in the Church. To be a revolutionist is still worse. One might
+better have killed three highly educated tax collectors than be thus
+accused. Everybody deserted your father, and his books and papers
+were seized. He was accused of being a subscriber to 'El Correo del
+Ultramar' and to Madrid newspapers, of having sent you to Germany,
+of having in his possession incriminating papers and pictures,
+and--well, I don't know what not. He was even attacked because,
+although he was the descendant of Spaniards, he wore the dress of
+the natives. If your father had been anybody else, he would have been
+acquitted, for the doctors pronounced the death of the collector due
+to natural causes. His fortune, however, his confidence in the law,
+and his hatred for everything which seemed unlawful and unjust, cost
+him his life. I myself, much as I dislike begging for mercy, called
+upon the Governor General, the predecessor of the present Governor. I
+brought out the fact that a man who aided every poor Spaniard, who
+gave food and shelter to all, and whose veins were filled with the
+generous blood of Spain--such a man could not be a revolutionist. In
+vain I argued for him, pledged my own life for him, and swore by
+my military honor. What did it all amount to? I was badly received,
+curtly and summarily dismissed, and called a fool."
+
+The old man paused to take breath. His young companion neither looked
+up nor made a sound. The narrator proceeded: "I took charge of the
+case for your father. I called upon the celebrated Filipino lawyer,
+young A----a, but he refused to undertake the defense. 'I would lose
+the case,' he said, 'my defense would cause new accusations against
+him, and perhaps bring them upon me. Go and see Se�or M----, who is an
+eloquent orator, a Spaniard and a man of great reputation.' I did so,
+and the celebrated lawyer took charge of the case, which he conducted
+in a masterful and brilliant manner. But your father had many enemies,
+some of whom did their work secretly. There were many false witnesses
+in the case, and their calumnies, which anywhere else would have been
+overthrown by a single sarcastic phrase from the defending attorney,
+were here given a great deal of weight. As fast as the attorney
+proved the falsity of their accusations, new charges were brought
+forward. They accused him of having wrongfully taken possession of
+a large tract of land. They sued him for damages and for injuries
+caused. They said that he had dealings with the organized bandits
+or tulisanes, and that thus he had been able to keep his property
+unmolested. In fact, the case became so complicated that within a year
+no one understood it. The chief magistrate was called away from his
+post and replaced by another of good reputation, but unfortunately
+this magistrate, too, was displaced in a few months.
+
+"The sufferings, disappointments and discomforts of prison life,
+and his great grief at seeing the ingratitude of so many supposed
+friends, finally broke down your father's iron constitution and he
+became fatally ill. When it was all over; when he had proved himself
+not guilty of being an enemy to his country, and innocent of the
+death of the tax collector, he died in prison, with no one to care
+for him in his last hours. I arrived just as he was expiring."
+
+The old man had finished all he had to say. Ibarra, overcome with
+grief at the pathetic story he had heard, could not utter a word. The
+two had arrived at the gate of the barracks. Stopping and shaking
+hands with the young man, the officer said: "My boy, Captain Tiago
+can give you the details. I must say good night, for my duty calls
+me." With deep emotion, Ibarra grasped the lean hand of the lieutenant,
+and then looked after him in silence until he disappeared in the
+building. Turning slowly about, he saw a carriage passing and made
+a sign to the cabman.
+
+"Lala's Hotel," he said in a low voice.
+
+"This fellow is just out of jail," said the cabman to himself as he
+whipped up his horses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+CAPTAIN TIAGO.
+
+
+Captain Tiago was short in stature, but both his body and his
+face were well filled out. His complexion was clear and he did not
+appear to be more than thirty or thirty-five years old, although
+he was really more than that. In these times his face always wore a
+pleasant expression. His head was small, round and covered with hair
+as black as ebony, long in front and very short behind. This head,
+according to reports, contained a great many things. His eyes were
+small but not terrifying, and always without expression. In short,
+the Captain might have passed for a good-looking little man, if his
+mouth had not been disfigured by the use of tobacco and the betel
+nut, the juices of which trickled out of the corners of his lips and
+destroyed the symmetry of his features. However, despite these habits,
+both his own teeth and the two that the dentist had made for him,
+at twelve pesos each, were well preserved.
+
+Tiago was considered one of the richest property owners in Binondo,
+and he also owned large plantations in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Laguna de Bay, especially in the town of San Diego. The rent of all
+these lands increased every year. San Diego was his favorite town
+on account of its excellent bathing place, its famous cockpit and
+the pleasant memories associated with the neighborhood. He spent at
+least two months in this town every year. Captain Tiago also had
+a great deal of property in Santo Cristo, in Analoague Street and
+in Rosario Street. In partnership with a Chinaman he carried on a
+profitable business in opium. It is understood that he had contracts
+with the Government for feeding the prisoners in Bilibid and that
+he supplied fodder to many of the principal houses in Manila. He was
+in good standing with the authorities, able, clever, and even daring
+in his speculations in the necessities of others. Hence it was that
+at this time the Captain was as happy as a narrow-minded man could
+be in such a country. He was rich, and was at peace with God, the
+Government and man.
+
+That Tiago was at peace with God was indisputable. In fact, there was
+no reason whatever for his not being so, since he was well situated as
+far as worldly matters go and had never loaned God any money. He never
+addressed God in his prayers, not even when he was in dire straits. He
+was rich, and his money, he thought, could pray for him. For masses
+and prayers, God had created powerful and lofty priests; for special
+religious functions and rosaries, God, in His infinite goodness, for
+the benefit of the rich, had created poor people--poor people who for
+a peso would make half a dozen prayers, and would read all the Holy
+Books, even to the Hebrew Bible, if the pay were large enough. If
+at any time he found himself in hard straits and needed heavenly
+aid and was out of red Chinese candles, he applied to the saints,
+making them great promises in order to win their favor and convince
+them of his good intentions.
+
+Captain Tiago was therefore beloved by the priests, respected by the
+sacristans, fondled by the Chinese candle-makers and fire-cracker
+merchants, and thoroughly happy in the religion of the world. Some
+even attributed to him great influence in the ecclesiastical court.
+
+That the Captain was at peace with the Government must not be doubted
+simply because such a thing seems impossible. Incapable of conceiving a
+new idea and content with the modus vivendi, he was always willing to
+obey the latest official recruit in any of the Government offices and
+even ready to give him at all times of the year such presents as hams,
+capons, turkeys, and Chinese fruit. He was the first to applaud any
+tax imposed by the Government, especially when he scented behind it
+a chance of securing the contract for its collection. He always kept
+orchestras on hand to serenade Government officials of all grades
+from governor to the lowest Government agent, on their birthdays,
+saint's days, or when any occasion, such as the death of any of
+their relatives, or a birth in the family connection should afford
+a pretext. He even went so far as to dedicate laudatory verses to
+his royal patrons on these occasions, thus honoring the "suave and
+loving governor" or the "valiant and mighty alcalde."
+
+The Captain was a petty governor or gobernadorcillo of a rich colony
+of mestizos, in spite of the protests of many who considered him
+unfit for the position. He held the office for two years, but during
+this time he wore out ten frock coats, about the same number of high
+hats, and lost more than a half dozen of gobernadorcillo canes. His
+high hat and frock coat were always in evidence in the city hall, at
+the Government palace in Melaca�an [1] and at the army headquarters,
+and they always appeared, too, in the cock-pit, in the market, in all
+processions, and in the Chinese shops. Dressed in this official costume
+with the tasseled cane, Captain Tiago was to be found everywhere,
+arranging, ordering, and putting in disorder, everything with which
+he had anything to do--and all with wonderful activity and with still
+more wonderful gravity.
+
+Sacrilegious people called him a fool; poor people called him a
+hypocrite, a cruel man who gained a livelihood by making others
+miserable; while his inferiors looked upon him as a despot and a
+tyrant. And the women? Ah, the women! Slanderous rumors circulated in
+the wretched nipa houses, and it was claimed that often lamentations
+and sobs, mingled with the cries of a child, could be heard. More
+than one young girl was pointed out by the malicious finger of the
+neighbors, with the remark: "See what a different expression she wears,
+and how plainly she shows evidences of her shame." But such things as
+these never robbed the Captain of any sleep; no young girl disturbed
+his rest.
+
+Such was the Captain at that time. His past history was as follows: He
+was the only son of a very wealthy but avaricious sugar manufacturer
+of Malabon, who was unwilling to spend a cent in his education. For
+this reason young Santiago became the servant of a good Dominican, a
+very virtuous man, who tried to teach him all the valuable knowledge
+which he possessed. About the time when he was to have the happiness
+of studying logic, the death of his protector, followed by that of his
+father, put an end to his studies and from that time on he devoted
+himself to business. He married a beautiful girl from Santa Cruz,
+who increased his fortune and gave him a social position.
+
+Do�a Pia Alba was not content with buying sugar, coffee and indigo;
+she wished to sow and reap, so the young husband bought lands in
+San Diego. It was in this town that he made the acquaintance and
+friendship of Father D�maso and of Don Rafael Ibarra, the richest
+capitalist of the town.
+
+The lack of an heir for the first six years of his married life gave
+him a great opportunity to accumulate wealth, which perhaps was a
+censurable ambition. Although Do�a Pia was handsome, robust and well
+formed, she made her pilgrimages in vain. By advice of the devotees of
+San Diego, she visited the Virgin of Cayasay in Taal; she gave alms,
+and she danced in the procession before the Virgin of Turumba in Pakil
+under the May sun, but it was all in vain. Finally, on the advice
+of Father D�maso, she went to Obando, and there danced at the fiesta
+of San Pascual Bailon and asked for a son. It is well known that in
+Obando there is a trinity--Our Lady of Salambau, Santa Clara and San
+Pascual--which grants sons or daughters as required. Thanks to this
+wise triumvirate, Do�a Pia became a mother, but like the fisherman
+in Macbeth, who ceased to sing after he found a rich treasure,
+Do�a Pia lost her gayety, became very sad and was never seen to
+smile again. Every one, even to Captain Tiago, declared that it was
+a pure caprice. A puerperal fever put an end to her grief, leaving
+a beautiful daughter motherless. Father D�maso baptized the child,
+and, as San Pascual had not given the son which had been asked for,
+the name of Maria Clara was given to it in honor of the Virgin of
+Salambau and of Santa Clara. The little girl grew up under the care
+of her aunt Isabel,--that good old lady with the manners of a friar
+whom we met before. The little girl lived the greater part of the
+time in San Diego on account of the healthful climate, and while
+there Father D�maso paid her much attention.
+
+Maria Clara did not have the small eyes of her father. Like her mother,
+her eyes were large, black and shaded by long lashes, brilliant and
+smiling when she was playing, but sad, deep and pensive at other
+times. When a child her wavy hair was almost blond. Her nose was
+well formed, neither too large nor too flat. Her mouth was small and
+beautifully shaped like that of her mother, and her cheeks were set
+with dimples. Her skin was like silk and as white as snow, but her
+fond parent found traces of the paternity of Captain Tiago in her
+small and well shaped ears.
+
+Aunt Isabel attributed the child's semi-European features to
+impressions made upon Do�a Pia. She remembered having seen the mother a
+short time before the child was born, weeping before the image of San
+Antonio. Then, too, a cousin of Captain Tiago had the same features,
+the only difference being in the choice of the saints, by which the
+phenomenon was explained. With her it was either the Virgin or San
+Miguel. A cousin of Captain Tiago, a famous philosopher, who knew
+Amat [2] by heart, explained it all by attributing it to the effect
+of the planets.
+
+Maria Clara, the idol of all, grew up surrounded by love and
+smiles. She won the favor of even the friars when she was dressed in
+white for some religious procession, her long, wavy hair interwoven
+with flowers, two silver or golden wings attached to the shoulders
+of her dress, and holding two white doves, tied with blue ribbons,
+in her hand. When she grew up, she was so full of childish mischief
+that Captain Tiago did nothing but bless the saints of Obando and
+advise everybody to buy handsome statues of that trinity.
+
+In tropical countries a girl becomes a woman at the age of thirteen
+or fourteen years, like the plant which buds at night and blooms
+the following morning. During this period of transition, so full of
+mystery and romance, on the advice of the parish priest, Maria Clara
+entered the religious retreat of Santa Catalina in order to receive
+from the nuns a strictly religious education. She left Father D�maso
+in tears, and likewise the only friend of her childhood, Crisostomo
+Ibarra. Shortly after the entrance to the convent, Ibarra went to
+Europe. For seven long years, the girl lived under the vigilance of
+the Mother Superior in the iron-grated building, shut off from any
+communication with the outer world.
+
+Don Rafael and Captain Tiago, in the meantime, while Ibarra was
+in Europe and Maria Clara in the convent, noticing the trend of
+affairs, and at the same time having in mind their own interests,
+decided that the children should be married. It is needless to say
+that this agreement, which was arrived at some years after Ibarra
+had left for Europe, was celebrated with equal joy by two hearts,
+on opposite sides of the world and amid very different surroundings.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+AN IDYL ON THE AZOTEA. [3]
+
+
+On the morning after the dinner party, Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+went to mass early: the former carefully carrying her glasses, so that
+she might be able to read "The Anchor of Salvation" during communion;
+the latter beautifully dressed, carrying her rosary of blue beads
+as a bracelet. The priest had scarcely left the altar when, to the
+disgust and surprise of her good aunt, who thought that her niece was
+as pious and as fond of prayer as a nun, the young girl desired to go
+home. After a great deal of grumbling, the old lady crossed herself
+several times, and the two arose to leave. "Never mind," said Maria,
+to cut off the scolding, "the good God will pardon me. He ought to
+understand the heart of a girl better than you, Aunt Isabel."
+
+After breakfast, Maria Clara occupied herself with some embroidery
+while her aunt bustled about with a duster removing the traces of
+the social event of the preceding evening. Captain Tiago was busy
+examining some papers.
+
+Every noise in the street and every passing carriage made the girl
+tremble with anxiety and wish that she were again back in the convent
+among her friends. There, she thought, she could see him without
+trembling and with perfect equanimity.
+
+"I believe, Maria, that the doctor is right," said Captain Tiago. "You
+ought to go to the provinces. You are looking very pale and need a
+change of air. How does Malabon strike you, or San Diego?"
+
+At the mere mention of the latter name, Maria Clara blushed and was
+unable to speak.
+
+"Now, you and Isabel go to the convent to get your things and say
+good bye to your friends," continued the Captain, without raising
+his head. "You will not return there. And in four or five days, when
+your clothes are ready we shall go to Malabon. --Your godfather,
+by the way, is not in San Diego at present. The priest whom you saw
+here last night, that young fellow, is now the priest in the town. He
+is a saint."
+
+"I think you will find San Diego better, cousin," said Aunt
+Isabel. "Our house there is better than the one in Malabon, and
+besides, it is nearly time for the fiesta to take place."
+
+Maria Clara was about to embrace her aunt for these welcome words,
+but just then a carriage stopped in front of the house and the young
+girl suddenly turned pale.
+
+"That's so," said the Captain, and then, in a changed tone, exclaimed,
+"Don Crisostomo!"
+
+Maria Clara let fall the work which she was holding in her hands. A
+nervous trembling passed over her. Then steps were heard on the stairs
+and presently a young, manly voice. And, as if this voice had some
+magic power, the girl shook off her emotion, started to run, and hid
+herself in the oratory. Both father and aunt had to laugh at this,
+and even Ibarra heard the closing of the door behind her.
+
+Pale and panting, the girl finally subdued her emotion and began to
+listen. She could hear his voice, that voice which for so long a time
+she had heard only in her dreams. Beside herself with joy, she kissed
+the nearest saint, which, by the way, happened to be San Antonio,
+the abbot. Happy saint! Whether alive or carved in wood, always
+tempted in the most charming manner! Becoming quite herself again,
+she looked about for some crack through which she might get a peep
+at the young man. Finally, when he came in range of the key-hole and
+she again saw his fine features, her face beamed with smiles. In fact,
+the sight filled her with such joy that when her aunt came to call her,
+Maria Clara fell on the old lady's neck and kissed her repeatedly.
+
+"You goose! What is the matter with you?" the old lady was finally
+able to ask, after wiping away her tears.
+
+Maria Clara, in her modesty, covered her face with her round arm.
+
+"Come! Hurry up and get yourself ready!" said the old lady in an
+affectionate tone. "While he is talking with your father about you----
+Come, do not waste time!"
+
+The girl did not respond, but allowed herself to be picked up like
+a child and carried to her room.
+
+Captain Tiago and Ibarra were talking earnestly when at last Aunt
+Isabel appeared, half dragging her niece by the hand. At first the
+girl looked in every direction but at the persons present. At last,
+however, her eyes met Ibarra's.
+
+The conversation of the young lovers was at first confined to the
+usual trifling remarks, those pleasant little things which, like the
+boasts of European nations, are enjoyable and interesting to those
+who are concerned and understand them, but ridiculous to outsiders.
+
+Finally, she, like all sisters of Cain, was moved by jealously and
+asked: "Have you always thought of me? Have you never forgotten
+me in your many travels among so many great cities and among such
+beautiful women?"
+
+And he, a true brother of Cain, dodged the issue, and, being something
+of a diplomat, answered: "Could I forget you?" And then, gazing into
+her deep, dark eyes, "Could I break a sacred vow? Do you remember that
+stormy night when you, seeing me in tears beside my dead mother, came
+to me and placed your hand--that hand which I have not touched for
+so long--upon my shoulder, and said: 'You have lost your mother,--I
+never had one.' And then you wept with me. You loved my mother, and
+she loved you as only a mother can love a daughter. It was raining
+then, you will remember, and the lightning flashed, but I seemed
+to hear music and to see a smile on the face of my dead mother.--O,
+if my parents were only living and could see you now!--That night I
+took your hand and, joining it with my mother's, I swore always to
+love you and make you happy, no matter what fate Heaven might have
+in store for me. I have never regretted that vow, and now renew it."
+
+"Since the day that I bade you good-bye and entered the convent,"
+she answered, smiling, "I have always remembered you, and have never
+forgotten you in spite of the commands of my confessor, who imposed
+severe penances on me. I remembered the little games we used to play
+together and our little quarrels. When we were children you used to
+find in the river the most beautiful shells for our games of siklot
+and the finest and most beautifully colored stones for our game of
+sinkat. You were always very slow and stupid and lost, but you always
+paid the forfeit, which I gave you with the palm of my hand. But I
+always tried to strike lightly, for I was sorry for you. You always
+cheated, even more than I, in the game of chouka and we generally
+quarrelled over it. Do you remember that time when you really became
+angry? Then you made me suffer, but when I found that I had no one to
+quarrel with, we made peace immediately. We were still children when
+we went with your mother one day to bathe in the stream under the
+shade of the reeds. Many flowers and plants grew on the bank of the
+river, and you used to tell me their strange Latin and Spanish names,
+for you were then studying at the Athen�um. I paid little attention,
+but amused myself by chasing butterflies and in trying to catch the
+little fish which slipped away from me so easily among the rocks and
+weeds of the shore. You suddenly disappeared from sight, but when
+you returned you brought a wreath of orange flowers and placed it on
+my head. On our way home, as the sun was hot, I collected some sage
+leaves from the side of the road for you to put into your hat and
+thus prevent headache. Then you laughed, we made up, and came the
+remainder of the way home hand in hand."
+
+Ibarra smiled as he listened attentively to every detail of the
+story. Opening his pocket book, he took out a paper in which he had
+wrapped some withered but fragrant sage leaves. "Your sage leaves,"
+said he in answer to her questioning glance. "The only thing you have
+ever given me."
+
+She, in turn, drew a little, white satin bag from the bosom of her
+dress. "Stop!" she said, tapping his hand with her own. "You must
+not touch it; it is a letter of farewell."
+
+"The one that I wrote you before leaving?"
+
+"My dear sir, have you ever written any other?"
+
+"And what did I say then?"
+
+"Many falsehoods; excuses of a bad debtor," replied she, smiling
+and showing how agreeable these falsehoods had been to her. "But be
+quiet! I will read it to you, but I will omit your polite speeches
+out of consideration for your feelings."
+
+Raising the paper to the height of her eyes, in order to conceal her
+face, she began. "'My----,' I shall not read you what follows that,
+for it is not true." She ran her eyes over some lines and began to read
+again: "'My father wishes me to go away, in spite of my entreaties. He
+says that I am a man and must think of my future and my duty; that I
+must learn how to live, which I cannot do in my own country, so that in
+the future I may be of some use. He says that if I remain at his side,
+in his shadow, in this atmosphere of business, I will never learn how
+to look ahead, and that when he is gone, I shall be like the plant
+of which our poet Baltazar speaks--as it always lives in the water,
+it never learns how to endure a moment's heat.--He reproached me
+because I wept, and his reproach hurt me so that I confessed that I
+loved you. My father stopped, thought a moment and, placing his hand
+on my shoulder, said in a trembling voice: "Do you think that you
+alone know how to love, that your father does not love you, and that
+his heart is not pained at being separated from you? It is a short
+time since your mother died, and I am already reaching that age when
+the help and counsel of youth are needed. And yet I consent to your
+going, not even knowing that I shall ever see you again. The future is
+opening to you, but closing to me. Your loves are being born; mine are
+dying. Fire blazes in your blood, but cold is gradually finding its
+way into mine. And yet you weep, and are not willing to sacrifice the
+present for a future useful to yourself and your country." The eyes of
+my father filled with tears and I fell upon my knees at his feet and
+embraced him. I asked his pardon and said that I was willing to go.'"
+
+The emotion which Ibarra manifested put an end to the reading. As
+pale as death, he arose and began to walk nervously from one side to
+the other.
+
+"What is the matter?" she asked.
+
+"You have made me forget that I have duties to perform, and that I
+ought to leave immediately for my town. To-morrow is the fiesta in
+memory of the dead."
+
+Maria Clara stopped and silently fixed her large and dreamy eyes upon
+him for some minutes. Then taking some flowers from a vase near by,
+she said with emotion: "Go! I do not wish to detain you. We shall see
+each other again in a few days. Place these flowers on the graves of
+your father and mother."
+
+A few moments later, Ibarra descended the stairs, accompanied by
+Captain Tiago and Do�a Isabel, while Maria Clara locked herself up
+in the oratory.
+
+"Do me the favor to tell Andeng to get the house ready, and that
+Maria and Isabel are coming. A pleasant journey!" While the Captain
+was saying this, Ibarra got into the carriage and drove off in the
+direction of the Plaza of San Gabriel.
+
+A few minutes later the Captain shouted to Maria Clara, who was weeping
+by the side of the image of the Virgin: "Hurry up and light two peseta
+candles in honor of San Roque and another in honor of San Rafael, the
+patron saint of travellers. And light the lamp of Our Lady of Peace
+and Protector of Travellers, for there are many bandits about. It is
+better to spend four reales for wax and six cuartos for oil than to
+have to pay a big ransom later on."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THINGS PHILIPPINE.
+
+
+Father D�maso drove up in front of Captain Tiago's house and the
+Franciscan stepped to the ground just as Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+were getting into their silver-trimmed carriage. They saluted Father
+D�maso, and he, in his preoccupation, gently patted Maria Clara on
+the cheek.
+
+"Where are you going?" the friar asked.
+
+"To the convent to get my things," replied the younger.
+
+"Ah, ha! Ah, ha! We'll see who is the stronger. We'll see!" he muttered
+and turned away, leaving the two women in wonder as to what it all
+meant. The friar stepped along lightly, and reaching the stairs,
+went up.
+
+"He must be studying his sermon," said Isabel. "Get in, Maria; we
+shall be late."
+
+Whether Father D�maso was studying his sermon or not we cannot say. At
+any rate, he was absorbed in some important matter, for he even forgot
+to extend his hand to Captain Tiago upon entering, greatly to the
+embarrassment of the Captain, who had to feign kissing it.
+
+"Santiago, we have some very important matters to talk over; let us
+go to your office."
+
+The Captain, somewhat disturbed, was unable to reply, but he obeyed
+and followed the big priest into his office. Father D�maso shut the
+door behind them.
+
+While they are conferring in secret, let us find out what has
+become of Brother Sibyla. The wise Dominican was not to be found at
+his parochial residence, for early, immediately after mass, he had
+gone to the Dominican convent, situated near the gate called Isabel
+the Second or Magallanes, according to which family is in power in
+Madrid. Paying no attention to the delicious odor of chocolate or
+to the rattling of money boxes and coins in the treasurer's office,
+and scarcely answering the deferential salute of the treasurer, Father
+Sibyla went upstairs, crossed several corridors and rapped on a door.
+
+"Come in!" answered a voice.
+
+"May God give back health to Your Reverence!" was the greeting of
+the young Dominican as he entered.
+
+A very feeble old priest was seated in a large arm-chair. His
+complexion was as yellow as the saints which Revera paints; his eyes
+were sunk deep in their orbits, and his heavy eyebrows, which were
+nearly always knit in a frown, added to the brilliant glare of his
+death-foreboding eyes.
+
+"I have come to talk to you about the charge with which you have
+entrusted me," said Father Sibyla.
+
+"Ah, yes. And what about it?"
+
+"Pshaw!" answered the young man with disgust, seating himself and
+turning his face away with disdain. "They have been telling us a
+lot of lies. Young Ibarra is a prudent boy. He does not seem to be
+a fool. I think he is a pretty good sort of a chap."
+
+"Do you think so?"
+
+"Hostilities began last night."
+
+"So soon? And how did it come about?"
+
+Father Sibyla related briefly what had taken place between Father
+D�maso and Crisostomo Ibarra.
+
+"Furthermore," he added, in conclusion, "the young man is going to
+marry that daughter of Captain Tiago, who was educated in the college
+of our sisters. He is rich and would not want to make any enemies
+who might cause the loss of his happiness and his fortune."
+
+The sick man bowed his head as a sign of assent. "Yes, that is my
+opinion. With such a wife and such a father-in-law we can hold him
+body and soul. And if not, it will be all the better for us if he
+declares himself our enemy."
+
+Father Sibyla looked at the old man with surprise.
+
+"That is to say, for the good of our whole corporation," he added,
+breathing with difficulty. "I prefer open attacks to the foolish
+praise and adulations of friends, for, the truth is, flattery is
+always paid for."
+
+"Does Your Reverence think so?"
+
+The old man looked at him sadly. "Always bear this in mind," he
+answered, panting with fatigue, "that our power will endure as long
+as it is believed in. If they attack us, the Government says, 'They
+attack them, because they see in them an obstacle to their liberty,
+therefore let us preserve them.'"
+
+"And if the Government gives them a hearing? Sometimes the
+Government----"
+
+"The Government will do no such thing."
+
+"Nevertheless, if some bold and reckless man, impelled by covetousness,
+should dare to think that he wanted our possessions----"
+
+"Then, woe to him!"
+
+For a moment both remained silent.
+
+"Furthermore," continued the sick man, "it will do us good to have
+them attack us and wake us up. It would show us our weaknesses and
+strengthen us. The exaggerated praises which we get deceive us,
+and put us asleep. We are becoming ridiculous and on the day that we
+become ridiculous we shall fall as we fell in Europe. Money will no
+longer flow into our churches, no one will longer buy our scapularies
+or girdles, and when we cease to be rich we shall no longer possess
+the great influence which we wield at present."
+
+"Pshaw! We shall always have our property, our plantations----"
+
+"We shall lose them all as we lost them in Europe. And the worst
+of it is that we are working for our own ruin. For instance, this
+immeasurable ambition to raise the incomes from our lands each year,
+this eagerness to increase the rents, which I have always opposed
+in vain, this eagerness will be our ruin. The natives already find
+themselves forced to buy land in other localities if they want lands
+as good as ours. I fear that we are degenerating. 'Whom the gods would
+destroy they first make mad.' For this reason we should not be too hard
+on the people, for they are already grumbling under our exactions. You
+have considered well. Let us leave this thing to others, and keep up
+the prestige which we have and let us endeavor to appear before God
+with clean hands. May the God of pity have mercy on our weaknesses!"
+
+"So you believe that the tax or tribute----"
+
+"Let us talk no more of money!" interrupted the sick man with
+disgust. "You were saying that the lieutenant and Father D�maso
+last night----"
+
+"Yes, Father," answered the young priest smiling. "But this morning I
+saw the lieutenant again and he told me that he was sorry for what had
+occurred at the dinner. He said he thought that he had been affected by
+too much wine and that the same was true of Father D�maso. 'And your
+boast to tell the Governor?' I asked jokingly. 'Father,' he answered,
+'I know when to make my word good so long as it does not stain my
+honor. That is just the reason why I wear only two stars.'"
+
+After talking over several minor matters, Father Sibyla took his leave.
+
+As a matter of fact the lieutenant had not gone to the Governor
+General's palace in Melaca�an with any report in regard to the
+occurrence of the preceding evening. However, the Governor General
+had learned of it through another source, and discussing the matter
+with one of his aides, he said:
+
+"A woman and a priest can give no offense. I intend to live peaceably
+while I remain in this country and I do not wish to have any trouble
+with men who wear skirts. And, furthermore, I have found out that
+the Father Provincial has evaded my orders in this matter. I asked
+for the removal of that friar as a punishment. What was done? They
+removed him, but they gave him another and much better town. 'Tricks
+of the friars,' as they say in Spain."
+
+But when His Excellency found himself alone he ceased to
+smile. "Ah!" he sighed, "if the people were not so stupid they would
+put a limit to their reverences. But every people deserves its fate,
+and we are no different in this respect from the rest of the world."
+
+Meanwhile Captain Tiago had concluded his conference with Father
+D�maso, or rather Father D�maso had concluded it.
+
+"I have already warned you!" said the Franciscan on taking his
+leave. "You could have avoided all of this had you consulted with
+me before, and, if you had not lied to me, when I asked you about
+it. See to it that you do not do any more such foolish things, and
+have faith in your godfather."
+
+Captain Tiago took two or three steps towards the sala, meditating
+and sighing. All at once, as if some good idea had struck him, he
+ran to the oratory and put out the candles and the lamps which had
+been lighted for Ibarra's protection.
+
+"There is still time enough," he murmured, "for he has a long road
+to travel."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+SAN DIEGO AND ITS PEOPLE.
+
+
+Not far from the shores of the Laguna de Bay lies the town of San
+Diego, surrounded by fertile fields and rice plantations. It exports
+sugar, rice, coffee, and fruits, or sells them at ridiculously low
+prices to the Chinese, who make large profits out of the credulity
+and vices of the laborers.
+
+When the sky was serene and the atmosphere clear, the boys used
+to climb to the very peak of the old moss and vine covered church
+tower. And what exclamations they would utter when, from that high
+pinnacle, they looked out at the beautiful panorama that surrounded
+them. There before them lay a great mass of roofs, some nipa, some
+thatch, some zinc and some made out of the native grasses. And out of
+that mass, which here and there gave way to an orchard or a garden,
+every one of those boys could find his own little home, his own
+little nest. To them everything was a landmark; every tamarind tree
+with its light foliage, every cocoanut tree with its load of nuts,
+every bending cane, every bonga tree, every cross. Beyond the town is
+the crystal river, like a serpent asleep on a carpet of green. Here
+and there, its tranquil surface is broken by rocks projecting from
+its sandy bottom. In places, it is hemmed in between two high banks,
+and there the rapidly rushing waters turn and twist the half-bared
+roots of the overhanging shade trees. But further on it spreads itself
+out again and becomes calm and peaceful.
+
+But what always attracts attention is a peninsula of forest projecting
+into this sea of cultivated land. There can be found hollow-trunked
+trees, a century old, trees which die only when struck by lightning
+and set on fire. They say, also, that even in that case the fire never
+spreads to any other tree. This old grove is held in a certain degree
+of awe, for around it have been woven many strange legends. Of these
+the most probable, and consequently the least known and believed is
+the following:
+
+When the town was still a miserable group of huts, when weeds grew
+in abundance in the so-called streets, and deer and wild boar roamed
+about at night, there arrived one day an old Spaniard. His eyes were
+deep and thoughtful and he spoke Tagalog fluently. After visiting
+the different estates and peddling out some goods he inquired for
+the owners of this grove, which by the way, also contained several
+hot water springs. A number of persons claiming to be the owners
+presented themselves, and the old man purchased from them the grove,
+paying in exchange some money, jewelry and clothing. A short time
+afterward he disappeared, no one knew where.
+
+His sudden disappearance made the people think for a time that he
+had been spirited away, but later on a fetid odor was noticeable
+near the grove, and some shepherds, upon investigation, found the
+body of the old man in a badly decomposed condition hanging from the
+limb of a balit� tree. When alive the old man had terrorized many by
+his deep and resonant voice, his sunken eyes and his silent laugh,
+but now that he was dead, and a suicide at that, the mere mention
+of his name gave the town women nightmare. Some of them threw the
+jewelry that they had bought from him into the river and burned all
+the clothing, and, for a long time after the body had been buried
+at the foot of the balit� tree, no one cared to venture near it. All
+sort of stories became current about the haunted place.
+
+A shepherd, looking for his flock, said that he had seen lights in the
+grove. A party of young men, passing near the place, heard groans and
+lamentations. An unfortunate lover, in order to make an impression on
+the disdainful object of his affections, promised to spend a night
+under the tree and to bring her a branch from its trunk, but on the
+next day he was taken ill with a quick fever and died.
+
+Before many months had passed, a youth came to the town one day. He
+was apparently a Spanish mestizo, declared himself the son of the
+dead stranger, and established himself in that far-off corner of the
+world. He began to farm the land and devoted himself especially to
+the cultivation of indigo. Don Saturnino was a taciturn young man,
+violent and sometimes cruel, but very active and industrious. He
+built a wall around his father's grave and, from time to time, went
+all alone to visit it. A few years later he married a young girl from
+Manila who bore him a son, Rafael, the father of Crisostomo.
+
+Don Rafael, from his earliest youth, was fond of farming. Under his
+care, the agriculture which had been started and fostered by his father
+was rapidly developed. New inhabitants flocked to the vicinity, and
+among them were a great many Chinese. The village grew very fast and
+was soon supporting a native priest. After it had become a pueblo,
+the native priest died and Father D�maso took his place.
+
+Still the grave and the adjoining lands were respected. At times,
+children, armed with sticks and stones, ventured to wander about,
+exploring the surrounding country and gathering guayabas, papays,
+lomboy and other native fruits. Then, all of a sudden, while they were
+busily engaged collecting the fruits, some one would catch a glimpse of
+the old rope hanging from the balit� tree, and stones would be heard to
+fall. Then some one would cry, "The old man!" "The old man!" Dropping
+fruit, sticks and stones, and leaping from the trees, the boys would
+flee in all directions through the thickets and between the rocks,
+not stopping until they emerged from the grove, pale and panting,
+some laughing, some crying.
+
+You could not say that Don Rafael, while alive, was the most
+influential man in San Diego, although it is true that he was the
+richest, owned the most land, and had put almost everybody else
+under obligations to him. He was modest and always belittled his
+own deeds. He never tried to form a party of his own, and, as we
+have already seen, no one came to his aid when his fortune seemed to
+fail him.
+
+Whenever Captain Tiago arrived in town, his debtors received him with
+an orchestra, gave him a banquet, and loaded him down with gifts. If
+a deer or a wild boar was caught he always had a quarter of it for
+his own table; if any of his debtors found a beautiful horse, within
+a half hour it would be in the Captain's stable. All of this is true,
+but still when the Captain had his back turned they made fun of him
+and referred to him as Sacristan Tiago.
+
+The gobernadorcillo [4] was an unhappy fellow who never commanded but
+always obeyed; he never attacked any one, but was always attacked;
+he never ordered anybody, but everybody ordered him; and besides, he
+had to take the responsibility for everything that they had commanded,
+ordered or disposed. The position had cost him five thousand pesos
+and many humiliations, but, considering the profits he made, the
+price was very cheap.
+
+San Diego was like Rome; not the Rome of the time of Romulus, when
+he marked out the walls with a plough, nor when, later, he bathed
+in his own blood and that of others and dictated laws to the world:
+no, San Diego was like the Rome of contemporaneous history, with this
+difference--instead of being a city of marble, monuments and coliseums,
+it was a city of saual� [5] and cock-pits. The parochial priest of
+San Diego corresponded to the Pope in the Vatican; the alferez [6]
+of the Civil Guard to the King of Italy in the Quirinal, but both
+in the same proportion as the sauali or native wood and the nipa
+cock-pits corresponded to the monuments of marble and coliseums. And
+in San Diego, as in Rome, there was continual trouble. Everybody
+wanted to be the leading se�or, and there was always some one else
+in the way. Let us describe two of these ambitious citizens.
+
+Friar Bernando Salvi was the young and silent Franciscan whom we
+mentioned in a preceding chapter. He had even more of the customs
+and manners of his brotherhood than had his predecessor, the violent
+Father D�maso. He was slender, sickly, almost always pensive, and very
+strict in the fulfillment of his religious duties as well as very
+careful of his good name. A month after his arrival in the parish
+almost all the inhabitants became brothers of the "Venerable Third
+Order," to the great grief of its rival, "The Brotherhood of the Most
+Sacred Rosary." His heart leaped with joy at seeing on every neck in
+the town from four to five scapularies, a knotted cord around every
+waist, and every funeral procession dressed in habits of guingon. The
+sacristan mayor or head warden of the order made quite a little capital
+by selling and giving away all those things considered necessary to
+save the soul and overcome the devil.
+
+The only enemy of this powerful soul saver, with tendencies in accord
+with the times, was, as we have already stated, the alferez. The women
+relate a story of how the devil tried one day to tempt Father Salvi
+and how the latter caught him, tied him to the bed post, whipped
+him with a lash and kept him tied fast for nine days. Thus he had
+been able to conquer the devil entirely. As a result, any one who
+persisted in being an enemy of the priest was generally considered a
+worse man than the devil himself--an honor which the alferez alone
+enjoyed. But he merited this reputation. He had a wife, an old,
+powdered and painted Filipino by the name of Do�a Consolaci�n. The
+husband and several other people called her by a different name,
+but that does not matter. Anyway, the alferez was accustomed to drown
+the sorrows of unhappy wedlock by getting as drunk as a toper. Then,
+when he was thoroughly intoxicated he would order his men to drill
+in the sun, he himself remaining in the shade, or, perhaps, he would
+occupy himself in beating his wife.
+
+When her husband was dead drunk, or was snoring away in a siesta,
+and Do�a Consolaci�n could not fight with him, then, wearing a blue
+flannel shirt, she would seat herself in the window, with a cigar
+in her mouth. She had a dislike of children and so from her window
+she would scowl and make faces at every girl that passed. The girls,
+on the other hand, were afraid of her, and would hurry by at a quick
+pace, never daring to raise their eyes or draw a breath. But say what
+you may, Do�a Consolaci�n had one great virtue; she was never known
+to look into a mirror.
+
+These were the leading people of San Diego.
+
+Toward the west of San Diego, surrounded by rice fields, lies a village
+of the dead. A single, narrow path, dusty on dry days, and navigable
+by boats when it rains, leads thither from the town. A wooden gate,
+and a fence, half stone and half bamboo, seem to separate the cemetery
+from the people in the town, but not from the goats and sheep of the
+parochial priest of the immediate vicinity. These animals go in and
+out to rummage among the tombs or to make that solitary place glad
+with their presence.
+
+One day a little old man entered the cemetery, his eyes sparkling and
+his head uncovered. Upon seeing him, many laughed, while a number of
+the women knit their eyebrows in scorn. The old man seemed to take
+no notice of these manifestations, but went directly toward a pile
+of skulls, knelt down and began to search among the bones. After he
+had sorted over with considerable care the skulls one by one, he drew
+his eyebrows together, as though he did not find what he was looking
+for, moved his head from side to side, looked in all directions,
+and finally got up and went over toward a grave-digger.
+
+"Eh, there!" he shouted to him.
+
+The grave-digger raised his head.
+
+"Do you know where that beautiful skull is, the one white as the meat
+of a cocoanut, with a complete set of teeth, which I had over there
+at the foot of the cross under those leaves?"
+
+The grave-digger shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"Look you!" added the little old man, bringing out of his pocket a
+handful of silver. "I have more than that, but I will give it to you
+if you find the skull for me."
+
+The glitter of the coin made the grave-digger reflect. He looked
+over in the direction of the bone pile and said: "Isn't it over
+there? No? Then I don't know where it is."
+
+"Don't you know? When my debtors pay me, I will give you more,"
+continued the old man. "It was my wife's skull, and if you find it
+for me----"
+
+"Isn't it there. Then I don't know where it is," repeated the
+grave-digger with emphasis. "But I will give you another."
+
+"You are like the grave that you are digging," cried the old man
+irritably. "You don't know the value of what you lose. For whom is
+this grave?"
+
+"For a dead person, of course," replied the bad-humored man.
+
+"Like a tomb! Like a tomb!" repeated the old man dryly. "You don't
+know what you throw out nor what you swallow. Dig! dig!"
+
+At this the old man, who was Tasio, the village philosopher, turned
+and started toward the gate.
+
+In the meantime, the grave-digger had finished his job, and two
+little mounds of fresh, red clay were piled on either side of the
+grave. He took some betel nut out of his broad-brimmed hat, and began
+to chew away, looking with an air of stupidity at everything within
+his horizon.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+IBARRA AND THE GRAVE-DIGGER.
+
+
+Just as the old man was leaving the cemetery, a carriage stopped at the
+entrance. It looked as though it had made a long journey; the horses
+were sweating and the vehicle was covered with dust. Ibarra stepped out
+and was followed by an old servant. He made a gesture to the driver and
+then turned down the path into the cemetery. He was silent and grave.
+
+"My sickness and my work have not permitted me to return, since the
+day of the funeral," said the old servant timidly. "Captain Tiago said
+that he would see to it that a niche was arranged for, but I planted
+some flowers on the grave and erected a cross made by my own hands."
+
+Ibarra did not reply.
+
+"Right there behind that large cross, se�or," continued the servant,
+making a gesture toward one of the corners just as they passed through
+the gate.
+
+Ibarra was so preoccupied with sad thoughts that he did not notice the
+astonishment which some of the people in the cemetery manifested when
+they saw him enter. Those who were kneeling broke off their prayers
+and followed the young man, their eyes full of curiosity.
+
+Ibarra walked along very carefully, and avoided stepping on the graves,
+which could be easily distinguished by the sunken ground. In other
+times he had walked over them; but to-day he respected them. His father
+lay in one of them. On coming to the other side of the large cross,
+he stopped and looked in all directions. His companion was confused
+and out of countenance. He searched for marks on the ground but could
+not find the cross anywhere.
+
+"Is it here?" he murmured between his teeth. "No, it is over there,
+but the earth has been removed."
+
+Ibarra looked at him with an expression of anguish.
+
+"Yes," he continued. "I remember that there was a stone by the side of
+the grave. The grave was a little short, a farm hand had to dig it,
+as the grave-digger was sick at the time, but we will ask him what
+he has done with the cross."
+
+They turned toward the grave-digger, who looked at them with
+curiosity. He saluted them, taking off his hat.
+
+"Can you tell us which of the graves over there is the one which had
+a cross?" asked the servant.
+
+The grave-digger looked toward the place and seemed to reflect. "A
+large cross?"
+
+"Yes, a large cross," answered the old man with joy, looking
+significantly at Ibarra, whose face was somewhat animated.
+
+"An ornamented cross, and fastened with reeds?" repeated the
+grave-digger, questioning the servant.
+
+"That's it, that's it, yes, yes! Like this, like this," and the
+servant traced an outline of a Byzantine cross.
+
+"And were there some flowers sown on the grave?"
+
+"Adelphas, sampagas and pansies! That's it," added the servant,
+delighted, and offering the grave-digger a cigar. "Tell us where the
+grave is and where the cross."
+
+The grave-digger scratched his ear and replied, yawning: "Well,
+the cross--I have already burned it up."
+
+"Burned it? and why have you burned it?"
+
+"Because the head priest so ordered."
+
+"Who is the head priest?" asked Ibarra.
+
+"Who? The one who does the whipping."
+
+Ibarra put his hand to his head.
+
+"But you can at least tell us where the grave is? You ought to
+remember."
+
+The grave-digger smiled. "The body is no longer there," he replied
+tranquilly.
+
+"What do you say?"
+
+"Yes, no longer," the man added in a joking tone. "Only a week ago
+I buried a woman in its place."
+
+"Are you crazy?" the servant asked. "Why, it is not yet a year since
+we buried him."
+
+"Then that is the one, for it was many months ago that I took up the
+body. The head priest of the parish ordered me to do it, in order
+to bury it in the Chinese cemetery. But as it was heavy and it was
+raining that night----"
+
+The man could not finish. He stepped back, half frightened at the
+expression on Crisostomo's face. Ibarra made a rush at him, and,
+grabbing him by the arm, shook him.
+
+"And what did you do?" the young man asked, in an indescribable tone.
+
+"Honored sir, do not get angry," he replied, pale and trembling. "I
+did not bury the body among the Chinese. In my opinion a person might
+better be a suicide than be buried among the Chinese. I threw the
+body into the lake."
+
+Ibarra laid both his hands on the man's shoulders and looked at him
+for a long time in a terrifying manner. "You are only an unfortunate
+fellow," he said, at last, and left the place on a run across bones,
+graves, and crosses, like a madman.
+
+The grave-digger felt of his arm and murmured: "What would they do
+with the dead! The head priest whips me with his cane for having left
+the body in the cemetery when I was sick. Now this fellow comes along
+and nearly breaks my arm for having taken it up. That is just like
+the Spaniards! I'll lose my place yet."
+
+Ibarra went on in great haste, keeping his eyes fixed in the
+distance. The old servant followed him, crying. Already the sun was
+hidden; a large, dark cloud hung over the western horizon; and a dry
+wind bent the tops of the trees and made the fields of sugar cane
+groan. With hat in hand, he went on. Not one tear dropped from his
+eye, not one sigh came from his breast. He hurried on as if he were
+fleeing from somebody, or something--perhaps the shade of his father,
+perhaps the tempest which was approaching. He hurried through the town
+and headed toward the outlying country, toward that old house which
+he had not entered for so many years. The house was surrounded by a
+wall, near which many cacti grew, and as he approached they seemed to
+signal to him. The windows seemed to open, the ilang-ilang joyfully
+waved its branches, and the doves fluttered about the little tower
+on the peak of their garden house.
+
+But the young man did not notice these signs of welcome on his return
+to his old home. His eyes were riveted on the form of a priest who
+was advancing from the opposite direction. It was the priest of San
+Diego, that meditative Franciscan, the enemy of the alferez whom we
+have mentioned. The wind was playing with the wide wings of his hat,
+and the robe of guingon was flattened out, moulded by the wind to
+the outline of his form, marking his slender thighs and bow-legs. In
+his right hand he carried a cane. It was the first time that he and
+Ibarra had met.
+
+As they approached each other, the young man stopped and looked
+at him fixedly. Father Salvi avoided the look and was somewhat
+distracted. This vacillation lasted only a moment. Ibarra made a rush
+toward him, and stopped the priest from falling only by grasping his
+shoulder. Then, in a voice scarcely intelligible, he exclaimed:
+
+"What have you done with my father?"
+
+Friar Salvi, pale and trembling, as he read the unmistakable sentiments
+which were depicted on the young man's face, could not reply.
+
+"What have you done with my father?" he asked again, his voice almost
+choking him.
+
+The priest, shrinking from the tight grasp of Ibarra's hand, at last
+made a great effort and said: "You are mistaken. I have done nothing
+with your father."
+
+"What? No?" continued the young man, the weight of his hand on the
+priest's shoulder almost making him kneel.
+
+"No, I assure you. It was my predecessor. It was Father D�maso----"
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the young man, throwing the priest down and giving
+him a slap in the face. And leaving Father Salvi, he turned quickly
+and went toward the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+ADVENTURES OF A SCHOOL TEACHER.
+
+
+Laguna de Bay, surrounded by mountains, sleeps tranquilly in the
+stillness of the elements, as if it had not joined the chorus of
+the tempest on the night before. As first rays of dawn appear in the
+eastern sky and awaken the phosphorescent myriads in the water, long,
+grey shadows appear in the dim distance, almost on the border of the
+horizon. They are shadows of fishermen's boats at work drawing in
+the nets.
+
+Two men, dressed in deep mourning, from a lofty height contemplate
+the scene in silence. One is Ibarra, and the other is a young,
+meek-looking man with a melancholy countenance.
+
+"Here is the place!" said the latter. "Here is where your father's
+body was thrown into the water! The grave-digger brought Lieutenant
+Guevara and me here and pointed out the spot."
+
+Ibarra, with emotion, warmly grasped the young man's hand.
+
+"You need not thank me!" replied the latter. "I owed your father for
+many favors he did me. The only thing I could ever do for him was
+to accompany his body to the grave. I had come to the town without
+knowing anybody, without any recommendations, without a reputation,
+without money, just as I am now. Your father protected me, procured a
+house for me, helped secure whatever was needed to advance education;
+he used to come to the school and distribute pennies among the poor
+and diligent pupils; he provided them with books and papers. But that,
+like all good things, did not last long."
+
+Ibarra took off his hat and seemed to pray for a short time. Then
+he turned to his companion and said: "Did you tell me that my father
+used to help the poor children? How is it now?"
+
+"Oh, now they do the best they can."
+
+"And don't they come to school regularly?"
+
+"No, for their shirts are ragged and they are ashamed."
+
+Ibarra kept silent for a few moments.
+
+"How many pupils have you now?" he asked, with a certain interest.
+
+"There are more than two hundred on the register, but only twenty-five
+in the class."
+
+"How does that happen?"
+
+The school teacher sadly smiled.
+
+"It is a long and tedious story," said he.
+
+"Don't think that I am asking out of vain curiosity," replied Ibarra,
+looking seriously at the distant horizon. "I have been meditating a
+great deal on the matter, and I believe that it is far better to try to
+carry out the ideas of my father than to try to avenge him. His tomb
+is sacred Nature; and his enemies were the people and the priest. I
+can forgive the people for their ignorance, and as to the priest,
+I will pardon his character because I wish to respect the religion
+which he represents. I wish to be inspired with the spirit of the
+one who gave me life, and, that I may lend my help, I wish to know
+what are the obstacles here in the way of education."
+
+"The country will bless your memory, Se�or, if you can carry out
+the beautiful and noble ideas of your dead father," said the school
+teacher. "You wish to know what the obstacles are? Very well. We are
+now in such circumstances that unless something powerful intervenes,
+there will never be any education here. First, because there is no
+incentive or stimulus to the children, and, secondly, even when there
+is an incentive, lack of means and many prejudices kill it. They say
+that the son of a German peasant studies eight years in the town
+school. Who would want to spend half of that time in our schools,
+when the benefits to be derived are so small? Here the children read,
+and commit to memory verses and at times entire books in Spanish,
+but all without understanding a single word. What good can the sons
+of our farmers get out of the school so long as this is the case?"
+
+"And you see the evil; have you not thought out a remedy?"
+
+"Ah, poor me!" replied the teacher, shaking his head, "a poor
+teacher cannot alone fight against prejudices, against existing
+influences. Above all, I would need to have a school house, so that
+I would not, as I do now, have to teach from the priest's carriage,
+under the convent. There, when the children want to read aloud, they
+naturally disturb the Father, who at times comes down and very nervous,
+especially when he has his attacks, finds fault with the children and
+insults me. You know very well that under such conditions no one can do
+any teaching. The child does not respect the teacher from that moment
+when he sees him mistreated by some one else without maintaining his
+rights. The teacher, if he is to be listened to, or if his authority
+is not to be doubted, needs prestige, a good name, moral strength, and
+a certain amount of freedom. If you will allow me, I will give you an
+illustration. I wished to introduce some reforms and they laughed at
+me. In order to remedy the evil that I spoke of a moment ago, I tried
+to teach the children Spanish, because, not only does the Government
+order it, but because it will be a great advantage for them to know
+the language. I employed the simplest method, used simple phrases
+and nouns without making use of hard rules, with the expectation of
+teaching them the grammar as soon as they had learned the language. At
+the end of several weeks, almost all the smarter ones in the school
+understood me and were able to compose phrases in Castellano."
+
+The teacher stopped and seemed to be in doubt. Then, as if he had
+made up his mind, he began again.
+
+"I ought not to be ashamed of the history of my grievances. If any one
+had been in my place, he would have had the same story to tell. As I
+was saying, I began well. Several days later the priest, who was then
+Father D�maso, sent the sacristan mayor to tell me that he wanted to
+see me. As I knew his character and was afraid to make him wait for
+me, I went up immediately, saluted him and said good morning to him in
+Spanish. As was customary, when I saluted him, I advanced to kiss the
+hand which he held out, but just at that moment he withdrew it and,
+without replying to me, began to chuckle scoffingly. I was naturally
+disconcerted, and it was all done in the presence of the sacristan
+mayor. At the moment, I did not know what to say. I stood and looked
+at him while he went on laughing. I had already become impatient
+and saw that I was on the point of committing an indiscretion. All
+of a sudden, he stopped laughing and added insult to injury. With a
+cunning air, he said to me: 'So it is buenos dias, eh? buenos dias,
+ha, ha! How funny! Why, you know how to speak Spanish, do you?' And
+then he continued his laugh."
+
+Ibarra could not keep back his smile.
+
+"You laugh," replied the teacher, also smiling. "I confess that I did
+not feel like smiling at that time. I felt the blood rush to my head,
+and a thunderbolt seemed to dazzle my brain. I saw the priest far off,
+very far from me. I started toward him to reply. The sacristan mayor
+interposed and said very seriously, in Tagalog: 'You want to stop
+wearing borrowed clothes. Be content to speak in your own language and
+do not spoil Spanish, which is not meant for you. You have heard about
+Ciruela? Well, Ciruela was a teacher who did not know how to read,
+but he taught school.' I wanted to detain him for a moment, but he
+went quickly into his room and closed the door violently. What was I
+to do? In order to collect my salary I have to have the approval of
+the priest on my bill, and have to make a journey to the capital of
+the province. What could I do to him--the moral, political and civil
+authority of the town, sustained by his corporation, feared by the
+Government, rich, powerful, always consulting, advising, listening,
+believing and attending to everything--what could I do to him? If
+he insulted me, I had to keep my mouth closed. If I talked back,
+he would throw me out of work, spoiling my career. And what good
+would it do--education? On the contrary, everybody would take up the
+priest's side of the matter; they would criticise me, they would call
+me vain, proud, arrogant, a poor Christian, poorly educated, and when
+not this, they would call me an anti-Spaniard and an agitator. The
+school teacher should have no authority. He should only be lazy,
+humble, and resigned to his low position. May God pardon me if I do not
+speak conscientiously and truthfully, but I was born in this country,
+I have to live, I have a mother to support and I have to be resigned
+to my lot."
+
+"And have you continued to be discouraged on account of this
+trouble? Have you attempted nothing since?"
+
+"Would to God that it had ended there!" he replied. "Would to God that
+that had been the end of my misfortunes. The truth is that from that
+day I began to take a dislike to my profession. Every day the school
+brought to my mind my disgrace and made every hour a bitter one for
+me. But what could I do? I could not disappoint my mother. I had to
+tell her that the three years of sacrifices which she had made for me
+in order that I might learn the profession now made me happy. I had
+to make her believe that the profession was a most honorable one, that
+the work was most pleasant, that the road was strewn with flowers and
+that the fulfillment of my duty produced nothing but friendships. If
+I had told her the contrary, I myself would still be as unhappy and
+would only make another unhappy, which was not only useless but a
+sin. So, I kept at my work and tried not to be discouraged. I tried
+to fight it down."
+
+The school teacher made a short pause and then began again.
+
+"You know that the books in most of the schools are in Spanish,
+excepting the Tagalog catechism, which varies according to the
+corporation which appoints the priest of the parish. The books
+generally used in the school are novenaries, the 'Doxology' and
+Father Astete's catechism, which are no more edifying than the
+books of heretics. On account of the fact that it was impossible to
+teach the children Spanish, as I wanted to do, and owing to the fact
+that I could not translate so many books into the native language,
+I decided to try to substitute for them gradually, short verses,
+extracts from the best Tagalog books, such as the 'Treatise on
+Urbanity' by Hortensio y Feliza, and some of the little pamphlets on
+agriculture. Sometimes I myself translated small works, such as the
+'History of the Philippines,' by Father Barranera, and afterward
+dictated to the pupils for their note books, adding at times some
+of my own observations. As I had no maps to teach them geography,
+I copied one of those of the province which I saw in the capital,
+and with this reproduction and, by the aid of the tiles on the floor,
+I was able to give them some ideas about the country. The new priest
+sent for me. Although he did not reprimand me severely, he told me,
+however, that my first duty was to teach religion, and that before I
+began to teach any such things I must prove by an examination that all
+the children knew by heart the 'Mysteries,' the 'Doxology,' and the
+'Catechism of the Christian Doctrine.'
+
+"So, in the meantime, I am endeavoring to convert the children into
+parrots so that they will know by heart all of these things of which
+they do not understand a single word. Many of the pupils already
+know the 'Mysteries' and the 'Doxology,' but I fear that I am making
+Father Astete's efforts useless, inasmuch as my pupils do not even
+distinguish between the questions and the answers, or what either
+of them signifies. Thus we shall die and thus shall do those who are
+yet to be born; yet in Europe they talk about Progress!"
+
+"Let us not be so pessimistic," replied Ibarra, rising to his
+feet. "The teniente mayor has invited me to attend a town meeting to
+be held in the tribunal. Who knows but that some plan for improvement
+may there be adopted!"
+
+The school teacher arose to go, shaking his head in token of doubt.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+LIGHTS AND SHADOWS.
+
+
+The people of the town have made their preparation for the festival in
+honor of the patron saint, San Diego, and are gossiping about it, and
+about the arrival of Maria Clara, accompanied by her aunt Isabel. They
+rejoiced over it, because they liked her, and admired her beauty very
+much. They also rejoiced in the change it had made in the priest,
+Father Salvi. "He is often absent-minded during the holy services,"
+they said. "He scarcely speaks with us, and he plainly grows more
+thin and taciturn." His cook saw this constantly and complained of the
+little honor that he did his dishes. But what most excited the wonder
+of the people were the two lights which one could see shining in the
+convent during the night, while Father Salvi was visiting at the house
+of Maria Clara! The old dames crossed themselves and kept on gossiping.
+
+Juan Crisostomo Ibarra had telegraphed from the capital of the province
+his compliments to Aunt Isabel and her niece, but he had not explained
+his absence. Many thought that he had been arrested for assaulting
+Father Salvi on the afternoon of "All Saint's Day." But the comments
+increased still more when, on the afternoon of the third day, they
+saw Ibarra get out of a carriage in front of the little house of his
+betrothed, and courteously salute the priest, who was also making
+his way thither.
+
+If we go to Maria Clara's house, we will find it like a little nest
+among orange and ilang-ilang trees, surrounded by flowers and vines
+which creep up on bamboo sticks and wires, diffusing their delicious
+perfume. The rich fragrance of the ilang-ilang reaches even to
+the window which looks out on the lake. Here sit the two young
+lovers. Ibarra was saying to Maria Clara:
+
+"To-morrow, before the first ray of morning, your desire shall be
+fulfilled. To-night, I shall arrange all so that nothing will be
+lacking."
+
+"Then I will write to my friends, so that they may come along. Arrange
+it so that the priest cannot come."
+
+"And why?"
+
+"Because he seems to be watching me. His deep and sombre eyes pain
+me. When he fixes them upon me, they frighten me. He speaks to me of
+extraordinary things, so incomprehensible, so strange. He asked me
+once if I had not dreamed about my mother's letters. I believe he
+is half crazy. My friend Sinang, and Andeng, my foster sister, say
+that he is a little out of his head, for he neither eats nor bathes,
+and he lives entirely in the darkness. Don't have him come!"
+
+"We cannot but invite him," replied Ibarra. "The customs of the
+country require it. He is the priest of your house and, besides, he has
+conducted himself nobly toward me. When the Alcalde consulted him on
+the business of which I have spoken to you, he had nothing but praises
+for me and did not pretend to offer the slightest obstacle. But I see
+that you are serious. I shall take care that he does not accompany
+us in the boat."
+
+Light steps were heard. They were those of the priest, who was
+approaching with a forced smile on his lips. They began to talk of
+different subjects, about the weather, the town and the festival. Maria
+Clara devised an excuse and went out.
+
+"And while we are speaking about festivals," said Ibarra, "allow me to
+invite you to the one which we are going to celebrate to-morrow. It is
+going to be a country picnic, which we and our friends are planning."
+
+"And where will it be held?"
+
+"The girls want to hold it near the brook in the woods, near the balit�
+tree. So we will have to get up early to reach the place before the
+sun gets hot."
+
+The priest reflected, and a moment later replied: "The invitation
+is very tempting, and I accept it in order to prove that I hold no
+grudge against you for what has happened in the past. But I will have
+to be a little late, as I must fulfill my religious duties first. How
+happy to be like you, entirely free and independent!"
+
+A few minutes later, Ibarra took his leave in order to arrange for
+the picnic on the following day. It was already quite dark when he
+left the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE FISHING PARTY.
+
+
+The stars were still shining in the sapphire heavens, and the birds
+were sleeping on the branches of the trees, when a jolly little party,
+by the light from the pitch torches, wandered through the streets of
+the town toward the lake.
+
+Five young maidens, clinging to each other's hands or belts, tripped
+along briskly. Behind them came several elderly women and a number
+of servants gracefully carrying on their heads baskets filled with
+provisions and various dishes for the picnic. On seeing their joyful
+faces, with their youthful smiles, their beautiful black hair as it
+floated in the breeze, and the wide folds of their pretty dresses,
+you would have taken them for goddesses of the night and would have
+thought that they were fleeing from day--if perchance you had not
+already known that it was Maria Clara and her four friends: jolly
+Sinang; her cousin, the serious Victoria; beautiful Iday; and the
+pensive Neneng, pretty, modest and timid.
+
+They were talking with animation; they laughed; pinched each other;
+whispered in each other's ears and then burst out in shouts of
+merriment.
+
+"You girls will wake up everybody in town. Don't you know that people
+are still asleep?" said Aunt Isabel, reprimanding them. "When we were
+young, we didn't make such a noise."
+
+"But you didn't get up as early as we do, nor were the old men such
+great sleepers in your day," replied little Sinang.
+
+They were quiet for a moment and were trying to talk in a low voice,
+but they quickly forgot themselves and were again filling the streets
+with their youthful laughter and melodious voices.
+
+Several young fellows were coming down the street, lighting their way
+with large bamboo torches. They were marching along almost noiselessly
+to the tune of a guitar.
+
+"That guitar sounds as though some beggar were playing it," said
+Sinang, laughing. But when the young fellows caught up with the rest of
+the party, the girls suddenly became as quiet and as serious as though
+they never had learned how to laugh. The young men, however, chatted
+away, saluted the ladies, laughed and smiled and asked half a dozen
+questions without giving the girls time to answer any one of them.
+
+The two large bancas, [7] which had been secured to transport the
+picnic party to the fishing grounds, were fastened together and
+picturesquely adorned with wreaths and garlands of flowers and a
+large number of vari-colored candles. Paper lanterns hung from the
+improvised covering of the bancas. Alternately with these were roses,
+pinks and baskets of fruits such as pineapples, kasuys, bananas,
+guayabas and lanzones. Ibarra had brought his carpets, blankets and
+rugs and arranged comfortable seats for the ladies. The poles and
+paddles used to propel the bancas had also been ornamented. In the
+better banca were a harp, guitars, accordeons, and a buffalo horn;
+while, in the other boat, a little fire had been lighted in an
+improvised stove in order that tea, coffee and salabat [8] might be
+prepared for the light breakfast.
+
+"The women sit here; the men, there," said the mothers on stepping
+into the banca. "Sit still and don't move, or we will be capsized."
+
+"Cross yourselves before we start," said Aunt Isabel, as she traced
+the form of a cross on her breast.
+
+"And are we to be here all by ourselves," asked Sinang, on seeing how
+the girls had been separated from the young men, by the assignment
+of the seats. Then making a grimace she asked again, "Are we going
+to be all alone? Aray!"
+
+This aray was caused by a little pinch which her mother had given
+her on the arm in the way of a reprimand for her complaint.
+
+The bancas were now putting off slowly from the shore. The light
+from the torches and Japanese lanterns was reflected in the water,
+for the lake was as smooth as a mirror. In the far eastern horizon
+could be seen the first rosy tints of the approaching dawn.
+
+Everything was very quiet. The young women, in consequence of the
+separation from the young men, seemed to be absorbed in meditation.
+
+As the water was smooth as glass and the bamboo weirs where the fish
+were to be found were not far off, and, it was still early, it was
+decided that all should stop paddling and take breakfast. The lights
+were put out, for the day had dawned and preparations were made for
+desayuno. [9]
+
+The entire party became jolly as they breathed in the light breeze
+that had come up. Even the women, so full of presentiments a few
+moments ago, were now laughing and joking among themselves.
+
+One young man alone of all the party remained silent. He was the pilot,
+an athletic-looking fellow, and interesting on account of his large,
+sad eyes and the severe lines of his lips. His long, black hair fell
+gracefully over his powerful neck. He wore a shirt of coarse dark
+cloth, through which his powerful muscles could be plainly seen as he
+manipulated with his strong arms the wide, heavy paddle as if it were
+only a pen. This paddle served both to propel and to steer the bancas.
+
+More than once he was embarrassed when he caught Maria Clara looking at
+him. Then he would turn his eyes quickly to some other direction and
+look far off toward the mountain, or the shore of the lake. The young
+maiden pitied him in his solitude and offered him some biscuits. The
+pilot looked at her with surprise, but only for a moment. He took
+the biscuits, thanked her very briefly and in a voice scarcely audible.
+
+No one else took any notice of him. The happy laughter and jolly
+conversation of the young men did not cause him to relax a single
+muscle of his face. Not even Sinang, with all her jollity, had any
+effect on him.
+
+"Wait a minute!" said Aunt Isabel to the boatman's son, who had made
+ready his net and was just about to go up on the baklad to take out
+the fish from the little enclosure at the end of the weir. "We must
+have everything ready, so that the fish may pass directly from the
+water to the pot."
+
+Andeng, the pretty foster sister of Maria Clara, despite her clear
+complexion and laughing face, had the reputation of being a good
+cook. She prepared the rice, tomatoes, and camias, [10] while some
+of the young men tried to aid or bother her, perhaps in order to win
+her good will. The other girls were busy cleaning and making ready
+the lettuce, cabbage and peas, and cutting up paayap in pieces about
+the size of a cigarette.
+
+Finally Andeng announced that the kettle was ready to receive its
+guests--the fish.
+
+The fisherman's son went up on top of the rack at the end of the
+weir. He took a position at the narrow entrance, over which might have
+been written: "All who enter here leave hope behind," if indeed the
+unfortunate fish would know how to read and understand it, for a fish
+who enters never gets out except to die. The rack is almost circular in
+form and about a meter in diameter, and is so arranged that a man can
+stand on top of one end of it and thus take out the fish with his net.
+
+"There, it wouldn't tire me a bit to fish that way," said Sinang,
+quite joyful.
+
+All were watching attentively. Already some of them in their vivid
+imaginations thought they could see the fish wiggling their tails
+and trying to get out of the little net, their scales shining in the
+bright sun. However, the young man failed to catch a single fish in
+his first attempt.
+
+"It ought to be full of fish," said Albino, in a low voice. "It is
+more than five days since we visited the place last."
+
+The fisherman drew out his net a second time, but not a fish was there
+in it. The water, as it trickled through the meshes of the net in
+countless drops which reflected the rays of the sun, seemed to laugh
+in silvery tones. An "Ah" of surprise, disgust, and disappointment
+escaped from the lips of all.
+
+The young fellow repeated the same operation, but with a similar
+result.
+
+"You don't understand your business!" said Albino to him as he stepped
+up on the rack and took the net from the hands of the youngster. "Now
+you will see! Andeng, open up the kettle!"
+
+But Albino did not understand his business, either. The net came up
+empty as before. All began to laugh.
+
+"Don't make any noise," he said, "or the fish will hear it and will
+keep from being caught. This net must have a hole in it somewhere."
+
+But every mesh in the net was perfect.
+
+"Let me take it!" said Leon, Iday's lover, to Albino.
+
+Leon first made sure that the enclosure was in good condition and
+then examined the net carefully and satisfied himself that there was
+nothing wrong with it. He then asked: "Are you sure that no one has
+been out here for five days?"
+
+"We are sure! The last time any one was out here was on All Saints'
+Day."
+
+"Well, then, I am going to bring out something this time, unless the
+lake is bewitched."
+
+Leon lowered the net by its bamboo handle into the water, but a look
+of surprise was painted on his face. In silence he looked toward the
+neighboring mountain and continued moving the handle of the net from
+one side to the other. Finally, without taking the net out of the
+water, he murmured in a low voice: "An alligator."
+
+"An alligator!" exclaimed half a dozen voices, and the word was
+repeated again while all stood frightened and stupefied.
+
+"What did you say?" they asked.
+
+"I say that there is an alligator caught in the rack," said Leon,
+and sticking the handle of the net into the water again he continued:
+"Do you hear that sound? That is not sand, it is hard skin, the back
+of the alligator. Do you see how he wiggles the bamboo pickets in
+the rack? He is struggling hard but he cannot do anything. Wait. He
+is a large fellow; his body measures a palm or more in width."
+
+"What shall be done?" was the question.
+
+"Catch him," said one.
+
+"Jes�s! And who will catch him?"
+
+Nobody offered to dive down to the bottom of the rack. The water was
+very deep.
+
+"We ought to tie him to our banca and drag him along in triumph,"
+said Sinang. "The idea of his eating the fish which we ought to have!"
+
+"I have never seen to this day a live alligator," said Maria Clara.
+
+The pilot rose to his feet, took a long rope and went up cautiously to
+the platform on the top of the rack. Leon gave up his position to him.
+
+With the exception of Maria Clara, none up till now had paid any
+attention to him. Now every one was admiring his fine stature.
+
+To the great surprise of all and in spite of all their cries, the
+pilot leaped into the enclosure.
+
+"Take this knife!" shouted Crisostomo, drawing out a wide-bladed
+Toledo knife.
+
+But already a thousand little bubbles were rising to the surface of
+the water, and all that was going on in the depths below was wrapped
+in mystery.
+
+"Jes�s, Maria y Jos�!" exclaimed the women. "We are going to have a
+misfortune. Jes�s, Maria y Jos�!"
+
+"Don't be alarmed, se�oras," said the old boatman. "If there is any
+one in this province who can do it, it is that fellow who has just
+gone down."
+
+"What is his name?" they asked.
+
+"We call him 'The Pilot'; he is the best I have ever seen, only he
+does not like his profession."
+
+The water was being stirred violently, and it seemed that a fierce
+fight was being waged in the depths of the lake. The sides of the
+enclosure swayed to and fro, while the water seemed to be swirled by
+a dozen currents. All held their breath. Ibarra grasped tightly the
+handle of his sharp knife.
+
+The fight seemed to be at an end. The head of the young man rose to
+the surface of the water, and the sight was greeted by joyful shouts
+from all. The eyes of the women were full of tears.
+
+The pilot crawled up on the platform carrying in his hand the end of
+the rope, and as soon as he was able pulled on it.
+
+The monster appeared on top of the water. He had the rope tied twice
+around his neck, and once behind his forelegs. He was a large fellow,
+as Leon had already announced. He was beautifully colored and green
+moss was growing on his back. He bellowed like an ox, struck his tail
+against the sides of the enclosure, snapped at them, and opened his
+black, frightful-looking mouth, showing his long teeth.
+
+The pilot, unassisted, raised him up out of the water. No one offered
+to help him. Just as soon as the animal was out of the water and
+placed on the platform, the pilot put his foot on his back. Then,
+closing the animal's massive jaws, he tried to tie his big snout tight
+with the rope. The reptile made a last effort, doubled up his body,
+struck the floor of the platform with his powerful tail and, breaking
+loose, made a leap into the water of the lake, on the other side of
+the weir, at the same time dragging with him his captor. It seemed
+that the pilot would be a dead man. A cry of horror went up from all.
+
+Like a flash of lightning, another body leaped into the water. So
+quickly was it done that they had scarcely time to see that it was
+Ibarra. Maria Clara did not faint, simply because the Filipinos do
+not know how to faint.
+
+They all saw the water become colored, and tinged with blood. The
+young fisherman leaped to the bottom with his bolo in his hand; his
+father followed him. But, scarcely had they disappeared, when they
+saw Crisostomo and the pilot reappear, clinging to the body of the
+reptile. The monster's white belly was slashed, while in his throat
+the knife still stuck like a nail.
+
+It is impossible to describe the joy that came over the party at
+the sight; all arms were extended to help them out of the water. The
+old women were half crazed with joy, and laughed and prayed. Andeng
+forgot that her kettle had been boiling three different times; now
+it was leaking and had put out the fire. The only one who could not
+speak was Maria Clara.
+
+Ibarra was unhurt. The pilot had a slight scratch on his arm.
+
+"I owe you my life!" said he to Ibarra as the latter wrapped himself
+up in the shawls and blankets. The voice of the pilot had a ring
+of sincerity.
+
+"You are too bold," replied Ibarra. "Another time you must not
+tempt God."
+
+"If you had never come back!" exclaimed Maria, pale and trembling.
+
+"If I had never come back and you had followed after me," replied
+the young man, "I would have been with all my family in the bottom of
+the lake." Ibarra was thinking that in those depths lay the remains
+of his father.
+
+The mothers of the girls did not want to go to the other baklad
+or weir. They preferred to go back home happy, for the day had
+commenced with a bad omen and they feared that they would suffer
+many misfortunes.
+
+"It is all because we have not heard mass," sighed one of them.
+
+"But what misfortune have we had, se�oras?" asked Ibarra. "The
+alligator was the unfortunate one."
+
+"That goes to show," concluded Albino, "that, in all his fishing life,
+this reptile has never heard mass. I never saw him, I am sure, among
+the other reptiles who frequent the church."
+
+The bancas were turned toward the other fish rack, and it was necessary
+for Andeng to get the water boiling again.
+
+The day was advancing; a breeze was blowing; little waves were stirred
+up on the water, and rippled around the alligator. The music began
+again. Iday was playing the harp, while the young men were playing
+the accordeons and guitars with more or less skill. But the one who
+played best was Albino.
+
+The other weir was visited with an entire lack of confidence. Many
+of the party expected to find there the mate to the alligator, but
+Nature fooled them and every time that the net was lowered it was
+brought up full of fish.
+
+They then headed for the shore of the lake, where is situated the
+forest of trees centuries old, owned by Ibarra. There in the shade
+and near the crystal brook the party were to take their breakfast
+among the flowers or under improvised tents.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+IN THE WOODS.
+
+
+Very early that morning Father Salv� had said mass, cleaning, according
+to his custom, a dozen dirty souls in a few minutes. The reading of a
+few letters, which had arrived well sealed with wax, seemed to cause
+the worthy curate to lose his appetite, for he allowed his chocolate
+to get cold.
+
+"The Father is ill," said the cook as he prepared another cup. "It
+is several days since he has eaten anything; of six dishes which I
+put on the table for him, he has not touched two."
+
+"It must be that he does not sleep well," replied the servant. "He
+has nightmare since he changed his bedroom. Every day his eyes are
+sinking deeper, he grows gradually thinner, and is very yellow."
+
+As a matter of fact, it was a pitiful sight to behold Father Salv�. He
+did not care to touch his second cup of chocolate, nor to taste the
+Cebu cakes. He walked pensively to and fro in the spacious sala,
+crumpling between his bony fingers some letters which he would read
+from time to time. Finally, he called for his carriage, got ready
+and ordered the coachman to take him to the woods where the picnic
+was to be held. Arriving at the place, Father Salv� dismissed the
+carriage and all alone, entered the forest.
+
+A shady but difficult path runs through the thicket and leads to the
+brook which is formed by the hot springs so plentiful at the base of
+Mount Makiling.
+
+For some time, Father Salv� was wandering among the thick underbrush,
+here trying to evade the thorns which entangled his habit of guingon
+as if to detain him; there trying to step over the roots of the trees
+which stuck up through the ground and made the inexperienced traveler
+stumble again and again. Suddenly he stopped. Mirthful laughter and the
+sound of young voices reached his ears. The voices and the laughter
+seemed to come from the direction of the brook and each time seemed
+to be coming nearer.
+
+"I am going to see if I can find a heron's nest," said a voice,
+beautiful and sweet, and at once recognized by the curate. "You know
+they say that if a person possesses one of those nests he can make
+himself invisible to everybody. How I would like to see him and not
+have him see me! I could follow him everywhere."
+
+Father Salv� hid behind the thick trunk of an old tree and listened.
+
+"That is to say, you want to do with him what the curate does with
+you: watch him everywhere?" replied the merry voice. "Be careful,
+for jealousy makes one grow thin and the eyes sink in."
+
+"No, no. It is not jealousy, it is pure curiosity," replied the silvery
+voice, while the other repeated, "yes, yes, jealousy; that's what it
+is." And then she broke out in a merry chuckle.
+
+"If I were jealous of him I would not use the heron's nest to make
+myself invisible to him, but would make him invisible to everybody
+else."
+
+"But then you yourself would not be able to see him and you would
+not want that to happen. The best thing to do, if we find a heron's
+nest is to give it to the priest. Then he could watch us as much as
+he pleased, and we would not be troubled with the sight of him. What
+do you think of the idea?"
+
+"But I don't believe in the story about the heron's nests, anyway,"
+replied one. "But if I were really jealous I would know how to keep
+watch of a person and make myself invisible...."
+
+"And how? How would you do it? Perhaps you would do as Sister Listener
+does in the convent?"
+
+This reference to days passed in the convent provoked a jolly laugh
+all around.
+
+Father Salv� saw from his hiding-place Maria Clara, Victoria, and
+Sinang, wading in the stream. All three were looking into the water,
+which was like a mirror, in search of the heron's nest. They were
+getting wet up to their knees, the wide folds of their bathing skirts
+allowing one to guess how graceful were the curves of their limbs. They
+were wearing their hair loose and their arms were bare. Striped,
+bright-colored bodices covered their breasts. The three lasses, at
+the same time that they were hunting for that which did not exist,
+collected flowers and plants which were growing on the banks of
+the stream.
+
+The religious Acteon, pale and immovable, stood gazing upon Maria
+Clara, that chaste Diana. The eyes which shone in those dark orbits
+never tired of admiring those white and beautiful arms, that pretty,
+round neck, those tiny and rosy feet as they played in the water. As
+he contemplated all this, strange feelings were awakened in his breast,
+new dreams took possession of his burning mind.
+
+The three pretty forms disappeared in a thick growth of bamboo behind
+a bend in the stream, but their cruel allusions could still be heard by
+the curate. Intoxicated with the strange ideas in his head, staggering,
+and covered with perspiration, Father Salv� left his hiding-place
+and looked about him in all directions with staring eyes. He stood
+immovable, in doubt. He took a few steps as if to follow the young
+women, but he turned about, and walked along the bank of the stream
+in order to find the rest of the picnic party.
+
+Some distance ahead, in the middle of the stream, he could see a
+bathing place well enclosed by bamboo. He could hear, merry laughter
+and feminine accents coming from that direction. Still further down the
+stream he could see a bamboo bridge and some men in bathing. In the
+meantime, a multitude of servants were bustling about the improvised
+fireplaces, some engaged in plucking chickens, others in washing
+rice and roasting pig. And there on the opposite bank, in a clearing
+which had been made, were a number of men and women under a tent. The
+tent had been made by hanging canvas from the limbs of some of the
+old trees and by erecting a few poles. There in the group was the
+alferez, the teniente mayor, the coadjutor, the gobernadorcillo,
+the school teacher, a number, of past captains and lieutenants,
+including even Captain Basilio, who was Sinang's father, and the
+former rival of the deceased Don Rafael. Ibarra had said to him:
+"The mere fact that we are parties to a law-suit does not mean that
+we have to be enemies." So it was that the celebrated orator of the
+conservative party had accepted the invitation to the picnic with
+enthusiasm, and had even brought along three turkeys and put his
+servants at the disposition of the young man.
+
+The parish priest was received with respect and deference by all,
+even by the alferez.
+
+"But where did Your Reverence come from?" some one asked on seeing
+his face full of scratches, and his habit covered with leaves and
+pieces of dried branches. "Has Your Reverence fallen down?"
+
+"No, I lost my way," replied Father Salv�, looking down and examining
+his clothes.
+
+Bottles of lemonade were opened, green cocoanuts were cut in two so
+that those who were coming out of the bath might have the refreshing
+milk to drink and the delicate meat to eat. The young women in addition
+received rosaries of sampagas interwoven with roses and ilang-ilang,
+which gave a beautiful fragrance to their loose hair. Some were
+sitting or lying in hammocks which had been hung from the branches
+of the trees; others were entertaining themselves in a game that
+was going on around a large, flat stone. Playing cards, checkers,
+dice and many other games were in progress.
+
+They showed the alligator to the curate, but he seemed absorbed and
+paid no attention until they mentioned the fact that the wide wound
+in the animal's neck had been made by Ibarra. Then, too, the pilot,
+the principal figure in the incident, had disappeared and could not
+be found anywhere.
+
+Finally Maria Clara came out of the bath, accompanied by her friends,
+fresh as a rose when first it blooms, and when the dew on its divine
+petals glistens like diamonds. Her first smile was for Ibarra; and
+her first frown for Father Salv�. The latter noticed this, but he
+did not even sigh.
+
+It was now time to eat. The curate, the coadjutor, the alferez, the
+gobernadorcillo, and some of the captains, together with the tenente
+mayor sat down at the table over which Ibarra presided. The mothers of
+the girls did not allow any one to eat at the table with their charges.
+
+"Do you know anything yet, Se�or Alferez, about the criminal who
+assaulted Father D�maso?" asked Father Salv�.
+
+"About what criminal, Father?" asked the alferez, looking at the
+parish priest through his empty wine glass.
+
+"About whom could it be? About the one who, day before yesterday,
+struck Father D�maso, of course."
+
+"Struck Father D�maso?" asked a number of voices.
+
+The coadjutor was seen to smile.
+
+"Yes; and Father D�maso is now in bed. It is believed that the culprit
+was that same Elias who once threw you into a mud-hole, Se�or Alferez."
+
+The alferez colored up a little, either from shame or too much wine.
+
+"I thought that you were interested in the affair," continued Father
+Salv�, with a little jeering in his manner.
+
+The alferez bit his lips and mumbled out a silly excuse.
+
+The meal ended and, while tea and coffee were being served, the young
+and old distributed themselves about in various groups. Some picked
+up playing cards and others dice, but the young women, anxious to
+know the future, preferred to try their luck with the wheel of fortune.
+
+"Come, Se�or Ibarra," shouted Captain Basilio, who was a little bit
+jolly. "We have a law-suit that has been pending for fifteen years,
+and there isn't a judge in the Supreme Court in Manila who can
+decide it. Let us see if we can settle it on the chess board. What
+do you say?"
+
+The game of chess began with much solemnity.
+
+"If the game is a draw," said Ibarra, "it is understood that the suit
+is off."
+
+About the middle of the game, Ibarra received a telegram which made
+his eyes glisten and his face grow pale. He put it in his pocket-book,
+not, however, without directing a glance at the group of young women
+who continued with much laughter to play the wheel of fortune.
+
+"Check to the king!" said the young man.
+
+Captain Basilio had no other resort than to hide him behind the queen.
+
+"Check to the queen!" said Ibarra, threatening it with his rook,
+which was defended by a pawn.
+
+Not being able to cover the queen, nor to retire it on account of the
+fact that the king was behind it, Captain Basilio asked permission
+to study the situation a little.
+
+"Certainly, with much pleasure," replied Ibarra. "I will take advantage
+of the opportunity, for I have something to say to some of the members
+of that group over there."
+
+And rising to his feet, he gave his opponent half an hour to study
+it out.
+
+Iday held in her hands the strip of cardboard on which was written
+forty-eight questions, while Albino held the book which contained
+the answers.
+
+"That's a lie! It's not so! It lies!" cried Sinang, half in tears.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" asked Maria Clara.
+
+"Just imagine it: I asked the question 'When will I have some
+sense?' I threw the dice and he, this all-night-watching priest
+(Albino, the ex-seminary student) reads from the book: 'When the
+frogs grow hairs.' What do you think of that?"
+
+And Sinang made a face at the former religious student, who was still
+laughing heartily.
+
+"Who told you to ask such a question?" said her cousin Victoria. "Any
+one who asks such a question deserves just such an answer."
+
+"You ask a question!" said they all to Ibarra. "We have agreed that
+the one who receives the best answer shall receive a gift from the
+others. We have all asked our questions already."
+
+"And who has received the best answer?"
+
+"Maria Clara, Maria Clara!" replied Sinang. "We made her ask the
+question whether you loved her or not: 'Is your lover faithful and
+constant,' and the book replied----"
+
+But Maria Clara colored up, and, putting her hands over Sinang's mouth,
+did not allow her to finish what she had to say.
+
+"Then, let me try it," said Crisostomo, smiling.
+
+He asked the question: "Will I succeed in my present undertaking?"
+
+"You are going to get a bad answer," exclaimed Sinang.
+
+Ibarra threw the dice, and noting the number, they looked for the
+page in the little book with the corresponding answer.
+
+"Dreams are only dreams," read Albino.
+
+Ibarra took out his pocket-book and opened it trembling.
+
+"This time your book has lied," he said, full of joy. "Read this!"
+
+
+
+"Plan for school house approved; other matter decided in your favor."
+
+
+
+"What does that mean?" they all asked.
+
+"Did you not tell me that the one who received the best answer was to
+get a present?" the young man asked, his voice trembling with emotion
+while he carefully divided the paper into two parts.
+
+"Yes, yes!"
+
+"Well, then! This is my gift," he said handing half of the telegram
+to Maria Clara. "I am going to have a school house for boys and girls
+erected in the town. This school house will be my gift."
+
+"And this other piece: what does that mean?"
+
+"I will give that to the one who has obtained the worst answer."
+
+"Then that is for me!" exclaimed Sinang.
+
+Ibarra gave her the piece of paper and quickly went off.
+
+"And what does this mean?"
+
+But the happy young man was already far away from the little group
+and he did not reply. He had gone to finish the game of chess.
+
+After making the present to his betrothed, Ibarra was so happy that he
+began to play without stopping to think or even examining carefully
+the position of the chess. As a result, although Captain Basilio had
+defended himself only by the greatest effort, the young man made so
+many mistakes that the game resulted in a draw.
+
+"We end the suit, we end the suit!" said Captain Basilio, happy over
+his success.
+
+"Yes, we declare it off," repeated the young man, "whatever decision
+the judges may have been able to reach."
+
+Each grasped the hand of the other and shook it with effusion.
+
+In the meantime, while those present were celebrating the ending of
+the law-suit, of which both had long been tired, four Civil Guards
+and a sergeant suddenly arrived on the scene. They were all armed
+and had their bayonets fixed, a fact which naturally disturbed the
+merriment and brought fright into the circle of women.
+
+"Let everybody be quiet!" cried the sergeant. "Whoever moves will
+be shot!"
+
+In spite of this gruff boast, Ibarra rose to his feet and approached
+the sergeant.
+
+"What do you wish?" he asked.
+
+"That you give up at once the criminal named Elias who acted as pilot
+for your party this morning," he replied, in a threatening tone.
+
+"A criminal? The pilot? You must be mistaken!" replied Ibarra.
+
+"No, sir; that Elias is now accused of another crime, of having laid
+his hands on a priest----"
+
+"Ah! And is the pilot the one?"
+
+"He is the same one, so we are told. You are allowing people of bad
+reputation to attend your festivals, Se�or Ibarra."
+
+Ibarra looked at him from head to foot and replied with supreme
+contempt: "I don't have to account to you for my actions. At our
+festivals everybody is well received, and you yourself, if you had
+come, would have been given a seat at the table, the same as the
+alferez who was here among us two hours ago."
+
+Saying this, Ibarra turned his back to him. The sergeant bit his
+mustache and ordered his men to search everywhere among the trees
+for the pilot, whose description he had on a piece of paper.
+
+Don Filipo said to him: "Take note that this description corresponds
+to that of nine-tenths of the natives. Take care that you do not make
+a mistake!"
+
+At last the soldiers returned, saying that they had not been able to
+discover either a banca, or a man that aroused their suspicion. The
+sergeant murmured a few indistinct words and then marched off.
+
+Soon the people became jolly again, but questions, wonder and comments
+were without end.
+
+So the afternoon passed and the hour for departure arrived. Just as
+the sun was dropping below the horizon they left the woods. The trees
+seemed sad and all the surroundings seemed to bid them farewell and
+say: "Good-bye, happy youth; good-bye, dream of a day."
+
+And a little later, by the light of glowing torches of bamboo and
+with the music of guitars, we leave them on the road toward the town.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+IN THE HOUSE OF TASIO.
+
+
+On the morning of the following day, Juan Crisostomo Ibarra, after
+visiting his estates, went to the house of Tasio, the philosopher,
+his father's friend.
+
+Quiet reigned in the old man's garden. The swallows were flying about
+the gables of the house, but they were making scarcely a sound. The
+windows were covered with vines which clung to the old, moss-covered
+wall and made the house appear all the more solitary and quiet. Ibarra
+tied his horse to a post and, walking almost on tip-toes, crossed the
+clean and well-cultivated garden. He went up the stairs and, as the
+door was open, walked in. An old man leaned over a book in which he
+seemed to be writing. On the walls of the room were collections of
+insects and leaves, maps, and some shelves of books and manuscripts.
+
+Tasio was so absorbed in his work that he did not notice the arrival
+of the youth. The latter, not wishing to disturb the philosopher,
+tried to retire from the place, but the old man, looking up, said:
+"What? Are you here?" and showed no little surprise in his look.
+
+"Excuse me," replied Ibarra, "I see that you are very busy."
+
+"As a matter of fact I was writing a little, but it is not urgent,
+and I want to rest myself. Can I be useful to you in any way?"
+
+Ibarra drew some papers from his pocket-book and replied: "My
+father was wont to consult you in many things, and I remember that
+he never had to do other than congratulate himself when he followed
+your advice. I have on my hands a small undertaking and I want to be
+assured of success."
+
+Ibarra then related to him briefly his plan for the erection of
+a school house in honor of his betrothed. He showed the stupefied
+philosopher the plans which had been returned from Manila.
+
+"I wish that you would advise me as to what persons I ought first to
+have on my side in order to make the undertaking most successful. You
+are well acquainted with the inhabitants of the town. I have just
+arrived here and am almost a stranger in my country."
+
+The old man examined the plans which were laid out before him. His
+eyes were full of tears.
+
+"That which you are going to carry out was a dream of mine, the dream
+of a poor fool," he exclaimed, greatly moved. "And now, my first advice
+to you is that you never come to consult me in regard to the matter."
+
+The young man looked at him in surprise.
+
+"Because sensible people," he continued, in an ironical tone, "will
+take you for a fool, like myself. People always consider every one
+a fool who does not think just as they do and, for this reason,
+they call me crazy. But I am obliged to them for that, for woe be
+to me when the time arrives that they say I have sense! That day,
+should it ever come, would deprive me of the little liberty which I
+have purchased by sacrificing my reputation for being sane."
+
+And the old man shook his head, as if to drive away a thought and
+continued: "My second advice to you is that you consult the curate,
+the gobernadorcillo, and all the people of good standing. They will all
+give you bad, foolish and useless advice, but to consult does not mean
+to obey. Try to appear to be following their advice as far as possible
+and make them think you are working according to their wishes."
+
+Ibarra sat thinking for a moment and then replied: "The advice is good
+but difficult to follow. Could I not carry out my work without a shadow
+reflecting upon it? Could I not carry out the good work in spite of
+all? Does truth need to be clothed in the garments of falsehood?"
+
+"That's it. Nobody likes the bare truth."
+
+"I hope to be able to realize all my hopes without encountering great
+resistance," said Ibarra.
+
+"Yes, if the priests lend you their hand; no, if they draw it away. All
+your efforts will be battered to pieces against the walls of the
+curate's house. The alcalde will deny to you to-morrow what he has
+granted you to-day. Not a mother will let her son attend the school,
+and then all your efforts will have just an opposite effect to that
+intended. You will discourage all others who might wish to attempt
+beneficent undertakings."
+
+"Nevertheless," replied Ibarra, "I cannot believe in this power of
+which you speak. And even supposing it to be true, admitting that it
+is as you say, would I not still have on my side the sensible people
+and the Government?"
+
+"The Government! The Government!" exclaimed the philosopher, raising
+his eyes and looking at the ceiling. "However much the Government
+may desire to uplift the country for its own benefit and that of
+the mother country; however generous may be the Catholic Kings in
+spirit, I must remind you in confidence that there is another power
+which does not allow the Government to see, hear, or judge except
+what the curates or provincial priests wish. The Government is
+afraid of the advancement of the people, and the people are afraid
+of the forces of the Government. So long as the Government does
+not understand the people of the country, the country will never
+get out from this guardianship. The people will live like weak,
+young children who tremble at the sound of the voice of their tutor,
+whose mercy they beg. The Government has no dreams of a great future,
+a healthy development of the country. The people do not complain,
+because they have no voice. They do not move, because they are too
+carefully watched. You say that they do not suffer, because you have
+not seen what would make your heart bleed. But some day you will see
+it! alas! some day you will hear it. When the light of day is thrown on
+their monstrous forms, you will see a frightful reaction. That great
+force, held back for centuries, that poison, distilled drop by drop,
+those sighs, so long repressed--all will come to light and will some
+day burst forth.... Who will then pay the accounts which the people
+will present and which History preserves for us on its bloody pages?"
+
+"God, the Government, and the Church will never allow that day to
+come!" replied Crisostomo, impressed in spite of himself. "The
+Filipinos are religious and they love Spain. The Filipinos will
+always know how much this nation has done for them. There are abuses;
+yes! There are defects; I do not deny it. But Spain is working to
+introduce reforms which will correct them; she is devising plans;
+she is not selfish. Can it be that my love for my native land is
+incompatible with love for Spain? Is it necessary to lower one's self
+to be a good Christian, to prostitute one's own conscience to bring
+about good? I love my fatherland, the Philippines, because I owe
+to her my life and my happiness--because every man should love his
+native land. I love Spain, the fatherland of my ancestors, because,
+in spite of all that may be said, the Philippines owe to Spain,
+and always will owe to her, their happiness and their future. I am a
+Catholic. I hold dear the belief of my fathers, and I do not see why
+I have to bow my head when I am able to raise it; nor why I have to
+entrust it to my enemies, when I can trample on them."
+
+"Because the field in which you are sowing your seed is in the hands
+of your enemies, and you are weak in comparison to them.... It is
+necessary that you first kiss the hand----"
+
+But the young man did not allow him to go farther and exclaimed
+violently: "To kiss their hands! You forget that, between them, they
+killed my father; they threw his body out of its sepulchre: but I,
+I who am his son, I do not forget it, and, if I do not avenge myself,
+it is because I consider the prestige of the Church."
+
+The old philosopher bowed his head. "Se�or Ibarra," he replied slowly,
+"if you keep those memories--memories which I cannot advise you to
+forget--if you keep those memories, give up your plans and your
+undertaking and try to work good for your countrymen in another
+way. The undertaking needs another man than you for its execution,
+because to carry it out will not only require money and care, but,
+in our country, self-denial, tenacity and faith are also needed. The
+land is not ready for it; it has been sown only with darnel."
+
+Ibarra understood the weight of these words, but he was not going
+to be discouraged. Thoughts of Maria Clara filled his mind; he must
+fulfill his promise to her.
+
+"Does not your experience suggest something other than this hard
+method?" he asked in a low voice.
+
+The old man took him by the arm and led him to the window. A cool
+breeze was blowing from the north. Before his eyes lay the garden,
+stretching out to the large forest which served as a park.
+
+"Why do we not have to do the same as that weak young bush loaded
+with roses and buds?" said the philosopher pointing to a beautiful
+rose bush. "The wind blows, shakes it and it bends itself down as if
+trying to hide its precious load. If the bush kept itself erect, it
+would be broken off, the wind would scatter its flowers and the buds
+would be blighted. The wind passes over, and the bush straightens
+itself up again, proud of its treasure. Thus it would be with you,
+a plant transplanted from Europe to this stony ground, if you did not
+look about for some support and belittle yourself. Alone and lofty,
+you are in bad condition."
+
+"And would this sacrifice bring the fruits that I hope for?" asked
+Ibarra. "Would the priest have faith in me and would he forget the
+offense? Would his kind not be able to feign friendship, to make a
+false show of protecting me, and then, from behind in the darkness,
+fight me, harass me and wound my heels, thus making me waver more
+quickly than they could by attacking me face to face? Given these
+premises, what do you think could be expected?"
+
+The old man remained silent for some time, not being able to reply. At
+last he said: "If such a thing took place, if the undertaking failed,
+I would console you with the thought that you had done all that was
+in your power. And even so, something would be gained. Lay the first
+stone, sow the first seed and after the tempest has passed over,
+some little grain perhaps would germinate."
+
+"I believe you," exclaimed Ibarra, stretching out his hand. "Not in
+vain did I look for good advice. This very day I shall go and make
+friends with the curate."
+
+Taking leave of the old man, he mounted on his horse and rode away.
+
+"Attention!" murmured the pessimistic philosopher to himself, as he
+followed the young man with his eyes. "Let us observe carefully how
+Destiny will unfold the tragedy which began in the cemetery."
+
+But this time the philosopher was truly mistaken. The tragedy had
+begun long before.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+THE EVE OF THE FIESTA.
+
+
+It is the tenth of November, the eve of the fiesta to be celebrated
+in the town of San Diego. Departing from its habitual monotony,
+the town is displaying extraordinary activity in the church, houses,
+streets, cock-pit, and the fields. Windows are draped with flags and
+many-colored decorations. Music and the sound of exploding fireworks
+fill the air. Everywhere there is rejoicing.
+
+In the streets at fixed intervals, beautiful arches of bamboo are
+raised, the wood carved and worked in a thousand different ways. The
+arches are surrounded with ornaments, the very sight of which brings
+joy to the heart of the small boy. In the church yard, a large and
+costly awning has been erected. It is propped up by bamboo poles and
+so arranged that the procession may pass under it. Under its shade the
+children play, run, jump, fall and otherwise manage to tear and soil
+their new shirts, which have been intended for the day of the festival.
+
+In the public square a platform has been built of bamboo, nipa and
+boards, to serve as the stage. It is here that the comedy company from
+Tondo will tell wonderful tales, and will compete with the gods in the
+performance of miracles. Here Marianito, Chananay, Balbino, Ratia,
+Carvajal, Yeyeng, Liceria and the others will sing and dance. The
+Filipino loves the theatre, and always attends dramatic productions
+with a great deal of pleasure. The gobernadorcillo was very fond of
+the theatre, and, with the advice of the curate, he had selected for
+the fiesta the fantastic comedy: "Prince Villardo, or the Nails Pulled
+Out of the Infamous Cave," a play full of magic and fireworks.
+
+From time to time the bells ring out their merry sounds. Firecrackers
+and the booming of little cannon rend the air. The Filipino
+pyrotechnist, who has learned his art without a teacher of any renown,
+displays his skill, setting up pieces representing towers, castles,
+and the like. Already the small boys are running at break-neck speed
+toward the outskirts of the town to meet the bands of music. Five
+organizations have been hired, besides three orchestras.
+
+A band enters the town playing lively marches, and is followed by
+a lot of ragged and half naked pickaninnies: this one, perhaps, has
+on his brother's shirt; that one, his father's trousers. As soon as
+the music stops, these little tots know by memory the piece that has
+been played; they whistle and hum it with great delight, showing at
+this early age their musical talent.
+
+In the meantime wagons and carriages arrive, bringing relatives,
+friends, and strangers. Gamblers are also on hand with their best
+fighting cocks and bags of money, ready to risk their fortunes on
+the green cloth or in the cock-pit.
+
+"The alferez gets fifty dollars a night," murmured a little, chubby
+man when he heard of the recent arrivals, for there were already
+many rumors that these people bribed the officer so that they might
+not be interfered with by the law. "Captain Tiago," he added,
+"is going to come and will be banker in the monte game. Captain
+Joaquin brings eighteen thousand. There is going to be a liam-po,
+[11] and the Chino Carlos is going to back it with ten thousand pesos
+capital. Big bettors will come from Tanauan, Lipa, and Batangas,
+as well as from Santa Cruz. It's going to be great! It's going to be
+great! This year Captain Tiago will not skin us as he has in the past,
+for he has not paid for more than three masses this year, and besides,
+I have a mutya [12] of cacao. And how are all the family?"
+
+"Very well, very well, thank you!" replied the visitors from the
+country.
+
+But the place where the greatest animation reigns, where there is
+almost a tumult, is over there on the level piece of ground, a short
+distance from Ibarra's house. Pulleys creak, and the place resounds
+with the sound of the hammer, the chiseling of stones, hewing of beams
+and the shouting of voices. A gang of workmen is making an excavation
+which will be wide and deep; others are busy piling up quarry stone,
+unloading carts, sifting sand, putting a capstan in place and so on.
+
+"Put that here! That, there! Come, be lively about it!" shouts a
+little, old man with an animated and intelligent physiognomy as he
+goes about, a yard stick and plumb line in hand. He is the director
+of the work, �or Juan, architect, mason, carpenter, whitewasher,
+locksmith, painter, stone cutter, and, on occasion, sculptor.
+
+"We must finish it immediately! To-morrow nothing can be done, and
+day after to-morrow the ceremony of laying the corner stone is to
+take place! Come, be lively!"
+
+"Make the hole just large enough for this cylinder!" said he to
+one of the stone cutters who was chiseling off a large quadrangular
+stone. "Inside of this our names will be kept."
+
+Then he would repeat to every countryman who came along what he had
+already said a thousand times: "Do you know what we are going to
+build? Well, it is a school house, a model of its kind, something
+like those in Germany, but still better. The architect, Se�or R.,
+draughted the plans and I, I am in charge of the work. Yes, sir,
+you see this is going to be a regular palace with two wings, one for
+the boys and one for the girls. Here in the middle is to be a large
+garden with three fountains. There, on the sides, groves, where the
+children can sow and cultivate plants during the hours of recreation,
+thus improving the time. Just see how deep the foundations are to be:
+three meters and seventy-five centimeters. The building is going to
+have a cellar where the indolent pupils will be confined. This will be
+very close to the playing ground and the gymnasium, so that those who
+are punished may hear the diligent pupils enjoying themselves. Do you
+see this large space? Well, this will be a place for them to run and
+jump. The girls will have a separate garden with benches, swings,
+a special place for jumping the rope and rolling hoops, fountains
+and a bird-house. This is going to be magnificent!"
+
+He kept going from one end to the other, inspecting everything and
+passing his opinion on all.
+
+"I find that you have got too much lumber here for a crane," said he to
+a yellowish-looking fellow, who was directing some other laborers. "I
+would have enough, with three large beams, to form the tripod and
+with three others to serve as supporters."
+
+"O, pshaw!" replied the other, smiling in a peculiar way. "The more
+apparatus we give ourselves, the greater effect we will produce. The
+massiveness of it will make a bigger show and give it more
+importance. They will say: 'What a lot of work has been done!' You
+look at that crane that I am constructing. In a little while, I am
+going to ornament it with banderolas, garlands of flowers and leaves,
+and ... you will say afterward that you were right in hiring me,
+and Se�or Ibarra cannot wish for more than that!"
+
+The man laughed. �or Juan also smiled and shook his head.
+
+As a matter of fact, the plan for the school had been approved by
+everybody and all were talking about it. The curate had asked to be
+allowed to be one of the patrons of the enterprise and he himself was
+to bless the laying of the corner stone, a ceremony which would take
+place on the last day of the San Diego festival, as it was considered
+one of the great solemnities.
+
+The dismal presentiments of the old Tasio seemed to have been
+dissipated forever. One day Ibarra told the old man so, but the old
+pessimist only replied: "Things may go well at first, but be on your
+guard against masked enemies."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+AS NIGHT COMES ON.
+
+
+Great preparations had also been made in the house of Captain Tiago. We
+are already acquainted with the man. His love for pomp and his pride in
+being a resident of Manila made it necessary that he should outdo the
+residents of the province in the splendor of his celebration. There
+was another thing, too, which made it necessary that he should try
+to eclipse all others--the fact that his daughter Maria Clara and
+his future son-in-law were also there. His prospective connection
+with Ibarra caused the Captain to be often spoken of among the people.
+
+Yes, as a matter of fact, one of the most serious newspapers in
+Manila had printed an article on its first page, headed "Imitate
+Him!" in which they offered Ibarra much advice and highly eulogized
+him. The article spoke of him as "the illustrious and rich young
+capitalist." Two lines below, he was termed "the distinguished
+philanthropist," and, in the following paragraph, referred to as the
+"disciple of Minerva who went to his Mother Country to salute the
+real birthplace of arts and sciences." Captain Tiago was burning with
+generous emulation and was wondering whether he ought not to erect
+a convent at his own expense.
+
+Days before the week of festivities, numerous boxes of provisions and
+drinks, colossal mirrors, pictures, paintings and his daughter's piano
+had arrived at the house. Maria Clara and Aunt Isabel were already
+living there. Captain Tiago came on the day before the beginning of the
+festival. As he kissed his daughter's hand, he made her a present of
+a beautiful religious relic. It was solid gold, and set with diamonds
+and emeralds, and contained a little sliver from Saint Peter's boat,
+in which Our Saviour sat while fishing.
+
+The Captain's interview with his future son-in-law could not have
+been more cordial. Naturally, the school house was the subject of
+conversation. Captain Tiago wanted him to call the school "The San
+Francisco School."
+
+"Believe me!" he said. "San Francisco is a good patron saint. If
+you call it 'The Primary School,' you gain nothing. Who is Primary,
+anyway?"
+
+Some friends of Maria Clara arrived and invited her to go for a walk.
+
+"But return quickly," said the Captain to his daughter, who asked
+for his permission. "You know that Father D�maso is going to dine
+with us to-night. He has just arrived."
+
+And turning to Ibarra who was deep in thought, he added: "You will
+dine with us, too? You will be all alone at home."
+
+"With the greatest pleasure, I assure you, if I did not have to be at
+home to-night to receive visitors," replied the young man, mumbling
+his words and evading Maria Clara's glance.
+
+"Bring your friends along with you," replied Captain Tiago
+cheerfully. "In my house there is always enough to eat. And, besides
+I would like to have you and Father D�maso understand each other."
+
+"There'll be time enough for that," replied Ibarra, putting on a
+forced smile and making ready to accompany the young ladies.
+
+They went downstairs. Maria Clara was walking between Victoria and
+Iday, while Aunt Isabel followed behind.
+
+As they passed down the street, people stood aside respectfully
+and gave them the inside of the way. Maria Clara was surprisingly
+beautiful now. Her paleness had disappeared, and although her eyes
+were thoughtful, her mouth, on the contrary, seemed all smiles. With
+that amiability known only to a happy maiden, she saluted friends she
+had known from childhood who to-day were admirers of her youthful
+beauty. In less than fifteen days she had regained that frank
+confidence, that childish chatter, which seemed for awhile to have been
+left behind in the narrow walls of the convent. It seemed as though
+the butterfly upon leaving its shell knew all the flowers at once. It
+was enough that she be given a moment of flight and an opportunity
+to warm herself in the golden rays of the sun, in order to throw off
+the rigidity of the chrysalis. New life shone out in every part of her
+young being. Everything she met with was good and beautiful. Her love
+was manifested with virginal grace, and innocent in thought, she saw
+nothing to cause her to put on false blushes. However, she was wont
+to cover her face with her fan when they joked with her, but her eyes
+would smile and a gentle tremor would pass over her whole being.
+
+In front of Captain Basilio's house were some young men who saluted
+our acquaintances and invited them into the house. The merry voice
+of Sinang was heard, as she descended the stairs on a run and at once
+put an end to all excuses.
+
+"Come up a moment so that I can go out with you," said she. "It
+bores me to be among so many strangers who talk about nothing but
+fighting-cocks and playing cards."
+
+They went upstairs. The house was full of people. Some advanced to
+greet Ibarra, whose name was known to all. They contemplated with
+ecstacy Maria Clara's beauty, and some of the matrons murmured as
+they chewed their betel-nut: "She looks like the Virgin!"
+
+After they had partaken of chocolate they resumed their walk. In the
+corner of the plaza a beggar was singing the romance of the fishes,
+to the accompaniment of a guitar. He was a common sight, a man
+miserably dressed and wearing a wide-brimmed hat made out of palm
+leaves. His clothing consisted of a frock coat covered with patches,
+and a pair of wide trousers such as the Chinese wear, but torn in many
+places. From beneath the brim of his hat two fiery orbs flashed out a
+ray of light. He was tall and from his manner seemed to be young. He
+put a basket down on the ground and, afterwards walking away from
+it a little distance, he uttered strange, unintelligible sounds. He
+remained standing, completely isolated, as if he and the people in the
+street were trying to avoid each other. Women approached his basket,
+and dropped into it fish, fruit and rice. When there was no one else
+to approach the basket, other sadder but less mournful sounds could
+be heard; perhaps he was thanking them. He picked up his basket and
+walked away to do the same in another place.
+
+Maria Clara felt that this was a pitiful case. Full of interest,
+she asked about the strange being.
+
+"It is a leper," replied Iday. "He contracted the disease some four
+years ago; some say by taking care of his mother, others by having
+been confined in a damp prison. He lives there in the field near the
+Chinese cemetery. He does not communicate with any one: everybody
+flees from him on account of the fear of contagion. You should see his
+fantastic little house! The wind, the rain and the sunshine go in and
+out of it as a needle goes through cloth. They have prohibited him
+from touching anything belonging to anybody. One day a little child
+fell into the canal. The canal was deep, but this man happened to be
+passing near and helped to get the little child out. The child's father
+learned of it, made a complaint to the gobernadorcillo and the latter
+ordered that he be given six stripes in the middle of the street,
+the whip to be afterwards burned. That was atrocious! The leper ran
+away howling; they pursued him and the gobernadorcillo cried out:
+'Catch him! One might better be drowned than have that disease!'"
+
+"That is true," murmured Maria Clara. And then, without noticing what
+she was doing, she went up to the basket of the unfortunate wretch and
+dropped into it the relic which her father had just presented to her.
+
+"What have you done?" her friends asked her.
+
+"I have nothing else to give him," she replied, concealing the tears
+in her eyes by a smile.
+
+"And what is he going to do with the relic?" said Victoria to
+her. "One day they gave him money but he pushed it away from him with
+his cane. Why would he care for it, if no one would accept anything
+coming from him? If he could only eat the relic!"
+
+Maria Clara looked longingly at the women who were selling provisions
+and shrugged her shoulders.
+
+But the leper approached the basket, picked up the piece of jewelry
+which shone in his hands, knelt down, kissed it, and, after taking
+off his hat, buried his face in the dust on which the young girl
+had walked.
+
+Maria Clara hid her face behind her fan and raised her handkerchief
+to her eyes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+THE HOISTING CRANE.
+
+
+While two of the actors were singing the Incarnatus est in the
+church at the celebration of mass on the last day of the fiesta,
+and all were kneeling and the priests were bowing their heads, a man
+whispered in Ibarra's ear: "During the ceremony of the blessing of
+the corner stone, do not go near the priest, do not go in the ditch,
+do not approach the corner stone. Your life will depend on it."
+
+Ibarra looked and saw that it was Elias, the pilot, but, as soon as
+he had spoken, he lost himself in the crowd.
+
+The yellow-skinned man kept his word. It was not a simple lifting
+crane which he had built over the ditch for the purpose of lowering
+the enormous block of granite. It was not the mere tripod which �or
+Juan had wanted for holding a tackle-block. It was something more. It
+was at the same time a machine and an ornament, grand and imposing.
+
+The confusing and complicated scaffolding had been raised to a height
+of more than eight meters. Four heavy timbers buried in the ground
+and supporting each other with colossal, diagonal braces, served
+as the base. The braces were joined to each other by immense nails,
+about half driven into the wood, perhaps because the apparatus was
+only of a provisional nature, and it could then be more easily taken
+down. Enormous cables were hanging from all sides, giving the entire
+apparatus an aspect of solidity and grandeur. The top was gay with
+flags and banners of various colors, floating pennants, and massive
+garlands of flowers and leaves, all artistically interwoven.
+
+On high, in the shade of the projecting timbers, banners and wreaths,
+a large three-wheeled tackle-block was suspended by ropes and iron
+hooks. Over the shining rims of these pulleys great cables passed,
+holding suspended in the air a massive stone. The center of this stone
+had been chiseled out so that when lowered upon the hollowed stone,
+which had already been placed in the ditch, a small enclosure would be
+formed between the two. This space was to contain an account of the
+ceremonies, newspapers, manuscripts and coins, to be transmitted,
+perhaps, to other generations, in the far distant future. From
+this tackle-block at the top of the structure, the cable passed
+down to another smaller pulley which was fastened at the base of the
+apparatus. Through this pulley, the cable passed to the cylinder of a
+windlass which was held to the ground by massive beams. This windlass
+which can be operated by only two hands, multiplies man's strength by
+means of a series of cog-wheels. Although there is a gain in force,
+there is of course a loss in velocity.
+
+"Look!" said the yellow-skinned man, as he gave the crank a
+turn. "Look, �or Juan, with my strength alone, I can raise and lower
+that massive block of stone. This is so nicely arranged that I can
+control the ascent or descent of the stone by inches. Thus one man
+below can arrange the two stones in place, while I manipulate the
+apparatus from here."
+
+�or Juan could but admire the man as he smiled in such a peculiar
+manner. The curious people standing about made comments and praised
+the yellow-skinned man for his work.
+
+"Who taught you the mechanism?" asked �or Juan.
+
+"My father, my father who is now dead," he replied, with that same
+peculiar smile.
+
+"And who taught your father?"
+
+"Don Saturnino, the grandfather of Don Crisostomo."
+
+"I did not know that Don Saturnino----"
+
+"Oh, he knew a good many things. Not only did he know how to whip well
+and how to expose his workmen to the rays of the sun, but he knew also
+how to awaken the sleeping and how to make those awake sleep. In time,
+you will see what my father has taught me, you will see!"
+
+And the yellow fellow smiled in a strange manner.
+
+At two eating stands, there was now being prepared a sumptuous and
+abundant breakfast. However, on the table designated for the little
+ones of the school, there was no wine, but instead a larger amount
+of fruit. In a covered passage which joined the two stands, there
+were seats for the musicians and a table covered with sweetmeats,
+candies and flasks of water, ornamented with leaves and flowers,
+for the thirsty public.
+
+The crowd, resplendent in gay-colored clothes, was already fleeing from
+the hot rays of the sun and gathering under the shade of the trees
+or of the covering. The small boys climbed the trees near the place,
+in order to get a better view of the ceremony, and looked with envy
+upon the school children, who, clean and well dressed, were occupying
+a place designated for them. The fathers of the school children were
+enthusiastic. They, poor countrymen that they were, would have the
+pleasure of seeing their children eat on a white table cloth, just
+like the curate and the Alcalde. Merely to think of it was enough to
+drive away their hunger.
+
+Soon strains of music were heard in the distance. A promiscuous
+crowd of persons of all ages and dress was preceding the band. The
+yellow-looking man was uneasy and was examining the whole apparatus. A
+curious countryman was also following his glances and was observing
+every movement he made. This countryman was Elias, who had also come to
+attend the ceremony. His hat and his style of dress almost concealed
+his identity. He had secured the best possible place for himself,
+right up close to the crane, on the edge of the excavation.
+
+With the band of music came the Alcalde, the officials of the town, the
+friars, with the exception of Father D�maso, and the Spanish employees
+of the Government. Ibarra was conversing with the Alcalde, for they had
+become quite friendly from the time the young man paid him some high
+compliments on his insignia, decorations and cordon. Pride in belonging
+to an aristocratic family was a weakness of His Excellency. Captain
+Tiago, the alferez and several wealthy persons, with their shining
+silk hats, walked along, surrounded by a group of youngsters. Father
+Salv� followed, the same as ever, silent and pensive.
+
+The young man could feel his heart beat as they approached the
+designated place. Instinctively, he glanced at the strange-looking
+scaffolding which had been raised there. He saw, too, the
+yellow-looking man who saluted him with respect, and, for a moment,
+Ibarra fixed his eyes on him. To his surprise, Ibarra also discovered
+Elias on the edge of the excavation. He gave the young pilot a
+significant look, letting him understand that he remembered what he
+had said in the church.
+
+The curate put on his sacerdotal vestments and began the ceremony. The
+one-eyed sacristan mayor held the book and a choir boy was charged
+with the water-sprinkler and the vessel of blessed water. The others
+who stood around about, their heads uncovered, maintained a deep
+silence. In spite of the fact that Father Salv� read in a low tone,
+it could be noticed that his voice trembled.
+
+In the meantime the articles, such as manuscripts, newspapers,
+medals and coins, which were to be placed in the corner stone had
+been enclosed in a little glass box, and hermetically sealed in a
+leaden cylinder.
+
+"Se�or Ibarra, do you wish to put the box in its place? The curate
+awaits it," said the Alcalde to Ibarra.
+
+"I would do so with much pleasure," replied he, "but I would be
+usurping the honorable duty of the Se�or Notary. The Notary ought to
+attest the act."
+
+The Notary took it seriously, descended the carpeted stairs to the
+bottom of the excavation and, with fitting solemnity, deposited the
+box in the hollow which had been made in the stone. The curate then
+took up the sprinkler and sprinkled the stones with holy water.
+
+The time had now come for each one to put his trowelful of mortar on
+the surface of the stone, which lay in the ditch, so that the other
+stone might fit upon it and be made to adhere to it.
+
+Ibarra presented the Alcalde with a trowel, upon whose wide silver
+blade was engraved the date. But His Excellency first delivered an
+address in Spanish.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego," he said in a solemn tone. "I have the honor to
+preside at a ceremony the importance of which you already understand. A
+school is being founded. The school is the base of society. The school
+is the book in which is written the future of the people. Show me
+the schools of a people and I will tell you what those people are.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego! Thank God that he has given you virtuous
+priests; and the Mother Country that she untiringly diffuses her
+civilization over these fertile islands, protected by her glorious
+flag. Thank God that she has had pity for you, bringing you these
+humble priests that they may enlighten you and teach you the divine
+word. Thank the Government for the great sacrifices it has made,
+makes now and will make in the future for you and your sons.
+
+"And now that the first stone of this great edifice has been blessed,
+I, Alcalde Mayor of this province, in the name of His Majesty,
+the King, whom God guard, King of the Spains, in the name of the
+illustrious Spanish Government, and under its spotless and ever
+victorious banner, I consecrate this act and begin the building of
+this school.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego! Long live the King! Long live Spain! Long live
+the Church! Long live the priests! Long live the Catholic religion!"
+
+"Viva! Viva!" replied the others. "Long live the Alcalde!"
+
+The Alcalde majestically descended to the accompaniment of the music
+which had begun to play. He placed some trowels of mortar on the
+stone and with equal majesty ascended the stairs.
+
+The Government employees applauded.
+
+Ibarra offered another silver trowel to the curate, who, after fixing
+his eyes on him for a moment, descended slowly to the bottom of the
+excavation. When about half way down the stairs, he raised his eyes
+to look at the stone which hung suspended in the air by the powerful
+cables, but he only looked at it for a second and then descended. He
+did the same as the Alcalde had done, but this time more applause
+was heard, for the Government employees were assisted by the other
+friars and Captain Tiago.
+
+Father Salv� seemed to be searching for some one to whom to hand the
+trowel. He looked with hesitation toward Maria Clara, but, changing
+his mind, he offered it to the Notary. The latter, for the sake of
+gallantry, approached Maria Clara, who declined it with a smile. The
+friars, the Government employees and the alferez, one after another
+went down and repeated the ceremony. Captain Tiago was not forgotten.
+
+Ibarra had been omitted. He was about to order the yellow man to lower
+the other stone, when the curate remembered him. In a pleasant tone
+and, with an affectation of familiarity, he said to him. "Aren't you
+going to put on your trowelful, Se�or Ibarra?"
+
+"I would be like the fellow who made the stew and then ate it,"
+replied the young man in the same tone.
+
+"O, go on!" said the Alcalde, giving him a gentle push. "If you don't,
+I will order them not to lower the stone and then we will have to
+wait here till Judgment Day."
+
+So terrible a threat forced Ibarra to obey. He exchanged the small
+silver trowel for a larger iron one, which made some of the people
+smile. He advanced quietly and descended the stairs. Elias looked at
+him with an indescribable expression. If you had seen him, you would
+have thought that all his life was concentrated in his eyes. The
+yellow man looked down into the abyss opening at his feet.
+
+Ibarra, after glancing at the stone which hung over his head, and then
+at Elias and the yellow man, said to �or Juan in a trembling voice:
+"Give me the bucket of mortar and find another trowel for me above."
+
+The young man stood alone. Elias was no longer looking at him; his eyes
+instead were riveted on the yellow man's hand, while the latter leaned
+over the ditch and followed with anxiety the movements of Ibarra.
+
+The noise of the trowel removing a mass of sand and lime was heard,
+accompanied by the low murmur of the employees who were congratulating
+the Alcalde on his address.
+
+Suddenly there was a frightful creaking. The pulley which was tied to
+the base of the crane jumped and then the windlass struck the apparatus
+like a battering-ram. The timbers swayed, ropes flew into the air and,
+in a second, all came down with a terrible crash. A cloud of dust was
+raised, and a thousand cries filled the air. Nearly all fled; a few
+hurried to the ditch. Only Maria Clara and Father Salv� remained in
+their places without moving, both pale and silent.
+
+When the cloud of dust had partially cleared away, Ibarra could be
+seen standing among a mass of beams, bamboos, and cables, between
+the windlass and the massive stone, which in its descent had shaken
+and crushed everything. The young man was still holding the trowel
+in his hand, his eyes staring with fright at the dead body of a man
+which was lying at his feet, half buried under the timbers.
+
+"Are you hurt?--Are you still alive? For God's sake speak!" said some
+of the employees, full of terror.
+
+"Miracle! a miracle!" cried some.
+
+"Come and remove the body of this unfortunate man," said Ibarra,
+as if awakening from a dream.
+
+On hearing his voice, Maria Clara felt her strength giving way and
+she fell, half fainting, into the arms of her friends.
+
+Great confusion reigned. Everybody was talking, gesticulating,
+and running from one side to the other, up and down the stairs,
+all stupefied and full of consternation.
+
+"Who is the dead man? Is he still alive?" asked the alferez.
+
+The body was identified as the yellow workman who had been standing
+beside the windlass.
+
+"Let proceedings be brought against the superintendent of the work,"
+was the first thing that the Alcalde said.
+
+They examined the body, felt of the heart, but it was no longer
+beating. The blow had fallen on the head and blood was oozing from
+the nose, ears and mouth. Some strange marks were seen on the man's
+neck. There were four deep dents on one side and a single but deeper
+one on the other. It looked as though an iron hand had grasped it
+like a pair of pinchers.
+
+The priests warmly congratulated the young man and shook his hand.
+
+"When I think that only a few moments ago I was standing there,"
+said one of the employees. "Say! If I had been the last! Jes�s!"
+
+"It makes my hair stand on end," said another, who was bald.
+
+Ibarra had departed, to ascertain the condition of Maria Clara.
+
+"Let this not prevent the festival from continuing," said the
+Alcalde. "God be praised! The dead man is neither a priest nor a
+Spaniard! Your escape must be celebrated! Just think--if the stone
+had fallen on you!"
+
+"There is such a thing as a presentiment!" said the Notary. "I said
+so. Se�or Ibarra was reluctant to descend. I saw it!"
+
+"Let the festival go on! Give us some music! Weeping will not bring
+the dead man to life. Captain, serve warrants right here! Let the
+clerk of the tribunal come. Arrest the superintendent of the work!"
+
+"Put him in the stocks!"
+
+"Put him in the stocks! Eh? Some music, music! Put the maestrillo in
+the stocks."
+
+"Se�or Alcalde," replied Ibarra gravely, "if weeping cannot bring
+the dead man back to life, neither can anything be gained by putting
+a man in prison when we do not know that he is culpable. I will give
+bail for him and ask that he be given liberty for some days at least."
+
+"Well, well! But such a misfortune must not be repeated!"
+
+All kinds of comments were circulating among the people. The theory
+that it was a miracle was already accepted. Father Salv�, however,
+seemed to rejoice very little over the miracle, which the people
+attributed to a saint of his order and of his parish.
+
+There were some who claimed to have seen, as the crane was falling, a
+figure dressed in black like the Franciscans, go down in the ditch. It
+was without doubt San Diego himself. It was supposed, too, that Ibarra
+had heard mass and that the yellow man had not. It was all as clear
+as the light of the sun.
+
+Ibarra went home to change his clothes.
+
+"Hm! Bad beginning," said Old Tasio as he left the place.
+
+Ibarra had just finished dressing when a servant announced that
+a countryman was asking for him. Supposing that it was one of his
+laborers, the young man ordered that they show him into his study,
+which also served as a library and a chemical laboratory. But, to
+his great surprise, he met the muscular figure of the mysterious Elias.
+
+"You recently saved my life," said he in Tagalog, at once comprehending
+Ibarra's movement. "I have paid you only half of the debt, and you
+are not indebted to me; rather the contrary. I have come to ask a
+favor of you...."
+
+"Speak out!" replied the young man, in the same language and somewhat
+surprised at the gravity of the peasant.
+
+For some seconds, Elias looked fixedly into Ibarra's eyes and then
+replied: "If human justice should ever wish to clear up this mystery,
+I beg of you not to speak to any one about the warning that I gave
+you in the church."
+
+"Don't be troubled about that," replied the young man with a certain
+note of displeasure in his voice. "I know that they are hunting you,
+but I am no informer."
+
+"Oh, it is not for my sake, it is not for me!" exclaimed Elias,
+not without some pride. "It is for your sake. I have nothing to fear
+from men."
+
+Ibarra's surprise increased. The tone in which the countryman was
+speaking was new to him and did not seem to be in accord either with
+his state or his fortune.
+
+"What do you mean?" asked Ibarra, interrogating the mysterious man
+with his look.
+
+"I do not speak in enigmas; I try to express myself clearly. For
+your greater security, it is necessary that your enemies think you
+unsuspecting and off your guard."
+
+Ibarra stepped back.
+
+"My enemies? Have I enemies?"
+
+"All of us have, sir, all from the lowest insect to man, from the
+poorest to the richest and most powerful. Enmity is the law of
+life. You have enemies in the highest and in the lowest ranks. You
+are planning a great undertaking; you have a past; your father, your
+grandfather had enemies because they had passion. In life it is not
+criminals who provoke the most hatred, but rather honorable men."
+
+"Do you know my enemies?"
+
+Elias did not reply at once, but meditated.
+
+"I knew one, the one who has died," he replied. "Last night I
+discovered that something was being plotted against you, through some
+words that were exchanged between him and an unknown man who lost
+himself in the crowd. 'The fish will not eat this one as they did
+his father; you will see to-morrow,' said he. These words attracted
+my attention, not only on account of their meaning but because they
+were spoken by this man, who only a few days ago had presented himself
+to the superintendent of the work with the express desire that he be
+given charge of the work of placing the corner stone. He did not ask
+for a large wage, but made a great show of his knowledge. I had no
+sufficient reasons to attribute evil designs to him, but something
+told me that my suspicions were right. For this reason, in order to
+warn you, I chose a moment and an occasion when you could not ask me
+any questions. You already know the rest."
+
+Elias was then silent for some moments; yet Ibarra did not reply nor
+utter a word. He was meditating.
+
+"I am sorry that the man is dead," he replied at last. "We might have
+been able to learn something more about it from him."
+
+"If he had lived he would have escaped from the trembling hand of
+blind, human justice. God has now judged him! God has killed him! Let
+God be the only judge!"
+
+Crisostomo looked a moment at the man who was speaking to him in this
+manner. He noticed that his muscular arms were covered with bruises
+and black and blue spots.
+
+"Do you also believe in the miracle version of the affair?" he said,
+smiling--"this miracle of which the people speak?"
+
+"If I believed in miracles, I would not believe in God. I would believe
+in a deified man. In fact, I would believe that man had created God
+after his image and likeness," he replied solemnly. "But I believe
+in Him. More than once I have felt His hand. When all was falling
+headlong, threatening destruction for everything which was in the
+place, I Held the criminal. I put myself by his side. He was struck
+and I am safe and sound."
+
+"You? So that you...?"
+
+"Yes! I held him when he wanted to escape, once he had begun his
+fatal work. I saw his crime. I say: 'Let God be the only judge among
+men. Let Him be the only one who has the right to take away life. Let
+man never think of substituting himself for him!'"
+
+"And, still you this time...."
+
+"No!" interrupted Elias, foreseeing the objection that he was going to
+raise. "It is not the same thing. When a man as judge condemns another
+to death or destroys his future forever, he does it with impunity and
+makes use of the force of other men to carry out his sentence. Yet,
+after all, the sentence may be wrong and unjust. But I, in exposing the
+criminal to the same danger which he had prepared for others, ran the
+same risks. I did not kill him. I allowed the hand of God to kill him."
+
+"Do you not believe in chance?"
+
+"To believe in chance is like believing in miracles. Both theories
+suppose that God does not know the future. What is a casualty? A
+happening which absolutely nobody knows beforehand. What is a
+miracle? A contradiction, a contortion of the laws of nature. Lack
+of foresight and contradiction in the All Knowing, who directs the
+machinery of the world, are two great imperfections."
+
+"Who are you?" Ibarra asked again, with a certain dread. "Have you
+studied?"
+
+"I have had to believe in God a great deal because I have lost my
+faith in men," replied the pilot, evading the question.
+
+Ibarra thought that he understood this man; young and proscribed,
+he disregarded human justice; denied the right of man to judge his
+equals, he protested against power and superiority of certain classes
+of men over others.
+
+"But you must admit the necessity of human justice, however imperfect
+it may be," he replied. "God, although he has ministers on the earth,
+cannot, that is to say, cannot clearly give his judgment upon the
+millions of contentions which are stirred up by our passions. It is
+necessary, it is just, that a man should sometimes judge his fellows."
+
+"For good, yes; for bad, no. To correct and improve, yes; but not
+to destroy, for if he fails in his judgment, there is no power that
+can remedy the evil that has been done. But," he added, changing his
+tone, "this discussion is beyond and above me, and I am keeping you
+from those who are now awaiting you. But do not forget what I have
+just said: You have enemies. Take care of yourself for the good of
+your country!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE BANQUET.
+
+
+There, under the shade of the decorated pavilion, the great men of the
+province were banqueting. The Alcalde occupied one end of the table;
+Ibarra, the other. On the young man's right sat Maria Clara, and on
+his left, the Notary. Captain Tiago, the alferez, the gobernadorcillo,
+the friars, the employees, and the few se�oritas who were present
+were seated, not according to rank but according to their own fancy.
+
+The banquet was very animated, but, before it was half over,
+a messenger with a telegram came in search of Captain Tiago. The
+Captain asked permission to read the message, and naturally all begged
+of him to do so.
+
+The worthy Captain at first knit his eyebrows; and then raised
+them. His face became pale, and then brightened up. Doubling up the
+sheet of paper hurriedly, he arose.
+
+"Gentlemen," said he, confused, "His Excellency, the Governor General,
+is coming this afternoon to honor my house."
+
+And then he started on a run, taking with him the telegram and the
+napkin, but not his hat. All sorts of questions and exclamations
+were shouted after him. The announcement of the coming of the
+tulisanes could not have had a greater effect. "But listen! When
+does he come? Tell us about it! His Excellency!" But Captain Tiago
+was already far away.
+
+"His Excellency is coming and will be a guest at Captain Tiago's
+house!" exclaimed some one, without considering that the Captain's
+daughter and future son-in-law were present.
+
+"The choice could not have been a better one," replied another.
+
+The friars looked at each other. Their expressions seemed to say:
+"The Governor General is committing another of his errors, offending
+us in this way. He ought to be the guest of the convent." But despite
+the fact that they thought this, they all kept silent and no one of
+them expressed his opinion.
+
+"Even yesterday he was speaking to me about it," said the Alcalde,
+"but, at that time, His Excellency was not decided."
+
+"Do you know, Your Excellency, Se�or Alcalde, how long the Governor
+General intends to remain here?" asked the alferez, a little uneasy.
+
+"No, not positively. His Excellency likes surprises."
+
+"Here come some other telegrams!"
+
+The messages were for the Alcalde, the alferez, and the
+gobernadorcillo, and announced the same thing to each of them. The
+friars noticed that none came addressed to the curate.
+
+"His Excellency will arrive at four o'clock this afternoon, gentlemen,"
+said the Alcalde solemnly. "We can finish at our leisure."
+
+Leonidas, in the pass of Thermopyl�, could not have said with better
+grace "To-night we will dine with Pluto."
+
+"I notice the absence of our great preacher," said one of the
+government employees timidly. The speaker had an inoffensive look
+and before this had not opened his mouth, except to eat, during the
+entire morning.
+
+All who knew the life of Crisostomo's father twitched their eyes
+significantly and seemed to say by their movements: "Go on! It's a bad
+beginning that you have made!" But others, more benevolently disposed,
+replied: "He must be somewhat fatigued."
+
+"What? Somewhat fatigued!" exclaimed the alferez. "Why, he must be
+exhausted. What did you think of the sermon this morning?"
+
+"Superb, gigantic!" said the Notary.
+
+"To be able to speak like Father D�maso, a man needs lungs," observed
+Father Manuel Martin.
+
+The Augustine did not concede more than lung power.
+
+"And such easiness of expression," added Father Salv�.
+
+"Do you know that Se�or Ibarra has the best cook in the province,"
+remarked the Alcalde, cutting off the conversation.
+
+"So they say," replied one of the Government employees, "but his fair
+neighbor does not wish to do honor to his table, for she scarcely
+takes a mouthful."
+
+Maria Clara blushed.
+
+"I thank you, Senor.... You occupy yourself too much about me ... but
+..." she said timidly.
+
+"But your presence honors him sufficiently," concluded the gallant
+Alcalde. Then turning to Father Salv�: "Father Curate, I notice that
+you have been silent and pensive all day long."
+
+"It is my nature," muttered the Franciscan. "I would rather listen
+than talk."
+
+"Your Reverence seeks always to gain and never to lose," replied the
+alferez, in a joking manner.
+
+But Father Salv� did not take it as a joke. His eyes flashed a
+moment and he replied: "You know very well, Se�or Alferez, that,
+during these days, I am not the one who gains most!"
+
+The alferez overlooked the fling with a false laugh and pretended
+not to hear it.
+
+"But, gentlemen, I do not understand how you can be talking about
+gains and losses," intervened the Alcalde. "What will these amiable
+and discreet young women, who honor us with their presence, think
+of us? To my mind, the young women are like �olian harps in the
+night. It is only necessary to lend an attentive ear to hear them,
+for their unspeakable harmonies elevate the soul to the celestial
+spheres of the infinite and of the ideal...."
+
+"Your Excellency is a poet," said the Notary gayly; and both drained
+their wine glasses.
+
+"I cannot help it," said the Alcalde, wiping his lips. "The occasion,
+if it does not always make the thief, makes the poet. In my youth I
+composed verses, and they certainly were not bad ones."
+
+"So Your Excellency has been unfaithful to the Muses, deserting them
+for Themis."
+
+"Psh!" What would you do? It has always been my dream to run
+through the whole social scale. Yesterday I was gathering flowers,
+and singing songs; to-day I hold the wand of Justice and serve
+Humanity. To-morrow...."
+
+"To-morrow Your Excellency will throw the wand into the fire to warm
+yourself with it in the winter of life, and will then take a portfolio
+in the Ministry," added Father Sibyla.
+
+"Psh! Yes ... no.... To be a Minister is not precisely my ideal. The
+unexpected always happens, though. A little villa in the north of
+Spain to pass the summer in, a mansion in Madrid, and some possessions
+in Andalusia for the winter.... We will live remembering our dear
+Philippines.... Of me Voltaire will not say: 'Nous n'avons jamais
+�t� chez ces peuples que pour nous y enrichir et pour les calomnier.'"
+
+The Government employees thought that His Excellency intended a joke
+and they began to laugh to make a show of appreciating it. The friars
+imitated them since they did not know that Voltaire was the Volta-i-r�
+whom they had so often cursed and condemned to Hades. Father Sibyla,
+however, recognized the name and assumed a serious air, supposing
+that the Alcalde had uttered some heresy.
+
+Father D�maso was waddling down the road. He was half smiling, but in
+such a malignant manner, that on seeing him, Ibarra, who was in the
+act of speaking, lost the thread of his remarks. All were surprised to
+see Father D�maso, but, excepting Ibarra, they greeted him with marks
+of pleasure. They had already reached the last course of the dinner,
+and the champagne was foaming in the glasses.
+
+Father D�maso showed a little nervousness in his smile when he saw
+Maria Clara seated on the right of Crisostomo. But, taking a chair
+by the side of the Alcalde, he asked in the midst of a significant
+silence: "Were you not talking about something, se�ores? Continue!"
+
+"We were drinking a toast," replied the Alcalde. "Se�or Ibarra was
+mentioning those who had aided him in his philanthropic enterprise
+and was speaking of the architect when Your Reverence...."
+
+"Well, I don't understand architecture," interrupted Father D�maso,
+"but architects and the dunces who go to them make me laugh! You have
+an example right here. I drew the plan for a church and it has been
+constructed perfectly: so an English jeweler who was one day a guest
+at the convent told me. To draught a plan, one need have but a small
+degree of intelligence."
+
+"However," replied the Alcalde, seeing that Ibarra was silent,
+"when we are dealing with certain edifices, for example a school,
+we need a skilled man (perito)."
+
+"He who needs a perito is a perrito (little dog)!" exclaimed Father
+D�maso, with a scoff. "One would have to be more of a brute than the
+natives, who erect their own houses, if he did not know how to build
+four walls and put a covering over them. That's all that a school
+house is."
+
+All looked toward Ibarra. But the young man, even if he did look pale,
+kept on conversing with Maria Clara.
+
+"But Your Reverence should consider...."
+
+"Just look you," continued the Franciscan without allowing the Alcalde
+to speak. "See how one of our lay brothers, the most stupid one we
+have, has built a good hospital, handsome and cheap. It is well built
+and he did not pay more than eight cuartos a day to those whom he
+employed even those who came from other towns. That fellow knows how
+to treat them. He does not do like many fools and mesticillos [13]
+who spoil them by paying them three or four reales."
+
+"Does Your Reverence say that he only paid eight
+cuartos? Impossible!" said the Alcalde, trying to change the course
+of the conversation.
+
+"Yes, Se�or; and those who brag of being good Spaniards ought to
+imitate him. You can see very well now, since the Suez Canal was
+opened, corruption has come here. Before, when we had to double the
+Cape, there were not so many worthless people coming out here, nor
+did Filipinos go abroad to be corrupted and spoiled."
+
+"But, Father D�maso!"
+
+"You know very well what the native is. As quickly as he learns
+anything, he goes and becomes a doctor. All these ignoramuses who go
+to Europe...."
+
+"But listen, Your Reverence ..." interrupted the Alcalde, becoming
+uneasy at such harsh words.
+
+"They are all going to end as they merit," he continued. "The hand of
+God is upon them and one must be blind not to see it. Even in this
+life, the fathers of such vipers receive their punishment.... They
+die in prison, eh?"
+
+But he did not finish his remarks. Ibarra, his face flushing, had been
+following him with his eyes. On hearing the allusion to his father,
+he rose and, with a single bound, brought down his strong hand on the
+head of the priest. Stunned with the blow, the friar fell on his back.
+
+Full of astonishment and terror, no one dared to intervene.
+
+"Keep back!" cried the young man, with a menacing voice, and
+brandishing a sharp knife in his hand. In the meantime, he held
+the friar down with his foot on his neck. The latter was recovering
+consciousness. "Let no one approach who does not want to die!"
+
+Ibarra was beside himself. His body trembled, and his threatening
+eyes almost burst from their sockets. Friar D�maso struggled and
+raised himself, but the young man, seizing him by the collar, shook
+him till he fell on his knees and collapsed.
+
+"Se�or Ibarra! Se�or Ibarra!" cried some.
+
+But nobody, not even the alferez, dared to approach the glistening
+blade, considering the strength of the young man and the state of
+his mind. All were paralyzed.
+
+"All of you people here have said nothing! Now the matter concerns
+me! I have avoided him. God now brings him to me. Let God judge!"
+
+The young man was breathing hard. With iron hand he held the Franciscan
+down, and the latter struggled in vain to break loose.
+
+"My heart beats tranquilly. My hand is sure."
+
+He looked about him and continued: "Is there among you any one who
+does not love his father; any one who hates his memory, any one
+who was born in disgrace and humiliation? See! Do you observe this
+silence? Priest of a peaceful God, with your mouth full of sanctity
+and religion, and a miserable heart, you could not have known what
+a father is. You should have thought of your own! Do you see? Among
+this crowd which you scorn, there is none such as you! You are judged!"
+
+The people around him made a stir, believing that he was going
+to strike.
+
+"Back!" he again cried in a threatening voice. "What? Do you fear
+that I would soil my hand with his impure blood? Have I not told
+you that my heart beats tranquilly? Back from us, all! Listen,
+priests, judges, you who think yourselves different from other men,
+and who claim other rights for yourselves! Listen! My father was an
+honorable man. Ask these people who venerate his memory. My father
+was a good citizen. He sacrificed himself for me and for the good of
+his country! His house was open. His table was ready for the stranger
+or the exile who came to it in his misery. He was a good Christian;
+he always did what was right. He never oppressed the helpless, nor
+brought sorrow to the miserable and wretched. To this man, he opened
+the door of his house. He had him sit at his table and he called
+him his friend. What has he done in return? He has calumniated him,
+persecuted him, has armed ignorance against him, violating the sanctity
+of his office, has thrown him out of his tomb, dishonored his memory,
+and persecuted him even in death's repose. And not content with that,
+he now persecutes his son. I have fled from him, I have avoided his
+presence. You heard him this morning profane the pulpit; you saw
+him point me out to the popular fanaticism; I said nothing. Now he
+comes here in search of a quarrel. To your surprise, I suffered in
+silence; but he again insults the sacred memory of my father, that
+memory which every son holds dear.... You who are here, you priests,
+you judges, have you seen your father watching over you night and day
+and working for you? Have you seen him deprive himself of you for your
+good? Have you seen your father die in prison, heart broken, sighing
+for some one to caress him, searching for some being to console him,
+alone in sickness, while you were in a foreign land? Have you heard
+his name dishonored afterward? Have you found his tomb vacant when
+you wished to pray upon it? No? You are silent. Then by that silence
+you condemn him!"
+
+He raised his arm; but a young maiden, quick as a flash, put herself
+between them and with her delicate hands stopped the arm of the
+avenger. It was Maria Clara.
+
+Ibarra looked at her with an expression that seemed to reflect
+madness. Gradually, he loosened the vise-like fingers of his hand,
+allowed the body of the Franciscan to fall, and dropped his knife
+upon the ground. Covering his face, he fled through the crowd.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE FIRST CLOUD.
+
+
+The house of Captain Tiago was no less disturbed than the imagination
+of the people. Maria Clara, refusing to listen to the consolation
+of her aunt and foster sister, did nothing but weep. Her father had
+forbidden her to speak to Ibarra until the priests should absolve
+him from the excommunication which they had pronounced upon him.
+
+Captain Tiago, though very busy preparing his house for the reception
+of the Governor General, had been summoned to the convent.
+
+"Don't cry, my girl," said Aunt Isabel as she dusted off the
+mirrors. "They will certainly annul the excommunication; they will
+write the Pope.... We will make a large donation.... Father D�maso
+had nothing more than a fainting spell.... He is not dead."
+
+"Don't cry," said Andeng to her, in a low voice. "I will certainly
+arrange it so that you can speak to him. What are the confessionals
+made for, if we are not expected to sin? Everything is pardoned when
+one has told it to the curate."
+
+Finally, Captain Tiago arrived. They scanned his face for an answer
+to their many questions, but his expression announced too plainly
+his dismay. The poor man was sweating, and passing his hand over his
+forehead. He seemed unable to utter a word.
+
+"How is it, Santiago?" asked Aunt Isabel, anxiously.
+
+He answered her with a sigh and dried away a tear.
+
+"For God's sake, speak! What has happened?"
+
+"What I had already feared!" he broke out finally half crying. "All is
+lost! Father D�maso orders that the engagement be broken. If it is not
+broken off, I am condemned in this life and in the next. They all tell
+me the same thing, even Father Sibyla! I ought to shut the doors of
+my house and ... I owe him more than fifty thousand pesos. I told the
+Fathers so, but they would take no notice of it. 'Which do you prefer
+to lose,' they said to me, 'fifty thousand pesos, or your life and your
+soul?' Alas! Ay! San Antonio! If I had known it, if I had known it!"
+
+Maria Clara was sobbing.
+
+"Do not cry, my daughter," he added, turning to her. "You are not
+like your mother. She never cried ... she never cried except when she
+was whimsical just before your birth.... Father D�maso tells me that
+a relative of his has just arrived from Spain ... and that he wants
+him to be your fianc�."...
+
+Maria Clara stopped up her ears.
+
+"But, Santiago, are you out of your head?" cried Aunt Isabel. "Speak
+to her now of another fianc�! Do you think that your daughter can
+change lovers as easily as she changes her dress?"
+
+"I was thinking the same thing, Isabel. Don Crisostomo is rich.... The
+Spaniards only marry for love of money.... But what would you have
+me do? They have threatened me with excommunication. They say that
+I am in great peril: not only my soul, but also my body ... my body,
+do you hear? My body!"
+
+"But you only give sorrow to your daughter. Are you not a friend of
+the Archbishop? Why don't you write him?"
+
+"The Archbishop is also a friar. The Archbishop does only what the
+friars say. But, Maria, do not cry. The Governor General will come. He
+will want to see you and your eyes are all inflamed.... Alas! I
+was thinking what a happy afternoon I was going to pass.... Without
+this misfortune, I would be the happiest of men and all would envy
+me.... Calm yourself, my girl. I am more unfortunate than you and I
+do not cry. You can have another and better fianc�, but I lose fifty
+thousand pesos. Ah! Virgin of Antipolo! If I could only have some
+luck to-night!"
+
+Noises, detonations, the rumbling of carriages, the galloping of
+horses, and a band playing the Marcha Real announced the arrival of
+His Excellency, the Governor General of the Philippine Islands. Maria
+Clara ran to hide in her bedroom.... Poor girl! Gross hands were
+playing with her heart, ignorant of the delicacy of its fibers.
+
+In the meantime, the house filled with people. Loud steps, commands,
+and the clanking of sabers and swords resounded on all sides. The
+afflicted maiden was half kneeling before an engraving of the Virgin,
+a picture representing her in that attitude of painful solitude,
+known only to Delaroche, as if she had been surprised on returning
+from the sepulchre of her Son. But Maria Clara was not thinking of
+the grief of that Mother; she was thinking of her own. With her head
+resting on her breast and her hands on the floor, she looked like a
+lily bent by the storm. A future, cherished for years in her dreams;
+a future whose illusions, born in her infancy and nursed through her
+youth, gave form to the cells of her being--that future was now to
+be blotted from the mind and heart by a single word!
+
+Maria Clara was as good and as pious a Christian as her aunt. The
+thought of an excommunication terrified her. The threat to destroy
+the peace of her father demanded that she sacrifice her love. She
+felt the entire strength of that affection which until now she had
+not known. It was like a river which glides along smoothly; its banks
+carpeted with fragrant flowers, its bed formed by fine sand, the wind
+scarcely rippling its surface, so quiet and peaceful that you would
+say that its waters were dead; until suddenly its channel is pent up,
+ragged rocks obstruct its course, and the entangled trunks of trees
+form a dike. Then the river roars; it rises up; its waves boil; it
+is lashed into foam, beats against the rocks and rushes into the abyss.
+
+She wanted to pray, but who can pray without hope? One prays when
+there is hope. When there is none, we surrender ourselves to God
+and wail. "My God!" cried her heart, "why shouldst thou separate me
+thus from him I love? Why deny me the love of others? Thou dost not
+deny me the sun, nor the air, nor dost thou hide the heavens from my
+sight. Why dost thou deny me love, when it is possible to live without
+sun, without air, and without the heavens, but without love, never?"
+
+"Mother, mother," she was moaning.
+
+Aunt Isabel came to take her from her grief. Some of her girl friends
+had arrived and the Governor General also desired to talk with her.
+
+"Aunt, tell them that I am ill!" begged the frightened maiden. "They
+wish to make me play the piano and sing."
+
+"Your father has promised it. You are not going to go back on your
+father?"
+
+Maria Clara arose, looked at her aunt, clasped her beautiful arms
+about her and murmured: "Oh, if I had ..."
+
+But, without finishing the sentence, she dried her tears and began
+to make her toilet.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+HIS EXCELLENCY.
+
+
+"I want to speak with that young man," said His Excellency to an
+adjutant. "He has awakened my interest."
+
+"They have already gone to look for him, General! But there is a young
+man here from Manila who insists on being introduced. We have told
+him that Your Excellency has no time and that you have not come to
+give audiences, but to see the town and the procession. But he has
+replied that Your Excellency always has time to dispense justice."
+
+His Excellency turned to the Alcalde as if in doubt.
+
+"If I am not mistaken," said the latter, making a slight bow, "it
+is a young man who this morning had a difficulty with Father D�maso
+about the sermon."
+
+"Still another? Has this friar undertaken to disturb the province,
+or does he think that he is in command here? Tell the young man to
+come in!"
+
+His Excellency was walking nervously from one end of the sala to
+the other.
+
+In the lower part of the house, in the ante-room, were several
+Spaniards, mingled with army officers and officials of the town of
+San Diego and some of the neighboring villages. They were grouped in
+little circles and were conversing about one thing and another. All
+of the friars were there except Father D�maso, and they wanted to go
+in and pay their respects to His Excellency.
+
+"His Excellency, the Governor General, begs Your Reverences to wait
+a moment," said the adjutant. "Walk in, young man!"
+
+The young man from Manila entered the sala, pale and trembling.
+
+Everybody was surprised. His Excellency must be irritated to dare to
+make the friars wait. Father Sibyla said: "I have nothing to say to
+him.... I am losing time here!"
+
+"It's the same with me," said an Augustine. "Shall we go?"
+
+"Would it not be better for us to find out what he thinks?" asked
+Father Salv�. "We would avoid a scandal ... and ... we would be able
+to call to his mind his duty to ... the Church."
+
+"Your Reverences can walk in, if you wish," announced the adjutant,
+as he escorted out the young man, whose face was now, however,
+glowing with satisfaction.
+
+Friar Sibyla entered first. Behind him came Father Salv�, Father
+Manuel Martin and the other priests. They all humbly saluted the
+Governor General, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who preserved
+even in his bow, an air of superiority. Father Salv�, on the contrary,
+almost touched the floor with his head.
+
+"Which of Your Reverences is Father D�maso?" asked His Excellency
+unexpectedly, without having them sit down, or even asking about
+their health, and without addressing them with any of those courteous
+phrases which are customary with such high personages.
+
+"Father D�maso is not among us, se�or," replied Father Sibyla,
+rather dryly.
+
+"Your Excellency's servant lies ill in bed," added Father Salv�
+meekly. "After having the pleasure of saluting you and of inquiring
+about the health of Your Excellency, as befits all the good servants of
+the King and all persons of good education, we also come in the name of
+the respectful servant of Your Excellency who has the misfortune...."
+
+"Oh," interrupted the Governor General, as he turned a chair around on
+one leg and smiled nervously. "If all the servants of My Excellency
+were like His Reverence Father D�maso, I would prefer to serve My
+Excellency myself."
+
+The Reverences did not know how to respond to this interruption.
+
+"Take a seat, Your Reverences!" he added after a short pause, softening
+his tone a little.
+
+Captain Tiago came in dressed in a frock coat and walking on
+tip-toes. He was leading Maria Clara by the hand. The young maiden was
+trembling when she entered, but notwithstanding she made a graceful
+and ceremonious bow.
+
+"Is this your daughter?" asked the Governor General, somewhat
+surprised.
+
+"And Your Excellency's, my General," replied Captain Tiago
+seriously. [14]
+
+The Alcalde and the adjutants opened wide their eyes, but His
+Excellency did not lose his gravity. He extended his hand to the
+young maiden and said to her affably: "Happy are the fathers who have
+daughters like you, se�orita. They have spoken to me about you with
+respect and consideration.... I have desired to see you and to thank
+you for your pretty deed of to-day. I am informed of all, and when
+I write to His Majesty's Government I will not forget your generous
+conduct. In the meantime, se�orita, allow me in the name of His
+Majesty the King whom I represent here and who loves to see peace and
+tranquillity among his subjects, and in my own name, that of a father
+who also has daughters of your age, allow me to extend to you most
+sincere thanks and propose your name for some mark of recognition."
+
+"Se�or ..." replied Maria Clara, trembling.
+
+His Excellency guessed what she wanted to say, and replied: "It is
+well enough, se�orita, that you are satisfied in your own conscience
+with the mere esteem of your own people. The testimony of one's people
+is the highest reward and we ought not to ask more. But, however,
+I will not let pass this excellent opportunity to show you that,
+if justice knows how to punish, she also knows how to reward and is
+not always blind."
+
+"Se�or Don Juan Crisostomo awaits Your Excellency's orders," announced
+the adjutant in a loud voice.
+
+Maria Clara trembled.
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the Governor General. "Permit me, se�orita, to express
+the desire to see you again before I leave town. I still have some
+very important things to say to you. Se�or Alcalde, Your Lordship
+will accompany me for a walk after the conference which I will hold
+alone with Se�or Ibarra."
+
+"Your Excellency will permit us," said Father Salv� meekly, "to inform
+you that Se�or Ibarra is excommunicated ..."
+
+His Excellency interrupted him saying: "I am glad that I have nothing
+more to deplore than the condition of Father D�maso, for whom I
+sincerely wish a complete recovery, because at his age a voyage to
+Spain for his health would not be pleasant. But this depends on
+him ... and in the meantime, may God preserve the health of Your
+Reverences."
+
+They retired one after the other.
+
+"We will see who will make the journey first," said a Franciscan.
+
+"I am going off now right away!" said Father Sibyla, with indignation.
+
+"And we are going back to our provinces, too," said the Augustins.
+
+They could not endure that through the fault of a Franciscan His
+Excellency had received them coldly.
+
+In the entrance hall they met Ibarra, their host only a few hours
+ago. They exchanged no salutations, but their looks were eloquent.
+
+The Alcalde, on the contrary, when the friars had disappeared,
+greeted the young man and extended his hand to him in a familiar
+way. But the arrival of the adjutant, who was looking for Ibarra,
+did not give them an opportunity to converse.
+
+Ibarra was dressed in deep mourning. He presented himself in a calm
+manner, and bowed profoundly, despite the fact that the sight of the
+friars had not seemed a good omen for him.
+
+The Governor General advanced a few steps. "It gives me great
+satisfaction to shake your hand. Grant me your entire confidence."
+
+"Se�or ... such kindness...!"
+
+"Your surprise offends me. It indicates that you did not expect a
+good reception from me. That is doubting my justice!"
+
+"A friendly reception, se�or, for an insignificant subject like myself,
+is not justice, it is a favor."
+
+"Well, well!" said His Excellency, sitting down and pointing out a
+seat for Ibarra. "Let us speak frankly. I am very much pleased with
+your action and I have already proposed to His Majesty's Government
+that they grant you an insignia for your philanthropic intention of
+erecting a school.... If you had asked me, I would have attended the
+ceremony with a great deal of pleasure and perhaps the unpleasantness
+would have been avoided."
+
+"My idea of erecting a school seems to me so insignificant," replied
+the young man, "that I did not think it an occasion worthy of taking
+the attention of Your Excellency from your many duties and cares. Then,
+too, it was my duty to first address the highest authority of the
+province."
+
+His Excellency made a bow of satisfaction and adopting a still more
+intimate manner, continued:
+
+"In regard to the unpleasantness which you have had with Father
+D�maso, have no fear nor regret. I will not touch a hair of your head
+while I govern these Islands. And in regard to the excommunication,
+I will speak to the Archbishop, for it is necessary for us to adapt
+ourselves to circumstances. Here, we cannot laugh about these things
+in public as we do in Spain or in cultured Europe. Nevertheless, be
+more prudent in the future. You have put yourself in opposition to
+the religious corporations, which, on account of your position and
+wealth, need to be respected. But I will protect you, because I like
+good sons, I like to see a person respect the honor of his father. I,
+too, love my father, and as sure as there is a God, I know what I
+would have done had I been in your place...."
+
+And quickly turning the conversation, he asked: "You have told me
+that you come from Europe; were you in Madrid?"
+
+"Yes, se�or; for some months."
+
+"You have perhaps heard of my family?"
+
+"Your Excellency had just left when I had the honor to be presented
+to it."
+
+"And why, then, did you come here without bringing some letter of
+introduction?"
+
+"Se�or," replied Ibarra bowing, "because I do not come directly from
+Spain, and because, having heard of Your Excellency's character,
+I thought that a letter of introduction would not only be useless,
+but even offensive. All Filipinos are recommended to you."
+
+A smile appeared on the lips of the old officer and he replied slowly,
+as if weighing and measuring his words:
+
+"It flatters me to learn that you think so ... and ... so it ought to
+be. However, young man, you ought to know what loads we bear upon our
+shoulders here in the Philippines. Here, we, old army officers, have to
+do and be everything: King, Secretary of State, of War, of Agriculture,
+of Internal Affairs and of Justice. The worst part of it is the fact
+that in regard to everything we have to consult our distant Mother
+Country, which approves or rejects our propositions, according to
+circumstances, sometimes blindly. And you know how we Spaniards say:
+'Grasp much, get little.' Then, too, we come here ignorant of the
+country and we leave it as soon as we begin to know it. With you I can
+be frank, for it would be useless to appear otherwise. In Spain, where
+each branch of the Government has its own Minister, born and brought
+up in the country, where they have the press and public opinion, the
+opposition is open and before the eyes of the Government, and shows
+up its faults; yet, even there, all is imperfect and defective. And
+when you consider the conditions here, it is a wonder that all is
+not upset, with all those advantages lacking, and with the opposition
+working in the dark. Good intentions and wishes are not wanting in us
+governing officials, but we find ourselves obliged to make use of eyes
+and arms which frequently we do not know, and which, perhaps, instead
+of serving the country, serve only their own interests. That is not
+our fault; it is the fault of circumstances. You arouse my interest
+and I do not want our present system of government to prejudice you
+in any way. I cannot watch everything, nor can I attend to all. Can
+I be useful to you in any way? Have you anything to request?"
+
+Ibarra meditated.
+
+"Se�or," he replied, "my greatest desire is the happiness of my
+country, a happiness due to the efforts of our Mother Country and to
+the efforts of my fellow countrymen, united with the eternal bonds
+of a common interest and common object. What I ask the Government
+can only give after many years of continuous work and proper reforms."
+
+His Excellency looked at him for several seconds with a look which
+Ibarra met naturally, without timidity and without boldness.
+
+"You are the first man with whom I have spoken in this country,"
+he exclaimed grasping his hand.
+
+"Your Excellency has only seen those who lead a grovelling existence
+in the city. You have not seen the calumniated hovels of our towns. If
+you had, you would have seen true men, if generous hearts and simple
+manners make true men."
+
+The Governor General arose and paced the sala from one side to
+the other.
+
+"Se�or Ibarra," he exclaimed, stopping a moment. The young man
+arose. "I will probably leave here within a month. Your education and
+your mode of thinking are not for this country. Sell what you possess,
+get your trunk ready and come with me to Europe. That climate will
+be better for you."
+
+"I shall cherish all my life the memory of Your Excellency's kindness,"
+replied Ibarra, moved by what the Governor General had said. "But I
+ought to live in the country where my fathers have lived...."
+
+"Where they have died, you should say, to speak more
+exactly. Believe me! I possibly know your country better than you
+do yourself.... Ah! Now I remember," he exclaimed changing the tone
+of his voice. "You are going to marry a lovely girl and I am keeping
+you here! Go, go to her side, and that you may have greater liberty
+send her father to me," he added, smiling. "Do not forget, however,
+that I want you to accompany me for a walk."
+
+Ibarra bowed and departed.
+
+His Excellency called his adjutant.
+
+"I am happy," said he, giving him a light slap on the shoulder. "To-day
+I have seen for the first time how one can be a good Spaniard without
+ceasing to be a good Filipino and to love his country. To-day, at last,
+I have shown the Reverences that we are not all their playthings. This
+young man has afforded me the opportunity, and, in a short time,
+I will have settled all of my accounts with the friar. It's a pity
+that this young man, some day or other ... but call the Alcalde to me."
+
+The latter presented himself at once.
+
+"Se�or Alcalde," he said to him, as he entered the room, "in order
+to avoid a repetition of scenes such as Your Honor witnessed this
+afternoon, scenes which I deplore because they take away the prestige
+of the Government and all Spaniards, I want to commend to you warmly
+Se�or Ibarra, that you may not only aid him in carrying out his
+patriotic ends, but also prevent in the future any person of whatever
+class or under whatever pretext, from molesting him."
+
+The Alcalde understood the reprimand and bowed to conceal his
+confusion.
+
+"Have the alferez, who is in command here, informed to the same
+effect. And you will find out if it is true that this officer has
+methods of procedure that are not in accordance with the regulations. I
+have heard more than one complaint on this score."
+
+Captain Tiago, all starched and ironed, presented himself.
+
+"Don Santiago," said His Excellency, in a cordial tone of voice,
+"a little while ago I was congratulating you on having a daughter
+like the Se�orita de los Santos. Now I want to congratulate you on
+your future son-in-law. The most virtuous of daughters is certainly
+worthy of the best citizen of the Philippines. Is the date of the
+wedding known?"
+
+"Se�or!" stammered the Captain, wiping away the perspiration which
+was running down his face.
+
+"O, come! I see that there is nothing definite. If you need godfathers,
+I will be one of them with the greatest pleasure. I would do it to
+take away the bad taste which so many of the weddings which I have
+attended here have left in my mouth," he added, turning to the Alcalde.
+
+"Yes, se�or!" replied Captain Tiago, with a smile which inspired
+compassion.
+
+Ibarra had gone in search of Maria Clara, almost on a run. He had so
+many things to tell her. He heard some gentle voices in one of the
+rooms and knocked at the door.
+
+"Who knocks?" asked Maria Clara.
+
+The voices were silenced and the door ... was not opened.
+
+"It is I. May I come in?" asked the young man, his heart beating
+violently.
+
+The silence was not broken. A few seconds afterward gentle steps
+approached the door and Sinang's cheerful voice murmured through the
+key-hole: "Crisostomo, we are going to the theatre to-night. Write
+what you have to say to Maria Clara."
+
+Then the footsteps were heard retreating, as quickly as they had come.
+
+"What does that mean!" murmured Ibarra to himself, as he went slowly
+away from the door.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THE PROCESSION.
+
+
+In the evening, by the light of lanterns hung from windows, to the
+ringing of bells and bursting of bombs, the procession started for
+the fourth time.
+
+The Governor General left the house on foot, in company with his two
+adjutants, Captain Tiago, the Alcalde, the alferez, and Ibarra. The
+Civil Guards and the officials of the town preceded them and cleared
+the way. His Excellency had been invited to witness the procession
+from the house of the gobernadorcillo, in front of which a platform
+had been erected for the recitation of a loa, or religious poem,
+in honor of the Patron Saint. Ibarra had previously declined with
+pleasure an invitation to hear this poetical composition, as he had
+preferred to witness the procession from the house of Captain Tiago
+with Maria Clara and her friends. But, as His Excellency wished to
+hear the loa, there was no other remedy for Ibarra but to console
+himself with the hope of seeing her at the theatre.
+
+The procession was headed by three sacristans carrying silver
+candlesticks. The children of the school, accompanied by their
+teacher, followed. Then came the small boys, with colored paper
+lanterns fastened to the ends of pieces of bamboo, each more or
+less adorned according to the caprices of the boy, for this part
+of the illumination was paid for entirely by themselves. However,
+they fulfilled this duty with a great deal of pleasure.
+
+In the midst of it all, men serving as police, passed to and fro to
+see that the files of the procession were not broken or the people
+jammed together in a crowd. For this purpose they used their wands
+and inflicted some hard blows, thus managing to add to the brilliancy
+of the procession, to the edification of souls and to the glory of
+religious pomp.
+
+At the same time that the officers inflicted these sanctified floggings
+with their wands free of charge, others, to console those who had
+been punished, distributed wax and tallow candles, also free of charge.
+
+"Se�or Alcalde," said Ibarra, in a low voice, "do they inflict those
+blows to punish the sinners or merely for pleasure?"
+
+"You are right, Se�or Ibarra," replied the Governor General, who had
+overheard his question. "This spectacle ... barbarous ... astonishing
+to those who come from other countries, ought to be prohibited."
+
+Although it cannot be explained, the first saint who appeared
+was San Juan el Baptisto. On seeing him, you would say that the
+cousin of Our Saviour did not enjoy any great renown among these
+people. He had slender feet and legs and the face of a hermit, and
+was carried along on an old wooden litter. In marked contrast to the
+representation of San Juan, was that of San Francisco, the founder of
+the great order. The latter was drawn in a car, and, as Tasio said:
+"What a car! How many lights and glass lanterns! Why, I have never
+seen you surrounded by so many illuminations, Giovanni Bernardone! And
+what music!"
+
+Behind the music came a standard representing the same saint, but with
+seven wings. It was carried by the brothers of the Third Order, dressed
+in guingon and praying in a loud and mournful voice. The next in the
+procession was Santa Maria Magdalena, a most beautiful image with
+an abundant growth of hair, a handkerchief of embroidered pi�a cloth
+between her ring-covered fingers, and wearing a dress of silk adorned
+with gold-leaf. Lights and incense surrounded her. The glass tears from
+her eyes reflected the colors of the colored fire which was burned here
+and there, giving a fantastic aspect to the procession. Consequently,
+the sinful saint appeared to be weeping now green, now red and now blue
+tears. The people did not begin to burn these colored lights till San
+Francisco was passing; San Juan el Baptisto did not enjoy this honor,
+passing by quickly, ashamed perhaps to go dressed in skins among so
+many saints covered with gold and precious jewels.
+
+"There goes our saint!" cried the daughter of the gobernadorcillo to
+her visitors. "I loaned her my rings, but I did it to get to Heaven."
+
+Those carrying the illuminations stopped near the platform to hear
+the loa. The saints did the same. They and their carriers wanted
+to hear the verses. Those who carried San Juan, tired of waiting,
+squatted down in the characteristic Filipino manner, and found it
+convenient to leave their burden on the ground.
+
+"You'll get into trouble," objected one.
+
+"Jes�s! In the sacristy, they leave him in a corner among
+spider-webs...."
+
+After Magdalena came the women. They differed from the men in
+arrangement. Instead of the children, the old women came first and
+finally the unmarried women. Behind these came the car of the Virgin,
+and behind that, the curate under his canopy. Father D�maso gave the
+following reason for putting the young women next to the Virgin's
+car: "The Virgin likes young women, but not old ones." Of course,
+this explanation caused many of the older women to make wry faces,
+but that did not change the taste of the Virgin.
+
+San Diego followed Magdalena, but he did not seem to rejoice over the
+fact, for he was as precise in his behavior as on the morning when he
+followed along behind San Francisco. Six brothers of the Third Order
+drew the car. San Diego stopped before the platform and awaited for
+the people to salute him.
+
+But it was necessary to await the car which contained the image of the
+Virgin. Preceding this car were some people dressed in a fantastic
+manner which made children cry and babies scream. In the midst of
+that dark mass of habits, hoods and girdles, to the sound of that
+monotonous and nasal prayer, one could see, like white jessamine,
+like fresh pansies among old rags, twelve young lassies dressed in
+white, crowned with flowers, with hair curled and eyes bright as the
+necklaces they wore. Seizing hold of two wide blue bands which were
+tied to the car of the Virgin, they drew it along, reminding one of
+doves drawing the car of Spring.
+
+And now when the images were all attentive, when this child and
+that had been slapped sufficiently to make him listen to the verses,
+when everybody had his eyes fixed on the half open curtain, at last,
+an aaaah! of admiration escaped from the lips of all.
+
+And the sight merited it. A young child appeared with wings, riding
+boots, a cordon over its shoulder, a belt and a plumed hat.
+
+"The Se�or Alcalde!" cried some one, but the young prodigy recited
+a poem in such a manner that the Alcalde was not offended at the
+comparison.
+
+The procession then continued. San Juan followed out his bitter career.
+
+As the Virgin passed before the house of Captain Tiago, a heavenly song
+greeted her like the words of an archangel. It was a sweet, melodious,
+supplicating voice, weeping the Ave Maria of Gounod. The music of
+the procession was silenced, the praying ceased, and Father Salv�
+himself stopped. The voice trembled and brought tears to the cheeks
+of those who heard it. That voice expressed more than a salutation,
+a prayer, or a plaint.
+
+From the window, where he was viewing the procession, Ibarra heard
+the voice, and melancholy took possession of his heart. He understood
+what that soul was suffering and what was expressed in that song. He
+was afraid to think of the cause of that grief.
+
+The Governor General found him pensive and sad.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+DO�A CONSOLACION.
+
+
+Why were the windows in the alferez's house closed? Where was
+the masculine face and the flannel shirt of the Medusa or Muse of
+the Civil Guard while the procession was passing? Could she have
+understood how unpleasant was the sight of the swelling veins of
+her forehead, filled, it seemed, not with blood but with vinegar
+and bile; of her large cigar, that worthy ornament of her red lips;
+and of her envious look; could she have understood all of that, and,
+giving way to a generous impulse, have refrained from disturbing the
+gayety of the crowd by her sinister apparition?
+
+Alas! Her generous impulses lived only in the golden age.
+
+Her house was sad because other people were merry, as Sinang put
+it. There neither lanterns nor flags could be seen. In fact, if the
+sentry were not walking up and down in front of the gate, you would
+have said that the house was unoccupied.
+
+A feeble light illumined the disarranged sala, and made transparent
+the oyster-shell windows filled with spider-webs and covered with
+dust. The Se�ora, according to her custom, her hands folded, sat in
+a wide arm-chair. She was dressed the same as every day, that is to
+say, outrageously out of taste. In detail, she had a handkerchief
+tied around her head, while short, slender locks of tangled hair
+hung down on either side; a blue flannel shirt over another shirt
+which should have been white; and a faded-out skirt which moulded
+itself to her slender thighs as she sat with her legs crossed and
+nervously wiggled her foot. From her mouth, came big puffs of smoke,
+which she fastidiously blew up in the space toward which she looked
+when her eyes were open.
+
+That morning the Se�ora had not heard mass, not because she had not
+cared to hear it, for on the contrary she wanted to show herself to
+the multitude and to hear the sermon, but because her husband had not
+permitted her to do so. As was usually the case, his prohibition was
+accompanied by two or three insults, oaths and threats of kicking. The
+alferez understood that his "female" dressed herself in a ridiculous
+manner, and that it was not fitting to expose her to the eyes of the
+people from the capital nor even the country districts.
+
+But she did not understand it that way. She knew that she was
+beautiful, attractive, that she had the manners of a queen and that
+she dressed much better and more gorgeously than Maria Clara herself,
+though to be sure the latter wore a tapis over her skirt while she
+wore only the skirt. The alferez had to say to her: "Oh, shut your
+mouth or I'll kick you till you do!"
+
+Do�a Consolacion did not care to be kicked, but she planned revenge.
+
+The dark face of the Se�ora never had inspired confidence in anybody,
+not even when she painted it. That morning she was exceptionally
+uneasy, and as she walked from one end of the sala to the other, in
+silence and as if meditating something terrible, her eyes shone like
+those of a serpent about to be crushed. Her look was cold, luminous,
+and penetrating and had something vicious, loathsome and cruel in it.
+
+The slightest defect in anything, the most insignificant or unusual
+noise brought forth an obscene and infamous expression; but no one
+responded. To offer an excuse was a crime.
+
+So the day passed. Encountering no obstacle in her way--her husband
+had been invited out--she became saturated with bile.
+
+Everything around bent itself before her. She met no resistance,
+there was nothing upon which she could discharge the vials of her
+wrath. Soldiers and servants crawled before her.
+
+That she might not hear the rejoicing going on outside, she ordered
+the windows to be closed, and charged the sentry not to permit any
+one to enter. She tied a handkerchief around her head to prevent
+it from bursting; and, in spite of the fact that the sun was still
+shining brightly, she ordered the lamps lighted.
+
+A madwoman who had been detained for disturbing the public peace was
+taken to the barracks. The alferez was not there at the time and the
+unhappy woman had to pass the night seated on a bench. The following
+day the alferez returned. Fearing lest the unhappy woman should become
+the butt of the crowd during the fiesta, he ordered the soldiers who
+were guarding her to treat her with pity and give her something to
+eat. Thus the demented woman passed two days.
+
+Whether the proximity to Captain Tiago's house made it possible for
+the sad song of Maria Clara to reach her ears, whether other strains
+of music awoke in her memories of old songs, or whether there was
+some other cause for it, at any rate, the madwoman began that night
+to sing with a sweet and melancholy voice the songs of her youth. The
+soldiers heard her and kept silent. Those songs brought back memories
+of the old times.
+
+Do�a Consolacion also heard it in her sorrow, and became interested
+in the person who was singing.
+
+"Tell her to come upstairs at once!" she ordered, after some seconds
+of meditation. Something like a smile passed over her dry lips.
+
+They brought the woman and she presented herself without any
+discomposure, and without manifesting either fear or surprise.
+
+"Orderly, tell this woman in Tagalog to sing!" said the alfereza. "She
+don't understand me; she does not know Spanish."
+
+The demented woman understood the orderly and sang the song "Night."
+
+Do�a Consolacion listened to the beginning with a mocking smile which
+disappeared gradually from her lips. She became attentive, then
+more serious and pensive. The woman's voice, the sentiment of the
+verses and the song itself impressed her. That dry and burning heart
+was perhaps softened. She understood the song well: "Sadness, cold,
+and dampness, wrapped in the mantle of Night descend from the sky,"
+as the folk song puts it. It seemed that they were also descending
+upon her heart. "The withered flower which during the day has paraded
+its dress, desirous of applause and full of vanity, at nightfall
+repenting, makes an effort to raise its faded petals to the sky, and
+begs for a little shade in which to hide itself, so as to die without
+the mockery of the light which saw it in its pomp, to die without
+the vanity of its pride being seen, and begging for a drop of dew,
+to weep over it. The night bird, leaving its solitary retreat in the
+hollow of the old tree, disturbs the melancholy of the forests...."
+
+"No, no! Do not sing!" exclaimed the alfereza in perfect Tagalog
+and raising to her feet somewhat agitated. "Don't sing! Those verses
+hurt me!"
+
+The demented woman stopped. The orderly muttered "Bah!" and exclaimed
+"She knows how to pat� Tagalog!" and stood looking at the se�ora full
+of surprise.
+
+The Muse understood that she had been caught, and was ashamed. As
+her nature was not that of a woman, her shame took the form of rage
+and hatred. She pointed out the door to the impudent orderly and with
+a kick closed it behind him. She took several turns about the room,
+twisting a whip between her nervous hands, and then, stopping suddenly
+in front of the demented woman, said in Spanish: "Dance!"
+
+The demented one did not move.
+
+"Dance! Dance!" she repeated in a threatening voice.
+
+The poor woman looked at the Se�ora, her eyes devoid of expression. The
+alfereza raised one arm and then the other, shaking them in a
+menacing way.
+
+She then leaped up in the air, and jumped around urging the other woman
+to imitate her. The band in the procession could be heard playing
+a slow, majestic march, but the Se�ora, leaping about furiously
+was keeping time to different music than that the band was playing,
+that music which resounded within her. A curious look appeared in the
+madwoman's eyes, and a weak smile moved her pale lips. She liked the
+Se�ora's dancing.
+
+The alfereza stopped dancing as if ashamed. She raised the whip,
+that terrible whip made in Ulango and improved by the alferez by
+winding wire around it, that same terrible whip which the ladrones
+and soldiers knew so well.
+
+"Now it is your turn to dance ... dance!"
+
+And she began to whip lightly the demented woman's bare feet.
+
+The pale face contracted with pain, and she was obliged to defend
+herself from the blows by her hands.
+
+"Come! Go ahead!" she exclaimed with savage delight, and she passed
+from lento to allegro-vivace in the use of her whip.
+
+The unhappy woman screamed and quickly raised her feet.
+
+"You have got to dance, you d----d Indian!" exclaimed the Se�ora and
+the whip whizzed and whistled.
+
+The woman let herself sink to the floor and tried to cover her
+legs with her hands, at the same time looking with wild eyes at her
+tormentor. Two heavy lashes on her back made her rise again. Now it was
+no longer a scream; it was a howl which escaped from the unfortunate
+woman. The thin shirt was torn, the skin broke open and the blood
+oozed out.
+
+The sight of blood excites a tiger; so, too, the sight of the blood
+of her victim infuriated Do�a Consolacion.
+
+"Dance! dance! Curse you! D----n you! Dance! Cursed be the mother
+who bore you!" she cried. "Dance, or I'll kill you by whipping you
+to death!"
+
+Then the alfereza, taking the woman with one hand and whipping her
+with another, began to jump and dance.
+
+The insane woman understood her at last and went on moving her arms
+regardless of time or tune. A smile of satisfaction contracted the
+lips of the teacher. It was like the smile of a female Mephistopheles
+who had succeeded in developing a good pupil; it was full of hatred,
+contempt, mockery and cruelty; a coarse laugh could not have expressed
+more.
+
+Absorbed in the enjoyment which the spectacle afforded her, she did
+not hear her husband coming, until he opened the door with a kick.
+
+The alferez appeared, pale and gloomy. He saw what was going on there
+and looked daggers at his wife. She did not move from her tracks and
+stood smiling in a cynical way.
+
+In the gentlest manner possible, he put his hand on the shoulder of
+the dancing woman and made her stop. The demented woman sighed and
+slowly sat down on the blood-covered floor.
+
+The silence continued. The alferez was breathing heavily. His wife
+was observing him with her questioning eyes. She seized the whip
+and in a calm and measured tone asked him: "What's the matter with
+you? You have not said 'good evening' to me."
+
+The alferez, without replying, called the orderly.
+
+"Take this woman," he said, "and have Marta give her another shirt
+and take care of her. Find her good food, and a good bed.... Let him
+look out who treats her badly!"
+
+After carefully closing the door, he turned the key in the lock and
+approached his se�ora.
+
+"You want me to smash you?" he said, clenching his fists.
+
+"What's the matter with you?" asked she, retreating a step or two.
+
+"What's the matter with me?" he shouted, in a thundering voice, and,
+giving vent to an oath, showed her a paper covered with scribbling. He
+continued:
+
+"Didn't you write this letter to the Alcalde, saying that I am paid
+for permitting the gambling, d----n you? I don't know how I can keep
+from smashing you."
+
+"Go ahead! Try it if you dare!" said she, with a mocking smile. "He
+who smashes me has got to be more of a man than you!"
+
+He heard the insult, but he saw the whip. He seized one of the plates
+which were on the table and threw it at her head. The woman, accustomed
+to these fights, ducked quickly and the plate was shivered to pieces
+against the wall. A glass, a cup, and a knife shared the same fortune.
+
+"Coward!" she cried. "You dare not come near me!"
+
+And then she spat at him to exasperate him more. The man, blind and
+howling with rage, threw himself on her, but she, with wonderful
+rapidity, struck him a few blows across the face with the whip, and
+quickly escaped. Closing the door of her room with a slam, she locked
+herself in. Roaring with rage and pain the alferez followed her, but,
+coming up against the door, he could do nothing but belch forth a
+string of blasphemies.
+
+"Cursed be your ancestors, you swine! Open, d----n you! Open that door
+or I'll break your skull!" he howled, pounding and kicking the panels.
+
+Do�a Consolacion did not reply. A moving of chairs and trunks could
+be heard, as though some one was trying to raise a barricade of
+household furniture. The house fairly shook with the oaths and kicks
+of the husband.
+
+"Don't you come in! Don't you come in!" she said, in a bitter
+voice. "If you show yourself, I'll shoot you!"
+
+The husband calmed down, little by little, and contented himself with
+pacing from one end of the sala to the other like a wild animal in
+its cage.
+
+"Go and cool your head!" continued the woman in mockery. She seemed
+to have concluded her preparations for defense.
+
+"I swear that when I catch you, no one--not even God--will see you
+again! I'll smash you so fine."
+
+"Yes! Now you can say what you wish. You would not let me go to
+mass. You would not let me fulfill my duty to God!" she said with
+such sarcasm as she alone knew how to use.
+
+The alferez took his helmet, straightened out his clothes, and walked
+away several paces. But, at the end of several minutes, he returned
+without making the slightest noise, for he had taken off his boots. The
+servants, accustomed to these spectacles, paid no attention to them,
+but the novelty of this move with the boots attracted their notice
+and they gave each other the wink.
+
+The alferez sat down on a chair next to the door and had the patience
+to wait more than half an hour.
+
+"Have you really gone out or are you there, you he-goat?" asked a
+voice from time to time, changing the epithets but raising the tone.
+
+Finally, she commenced to take away the furniture from her
+barricade. He heard the noise and smiled.
+
+"Orderly! Has the se�or gone out?" cried Do�a Consolacion.
+
+The orderly at a signal from the alferez, replied: "Yes, se�ora,
+he has gone out!"
+
+He could hear her laugh triumphantly. She drew back the bolt. The
+husband arose to his feet slowly; the door was opened.
+
+A cry, the noise of a body falling, oaths, howling, swearing, blows,
+hoarse voices. Who can describe what took place in the darkness of
+the bedroom?
+
+The orderly, going out to the kitchen, made a very expressive gesture
+to the cook.
+
+"And now you'll catch it!" said the latter.
+
+"I? No, sir. The town will, not I. She asked me if he had gone out,
+not if he had returned."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+MIGHT AND RIGHT.
+
+
+It was about ten o'clock at night. The last rockets lazily soared
+into the dark sky, where paper balloons shone like new stars. Some of
+the fireworks had set fire to houses and were threatening them with
+destruction; for this reason men could be seen on the ridges of the
+roofs carrying buckets of water and long bamboo poles with cloths tied
+on the ends. Their dark shadows seemed descended from ethereal space
+to be present at the rejoicings of human beings. An enormous number of
+wheels had been burned, also castles, bulls, caraboas and other pieces
+of fireworks, and finally a great volcano, which surpassed in beauty
+and grandeur anything that the inhabitants of San Diego had ever seen.
+
+Now the people turned in one great crowd toward the plaza to attend
+the last theatrical performance. Here and there could be seen the
+colored Bengal lights, fantastically illuminating groups of merry
+people. The small boys were making use of their torches to search
+for unexploded firecrackers in the grass, or, in fact, for anything
+else that might be of use to them. But the music was the signal and
+all abandoned the lawn for the theatre.
+
+The large platform was splendidly illuminated. Thousands of lights
+surrounded the pillars and hung from the roof, while a number, in
+pyramid-shaped groups, were arranged on the floor of the stage. An
+employee attended to these and whenever he would come forward to
+regulate them, the public would whistle at him and shout: "There he
+is! There he is now!"
+
+In front of the stage, the orchestra tuned its instruments, and
+behind the musicians sat the principal people of the town. Spaniards
+and rich visitors were occupying the reserved chairs. The public,
+the mass of people without titles or rank, filled the rest of the
+plaza. Some carried with them benches, not so much for seats as
+to remedy their lack of stature. When they stood upon them, rude
+protests were made on the part of those without benches or things to
+stand on. Then they would get down immediately, but soon mount up on
+their pedestals again as if nothing had happened.
+
+Comings and goings, cries, exclamations, laughter, squibs that had
+been slow in going off, and firecrackers increased the tumult. Here,
+a foot broke through a bench, and some one fell to the floor, while
+the crowd laughed and made a show of him who had come so far to see
+a show. There, they fought and disputed over positions, and, a little
+farther on, the noise of breaking bottles and glasses could be heard:
+it was Andeng. She was carrying drinks and refreshments on a tray
+which she was balancing with both hands, but she had met her lover
+and he tried to take advantage of her helplessness by tickling....
+
+The teniente mayor presided at the production since the gobernadorcillo
+was fonder of monte.
+
+Maria Clara and her friends had arrived, and Don Filipo received
+them, and accompanied them to their seats. Behind came the curate
+with another Franciscan and some Spaniards. With the curate were some
+other people who make it their business to escort the friars.
+
+"May God reward them in another life," said the old man, referring
+to them as he walked away from Maria Clara's party.
+
+The performance began with Chananay and Marianito in Crispino� la
+Comare. Everybody had eyes and ears intent upon the stage, except
+one, Father Salv�. He seemed to have come to the theatre for no other
+purpose than to watch Maria Clara, whose sadness gave to her beauty
+an air so ideal and interesting that everybody looked upon her with
+rapture. But the Franciscan's eyes, deeply hidden in their hollow
+orbits, spoke no words of rapture. In that sombre look one could read
+something desperately sad. With such eyes Cain might have contemplated
+from afar the Paradise whose delights his mother had pictured to him.
+
+The act was just ending when Ibarra arrived. His presence occasioned
+a buzz of conversation. The attention of everybody was fixed on him
+and on the curate.
+
+But the young man did not seem to be aware of it, for he greeted
+Maria Clara and her friends with naturalness and sat down at their
+side. The only one who spoke was Sinang.
+
+"Did you see the volcano when they touched it off?" she asked.
+
+"No, my little friend. I had to accompany the Governor General."
+
+"Well, that is too bad! The curate came with us and he was telling
+us stories about condemned people. What do you think? Doesn't he do
+it to make us afraid so that we cannot enjoy ourselves? How does it
+appear to you?"
+
+The curate arose and approached Don Filipo, with whom he seemed to
+be having a lively discussion. He was speaking with animation and
+Don Filipo replying with moderation and in a low voice.
+
+"I am sorry that I cannot please Your Reverence," said the
+latter. "Se�or Ibarra is one of the heaviest tax-payers and has a
+right to sit here as long as he does not disturb the public order."
+
+"But is not scandalizing good Christians disturbing the public
+order? You let a wolf into the flock. You will be held responsible
+for this before God and before the authorities of the town."
+
+"I always hold myself responsible for acts which emanate from my own
+will, Father," replied Don Filipo, slightly inclining his head. "But
+my little authority does not give me power to meddle in religious
+affairs. Those who wish to avoid contact with him do not have to
+speak to him. Se�or Ibarra does not force himself on any one."
+
+"But he affords danger. He who loves danger perishes in it."
+
+"I don't see any danger, Father. The Alcalde and the Governor General,
+my superiors, have been talking with him all the afternoon, and it
+is not for me to give them a lesson."
+
+"If you don't put him out of here, we will leave."
+
+"I am very, very sorry, but I cannot put any one out of here."
+
+The curate repented having said what he did, but now there was no
+alternative. He made a signal to his companion, who laboriously rose
+to his feet and both went out. The persons attached to the friars
+imitated the priests, not, however, without first glancing with hatred
+at Ibarra.
+
+Murmurs and whispers increased. Then various persons approached and
+saluted the young man and said:
+
+"We are with you. Take no notice of them."
+
+"Who are 'them'?" he asked with surprise.
+
+"Those who have gone out in order to avoid contact with you."
+
+"To avoid contact with me? Contact with me?"
+
+"Yes, they say that you are excommunicated."
+
+Ibarra, surprised, did not know what to say and looked around him. He
+saw Maria Clara, who was hiding her face behind her fan.
+
+"But is it possible?" he exclaimed at last. "Are we still in the
+darkness of the Middle Ages? So that----"
+
+And turning to the young women and changing his tone, he said:
+
+"Excuse me; I have forgotten an appointment. I will return to accompany
+you home."
+
+"Stay!" said Sinang. "Yeyeng is going to dance in the 'La
+Calandria.' She dances divinely."
+
+"I cannot, my little friend, but I will certainly return."
+
+The murmurs increased.
+
+While Yeyeng, dressed in the style of the lower class of Madrid, was
+coming on the stage with the remark: "Da Ust� su permiso?" (Do you
+give your permission?) and as Carvajal was replying to her "Pase ust�
+adelante" (Pass forward), two soldiers of the Civil Guard approached
+Don Filipo, asking him to suspend the performance.
+
+"And what for?" asked he, surprised at the request.
+
+"Because the alferez and his Se�ora have been fighting and they
+cannot sleep."
+
+"You tell the alferez that we have permission from the Alcalde,
+and that no one in the town has any authority over him, not even the
+gobernadorcillo, who is my on-ly su-per-ior."
+
+"Well, you will have to suspend the performance," repeated the
+soldiers.
+
+Don Filipo turned his back to them. The guards marched off.
+
+In order not to disturb the general tranquillity, Don Filipo said
+not a word about the matter to any one.
+
+After a piece of light opera, which was heartily applauded, the Prince
+Villardo presented himself on the stage, and challenged all the Moros,
+who had imprisoned his father, to a fight. The hero threatened to
+cut off all their heads at a single blow and to send them all to
+the moon. Fortunately for the Moros, who were making ready to fight
+to the tune of the "Riego Hymn," [15] a tumult intervened. All of a
+sudden, the orchestra stopped playing and the musicians made a rush
+for the stage, throwing their instruments in all directions. The
+brave Villardo was not expecting such a move, and, taking them
+for allies of the Moros he also threw down his sword and shield and
+began to run. The Moros, seeing this terrible giant fleeing, found it
+convenient to imitate him. Cries, sighs, imprecations and blasphemies
+filled the air. The people ran, trampled over each other, the lights
+were put out, and the glass lamps with their cocoanut oil and little
+wicks were flying through the air. "Tulisanes! Tulisanes!" cried
+some. "Fire! Fire! Ladrones!" cried others. Women and children wept,
+chairs and spectators were rolled over on the floor in the midst of
+the confusion, rush and tumult.
+
+"What has happened?"
+
+Two Civil Guards with sticks in hand had gone after the musicians
+in order to put an end to the spectacle. The teniente mayor, with
+the cuaderilleros, [16] armed with their old sabers, had managed to
+arrest the two Civil Guards in spite of their resistance.
+
+"Take them to the tribunal!" shouted Don Filipo. "Be careful not to
+let them get away!"
+
+Ibarra had returned and had sought out Maria Clara. The terrified
+young maidens, trembling and pale, were clinging closely to him. Aunt
+Isabel was reciting the litanies in Latin.
+
+The crowd having recovered a little from the fright and some one
+having explained what had caused the rush and tumult, indignation
+arose in everyone's breast. Stones rained upon the Civil Guards who
+were being conducted to the tribunal by the cuaderilleros. Some one
+proposed that they burn the barracks of the Civil Guards and that
+they roast Do�a Consolacion and the alferez alive.
+
+"That is all that they are good for," cried a woman, rolling up her
+sleeves and stretching out her arms. "They can disturb the people
+but they persecute none but honorable men. They do nothing with the
+tulisanes and the gamblers. Look at them! Let us burn the cuartel."
+
+Somebody had been wounded in the arm and was asking for confession. A
+plaintive voice was heard coming from under an upset bench. It was
+a poor musician. The stage was filled with the players and people
+of the town and they were all talking at the same time. There
+was Chananay, dressed in the costume of Leonor in the "Trovador,"
+talking in corrupted Spanish with Ratia, who was in a school teacher's
+costume. There too, was Yeyeng, dressed in a silk wrapper, talking
+with the Prince Villardo. There too, Balbino and the Moros, trying
+to console the musicians who were more or less sorry sights. Some
+Spaniards were walking from one place to another, arguing with every
+one they met.
+
+But a nucleus for a mob already formed. Don Filipo knew what was
+their intention and tried to stop them.
+
+"Do not break the peace!" he shouted. "To-morrow we will demand
+satisfaction: we will have justice. I will take the responsibility
+for our getting justice."
+
+"No!" some replied. "They did the same thing in Calamba. The same
+thing was promised, but the Alcalde did nothing. We want justice done
+by our own hands. To the cuartel!"
+
+In vain the teniente mayor argued with them. The group that had
+gathered showed no signs of changing its attitude or purpose. Don
+Filipo looked about him, in search of help. He saw Ibarra.
+
+"Se�or Ibarra, for my sake, as a favor, hold them while I seek some
+cuaderilleros."
+
+"What can I do?" asked the young man, perplexed. But the teniente
+mayor was already in the distance.
+
+Ibarra in turn looked about him, for he knew not whom. Fortunately, he
+thought he discerned Elias, in the crowd, but not taking an active part
+in it. Ibarra ran up to him, seized his arm and said to him in Spanish:
+
+"For heaven's sake! Do something, if you can! I cannot do anything."
+
+The pilot must have understood, for he lost himself in the mob.
+
+Lively discussions were heard mingled with strong interjections. Soon
+the mob began to disperse, each one of the participants becoming less
+hostile. And it was time for them to do so, for the cuaderilleros
+were coming to the scene with fixed bayonets.
+
+In the meantime, what was the curate doing?
+
+Father Salv� had not gone to bed. Standing on foot, immovable and
+leaning his face against the shutter, he was looking toward the plaza
+and, from time to time, a suppressed sigh escaped his breast. If the
+light of his lamp had not been so dim, perhaps one might have seen that
+his eyes were filling with tears. Thus he stood for almost an hour.
+
+The tumult in the plaza roused him from this state. Full of surprise,
+he followed with his eyes the people as they rushed to and fro in
+confusion. Their voices and cries he could vaguely hear even at that
+distance. One of the servants came running in breathlessly and informed
+him what was going on.
+
+A thought entered his mind. Amid confusion and tumult libertines
+take advantage of the fright and the weakness of woman. All flee to
+save themselves; nobody thinks of anyone else; the women faint and
+their cries are not heard; they fall; are trampled over; fear and
+fright overcome modesty, and under cover of darkness.... He fancied
+he could see Ibarra carrying Maria Clara fainting in his arms, and
+then disappearing in the darkness.
+
+With leaps and bounds, he went down the stairs without hat, or cane,
+and, almost like a crazy person, turned toward the plaza.
+
+There he found some Spaniards reproving the soldiers. He looked
+toward the seats which Maria Clara and her friends had been occupying,
+and saw that they were vacant.
+
+"Father curate! Father curate!" shouted the Spaniards to him, but he
+took no notice and ran on in the direction of the house of Captain
+Tiago. There he recovered his breath. He saw through the transparent
+shade, a shadow--that adorable shadow, so graceful and delicate in
+its contour--that of Maria Clara. He could also see another shadow,
+that of her aunt carrying cups and glasses.
+
+"Well!" he muttered to himself. "It seems that she has only fallen
+ill."
+
+Aunt Isabel afterward closed the shell windows and the graceful shadow
+could no longer be seen.
+
+The curate walked away from there without seeing the crowd. He was
+looking at the bust of a beautiful maiden which he had before his
+eyes, a maiden sleeping and breathing sweetly. Her eyelids were shaded
+by long lashes, which formed graceful curves like those on Rafael's
+virgins. Her small mouth was smiling, and her whole countenance seemed
+to breathe virginity, purity and innocence. That sweet face of hers
+on the background of the white draperies of the bed was a vision like
+the head of a cherubim among the clouds. His impassioned imagination
+went on and pictured to him.... Who can describe all that a burning
+brain can conceive?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+TWO VISITORS.
+
+
+Ibarra found his mind in such a state that it was impossible for
+him to sleep. So, in order to divert himself and to drive away the
+gloomy idea which distracted his mind, he began work in his solitary
+laboratory. Morning came upon him, still at work making mixtures and
+compounds to the action of which he submitted pieces of cane and other
+substances, and afterward enclosed them in numbered and sealed flasks.
+
+A servant entered, announcing the arrival of a peasant.
+
+"Let him enter!" said he, without even turning to look.
+
+Elias entered and remained standing in silence.
+
+"Ah! is it you?" Ibarra exclaimed in Tagalog on recognizing
+him. "Excuse me if I have kept you waiting. I was not aware of your
+presence. I was making an important experiment."
+
+"I do not wish to disturb you!" replied the young pilot. "I have come
+in the first place, to ask you if you want anything from the province
+of Batangas, whither I am going now; and, in the second place, to
+give you some bad news."
+
+Ibarra looked inquiringly at the pilot.
+
+"The daughter of Captain Tiago is ill," added Elias quietly, "but
+the illness is not serious."
+
+"I had already feared it," responded Ibarra. "Do you know what the
+illness is?"
+
+"A fever. Now, if you have nothing to order----"
+
+"Thanks, my friend. I wish you a good journey, but before you go,
+permit me to ask you a question. If it is indiscreet, do not answer
+me."
+
+Elias bowed.
+
+"How were you able to quiet the mob last night?" asked Ibarra, fixing
+his eyes on him.
+
+"In a very simple way," replied Elias, with entire frankness. "At the
+head of it were two brothers whose father died from the effects of a
+whipping at the hands of the Civil Guard. One day I had the fortune
+to save them from the same hands into which their father fell, and
+for this both are under obligations to me. Last night I went to them,
+and requested them to dissuade the others from their purpose."
+
+"And those two brothers whose father died by being whipped to death?"
+
+"They will end their lives in the same way," replied Elias in a low
+voice. "When adversity has marked itself once on a family, all the
+members have to perish. When the lightning strikes a tree, it reduces
+it all to ashes."
+
+And Elias, seeing that Ibarra was silent, took his leave.
+
+The latter on finding himself alone, lost the serenity of countenance
+which he had preserved in the presence of the pilot, and grief
+manifested itself in his face.
+
+"I--I have made her suffer," he muttered.
+
+He quickly dressed himself and descended the stairs.
+
+A little man, dressed in mourning, with a large scar on his left cheek,
+meekly saluted him, stopping him on his way.
+
+"What do you wish?" Ibarra asked him.
+
+"Se�or, my name is Lucas. I am the brother of the man who was killed
+yesterday during the ceremony when the stone was being laid."
+
+"Ah! You have my sympathy--and, well?"
+
+"Se�or, I wish to know how much you are going to pay my brother's
+family."
+
+"How much I am going to pay?" repeated the young man without being
+able to conceal a bored expression. "We will talk that over. Come
+back this afternoon, for I am busy to-day."
+
+"Only tell me how much you are going to pay," insisted Lucas.
+
+"I have told you that we would talk about that some other time. I'm
+too busy to-day," said Ibarra, impatiently.
+
+"You haven't time now, se�or?" asked Lucas with bitterness and putting
+himself in front of the young man. "You do not have time to occupy
+yourself about the dead?"
+
+"Come this afternoon, my good fellow!" repeated Ibarra, restraining
+himself. "To-day I have to go and see a sick person."
+
+"Ah! and you forget the dead for a sick person? Do you think that
+because we are poor----"
+
+Ibarra looked at him and cut off what he was saying.
+
+"Don't try my patience!" said he, and went on his way. Lucas stood
+looking at him, with a smile on his face, full of hatred.
+
+"You do not know that you are a grandson of the man who exposed my
+father to the sun!" he muttered between his teeth. "You have the very
+same blood in your veins!"
+
+And, changing his tone he added:
+
+"But if you pay well, we are friends."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+EPISODE IN ESPADA�A'S LIFE.
+
+
+The festival was over. The citizens found, just as every year, that
+their treasury was poorer, that they had worked, perspired, and stayed
+up nights without enjoying themselves, without acquiring new friends,
+and in a word, had paid dearly for the noise and their headaches. But
+it did not matter. The next year they would do the same thing, and
+the same for the coming century, just as had always been the custom
+to the present time.
+
+Enough sadness reigned in Captain Tiago's house. All the windows were
+closed; the people scarcely made a noise, and no one dared to speak
+except in the kitchen. Maria Clara, the soul of the house, lay sick
+in her bed.
+
+"What do you think, Isabel? Shall I make a donation to the cross of
+Tunasan or to the cross of Matahong?" asked the solicitous father
+in a low voice. "The cross of Tunasan grows, but that of Matahong
+sweats. Which do you think is the most miraculous?"
+
+Isabel thought for a moment, moved her head and murmured: "To grow--to
+grow is more miraculous than to sweat. We all sweat, but we do not
+all grow."
+
+"That is true, yes, Isabel, but bear in mind that for wood to sweat
+when it is made into the leg of a chair is no small miracle. Well,
+the best thing to do is to give alms to both crosses, so that neither
+will feel resentful, and Maria Clara will recover more quickly. Are
+the rooms in good order? You know that a new se�or comes with the
+doctors, a relative of Father D�maso by marriage. It is necessary
+that nothing be lacking."
+
+The two cousins, Sinang and Victoria, were at the other end of the
+dining-room. They had come to keep company with the sick Maria. Andeng
+was helping them clean up a tea service in order to serve tea.
+
+"Do you know Doctor Espada�a?" asked Maria Clara's foster sister,
+directing her question to Victoria.
+
+"No!" replied the latter. "The only thing that I know about him is
+that he charges very dearly, according to Captain Tiago."
+
+"Then he ought to be very good," said Andeng. "The one who performed
+the operation on the stomach of Do�a Marta charged a big price,
+but he was very wise."
+
+"You goose!" exclaimed Sinang. "Not all who charge high prices are
+wise. Look at Doctor Guevara. He did not know how to aid a woman in
+childbirth, but after cutting off the child's head, he collected one
+hundred pesos from the widower. What he did know was how to charge."
+
+"What do you know about it?" her cousin asked, giving her a jab with
+her elbow.
+
+"Why shouldn't I know about it? The husband, who is a wood-sawyer,
+after losing his wife, had to lose his house also, for the Alcalde was
+a friend of the doctor's and made him pay. Why shouldn't I know? My
+father loaned him money so that he could make a trip to Santa Cruz."
+
+A coach stopped before the house and cut off all the conversation.
+
+Captain Tiago, followed by Aunt Isabel, ran downstairs to receive
+the new arrivals. They were the doctor, Don Tiburcio de Espada�a, his
+wife, Doctora Do�a Victorina de los Reyes de de Espada�a; and a young
+Spaniard. The latter had a sympathetic face and a pleasing appearance.
+
+The doctora wore a silk gown, embroidered with flowers, and on her
+hat, a large parrot half crushed among trimmings of red and blue
+ribbons. The dust of the road had mingled with the rice powder on
+her cheeks, strongly accentuating her wrinkles. She was leaning on
+the arm of her lame husband.
+
+"I have the pleasure to present to you our cousin, Don Alfonso Linares
+de Espada�a," said Do�a Victorina, pointing toward the young man. "The
+gentleman is a god-son of a relative of Father D�maso, and is private
+secretary to all the ministers."
+
+The young man bowed gracefully. Captain Tiago almost kissed his hand.
+
+Do�a Victorina was a woman of about forty-five summers, which,
+according to her arithmetical calculations, was equivalent to
+thirty-two springs. She had been pretty in her youth, but, raging over
+her own beauty, she had looked with disdain on many Filipino adorers,
+for her aspirations were for the other race. She had not cared to
+entrust her little white hand to anybody, but this not on account
+of lack of confidence on her part, for she had entrusted rings and
+jewels of inestimable value to various foreign adventurers.
+
+Six months before the time of the happenings of which we are writing,
+she saw her beautiful dream realized, that dream of her whole life,
+on account of which she had disdained all manner of flattery and even
+the promises of love, which had been cooed into her ears, or sung
+in serenades by Captain Tiago. Late, it is true, she had realized
+her dream; but she knew well the proverb--"Better late than never,"
+and consoled herself by repeating it again and again. "There is no
+complete happiness on this earth," was her other favorite proverb, but
+neither of these ever passed her lips in the presence of other people.
+
+Do�a Victorina, after passing her first, second, third and fourth youth
+in fishing in the sea of men for the object of her dreams, had at last
+to content herself with what fortune cared to give her. The poor little
+woman, if she, instead of having passed thirty-two springs, had not
+passed more than thirty-one--the difference according to her arithmetic
+was very great--would have thrown back the prize which Destiny offered
+her, and preferred to wait for another more in conformity with her
+tastes. But, as the man proposed and necessity disposed it so, for she
+needed a husband very badly, she was compelled to content herself with
+a poor man, who had been driven by necessity to leave the Province
+of Estremadura in Spain. He, after wandering about the world for six
+or seven months, a modern Ulysses, found at last in the island of
+Luzon, hospitality, money, and a faded Calypso, his better half--but
+alas! a bitter half. He was known as the unhappy Tiburcio Espada�a,
+and, although he was thirty-five years old and seemed even older,
+he was, however, younger than Do�a Victorina, who was only thirty-two.
+
+He had come to the Philippines in the capacity of clerk in the
+custom house, but after all the sea-sickness of the voyage and
+after fracturing a leg on the way, he had the bad luck to receive
+his discharge fifteen days after his arrival. He was left without a
+single cuarto.
+
+Distrusting the sea, he did not wish to return to Spain without having
+made a fortune. So he decided to devote himself to something. Spanish
+pride did not permit him to do any manual labor. The poor man would
+have worked with pleasure to have earned an honorable living, but the
+prestige of the Spaniard did not permit this, nor did that prestige
+provide him with the necessities of life.
+
+At first he lived at the expense of some of his countrymen, but,
+as Tiburcio had some self-respect, the bread was sour to him, and
+instead of getting fat he grew thin. As he had neither knowledge of
+any science, money nor recommendations, his countrymen, in order to
+get rid of him, advised him to go to some of the provinces and pass
+himself off as a Doctor of Medicine. At first, he did not like the
+idea, and opposed the plan, for although he had been a servant in the
+San Carlos Hospital, he had not learned anything about the science of
+healing, his duty having been to dust off the benches and light the
+fires, and, even in this work, he had served only a short time. But
+as necessity was pressing him hard, and as his friends pointed out the
+vanity of his scruples, he took their advice, went into the provinces
+and began to visit the sick, charging as much for his services as
+his conscience permitted. Later on he began to charge dearly and
+to put a high price on his visits. On this account, he was at once
+taken to be a great doctor and would probably have made his fortune,
+had not the attention of the Protective Medical Society of Manila,
+been called to his exorbitant charges and to his harmful competition.
+
+Private citizens and professors interceded in his behalf. "Man!" said
+the zealous Doctor C. in speaking of him. "Let him make his little
+money. Let him make his little six or seven thousand pesos. He will be
+able to return to his native land then and live in peace. What does
+it matter to you? Let him deceive the unwary natives. Then they may
+become smarter. He is a poor, unhappy fellow. Do not take the bread
+from his mouth. Be a good Spaniard!"
+
+Doctor C. was a good Spaniard and he winked at the matter. But when the
+facts reached the ears of the people, they began to lose confidence in
+him, and little by little Don Tiburcio Espada�a lost his clientage,
+and found himself almost obliged to beg for bread day by day. Then
+it was that he learned from a friend of his, who was also a friend
+of Do�a Victorina about the position of that woman, and about her
+patriotism and good heart. Don Tiburcio saw in her a bit of blue sky
+and asked to be presented.
+
+Do�a Victorina and Don Tiburcio met. Tarde venientibus ossa, he would
+have exclaimed if he had known Latin. She was no longer passable,
+she was past. Her abundant hair had been reduced to a wad about the
+size of an onion top, as the servants were wont to describe it. Her
+face was full of wrinkles and her teeth had begun to loosen. Her eyes
+had also suffered, and considerably, too. She had to squint frequently
+when she cared to look off at a certain distance. Her character was
+the only thing that had remained unchanged.
+
+At the end of half an hour's conversation, they came to an
+understanding and accepted each other. She would have preferred
+a Spaniard less lame, less of a stammerer, less bald, one with
+more teeth, one of more rank and social standing, or categor�a,
+as she called it. But this class of Spaniards never came to ask her
+hand. She had heard, too, more than once that "opportunity is bald,"
+and she honestly believed that Don Tiburcio was that very opportunity,
+for on account of his dark days he had prematurely lost his hair. What
+woman is not prudent at thirty-two?
+
+Don Tiburcio, for his part, felt a vague melancholy when he thought
+of his honeymoon. He smiled with resignation especially when he
+called the phantom of hunger to his aid. He had never had ambition
+or pretensions. His tastes were simple, his thoughts limited;
+but his heart, untouched till then, had dreamed of a very different
+divinity. In his youth when, tired by his day's labor, after a frugal
+meal, he lay down on a poor bed, he dreamed of a smiling, affectionate
+image. Afterward, when his sorrows and privations increased, the
+years passed and his poetical dreams were not fulfilled, he thought
+merely of a good woman, a willing hand, a worker, who might afford
+him a small dowry, console him when tired from labor, and quarrel
+with him from time to time. Yes, he was thinking of the quarrels as
+a happiness! But when, obliged to wander from country to country,
+in search no longer of a fortune, but of some commodity to sustain
+his life for the remainder of his days; when, deluded by the accounts
+of his countrymen who came from beyond the seas, he embarked for the
+Philippines--then the vision of a housekeeper gave way to an image
+of an arrogant mestiza, a beautiful native with large black eyes,
+draped in silks and transparent garments, loaded with diamonds and
+gold, offering him her love and her carriages.
+
+He arrived in the Philippines and believed that he was about to
+realize his dream, for the young women who, in silver-plated carriages,
+frequented the Luneta and the Malecon, Manila's popular and fashionable
+drives, looked at him with a certain curiosity. Later, when this
+curiosity on their part had ceased, the mestiza disappeared from his
+dreams, and with great labor he formed in his mind a picture of a
+widow, but an agreeable widow. So it was that when he saw only part
+of his dream taking on real form, he became sad. But he was somewhat
+of a philosopher and said to himself: "That was a dream, but in the
+world one does not live in dreams." Thus he settled all his doubts;
+she wasted a lot of rice powder on her cheeks. Pshaw! When they were
+once married he would make her stop that easily enough; she had many
+wrinkles in her face, but his coat had more bare spots and patches;
+she was old, pretentious, and imperious, but hunger was more imperious,
+and still more pretentious; and then, too, he had a sweet disposition,
+and, who could tell?--love modifies character; she spoke Spanish very
+badly, but he himself did not speak it well; at least, the head of
+the Customs department had so notified him in his discharge from his
+position, and besides, what did it matter? What if she was old and
+ridiculous? He was lame, toothless and bald. When some friend jested
+with him, he would respond: "Give me bread and call me a fool."
+
+Don Tiburcio was what is vulgarly called a man who would not harm a
+fly. He was modest and incapable of conceiving an evil thought. He
+would have made a good missionary had he lived in olden times. His
+stay in the country had not given him that conviction of his
+own superiority, of his own worth, and of his high importance,
+which the larger part of his countrymen acquire in a few weeks
+in the Philippines. His heart had never been able to conceive
+hatred for anybody or anything. He had not yet been able to find a
+revolutionist. He only looked upon the people as unhappy beings whom
+it was fitting for him to deprive of a little of their wealth in order
+to prevent himself becoming even more unhappy than they. When they
+tried to make a case against him for passing as a doctor without a
+proper license, he did not resent it, he did not complain. He saw the
+justice of the case, and only replied: "But it is necessary to live!"
+
+So they were married and went to Santa A�a to pass their honeymoon. But
+on the night of the wedding Do�a Victorina had a bad attack of
+indigestion. Don Tiburcio gave thanks to God and showed solicitude
+and care. On the second night, however, he conducted himself like an
+honorable man, but on the day following, when he looked in the mirror
+at his bare gums, he smiled with melancholy: he had grown ten years
+older at least.
+
+Do�a Victorina, charmed with her husband, had a good set of front
+teeth made for him, and had the best tailors in the city dress and
+equip him. She ordered carriages and calesas, sent to Batangas and
+Albay provinces for the finest spans of horses, and even obliged him
+to make two entries in the coming horse races.
+
+In the meantime, while she was transforming her husband, she did not
+forget her own person. She laid aside the silk saya or Filipino skirt
+and pi�a cloth bodice, for a dress of European style. She substituted
+false curls in front for the simple hair dress of the Filipinos. Her
+dresses, which fitted her "divinely bad," disturbed the peace and
+tranquillity of the entire neighborhood.
+
+The husband never went out of the house afoot--she did not want people
+to see that he was lame. He always took her for drives through the
+places most deserted, much to her pain, for she wanted to display
+her husband on the drives most frequented by the public. But out of
+respect for their honeymoon, she kept silent.
+
+The last quarter of the honeymoon had just begun when he wanted to
+stop her from using rice powder on her cheeks, saying to her that it
+was false and not natural. Do�a Victorina frowned and looked squarely
+at his front set of teeth. He at once became silent, and she learned
+his weakness.
+
+She soon got the idea that she was to become a mother and made the
+following announcement to all her friends: "Next month, we, I and
+de Espada�a are going to the Pe�insula. [17] I don't want to have my
+son born here and have them call him a revolutionist."
+
+She added a de to her husband's name. The de did not cost anything
+and gave categor�a to the name. When she signed herself, she wrote
+Victorina de los Reyes de de Espada�a. That de de Espada�a was her
+mania. Neither the lithographer who printed her cards, nor her husband,
+could get the idea out of her head.
+
+"If I do not put more than one de in the name people will think that
+I haven't it, fool!" said she to her husband.
+
+She was talking continually about her preparations for the voyage
+to Spain. She learned by memory the names of the points where the
+steamers called, and it was a pleasure to hear her talk--"I am going
+to see the sismus of the Suez Canal. De Espada�a thinks that it is
+the most beautiful, and De Espada�a has seen the whole world."--"I
+will probably never return to this land of savages."--"I was not
+born to live here. Aden or Port Said would be more suitable for
+me. I have always thought so since I was a child." Do�a Victorina,
+in her geography, divided the world into two parts, the Philippines
+and Spain. In this she differed from the lower class of people in
+Madrid for they divide it into Spain and America, or Spain and China,
+America and China being merely different names for the same country.
+
+The husband knew that some of these things were barbarisms, but he
+kept silent so that she would not mock him and twit him with his
+stammering. She feigned to be whimsical in order to increase her
+illusion that she was a mother, and she began to dress herself in
+colors, adorn herself with flowers and ribbons, and to walk through the
+Escolta in a wrapper. But oh! what an illusion! Three months passed and
+the dream vanished. By this time, having no fear that her son would
+be a revolutionist, she gave up the voyage. She consulted doctors,
+mid-wives and old women, but all in vain. To the great displeasure
+of Captain Tiago she made fun of San Pascual Bailon, as she did not
+care to run to any saint. On account of this a friend of her husband
+told her:
+
+"Believe me, Se�ora, you are the only espiritu fuerte (strong-minded
+person) in this country."
+
+She smiled without understanding what espiritu fuerte meant, but, at
+night, when it was time to be sleeping, she asked her husband about it.
+
+"Daughter," replied he, "the e--espir--espiritu most fu-fuerte that I
+know--know about is a--a--ammonia. My fr-fr-friend must have be-been
+us-using a figure of rhetoric."
+
+From that time on, she was always saying, whenever she could, "I am
+the only ammonia in this country, speaking rhetorically, as Se�or N. de
+N. who is from the Pe�insula and who has much categor�a, puts it."
+
+Whatever she said had to be done. She had come to dominate her
+husband completely. On his part, he offered no great resistance,
+and was converted into a little lap dog for her. If he incommoded
+her she would not let him go out for a drive, and when she became
+really infuriated, she would snatch out his false teeth and leave him
+a horrible-looking man for one or more days, according to the offense.
+
+It occurred to her that her husband ought to be a Doctor of Medicine
+and Surgery, and so she expressed herself to him.
+
+"Daughter! Do you want them to arrest me?" he said, frightened.
+
+"Don't be a fool. Let me arrange it!" she replied. "You are not going
+to attend any one, but I want them to call you a doctor and me a
+doctora, eh?"
+
+And on the following day Rodoreda, a prominent marble dealer in Manila,
+received an order for the following engraving on black marble: Dr. De
+Espada�a, Specialist in All Kinds of Diseases.
+
+All of the servants had to give them their new titles, and, in
+consequence of it all, she increased the number of her curls in
+front, the layer of rice powder, the ribbons and laces, and looked
+with more disdain than ever on the poor and less fortunate women
+of her country, who had less categor�a than she. Each day she felt
+herself more dignified and elevated, and, following along this road,
+in less than a year she would think herself of divine origin.
+
+These sublime thoughts, however, did not prevent her from growing more
+ridiculous and older each day. Every time that Captain Tiago met her
+in the street and remembered that he had once made love to her in vain,
+he would go at once to the church and give a peso for a mass as a thank
+offering for his good luck in not marrying her. In spite of this,
+Captain Tiago highly respected her husband, on account of his title
+of "specialist in all kinds of diseases," and he listened with close
+attention to the few phrases that he managed to stutter out. In fact,
+it was on account of this title and the fact that the doctor did not
+attend everybody, that the Captain chose him to attend his daughter.
+
+As to the young man Linares, it is a different story. When she
+was making ready for her voyage to Spain, Do�a Victorina thought of
+having an administrator from the Pe�insula to look after her affairs,
+for she did not trust Filipinos. Her husband remembered a nephew in
+Madrid who was studying to become a lawyer, and who was considered
+the smartest one in his family. They wrote to him, then, sending him
+in advance money for the passage, and, when the dream was dispelled,
+the young man was already on his way.
+
+These are the three persons who had just arrived.
+
+While they were eating their breakfast, Father Salv� arrived, and,
+as the husband and wife had already met the friar, they presented
+him to the young Linares, with all his titles. The young man blushed.
+
+As was natural they spoke of Maria Clara. The young maiden was resting
+and sleeping. They talked over the voyage. Do�a Victorina showed her
+verbosity by criticising the customs of the provinces, the nipa houses,
+the bamboo bridges, without forgetting to tell the curate about her
+friendship with the Commander of the Army, the Alcalde so and so,
+Judge so and so of the Supreme Court, and with the governor of the
+province, all persons of categor�a, who had much consideration for her.
+
+"If you had come two days before, Dona Victorina," replied Captain
+Tiago during a short pause, "you would have met His Excellency,
+the Governor General. He sat right there."
+
+"What? How's that? Was His Excellency here? And in your house? A lie!"
+
+"I tell you he sat right there. If you had come two days before----"
+
+"Ah! What a shame that little Clara did not fall sick
+before!" exclaimed she, in real sorrow. And directing herself to
+Linares: "Do you hear, cousin? His Excellency was here! You see
+De Espada�a was right when he told you that we were not going to
+the house of a miserable native. For you should know, Don Santiago,
+that our cousin was a friend of all the Ministers in Madrid and all
+the Dukes, and he dined in the house of Count del Campanario (belfry)."
+
+"Duke de la Torre (tower), Victorina," said her husband, correcting
+her.
+
+"It amounts to the same thing. Do you think you can tell me that----"
+
+"Would I find Father D�maso in town to-day?" interrupted Linares,
+turning to Father Salv�. "They have told me that he is near here."
+
+"He is, precisely, and will come here in a little while," replied
+the curate.
+
+"How glad I am! I have a letter for him," exclaimed the young man. "And
+if it had not been for this happy chance which brought me here,
+I would have come expressly to visit him."
+
+"The happy chance--that is, Maria Clara--had, in the meantime
+awakened."
+
+"De Espada�a!" said Do�a Victorina, finishing her breakfast. "Are
+we going to see little Clara?" And turning to Captain Tiago, "For
+you only, Don Santiago; for you alone! My husband does not treat
+anybody except people of categor�a, and he even refuses some of
+them! My husband is not like those about here--in Madrid he only
+visited people of categor�a."
+
+They passed into the sick room.
+
+The room was almost dark. The windows were shut for fear of a draught,
+and the little light which illuminated the room came from the two
+wax candles which were burning in front of an image of the Virgin
+of Antipolo.
+
+Her head wrapped up in a handkerchief, saturated in cologne water,
+her body wrapped in wide folds of white sheets which outlined her
+virginal form, the sick maiden lay on her bed of kamakon [18] among
+jusi and pi�a curtains. Her hair, forming a frame around her oval
+face, increased her transparent paleness, which was animated only
+by her large eyes full of sadness. At her side were her two friends
+and Andeng.
+
+De Espada�a felt of her pulse, examined her tongue, asked some
+questions, and shaking his head seriously, said:
+
+"Sh-sh-she is si-sick. But we-we-we can cu-cu-cure her."
+
+Do�a Victorina looked with pride at those around her.
+
+"A li-lichen in mil-milk in the-the morning; syrup of marsh
+marsh-mal-mallow, tw-o--two hounds'--hounds' tongue pi-pills,"
+ordered De Espada�a.
+
+"Take courage, little Clara," said Do�a Victorina, approaching her. "We
+have come to cure you. I am going to present our cousin to you."
+
+Linares was absorbed, contemplating those eloquent eyes which seemed
+to be seeking some one, and he did not hear Do�a Victorina call him.
+
+"Se�or Linares," said the curate, calling him out of his ecstacy. "Here
+comes Father D�maso."
+
+In fact, Father D�maso was coming, pale and somewhat sad. On leaving
+his bed, his first visit was to Maria Clara. He was no longer the
+Father D�maso that he had been, so robust and talkative. He now walked
+along in silence and with unsteady footsteps.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+SCHEMES.
+
+
+Without paying attention to anybody, Father D�maso went straight to
+the sick room and took hold of Maria's hand.
+
+"Maria!" said he, with indescribable tenderness, as tears dropped
+from his eyes. "Maria, my child, you are not going to die!"
+
+Maria opened her eyes and looked at him with surprise.
+
+None who knew the Franciscan suspected that he ever had such tender
+thoughts. No one ever supposed that a heart existed under that gross
+and rude aspect.
+
+Father D�maso could say no more and left the maiden, weeping like
+a child. He went out through the room at the head of the stairs,
+to give free vent to his grief, on Maria Clara's balcony under her
+favorite vines.
+
+"How he loves his god-daughter!" thought they all.
+
+Father Salv� witnessed the scene, immovable and silent, lightly biting
+his lips.
+
+When his grief was somewhat soothed, Father D�maso was introduced
+by Do�a Victorina to the young Linares, who approached the friar
+with respect.
+
+Father D�maso gazed at him in silence from head to foot. He took
+the letter which the young man handed to him and read it apparently
+without understanding it, for he asked him:
+
+"And who are you?"
+
+"Alfonso Linares, the god-son of your brother-in-law," stammered the
+young man.
+
+Father D�maso leaned back and examined the young man again. His face
+brightened up and he rose to his feet.
+
+"And so you are the god-son of little Charles!" he exclaimed. "Come
+here and let me embrace you. It was some days ago that I received your
+letter. So it is you! I did not know you--but that is easily explained,
+for you were not yet born when I left the country. I never knew you."
+
+And Father D�maso stretched out his robust arms to the young man who
+blushed, either from shame or suffocation. Father D�maso seemed to
+have completely forgotten his grief.
+
+After the first moments of effusion had passed, and questions had been
+asked about Carlicos, as he called little Charles, Father D�maso asked:
+
+"Well. What does Carlicos want me to do for you?"
+
+"I believe he says something in the letter," stammered Linares again.
+
+"In the letter? Let us see. 'Tis so! And he wants me to get you a
+job and a wife! Hm! Employment--employment: that is easy. Do you know
+how to read and write?"
+
+"I have graduated in law from the Central University."
+
+"Carambas! So you are a pettifogger? Well, you don't look it--you look
+more like a young gentleman. But so much the better! But to find you
+a wife--hm! hm! a wife."
+
+"Father, I am not in a hurry about it," said Linares, confused.
+
+But Father D�maso began to walk from one end of the room to the other,
+muttering: "A wife! A wife!"
+
+His face by this time was no longer sad, nor was it cheerful. It
+expressed the greatest seriousness and he seemed to be
+meditating. Father Salv� surveyed the scene from a distance.
+
+"I did not believe that it could give me such pain," murmured Father
+D�maso in a mournful voice. "But of two evils the lesser."
+
+And raising his voice and approaching Linares, he said:
+
+"Come here, my boy! We will speak with Santiago."
+
+Linares turned pale and allowed himself to be led along by the priest,
+who was deep in thought.
+
+Then it was Father Salv�'s turn to walk up and down the room and he
+did so, meditating, as was his custom.
+
+A voice bidding him good morning stopped his monotonous tread. He
+raised his head and his eyes met Lucas, who saluted him humbly.
+
+"What do you want?" asked the eyes of the curate.
+
+"Father, I am the brother of the man who was killed on the day of
+the fiesta," replied Lucas, in a tearful tone.
+
+Father Salv� stepped back.
+
+"And what of it?" he muttered, in an unintelligible voice.
+
+Lucas made an effort to weep, and dried his eyes with his handkerchief.
+
+"Father," said he, crying, "I have been to Crisostomo's house to ask
+him for indemnity. At first, he received me with kicks, saying that
+he would not pay anything, since he had run the risk of being killed
+through the fault of my dear, unfortunate brother. Yesterday, I went
+to talk with him again, but he had already left for Manila, leaving
+me for charity's sake five hundred pesos for my poor brother--five
+hundred pesos--ah! Father."
+
+The curate listened to the first part of his story with surprise and
+attention, but slowly there appeared on his lips a smile--a smile
+of such contempt and sarcasm at the comedy that was being played,
+that if Lucas had seen it he would have fled in all haste.
+
+"And what do you want now?" he asked, turning his back to him.
+
+"Alas! Father, for love of God tell me what I ought to do. Father,
+you have always given good advice."
+
+"Who has told you that? You do not live here."
+
+"But the whole province knows you, Father!"
+
+Father Salv� went up to him with his eyes full of anger and, motioning
+to the street, said to the frightened Lucas:
+
+"Go to your house and give thanks to Don Crisostomo that he has not
+sent you to jail. Get away from here."
+
+Forgetting his r�le, Lucas muttered:
+
+"Well, I thought----"
+
+"Out of here!" cried Father Salv�, in a nervous tone.
+
+"I want to see Father D�maso."
+
+"Father D�maso is busy. Out of here!" ordered the curate, in an
+imperative tone, again.
+
+Lucas went down the stairs murmuring: "He is another. How poorly he
+pays! He who pays better...."
+
+The voice of the curate had reached the ears of all in the house,
+even Father D�maso, Captain Tiago and Linares.
+
+"An insolent beggar who came to ask alms and doesn't want to work,"
+said Father Salv�, taking his hat and cane and starting toward the
+convent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+THE PERSECUTED.
+
+
+By the dim light which the moon diffused through the thick branches
+of the trees, a man wandered along the forest trails slowly and
+cautiously. From time to time, as if to find out where he was,
+he whistled a particular melody, to which another in the distance
+responded with the same air. The man listened attentively, and
+afterward proceeded in the direction of the distant sound.
+
+Finally, passing through the thousand difficulties which a virgin
+forest offers in the night time, he came to a small clearing. High
+rocks, crowned with trees, surrounded the place, forming a sort of
+ruined amphitheatre. Recently cut trees, with their charred trunks
+and enormous rocks, which Nature had covered with her mantle of green
+foliage, filled the middle of the open space.
+
+Scarcely had the unknown man arrived, when another figure quickly
+appeared from behind one of the large rocks, advanced and drew
+a revolver.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked in Tagalog and, in an imperious voice, as he
+cocked the hammer of his weapon.
+
+"Is old Pablo among you?" asked the first calmly, without replying
+to the question or becoming intimidated.
+
+"Do you refer to the Captain? Yes, he is."
+
+"Tell him, then, that Elias is looking for him here," said the man.
+
+"Are you Elias?" asked the other with a certain respect, and
+approaching him without lowering his revolver. "Then come."
+
+Elias followed him.
+
+They penetrated into a kind of cavern, which was hollowed out in the
+depths of the earth. The guide, who knew the way, told the pilot when
+he ought to get down, stoop or crawl. However, it was not long before
+they came to a sala or room in the cave, miserably illuminated by pitch
+torches, and occupied by twelve or fifteen armed men. The faces of
+the men were dirty and their clothes ragged; some were sitting down,
+others lying down, conversing among themselves in a low tone. Leaning
+his elbows on a stone which served as a table and contemplating
+thoughtfully the lamp, which was shedding very little light for the
+amount of smoke it made, sat an old man. His countenance was sad,
+and his head wrapped in a bloody rag. If we had not known that the
+place was a cave of tulisanes, we would have said, on reading the
+desperation on the face of the old man, that it was the Tower of
+Hunger on the eve when Ugolino devoured his sons.
+
+At the arrival of Elias and the guide, the men were about to arise,
+but, at a signal from the guide, they were quieted and contented
+themselves with examining the pilot, who was entirely unarmed.
+
+The old man turned his head slowly and his eyes met the sturdy
+figure of Elias. The latter, in turn, with his head uncovered, full
+of sadness and interest, gazed upon the old man.
+
+"Is it you?" asked the old man, his face brightening a little as he
+recognized the youth.
+
+"How badly off you are!" murmured Elias, in an half-intelligible tone
+of voice.
+
+The old man bowed in silence, made a sign to the men, who then arose
+and left, not, however, without first directing glances at the pilot,
+measuring his stature and muscles.
+
+"Yes!" said the old man to Elias as soon as they found themselves
+alone. "Six months ago, I gave you refuge in my house. Then, it was
+I who sympathized with you; now, fortune has changed and it is you
+who pity me. But sit down, and tell me how you came here."
+
+"Some fifteen days ago they told me of your misfortune," replied the
+young man slowly, and in a low voice, looking toward the light. "I
+at once set out on the road and I have been searching for you from
+mountain to mountain. I have travelled over the greater part of
+two provinces.
+
+"Rather than spill innocent blood," said Pablo, "I have had to flee. My
+enemies are afraid to show themselves and shield themselves behind
+some unhappy fellows who have never done me the slightest injury."
+
+Then, after a short pause, of which Elias took advantage to read the
+thoughts in that melancholy countenance, he replied:
+
+"I have come to make a proposition. Having searched in vain for some
+member of the family which has caused me my misfortunes, I have decided
+to leave the province where I am living and to emigrate to the north
+and live there among the heathen and independent tribes. Do you want
+to leave this life and go with me? I will be your son, since you have
+lost those whom you had, and I, who have no family, will take you as
+my father."
+
+The old man shook his head and said:
+
+"At my age, when a person makes a desperate resolution it is because
+there is no other course open. A man who, like me has passed his youth
+and the best years of his life working for his own future and for the
+future of his sons, a man who has been submissive to all the wishes
+of his superiors, who has discharged conscientiously all his duties,
+suffered everything in order to live in peace and in tranquillity;
+when such a man, whose blood has been chilled by Time, renounces all
+his past and all his future, on the very edge of his grave--when a
+man does this, it is because he has decided with mature judgment that
+peace does not exist, and that there is no Supreme Good. What use
+is there in living a few miserable days in a foreign land? I had two
+sons, a daughter, a fireside, a fortune. I enjoyed consideration and
+esteem. Now I am like a tree that has been stripped of its branches;
+a wandering fugitive, hunted like a wild beast in the forest, and
+all--why? Because a man dishonored my daughter, because her brothers
+wanted to make that man account for his infamous deed, and because that
+man is placed above all others with a title of Minister of God. But
+despite it all, I, a father, I, dishonored in my old age, pardoned the
+injury, for I was indulgent with the passions of youth and the weakness
+of the flesh, and, as the evil was irreparable, I wanted to save what
+still remained to me. But the criminal, afraid that vengeance was near
+at hand, sought the destruction of my sons. What did he do? You do
+not know? Do you know how they feigned that there had been a robbery
+in the convent and how one of my sons figured among the accused? The
+other son they could not include because he was away. Do you know the
+tortures to which they were submitted? You know them because they are
+like those in other towns. I saw my son hung by the hair, I heard his
+cries, I heard him call me, and, coward that I was, and, accustomed to
+peace, I was not brave enough to kill or be killed. Do you know that
+the robbery was not proved, that it was seen that it was a calumny,
+that the curate was transferred to another town and that my son died
+from the result of his tortures? The other boy, who was still left
+for me, was not a coward like his father. The executioner was afraid
+that this son would take revenge for the death of his brother and so,
+under pretense of his not having a cedula, [19] which for the moment
+had been forgotten, he was imprisoned by the Civil Guard, maltreated,
+irritated and provoked by force and injuries until he was driven to
+suicide. And I have survived after such a disgrace. But, if I had not
+the courage of a father to defend his sons, I have left a heart to
+take vengeance and I shall be revenged! The discontented are uniting
+under my command, my enemies increase my camp, and on that day when
+I consider myself strong enough I will go down into the plain and
+extinguish in fire both my vengeance and my own existence. And that
+day will come or there is no God!"
+
+The old man rose to his feet deeply agitated. With his eyes sparkling
+like fire and, in a hollow voice, he added, tearing his long hair:
+
+"Curses upon me, curses upon me for having restrained the avenging
+hand of my sons. I have assassinated them! Had I allowed them to kill
+the criminal; had I had less faith in the justice of God and of men,
+I would now have my sons; perhaps they would have been fugitives,
+but I would have them and they would not have died in torture. I
+was not born to be a father! For that reason, I haven't them with
+me now! Curses upon me for not having learned, with all my years,
+in what age we live! But in blood and fire, and in my own death,
+I will know how to take vengeance for them!"
+
+The unfortunate father, in the paroxysm of his grief, had taken off
+the bandage from his head, opening up a wound which he had on the
+forehead and from which the blood oozed out.
+
+"I respect your grief," replied Elias, "and I understand your desire
+for vengeance. I, too, am like you, but, for fear of harming an
+innocent one, I prefer to forget my misfortunes."
+
+"You can forget them because you are young, and because you have
+not lost your son, have not lost your last hope! But, I assure you,
+I will not harm an innocent person. Do you see that wound? I allowed
+myself to receive that in order not to kill a poor cuaderillero who
+was fulfilling his duty."
+
+"But see!" said Elias, after a moment's silence. "See what frightful
+destruction you will bring upon our unfortunate country. If you seek
+revenge by your own hand your enemies will retaliate, not against
+you, not against those who are armed, but against the people, who
+are always accused, and then how many more injustices!"
+
+"Let the people learn to defend themselves. Let each learn to defend
+himself."
+
+"You know that that is impossible. Se�or, I have known you in other
+times when you were happy, then you gave me wise advice. Will you
+permit me...?"
+
+The old man crossed his arms and seemed to meditate upon what he was
+going to say.
+
+"Se�or," continued Elias, measuring his words well, "I have had the
+fortune to be of service to a young man, rich, of good heart, noble,
+and a lover of his country's welfare. They say that this young man
+has friends in Madrid. I do not know it, but I can positively assure
+you that he is a friend of the Governor General. What do you say if
+we make him the bearer of the people's complaints, if we can interest
+him in the cause of the unhappy?"
+
+The old man shook his head.
+
+"Do you say that he is a rich man? The rich think of nothing but to
+increase their riches. Pride and pomp blind them, and, since they are
+generally well off, especially if they have powerful friends, none
+of them ever troubles himself about the unfortunates. I know it all,
+for I was once rich myself."
+
+"But the man of whom I am speaking does not seem to be like the
+others. He is a son who would not allow the memory of his father to be
+dishonored. He is a young man who thinks about the future--thinks of
+a good future for his sons, for he may in a short time have a family
+of his own."
+
+"Then he is a man who is going to be happy. Our cause is not a cause
+for happy men."
+
+"But it is a cause for men of good hearts."
+
+"That may be," replied the old man sitting down. "Suppose that he
+consented to carry our complaints to the Governor General. Suppose
+that he finds in the court those who will argue for us. Do you think
+we will get justice?"
+
+"Let us try it before resorting to bloody measures," replied
+Elias. "It must seem strange to you that I, another unfortunate,
+young, robust--that I should propose to you old and weak--peaceful
+measures. But it is because I have seen so many miseries caused
+by us similar to those caused by tyrants. The unarmed is the one
+who suffers."
+
+"And if we do not accomplish anything?"
+
+"Something will be accomplished, believe me! Not all who govern are
+unjust. And if we do not accomplish anything, if our voice is not
+listened to, if the man turns a deaf ear to the grief of his fellow
+men, then we will put ourselves under your orders."
+
+The old man, full of enthusiasm, embraced the young man.
+
+"I accept your proposition, Elias. I know that you will keep your
+word. You come to me and I will help you take vengeance for your
+father. You will help me to take vengeance for my sons--my sons who
+were like you!"
+
+"In the meantime, Se�or, avoid all violent measures."
+
+"You can expound the complaints of the people. You certainly know
+them. When will we know the answer?"
+
+"Within four days send a man to meet me on the beach at San Diego
+and I will tell him what the person in whom I have hope says. If he
+accepts, we will get justice, and if he does not accept, I will be
+the first to fall in the fight which we will begin."
+
+"Elias will not die. Elias will be chief, when Captain Pablo falls,
+satisfied in his revenge," said the old man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+THE COCK FIGHT.
+
+
+In order to keep the Sabbath holy in the Philippines the people
+generally go to the cock fight, just as in Spain they go to the
+bull fight. Cock fighting, a passion introduced into the country and
+exploited for a century, is one of the vices of the people, more deeply
+rooted than the opium vice among the Chinese. The poor go there to
+risk what little they have, desirous of making money without working;
+the rich go there to amuse themselves, using the money which they
+have left over from their feasts and thanksgiving masses. The cock is
+educated with great care, with more care, perhaps, than the son who
+is to succeed his father in the cock-pit. The Government permits it
+and almost recommends it, for it decrees that the fight shall only
+be held in the public plazas and on holidays from after high mass
+till dark--eight hours.
+
+The San Diego cock-pit does not differ from others which are found in
+all the towns. It consists of three parts: The first, or entrance,
+is a large rectangle, some twenty meters in length and fourteen in
+breadth. On one side is the door, generally guarded by a woman who
+collects the entrance fee. From the contribution which each one
+makes the Government receives a part, some hundred thousands of
+pesos each year. They say that with this money, which gives license
+to the vice, magnificent schools are raised, bridges and roadways
+constructed, and rewards offered for the encouragement of agriculture
+and commerce. Blessed be the vice which produces such good results! In
+this first precinct are the vendors of betel nut, cigars and tobacco,
+delicacies and refreshments. There the small boys, who accompany their
+fathers or uncles, are carefully initiated into the secrets of life.
+
+This precinct communicates with another of slightly larger dimensions,
+a sort of vestibule, where the people gather before the fight. There,
+one sees most of the cocks, tied by a cord to a bone driven into the
+ground like a nail; there, are the bettors, the lovers of the sport,
+the man skilled in fastening the gaffs or spurs to the cock's legs;
+there, bargains are made, the situation discussed, money borrowed,
+and people curse, swear and laugh boisterously. In one place, some
+one is caressing his game cock, passing his hand over his brilliant
+plumage; in another, a man examines and counts the number of scales
+on the rooster's legs, for that, they say, is a sign of valor. The
+battles of the heroes are related. There, too, you will see many a
+disappointed owner, with a sour face carrying out by the legs, a dead
+rooster, stripped of its plumage--the animal which was a favorite
+for months, petted, cared for day and night, and on which flattering
+hopes had been founded: now, nothing more than a dead fowl, to be
+sold for a peseta, stewed in ginger and eaten that very night. Sic
+transit gloria mundi! The loser returns to his fire-side, where an
+anxious wife and ragged children await him, without his little capital,
+without his rooster. From all that gilded dream, from all the care of
+months, from daybreak to sunset, from all those labors and fatigue,
+from all that, results a peseta, the ashes left from so much smoke.
+
+In this foyer, or vestibule, the most ignorant discuss the coming
+contests; the most trifling, examine conscientiously the bird, weigh
+it, contemplate it, extend its wings, feel of its muscles. Some of
+the people are very well dressed, and are followed and surrounded by
+the backers of their game cocks. Others, dirty, with the seal of vice
+imprinted on their squalid faces, anxiously follow the movements of
+the rich and watch their betting, for the pocketbook can be emptied
+and the passion still be unsatisfied. There you see no face that is
+not animated, no indolent Filipino; none apathetic, none silent. All
+is movement, passion, eagerness.
+
+From this place, one passes into the arena or rueda, as it is
+called. The floor, inclosed by bamboos, is generally elevated higher
+than the floor of the other two parts of the cock-pit. Running up
+from the floor and almost touching the roof, are rows of seats for
+the spectators or gamblers--they come to be the same. During the
+combat these seats are filled with men and children who cry, shout,
+perspire, quarrel, and blaspheme. Fortunately, scarcely any women visit
+the cock-pit. In the rueda are the prominent men, the rich class,
+the bettors, the bookmaker, and the referee. The cocks fight on the
+ground, which is beaten down perfectly smooth, and there Destiny
+distributes to families laughter or tears, feasts or hunger.
+
+As we enter, we can see the gobernadorcillo, Captain Pablo, Captain
+Basilio, and Lucas, the man with the scar on his face who was so
+disconsolate over the death of his brother.
+
+Captain Basilio approaches one of those present and asks him:
+
+"Do you know what cock Captain Tiago is going to bring?"
+
+"I do not know, Se�or. This morning two arrived, one of them the l�sak
+(black sprinkled with white) which whipped the Consul's talisain
+(red, sprinkled with black)."
+
+"Do you think that my bulik (black, red and white), can beat him?"
+
+"Yes, I surely do. I'll stake my house and shirt on him!"
+
+At that moment Captain Tiago arrived. He was dressed, like the big
+gamblers, in a camisa of Canton linen, woolen pantaloons, and a
+panama-straw hat. Behind him came two servants, carrying the l�sak
+and a white cock of colossal proportions.
+
+"Sinang tells me that Maria Clara is improving steadily," said
+Captain Basilio.
+
+"She no longer has any fever, but she is still weak."
+
+"Did you lose last night?"
+
+"A little. I heard that you won.... I am going to see if I can win
+back my money."
+
+"Do you want to fight your l�sak?" asked Captain Basilio, looking at
+the rooster.
+
+"That depends on whether there is any money up."
+
+"How much will you stake?"
+
+"I don't play less than two thousand."
+
+"Have you seen my bulik?" asked Captain Basilio, and then called a
+man to bring a small rooster.
+
+Captain Tiago examined it, and after weighing it in his hand, and
+examining its scales, he handed it back.
+
+"What do you put up?" he asked.
+
+"Whatever you say."
+
+"Two thousand five hundred?"
+
+"Make it three?"
+
+"Three."
+
+"Let her go!"
+
+The circle of curious people and gamblers learn that the two celebrated
+cocks are to be fought. Both the roosters have made a history for
+themselves; both have a reputation. All want to see and examine the
+two celebrities. Opinions are expressed, and prophecies made.
+
+In the meantime the voices grow louder, the confusion is augmented, the
+rueda fills up and a rush is made for the seats. The soltadores bring
+two cocks to the ring for a preliminary contest. One of the roosters
+is blanco (white), the other rojo (red). They are already spurred, but
+the gaffs are not yet unsheathed. Cries of "Al blanco! al blanco!" are
+heard. Some one else shouts, "Al rojo!" The blanco is the favorite.
+
+Civil Guards circulate among the crowd. They are not wearing
+the uniform of their body, nor do they wear the costume of the
+native. Pantaloons of guingon with a red fringe, a blue-spotted blouse
+shirt, and the cuartel cap--you have here their disguise, in harmony
+with their deportment; watching and betting, making disturbance and
+talking of maintaining the peace.
+
+While the shouting is going on and men are jingling money in their
+hands; while the people are going down in their pockets for the last
+cuarto, or, if that is wanting, pledging their word, promising to
+sell their carabao, or their next harvest, two young men, apparently
+brothers, follow the gamblers with envious eyes. They approach, timidly
+murmur words which nobody catches, and each time become more and more
+melancholy, and look at each other with disgust and indignation. Lucas
+observes them, smiles malignantly, rattles some silver pesos, passes
+near to the two brothers, and looks toward the rueda, shouting:
+
+"I am betting fifty, fifty against twenty on the white!"
+
+The two brothers exchanged looks.
+
+"I told you," murmured the older, "not to bet all your money. If you
+had obeyed me, we would have it now to put on the red."
+
+The younger one approached Lucas timidly and touched him on the arm.
+
+"Is it you?" exclaimed the latter turning around and feigning
+surprise. "Does your brother accept my proposition or did you come
+to bet?"
+
+"How can we bet when we have lost all?"
+
+"Then you accept?"
+
+"He does not want to! If you could lend us something: you have already
+said that you knew us...."
+
+Lucas scratched his head, pulled down his camisa and replied:
+
+"Yes, I know you. You are Tarsilo and Bruno, both young and strong. I
+know that your brave father died from the result of the hundred
+lashes which the soldiers gave him. I know that you do not think of
+avenging him."
+
+"You need not meddle in our history," interrupted Tarsilo, the
+older. "That is a disgrace. If we did not have a sister, we would
+have been hanged long ago."
+
+"Hanged? They only hang cowards, or some one who has no money or
+protection. Certainly the mountains are near."
+
+"A hundred against twenty on the blanco," cried one as he passed
+the group.
+
+"Loan us four pesos ... three ... two," begged the younger
+brother. "Presently I will return it to you doubled. The fight is
+going to begin."
+
+Lucas scratched his head again.
+
+"Tst! This money is not mine. Don Crisostomo has given it to me for
+those who want to serve him. But I see that you are not like your
+father. He was really courageous."
+
+And, saying this, he went away from them, although not far.
+
+"Let us accept. What does it matter?" said Bruno to his brother. "It
+amounts to the same thing whether you are hanged or shot down. We
+poor serve for nothing else."
+
+"You are right, but think of our sister."
+
+In the meantime, the circle around the ring had been dispersed; the
+fight was going to commence. The voices began to die away, and the
+two soltadores and the skilled gaff fitter, were alone in the middle
+of the rueda. At a signal from the referee, the sheaths were removed
+from the razor-like knives on the cocks' legs, and the fine blades
+glistened in a menacing way.
+
+The two brothers, gloomy and silent, approached the ring and, resting
+their faces against the bamboo railing, watched the preparations. A man
+approached them and said in their ears: "Hundred to ten on the blanco!"
+
+Tarsilo looked at him stupidly. Bruno elbowed his brother, who
+responded with a grunt.
+
+The soltadores handle the roosters with masterly skill, taking
+great care not to wound them. A deep silence reigns throughout the
+pit. You would think that those present, with the exception of the two
+soltadores, were horrible wax figures. The two roosters are brought
+close together and allowed to pick at each other and thus become
+irritated. Then they allow them to look at each other, so that the
+poor little birds may know who has plucked out their feathers, and
+with whom they should fight. The feathers around the neck stand up;
+they look at each other fixedly; flashes of wrath escape from their
+little, round eyes. The moment has come. The birds are placed on the
+ground in the ring at a certain distance from each other.
+
+The cocks advance slowly. Their little steps are heard upon the hard
+floor. Nobody speaks; nobody breathes. Lowering and raising their
+heads, as if measuring each other with a look, the two roosters mutter
+sounds, perhaps of threat or contempt. They have perceived the shining
+blades. Danger animates them, and they turn toward each other decided,
+but they stop at a short distance, and, as they look at each other,
+they bow their heads and again raise their feathers on end. With
+their natural valor, they rush at each other impetuously; they strike
+beak against beak; breast against breast, blade against blade, and
+wing against wing. The blows have been stopped with dexterity and
+skill, and only a few feathers have fallen. They again measure each
+other! Suddenly the blanco turns and, raising himself in the air,
+flashes his death-dealing knife, but the rojo has already doubled up
+his legs, ducked his head and the blanco has only cut the air. Then,
+on touching the ground, to avoid being wounded from behind, he turns
+quickly and faces the other. The red attacks him with fury, but he
+defends himself with coolness. Not without reason was he the favorite
+of the crowd. All, trembling and anxious, follow the movements of
+the battle, now this one and now that one giving an involuntary
+shout. The ground is being covered with red and white feathers,
+tinged with blood. But the duel does not go to the one who draws first
+blood. The Filipino here follows the laws laid down by the Government,
+which say that the cock which is killed or flees loses the fight. The
+blood now wets the ground; the blows are repeated, but the victory
+is still undecided. Finally, making a supreme effort, the blanco
+throws himself forward to give a last blow; he drives his knife into
+the wing of the rojo and buries it among the bones. But the blanco
+has been wounded in the breast, and both, weak from loss of blood,
+and panting, fastened together, remain immovable until the blanco
+falls, bleeds through his neck, kicks violently and is in the agony
+of death. The rojo, pinned by his wing, is held to the other's side;
+and little by little he doubles up his legs and slowly closes his eyes.
+
+Then the referee, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by
+the Government, declares the rojo the winner. A wild and prolonged
+outcry greets the decision, an outcry which is heard throughout
+the town. He, who, from afar, hears the cry, understands that the
+dejado has beaten the favorite, for otherwise the outcry would not
+have lasted so long. So it happens among nations: when a small nation
+succeeds in gaining a victory over a greater one, the song and story
+of it last through centuries.
+
+"Do you see?" said Bruno, with indignation, to his brother, "if you
+had taken my advice to-day, we would have had one hundred pesos. On
+your account we are without a cuarto."
+
+Tarsilo did not reply, but, with wide-open eyes, looked around him
+as if in search of some one.
+
+"There he is talking with Pedro," added Bruno. "He is giving him
+money--what a lot of money!"
+
+Tarsilo remained silent and thoughtful. With the arm of his camisa,
+he wiped away the sweat which formed in drops on his forehead.
+
+"Brother," said Bruno, "I am decided, even if you are not. The l�sak
+ought to win and we ought not to lose the opportunity. I want to bet on
+the next fight. What does it matter? Thus, we will avenge our father."
+
+"Wait!" said Tarsilo to him, and looked him in the eyes. Both were
+pale. "I am with you. You are right. We will avenge our father."
+
+He stopped, however, and again wiped away the perspiration.
+
+"Why do you stop?" asked Bruno impatiently.
+
+"Do you know what fight is the next one? Is it worth the trouble?"
+
+"What! Haven't you heard? Captain Tiago's l�sak against Captain
+Basilio's bulik. According to the run of luck, the l�sak ought to win."
+
+"Ah! The l�sak. I would bet ... but let us make sure first."
+
+Bruno made a gesture of impatience, but followed his brother. The
+latter looked the rooster over carefully, thought about it, debated
+with himself and asked a few questions. The unfortunate fellow was
+in doubt. Bruno was nervous and looked at him angrily.
+
+"Why, don't you see that wide scale which he has there near the
+spur? Do you see those feet? What more do you want? Look at those
+legs. Stretch out his wings. And that broken scale on top of that
+wide one, and that double one?"
+
+Tarsilo did not hear him, he kept on examining the cock. The rattle
+of silver coins reached his ears.
+
+"Let us see the bulik now," said he, in a choking voice.
+
+Bruno stamped the ground with his feet, grated his teeth, but obeyed
+his brother.
+
+They approached the other group. There they were arming the cock,
+they were selecting gaffs for him, and the expert, in fitting them
+to the rooster's legs, was preparing a piece of red silk. He waxed
+it and rubbed it over his knee a number of times.
+
+Tarsilo gazed at the bird with a sombre air. It seemed that he was
+not looking at the cock, but at something in the future. He passed
+his hand over his forehead.
+
+"Are you ready?" he asked his brother, his voice scarcely perceptible.
+
+"I? Long ago. Without having to see them."
+
+"It is our poor sister----"
+
+"Bah! Didn't they tell you that the leader is Don Crisostomo? Have
+you not seen him walking with the Governor General? What danger will
+we run?"
+
+"And if we are killed?"
+
+"What does it matter? Our father died from being whipped to death."
+
+"You are right."
+
+Both brothers sought Lucas in the crowd.
+
+As soon as they caught sight of him, Tarsilo stopped.
+
+"No! Let us go away from here! We are going to lose," he exclaimed.
+
+"Go if you wish. I am going to accept."
+
+"Bruno!"
+
+Unfortunately, a man approached them and said:
+
+"Are you betting? I am backing the bulik."
+
+The two brothers did not reply.
+
+"I'll give you odds."
+
+"How much?" asked Bruno.
+
+The man counted out four peso pieces. Bruno looked at him, breathless.
+
+"I have two hundred. Fifty to forty."
+
+"No," said Bruno promptly. "Make it ..."
+
+"All right! fifty to thirty."
+
+"Double it if you wish!"
+
+"Well! The bulik is my winning color and I have just won. Hundred
+against sixty!"
+
+"That's a go! Wait till I go and get my money."
+
+"But I will be the stake-holder," said the other, in whom the manner
+of Bruno inspired little confidence.
+
+"It's all the same to me!" responded the latter, trusting in the
+strength of his fists.
+
+And, turning to his brother, he said:
+
+"Go away, if you wish; I'm going to stay."
+
+Then Tarsilo reflected. He loved his brother and the game. He could
+not leave him alone, and he murmured. "Let it be so!"
+
+They approached Lucas. The latter saw them coming and smiled.
+
+"Eh! there!" said Tarsilo.
+
+"What is it?"
+
+"How much do you give?" asked the two brothers.
+
+"I have already told you. If you want to find some others to help
+us surprise the cuartel, I will give you thirty pesos apiece, and
+ten pesos for each companion you get. If all comes out well, each
+will receive one hundred pesos and you two, double that amount. Don
+Crisostomo is rich."
+
+"Accepted," exclaimed Bruno. "Hand over the money."
+
+"I knew well that you were brave, like your father. Come! Don't
+let them hear us or they will kill us," said Lucas, pointing to the
+Civil Guards.
+
+And taking them into a corner, he told them, as he counted out the
+money to them:
+
+"To-morrow Don Crisostomo will arrive and bring arms. Day after
+to-morrow, about eight o'clock at night, come to the cemetery. I
+will tell you about the final arrangements. You have time to find
+some other companions."
+
+They took leave of each other. Now the two brothers seemed to have
+changed their r�les. Tarsilo was calm; Bruno, pale.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+THE TWO SE�ORAS.
+
+
+While Captain Tiago was fighting his l�sak against the bulik,
+Do�a Victorina took a walk through the town, with the intention of
+seeing the condition of the indolent natives, and of their houses
+and fields. She had dressed as elegantly as she could, putting all
+her ribbons and flowers on her silk gown, in order to impress the
+provincials, and make them see how great a distance was between
+them and her sacred person. Giving her arm to her lame husband, she
+fluttered through the streets of the town, among the stupefied and
+wondering inhabitants. Cousin Linares had remained in the house.
+
+"What ugly houses these natives have," began Do�a Victorina, making a
+grimace. "I don't know how they can live there: one must be a native
+to do it. They meet us and don't uncover their heads! Hit them over
+the head as the curates and tenientes of the Guardia Civil do when
+they don't take off their hats. Teach them manners."
+
+"And if they hit me?" asked Dr. de Espada�a.
+
+"Aren't you a man?"
+
+"Bu--bu--but, I am la--la--lame."
+
+Do�a Victorina was becoming bad-humored. The streets were not paved,
+and the train of her gown was covered with dust. Besides, they met many
+young women, who, on passing her, cast down their eyes and did not
+admire her lavish dress as they should have done. Sinang's coachman,
+who was driving her and her cousin in an elegant carriage, had the
+impudence to call out tabi [20] to them in such a warning voice
+that she had to get out of the way, and was only able to exclaim,
+"Look at that brute of a coachman! I am going to tell his master that
+he should educate his servants better!"
+
+"Let us go back to the house," she ordered her husband.
+
+He, fearing that there was going to be a storm, turned on his heels
+and obeyed the command.
+
+They met the alferez on the way back and greeted him. He increased
+the discontent of Do�a Victorina, for he not only failed to compliment
+her on her dress, but surveyed it almost with a mocking manner.
+
+"You ought not to extend your hand to a simple alferez," said she
+to her husband as soon as they were some distance away. "He scarcely
+touches his helmet, and you take off your hat. You don't know how to
+maintain your rank."
+
+"He is ch--ch--chief here!"
+
+"And what does that matter to us? Are we, perchance, natives?"
+
+"You are right," replied he, not wishing to quarrel.
+
+They passed by the officer's house. Do�a Consolacion was in the window,
+as usual, dressed in her flannel outfit and smoking her cigar. As
+the house was rather low, they could see each other as they passed,
+and Do�a Victorina could distinguish her very well. The Muse of the
+Guardia Civil examined her with tranquillity from head to foot, and,
+afterward, sticking out her lower lip, spit, turning her face to the
+other side. That put an end to Do�a Victorina's patience, and, leaving
+her husband without any support, she squared herself in front of the
+alfereza, trembling with rage, and unable to speak. Do�a Consolacion
+turned her head slowly, looked her over again, and then spit again,
+but with still greater disdain.
+
+"What is the matter with you, Do�a?" said the alfereza.
+
+"Can you tell me, Se�ora, why you look at me so? Are you envious?" Do�a
+Victorina finally succeeded in saying.
+
+"I envious of you?" said the Medusa with scorn. "O, yes! I envy
+those curls."
+
+"Come, wife!" said the doctor. "Do--don't take no--no--notice of her!"
+
+"Let me give this shameless common person a lesson!" replied the woman,
+giving her husband a push. He nearly fell to the ground. Turning to
+Do�a Consolacion, she continued:
+
+"Look how you treat me! Don't think that I am a provincial, or a
+soldiers' querida! In my house in Manila alferezas never are allowed
+to come in. They wait at the door."
+
+"Oh-oh! Most Excellent Se�ora! Alferezas don't enter, but invalids
+like that out there. Ha, ha, ha!"
+
+If it hadn't been for all the paint on her face, one could have seen
+Do�a Victorina blush. She wanted to throw herself upon her enemy,
+but the sentry stopped her. In the meantime, the street was filling
+up with curious people.
+
+"Listen! I lower myself talking with you. People of categor�a ... Do
+you want my clothes to wash? I will pay you well. Do you think that
+I don't know that you are a washerwoman?"
+
+Do�a Consolacion became furious. The reference to her being a
+washerwoman wounded her.
+
+"Do you think that we do not know what you are? Get out! My husband has
+already told me. Se�ora, I, at least, have not belonged to more than
+one man, but you? One must be pretty hard up to take the leavings."
+
+This shot struck Do�a Victorina square in the breast. She rolled up
+her sleeves, clenched her fists, and, gnashing her teeth, began:
+
+"Come down here, you nasty old thing, that I may smash your filthy
+mouth."
+
+The Medusa disappeared quickly from the window, but was soon seen
+coming down the stairs on a run, swinging her husband's whip.
+
+Don Tiburcio interposed, pleading with them, but they would have come
+to blows if the alferez had not arrived.
+
+"But, se�oras!... Don Tiburcio!"
+
+"Teach your woman better; buy her better clothes. If you haven't
+the money, rob the people. You have your soldiers for that!" shouted
+Do�a Victorina.
+
+"Se�ora," said the alferez furiously. "Thank yourself that I don't
+forget that you are a woman; for if you were not, I would kick you
+to pieces, with all your curls and ribbons."
+
+"Se--se--se�or al--alferez!" said Don Tiburcio.
+
+"Go ahead! Kill us! You don't wear big enough trousers, you quack."
+
+And so the battle waged: words, gestures, cries, insults, and
+injuries. They brought out all the nasty things they could think of,
+all four speaking at the same time, and, saying so many things and
+bringing to light so many truths, that we will not relate here all
+that was said. The people who had gathered around to satisfy their
+curiosity, if they understood all the remarks, must have enjoyed
+themselves not a little. They were all waiting to see them come to
+blows. Unfortunately for the spectators, the curate came along and
+pacified them.
+
+"Se�oras! se�oras! What a shame. Se�or alferez."
+
+"What are you meddling in these matters for, you hypocrite, you
+Carlist?"
+
+"Don Tiburcio, take away your wife! Se�ora, hold your tongue!"
+
+"Tell that to those robbers of the poor!"
+
+Finally, the dictionary of epithets was exhausted. The review of the
+disgraces of each couple was ended, and little by little they were
+separated, threatening and insulting each other. Father Salv� kept
+going from one side to the other, adding life to the scene.
+
+"This very day we will go to Manila and we will present ourselves
+to the Governor General," said Do�a Victorina, in fury to her
+husband. "You are not a man. It is a shame that you spend money
+for trousers."
+
+"B--b--but, wife, and the Guardia Civil? I--I--am lame."
+
+"You must challenge him to a duel with pistol or sword or, or----"
+
+And Do�a Victorina looked at his false teeth.
+
+"Daughter, I never have used----"
+
+Do�a Victorina did not let him finish. With a sublime movement she
+jerked out his false teeth in the middle of the street, and throwing
+them to the ground stepped on them. He, half crying, and she sputtering
+away, arrived at the house. At that time, Linares was talking with
+Maria Clara, Sinang, and Victoria, and, as he knew nothing about the
+quarrel, the sudden arrival of his cousins gave him a shock. Maria
+Clara was lying on a sofa among pillows and blankets, and was not a
+little surprised at the doctor's new physiognomy.
+
+"Cousin," said Do�a Victorina, "you have got to challenge the alferez
+immediately to a duel, or----"
+
+"And why? what for?" asked Linares, surprised.
+
+"You challenge him right off, or I will tell them all who you are."
+
+"But, Do�a Victorina!"
+
+The three young women looked at one another.
+
+"The alferez has insulted us. The old witch came down with her whip,
+and that thing there allowed it all. A man!"
+
+"Pshaw!" said Sinang. "They have been fighting and we haven't seen it."
+
+"The alferez has broken the doctor's teeth," added Victoria.
+
+"This very day we are going to Manila. You stay here to challenge
+him to a duel, and, if you don't, I'll tell Don Santiago that all
+that you have told him is a lie. I will tell him----"
+
+"But, Do�a Victorina! Do�a Victorina!" interrupted Linares, pale
+and going closer to her. "You keep quiet. Don't make me call to
+mind"----and he added in a low voice--"Don't be imprudent, especially
+just now."
+
+Just at that time, when this was going on, Captain Tiago arrived home
+from the cock-pit. He was downhearted. He had lost his l�sak.
+
+But Do�a Victorina did not give him much time to sigh. In a few
+words, and with many insults, she related to him what had passed,
+she, of course, trying to put herself in a good light.
+
+"Linares is going to challenge him. Do you hear? If he don't, I won't
+let him marry your daughter. Don't you permit it. If he has no courage,
+he does not merit Clarita."
+
+"Then you are going to marry this gentleman?" asked Sinang, with her
+jolly eyes full of tears. "I knew that you were discreet, but I did
+not think you so fickle."
+
+Maria Clara, pale as wax, raising herself half up, looked at her father
+with frightened eyes, and then at Do�a Victorina and Linares. The
+latter turned red in the face, Captain Tiago looked down, and the
+se�ora added:
+
+"Clarita, bear it in mind, and never marry a man who does not wear
+trousers. You expose yourself to insults like a dog, if you do."
+
+But the young maiden did not reply and said to her friends:
+
+"Take me to my room, for I cannot go alone."
+
+They helped her to her feet, and, leaning her marble-like head on
+pretty Sinang's shoulder, and, with the arms of her friend around
+her waist, she went to her bedroom.
+
+That night the doctor and his wife collected their things together,
+submitted their account to Captain Tiago--which amounted to several
+thousand pesos--and very early on the following day, left for Manila
+in the Captain's carriage. To timid Linares they intrusted the r�le
+of the avenger.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+THE ENIGMA.
+
+
+As Lucas had announced, Ibarra arrived the next day. His first visit
+was to the family of Captain Tiago, with the object of seeing Maria
+Clara and telling her that His Most Illustrious Greatness had already
+reconciled him with the Church. He brought a letter of recommendation
+to the curate, written by the hand of the Archbishop himself. Aunt
+Isabel was not a little delighted over it, for she liked the young
+man and did not look favorably upon the marriage of her niece with
+Linares. Captain Tiago was not at home.
+
+"Come in," said the aunt in her half-Castellano language. "Maria,
+Don Crisostomo is again in the grace of God. The Archbishop has
+dis-excommunicated him."
+
+But the young man could not advance. His smile froze on his lips, and
+words fled from his mind. Linares was standing next to Maria Clara on
+the balcony, interweaving nosegays with the flowers and leaves on the
+climbing plants. On the floor, were scattered roses and sampagas. Maria
+Clara was leaning back on a sofa, pale, pensive, her look sad, playing
+with her ivory fan. But the fan was not as white as her poor fingers.
+
+At the presence of Ibarra, Linares turned pale and Maria Clara's
+cheeks were tinged with carmine. She tried to rise, but her strength
+failing her, she cast her eyes upon the floor, and let fall her fan.
+
+An embarrassing silence reigned for several seconds. Finally, Ibarra
+was able to advance, and tremblingly murmured:
+
+"I have just arrived and have hastened to see you.... I find that
+you are better than I thought."
+
+Maria Clara seemed to have turned dumb. She could not pronounce a
+single word, and continued to keep her eyes on the floor.
+
+Ibarra surveyed Linares with a look which the modest young man bore
+with considerable haughtiness.
+
+"Well, I see that my arrival was not expected," he said slowly. "Maria,
+pardon me for not having announced my coming. Some other day I will
+be able to explain to you my conduct."
+
+These words were accompanied with a look at Linares. The maiden
+raised her eyes to Ibarra, those beautiful eyes, full of purity and
+melancholy, so supplicating and sweet that Ibarra stopped confused.
+
+"May I come to-morrow?"
+
+"You know that on my part you are always welcome," replied she,
+scarcely able to pronounce the words.
+
+Ibarra walked away, apparently tranquil; but a tempest raged in his
+mind, and his heart was chilled. What he had just seen and felt was
+incomprehensible. What was it? Doubt, apathy or treason?
+
+"Oh, woman!" he murmured.
+
+He arrived, without noticing it, at the place where the school house
+was being constructed. The work was well along. �or Juan, with his
+yard stick and plumb-line, was going to and fro among the numerous
+workmen. On seeing the young man approach, he ran to meet him.
+
+"Don Crisostomo," said he, "you have arrived at last. We were all
+expecting you. Just see how the walls are rising. They are already
+a meter and ten centimeters high. Within two days, they will be as
+high as a man. I have not allowed them to use anything but the best
+of wood. Do you want to look at the cellar?"
+
+The workmen saluted him respectfully.
+
+"Here is the system of drainage which I have taken the liberty to
+add," said �or Juan. "These underground canals lead to a cesspool
+about thirty feet off. It will serve to fertilize the garden. This
+was not in the plans. Do you object to it?"
+
+"Quite on the contrary, I approve of it and I congratulate you on
+your idea. You are a true architect. From whom did you learn the
+profession?"
+
+"From myself, se�or," replied the modest old man.
+
+"O, yes! Before I forget it: let the scrupulous people know (for
+some may fear to speak to me) that I am no longer excommunicated. The
+Archbishop invited me to dine with him."
+
+"Pshaw! se�or! We don't take any notice of excommunications. We are
+all excommunicated. Dather D�maso is himself; however, he goes on,
+as fat as ever."
+
+"How's that?"
+
+"I feel sure about it. A year ago he gave the coadjutor a blow with
+his cane, and the coadjutor is as much a priest as he. Who takes any
+notice of excommunications, se�or?"
+
+Ibarra caught sight of Elias among the workmen. He saluted him like
+the others, but with a look that gave Ibarra to understand that he
+wanted to speak with him.
+
+"�or Juan," said Ibarra, "will you bring me a list of the workmen?"
+
+�or Juan disappeared and Ibarra approached Elias, who was alone,
+raising a large stone and loading it in a cart.
+
+"If you are able, se�or, to grant me some hours of conversation, come
+this afternoon to the shore of the lake and embark in my banca, for I
+want to talk with you about some serious matters," said Elias. Ibarra
+gave a nod of assent and went away.
+
+�or Juan brought the list, but Ibarra read it in vain. The name of
+Elias was not on it.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+THE VOICE OF THE PERSECUTED.
+
+
+Before the sun went down, Ibarra put his foot into Elias's banca
+on the shore of the lake. He seemed displeased about something,
+as though he had been opposed or contradicted.
+
+"Pardon me, se�or," said Elias on seeing him. "Pardon me for having
+ventured to make this appointment with you. I would like to speak
+with you freely, and here we have no witnesses. We can return within
+an hour."
+
+"You are mistaken, friend Elias," replied Ibarra, trying to smile. "You
+will have to take me to that town over there, where you see that
+belfry. Fate obliges me to go there."
+
+"Fate?"
+
+"Yes; on my way here, I met the alferez. He insisted upon accompanying
+me. I thought about you, and knew that he would recognize you, and, in
+order to get rid of him, I told him that I was going to that town. Now
+I will have to remain there all day to-morrow, for the man whom I am
+going to see will not look for me till to-morrow afternoon."
+
+"I am obliged to you for your thoughtfulness, but you might have
+simply told him to accompany you," replied Elias with naturalness.
+
+"How's that? And what about you?"
+
+"He would never have recognized me. The only time that he ever saw me,
+I don't believe that he thought to take down a description of me."
+
+"I am in hard luck!" sighed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara. "What
+have you to say to me?"
+
+Elias looked around him. They were far from the shore. The sun
+had already sunk below the horizon, and, as the twilight in these
+latitudes is very short, the darkness was falling over the earth,
+and the disk of the full moon was already shining.
+
+"Se�or," replied Elias, in a grave voice, "I am the spokesman of many
+unfortunate people."
+
+"Unfortunate people. What do you mean?"
+
+In a few words, Elias referred to the conversation which he had had
+with the chief of the tulisanes, but omitted saying anything about the
+doubts which the chief entertained, or the threats. Ibarra listened
+attentively, and, when Elias concluded his story, a long silence
+reigned. Ibarra was the first to break the spell.
+
+"So that they desire----?"
+
+"Radical reforms in the armed forces, in the religious matters,
+and in the administration of justice. That is to say, they ask for
+paternal care on the part of the Government."
+
+"Reforms? In what sense?"
+
+"For example: more respect for human dignity; more security for the
+individual; less power in the hands of the forces already armed;
+fewer privileges for that body which easily abuses them."
+
+"Elias," replied the young man, "I don't know who you are, but
+I believe that you are not an ordinary man. You think and work
+differently from the others. You will understand me if I say to
+you that, even if it is true that the present state of affairs is
+defective, there will be a worse state if there is a change. I could
+arrange to get the assistance of my friends in Madrid, by paying
+them. I could speak to the Governor General, but all of that would
+accomplish nothing. He has not enough power to introduce reforms,
+nor would I ever take a step in that direction, for I know very well
+that, if it is true that these religious corporations have their
+defects, they are now necessities. They are what you might call a
+necessary evil."
+
+Elias raised his head and looked astonished.
+
+"Do you believe, se�or, in necessary evils?" he asked, his voice
+slightly trembling. "Do you believe that in order to do good it is
+necessary to do evil?"
+
+"No. I look upon it as a violent remedy which we have to make use of
+to cure an illness. To illustrate further, the country is an organism
+which is suffering from a chronic illness, and, in order to cure it,
+the Government finds itself compelled to use medicines, hard and
+violent, if you wish, but useful and necessary."
+
+"He is a bad doctor, se�or, who seeks to cure the symptoms and suppress
+them without trying to find the origin of the illness, or knowing it,
+fears to attack it. The Guardia Civil has no other end than this:
+the suppression of crime by terror and force. This end it neither
+fulfills nor carries out except in chance instances. And you have
+to take into account that society can be severe with individuals
+only after she has furnished all means necessary for their perfect
+morality. In our country, since there is no society, since the
+people and the Government do not form a unity, the latter ought to
+be indulgent, not only because indulgence is necessary, but because
+the individual, neglected and abandoned by Government, has less self
+responsibility than if he had been enlightened. Besides, following out
+your comparison, the medicine applied to the evils of the country is
+so much of a destroyer that its effect is only felt on the sane parts
+of the organism. These it weakens and injures. Would it not be more
+reasonable to fortify and strengthen the infirm organism and minimize
+a little the violence of the medicine?"
+
+"To weaken the Guardia Civil would be to put the security of the
+towns in danger."
+
+"The security of the towns!" exclaimed Elias with bitterness. "The
+towns have had the Guardia Civil for nearly fifteen years and
+what is the result? We still have tulisanes, we still hear of them
+sacking towns, and they still make their attacks on people on the
+roads. Robberies continue and the robbers are not punished. Crime
+exists and the real criminal goes free, but not so with the peaceful
+inhabitants of the town. Ask any honorable citizen if he looks upon
+this institution as a good, as a protection by the Government, or
+as an imposition, a despotism whose excesses do more harm than the
+violence of the criminals. Communication between people is paralyzed,
+for they fear to be maltreated for trifling causes. More importance
+is attached to the formality of the law than to the basal principle
+of it,--the first symptom of incapacity in government. The heads of
+the organization consider it their first duty to make people salute
+them, either of their own will or by force, even in the darkness of
+night. In this, their inferior officers imitate them and maltreat
+and fleece the poor countrymen. There is no such thing as sacredness
+of the fireside. There is no security for the individual. What have
+the people accomplished by overcoming their wrath and by waiting for
+justice at the hands of others? Ah! se�or, if you call that preserving
+the order----"
+
+"I agree with you that there are evils," replied Ibarra. "But we
+have to accept those evils for the good which accompanies them. This
+institution may be imperfect, but believe me, by the terror which it
+inspires, it prevents the number of criminals from increasing."
+
+"You might better say that by that terror it increases the number
+of criminals," said Elias, correcting him. "Before this body was
+created, almost all the evildoers, with the exception of a very few,
+were criminals because of their hunger. They pillaged and robbed in
+order to live. That famine once passed over and hunger once satisfied,
+the roads were again free from criminals. It was sufficient to have
+the poor but valiant cuaderilleros chase them, with their imperfect
+arms--that body of men so often calumniated by those who have written
+upon our country, those men who have three legal rights, to do their
+duty, to fight and to die. And for all that, a jest as recompense. Now
+there are tulisanes who will be tulisanes all their lives. A crime
+inhumanly punished, resistance against the excesses of the power
+which inflicts such punishment, and fear that other atrocities may
+be inflicted--these make them forever members of that society who
+are bound by oath to kill and die [21]. The terrorism of the Guardia
+Civil impressed upon them closes forever the doors to repentance. And
+as a tulisan fights and defends himself in the mountains better than
+a soldier, whom he scorns, the result is that we are incapable of
+abating the evil which we have created. Call to mind what the prudent
+Governor General de la Torre did. The amnesty which he granted to
+these unhappy people has proved that in these mountains the hearts
+of men still beat, and only await pardon. Terrorism is useful only
+when the people are enslaved, when the mountains have no caverns,
+when the governing power can station a sentry behind every tree, and
+when the slave has in his body nothing but a stomach. But when the
+desperado who fights for his life feels the strong arm of that power,
+then his heart beats and his being fills with passion. Can terrorism
+put out the fire which----"
+
+"It confuses me, Elias, to hear you talk so. I would believe that
+you were right if I did not have my own convictions. But note this
+point--and do not be offended, for I do not include you--I look
+upon you as an exception--consider who those are who ask for this
+reform. Almost all are criminals or people who are in the way of
+becoming such."
+
+"Criminals or future criminals; but why are they so? Because their
+peace has been disturbed, their happiness taken away from them,
+their dearest affections wounded, and, after asking protection from
+Justice, they have been convinced that they can secure it only by
+their own hands, by their own efforts. But you are mistaken, se�or,
+if you believe that only criminals ask for it. Go from town to town,
+from house to house. Listen to the secret sighings of the family and
+you will be convinced that the evils which the Guardia Civil causes
+are equal to if not greater than those which it corrects. Would you
+conclude then that all the citizens are criminals? Then, why defend
+them from the others? Why not destroy them?"
+
+"There is some flaw in your reasoning which escapes me now. In Spain,
+the Mother Country, this body lends and has lent very useful services."
+
+"I do not doubt it. Perhaps there it is better organized; the personnel
+more select. Perhaps, too, Spain needs such a body, but the Philippines
+do not. Our customs, our mode of living, which are always cited when
+any one wants to deny us a right, are totally forgotten when some
+one wants to impose something on us. And tell me, se�or, why have not
+other nations adopted this institution, other nations which resemble
+Spain more than do the Philippines? Is it due to the efforts of such an
+institution that other nations have fewer robberies of the railways,
+fewer riots, fewer assassinations, and less hand-to-hand fighting in
+their great capitals?"
+
+Ibarra bowed his head in meditation. Afterward he raised it and
+replied:
+
+"That question, my friend, needs serious study. If my investigations
+tell me that these complaints are well founded, I will write to my
+friends in Madrid, since we have no deputies to represent us. In the
+meantime, believe me, the Government needs a body like the Guardia
+Civil, which has unlimited power, in order to make the people respect
+its authority and the laws imposed."
+
+"That would be all right, se�or, if the Government were at war
+with the country; but, for the good of the Government, we ought
+not to make the people believe that they are in opposition to the
+law. Furthermore, if that were the case, if we preferred force to
+prestige, we ought to look well to whom we give this unlimited force
+or power, this authority. Such great power in the hands of men, and
+ignorant men at that, men full of passion, without moral education,
+without tested honor--such a thing is a weapon in the hands of a
+maniac in a multitude of unarmed people. I grant and I will agree
+with you that the Government needs this weapon, but let it choose
+that weapon well; let it choose the most worthy men to bear it."
+
+Elias was speaking with enthusiasm and with fervor. His eyes glistened
+and his voice vibrated. Then followed a solemn pause. The banca, no
+longer propelled by the paddle, floated tranquilly on the waves. The
+moon was shining majestically from a sapphire sky. Some lights were
+glimmering on the shore.
+
+"And what more do they ask?" said Ibarra.
+
+"Reforms in the priesthood," responded Elias, in a discouraged and
+sad tone of voice. "The unfortunates ask more protection against----"
+
+"Against the religious orders?"
+
+"Against their oppressors, se�or."
+
+"Have the Filipinos forgotten what they owe to these orders? Have they
+forgotten the immense debt of gratitude they owe to them for having
+saved them from error and given them the Faith? What they owe to them
+for protection against the civil power? Here is one of the evils which
+result from not teaching the history of the country in our schools."
+
+Elias, surprised, could scarcely give credit to what he heard.
+
+"Se�or," he replied in a grave voice. "You accuse the people of
+ingratitude: permit me, one of those who suffer, to defend the
+people. Favors, in order to be recognized as such, must be done by
+persons with disinterested motives. Let us consider in a general
+way the mission of the orders, of Christian charity, that threadbare
+subject. Let us lay history aside. Let us not ask what Spain did with
+the Jews, who gave all Europe a Book, a religion and a God! Let us not
+ask what Spain has done with the Arabic people who gave her culture,
+who were tolerant in religion and who reawakened in her a pure national
+love, fallen into lethargy and almost destroyed by the domination of
+Romans and Goths. Let us omit all that. Do you say that these orders
+have given us the Faith and have saved us from error? Do you call those
+outward ceremonies, faith? Do you call that commerce in straps and
+scapularies religion? Do you call those miracles and stories which we
+hear every day truth? Is that the law of Jesus Christ? To teach such
+a faith as this it was not at all necessary that a God should allow
+himself to be crucified. Superstition existed long before the friars
+came here; it was only necessary to perfect it and to raise the price
+of the traffic. Will you tell me that although our religion of to-day
+is imperfect, it is better than that which we had before? I will agree
+with you in that and grant it; but we have purchased it at too high
+a price if we have had to renounce our nationality and independence
+for it; when for it, we have given to the priests our best towns,
+our fields, and still give them our little savings in order to buy
+religious objects. A foreign industry has been introduced among us;
+we pay well for it, and are in peace. If you speak of the protection
+they have afforded us against the civil governors of the provinces,
+I would reply that through them we fall under the power of these
+governors. However, I recognize that a true Faith, and a true love
+for humanity guided the first missionaries who came to our shores. I
+recognize the debt of gratitude which is due those noble hearts. I
+know that in those days Spain abounded in heroes of all kinds, as well
+in religion as in politics, as well in civil life as in military. But
+because the forefathers were virtuous, should we consent to the abuses
+practiced by their degenerate descendants? Because a great good has
+been done for us, are we guilty if we prevent ourselves from being
+harmed? The country does not ask for abolition of the priesthood; it
+only asks for reforms which new circumstances and new needs require."
+
+"I love our country as you love it, Elias. I understand to some
+extent what you desire. I have heard with attention what you have
+said; yet, despite all of that, my friend, I believe we are looking
+upon it with a little prejudice. Here, less than in other things,
+I see the necessity of reforms."
+
+"Can it be possible, se�or," said Elias, discouraged and stretching
+out his hands. "Do you not see the necessity of reforms, you whose
+family----"
+
+"Ah! I forget myself and I forget my own injuries for the sake of
+the security of the Philippines, for the sake of the interests of
+Spain," interrupted Ibarra eagerly. "To preserve the Philippines it
+is necessary that the friars continue as they are, and in union with
+Spain lies the welfare of our country."
+
+Ibarra had ceased speaking, but Elias continued to listen. His face
+was sad, his eyes had lost their brilliancy.
+
+"The missionaries conquered the country, it is true," he said. "Do
+you think that Spain will be able to keep the Philippines through
+the instrumentality of the friars?"
+
+"Yes, only through the friars. This is the belief held by all who
+have written on the Philippines."
+
+"Oh!" exclaimed Elias, discouraged and throwing his paddle into the
+bottom of the banca. "I did not think that you had so poor a conception
+of the Government and of the country."
+
+Ibarra replied: "I love our country, not only because it is the
+duty of all men to love the country to which they owe their being,
+not only because my father taught me so; but also because my mother
+was a native, an Indian, and because all my most beautiful memories
+live in these islands. I love it too, because I owe it my happiness
+and will continue to do so."
+
+"And I, I love it because I owe to it my misfortunes," said Elias.
+
+"Yes, my friend, I know that you are suffering, that you are
+unfortunate, and that this makes you see a dark future and influences
+your way of thinking. For this reason, I make allowance for your
+complaints. If I were able to appreciate the motives, if I had known
+part of that past----"
+
+"My misfortunes have another source. If I had known that they would
+have been of usefulness, I would have related them, for aside from
+that, I make no secret of them. They are well enough known by many."
+
+"Perhaps knowing them would rectify my opinions. You know I do not
+rely much upon theories; facts are better guides."
+
+Elias remained pensive for some moments.
+
+"If that is the case, se�or," he replied, "I will relate briefly the
+history of my misfortunes."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+ELIAS'S FAMILY.
+
+
+"Some sixty years ago my grandfather lived in Manila and kept books
+for a Spanish merchant. My grandfather was then very young, but was
+married and had a son. One night, without any one knowing the cause,
+the store-house was burned. The fire spread to the store and from the
+store to many others. The losses were very heavy. Search was made for
+the incendiary, and the merchant accused my grandfather. In vain he
+protested and, as he was poor and could not pay celebrated lawyers,
+he was condemned to be whipped publicly and to be led through the
+streets of Manila. It was not a great while ago that this infamous
+punishment was still in use here. It was a thousand times worse than
+death itself. My grandfather, abandoned by everybody except his wife,
+was tied to a horse and, followed by a cruel multitude, was whipped on
+every corner, in the sight of men, his brothers, and in the vicinity of
+the numerous temples of the God of Peace. When the unfortunate man,
+disgraced forever, had satisfied the punishment by his blood, his
+tortures and his cries, they untied him from the horse, for he had
+become unconscious. Would to God he had died! As a refined cruelty,
+they gave him liberty. His wife, embarrassed with a child at the time,
+begged in vain from door to door for work or alms that she might care
+for her sick husband and the poor son. But who would have confidence
+in the wife of an infamous man guilty of arson? The wife, then,
+had to give herself up to prostitution."
+
+Ibarra started from his seat.
+
+"Oh! do not be disturbed! Prostitution was not the only dishonor
+which she and her husband suffered. Honor and shame no longer existed
+for them. The husband cured his wounds, and, with his wife and son,
+hid in the mountains of this province. Here the woman brought forth
+a still-born child, deformed and full of disease. In the mountains,
+they lived for several months, miserable, isolated, hated and fleeing
+from all. Unable to endure the misery, less valorous than his wife,
+and growing desperate at seeing her ill and deprived of all aid and
+comfort, my grandfather hanged himself. The body rotted in the sight of
+the son, who was now scarcely able to take care of his sick mother. The
+bad odor of the rotting corpse disclosed it to Justice. My grandmother
+was accused and condemned for not having given notice. The death of
+her husband was attributed to her and people believed it. For, what
+is a wife of a wretch not capable of doing after having prostituted
+herself? If she took oath, they said she perjured herself; if she wept,
+they said that it was false; and if she invoked God, they said she
+blasphemed. However, they had some consideration for her and waited
+for her to give birth to a child before whipping her. You know that
+the friars spread the belief that the only way to deal with the
+natives is with the whip. Read what Father Gaspar de San Augustin says.
+
+"Thus condemned, the woman cursed the day when she would give
+birth to the child, and this not only prolonged her punishment, but
+violated her maternal sentiments. The woman delivered the child, and
+unfortunately the child was born robust. Two months later the sentence
+of whipping which had been imposed upon her was carried out, to the
+great satisfaction of the people, who thought that in this way they
+were fulfilling their duty. No longer able to be at peace in these
+mountains she fled with her two sons to a neighboring province and
+there they lived like wild beasts: hating and hated. The older boy,
+remembering his happy infancy and its contrast with such great misery,
+became a tulisan as soon as he had sufficient strength. Before long
+the bloody name of B�lat extended from province to province; it was
+the terror of the towns and the people, for he took his revenge with
+fire and blood. The younger boy, who had received from Nature a good
+heart, resigned himself to his lot at his mother's side. They lived
+on what the forests afforded them; they dressed in the rags that
+travellers threw away. The mother had lost her good name, she was now
+known only by such titles as the 'criminal,' the 'prostitute,' and the
+'horse-whipped woman.' The younger brother was known only as the son of
+his mother, because he had such a pleasant disposition that they did
+not believe him to be the son of the incendiary. Finally the famous
+B�lat fell one day into the hands of Justice. Society had taught him
+no good, but he was asked to account for his crimes. One morning as
+the younger boy was looking for his mother, who had gone to gather
+mushrooms from the forest, and had not yet returned, he found her
+lying on the ground by the roadside, under a cotton-tree. Her face
+was turned toward the sky, her eyes were torn from their sockets, and
+her rigid fingers were buried in the blood-stained earth. It occurred
+to the young man to raise his eyes and follow the direction in which
+his mother had been looking, and there from a limb of a tree he saw
+a basket, and in that basket the bloody head of his brother."
+
+"My God!" exclaimed Ibarra.
+
+"That is what my father must have exclaimed," continued Elias,
+coldly. "The men had cut the highwayman into quarters and buried him
+in a trunk of a tree. But the limbs were saved, and were hung up in
+different towns. If you go some time from Calamba to Santo Tom�s you
+will still find the rotting leg of my uncle hanging from a lomboy
+tree. Nature has cursed the tree and it neither grows nor gives
+fruit. They did the same thing with the other members of his body,
+but the head, the head, as the best part of the man and that part which
+can be most easily recognized, they hung before the mother's cabin."
+
+Ibarra bowed his head.
+
+"The young man fled like one that is accursed," continued Elias. "He
+fled from town to town, through mountains and valleys, and when at
+last he thought he was not recognized by any one, he began to work
+in the store of a rich man in the province of Tayabas. His activity,
+his agreeable disposition, won for him the esteem of those who did
+not know his past life. By working and saving he managed to make
+a little capital, and, as the misery had passed away, and, as he
+was young, he thought that he would be happy. His good appearance,
+his youth, and his quite unencumbered position won for him the love
+of a girl in the town, but he did not dare to ask for her hand, for
+fear that she might learn of his past. But love became too strong
+and both erred. The man, in order to save the honor of the woman,
+risked all; he asked her to marry him, the papers were looked up and
+all was disclosed. The girl's father was rich and began to prosecute
+the man. The latter, however, did not try to defend himself, admitted
+it all and was sent to jail. The young woman gave birth to a boy and a
+girl. They were brought up in seclusion and made to believe that their
+father was dead. This was not difficult, for while the children were
+still young they saw their mother die, and they thought little about
+investigating their genealogy. As our grandfather was very rich, our
+youth was happy. My sister and I were educated together, we loved each
+other as only twins can when they know no other love. While very young,
+I went to study in the Jesuit College, and my sister, in order that
+we might not be entirely separated, went to the Concordia boarding
+school. Our short education having been ended, for we only wished
+to be farmers, we returned to the town to take possession of the
+inheritance which was left us by our grandfather. We lived happily
+for some time; the future smiled on us; we had many servants; our
+fields bore good crops; and my sister was on the eve of being married
+to a young man who loved her and to whom she was well suited. On
+account of some pecuniary questions, and, because my character was
+then haughty, I lost the good will of a distant relative, and he
+threw in my face one day my dark birth and my infamous ancestry. I
+thought it a calumny and demanded satisfaction. The tomb in which so
+much grief was sleeping was opened again and the truth came out. I
+was confounded. To make the misfortune greater, we had had for some
+years an old servant who had always suffered all my caprices without
+ever leaving us. He contented himself by weeping and crying while
+the other servants jested with him. I do not know how my relative
+found it out; the fact is that he summoned this old man before the
+court and made him tell the truth. The old servant was my father,
+who had stuck fast to his dear children and whom I had maltreated many
+times. Our happiness disappeared: I renounced our fortune; my sister
+lost her lover; and with our father we abandoned the town to go to
+some other point. The thought of having contributed to our disgrace
+and misfortune, cut short the life of the old man, from whose lips
+was learned all the sorrowful past. My sister and I were left alone.
+
+"She wept a great deal, but, amid such grief as they piled upon us,
+she could not forget her love. Without complaining, without saying a
+word, she saw her old lover marry another girl, and I saw her a little
+later gradually become ill, without being able to console her. One
+day she disappeared. In vain I searched for her everywhere; in vain
+I asked for her for six months. Afterward I learned that during the
+time while I was searching for her, one day when the water had risen
+in the lake, there had been found on the beach at Calamba the body of
+a girl, either drowned or assassinated. She had, they say, a knife
+piercing her breast. The authorities of Calamba published the fact
+in the neighboring towns. Nobody presented himself to claim the body;
+no young woman had disappeared. From the description which they gave
+me afterward, from the dress, the rings, the beauty of her face and
+her very abundant hair, I recognized her as my poor sister. From that
+time, I have been wandering from province to province. My fame and
+history are in the mouths of many people; they attribute all sorts
+of deeds to me; at times they calumniate me; but I take no notice of
+men and continue on my way. I have here briefly related my history,
+and that of a judgment at the hands of mankind."
+
+Elias became silent and continued rowing.
+
+"I believe that you are not wrong," murmured Ibarra, in a low voice,
+"when you say that justice ought to procure the welfare of the
+people by lifting up the criminals and by raising the standard of
+their morality. Only ... that is impossible--a Utopia. And then,
+where is the money for so many new employees to come from?"
+
+"And what are the priests for, the priests who proclaim peace and
+charity as their mission? Is it more meritorious for a priest to wet
+the head of a child, to give it salt to eat, than to awaken in the
+darkened conscience of a criminal that spark, given by God to every
+man, that he may seek to do good? Is it more human to accompany a
+criminal to the gallows than to accompany him through the difficult
+path which leads from vice to virtue? Are not spies, executioners and
+Guardias Civiles paid? The latter institution, besides being an evil,
+also costs money."
+
+"My friend, neither you nor I, although we wish it, can accomplish it."
+
+"Alone we are nothing, it is true. Take up the cause of the people,
+unite them, listen to their voices, give others an example to follow,
+give them the idea of what is called a fatherland, a patria!"
+
+"What the people ask for is impossible. We must wait."
+
+"To wait, to wait, is equivalent to suffering!"
+
+"If I should ask it, they would laugh at me."
+
+"And if the people should sustain you?"
+
+"Never! I would never be the one to lead the multitude and accomplish
+by force what the Government does not believe is opportune. No! If I
+ever saw the multitude armed for such a purpose, I would put myself on
+the side of the Government. And I would fight it, for in such a mob I
+would not see my country. I wish for its welfare: that is the reason
+that I am erecting the school-house. I look for it through means of
+instruction, education and progress. Without light there is no road."
+
+"Nor without fighting is there liberty," replied Elias.
+
+"I do not care for that kind of liberty."
+
+"Without liberty there is no light," replied the pilot with
+enthusiasm. "You say that you know very little about our country. I
+believe it. You do not see the fight that is impending. You do not see
+the cloud on the horizon. The combat begins in the sphere of ideas, and
+then descends to the arena to tinge it with blood. I hear the voice of
+God. Woe to them who resist it. History has not been written for them."
+
+Elias was transformed. As he stood up, his head uncovered, his manly
+face illumined by the moonlight, there was something extraordinary
+about him. He shook his long hair and continued:
+
+"Do you not see how all is awakening? Sleep has lasted for centuries,
+but one day a thunderbolt will fall and new life will be called
+forth. New tendencies are animating the spirits, and these tendencies
+to-day separated, will be united some day, and will be guided by
+God. God has not failed other peoples, nor will he fail ours. Their
+cause is liberty."
+
+A solemn silence followed these words. In the meantime, the banca
+carried along imperceptibly by the waves, neared the shore. Elias
+was the first to break the silence.
+
+"What have I to say to those who have sent me?" he asked, changing
+the tone of his voice.
+
+"I have already told you that I greatly deplore their condition,
+but for them to wait, since evils are not cured by other evils. In
+our misfortune, we are all at fault."
+
+Elias did not insist further. He bowed his head, continued rowing and,
+bringing the banca up to the shore, took leave of Ibarra saying:
+
+"I thank you, Se�or, for your condescension. For your own interests
+I ask you in the future to forget me, and never to recognize me in
+whatever place you may meet me."
+
+And saying this, he turned his banca and rowed in the direction of a
+dense thicket on the beach. He seemed to observe only the millions of
+diamonds which his paddle lifted and which fell back into the lake,
+where they soon disappeared in the mystery of the blue waves.
+
+Finally, he arrived at the place toward which he had been rowing. A
+man came out of the thicket and approached him:
+
+"What shall I tell the captain?" he asked.
+
+"Tell him that Elias, if he does not die before, will fulfill his
+word," he replied gloomily.
+
+"Then when will you meet us?"
+
+"When your captain thinks that the hour of danger has come."
+
+"All right. Good-bye!"
+
+"If I do not die before," murmured Elias.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+CHANGES.
+
+
+The modest Linares was serious and very uneasy. He had just received a
+letter from Do�a Victorina which, translated from the most illiterate
+Spanish, and omitting its many errors in spelling and punctuation,
+was as follows:
+
+
+    "Esteemed Cousin:--Within three days I want to know from
+    you if you have killed the alferez or he you. I don't want
+    another day to pass without this animal being punished. If this
+    length of time passes and still you have not challenged him,
+    I will tell Don Santiago that you never were secretary and
+    that you never joked with Canovas or with General Martinez. I
+    will tell Clarita that it is all a lie and I will not give
+    you another cuarto. If you challenge him, I promise you all
+    that you wish. If you do not challenge him, I will accept no
+    excuses or reasons.
+
+        "Your cousin who loves you in her heart.
+        "Victorina de los Reyes de de Espada�a.
+        "Sampalog, Monday Eve, 7 o'clock."
+
+
+It was a serious matter. Linares knew Do�a Victorina's character
+and knew what she was capable of doing. To reason with her was out
+of the question; to beg was useless; to deceive her worse. There was
+no other remedy than to challenge.
+
+"But what can I do?" he said to himself, as he was walking alone. "If
+he receives me harshly? If I meet his wife? Who would want to be
+my second? The curate? Captain Tiago? Cursed be the hour in which I
+gave ear to her advice! What will this se�orita say about me? Now I
+am sorry to have been secretary to all the ministers."
+
+The good Linares was in this sad soliloquy when Father Salv�
+arrived. The Franciscan was certainly thinner and paler than usual,
+but his eyes shone with a peculiar light and a strange smile was seen
+on his lips.
+
+"Se�or Linares, all alone?" saluted the priest and directed his steps
+to the sala, through the half open door of which notes of the piano
+were heard.
+
+Linares restrained a smile.
+
+"And Don Santiago?" added the curate.
+
+Captain Tiago presented himself at that moment, kissed the curate's
+hand, took the Father's hat and cane and smiled like one who had
+been blessed.
+
+"Well, well!" said the curate, going into the sala, followed by
+Linares and Captain Tiago. "I have good news from Manila which you
+will all enjoy. I have received letters from Manila which confirm the
+one which Se�or Ibarra brought me yesterday--so that, Don Santiago,
+the impediment is removed."
+
+Maria Clara was seated at the piano between her two girl friends. She
+half rose to her feet at this remark, but her strength failed her and
+she sat down again. Linares turned pale and looked at Captain Tiago,
+who turned his eyes to the floor.
+
+"This young man really seems to me a very nice fellow," continued the
+curate. "At first, I judged him bad--he is a little quick-tempered. But
+he knows so well how to atone for his faults afterward, that one cannot
+hold any grudge against him. If it were not for Father D�maso...." And
+the curate directed a quick glance at Maria Clara. She was listening
+to all that was going on but without taking her eyes off the music--in
+spite of the concealed pinches which Sinang gave her to express her
+joy. Had she been alone, she would have danced.
+
+"Father D�maso?" asked Linares without finishing the sentence.
+
+"Yes," continued the curate. "Father D�maso has said that as
+... godfather he could not permit ... but I believe that if finally,
+Se�or Ibarra asks pardon, which I do not doubt he will do, all will
+be arranged."
+
+Maria Clara arose, made an excuse and retired to her room, accompanied
+by Victoria.
+
+"And if Father D�maso does not pardon him?" asked Captain Tiago,
+in a low voice.
+
+"Then Maria Clara will see that Father D�maso is her spiritual
+father. But I believe that they will come to an understanding."
+
+At that moment, steps were heard and Ibarra appeared, followed by
+Aunt Isabel. His presence on the scene produced a varied effect. He
+saluted Captain Tiago affably, the latter not knowing whether to
+smile or to weep; to Linares he bowed profoundly. Father Salv� arose
+and extended his hand to him so affectionately that Ibarra could not
+suppress a look of surprise.
+
+"Do not think it strange," said Father Salv�. "I was just paying you
+a compliment."
+
+Ibarra thanked him and approached Sinang.
+
+"Where have you been all day?" she asked, with a childish laugh. "We
+have been asking each other, 'Where could this soul redeemed from
+purgatory have gone?' Each one of us gave a different answer."
+
+"And will you not tell what you said?"
+
+"No, that is a secret; but I will surely tell you in private. Now
+tell us where you have been so that we can see who has been able to
+guess it."
+
+"No, that also is a secret; but I will tell you alone, if the se�ores
+will permit."
+
+"Certainly, certainly!" said Father Salv�.
+
+Sinang took Crisostomo to one end of the hall. She was very happy
+with the idea of knowing a secret.
+
+"Tell me, my little friend," said Ibarra, "Is Maria angry with me?"
+
+"I do not know, but she says that it is better that you should forget
+her and then begins to cry. Captain Tiago wants her to marry that
+gentleman; Father D�maso also wishes it; but she says neither yes
+nor no. This morning when we were asking for you, I said: 'What
+if he has gone to make love to some one else?' She replied to me:
+'Would to God that he had!' and then began to cry."
+
+Ibarra was serious.
+
+"Tell Maria that I want to speak with her alone."
+
+"Alone?" asked Sinang, knitting her eyebrows and looking at him.
+
+"Entirely alone, no. But so that we may not be seen by that other
+se�or."
+
+"It is difficult, but don't worry. I will tell her."
+
+"And when will I know the answer?"
+
+"To-morrow come to the house early. Maria never wants to be alone. We
+keep her company. Victoria sleeps by her side one night, and I
+the next. To-morrow night it is my turn. But listen: What is the
+secret? You are going without telling me the principal thing."
+
+"That is true. I was in the town of Los Ba�os. I went up there to do
+some business in cocoanut trees, since I am thinking of building a
+factory. Your father will be my partner."
+
+"Nothing more than that? Give us the secret!" exclaimed Sinang in a
+loud voice and in the tone of a defrauded usurer. "I thought----"
+
+"Take care. I don't want you to tell it."
+
+"I have no desire to!" replied Sinang, sticking up her nose. "If it
+were something more important, I would tell it to my friends. But to
+buy cocoanuts! cocoanuts! Who is interested in cocoanuts?"
+
+And she went away in haste to find her girl friends.
+
+A few moments afterward, Ibarra seeing that the conversation was
+lagging, took leave of the gathering. Captain Tiago's expression
+was between sweet and sour; Linares was silent and observing; and
+the curate, feigning to be joyful, was telling stories. None of the
+girls had returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+PLAYING CARDS WITH THE SHADES.
+
+
+A cloudy sky hides the moon, and a cold wind, the omen of approaching
+December, whirls the dry leaves and dust in the narrow path leading
+to the cemetery.
+
+Under the gate, three forms are conversing in a low tone.
+
+"Have you spoken to Elias?" asked a voice.
+
+"No; you know he is very odd and discreet. But he ought to be with
+us. Don Crisostomo saved his life."
+
+"I accepted the offer for the same reason," said the first voice. "Don
+Crisostomo is having my wife treated at a doctor's house in Manila. I
+have agreed to take charge of the convent in the attack, so that I
+can settle my accounts with the curate."
+
+"And we, we will have charge of the attack on the cuartel, so that we
+can say to the members of the Guardia Civil that our father had sons."
+
+"How many will there be of you?"
+
+"Five! Five will be enough. Don Crisostomo's servant says that there
+will be twenty in all."
+
+"And if things don't turn out well?"
+
+"St!" said one, and they all became silent.
+
+In the semi-darkness, a form could be seen crawling along the
+fence. From time to time it stopped, as if to look behind.
+
+And it did so not without reason. Behind, at some twenty paces,
+came another form. This one was taller and seemed to be darker than
+the first. Each time that the first stopped this second one would
+disappear as if the earth had swallowed it.
+
+"They are following me," murmured the one ahead. "Is it a Guardia
+Civil? Has the sacristan lied?"
+
+"It appears that the appointment is here," said the second, in a low
+voice. "They are up to something bad, when the two brothers hide it
+from me."
+
+The first form finally arrived at the gate of the cemetery. The three
+who were already there advanced.
+
+"Is it you?"
+
+"Is it you?"
+
+"Let us separate. Some one is following me. To-morrow we will have
+the arms and to-morrow night will be our time. The cry is 'Viva Don
+Crisostomo!' Begone!"
+
+The three persons disappeared behind the wall. The recent arrival
+hid himself in the hollow of the gate and waited silently.
+
+"Let's see who is following me!" he murmured.
+
+The second person came along very cautiously, and stopped to look
+around.
+
+"I have arrived late!" said he in a half intelligible voice. "But
+perhaps they will return."
+
+And, as a fine rain began to fall and threatened to continue, he took
+refuge under the gate. Naturally, he met the other.
+
+"Ah! who are you?" asked the one who had just come up, in a manly
+voice.
+
+"And who are you?" replied the other tranquilly.
+
+There was a moment's pause. Each tried to recognize the other by the
+tone of his voice and to distinguish the other's features.
+
+"What are you waiting here for?" asked the one with the heavy voice.
+
+"Till the clock strikes eight, so as to have a game of cards with
+the dead. I want to win some money to-night," replied the other,
+in an ordinary tone. "And you: what do you come here for?"
+
+"A--a--for the same thing."
+
+"Well! I am glad. So I will not be without a companion. I have brought
+some cards. At the first stroke of the bell, I put down the albur
+(the first two cards put on the board in monte). At the second stroke,
+I put down the gallo (the second pair). The cards which move after I
+have put them down, are those which the dead choose for themselves. Did
+you also bring some cards?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Then?"
+
+"It is simple. Just as you act as 'banker' for them, so I hope that
+they will 'bank' for me." (In monte the banker deals the cards and
+bets that one of the cards in either the albur or gallo is turned up
+by dealing off the pack, before the card chosen by the other person
+is turned up. A banker can play against two others.)
+
+"And if the shades do not care to 'bank'?"
+
+"What can be done? The game is not obligatory upon the dead."
+
+There was a moment's silence.
+
+"Did you come armed? What if you have to fight with the shades of
+the dead?"
+
+"I'll use my fists," replied the taller of the two.
+
+"Ah! The devil! Now, I remember! The dead do not bet when there is
+more than one live person around. There are two of us."
+
+"Is that true? Well, I don't want to go away."
+
+"Nor I. I need some money," replied the smaller one. "But let us do
+this: We will decide by the cards which one shall go away."
+
+"All right!" replied the other, showing a certain amount of
+displeasure.
+
+"Then let us go in. Have you any matches?"
+
+They entered the cemetery and in the obscurity they searched for a
+place where they might decide the question with the cards. They soon
+found a niche upon which they sat down. The shorter one took from
+his hat some playing cards and the other lighted a match.
+
+Each one looked at the other in the light which the match made, but,
+judging from the expression on their faces, they did not recognize
+each other. However, we can recognize in the taller one, the one with
+the manly voice, Elias; and in the smaller one, Lucas, with the scar
+on his cheek.
+
+"Cut the cards!" said the latter, without ceasing to look at the other.
+
+He pushed aside some bones which were found on the niche and turned up
+an ace and a jack for the albur. Elias lighted one match after another.
+
+"On the jack!" said he and, in order to show which of the cards he
+was betting on, he placed upon it a piece of vertebr�.
+
+"I deal!" said Lucas and, after turning up four or five cards, an
+ace came up.
+
+"You have lost," he added. "Now leave me alone so that I may win
+some money."
+
+Elias, without saying a word, disappeared in the darkness.
+
+Some minutes afterward, the clock in the church struck eight and the
+bell announced the hour of prayer. But Lucas did not invite anybody
+to play with him. He did not call out the shades, as superstition
+demanded. Instead, he uncovered his head, murmured some prayers and
+crossed himself with the same fervor as the chief of the Brotherhood
+of the Most Sacred Rosary would have done at that moment.
+
+The drizzling rain continued all night. At nine o'clock the streets
+were dark and lonely. The little cocoanut oil lanterns, which each
+citizen had to hang out in front of his house gave light scarcely a
+meter around. It seemed as though they had been lighted so one might
+see the darkness.
+
+Two Civil Guards were walking from one side of the street to the
+other near the church.
+
+"It is cold," said one in Tagalog with a Visayan accent. "We aren't
+catching any sacristans. There is nobody to clean out the alferez's hen
+yard and we ought to catch some sacristan and make him do it. Since
+that one was killed, they have taken warning. I am getting tired
+of this."
+
+"So am I," replied the other. "Nobody commits any robbery; no one
+disturbs the peace; but, thank God, they say that Elias is in town. The
+alferez says that the one who catches him will be free from whippings
+for three months."
+
+"Ah! Do you know his identification marks?" asked the Visayan.
+
+"I certainly do! Stature, tall, according to the alferez's description;
+ordinary, according to the description of Father D�maso; color,
+brunette; eyes, black; nose, regular; mouth, regular; beard, none;
+hair, black."
+
+"Ah! And particular marks?"
+
+"Camisa, black; pantaloons, black; a wood-cutter----"
+
+"Ah! He will not escape. I think I see him already."
+
+"I don't confuse him with anybody else, although you might think so."
+
+Both soldiers continued their beats.
+
+By the light of the lantern two forms could again be seen, one
+following the other cautiously. A forcible "Quien vive?" stops them
+both. The first one replied "Espa�a," in a trembling voice.
+
+The two soldiers drag him along and bring him up to the light,
+to recognize him. It was Lucas, but the soldiers were in doubt and
+questioned each other with a glance.
+
+"The alferez said nothing about his having a scar," said the Visayan
+in a low voice. "Where are you going?"
+
+"To order a mass for to-morrow."
+
+"Have you not seen Elias?"
+
+"I do not know him, se�or," replied Lucas.
+
+"You dunce! I am not asking if you know him. Nor do we know him. I
+am asking you if you have seen him."
+
+"No, se�or."
+
+"Listen closely. I will give you his description. Stature, at times
+tall, at times regular; skin and eyes, black; all the others are
+regular," said the Visayan. "Do you know him now?"
+
+"No, se�or," replied Lucas, frightened.
+
+"Then, sulung! (Go along). You brute! You ass!" And they gave him
+a shove.
+
+"Do you know why Elias is tall, according to the alferez, and why he
+is short, according to the curate?" asked the Tagalog of the other.
+
+"No."
+
+"Because the alferez was stuck in a mud hole when he observed him,
+and the curate was on foot when he saw him."
+
+"That's right!" exclaimed the Visayan. "You are bright. Why are you
+a Guardia Civil?"
+
+"I haven't been always. I was a smuggler at one time," replied the
+Tagalog boastingly.
+
+But another form attracted their attention. They called out "Quien
+Vive?" and brought him up to the light. This time it was Elias himself.
+
+"Where are you going?"
+
+"I am pursuing, se�or, a man who has whipped and threatened my
+brother. He has a scar on his face and his name is Elias----"
+
+"Ha?" exclaimed the two, and looked at each other frightened.
+
+And at once they started on a run toward the church, where a few
+minutes before Lucas had disappeared.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV
+
+THE DISCOVERY.
+
+
+The bell announces the hour of evening prayer. On hearing the
+religious sound, all stop, leave their work and uncover their heads;
+the laborer, coming from the fields on the carabao's back, suspends
+the song to which the animal keeps step, and prays; the women in the
+middle of the street make the sign of the cross, and move their lips
+with affectation so that no one may doubt their devotion: the man
+stops fondling his game-cock and recites the Angelus so that he may
+have good luck; in the houses, they pray in a loud voice ... every
+sound which is not a part of the Ave Maria is dissipated, silenced.
+
+However, the curate, without his hat, hastily crosses the street,
+scandalizing many old women. And still more scandalous, he directs
+his steps towards the alferez's house. The devout women think that
+it is time for them to stop the movement of their lips and to kiss
+the curate's hand, but Father Salv� takes no notice of them. To-day
+he finds no pleasure in placing his bony hand under a Christian's
+nose. Some important business must be occupying him that he should
+so forget his own interests and those of the Church!
+
+He goes up the stairs and knocks impatiently at the alferez's door. The
+latter appears, his eyebrows knit and followed by his better half,
+who smiles malignantly.
+
+"Ah, Father Curate! I was just going to see you. Your he-goat...."
+
+"I have a most important matter...."
+
+"I can't allow your goat to go on breaking down my fence.... I'll
+shoot him if he gets in there again."
+
+"That is if you are alive to-morrow," said the curate, breathless,
+and directing himself toward the sala.
+
+"What! do you think that that seven-months-old puppy will kill me? I'll
+kick him to pieces."
+
+Father Salv� stepped back and looked instinctively at the feet of
+the alferez.
+
+"Whom are you talking about?" asked he, trembling.
+
+"Of whom could I be talking but that big blockhead who proposes to
+challenge me to a duel with revolvers at one hundred paces?"
+
+"Ah!" sighed the curate, and added: "I have come to speak about a
+most urgent matter which seriously concerns the life of all of us."
+
+"Seriously!" repeated the alferez, turning pale in turn. "Does this
+young fellow shoot well...?"
+
+"I am not speaking about him."
+
+"Then?"
+
+The friar pointed to the door which the alferez shut in his customary
+manner, by a kick. The alferez usually found his hands superfluous. An
+imprecation and a groan from without were heard.
+
+"You brute. You have cut open my head!" cried his wife.
+
+"Now unbosom yourself," said he to the curate in a quiet manner. The
+latter looked at him for some time. Afterward he asked, in that nasal
+and monotonous priest's voice:
+
+"Did you see how I came running?"
+
+"Umph! I thought something was the matter with you."
+
+"When I leave my duties in this manner there are grave motives."
+
+"And what is it?" asked the other, stamping his foot on the floor.
+
+"Calm yourself!"
+
+"Then, why did you come in such a hurry?"
+
+The curate approached him and asked in a mysterious way:
+
+"Don't--you--know--anything--new?"
+
+The alferez shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"You confess that you know absolutely nothing?"
+
+"What! do you mean to tell me about Elias, whom your sacristan mayor
+hid last night?" he asked.
+
+"No, no! I don't speak of such matters now," replied the curate,
+in a bad humor. "I am talking about a great danger."
+
+"Then d----n it! Let it out."
+
+"Now then," said the friar slowly and with a certain disdain, "you
+will see again how important we priests are. The lowest layman is
+worth a regiment, so that a curate...."
+
+And then lowering his voice in a very mysterious manner:
+
+"I have discovered a great conspiracy."
+
+The alferez started and looked at the friar astonished.
+
+"A terrible and well-laid conspiracy, which is to break out this
+very night."
+
+"This very night!" exclaimed the alferez, moving at first toward
+Father Salv�, and then running after his revolver and saber,
+which were hanging on the wall: "Whom shall I arrest? Whom shall I
+arrest?" he cried.
+
+"Be calm. It is not yet time, thanks to my great haste. At eight
+o'clock."
+
+"I'll shoot them all!"
+
+"Listen! This afternoon a woman, whose name I must not mention (it
+is a secret of the confessional) came to me and disclosed it all. At
+eight o'clock they will take the cuartel by surprise, sack the convent,
+seize the Government's steamboat and assassinate all the Spaniards."
+
+The alferez was stupified.
+
+"The woman has not told more than that," added the curate.
+
+"Has not told you more? Then I'll arrest her!"
+
+"No; I cannot consent to it. The tribunal of penitence is the throne
+of God of forgiveness."
+
+"Neither God nor forgiveness count in this matter. I'll arrest her."
+
+"You are losing your head. What you ought to do is to prepare
+yourself. Arm your soldiers quietly and put them in ambush. Send me
+four Guards for the convent and notify the people on the Government
+steamboat."
+
+"The boat is not here. I'll send to other sections for aid."
+
+"They would notice that and would not go on with their plans. No,
+don't do that. What is important is that we catch them alive and make
+them talk; I say, you will make them disclose the conspiracy. I, in the
+capacity of a priest, ought not to mix myself in these matters. Now's
+your chance! Here you can win crosses and stars. I ask only that you
+make it evident that I am the one who warned you."
+
+"It will be made evident, Father, it will be made evident! And perhaps
+a mitre will fall to you!" replied the radiant alferez.
+
+"Be sure and send me four un-uniformed Civil Guards, eh? Be
+discreet! To-night at eight o'clock, it will rain stars and crosses."
+
+While this was going on, a man came running down the road which led
+to Ibarra's house, and quickly went up the stairs.
+
+"Is the Se�or at home?" asked Elias of the servant.
+
+"He is in his laboratory at work."
+
+Ibarra, in order to pass the time while he impatiently waited for the
+hour when he could make explanations to Maria Clara, had gone to work
+in his cabinet.
+
+"Ah, is it you, Elias?" he exclaimed. "I was thinking about
+you. Yesterday, I forgot to ask you for the name of that Spaniard in
+whose house your grandfather lived."
+
+"Don't bother yourself, Se�or, about me...."
+
+"Look!" continued Ibarra, without noting the agitation of the young
+man, and putting a piece of bamboo to a flame. "I have made a great
+discovery. This bamboo is incombustible...."
+
+"Don't talk about bamboo now, Se�or. Talk about collecting your papers
+and fleeing in a minute."
+
+Ibarra looked at him surprised, and, on seeing the seriousness in
+Elias's countenance, he dropped the object which he had in his hands.
+
+"Burn everything that can possibly implicate you in any way and put
+yourself in a more secure place within an hour."
+
+"And what for?" he asked at last.
+
+"Put all that you have of value in a secure place...."
+
+"And what for?"
+
+"Burn all papers written by you or to you. The most innocent can be
+interpreted in a bad sense."
+
+"But what for?"
+
+"What for? Because I have just discovered a conspiracy which will be
+attributed to you in order to ruin you."
+
+"A conspiracy? And who has planned it?"
+
+"I have been unable to learn the author of it. Only a moment ago I
+was talking with one of the unfortunate men who have been paid for
+it. I could not dissuade him."
+
+"And didn't that fellow say who paid him?"
+
+"Yes. Asking me to keep the secret, he told me that it was you."
+
+"My God!" exclaimed Ibarra. He stood stupefied.
+
+"Se�or, don't hesitate, don't doubt, don't lose time, for undoubtedly
+the conspiracy will break out this very night."
+
+Ibarra, with staring eyes, and hands holding his head, seemed not to
+hear him.
+
+"The blow cannot be thwarted," continued Elias. "I have arrived too
+late. I do not know their leaders ... save yourself, Se�or, save
+yourself for the sake of your country."
+
+"Where shall I flee? They are expecting me this evening," exclaimed
+Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara.
+
+"To any other town, to Manila, to the house of some official; only
+flee somewhere so that they will not say that you are directing
+the movement."
+
+"And if I myself denounce the conspiracy?"
+
+"You denounce it?" exclaimed Elias, looking at him, and stepping
+back. "You would pass for a traitor and a coward in the eyes of
+the conspirators, and for a pusillanimous person in the eyes of
+others. They would say that you had played a trick to win some praise,
+they would say...."
+
+"But what can be done?"
+
+"Already I have told you. Destroy all the papers you have which relate
+to you; flee and await developments."
+
+"And Maria Clara?" exclaimed the young man. "No; death first!"
+
+Elias wrung his hands and said:
+
+"Well, then, at least avoid the blow. Prepare yourself against their
+accusations."
+
+Ibarra looked around him in a stupefied manner.
+
+"Then, help me! There in those bags I have my family letters. Sort
+out those from my father, which are, perhaps, the ones that would
+incriminate me. Read the signatures."
+
+Ibarra, stunned and overwhelmed, opened and closed drawers, collected
+papers, hastily read letters, tore up some, kept others, took down
+books and thumbed through some of them. Elias did the same, if indeed
+with less confusion, with equal zeal. But he stopped, with eyes wide
+open, turned over a paper which he had in his hand and asked in a
+trembling voice:
+
+"Did your family know Don Pedro Eibarramendia?"
+
+"Certainly!" replied Ibarra, opening a drawer and taking out a pile
+of papers. "He was my great-grandfather."
+
+"Your great grandfather? Don Pedro Eibarramendia?" he again asked,
+with livid features and a changed appearance.
+
+"Yes," replied Ibarra, distracted. "We cut short the name, for it
+was too long."
+
+"He was a Basque?" said Elias approaching him.
+
+"Yes; but what's the matter?" he asked, surprised.
+
+Elias closed his fist, shook it in Ibarra's face and looked at
+him. Crisostomo stepped back as soon as he read the expression on
+that face.
+
+"Do you know who Don Pedro Eibarramendia was?" he asked between
+his teeth. "Don Pedro Eibarramendia was that wretch who accused my
+grandfather and caused all our misery.... I was looking for one of
+his name. God has given you into my hands.... Account to me for our
+misfortunes."
+
+Ibarra looked at him terrified. Elias shook him by the arm and,
+in a bitter voice, filled with hate, said:
+
+"Look at me well; see if I have suffered, and you, you live, you love,
+you have fortune, home, consideration. You live ... you live!"
+
+And, beside himself, he ran toward a small collection of arms, but
+he had scarcely grasped two swords when he let them fall, and, like
+a madman, looked at Ibarra, who remained immovable.
+
+"What am I to do?" he said and fled from the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV
+
+THE CATASTROPHE.
+
+
+There in the dining-room Captain Tiago, Linares, and Aunt Isabel were
+eating supper. In the sala the rattling of plate and tableware was
+heard. Maria Clara had said that she did not care to eat and had seated
+herself at the piano. By her side was jolly Sinang, who murmured little
+secrets in Maria's ear, while Father Salv� uneasily paced the sala.
+
+It was not because the convalescent had no appetite that she was
+not eating. It was because she was awaiting the arrival of a certain
+person and had taken advantage of the moment in which her Argus could
+not be present, the hour when Linares ate.
+
+"You will see how that ghost will stay till eight o'clock," murmured
+Sinang, pointing to the curate. "At eight o'clock he ought to
+come. This priest is as much in love as Linares."
+
+Maria Clara looked at her friend, frightened. The latter, without
+noticing her expression, continued her terrible gossip:
+
+"Ah! Now I know why he doesn't go, in spite of all my hints. He
+doesn't want to burn the lamps in the convent. Don't you see? Ever
+since you fell ill, he has had the two lights which he used to burn,
+put out. But look at his eyes and his face!"
+
+Just at that moment the clock in the house struck eight. The curate
+trembled and went and sat down in a corner of the room.
+
+"He is coming," said Sinang, pinching Maria Clara. "Do you hear?"
+
+The bell in the church tolled eight and all arose to pray. Father
+Salv�, with a weak and trembling voice, led, but, as each one had
+his own thoughts, nobody paid any attention to him.
+
+The prayer had scarcely ended, when Ibarra presented himself. The young
+man was wearing mourning, not only in his dress, but in his face. In
+fact, it was so evident that Maria Clara, on seeing him, arose and
+took a step toward him as if to ask what ailed him, but at the same
+instant a discharge of musketry was heard. Ibarra stopped, his eyes
+rolled and he was unable to speak. The curate hid himself behind a
+pillar. More shooting and more noise was heard in the direction of the
+convent, followed by cries and the sound of people running. Captain
+Tiago, Aunt Isabel and Linares entered the room, hurriedly crying
+"tulisan! tulisan!" Andeng followed them, brandishing a spit and ran
+toward her foster sister.
+
+Aunt Isabel fell on her knees and prayed the Kyrie eleison. Captain
+Tiago, pale and trembling, carried a chicken's liver on his fork, and,
+in tears, offered it to the Virgin of Antipolo. Linares had his mouth
+full and was armed with a spoon. Sinang and Maria Clara embraced each
+other. The only person who did not move was Ibarra. He stood as if
+petrified, his face indescribably pale.
+
+The cries and blows continued, the windows were shut with a bang,
+a whistle was heard, and occasionally a shot.
+
+"Christe eleison! Santiago, fasten the windows," groaned Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Fifty great bombs and a thanksgiving mass," replied Captain
+Tiago. "Ora pro nobis!"
+
+After a time, things quieted down and there was a terrible silence. The
+voice of the alferez was distinguished, as he came running in, and
+crying: "Father curate! Father Salv�! Come!"
+
+"Misere! The alferez is asking for confession!" cried Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Is he wounded?" asked Linares at last. "Ah!"
+
+"Come, Father Salv�! There is nothing to fear now," continued the
+alferez, shouting.
+
+Father Salv�, pale, and decided at last, came out of his hiding-place
+and went downstairs.
+
+"The tulisanes have killed the alferez!" said Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Maria Clara, Sinang, go to your room! Fasten the door! Kyrie eleison!"
+
+Ibarra also went toward the stairs, in spite of Aunt Isabel, who was
+saying: "Don't go out! You haven't confessed yet. Don't go out!"
+
+The good old woman had been a great friend of Ibarra's mother.
+
+But Ibarra left the house. It seemed to him that all about him was
+revolving through the air, that even the ground was gone from under his
+feet. His ears buzzed. His legs moved heavily and irregularly. Waves
+of blood, light and darkness, succeeded one another on the retina of
+his eye.
+
+Despite the fact that the moon was shining brightly in the heavens, the
+young man stumbled on every stone in the solitary and deserted street.
+
+Near the cuartel he saw some soldiers with their bayonets fixed,
+talking excitedly. He passed by unseen.
+
+In the tribunal, blows, cries, wails, and curses were heard. The
+alferez's voice drowned all the others.
+
+"Put him in the stocks! Put handcuffs on that fellow! Two shots for
+whoever moves! Sergeant, you will mount your guard! Let no one pass,
+not even God! Corporal, let no one sleep!"
+
+Ibarra hastened his steps toward his house. His servants were uneasily
+awaiting him.
+
+"Saddle the best horse and go to bed!" said he to them.
+
+He entered his laboratory and hurriedly began to get his travelling
+bag ready. He opened an iron box, took out all the money which he
+found there and put it in a bag. He gathered his jewels together,
+took down a picture of Maria Clara which was hanging upon the wall,
+and, arming himself with a dirk and two revolvers, he turned to the
+cupboard where he had some tools.
+
+At that instant, three blows, loud and strong, sounded on the door.
+
+"Who's there?" asked Ibarra, in a doleful voice.
+
+"Open in the name of the King! Open the door at once, or we will
+knock it down!" replied an imperious Spanish voice.
+
+Ibarra looked toward the window. His eyes flashed and he cocked his
+revolver. But changing his mind, he left the arms and went to open
+the door at the same moment that the servants came up.
+
+Three Guards seized him instantly.
+
+"You are made a prisoner in the name of the King!" said the sergeant.
+
+"What for?"
+
+"They will tell you later. We are prohibited from saying a word."
+
+The young man reflected a moment and not wishing, perhaps, the soldiers
+to discover his preparations for flight, he took his hat and said:
+
+"I am at your disposal. I suppose it will be only for a short time."
+
+"If you promise not to escape, we will not handcuff you. The alferez
+grants this favor, but if you flee----"
+
+Ibarra followed, leaving the servants in consternation.
+
+In the meantime, what had become of Elias?
+
+On leaving Crisostomo's house, like a madman, he ran about without
+knowing where. He crossed fields, and in violent agitation arrived at a
+forest. He was fleeing from people, and from light. The moon troubled
+him and he entered the mysterious shade of the forest. Sometimes
+stopping, sometimes following unbroken paths, leaning upon century-old
+trunks, entangled in the briars, he looked toward the town, which
+lay at his feet bathed in the light of the moon, stretching itself
+out on the plain, lying on the shore of the lake. Birds, disturbed
+in their sleep, flew away. Owls screeched and flew from one limb to
+another. But Elias neither heard nor saw them. He thought he was being
+followed by the infuriated shades of his ancestors. He saw the horrible
+basket hanging from every branch with the blood-covered head of B�lat,
+just as his father had described it to him. He thought he saw the dead
+body of his grandmother lying at the foot of every tree. He seemed
+to see the skeleton of his dishonored grandfather in the darkness,
+and the skeleton, the old woman, and the head all cried out to him,
+"Coward! Coward!"
+
+He left the mountain and fled down toward the sea. He ran along the
+beach in agitation. But there in the distance, amid the waves, where
+the light of the moon seemed to raise a fog, he thought he saw a shade
+raise itself, the shade of his sister, with her breast covered with
+blood, her hair hanging loose in the air.
+
+Elias fell upon his knees on the sand.
+
+"And you, too!" he cried stretching out his arms.
+
+Then, with his eyes fixed on the fog, he arose slowly and, advancing
+toward it, went into the water as if to follow somebody. He waded on
+over the gentle slope of the beach which forms the bar. He was already
+far from the shore and the water was up to his belt. He went on and
+on, as if fascinated by a seducing spirit. The water was now up to his
+breast. Suddenly, the discharge of musketry awoke him from his dream,
+the vision disappeared, and the young man returned to reality. He
+stopped, reflected, and noticed that he was in the water. The lake
+was smooth and he could still see the lights in the fishermen's huts.
+
+He returned to the shore and made his way toward the town. What
+for? He himself did not know.
+
+The town seemed uninhabited. The houses were all closed. Even the
+animals, the dogs which are accustomed to bark at night, had hid
+themselves through fear. The silvery light of the moon increased the
+sadness and solitude.
+
+Afraid of meeting the Civil Guards, he went through the orchards and
+gardens. In one of the gardens he thought he saw two human forms,
+but he continued his way. Jumping over fences and walls, he arrived
+after great labor at the other side of the town, and directed his
+steps toward Ibarra's house. The servants were in the door, lamenting
+and commenting on the arrest of their master.
+
+Aware of what had passed, Elias went away, but returned to the house,
+leaped over the wall, crawled through a window and went into the
+cabinet or laboratory, where the candle which Ibarra had left was
+still burning.
+
+Elias saw the papers and the books. He found the arms and the little
+sacks which contained the money and the jewelry. All that had passed
+ran through his imagination again, and, seeing all the papers which
+might incriminate Ibarra, he thought of collecting them, throwing
+them through the window and burying them.
+
+He glanced toward the garden and, by the light of the moon, he saw
+two Civil Guards coming with an adjutant. Their bayonets and helmets
+were glistening in the light.
+
+Then he decided. He piled up the clothes and papers in the middle
+of the cabinet, emptied the oil in a lamp upon the pile and set fire
+to it. He quickly buckled the arms around him. He saw the picture of
+Maria Clara, hesitated--put it in one of the little sacks, and jumped
+out of the window with them all.
+
+It was already time, for the two Civil Guards were forcing their
+entrance.
+
+"Let us go up to get your master's papers," said the adjutant.
+
+"Have you permission? If not, you shall not go up!" said an old
+servant.
+
+But the soldiers pushed the servants aside with the butts of their
+guns and went upstairs. A thick smoke was already filling the whole
+house, and gigantic tongues of flame were coming out from the sala,
+licking the doors and windows.
+
+"Fire! Fire! Fire!" they all cried.
+
+Each hurried to save what he could, but the fire had filled the small
+laboratory, breaking out furiously among the inflammable materials. The
+Civil Guards had to turn back. The fire, roaring and sweeping all
+before it, closed the passage to them. In vain they brought water
+from the well. All were shouting, and crying for help, but they were
+isolated. The fire reached the other rooms and in thick columns of
+smoke ascended to the heavens. Some peasants came from a distance,
+but they arrived only in time to see the frightful spectacle, the
+end of that old building, so long respected by the elements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI
+
+WHAT PEOPLE SAY AND THINK.
+
+
+Day dawned at last for the terrorized people. The streets in which
+the cuartel and the tribunal were situated were still deserted and
+solitary. The houses showed no signs of life. However, a shutter was
+opened with a creaking noise and an infant head stuck out and looked
+in all directions.... Slap!... A sound announces hard contact between
+a strip of leather and a human body. The child made a grimace, closed
+its eyes and disappeared. The shutter was closed again.
+
+The example had been set. Without any doubt the opening and closing of
+the shutter has been heard, for another window was opened very slowly
+and cautiously and a wrinkled and toothless old woman thrust out her
+head. She was called Sister Rut�. She looked about, knit her brows,
+spit noisily and then crossed herself. In the house opposite, a little
+window was timidly opened and her friend, Sister Rufa appeared. They
+looked at each other for a moment, smiled, made some signals, and
+again crossed themselves.
+
+"Jes�s! It was like a thanksgiving mass," said Sister Rufa.
+
+"Since the time that B�lat sacked the town I have never seen a night
+like it," replied Sister Put�.
+
+"What a lot of shots! They say that it was old Pablo's gang."
+
+"Tulisanes? It couldn't be. They say that it was the cuaderilleros
+against the Civil Guards. For this reason, they have arrested Don
+Filipo."
+
+"Sanctus Deus! They say that there are no less than fourteen killed."
+
+Other windows were opened and different faces appeared, exchanging
+salutations and commenting on the affair.
+
+In the light of the day--which promised to be a splendid one--could
+be seen in the distance, like ash-colored shadows, soldiers hurrying
+about in confusion.
+
+"There goes another corpse!" said some one from one of the windows.
+
+"One? I see two."
+
+"And so do I. But do you know what it was?" asked a man with a
+crafty face.
+
+"Certainly. The cuaderilleros."
+
+"No, Se�or. An uprising at the cuartel."
+
+"What uprising? The curate against the alferez?"
+
+"No, nothing of the sort," said he who had asked the question. "The
+Chinese have risen in revolt."
+
+And he closed his window again.
+
+"The Chinese!" repeated all, with the greatest astonishment.
+
+In a quarter of an hour other versions of the affair were in
+circulation. Ibarra, with his servants, it was said, had tried to
+steal Maria Clara, and Captain Tiago, aided by the Guardia Civil had
+defended her.
+
+By this time the number of the dead was no longer fourteen, but
+thirty. Captain Tiago, it was said, was wounded and was going right
+off to Manila with his family.
+
+The arrival of two cuaderilleros, carrying a human form in a
+wheelbarrow, and followed by a Civil Guard, produced a great
+sensation. It was supposed that they came from the convent. From the
+form of the feet which were hanging down, they tried to guess who it
+could be. By half-past seven, when other Civil Guards arrived from
+neighboring towns, the current version of the affair was already
+clear and detailed.
+
+"I have just come from the tribunal, where I have seen Don Filipo
+and Don Crisostomo prisoners," said a man to Sister Put�. "I talked
+with one of the cuaderilleros on guard. Well, Bruno, the son of the
+man who was whipped to death, made a declaration last night. As you
+know, Captain Tiago is going to marry his daughter to a Spaniard. Don
+Crisostomo, offended, wanted to take revenge and tried to kill all
+the Spaniards, even the curate. Last night they attacked the convent
+and the cuartel. Happily, by mercy of God, the curate was in Captain
+Tiago's house. They say that many escaped. The Civil Guards burned
+Don Crisostomo's house, and if they had not taken him prisoner,
+they would have burned him, too."
+
+"They burned the house?"
+
+"All the servants were arrested. Why, you can still see the smoke
+from here!" said the narrator, approaching the window. "Those who
+come from there relate very sad things."
+
+All looked toward the place indicated. A light column of smoke was
+still ascending to the heavens. All made comments more or less pious,
+more or less accusatory.
+
+"Poor young man!" exclaimed an old man, the husband of Put�.
+
+"Yes!" replied his wife. "But he did not order a mass for the soul
+of his father, who undoubtedly needs it more than others."
+
+"But wife, you don't have any pity...."
+
+"Sympathy for the excommunicated? It is a sin to have pity for the
+enemies of God, say the curates. Don't you remember? He ran over the
+sacred burial ground as if he were in a cattle pen."
+
+"But a cattle pen and a cemetery are much alike," responded the old
+man, "except that but one class of animals enter the cemetery."
+
+"What!" cried Sister Put�. "Are you still going to defend him whom
+God so clearly punishes? You will see that they will arrest you,
+too. You may support a falling house, if you want to!"
+
+The husband became silent in view of this argument.
+
+"Yes," continued the old woman, "after striking Father D�maso, there
+was nothing left for him to do but to kill Father Salv�."
+
+"But you can't deny that he was a good boy when he was a child."
+
+"Yes, he was a good child," replied the old woman, "but he went to
+Spain. All those who go to Spain return heretics, so the curates say."
+
+"Oh!" exclaimed the husband, seeing his revenge. "And the curate,
+and all the curates, and the Archbishops, and the Pope, and the
+Virgin--are they not Spaniards? Bah! Are they heretics, too? Bah!"
+
+Happily for Sister Put�, the arrival of a servant, who rushed in
+confused and pale, cut off the discussion.
+
+"A man hanged in a neighboring orchard!" she exclaimed breathless.
+
+"A man hanged!" exclaimed all, full of amazement.
+
+The women crossed themselves. No one could stir.
+
+"Yes, Se�or," continued the servant, trembling. "I was going to
+gather some peas in.... I looked into the orchard next door ... to
+see if there ... I saw a man swinging.... I thought it was Teo ... I
+went nearer to gather peas, and I saw that it was not he but it was
+another, and was dead ... I ran, ran and...."
+
+"Let us go and see it," said the old man, rising. "Take us there."
+
+"Don't go!" cried Sister Put�, seizing him by the shirt.
+
+"You'll get into trouble! He has hanged himself? Then all the worse
+for him!"
+
+"Let me see it, wife! Go to the tribunal, Juan, and report it. Perhaps
+he is not dead yet."
+
+And he went ino[typo, should be into?] the orchard, followed by the
+servant, who kept hid behind him. The women and Sister Put� herself
+came along behind, full of terror and curiosity.
+
+"There it is, Se�or," said the servant stopping him and pointing with
+her finger.
+
+The group stopped at a respectful distance, allowing the old man to
+advance alone.
+
+The body of a man, hanging from the limb of a santol tree, was swinging
+slowly in the breeze. The old man contemplated it for some time. He
+looked at the rigid feet, the arms, the stained clothing and the
+drooping head.
+
+"We ought not to touch the corpse until some official has arrived,"
+said he, in a loud voice. "He is already stiff. He has been dead for
+some time."
+
+The women approached hesitatingly.
+
+"It is the neighbor who lived in that little house; the one who
+arrived only two weeks ago. Look at the scar on his face."
+
+"Ave Maria!" exclaimed some of the women.
+
+"Shall we pray for his soul?" asked a young girl as soon as she had
+finished looking at the dead body from all directions.
+
+"You fool! You heretic!" Sister Put� scolded her. "Don't you know what
+Father D�maso said? To pray for a damned person is to tempt God. He who
+commits suicide is irrevocably condemned. For this reason, he cannot
+be buried in a sacred place. I had begun to think that this man was
+going to have a bad ending. I never could guess what he lived on."
+
+"I saw him twice speaking with the sacristan mayor," observed a girl.
+
+"It couldn't have been to confess himself or to order a mass!"
+
+The neighbors gathered together and a large circle surrounded the
+corpse which was still swinging. In half an hour some officers and
+two cuaderilleros arrived. They took the body down and put it in
+a wheelbarrow.
+
+"Some people are in a hurry to die," said one of the officers,
+laughing, while he took out the pen from behind his ear.
+
+He asked some trifling questions; took the declaration of the servant,
+whom he tried to implicate, now looking at her with evil in his eyes,
+now threatening her and now attributing to her words which she did
+not say--so much so that the servant, believing that she was going
+to be taken to jail, began to weep and finished by declaring that
+she was looking for peas, but that ... and she called Teo to witness.
+
+In the meantime, a peasant with a wide hat and a large plaster on
+his neck, was examining the body, and the rope by which it was hanging.
+
+The face was no more livid than the rest of the body. Above the
+rope could be seen two scars and two small bruises. Where the rope
+had rubbed, there was no blood and the skin was white. The curious
+peasant examined closely the camisa and the pantaloons. He noted that
+they were full of dust and recently torn in some places. But what most
+attracted his attention were the "stick-tights" [22] on his clothing,
+even up to his neck.
+
+"What do you see?" asked the officer.
+
+"I was trying to identify him, se�or," stammered the peasant, lowering
+his hat further from his uncovered head.
+
+"But haven't you heard that it was one Lucas? Were you sleeping?"
+
+All began to laugh. The peasant, embarrassed, muttered a few words,
+and went away with head down, walking slowly.
+
+"Here! Where are you going?" cried the old man. "You can't get out
+that way. That's the way to the dead man's house."
+
+"That fellow is still asleep," said the officer with a jeer. "We'll
+have to throw some water on him!"
+
+Those standing around laughed again.
+
+The peasant left the place where he had played so poor a part and
+directed his steps toward the church. In the sacristy, he asked for
+the sacristan mayor.
+
+"He is still sleeping!" they replied gruffly. "Don't you know that
+they sacked the convent last night?"
+
+"I will wait till he awakes."
+
+The sacristans looked at him with that rudeness characteristic of
+people who are in the habit of being ill-treated.
+
+In a dark corner, the one-eyed sacristan mayor was sleeping in a
+large chair. His spectacles were across his forehead among his long
+locks of hair. His squalid, bony breast was bare, and rose and fell
+with regularity.
+
+The peasant sat down near by, disposed to wait patiently, but a
+coin fell on the floor and he began looking for it with the aid of a
+candle, under the sacristan mayor's big chair. The peasant also noted
+"stick-tights" on the sleeping man's pantaloons and on the arms of
+his camisa. The sacristan awoke at last, rubbed his good eye, and,
+in a very bad humor, reproached the man.
+
+"I would like to order a mass said, se�or," replied he in a tone
+of excuse.
+
+"They have already finished all the masses," said the one-eyed man,
+softening his accent a little. "If you want it for to-morrow.... Is
+it for souls in Purgatory?"
+
+"No, se�or;" replied the peasant, giving him a peso.
+
+And looking fixedly in his one eye, he added:
+
+"It is for a person who is going to die soon." And he left the
+sacristy. "I could have seized him last night," he added, sighingly
+as he removed the plaster from his neck. And he straightened up and
+regained the stature and appearance of Elias.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII
+
+VAE VICTIS!
+
+
+Civil Guards were passing with a sinister air to and fro in front of
+the door of the tribunal, threatening with the butts of their guns
+the daring boys who stood on tip-toe or raised each other up in order
+to look through the grates in the windows.
+
+The sala did not present that same joyful aspect as it did when the
+program for the festival was being discussed. It was gloomy and the
+silence was almost death-like. The Civil Guards and the cuaderilleros
+who were occupying the room scarcely spoke and the few words that
+they did pronounce were in a low tone. Around the table sat the
+directorcillo, two writers and some soldiers scribbling papers. The
+alferez walked from one side to the other, looking from time to time
+ferociously toward the door. Themistocles after the battle of Salamis
+could not have shown more pride at the Olympic games. Do�a Consolacion
+yawned in one corner of the room, and disclosed her black palate and
+her crooked teeth. Her cold and evil look was fixed on the door of
+the jail, covered with indecent pictures. Her husband, made amiable
+by the victory, had yielded to her request to be allowed to witness
+the interrogation and, perhaps, the tortures which were to follow. The
+hyena smelled the dead body, she licked her chops and was wearied at
+the delay in the punishment.
+
+The gobernadorcillo's chair, that large chair under the portrait of
+His Majesty, was empty and seemed destined for some other person.
+
+At nearly nine o'clock, the curate, pale and with eyebrows knit,
+arrived.
+
+"Well, you haven't made any one wait!" said the alferez sarcastically
+to the friar.
+
+"I would have preferred not to be present," replied Father Salv�,
+in a low voice, without taking notice of the bitter tone.... "I am
+very nervous."
+
+"As no one came, I decided that, in order not to leave the chair
+empty, your presence.... You already know that the prisoners are to
+leave town this afternoon."
+
+"Young Ibarra and the teniente mayor?"
+
+The alferez pointed toward the jail.
+
+"Eight are in there," said he. "Bruno died last night at midnight,
+but his declaration has been obtained."
+
+The curate saluted Do�a Consolacion, who responded with a yawn and an
+"aah!" The friar took the big chair under the picture of His Majesty.
+
+"We can begin," said he.
+
+"Bring out the two who are in the stocks!" ordered the alferez in his
+most terrifying voice. And turning to the curate, he added, changing
+his tone:
+
+"They are fastened in the stocks with two holes vacant!"
+
+For those who are interested in instruments of torture, we will say
+that the stocks is one of the most innocent. The holes in which are
+fastened the legs of the prisoner are a little more or less than
+a palm apart. Leaving two holes vacant, and putting the prisoner's
+legs in the holes on either side, would make the position strained,
+so that the ankles would suffer peculiarly and the lower extremities
+be stretched apart more than a yard. It does not kill instantly,
+as may well be imagined.
+
+The turnkey, followed by four soldiers, drew back the bolt and opened
+the door. A nauseating odor, and the thick, damp air escaped from the
+dense darkness of the prison and, at the same time, groans and sighs
+were heard. A soldier lighted a match, but the flame was extinguished
+in that foul, vitiated atmosphere, and they had to wait till the air
+was renewed.
+
+In the vague light of a candle, several human forms could be
+discerned. They were men, some of whom locked their arms around their
+knees and hid their heads between them, others were lying down, with
+their mouths to the ground, some standing, and some leaning against
+the wall. A blow and a creaking sound was heard, accompanied by oaths;
+the stocks were being opened.
+
+Do�a Consolacion's body was bent forward, the muscles of her neck
+were rigid, her eyes riveted to the half open door.
+
+Between the soldiers came out Tarsilo, the brother of Bruno. He wore
+handcuffs. His torn clothes disclosed well-developed muscles. His
+eyes were fixed insolently on the alferez's wife.
+
+"This is the one who defended himself most bravely, and who ordered
+his companions to flee," said the alferez to Father Salv�.
+
+Behind came another miserable sight, a man crying and weeping like
+a child. He was limping and his pantaloons were stained with blood.
+
+"Mercy, se�or, have mercy! I will not enter the cuartel yard again,"
+he cried.
+
+"He is a crafty fellow," said the alferez, speaking to the curate. "He
+wanted to flee, but had received a flesh wound."
+
+"What is your name?" asked the alferez, speaking to Tarsilo.
+
+"Tarsilo Alasigan."
+
+"What did Don Crisostomo promise you for attacking the cuartel?"
+
+"Don Crisostomo has never communicated with us."
+
+"Don't deny it! You wanted to surprise us for him!"
+
+"You are mistaken. You whipped our father to death. We avenged him
+and nothing more. Look for your two soldiers!"
+
+The alferez looked at the sergeant, surprised.
+
+"They are at the bottom of that precipice. We threw them there
+yesterday. There they will rot. Now kill me! You will know nothing
+more."
+
+Silence and general surprise.
+
+"You are not going to tell who were your accomplices?" said the
+alferez in a threatening manner and brandishing a whip.
+
+A scornful smile curled the lips of the culprit.
+
+The alferez conferred for some minutes with the curate in a low
+voice. Then turning to the soldiers, he ordered:
+
+"Take him to where the dead bodies are!"
+
+In a corner of the yard, upon an old wagon, were five bodies close
+together and half covered by a filthy piece of torn matting. A soldier
+on guard was pacing up and down, and constantly spitting.
+
+"Do you recognize them?" asked the alferez, lifting the matting.
+
+Tarsilo did not respond. He saw the dead body of Pedro, with two
+others; one, his own brother, riddled with bayonet wounds, and the
+other, Lucas, with the rope still around his neck. His look became
+gloomy and a sigh seemed to escape from his breast.
+
+"Do you know them?" they asked him.
+
+Tarsilo remained silent.
+
+There was a whistling sound and the whip came down across his back. He
+trembled, and his muscles contracted. The lashes were repeated,
+but Tarsilo continued impassive.
+
+"Let them whip him till they cut him to pieces or till he makes a
+declaration," cried the alferez, exasperated.
+
+"Speak then!" said the directorcillo to him. "They will surely
+kill you."
+
+They led him back to the sala of the tribunal, where the other prisoner
+was invoking God, grating his teeth and shaking on his legs.
+
+"Do you know this man?" asked Father Salv�.
+
+"This is the first time I have ever seen him," replied Tarsilo,
+looking with a certain pity on the other.
+
+The alferez gave him a cuff with his fist and kicked him.
+
+"Tie him to the bench!"
+
+Without taking off the bloody handcuffs, he was fastened to the wooden
+bench. The unhappy fellow looked about him as if in search of some one,
+and his eyes fell on Do�a Consolacion. He smiled sardonically. Those
+present were surprised and followed his glance and saw the se�ora. She
+was biting her lips.
+
+"I have never seen an uglier woman," exclaimed Tarsilo amid the
+general silence. "I prefer to lie down on this bench as I am doing
+than to lie by her side, like the alferez."
+
+The Muse turned pale.
+
+"You are going to whip me to death, alferez," he continued, "but
+to-night I will be avenged by your woman."
+
+"Gag him!" shouted the alferez, furious and trembling with rage.
+
+It seemed as though Tarsilo had wanted the gag, for when he had it
+in his mouth, his eyes gleamed with a ray of satisfaction.
+
+At a signal from the alferez a guard, armed with a whip, began his
+cruel task. The whole body of Tarsilo shrank. A groan, suppressed and
+prolonged, could be heard in spite of the rag which stopped up his
+mouth. He lowered his head. His clothes were being stained with blood.
+
+Father Salv�, pale and with a wild look, rose to his feet laboriously,
+made a sign with his hand and left the sala with vacillating steps. In
+the street, he saw a girl, leaning her back against the wall, rigid,
+immovable, listening attentively, looking into space, her marble-like
+hands extended along the old wall. The sun was shining full upon
+her. She was counting, it seemed without breathing, the sharp blows
+and listening to that heart-rending groan. She was Tarsilo's sister.
+
+In the meantime, the scene was continuing in the sala. The unfortunate
+fellow, overcome with pain, had become silent and waited for his
+punishers to tire. At last, the soldier breathless, let fall his
+arm. The alferez, pale with wrath and astonishment, made a signal
+for them to unloose him.
+
+Do�a Consolacion then arose and whispered something into her husband's
+ear. He nodded his head, signifying that he understood.
+
+"To the well with him!" said he.
+
+The Filipinos know what that means. In Tagalog they call it
+timbain. We do not know who could have been the inventor of this
+method of punishment, but we are of the opinion that he must have lived
+long ago. In the middle of the tribunal yard there was a picturesque
+stone-wall, roughly made out of cobble stones, around a well. A rustic
+apparatus of bamboo in the form of a lever serves to draw out the vile,
+dirty and bad smelling water. Broken dishes, refuse and all sorts of
+filth collected there, since the well was a common receptacle for
+everything that the people threw away or found useless. An object
+which fell into the place, no matter how good it may have been, was
+thereafter surely lost. However, the well was never closed up. At
+times, prisoners were condemned to go down and make it deeper, not
+because it was thought that the work would be useful in any way,
+but because the work was so difficult. If a prisoner went down in
+the well once, he invariably contracted a fever, from which he died.
+
+Tarsilo contemplated all the preparations of the soldiers with a firm
+look. He was very pale and his lips were trembling or murmuring a
+prayer. The haughtiness of his desperation seemed to have disappeared,
+or at least to have weakened. A number of times he bent his head,
+fixed his eyes on the ground, resigned to his suffering.
+
+They took him to one side of the stone wall. Do�a Consolacion followed
+smiling. The unfortunate wretch glanced enviously toward the pile of
+dead bodies, and a sigh escaped from his breast.
+
+"Speak now!" said the directorcillo again. "They will certainly drown
+you. At least, die without having suffered so much."
+
+"When you come out of this, you will die," said a cuaderillero.
+
+They took the gag out of his mouth and hung him by his feet. He had
+to go down head first and remain under the water some time just like
+a bucket, except that a man is left under the water a longer time.
+
+The alferez went to look for a watch that he might count the minutes.
+
+In the meantime, Tarsilo was hanging, his long hair waving in the
+air and his eyes half closed.
+
+"If you are Christians, if you have hearts," he begged, in a low voice,
+"let me down rapidly and make my head strike against the wall that I
+may die. God would reward such a good deed.... Perhaps some day you
+will be in the same straits as I am now."
+
+The alferez returned and with watch in hand witnessed the descent.
+
+"Slowly, slowly!" cried Do�a Consolacion following the poor fellow
+with her eyes. "Be careful!"
+
+The pole was being lowered slowly. Tarsilo rubbed against
+the projecting stones and the dirty plants which grew in the
+crevices. Then, the pole ceased to move. The alferez was counting
+the seconds.
+
+"Up!" he ordered dryly, at the end of a half minute.
+
+The silvery harmony of the drops of water falling back into the well,
+announced the return of the unfortunate man to the light. As the
+weight on the end of the lever was heavy, he came up quickly. The
+rough pieces of stone and pebbles, torn loose from the walls, fell
+with splashes to the bottom.
+
+His face and hair full of filthy mud, his body wet and dripping,
+he appeared again in the sight of the silent crowd. The wind made
+him shiver with cold.
+
+"Do you want to make a declaration?" they asked him.
+
+"Take care of my sister!" the unhappy one murmured, looking at the
+cuaderillero, with supplication.
+
+The bamboo pole creaked again, and again the condemned man
+disappeared. Do�a Consolacion observed that the water remained
+still. The alferez counted a minute.
+
+When Tarsilo came up again, his face was livid and his features
+contracted. He glanced at those standing around and kept open his
+bloodshot eyes.
+
+"Will you make a declaration?" asked the alferez again, with vexation.
+
+Tarsilo shook his head and again they let him down. His eyelids were
+almost closed and his eyes were gazing at the white clouds floating
+in the heavens. He bent his neck to keep sight of the light of day,
+but he was soon submerged in the water. That filthy curtain closed
+from him the sight of the world.
+
+A minute passed. The Muse saw large bubbles of air come up to the
+surface of the water.
+
+"He is thirsty," said she, laughing.
+
+The water was again smooth.
+
+This time a minute and a half had passed when the alferez gave
+the signal.
+
+Tarsilo's features were no longer contracted. The half opened lids
+showed the white of his eyes. Muddy water, clotted with blood,
+ran out of his mouth. The cool wind was blowing, but his body no
+longer shivered.
+
+Those present, pale and terrified, looked at each other in silence. The
+alferez made a signal for them to take him down from where he was
+hanging, and stepped aside for a few moments. Do�a Consolacion a
+number of times applied the lighted end of her cigar to the bare legs
+of Tarsilo, but his body did not quiver. It put out the light.
+
+"He has asphyxiated himself," murmured a cuaderillero. "See how his
+tongue is turned, as if he wanted to swallow it."
+
+The other prisoner, trembling and perspiring, contemplated the
+scene. Like a madman he looked about him.
+
+The alferez ordered the directorcillo to question him.
+
+"Se�or, Se�or," he groaned. "I will tell you all that you wish."
+
+"Good. Let us see! What is your name?"
+
+"Andong, Se�or!"
+
+"Bernardo ... Leonardo ... Ricardo ... Educardo. Gerardo ... or what?"
+
+"Andong, Se�or," repeated the imbecile.
+
+"Call it Bernardo or whatever you please," said the alferez, decided
+not to bother more about it.
+
+"What family name?"
+
+The man looked at him frightened.
+
+"What's your name? What do you add to the name Andong?"
+
+"Ah, Se�or! Andong Medio-tonto (half-fool), Se�or."
+
+Those standing around could not resist a laugh. The alferez himself
+stopped short.
+
+"What is your business?"
+
+"Cocoanut tree pruner, Se�or, and servant for my mother-in-law."
+
+"Who ordered you to attack the cuartel?"
+
+"Nobody, Se�or."
+
+"What's that; nobody? Don't you lie or we will put you in the well. Who
+ordered you to do it? Speak the truth."
+
+"That's the truth, Se�or."
+
+"Who?"
+
+"Who?"
+
+"I ask you who ordered you to revolt."
+
+"What revolt, Se�or?"
+
+"That one last night, when you were in the tribunal yard."
+
+"Ah, Se�or!" exclaimed Andong, blushing.
+
+"Who was to blame for that?"
+
+"My mother-in-law, Se�or."
+
+A laugh of surprise followed this reply. The alferez stopped and
+looked sharply at the simple peasant, who believed that his words had
+produced a good effect. More animated, he was about to continue when
+the crack of a whip cut him short.
+
+"To the jail!" ordered the alferez. "This afternoon, send him to
+the capital."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII
+
+THE ACCURSED.
+
+
+The news that the prisoners were going to depart spread quickly through
+the town. At first, the news was heard with terror; afterward, came
+tears and lamentations.
+
+The members of the families of the prisoners were running about
+madly. They would go from the convent to the cuartel from the cuartel
+to the tribunal, and not finding consolation anywhere, they filled the
+air with cries and moans. The curate had shut himself up because he was
+ill. The alferez had increased his guards, who received the supplicants
+with the butts of their guns. The gobernadorcillo, a useless being,
+anyway, seemed more stupid and useless than ever.
+
+The sun was burning hot, but none of the unhappy women who were
+gathered in front of the cuartel thought of that. Doray, the gay
+and happy wife of Don Filipo, wandered about, with her tender little
+child in her arms. Both were crying.
+
+"Get out of the sun," they said to her. "Your son will catch a fever."
+
+"What is the use of his living if he has no father to educate
+him?" replied the dispirited woman.
+
+"Your husband is innocent. Perhaps he will return."
+
+"Yes, when we are in our graves."
+
+Capitana Tinay wept and cried for her son, Antonio. The courageous
+Capitana Maria gazed toward the small grate, behind which were her
+twins, her only sons.
+
+There, too, was the mother-in-law of the cocoanut tree pruner. She
+was not crying; she was walking to and fro, gesticulating, with shirt
+sleeves rolled up, and haranguing the public.
+
+"Have you ever seen anything equal to it?" said she. "They arrest my
+Andong, wound him, put him in the stocks, and take him to the capital,
+all because he happened to be in the cuartel yard."
+
+But few people had any sympathy for the Mussulman mother-in-law.
+
+"Don Crisostomo is to blame for all of this," sighed a woman.
+
+The school teacher also was wandering about in the crowd. �or Juan
+was no longer rubbing his hands, nor was he carrying his yard stick
+and plumb line. He had heard the bad news and, faithful to his custom
+of seeing the future as a thing that had already happened, he was
+dressed in mourning, mourning for the death of Ibarra.
+
+At two o'clock in the afternoon, an uncovered cart, drawn by two oxen,
+stopped in front of the tribunal.
+
+The cart was surrounded by the crowd. They wanted to destroy it.
+
+"Don't do that!" said Capitana Maria. "Do you want them to walk?"
+
+This remark stopped the relatives of the prisoners. Twenty soldiers
+came out and surrounded the cart. Then came the prisoners.
+
+The first was Don Filipo; he was tied. He greeted his wife with a
+smile. Doray broke into a bitter lamentation and two soldiers had to
+work hard to keep her from embracing her husband. Antonio, the son of
+Captain Tinay, next appeared, crying like a child--a fact which made
+the family cry all the more. The imbecile, Andong, broke out in a wail
+when he saw his mother-in-law, the cause of his misfortune. Albino,
+the former seminary student, came out with his hands tied, as did
+also the twin sons of Capitana Maria. These three youths were serious
+and grave. The last who came was Ibarra. The young man was pale. He
+looked about for the face of Maria Clara.
+
+"That is the one who is to blame!" cried many voices. "He is to blame
+and he will go free."
+
+"My son-in-law has done nothing and he is handcuffed."
+
+Ibarra turned to the guards.
+
+"Tie me, and tie me well, elbow to elbow," said he.
+
+"We have no orders."
+
+"Tie me!"
+
+The soldiers obeyed.
+
+The alferez appeared on horse-back, armed to the teeth. Ten or fifteen
+more soldiers followed him.
+
+Each of the prisoners had there in the crowd his family praying
+for him, weeping for him, and calling him by the most affectionate
+names. Ibarra was the only exception. Even �or Juan himself and the
+school-teacher had disappeared.
+
+"What have you done to my husband and my son?" said Doray to Ibarra,
+crying. "See my poor boy! You have deprived him of a father!"
+
+The grief of the people was changed to wrath against the young man,
+accused of having provoked the riot. The alferez gave orders to depart.
+
+"You are a coward!" cried the mother-in-law of Andong to Ibarra. "While
+the others were fighting for you, you were hiding. Coward!"
+
+"Curses upon you!" shouted an old man following him. "Cursed be the
+gold hoarded up by your family to disturb our peace! Curse him! Curse
+him!"
+
+"May they hang you, heretic!" cried one of Albino's relatives. And
+unable to restrain himself, he picked up a stone and threw it at
+Ibarra.
+
+The example was quickly imitated, and a shower of dust and stones
+fell on the unfortunate youth.
+
+Ibarra suffered it all, impassive, without wrath, without a
+complaint--the unjust vengeance of suffering hearts. This was the
+leave-taking, the "adios" tendered to him by his town, the center
+of all his affections. He bowed his head. Perhaps he was thinking of
+another man, whipped through the streets of Manila, of an old woman
+falling dead at the sight of the head of her son. Perhaps the history
+of Elias was passing before his eyes.
+
+The cort�ge moved slowly on and away.
+
+Of the persons who appeared in a few opened windows, those who
+showed the most compassion for the unfortunate young man were the
+indifferent and the curious. All his friends had hidden themselves;
+yes, even Captain Basilio, who forbade his daughter Sinang to weep.
+
+Ibarra saw the smouldering ruins of his house, of the house of his
+fathers where he had been born, where he had lived the sweetest days
+of his infancy and childhood. Tears, for a long time suppressed,
+burst from his eyes. He bowed his head and wept, wept without the
+consolation of being able to hide his weeping, tied as he was by the
+elbows. Nor did that grief awaken compassion in anybody. Now he had
+neither fatherland, home, love, friends or future.
+
+From a height a man contemplated the funeral-like caravan. He was old,
+pale, thin, wrapped in a woollen blanket and was leaning with fatigue
+on a cane. It was old Tasio, who as soon as he heard of what had
+happened wanted to leave his bed and attend, but his strength would
+not permit it. The old man followed with his eyes the cart until it
+disappeared in the distance. He stood for some time, pensive and his
+head bowed down; then he arose, and laboriously started on the road
+to his house, resting at every step.
+
+The following day, shepherds found him dead on the very threshold of
+his solitary retreat.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX
+
+MARIA CLARA IS MARRIED.
+
+
+Captain Tiago was very happy. During all this terrible time nobody
+had busied himself with him. They had not arrested him, nor had they
+submitted him to excommunications, court trials, electrical machines,
+continual hot foot baths in subterranean places, or to any of the
+other punishments which are well known to certain people who call
+themselves civilized. He had returned to his Manila house. Those who
+had been the Captain's friends--for he had renounced all his Filipino
+friends from the moment that they were suspected by the Government--had
+also returned to their homes after some days of vacation spent in
+the Government buildings. The Governor General had himself ordered
+these people to leave their possessions, for he had not thought it
+fitting that they should remain in them during the great danger.
+
+Captain Tiago was overflowing with gratitude, but he did not know
+exactly to whom he was indebted for such signal favors. Aunt Isabel
+attributed the miracle to the Virgin of Antipolo, to the Virgin of the
+Rosary, or at least to the Virgin of Carmen. The least that she would
+concede was that it was due to Our Lady of Corea. According to the
+Aunt, the miracle was certainly due to one of these Virgins. Captain
+Tiago did not deny that it was a miracle, but he added:
+
+"I do not believe, Isabel, that the Virgin of Antipolo could have
+done it alone. My friends have aided in it; my future son-in-law,
+Se�or Linares has, as you know, joked with Se�or Antonio Canovas
+himself, whose portrait we saw in 'Illustracion.'"
+
+And the good man could not suppress a smile every time that he heard
+any important news about the event. And there was good reason for
+it. It was whispered about that Ibarra was going to be hanged; that,
+even if many proofs had been lacking, at last one had appeared which
+could confirm the accusation; and that skilled workmen had declared
+that, as a matter of fact, the work for the school-house could pass
+for a fort or a fortification. Even if defective in some parts, that
+was as much as could be expected from ignorant Indians. These rumors
+quieted the Captain and made him smile.
+
+Just as the Captain and his cousin, Aunt Isabel, were of different
+opinions about the miracle, so, too, the other friends of the family
+were divided into different parties--those who followed the miracle
+monger, and those who followed the Government. The latter party,
+however, was quite insignificant. The miracle mongers were sub-divided
+into other factions: the Sacristan Mayor of Binondo, the woman who
+sold the wax candles, and the chief of one of the brotherhoods,
+all saw the hand of God in the miracle, moved by the Virgin of the
+Rosary. The Chinese candle maker, who provided the Captain whenever
+he went on a pilgrimage to Antipolo, was saying as he sat fanning
+himself and wiggling his foot:
+
+"What for you b'long foolish? Thisee belong Mergin Antipolo. She can
+do muchy more: others, no can do. No b'long plopper say pidgin b'long
+other man."
+
+Captain Tiago held the Chinaman in great estimation and made him pass
+for a prophet and doctor. Examining the hand of his deceased wife in
+the sixth month of her pregnancy, he had prophesied:
+
+"If thisee one no b'long man, and no go dead side, will b'long bery
+good woman."
+
+And so it was that Maria Clara came to this earth and fulfilled the
+Chinaman's prophecy.
+
+Captain Tiago, being a prudent and timid person, could not decide the
+question of the miracle as easily as the Trojan Paris. He could not
+give preference to one of the Virgins for fear of offending some other
+of them, a thing which might bring about grave results. "Prudence,"
+he said to himself. "Be prudent! Let us not lose all now."
+
+He was in the midst of these doubts when the party in favor of the
+Government, or the Governmental party, arrived, viz., Do�a Victorina,
+Don Tiburcio, and Linares.
+
+Do�a Victorina did all the talking for the three men and for herself
+also. She mentioned the visits which Linares had made to the Governor
+General, and repeatedly brought out the benefits derived from having
+a relative of categor�a.
+
+For some days past, she had been trying to be Andalusian by suppressing
+the d in all words and in changing the s to z. No one could get the
+idea out of her head; she would prefer to lose her front curls first.
+
+"Yes," she said, in speaking of Ibarra. "That fellow merits very well
+all that he is going to get. I told you so when I saw him for the first
+time. I told you he was a filibustero. What did the General tell you,
+cousin? What did he say? What news did you give him about Ibarra?"
+
+Seeing that the cousin hesitated in his reply, she went on, directing
+her words to Captain Tiago.
+
+"Believe me, if they convict him, as is to be hoped, it will be
+through my cousin."
+
+"Se�ora, Se�ora!" protested Linares.
+
+But she did not give him any time.
+
+"Oh, what a diplomat you have turned out to be! But we all know that
+you are the adviser of the Governor General, that he could not live
+without you. Ah! What a pleasure to see you, Clarita."
+
+Maria Clara seemed paler than ever, although she was now quite
+recovered from her illness. Sadly smiling, she approached and greeted
+Do�a Victorina with a formal kiss.
+
+After the customary words had been exchanged, Do�a went on with her
+false Andalusian.
+
+"We came to visit you. You have been saved by the efforts of your
+friends,"--looking significantly at Linares.
+
+"God has protected my father," said the girl, in a low voice.
+
+"Yes, Clarita, but the time for miracles has passed long ago. As
+we Spaniards say: 'Have no trust in the Virgin and save yourself
+by running.'"
+
+"The--th--the ot--ot--other way," said the doctor, correcting her
+proverbial quotation.
+
+Captain Tiago, who had not yet found opportunity to say a word,
+ventured to ask her, giving much attention to her reply: "So you,
+Do�a Victorina, believe that the Virgin...?"
+
+"That is precisely what we came for, to speak to you about the Virgin,"
+replied she, indicating Maria Clara. "We have a matter to talk over."
+
+The maiden understood that she ought to retire. She sought an excuse
+and went away, supporting herself on the furniture as she walked along.
+
+What was said in the conference which followed was so low and mean
+that we prefer to omit it. It is sufficient for us to say that when
+they took their leave all were happy, and that Captain Tiago afterward
+said to his cousin:
+
+"Isabel, send word to the restaurant that we are going to give a
+fiesta to-morrow. You get Maria ready to be married in a short time."
+
+Aunt Isabel looked at him, surprised.
+
+"You will see! When Se�or Linares is our son-in-law all the palaces
+will be open to us. They will be envying us; they will all die
+with envy."
+
+And thus it was that at eight o'clock on the following evening,
+Captain Tiago's house was again full of guests, only that this time
+the men whom he had invited were either Spaniards or Chinamen, while
+the fair sex was represented by Spaniards born in the Peninsula or
+in the Philippines.
+
+The larger part of our acquaintances was there: Father Sibyla,
+Father Salv� and several other Franciscans and Dominicans, the old
+lieutenant of the Civil Guard, Se�or Guevara, more melancholy than
+ever; the alferez, who related his battle for the thousandth time,
+feeling himself head and shoulders above everybody and a veritable
+Don Juan de Austria, now a lieutenant with the rank of commander; De
+Espada�a, who looked at the former with respect and fear and avoided
+his glance; and the indignant Do�a Victorina. Linares was not yet
+present, for, being a very important personage, it was fitting that
+he should arrive later than the others.
+
+Maria Clara, the subject of all the gossip, was the center of a
+group of women. She had greeted and received them ceremoniously,
+but did not throw off her air of sadness.
+
+"Psh!" said one of the girls. "A little stuck-up!"
+
+"A cute little thing," replied another, "but he might have selected
+some one of a more intelligent appearance."
+
+"It's the money; he's a good-looking fellow and sells himself for a
+good price."
+
+In another part of the room they were talking like this:
+
+"Marry, when her former betrothed is about to be hanged!"
+
+"I call that prudence; to have one on hand as a substitute."
+
+Possibly the young maiden heard these remarks as she sat in a chair
+near by, arranging a tray of flowers, for her hand was seen to tremble,
+she turned pale and bit her lips a number of times.
+
+The conversation among the men was in a loud tone. Naturally, they
+were conversant with the recent happenings. All were talking, even
+Don Tiburcio, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who maintained a
+disdainful silence.
+
+"I have heard that Your Reverence leaves the town, Father Salv�?" asked
+the newly made lieutenant, now made more amiable by the star on
+his sleeve.
+
+"I have nothing more to do now in San Diego. I am permanently settled
+in Manila now ... and you?"
+
+"I also leave the town," replied the former alferez, straightening
+up. "The Government needs me to take command of a flying column to
+clear the provinces of filibusteros."
+
+Friar Salv� looked him over from head to foot, and turned his back
+to him completely.
+
+"Is it yet known for a certainty what is to become of the leader of
+the revolutionists?" asked a Government employee.
+
+"Are you referring to Crisostomo Ibarra?" asked another. "What is most
+probable and most just is that he be hanged, as those were in '72."
+
+"He will be exiled," said the old lieutenant, dryly.
+
+"Exiled! Nothing more than exiled! But it will be a perpetual
+exile!" exclaimed several at the same time.
+
+"If that young fellow," Lieutenant Guevara went on to say in a loud
+voice, "had been more cautious; if he had trusted certain people less
+with whom he had correspondence; and if the officers had not made
+a subtle interpretation of what was written--if it had not been for
+all of this, that young man would surely have gone free."
+
+This statement by the old lieutenant and the tone of his voice produced
+a great surprise in the room. Those who heard it did not know what
+to say. Father Salv� looked in another direction, perhaps so as not
+to meet the dark look which the old man directed toward him. Maria
+Clara dropped her flowers and sat motionless. Father Sibyla, the one
+who knew how to keep silent, appeared to be the only one who knew
+how to ask questions.
+
+"Are you referring to the letters, Se�or Guevara?"
+
+"I am telling what the defendant's attorney told me. He has taken up
+the case with zeal and interest. Aside from some ambiguous lines which
+this young man wrote to a young woman before departing for Europe,
+they have found no proof to sustain the accusation. In these few lines,
+the officers saw a plan and threat against the Government."
+
+"And what about the declaration made by the bandit before he died?"
+
+"That statement has proved of no account, since, according to the
+bandit himself, the conspirators never had communicated with the young
+man, but only with one, Lucas, who was Ibarra's enemy, as they have
+been able to prove, and who committed suicide, perhaps from remorse. It
+has been proved that the papers found in the possession of the dead
+man were forged, since the handwriting was like that of Ibarra seven
+years ago, but not like that of to-day--a fact which shows that it
+was copied from the letter used as evidence against him. Besides,
+his attorney says that if Ibarra had not admitted the genuineness of
+the letter, he would have been able to do much for him; but, at the
+sight of it, the young man turned pale, lost heart and acknowledged
+that he had written it."
+
+"Do you say," asked a Franciscan, "that the letter was directed to
+a young woman? How did it get into the hands of the officers?"
+
+The lieutenant did not reply. He looked for a moment at Friar Salv�
+and then walked off, twisting nervously the end of his grey beard. In
+the meantime, others were commenting something like this:
+
+"There you see the hand of God!" said one. "Even the women hate him."
+
+"He had his house burned, thinking that he could thus save himself. But
+he did not reckon with his host--that is, with his querida, [23] with
+his babai," [23] added another, smiling. "That is God's work. Santiago
+protects Spain!"
+
+The old army officer stopped and approached Maria Clara. She was
+listening to the conversation, immovable in her seat. The flowers
+were at her feet.
+
+"You are a very prudent young woman," said the old lieutenant to her
+in a low voice. "You have done well to hand over the letter.... In
+this way you will assure yourself of a peaceful future."
+
+With dull eyes, and biting her lips, she looked at him as he walked
+away. Luckily, Aunt Isabel passed her at this moment. Maria Clara
+summoned enough strength to catch hold of her aunt's dress.
+
+"Aunt," she murmured.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" asked the latter, frightened, as she
+saw the young woman's face.
+
+"Take me to my room!" she begged, clinging to the arm of the old
+woman in order to raise herself to her feet.
+
+"Are you sick, my child? You seem to have lost all your strength. What
+is the matter with you?"
+
+"A little sick to my stomach ... the crowd in the sala ... so much
+light ... I need to rest. Tell father that I am going to sleep."
+
+"You are cold! Do you want some tea?"
+
+Maria Clara shook her head negatively. She closed the door of her room
+and locked it, and, her strength failing her, she fell to the floor,
+at the feet of an image, weeping and sobbing:
+
+"Mother, mother, my mother!"
+
+The moonlight was shining through the open window and door which led
+out upon the azotea.
+
+The orchestra continued playing gay waltzes. The laughter and the hum
+of conversation could be heard in her bedroom. A number of times her
+family, Aunt Isabel, Do�a Victorina, and even Linares, knocked at her
+door, but Maria Clara did not move. There was a rattle in her throat.
+
+Hours passed. The pleasures of the table ended, and dancing
+followed. Her little candle burned out, but the maiden lay quietly
+on the floor, the rays of moonlight shining upon her at the foot of
+an image of the Mother of Jesus.
+
+Gradually the noises in the house died away, the lights were put out,
+and Aunt Isabel again knocked at the door of her room.
+
+"Let us leave her; she is sleeping," said her aunt. "At her age,
+with nothing to trouble her, she sleeps like a corpse."
+
+When all was again silent, Maria arose slowly and glanced around
+her. She saw the azotea and the small climbing plants bathed in the
+melancholy light of the moon.
+
+"A peaceful future! Sleeping like a corpse!" she murmured in a low
+voice, and turned toward the azotea.
+
+The city was quiet. Only the noise of an occasional carriage passing
+over the wooden bridge could be heard in the stillness of the night,
+while the tranquil waters of the river were reflecting the moonlight.
+
+The maiden raised her eyes to the pure, sapphire-colored sky. Slowly
+she took off her rings, her hair-combs, her earrings, and her
+breast-pin, and placing them upon the balustrade of the azotea she
+looked out toward the river.
+
+A banca, loaded with rice grass, stopped at the foot of the landing on
+the bank of the river at the rear of the house. One of the two men who
+were propelling the boat went up the stone steps, leaped over the wall,
+and a few seconds afterward, steps were heard coming up the azotea.
+
+Maria Clara saw him stop on discovering her, but it was for only a
+moment. The man advanced slowly and at about three steps from the
+maiden, stopped again. Maria Clara stepped back.
+
+"Crisostomo!" she gasped, full of terror.
+
+"Yes, I am Crisostomo!" replied the young man, in a grave voice. "An
+enemy, a man who has good reason to hate me, Elias, has helped me
+out of the prison into which my friends had thrown me."
+
+Silence followed these words. Maria Clara bowed her head and allowed
+both her hands to drop at her side.
+
+Ibarra continued:
+
+"Beside the dead body of my mother, I swore to make you happy,
+whatever might be my destiny. You can break your oath; she was not
+your mother. But I, who am her son, I hold her memory sacred, and,
+running great risk, I have come here to fulfill my oath. Fortune
+permits me to speak with you personally. Maria, we shall not see each
+other again. You are young and perhaps some day your conscience may
+accuse you.... I come to tell you, before leaving, that I forgive
+you. Now, may you be happy, and good-bye!"
+
+Ibarra tried to leave, but the maiden stopped him.
+
+"Crisostomo!" she said. "God has sent you to save me from
+desperation.... Hear me and judge me!"
+
+Ibarra wished to withdraw gently from her.
+
+"I have not come," said he, "to call you to account.... I have come
+to give you peace."
+
+"I do not want the peace which you give me. I will give myself
+peace. You despise me, and your contempt will make my life bitter
+till death."
+
+Ibarra saw the poor girl's desperation, and asked her what she desired.
+
+"That you may believe that I have always loved you."
+
+Crisostomo smiled bitterly.
+
+"Ah! You doubt me, you doubt the friend of your infancy, who has
+never hidden a single thought from you," exclaimed she in grief. "I
+understand you. When you know my history, the history which they
+revealed to me during my illness, you will pity me and you will no
+longer answer my grief with that bitter smile. Why did you not let
+me die in the hands of my ignorant doctor? You and I would have been
+happier then."
+
+Maria Clara rested a moment and then continued:
+
+"You have doubted me; you have wished my mother to pardon me. During
+one of those nights of suffering, a man revealed to me the name of
+my true father, and forbade me to love you ... unless my true father
+should pardon you for the offense you committed against him."
+
+Ibarra recoiled and looked in terror at the maiden.
+
+"Yes," she continued. "This man told me that he could not permit our
+marriage, since his conscience would not allow it, and he would find
+himself compelled to publish the truth at the risk of causing a great
+scandal, because my father is ..."
+
+And she whispered a name in the young man's ear in a scarcely audible
+voice.
+
+"What was I to do? Ought I to sacrifice to my love the memory of
+my mother, the honor of the man who innocently supposes himself my
+father, and the good name of my real father? Could I do that without
+you despising me for it?"
+
+"But the proof? Have you proof? You need proof!" exclaimed Crisostomo,
+deeply agitated.
+
+The maiden drew two letters from her bosom.
+
+"Two of my mother's letters: two letters written in remorse before
+I was born. Take them, read them and you will see how she cursed
+me and desired my death, which my father in vain tried to cause by
+drugs. These letters were forgotten in the house where he lived;
+a man found them and kept them. They would only give them to me in
+exchange for your letter ... to make certain, as they said, that I
+would not marry you without the consent of my father. From the time
+that I began to carry them in my bosom instead of your letter, my
+heart was chilled. I sacrificed you, I sacrificed my love.... What
+would not a person do for a dead mother and two living fathers? Did
+I suspect the use to which they were going to put your letter?"
+
+Ibarra was prostrated. Maria Clara went on:
+
+"What was there left for me? Could I tell you who was my father? Could
+I ask you to seek the pardon of him who had so much desired my death,
+and who made your father suffer? There was nothing left for me but to
+keep the secret to myself, and to die suffering.... Now, my friend,
+you know the sad history of your poor Maria. Will you still have that
+contemptuous smile for her?"
+
+"Maria, you are a saint."
+
+"I am happy now that you believe me."
+
+"However," added the young man, changing his tone. "I have heard that
+you are about to marry."
+
+"Yes," sobbed the maiden. "My father asked this sacrifice of me. He
+has fed me and loved me, and it was not his duty. I pay him this debt
+of gratitude which I owe him by assuring him peace through this new
+relative, but ..."
+
+"But?"
+
+"I shall not forget the oaths of fidelity which I made to you."
+
+"What do you think of doing?" asked Ibarra, trying to read her eyes.
+
+"The future is obscure and Destiny is hidden in darkness. I do not
+know what I am to do; but I know that I can love only once, and that
+without love I never will belong to any one. And you, what is to
+become of you?"
+
+"I am nothing but a fugitive.... I am fleeing. In a very short time,
+they will discover my escape, Maria...."
+
+Maria Clara clasped her arms about her lover's neck, kissed his lips
+repeatedly, hugged him, and then, abruptly breaking away from him,
+said:
+
+"Flee! flee! Adios!"
+
+Ibarra looked at her, his eyes sparkling, but she motioned and he
+went away, staggering like a drunken man. Again he leaped over the
+wall and entered the banca. Maria Clara, leaning on the door casing,
+watched him depart.
+
+Elias took off his hat and bowed profoundly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL
+
+THE PURSUIT ON THE LAKE.
+
+
+"Listen, Se�or, to my plan," said Elias, as they directed the banca
+toward San Miguel. "I will for the present hide you in the house of
+my friend in Mandaluyong. I will bring you all your money, which I
+have saved and kept for you at the foot of the old balit� tree, in
+the mysterious tomb of your grandfather. You shall leave the country."
+
+"To go to a strange land?" interrupted Ibarra.
+
+"To live in peace the remaining days of your life. You have friends
+in Spain, you are rich, you can get yourself pardoned. By all means,
+a foreign land is better for you than your own country."
+
+Crisostomo did not reply. He meditated in silence.
+
+Just then they reached the Pasig and the banca was headed up the
+stream. Over the Bridge of Spain a horse-man was galloping at high
+speed, and a prolonged, sharp whistle was heard.
+
+"Elias," replied Ibarra, "you owe your misfortunes to my family;
+you have saved my life twice; I owe you not only gratitude, but also
+restitution of your fortune. You advise me to go to a foreign land
+and live; then come with me and we will live like brothers. Here,
+you, too, are miserable."
+
+Elias sadly replied:
+
+"Impossible! It is true that I can neither love nor be happy in
+my country; but I can suffer and die in it, and perhaps die for
+it; that would be something. Let my country's misfortune be my own
+misfortune. Since no noble thought unites us, and since our hearts do
+not beat in harmony at the mention of a single word, at least, let a
+common misery unite me to my fellow countrymen; at least, let me weep
+with them over our grief; let the same misery oppress all our hearts."
+
+"Then why do you advise me to leave?"
+
+"Because in other lands you can be happy, and I cannot; because you
+are not made to suffer, and because you would hate your country,
+if some day you should see the cause of your misfortune: and to hate
+one's own country is the greatest misery."
+
+"You are unjust to me," exclaimed Ibarra, with bitter reproach. "You
+forget that I have scarcely arrived here, and that I have already
+sought its welfare."
+
+"Do not be offended, Se�or. I am not reproaching you. Would to God
+that all might imitate you. But I do not ask for the impossible and
+you should not be offended if I tell you that your heart deceives
+you. You love your country because your father has taught you to
+love it; you love it because you had in it your love, your fortune,
+your youth; because it smiled on you, and because it has not until now
+done you an injustice. You love your country as we all love that which
+makes us happy. But, on that day when you see yourself poor, ragged,
+hungry, persecuted, denounced and betrayed by your very countrymen,
+on that day you will curse yourself, your country and all."
+
+"Your words grieve me," said Ibarra, resentfully.
+
+Elias bowed his head, meditated and replied:
+
+"I wish to set you right, Se�or, and to avoid a miserable future for
+you. You remember the time when I was talking to you in this same
+banca and under the light of the same moon. It was a month ago, a few
+days more or less. Then you were happy. The plea of the unfortunates
+did not reach you. You disdained their complaints because they were
+complaints from criminals. You gave ear to their enemies, and, in
+spite of my reasons and pleas, you put yourself on the side of their
+oppressors. On you depended at that time whether I should turn criminal
+or allow my life to be taken in fulfillment of my sacred pledge. God
+has not permitted it, because the old chief of the bandits has been
+killed. A month has passed and now you think differently."
+
+"You are right, Elias, but man is influenced by changes in
+circumstances. Then I was blind, and obstinate. What did I know? Now
+misfortune has torn the veil from my eyes. The solitude and misery of
+my prison life have taught me; now I see the horrible cancer which
+is sapping the life of society, which hangs to its flesh and which
+requires violent extirpation. They have opened my eyes; they have
+made me see the ulcer; they force me to become a criminal. I will
+be a filibustero, but a true filibustero. I will call upon all the
+unfortunates, on all who have beating hearts within their breasts, on
+all who sent you to me.... No, no! I will not be criminal! It is never
+a crime to fight for one's country! We for three centuries have given
+them our hand, we have asked them for their love, we have anxiously
+wished to call them our brothers. How have they replied? With insults
+and jests, denying us even the quality of being human beings. There
+is no God, there is no hope, there is no humanity. There is nothing
+but the right of force."
+
+Ibarra was excited. His whole body was trembling.
+
+They passed by the Governor General's palace, and believed they saw
+agitation and movement among the guards.
+
+"Have they discovered our flight?" murmured Elias. "Lie down, Se�or,
+so that I can cover you up with the grass, for, when we cross over
+to the side of the river near the powder house, the sentry may be
+surprised at seeing two of us in this small banca."
+
+As Elias had foreseen, the sentry stopped him and asked him where he
+came from.
+
+"From Manila, with grass for the magistrates and curates," replied he,
+imitating the accent of one from Pandakan.
+
+A sergeant came out and was informed what was going on.
+
+"Sulung!" (Go on!) said he. "I warn you not to receive any one in
+your banca. A prisoner has just escaped. If you capture him and hand
+him over to me I will give you a good reward."
+
+"All right, Se�or. What is his description?"
+
+"He wears a frock coat and speaks Spanish. With that much, be on
+the watch!"
+
+The banca went on. Elias turned his face and saw the shadow of the
+sentry, still standing on the bank of the river.
+
+"We will lose several minutes," said he, in a low voice. "We will
+have to go up the Beata river in order to carry out my pretense of
+being from Pe�a Francia."
+
+The town was sleeping in the light of the moon. Crisostomo arose to
+admire the sepulchral peace of Nature. The river was narrow and its
+banks formed a plain planted with rice.
+
+Elias threw the load on the bank, picked up a piece of bamboo and
+drew out from under the grass in the banca some empty sacks. They
+went on rowing.
+
+"You are master of your own will, Se�or, and of your own future,"
+said he to Crisostomo, who kept silent. "But if you will permit
+me to offer a suggestion, I say to you: Look well at what you are
+going to do. You are about to start a war, for you have money,
+talent, and you will quickly find aid, for, unfortunately, many
+are discontented. Furthermore, in this fight, which you are to
+begin, those who are going to suffer most are the defenseless, the
+innocent. The same sentiments which a month ago prompted me to come
+to you and ask for reforms, are those which now move me to ask you to
+reflect. The country, Se�or, is not thinking of separating itself from
+the mother country. It asks only a little liberty, a little justice,
+a little love. The discontented will assist you, the criminals and the
+desperate, but the people will hold aloof. You are mistaken if, seeing
+everything dark, you believe that the country is desperate. The country
+suffers, yes, but it still hopes, believe me, and will only rise in
+revolt when it has lost patience; that is, when those who govern wish
+it--which is still far off. I myself would not follow you. I shall
+never take recourse to these extreme remedies while I see hope in men."
+
+"Then I will go without you!" replied Crisostomo, resolutely.
+
+"Is it your firm decision?"
+
+"Yes, my firm and only decision: I call to witness the memory of my
+father! I cannot allow them to deprive me of peace and happiness with
+impunity, I who have desired only my country's welfare, I who have
+respected all and have suffered on account of a hypocritical religion,
+on account of love for my country. How have they responded to me? By
+burying me in an infamous prison and by prostituting my fianc�e. No,
+not to avenge myself would be a crime. It would be encouraging
+them to commit new injustices. No! it would be cowardice, it would
+be pusillanimity to weep and groan while there is life and vigor,
+when to insult and challenge are added scoffery and contemptuous
+ridicule! I will arouse this ignorant people, I will make them see
+their misery--this people who do not think of each other as brothers,
+who are mere wolves devouring each other. I will tell them to rise
+against this oppression and appeal to the eternal right of mankind
+to conquer their liberty!"
+
+"Innocent people will suffer."
+
+"All the better! Can you lead me to the mountain?"
+
+"Till you are safe!" replied Elias.
+
+They again went up the Pasig. They spoke from time to time of
+indifferent things.
+
+"Santa A�a!" murmured Ibarra. "Do you recognize that house?"
+
+They passed by the country house of the Jesuits.
+
+"There I passed many happy and joyful years!" sighed Elias. "In my time
+we used to come here every month ... then I was like the others. I had
+fortune, family; I was dreaming and planning a future for myself. In
+those days I used to visit my sister in the neighboring convent. She
+made me a present of a piece of her own handiwork. A girl friend used
+to accompany her, a beautiful girl. All has passed like a dream."
+
+They remained silent till they arrived at Malapad-na-bat�. Those who
+have glided over the bosom of the Pasig on one of those magical nights
+when the moon pours forth its melancholy poetry from the pure blue of
+the sky, when the darkness hides the misery of men and silence drowns
+the harsh accents of their voices, when Nature alone speaks--those
+who have seen such nights on the Pasig will understand the feelings
+which filled the hearts of both young men.
+
+In Malapad-na-bat� the carbineer was half asleep, and, seeing that the
+banca was empty and offered no booty for him to seize, according to
+the traditional custom of his corps and the use made of that position,
+he readily let them pass on.
+
+Nor did the Civil Guard at Pasig suspect anything, and they were
+not molested.
+
+It was just beginning to dawn when they reached the lake, calm and
+smooth as a gigantic mirror. The moon was growing dim and the Orient
+was rosy with the tints of morning. At a distance, a mass of grey
+could be discerned advancing toward the banca.
+
+"The fal�a (or Government steamboat) is coming," murmured Elias. "Lie
+down and I will cover you with these sacks."
+
+The outline of the vessel became more clear and perceptible.
+
+"She is putting in between the beach and us," observed Elias uneasily.
+
+And then he changed the course of the banca a little, rowing toward
+Binangonan. To his great surprise he noticed that the fal�a was also
+changing its course, while a voice cried out to him.
+
+Elias stopped and meditated. The shore of the lake was very far off,
+and they would soon be in the range of the rifles on the fal�a. He
+thought of returning to the Pasig. His banca was swifter than the
+fal�a. But fate was against him! Another boat was coming up the
+Pasig, and they could see the helmets and shining bayonets of the
+Civil Guards.
+
+"We are caught!" he murmured, turning pale.
+
+He looked at his robust arms and taking the only course which remained
+to him, he began to row with all his strength toward the Island of
+Talim. In the meantime, the sun had risen.
+
+The banca glided along rapidly. Elias saw some men standing up on
+the fal�a, making signals to him.
+
+"Do you know how to manage a banca?" he asked Ibarra.
+
+"Yes; why?"
+
+"Because we are lost if I do not leap into the water and make them
+lose the trail. They will follow me. I swim and dive well.... I will
+take them away from you, and then you can save yourself."
+
+"No; you remain and we will sell our lives dearly."
+
+"Useless! We have no arms, and with those rifles they will kill us
+like birds."
+
+At that moment a chiss was heard in the water like the fall of a hot
+body, and was followed immediately by a report.
+
+"Do you see?" said Elias, putting his paddle in the banca. "We will
+see each other again at the tomb of your grandfather on Nochebeuna
+(Christmas eve.) Save yourself."
+
+"And you?"
+
+"God has taken me through greater dangers."
+
+Elias took off his camisa. A ball grazed his hands and the report
+sounded out. Without being disturbed, he stretched out his hand to
+Ibarra, who was still in the bottom of the boat. Then he arose and
+leaped into the water, pushing away the small craft with his foot.
+
+A number of cries were heard. Soon at some distance the head of the
+young man appeared above the water as if to get breath, dropping out
+of sight at the next instant.
+
+"There, there he is!" cried a number of voices, and the balls from
+their rifles whistled again.
+
+The fal�a and the other banca took up the chase. A light track of foam
+marked his course, every moment leading farther and farther away from
+Ibarra's banca, which drifted along as if abandoned. Every time that
+the swimmer raised his head to breathe the Civil Guards and the men
+on board the fal�a discharged their guns at him.
+
+The pursuit continued. Ibarra's little banca was already far off. The
+swimmer was approaching the shore of the lake and was now some fifty
+yards distant from it. The rowers were already tired, but Elias was
+not, for his head often appeared above the water and each time in a
+different direction so as to disconcert his pursuers. No longer was
+there a light trail to betray the course of the diver. For the last
+time they saw him near the shore, some ten yards off, and they opened
+fire.... Then minutes and minutes passed. Nothing appeared again on
+the tranquil surface of the lake.
+
+Half an hour afterward one of the rowers pretended to have discovered
+signs of blood in the water near the shore, but his companions shook
+their heads in a manner which might mean either yes or no.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLI
+
+FATHER D�MASO EXPLAINS.
+
+
+In vain the costly wedding gifts were heaped upon the table. Neither
+the diamonds in their blue velvet caskets, nor the embroidered pi�a,
+nor the pieces of silk had any attractions for Maria Clara. The
+maiden looked at the paper which gave the account of Ibarra's death,
+drowned in the lake, but she neither saw nor read it.
+
+Of a sudden, she felt two hands over her eyes. They held her fast
+while a joyous voice, Father D�maso's, said to her:
+
+"Who am I? Who am I?"
+
+Maria Clara jumped from her seat and looked at him with terror in
+her eyes.
+
+"You little goose, were you frightened, eh? You were not expecting
+me? Well, I have come from the provinces to attend your wedding."
+
+And coming up to her again with a smile of satisfaction, he stretched
+out his hand to her. Maria Clara approached timidly and, raising it
+to her lips, kissed it.
+
+"What is the matter with you, Maria?" asked the Franciscan, losing
+his gay smile, and becoming very uneasy. "Your hand is cold, you are
+pale.... Are you ill, my little girl?"
+
+And Father D�maso drew her up to him with a fondness of which no one
+would have thought him capable. He grasped both the maiden's hands
+and gave her a questioning look.
+
+"Haven't you any confidence in your godfather?" he asked in a
+reproachful tone. "Come, sit down here and tell me your little
+troubles, just as you used to do when you were a child, when you
+wanted wax-candles to make wax figures. You surely know that I have
+always loved you.... I have never scolded you...."
+
+Father D�maso's voice ceased to be brusque; its modulations were even
+caressing. Maria Clara began to weep.
+
+"Are you weeping, my child? Why are you weeping? Have you quarrelled
+with Linares?"
+
+Maria Clara covered her eyes with her hands.
+
+"No! It is not he now!" cried the maiden.
+
+Father D�maso looked at her full of surprise.
+
+"Do you not want to entrust your secrets to me? Have I not always
+managed to satisfy your smallest caprices?"
+
+The young woman raised her eyes full of tears toward him. She looked
+at him for some time, and then began to weep bitterly.
+
+"Do not cry so, my child, for your tears pain me! Tell me your
+troubles. You will see how your godfather loves you."
+
+Maria Clara approached him slowly and fell on her knees at his
+feet. Then raising her face, bathed in tears, she said to him in a
+low voice, scarcely audible:
+
+"Do you still love me?"
+
+"Child!"
+
+"Then ... protect my father, and break off the marriage!"
+
+Then she related her last interview with Ibarra, omitting the reference
+to her birth.
+
+Father D�maso could scarcely believe what he heard.
+
+"While he lived," continued the maiden, "I intended to fight, to wait,
+to trust. I wanted to live to hear him spoken of ... but now that they
+have killed him, now there is no reason for my living and suffering."
+
+She said this slowly, in a low voice, calmly and without a tear.
+
+"But, you goose; isn't Linares a thousand times better than....?"
+
+"When he was living, I could have married ... I was thinking of fleeing
+afterward ... my father wanted nothing more than the relative. Now that
+he is dead, no other man will call me his wife.... While he lived,
+I could have debased myself and still had the consolation of knowing
+that he existed and perhaps was thinking of me. Now that he is dead
+... the convent or the tomb."
+
+Her voice had a firmness in its accent which took away Father D�maso's
+joy and set him to thinking.
+
+"Did you love him so much as that?" he asked, stammering.
+
+Maria Clara did not reply. Father D�maso bowed his head upon his
+breast and remained silent.
+
+"My child!" he exclaimed, his voice breaking. "Forgive me for making
+you unhappy without knowing it. I was thinking of your future; I
+wanted you to be happy. How could I permit you to marry a native;
+how could I see you an unhappy wife and a miserable mother? I could
+not get your love out of your head, and I opposed it with all my
+strength. All that I have done has been for you, for you alone. If
+you had become his wife, you would have wept afterward on account
+of the condition of your husband, exposed to all kinds of vengeance,
+without any means of defense. As a mother, you would have wept over
+the fortune of your sons; if you educated them, you would prepare a
+sad future for them, you would have made them enemies of the Church
+and would have seen them hanged or exiled; if you left them ignorant,
+you would have seen them oppressed and degraded. I could not consent
+to it! This is why I sought as a husband for you one who might
+make you the happy mother of sons born not to obey but to command,
+not to suffer but to punish. I knew that your friend was good from
+infancy. I liked him as I had liked his father, but I hated them both
+when I saw that they were going to make you unhappy, because I love
+you, I idolize you, I love you as my daughter. I have nothing dearer
+than you. I have seen you grow. No hour passes but I think of you;
+I dream of you; you are my only joy."
+
+And Father D�maso began to weep like a child.
+
+"Well, then, if you love me do not make me eternally unhappy. He no
+longer lives; I want to be a nun."
+
+The old man rested his head on his hand.
+
+"To be a nun, to be a nun!" he repeated. "You do not know, my child,
+the life, the misery, which is hidden behind the walls of the
+convent. You do not know it! I prefer a thousand times to see you
+unhappy in the world than to see you unhappy in the cloister. Here
+your complaints can be heard, there you will have only the walls. You
+are beautiful, very beautiful, and you were not born for it, you were
+not born to be the bride of Christ! Believe me, my child, time will
+blot it all out. Later you will forget, you will love your husband
+... Linares."
+
+"Either the convent or ... death!" repeated Maria Clara.
+
+"The convent, the convent or death!" exclaimed Father D�maso. "Maria,
+I am already old, I will not be able to watch you or your happiness
+much longer.... Choose another course, seek another love, another
+young man, whoever he may be, but not the convent."
+
+"The convent or death!"
+
+"My God, my God!" cried the priest, covering his head with his
+hands. "Thou punisheth me. So be it! But watch over my child."
+
+And turning to the young woman: "You want to be a nun? You shall be
+one. I do not want you to die."
+
+Maria Clara took his two hands, clasped them in her own and kissed
+them as she knelt.
+
+"Godfather, my godfather!" she repeated.
+
+Immediately, Father D�maso went out, sad, with drooping head and
+sighing.
+
+"God, O God! Thou existeth, for Thou punisheth. But avenge Thyself
+on me and do not harm the innocent. Save my child!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] Street in Manila.
+
+[2] Archbishop and author of theological works.
+
+[3] Roof of the first story used as a veranda.
+
+[4] Petty governor, the highest local official.
+
+[5] Trellis work made of reeds.
+
+[6] Local commander of the Civil Guard.
+
+[7] A narrow canoe.
+
+[8] A drink made of honey and ginger.
+
+[9] A light, early breakfast.
+
+[10] A native fruit.
+
+[11] A Chinese gambling game.
+
+[12] A little white, pearl-like substance sometimes found in the
+cacao tree, which is supposed to be a lucky omen.
+
+[13] Little mestizos or half breeds. Used in contempt.
+
+[14] A reply which accords with the Spanish idea of politeness but
+rather ludicrously used in this instance.
+
+[15] A popular Spanish song handed down from the time of Riego's
+uprising in Spain.
+
+[16] Volunteer police.
+
+[17] A wrong pronunciation of the Spanish Peninsula meaning Spain.
+
+[18] A costly and rich wood like ebony.
+
+[19] Certificate of identification required of all Filipinos under
+Spanish domination.
+
+[20] Warning cry of a coachman, meaning "turn."
+
+[21] Author here shows difficulty in establishing American sovereignty
+over islands by military forces.
+
+[22] A plant (Desmodium caresceus), the dry seeds of which cling to
+the clothing.
+
+[23] Both words mean mistress.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 30278-8.txt or 30278-8.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/2/7/30278/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-8.zip b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-8.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef40426
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-8.zip
diff --git a/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-h.zip b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-h.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1ee4885
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-h.zip
diff --git a/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-h/30278-h.htm b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-h/30278-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..59caae3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278-h/30278-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,13439 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html
+PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd">
+<!-- This HTML file has been automatically generated from an XML source, using XSLT. If you find any mistakes, please edit the XML source. -->
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+<meta name="generator" content="HTML Tidy, see www.w3.org">
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content=
+"text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
+<title>Friars and Filipinos</title>
+<link rel="schema.DC" href=
+"http://dublincore.org/documents/1998/09/dces/">
+<meta name="author" content="Jos&eacute; Rizal">
+<meta name="DC.Creator" content="Jos&eacute; Rizal">
+<meta name="DC.Title" content="Friars and Filipinos">
+<meta name="DC.Date" content="#####">
+<meta name="DC.Language" content="en">
+<style type="text/css">
+ /* Standard CSS stylesheet */
+body
+{
+ font: 100%/1.2em "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+ margin: 1.58em 16%;
+ text-align: left;
+}
+/***** Titlepage *****/
+.titlePage
+{
+ border: #DDDDDD 2px solid;
+ margin: 3em 0% 7em 0%;
+ padding: 5em 10% 6em 10%;
+}
+h1.docTitle
+{
+ font-size:1.6em;
+ line-height:2em;
+}
+h2.byline
+{
+ font-size:1.1em;
+ font-weight:normal;
+ line-height:1.44em;
+}
+span.docAuthor
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ font-weight:bold;
+}
+h2.docImprint
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ font-weight:normal;
+}
+/***** End Titlepage *****/
+.transcribernote
+{
+ background-color:#DDE;
+ border:black 1px dotted;
+ color:#000;
+ font-family:sans-serif;
+ font-size:80%;
+ margin:2em 5%;
+ padding:1em;
+}
+.advertisment
+{
+ background-color:#FFFEE0;
+ border:black 1px dotted;
+ color:#000;
+ margin:2em 5%;
+ padding:1em;
+}
+.div0
+{
+ padding-top: 5.6em;
+}
+.div1
+{
+ padding-top: 4.8em;
+}
+.index
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+}
+.div2
+{
+ padding-top: 3.6em;
+}
+.div3, .div4, .div5
+{
+ padding-top: 2.4em;
+}
+.footnotes .body,
+.footnotes .div1
+{
+ padding: 0;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, pseudoh4
+{
+ clear: both;
+ font-style: normal;
+ text-transform: none;
+}
+h3, .pseudoh3
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+}
+h3.label
+{
+ font-size:1em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h4, pseudoh4
+{
+ font-size:1em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+}
+.alignleft
+{
+ text-align:left;
+}
+.alignright
+{
+ text-align:right;
+}
+.alignblock
+{
+ text-align:justify;
+}
+p.tb, hr.tb
+{
+ margin-top: 1.6em;
+ margin-bottom: 1.6em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+}
+p.argument, p.note, p.tocArgument
+{
+ font-size:0.9em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ text-indent:0;
+}
+p.argument, p.tocArgument
+{
+ margin:1.58em 10%;
+}
+p.tocChapter
+{
+ margin:1.58em 0%;
+}
+p.tocSection
+{
+ margin:0.7em 5%;
+}
+.epigraph
+{
+ font-size:0.9em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ width: 60%;
+ margin-left: auto;
+}
+.epigraph span.bibl
+{
+ display: block;
+ text-align: right;
+}
+.trailer
+{
+ clear: both;
+ padding-top: 2.4em;
+ padding-bottom: 1.6em;
+}
+.floatLeft
+{
+ float:left;
+ margin:10px 10px 10px 0;
+}
+.floatRight
+{
+ float:right;
+ margin:10px 0 10px 10px;
+}
+p.figureHead
+{
+ font-size:100%;
+ text-align:center;
+}
+.figAnnotation
+{
+ font-size:80%;
+ position:relative;
+ margin: 0 auto; /* center this */
+}
+.figTopLeft, .figBottomLeft
+{
+ float: left;
+}
+.figTop, .figBottom
+{
+}
+.figTopRight, .figBottomRight
+{
+ float: right;
+}
+.figure p
+{
+ font-size:80%;
+ margin-top:0;
+ text-align:center;
+}
+p.smallprint,li.smallprint
+{
+ color:#666666;
+ font-size:80%;
+}
+span.parnum
+{
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+.leftnote
+{
+ font-size:0.8em;
+ height:0;
+ left:1%;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ position:absolute;
+ text-indent:0;
+ width:14%;
+}
+.pagenum
+{
+ display:inline;
+ font-size:70%;
+ font-style:normal;
+ margin:0;
+ padding:0;
+ position:absolute;
+ right:1%;
+ text-align:right;
+}
+a.noteref, a.pseudonoteref
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+ text-decoration: none;
+ vertical-align: 0.25em;
+}
+.displayfootnote
+{
+ display: none;
+}
+div.footnotes
+{
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ padding: 0;
+}
+hr.fnsep
+{
+ margin-left: 0;
+ margin-right: 0;
+ text-align: left;
+ width: 25%;
+}
+p.footnote
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+ margin-bottom: 0.5em;
+ margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+p.footnote .label
+{
+ float: left;
+ text-align:left;
+ width:2em;
+}
+.footnotes td, .footnotes th, .footnotes .tablecaption
+{
+ font-size: 80%;
+}
+.centertable
+{
+ /* center the table */
+ margin: 0px auto;
+ display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */
+}
+/****** Poetry ******/
+.lgouter
+{
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ display:table; /* used to make the block shrink to the actual size */
+}
+.lg
+{
+ text-align: left;
+}
+.lg h4, .lgouter h4
+{
+ font-weight: normal;
+}
+.lg .linenum
+{
+ color:#777;
+ font-size:90%;
+ left:-2.5em;
+ margin:0;
+ position:absolute;
+ text-align:center;
+ text-indent:0;
+ top:auto;
+ width:1.75em;
+}
+p.line
+{
+ margin: 0 0% 0 0%;
+}
+span.hemistich /* invisible text to achieve visual effect of hemistich indentation. */
+{
+ color: white;
+}
+.versenum
+{
+ font-weight:bold;
+}
+/***** Drama *****/
+.speaker
+{
+ font-weight: bold;
+ margin-bottom: 0.4em;
+}
+.sp .line
+{
+ margin: 0 10%;
+ text-align: left;
+}
+/***** End Drama *****/
+/* right aligned page number in table of contents */
+.tocPagenum, .flushright
+{
+ position: absolute;
+ right: 16%;
+ top: auto;
+}
+.footnotes .line
+{
+ font-size:80%;
+}
+span.corr
+{
+ border-bottom:1px dotted red;
+}
+span.abbr
+{
+ border-bottom:1px dotted gray;
+}
+span.measure
+{
+ border-bottom:1px dotted green;
+}
+/****** Font Styles and Colors *****/
+.letterspaced
+{
+ letter-spacing:0.2em;
+}
+.smallcaps
+{
+ font-variant:small-caps;
+}
+.caps
+{
+ text-transform:uppercase;
+}
+.fraktur
+{
+ font-family: 'Walbaum-Fraktur';
+}
+.rm
+{
+ font-style: normal;
+}
+.red
+{
+ color: red;
+}
+/***** End Font Styles and Colors *****/
+hr
+{
+ clear:both;
+ height:1px;
+ margin-left:auto;
+ margin-right:auto;
+ margin-top:1em;
+ text-align:center;
+ width:45%;
+}
+h2.docImprint,h1.docTitle,h2.byline,h2.docTitle,.aligncenter,div.figure
+{
+ text-align:center;
+}
+h1,h2
+{
+ font-size:1.44em;
+ line-height:1.5em;
+}
+h1.label,h2.label
+{
+ font-size:1.2em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ margin-bottom:0;
+}
+h5,h6
+{
+ font-size:1em;
+ font-style:italic;
+ line-height:1em;
+}
+p,p.initial
+{
+ text-indent:0;
+}
+p.firstlinecaps:first-line
+{
+ text-transform: uppercase;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+ float: left;
+ clear: left;
+ margin: 0em 0.05em 0 0;
+ padding: 0px;
+ line-height: 0.8em;
+ font-size: 420%;
+ vertical-align:super;
+}
+.lg
+{
+ padding: .5em 0% .5em 0%;
+}
+p.quote,div.blockquote,div.argument
+{
+ font-size:0.9em;
+ line-height:1.2em;
+ margin:1.58em 5%;
+}
+.pagenum a, a.noteref:hover, a.hidden:hover, a.hidden
+{
+ text-decoration:none;
+}
+ul { list-style-type: disc; }
+ol { list-style-type: decimal; }
+ol.AL { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
+ol.AU { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
+ol.RU { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
+ol.RL { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
+.lsdisc { list-style-type: disc; }
+.lsoff { list-style-type: none; }
+.castlist, .castitem { list-style-type: none; }
+/***** External Links *****/
+.pglink
+{
+ background: url(images/book.png) center right no-repeat;
+ padding-right: 18px;
+}
+.catlink
+{
+ background: url(images/card.png) center right no-repeat;
+ padding-right: 17px;
+}
+.exlink
+{
+ background: url(images/external.png) center right no-repeat;
+ padding-right: 13px;
+}
+.pglink:hover
+{
+ background-color: #DCFFDC;
+}
+.catlink:hover
+{
+ background-color: #FFFFDC;
+}
+.exlink:hover
+{
+ background-color: #FFDCDC;
+}
+ /* Supplement CSS stylesheet "style/arctic.css.xml
+ " */
+body
+{
+ background: #FFFFFF;
+ font-family: "Times New Roman", Times, serif;
+}
+body, a.hidden
+{
+ color: black;
+}
+h1, h2, h3, h4, h5, h6, .pseudoh1, .pseudoh2, .pseudoh3, .pseudoh4
+{
+ color: #001FA4;
+ font-family: Verdana, Arial, Helvetica, sans-serif;
+}
+p.byline
+{
+ font-style: italic;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+}
+.figureHead, .noteref, .pseudonoteref, span.leftnote, p.legend, .versenum, .stage
+{
+ color: #001FA4;
+}
+.rightnote, .pagenum, .linenum, .pagenum a
+{
+ color: #AAAAAA;
+}
+a.hidden:hover, a.noteref:hover
+{
+ color: red;
+}
+p.dropcap:first-letter
+{
+ color: #001FA4;
+ font-weight: bold;
+}
+sub, sup
+{
+ line-height: 0;
+}
+ /* Standard Aural CSS stylesheet */
+.pagenum, .linenum
+{
+ speak: none;
+}
+</style>
+</head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Friars and Filipinos
+       An Abridged Translation of Dr. Jose Rizal's Tagalog Novel,
+              'Noli Me Tangere.'
+
+Author: Jose Rizal
+
+Translator: Frank Ernest Gannett
+
+Release Date: October 17, 2009 [EBook #30278]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+<div class="front">
+<div class="titlePage">
+<h1 class="docTitle">Friars and Filipinos</h1>
+
+<h2 class="byline">An abridged translation of<br>
+ <span class="docAuthor">Dr. Jos&eacute; Rizal&rsquo;s</span><br>
+ Tagalog Novel, &ldquo;Noli Me Tangere.&rdquo;<br>
+ By<br>
+ Frank Ernest Gannett.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="docImprint">New York:<br>
+ The St. James Press.</h2>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">Copyright, 1900,</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">by</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">Frank Ernest Gannett.</p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">To</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter"><span class="smallcaps">Jacob Gould
+Schurman</span>,</p>
+
+<p class="aligncenter">President of Cornell University. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e143" href="#xd0e143">v</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Preface.</h2>
+
+<p>While serving on the staff of the first United States Commission to
+the Philippine Islands my attention was called to the life and writings
+of Dr. Jos&eacute; Rizal. I found in his novel, &ldquo;Noli Me
+Tangere,&rdquo; the best picture of the life of the people of those
+islands under Spanish rule, and the clearest exposition of the
+governmental problems which Spain failed to solve, and with which our
+own people must deal. It occurred to me that an English translation of
+Rizal&rsquo;s work would be of great value at the present time. My
+first intention was to reproduce the entire novel as it was written,
+but, after careful consideration, I thought best to abridge the story
+by the omission of some parts which did not seem essential to the main
+purpose of the work. The present volume is the result.</p>
+
+<p>Readers should not understand any of Rizal&rsquo;s references to
+priests and friars as reflections upon the Roman Catholic Church. He
+was throughout his life an ardent Catholic, and died a firm adherent of
+the Church. But he objected to the religious orders in the Philippine
+Islands, because he knew well that they were more zealous in furthering
+their own selfish ends than in seeking the advancement of Christianity.
+From experience, Dr. Rizal knew that the friars, under cloak of the
+gospel ministry, oppressed his fellow countrymen, and took advantage of
+their superstition and ignorance. These wrongs he was brave enough to
+expose in his writings. In the friars he saw an obstacle to the
+education and enlightenment of the Filipino people, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e151" href="#xd0e151">vi</a>]</span>and, using
+moderate means, he did his utmost to secure reform. His writings will
+explain to us the cause of the hatred shown by the Filipinos toward the
+religious corporations, and will make clearer the nature of one of the
+present problems in the Philippines.</p>
+
+<p>There are in the Philippines five religious orders: the Dominicans,
+Franciscans, Recoletos, Augustines and Jesuits. According to John
+Foreman, an eminent authority, the members of all of these, except the
+last named, come from the lower classes in Spain, and are on the whole
+comparatively ignorant and uncultured. Under the Spanish system of
+government certain provinces were assigned to each of the
+orders&mdash;except the Jesuits&mdash;and the friars were distributed
+among the different parishes. In the town assigned to him the friar had
+much authority. He was chief adviser in all civil affairs, and, by his
+influence over the superstitious natives, maintained absolute control
+in all matters pertaining to the local government as well as to the
+local church. So firm was his hold that he led the Spanish government
+to believe that the islands could not be ruled without his aid. Knowing
+that his power rested on the ignorance of the people he discouraged
+education among them. When native Filipinos advanced so far as to prove
+an obstacle to the religious orders, as did Rizal and many others, the
+friars sought to destroy them. Forgetting their holy mission, the
+religious orders became commercial corporations, amassed enormous
+wealth, and gained possession of the most valuable parts of the
+islands, though to much of this property the titles are not clear.</p>
+
+<p>From my own observation, and from information derived from the
+Spaniards themselves, I am convinced that the author has not overdrawn
+his pictures. In fact I have learned of instances where the oppression
+and practices of the friars were even worse than those described. Dr.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e157" href=
+"#xd0e157">vii</a>]</span>Rizal has given us a portrayal of the
+Filipino character from the viewpoint of the most advanced Filipino. He
+brings out many facts that are pertinent to present-day questions,
+showing especially the Malayan ideas of vengeance, which will put great
+difficulties in the way of the pacifying of the islands by our forces.
+The reader will not fail to notice the striking similarity between the
+life of Ibarra, the hero, and that of Rizal, the author, a short sketch
+of whose career has been given in the following pages.</p>
+
+<p>For assistance in preparing this volume for publication I offer
+sincere thanks to William H. Glasson, Ph.D., Instructor in History in
+the George School, Newtown, Pa. Dr. Glasson has read the entire
+manuscript and proofs, and I have been glad to avail myself of his
+advice on many doubtful points. I desire also to acknowledge my
+indebtedness for favors received to Horatio Green, Interpreter to the
+Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, to W. G. Richardson, of New
+York, and to the publishers.</p>
+
+<p style="text-indent:2em;">F. E. G.</p>
+
+<p style="text-indent:2em;">Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 1, 1900. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e165" href="#xd0e165">ix</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="toc" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Contents.</h2>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter I. <span class="tocPagenum">
+Page</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch1">Don Santiago&rsquo;s Dinner</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">1</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter II.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch2">At the Dinner Table</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">11</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter III.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch3">Heretic and Revolutionist</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">16</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter IV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch4">Captain Tiago</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">23</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter V.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch5">An Idyl on the Azotea</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">29</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter VI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch6">Things Philippine</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">35</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter VII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch7">San Diego and Its People</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">40</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter VIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch8">Ibarra and the Grave-Digger</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">47</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter IX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch9">Adventures of a School
+Teacher</a> <span class="tocPagenum">51</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter X.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch10">Lights and Shadows</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">57</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch11">The Fishing Party</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">59</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch12">In the Woods</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">68</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch13">In the House of Tasio</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">77</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e288"
+href="#xd0e288">x</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XIV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch14">The Eve of the Fiesta</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">83</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch15">As Night Comes On</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">87</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XVI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch16">The Hoisting Crane</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">92</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XVII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch17">The Banquet</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">104</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XVIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch18">The First Cloud</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">112</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XIX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch19">His Excellency</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">116</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch20">The Procession</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">125</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch21">Do&ntilde;a Consolacion</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">129</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch22">Might and Right</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">137</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch23">Two Visitors</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">145</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXIV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch24">Episode in
+Espada&ntilde;a&rsquo;s Life</a> <span class="tocPagenum">
+148</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch25">Schemes</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">161</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXVI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch26">The Persecuted</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">165</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXVII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch27">The Cock Fight</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">172</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXVIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch28">The Two Se&ntilde;oras</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">181</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e424"
+href="#xd0e424">xi</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXIX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch29">The Enigma</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">188</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch30">The Voice of the Persecuted</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">191</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch31">Elias&rsquo;s Family</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">200</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch32">Changes</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">207</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch33">Playing Cards with the
+Shades</a> <span class="tocPagenum">211</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXIV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch34">The Discovery</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">217</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXV.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch35">The Catastrophe</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">223</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXVI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch36">What People Say and Think</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">229</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXVII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch37">Vae Victis!</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">235</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXVIII.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch38">The Accursed</a> <span class=
+"tocPagenum">244</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XXXIX.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch39">Maria Clara is Married</a> <span
+class="tocPagenum">248</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XL.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch40">The Pursuit on the Lake</a>
+<span class="tocPagenum">259</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter">Chapter XLI.</p>
+
+<p class="tocArgument"><a href="#ch41">Father D&aacute;maso
+Explains</a> <span class="tocPagenum">267</span></p>
+
+<p class="tocChapter"><span class="smallcaps">Epilogue</span> <span
+class="tocPagenum">271</span> <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e550"
+href="#xd0e550">xiii</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Jos&eacute; Rizal.</h2>
+
+<p>Dr. Jos&eacute; Rizal, of whose &ldquo;Noli Me Tangere,&rdquo; the
+following story, is an abridgement, is the most striking character to
+be found in the history of the Philippine Islands. He was not only a
+great martyr to the cause of liberty, and to the advancement of his
+fellow men, but he was without doubt the greatest Filipino ever born,
+and his memory is cherished to-day by his people as we ourselves
+cherish the memory of Washington.</p>
+
+<p>Rizal was born on June 19th, 1861, in the pueblo of Calamba, in the
+province of Laguna, on the Island of Luzon. He came of a Tagalog
+family, which, it is said, acknowledged a slight mixture of Chinese
+blood, and possessed considerable property. As a child he gave evidence
+of extraordinary precocity. He is said to have written poetry in his
+native tongue at eight years of age, produced a successful melodrama at
+fourteen, and later to have won prizes in literary contests with
+writers of recognized ability.</p>
+
+<p>After passing through the University of Manila, and receiving much
+instruction at the hands of the Jesuit fathers, he was sent to Europe
+to complete his education. He pursued courses of study in Spanish and
+German universities, and won the degrees of Doctor of Medicine and
+Doctor of Philosophy. Besides acquiring a knowledge of seven languages
+he gained a brilliant reputation for proficiency in the branch of
+optical surgery. For a time he was the leading assistant in the office
+of a world-renowned specialist at Vienna.</p>
+
+<p>While in Europe Rizal wrote several books and also <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="xd0e562" href="#xd0e562">xiv</a>]</span>gave
+considerable time to sculpture and painting. His artistic ability was
+great, and some of his productions are now treasured by friends into
+whose possession they came. Rizal&rsquo;s best known work is his
+&ldquo;Noli Me Tangere,&rdquo; written in Belgium about 1886 or 1887.
+This novel, with its vivid picture of life in the Philippines, and its
+exposure of Spanish misrule and oppression, won for him the bitter
+hatred of the friars, and inspired the relentless persecution which
+only ended with the taking of his life.</p>
+
+<p>In 1889 Dr. Rizal returned to the Philippines, but was soon
+compelled to leave his native land in order to escape forcible
+banishment. After a short residence in Japan, he went to London, where
+he published a work on the History of the Philippine Islands. About the
+same time a sequel to &ldquo;Noli Me Tangere,&rdquo; entitled &ldquo;El
+Filibusterismo,&rdquo; was published. The hatred of the priests against
+him was further inflamed by this production, and the government in
+Manila was forced by the friars to forbid the circulation of any of his
+writings. Copies of his novels were burned in the public squares, and
+it was worth one&rsquo;s life to be found possessing a copy. Until very
+recently it has been almost impossible to obtain a copy of
+Rizal&rsquo;s works, and it was necessary to go to Europe to secure the
+one from which the following abridged translation was made.</p>
+
+<p>In 1892 Dr. Rizal was so overcome with a desire to see again his
+beautiful fatherland that he ventured, in the face of all the dangers
+that threatened him, to return to Manila. He had scarcely set foot on
+shore, however, before he was arrested and thrown in prison. The friars
+demanded his execution on the ground that he carried incendiary
+leaflets for the purpose of stirring up a rebellion, but subsequent
+inquiries showed that such leaflets <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"xd0e568" href="#xd0e568">xv</a>]</span>had been introduced into his
+baggage at the custom house through the intrigues of the Augustine
+friars. Despite his indignant protestations of innocence; Rizal was
+summarily condemned by the Spanish General, Despujols, to banishment at
+Dapitan in the island of Mindanao. Although the trickery of the friars
+became known to him, Despujols lacked courage to revoke his order of
+banishment, for fear that he, too, would incur the hatred of the
+powerful religious corporations.</p>
+
+<p>After four years of exile Rizal saw plainly that the hostility of
+the friars would make it impossible for him to live in his native land.
+In 1896 a plague of yellow fever broke out in the island of Cuba and
+Rizal volunteered to lend his medical services to the Spanish
+government. Ramon Blanco, then general-in-chief of the Spanish forces
+in the Philippines, accepted the generous offer and recalled the young
+man to Manila that he might sail at once for Cuba. Alarmed by
+demonstrations of popular affection for Rizal, who represented the
+aspirations of the Filipino people, the Spanish authorities broke faith
+with him and imprisoned him in the Fuerza de Santiago. He was arraigned
+on false charges, given a military trial, and at the dictation of the
+religious orders was sentenced to be shot as a traitor.</p>
+
+<p>At dawn on December 30th, 1896, he was led to the place of execution
+on the beautiful Luneta, overlooking the tranquil surface of Manila
+Bay. Notices of the event had been published throughout the islands and
+the day on which it was to occur was proclaimed a fiesta. Thousands
+gathered around the place selected, and so evident was the sympathy of
+the helpless Filipinos for the man who was to die for their sake that
+Spain marshalled ten regiments of her soldiers about the spot. The
+populace must be intimidated. A nation&rsquo;s hero was about to become
+a nation&rsquo;s martyr. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="xd0e574" href=
+"#xd0e574">xvi</a>]</span>With face uplifted he glanced at the
+multitude about him and smiled. They tied his arms behind him and made
+him face the waters of the bay. In vain he protested and begged that he
+might die facing his executioners. A squad of his fellow countrymen,
+who were serving in Spain&rsquo;s army, were selected for the bloody
+work. They drew in position to shoot him in the back. The order was
+given to fire, but only one had the courage to obey. The bullet went
+straight and the hero fell, but another shot was necessary to despatch
+his life. His newly wedded wife remained with him to the end. The best
+hope of the Filipino people was crushed; a light in a dark place was
+snuffed out.</p>
+
+<p>Rizal was no extremist, no believer in harsh and bloody methods, no
+revolutionist. He aimed to secure moderate and reasonable reforms, to
+lessen the oppressive exactions of the friars, to examine into titles
+of their land, and to make possible the education and uplifting of his
+people. He loved Spain as he did his own country, and repeatedly used
+his influence against the rebellious measures proposed by other
+Filipino leaders. His execution was only one of the numerous outrages
+which characterized Spain&rsquo;s reign in the Philippines.</p>
+
+<p>In closing this short sketch of Rizal&rsquo;s life we can do no
+better than to quote the estimate of him made by Dr. Ferdinand
+Blumentritt, professor in the University of Leitmeritz, Austria, who
+prepared a biographical sketch of Rizal. Dr. Blumentritt said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Not only is Rizal the most prominent man of his own people,
+but the greatest man the Malayan race has produced. His memory will
+never perish in his fatherland, and future generations of Spaniards
+will yet learn to utter his name with respect and reverence.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="body"><span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb1" href=
+"#pb1">1</a>]</span>
+<div id="ch1" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="super">Friars and Filipinos.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter I.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Don Santiago&rsquo;s Dinner.</h2>
+
+<p>In the latter part of October, Don Santiago de los Santos, popularly
+known as Captain Tiago, gave a dinner. Though, contrary to his custom,
+he had not announced it until the afternoon of the day on which it was
+to occur, the dinner became at once the absorbing topic of conversation
+in Binondo, in the other suburbs of Manila, and even in the walled
+city. Captain Tiago was generally considered a most liberal man, and
+his house, like his country, shut its doors to no one, whether bent on
+pleasure or on the development of some new and daring scheme.</p>
+
+<p>The dinner was given in the captain&rsquo;s house in Analoague
+street. The building is of ordinary size, of the style of architecture
+common to the country, and is situated on that arm of the Pasig called
+by some Binondo Creek. This, like all the streams in Manila, satisfies
+a multitude of needs. It serves for bathing, mortar-mixing, laundering,
+fishing, means of transportation and communication, and even for
+drinking water, when the Chinese water-carriers find it convenient to
+use it for that purpose. Although the most important artery of the
+busiest part of the town, where the roar of commerce is loudest and
+traffic most congested, the stream is, for a distance of a mile,
+crossed by only one wooden bridge. During six months of the year, one
+end of this bridge is out of order, and the other end is impassable
+during the remaining time.</p>
+
+<p>The house is low and somewhat out of plumb. No one, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb2" href="#pb2">2</a>]</span>however, knows whether
+the faulty lines of the building are due to a defect in the sight of
+the architect who constructed it, or whether they are the result of
+earthquakes and hurricanes.</p>
+
+<p>A wide staircase, with green balustrades and carpeted here and there
+in spots, leads from the <i>zaguan</i>, or tiled entrance hall, to the
+second story of the house. On either side of this staircase is a row of
+flower-pots and vases, placed upon chinaware pedestals, brilliant in
+coloring and fantastic in design. Upstairs, we enter a spacious hall,
+which is, in these islands, called <i>caida</i>. This serves to-night
+for the dining hall. In the middle of the room is a large table,
+profusely and richly ornamented, fairly groaning under the weight of
+delicacies.</p>
+
+<p>In direct contrast to these worldly preparations are the motley
+colored religious pictures on the walls&mdash;such subjects as
+&ldquo;Purgatory,&rdquo; &ldquo;Hell,&rdquo; &ldquo;The Last
+Judgment,&rdquo; &ldquo;The Death of the Just,&rdquo; and &ldquo;The
+Death of the Sinner.&rdquo; Below these, in a beautiful renaissance
+frame, is a large, curious linen engraving of two old ladies. The
+picture bears the inscription &ldquo;Our Lady of Peace, Propitious to
+Travellers, Venerated in Antipolo, Visiting in the Guise of a Beggar
+the Pious Wife of the Famous Captain In&eacute;s in Her
+Sickness.&rdquo; In the side of the room toward the river, Captain
+Tiago has arranged fantastic wooden arches, half Chinese, half
+European, through which one can pass to the roof which covers part of
+the first story. This roof serves as a veranda, and has been
+illuminated with Chinese lanterns in many colors and made into a pretty
+little arbor or garden. The <i>sala</i> or principal room of the house,
+where the guests assembled is resplendent with colossal mirrors and
+brilliant chandeliers, and, upon a platform of pine, is a costly piano
+of the finest workmanship.</p>
+
+<p>People almost filled this room, the men keeping on one side and the
+women on the other, as though they were in a Catholic church or a
+synagogue. Among the women were a number of young girls, both native
+and Spanish. Occasionally one of them forgot herself and yawned, but
+immediately sought to conceal it by covering her mouth with her fan.
+Conversation was carried <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb3" href=
+"#pb3">3</a>]</span>on in a low voice and died away in vague
+mono-syllables, like the indistinct noises heard by night in a large
+mansion.</p>
+
+<p>An elderly woman with a kindly face, a cousin of Captain Tiago,
+received the ladies. She spoke Spanish regardless of all the
+grammatical rules, and her courtesies consisted in offering to the
+Spanish ladies cigarettes and betel nut (neither of which they use) and
+in kissing the hands of the native women after the manner of the
+friars. Finally the poor old lady was completely exhausted, and, taking
+advantage of a distant crash occasioned by the breaking of a plate,
+hurried off precipitately to investigate, murmuring:
+&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> Just wait, you
+good-for-nothings!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Among the men there was somewhat more animation. In one corner of
+the room were some cadets, who chatted with some show of interest, but
+in a low voice. From time to time they surveyed the crowd and indicated
+to each other different persons, meanwhile laughing more or less
+affectedly.</p>
+
+<p>The only people who appeared to be really enjoying themselves were
+two friars, two citizens and an officer of the army who formed a group
+around a small table, on which were bottles of wine and English
+biscuits. The officer was old, tall and sunburnt, and looked as the
+Duke of Alva might have looked, had he been reduced to a command in the
+civil guard. He said little, but what he did say was short and to the
+point. One of the friars was a young Dominican, handsome and dressed
+with extreme nicety. He wore gold mounted spectacles and preserved the
+extreme gravity of youth. The other friar, however, who was a
+Franciscan, talked a great deal and gesticulated even more. Although
+his hair was getting gray, he seemed to be well preserved and in robust
+health. His splendid figure, keen glance, square jaw and herculean form
+gave him the appearance of a Roman patrician in disguise. He was gay
+and talked briskly, like one who is not afraid to speak out. Brusque
+though his words might be, his merry laugh removed any disagreeable
+impression.</p>
+
+<p>As to the citizens, one of them was small in stature <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb4" href="#pb4">4</a>]</span>and wore a black beard,
+his most noticeable feature being his large nose&mdash;so large that
+you could scarcely believe that it was all his own. The other was a
+young blonde, apparently a recent arrival in the country. The latter
+was carrying on a lively discussion with the Franciscan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will see,&rdquo; said the friar, &ldquo;when you have
+been in the country a few months, and will be convinced that what I say
+is right. It is one thing to govern in Madrid and another to rule in
+the Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I, for example,&rdquo; continued Father D&aacute;maso,
+raising his voice to prevent the other from speaking, &ldquo;I, who can
+point to my twenty-three years of existence on bananas and rice, can
+speak with some authority on this subject. Do not come to me with
+theories or arguments, for I know the native. Remember, that when I
+came to this country, I was sent to a parish, small and largely devoted
+to agriculture. I did not understand Tagalog very well, but I received
+the confessions of the women and we managed to understand each other.
+In fact, they came to think so much of me that three years afterward,
+when I was sent to another and larger town, where a vacancy had been
+created by the death of the native parish priest, all the women were in
+tears. They overwhelmed me with presents, they saw me off with bands of
+music&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But this only shows&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wait, wait! Do not be in a hurry! My successor remained there
+a still shorter time, but when he left there were more people to see
+him off, more tears shed, and more music played, although he had
+treated the people worse than I, and had raised the parish dues to a
+sum almost double the amount I had exacted.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But allow me&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Furthermore, I was twenty years in the town of San Diego and
+it was only a few months ago&mdash;that&mdash;that I left. Twenty
+years! Surely any one will admit that twenty years is time enough to
+get acquainted with a town. There were six thousand people in San
+Diego, and I knew every one of them as if he were my own <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb5" href="#pb5">5</a>]</span>child. I knew even the
+private affairs of them all; I knew in what way this man was
+&lsquo;crooked,&rsquo; where the shoe pinched that one, what slips
+every girl had made and with whom, and who was the true father of each
+child, for I received all of their confessions and they always
+confessed scrupulously. I can prove what I say by Santiago, our host,
+for he has considerable property in that town, and it was there that we
+became friends. Well, then! This will show you what sort of people the
+natives are: when I went away, only a few old women and some lay
+brothers saw me off. And that, after I had been there twenty years!
+Don&rsquo;t you see that this proves beyond a doubt that all the
+reforms attempted by the Ministers of the Government in Madrid are
+perfectly absurd?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>It was now the young man&rsquo;s turn to be perplexed. The
+lieutenant, who had been listening to the argument, knit his brows. The
+little man with the black beard made ready to combat or support Father
+D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s arguments, while the Dominican was content to
+remain entirely neutral.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But do you believe&mdash;&mdash;,&rdquo; the young man
+finally asked in a curious mood, and looking straight at the friar.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do I believe it? As I do the Gospel! The native is so
+indolent!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! Pardon me for interrupting you,&rdquo; said the young
+blonde, lowering his voice and drawing his chair closer, &ldquo;but you
+have spoken a word that arouses my interest. Is this indolence an
+inherent characteristic of the native, or is it true, as a foreign
+traveller has said in speaking of a country whose inhabitants are of
+the same race as these, that this indolence is only a fabrication to
+excuse our own laziness, our backwardness and the faults of our
+celestial system?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bah! That is nothing but envy! Ask Se&ntilde;or Laruja, who
+knows this country very well, whether the native has his equal in the
+world for indolence and ignorance.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a fact,&rdquo; replied the little man referred to,
+&ldquo;that <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb6" href=
+"#pb6">6</a>]</span>nowhere in the world can any one be found more
+indolent than the native. Positively nowhere!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor more vicious and ungrateful!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor with less education!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Somewhat uneasy, the blonde man began to glance about the room.
+&ldquo;Gentlemen,&rdquo; he said in a low voice, &ldquo;I believe that
+we are in the house of a native, and these young ladies
+may&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bah! Don&rsquo;t be so sensitive. How long have you been in
+the country?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Four days,&rdquo; answered the young man somewhat
+ruffled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you come here as an employee?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir. I came on my own account in order to become
+acquainted with the country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Man, what a rare bird you are!&rdquo; exclaimed Father
+D&aacute;maso, looking at him with curiosity. &ldquo;To come here on
+your own account for such foolish ends! What a phenomenon! And when so
+many books have been written about this
+country&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then, striking the arm of his chair with sudden violence, he
+exclaimed: &ldquo;The country is being lost; it is lost already. The
+governing power supports heretics against the ministers of
+God.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean?&rdquo; again asked the lieutenant, half
+rising from his chair.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do I mean?&rdquo; repeated Father D&aacute;maso, again
+raising his voice, and facing the lieutenant. &ldquo;I mean what I say.
+I mean that, when a priest turns away the corpse of a heretic from his
+cemetery, no one, not even the King himself, has the right to
+interfere, and still less to punish. And yet a general, a miserable
+little general&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father! His Excellency is the vice-regal representative of
+His Majesty the King!&rdquo; exclaimed the officer, rising to his
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do I care for His Excellency, or for any of your
+vice-regal representatives!&rdquo; answered the Franciscan, rising in
+his turn. &ldquo;In any other time than the present, he would have been
+thrown down stairs in the same way as the religious corporations
+treated the sacrilegious <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb7" href=
+"#pb7">7</a>]</span>governor Bustamente in his time. Those were the
+days when there was faith!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll tell you right here that I don&rsquo;t allow
+any&mdash;His Excellency represents His Majesty the King!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t care whether he is king or rogue. For us there
+is no king other than the true&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stop this immediately!&rdquo; shouted the lieutenant in a
+threatening manner, and as though he were commanding his own soldiers.
+&ldquo;Take back what you have said, or to-morrow I shall inform His
+Excellency.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go and tell him at once! Go tell him!&rdquo; answered Father
+D&aacute;maso, sarcastically, at the same time approaching the
+lieutenant with his fists doubled. &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you think for a
+moment that, because I wear the dress of a monk, I&rsquo;m not a man.
+Hurry! Go tell him! I&rsquo;ll lend you my carriage.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The discussion began to grow ridiculous as the speakers became more
+heated, but, at this point, fortunately, the Dominican interfered.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen!&rdquo; he said in a tone of authority, and with
+that nasal twang which is so characteristic of the friars, &ldquo;there
+is no reason why you should thus confuse matters or take offense where
+it is not intended. We should distinguish between what Father
+D&aacute;maso says as a man, and what he says as a priest. Whatever he
+may say as a priest cannot be offensive, for the words of a priest are
+understood to be absolutely true.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I understand what his motives are, Father Sibyla!&rdquo;
+interrupted the lieutenant, who saw that he would be drawn into a net
+of such fine distinction that, if he allowed it to go on, Father
+D&aacute;maso would get off scot free. &ldquo;I know very well what his
+motives are, and Your Reverence will also perceive them. During the
+absence of Father D&aacute;maso from San Diego, his assistant buried
+the body of a very worthy person. Yes, sir, an extremely worthy person!
+I had known the man from time to time and had often been his guest.
+What if he never had been to confession? I do not confess, either. To
+say that he committed suicide is a lie, a slander. A man such as he,
+with a son whose success and love were more than all the world to him;
+a man <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb8" href="#pb8">8</a>]</span>who
+believed in God, who fulfilled his duty to society, who was honorable
+and just&mdash;such a man does not commit suicide. That is what I say!
+I am not telling you all that I think about this matter, and Your
+Reverence should be very thankful that I restrain myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Turning his back on the Franciscan, he continued: &ldquo;As I was
+saying, this priest, when he returned to the town, after maltreating
+his coadjutor, ordered that the man&rsquo;s body be taken up and thrown
+out of the cemetery, to be buried I know not where. The town of San
+Diego was too cowardly to protest, though, in fact, very few people
+knew much about the matter. The dead man had no relatives in the town
+and his only son was in Europe. His Excellency, however, learned about
+the affair, and being at heart upright and just, he ordered that the
+priest be punished. As a result, Father D&aacute;maso was transferred
+to another but better town. That is all there was to it. Now you can
+make all the distinctions you like.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So saying, he left the group.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am very sorry to have touched upon so delicate a
+subject,&rdquo; said Father Sibyla, &ldquo;but, after all, if the
+change from one town to another was to your
+advantage&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How could it be to my advantage? How about all the things
+that I lost?&rdquo; interrupted Father D&aacute;maso, fairly boiling
+over with rage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good evening, gentlemen! Good evening, Father!&rdquo; said
+Captain Santiago, who at that instant entered the room, leading a youth
+by the hand. On saluting his guests in this manner, he kissed the hands
+of the priests, who, by the way, forgot to give him their blessing. The
+Dominican took off his gold-rimmed spectacles in order to examine the
+new arrival at better advantage, while Father D&aacute;maso, turning
+pale at the sight, stared at the youth with eyes wide open.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have the honor of presenting to you Don Crisostomo Ibarra,
+the son of my deceased friend,&rdquo; said Captain Tiago. &ldquo;The
+young man has just arrived from Europe, and I have been to meet
+him.&rdquo; At the mere mention of the name, exclamations were heard in
+all parts of the room. The lieutenant, forgetting himself <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb9" href="#pb9">9</a>]</span>entirely, did not stop
+to salute his host, but at once approached the young man and surveyed
+him from head to foot. The youth exchanged the usual greetings with
+those who had gathered around him. He showed no striking peculiarity,
+except in his sombre dress, which was in deep contrast with that of the
+other persons present. His athletic build, his appearance, and every
+movement he made showed, however, that a fine mind and a healthy body
+had both been highly developed. You could see from his frank and
+vivacious face that he had Spanish blood in his veins. Although his
+hair, eyes and complexion were dark, his cheeks had a slight color,
+due, no doubt, to residence in cold countries.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What!&rdquo; he exclaimed with glad surprise, &ldquo;the
+parish priest of my own town! Father D&aacute;maso, my father&rsquo;s
+intimate friend!&rdquo; Every one in the room looked at the Franciscan,
+but the latter made no motion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must excuse me, if I have made a mistake,&rdquo; added
+Ibarra, somewhat in doubt because of the apathy of the friar.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have made no mistake,&rdquo; the priest finally answered
+in a strained voice, &ldquo;but your father was never an intimate
+friend of mine.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra slowly withdrew the hand which he had offered, looking at the
+friar with great surprise. As he turned about, he came face to face
+with the lieutenant just approaching.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My boy, are you the son of Don Rafael Ibarra?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man bowed in acquiescence. Father D&aacute;maso settled
+back into his arm-chair and fixed his eyes upon the lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Welcome to your country! May you be more happy in it than was
+your father!&rdquo; exclaimed the officer in a trembling voice.
+&ldquo;I had many dealings with your father and I knew him well, and I
+can say that he was one of the most worthy and honorable men in the
+Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sir,&rdquo; replied Ibarra with emotion, &ldquo;your praise
+of my father puts me in doubt as to his fate. Even now I, his own son,
+am ignorant of it all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The eyes of the old man filled with tears. He turned <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb10" href="#pb10">10</a>]</span>and hurriedly
+withdrew. Ibarra found himself standing alone in the middle of the
+room. His host had disappeared, and he turned to a group of gentlemen,
+who, as soon as they saw him coming, formed a semicircle to receive
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;in Germany, when a stranger
+attends any social function and there is no one present to introduce
+him, it is allowable for him to introduce himself. Permit me to avail
+myself of this practice. Gentlemen, my name is Juan Crisostomo Ibarra y
+Magsalin.&rdquo; The others gave their names in turn, of which the most
+were comparatively unknown.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My name is A&mdash;&mdash;a,&rdquo; said one of the young
+men, bowing stiffly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, perhaps, I have the honor of addressing the poet whose
+works have kept up my enthusiasm for my country? I have been told that
+you have stopped writing, but no one has told me why.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why? Because there is no use in invoking the muses for false
+and foolish ends. A case has been made out against one man for having
+put into verse a true story of Pero Grullo. I am not going to get
+myself into a similar scrape. They may call me a poet, but they shall
+not call me a fool.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And can you not tell us what that true story was?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. The poet said that the son of a lion is also a lion, and
+for saying this he narrowly escaped being banished.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dinner is ready,&rdquo; announced a waiter who had been
+borrowed from the C&aacute;f&eacute; Campa&ntilde;a. The guests began
+to file into the dining room, not, however, without many sighs, and
+even some prayers among the women, especially the natives, that the
+dreaded affair would soon be over. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb11"
+href="#pb11">11</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch2" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter II.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">At the Dinner Table.</h2>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla wore a satisfied air. He moved along tranquilly, and
+his closed, thin lips showed no signs of disdain. On the other hand,
+the Franciscan was in a very bad humor. As he walked toward the table,
+he kicked over the chairs which happened to be in his way and boxed the
+ears of one of the cadets. The lieutenant was very solemn and
+grave.</p>
+
+<p>The two friars instinctively started for the head of the table,
+perhaps by force of habit, and, as might have been expected, they met
+on opposite sides of the same chair. Then, with ponderous courtesy,
+each entreated the other to sit down, giving in turn his reasons why
+the other should take precedence. Every one at the table understood how
+both really felt in the matter, and all knew well that the one who did
+not take the coveted seat would grumble discontentedly for the
+remainder of the evening. The farce proceeded something like this:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You take it, Brother D&aacute;maso! It is for you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, you take it, Brother Sibyla!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are an old friend of the family, the confessor of its
+deepest mysteries; your age, your dignity,
+your&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, that is all right as far as age goes, but, on the other
+hand you are the priest of this suburb,&rdquo; answered Father
+D&aacute;maso in an insincere tone, without, however, leaving the
+chair.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As you order it, I obey,&rdquo; concluded Father Sibyla,
+making ready to sit down.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I do not order it,&rdquo; protested the Franciscan,
+&ldquo;I do not <i>order</i> it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla was about to take the seat without any further regard
+to the protests of his brother, when his eyes chanced to meet those of
+the lieutenant. According to the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb12"
+href="#pb12">12</a>]</span>religious customs in the Philippines, the
+highest military officer is inferior to even a convent cook. &ldquo;<i
+lang="la">Cedent arma tog&aelig;</i>,&rdquo; said Cicero in the Senate.
+&ldquo;<i lang="la">Cedent arma cott&aelig;</i>,&rdquo; say the friars
+in the Philippines. Father Sibyla, however, was a person of some
+culture and refinement, and, as soon as he noticed the expression on
+the lieutenant&rsquo;s face, said: &ldquo;Here! We are now out in the
+world, and not in the Church. This seat belongs to you,
+lieutenant!&rdquo; But, to judge from the tone of his voice, he thought
+that, although he was out in the world and not in the Church, the seat
+nevertheless belonged to him. The lieutenant, either to save himself
+trouble or in order to avoid sitting between two friars, declined the
+honor in a very few words.</p>
+
+<p>Neither of the disputants had thought of the owner of the house.
+Ibarra saw him looking upon the scene and smiling with
+satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How is this, Don Santiago! Aren&rsquo;t you going to sit down
+with us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But all of the seats were already occupied, and Lucullus did not
+dine in the house of Lucullus.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sit still! Don&rsquo;t get up!&rdquo; said Captain Tiago,
+laying his hand on the young man&rsquo;s shoulder. &ldquo;The fact is
+that this feast is given in honor of the Virgin on account of your safe
+arrival. Here! Bring on the <i>tinola</i>! I ordered some <i>tinola</i>
+made expressly for you, for I feel quite certain that you have not had
+any since you left the Philippines a long while ago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A large dish was brought in, still steaming and filled to the brim
+with <i>tinola</i>. The Dominican, after murmuring the <i>
+Benedicite</i> (to which only a few of those present could give the
+response), began to serve the contents of the dish. Either from
+carelessness or for some other reason, he passed to Father
+D&aacute;maso a plate filled with the soup and stew, but containing
+only two small pieces of chicken, a bony neck and a tough wing.
+Meanwhile the others, especially Ibarra, were eating all sorts of
+choice bits. The Franciscan, of course, noticed this, mussed over the
+stew, took a mouthful of the soup, dropped his spoon with a clatter
+into his plate, and pushed the dish to one side. While this was going
+on, the Dominican appeared to be absorbed in conversation with the
+young <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb13" href=
+"#pb13">13</a>]</span>blonde. Se&ntilde;or Laruja had also begun to
+converse with Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How long has it been since you were last in this
+country?&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About seven years,&rdquo; responded Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must have forgotten all about it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On the contrary, although my country seems to have forgotten
+me, I have always kept her in mind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean?&rdquo; interposed the blonde.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I mean that for over a year I have not received any news from
+here, so that now I feel like a total stranger. I do not yet know how
+or when my father died.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; exclaimed the lieutenant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where have you been that you did not telegraph?&rdquo; asked
+one of the ladies. &ldquo;When I was married, we telegraphed to the
+Peninsula.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;ora, for the last two years I have been in northern
+Europe, in Germany and in Poland.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what country of Europe do you like best?&rdquo; asked the
+young blonde, who had been listening interestedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;After Spain, which is my second fatherland, oh&mdash;any free
+country in Europe.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You seem to have travelled a great deal&mdash;what is the
+most remarkable thing that you have observed?&rdquo; asked Laruja.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra appeared to be reflecting on the question. &ldquo;Remarkable?
+In what way?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For instance, in the life of the different
+peoples,&mdash;their social, political and religious
+life&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra meditated for some little time. &ldquo;I always made it a
+point to study the history of a country before visiting it, and I find
+that national development invariably follows perfectly natural rules. I
+have always noticed that the prosperity or poverty of different peoples
+is in direct proportion to their liberties or their lack of liberty,
+or, in other words, in proportion to the sacrifices or selfishness of
+their forefathers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And is that all you have observed?&rdquo; asked the
+Franciscan, with a loud laugh. Up to this time, he had not uttered a
+single word, but had given his attention to the dinner. &ldquo;It was
+not worth while to squander your fortune <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb14" href="#pb14">14</a>]</span>for the purpose of learning such a
+trifle&mdash;a thing that every school boy knows.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him intently, doubtful what to say. The guests
+glanced at each other, fearing that a quarrel would break out.
+&ldquo;The dinner has been too long, and Your Reverence is affected by
+too much wine,&rdquo; Ibarra was about to reply, but he checked himself
+in time and only said: &ldquo;Gentlemen, do not wonder at the
+familiarity with which our old parish priest treats me. He treated me
+this way when I was a child, and the years that have passed since then
+have not changed His Reverence. I derive a certain amount of pleasure
+from it, for I am reminded of those days when His Reverence was a
+frequent visitor at our house and honored my father&rsquo;s
+table.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Dominican glanced furtively at the Franciscan, who was
+trembling. Ibarra continued, rising from his chair: &ldquo;You will
+allow me to withdraw, for I have only just arrived, and I must leave
+town to-morrow. Besides, I have a great many things to do before I
+leave. The dinner is practically finished, and I drink very little wine
+and scarcely touch spirits. Gentlemen, here&rsquo;s to Spain and the
+Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Saying this, he emptied the glass, which, until then, he had not
+touched. The old lieutenant followed his example, but said nothing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not go!&rdquo; said Captain Tiago to him in a low voice.
+&ldquo;Maria Clara is coming immediately. Isabel has just gone to get
+her. The new parish priest of your town is also coming, and he is a
+saint.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall come to-morrow before I leave. I have to make a most
+important visit yet to-night, and really must go!&rdquo; With this he
+took his departure. In the meantime, the Franciscan had recovered
+himself.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You see how it is,&rdquo; said he to the young blonde,
+gesticulating with his dessert knife. &ldquo;It is nothing but pride.
+He could not bear to have a priest reprove him. Can decent people
+believe it? This is the evil consequence of sending young men to
+Europe. The Government ought to prohibit it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>That night, the young blonde wrote, among other things, in the first
+chapter of his &ldquo;Colonial Studies&rdquo;: &ldquo;How the <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb15" href="#pb15">15</a>]</span>neck and wing
+of a chicken in a friar&rsquo;s plate of <i>tinola</i> can disturb the
+gayety of a feast!&rdquo; And among his other observations were the
+following: &ldquo;In the Philippines the most insignificant person at a
+dinner or a feast is the host. The owner of the house has only to
+remain out in the street, and everything will go along beautifully. In
+the present state of affairs, it would be well to forbid the Filipinos
+to leave their country, and not to teach them how to read.&rdquo; <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb16" href="#pb16">16</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch3" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter III.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Heretic and Revolutionist.</h2>
+
+<p>Ibarra was still confused, but the evening breeze, which, in Manila,
+is at this time of the year always cool and refreshing, seemed gently
+to lift the hazy mist which hung over his eyes. He removed his hat and
+drew a deep, long breath.</p>
+
+<p>Men of all nationalities passed by in swift carriages or in
+slow-going, rented <i>calesas</i>. He was walking at that slow pace
+characteristic alike of deep thought and laziness, and was making his
+way toward the Plaza of Binondo. He looked about in search of any old
+and familiar objects. Yes, there were the same old streets, the same
+old houses with white and blue fronts, the same old walls covered with
+whitewash or repainted in poor imitation of granite; there was the same
+old church tower, its clock with transparent face still marking the
+hours; there, too, were the old Chinese shops, with their dirty
+curtains and iron rods, one of which remained unrepaired as he himself
+had bent it when a boy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Things go slowly here!&rdquo; he muttered and continued up
+the street past the vestry.</p>
+
+<p>As they dished up flavored ices, the street <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e880" title="Source: venders">vendors</span> were still crying
+&ldquo;sorbettes.&rdquo; The same little cocoanut oil lamps furnished
+light for the stands where native women and Chinese disposed of their
+sweetmeats and fruit.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is marvellous,&rdquo; he exclaimed. &ldquo;There is the
+same Chinaman who was at that stand seven years ago. There is that same
+old woman whom I remember so well. Why, one might think my seven years
+in Europe but a night&rsquo;s sleep. And, by heavens, they have not yet
+repaired this broken place in the pavement!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Indeed, the stone which had been torn out of the pavement before he
+left Manila had not yet been replaced. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb17" href="#pb17">17</a>]</span>While he was meditating upon the
+wonderful stability of things in so unstable a country, some one placed
+a hand upon his shoulder. With a start he looked up, and his eyes met
+those of the old lieutenant, who also had left the Captain&rsquo;s
+house. A smile had displaced the officer&rsquo;s usual harsh expression
+and characteristic frown.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be careful, young man!&rdquo; said he. &ldquo;Remember what
+happened to your father!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I beg your pardon. You seem to have esteemed my father very
+highly. Can you tell me what has been his fate?&rdquo; asked Ibarra,
+gazing intently into the lieutenant&rsquo;s eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not know?&rdquo; said the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I asked Don Santiago, but he said that he would tell me
+nothing until to-morrow. Have you no information regarding
+him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, yes; everybody knows about him. He died in
+prison.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man stepped back and stared wildly at the officer.
+&ldquo;In prison! Who died in prison?&rdquo; he asked in
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, your father, who had been arrested,&rdquo; answered the
+officer somewhat surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! My father in prison! Arrested and imprisoned! Man, what
+are you talking about? Do you know who my father was? Are
+you&mdash;&mdash;?&rdquo; asked the young man, nervously grasping the
+officer&rsquo;s arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t think that I am mistaken: Don Rafael
+Ibarra.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. Don Rafael Ibarra,&rdquo; repeated the young man,
+scarcely able to utter the words.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought that you knew it,&rdquo; said the officer, in a
+sympathetic voice, as he saw the emotion his words had caused. &ldquo;I
+thought that you knew it; but be brave. Here, you know, no man can be
+honorable without being imprisoned.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot believe that you are not jesting,&rdquo; replied
+Ibarra, after a few minutes of deep silence. &ldquo;Can you tell me for
+what offense he was imprisoned?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man paused as if to meditate. &ldquo;It seems strange to me
+that you have not been kept informed as to the affairs of your
+family.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb18" href=
+"#pb18">18</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My father&rsquo;s last letter, which I received a year ago,
+told me not to be uneasy if he failed to write to me, for he was very
+busy. He advised me to continue my studies, he sent me his
+blessing&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In that case, he must have written the letter to you shortly
+before his death. It is almost a year since we buried him in his own
+town.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why was my father arrested?&rdquo; asked Ibarra in a voice
+full of emotion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The cause of his arrest was an honorable one. I must go to my
+quarters now; walk along with me and then I can tell you on the way.
+Take my arm.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They walked for some time in melancholy silence. Deep in thought and
+nervously stroking his goatee, the officer sought inspiration before he
+could begin the pitiful tale.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As you very well know,&rdquo; he at last began, &ldquo;your
+father was the richest man in the province, and, although he was loved
+and highly respected by many, there were some envious persons who hated
+him. Your father had a great many enemies among the priests and the
+Spaniards. Some months after your departure, trouble arose between Don
+Rafael and Father D&aacute;maso, but I do not know what it was all
+about. Father D&aacute;maso accused your father of not attending
+confession. In former times, however, he had never attended confession.
+Nothing was said about it, and he and the priest were good friends, as
+you will remember. Furthermore, Don Rafael was a very honorable man and
+much more upright and just than many who go to confession regularly. He
+was very conscientious, and, in speaking to me in regard to his
+troubles with Father D&aacute;maso, used to say:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&lsquo;Se&ntilde;or Guevara, do you believe that God will
+forgive a crime, a murder for instance, simply because that crime has
+been confessed to a priest&mdash;confessed to a man who is in duty
+bound to keep it secret? Will God pardon a man whose repentance is
+brought about by his cowardly fear of hell? I have a very different
+opinion of God. I cannot see how one evil can be corrected by another,
+nor how pardon can be procured by mere idle tears and donations to the
+Church.&rsquo; Your father always followed the strictest rules of
+morality. I may safely say that he never harmed <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb19" href="#pb19">19</a>]</span>any one, but, on the contrary,
+always sought by doing good to offset certain unjust deeds committed by
+your grandfathers. However, his troubles with the priests continued and
+took on a dangerous aspect. Father D&aacute;maso alluded to him from
+the pulpit, and, if he did not do so directly by name, it was an
+oversight on his part, for anything might be expected from a man of his
+character. I foresaw that sooner or later the affair would have a bad
+ending.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old lieutenant paused for a few minutes and then continued:
+&ldquo;About this time there came to the province a man who had been in
+the artillery, but had been thrown out of the ranks on account of his
+brutality and ignorance. This man had to make a livelihood. He was not
+allowed to engage in the work of an ordinary laborer, since that might
+damage Spain&rsquo;s prestige, but somehow obtained the position of
+collector of taxes on vehicles. He had no education whatever, and the
+natives soon found it out. A Spaniard who cannot read and write is a
+wonder to them, and hence he became the subject of all sorts of
+ridicule. Knowing that he was being laughed at, he became ashamed to
+collect his taxes. This had a bad effect on his character, which was
+already bad enough. People used to give him documents upside down to
+see him pretend to read them. He would make a show of doing so, and
+then, on the first blank space he found, would fill in some sprawling
+characters which, I may say, represented him very accurately. The
+natives continued to pay their taxes, but kept on ridiculing him. He
+fairly raved with anger and worked himself up to such a frame of mind
+that he respected none. Finally, he had some words with your father. It
+happened that one day, while the collector was studying a document
+which had been given to him in a store, some school boys came along.
+One of them called the attention of his companions to the collector,
+and they all began to laugh and point their fingers at the unhappy man.
+The collector finally lost his patience, turned quickly and chased his
+tormentors. The boys, of course, ran in all directions, at the same
+time mimicking a child learning the alphabet. Blind with rage because
+he could not reach them, he threw his cane, struck one of the boys on
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb20" href="#pb20">20</a>]</span>the head
+and knocked him down. Not content with this, he went up and kicked the
+boy several times. Unfortunately, your father happened to be passing
+just at the moment. Indignant at what he saw, he seized the tax
+collector by the arm and severely reproached him for his actions. The
+tax collector in anger raised his cane to strike, but your father was
+too quick for him. With that strength which he inherited from his
+forefathers, he, as some say, struck the collector, or, as others
+claim, only gave him a push. The fact is that the man staggered and
+fell to the ground, and, in falling, struck his head against a stone.
+Don Rafael quietly lifted up the wounded boy and carried him to the
+court house near by, leaving the collector where he had fallen. The
+ex-artilleryman began to bleed at the mouth and died without regaining
+consciousness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Naturally the law stepped in. They showered calumnies of all
+kinds upon your father and accused him of being a heretic and a
+revolutionist. To be a heretic is a great misfortune anywhere or at any
+time, but it was especially so at this particular time, for the chief
+magistrate of the province was the loudest prayer maker in the Church.
+To be a revolutionist is still worse. One might better have killed
+three highly educated tax collectors than be thus accused. Everybody
+deserted your father, and his books and papers were seized. He was
+accused of being a subscriber to &lsquo;El Correo del Ultramar&rsquo;
+and to Madrid newspapers, of having sent you to Germany, of having in
+his possession incriminating papers and pictures, and&mdash;well, I
+don&rsquo;t know what not. He was even attacked because, although he
+was the descendant of Spaniards, he wore the dress of the natives. If
+your father had been anybody else, he would have been acquitted, for
+the doctors pronounced the death of the collector due to natural
+causes. His fortune, however, his confidence in the law, and his hatred
+for everything which seemed unlawful and unjust, cost him his life. I
+myself, much as I dislike begging for mercy, called upon the Governor
+General, the predecessor of the present Governor. I brought out the
+fact that a man who aided every poor Spaniard, who gave food and
+shelter to all, and whose veins were filled with the generous blood
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb21" href="#pb21">21</a>]</span>of
+Spain&mdash;such a man could not be a revolutionist. In vain I argued
+for him, pledged my own life for him, and swore by my military honor.
+What did it all amount to? I was badly received, curtly and summarily
+dismissed, and called a fool.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man paused to take breath. His young companion neither
+looked up nor made a sound. The narrator proceeded: &ldquo;I took
+charge of the case for your father. I called upon the celebrated
+Filipino lawyer, young A&mdash;&mdash;a, but he refused to undertake
+the defense. &lsquo;I would lose the case,&rsquo; he said, &lsquo;my
+defense would cause new accusations against him, and perhaps bring them
+upon me. Go and see Se&ntilde;or M&mdash;&mdash;, who is an eloquent
+orator, a Spaniard and a man of great reputation.&rsquo; I did so, and
+the celebrated lawyer took charge of the case, which he conducted in a
+masterful and brilliant manner. But your father had many enemies, some
+of whom did their work secretly. There were many false witnesses in the
+case, and their calumnies, which anywhere else would have been
+overthrown by a single sarcastic phrase from the defending attorney,
+were here given a great deal of weight. As fast as the attorney proved
+the falsity of their accusations, new charges were brought forward.
+They accused him of having wrongfully taken possession of a large tract
+of land. They sued him for damages and for injuries caused. They said
+that he had dealings with the organized bandits or <i>tulisanes</i>,
+and that thus he had been able to keep his property unmolested. In
+fact, the case became so complicated that within a year no one
+understood it. The chief magistrate was called away from his post and
+replaced by another of good reputation, but unfortunately this
+magistrate, too, was displaced in a few months.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The sufferings, disappointments and discomforts of prison
+life, and his great grief at seeing the ingratitude of so many supposed
+friends, finally broke down your father&rsquo;s iron constitution and
+he became fatally ill. When it was all over; when he had proved himself
+not guilty of being an enemy to his country, and innocent of the death
+of the tax collector, he died in prison, with no one to care for him in
+his last hours. I arrived just as he was expiring.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man had finished all he had to say. Ibarra, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb22" href="#pb22">22</a>]</span>overcome with grief
+at the pathetic story he had heard, could not utter a word. The two had
+arrived at the gate of the barracks. Stopping and shaking hands with
+the young man, the officer said: &ldquo;My boy, Captain Tiago can give
+you the details. I must say good night, for my duty calls me.&rdquo;
+With deep emotion, Ibarra grasped the lean hand of the lieutenant, and
+then looked after him in silence until he disappeared in the building.
+Turning slowly about, he saw a carriage passing and made a sign to the
+cabman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Lala&rsquo;s Hotel,&rdquo; he said in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This fellow is just out of jail,&rdquo; said the cabman to
+himself as he whipped up his horses. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb23" href="#pb23">23</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch4" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter IV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Captain Tiago.</h2>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was short in stature, but both his body and his face
+were well filled out. His complexion was clear and he did not appear to
+be more than thirty or thirty-five years old, although he was really
+more than that. In these times his face always wore a pleasant
+expression. His head was small, round and covered with hair as black as
+ebony, long in front and very short behind. This head, according to
+reports, contained a great many things. His eyes were small but not
+terrifying, and always without expression. In short, the Captain might
+have passed for a good-looking little man, if his mouth had not been
+disfigured by the use of tobacco and the betel nut, the juices of which
+trickled out of the corners of his lips and destroyed the symmetry of
+his features. However, despite these habits, both his own teeth and the
+two that the dentist had made for him, at twelve <i>pesos</i> each,
+were well preserved.</p>
+
+<p>Tiago was considered one of the richest property owners in Binondo,
+and he also owned large plantations in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Laguna de Bay, especially in the town of San Diego. The rent of all
+these lands increased every year. San Diego was his favorite town on
+account of its excellent bathing place, its famous cockpit and the
+pleasant memories associated with the neighborhood. He spent at least
+two months in this town every year. Captain Tiago also had a great deal
+of property in Santo Cristo, in Analoague Street and in Rosario Street.
+In partnership with a Chinaman he carried on a profitable business in
+opium. It is understood that he had contracts with the Government for
+feeding the prisoners in Bilibid and that he supplied fodder to many of
+the principal houses in Manila. He was in good standing with the
+authorities, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb24" href=
+"#pb24">24</a>]</span>able, clever, and even daring in his speculations
+in the necessities of others. Hence it was that at this time the
+Captain was as happy as a narrow-minded man could be in such a country.
+He was rich, and was at peace with God, the Government and man.</p>
+
+<p>That Tiago was at peace with God was indisputable. In fact, there
+was no reason whatever for his not being so, since he was well situated
+as far as worldly matters go and had never loaned God any money. He
+never addressed God in his prayers, not even when he was in dire
+straits. He was rich, and his money, he thought, could pray for him.
+For masses and prayers, God had created powerful and lofty priests; for
+special religious functions and rosaries, God, in His infinite
+goodness, for the benefit of the rich, had created poor
+people&mdash;poor people who for a <i>peso</i> would make half a dozen
+prayers, and would read all the Holy Books, even to the Hebrew Bible,
+if the pay were large enough. If at any time he found himself in hard
+straits and needed heavenly aid and was out of red Chinese candles, he
+applied to the saints, making them great promises in order to win their
+favor and convince them of his good intentions.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was therefore beloved by the priests, respected by the
+sacristans, fondled by the Chinese candle-makers and fire-cracker
+merchants, and thoroughly happy in the religion of the world. Some even
+attributed to him great influence in the ecclesiastical court.</p>
+
+<p>That the Captain was at peace with the Government must not be
+doubted simply because such a thing seems impossible. Incapable of
+conceiving a new idea and content with the <i>modus vivendi</i>, he was
+always willing to obey the latest official recruit in any of the
+Government offices and even ready to give him at all times of the year
+such presents as hams, capons, turkeys, and Chinese fruit. He was the
+first to applaud any tax imposed by the Government, especially when he
+scented behind it a chance of securing the contract for its collection.
+He always kept orchestras on hand to serenade Government officials of
+all grades from governor to the lowest Government agent, on their
+birthdays, saint&rsquo;s days, or when any occasion, such as the death
+of any of their relatives, or a birth in the <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb25" href="#pb25">25</a>]</span>family connection should afford a
+pretext. He even went so far as to dedicate laudatory verses to his
+royal patrons on these occasions, thus honoring the &ldquo;suave and
+loving governor&rdquo; or the &ldquo;valiant and mighty
+alcalde.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Captain was a petty governor or <i>gobernadorcillo</i> of a rich
+colony of <i>mestizos</i>, in spite of the protests of many who
+considered him unfit for the position. He held the office for two
+years, but during this time he wore out ten frock coats, about the same
+number of high hats, and lost more than a half dozen of <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> canes. His high hat and frock coat were always in
+evidence in the city hall, at the Government palace in
+Melaca&ntilde;an<a class="noteref" id="xd0e995src" href=
+"#xd0e995">1</a> and at the army headquarters, and they always
+appeared, too, in the cock-pit, in the market, in all processions, and
+in the Chinese shops. Dressed in this official costume with the
+tasseled cane, Captain Tiago was to be found everywhere, arranging,
+ordering, and putting in disorder, everything with which he had
+anything to do&mdash;and all with wonderful activity and with still
+more wonderful gravity.</p>
+
+<p>Sacrilegious people called him a fool; poor people called him a
+hypocrite, a cruel man who gained a livelihood by making others
+miserable; while his inferiors looked upon him as a despot and a
+tyrant. And the women? Ah, the women! Slanderous rumors circulated in
+the wretched <i>nipa</i> houses, and it was claimed that often
+lamentations and sobs, mingled with the cries of a child, could be
+heard. More than one young girl was pointed out by the malicious finger
+of the neighbors, with the remark: &ldquo;See what a different
+expression she wears, and how plainly she shows evidences of her
+shame.&rdquo; But such things as these never robbed the Captain of any
+sleep; no young girl disturbed his rest.</p>
+
+<p>Such was the Captain at that time. His past history was as follows:
+He was the only son of a very wealthy but avaricious sugar manufacturer
+of Malabon, who was unwilling to spend a cent in his education. For
+this reason young Santiago became the servant of a good Dominican, a
+very virtuous man, who tried to teach him all the valuable knowledge
+which he possessed. About the time when he was to have the happiness of
+studying logic, the death <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb26" href=
+"#pb26">26</a>]</span>of his protector, followed by that of his father,
+put an end to his studies and from that time on he devoted himself to
+business. He married a beautiful girl from Santa Cruz, who increased
+his fortune and gave him a social position.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Pia Alba was not content with buying sugar, coffee and
+indigo; she wished to sow and reap, so the young husband bought lands
+in San Diego. It was in this town that he made the acquaintance and
+friendship of Father D&aacute;maso and of Don Rafael Ibarra, the
+richest capitalist of the town.</p>
+
+<p>The lack of an heir for the first six years of his married life gave
+him a great opportunity to accumulate wealth, which perhaps was a
+censurable ambition. Although Do&ntilde;a Pia was handsome, robust and
+well formed, she made her pilgrimages in vain. By advice of the
+devotees of San Diego, she visited the Virgin of Cayasay in Taal; she
+gave alms, and she danced in the procession before the Virgin of
+Turumba in Pakil under the May sun, but it was all in vain. Finally, on
+the advice of Father D&aacute;maso, she went to Obando, and there
+danced at the <i>fiesta</i> of San Pascual Bailon and asked for a son.
+It is well known that in Obando there is a trinity&mdash;Our Lady of
+Salambau, Santa Clara and San Pascual&mdash;which grants sons or
+daughters as required. Thanks to this wise triumvirate, Do&ntilde;a Pia
+became a mother, but like the fisherman in Macbeth, who ceased to sing
+after he found a rich treasure, Do&ntilde;a Pia lost her gayety, became
+very sad and was never seen to smile again. Every one, even to Captain
+Tiago, declared that it was a pure caprice. A puerperal fever put an
+end to her grief, leaving a beautiful daughter motherless. Father
+D&aacute;maso baptized the child, and, as San Pascual had not given the
+son which had been asked for, the name of Maria Clara was given to it
+in honor of the Virgin of Salambau and of Santa Clara. The little girl
+grew up under the care of her aunt Isabel,&mdash;that good old lady
+with the manners of a friar whom we met before. The little girl lived
+the greater part of the time in San Diego on account of the healthful
+climate, and while there Father D&aacute;maso paid her much
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara did not have the small eyes of her father. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb27" href="#pb27">27</a>]</span>Like her mother, her
+eyes were large, black and shaded by long lashes, brilliant and smiling
+when she was playing, but sad, deep and pensive at other times. When a
+child her wavy hair was almost blond. Her nose was well formed, neither
+too large nor too flat. Her mouth was small and beautifully shaped like
+that of her mother, and her cheeks were set with dimples. Her skin was
+like silk and as white as snow, but her fond parent found traces of the
+paternity of Captain Tiago in her small and well shaped ears.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel attributed the child&rsquo;s semi-European features to
+impressions made upon Do&ntilde;a Pia. She remembered having seen the
+mother a short time before the child was born, weeping before the image
+of San Antonio. Then, too, a cousin of Captain Tiago had the same
+features, the only difference being in the choice of the saints, by
+which the phenomenon was explained. With her it was either the Virgin
+or San Miguel. A cousin of Captain Tiago, a famous philosopher, who
+knew Amat<a class="noteref" id="xd0e1020src" href="#xd0e1020">2</a> by
+heart, explained it all by attributing it to the effect of the
+planets.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, the idol of all, grew up surrounded by love and smiles.
+She won the favor of even the friars when she was dressed in white for
+some religious procession, her long, wavy hair interwoven with flowers,
+two silver or golden wings attached to the shoulders of her dress, and
+holding two white doves, tied with blue ribbons, in her hand. When she
+grew up, she was so full of childish mischief that Captain Tiago did
+nothing but bless the saints of Obando and advise everybody to buy
+handsome statues of that trinity.</p>
+
+<p>In tropical countries a girl becomes a woman at the age of thirteen
+or fourteen years, like the plant which buds at night and blooms the
+following morning. During this period of transition, so full of mystery
+and romance, on the advice of the parish priest, Maria Clara entered
+the religious retreat of Santa Catalina in order to receive from the
+nuns a strictly religious education. She left Father D&aacute;maso in
+tears, and likewise the only friend of her childhood, Crisostomo
+Ibarra. Shortly after the entrance to the convent, Ibarra went to
+Europe. For seven <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb28" href=
+"#pb28">28</a>]</span>long years, the girl lived under the vigilance of
+the Mother Superior in the iron-grated building, shut off from any
+communication with the outer world.</p>
+
+<p>Don Rafael and Captain Tiago, in the meantime, while Ibarra was in
+Europe and Maria Clara in the convent, noticing the trend of affairs,
+and at the same time having in mind their own interests, decided that
+the children should be married. It is needless to say that this
+agreement, which was arrived at some years after Ibarra had left for
+Europe, was celebrated with equal joy by two hearts, on opposite sides
+of the world and amid very different surroundings. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb29" href="#pb29">29</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e995src" id="xd0e995">1</a></span> Street in Manila.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1020src" id="xd0e1020">2</a></span> Archbishop and author of
+theological works.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch5" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter V.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">An Idyl on the Azotea.<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e1037src" href="#xd0e1037">1</a></h2>
+
+<p>On the morning after the dinner party, Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+went to mass early: the former carefully carrying her glasses, so that
+she might be able to read &ldquo;The Anchor of Salvation&rdquo; during
+communion; the latter beautifully dressed, carrying her rosary of blue
+beads as a bracelet. The priest had scarcely left the altar when, to
+the disgust and surprise of her good aunt, who thought that her niece
+was as pious and as fond of prayer as a nun, the young girl desired to
+go home. After a great deal of grumbling, the old lady crossed herself
+several times, and the two arose to leave. &ldquo;Never mind,&rdquo;
+said Maria, to cut off the scolding, &ldquo;the good God will pardon
+me. He ought to understand the heart of a girl better than you, Aunt
+Isabel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After breakfast, Maria Clara occupied herself with some embroidery
+while her aunt bustled about with a duster removing the traces of the
+social event of the preceding evening. Captain Tiago was busy examining
+some papers.</p>
+
+<p>Every noise in the street and every passing carriage made the girl
+tremble with anxiety and wish that she were again back in the convent
+among her friends. There, she thought, she could see him without
+trembling and with perfect equanimity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe, Maria, that the doctor is right,&rdquo; said
+Captain Tiago. &ldquo;You ought to go to the provinces. You are looking
+very pale and need a change of air. How does Malabon strike you, or San
+Diego?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At the mere mention of the latter name, Maria Clara blushed and was
+unable to speak.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now, you and Isabel go to the convent to get your <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb30" href="#pb30">30</a>]</span>things and say
+good bye to your friends,&rdquo; continued the Captain, without raising
+his head. &ldquo;You will not return there. And in four or five days,
+when your clothes are ready we shall go to Malabon. &mdash;Your
+godfather, by the way, is not in San Diego at present. The priest whom
+you saw here last night, that young fellow, is now the priest in the
+town. He is a saint.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I think you will find San Diego better, cousin,&rdquo; said
+Aunt Isabel. &ldquo;Our house there is better than the one in Malabon,
+and besides, it is nearly time for the <i>fiesta</i> to take
+place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was about to embrace her aunt for these welcome words,
+but just then a carriage stopped in front of the house and the young
+girl suddenly turned pale.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s so,&rdquo; said the Captain, and then, in a
+changed tone, exclaimed, &ldquo;Don Crisostomo!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara let fall the work which she was holding in her hands. A
+nervous trembling passed over her. Then steps were heard on the stairs
+and presently a young, manly voice. And, as if this voice had some
+magic power, the girl shook off her emotion, started to run, and hid
+herself in the oratory. Both father and aunt had to laugh at this, and
+even Ibarra heard the closing of the door behind her.</p>
+
+<p>Pale and panting, the girl finally subdued her emotion and began to
+listen. She could hear his voice, that voice which for so long a time
+she had heard only in her dreams. Beside herself with joy, she kissed
+the nearest saint, which, by the way, happened to be San Antonio, the
+abbot. Happy saint! Whether alive or carved in wood, always tempted in
+the most charming manner! Becoming quite herself again, she looked
+about for some crack through which she might get a peep at the young
+man. Finally, when he came in range of the key-hole and she again saw
+his fine features, her face beamed with smiles. In fact, the sight
+filled her with such joy that when her aunt came to call her, Maria
+Clara fell on the old lady&rsquo;s neck and kissed her repeatedly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You goose! What is the matter with you?&rdquo; the old lady
+was finally able to ask, after wiping away her tears. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb31" href="#pb31">31</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, in her modesty, covered her face with her round
+arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come! Hurry up and get yourself ready!&rdquo; said the old
+lady in an affectionate tone. &ldquo;While he is talking with your
+father about you&mdash;&mdash; Come, do not waste time!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The girl did not respond, but allowed herself to be picked up like a
+child and carried to her room.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago and Ibarra were talking earnestly when at last Aunt
+Isabel appeared, half dragging her niece by the hand. At first the girl
+looked in every direction but at the persons present. At last, however,
+her eyes met Ibarra&rsquo;s.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation of the young lovers was at first confined to the
+usual trifling remarks, those pleasant little things which, like the
+boasts of European nations, are enjoyable and interesting to those who
+are concerned and understand them, but ridiculous to outsiders.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, she, like all sisters of Cain, was moved by jealously and
+asked: &ldquo;Have you always thought of me? Have you never forgotten
+me in your many travels among so many great cities and among such
+beautiful women?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And he, a true brother of Cain, dodged the issue, and, being
+something of a diplomat, answered: &ldquo;Could I forget you?&rdquo;
+And then, gazing into her deep, dark eyes, &ldquo;Could I break a
+sacred vow? Do you remember that stormy night when you, seeing me in
+tears beside my dead mother, came to me and placed your hand&mdash;that
+hand which I have not touched for so long&mdash;upon my shoulder, and
+said: &lsquo;You have lost your mother,&mdash;I never had one.&rsquo;
+And then you wept with me. You loved my mother, and she loved you as
+only a mother can love a daughter. It was raining then, you will
+remember, and the lightning flashed, but I seemed to hear music and to
+see a smile on the face of my dead mother.&mdash;O, if my parents were
+only living and could see you now!&mdash;That night I took your hand
+and, joining it with my mother&rsquo;s, I swore always to love you and
+make you happy, no matter what fate Heaven might have in store for me.
+I have never regretted that vow, and now renew it.&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb32" href="#pb32">32</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since the day that I bade you good-bye and entered the
+convent,&rdquo; she answered, smiling, &ldquo;I have always remembered
+you, and have never forgotten you in spite of the commands of my
+confessor, who imposed severe penances on me. I remembered the little
+games we used to play together and our little quarrels. When we were
+children you used to find in the river the most beautiful shells for
+our games of <i>siklot</i> and the finest and most beautifully colored
+stones for our game of <i>sinkat</i>. You were always very slow and
+stupid and lost, but you always paid the forfeit, which I gave you with
+the palm of my hand. But I always tried to strike lightly, for I was
+sorry for you. You always cheated, even more than I, in the game of <i>
+chouka</i> and we generally quarrelled over it. Do you remember that
+time when you really became angry? Then you made me suffer, but when I
+found that I had no one to quarrel with, we made peace immediately. We
+were still children when we went with your mother one day to bathe in
+the stream under the shade of the reeds. Many flowers and plants grew
+on the bank of the river, and you used to tell me their strange Latin
+and Spanish names, for you were then studying at the Athen&aelig;um. I
+paid little attention, but amused myself by chasing butterflies and in
+trying to catch the little fish which slipped away from me so easily
+among the rocks and weeds of the shore. You suddenly disappeared from
+sight, but when you returned you brought a wreath of orange flowers and
+placed it on my head. On our way home, as the sun was hot, I collected
+some sage leaves from the side of the road for you to put into your hat
+and thus prevent headache. Then you laughed, we made up, and came the
+remainder of the way home hand in hand.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra smiled as he listened attentively to every detail of the
+story. Opening his pocket book, he took out a paper in which he had
+wrapped some withered but fragrant sage leaves. &ldquo;Your sage
+leaves,&rdquo; said he in answer to her questioning glance. &ldquo;The
+only thing you have ever given me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She, in turn, drew a little, white satin bag from the bosom of her
+dress. &ldquo;Stop!&rdquo; she said, tapping his hand <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb33" href="#pb33">33</a>]</span>with her own.
+&ldquo;You must not touch it; it is a letter of farewell.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The one that I wrote you before leaving?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My dear sir, have you ever written any other?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what did I say then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Many falsehoods; excuses of a bad debtor,&rdquo; replied she,
+smiling and showing how agreeable these falsehoods had been to her.
+&ldquo;But be quiet! I will read it to you, but I will omit your polite
+speeches out of consideration for your feelings.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Raising the paper to the height of her eyes, in order to conceal her
+face, she began. &ldquo;&lsquo;My&mdash;&mdash;,&rsquo; I shall not
+read you what follows that, for it is not true.&rdquo; She ran her eyes
+over some lines and began to read again: &ldquo;&lsquo;My father wishes
+me to go away, in spite of my entreaties. He says that I am a man and
+must think of my future and my duty; that I must learn how to live,
+which I cannot do in my own country, so that in the future I may be of
+some use. He says that if I remain at his side, in his shadow, in this
+atmosphere of business, I will never learn how to look ahead, and that
+when he is gone, I shall be like the plant of which our poet Baltazar
+speaks&mdash;as it always lives in the water, it never learns how to
+endure a moment&rsquo;s heat.&mdash;He reproached me because I wept,
+and his reproach hurt me so that I confessed that I loved you. My
+father stopped, thought a moment and, placing his hand on my shoulder,
+said in a trembling voice: &ldquo;Do you think that you alone know how
+to love, that your father does not love you, and that his heart is not
+pained at being separated from you? It is a short time since your
+mother died, and I am already reaching that age when the help and
+counsel of youth are needed. And yet I consent to your going, not even
+knowing that I shall ever see you again. The future is opening to you,
+but closing to me. Your loves are being born; mine are dying. Fire
+blazes in your blood, but cold is gradually finding its way into mine.
+And yet you weep, and are not willing to sacrifice the present for a
+future useful to yourself and your country.&rdquo; The eyes of my
+father filled with tears and I fell upon my <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb34" href="#pb34">34</a>]</span>knees at his feet and embraced
+him. I asked his pardon and said that I was willing to
+go.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The emotion which Ibarra manifested put an end to the reading. As
+pale as death, he arose and began to walk nervously from one side to
+the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter?&rdquo; she asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have made me forget that I have duties to perform, and
+that I ought to leave immediately for my town. To-morrow is the <i>
+fiesta</i> in memory of the dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara stopped and silently fixed her large and dreamy eyes
+upon him for some minutes. Then taking some flowers from a vase near
+by, she said with emotion: &ldquo;Go! I do not wish to detain you. We
+shall see each other again in a few days. Place these flowers on the
+graves of your father and mother.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A few moments later, Ibarra descended the stairs, accompanied by
+Captain Tiago and Do&ntilde;a Isabel, while Maria Clara locked herself
+up in the oratory.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do me the favor to tell Andeng to get the house ready, and
+that Maria and Isabel are coming. A pleasant journey!&rdquo; While the
+Captain was saying this, Ibarra got into the carriage and drove off in
+the direction of the Plaza of San Gabriel.</p>
+
+<p>A few minutes later the Captain shouted to Maria Clara, who was
+weeping by the side of the image of the Virgin: &ldquo;Hurry up and
+light two <i>peseta</i> candles in honor of San Roque and another in
+honor of San Rafael, the patron saint of travellers. And light the lamp
+of Our Lady of Peace and Protector of Travellers, for there are many
+bandits about. It is better to spend four <i>reales</i> for wax and six
+<i>cuartos</i> for oil than to have to pay a big ransom later
+on.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb35" href=
+"#pb35">35</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1037src" id="xd0e1037">1</a></span> Roof of the first story used
+as a veranda.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch6" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Things Philippine.</h2>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso drove up in front of Captain Tiago&rsquo;s
+house and the Franciscan stepped to the ground just as Aunt Isabel and
+Maria Clara were getting into their silver-trimmed carriage. They
+saluted Father D&aacute;maso, and he, in his preoccupation, gently
+patted Maria Clara on the cheek.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are you going?&rdquo; the friar asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the convent to get my things,&rdquo; replied the
+younger.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, ha! Ah, ha! We&rsquo;ll see who is the stronger.
+We&rsquo;ll see!&rdquo; he muttered and turned away, leaving the two
+women in wonder as to what it all meant. The friar stepped along
+lightly, and reaching the stairs, went up.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He must be studying his sermon,&rdquo; said Isabel.
+&ldquo;Get in, Maria; we shall be late.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Whether Father D&aacute;maso was studying his sermon or not we
+cannot say. At any rate, he was absorbed in some important matter, for
+he even forgot to extend his hand to Captain Tiago upon entering,
+greatly to the embarrassment of the Captain, who had to feign kissing
+it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Santiago, we have some very important matters to talk over;
+let us go to your office.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Captain, somewhat disturbed, was unable to reply, but he obeyed
+and followed the big priest into his office. Father D&aacute;maso shut
+the door behind them.</p>
+
+<p>While they are conferring in secret, let us find out what has become
+of Brother Sibyla. The wise Dominican was not to be found at his
+parochial residence, for early, immediately after mass, he had gone to
+the Dominican convent, situated near the gate called Isabel the Second
+or Magallanes, according to which family is in power in Madrid. Paying
+no attention to the delicious odor of chocolate or to the rattling of
+money boxes and coins in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb36" href=
+"#pb36">36</a>]</span>the treasurer&rsquo;s office, and scarcely
+answering the deferential salute of the treasurer, Father Sibyla went
+upstairs, crossed several corridors and rapped on a door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come in!&rdquo; answered a voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May God give back health to Your Reverence!&rdquo; was the
+greeting of the young Dominican as he entered.</p>
+
+<p>A very feeble old priest was seated in a large arm-chair. His
+complexion was as yellow as the saints which Revera paints; his eyes
+were sunk deep in their orbits, and his heavy eyebrows, which were
+nearly always knit in a frown, added to the brilliant glare of his
+death-foreboding eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have come to talk to you about the charge with which you
+have entrusted me,&rdquo; said Father <span class="corr" id="xd0e1173"
+title="Source: Siblya">Sibyla</span>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, yes. And what about it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw!&rdquo; answered the young man with disgust, seating
+himself and turning his face away with disdain. &ldquo;They have been
+telling us a lot of lies. Young Ibarra is a prudent boy. He does not
+seem to be a fool. I think he is a pretty good sort of a
+chap.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hostilities began last night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So soon? And how did it come about?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla related briefly what had taken place between Father
+D&aacute;maso and Crisostomo Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Furthermore,&rdquo; he added, in conclusion, &ldquo;the young
+man is going to marry that daughter of Captain Tiago, who was educated
+in the college of our sisters. He is rich and would not want to make
+any enemies who might cause the loss of his happiness and his
+fortune.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sick man bowed his head as a sign of assent. &ldquo;Yes, that is
+my opinion. With such a wife and such a father-in-law we can hold him
+body and soul. And if not, it will be all the better for us if he
+declares himself our enemy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Sibyla looked at the old man with surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is to say, for the good of our whole corporation,&rdquo;
+he added, breathing with difficulty. &ldquo;I prefer open attacks to
+the foolish praise and adulations of friends, for, the truth is,
+flattery is always paid for.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does Your Reverence think so?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man looked at him sadly. &ldquo;Always bear this in
+mind,&rdquo; he answered, panting with fatigue, &ldquo;that our <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb37" href="#pb37">37</a>]</span>power will
+endure as long as it is believed in. If they attack us, the Government
+says, &lsquo;They attack them, because they see in them an obstacle to
+their liberty, therefore let us preserve them.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if the Government gives them a hearing? Sometimes the
+Government&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Government will do no such thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nevertheless, if some bold and reckless man, impelled by
+covetousness, should dare to think that he wanted our
+possessions&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, woe to him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>For a moment both remained silent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Furthermore,&rdquo; continued the sick man, &ldquo;it will do
+us good to have them attack us and wake us up. It would show us our
+weaknesses and strengthen us. The exaggerated praises which we get
+deceive us, and put us asleep. We are becoming ridiculous and on the
+day that we become ridiculous we shall fall as we fell in Europe. Money
+will no longer flow into our churches, no one will longer buy our
+scapularies or girdles, and when we cease to be rich we shall no longer
+possess the great influence which we wield at present.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw! We shall always have our property, our
+plantations&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We shall lose them all as we lost them in Europe. And the
+worst of it is that we are working for our own ruin. For instance, this
+immeasurable ambition to raise the incomes from our lands each year,
+this eagerness to increase the rents, which I have always opposed in
+vain, this eagerness will be our ruin. The natives already find
+themselves forced to buy land in other localities if they want lands as
+good as ours. I fear that we are degenerating. &lsquo;Whom the gods
+would destroy they first make mad.&rsquo; For this reason we should not
+be too hard on the people, for they are already grumbling under our
+exactions. You have considered well. Let us leave this thing to others,
+and keep up the prestige which we have and let us endeavor to appear
+before God with clean hands. May the God of pity have mercy on our
+weaknesses!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So you believe that the tax or
+tribute&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us talk no more of money!&rdquo; interrupted the sick
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb38" href="#pb38">38</a>]</span>man with
+disgust. &ldquo;You were saying that the lieutenant and Father
+D&aacute;maso last night&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Father,&rdquo; answered the young priest smiling.
+&ldquo;But this morning I saw the lieutenant again and he told me that
+he was sorry for what had occurred at the dinner. He said he thought
+that he had been affected by too much wine and that the same was true
+of Father D&aacute;maso. &lsquo;And your boast to tell the
+Governor?&rsquo; I asked jokingly. &lsquo;Father,&rsquo; he answered,
+&lsquo;I know when to make my word good so long as it does not stain my
+honor. That is just the reason why I wear only two
+stars.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After talking over several minor matters, Father Sibyla took his
+leave.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact the lieutenant had not gone to the Governor
+General&rsquo;s palace in Melaca&ntilde;an with any report in regard to
+the occurrence of the preceding evening. However, the Governor General
+had learned of it through another source, and discussing the matter
+with one of his aides, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A woman and a priest can give no offense. I intend to live
+peaceably while I remain in this country and I do not wish to have any
+trouble with men who wear skirts. And, furthermore, I have found out
+that the Father Provincial has evaded my orders in this matter. I asked
+for the removal of that friar as a punishment. What was done? They
+removed him, but they gave him another and much better town.
+&lsquo;Tricks of the friars,&rsquo; as they say in Spain.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But when His Excellency found himself alone he ceased to smile.
+&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; he sighed, &ldquo;if the people were not so stupid
+they would put a limit to their reverences. But every people deserves
+its fate, and we are no different in this respect from the rest of the
+world.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile Captain Tiago had concluded his conference with Father
+D&aacute;maso, or rather Father D&aacute;maso had concluded it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have already warned you!&rdquo; said the Franciscan on
+taking his leave. &ldquo;You could have avoided all of this had you
+consulted with me before, and, if you had not lied to me, when I asked
+you about it. See to it that you do not <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb39" href="#pb39">39</a>]</span>do any more such foolish things, and
+have faith in your godfather.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago took two or three steps towards the <i>sala</i>,
+meditating and sighing. All at once, as if some good idea had struck
+him, he ran to the oratory and put out the candles and the lamps which
+had been lighted for Ibarra&rsquo;s protection.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is still time enough,&rdquo; he murmured, &ldquo;for he
+has a long road to travel.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb40"
+href="#pb40">40</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch7" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">San Diego and Its People.</h2>
+
+<p>Not far from the shores of the Laguna de Bay lies the town of San
+Diego, surrounded by fertile fields and rice plantations. It exports
+sugar, rice, coffee, and fruits, or sells them at ridiculously low
+prices to the Chinese, who make large profits out of the credulity and
+vices of the laborers.</p>
+
+<p>When the sky was serene and the atmosphere clear, the boys used to
+climb to the very peak of the old moss and vine covered church tower.
+And what exclamations they would utter when, from that high pinnacle,
+they looked out at the beautiful panorama that surrounded them. There
+before them lay a great mass of roofs, some <i>nipa</i>, some thatch,
+some zinc and some made out of the native grasses. And out of that
+mass, which here and there gave way to an orchard or a garden, every
+one of those boys could find his own little home, his own little nest.
+To them everything was a landmark; every tamarind tree with its light
+foliage, every cocoanut tree with its load of nuts, every bending cane,
+every <i>bonga</i> tree, every cross. Beyond the town is the crystal
+river, like a serpent asleep on a carpet of green. Here and there, its
+tranquil surface is broken by rocks projecting from its sandy bottom.
+In places, it is hemmed in between two high banks, and there the
+rapidly rushing waters turn and twist the half-bared roots of the
+overhanging shade trees. But further on it spreads itself out again and
+becomes calm and peaceful.</p>
+
+<p>But what always attracts attention is a peninsula of forest
+projecting into this sea of cultivated land. There can be found
+hollow-trunked trees, a century old, trees which die only when struck
+by lightning and set on fire. They say, also, that even in that case
+the fire never spreads to any other tree. This old grove is held in a
+certain degree of awe, for around it have been woven many strange <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb41" href="#pb41">41</a>]</span>legends. Of
+these the most probable, and consequently the least known and believed
+is the following:</p>
+
+<p>When the town was still a miserable group of huts, when weeds grew
+in abundance in the so-called streets, and deer and wild boar roamed
+about at night, there arrived one day an old Spaniard. His eyes were
+deep and thoughtful and he spoke Tagalog fluently. After visiting the
+different estates and peddling out some goods he inquired for the
+owners of this grove, which by the way, also contained several hot
+water springs. A number of persons claiming to be the owners presented
+themselves, and the old man purchased from them the grove, paying in
+exchange some money, jewelry and clothing. A short time afterward he
+disappeared, no one knew where.</p>
+
+<p>His sudden disappearance made the people think for a time that he
+had been spirited away, but later on a fetid odor was noticeable near
+the grove, and some shepherds, upon investigation, found the body of
+the old man in a badly decomposed condition hanging from the limb of a
+<i>balit&icirc;</i> tree. When alive the old man had terrorized many by
+his deep and resonant voice, his sunken eyes and his silent laugh, but
+now that he was dead, and a suicide at that, the mere mention of his
+name gave the town women nightmare. Some of them threw the jewelry that
+they had bought from him into the river and burned all the clothing,
+and, for a long time after the body had been buried at the foot of the
+<i>balit&icirc;</i> tree, no one cared to venture near it. All sort of
+stories became current about the haunted place.</p>
+
+<p>A shepherd, looking for his flock, said that he had seen lights in
+the grove. A party of young men, passing near the place, heard groans
+and lamentations. An unfortunate lover, in order to make an impression
+on the disdainful object of his affections, promised to spend a night
+under the tree and to bring her a branch from its trunk, but on the
+next day he was taken ill with a quick fever and died.</p>
+
+<p>Before many months had passed, a youth came to the town one day. He
+was apparently a Spanish <i>mestizo</i>, declared himself the son of
+the dead stranger, and established himself in that far-off corner of
+the world. He began to farm the land and devoted himself especially to
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb42" href="#pb42">42</a>]</span>the
+cultivation of indigo. Don Saturnino was a taciturn young man, violent
+and sometimes cruel, but very active and industrious. He built a wall
+around his father&rsquo;s grave and, from time to time, went all alone
+to visit it. A few years later he married a young girl from Manila who
+bore him a son, Rafael, the father of Crisostomo.</p>
+
+<p>Don Rafael, from his earliest youth, was fond of farming. Under his
+care, the agriculture which had been started and fostered by his father
+was rapidly developed. New inhabitants flocked to the vicinity, and
+among them were a great many Chinese. The village grew very fast and
+was soon supporting a native priest. After it had become a <i>
+pueblo</i>, the native priest died and Father D&aacute;maso took his
+place.</p>
+
+<p>Still the grave and the adjoining lands were respected. At times,
+children, armed with sticks and stones, ventured to wander about,
+exploring the surrounding country and gathering <i>guayabas</i>, <i>
+papays</i>, <i>lomboy</i> and other native fruits. Then, all of a
+sudden, while they were busily engaged collecting the fruits, some one
+would catch a glimpse of the old rope hanging from the <i>
+balit&icirc;</i> tree, and stones would be heard to fall. Then some one
+would cry, &ldquo;The old man!&rdquo; &ldquo;The old man!&rdquo;
+Dropping fruit, sticks and stones, and leaping from the trees, the boys
+would flee in all directions through the thickets and between the
+rocks, not stopping until they emerged from the grove, pale and
+panting, some laughing, some crying.</p>
+
+<p>You could not say that Don Rafael, while alive, was the most
+influential man in San Diego, although it is true that he was the
+richest, owned the most land, and had put almost everybody else under
+obligations to him. He was modest and always belittled his own deeds.
+He never tried to form a party of his own, and, as we have already
+seen, no one came to his aid when his fortune seemed to fail him.</p>
+
+<p>Whenever Captain Tiago arrived in town, his debtors received him
+with an orchestra, gave him a banquet, and loaded him down with gifts.
+If a deer or a wild boar was caught he always had a quarter of it for
+his own table; if any of his debtors found a beautiful horse, within a
+half hour it would be in the Captain&rsquo;s stable. All of this is
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb43" href="#pb43">43</a>]</span>true,
+but still when the Captain had his back turned they made fun of him and
+referred to him as Sacristan Tiago.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>gobernadorcillo</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e1315src" href=
+"#xd0e1315">1</a> was an unhappy fellow who never commanded but always
+obeyed; he never attacked any one, but was always attacked; he never
+ordered anybody, but everybody ordered him; and besides, he had to take
+the responsibility for everything that they had commanded, ordered or
+disposed. The position had cost him five thousand <i>pesos</i> and many
+humiliations, but, considering the profits he made, the price was very
+cheap.</p>
+
+<p>San Diego was like Rome; not the Rome of the time of Romulus, when
+he marked out the walls with a plough, nor when, later, he bathed in
+his own blood and that of others and dictated laws to the world: no,
+San Diego was like the Rome of contemporaneous history, with this
+difference&mdash;instead of being a city of marble, monuments and
+coliseums, it was a city of <i>saual&icirc;</i><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e1325src" href="#xd0e1325">2</a> and cock-pits. The parochial
+priest of San Diego corresponded to the Pope in the Vatican; the <i>
+alferez</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e1330src" href="#xd0e1330">3</a>
+of the Civil Guard to the King of Italy in the Quirinal, but both in
+the same proportion as the <i>sauali</i> or native wood and the <i>
+nipa</i> cock-pits corresponded to the monuments of marble and
+coliseums. And in San Diego, as in Rome, there was continual trouble.
+Everybody wanted to be the leading se&ntilde;or, and there was always
+some one else in the way. Let us describe two of these ambitious
+citizens.</p>
+
+<p>Friar Bernando Salvi was the young and silent Franciscan whom we
+mentioned in a preceding chapter. He had even more of the customs and
+manners of his brotherhood than had his predecessor, the violent Father
+D&aacute;maso. He was slender, sickly, almost always pensive, and very
+strict in the fulfillment of his religious duties as well as very
+careful of his good name. A month after his arrival in the parish
+almost all the inhabitants became brothers of the &ldquo;Venerable
+Third Order,&rdquo; to the great grief of its rival, &ldquo;The
+Brotherhood of the Most Sacred Rosary.&rdquo; His heart leaped with joy
+at seeing on every neck in the town <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb44"
+href="#pb44">44</a>]</span>from four to five scapularies, a knotted
+cord around every waist, and every funeral procession dressed in habits
+of <i>guingon</i>. The sacristan mayor or head warden of the order made
+quite a little capital by selling and giving away all those things
+considered necessary to save the soul and overcome the devil.</p>
+
+<p>The only enemy of this powerful soul saver, with tendencies in
+accord with the times, was, as we have already stated, the <i>
+alferez</i>. The women relate a story of how the devil tried one day to
+tempt Father Salvi and how the latter caught him, tied him to the bed
+post, whipped him with a lash and kept him tied fast for nine days.
+Thus he had been able to conquer the devil entirely. As a result, any
+one who persisted in being an enemy of the priest was generally
+considered a worse man than the devil himself&mdash;an honor which the
+<i>alferez</i> alone enjoyed. But he merited this reputation. He had a
+wife, an old, powdered and painted Filipino by the name of Do&ntilde;a
+Consolaci&oacute;n. The husband and several other people called her by
+a different name, but that does not matter. Anyway, the <i>alferez</i>
+was accustomed to drown the sorrows of unhappy wedlock by getting as
+drunk as a toper. Then, when he was thoroughly intoxicated he would
+order his men to drill in the sun, he himself remaining in the shade,
+or, perhaps, he would occupy himself in beating his wife.</p>
+
+<p>When her husband was dead drunk, or was snoring away in a siesta,
+and Do&ntilde;a Consolaci&oacute;n could not fight with him, then,
+wearing a blue flannel shirt, she would seat herself in the window,
+with a cigar in her mouth. She had a dislike of children and so from
+her window she would scowl and make faces at every girl that passed.
+The girls, on the other hand, were afraid of her, and would hurry by at
+a quick pace, never daring to raise their eyes or draw a breath. But
+say what you may, Do&ntilde;a Consolaci&oacute;n had one great virtue;
+she was never known to look into a mirror.</p>
+
+<p>These were the leading people of San Diego.</p>
+
+<p>Toward the west of San Diego, surrounded by rice fields, lies a
+village of the dead. A single, narrow path, dusty on dry days, and
+navigable by boats when it rains, leads thither from the town. A wooden
+gate, and a fence, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb45" href=
+"#pb45">45</a>]</span>half stone and half bamboo, seem to separate the
+cemetery from the people in the town, but not from the goats and sheep
+of the parochial priest of the immediate vicinity. These animals go in
+and out to rummage among the tombs or to make that solitary place glad
+with their presence.</p>
+
+<p>One day a little old man entered the cemetery, his eyes sparkling
+and his head uncovered. Upon seeing him, many laughed, while a number
+of the women knit their eyebrows in scorn. The old man seemed to take
+no notice of these manifestations, but went directly toward a pile of
+skulls, knelt down and began to search among the bones. After he had
+sorted over with considerable care the skulls one by one, he drew his
+eyebrows together, as though he did not find what he was looking for,
+moved his head from side to side, looked in all directions, and finally
+got up and went over toward a grave-digger.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eh, there!&rdquo; he shouted to him.</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger raised his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know where that beautiful skull is, the one white as
+the meat of a cocoanut, with a complete set of teeth, which I had over
+there at the foot of the cross under those leaves?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger shrugged his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look you!&rdquo; added the little old man, bringing out of
+his pocket a handful of silver. &ldquo;I have more than that, but I
+will give it to you if you find the skull for me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The glitter of the coin made the grave-digger reflect. He looked
+over in the direction of the bone pile and said: &ldquo;Isn&rsquo;t it
+over there? No? Then I don&rsquo;t know where it is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you know? When my debtors pay me, I will give you
+more,&rdquo; continued the old man. &ldquo;It was my wife&rsquo;s
+skull, and if you find it for me&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Isn&rsquo;t it there. Then I don&rsquo;t know where it
+is,&rdquo; repeated the grave-digger with emphasis. &ldquo;But I will
+give you another.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are like the grave that you are digging,&rdquo; cried the
+old man irritably. &ldquo;You don&rsquo;t know the value of what you
+lose. For whom is this grave?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For a dead person, of course,&rdquo; replied the bad-humored
+man. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb46" href=
+"#pb46">46</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Like a tomb! Like a tomb!&rdquo; repeated the old man dryly.
+&ldquo;You don&rsquo;t know what you throw out nor what you swallow.
+Dig! dig!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At this the old man, who was Tasio, the village philosopher, turned
+and started toward the gate.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the grave-digger had finished his job, and two
+little mounds of fresh, red clay were piled on either side of the
+grave. He took some betel nut out of his broad-brimmed hat, and began
+to chew away, looking with an air of stupidity at everything within his
+horizon. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb47" href=
+"#pb47">47</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1315src" id="xd0e1315">1</a></span> Petty governor, the highest
+local official.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1325src" id="xd0e1325">2</a></span> Trellis work made of
+reeds.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1330src" id="xd0e1330">3</a></span> Local commander of the Civil
+Guard.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch8" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter VIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Ibarra and the Grave-Digger.</h2>
+
+<p>Just as the old man was leaving the cemetery, a carriage stopped at
+the entrance. It looked as though it had made a long journey; the
+horses were sweating and the vehicle was covered with dust. Ibarra
+stepped out and was followed by an old servant. He made a gesture to
+the driver and then turned down the path into the cemetery. He was
+silent and grave.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My sickness and my work have not permitted me to return,
+since the day of the funeral,&rdquo; said the old servant timidly.
+&ldquo;Captain Tiago said that he would see to it that a niche was
+arranged for, but I planted some flowers on the grave and erected a
+cross made by my own hands.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra did not reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Right there behind that large cross, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo;
+continued the servant, making a gesture toward one of the corners just
+as they passed through the gate.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was so preoccupied with sad thoughts that he did not notice
+the astonishment which some of the people in the cemetery manifested
+when they saw him enter. Those who were kneeling broke off their
+prayers and followed the young man, their eyes full of curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra walked along very carefully, and avoided stepping on the
+graves, which could be easily distinguished by the sunken ground. In
+other times he had walked over them; but to-day he respected them. His
+father lay in one of them. On coming to the other side of the large
+cross, he stopped and looked in all directions. His companion was
+confused and out of countenance. He searched for marks on the ground
+but could not find the cross anywhere.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it here?&rdquo; he murmured between his teeth. &ldquo;No,
+it is over there, but the earth has been removed.&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb48" href="#pb48">48</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him with an expression of anguish.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; he continued. &ldquo;I remember that there was a
+stone by the side of the grave. The grave was a little short, a farm
+hand had to dig it, as the grave-digger was sick at the time, but we
+will ask him what he has done with the cross.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They turned toward the grave-digger, who looked at them with
+curiosity. He saluted them, taking off his hat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you tell us which of the graves over there is the one
+which had a cross?&rdquo; asked the servant.</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger looked toward the place and seemed to reflect.
+&ldquo;A large cross?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, a large cross,&rdquo; answered the old man with joy,
+looking significantly at Ibarra, whose face was somewhat animated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;An ornamented cross, and fastened with reeds?&rdquo; repeated
+the grave-digger, questioning the servant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s it, that&rsquo;s it, yes, yes! Like this, like
+this,&rdquo; and the servant traced an outline of a Byzantine
+cross.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And were there some flowers sown on the grave?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Adelphas</i>, <i>sampagas</i> and pansies! That&rsquo;s
+it,&rdquo; added the servant, delighted, and offering the grave-digger
+a cigar. &ldquo;Tell us where the grave is and where the
+cross.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger scratched his ear and replied, yawning:
+&ldquo;Well, the cross&mdash;I have already burned it up.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Burned it? and why have you burned it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the head priest so ordered.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who is the head priest?&rdquo; asked Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who? The one who does the whipping.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra put his hand to his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you can at least tell us where the grave is? You ought to
+remember.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger smiled. &ldquo;The body is no longer there,&rdquo;
+he replied tranquilly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you say?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, no longer,&rdquo; the man added in a joking tone.
+&ldquo;Only a week ago I buried a woman in its place.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you crazy?&rdquo; the servant asked. &ldquo;Why, it is
+not yet a year since we buried him.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb49" href="#pb49">49</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then that is the one, for it was many months ago that I took
+up the body. The head priest of the parish ordered me to do it, in
+order to bury it in the Chinese cemetery. But as it was heavy and it
+was raining that night&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man could not finish. He stepped back, half frightened at the
+expression on Crisostomo&rsquo;s face. Ibarra made a rush at him, and,
+grabbing him by the arm, shook him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what did you do?&rdquo; the young man asked, in an
+indescribable tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Honored sir, do not get angry,&rdquo; he replied, pale and
+trembling. &ldquo;I did not bury the body among the Chinese. In my
+opinion a person might better be a suicide than be buried among the
+Chinese. I threw the body into the lake.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra laid both his hands on the man&rsquo;s shoulders and looked
+at him for a long time in a terrifying manner. &ldquo;You are only an
+unfortunate fellow,&rdquo; he said, at last, and left the place on a
+run across bones, graves, and crosses, like a madman.</p>
+
+<p>The grave-digger felt of his arm and murmured: &ldquo;What would
+they do with the dead! The head priest whips me with his cane for
+having left the body in the cemetery when I was sick. Now this fellow
+comes along and nearly breaks my arm for having taken it up. That is
+just like the Spaniards! I&rsquo;ll lose my place yet.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra went on in great haste, keeping his eyes fixed in the
+distance. The old servant followed him, crying. Already the sun was
+hidden; a large, dark cloud hung over the western horizon; and a dry
+wind bent the tops of the trees and made the fields of sugar cane
+groan. With hat in hand, he went on. Not one tear dropped from his eye,
+not one sigh came from his breast. He hurried on as if he were fleeing
+from somebody, or something&mdash;perhaps the shade of his father,
+perhaps the tempest which was approaching. He hurried through the town
+and headed toward the outlying country, toward that old house which he
+had not entered for so many years. The house was surrounded by a wall,
+near which many cacti grew, and as he approached they seemed to <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb50" href="#pb50">50</a>]</span>signal to him.
+The windows seemed to open, the <i>ilang-ilang</i> joyfully waved its
+branches, and the doves fluttered about the little tower on the peak of
+their garden house.</p>
+
+<p>But the young man did not notice these signs of welcome on his
+return to his old home. His eyes were riveted on the form of a priest
+who was advancing from the opposite direction. It was the priest of San
+Diego, that meditative Franciscan, the enemy of the <i>alferez</i> whom
+we have mentioned. The wind was playing with the wide wings of his hat,
+and the robe of <i>guingon</i> was flattened out, moulded by the wind
+to the outline of his form, marking his slender thighs and bow-legs. In
+his right hand he carried a cane. It was the first time that he and
+Ibarra had met.</p>
+
+<p>As they approached each other, the young man stopped and looked at
+him fixedly. Father Salvi avoided the look and was somewhat distracted.
+This vacillation lasted only a moment. Ibarra made a rush toward him,
+and stopped the priest from falling only by grasping his shoulder.
+Then, in a voice scarcely intelligible, he exclaimed:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done with my father?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Friar Salvi, pale and trembling, as he read the unmistakable
+sentiments which were depicted on the young man&rsquo;s face, could not
+reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done with my father?&rdquo; he asked again, his
+voice almost choking him.</p>
+
+<p>The priest, shrinking from the tight grasp of Ibarra&rsquo;s hand,
+at last made a great effort and said: &ldquo;You are mistaken. I have
+done nothing with your father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What? No?&rdquo; continued the young man, the weight of his
+hand on the priest&rsquo;s shoulder almost making him kneel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I assure you. It was my predecessor. It was Father
+D&aacute;maso&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; exclaimed the young man, throwing the priest down
+and giving him a slap in the face. And leaving Father Salvi, he turned
+quickly and went toward the house. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb51"
+href="#pb51">51</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch9" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter IX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Adventures of a School Teacher.</h2>
+
+<p>Laguna de Bay, surrounded by mountains, sleeps tranquilly in the
+stillness of the elements, as if it had not joined the chorus of the
+tempest on the night before. As first rays of dawn appear in the
+eastern sky and awaken the phosphorescent myriads in the water, long,
+grey shadows appear in the dim distance, almost on the border of the
+horizon. They are shadows of fishermen&rsquo;s boats at work drawing in
+the nets.</p>
+
+<p>Two men, dressed in deep mourning, from a lofty height contemplate
+the scene in silence. One is Ibarra, and the other is a young,
+meek-looking man with a melancholy countenance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here is the place!&rdquo; said the latter. &ldquo;Here is
+where your father&rsquo;s body was thrown into the water! The
+grave-digger brought Lieutenant Guevara and me here and pointed out the
+spot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, with emotion, warmly grasped the young man&rsquo;s hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You need not thank me!&rdquo; replied the latter. &ldquo;I
+owed your father for many favors he did me. The only thing I could ever
+do for him was to accompany his body to the grave. I had come to the
+town without knowing anybody, without any recommendations, without a
+reputation, without money, just as I am now. Your father protected me,
+procured a house for me, helped secure whatever was needed to advance
+education; he used to come to the school and distribute pennies among
+the poor and diligent pupils; he provided them with books and papers.
+But that, like all good things, did not last long.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra took off his hat and seemed to pray for a short time. Then he
+turned to his companion and said: &ldquo;Did <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb52" href="#pb52">52</a>]</span>you tell me that my father used to
+help the poor children<span class="corr" id="xd0e1527" title="Source:
+.">?</span> How is it now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, now they do the best they can.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And don&rsquo;t they come to school regularly?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, for their shirts are ragged and they are
+ashamed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra kept silent for a few moments.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How many pupils have you now?&rdquo; he asked, with a certain
+interest.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There are more than two hundred on the register, but only
+twenty-five in the class.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How does that happen?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher sadly smiled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a long and tedious story,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t think that I am asking out of vain
+curiosity,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, looking seriously at the distant
+horizon. &ldquo;I have been meditating a great deal on the matter, and
+I believe that it is far better to try to carry out the ideas of my
+father than to try to avenge him. His tomb is sacred Nature; and his
+enemies were the people and the priest. I can forgive the people for
+their ignorance, and as to the priest, I will pardon his character
+because I wish to respect the religion which he represents. I wish to
+be inspired with the spirit of the one who gave me life, and, that I
+may lend my help, I wish to know what are the obstacles here in the way
+of education.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The country will bless your memory, Se&ntilde;or, if you can
+carry out the beautiful and noble ideas of your dead father,&rdquo;
+said the school teacher. &ldquo;You wish to know what the obstacles
+are? Very well. We are now in such circumstances that unless something
+powerful intervenes, there will never be any education here. First,
+because there is no incentive or stimulus to the children, and,
+secondly, even when there is an incentive, lack of means and many
+prejudices kill it. They say that the son of a German peasant studies
+eight years in the town school. Who would want to spend half of that
+time in our schools, when the benefits to be derived are so small? Here
+the children read, and commit to memory verses and at times entire
+books in Spanish, but all without understanding a single word. What
+good can <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb53" href=
+"#pb53">53</a>]</span>the sons of our farmers get out of the school so
+long as this is the case?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you see the evil; have you not thought out a
+remedy?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, poor me!&rdquo; replied the teacher, shaking his head,
+&ldquo;a poor teacher cannot alone fight against prejudices, against
+existing influences. Above all, I would need to have a school house, so
+that I would not, as I do now, have to teach from the priest&rsquo;s
+carriage, under the convent. There, when the children want to read
+aloud, they naturally disturb the Father, who at times comes down and
+very nervous, especially when he has his attacks, finds fault with the
+children and insults me. You know very well that under such conditions
+no one can do any teaching. The child does not respect the teacher from
+that moment when he sees him mistreated by some one else without
+maintaining his rights. The teacher, if he is to be listened to, or if
+his authority is not to be doubted, needs prestige, a good name, moral
+strength, and a certain amount of freedom. If you will allow me, I will
+give you an illustration. I wished to introduce some reforms and they
+laughed at me. In order to remedy the evil that I spoke of a moment
+ago, I tried to teach the children Spanish, because, not only does the
+Government order it, but because it will be a great advantage for them
+to know the language. I employed the simplest method, used simple
+phrases and nouns without making use of hard rules, with the
+expectation of teaching them the grammar as soon as they had learned
+the language. At the end of several weeks, almost all the smarter ones
+in the school understood me and were able to compose phrases in
+Castellano.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The teacher stopped and seemed to be in doubt. Then, as if he had
+made up his mind, he began again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I ought not to be ashamed of the history of my grievances. If
+any one had been in my place, he would have had the same story to tell.
+As I was saying, I began well. Several days later the priest, who was
+then Father D&aacute;maso, sent the sacristan mayor to tell me that he
+wanted to see me. As I knew his character and was afraid to make him
+wait for me, I went up immediately, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb54"
+href="#pb54">54</a>]</span>saluted him and said good morning to him in
+Spanish. As was customary, when I saluted him, I advanced to kiss the
+hand which he held out, but just at that moment he withdrew it and,
+without replying to me, began to chuckle scoffingly. I was naturally
+disconcerted, and it was all done in the presence of the <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e1564" title="Source: sacristian">sacristan</span> mayor.
+At the moment, I did not know what to say. I stood and looked at him
+while he went on laughing. I had already become impatient and saw that
+I was on the point of <span class="corr" id="xd0e1567" title="Source:
+commiting">committing</span> an indiscretion. All of a sudden, he
+stopped laughing and added insult to injury. With a cunning air, he
+said to me: &lsquo;So it is <i lang="es">buenos dias</i>, eh? <i lang=
+"es">buenos dias</i>, ha, ha! How funny! Why, you know how to speak
+Spanish, do you?&rsquo; And then he continued his laugh.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra could not keep back his smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You laugh,&rdquo; replied the teacher, also smiling. &ldquo;I
+confess that I did not feel like smiling at that time. I felt the blood
+rush to my head, and a thunderbolt seemed to dazzle my brain. I saw the
+priest far off, very far from me. I started toward him to reply. The
+sacristan mayor interposed and said very seriously, in Tagalog:
+&lsquo;You want to stop wearing borrowed clothes. Be content to speak
+in your own language and do not spoil Spanish, which is not meant for
+you. You have heard about Ciruela? Well, Ciruela was a teacher who did
+not know how to read, but he taught school.&rsquo; I wanted to detain
+him for a moment, but he went quickly into his room and closed the door
+violently. What was I to do? In order to collect my salary I have to
+have the approval of the priest on my bill, and have to make a journey
+to the capital of the province. What could I do to him&mdash;the moral,
+political and civil authority of the town, sustained by his
+corporation, feared by the Government, rich, powerful, always
+consulting, advising, listening, believing and attending to
+everything&mdash;what could I do to him? If he insulted me, I had to
+keep my mouth closed. If I talked back, he would throw me out of work,
+spoiling my career. And what good would it do&mdash;education? On the
+contrary, everybody would take up the priest&rsquo;s side of the
+matter; they would criticise <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb55" href=
+"#pb55">55</a>]</span>me, they would call me vain, proud, arrogant, a
+poor Christian, poorly educated, and when not this, they would call me
+an anti-Spaniard and an agitator. The school teacher should have no
+authority. He should only be lazy, humble, and resigned to his low
+position. May God pardon me if I do not speak conscientiously and
+truthfully, but I was born in this country, I have to live, I have a
+mother to support and I have to be resigned to my lot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And have you continued to be discouraged on account of this
+trouble? Have you attempted nothing since?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Would to God that it had ended there!&rdquo; he replied.
+&ldquo;Would to God that that had been the end of my misfortunes. The
+truth is that from that day I began to take a dislike to my profession.
+Every day the school brought to my mind my disgrace and made every hour
+a bitter one for me. But what could I do? I could not disappoint my
+mother. I had to tell her that the three years of sacrifices which she
+had made for me in order that I might learn the profession now made me
+happy. I had to make her believe that the profession was a most
+honorable one, that the work was most pleasant, that the road was
+strewn with flowers and that the fulfillment of my duty produced
+nothing but friendships. If I had told her the contrary, I myself would
+still be as unhappy and would only make another unhappy, which was not
+only useless but a sin. So, I kept at my work and tried not to be
+discouraged. I tried to fight it down.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher made a short pause and then began again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know that the books in most of the schools are in
+Spanish, excepting the Tagalog catechism, which varies according to the
+corporation which appoints the priest of the parish. The books
+generally used in the school are novenaries, the &lsquo;Doxology&rsquo;
+and Father Astete&rsquo;s catechism, which are no more edifying than
+the books of heretics. On account of the fact that it was impossible to
+teach the children Spanish, as I wanted to do, and owing to the fact
+that I could not translate so many books into the native language, I
+decided to try to substitute <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb56" href=
+"#pb56">56</a>]</span>for them gradually, short verses, extracts from
+the best Tagalog books, such as the &lsquo;Treatise on Urbanity&rsquo;
+by Hortensio y Feliza, and some of the little pamphlets on agriculture.
+Sometimes I myself translated small works, such as the &lsquo;History
+of the Philippines,&rsquo; by Father Barranera, and afterward dictated
+to the pupils for their note books, adding at times some of my own
+observations. As I had no maps to teach them geography, I copied one of
+those of the province which I saw in the capital, and with this
+reproduction and, by the aid of the tiles on the floor, I was able to
+give them some ideas about the country. The new priest sent for me.
+Although he did not reprimand me severely, he told me, however, that my
+first duty was to teach religion, and that before I began to teach any
+such things I must prove by an examination that all the children knew
+by heart the &lsquo;Mysteries,&rsquo; the &lsquo;Doxology,&rsquo; and
+the &lsquo;Catechism of the Christian Doctrine.&rsquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So, in the meantime, I am endeavoring to convert the children
+into parrots so that they will know by heart all of these things of
+which they do not understand a single word. Many of the pupils already
+know the &lsquo;Mysteries&rsquo; and the &lsquo;Doxology,&rsquo; but I
+fear that I am making Father Astete&rsquo;s efforts useless, inasmuch
+as my pupils do not even distinguish between the questions and the
+answers, or what either of them signifies. Thus we shall die and thus
+shall do those who are yet to be born; yet in Europe they talk about
+Progress!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us not be so pessimistic,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, rising
+to his feet. &ldquo;The <i>teniente mayor</i> has invited me to attend
+a town meeting to be held in the tribunal. Who knows but that some plan
+for improvement may there be adopted!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher arose to go, shaking his head in token of doubt.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb57" href="#pb57">57</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch10" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter X.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Lights and Shadows.</h2>
+
+<p>The people of the town have made their preparation for the festival
+in honor of the patron saint, San Diego, and are gossiping about it,
+and about the arrival of Maria Clara, accompanied by her aunt Isabel.
+They rejoiced over it, because they liked her, and admired her beauty
+very much. They also rejoiced in the change it had made in the priest,
+Father Salvi. &ldquo;He is often absent-minded during the holy
+services,&rdquo; they said. &ldquo;He scarcely speaks with us, and he
+plainly grows more thin and taciturn.&rdquo; His cook saw this
+constantly and complained of the little honor that he did his dishes.
+But what most excited the wonder of the people were the two lights
+which one could see shining in the convent during the night, while
+Father Salvi was visiting at the house of Maria Clara! The old dames
+crossed themselves and kept on gossiping.</p>
+
+<p>Juan Crisostomo Ibarra had telegraphed from the capital of the
+province his compliments to Aunt Isabel and her niece, but he had not
+explained his absence. Many thought that he had been arrested for
+assaulting Father Salvi on the afternoon of &ldquo;All Saint&rsquo;s
+Day.&rdquo; But the comments increased still more when, on the
+afternoon of the third day, they saw Ibarra get out of a carriage in
+front of the little house of his betrothed, and courteously salute the
+priest, who was also making his way thither.</p>
+
+<p>If we go to Maria Clara&rsquo;s house, we will find it like a little
+nest among orange and <i>ilang-ilang</i> trees, surrounded by flowers
+and vines which creep up on bamboo sticks and wires, diffusing their
+delicious perfume. The rich fragrance of the <i>ilang-ilang</i> reaches
+even to the window which looks out on the lake. Here sit the two young
+lovers. Ibarra was saying to Maria Clara:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow, before the first ray of morning, your desire shall
+be fulfilled. To-night, I shall arrange all so that nothing will be
+lacking.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb58" href=
+"#pb58">58</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I will write to my friends, so that they may come along.
+Arrange it so that the priest cannot come.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And why?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because he seems to be watching me. His deep and sombre eyes
+pain me. When he fixes them upon me, they frighten me. He speaks to me
+of extraordinary things, so incomprehensible, so strange. He asked me
+once if I had not dreamed about my mother&rsquo;s letters. I believe he
+is half crazy. My friend Sinang, and Andeng, my foster sister, say that
+he is a little out of his head, for he neither eats nor bathes, and he
+lives entirely in the darkness. Don&rsquo;t have him come!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We cannot but invite him,&rdquo; replied Ibarra. &ldquo;The
+customs of the country require it. He is the priest of your house and,
+besides, he has conducted himself nobly toward me. When the <i>
+Alcalde</i> consulted him on the business of which I have spoken to
+you, he had nothing but praises for me and did not pretend to offer the
+slightest obstacle. But I see that you are serious. I shall take care
+that he does not accompany us in the boat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Light steps were heard. They were those of the priest, who was
+approaching with a forced smile on his lips. They began to talk of
+different subjects, about the weather, the town and the festival. Maria
+Clara devised an excuse and went out.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And while we are speaking about festivals,&rdquo; said
+Ibarra, &ldquo;allow me to invite you to the one which we are going to
+celebrate to-morrow. It is going to be a country picnic, which we and
+our friends are planning.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And where will it be held?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The girls want to hold it near the brook in the woods, near
+the <i>balit&icirc;</i> tree. So we will have to get up early to reach
+the place before the sun gets hot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The priest reflected, and a moment later replied: &ldquo;The
+invitation is very tempting, and I accept it in order to prove that I
+hold no grudge against you for what has happened in the past. But I
+will have to be a little late, as I must fulfill my religious duties
+first. How happy to be like you, entirely free and
+independent!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A few minutes later, Ibarra took his leave in order to arrange for
+the picnic on the following day. It was already quite dark when he left
+the house. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb59" href=
+"#pb59">59</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch11" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Fishing Party.</h2>
+
+<p>The stars were still shining in the sapphire heavens, and the birds
+were sleeping on the branches of the trees, when a jolly little party,
+by the light from the pitch torches, wandered through the streets of
+the town toward the lake.</p>
+
+<p>Five young maidens, clinging to each other&rsquo;s hands or belts,
+tripped along briskly. Behind them came several elderly women and a
+number of servants gracefully carrying on their heads baskets filled
+with provisions and various dishes for the picnic. On seeing their
+joyful faces, with their youthful smiles, their beautiful black hair as
+it floated in the breeze, and the wide folds of their pretty dresses,
+you would have taken them for goddesses of the night and would have
+thought that they were fleeing from day&mdash;if perchance you had not
+already known that it was Maria Clara and her four friends: jolly
+Sinang; her cousin, the serious Victoria; beautiful Iday; and the
+pensive Neneng, pretty, modest and timid.</p>
+
+<p>They were talking with animation; they laughed; pinched each other;
+whispered in each other&rsquo;s ears and then burst out in shouts of
+merriment.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You girls will wake up everybody in town. Don&rsquo;t you
+know that people are still asleep?&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel,
+reprimanding them. &ldquo;When we were young, we didn&rsquo;t make such
+a noise.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you didn&rsquo;t get up as early as we do, nor were the
+old men such great sleepers in your day,&rdquo; replied little
+Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>They were quiet for a moment and were trying to talk in a low voice,
+but they quickly forgot themselves and were again filling the streets
+with their youthful laughter and melodious voices. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb60" href="#pb60">60</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Several young fellows were coming down the street, lighting their
+way with large bamboo torches. They were marching along almost
+noiselessly to the tune of a guitar.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That guitar sounds as though some beggar were playing
+it,&rdquo; said Sinang, laughing. But when the young fellows caught up
+with the rest of the party, the girls suddenly became as quiet and as
+serious as though they never had learned how to laugh. The young men,
+however, chatted away, saluted the ladies, laughed and smiled and asked
+half a dozen questions without giving the girls time to answer any one
+of them.</p>
+
+<p>The two large <i>bancas</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd0e1676src"
+href="#xd0e1676">1</a> which had been secured to transport the picnic
+party to the fishing grounds, were fastened together and picturesquely
+adorned with wreaths and garlands of flowers and a large number of
+vari-colored candles. Paper lanterns hung from the improvised covering
+of the <i>bancas</i>. Alternately with these were roses, pinks and
+baskets of fruits such as pineapples, <i>kasuys</i>, bananas, <i>
+guayabas</i> and <i>lanzones</i>. Ibarra had brought his carpets,
+blankets and rugs and arranged comfortable seats for the ladies. The
+poles and paddles used to propel the <i>bancas</i> had also been
+ornamented. In the better <i>banca</i> were a harp, guitars,
+accordeons, and a buffalo horn; while, in the other boat, a little fire
+had been lighted in an improvised stove in order that tea, coffee and
+<i>salabat</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e1699src" href=
+"#xd0e1699">2</a> might be prepared for the light breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The women sit here; the men, there,&rdquo; said the mothers
+on stepping into the <i>banca</i>. &ldquo;Sit still and don&rsquo;t
+move, or we will be capsized.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cross yourselves before we start,&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel, as
+she traced the form of a cross on her breast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And are we to be here all by ourselves,&rdquo; asked Sinang,
+on seeing how the girls had been separated from the young men, by the
+assignment of the seats. Then making a grimace she asked again,
+&ldquo;Are we going to be all alone? <i>Aray!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This <i>aray</i> was caused by a little pinch which her mother had
+given her on the arm in the way of a reprimand for her complaint. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb61" href="#pb61">61</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The <i>bancas</i> were now putting off slowly from the shore. The
+light from the torches and Japanese lanterns was reflected in the
+water, for the lake was as smooth as a mirror. In the far eastern
+horizon could be seen the first rosy tints of the approaching dawn.</p>
+
+<p>Everything was very quiet. The young women, in consequence of the
+separation from the young men, seemed to be absorbed in meditation.</p>
+
+<p>As the water was smooth as glass and the bamboo weirs where the fish
+were to be found were not far off, and, it was still early, it was
+decided that all should stop paddling and take breakfast. The lights
+were put out, for the day had dawned and preparations were made for <i>
+desayuno</i>.<a class="noteref" id="xd0e1732src" href=
+"#xd0e1732">3</a></p>
+
+<p>The entire party became jolly as they breathed in the light breeze
+that had come up. Even the women, so full of presentiments a few
+moments ago, were now laughing and joking among themselves.</p>
+
+<p>One young man alone of all the party remained silent. He was the
+pilot, an athletic-looking fellow, and interesting on account of his
+large, sad eyes and the severe lines of his lips. His long, black hair
+fell gracefully over his powerful neck. He wore a shirt of coarse dark
+cloth, through which his powerful muscles could be plainly seen as he
+manipulated with his strong arms the wide, heavy paddle as if it were
+only a pen. This paddle served both to propel and to steer the <i>
+bancas</i>.</p>
+
+<p>More than once he was embarrassed when he caught Maria Clara looking
+at him. Then he would turn his eyes quickly to some other direction and
+look far off toward the mountain, or the shore of the lake. The young
+maiden pitied him in his solitude and offered him some biscuits. The
+pilot looked at her with surprise, but only for a moment. He took the
+biscuits, thanked her very briefly and in a voice scarcely audible.</p>
+
+<p>No one else took any notice of him. The happy laughter and jolly
+conversation of the young men did not cause him to relax a single
+muscle of his face. Not even Sinang, with all her jollity, had any
+effect on him. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb62" href=
+"#pb62">62</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wait a minute!&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel to the boatman&rsquo;s
+son, who had made ready his net and was just about to go up on the <i>
+baklad</i> to take out the fish from the little enclosure at the end of
+the weir. &ldquo;We must have everything ready, so that the fish may
+pass directly from the water to the pot.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Andeng, the pretty foster sister of Maria Clara, despite her clear
+complexion and laughing face, had the reputation of being a good cook.
+She prepared the rice, tomatoes, and <i>camias</i>,<a class="noteref"
+id="xd0e1757src" href="#xd0e1757">4</a> while some of the young men
+tried to aid or bother her, perhaps in order to win her good will. The
+other girls were busy cleaning and making ready the lettuce, cabbage
+and peas, and cutting up paayap in pieces about the size of a
+cigarette.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Andeng announced that the kettle was ready to receive its
+guests&mdash;the fish.</p>
+
+<p>The fisherman&rsquo;s son went up on top of the rack at the end of
+the weir. He took a position at the narrow entrance, over which might
+have been written: &ldquo;All who enter here leave hope behind,&rdquo;
+if indeed the unfortunate fish would know how to read and understand
+it, for a fish who enters never gets out except to die. The rack is
+almost circular in form and about a meter in diameter, and is so
+arranged that a man can stand on top of one end of it and thus take out
+the fish with his net.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There, it wouldn&rsquo;t tire me a bit to fish that
+way,&rdquo; said Sinang, quite joyful.</p>
+
+<p>All were watching attentively. Already some of them in their vivid
+imaginations thought they could see the fish wiggling their tails and
+trying to get out of the little net, their scales shining in the bright
+sun. However, the young man failed to catch a single fish in his first
+attempt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It ought to be full of fish,&rdquo; said Albino, in a low
+voice. &ldquo;It is more than five days since we visited the place
+last.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The fisherman drew out his net a second time, but not a fish was
+there in it. The water, as it trickled through the meshes of the net in
+countless drops which reflected <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb63"
+href="#pb63">63</a>]</span>the rays of the sun, seemed to laugh in
+silvery tones. An &ldquo;Ah&rdquo; of surprise, disgust, and
+disappointment escaped from the lips of all.</p>
+
+<p>The young fellow repeated the same operation, but with a similar
+result.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You don&rsquo;t understand your business!&rdquo; said Albino
+to him as he stepped up on the rack and took the net from the hands of
+the youngster. &ldquo;Now you will see! Andeng, open up the
+kettle!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But Albino did not understand his business, either. The net came up
+empty as before. All began to laugh.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t make any noise,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;or the
+fish will hear it and will keep from being caught. This net must have a
+hole in it somewhere.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But every mesh in the net was perfect.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me take it!&rdquo; said Leon, Iday&rsquo;s lover, to
+Albino.</p>
+
+<p>Leon first made sure that the enclosure was in good condition and
+then examined the net carefully and satisfied himself that there was
+nothing wrong with it. He then asked: &ldquo;Are you sure that no one
+has been out here for five days?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are sure! The last time any one was out here was on All
+Saints&rsquo; Day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then, I am going to bring out something this time,
+unless the lake is bewitched.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Leon lowered the net by its bamboo handle into the water, but a look
+of surprise was painted on his face. In silence he looked toward the
+neighboring mountain and continued moving the handle of the net from
+one side to the other. Finally, without taking the net out of the
+water, he murmured in a low voice: &ldquo;An alligator.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;An alligator!&rdquo; exclaimed half a dozen voices, and the
+word was repeated again while all stood frightened and stupefied.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did you say?&rdquo; they asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I say that there is an alligator caught in the rack,&rdquo;
+said Leon, and sticking the handle of the net into the water again he
+continued: &ldquo;Do you hear that sound? That is not sand, it is hard
+skin, the back of the alligator. Do you see how he wiggles the bamboo
+pickets in the rack? He is struggling hard but he cannot do anything.
+Wait. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb64" href="#pb64">64</a>]</span>He
+is a large fellow; his body measures a palm or more in
+width.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall be done?&rdquo; was the question.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Catch him,&rdquo; said one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> And who will catch him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Nobody offered to dive down to the bottom of the rack. The water was
+very deep.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We ought to tie him to our <i>banca</i> and drag him along in
+triumph,&rdquo; said Sinang. &ldquo;The idea of his eating the fish
+which we ought to have!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have never seen to this day a live alligator,&rdquo; said
+Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>The pilot rose to his feet, took a long rope and went up cautiously
+to the platform on the top of the rack. Leon gave up his position to
+him.</p>
+
+<p>With the exception of Maria Clara, none up till now had paid any
+attention to him. Now every one was admiring his fine stature.</p>
+
+<p>To the great surprise of all and in spite of all their cries, the
+pilot leaped into the enclosure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take this knife!&rdquo; shouted Crisostomo, drawing out a
+wide-bladed Toledo knife.</p>
+
+<p>But already a thousand little bubbles were rising to the surface of
+the water, and all that was going on in the depths below was wrapped in
+mystery.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s, Maria y Jos&eacute;!</i>&rdquo; exclaimed
+the women. &ldquo;We are going to have a misfortune. <i>Jes&uacute;s,
+Maria y Jos&eacute;!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be alarmed, se&ntilde;oras,&rdquo; said the old
+boatman. &ldquo;If there is any one in this province who can do it, it
+is that fellow who has just gone down.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is his name?&rdquo; they asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We call him &lsquo;The Pilot&rsquo;; he is the best I have
+ever seen, only he does not like his profession.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The water was being stirred violently, and it seemed that a fierce
+fight was being waged in the depths of the lake. The sides of the
+enclosure swayed to and fro, while the water seemed to be swirled by a
+dozen currents. All held their breath. Ibarra grasped tightly the
+handle of his sharp knife.</p>
+
+<p>The fight seemed to be at an end. The head of the young man rose to
+the surface of the water, and the sight <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb65" href="#pb65">65</a>]</span>was greeted by joyful shouts from
+all. The eyes of the women were full of tears.</p>
+
+<p>The pilot crawled up on the platform carrying in his hand the end of
+the rope, and as soon as he was able pulled on it.</p>
+
+<p>The monster appeared on top of the water. He had the rope tied twice
+around his neck, and once behind his forelegs. He was a large fellow,
+as Leon had already announced. He was beautifully colored and green
+moss was growing on his back. He bellowed like an ox, struck his tail
+against the sides of the enclosure, snapped at them, and opened his
+black, frightful-looking mouth, showing his long teeth.</p>
+
+<p>The pilot, unassisted, raised him up out of the water. No one
+offered to help him. Just as soon as the animal was out of the water
+and placed on the platform, the pilot put his foot on his back. Then,
+closing the animal&rsquo;s massive jaws, he tried to tie his big snout
+tight with the rope. The reptile made a last effort, doubled up his
+body, struck the floor of the platform with his powerful tail and,
+breaking loose, made a leap into the water of the lake, on the other
+side of the weir, at the same time dragging with him his captor. It
+seemed that the pilot would be a dead man. A cry of horror went up from
+all.</p>
+
+<p>Like a flash of lightning, another body leaped into the water. So
+quickly was it done that they had scarcely time to see that it was
+Ibarra. Maria Clara did not faint, simply because the Filipinos do not
+know how to faint.</p>
+
+<p>They all saw the water become colored, and tinged with blood. The
+young fisherman leaped to the bottom with his bolo in his hand; his
+father followed him. But, scarcely had they disappeared, when they saw
+Crisostomo and the pilot reappear, clinging to the body of the reptile.
+The monster&rsquo;s white belly was slashed, while in his throat the
+knife still stuck like a nail.</p>
+
+<p>It is impossible to describe the joy that came over the party at the
+sight; all arms were extended to help them out of the water. The old
+women were half crazed with joy, and laughed and prayed. Andeng forgot
+that her kettle had been boiling three different times; now it was
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb66" href="#pb66">66</a>]</span>leaking
+and had put out the fire. The only one who could not speak was Maria
+Clara.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was unhurt. The pilot had a slight scratch on his arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I owe you my life!&rdquo; said he to Ibarra as the latter
+wrapped himself up in the shawls and blankets. The voice of the pilot
+had a ring of sincerity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are too bold,&rdquo; replied Ibarra. &ldquo;Another time
+you must not tempt God.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you had never come back!&rdquo; exclaimed Maria, pale and
+trembling.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I had never come back and you had followed after
+me,&rdquo; replied the young man, &ldquo;I would have been with all my
+family in the bottom of the lake.&rdquo; Ibarra was thinking that in
+those depths lay the remains of his father.</p>
+
+<p>The mothers of the girls did not want to go to the other <i>
+baklad</i> or weir. They preferred to go back home happy, for the day
+had commenced with a bad omen and they feared that they would suffer
+many misfortunes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is all because we have not heard mass,&rdquo; sighed one
+of them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what misfortune have we had, se&ntilde;oras?&rdquo; asked
+Ibarra. &ldquo;The alligator was the unfortunate one.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That goes to show,&rdquo; concluded Albino, &ldquo;that, in
+all his fishing life, this reptile has never heard mass. I never saw
+him, I am sure, among the other reptiles who frequent the
+church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>bancas</i> were turned toward the other fish rack, and it was
+necessary for Andeng to get the water boiling again.</p>
+
+<p>The day was advancing; a breeze was blowing; little waves were
+stirred up on the water, and rippled around the alligator. The music
+began again. Iday was playing the harp, while the young men were
+playing the accordeons and guitars with more or less skill. But the one
+who played best was Albino.</p>
+
+<p>The other weir was visited with an entire lack of confidence. Many
+of the party expected to find there the mate to the alligator, but
+Nature fooled them and every time that the net was lowered it was
+brought up full of fish. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb67" href=
+"#pb67">67</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>They then headed for the shore of the lake, where is situated the
+forest of trees centuries old, owned by Ibarra. There in the shade and
+near the crystal brook the party were to take their breakfast among the
+flowers or under improvised tents. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb68"
+href="#pb68">68</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1676src" id="xd0e1676">1</a></span> A narrow canoe.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1699src" id="xd0e1699">2</a></span> A drink made of honey and
+ginger.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1732src" id="xd0e1732">3</a></span> A light, early breakfast.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e1757src" id="xd0e1757">4</a></span> A native fruit.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch12" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">In the Woods.</h2>
+
+<p>Very early that morning Father Salv&iacute; had said mass, cleaning,
+according to his custom, a dozen dirty souls in a few minutes. The
+reading of a few letters, which had arrived well sealed with wax,
+seemed to cause the worthy curate to lose his appetite, for he allowed
+his chocolate to get cold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Father is ill,&rdquo; said the cook as he prepared
+another cup. &ldquo;It is several days since he has eaten anything; of
+six dishes which I put on the table for him, he has not touched
+two.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It must be that he does not sleep well,&rdquo; replied the
+servant. &ldquo;He has nightmare since he changed his bedroom. Every
+day his eyes are sinking deeper, he grows gradually thinner, and is
+very yellow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, it was a pitiful sight to behold Father
+Salv&iacute;. He did not care to touch his second cup of chocolate, nor
+to taste the Cebu cakes. He walked pensively to and fro in the spacious
+<i>sala</i>, crumpling between his bony fingers some letters which he
+would read from time to time. Finally, he called for his carriage, got
+ready and ordered the coachman to take him to the woods where the
+picnic was to be held. Arriving at the place, Father Salv&iacute;
+dismissed the carriage and all alone, entered the forest.</p>
+
+<p>A shady but difficult path runs through the thicket and leads to the
+brook which is formed by the hot springs so plentiful at the base of
+Mount Makiling.</p>
+
+<p>For some time, Father Salv&iacute; was wandering among the thick
+underbrush, here trying to evade the thorns which entangled his habit
+of <i>guingon</i> as if to detain him; there trying to step over the
+roots of the trees which stuck up through the ground and made the
+inexperienced traveler <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb69" href=
+"#pb69">69</a>]</span>stumble again and again. Suddenly he stopped.
+Mirthful laughter and the sound of young voices reached his ears. The
+voices and the laughter seemed to come from the direction of the brook
+and each time seemed to be coming nearer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am going to see if I can find a heron&rsquo;s nest,&rdquo;
+said a voice, beautiful and sweet, and at once recognized by the
+curate. &ldquo;You know they say that if a person possesses one of
+those nests he can make himself invisible to everybody. How I would
+like to see <i>him</i> and not have him see me! I could follow him
+everywhere.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; hid behind the thick trunk of an old tree and
+listened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is to say, you want to do with him what the curate does
+with you: watch him everywhere?&rdquo; replied the merry voice.
+&ldquo;Be careful, for jealousy makes one grow thin and the eyes sink
+in.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no. It is not jealousy, it is pure curiosity,&rdquo;
+replied the silvery voice, while the other repeated, &ldquo;yes, yes,
+jealousy; that&rsquo;s what it is.&rdquo; And then she broke out in a
+merry chuckle.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I were jealous of <i>him</i> I would not use the
+heron&rsquo;s nest to make myself invisible to him, but would make him
+invisible to everybody else.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But then you yourself would not be able to see him and you
+would not want that to happen. The best thing to do, if we find a
+heron&rsquo;s nest is to give it to the priest. Then he could watch us
+as much as he pleased, and we would not be troubled with the sight of
+him. What do you think of the idea?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I don&rsquo;t believe in the story about the
+heron&rsquo;s nests, anyway,&rdquo; replied one. &ldquo;But if I were
+really jealous I would know how to keep watch of a person and make
+myself invisible....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And how? How would you do it? Perhaps you would do as Sister
+Listener does in the convent?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This reference to days passed in the convent provoked a jolly laugh
+all around.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; saw from his hiding-place Maria Clara, Victoria,
+and Sinang, wading in the stream. All three were looking into the
+water, which was like a mirror, in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb70"
+href="#pb70">70</a>]</span>search of the heron&rsquo;s nest. They were
+getting wet up to their knees, the wide folds of their bathing skirts
+allowing one to guess how graceful were the curves of their limbs. They
+were wearing their hair loose and their arms were bare. Striped,
+bright-colored bodices covered their breasts. The three lasses, at the
+same time that they were hunting for that which did not exist,
+collected flowers and plants which were growing on the banks of the
+stream.</p>
+
+<p>The religious Acteon, pale and immovable, stood gazing upon Maria
+Clara, that chaste Diana. The eyes which shone in those dark orbits
+never tired of admiring those white and beautiful arms, that pretty,
+round neck, those tiny and rosy feet as they played in the water. As he
+contemplated all this, strange feelings were awakened in his breast,
+new dreams took possession of his burning mind.</p>
+
+<p>The three pretty forms disappeared in a thick growth of bamboo
+behind a bend in the stream, but their cruel allusions could still be
+heard by the curate. Intoxicated with the strange ideas in his head,
+staggering, and covered with perspiration, Father Salv&iacute; left his
+hiding-place and looked about him in all directions with staring eyes.
+He stood immovable, in doubt. He took a few steps as if to follow the
+young women, but he turned about, and walked along the bank of the
+stream in order to find the rest of the picnic party.</p>
+
+<p>Some distance ahead, in the middle of the stream, he could see a
+bathing place well enclosed by bamboo. He could hear, merry laughter
+and feminine accents coming from that direction. Still further down the
+stream he could see a bamboo bridge and some men in bathing. In the
+meantime, a multitude of servants were bustling about the improvised
+fireplaces, some engaged in plucking chickens, others in washing rice
+and roasting pig. And there on the opposite bank, in a clearing which
+had been made, were a number of men and women under a tent. The tent
+had been made by hanging canvas from the limbs of some of the old trees
+and by erecting a few poles. There in the group was the <i>alferez</i>,
+the <i>teniente mayor</i>, the coadjutor, the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>,
+the school teacher, a number, of past captains and lieutenants,
+including even <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb71" href=
+"#pb71">71</a>]</span>Captain Basilio, who was Sinang&rsquo;s father,
+and the former rival of the deceased Don Rafael. Ibarra had said to
+him: &ldquo;The mere fact that we are parties to a law-suit does not
+mean that we have to be enemies.&rdquo; So it was that the celebrated
+orator of the conservative party had accepted the invitation to the
+picnic with enthusiasm, and had even brought along three turkeys and
+put his servants at the disposition of the young man.</p>
+
+<p>The parish priest was received with respect and deference by all,
+even by the <i>alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But where did Your Reverence come from?&rdquo; some one asked
+on seeing his face full of scratches, and his habit covered with leaves
+and pieces of dried branches. &ldquo;Has Your Reverence fallen
+down?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, I lost my way,&rdquo; replied Father Salv&iacute;,
+looking down and examining his clothes.</p>
+
+<p>Bottles of lemonade were opened, green cocoanuts were cut in two so
+that those who were coming out of the bath might have the refreshing
+milk to drink and the delicate meat to eat. The young women in addition
+received rosaries of <i>sampagas</i> interwoven with roses and <i>
+ilang-ilang</i>, which gave a beautiful fragrance to their loose hair.
+Some were sitting or lying in hammocks which had been hung from the
+branches of the trees; others were entertaining themselves in a game
+that was going on around a large, flat stone. Playing cards, checkers,
+dice and many other games were in progress.</p>
+
+<p>They showed the alligator to the curate, but he seemed absorbed and
+paid no attention until they mentioned the fact that the wide wound in
+the animal&rsquo;s neck had been made by Ibarra. Then, too, the pilot,
+the principal figure in the incident, had disappeared and could not be
+found anywhere.</p>
+
+<p>Finally Maria Clara came out of the bath, accompanied by her
+friends, fresh as a rose when first it blooms, and when the dew on its
+divine petals glistens like diamonds. Her first smile was for Ibarra;
+and her first frown for Father Salv&iacute;. The latter noticed this,
+but he did not even sigh.</p>
+
+<p>It was now time to eat. The curate, the coadjutor, the <i>
+alferez</i>, the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, and some of the captains,
+together <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb72" href=
+"#pb72">72</a>]</span>with the <i>tenente mayor</i> sat down at the
+table over which Ibarra presided. The mothers of the girls did not
+allow any one to eat at the table with their charges.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know anything yet, Se&ntilde;or Alferez, about the
+criminal who assaulted Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo; asked Father
+Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About what criminal, Father?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>,
+looking at the parish priest through his empty wine glass.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;About whom could it be? About the one who, day before
+yesterday, struck Father D&aacute;maso, of course.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Struck Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo; asked a number of
+voices.</p>
+
+<p>The coadjutor was seen to smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; and Father D&aacute;maso is now in bed. It is believed
+that the culprit was that same Elias who once threw you into a
+mud-hole, Se&ntilde;or Alferez.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> colored up a little, either from shame or too
+much wine.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thought that you were interested in the affair,&rdquo;
+continued Father Salv&iacute;, with a little jeering in his manner.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> bit his lips and mumbled out a silly excuse.</p>
+
+<p>The meal ended and, while tea and coffee were being served, the
+young and old distributed themselves about in various groups. Some
+picked up playing cards and others dice, but the young women, anxious
+to know the future, preferred to try their luck with the wheel of
+fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, Se&ntilde;or Ibarra,&rdquo; shouted Captain Basilio,
+who was a little bit jolly. &ldquo;We have a law-suit that has been
+pending for fifteen years, and there isn&rsquo;t a judge in the Supreme
+Court in Manila who can decide it. Let us see if we can settle it on
+the chess board. What do you say?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The game of chess began with much solemnity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If the game is a draw,&rdquo; said Ibarra, &ldquo;it is
+understood that the suit is off.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>About the middle of the game, Ibarra received a telegram which made
+his eyes glisten and his face grow pale. He put it in his pocket-book,
+not, however, without directing a glance at the group of young women
+who continued with much laughter to play the wheel of fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Check to the king!&rdquo; said the young man. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb73" href="#pb73">73</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Captain Basilio had no other resort than to hide him behind the
+queen.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Check to the queen!&rdquo; said Ibarra, threatening it with
+his rook, which was defended by a pawn.</p>
+
+<p>Not being able to cover the queen, nor to retire it on account of
+the fact that the king was behind it, Captain Basilio asked permission
+to study the situation a little.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly, with much pleasure,&rdquo; replied Ibarra.
+&ldquo;I will take advantage of the opportunity, for I have something
+to say to some of the members of that group over there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And rising to his feet, he gave his opponent half an hour to study
+it out.</p>
+
+<p>Iday held in her hands the strip of cardboard on which was written
+forty-eight questions, while Albino held the book which contained the
+answers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s a lie! It&rsquo;s not so! It lies!&rdquo; cried
+Sinang, half in tears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you?&rdquo; asked Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just imagine it: I asked the question &lsquo;When will I have
+some sense?&rsquo; I threw the dice and he, this all-night-watching
+priest (Albino, the ex-seminary student) reads from the book:
+&lsquo;When the frogs grow hairs.&rsquo; What do you think of
+that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Sinang made a face at the former religious student, who was
+still laughing heartily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who told you to ask such a question?&rdquo; said her cousin
+Victoria. &ldquo;Any one who asks such a question deserves just such an
+answer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You ask a question!&rdquo; said they all to Ibarra. &ldquo;We
+have agreed that the one who receives the best answer shall receive a
+gift from the others. We have all asked our questions
+already.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who has received the best answer?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria Clara, Maria Clara!&rdquo; replied Sinang. &ldquo;We
+made her ask the question whether you loved her or not: &lsquo;Is your
+lover faithful and constant,&rsquo; and the book
+replied&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But Maria Clara colored up, and, putting her hands over
+Sinang&rsquo;s mouth, did not allow her to finish what she had to say.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb74" href="#pb74">74</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, let me try it,&rdquo; said Crisostomo, smiling.</p>
+
+<p>He asked the question: &ldquo;Will I succeed in my present
+undertaking?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are going to get a bad answer,&rdquo; exclaimed
+Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra threw the dice, and noting the number, they looked for the
+page in the little book with the corresponding answer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dreams are only dreams,&rdquo; read Albino.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra took out his pocket-book and opened it trembling.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This time your book has lied,&rdquo; he said, full of joy.
+&ldquo;Read this!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<p>&ldquo;Plan for school house approved; other matter decided in your
+favor.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<p>&ldquo;What does that mean?&rdquo; they all asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you not tell me that the one who received the best answer
+was to get a present?&rdquo; the young man asked, his voice trembling
+with emotion while he carefully divided the paper into two parts.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, yes!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then! This is my gift,&rdquo; he said handing half of
+the telegram to Maria Clara. &ldquo;I am going to have a school house
+for boys and girls erected in the town. This school house will be my
+gift.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And this other piece: what does that mean?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will give that to the one who has obtained the worst
+answer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then that is for me!&rdquo; exclaimed Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra gave her the piece of paper and quickly went off.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what does this mean?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But the happy young man was already far away from the little group
+and he did not reply. He had gone to finish the game of chess.</p>
+
+<p>After making the present to his betrothed, Ibarra was so happy that
+he began to play without stopping to think or even examining carefully
+the position of the chess. As a result, although Captain Basilio had
+defended himself <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb75" href=
+"#pb75">75</a>]</span>only by the greatest effort, the young man made
+so many mistakes that the game resulted in a draw.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We end the suit, we end the suit!&rdquo; said Captain
+Basilio, happy over his success.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, we declare it off,&rdquo; repeated the young man,
+&ldquo;whatever decision the judges may have been able to
+reach.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Each grasped the hand of the other and shook it with effusion.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, while those present were celebrating the ending of
+the law-suit, of which both had long been tired, four Civil Guards and
+a sergeant suddenly arrived on the scene. They were all armed and had
+their bayonets fixed, a fact which naturally disturbed the merriment
+and brought fright into the circle of women.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let everybody be quiet!&rdquo; cried the sergeant.
+&ldquo;Whoever moves will be shot!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In spite of this gruff boast, Ibarra rose to his feet and approached
+the sergeant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you wish?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That you give up at once the criminal named Elias who acted
+as pilot for your party this morning,&rdquo; he replied, in a
+threatening tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A criminal? The pilot? You must be mistaken!&rdquo; replied
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, sir; that Elias is now accused of another crime, of
+having laid his hands on a priest&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! And is the pilot the one?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is the same one, so we are told. You are allowing people
+of bad reputation to attend your festivals, Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him from head to foot and replied with supreme
+contempt: &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t have to account to you for my actions.
+At our festivals everybody is well received, and you yourself, if you
+had come, would have been given a seat at the table, the same as the
+<i>alferez</i> who was here among us two hours ago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Saying this, Ibarra turned his back to him. The sergeant bit his
+mustache and ordered his men to search everywhere among the trees for
+the pilot, whose description he had on a piece of paper. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb76" href="#pb76">76</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Don Filipo said to him: &ldquo;Take note that this description
+corresponds to that of nine-tenths of the natives. Take care that you
+do not make a mistake!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At last the soldiers returned, saying that they had not been able to
+discover either a <i>banca</i>, or a man that aroused their suspicion.
+The sergeant murmured a few indistinct words and then marched off.</p>
+
+<p>Soon the people became jolly again, but questions, wonder and
+comments were without end.</p>
+
+<p>So the afternoon passed and the hour for departure arrived. Just as
+the sun was dropping below the horizon they left the woods. The trees
+seemed sad and all the surroundings seemed to bid them farewell and
+say: &ldquo;Good-bye, happy youth; good-bye, dream of a day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And a little later, by the light of glowing torches of bamboo and
+with the music of guitars, we leave them on the road toward the town.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb77" href="#pb77">77</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch13" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">In the House of Tasio.</h2>
+
+<p>On the morning of the following day, Juan Crisostomo Ibarra, after
+visiting his estates, went to the house of Tasio, the philosopher, his
+father&rsquo;s friend.</p>
+
+<p>Quiet reigned in the old man&rsquo;s garden. The swallows were
+flying about the gables of the house, but they were making scarcely a
+sound. The windows were covered with vines which clung to the old,
+moss-covered wall and made the house appear all the more solitary and
+quiet. Ibarra tied his horse to a post and, walking almost on tip-toes,
+crossed the clean and well-cultivated garden. He went up the stairs
+and, as the door was open, walked in. An old man leaned over a book in
+which he seemed to be writing. On the walls of the room were
+collections of insects and leaves, maps, and some shelves of books and
+manuscripts.</p>
+
+<p>Tasio was so absorbed in his work that he did not notice the arrival
+of the youth. The latter, not wishing to disturb the philosopher, tried
+to retire from the place, but the old man, looking up, said:
+&ldquo;What? Are you here?&rdquo; and showed no little surprise in his
+look.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Excuse me,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, &ldquo;I see that you are
+very busy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As a matter of fact I was writing a little, but it is not
+urgent, and I want to rest myself. Can I be useful to you in any
+way?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra drew some papers from his pocket-book and replied: &ldquo;My
+father was wont to consult you in many things, and I remember that he
+never had to do other than congratulate himself when he followed your
+advice. I have on my hands a small undertaking and I want to be assured
+of success.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra then related to him briefly his plan for the erection of a
+school house in honor of his betrothed. He <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb78" href="#pb78">78</a>]</span>showed the stupefied philosopher
+the plans which had been returned from Manila.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish that you would advise me as to what persons I ought
+first to have on my side in order to make the undertaking most
+successful. You are well acquainted with the inhabitants of the town. I
+have just arrived here and am almost a stranger in my
+country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man examined the plans which were laid out before him. His
+eyes were full of tears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That which you are going to carry out was a dream of mine,
+the dream of a poor fool,&rdquo; he exclaimed, greatly moved.
+&ldquo;And now, my first advice to you is that you never come to
+consult me in regard to the matter.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man looked at him in surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because sensible people,&rdquo; he continued, in an ironical
+tone, &ldquo;will take you for a fool, like myself. People always
+consider every one a fool who does not think just as they do and, for
+this reason, they call me crazy. But I am obliged to them for that, for
+woe be to me when the time arrives that they say I have sense! That
+day, should it ever come, would deprive me of the little liberty which
+I have purchased by sacrificing my reputation for being
+sane.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And the old man shook his head, as if to drive away a thought and
+continued: &ldquo;My second advice to you is that you consult the
+curate, the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, and all the people of good
+standing. They will all give you bad, foolish and useless advice, but
+to consult does not mean to obey. Try to appear to be following their
+advice as far as possible and make them think you are working according
+to their wishes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra sat thinking for a moment and then replied: &ldquo;The advice
+is good but difficult to follow. Could I not carry out my work without
+a shadow reflecting upon it? Could I not carry out the good work in
+spite of all? Does truth need to be clothed in the garments of
+falsehood?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s it. Nobody likes the bare truth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I hope to be able to realize all my hopes without
+encountering great resistance,&rdquo; said Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, if the priests lend you their hand; no, if they draw it
+away. All your efforts will be battered to pieces <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb79" href="#pb79">79</a>]</span>against the walls of
+the curate&rsquo;s house. The <i>alcalde</i> will deny to you to-morrow
+what he has granted you to-day. Not a mother will let her son attend
+the school, and then all your efforts will have just an opposite effect
+to that intended. You will discourage all others who might wish to
+attempt beneficent undertakings.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nevertheless,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, &ldquo;I cannot believe
+in this power of which you speak. And even supposing it to be true,
+admitting that it is as you say, would I not still have on my side the
+sensible people and the Government?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Government! The Government!&rdquo; exclaimed the
+philosopher, raising his eyes and looking at the ceiling.
+&ldquo;However much the Government may desire to uplift the country for
+its own benefit and that of the mother country; however generous may be
+the Catholic Kings in spirit, I must remind you in confidence that
+there is another power which does not allow the Government to see,
+hear, or judge except what the curates or provincial priests wish. The
+Government is afraid of the advancement of the people, and the people
+are afraid of the forces of the Government. So long as the Government
+does not understand the people of the country, the country will never
+get out from this guardianship. The people will live like weak, young
+children who tremble at the sound of the voice of their tutor, whose
+mercy they beg. The Government has no dreams of a great future, a
+healthy development of the country. The people do not complain, because
+they have no voice. They do not move, because they are too carefully
+watched. You say that they do not suffer, because you have not seen
+what would make your heart bleed. But some day you will see it! alas!
+some day you will hear it. When the light of day is thrown on their
+monstrous forms, you will see a frightful reaction. That great force,
+held back for centuries, that poison, distilled drop by drop, those
+sighs, so long repressed&mdash;all will come to light and will some day
+burst forth.... Who will then pay the accounts which the people will
+present and which History preserves for us on its bloody
+pages?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God, the Government, and the Church will never allow <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb80" href="#pb80">80</a>]</span>that day to
+come!&rdquo; replied Crisostomo, impressed in spite of himself.
+&ldquo;The Filipinos are religious and they love Spain. The Filipinos
+will always know how much this nation has done for them. There are
+abuses; yes! There are defects; I do not deny it. But Spain is working
+to introduce reforms which will correct them; she is devising plans;
+she is not selfish. Can it be that my love for my native land is
+incompatible with love for Spain? Is it necessary to lower one&rsquo;s
+self to be a good Christian, to prostitute one&rsquo;s own conscience
+to bring about good? I love my fatherland, the Philippines, because I
+owe to her my life and my happiness&mdash;because every man should love
+his native land. I love Spain, the fatherland of my ancestors, because,
+in spite of all that may be said, the Philippines owe to Spain, and
+always will owe to her, their happiness and their future. I am a
+Catholic. I hold dear the belief of my fathers, and I do not see why I
+have to bow my head when I am able to raise it; nor why I have to
+entrust it to my enemies, when I can trample on them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the field in which you are sowing your seed is in the
+hands of your enemies, and you are weak in comparison to them.... It is
+necessary that you first kiss the hand&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But the young man did not allow him to go farther and exclaimed
+violently: &ldquo;To kiss their hands! You forget that, between them,
+they killed my father; they threw his body out of its sepulchre: but I,
+I who am his son, I do not forget it, and, if I do not avenge myself,
+it is because I consider the prestige of the Church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old philosopher bowed his head. &ldquo;Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra,&rdquo; he replied slowly, &ldquo;if you keep those
+memories&mdash;memories which I cannot advise you to forget&mdash;if
+you keep those memories, give up your plans and your undertaking and
+try to work good for your countrymen in another way. The undertaking
+needs another man than you for its execution, because to carry it out
+will not only require money and care, but, in our country, self-denial,
+tenacity and faith are also needed. The land is not ready for it; it
+has been sown only with darnel.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra understood the weight of these words, but he <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb81" href="#pb81">81</a>]</span>was not going to be
+discouraged. Thoughts of Maria Clara filled his mind; he must fulfill
+his promise to her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does not your experience suggest something other than this
+hard method?&rdquo; he asked in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>The old man took him by the arm and led him to the window. A cool
+breeze was blowing from the north. Before his eyes lay the garden,
+stretching out to the large forest which served as a park.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why do we not have to do the same as that weak young bush
+loaded with roses and buds?&rdquo; said the philosopher pointing to a
+beautiful rose bush. &ldquo;The wind blows, shakes it and it bends
+itself down as if trying to hide its precious load. If the bush kept
+itself erect, it would be broken off, the wind would scatter its
+flowers and the buds would be blighted. The wind passes over, and the
+bush straightens itself up again, proud of its treasure. Thus it would
+be with you, a plant transplanted from Europe to this stony ground, if
+you did not look about for some support and belittle yourself. Alone
+and lofty, you are in bad condition.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And would this sacrifice bring the fruits that I hope
+for?&rdquo; asked Ibarra. &ldquo;Would the priest have faith in me and
+would he forget the offense? Would his kind not be able to feign
+friendship, to make a false show of protecting me, and then, from
+behind in the darkness, fight me, harass me and wound my heels, thus
+making me waver more quickly than they could by attacking me face to
+face? Given these premises, what do you think could be
+expected?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man remained silent for some time, not being able to reply.
+At last he said: &ldquo;If such a thing took place, if the undertaking
+failed, I would console you with the thought that you had done all that
+was in your power. And even so, something would be gained. Lay the
+first stone, sow the first seed and after the tempest has passed over,
+some little grain perhaps would germinate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe you,&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra, stretching out his
+hand. &ldquo;Not in vain did I look for good advice. This very day I
+shall go and make friends with the curate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Taking leave of the old man, he mounted on his horse and rode away.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb82" href="#pb82">82</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Attention!&rdquo; murmured the pessimistic philosopher to
+himself, as he followed the young man with his eyes. &ldquo;Let us
+observe carefully how Destiny will unfold the tragedy which began in
+the cemetery.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But this time the philosopher was truly mistaken. The tragedy had
+begun long before. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb83" href=
+"#pb83">83</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch14" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Eve of the Fiesta.</h2>
+
+<p>It is the tenth of November, the eve of the <i>fiesta</i> to be
+celebrated in the town of San Diego. Departing from its habitual
+monotony, the town is displaying extraordinary activity in the church,
+houses, streets, cock-pit, and the fields. Windows are draped with
+flags and many-colored decorations. Music and the sound of exploding
+fireworks fill the air. Everywhere there is rejoicing.</p>
+
+<p>In the streets at fixed intervals, beautiful arches of bamboo are
+raised, the wood carved and worked in a thousand different ways. The
+arches are surrounded with ornaments, the very sight of which brings
+joy to the heart of the small boy. In the church yard, a large and
+costly awning has been erected. It is propped up by bamboo poles and so
+arranged that the procession may pass under it. Under its shade the
+children play, run, jump, fall and otherwise manage to tear and soil
+their new shirts, which have been intended for the day of the
+festival.</p>
+
+<p>In the public square a platform has been built of bamboo, nipa and
+boards, to serve as the stage. It is here that the comedy company from
+Tondo will tell wonderful tales, and will compete with the gods in the
+performance of miracles. Here Marianito, Chananay, Balbino, Ratia,
+Carvajal, Yeyeng, Liceria and the others will sing and dance. The
+Filipino loves the theatre, and always attends dramatic productions
+with a great deal of pleasure. The <i>gobernadorcillo</i> was very fond
+of the theatre, and, with the advice of the curate, he had selected for
+the <i>fiesta</i> the fantastic comedy: &ldquo;Prince Villardo, or the
+Nails Pulled Out of the Infamous Cave,&rdquo; a play full of magic and
+fireworks.</p>
+
+<p>From time to time the bells ring out their merry sounds.
+Firecrackers and the booming of little cannon rend the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb84" href="#pb84">84</a>]</span>air. The Filipino
+pyrotechnist, who has learned his art without a teacher of any renown,
+displays his skill, setting up pieces representing towers, castles, and
+the like. Already the small boys are running at break-neck speed toward
+the outskirts of the town to meet the bands of music. Five
+organizations have been hired, besides three orchestras.</p>
+
+<p>A band enters the town playing lively marches, and is followed by a
+lot of ragged and half naked pickaninnies: this one, perhaps, has on
+his brother&rsquo;s shirt; that one, his father&rsquo;s trousers. As
+soon as the music stops, these little tots know by memory the piece
+that has been played; they whistle and hum it with great delight,
+showing at this early age their musical talent.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime wagons and carriages arrive, bringing relatives,
+friends, and strangers. Gamblers are also on hand with their best
+fighting cocks and bags of money, ready to risk their fortunes on the
+green cloth or in the cock-pit.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> gets fifty dollars a night,&rdquo;
+murmured a little, chubby man when he heard of the recent arrivals, for
+there were already many rumors that these people bribed the officer so
+that they might not be interfered with by the law. &ldquo;Captain
+Tiago,&rdquo; he added, &ldquo;is going to come and will be banker in
+the monte game. Captain Joaquin brings eighteen thousand. There is
+going to be a <i>liam-po</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd0e2286src" href=
+"#xd0e2286">1</a> and the Chino Carlos is going to back it with ten
+thousand <i>pesos</i> capital. Big bettors will come from Tanauan,
+Lipa, and Batangas, as well as from Santa Cruz. It&rsquo;s going to be
+great! It&rsquo;s going to be great! This year Captain Tiago will not
+skin us as he has in the past, for he has not paid for more than three
+masses this year, and besides, I have a <i>mutya</i><a class="noteref"
+id="xd0e2294src" href="#xd0e2294">2</a> of cacao. And how are all the
+family?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Very well, very well, thank you!&rdquo; replied the visitors
+from the country.</p>
+
+<p>But the place where the greatest animation reigns, where there is
+almost a tumult, is over there on the level piece of ground, a short
+distance from Ibarra&rsquo;s house. Pulleys creak, and the place
+resounds with the sound of the hammer, <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb85" href="#pb85">85</a>]</span>the chiseling of stones, hewing of
+beams and the shouting of voices. A gang of workmen is making an
+excavation which will be wide and deep; others are busy piling up
+quarry stone, unloading carts, sifting sand, putting a capstan in place
+and so on.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put that here! That, there! Come, be lively about it!&rdquo;
+shouts a little, old man with an animated and intelligent physiognomy
+as he goes about, a yard stick and plumb line in hand. He is the
+director of the work, &Ntilde;or Juan, architect, mason, carpenter,
+whitewasher, locksmith, painter, stone cutter, and, on occasion,
+sculptor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We must finish it immediately! To-morrow nothing can be done,
+and day after to-morrow the ceremony of laying the corner stone is to
+take place! Come, be lively!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Make the hole just large enough for this cylinder!&rdquo;
+said he to one of the stone cutters who was chiseling off a large
+quadrangular stone. &ldquo;Inside of this our names will be
+kept.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then he would repeat to every countryman who came along what he had
+already said a thousand times: &ldquo;Do you know what we are going to
+build? Well, it is a school house, a model of its kind, something like
+those in Germany, but still better. The architect, Se&ntilde;or R.,
+draughted the plans and I, I am in charge of the work. Yes, sir, you
+see this is going to be a regular palace with two wings, one for the
+boys and one for the girls. Here in the middle is to be a large garden
+with three fountains. There, on the sides, groves, where the children
+can sow and cultivate plants during the hours of recreation, thus
+improving the time. Just see how deep the foundations are to be: three
+meters and seventy-five centimeters. The building is going to have a
+cellar where the indolent pupils will be confined. This will be very
+close to the playing ground and the gymnasium, so that those who are
+punished may hear the diligent pupils enjoying themselves. Do you see
+this large space? Well, this will be a place for them to run and jump.
+The girls will have a separate garden with benches, swings, a special
+place for jumping the rope and rolling hoops, fountains and a
+bird-house. This is going to be magnificent!&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb86" href="#pb86">86</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>He kept going from one end to the other, inspecting everything and
+passing his opinion on all.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I find that you have got too much lumber here for a
+crane,&rdquo; said he to a yellowish-looking fellow, who was directing
+some other laborers. &ldquo;I would have enough, with three large
+beams, to form the tripod and with three others to serve as
+supporters.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, pshaw!&rdquo; replied the other, smiling in a peculiar
+way. &ldquo;The more apparatus we give ourselves, the greater effect we
+will produce. The massiveness of it will make a bigger show and give it
+more importance. They will say: &lsquo;What a lot of work has been
+done!&rsquo; You look at that crane that I am constructing. In a little
+while, I am going to ornament it with <i>banderolas</i>, garlands of
+flowers and leaves, and ... you will say afterward that you were right
+in hiring me, and Se&ntilde;or Ibarra cannot wish for more than
+that!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man laughed. &Ntilde;or Juan also smiled and shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>As a matter of fact, the plan for the school had been approved by
+everybody and all were talking about it. The curate had asked to be
+allowed to be one of the patrons of the enterprise and he himself was
+to bless the laying of the corner stone, a ceremony which would take
+place on the last day of the San Diego festival, as it was considered
+one of the great solemnities.</p>
+
+<p>The dismal presentiments of the old Tasio seemed to have been
+dissipated forever. One day Ibarra told the old man so, but the old
+pessimist only replied: &ldquo;Things may go well at first, but be on
+your guard against masked enemies.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb87" href="#pb87">87</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e2286src" id="xd0e2286">1</a></span> A Chinese gambling game.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e2294src" id="xd0e2294">2</a></span> A little white, pearl-like
+substance sometimes found in the cacao tree, which is supposed to be a
+lucky omen.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch15" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">As Night Comes On.</h2>
+
+<p>Great preparations had also been made in the house of Captain Tiago.
+We are already acquainted with the man. His love for pomp and his pride
+in being a resident of Manila made it necessary that he should outdo
+the residents of the province in the splendor of his celebration. There
+was another thing, too, which made it necessary that he should try to
+eclipse all others&mdash;the fact that his daughter Maria Clara and his
+future son-in-law were also there. His prospective connection with
+Ibarra caused the Captain to be often spoken of among the people.</p>
+
+<p>Yes, as a matter of fact, one of the most serious newspapers in
+Manila had printed an article on its first page, headed &ldquo;Imitate
+Him!&rdquo; in which they offered Ibarra much advice and highly
+eulogized him. The article spoke of him as &ldquo;the illustrious and
+rich young capitalist.&rdquo; Two lines below, he was termed &ldquo;the
+distinguished philanthropist,&rdquo; and, in the following paragraph,
+referred to as the &ldquo;disciple of Minerva who went to his Mother
+Country to salute the real birthplace of arts and sciences.&rdquo;
+Captain Tiago was burning with generous emulation and was wondering
+whether he ought not to erect a convent at his own expense.</p>
+
+<p>Days before the week of festivities, numerous boxes of provisions
+and drinks, colossal mirrors, pictures, paintings and his
+daughter&rsquo;s piano had arrived at the house. Maria Clara and Aunt
+Isabel were already living there. Captain Tiago came on the day before
+the beginning of the festival. As he kissed his daughter&rsquo;s hand,
+he made her a present of a beautiful religious relic. It was solid
+gold, and set with diamonds and emeralds, and contained a little sliver
+from Saint Peter&rsquo;s boat, in which Our Saviour sat while fishing.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb88" href="#pb88">88</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The Captain&rsquo;s interview with his future son-in-law could not
+have been more cordial. Naturally, the school house was the subject of
+conversation. Captain Tiago wanted him to call the school &ldquo;The
+San Francisco School.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Believe me!&rdquo; he said. &ldquo;San Francisco is a good
+patron saint. If you call it &lsquo;The Primary School,&rsquo; you gain
+nothing. Who is Primary, anyway?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Some friends of Maria Clara arrived and invited her to go for a
+walk.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But return quickly,&rdquo; said the Captain to his daughter,
+who asked for his permission. &ldquo;You know that Father D&aacute;maso
+is going to dine with us to-night. He has just arrived.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And turning to Ibarra who was deep in thought, he added: &ldquo;You
+will dine with us, too? You will be all alone at home.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;With the greatest pleasure, I assure you, if I did not have
+to be at home to-night to receive visitors,&rdquo; replied the young
+man, mumbling his words and evading Maria Clara&rsquo;s glance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bring your friends along with you,&rdquo; replied Captain
+Tiago cheerfully. &ldquo;In my house there is always enough to eat.
+And, besides I would like to have you and Father D&aacute;maso
+understand each other.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There&rsquo;ll be time enough for that,&rdquo; replied
+Ibarra, putting on a forced smile and making ready to accompany the
+young ladies.</p>
+
+<p>They went downstairs. Maria Clara was walking between Victoria and
+Iday, while Aunt Isabel followed behind.</p>
+
+<p>As they passed down the street, people stood aside respectfully and
+gave them the inside of the way. Maria Clara was surprisingly beautiful
+now. Her paleness had disappeared, and although her eyes were
+thoughtful, her mouth, on the contrary, seemed all smiles. With that
+amiability known only to a happy maiden, she saluted friends she had
+known from childhood who to-day were admirers of her youthful beauty.
+In less than fifteen days she had regained that frank confidence, that
+childish chatter, which seemed for awhile to have been left <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb89" href="#pb89">89</a>]</span>behind in the
+narrow walls of the convent. It seemed as though the butterfly upon
+leaving its shell knew all the flowers at once. It was enough that she
+be given a moment of flight and an opportunity to warm herself in the
+golden rays of the sun, in order to throw off the rigidity of the
+chrysalis. New life shone out in every part of her young being.
+Everything she met with was good and beautiful. Her love was manifested
+with virginal grace, and innocent in thought, she saw nothing to cause
+her to put on false blushes. However, she was wont to cover her face
+with her fan when they joked with her, but her eyes would smile and a
+gentle tremor would pass over her whole being.</p>
+
+<p>In front of Captain Basilio&rsquo;s house were some young men who
+saluted our acquaintances and invited them into the house. The merry
+voice of Sinang was heard, as she descended the stairs on a run and at
+once put an end to all excuses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come up a moment so that I can go out with you,&rdquo; said
+she. &ldquo;It bores me to be among so many strangers who talk about
+nothing but fighting-cocks and playing cards.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They went upstairs. The house was full of people. Some advanced to
+greet Ibarra, whose name was known to all. They contemplated with
+ecstacy Maria Clara&rsquo;s beauty, and some of the matrons murmured as
+they chewed their betel-nut: &ldquo;She looks like the
+Virgin!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After they had partaken of chocolate they resumed their walk. In the
+corner of the plaza a beggar was singing the romance of the fishes, to
+the accompaniment of a guitar. He was a common sight, a man miserably
+dressed and wearing a wide-brimmed hat made out of palm leaves. His
+clothing consisted of a frock coat covered with patches, and a pair of
+wide trousers such as the Chinese wear, but torn in many places. From
+beneath the brim of his hat two fiery orbs flashed out a ray of light.
+He was tall and from his manner seemed to be young. He put a basket
+down on the ground and, afterwards walking away from it a little
+distance, he uttered strange, unintelligible sounds. He remained
+standing, completely isolated, as if he and the people in the street
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb90" href="#pb90">90</a>]</span>were
+trying to avoid each other. Women approached his basket, and dropped
+into it fish, fruit and rice. When there was no one else to approach
+the basket, other sadder but less mournful sounds could be heard;
+perhaps he was thanking them. He picked up his basket and walked away
+to do the same in another place.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara felt that this was a pitiful case. Full of interest, she
+asked about the strange being.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is a leper,&rdquo; replied Iday. &ldquo;He contracted the
+disease some four years ago; some say by taking care of his mother,
+others by having been confined in a damp prison. He lives there in the
+field near the Chinese cemetery. He does not communicate with any one:
+everybody flees from him on account of the fear of contagion. You
+should see his fantastic little house! The wind, the rain and the
+sunshine go in and out of it as a needle goes through cloth. They have
+prohibited him from touching anything belonging to anybody. One day a
+little child fell into the canal. The canal was deep, but this man
+happened to be passing near and helped to get the little child out. The
+child&rsquo;s father learned of it, made a complaint to the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> and the latter ordered that he be given six stripes
+in the middle of the street, the whip to be afterwards burned. That was
+atrocious! The leper ran away howling; they pursued him and the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> cried out: &lsquo;Catch him! One might better be
+drowned than have that disease!&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is true,&rdquo; murmured Maria Clara. And then, without
+noticing what she was doing, she went up to the basket of the
+unfortunate wretch and dropped into it the relic which her father had
+just presented to her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done?&rdquo; her friends asked her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have nothing else to give him,&rdquo; she replied,
+concealing the tears in her eyes by a smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what is he going to do with the relic?&rdquo; said
+Victoria to her. &ldquo;One day they gave him money but he pushed it
+away from him with his cane. Why would he care for it, if no one would
+accept anything coming from him? If he could only eat the
+relic!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara looked longingly at the women who were selling
+provisions and shrugged her shoulders. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb91" href="#pb91">91</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>But the leper approached the basket, picked up the piece of jewelry
+which shone in his hands, knelt down, kissed it, and, after taking off
+his hat, buried his face in the dust on which the young girl had
+walked.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara hid her face behind her fan and raised her handkerchief
+to her eyes. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb92" href=
+"#pb92">92</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch16" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Hoisting Crane.</h2>
+
+<p>While two of the actors were singing the <i lang="la">Incarnatus
+est</i> in the church at the celebration of mass on the last day of the
+<i>fiesta</i>, and all were kneeling and the priests were bowing their
+heads, a man whispered in Ibarra&rsquo;s ear: &ldquo;During the
+ceremony of the blessing of the corner stone, do not go near the
+priest, do not go in the ditch, do not approach the corner stone. Your
+life will depend on it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked and saw that it was Elias, the pilot, but, as soon as
+he had spoken, he lost himself in the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>The yellow-skinned man kept his word. It was not a simple lifting
+crane which he had built over the ditch for the purpose of lowering the
+enormous block of granite. It was not the mere tripod which &Ntilde;or
+Juan had wanted for holding a tackle-block. It was something more. It
+was at the same time a machine and an ornament, grand and imposing.</p>
+
+<p>The confusing and complicated scaffolding had been raised to a
+height of more than eight meters. Four heavy timbers buried in the
+ground and supporting each other with colossal, diagonal braces, served
+as the base. The braces were joined to each other by immense nails,
+about half driven into the wood, perhaps because the apparatus was only
+of a provisional nature, and it could then be more easily taken down.
+Enormous cables were hanging from all sides, giving the entire
+apparatus an aspect of solidity and grandeur. The top was gay with
+flags and banners of various colors, floating pennants, and massive
+garlands of flowers and leaves, all artistically interwoven.</p>
+
+<p>On high, in the shade of the projecting timbers, banners and
+wreaths, a large three-wheeled tackle-block was suspended by ropes and
+iron hooks. Over the shining <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb93" href=
+"#pb93">93</a>]</span>rims of these pulleys great cables passed,
+holding suspended in the air a massive stone. The center of this stone
+had been chiseled out so that when lowered upon the hollowed stone,
+which had already been placed in the ditch, a small enclosure would be
+formed between the two. This space was to contain an account of the
+ceremonies, newspapers, manuscripts and coins, to be transmitted,
+perhaps, to other generations, in the far distant future. From this
+tackle-block at the top of the structure, the cable passed down to
+another smaller pulley which was fastened at the base of the apparatus.
+Through this pulley, the cable passed to the cylinder of a windlass
+which was held to the ground by massive beams. This windlass which can
+be operated by only two hands, multiplies man&rsquo;s strength by means
+of a series of cog-wheels. Although there is a gain in force, there is
+of course a loss in velocity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look!&rdquo; said the yellow-skinned man, as he gave the
+crank a turn. &ldquo;Look, &Ntilde;or Juan, with my strength alone, I
+can raise and lower that massive block of stone. This is so nicely
+arranged that I can control the ascent or descent of the stone by
+inches. Thus one man below can arrange the two stones in place, while I
+manipulate the apparatus from here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&Ntilde;or Juan could but admire the man as he smiled in such a
+peculiar manner. The curious people standing about made comments and
+praised the yellow-skinned man for his work.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who taught you the mechanism?&rdquo; asked &Ntilde;or
+Juan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My father, my father who is now dead,&rdquo; he replied, with
+that same peculiar smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who taught your father?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Saturnino, the grandfather of Don Crisostomo.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I did not know that Don Saturnino&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, he knew a good many things. Not only did he know how to
+whip well and how to expose his workmen to the rays of the sun, but he
+knew also how to awaken the sleeping and how to make those awake sleep.
+In time, you will see what my father has taught me, you will
+see!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And the yellow fellow smiled in a strange manner.</p>
+
+<p>At two eating stands, there was now being prepared a sumptuous and
+abundant breakfast. However, on the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb94"
+href="#pb94">94</a>]</span>table designated for the little ones of the
+school, there was no wine, but instead a larger amount of fruit. In a
+covered passage which joined the two stands, there were seats for the
+musicians and a table covered with sweetmeats, candies and flasks of
+water, ornamented with leaves and flowers, for the thirsty public.</p>
+
+<p>The crowd, resplendent in gay-colored clothes, was already fleeing
+from the hot rays of the sun and gathering under the shade of the trees
+or of the covering. The small boys climbed the trees near the place, in
+order to get a better view of the ceremony, and looked with envy upon
+the school children, who, clean and well dressed, were occupying a
+place designated for them. The fathers of the school children were
+enthusiastic. They, poor countrymen that they were, would have the
+pleasure of seeing their children eat on a white table cloth, just like
+the curate and the <i>Alcalde</i>. Merely to think of it was enough to
+drive away their hunger.</p>
+
+<p>Soon strains of music were heard in the distance. A promiscuous
+crowd of persons of all ages and dress was preceding the band. The
+yellow-looking man was uneasy and was examining the whole apparatus. A
+curious countryman was also following his glances and was observing
+every movement he made. This countryman was Elias, who had also come to
+attend the ceremony. His hat and his style of dress almost concealed
+his identity. He had secured the best possible place for himself, right
+up close to the crane, on the edge of the excavation.</p>
+
+<p>With the band of music came the <i>Alcalde</i>, the officials of the
+town, the friars, with the exception of Father D&aacute;maso, and the
+Spanish employees of the Government. Ibarra was conversing with the <i>
+Alcalde</i>, for they had become quite friendly from the time the young
+man paid him some high compliments on his insignia, decorations and
+cordon. Pride in belonging to an aristocratic family was a weakness of
+His Excellency. Captain Tiago, the <i>alferez</i> and several wealthy
+persons, with their shining silk hats, walked along, surrounded by a
+group of youngsters. Father Salv&iacute; followed, the same as ever,
+silent and pensive.</p>
+
+<p>The young man could feel his heart beat as they approached <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb95" href="#pb95">95</a>]</span>the designated
+place. Instinctively, he glanced at the strange-looking scaffolding
+which had been raised there. He saw, too, the yellow-looking man who
+saluted him with respect, and, for a moment, Ibarra fixed his eyes on
+him. To his surprise, Ibarra also discovered Elias on the edge of the
+excavation. He gave the young pilot a significant look, letting him
+understand that he remembered what he had said in the church.</p>
+
+<p>The curate put on his sacerdotal vestments and began the ceremony.
+The one-eyed sacristan mayor held the book and a choir boy was charged
+with the water-sprinkler and the vessel of blessed water. The others
+who stood around about, their heads uncovered, maintained a deep
+silence. In spite of the fact that Father Salv&iacute; read in a low
+tone, it could be noticed that his voice trembled.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime the articles, such as manuscripts, newspapers,
+medals and coins, which were to be placed in the corner stone had been
+enclosed in a little glass box, and hermetically sealed in a leaden
+cylinder.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra, do you wish to put the box in its place?
+The curate awaits it,&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i> to Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would do so with much pleasure,&rdquo; replied he,
+&ldquo;but I would be usurping the honorable duty of the Se&ntilde;or
+Notary. The Notary ought to attest the act.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Notary took it seriously, descended the carpeted stairs to the
+bottom of the excavation and, with fitting solemnity, deposited the box
+in the hollow which had been made in the stone. The curate then took up
+the sprinkler and sprinkled the stones with holy water.</p>
+
+<p>The time had now come for each one to put his trowelful of mortar on
+the surface of the stone, which lay in the ditch, so that the other
+stone might fit upon it and be made to adhere to it.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra presented the <i>Alcalde</i> with a trowel, upon whose wide
+silver blade was engraved the date. But His Excellency first delivered
+an address in Spanish.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Citizens of San Diego,&rdquo; he said in a solemn tone.
+&ldquo;I have the honor to preside at a ceremony the importance of
+which you already understand. A school is being founded. The school is
+the base of society. The school is the book in which is written the
+future of the people. Show me <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb96" href=
+"#pb96">96</a>]</span>the schools of a people and I will tell you what
+those people are.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Citizens of San Diego! Thank God that he has given you
+virtuous priests; and the Mother Country that she untiringly diffuses
+her civilization over these fertile islands, protected by her glorious
+flag. Thank God that she has had pity for you, bringing you these
+humble priests that they may enlighten you and teach you the divine
+word. Thank the Government for the great sacrifices it has made, makes
+now and will make in the future for you and your sons.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And now that the first stone of this great edifice has been
+blessed, I, <i>Alcalde Mayor</i> of this province, in the name of His
+Majesty, the King, whom God guard, King of the Spains, in the name of
+the illustrious Spanish Government, and under its spotless and ever
+victorious banner, I consecrate this act and begin the building of this
+school.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Citizens of San Diego! Long live the King! Long live Spain!
+Long live the Church! Long live the priests! Long live the Catholic
+religion!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Viva! Viva!</i>&rdquo; replied the others. &ldquo;Long
+live the <i>Alcalde</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i> majestically descended to the accompaniment of
+the music which had begun to play. He placed some trowels of mortar on
+the stone and with equal majesty ascended the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>The Government employees applauded.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra offered another silver trowel to the curate, who, after
+fixing his eyes on him for a moment, descended slowly to the bottom of
+the excavation. When about half way down the stairs, he raised his eyes
+to look at the stone which hung suspended in the air by the powerful
+cables, but he only looked at it for a second and then descended. He
+did the same as the <i>Alcalde</i> had done, but this time more
+applause was heard, for the Government employees were assisted by the
+other friars and Captain Tiago.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; seemed to be searching for some one to whom to
+hand the trowel. He looked with hesitation toward Maria Clara, but,
+changing his mind, he offered <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb97" href=
+"#pb97">97</a>]</span>it to the Notary. The latter, for the sake of
+gallantry, approached Maria Clara, who declined it with a smile. The
+friars, the Government employees and the <i>alferez</i>, one after
+another went down and repeated the ceremony. Captain Tiago was not
+forgotten.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had been omitted. He was about to order the yellow man to
+lower the other stone, when the curate remembered him. In a pleasant
+tone and, with an affectation of familiarity, he said to him.
+&ldquo;Aren&rsquo;t you going to put on your trowelful, Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would be like the fellow who made the stew and then ate
+it,&rdquo; replied the young man in the same tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, go on!&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i>, giving him a gentle
+push. &ldquo;If you don&rsquo;t, I will order them not to lower the
+stone and then we will have to wait here till Judgment Day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So terrible a threat forced Ibarra to obey. He exchanged the small
+silver trowel for a larger iron one, which made some of the people
+smile. He advanced quietly and descended the stairs. Elias looked at
+him with an indescribable expression. If you had seen him, you would
+have thought that all his life was concentrated in his eyes. The yellow
+man looked down into the abyss opening at his feet.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, after glancing at the stone which hung over his head, and
+then at Elias and the yellow man, said to &Ntilde;or Juan in a
+trembling voice: &ldquo;Give me the bucket of mortar and find another
+trowel for me above.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man stood alone. Elias was no longer looking at him; his
+eyes instead were riveted on the yellow man&rsquo;s hand, while the
+latter leaned over the ditch and followed with anxiety the movements of
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>The noise of the trowel removing a mass of sand and lime was heard,
+accompanied by the low murmur of the employees who were congratulating
+the <i>Alcalde</i> on his address.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly there was a frightful creaking. The pulley which was tied
+to the base of the crane jumped and then the windlass struck the
+apparatus like a battering-ram. The timbers swayed, ropes flew into the
+air and, in a second, all came down with a terrible crash. A cloud of
+dust was raised, and a thousand cries filled the air. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb98" href="#pb98">98</a>]</span>Nearly all fled; a
+few hurried to the ditch. Only Maria Clara and Father Salv&iacute;
+remained in their places without moving, both pale and silent.</p>
+
+<p>When the cloud of dust had partially cleared away, Ibarra could be
+seen standing among a mass of beams, bamboos, and cables, between the
+windlass and the massive stone, which in its descent had shaken and
+crushed everything. The young man was still holding the trowel in his
+hand, his eyes staring with fright at the dead body of a man which was
+lying at his feet, half buried under the timbers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you hurt?&mdash;Are you still alive? For God&rsquo;s sake
+speak!&rdquo; said some of the employees, full of terror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Miracle! a miracle!&rdquo; cried some.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come and remove the body of this unfortunate man,&rdquo; said
+Ibarra, as if awakening from a dream.</p>
+
+<p>On hearing his voice, Maria Clara felt her strength giving way and
+she fell, half fainting, into the arms of her friends.</p>
+
+<p>Great confusion reigned. Everybody was talking, gesticulating, and
+running from one side to the other, up and down the stairs, all
+stupefied and full of consternation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who is the dead man? Is he still alive?&rdquo; asked the <i>
+alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The body was identified as the yellow workman who had been standing
+beside the windlass.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let proceedings be brought against the superintendent of the
+work,&rdquo; was the first thing that the <i>Alcalde</i> said.</p>
+
+<p>They examined the body, felt of the heart, but it was no longer
+beating. The blow had fallen on the head and blood was oozing from the
+nose, ears and mouth. Some strange marks were seen on the man&rsquo;s
+neck. There were four deep dents on one side and a single but deeper
+one on the other. It looked as though an iron hand had grasped it like
+a pair of pinchers.</p>
+
+<p>The priests warmly congratulated the young man and shook his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When I think that only a few moments ago I was standing
+there,&rdquo; said one of the employees. &ldquo;Say! If I had been the
+last! <i>Jes&uacute;s!</i>&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb99"
+href="#pb99">99</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It makes my hair stand on end,&rdquo; said another, who was
+bald.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had departed, to ascertain the condition of Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let this not prevent the festival from continuing,&rdquo;
+said the <i>Alcalde</i>. &ldquo;God be praised! The dead man is neither
+a priest nor a Spaniard! Your escape must be celebrated! Just
+think&mdash;if the stone had fallen on you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is such a thing as a presentiment!&rdquo; said the
+Notary. &ldquo;I said so. Se&ntilde;or Ibarra was reluctant to descend.
+I saw it!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let the festival go on! Give us some music! Weeping will not
+bring the dead man to life. Captain, serve warrants right here! Let the
+clerk of the tribunal come. Arrest the superintendent of the
+work!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put him in the stocks!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put him in the stocks! Eh? Some music, music! Put the <i>
+maestrillo</i> in the stocks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Alcalde,&rdquo; replied Ibarra gravely,
+&ldquo;if weeping cannot bring the dead man back to life, neither can
+anything be gained by putting a man in prison when we do not know that
+he is culpable. I will give bail for him and ask that he be given
+liberty for some days at least.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, well! But such a misfortune must not be
+repeated!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All kinds of comments were circulating among the people. The theory
+that it was a miracle was already accepted. Father Salv&iacute;,
+however, seemed to rejoice very little over the miracle, which the
+people attributed to a saint of his order and of his parish.</p>
+
+<p>There were some who claimed to have seen, as the crane was falling,
+a figure dressed in black like the Franciscans, go down in the ditch.
+It was without doubt San Diego himself. It was supposed, too, that
+Ibarra had heard mass and that the yellow man had not. It was all as
+clear as the light of the sun.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra went home to change his clothes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hm! Bad beginning,&rdquo; said Old Tasio as he left the
+place.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had just finished dressing when a servant announced that a
+countryman was asking for him. Supposing <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb100" href="#pb100">100</a>]</span>that it was one of his laborers,
+the young man ordered that they show him into his study, which also
+served as a library and a chemical laboratory. But, to his great
+surprise, he met the muscular figure of the mysterious Elias.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You recently saved my life,&rdquo; said he in <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e2621" title="Source: Tagalo">Tagalog</span>, at once
+comprehending Ibarra&rsquo;s movement. &ldquo;I have paid you only half
+of the debt, and you are not indebted to me; rather the contrary. I
+have come to ask a favor of you....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Speak out!&rdquo; replied the young man, in the same language
+and somewhat surprised at the gravity of the peasant.</p>
+
+<p>For some seconds, Elias looked fixedly into Ibarra&rsquo;s eyes and
+then replied: &ldquo;If human justice should ever wish to clear up this
+mystery, I beg of you not to speak to any one about the warning that I
+gave you in the church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be troubled about that,&rdquo; replied the young
+man with a certain note of displeasure in his voice. &ldquo;I know that
+they are hunting you, but I am no informer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, it is not for my sake, it is not for me!&rdquo; exclaimed
+Elias, not without some pride. &ldquo;It is for your sake. I have
+nothing to fear from men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra&rsquo;s surprise increased. The tone in which the countryman
+was speaking was new to him and did not seem to be in accord either
+with his state or his fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you mean?&rdquo; asked Ibarra, interrogating the
+mysterious man with his look.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not speak in enigmas; I try to express myself clearly.
+For your greater security, it is necessary that your enemies think you
+unsuspecting and off your guard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra stepped back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My enemies? Have I enemies?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All of us have, sir, all from the lowest insect to man, from
+the poorest to the richest and most powerful. Enmity is the law of
+life. You have enemies in the highest and in the lowest ranks. You are
+planning a great undertaking; you have a past; your father, your
+grandfather had enemies because they had passion. In life it is not
+criminals who provoke the most hatred, but rather honorable
+men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know my enemies?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb101" href="#pb101">101</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Elias did not reply at once, but meditated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I knew one, the one who has died,&rdquo; he replied.
+&ldquo;Last night I discovered that something was being plotted against
+you, through some words that were exchanged between him and an unknown
+man who lost himself in the crowd. &lsquo;The fish will not eat this
+one as they did his father; you will see to-morrow,&rsquo; said he.
+These words attracted my attention, not only on account of their
+meaning but because they were spoken by this man, who only a few days
+ago had presented himself to the superintendent of the work with the
+express desire that he be given charge of the work of placing the
+corner stone. He did not ask for a large wage, but made a great show of
+his knowledge. I had no sufficient reasons to attribute evil designs to
+him, but something told me that my suspicions were right. For this
+reason, in order to warn you, I chose a moment and an occasion when you
+could not ask me any questions. You already know the rest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias was then silent for some moments; yet Ibarra did not reply nor
+utter a word. He was meditating.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am sorry that the man is dead,&rdquo; he replied at last.
+&ldquo;We might have been able to learn something more about it from
+him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If he had lived he would have escaped from the trembling hand
+of blind, human justice. God has now judged him! God has killed him!
+Let God be the only judge!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Crisostomo looked a moment at the man who was speaking to him in
+this manner. He noticed that his muscular arms were covered with
+bruises and black and blue spots.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you also believe in the miracle version of the
+affair?&rdquo; he said, smiling&mdash;&ldquo;this miracle of which the
+people speak?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I believed in miracles, I would not believe in God. I
+would believe in a deified man. In fact, I would believe that man had
+created God after his image and likeness,&rdquo; he replied solemnly.
+&ldquo;But I believe in Him. More than once I have felt His hand. When
+all was falling headlong, threatening destruction for everything which
+was in the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb102" href=
+"#pb102">102</a>]</span>place, I Held the criminal. I put myself by his
+side. He was struck and I am safe and sound.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You? So that you...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes! I held him when he wanted to escape, once he had begun
+his fatal work. I saw his crime. I say: &lsquo;Let God be the only
+judge among men. Let Him be the only one who has the right to take away
+life. Let man never think of substituting himself for him!<span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e2669" title="Not in source">&rsquo;</span>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And, still you this time....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No!&rdquo; interrupted Elias, foreseeing the objection that
+he was going to raise. &ldquo;It is not the same thing. When a man as
+judge condemns another to death or destroys his future forever, he does
+it with impunity and makes use of the force of other men to carry out
+his sentence. Yet, after all, the sentence may be wrong and unjust. But
+I, in exposing the criminal to the same danger which he had prepared
+for others, ran the same risks. I did not kill him. I allowed the hand
+of God to kill him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not believe in chance?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To believe in chance is like believing in miracles. Both
+theories suppose that God does not know the future. What is a casualty?
+A happening which absolutely nobody knows beforehand. What is a
+miracle? A contradiction, a contortion of the laws of nature. Lack of
+foresight and contradiction in the All Knowing, who directs the
+machinery of the world, are two great imperfections.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are you?&rdquo; Ibarra asked again, with a certain dread.
+&ldquo;Have you studied?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have had to believe in God a great deal because I have lost
+my faith in men,&rdquo; replied the pilot, evading the question.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra thought that he understood this man; young and proscribed, he
+disregarded human justice; denied the right of man to judge his equals,
+he protested against power and superiority of certain classes of men
+over others.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you must admit the necessity of human justice, however
+imperfect it may be,&rdquo; he replied. &ldquo;God, although he has
+ministers on the earth, cannot, that is to say, cannot clearly give his
+judgment upon the millions of contentions which are stirred up by our
+passions. It <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb103" href=
+"#pb103">103</a>]</span>is necessary, it is just, that a man should
+sometimes judge his fellows.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For good, yes; for bad, no. To correct and improve, yes; but
+not to destroy, for if he fails in his judgment, there is no power that
+can remedy the evil that has been done. But,&rdquo; he added, changing
+his tone, &ldquo;this discussion is beyond and above me, and I am
+keeping you from those who are now awaiting you. But do not forget what
+I have just said: You have enemies. Take care of yourself for the good
+of your country!&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb104" href=
+"#pb104">104</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch17" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Banquet.</h2>
+
+<p>There, under the shade of the decorated pavilion, the great men of
+the province were banqueting. The <i>Alcalde</i> occupied one end of
+the table; Ibarra, the other. On the young man&rsquo;s right sat Maria
+Clara, and on his left, the Notary. Captain Tiago, the <i>alferez</i>,
+the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, the friars, the employees, and the few
+se&ntilde;oritas who were present were seated, not according to rank
+but according to their own fancy.</p>
+
+<p>The banquet was very animated, but, before it was half over, a
+messenger with a telegram came in search of Captain Tiago. The Captain
+asked permission to read the message, and naturally all begged of him
+to do so.</p>
+
+<p>The worthy Captain at first knit his eyebrows; and then raised them.
+His face became pale, and then brightened up. Doubling up the sheet of
+paper hurriedly, he arose.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gentlemen,&rdquo; said he, confused, &ldquo;His Excellency,
+the Governor General, is coming this afternoon to honor my
+house.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And then he started on a run, taking with him the telegram and the
+napkin, but not his hat. All sorts of questions and exclamations were
+shouted after him. The announcement of the coming of the <i>
+tulisanes</i> could not have had a greater effect. &ldquo;But listen!
+When does he come? Tell us about it! His Excellency!&rdquo; But Captain
+Tiago was already far away.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His Excellency is coming and will be a guest at Captain
+Tiago&rsquo;s house!&rdquo; exclaimed some one, without considering
+that the Captain&rsquo;s daughter and future son-in-law were
+present.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The choice could not have been a better one,&rdquo; replied
+another.</p>
+
+<p>The friars looked at each other. Their expressions <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb105" href="#pb105">105</a>]</span>seemed to say:
+&ldquo;The Governor General is committing another of his errors,
+offending us in this way. He ought to be the guest of the
+convent.&rdquo; But despite the fact that they thought this, they all
+kept silent and no one of them expressed his opinion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Even yesterday he was speaking to me about it,&rdquo; said
+the <i>Alcalde</i>, &ldquo;but, at that time, His Excellency was not
+decided.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know, Your Excellency, Se&ntilde;or Alcalde, how long
+the Governor General intends to remain here?&rdquo; asked the <i>
+alferez</i>, a little uneasy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, not positively. His Excellency likes
+surprises.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here come some other telegrams!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The messages were for the <i>Alcalde</i>, the <i>alferez</i>, and
+the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, and announced the same thing to each of
+them. The friars noticed that none came addressed to the curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His Excellency will arrive at four o&rsquo;clock this
+afternoon, gentlemen,&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i> solemnly.
+&ldquo;We can finish at our leisure.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Leonidas, in the pass of Thermopyl&aelig;, could not have said with
+better grace &ldquo;To-night we will dine with Pluto.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I notice the absence of our great preacher,&rdquo; said one
+of the government employees timidly. The speaker had an inoffensive
+look and before this had not opened his mouth, except to eat, during
+the entire morning.</p>
+
+<p>All who knew the life of Crisostomo&rsquo;s father twitched their
+eyes significantly and seemed to say by their movements: &ldquo;Go on!
+It&rsquo;s a bad beginning that you have made!&rdquo; But others, more
+benevolently disposed, replied: &ldquo;He must be somewhat
+fatigued.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What? Somewhat fatigued!&rdquo; exclaimed the <i>alferez</i>.
+&ldquo;Why, he must be exhausted. What did you think of the sermon this
+morning?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Superb, gigantic!&rdquo; said the Notary.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To be able to speak like Father D&aacute;maso, a man needs
+lungs,&rdquo; observed Father Manuel Martin.</p>
+
+<p>The Augustine did not concede more than lung power.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And such easiness of expression,&rdquo; added Father
+Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know that Se&ntilde;or Ibarra has the best cook in the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb106" href=
+"#pb106">106</a>]</span>province,&rdquo; remarked the <i>Alcalde</i>,
+cutting off the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So they say,&rdquo; replied one of the Government employees,
+&ldquo;but his fair neighbor does not wish to do honor to his table,
+for she scarcely takes a mouthful.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara blushed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thank you, Senor.... You occupy yourself too much about me
+... but ...&rdquo; she said timidly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But your presence honors him sufficiently,&rdquo; concluded
+the gallant <i>Alcalde</i>. Then turning to Father Salv&iacute;:
+&ldquo;Father Curate, I notice that you have been silent and pensive
+all day long.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is my nature,&rdquo; muttered the Franciscan. &ldquo;I
+would rather listen than talk.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Reverence seeks always to gain and never to lose,&rdquo;
+replied the <i>alferez</i>, in a joking manner.</p>
+
+<p>But Father Salv&iacute; did not take it as a joke. His eyes flashed
+a moment and he replied: &ldquo;You know very well, Se&ntilde;or
+Alferez, that, during these days, I am not the one who gains
+most!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> overlooked the fling with a false laugh and
+pretended not to hear it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, gentlemen, I do not understand how you can be talking
+about gains and losses,&rdquo; intervened the <i>Alcalde</i>.
+&ldquo;What will these amiable and discreet young women, who honor us
+with their presence, think of us? To my mind, the young women are like
+&AElig;olian harps in the night. It is only necessary to lend an
+attentive ear to hear them, for their unspeakable harmonies elevate the
+soul to the celestial spheres of the infinite and of the
+ideal....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency is a poet,&rdquo; said the Notary gayly; and
+both drained their wine glasses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot help it,&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i>, wiping his
+lips. &ldquo;The occasion, if it does not always make the thief, makes
+the poet. In my youth I composed verses, and they certainly were not
+bad ones.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So Your Excellency has been unfaithful to the Muses,
+deserting them for Themis.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Psh!&rdquo; What would you do? It has always been my dream to
+run through the whole social scale. Yesterday I was gathering flowers,
+and singing songs; to-day I hold <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb107"
+href="#pb107">107</a>]</span>the wand of Justice and serve Humanity.
+To-morrow....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow Your Excellency will throw the wand into the fire
+to warm yourself with it in the winter of life, and will then take a
+portfolio in the Ministry,&rdquo; added Father Sibyla.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Psh! Yes ... no.... To be a Minister is not precisely my
+ideal. The unexpected always happens, though. A little villa in the
+north of Spain to pass the summer in, a mansion in Madrid, and some
+possessions in Andalusia for the winter.... We will live remembering
+our dear Philippines.... Of me Voltaire will not say: &lsquo;<i lang=
+"fr">Nous n&rsquo;avons jamais &eacute;t&eacute; chez ces peuples que
+pour nous y enrichir et pour les calomnier.</i>&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Government employees thought that His Excellency intended a joke
+and they began to laugh to make a show of appreciating it. The friars
+imitated them since they did not know that Voltaire was the
+Volta-i-r&eacute; whom they had so often cursed and condemned to Hades.
+Father Sibyla, however, recognized the name and assumed a serious air,
+supposing that the <i>Alcalde</i> had uttered some heresy.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso was waddling down the road. He was half
+smiling, but in such a malignant manner, that on seeing him, Ibarra,
+who was in the act of speaking, lost the thread of his remarks. All
+were surprised to see Father D&aacute;maso, but, excepting Ibarra, they
+greeted him with marks of pleasure. They had already reached the last
+course of the dinner, and the champagne was foaming in the glasses.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso showed a little nervousness in his smile when
+he saw Maria Clara seated on the right of Crisostomo. But, taking a
+chair by the side of the <i>Alcalde</i>, he asked in the midst of a
+significant silence: &ldquo;Were you not talking about something,
+se&ntilde;ores? Continue!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We were drinking a toast,&rdquo; replied the <i>Alcalde</i>.
+&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra was mentioning those who had aided him in
+his philanthropic enterprise and was speaking of the architect when
+Your Reverence....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I don&rsquo;t understand architecture,&rdquo;
+interrupted Father D&aacute;maso, &ldquo;but architects and the dunces
+who go to them make me laugh! You have an example right here. I drew
+the plan for a church and it has been constructed <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb108" href="#pb108">108</a>]</span>perfectly: so an
+English jeweler who was one day a guest at the convent told me. To
+draught a plan, one need have but a small degree of
+intelligence.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;However,&rdquo; replied the <i>Alcalde</i>, seeing that
+Ibarra was silent, &ldquo;when we are dealing with certain edifices,
+for example a school, we need a skilled man (<i>perito</i>).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He who needs a <i>perito</i> is a <i>perrito</i> (little
+dog)!&rdquo; exclaimed Father D&aacute;maso, with a scoff. &ldquo;One
+would have to be more of a brute than the natives, who erect their own
+houses, if he did not know how to build four walls and put a covering
+over them. That&rsquo;s all that a school house is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All looked toward Ibarra. But the young man, even if he did look
+pale, kept on conversing with Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But Your Reverence should consider....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Just look you,&rdquo; continued the Franciscan without
+allowing the <i>Alcalde</i> to speak. &ldquo;See how one of our lay
+brothers, the most stupid one we have, has built a good hospital,
+handsome and cheap. It is well built and he did not pay more than eight
+<i>cuartos</i> a day to those whom he employed even those who came from
+other towns. That fellow knows how to treat them. He does not do like
+many fools and <i>mesticillos</i><a class="noteref" id="xd0e2885src"
+href="#xd0e2885">1</a> who spoil them by paying them three or four <i>
+reales</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Does Your Reverence say that he only paid eight <i>
+cuartos</i>? Impossible!&rdquo; said the <i>Alcalde</i>, trying to
+change the course of the conversation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Se&ntilde;or; and those who brag of being good Spaniards
+ought to imitate him. You can see very well now, since the Suez Canal
+was opened, corruption has come here. Before, when we had to double the
+Cape, there were not so many worthless people coming out here, nor did
+Filipinos go abroad to be corrupted and spoiled.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Father D&aacute;maso!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know very well what the native is. As quickly as he
+learns anything, he goes and becomes a doctor. All these ignoramuses
+who go to Europe....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But listen, Your Reverence ...&rdquo; interrupted the <i>
+Alcalde</i>, becoming uneasy at such harsh words.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are all going to end as they merit,&rdquo; he continued.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb109" href=
+"#pb109">109</a>]</span>&ldquo;The hand of God is upon them and one
+must be blind not to see it. Even in this life, the fathers of such
+vipers receive their punishment.... They die in prison, eh?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But he did not finish his remarks. Ibarra, his face flushing, had
+been following him with his eyes. On hearing the allusion to his
+father, he rose and, with a single bound, brought down his strong hand
+on the head of the priest. Stunned with the blow, the friar fell on his
+back.</p>
+
+<p>Full of astonishment and terror, no one dared to intervene.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Keep back!&rdquo; cried the young man, with a menacing voice,
+and brandishing a sharp knife in his hand. In the meantime, he held the
+friar down with his foot on his neck. The latter was recovering
+consciousness. &ldquo;Let no one approach who does not want to
+die!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was beside himself. His body trembled, and his threatening
+eyes almost burst from their sockets. Friar D&aacute;maso struggled and
+raised himself, but the young man, seizing him by the collar, shook him
+till he fell on his knees and collapsed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra! Se&ntilde;or Ibarra!&rdquo; cried
+some.</p>
+
+<p>But nobody, not even the <i>alferez</i>, dared to approach the
+glistening blade, considering the strength of the young man and the
+state of his mind. All were paralyzed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All of you people here have said nothing! Now the matter
+concerns me! I have avoided him. God now brings him to me. Let God
+judge!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man was breathing hard. With iron hand he held the
+Franciscan down, and the latter struggled in vain to break loose.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My heart beats tranquilly. My hand is sure.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He looked about him and continued: &ldquo;Is there among you any one
+who does not love his father; any one who hates his memory, any one who
+was born in disgrace and humiliation? See! Do you observe this silence?
+Priest of a peaceful God, with your mouth full of sanctity and
+religion, and a miserable heart, you could not have known what a father
+is. You should have thought of your own! <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb110" href="#pb110">110</a>]</span>Do you see? Among this crowd which
+you scorn, there is none such as you! You are judged!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The people around him made a stir, believing that he was going to
+strike.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Back!&rdquo; he again cried in a threatening voice.
+&ldquo;What? Do you fear that I would soil my hand with his impure
+blood? Have I not told you that my heart beats tranquilly? Back from
+us, all! Listen, priests, judges, you who think yourselves different
+from other men, and who claim other rights for yourselves! Listen! My
+father was an honorable man. Ask these people who venerate his memory.
+My father was a good citizen. He sacrificed himself for me and for the
+good of his country! His house was open. His table was ready for the
+stranger or the exile who came to it in his misery. He was a good
+Christian; he always did what was right. He never oppressed the
+helpless, nor brought sorrow to the miserable and wretched. To this
+man, he opened the door of his house. He had him sit at his table and
+he called him his friend. What has he done in return? He has
+calumniated him, persecuted him, has armed ignorance against him,
+violating the sanctity of his office, has thrown him out of his tomb,
+dishonored his memory, and persecuted him even in death&rsquo;s repose.
+And not content with that, he now persecutes his son. I have fled from
+him, I have avoided his presence. You heard him this morning profane
+the pulpit; you saw him point me out to the popular fanaticism; I said
+nothing. Now he comes here in search of a quarrel. To your surprise, I
+suffered in silence; but he again insults the sacred memory of my
+father, that memory which every son holds dear.... You who are here,
+you priests, you judges, have you seen your father watching over you
+night and day and working for you? Have you seen him deprive himself of
+you for your good? Have you seen your father die in prison, heart
+broken, sighing for some one to caress him, searching for some being to
+console him, alone in sickness, while you were in a foreign land? Have
+you heard his name dishonored afterward? Have you found his tomb vacant
+when you wished to pray upon it? No? You are silent. Then by that
+silence you condemn him!&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb111"
+href="#pb111">111</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>He raised his arm; but a young maiden, quick as a flash, put herself
+between them and with her delicate hands stopped the arm of the
+avenger. It was Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at her with an expression that seemed to reflect
+madness. Gradually, he loosened the vise-like fingers of his hand,
+allowed the body of the Franciscan to fall, and dropped his knife upon
+the ground. Covering his face, he fled through the crowd. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb112" href="#pb112">112</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e2885src" id="xd0e2885">1</a></span> Little <i>mestizos</i> or
+half breeds. Used in contempt.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch18" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XVIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The First Cloud.</h2>
+
+<p>The house of Captain Tiago was no less disturbed than the
+imagination of the people. Maria Clara, refusing to listen to the
+consolation of her aunt and foster sister, did nothing but weep. Her
+father had forbidden her to speak to Ibarra until the priests should
+absolve him from the excommunication which they had pronounced upon
+him.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, though very busy preparing his house for the
+reception of the Governor General, had been summoned to the
+convent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t cry, my girl,&rdquo; said Aunt Isabel as she
+dusted off the mirrors. &ldquo;They will certainly annul the
+excommunication; they will write the Pope.... We will make a large
+donation.... Father D&aacute;maso had nothing more than a fainting
+spell.... He is not dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t cry,&rdquo; said Andeng to her, in a low voice.
+&ldquo;I will certainly arrange it so that you can speak to him. What
+are the confessionals made for, if we are not expected to sin?
+Everything is pardoned when one has told it to the curate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Finally, Captain Tiago arrived. They scanned his face for an answer
+to their many questions, but his expression announced too plainly his
+dismay. The poor man was sweating, and passing his hand over his
+forehead. He seemed unable to utter a word.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How is it, Santiago?&rdquo; asked Aunt Isabel, anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>He answered her with a sigh and dried away a tear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For God&rsquo;s sake, speak! What has happened?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What I had already feared!&rdquo; he broke out finally half
+crying. &ldquo;All is lost! Father D&aacute;maso orders that the
+engagement be broken. If it is not broken off, I am condemned in this
+life and in the next. They all tell me the same thing, even Father
+Sibyla! I ought to shut the <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb113" href=
+"#pb113">113</a>]</span>doors of my house and ... I owe him more than
+fifty thousand <i>pesos</i>. I told the Fathers so, but they would take
+no notice of it. &lsquo;Which do you prefer to lose,&rsquo; they said
+to me, &lsquo;fifty thousand <i>pesos</i>, or your life and your
+soul?&rsquo; Alas! <i>Ay! San Antonio!</i> If I had known it, if I had
+known it!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was sobbing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not cry, my daughter,&rdquo; he added, turning to her.
+&ldquo;You are not like your mother. She never cried ... she never
+cried except when she was whimsical just before your birth.... Father
+D&aacute;maso tells me that a relative of his has just arrived from
+Spain ... and that he wants him to be your fianc&eacute;.&rdquo;...</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara stopped up her ears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Santiago, are you out of your head?&rdquo; cried Aunt
+Isabel. &ldquo;Speak to her now of another fianc&eacute;! Do you think
+that your daughter can change lovers as easily as she changes her
+dress?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was thinking the same thing, Isabel. Don Crisostomo is
+rich.... The Spaniards only marry for love of money.... But what would
+you have me do? They have threatened me with excommunication. They say
+that I am in great peril: not only my soul, but also my body ... my
+body, do you hear? My body!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you only give sorrow to your daughter. Are you not a
+friend of the Archbishop? Why don&rsquo;t you write him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Archbishop is also a friar. The Archbishop does only what
+the friars say. But, Maria, do not cry. The Governor General will come.
+He will want to see you and your eyes are all inflamed.... Alas! I was
+thinking what a happy afternoon I was going to pass.... Without this
+misfortune, I would be the happiest of men and all would envy me....
+Calm yourself, my girl. I am more unfortunate than you and I do not
+cry. You can have another and better fianc&eacute;, but I lose fifty
+thousand <i>pesos</i>. Ah! Virgin of Antipolo! If I could only have
+some luck to-night!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Noises, detonations, the rumbling of carriages, the galloping of
+horses, and a band playing the <i>Marcha Real</i> announced the arrival
+of His Excellency, the Governor <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb114"
+href="#pb114">114</a>]</span>General of the Philippine Islands. Maria
+Clara ran to hide in her bedroom.... Poor girl! Gross hands were
+playing with her heart, ignorant of the delicacy of its fibers.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the house filled with people. Loud steps, commands,
+and the clanking of sabers and swords resounded on all sides. The
+afflicted maiden was half kneeling before an engraving of the Virgin, a
+picture representing her in that attitude of painful solitude, known
+only to Delaroche, as if she had been surprised on returning from the
+sepulchre of her Son. But Maria Clara was not thinking of the grief of
+that Mother; she was thinking of her own. With her head resting on her
+breast and her hands on the floor, she looked like a lily bent by the
+storm. A future, cherished for years in her dreams; a future whose
+illusions, born in her infancy and nursed through her youth, gave form
+to the cells of her being&mdash;that future was now to be blotted from
+the mind and heart by a single word!</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was as good and as pious a Christian as her aunt. The
+thought of an excommunication terrified her. The threat to destroy the
+peace of her father demanded that she sacrifice her love. She felt the
+entire strength of that affection which until now she had not known. It
+was like a river which glides along smoothly; its banks carpeted with
+fragrant flowers, its bed formed by fine sand, the wind scarcely
+rippling its surface, so quiet and peaceful that you would say that its
+waters were dead; until suddenly its channel is pent up, ragged rocks
+obstruct its course, and the entangled trunks of trees form a dike.
+Then the river roars; it rises up; its waves boil; it is lashed into
+foam, beats against the rocks and rushes into the abyss.</p>
+
+<p>She wanted to pray, but who can pray without hope? One prays when
+there is hope. When there is none, we surrender ourselves to God and
+wail. &ldquo;My God!&rdquo; cried her heart, &ldquo;why shouldst thou
+separate me thus from him I love? Why deny me the love of others? Thou
+dost not deny me the sun, nor the air, nor dost thou hide the heavens
+from my sight. Why dost thou deny me love, when it is possible to live
+without sun, without air, and without the heavens, but without love,
+never?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb115" href=
+"#pb115">115</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mother, mother,&rdquo; she was moaning.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel came to take her from her grief. Some of her girl
+friends had arrived and the Governor General also desired to talk with
+her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Aunt, tell them that I am ill!&rdquo; begged the frightened
+maiden. &ldquo;They wish to make me play the piano and sing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your father has promised it. You are not going to go back on
+your father?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara arose, looked at her aunt, clasped her beautiful arms
+about her and murmured: &ldquo;Oh, if I had ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But, without finishing the sentence, she dried her tears and began
+to make her toilet. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb116" href=
+"#pb116">116</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch19" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XIX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">His Excellency.</h2>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to speak with that young man,&rdquo; said His
+Excellency to an adjutant. &ldquo;He has awakened my
+interest.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They have already gone to look for him, General! But there is
+a young man here from Manila who insists on being introduced. We have
+told him that Your Excellency has no time and that you have not come to
+give audiences, but to see the town and the procession. But he has
+replied that Your Excellency always has time to dispense
+justice.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency turned to the <i>Alcalde</i> as if in doubt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I am not mistaken,&rdquo; said the latter, making a slight
+bow, &ldquo;it is a young man who this morning had a difficulty with
+Father D&aacute;maso about the sermon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Still another? Has this friar undertaken to disturb the
+province, or does he think that he is in command here? Tell the young
+man to come in!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency was walking nervously from one end of the <i>sala</i>
+to the other.</p>
+
+<p>In the lower part of the house, in the ante-room, were several
+Spaniards, mingled with army officers and officials of the town of San
+Diego and some of the neighboring villages. They were grouped in little
+circles and were conversing about one thing and another. All of the
+friars were there except Father D&aacute;maso, and they wanted to go in
+and pay their respects to His Excellency.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;His Excellency, the Governor General, begs Your Reverences to
+wait a moment,&rdquo; said the adjutant. &ldquo;Walk in, young
+man!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man from Manila entered the <i>sala</i>, pale and
+trembling.</p>
+
+<p>Everybody was surprised. His Excellency must be irritated to dare to
+make the friars wait. Father Sibyla <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb117" href="#pb117">117</a>]</span>said: &ldquo;I have nothing to say
+to him.... I am losing time here!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s the same with me,&rdquo; said an Augustine.
+&ldquo;Shall we go?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Would it not be better for us to find out what he
+thinks?&rdquo; asked Father Salv&iacute;. &ldquo;We would avoid a
+scandal ... and ... we would be able to call to his mind his duty to
+... the Church.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Reverences can walk in, if you wish,&rdquo; announced
+the adjutant, as he escorted out the young man, whose face was now,
+however, glowing with satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>Friar Sibyla entered first. Behind him came Father Salv&iacute;,
+Father Manuel Martin and the other priests. They all humbly saluted the
+Governor General, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who preserved
+even in his bow, an air of superiority. Father Salv&iacute;, on the
+contrary, almost touched the floor with his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Which of Your Reverences is Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo;
+asked His Excellency unexpectedly, without having them sit down, or
+even asking about their health, and without addressing them with any of
+those courteous phrases which are customary with such high
+personages.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso is not among us, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo;
+replied Father Sibyla, rather dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency&rsquo;s servant lies ill in bed,&rdquo; added
+Father Salv&iacute; meekly. &ldquo;After having the pleasure of
+saluting you and of inquiring about the health of Your Excellency, as
+befits all the good servants of the King and all persons of good
+education, we also come in the name of the respectful servant of Your
+Excellency who has the misfortune....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh,&rdquo; interrupted the Governor General, as he turned a
+chair around on one leg and smiled nervously. &ldquo;If all the
+servants of My Excellency were like His Reverence Father D&aacute;maso,
+I would prefer to serve My Excellency myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Reverences did not know how to respond to this interruption.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take a seat, Your Reverences!&rdquo; he added after a short
+pause, softening his tone a little.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago came in dressed in a frock coat and walking <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb118" href="#pb118">118</a>]</span>on
+tip-toes. He was leading Maria Clara by the hand. The young maiden was
+trembling when she entered, but notwithstanding she made a graceful and
+ceremonious bow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is this your daughter?&rdquo; asked the Governor General,
+somewhat surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Your Excellency&rsquo;s, my General,&rdquo; replied
+Captain Tiago seriously.<a class="noteref" id="xd0e3094src" href=
+"#xd0e3094">1</a></p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i> and the adjutants opened wide their eyes, but His
+Excellency did not lose his gravity. He extended his hand to the young
+maiden and said to her affably: &ldquo;Happy are the fathers who have
+daughters like you, se&ntilde;orita. They have spoken to me about you
+with respect and consideration.... I have desired to see you and to
+thank you for your pretty deed of to-day. I am informed of all, and
+when I write to His Majesty&rsquo;s Government I will not forget your
+generous conduct. In the meantime, se&ntilde;orita, allow me in the
+name of His Majesty the King whom I represent here and who loves to see
+peace and tranquillity among his subjects, and in my own name, that of
+a father who also has daughters of your age, allow me to extend to you
+most sincere thanks and propose your name for some mark of
+recognition.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or ...&rdquo; replied Maria Clara, trembling.</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency guessed what she wanted to say, and replied:
+&ldquo;It is well enough, se&ntilde;orita, that you are satisfied in
+your own conscience with the mere esteem of your own people. The
+testimony of one&rsquo;s people is the highest reward and we ought not
+to ask more. But, however, I will not let pass this excellent
+opportunity to show you that, if justice knows how to punish, she also
+knows how to reward and is not always blind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Don Juan Crisostomo awaits Your
+Excellency&rsquo;s orders,&rdquo; announced the adjutant in a loud
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara trembled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; exclaimed the Governor General. &ldquo;Permit me,
+se&ntilde;orita, to express the desire to see you again before I leave
+town. I still have some very important things to say to you.
+Se&ntilde;or <i>Alcalde</i>, Your Lordship will accompany <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb119" href="#pb119">119</a>]</span>me for a walk
+after the conference which I will hold alone with Se&ntilde;or
+Ibarra.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency will permit us,&rdquo; said Father
+Salv&iacute; meekly, &ldquo;to inform you that Se&ntilde;or Ibarra is
+excommunicated ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency interrupted him saying: &ldquo;I am glad that I have
+nothing more to deplore than the condition of Father D&aacute;maso, for
+whom I sincerely wish a complete recovery, because at his age a voyage
+to Spain for his health would not be pleasant. But this depends on him
+... and in the meantime, may God preserve the health of Your
+Reverences.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They retired one after the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will see who will make the journey first,&rdquo; said a
+Franciscan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am going off now right away!&rdquo; said Father Sibyla,
+with indignation.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And we are going back to our provinces, too,&rdquo; said the
+Augustins.</p>
+
+<p>They could not endure that through the fault of a Franciscan His
+Excellency had received them coldly.</p>
+
+<p>In the entrance hall they met Ibarra, their host only a few hours
+ago. They exchanged no salutations, but their looks were eloquent.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i>, on the contrary, when the friars had
+disappeared, greeted the young man and extended his hand to him in a
+familiar way. But the arrival of the adjutant, who was looking for
+Ibarra, did not give them an opportunity to converse.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was dressed in deep mourning. He presented himself in a calm
+manner, and bowed profoundly, despite the fact that the sight of the
+friars had not seemed a good omen for him.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General advanced a few steps. &ldquo;It gives me great
+satisfaction to shake your hand. Grant me your entire
+confidence.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or ... such kindness...!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your surprise offends me. It indicates that you did not
+expect a good reception from me. That is doubting my justice!&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb120" href="#pb120">120</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A friendly reception, se&ntilde;or, for an insignificant
+subject like myself, is not justice, it is a favor.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, well!&rdquo; said His Excellency, sitting down and
+pointing out a seat for Ibarra. &ldquo;Let us speak frankly. I am very
+much pleased with your action and I have already proposed to His
+Majesty&rsquo;s Government that they grant you an insignia for your
+philanthropic intention of erecting a school.... If you had asked me, I
+would have attended the ceremony with a great deal of pleasure and
+perhaps the unpleasantness would have been avoided.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My idea of erecting a school seems to me so
+insignificant,&rdquo; replied the young man, &ldquo;that I did not
+think it an occasion worthy of taking the attention of Your Excellency
+from your many duties and cares. Then, too, it was my duty to first
+address the highest authority of the province.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency made a bow of satisfaction and adopting a still more
+intimate manner, continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In regard to the unpleasantness which you have had with
+Father D&aacute;maso, have no fear nor regret. I will not touch a hair
+of your head while I govern these Islands. And in regard to the
+excommunication, I will speak to the Archbishop, for it is necessary
+for us to adapt ourselves to circumstances. Here, we cannot laugh about
+these things in public as we do in Spain or in cultured Europe.
+Nevertheless, be more prudent in the future. You have put yourself in
+opposition to the religious corporations, which, on account of your
+position and wealth, need to be respected. But I will protect you,
+because I like good sons, I like to see a person respect the honor of
+his father. I, too, love my father, and as sure as there is a God, I
+know what I would have done had I been in your place....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And quickly turning the conversation, he asked: &ldquo;You have told
+me that you come from Europe; were you in Madrid?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, se&ntilde;or; for some months.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have perhaps heard of my family?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency had just left when I had the honor to be
+presented to it.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb121" href=
+"#pb121">121</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And why, then, did you come here without bringing some letter
+of introduction?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Ibarra bowing, &ldquo;because I
+do not come directly from Spain, and because, having heard of Your
+Excellency&rsquo;s character, I thought that a letter of introduction
+would not only be useless, but even offensive. All Filipinos are
+recommended to you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A smile appeared on the lips of the old officer and he replied
+slowly, as if weighing and measuring his words:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It flatters me to learn that you think so ... and ... so it
+ought to be. However, young man, you ought to know what loads we bear
+upon our shoulders here in the Philippines. Here, we, old army
+officers, have to do and be everything: King, Secretary of State, of
+War, of Agriculture, of Internal Affairs and of Justice. The worst part
+of it is the fact that in regard to everything we have to consult our
+distant Mother Country, which approves or rejects our propositions,
+according to circumstances, sometimes blindly. And you know how we
+Spaniards say: &lsquo;Grasp much, get little.&rsquo; Then, too, we come
+here ignorant of the country and we leave it as soon as we begin to
+know it. With you I can be frank, for it would be useless to appear
+otherwise. In Spain, where each branch of the Government has its own
+Minister, born and brought up in the country, where they have the press
+and public opinion, the opposition is open and before the eyes of the
+Government, and shows up its faults; yet, even there, all is imperfect
+and defective. And when you consider the conditions here, it is a
+wonder that all is not upset, with all those advantages lacking, and
+with the opposition working in the dark. Good intentions and wishes are
+not wanting in us governing officials, but we find ourselves obliged to
+make use of eyes and arms which frequently we do not know, and which,
+perhaps, instead of serving the country, serve only their own
+interests. That is not our fault; it is the fault of circumstances. You
+arouse my interest and I do not want our present system of government
+to prejudice you in any way. I cannot watch everything, nor can I
+attend to all. Can I be useful to you in any way? Have you anything to
+request?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra meditated. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb122" href=
+"#pb122">122</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he replied, &ldquo;my greatest desire is
+the happiness of my country, a happiness due to the efforts of our
+Mother Country and to the efforts of my fellow countrymen, united with
+the eternal bonds of a common interest and common object. What I ask
+the Government can only give after many years of continuous work and
+proper reforms.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency looked at him for several seconds with a look which
+Ibarra met naturally, without timidity and without boldness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are the first <i>man</i> with whom I have spoken in this
+country,&rdquo; he exclaimed grasping his hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your Excellency has only seen those who lead a grovelling
+existence in the city. You have not seen the calumniated hovels of our
+towns. If you had, you would have seen true men, if generous hearts and
+simple manners make true men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General arose and paced the <i>sala</i> from one side
+to the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra,&rdquo; he exclaimed, stopping a moment.
+The young man arose. &ldquo;I will probably leave here within a month.
+Your education and your mode of thinking are not for this country. Sell
+what you possess, get your trunk ready and come with me to Europe. That
+climate will be better for you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall cherish all my life the memory of Your
+Excellency&rsquo;s kindness,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, moved by what the
+Governor General had said. &ldquo;But I ought to live in the country
+where my fathers have lived....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where they have died, you should say, to speak more exactly.
+Believe me! I possibly know your country better than you do
+yourself.... Ah! Now I remember,&rdquo; he exclaimed changing the tone
+of his voice. &ldquo;You are going to marry a lovely girl and I am
+keeping you here! Go, go to her side, and that you may have greater
+liberty send her father to me,&rdquo; he added, smiling. &ldquo;Do not
+forget, however, that I want you to accompany me for a walk.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra bowed and departed.</p>
+
+<p>His Excellency called his adjutant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am happy,&rdquo; said he, giving him a light slap on the
+shoulder. &ldquo;To-day I have seen for the first time how one <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb123" href="#pb123">123</a>]</span>can be a
+good Spaniard without ceasing to be a good Filipino and to love his
+country. To-day, at last, I have shown the <i>Reverences</i> that we
+are not all their playthings. This young man has afforded me the
+opportunity, and, in a short time, I will have settled all of my
+accounts with the friar. It&rsquo;s a pity that this young man, some
+day or other ... but call the <i>Alcalde</i> to me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The latter presented himself at once.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Alcalde,&rdquo; he said to him, as he entered
+the room, &ldquo;in order to avoid a repetition of scenes such as Your
+Honor witnessed this afternoon, scenes which I deplore because they
+take away the prestige of the Government and all Spaniards, I want to
+commend to you warmly Se&ntilde;or Ibarra, that you may not only aid
+him in carrying out his patriotic ends, but also prevent in the future
+any person of whatever class or under whatever pretext, from molesting
+him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>Alcalde</i> understood the reprimand and bowed to conceal his
+confusion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have the <i>alferez</i>, who is in command here, informed to
+the same effect. And you will find out if it is true that this officer
+has methods of procedure that are not in accordance with the
+regulations. I have heard more than one complaint on this
+score.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, all starched and ironed, presented himself.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Santiago,&rdquo; said His Excellency, in a cordial tone
+of voice, &ldquo;a little while ago I was congratulating you on having
+a daughter like the Se&ntilde;orita de los Santos. Now I want to
+congratulate you on your future son-in-law. The most virtuous of
+daughters is certainly worthy of the best citizen of the Philippines.
+Is the date of the wedding known?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or!&rdquo; stammered the Captain, wiping away the
+perspiration which was running down his face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, come! I see that there is nothing definite. If you need
+godfathers, I will be one of them with the greatest pleasure. I would
+do it to take away the bad taste which so many of the weddings which I
+have attended here have left in my mouth,&rdquo; he added, turning to
+the <i>Alcalde</i>. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb124" href=
+"#pb124">124</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, se&ntilde;or!&rdquo; replied Captain Tiago, with a smile
+which inspired compassion.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had gone in search of Maria Clara, almost on a run. He had so
+many things to tell her. He heard some gentle voices in one of the
+rooms and knocked at the door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who knocks?&rdquo; asked Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>The voices were silenced and the door ... was not opened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is I. May I come in?&rdquo; asked the young man, his heart
+beating violently.</p>
+
+<p>The silence was not broken. A few seconds afterward gentle steps
+approached the door and Sinang&rsquo;s cheerful voice murmured through
+the key-hole: &ldquo;Crisostomo, we are going to the theatre to-night.
+Write what you have to say to Maria Clara.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then the footsteps were heard retreating, as quickly as they had
+come.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does that mean!&rdquo; murmured Ibarra to himself, as he
+went slowly away from the door. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb125"
+href="#pb125">125</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e3094src" id="xd0e3094">1</a></span> A reply which accords with
+the Spanish idea of politeness but rather ludicrously used in this
+instance.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch20" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Procession.</h2>
+
+<p>In the evening, by the light of lanterns hung from windows, to the
+ringing of bells and bursting of bombs, the procession started for the
+fourth time.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General left the house on foot, in company with his two
+adjutants, Captain Tiago, the <i>Alcalde</i>, the <i>alferez</i>, and
+Ibarra. The Civil Guards and the officials of the town preceded them
+and cleared the way. His Excellency had been invited to witness the
+procession from the house of the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, in front of
+which a platform had been erected for the recitation of a <i>loa</i>,
+or religious poem, in honor of the Patron Saint. Ibarra had previously
+declined with pleasure an invitation to hear this poetical composition,
+as he had preferred to witness the procession from the house of Captain
+Tiago with Maria Clara and her friends. But, as His Excellency wished
+to hear the <i>loa</i>, there was no other remedy for Ibarra but to
+console himself with the hope of seeing her at the theatre.</p>
+
+<p>The procession was headed by three sacristans carrying silver
+candlesticks. The children of the school, accompanied by their teacher,
+followed. Then came the small boys, with colored paper lanterns
+fastened to the ends of pieces of bamboo, each more or less adorned
+according to the caprices of the boy, for this part of the illumination
+was paid for entirely by themselves. However, they fulfilled this duty
+with a great deal of pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>In the midst of it all, men serving as police, passed to and fro to
+see that the files of the procession were not broken or the people
+jammed together in a crowd. For this purpose they used their wands and
+inflicted some hard blows, thus managing to add to the brilliancy of
+the procession, to the edification of souls and to the glory of
+religious pomp. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb126" href=
+"#pb126">126</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>At the same time that the officers inflicted these sanctified
+floggings with their wands free of charge, others, to console those who
+had been punished, distributed wax and tallow candles, also free of
+charge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Alcalde,&rdquo; said Ibarra, in a low voice,
+&ldquo;do they inflict those blows to punish the sinners or merely for
+pleasure?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right, Se&ntilde;or Ibarra,&rdquo; replied the
+Governor General, who had overheard his question. &ldquo;This spectacle
+... barbarous ... astonishing to those who come from other countries,
+ought to be prohibited.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Although it cannot be explained, the first saint who appeared was
+San Juan el Baptisto. On seeing him, you would say that the cousin of
+Our Saviour did not enjoy any great renown among these people. He had
+slender feet and legs and the face of a hermit, and was carried along
+on an old wooden litter. In marked contrast to the representation of
+San Juan, was that of San Francisco, the founder of the great order.
+The latter was drawn in a car, and, as Tasio said: &ldquo;What a car!
+How many lights and glass lanterns! Why, I have never seen you
+surrounded by so many illuminations, Giovanni Bernardone! And what
+music!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Behind the music came a standard representing the same saint, but
+with seven wings. It was carried by the brothers of the Third Order,
+dressed in <i>guingon</i> and praying in a loud and mournful voice. The
+next in the procession was Santa Maria Magdalena, a most beautiful
+image with an abundant growth of hair, a handkerchief of embroidered
+<i>pi&ntilde;a</i> cloth between her ring-covered fingers, and wearing
+a dress of silk adorned with gold-leaf. Lights and incense surrounded
+her. The glass tears from her eyes reflected the colors of the colored
+fire which was burned here and there, giving a fantastic aspect to the
+procession. Consequently, the sinful saint appeared to be weeping now
+green, now red and now blue tears. The people did not begin to burn
+these colored lights till San Francisco was passing; San Juan el
+Baptisto did not enjoy this honor, passing by quickly, ashamed perhaps
+to go dressed in skins among so many saints covered with gold and
+precious jewels. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb127" href=
+"#pb127">127</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There goes our saint!&rdquo; cried the daughter of the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> to her visitors. &ldquo;I loaned her my rings, but
+I did it to get to Heaven.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Those carrying the illuminations stopped near the platform to hear
+the <i>loa</i>. The saints did the same. They and their carriers wanted
+to hear the verses. Those who carried San Juan, tired of waiting,
+squatted down in the characteristic Filipino manner, and found it
+convenient to leave their burden on the ground.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You&rsquo;ll get into trouble,&rdquo; objected one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> In the <span class="corr" id="xd0e3319"
+title="Source: sacristry">sacristy</span>, they leave him in a corner
+among spider-webs....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After Magdalena came the women. They differed from the men in
+arrangement. Instead of the children, the old women came first and
+finally the unmarried women. Behind these came the car of the Virgin,
+and behind that, the curate under his canopy. Father D&aacute;maso gave
+the following reason for putting the young women next to the
+Virgin&rsquo;s car: &ldquo;The Virgin likes young women, but not old
+ones.&rdquo; Of course, this explanation caused many of the older women
+to make wry faces, but that did not change the taste of the Virgin.</p>
+
+<p>San Diego followed Magdalena, but he did not seem to rejoice over
+the fact, for he was as precise in his behavior as on the morning when
+he followed along behind San Francisco. Six brothers of the Third Order
+drew the car. San Diego stopped before the platform and awaited for the
+people to salute him.</p>
+
+<p>But it was necessary to await the car which contained the image of
+the Virgin. Preceding this car were some people dressed in a fantastic
+manner which made children cry and babies scream. In the midst of that
+dark mass of habits, hoods and girdles, to the sound of that monotonous
+and nasal prayer, one could see, like white jessamine, like fresh
+pansies among old rags, twelve young lassies dressed in white, crowned
+with flowers, with hair curled and eyes bright as the necklaces they
+wore. Seizing hold of two wide blue bands which were tied to the car of
+the Virgin, they drew it along, reminding one of doves drawing the car
+of Spring.</p>
+
+<p>And now when the images were all attentive, when this <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb128" href="#pb128">128</a>]</span>child and that
+had been slapped sufficiently to make him listen to the verses, when
+everybody had his eyes fixed on the half open curtain, at last, an <i>
+aaaah!</i> of admiration escaped from the lips of all.</p>
+
+<p>And the sight merited it. A young child appeared with wings, riding
+boots, a cordon over its shoulder, a belt and a plumed hat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Se&ntilde;or Alcalde!&rdquo; cried some one, but the
+young prodigy recited a poem in such a manner that the <i>Alcalde</i>
+was not offended at the comparison.</p>
+
+<p>The procession then continued. San Juan followed out his bitter
+career.</p>
+
+<p>As the Virgin passed before the house of Captain Tiago, a heavenly
+song greeted her like the words of an archangel. It was a sweet,
+melodious, supplicating voice, weeping the <i>Ave Maria</i> of Gounod.
+The music of the procession was silenced, the praying ceased, and
+Father Salv&iacute; himself stopped. The voice trembled and brought
+tears to the cheeks of those who heard it. That voice expressed more
+than a salutation, a prayer, or a plaint.</p>
+
+<p>From the window, where he was viewing the procession, Ibarra heard
+the voice, and melancholy took possession of his heart. He understood
+what that soul was suffering and what was expressed in that song. He
+was afraid to think of the cause of that grief.</p>
+
+<p>The Governor General found him pensive and sad. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb129" href="#pb129">129</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch21" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Do&ntilde;a Consolacion.</h2>
+
+<p>Why were the windows in the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> house closed?
+Where was the masculine face and the flannel shirt of the Medusa or
+Muse of the Civil Guard while the procession was passing? Could she
+have understood how unpleasant was the sight of the swelling veins of
+her forehead, filled, it seemed, not with blood but with vinegar and
+bile; of her large cigar, that worthy ornament of her red lips; and of
+her envious look; could she have understood all of that, and, giving
+way to a generous impulse, have refrained from disturbing the gayety of
+the crowd by her sinister apparition?</p>
+
+<p>Alas! Her generous impulses lived only in the golden age.</p>
+
+<p>Her house was sad because other people were merry, as Sinang put it.
+There neither lanterns nor flags could be seen. In fact, if the sentry
+were not walking up and down in front of the gate, you would have said
+that the house was unoccupied.</p>
+
+<p>A feeble light illumined the disarranged <i>sala</i>, and made
+transparent the oyster-shell windows filled with spider-webs and
+covered with dust. The Se&ntilde;ora, according to her custom, her
+hands folded, sat in a wide arm-chair. She was dressed the same as
+every day, that is to say, outrageously out of taste. In detail, she
+had a handkerchief tied around her head, while short, slender locks of
+tangled hair hung down on either side; a blue flannel shirt over
+another shirt which should have been white; and a faded-out skirt which
+moulded itself to her slender thighs as she sat with her legs crossed
+and nervously wiggled her foot. From her mouth, came big puffs of
+smoke, which she fastidiously blew up in the space toward which she
+looked when her eyes were open. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb130"
+href="#pb130">130</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>That morning the Se&ntilde;ora had not heard mass, not because she
+had not cared to hear it, for on the contrary she wanted to show
+herself to the multitude and to hear the sermon, but because her
+husband had not permitted her to do so. As was usually the case, his
+prohibition was accompanied by two or three insults, oaths and threats
+of kicking. The <i>alferez</i> understood that his &ldquo;female&rdquo;
+dressed herself in a ridiculous manner, and that it was not fitting to
+expose her to the eyes of the people from the capital nor even the
+country districts.</p>
+
+<p>But she did not understand it that way. She knew that she was
+beautiful, attractive, that she had the manners of a queen and that she
+dressed much better and more gorgeously than Maria Clara herself,
+though to be sure the latter wore a <i>tapis</i> over her skirt while
+she wore only the skirt. The <i>alferez</i> had to say to her:
+&ldquo;Oh, shut your mouth or I&rsquo;ll kick you till you
+do!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion did not care to be kicked, but she planned
+revenge.</p>
+
+<p>The dark face of the Se&ntilde;ora never had inspired confidence in
+anybody, not even when she painted it. That morning she was
+exceptionally uneasy, and as she walked from one end of the <i>sala</i>
+to the other, in silence and as if meditating something terrible, her
+eyes shone like those of a serpent about to be crushed. Her look was
+cold, luminous, and penetrating and had something vicious, loathsome
+and cruel in it.</p>
+
+<p>The slightest defect in anything, the most insignificant or unusual
+noise brought forth an obscene and infamous expression; but no one
+responded. To offer an excuse was a crime.</p>
+
+<p>So the day passed. Encountering no obstacle in her way&mdash;her
+husband had been invited out&mdash;she became saturated with bile.</p>
+
+<p>Everything around bent itself before her. She met no resistance,
+there was nothing upon which she could discharge the vials of her
+wrath. Soldiers and servants crawled before her.</p>
+
+<p>That she might not hear the rejoicing going on outside, she ordered
+the windows to be closed, and charged the sentry not to permit any one
+to enter. She tied a handkerchief <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb131"
+href="#pb131">131</a>]</span>around her head to prevent it from
+bursting; and, in spite of the fact that the sun was still shining
+brightly, she ordered the lamps lighted.</p>
+
+<p>A madwoman who had been detained for disturbing the public peace was
+taken to the barracks. The <i>alferez</i> was not there at the time and
+the unhappy woman had to pass the night seated on a bench. The
+following day the <i>alferez</i> returned. Fearing lest the unhappy
+woman should become the butt of the crowd during the <i>fiesta</i>, he
+ordered the soldiers who were guarding her to treat her with pity and
+give her something to eat. Thus the demented woman passed two days.</p>
+
+<p>Whether the proximity to Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house made it
+possible for the sad song of Maria Clara to reach her ears, whether
+other strains of music awoke in her memories of old songs, or whether
+there was some other cause for it, at any rate, the madwoman began that
+night to sing with a sweet and melancholy voice the songs of her youth.
+The soldiers heard her and kept silent. Those songs brought back
+memories of the old times.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion also heard it in her sorrow, and became
+interested in the person who was singing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell her to come upstairs at once!&rdquo; she ordered, after
+some seconds of meditation. Something like a smile passed over her dry
+lips.</p>
+
+<p>They brought the woman and she presented herself without any
+discomposure, and without manifesting either fear or surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Orderly, tell this woman in Tagalog to sing!&rdquo; said the
+<i>alfereza</i>. &ldquo;She don&rsquo;t understand me; she does not
+know Spanish.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The demented woman understood the orderly and sang the song
+&ldquo;Night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion listened to the beginning with a mocking
+smile which disappeared gradually from her lips. She became attentive,
+then more serious and pensive. The woman&rsquo;s voice, the sentiment
+of the verses and the song itself impressed her. That dry and burning
+heart was perhaps softened. She understood the song well:
+&ldquo;Sadness, cold, and dampness, wrapped in the mantle of Night
+descend from the sky,&rdquo; as the folk song <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb132" href="#pb132">132</a>]</span>puts it. It seemed that they
+were also descending upon her heart. &ldquo;The withered flower which
+during the day has paraded its dress, desirous of applause and full of
+vanity, at nightfall repenting, makes an effort to raise its faded
+petals to the sky, and begs for a little shade in which to hide itself,
+so as to die without the mockery of the light which saw it in its pomp,
+to die without the vanity of its pride being seen, and begging for a
+drop of dew, to weep over it. The night bird, leaving its solitary
+retreat in the hollow of the old tree, disturbs the melancholy of the
+forests....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no! Do not sing!&rdquo; exclaimed the <i>alfereza</i> in
+perfect Tagalog and raising to her feet somewhat agitated.
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t sing! Those verses hurt me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The demented woman stopped. The orderly muttered &ldquo;Bah!&rdquo;
+and exclaimed &ldquo;She knows how to <i>pat&aacute;</i>
+Tagalog!&rdquo; and stood looking at the se&ntilde;ora full of
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>The Muse understood that she had been caught, and was ashamed. As
+her nature was not that of a woman, her shame took the form of rage and
+hatred. She pointed out the door to the impudent orderly and with a
+kick closed it behind him. She took several turns about the room,
+twisting a whip between her nervous hands, and then, stopping suddenly
+in front of the demented woman, said in Spanish:
+&ldquo;Dance!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The demented one did not move.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dance! Dance!&rdquo; she repeated in a threatening voice.</p>
+
+<p>The poor woman looked at the Se&ntilde;ora, her eyes devoid of
+expression. The <i>alfereza</i> raised one arm and then the other,
+shaking them in a menacing way.</p>
+
+<p>She then leaped up in the air, and jumped around urging the other
+woman to imitate her. The band in the procession could be heard playing
+a slow, majestic march, but the Se&ntilde;ora, leaping about furiously
+was keeping time to different music than that the band was playing,
+that music which resounded within her. A curious look appeared in the
+madwoman&rsquo;s eyes, and a weak smile moved her pale lips. She liked
+the Se&ntilde;ora&rsquo;s dancing.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alfereza</i> stopped dancing as if ashamed. She raised the
+whip, that terrible whip made in Ulango and improved by the <i>
+alferez</i> by winding wire around it, that <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb133" href="#pb133">133</a>]</span>same terrible whip which the
+<i>ladrones</i> and soldiers knew so well.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now it is your turn to dance ... dance!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And she began to whip lightly the demented woman&rsquo;s bare
+feet.</p>
+
+<p>The pale face contracted with pain, and she was obliged to defend
+herself from the blows by her hands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come! Go ahead!&rdquo; she exclaimed with savage delight, and
+she passed from <i>lento</i> to <a id="xd0e3481">
+</a><i>allegro-vivace</i> in the use of her whip.</p>
+
+<p>The unhappy woman screamed and quickly raised her feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have got to dance, you d&mdash;&mdash;d Indian!&rdquo;
+exclaimed the Se&ntilde;ora and the whip whizzed and whistled.</p>
+
+<p>The woman let herself sink to the floor and tried to cover her legs
+with her hands, at the same time looking with wild eyes at her
+tormentor. Two heavy <span class="corr" id="xd0e3491" title="Source:
+lashs">lashes</span> on her back made her rise again. Now it was no
+longer a scream; it was a howl which escaped from the unfortunate
+woman. The thin shirt was torn, the skin broke open and the blood oozed
+out.</p>
+
+<p>The sight of blood excites a tiger; so, too, the sight of the blood
+of her victim infuriated Do&ntilde;a Consolacion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Dance! dance! Curse you! D&mdash;&mdash;n you! Dance! Cursed
+be the mother who bore you!&rdquo; she cried. &ldquo;Dance, or
+I&rsquo;ll kill you by whipping you to death!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then the <i>alfereza</i>, taking the woman with one hand and
+whipping her with another, began to jump and dance.</p>
+
+<p>The insane woman understood her at last and went on moving her arms
+regardless of time or tune. A smile of satisfaction contracted the lips
+of the teacher. It was like the smile of a female Mephistopheles who
+had succeeded in developing a good pupil; it was full of hatred,
+contempt, mockery and cruelty; a coarse laugh could not have expressed
+more.</p>
+
+<p>Absorbed in the enjoyment which the spectacle afforded her, she did
+not hear her husband coming, until he opened the door with a kick.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> appeared, pale and gloomy. He saw what was going
+on there and looked daggers at his wife. She <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb134" href="#pb134">134</a>]</span>did not move from her tracks
+and stood smiling in a cynical way.</p>
+
+<p>In the gentlest manner possible, he put his hand on the shoulder of
+the dancing woman and made her stop. The demented woman sighed and
+slowly sat down on the blood-covered floor.</p>
+
+<p>The silence continued. The <i>alferez</i> was breathing heavily. His
+wife was observing him with her questioning eyes. She seized the whip
+and in a calm and measured tone asked him: &ldquo;What&rsquo;s the
+matter with you? You have not said &lsquo;good evening&rsquo; to
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i>, without replying, called the orderly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take this woman,&rdquo; he said, &ldquo;and have Marta give
+her another shirt and take care of her. Find her good food, and a good
+bed.... Let him look out who treats her badly!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After carefully closing the door, he turned the key in the lock and
+approached his se&ntilde;ora.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You want me to smash you?&rdquo; he said, clenching his
+fists.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s the matter with you?&rdquo; asked she,
+retreating a step or two.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s the matter with me?&rdquo; he shouted, in a
+thundering voice, and, giving vent to an oath, showed her a paper
+covered with scribbling. He continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Didn&rsquo;t you write this letter to the <i>Alcalde</i>,
+saying that I am paid for permitting the gambling, d&mdash;&mdash;n
+you? I don&rsquo;t know how I can keep from smashing you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go ahead! Try it if you dare!&rdquo; said she, with a mocking
+smile. &ldquo;He who smashes me has got to be more of a man than
+you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He heard the insult, but he saw the whip. He seized one of the
+plates which were on the table and threw it at her head. The woman,
+accustomed to these fights, ducked quickly and the plate was shivered
+to pieces against the wall. A glass, a cup, and a knife shared the same
+fortune.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Coward!&rdquo; she cried. &ldquo;You dare not come near
+me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And then she spat at him to exasperate him more. The man, blind and
+howling with rage, threw himself on her, but she, with wonderful
+rapidity, struck him a few blows <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb135"
+href="#pb135">135</a>]</span>across the face with the whip, and quickly
+escaped. Closing the door of her room with a slam, she locked herself
+in. Roaring with rage and pain the <i>alferez</i> followed her, but,
+coming up against the door, he could do nothing but belch forth a
+string of blasphemies.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cursed be your ancestors, you swine! Open, d&mdash;&mdash;n
+you! Open that door or I&rsquo;ll break your skull!&rdquo; he howled,
+pounding and kicking the panels.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion did not reply. A moving of chairs and trunks
+could be heard, as though some one was trying to raise a barricade of
+household furniture. The house fairly shook with the oaths and kicks of
+the husband.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you come in! Don&rsquo;t you come in!&rdquo; she
+said, in a bitter voice. &ldquo;If you show yourself, I&rsquo;ll shoot
+you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The husband calmed down, little by little, and contented himself
+with pacing from one end of the <i>sala</i> to the other like a wild
+animal in its cage.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go and cool your head!&rdquo; continued the woman in mockery.
+She seemed to have concluded her preparations for defense.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I swear that when I catch you, no one&mdash;not even
+God&mdash;will see you again! I&rsquo;ll smash you so fine.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes! Now you can say what you wish. You would not let me go
+to mass. You would not let me fulfill my duty to God!&rdquo; she said
+with such sarcasm as she alone knew how to use.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> took his helmet, straightened out his clothes,
+and walked away several paces. But, at the end of several minutes, he
+returned without making the slightest noise, for he had taken off his
+boots. The servants, accustomed to these spectacles, paid no attention
+to them, but the novelty of this move with the boots attracted their
+notice and they gave each other the wink.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> sat down on a chair next to the door and had the
+patience to wait more than half an hour.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you really gone out or are you there, you
+he-goat?&rdquo; asked a voice from time to time, changing the epithets
+but raising the tone.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, she commenced to take away the furniture from her
+barricade. He heard the noise and smiled. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb136" href="#pb136">136</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Orderly! Has the se&ntilde;or gone out?&rdquo; cried
+Do&ntilde;a Consolacion.</p>
+
+<p>The orderly at a signal from the <i>alferez</i>, replied:
+&ldquo;Yes, se&ntilde;ora, he has gone out!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He could hear her laugh triumphantly. She drew back the bolt. The
+husband arose to his feet slowly; the door was opened.</p>
+
+<p>A cry, the noise of a body falling, oaths, howling, swearing, blows,
+hoarse voices. Who can describe what took place in the darkness of the
+bedroom?</p>
+
+<p>The orderly, going out to the kitchen, made a very expressive
+gesture to the cook.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And now you&rsquo;ll catch it!&rdquo; said the latter.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I? No, sir. The town will, not I. She asked me if he had gone
+out, not if he had returned.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb137" href="#pb137">137</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch22" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Might and Right.</h2>
+
+<p>It was about ten o&rsquo;clock at night. The last rockets lazily
+soared into the dark sky, where paper balloons shone like new stars.
+Some of the fireworks had set fire to houses and were threatening them
+with destruction; for this reason men could be seen on the ridges of
+the roofs carrying buckets of water and long bamboo poles with cloths
+tied on the ends. Their dark shadows seemed descended from ethereal
+space to be present at the rejoicings of human beings. An enormous
+number of wheels had been burned, also castles, bulls, <i>caraboas</i>
+and other pieces of fireworks, and finally a great volcano, which
+surpassed in beauty and grandeur anything that the inhabitants of San
+Diego had ever seen.</p>
+
+<p>Now the people turned in one great crowd toward the plaza to attend
+the last theatrical performance. Here and there could be seen the
+colored Bengal lights, fantastically illuminating groups of merry
+people. The small boys were making use of their torches to search for
+unexploded firecrackers in the grass, or, in fact, for anything else
+that might be of use to them. But the music was the signal and all
+abandoned the lawn for the theatre.</p>
+
+<p>The large platform was splendidly illuminated. Thousands of lights
+surrounded the pillars and hung from the roof, while a number, in
+pyramid-shaped groups, were arranged on the floor of the stage. An
+employee attended to these and whenever he would come forward to
+regulate them, the public would whistle at him and shout: &ldquo;There
+he is! There he is now!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In front of the stage, the orchestra tuned its instruments, and<a
+id="xd0e3620"></a> behind the musicians sat the principal people of the
+town. Spaniards and rich visitors were occupying the reserved chairs.
+The public, the mass of people without <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb138" href="#pb138">138</a>]</span>titles or rank, filled the rest of
+the plaza. Some carried with them benches, not so much for seats as to
+remedy their lack of stature. When they stood upon them, rude protests
+were made on the part of those without benches or things to stand on.
+Then they would get down immediately, but soon mount up on their
+pedestals again as if nothing had happened.</p>
+
+<p>Comings and goings, cries, exclamations, laughter, squibs that had
+been slow in going off, and firecrackers increased the tumult. Here, a
+foot broke through a bench, and some one fell to the floor, while the
+crowd laughed and made a show of him who had come so far to see a show.
+There, they fought and disputed over positions, and, a little farther
+on, the noise of breaking bottles and glasses could be heard: it was
+Andeng. She was carrying drinks and refreshments on a tray which she
+was balancing with both hands, but she had met her lover and he tried
+to take advantage of her helplessness by tickling....</p>
+
+<p>The <i>teniente mayor</i> presided at the production since the <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i> was fonder of <i>monte</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara and her friends had arrived, and Don Filipo received
+them, and accompanied them to their seats. Behind came the curate with
+another Franciscan and some Spaniards. With the curate were some other
+people who make it their business to escort the friars.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May God reward them in another life,&rdquo; said the old man,
+referring to them as he walked away from Maria Clara&rsquo;s party.</p>
+
+<p>The performance began with Chananay and Marianito in <i>
+Crispino&eacute; la Comare</i>. Everybody had eyes and ears intent upon
+the stage, except one, Father Salv&iacute;. He seemed to have come to
+the theatre for no other purpose than to watch Maria Clara, whose
+sadness gave to her beauty an air so ideal and interesting that
+everybody looked upon her with rapture. But the Franciscan&rsquo;s
+eyes, deeply hidden in their hollow orbits, spoke no words of rapture.
+In that sombre look one could read something desperately sad. With such
+eyes Cain might have contemplated from afar the Paradise whose delights
+his mother had pictured to him. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb139"
+href="#pb139">139</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The act was just ending when Ibarra arrived. His presence occasioned
+a buzz of conversation. The attention of everybody was fixed on him and
+on the curate.</p>
+
+<p>But the young man did not seem to be aware of it, for he greeted
+Maria Clara and her friends with naturalness and sat down at their
+side. The only one who spoke was Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you see the volcano when they touched it off?&rdquo; she
+asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, my little friend. I had to accompany the Governor
+General.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, that is too bad! The curate came with us and he was
+telling us stories about condemned people. What do you think?
+Doesn&rsquo;t he do it to make us afraid so that we cannot enjoy
+ourselves? How does it appear to you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate arose and approached Don Filipo, with whom he seemed to
+be having a lively discussion. He was speaking with animation and Don
+Filipo replying with moderation and in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am sorry that I cannot please Your Reverence,&rdquo; said
+the latter. &ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra is one of the heaviest
+tax-payers and has a right to sit here as long as he does not disturb
+the public order.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But is not scandalizing good Christians disturbing the public
+order? You let a wolf into the flock. You will be held responsible for
+this before God and before the authorities of the town.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I always hold myself responsible for acts which emanate from
+my own will, Father,&rdquo; replied Don Filipo, slightly inclining his
+head. &ldquo;But my little authority does not give me power to meddle
+in religious affairs. Those who wish to avoid contact with him do not
+have to speak to him. Se&ntilde;or Ibarra does not force himself on any
+one.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But he affords danger. He who loves danger perishes in
+it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t see any danger, Father. The <i>Alcalde</i> and
+the Governor General, my superiors, have been talking with him all the
+afternoon, and it is not for me to give them a lesson.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you don&rsquo;t put him out of here, we will leave.&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb140" href="#pb140">140</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am very, very sorry, but I cannot put any one out of
+here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate repented having said what he did, but now there was no
+alternative. He made a signal to his companion, who laboriously rose to
+his feet and both went out. The persons attached to the friars imitated
+the priests, not, however, without first glancing with hatred at
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>Murmurs and whispers increased. Then various persons approached and
+saluted the young man and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are with you. Take no notice of them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are <i>&rsquo;them&rsquo;</i>?&rdquo; he asked with
+surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Those who have gone out in order to avoid contact with
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To avoid contact with me? Contact with me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, they say that you are excommunicated.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, surprised, did not know what to say and looked around him.
+He saw Maria Clara, who was hiding her face behind her fan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But is it possible?&rdquo; he exclaimed at last. &ldquo;Are
+we still in the darkness of the Middle Ages? So
+that&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And turning to the young women and changing his tone, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Excuse me; I have forgotten an appointment. I will return to
+accompany you home.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Stay!&rdquo; said Sinang. &ldquo;Yeyeng is going to dance in
+the &lsquo;La Calandria.&rsquo; She dances divinely.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I cannot, my little friend, but I will certainly
+return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The murmurs increased.</p>
+
+<p>While Yeyeng, dressed in the style of the lower class of Madrid, was
+coming on the stage with the remark: &ldquo;<i lang="es">Da Ust&eacute;
+su permiso?</i>&rdquo; (Do you give your permission?) and as Carvajal
+was replying to her &ldquo;<i lang="es">Pase ust&eacute;
+adelante</i>&rdquo; (Pass forward), two soldiers of the Civil Guard
+approached Don Filipo, asking him to suspend the performance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what for?&rdquo; asked he, surprised at the request.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the <i>alferez</i> and his Se&ntilde;ora have been
+fighting and they cannot sleep.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You tell the <i>alferez</i> that we have permission from the
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb141" href=
+"#pb141">141</a>]</span><i>Alcalde</i>, and that no one in the town has
+any authority over him, not even the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, who is my
+<i>on-ly su-per-ior</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, you will have to suspend the performance,&rdquo;
+repeated the soldiers.</p>
+
+<p>Don Filipo turned his back to them. The guards marched off.</p>
+
+<p>In order not to disturb the general tranquillity, Don Filipo said
+not a word about the matter to any one.</p>
+
+<p>After a piece of light opera, which was heartily applauded, the
+Prince Villardo presented himself on the stage, and challenged all the
+Moros, who had imprisoned his father, to a fight. The hero threatened
+to cut off all their heads at a single blow and to send them all to the
+moon. Fortunately for the Moros, who were making ready to fight to the
+tune of the &ldquo;Riego Hymn,&rdquo;<a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e3746src" href="#xd0e3746">1</a> a tumult intervened. All of a
+sudden, the orchestra stopped playing and the musicians made a rush for
+the stage, throwing their instruments in all directions. The brave
+Villardo was not expecting such a move, and, taking them for allies of
+the Moros he also threw down his sword and shield and began to run. The
+Moros, seeing this terrible giant fleeing, found it convenient to
+imitate him. Cries, sighs, imprecations and blasphemies filled the air.
+The people ran, trampled over each other, the lights were put out, and
+the glass lamps with their cocoanut oil and little wicks were flying
+through the air. &ldquo;<i>Tulisanes! Tulisanes!</i>&rdquo; cried some.
+&ldquo;Fire! Fire! <i>Ladrones!</i>&rdquo; cried others. Women and
+children wept, chairs and spectators were rolled over on the floor in
+the midst of the confusion, rush and tumult.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What has happened?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Two Civil Guards with sticks in hand had gone after the musicians in
+order to put an end to the spectacle. The <i>teniente mayor</i>, with
+the <i>cuaderilleros</i>,<a class="noteref" id="xd0e3765src" href=
+"#xd0e3765">2</a> armed with their old sabers, had managed to arrest
+the two Civil Guards in spite of their resistance. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb142" href="#pb142">142</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take them to the tribunal!&rdquo; shouted Don Filipo.
+&ldquo;Be careful not to let them get away!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had returned and had sought out Maria Clara. The terrified
+young maidens, trembling and pale, were clinging closely to him. Aunt
+Isabel was reciting the litanies in Latin.</p>
+
+<p>The crowd having recovered a little from the fright and some one
+having explained what had caused the rush and tumult, indignation arose
+in everyone&rsquo;s breast. Stones rained upon the Civil Guards who
+were being conducted to the tribunal by the <i>cuaderilleros</i>. Some
+one proposed that they burn the barracks of the Civil Guards and that
+they roast Do&ntilde;a Consolacion and the <i>alferez</i> alive.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is all that they are good for,&rdquo; cried a woman,
+rolling up her sleeves and stretching out her arms. &ldquo;They can
+disturb the people but they persecute none but honorable men. They do
+nothing with the <i>tulisanes</i> and the gamblers. Look at them! Let
+us burn the <i>cuartel</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Somebody had been wounded in the arm and was asking for confession.
+A plaintive voice was heard coming from under an upset bench. It was a
+poor musician. The stage was filled with the players and people of the
+town and they were all talking at the same time. There was Chananay,
+dressed in the costume of Leonor in the &ldquo;Trovador,&rdquo; talking
+in corrupted Spanish with Ratia, who was in a school teacher&rsquo;s
+costume. There too, was Yeyeng, dressed in a silk wrapper, talking with
+the Prince Villardo. There too, Balbino and the Moros, trying to
+console the musicians who were more or less sorry sights. Some
+Spaniards were walking from one place to another, arguing with every
+one they met.</p>
+
+<p>But a nucleus for a mob already formed. Don Filipo knew what was
+their intention and tried to stop them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not break the peace!&rdquo; he shouted. &ldquo;To-morrow
+we will demand satisfaction: we will have justice. I will take the
+responsibility for our getting justice.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No!&rdquo; some replied. &ldquo;They did the same thing in
+Calamba. The same thing was promised, but the <i>Alcalde</i> <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb143" href="#pb143">143</a>]</span>did
+nothing. We want justice done by our own hands. To the <i>
+cuartel</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In vain the <i>teniente mayor</i> argued with them. The group that
+had gathered showed no signs of changing its attitude or purpose. Don
+Filipo looked about him, in search of help. He saw Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Ibarra, for my sake, as a favor, hold them while
+I seek some <i>cuaderilleros</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What can I do?&rdquo; asked the young man, perplexed. But the
+<i>teniente mayor</i> was already in the distance.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra in turn looked about him, for he knew not whom. Fortunately,
+he thought he discerned Elias, in the crowd, but not taking an active
+part in it. Ibarra ran up to him, seized his arm and said to him in
+Spanish:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For heaven&rsquo;s sake! Do something, if you can! I cannot
+do anything.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The pilot must have understood, for he lost himself in the mob.</p>
+
+<p>Lively discussions were heard mingled with strong interjections.
+Soon the mob began to disperse, each one of the participants becoming
+less hostile. And it was time for them to do so, for the <i>
+cuaderilleros</i> were coming to the scene with fixed bayonets.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, what was the curate doing?</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; had not gone to bed. Standing on foot, immovable
+and leaning his face against the shutter, he was looking toward the
+plaza and, from time to time, a suppressed sigh escaped his breast. If
+the light of his lamp had not been so dim, perhaps one might have seen
+that his eyes were filling with tears. Thus he stood for almost an
+hour.</p>
+
+<p>The tumult in the plaza roused him from this state. Full of
+surprise, he followed with his eyes the people as they rushed to and
+fro in confusion. Their voices and cries he could vaguely hear even at
+that distance. One of the servants came running in breathlessly and
+informed him what was going on.</p>
+
+<p>A thought entered his mind. Amid confusion and tumult libertines
+take advantage of the fright and the weakness of woman. All flee to
+save themselves; nobody thinks of anyone else; the women faint and
+their cries <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb144" href=
+"#pb144">144</a>]</span>are not heard; they fall; are trampled over;
+fear and fright overcome modesty, and under cover of darkness.... He
+fancied he could see Ibarra carrying Maria Clara fainting in his arms,
+and then disappearing in the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>With leaps and bounds, he went down the stairs without hat, or cane,
+and, almost like a crazy person, turned toward the plaza.</p>
+
+<p>There he found some Spaniards reproving the soldiers. He looked
+toward the seats which Maria Clara and her friends had been occupying,
+and saw that they were vacant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father curate! Father curate!&rdquo; shouted the Spaniards to
+him, but he took no notice and ran on in the direction of the house of
+Captain Tiago. There he recovered his breath. He saw through the
+transparent shade, a shadow&mdash;that adorable shadow, so graceful and
+delicate in its contour&mdash;that of Maria Clara. He could also see
+another shadow, that of her aunt carrying cups and glasses.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well!&rdquo; he muttered to himself. &ldquo;It seems that she
+has only fallen ill.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel afterward closed the shell windows and the graceful
+shadow could no longer be seen.</p>
+
+<p>The curate walked away from there without seeing the crowd. He was
+looking at the bust of a beautiful maiden which he had before his eyes,
+a maiden sleeping and breathing sweetly. Her eyelids were shaded by
+long lashes, which formed graceful curves like those on Rafael&rsquo;s
+virgins. Her small mouth was smiling, and her whole countenance seemed
+to breathe virginity, purity and innocence. That sweet face of hers on
+the background of the white draperies of the bed was a vision like the
+head of a cherubim among the clouds. His impassioned imagination went
+on and pictured to him.... Who can describe all that a burning brain
+can conceive? <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb145" href=
+"#pb145">145</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e3746src" id="xd0e3746">1</a></span> A popular Spanish song handed
+down from the time of Riego&rsquo;s uprising in Spain.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e3765src" id="xd0e3765">2</a></span> Volunteer police.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch23" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Two Visitors.</h2>
+
+<p>Ibarra found his mind in such a state that it was impossible for him
+to sleep. So, in order to divert himself and to drive away the gloomy
+idea which distracted his mind, he began work in his solitary
+laboratory. Morning came upon him, still at work making mixtures and
+compounds to the action of which he submitted pieces of cane and other
+substances, and afterward enclosed them in numbered and sealed
+flasks.</p>
+
+<p>A servant entered, announcing the arrival of a peasant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let him enter!&rdquo; said he, without even turning to
+look.</p>
+
+<p>Elias entered and remained standing in silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! is it you?&rdquo; Ibarra exclaimed in Tagalog on
+recognizing him. &ldquo;Excuse me if I have kept you waiting. I was not
+aware of your presence. I was making an important
+experiment.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not wish to disturb you!&rdquo; replied the young pilot.
+&ldquo;I have come in the first place, to ask you if you want anything
+from the province of Batangas, whither I am going now; and, in the
+second place, to give you some bad news.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked inquiringly at the pilot.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The daughter of Captain Tiago is ill,&rdquo; added Elias
+quietly, &ldquo;but the illness is not serious.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I had already feared it,&rdquo; responded Ibarra. &ldquo;Do
+you know what the illness is?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A fever. Now, if you have nothing to
+order&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thanks, my friend. I wish you a good journey, but before you
+go, permit me to ask you a question. If it is indiscreet, do not answer
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias bowed. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb146" href=
+"#pb146">146</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How were you able to quiet the mob last night?&rdquo; asked
+Ibarra, fixing his eyes on him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In a very simple way,&rdquo; replied Elias, with entire
+frankness. &ldquo;At the head of it were two brothers whose father died
+from the effects of a whipping at the hands of the Civil Guard. One day
+I had the fortune to save them from the same hands into which their
+father fell, and for this both are under obligations to me. Last night
+I went to them, and requested them to dissuade the others from their
+purpose.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And those two brothers whose father died by being whipped to
+death?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They will end their lives in the same way,&rdquo; replied
+Elias in a low voice. &ldquo;When adversity has marked itself once on a
+family, all the members have to perish. When the lightning strikes a
+tree, it reduces it all to ashes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Elias, seeing that Ibarra was silent, took his leave.</p>
+
+<p>The latter on finding himself alone, lost the serenity of
+countenance which he had preserved in the presence of the pilot, and
+grief manifested itself in his face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&mdash;I have made her suffer,&rdquo; he muttered.</p>
+
+<p>He quickly dressed himself and descended the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>A little man, dressed in mourning, with a large scar on his left
+cheek, meekly saluted him, stopping him on his way.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you wish?&rdquo; Ibarra asked him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, my name is Lucas. I am the brother of the man
+who was killed yesterday during the ceremony when the stone was being
+laid.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! You have my sympathy&mdash;and, well?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, I wish to know how much you are going to pay my
+brother&rsquo;s family.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much I am going to pay?&rdquo; repeated the young man
+without being able to conceal a bored expression. &ldquo;We will talk
+that over. Come back this afternoon, for I am busy to-day.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Only tell me how much you are going to pay,&rdquo; insisted
+Lucas.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have told you that we would talk about that some other
+time. I&rsquo;m too busy to-day,&rdquo; said Ibarra, impatiently. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb147" href="#pb147">147</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You haven&rsquo;t time now, se&ntilde;or?&rdquo; asked Lucas
+with bitterness and putting himself in front of the young man.
+&ldquo;You do not have time to occupy yourself about the
+dead?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come this afternoon, my good fellow!&rdquo; repeated Ibarra,
+restraining himself. &ldquo;To-day I have to go and see a sick
+person.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! and you forget the dead for a sick person? Do you think
+that because we are poor&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him and cut off what he was saying.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t try my patience!&rdquo; said he, and went on his
+way. Lucas stood looking at him, with a smile on his face, full of
+hatred.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You do not know that you are a grandson of the man who
+exposed my father to the sun!&rdquo; he muttered between his teeth.
+&ldquo;You have the very same blood in your veins!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, changing his tone he added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But if you pay well, we are friends.&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb148" href="#pb148">148</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch24" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Episode in Espada&ntilde;a&rsquo;s Life.</h2>
+
+<p>The festival was over. The citizens found, just as every year, that
+their treasury was poorer, that they had worked, perspired, and stayed
+up nights without enjoying themselves, without acquiring new friends,
+and in a word, had paid dearly for the noise and their headaches. But
+it did not matter. The next year they would do the same thing, and the
+same for the coming century, just as had always been the custom to the
+present time.</p>
+
+<p>Enough sadness reigned in Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house. All the
+windows were closed; the people scarcely made a noise, and no one dared
+to speak except in the kitchen. Maria Clara, the soul of the house, lay
+sick in her bed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you think, Isabel? Shall I make a donation to the
+cross of Tunasan or to the cross of Matahong?&rdquo; asked the
+solicitous father in a low voice. &ldquo;The cross of <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e3945" title="Source: Tunason">Tunasan</span> grows, but
+that of Matahong sweats. Which do you think is the most
+miraculous?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Isabel thought for a moment, moved her head and murmured: &ldquo;To
+grow&mdash;to grow is more miraculous than to sweat. We all sweat, but
+we do not all grow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is true, yes, Isabel, but bear in mind that for wood to
+sweat when it is made into the leg of a chair is no small miracle.
+Well, the best thing to do is to give alms to both crosses, so that
+neither will feel resentful, and Maria Clara will recover more quickly.
+Are the rooms in good order? You know that a new se&ntilde;or comes
+with the doctors, a relative of Father D&aacute;maso by marriage. It is
+necessary that nothing be lacking.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The two cousins, Sinang and Victoria, were at the other end of the
+dining-room. They had come to keep company with the sick Maria. Andeng
+was helping them clean up a tea service in order to serve tea. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb149" href="#pb149">149</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know Doctor Espada&ntilde;a?&rdquo; asked Maria
+Clara&rsquo;s foster sister, directing her question to Victoria.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No!&rdquo; replied the latter. &ldquo;The only thing that I
+know about him is that he charges very dearly, according to Captain
+Tiago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then he ought to be very good,&rdquo; said Andeng. &ldquo;The
+one who performed the operation on the stomach of Do&ntilde;a Marta
+charged a big price, but he was very wise.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You goose!&rdquo; exclaimed Sinang. &ldquo;Not all who charge
+high prices are wise. Look at Doctor Guevara. He did not know how to
+aid a woman in childbirth, but after cutting off the child&rsquo;s
+head, he collected one hundred <i>pesos</i> from the widower. What he
+did know was how to charge.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you know about it?&rdquo; her cousin asked, giving
+her a jab with her elbow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why shouldn&rsquo;t I know about it? The husband, who is a
+wood-sawyer, after losing his wife, had to lose his house also, for the
+<i>Alcalde</i> was a friend of the doctor&rsquo;s and made him pay. Why
+shouldn&rsquo;t I know? My father loaned him money so that he could
+make a trip to Santa Cruz.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A coach stopped before the house and cut off all the
+conversation.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, followed by Aunt Isabel, ran downstairs to receive
+the new arrivals. They were the doctor, Don Tiburcio de
+Espada&ntilde;a, his wife, Doctora Do&ntilde;a Victorina de los Reyes
+<i>de</i> de Espada&ntilde;a; and a young Spaniard. The latter had a
+sympathetic face and a pleasing appearance.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>doctora</i> wore a silk gown, embroidered with flowers, and
+on her hat, a large parrot half crushed among trimmings of red and blue
+ribbons. The dust of the road had mingled with the rice powder on her
+cheeks, strongly accentuating her wrinkles. She was leaning on the arm
+of her lame husband.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have the pleasure to present to you our cousin, Don Alfonso
+Linares de Espada&ntilde;a,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina, pointing
+toward the young man. &ldquo;The gentleman is a god-son of a relative
+of Father D&aacute;maso, and is private secretary to all the
+ministers.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb150" href=
+"#pb150">150</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The young man bowed gracefully. Captain Tiago almost kissed his
+hand.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina was a woman of about forty-five summers,
+which, according to her arithmetical calculations, was equivalent to
+thirty-two springs. She had been pretty in her youth, but, raging over
+her own beauty, she had looked with disdain on many Filipino adorers,
+for her aspirations were for the other race. She had not cared to
+entrust her little white hand to anybody, but this not on account of
+lack of confidence on her part, for she had entrusted rings and jewels
+of inestimable value to various foreign adventurers.</p>
+
+<p>Six months before the time of the happenings of which we are
+writing, she saw her beautiful dream realized, that dream of her whole
+life, on account of which she had disdained all manner of flattery and
+even the promises of love, which had been cooed into her ears, or sung
+in serenades by Captain Tiago. Late, it is true, she had realized her
+dream; but she knew well the proverb&mdash;&ldquo;Better late than
+never,&rdquo; and consoled herself by repeating it again and again.
+&ldquo;There is no complete happiness on this earth,&rdquo; was her
+other favorite proverb, but neither of these ever passed her lips in
+the presence of other people.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina, after passing her first, second, third and
+fourth youth in fishing in the sea of men for the object of her dreams,
+had at last to content herself with what fortune cared to give her. The
+poor little woman, if she, instead of having passed thirty-two springs,
+had not passed more than thirty-one&mdash;the difference according to
+her arithmetic was very great&mdash;would have thrown back the prize
+which Destiny offered her, and preferred to wait for another more in
+conformity with her tastes. But, as the man proposed and necessity
+disposed it so, for she needed a husband very badly, she was compelled
+to content herself with a poor man, who had been driven by necessity to
+leave the Province of Estremadura in Spain. He, after wandering about
+the world for six or seven months, a modern Ulysses, found at last in
+the island of Luzon, hospitality, money, and a faded Calypso, his
+better half&mdash;but alas! a bitter half. He was known as the unhappy
+Tiburcio Espada&ntilde;a, and, although he was <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb151" href="#pb151">151</a>]</span>thirty-five years old and
+seemed even older, he was, however, younger than Do&ntilde;a Victorina,
+who was only thirty-two.</p>
+
+<p>He had come to the Philippines in the capacity of clerk in the
+custom house, but after all the sea-sickness of the voyage and after
+fracturing a leg on the way, he had the bad luck to receive his
+discharge fifteen days after his arrival. He was left without a single
+<i>cuarto</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Distrusting the sea, he did not wish to return to Spain without
+having made a fortune. So he decided to devote himself to something.
+Spanish pride did not permit him to do any manual labor. The poor man
+would have worked with pleasure to have earned an honorable living, but
+the prestige of the Spaniard did not permit this, nor did that prestige
+provide him with the necessities of life.</p>
+
+<p>At first he lived at the expense of some of his countrymen, but, as
+Tiburcio had some self-respect, the bread was sour to him, and instead
+of getting fat he grew thin. As he had neither knowledge of any
+science, money nor recommendations, his countrymen, in order to get rid
+of him, advised him to go to some of the provinces and pass himself off
+as a Doctor of Medicine. At first, he did not like the idea, and
+opposed the plan, for although he had been a servant in the San Carlos
+Hospital, he had not learned anything about the science of healing, his
+duty having been to dust off the benches and light the fires, and, even
+in this work, he had served only a short time. But as necessity was
+pressing him hard, and as his friends pointed out the vanity of his
+scruples, he took their advice, went into the provinces and began to
+visit the sick, charging as much for his services as his conscience
+permitted. Later on he began to charge dearly and to put a high price
+on his visits. On this account, he was at once taken to be a great
+doctor and would probably have made his fortune, had not the attention
+of the Protective Medical Society of Manila, been called to his
+exorbitant charges and to his harmful competition.</p>
+
+<p>Private citizens and professors interceded in his behalf.
+&ldquo;Man!&rdquo; said the zealous Doctor C. in speaking of him.
+&ldquo;Let him make his little money. Let him make <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb152" href="#pb152">152</a>]</span>his little six or
+seven thousand <i>pesos</i>. He will be able to return to his native
+land then and live in peace. What does it matter to you? Let him
+deceive the unwary natives. Then they may become smarter. He is a poor,
+unhappy fellow. Do not take the bread from his mouth. Be a good
+Spaniard!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Doctor C. was a good Spaniard and he winked at the matter. But when
+the facts reached the ears of the people, they began to lose confidence
+in him, and little by little Don Tiburcio Espada&ntilde;a lost his
+clientage, and found himself almost obliged to beg for bread day by
+day. Then it was that he learned from a friend of his, who was also a
+friend of Do&ntilde;a Victorina about the position of that woman, and
+about her patriotism and good heart. Don Tiburcio saw in her a bit of
+blue sky and asked to be presented.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina and Don Tiburcio met. <i lang="la">Tarde
+venientibus ossa</i>, he would have exclaimed if he had known Latin.
+She was no longer passable, she was past. Her abundant hair had been
+reduced to a wad about the size of an onion top, as the servants were
+wont to describe it. Her face was full of wrinkles and her teeth had
+begun to loosen. Her eyes had also suffered, and considerably, too. She
+had to squint frequently when she cared to look off at a certain
+distance. Her character was the only thing that had remained
+unchanged.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of half an hour&rsquo;s conversation, they came to an
+understanding and accepted each other. She would have preferred a
+Spaniard less lame, less of a stammerer, less bald, one with more
+teeth, one of more rank and social standing, or <i>
+categor&iacute;a</i>, as she called it. But this class of Spaniards
+never came to ask her hand. She had heard, too, more than once that
+&ldquo;opportunity is bald,&rdquo; and she honestly believed that Don
+Tiburcio was that very opportunity, for on account of his dark days he
+had prematurely lost his hair. What woman is not prudent at
+thirty-two?</p>
+
+<p>Don Tiburcio, for his part, felt a vague melancholy when he thought
+of his honeymoon. He smiled with resignation especially when he called
+the phantom of hunger to his aid. He had never had ambition or
+pretensions. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb153" href=
+"#pb153">153</a>]</span>His tastes were simple, his thoughts limited;
+but his heart, untouched till then, had dreamed of a very different
+divinity. In his youth when, tired by his day&rsquo;s labor, after a
+frugal meal, he lay down on a poor bed, he dreamed of a smiling,
+affectionate image. Afterward, when his sorrows and privations
+increased, the years passed and his poetical dreams were not fulfilled,
+he thought merely of a good woman, a willing hand, a worker, who might
+afford him a small dowry, console him when tired from labor, and
+quarrel with him from time to time. Yes, he was thinking of the
+quarrels as a happiness! But when, obliged to wander from country to
+country, in search no longer of a fortune, but of some commodity to
+sustain his life for the remainder of his days; when, deluded by the
+accounts of his countrymen who came from beyond the seas, he embarked
+for the Philippines&mdash;then the vision of a housekeeper gave way to
+an image of an arrogant <i>mestiza</i>, a beautiful native with large
+black eyes, draped in silks and transparent garments, loaded with
+diamonds and gold, offering him her love and her carriages.</p>
+
+<p>He arrived in the Philippines and believed that he was about to
+realize his dream, for the young women who, in silver-plated carriages,
+frequented the Luneta and the Malecon, Manila&rsquo;s popular and
+fashionable drives, looked at him with a certain curiosity. Later, when
+this curiosity on their part had ceased, the <i>mestiza</i> disappeared
+from his dreams, and with great labor he formed in his mind a picture
+of a widow, but an agreeable widow. So it was that when he saw only
+part of his dream taking on real form, he became sad. But he was
+somewhat of a philosopher and said to himself: &ldquo;That was a dream,
+but in the world one does not live in dreams.&rdquo; Thus he settled
+all his doubts; she wasted a lot of rice powder on her cheeks. Pshaw!
+When they were once married he would make her stop that easily enough;
+she had many wrinkles in her face, but his coat had more bare spots and
+patches; she was old, pretentious, and imperious, but hunger was more
+imperious, and still more pretentious; and then, too, he had a sweet
+disposition, and, who could tell?&mdash;love modifies character; she
+spoke Spanish <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb154" href=
+"#pb154">154</a>]</span>very badly, but he himself did not speak it
+well; at least, the head of the Customs department had so notified him
+in his discharge from his position, and besides, what did it matter?
+What if she was old and ridiculous? He was lame, toothless and bald.
+When some friend jested with him, he would respond: &ldquo;Give me
+bread and call me a fool.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Don Tiburcio was what is vulgarly called a man who would not harm a
+fly. He was modest and incapable of conceiving an evil thought. He
+would have made a good missionary had he lived in olden times. His stay
+in the country had not given him that conviction of his own
+superiority, of his own worth, and of his high importance, which the
+larger part of his countrymen acquire in a few weeks in the
+Philippines. His heart had never been able to conceive hatred for
+anybody or anything. He had not yet been able to find a revolutionist.
+He only looked upon the people as unhappy beings whom it was fitting
+for him to deprive of a little of their wealth in order to prevent
+himself becoming even more unhappy than they. When they tried to make a
+case against him for passing as a doctor without a proper license, he
+did not resent it, he did not complain. He saw the justice of the case,
+and only replied: &ldquo;But it is necessary to live!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>So they were married and went to Santa A&ntilde;a to pass their
+honeymoon. But on the night of the wedding Do&ntilde;a Victorina had a
+bad attack of indigestion. Don Tiburcio gave thanks to God and showed
+solicitude and care. On the second night, however, he conducted himself
+like an honorable man, but on the day following, when he looked in the
+mirror at his bare gums, he smiled with melancholy: he had grown ten
+years older at least.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina, charmed with her husband, had a good set of
+front teeth made for him, and had the best tailors in the city dress
+and equip him. She ordered carriages and <i>calesas</i>, sent to
+Batangas and Albay provinces for the finest spans of horses, and even
+obliged him to make two entries in the coming horse races.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, while she was transforming her husband, she did not
+forget her own person. She laid aside the silk <i>saya</i> or Filipino
+skirt and <i>pi&ntilde;a</i> cloth bodice, for <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb155" href="#pb155">155</a>]</span>a dress of European style.
+She substituted false curls in front for the simple hair dress of the
+Filipinos. Her dresses, which fitted her &ldquo;divinely bad,&rdquo;
+disturbed the peace and tranquillity of the entire neighborhood.</p>
+
+<p>The husband never went out of the house afoot&mdash;she did not want
+people to see that he was lame. He always took her for drives through
+the places most deserted, much to her pain, for she wanted to display
+her husband on the drives most frequented by the public. But out of
+respect for their honeymoon, she kept silent.</p>
+
+<p>The last quarter of the honeymoon had just begun when he wanted to
+stop her from using rice powder on her cheeks, saying to her that it
+was false and not natural. Do&ntilde;a Victorina frowned and looked
+squarely at his front set of teeth. He at once became silent, and she
+learned his weakness.</p>
+
+<p>She soon got the idea that she was to become a mother and made the
+following announcement to all her friends: &ldquo;Next month, we, I and
+de Espada&ntilde;a are going to the <i>Pe&ntilde;insula</i>.<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd0e4068src" href="#xd0e4068">1</a> I don&rsquo;t want to
+have my son born here and have them call him a
+revolutionist.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She added a <i>de</i> to her husband&rsquo;s name. The <i>de</i> did
+not cost anything and gave <i>categor&iacute;a</i> to the name. When
+she signed herself, she wrote Victorina de los Reyes de de
+Espada&ntilde;a. That <i>de</i> de Espada&ntilde;a was her mania.
+Neither the lithographer who printed her cards, nor her husband, could
+get the idea out of her head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I do not put more than one <i>de</i> in the name people
+will think that I haven&rsquo;t it, fool!&rdquo; said she to her
+husband.</p>
+
+<p>She was talking continually about her preparations for the voyage to
+Spain. She learned by memory the names of the points where the steamers
+called, and it was a pleasure to hear her talk&mdash;&ldquo;I am going
+to see the <i>sismus</i> of the Suez Canal. De Espada&ntilde;a thinks
+that it is the most beautiful, and De Espada&ntilde;a has seen the
+whole world.&rdquo;&mdash;&ldquo;I will probably never return to this
+land of savages.&rdquo;&mdash;&ldquo;I was not born to live here. Aden
+or Port Said would be more suitable for me. I have always <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb156" href="#pb156">156</a>]</span>thought so since
+I was a child.&rdquo; Do&ntilde;a Victorina, in her geography, divided
+the world into two parts, the Philippines and Spain. In this she
+differed from the lower class of people in Madrid for they divide it
+into Spain and America, or Spain and China, America and China being
+merely different names for the same country.</p>
+
+<p>The husband knew that some of these things were barbarisms, but he
+kept silent so that she would not mock him and twit him with his
+stammering. She feigned to be whimsical in order to increase her
+illusion that she was a mother, and she began to dress herself in
+colors, adorn herself with flowers and ribbons, and to walk through the
+Escolta in a wrapper. But oh! what an illusion! Three months passed and
+the dream vanished. By this time, having no fear that her son would be
+a revolutionist, she gave up the voyage. She consulted doctors,
+mid-wives and old women, but all in vain. To the great displeasure of
+Captain Tiago she made fun of San Pascual Bailon, as she did not care
+to run to any saint. On account of this a friend of her <span class=
+"corr" id="xd0e4099" title="Source: huband">husband</span> told
+her:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Believe me, Se&ntilde;ora, you are the only <i lang="es">
+espiritu fuerte</i> (strong-minded person) in this country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She smiled without understanding what <i lang="es">espiritu
+fuerte</i> meant, but, at night, when it was time to be sleeping, she
+asked her husband about it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Daughter,&rdquo; replied he, &ldquo;the
+e&mdash;espir&mdash;espiritu most fu-fuerte that I know&mdash;know
+about is a&mdash;a&mdash;ammonia. My fr-fr-friend must have be-been
+us-using a figure of rhetoric.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>From that time on, she was always saying, whenever she could,
+&ldquo;I am the only ammonia in this country, speaking rhetorically, as
+Se&ntilde;or N. de N. who is from the <i>Pe&ntilde;insula</i> and who
+has much <i>categor&iacute;a</i>, puts it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Whatever she said had to be done. She had come to dominate her
+husband completely. On his part, he offered no great resistance, and
+was converted into a little lap dog for her. If he incommoded her she
+would not let him go out for a drive, and when she became really
+infuriated, she would snatch out his false teeth and leave <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb157" href="#pb157">157</a>]</span>him a
+horrible-looking man for one or more days, according to the
+offense.</p>
+
+<p>It occurred to her that her husband ought to be a Doctor of Medicine
+and Surgery, and so she expressed herself to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Daughter! Do you want them to arrest me?&rdquo; he said,
+frightened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be a fool. Let me arrange it!&rdquo; she replied.
+&ldquo;You are not going to attend any one, but I want them to call you
+a doctor and me a <i>doctora</i>, eh?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And on the following day Rodoreda, a prominent marble dealer in
+Manila, received an order for the following engraving on black marble:
+<span class="smallcaps">Dr. De Espada&ntilde;a, Specialist in All Kinds
+of Diseases.</span></p>
+
+<p>All of the servants had to give them their new titles, and, in
+consequence of it all, she increased the number of her curls in front,
+the layer of rice powder, the ribbons and laces, and looked with more
+disdain than ever on the poor and less fortunate women of her country,
+who had less <i>categor&iacute;a</i> than she. Each day she felt
+herself more dignified and elevated, and, following along this road, in
+less than a year she would think herself of divine origin.</p>
+
+<p>These sublime thoughts, however, did not prevent her from growing
+more ridiculous and older each day. Every time that Captain Tiago met
+her in the street and remembered that he had once made love to her in
+vain, he would go at once to the church and give a <i>peso</i> for a
+mass as a thank offering for his good luck in not marrying her. In
+spite of this, Captain Tiago highly respected her husband, on account
+of his title of &ldquo;specialist in all kinds of diseases,&rdquo; and
+he listened with close attention to the few phrases that he managed to
+stutter out. In fact, it was on account of this title and the fact that
+the doctor did not attend everybody, that the Captain chose him to
+attend his daughter.</p>
+
+<p>As to the young man Linares, it is a different story. When she was
+making ready for her voyage to Spain, Do&ntilde;a Victorina thought of
+having an administrator from the <i>Pe&ntilde;insula</i> to look after
+her affairs, for she did not trust Filipinos. Her husband remembered a
+nephew in <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb158" href=
+"#pb158">158</a>]</span>Madrid who was studying to become a lawyer, and
+who was considered the smartest one in his family. They wrote to him,
+then, sending him in advance money for the passage, and, when the dream
+was dispelled, the young man was already on his way.</p>
+
+<p>These are the three persons who had just arrived.</p>
+
+<p>While they were eating their breakfast, Father Salv&iacute; arrived,
+and, as the husband and wife had already met the friar, they presented
+him to the young Linares, with all his titles. The young man
+blushed.</p>
+
+<p>As was natural they spoke of Maria Clara. The young maiden was
+resting and sleeping. They talked over the voyage. Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina showed her verbosity by criticising the customs of the
+provinces, the <i>nipa</i> houses, the bamboo bridges, without
+forgetting to tell the curate about her friendship with the Commander
+of the Army, the <i>Alcalde</i> so and so, Judge so and so of the
+Supreme Court, and with the governor of the province, all persons of
+<i>categor&iacute;a</i>, who had much consideration for her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you had come two days before, Dona Victorina,&rdquo;
+replied Captain Tiago during a short pause, &ldquo;you would have met
+His Excellency, the Governor General. He sat right there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What? How&rsquo;s that? Was His Excellency here? And in your
+house? A lie!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I tell you he sat right there. If you had come two days
+before&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! What a shame that little Clara did not fall sick
+before!&rdquo; exclaimed she, in real sorrow. And directing herself to
+Linares: &ldquo;Do you hear, cousin? His Excellency was here! You see
+De Espada&ntilde;a was right when he told you that we were not going to
+the house of a miserable native. For you should know, Don Santiago,
+that our cousin was a friend of all the Ministers in Madrid and all the
+Dukes, and he dined in the house of Count del Campanario
+(belfry).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Duke de la Torre (tower), Victorina,&rdquo; said her husband,
+correcting her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It amounts to the same thing. Do you think you can tell me
+that&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Would I find Father D&aacute;maso in town to-day?&rdquo;
+interrupted <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb159" href=
+"#pb159">159</a>]</span>Linares, turning to Father Salv&iacute;.
+&ldquo;They have told me that he is near here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is, precisely, and will come here in a little
+while,&rdquo; replied the curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How glad I am! I have a letter for him,&rdquo; exclaimed the
+young man. &ldquo;And if it had not been for this happy chance which
+brought me here, I would have come expressly to visit him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The happy chance&mdash;that is, Maria Clara&mdash;had, in the
+meantime awakened.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;De Espada&ntilde;a!&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina,
+finishing her breakfast. &ldquo;Are we going to see little
+Clara?&rdquo; And turning to Captain Tiago, &ldquo;For you only, Don
+Santiago; for you alone! My husband does not treat anybody except
+people of <i>categor&iacute;a</i>, and he even refuses some of them! My
+husband is not like those about here&mdash;in Madrid he only visited
+people of <i>categor&iacute;a</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They passed into the sick room.</p>
+
+<p>The room was almost dark. The windows were shut for fear of a
+draught, and the little light which illuminated the room came from the
+two wax candles which were burning in front of an image of the Virgin
+of Antipolo.</p>
+
+<p>Her head wrapped up in a handkerchief, saturated in cologne water,
+her body wrapped in wide folds of white sheets which outlined her
+virginal form, the sick maiden lay on her bed of <i>kamakon</i><a
+class="noteref" id="xd0e4210src" href="#xd0e4210">2</a> among <i>
+jusi</i> and <i>pi&ntilde;a</i> curtains. Her hair, forming a frame
+around her oval face, increased her transparent paleness, which was
+animated only by her large eyes full of sadness. At her side were her
+two friends and Andeng.</p>
+
+<p>De Espada&ntilde;a felt of her pulse, examined her tongue, asked
+some questions, and shaking his head seriously, said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sh-sh-she is si-sick. But we-we-we can cu-cu-cure
+her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina looked with pride at those around her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A li-lichen in mil-milk in the-the morning; syrup of marsh
+marsh-mal-mallow, tw-o&mdash;two hounds&rsquo;&mdash;hounds&rsquo;
+tongue pi-pills,&rdquo; ordered De Espada&ntilde;a. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb160" href="#pb160">160</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take courage, little Clara,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina, approaching her. &ldquo;We have come to cure you. I am going
+to present our cousin to you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Linares was absorbed, contemplating those eloquent eyes which seemed
+to be seeking some one, and he did not hear Do&ntilde;a Victorina call
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Linares,&rdquo; said the curate, calling him out
+of his ecstacy. &ldquo;Here comes Father D&aacute;maso.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In fact, Father D&aacute;maso was coming, pale and somewhat sad. On
+leaving his bed, his first visit was to Maria Clara. He was no longer
+the Father D&aacute;maso that he had been, so robust and talkative. He
+now walked along in silence and with unsteady footsteps. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb161" href="#pb161">161</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4068src" id="xd0e4068">1</a></span> A wrong pronunciation of the
+Spanish Peninsula meaning Spain.</p>
+
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4210src" id="xd0e4210">2</a></span> A costly and rich wood like
+ebony.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch25" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Schemes.</h2>
+
+<p>Without paying attention to anybody, Father D&aacute;maso went
+straight to the sick room and took hold of Maria&rsquo;s hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria!&rdquo; said he, with indescribable tenderness, as
+tears dropped from his eyes. &ldquo;Maria, my child, you are not going
+to die!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria opened her eyes and looked at him with surprise.</p>
+
+<p>None who knew the Franciscan suspected that he ever had such tender
+thoughts. No one ever supposed that a heart existed under that gross
+and rude aspect.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso could say no more and left the maiden, weeping
+like a child. He went out through the room at the head of the stairs,
+to give free vent to his grief, on Maria Clara&rsquo;s balcony under
+her favorite vines.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How he loves his god-daughter!&rdquo; thought they all.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; witnessed the scene, immovable and silent,
+lightly biting his lips.</p>
+
+<p>When his grief was somewhat soothed, Father D&aacute;maso was
+introduced by Do&ntilde;a Victorina to the young Linares, who
+approached the friar with respect.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso gazed at him in silence from head to foot. He
+took the letter which the young man handed to him and read it
+apparently without understanding it, for he asked him:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who are you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alfonso Linares, the god-son of your brother-in-law,&rdquo;
+stammered the young man.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso leaned back and examined the young man again.
+His face brightened up and he rose to his feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And so you are the god-son of little Charles!&rdquo; he
+exclaimed. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb162" href=
+"#pb162">162</a>]</span>&ldquo;Come here and let me embrace you. It was
+some days ago that I received your letter. So it is you! I did not know
+you&mdash;but that is easily explained, for you were not yet born when
+I left the country. I never knew you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Father D&aacute;maso stretched out his robust arms to the young
+man who blushed, either from shame or suffocation. Father D&aacute;maso
+seemed to have completely forgotten his grief.</p>
+
+<p>After the first moments of effusion had passed, and questions had
+been asked about Carlicos, as he called little Charles, Father
+D&aacute;maso asked:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well. What does Carlicos want me to do for you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe he says something in the letter,&rdquo; stammered
+Linares again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the letter? Let us see. &rsquo;Tis so! And he wants me to
+get you a job and a wife! Hm! Employment&mdash;employment: that is
+easy. Do you know how to read and write?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have graduated in law from the Central
+University.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Carambas!</i> So you are a pettifogger? Well, you
+don&rsquo;t look it&mdash;you look more like a young gentleman. But so
+much the better! But to find you a wife&mdash;hm! hm! a
+wife.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father, I am not in a hurry about it,&rdquo; said Linares,
+confused.</p>
+
+<p>But Father D&aacute;maso began to walk from one end of the room to
+the other, muttering: &ldquo;A wife! A wife!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>His face by this time was no longer sad, nor was it cheerful. It
+expressed the greatest seriousness and he seemed to be meditating.
+Father Salv&iacute; surveyed the scene from a distance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I did not believe that it could give me such pain,&rdquo;
+murmured Father D&aacute;maso in a mournful voice. &ldquo;But of two
+evils the lesser.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And raising his voice and approaching Linares, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come here, my boy! We will speak with Santiago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Linares turned pale and allowed himself to be led along by the
+priest, who was deep in thought. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb163"
+href="#pb163">163</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Then it was Father Salv&iacute;&rsquo;s turn to walk up and down the
+room and he did so, meditating, as was his custom.</p>
+
+<p>A voice bidding him good morning stopped his monotonous tread. He
+raised his head and his eyes met Lucas, who saluted him humbly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you want?&rdquo; asked the eyes of the curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father, I am the brother of the man who was killed on the day
+of the <i>fiesta</i>,&rdquo; replied Lucas, in a tearful tone.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; stepped back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what of it?&rdquo; he muttered, in an unintelligible
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>Lucas made an effort to weep, and dried his eyes with his
+handkerchief.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father,&rdquo; said he, crying, &ldquo;I have been to
+Crisostomo&rsquo;s house to ask him for indemnity. At first, he
+received me with kicks, saying that he would not pay anything, since he
+had run the risk of being killed through the fault of my dear,
+unfortunate brother. Yesterday, I went to talk with him again, but he
+had already left for Manila, leaving me for charity&rsquo;s sake five
+hundred <i>pesos</i> for my poor brother&mdash;five hundred <i>
+pesos</i>&mdash;ah! Father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate listened to the first part of his story with surprise and
+attention, but slowly there appeared on his lips a smile&mdash;a smile
+of such contempt and sarcasm at the comedy that was being played, that
+if Lucas had seen it he would have fled in all haste.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what do you want now?&rdquo; he asked, turning his back
+to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alas! Father, for love of God tell me what I ought to do.
+Father, you have always given good advice.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who has told you that? You do not live here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the whole province knows you, Father!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; went up to him with his eyes full of anger and,
+motioning to the street, said to the frightened Lucas:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go to your house and give thanks to Don Crisostomo that he
+has not sent you to jail. Get away from here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Forgetting his r&ocirc;le, Lucas muttered:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I thought&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb164" href="#pb164">164</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Out of here!&rdquo; cried Father Salv&iacute;, in a nervous
+tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I want to see Father D&aacute;maso.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso is busy. Out of here!&rdquo; ordered the
+curate, in an imperative tone, again.</p>
+
+<p>Lucas went down the stairs murmuring: &ldquo;He is another. How
+poorly he pays! He who pays better....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The voice of the curate had reached the ears of all in the house,
+even Father D&aacute;maso, Captain Tiago and Linares.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;An insolent beggar who came to ask alms and doesn&rsquo;t
+want to work,&rdquo; said Father Salv&iacute;, taking his hat and cane
+and starting toward the convent. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb165"
+href="#pb165">165</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch26" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Persecuted.</h2>
+
+<p>By the dim light which the moon diffused through the thick branches
+of the trees, a man wandered along the forest trails slowly and
+cautiously. From time to time, as if to find out where he was, he
+whistled a particular melody, to which another in the distance
+responded with the same air. The man listened attentively, and
+afterward proceeded in the direction of the distant sound.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, passing through the thousand difficulties which a virgin
+forest offers in the night time, he came to a small clearing. High
+rocks, crowned with trees, surrounded the place, forming a sort of
+ruined amphitheatre. Recently cut trees, with their charred trunks and
+enormous rocks, which Nature had covered with her mantle of green
+foliage, filled the middle of the open space.</p>
+
+<p>Scarcely had the unknown man arrived, when another figure quickly
+appeared from behind one of the large rocks, advanced and drew a
+revolver.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who are you?&rdquo; he asked in Tagalog and, in an imperious
+voice, as he cocked the hammer of his weapon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is old Pablo among you?&rdquo; asked the first calmly,
+without replying to the question or becoming intimidated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you refer to the Captain? Yes, he is.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell him, then, that Elias is looking for him here,&rdquo;
+said the man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you Elias?&rdquo; asked the other with a certain respect,
+and <span class="corr" id="xd0e4380" title="Source: aproaching">
+approaching</span> him without lowering his revolver. &ldquo;Then
+come.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias followed him.</p>
+
+<p>They penetrated into a kind of cavern, which was hollowed out in the
+depths of the earth. The guide, who knew the way, told the pilot when
+he ought to get down, stoop or crawl. However, it was not long before
+they came to a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb166" href=
+"#pb166">166</a>]</span><i>sala</i> or room in the cave, miserably
+illuminated by pitch torches, and occupied by twelve or fifteen armed
+men. The faces of the men were dirty and their clothes ragged; some
+were sitting down, others lying down, conversing among themselves in a
+low tone. Leaning his elbows on a stone which served as a table and
+contemplating thoughtfully the lamp, which was shedding very little
+light for the amount of smoke it made, sat an old man. His countenance
+was sad, and his head wrapped in a bloody rag. If we had not known that
+the place was a cave of <i>tulisanes</i>, we would have said, on
+reading the desperation on the face of the old man, that it was the
+Tower of Hunger on the eve when Ugolino devoured his sons.</p>
+
+<p>At the arrival of Elias and the guide, the men were about to arise,
+but, at a signal from the guide, they were quieted and contented
+themselves with examining the pilot, who was entirely unarmed.</p>
+
+<p>The old man turned his head slowly and his eyes met the sturdy
+figure of Elias. The latter, in turn, with his head uncovered, full of
+sadness and interest, gazed upon the old man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo; asked the old man, his face brightening a
+little as he recognized the youth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How badly off you are!&rdquo; murmured Elias, in an
+half-intelligible tone of voice.</p>
+
+<p>The old man bowed in silence, made a sign to the men, who then arose
+and left, not, however, without first directing glances at the pilot,
+measuring his stature and muscles.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes!&rdquo; said the old man to Elias as soon as they found
+themselves alone. &ldquo;Six months ago, I gave you refuge in my house.
+Then, it was I who sympathized with you; now, fortune has changed and
+it is you who pity me. But sit down, and tell me how you came
+here.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some fifteen days ago they told me of your misfortune,&rdquo;
+replied the young man slowly, and in a low voice, looking toward the
+light. &ldquo;I at once set out on the road and I have been searching
+for you from mountain to mountain. I have travelled over the greater
+part of two provinces.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Rather than spill innocent blood,&rdquo; said Pablo, &ldquo;I
+have <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb167" href=
+"#pb167">167</a>]</span>had to flee. My enemies are afraid to show
+themselves and shield themselves behind some unhappy fellows who have
+never done me the slightest injury.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then, after a short pause, of which Elias took advantage to read the
+thoughts in that melancholy countenance, he replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have come to make a proposition. Having searched in vain
+for some member of the family which has caused me my misfortunes, I
+have decided to leave the province where I am living and to emigrate to
+the north and live there among the heathen and independent tribes. Do
+you want to leave this life and go with me? I will be your son, since
+you have lost those whom you had, and I, who have no family, will take
+you as my father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man shook his head and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;At my age, when a person makes a desperate resolution it is
+because there is no other course open. A man who, like me has passed
+his youth and the best years of his life working for his own future and
+for the future of his sons, a man who has been submissive to all the
+wishes of his superiors, who has discharged conscientiously all his
+duties, suffered everything in order to live in peace and in
+tranquillity; when such a man, whose blood has been chilled by Time,
+renounces all his past and all his future, on the very edge of his
+grave&mdash;when a man does this, it is because he has decided with
+mature judgment that peace does not exist, and that there is no Supreme
+Good. What use is there in living a few miserable days in a foreign
+land? I had two sons, a daughter, a fireside, a fortune. I enjoyed
+consideration and esteem. Now I am like a tree that has been stripped
+of its branches; a wandering fugitive, hunted like a wild beast in the
+forest, and all&mdash;why? Because a man dishonored my daughter,
+because her brothers wanted to make that man account for his infamous
+deed, and because that man is placed above all others with a title of
+Minister of God. But despite it all, I, a father, I, dishonored in my
+old age, pardoned the injury, for I was indulgent with the passions of
+youth and the weakness of the flesh, and, as the evil was irreparable,
+I wanted to save what still remained to me. But the criminal, afraid
+that vengeance was near at hand, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb168"
+href="#pb168">168</a>]</span>sought the destruction of my sons. What
+did he do? You do not know? Do you know how they feigned that there had
+been a robbery in the convent and how one of my sons figured among the
+accused? The other son they could not include because he was away. Do
+you know the tortures to which they were submitted? You know them
+because they are like those in other towns. I saw my son hung by the
+hair, I heard his cries, I heard him call me, and, coward that I was,
+and, accustomed to peace, I was not brave enough to kill or be killed.
+Do you know that the robbery was not proved, that it was seen that it
+was a calumny, that the curate was transferred to another town and that
+my son died from the result of his tortures? The other boy, who was
+still left for me, was not a coward like his father. The executioner
+was afraid that this son would take revenge for the death of his
+brother and so, under pretense of his not having a <i>cedula</i>,<a
+class="noteref" id="xd0e4425src" href="#xd0e4425">1</a> which for the
+moment had been forgotten, he was imprisoned by the Civil Guard,
+maltreated, irritated and provoked by force and injuries until he was
+driven to suicide. And I have survived after such a disgrace. But, if I
+had not the courage of a father to defend his sons, I have left a heart
+to take vengeance and I shall be revenged! The discontented are uniting
+under my command, my enemies increase my camp, and on that day when I
+consider myself strong enough I will go down into the plain and
+extinguish in fire both my vengeance and my own existence. And that day
+will come or there is no God!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man rose to his feet deeply agitated. With his eyes
+sparkling like fire and, in a hollow voice, he added, tearing his long
+hair:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Curses upon me, curses upon me for having restrained the
+avenging hand of my sons. I have assassinated them! Had I allowed them
+to kill the criminal; had I had less faith in the justice of God and of
+men, I would now have my sons; perhaps they would have been fugitives,
+but I would have them and they would not have died in torture. I was
+not born to be a father! For that reason, I <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb169" href="#pb169">169</a>]</span>haven&rsquo;t them with me now!
+Curses upon me for not having learned, with all my years, in what age
+we live! But in blood and fire, and in my own death, I will know how to
+take vengeance for them!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The unfortunate father, in the paroxysm of his grief, had taken off
+the bandage from his head, opening up a wound which he had on the
+forehead and from which the blood oozed out.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I respect your grief,&rdquo; replied Elias, &ldquo;and I
+understand your desire for vengeance. I, too, am like you, but, for
+fear of harming an innocent one, I prefer to forget my
+misfortunes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can forget them because you are young, and because you
+have not lost your son, have not lost your last hope! But, I assure
+you, I will not harm an innocent person. Do you see that wound? I
+allowed myself to receive that in order not to kill a poor <i>
+cuaderillero</i> who was fulfilling his duty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But see!&rdquo; said Elias, after a moment&rsquo;s silence.
+&ldquo;See what frightful destruction you will bring upon our
+unfortunate country. If you seek revenge by your own hand your enemies
+will retaliate, not against you, not against those who are armed, but
+against the people, who are always accused, and then how many more
+injustices!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let the people learn to defend themselves. Let each learn to
+defend himself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know that that is impossible. Se&ntilde;or, I have known
+you in other times when you were happy, then you gave me wise advice.
+Will you permit me...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man crossed his arms and seemed to meditate upon what he was
+going to say.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; continued Elias, measuring his words
+well, &ldquo;I have had the fortune to be of service to a young man,
+rich, of good heart, noble, and a lover of his country&rsquo;s welfare.
+They say that this young man has friends in Madrid. I do not know it,
+but I can positively assure you that he is a friend of the Governor
+General. What do you say if we make him the bearer of the
+people&rsquo;s complaints, if we can interest him in the cause of the
+unhappy?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you say that he is a rich man? The rich think of <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb170" href="#pb170">170</a>]</span>nothing but
+to increase their riches. Pride and pomp blind them, and, since they
+are generally well off, especially if they have powerful friends, none
+of them ever troubles himself about the unfortunates. I know it all,
+for I was once rich myself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the man of whom I am speaking does not seem to be like
+the others. He is a son who would not allow the memory of his father to
+be dishonored. He is a young man who thinks about the
+future&mdash;thinks of a good future for his sons, for he may in a
+short time have a family of his own.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then he is a man who is going to be happy. Our cause is not a
+cause for happy men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But it is a cause for men of good hearts.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That may be,&rdquo; replied the old man sitting down.
+&ldquo;Suppose that he consented to carry our complaints to the
+Governor General. Suppose that he finds in the court those who will
+argue for us. Do you think we will get justice?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us try it before resorting to bloody measures,&rdquo;
+replied Elias. &ldquo;It must seem strange to you that I, another
+unfortunate, young, robust&mdash;that I should propose to you old and
+weak&mdash;peaceful measures. But it is because I have seen so many
+miseries caused by us similar to those caused by tyrants. The unarmed
+is the one who suffers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if we do not accomplish anything?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Something will be accomplished, believe me! Not all who
+govern are unjust. And if we do not accomplish anything, if our voice
+is not listened to, if the man turns a deaf ear to the grief of his
+fellow men, then we will put ourselves under your orders.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man, full of enthusiasm, embraced the young man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I accept your proposition, Elias. I know that you will keep
+your word. You come to me and I will help you take vengeance for your
+father. You will help me to take vengeance for my sons&mdash;my sons
+who were like you!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;In the meantime, Se&ntilde;or, avoid all violent
+measures.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You can expound the complaints of the people. You certainly
+know them. When will we know the answer?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Within four days send a man to meet me on the beach at San
+Diego and I will tell him what the person <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb171" href="#pb171">171</a>]</span>in whom I have hope says. If he
+accepts, we will get justice, and if he does not accept, I will be the
+first to fall in the fight which we will begin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Elias will not die. Elias will be chief, when Captain Pablo
+falls, satisfied in his revenge,&rdquo; said the old man. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb172" href="#pb172">172</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4425src" id="xd0e4425">1</a></span> Certificate of identification
+required of all Filipinos under Spanish domination.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch27" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Cock Fight.</h2>
+
+<p>In order to keep the Sabbath holy in the Philippines the people
+generally go to the cock fight, just as in Spain they go to the bull
+fight. Cock fighting, a passion introduced into the country and
+exploited for a century, is one of the vices of the people, more deeply
+rooted than the opium vice among the Chinese. The poor go there to risk
+what little they have, desirous of making money without working; the
+rich go there to amuse themselves, using the money which they have left
+over from their feasts and thanksgiving masses. The cock is educated
+with great care, with more care, perhaps, than the son who is to
+succeed his father in the cock-pit. The Government permits it and
+almost recommends it, for it decrees that the fight shall only be held
+in the public plazas and on holidays from after high mass till
+dark&mdash;eight hours.</p>
+
+<p>The San Diego cock-pit does not differ from others which are found
+in all the towns. It consists of three parts: The first, or entrance,
+is a large rectangle, some twenty meters in length and fourteen in
+breadth. On one side is the door, generally guarded by a woman who
+collects the entrance fee. From the contribution which each one makes
+the Government receives a part, some hundred thousands of <i>pesos</i>
+each year. They say that with this money, which gives license to the
+vice, magnificent schools are raised, bridges and roadways constructed,
+and rewards offered for the encouragement of agriculture and commerce.
+Blessed be the vice which produces such good results! In this first
+precinct are the <span class="corr" id="xd0e4500" title="Source:
+venders">vendors</span> of betel nut, cigars and tobacco, delicacies
+and refreshments. There the small boys, who accompany their fathers or
+uncles, are carefully initiated into the secrets of life.</p>
+
+<p>This precinct communicates with another of slightly <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb173" href="#pb173">173</a>]</span>larger
+dimensions, a sort of vestibule, where the people gather before the
+fight. There, one sees most of the cocks, tied by a cord to a bone
+driven into the ground like a nail; there, are the bettors, the lovers
+of the sport, the man skilled in fastening the gaffs or spurs to the
+cock&rsquo;s legs; there, bargains are made, the situation discussed,
+money borrowed, and people curse, swear and laugh boisterously. In one
+place, some one is caressing his game cock, passing his hand over his
+brilliant plumage; in another, a man examines and counts the number of
+scales on the rooster&rsquo;s legs, for that, they say, is a sign of
+valor. The battles of the heroes are related. There, too, you will see
+many a disappointed owner, with a sour face carrying out by the legs, a
+dead rooster, stripped of its plumage&mdash;the animal which was a
+favorite for months, petted, cared for day and night, and on which
+flattering hopes had been founded: now, nothing more than a dead fowl,
+to be sold for a <i>peseta</i>, stewed in ginger and eaten that very
+night. <i>Sic transit gloria mundi!</i> The loser returns to his
+fire-side, where an anxious wife and ragged children await him, without
+his little capital, without his rooster. From all that gilded dream,
+from all the care of months, from daybreak to sunset, from all those
+labors and fatigue, from all that, results a <i>peseta</i>, the ashes
+left from so much smoke.</p>
+
+<p>In this <i>foyer</i>, or vestibule, the most ignorant discuss the
+coming contests; the most trifling, examine conscientiously the bird,
+weigh it, contemplate it, extend its wings, feel of its muscles. Some
+of the people are very well dressed, and are followed and surrounded by
+the backers of their game cocks. Others, dirty, with the seal of vice
+imprinted on their squalid faces, anxiously follow the movements of the
+rich and watch their betting, for the pocketbook can be emptied and the
+passion still be unsatisfied. There you see no face that is not
+animated, no indolent Filipino; none apathetic, none silent. All is
+movement, passion, eagerness.</p>
+
+<p>From this place, one passes into the arena or <i>rueda</i>, as it is
+called. The floor, inclosed by bamboos, is generally elevated higher
+than the floor of the other two parts of the cock-pit. Running up from
+the floor and almost touching <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb174"
+href="#pb174">174</a>]</span>the roof, are rows of seats for the
+spectators or gamblers&mdash;they come to be the same. During the
+combat these seats are filled with men and children who cry, shout,
+perspire, quarrel, and blaspheme. Fortunately, scarcely any women visit
+the cock-pit. In the <i>rueda</i> are the prominent men, the rich
+class, the bettors, the bookmaker, and the referee. The cocks fight on
+the ground, which is beaten down perfectly smooth, and there Destiny
+distributes to families laughter or tears, feasts or hunger.</p>
+
+<p>As we enter, we can see the <i>gobernadorcillo</i>, Captain Pablo,
+Captain Basilio, and Lucas, the man with the scar on his face who was
+so disconsolate over the death of his brother.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Basilio approaches one of those present and asks him:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know what cock Captain Tiago is going to
+bring?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know, Se&ntilde;or. This morning two arrived, one of
+them the <i>l&aacute;sak</i> (black sprinkled with white) which whipped
+the Consul&rsquo;s <i>talisain</i> (red, sprinkled with
+black).&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think that my <i>bulik</i> (black, red and white), can
+beat him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I surely do. I&rsquo;ll stake my house and shirt on
+him!<span class="corr" id="xd0e4555" title="Source:
+&rsquo;">&rdquo;</span></p>
+
+<p>At that moment Captain Tiago arrived. He was dressed, like the big
+gamblers, in a <i>camisa</i> of Canton linen, woolen pantaloons, and a
+panama-straw hat. Behind him came two servants, carrying the <i>
+l&aacute;sak</i> and a white cock of colossal proportions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sinang tells me that Maria Clara is improving
+steadily,&rdquo; said Captain Basilio.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She no longer has any fever, but she is still
+weak.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you lose last night?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A little. I heard that you won.... I am going to see if I can
+win back my money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you want to fight your <i>l&aacute;sak</i>?&rdquo; asked
+Captain Basilio, looking at the rooster.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That depends on whether there is any money up.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much will you stake?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t play less than two thousand.&rdquo; <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb175" href="#pb175">175</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you seen my <i>bulik</i>?&rdquo; asked Captain Basilio,
+and then called a man to bring a small rooster.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago examined it, and after weighing it in his hand, and
+examining its scales, he handed it back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you put up?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whatever you say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Two thousand five hundred?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Make it three?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Three.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let her go!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The circle of curious people and gamblers learn that the two
+celebrated cocks are to be fought. Both the roosters have made a
+history for themselves; both have a reputation. All want to see and
+examine the two celebrities. Opinions are expressed, and prophecies
+made.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime the voices grow louder, the confusion is augmented,
+the <i>rueda</i> fills up and a rush is made for the seats. The <i>
+soltadores</i> bring two cocks to the ring for a preliminary contest.
+One of the roosters is <i>blanco</i> (white), the other <i>rojo</i>
+(red). They are already spurred, but the gaffs are not yet unsheathed.
+Cries of &ldquo;<i>Al blanco! al blanco!</i>&rdquo; are heard. Some one
+else shouts, &ldquo;<i>Al rojo!</i>&rdquo; The <i>blanco</i> is the
+favorite.</p>
+
+<p>Civil Guards circulate among the crowd. They are not wearing the
+uniform of their body, nor do they wear the costume of the native.
+Pantaloons of <i>guingon</i> with a red fringe, a blue-spotted blouse
+shirt, and the <i>cuartel</i> cap&mdash;you have here their disguise,
+in harmony with their deportment; watching and betting, making
+disturbance and talking of maintaining the peace.</p>
+
+<p>While the shouting is going on and men are jingling money in their
+hands; while the people are going down in their pockets for the last
+<i>cuarto</i>, or, if that is wanting, pledging their word, promising
+to sell their <i>carabao</i>, or their next harvest, two young men,
+apparently brothers, follow the gamblers with envious eyes. They
+approach, timidly murmur words which nobody catches, and each time
+become more and more melancholy, and look at each other with disgust
+and indignation. Lucas observes them, smiles malignantly, rattles some
+silver <i>pesos</i>, passes near to the two brothers, and looks toward
+the <i>rueda</i>, shouting: <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb176" href=
+"#pb176">176</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am betting fifty, fifty against twenty on the
+white!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The two brothers <span class="corr" id="xd0e4657" title="Source:
+exchange">exchanged</span> looks.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I told you,&rdquo; murmured the older, &ldquo;not to bet all
+your money. If you had obeyed me, we would have it now to put on the
+red.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The younger one approached Lucas timidly and touched him on the
+arm.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo; exclaimed the latter turning around and
+feigning surprise. &ldquo;Does your brother accept my proposition or
+did you come to bet?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How can we bet when we have lost all?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you accept?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He does not want to! If you could lend us something: you have
+already said that you knew us....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Lucas scratched his head, pulled down his <i>camisa</i> and
+replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I know you. You are Tarsilo and Bruno, both young and
+strong. I know that your brave father died from the result of the
+hundred lashes which the soldiers gave him. I know that you do not
+think of avenging him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You need not meddle in our history,&rdquo; interrupted
+Tarsilo, the older. &ldquo;That is a disgrace. If we did not have a
+sister, we would have been hanged long ago.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Hanged? They only hang cowards, or some one who has no money
+or protection. Certainly the mountains are near.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A hundred against twenty on the <i>blanco</i>,&rdquo; cried
+one as he passed the group.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Loan us four <i>pesos</i> ... three ... two,&rdquo; begged
+the younger brother. &ldquo;Presently I will return it to you doubled.
+The fight is going to begin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Lucas scratched his head again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tst! This money is not mine. Don Crisostomo has given it to
+me for those who want to serve him. But I see that you are not like
+your father. He was really courageous.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, saying this, he went away from them, although not far.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us accept. What does it matter?&rdquo; said Bruno to his
+brother. &ldquo;It amounts to the same thing whether you <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb177" href="#pb177">177</a>]</span>are hanged or
+shot down. We poor serve for nothing else.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right, but think of our sister.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the circle around the ring had been dispersed; the
+fight was going to commence. The voices began to die away, and the two
+<i>soltadores</i> and the skilled gaff fitter, were alone in the middle
+of the <i>rueda</i>. At a signal from the referee, the sheaths were
+removed from the razor-like knives on the cocks&rsquo; legs, and the
+fine blades glistened in a menacing way.</p>
+
+<p>The two brothers, gloomy and silent, approached the ring and,
+resting their faces against the bamboo railing, watched the
+preparations. A man approached them and said in their ears:
+&ldquo;Hundred to ten on the <i>blanco</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo looked at him stupidly. Bruno elbowed his brother, who
+responded with a grunt.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>soltadores</i> handle the roosters with masterly skill,
+taking great care not to wound them. A deep silence reigns throughout
+the pit. You would think that those present, with the exception of the
+two <i>soltadores</i>, were horrible wax figures. The two roosters are
+brought close together and allowed to pick at each other and thus
+become irritated. Then they allow them to look at each other, so that
+the poor little birds may know who has plucked out their feathers, and
+with whom they should fight. The feathers around the neck stand up;
+they look at each other fixedly; flashes of wrath escape from their
+little, round eyes. The moment has come. The birds are placed on the
+ground in the ring at a certain distance from each other.</p>
+
+<p>The cocks advance slowly. Their little steps are heard upon the hard
+floor. Nobody speaks; nobody breathes. Lowering and raising their
+heads, as if measuring each other with a look, the two roosters mutter
+sounds, perhaps of threat or contempt. They have perceived the shining
+blades. Danger animates them, and they turn toward each other decided,
+but they stop at a short distance, and, as they look at each other,
+they bow their heads and again raise their feathers on end. With their
+natural valor, they rush at each other impetuously; they <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb178" href="#pb178">178</a>]</span>strike beak
+against beak; breast against breast, blade against blade, and wing
+against wing. The blows have been stopped with dexterity and skill, and
+only a few feathers have fallen. They again measure each other!
+Suddenly the <i>blanco</i> turns and, raising himself in the air,
+flashes his death-dealing knife, but the <i>rojo</i> has already
+doubled up his legs, ducked his head and the <i>blanco</i> has only cut
+the air. Then, on touching the ground, to avoid being wounded from
+behind, he turns quickly and faces the other. The red attacks him with
+fury, but he defends himself with coolness. Not without reason was he
+the favorite of the crowd. All, trembling and anxious, follow the
+movements of the battle, now this one and now that one giving an
+involuntary shout. The ground is being covered with red and white
+feathers, tinged with blood. But the duel does not go to the one who
+draws first blood. The Filipino here follows the laws laid down by the
+Government, which say that the cock which is killed or flees loses the
+fight. The blood now wets the ground; the blows are repeated, but the
+victory is still undecided. Finally, making a supreme effort, the <i>
+blanco</i> throws himself forward to give a last blow; he drives his
+knife into the wing of the <i>rojo</i> and buries it among the bones.
+But the <i>blanco</i> has been wounded in the breast, and both, weak
+from loss of blood, and panting, fastened together, remain immovable
+until the <i>blanco</i> falls, bleeds through his neck, kicks violently
+and is in the agony of death. The <i>rojo</i>, pinned by his wing, is
+held to the other&rsquo;s side; and little by little he doubles up his
+legs and slowly closes his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>Then the referee, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by
+the Government, declares the <i>rojo</i> the winner. A wild and
+prolonged outcry greets the decision, an outcry which is heard
+throughout the town. He, who, from afar, hears the cry, understands
+that the <i>dejado</i> has beaten the favorite, for otherwise the
+outcry would not have lasted so long. So it happens among nations: when
+a small nation succeeds in gaining a victory over a greater one, the
+song and story of it last through centuries.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you see?&rdquo; said Bruno, with indignation, to his <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb179" href="#pb179">179</a>]</span>brother,
+&ldquo;if you had taken my advice to-day, we would have had one hundred
+<i>pesos</i>. On your account we are without a <i>
+cuarto</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo did not reply, but, with wide-open eyes, looked around him
+as if in search of some one.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There he is talking with Pedro,&rdquo; added Bruno. &ldquo;He
+is giving him money&mdash;what a lot of money!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo remained silent and thoughtful. With the arm of his <i>
+camisa</i>, he wiped away the sweat which formed in drops on his
+forehead.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Brother,&rdquo; said Bruno, &ldquo;I am decided, even if you
+are not. The <i>l&aacute;sak</i> ought to win and we ought not to lose
+the opportunity. I want to bet on the next fight. What does it matter?
+Thus, we will avenge our father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Wait!&rdquo; said Tarsilo to him, and looked him in the eyes.
+Both were pale. &ldquo;I am with you. You are right. We will avenge our
+father.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He stopped, however, and again wiped away the perspiration.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why do you stop?&rdquo; asked Bruno impatiently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know what fight is the next one? Is it worth the
+trouble?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! Haven&rsquo;t you heard? Captain Tiago&rsquo;s <i>
+l&aacute;sak</i> against Captain Basilio&rsquo;s <i>bulik</i>.
+According to the run of luck, the <i>l&aacute;sak</i> ought to
+win.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! The <i>l&aacute;sak</i>. I would bet ... but let us make
+sure first.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Bruno made a gesture of impatience, but followed his brother. The
+latter looked the rooster over carefully, thought about it, debated
+with himself and asked a few questions. The unfortunate fellow was in
+doubt. Bruno was nervous and looked at him angrily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Why, don&rsquo;t you see that wide scale which he has there
+near the spur? Do you see those feet? What more do you want? Look at
+those legs. Stretch out his wings. And that broken scale on top of that
+wide one, and that double one?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo did not hear him, he kept on examining the cock. The rattle
+of silver coins reached his ears.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us see the <i>bulik</i> now,&rdquo; said he, in a choking
+voice. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb180" href=
+"#pb180">180</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Bruno stamped the ground with his feet, grated his teeth, but obeyed
+his brother.</p>
+
+<p>They approached the other group. There they were arming the cock,
+they were selecting gaffs for him, and the expert, in fitting them to
+the rooster&rsquo;s legs, was preparing a piece of red silk. He waxed
+it and rubbed it over his knee a number of times.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo gazed at the bird with a sombre air. It seemed that he was
+not looking at the cock, but at something in the future. He passed his
+hand over his forehead.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you ready?&rdquo; he asked his brother, his voice
+scarcely perceptible.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I? Long ago. Without having to see them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is our poor sister&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bah! Didn&rsquo;t they tell you that the leader is Don
+Crisostomo? Have you not seen him walking with the Governor General?
+What danger will we run?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if we are killed?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What does it matter? Our father died from being whipped to
+death.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Both brothers sought Lucas in the crowd.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as they caught sight of him, Tarsilo stopped.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! Let us go away from here! We are going to lose,&rdquo; he
+exclaimed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go if you wish. I am going to accept.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bruno!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Unfortunately, a man approached them and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you betting? I am backing the <i>bulik</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The two brothers did not reply.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll give you odds.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much?&rdquo; asked Bruno.</p>
+
+<p>The man counted out four <i>peso</i> pieces. Bruno looked at him,
+breathless.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have two hundred. Fifty to forty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No,&rdquo; said Bruno promptly. &ldquo;Make it ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right! fifty to thirty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Double it if you wish!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well! The <i>bulik</i> is my winning color and I have just
+won. Hundred against sixty!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s a go! Wait till I go and get my money.&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb181" href="#pb181">181</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But I will be the stake-holder,&rdquo; said the other, in
+whom the manner of Bruno inspired little confidence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s all the same to me!&rdquo; responded the latter,
+trusting in the strength of his fists.</p>
+
+<p><a id="xd0e4893"></a>And, turning to his brother, he said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go away, if you wish; I&rsquo;m going to stay.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then Tarsilo reflected. He loved his brother and the game. He could
+not leave him alone, and he murmured. &ldquo;Let it be so!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They approached Lucas. The latter saw them coming and smiled.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eh! there!&rdquo; said Tarsilo.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How much do you give?&rdquo; asked the two brothers.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have already told you. If you want to find some others to
+help us surprise the <i>cuartel</i>, I will give you thirty <i>
+pesos</i> apiece, and ten <i>pesos</i> for each companion you get. If
+all comes out well, each will receive one hundred <i>pesos</i> and you
+two, double that amount. Don Crisostomo is rich.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Accepted,&rdquo; exclaimed Bruno. &ldquo;Hand over the
+money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I knew well that you were brave, like your father. Come!
+Don&rsquo;t let them hear us or they will kill us,&rdquo; said Lucas,
+pointing to the Civil Guards.</p>
+
+<p>And taking them into a corner, he told them, as he counted out the
+money to them:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow Don Crisostomo will arrive and bring arms. Day
+after to-morrow, about eight o&rsquo;clock at night, come to the
+cemetery. I will tell you about the final arrangements. You have time
+to find some other companions.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They took leave of each other. Now the two brothers seemed to have
+changed their r&ocirc;les. Tarsilo was calm; Bruno, pale. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb182" href="#pb182">182</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch28" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXVIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Two Se&ntilde;oras.</h2>
+
+<p>While Captain Tiago was fighting his <i>l&aacute;sak</i> against the
+<i>bulik</i>, Do&ntilde;a Victorina took a walk through the town, with
+the intention of seeing the condition of the indolent natives, and of
+their houses and fields. She had dressed as elegantly as she could,
+putting all her ribbons and flowers on her silk gown, in order to
+impress the provincials, and make them see how great a distance was
+between them and her sacred person. Giving her arm to her lame husband,
+she fluttered through the streets of the town, among the stupefied and
+wondering inhabitants. Cousin Linares had remained in the house.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What ugly houses these natives have,&rdquo; began Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina, making a grimace. &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t know how they can
+live there: one must be a native to do it. They meet us and don&rsquo;t
+uncover their heads! Hit them over the head as the curates and <i>
+tenientes</i> of the <i>Guardia Civil</i> do when they don&rsquo;t take
+off their hats. Teach them manners.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if they hit me?&rdquo; asked Dr. de Espada&ntilde;a.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Aren&rsquo;t you a man?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bu&mdash;bu&mdash;but, I am
+la&mdash;la&mdash;lame.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina was becoming bad-humored. The streets were not
+paved, and the train of her gown was covered with dust. Besides, they
+met many young women, who, on passing her, cast down their eyes and did
+not admire her lavish dress as they should have done. Sinang&rsquo;s
+coachman, who was driving her and her cousin in an elegant carriage,
+had the impudence to call out <i>tabi</i><a class="noteref" id=
+"xd0e4963src" href="#xd0e4963">1</a> to them in such a warning voice
+that she had to get out of the way, and was only able to exclaim,
+&ldquo;Look at that brute of a coachman! I am going to tell his master
+that he should educate his servants better!&rdquo; <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb183" href="#pb183">183</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go back to the house,&rdquo; she ordered her
+husband.</p>
+
+<p>He, fearing that there was going to be a storm, turned on his heels
+and obeyed the command.</p>
+
+<p>They met the <i>alferez</i> on the way back and greeted him. He
+increased the discontent of Do&ntilde;a Victorina, for he not only
+failed to compliment her on her dress, but surveyed it almost with a
+mocking manner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You ought not to extend your hand to a simple <i>
+alferez</i>,&rdquo; said she to her husband as soon as they were some
+distance away. &ldquo;He scarcely touches his helmet, and you take off
+your hat. You don&rsquo;t know how to maintain your rank.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is ch&mdash;ch&mdash;chief here!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what does that matter to us? Are we, perchance,
+natives?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right,&rdquo; replied he, not wishing to quarrel.</p>
+
+<p>They passed by the officer&rsquo;s house. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion
+was in the window, as usual, dressed in her flannel outfit and smoking
+her cigar. As the house was rather low, they could see each other as
+they passed, and Do&ntilde;a Victorina could distinguish her very well.
+The Muse of the <i>Guardia Civil</i> examined her with tranquillity
+from head to foot, and, afterward, sticking out her lower lip, spit,
+turning her face to the other side. That put an end to Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina&rsquo;s patience, and, leaving her husband without any
+support, she squared herself in front of the <i>alfereza</i>, trembling
+with rage, and unable to speak. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion turned her head
+slowly, looked her over again, and then spit again, but with still
+greater disdain.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you, Do&ntilde;a?&rdquo; said the <i>
+alfereza</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can you tell me, Se&ntilde;ora, why you look at me so? Are
+you envious?&rdquo; Do&ntilde;a Victorina finally succeeded in
+saying.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I envious of you?&rdquo; said the Medusa with scorn.
+&ldquo;O, yes! I envy those curls.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, wife!&rdquo; said the doctor.
+&ldquo;Do&mdash;don&rsquo;t take no&mdash;no&mdash;notice of
+her!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me give this shameless common person a lesson!&rdquo;
+replied the woman, giving her husband a push. He nearly fell to the
+ground. Turning to Do&ntilde;a Consolacion, she continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look how you treat me! Don&rsquo;t think that I am a
+provincial, or a soldiers&rsquo; <i>querida</i>! In my house in Manila
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb184" href=
+"#pb184">184</a>]</span><i>alferezas</i> never are allowed to come in.
+They wait at the door.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh-oh! Most Excellent Se&ntilde;ora! <i>Alferezas</i>
+don&rsquo;t enter, but invalids like that out there. Ha, ha,
+ha!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>If it hadn&rsquo;t been for all the paint on her face, one could
+have seen Do&ntilde;a Victorina blush. She wanted to throw herself upon
+her enemy, but the sentry stopped her. In the meantime, the street was
+filling up with curious people.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen! I lower myself talking with you. People of <i>
+categor&iacute;a</i> ... Do you want my clothes to wash? I will pay you
+well. Do you think that I don&rsquo;t know that you are a
+washerwoman?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion became furious. The reference to her being a
+washerwoman wounded her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you think that we do not know what you are? Get out! My
+husband has already told me. Se&ntilde;ora, I, at least, have not
+belonged to more than one man, but you? One must be pretty hard up to
+take the leavings.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This shot struck Do&ntilde;a Victorina square in the breast. She
+rolled up her sleeves, clenched her fists, and, gnashing her teeth,
+began:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come down here, you nasty old thing, that I may smash your
+filthy mouth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Medusa disappeared quickly from the window, but was soon seen
+coming down the stairs on a run, swinging her husband&rsquo;s whip.</p>
+
+<p>Don Tiburcio interposed, pleading with them, but they would have
+come to blows if the <i>alferez</i> had not arrived.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, se&ntilde;oras!... Don Tiburcio!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Teach your woman better; buy her better clothes. If you
+haven&rsquo;t the money, rob the people. You have your soldiers for
+that!&rdquo; shouted Do&ntilde;a Victorina.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;ora,&rdquo; said the <i>alferez</i> furiously.
+&ldquo;Thank yourself that I don&rsquo;t forget that you are a woman;
+for if you were not, I would kick you to pieces, with all your curls
+and ribbons.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&mdash;se&mdash;se&ntilde;or <i>
+al&mdash;alferez</i>!&rdquo; said Don Tiburcio.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Go ahead! Kill us! You don&rsquo;t wear big enough trousers,
+you quack.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And so the battle waged: words, gestures, cries, insults, and
+injuries. They brought out all the nasty things they <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb185" href="#pb185">185</a>]</span>could think of,
+all four speaking at the same time, and, saying so many things and
+bringing to light so many truths, that we will not relate here all that
+was said. The people who had gathered around to satisfy their
+curiosity, if they understood all the remarks, must have enjoyed
+themselves not a little. They were all waiting to see them come to
+blows. Unfortunately for the spectators, the curate came along and
+pacified them.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;oras! se&ntilde;oras! What a shame. Se&ntilde;or
+<i>alferez</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you meddling in these matters for, you hypocrite,
+you Carlist?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Tiburcio, take away your wife! Se&ntilde;ora, hold your
+tongue!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell that to those robbers of the poor!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Finally, the dictionary of epithets was exhausted. The review of the
+disgraces of each couple was ended, and little by little they were
+separated, threatening and insulting each other. Father Salv&iacute;
+kept going from one side to the other, adding life to the scene.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This very day we will go to Manila and we will present
+ourselves to the Governor General,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina,
+in fury to her husband. &ldquo;You are not a man. It is a shame that
+you spend money for trousers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;B&mdash;b&mdash;but, wife, and the <i lang="es">Guardia
+Civil</i>? I&mdash;I&mdash;am lame.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You must challenge him to a duel with pistol or sword or,
+or&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Do&ntilde;a Victorina looked at his false teeth.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Daughter, I never have used&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina did not let him finish. With a sublime
+movement she jerked out his false teeth in the middle of the street,
+and throwing them to the ground stepped on them. He, half crying, and
+she sputtering away, arrived at the house. At that time, Linares was
+talking with Maria Clara, Sinang, and Victoria, and, as he knew nothing
+about the quarrel, the sudden arrival of his cousins gave him a shock.
+Maria Clara was lying on a sofa among pillows and blankets, and was not
+a little surprised at the doctor&rsquo;s new <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e5092" title="Source: physiogomy">physiognomy</span>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cousin,&rdquo; said Do&ntilde;a Victorina, &ldquo;you have
+got to challenge the <i>alferez</i> immediately to a duel,
+or&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb186" href=
+"#pb186">186</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And why? what for?&rdquo; asked Linares, surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You challenge him right off, or I will tell them all who you
+are.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Do&ntilde;a Victorina!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The three young women looked at one another.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> has insulted us. The old witch came down
+with her whip, and that thing there allowed it all. A man!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw!&rdquo; said Sinang. &ldquo;They have been fighting and
+we haven&rsquo;t seen it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> has broken the doctor&rsquo;s
+teeth,&rdquo; added Victoria.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This very day we are going to Manila. You stay here to
+challenge him to a duel, and, if you don&rsquo;t, I&rsquo;ll tell Don
+Santiago that all that you have told him is a lie. I will tell
+him&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, Do&ntilde;a Victorina! Do&ntilde;a Victorina!&rdquo;
+interrupted Linares, pale and going closer to her. &ldquo;You keep
+quiet. Don&rsquo;t make me call to mind&rdquo;&mdash;&mdash;and he
+added in a low voice&mdash;&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t be imprudent, especially
+just now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Just at that time, when this was going on, Captain Tiago arrived
+home from the cock-pit. He was downhearted. He had lost his <i>
+l&aacute;sak</i>.</p>
+
+<p>But Do&ntilde;a Victorina did not give him much time to sigh. In a
+few words, and with many insults, she related to him what had passed,
+she, of course, trying to put herself in a good light.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Linares is going to challenge him. Do you hear? If he
+don&rsquo;t, I won&rsquo;t let him marry your daughter. Don&rsquo;t you
+permit it. If he has no courage, he does not merit Clarita.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then you are going to marry this gentleman?&rdquo; asked
+Sinang, with her jolly eyes full of tears. &ldquo;I knew that you were
+discreet, but I did not think you so fickle.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, pale as wax, raising herself half up, looked at her
+father with frightened eyes, and then at Do&ntilde;a Victorina and
+Linares. The latter turned red in the face, Captain Tiago looked down,
+and the se&ntilde;ora added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Clarita, bear it in mind, and never marry a man who does not
+wear trousers. You expose yourself to insults like a dog, if you
+do.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb187" href=
+"#pb187">187</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>But the young maiden did not reply and said to her friends:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take me to my room, for I cannot go alone.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They helped her to her feet, and, leaning her marble-like head on
+pretty Sinang&rsquo;s shoulder, and, with the arms of her friend around
+her waist, she went to her bedroom.</p>
+
+<p>That night the doctor and his wife collected their things together,
+submitted their account to Captain Tiago&mdash;which amounted to
+several thousand <i>pesos</i>&mdash;and very early on the following
+day, left for Manila in the Captain&rsquo;s carriage. To timid Linares
+they intrusted the r&ocirc;le of the avenger. <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb188" href="#pb188">188</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e4963src" id="xd0e4963">1</a></span> Warning cry of a coachman,
+meaning &ldquo;turn.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch29" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXIX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Enigma.</h2>
+
+<p>As Lucas had announced, Ibarra arrived the next day. His first visit
+was to the family of Captain Tiago, with the object of seeing Maria
+Clara and telling her that His Most Illustrious Greatness had already
+reconciled him with the Church. He brought a letter of recommendation
+to the curate, written by the hand of the Archbishop himself. Aunt
+Isabel was not a little delighted over it, for she liked the young man
+and did not look favorably upon the marriage of her niece with Linares.
+Captain Tiago was not at home.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come in,&rdquo; said the aunt in her half-Castellano
+language. &ldquo;Maria, Don Crisostomo is again in the grace of God.
+The Archbishop has dis-excommunicated him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But the young man could not advance. His smile froze on his lips,
+and words fled from his mind. Linares was standing next to Maria Clara
+on the balcony, interweaving nosegays with the flowers and leaves on
+the climbing plants. On the floor, were scattered roses and <i>
+sampagas</i>. Maria Clara was leaning back on a sofa, pale, pensive,
+her look sad, playing with her ivory fan. But the fan was not as white
+as her poor fingers.</p>
+
+<p>At the presence of Ibarra, Linares turned pale and Maria
+Clara&rsquo;s cheeks were tinged with carmine. She tried to rise, but
+her strength failing her, she cast her eyes upon the floor, and let
+fall her fan.</p>
+
+<p>An embarrassing silence reigned for several seconds. Finally, Ibarra
+was able to advance, and tremblingly murmured:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have just arrived and have hastened to see you.... I find
+that you are better than I thought.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara seemed to have turned dumb. She could <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb189" href="#pb189">189</a>]</span>not pronounce a
+single word, and continued to keep her eyes on the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra surveyed Linares with a look which the modest young man bore
+with considerable haughtiness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, I see that my arrival was not expected,&rdquo; he said
+slowly. &ldquo;Maria, pardon me for not having announced my coming.
+Some other day I will be able to explain to you my conduct.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>These words were accompanied with a look at Linares. The maiden
+raised her eyes to Ibarra, those beautiful eyes, full of purity and
+melancholy, so supplicating and sweet that Ibarra stopped confused.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May I come to-morrow?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You know that on my part you are always welcome,&rdquo;
+replied she, scarcely able to pronounce the words.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra walked away, apparently tranquil; but a tempest raged in his
+mind, and his heart was chilled. What he had just seen and felt was
+incomprehensible. What was it? Doubt, apathy or treason?</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, woman!&rdquo; he murmured.</p>
+
+<p>He arrived, without noticing it, at the place where the school house
+was being constructed. The work was well along. &Ntilde;or Juan, with
+his yard stick and plumb-line, was going to and fro among the numerous
+workmen. On seeing the young man approach, he ran to meet him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Crisostomo,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;you have arrived at
+last. We were all expecting you. Just see how the walls are rising.
+They are already a meter and ten centimeters high. Within two days,
+they will be as high as a man. I have not allowed them to use anything
+but the best of wood. Do you want to look at the cellar?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The workmen saluted him respectfully.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here is the system of drainage which I have taken the liberty
+to add,&rdquo; said &Ntilde;or Juan. &ldquo;These underground canals
+lead to a cesspool about thirty feet off. It will serve to fertilize
+the garden. This was not in the plans. Do you object to it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Quite on the contrary, I approve of it and I congratulate you
+on your idea. You are a true architect. From whom did you learn the
+profession?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;From myself, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied the modest old man.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb190" href="#pb190">190</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;O, yes! Before I forget it: let the scrupulous people know
+(for some may fear to speak to me) that I am no longer excommunicated.
+The Archbishop invited me to dine with him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pshaw! se&ntilde;or! We don&rsquo;t take any notice of
+excommunications. We are all excommunicated. Dather D&aacute;maso is
+himself; however, he goes on, as fat as ever.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&rsquo;s that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I feel sure about it. A year ago he gave the coadjutor a blow
+with his cane, and the coadjutor is as much a priest as he. Who takes
+any notice of excommunications, se&ntilde;or?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra caught sight of Elias among the workmen. He saluted him like
+the others, but with a look that gave Ibarra to understand that he
+wanted to speak with him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;&Ntilde;or Juan,&rdquo; said Ibarra, &ldquo;will you bring me
+a list of the workmen?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&Ntilde;or Juan disappeared and Ibarra approached Elias, who was
+alone, raising a large stone and loading it in a cart.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you are able, se&ntilde;or, to grant me some hours of
+conversation, come this afternoon to the shore of the lake and embark
+in my <i>banca</i>, for I want to talk with you about some serious
+matters,&rdquo; said Elias. Ibarra gave a nod of assent and went
+away.</p>
+
+<p>&Ntilde;or Juan brought the list, but Ibarra read it in vain. The
+name of Elias was not on it. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb191" href=
+"#pb191">191</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch30" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Voice of the Persecuted.</h2>
+
+<p>Before the sun went down, Ibarra put his foot into Elias&rsquo;s <i>
+banca</i> on the shore of the lake. He seemed displeased about
+something, as though he had been opposed or contradicted.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Pardon me, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; said Elias on seeing him.
+&ldquo;Pardon me for having ventured to make this appointment with you.
+I would like to speak with you freely, and here we have no witnesses.
+We can return within an hour.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are mistaken, friend Elias,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, trying
+to smile. &ldquo;You will have to take me to that town over there,
+where you see that belfry. Fate obliges me to go there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fate?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; on my way here, I met the <i>alferez</i>. He insisted
+upon accompanying me. I thought about you, and knew that he would
+recognize you, and, in order to get rid of him, I told him that I was
+going to that town. Now I will have to remain there all day to-morrow,
+for the man whom I am going to see will not look for me till to-morrow
+afternoon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am obliged to you for your thoughtfulness, but you might
+have simply told him to accompany you,&rdquo; replied Elias with
+naturalness.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How&rsquo;s that? And what about you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He would never have recognized me. The only time that he ever
+saw me, I don&rsquo;t believe that he thought to take down a
+description of me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am in hard luck!&rdquo; sighed Ibarra, thinking of Maria
+Clara. &ldquo;What have you to say to me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias looked around him. They were far from the shore. The sun had
+already sunk below the horizon, and, as the twilight in these latitudes
+is very short, the darkness was <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb192"
+href="#pb192">192</a>]</span>falling over the earth, and the disk of
+the full moon was already shining.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Elias, in a grave voice,
+&ldquo;I am the spokesman of many unfortunate people.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Unfortunate people. What do you mean?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In a few words, Elias referred to the conversation which he had had
+with the chief of the <i>tulisanes</i>, but omitted saying anything
+about the doubts which the chief entertained, or the threats. Ibarra
+listened attentively, and, when Elias concluded his story, a long
+silence reigned. Ibarra was the first to break the spell.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So that they desire&mdash;&mdash;?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Radical reforms in the armed forces, in the religious
+matters, and in the administration of justice. That is to say, they ask
+for paternal care on the part of the Government.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Reforms? In what sense?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;For example: more respect for human dignity; more security
+for the individual; less power in the hands of the forces already
+armed; fewer privileges for that body which easily abuses
+them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Elias,&rdquo; replied the young man, &ldquo;I don&rsquo;t
+know who you are, but I believe that you are not an ordinary man. You
+think and work differently from the others. You will understand me if I
+say to you that, even if it is true that the present state of affairs
+is defective, there will be a worse state if there is a change. I could
+arrange to get the assistance of my friends in Madrid, by <i>paying
+them</i>. I could speak to the Governor General, but all of that would
+accomplish nothing. He has not enough power to introduce reforms, nor
+would I ever take a step in that direction, for I know very well that,
+if it is true that these religious corporations have their defects,
+they are now necessities. They are what you might call a necessary
+evil.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias raised his head and looked astonished.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you believe, se&ntilde;or, in necessary evils?&rdquo; he
+asked, his voice slightly trembling. &ldquo;Do you believe that in
+order to do good it is necessary to do evil?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No. I look upon it as a violent remedy which we have to make
+use of to cure an illness. To illustrate further, the country is an
+organism which is suffering from a <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb193"
+href="#pb193">193</a>]</span>chronic illness, and, in order to cure it,
+the Government finds itself compelled to use medicines, hard and
+violent, if you wish, but useful and necessary.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is a bad doctor, se&ntilde;or, who seeks to cure the
+symptoms and suppress them without trying to find the origin of the
+illness, or knowing it, fears to attack it. The <i>Guardia Civil</i>
+has no other end than this: the suppression of crime by terror and
+force. This end it neither fulfills nor carries out except in chance
+instances. And you have to take into account that society can be severe
+with individuals only after she has furnished all means necessary for
+their perfect morality. In our country, since there is no society,
+since the people and the Government do not form a unity, the latter
+ought to be indulgent, not only because indulgence is necessary, but
+because the individual, neglected and abandoned by Government, has less
+self responsibility than if he had been enlightened. Besides, following
+out your comparison, the medicine applied to the evils of the country
+is so much of a destroyer that its effect is only felt on the sane
+parts of the organism. These it weakens and injures. Would it not be
+more reasonable to fortify and strengthen the infirm organism and
+minimize a little the violence of the medicine?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To weaken the <i>Guardia Civil</i> would be to put the
+security of the towns in danger.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The security of the towns!&rdquo; exclaimed Elias with
+bitterness. &ldquo;The towns have had the <i>Guardia Civil</i> for
+nearly fifteen years and what is the result? We still have <i>
+tulisanes</i>, we still hear of them sacking towns, and they still make
+their attacks on people on the roads. Robberies continue and the
+robbers are not punished. Crime exists and the real criminal goes free,
+but not so with the peaceful inhabitants of the town. Ask any honorable
+citizen if he looks upon this institution as a good, as a protection by
+the Government, or as an imposition, a despotism whose excesses do more
+harm than the violence of the criminals. Communication between people
+is paralyzed, for they fear to be maltreated for trifling causes. More
+importance is attached to the formality of the law than to the basal
+principle of it,&mdash;the first symptom of incapacity in government.
+The heads of the organization consider it their <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb194" href="#pb194">194</a>]</span>first duty to make people
+salute them, either of their own will or by force, even in the darkness
+of night. In this, their inferior officers imitate them and maltreat
+and fleece the poor countrymen. There is no such thing as sacredness of
+the fireside. There is no security for the individual. What have the
+people accomplished by overcoming their wrath and by waiting for
+justice at the hands of others? Ah! se&ntilde;or, if you call that
+preserving the order&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I agree with you that there are evils,&rdquo; replied Ibarra.
+&ldquo;But we have to accept those evils for the good which accompanies
+them. This institution may be imperfect, but believe me, by the terror
+which it inspires, it prevents the number of criminals from
+increasing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You might better say that by that terror it increases the
+number of criminals,&rdquo; said Elias, correcting him. &ldquo;Before
+this body was created, almost all the evildoers, with the exception of
+a very few, were criminals because of their hunger. They pillaged and
+robbed in order to live. That famine once passed over and hunger once
+satisfied, the roads were again free from criminals. It was sufficient
+to have the poor but valiant <i>cuaderilleros</i> chase them, with
+their imperfect arms&mdash;that body of men so often calumniated by
+those who have written upon our country, those men who have three legal
+rights, to do their duty, to fight and to die. And for all that, a jest
+as recompense. Now there are <i>tulisanes</i> who will be <i>
+tulisanes</i> all their lives. A crime inhumanly punished, resistance
+against the excesses of the power which inflicts such punishment, and
+fear that other atrocities may be inflicted&mdash;these make them
+forever members of that society who are bound by oath to kill and die<a
+class="noteref" id="xd0e5322src" href="#xd0e5322">1</a>. The terrorism
+of the <i>Guardia Civil</i> impressed upon them closes forever the
+doors to repentance. And as a <i>tulisan</i> fights and defends himself
+in the mountains better than a soldier, whom he scorns, the result is
+that we are incapable of abating the evil which we have created. Call
+to mind what the prudent Governor General de la Torre did. The amnesty
+which he granted to these unhappy people has proved that in these
+mountains the hearts of <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb195" href=
+"#pb195">195</a>]</span>men still beat, and only await pardon.
+Terrorism is useful only when the people are enslaved, when the
+mountains have no caverns, when the governing power can station a
+sentry behind every tree, and when the slave has in his body nothing
+but a stomach. But when the desperado who fights for his life feels the
+strong arm of that power, then his heart beats and his being fills with
+passion. Can terrorism put out the fire which&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It confuses me, Elias, to hear you talk so. I would believe
+that you were right if I did not have my own convictions. But note this
+point&mdash;and do not be offended, for I do not include you&mdash;I
+look upon you as an exception&mdash;consider who those are who ask for
+this reform. Almost all are criminals or people who are in the way of
+becoming such.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Criminals or future criminals; but why are they so? Because
+their peace has been disturbed, their happiness taken away from them,
+their dearest affections wounded, and, after asking protection from
+Justice, they have been convinced that they can secure it only by their
+own hands, by their own efforts. But you are mistaken, se&ntilde;or, if
+you believe that only criminals ask for it. Go from town to town, from
+house to house. Listen to the secret sighings of the family and you
+will be convinced that the evils which the <i>Guardia Civil</i> causes
+are equal to if not greater than those which it corrects. Would you
+conclude then that all the citizens are criminals? Then, why defend
+them from the others? Why not destroy them?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There is some flaw in your reasoning which escapes me now. In
+Spain, the Mother Country, this body lends and has lent very useful
+services.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not doubt it. Perhaps there it is better organized; the
+personnel more select. Perhaps, too, Spain needs such a body, but the
+Philippines do not. Our customs, our mode of living, which are always
+cited when any one wants to deny us a right, are totally forgotten when
+some one wants to impose something on us. And tell me, se&ntilde;or,
+why have not other nations adopted this institution, other nations
+which resemble Spain more than do the Philippines? Is it due to the
+efforts of such an institution that other nations have fewer robberies
+of the railways, fewer <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb196" href=
+"#pb196">196</a>]</span>riots, fewer assassinations, and less
+hand-to-hand fighting in their great capitals?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra bowed his head in meditation. Afterward he raised it and
+replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That question, my friend, needs serious study. If my
+investigations tell me that these complaints are well founded, I will
+write to my friends in Madrid, since we have no deputies to represent
+us. In the meantime, believe me, the Government needs a body like the
+<i>Guardia Civil</i>, which has unlimited power, in order to make the
+people respect its authority and the laws imposed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That would be all right, se&ntilde;or, if the Government were
+at war with the country; but, for the good of the Government, we ought
+not to make the people believe that they are in opposition to the law.
+Furthermore, if that were the case, if we preferred force to prestige,
+we ought to look well to whom we give this unlimited force or power,
+this authority. Such great power in the hands of men, and ignorant men
+at that, men full of passion, without moral education, without tested
+honor&mdash;such a thing is a weapon in the hands of a maniac in a
+multitude of unarmed people. I grant and I will agree with you that the
+Government needs this weapon, but let it choose that weapon well; let
+it choose the most worthy men to bear it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias was speaking with enthusiasm and with fervor. His eyes
+glistened and his voice vibrated. Then followed a solemn pause. The <i>
+banca</i>, no longer propelled by the paddle, floated tranquilly on the
+waves. The moon was shining majestically from a sapphire sky. Some
+lights were glimmering on the shore.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what more do they ask?&rdquo; said Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Reforms in the priesthood,&rdquo; responded Elias, in a
+discouraged and sad tone of voice. &ldquo;The unfortunates ask more
+protection against&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Against the religious orders?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Against their oppressors, se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have the Filipinos forgotten what they owe to these orders?
+Have they forgotten the immense debt of gratitude they owe to them for
+having saved them from error and given them the Faith? What they owe to
+them for protection against the civil power? Here is one of the <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb197" href="#pb197">197</a>]</span>evils which
+result from not teaching the history of the country in our
+schools.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias, surprised, could scarcely give credit to what he heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he replied in a grave voice. &ldquo;You
+accuse the people of ingratitude: permit me, one of those who suffer,
+to defend the people. Favors, in order to be recognized as such, must
+be done by persons with disinterested motives. Let us consider in a
+general way the mission of the orders, of Christian charity, that
+threadbare subject. Let us lay history aside. Let us not ask what Spain
+did with the Jews, who gave all Europe a Book, a religion and a God!
+Let us not ask what Spain has done with the Arabic people who gave her
+culture, who were tolerant in religion and who reawakened in her a pure
+national love, fallen into lethargy and almost <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e5376" title="Source: detroyed">destroyed</span> by the domination
+of Romans and Goths. Let us omit all that. Do you say that these orders
+have given us the Faith and have saved us from error? Do you call those
+outward ceremonies, faith? Do you call that commerce in straps and
+scapularies religion? Do you call those miracles and stories which we
+hear every day truth? Is that the law of Jesus Christ? To teach such a
+faith as this it was not at all necessary that a God should allow
+himself to be crucified. Superstition existed long before the friars
+came here; it was only necessary to perfect it and to raise the price
+of the traffic. Will you tell me that although our religion of to-day
+is imperfect, it is better than that which we had before? I will agree
+with you in that and grant it; but we have purchased it at too high a
+price if we have had to renounce our nationality and independence for
+it; when for it, we have given to the priests our best towns, our
+fields, and still give them our little savings in order to buy
+religious objects. A foreign industry has been introduced among us; we
+pay well for it, and are in peace. If you speak of the protection they
+have afforded us against the civil governors of the provinces, I would
+reply that through them we fall under the power of these governors.
+However, I recognize that a true Faith, and a true love for humanity
+guided the first missionaries who came to our shores. I recognize the
+debt of gratitude which is due those noble hearts. I know that <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb198" href="#pb198">198</a>]</span>in those
+days Spain abounded in heroes of all kinds, as well in religion as in
+politics, as well in civil life as in military. But because the
+forefathers were virtuous, should we consent to the abuses practiced by
+their degenerate descendants? Because a great good has been done for
+us, are we guilty if we prevent ourselves from being harmed? The
+country does not ask for abolition of the priesthood; it only asks for
+reforms which new circumstances and new needs require.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I love our country as you love it, Elias. I understand to
+some extent what you desire. I have heard with attention what you have
+said; yet, despite all of that, my friend, I believe we are looking
+upon it with a little prejudice. Here, less than in other things, I see
+the necessity of reforms.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Can it be possible, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; said Elias,
+discouraged and stretching out his hands. &ldquo;Do you not see the
+necessity of reforms, you whose family&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! I forget myself and I forget my own injuries for the sake
+of the security of the Philippines, for the sake of the interests of
+Spain,&rdquo; interrupted Ibarra eagerly. &ldquo;To preserve the
+Philippines it is necessary that the friars continue as they are, and
+in union with Spain lies the welfare of our country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra had ceased speaking, but Elias continued to listen. His face
+was sad, his eyes had lost their brilliancy.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The missionaries conquered the country, it is true,&rdquo; he
+said. &ldquo;Do you think that Spain will be able to keep the
+Philippines through the instrumentality of the friars?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, only through the friars. This is the belief held by all
+who have written on the Philippines.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; exclaimed Elias, discouraged and throwing his
+paddle <span class="corr" id="xd0e5395" title="Source: ino">into</span>
+the bottom of the <i>banca</i>. &ldquo;I did not think that you had so
+poor a conception of the Government and of the country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra replied: &ldquo;I love our country, not only because it is
+the duty of all men to love the country to which they owe their being,
+not only because my father taught me so; but also because my mother was
+a native, an Indian, and because all my most beautiful memories live in
+these <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb199" href=
+"#pb199">199</a>]</span>islands. I love it too, because I owe it my
+happiness and will continue to do so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And I, I love it because I owe to it my misfortunes,&rdquo;
+said Elias.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, my friend, I know that you are suffering, that you are
+unfortunate, and that this makes you see a dark future and influences
+your way of thinking. For this reason, I make allowance for your
+complaints. If I were able to appreciate the motives, if I had known
+part of that past&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My misfortunes have another source. If I had known that they
+would have been of usefulness, I would have related them, for aside
+from that, I make no secret of them. They are well enough known by
+many.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Perhaps knowing them would rectify my opinions. You know I do
+not rely much upon theories; facts are better guides.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias remained pensive for some moments.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If that is the case, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he replied,
+&ldquo;I will relate briefly the history of my misfortunes.&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb200" href="#pb200">200</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e5322src" id="xd0e5322">1</a></span> Author here shows difficulty
+in establishing American sovereignty over islands by military
+forces.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch31" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Elias&rsquo;s Family.</h2>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some sixty years ago my grandfather lived in Manila and kept
+books for a Spanish merchant. My grandfather was then very young, but
+was married and had a son. One night, without any one knowing the
+cause, the store-house was burned. The fire spread to the store and
+from the store to many others. The losses were very heavy. Search was
+made for the incendiary, and the merchant accused my grandfather. In
+vain he protested and, as he was poor and could not pay celebrated
+lawyers, he was condemned to be whipped publicly and to be led through
+the streets of Manila. It was not a great while ago that this infamous
+punishment was still in use here. It was a thousand times worse than
+death itself. My grandfather, abandoned by everybody except his wife,
+was tied to a horse and, followed by a cruel multitude, was whipped on
+every corner, in the sight of men, his brothers, and in the vicinity of
+the numerous temples of the God of Peace. When the unfortunate man,
+disgraced forever, had satisfied the punishment by his blood, his
+tortures and his cries, they untied him from the horse, for he had
+become unconscious. Would to God he had died! As a refined cruelty,
+they gave him liberty. His wife, embarrassed with a child at the time,
+begged in vain from door to door for work or alms that she might care
+for her sick husband and the poor son. But who would have confidence in
+the wife of an infamous man guilty of arson? The wife, then, had to
+give herself up to prostitution.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra started from his seat.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh! do not be disturbed! Prostitution was not the only
+dishonor which she and her husband suffered. Honor and shame no longer
+existed for them. The husband cured his wounds, and, with his wife and
+son, hid in the mountains of this province. Here the woman brought
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb201" href="#pb201">201</a>]</span>forth
+a still-born child, deformed and full of disease. In the mountains,
+they lived for several months, miserable, isolated, hated and fleeing
+from all. Unable to endure the misery, less valorous than his wife, and
+growing desperate at seeing her ill and deprived of all aid and
+comfort, my grandfather hanged himself. The body rotted in the sight of
+the son, who was now scarcely able to take care of his sick mother. The
+bad odor of the rotting corpse disclosed it to Justice. My grandmother
+was accused and condemned for not having given notice. The death of her
+husband was attributed to her and people believed it. For, what is a
+wife of a wretch not capable of doing after having prostituted herself?
+If she took oath, they said she perjured herself; if she wept, they
+said that it was false; and if she invoked God, they said she
+blasphemed. However, they had some consideration for her and waited for
+her to give birth to a child before whipping her. You know that the
+friars spread the belief that the only way to deal with the natives is
+with the whip. Read what Father Gaspar de San Augustin says.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Thus condemned, the woman cursed the day when she would give
+birth to the child, and this not only prolonged her punishment, but
+violated her maternal sentiments. The woman delivered the child, and
+unfortunately the child was born robust. Two months later the sentence
+of whipping which had been imposed upon her was carried out, to the
+great satisfaction of the people, who thought that in this way they
+were fulfilling their duty. No longer able to be at peace in these
+mountains she fled with her two sons to a neighboring province and
+there they lived like wild beasts: hating and hated. The older boy,
+remembering his happy infancy and its contrast with such great misery,
+became a <i>tulisan</i> as soon as he had sufficient strength. Before
+long the bloody name of <i>B&aacute;lat</i> extended from province to
+province; it was the terror of the towns and the people, for he took
+his revenge with fire and blood. The younger boy, who had received from
+Nature a good heart, resigned himself to his lot at his mother&rsquo;s
+side. They lived on what the forests afforded them; they dressed in the
+rags that travellers threw away. The mother had lost her good name, she
+was now <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb202" href=
+"#pb202">202</a>]</span>known only by such titles as the
+&lsquo;criminal,&rsquo; the &lsquo;prostitute,&rsquo; and the
+&lsquo;horse-whipped woman.&rsquo; The younger brother was known only
+as the son of his mother, because he had such a pleasant disposition
+that they did not believe him to be the son of the incendiary. Finally
+the famous B&aacute;lat fell one day into the hands of Justice. Society
+had taught him no good, but he was asked to account for his crimes. One
+morning as the younger boy was looking for his mother, who had gone to
+gather mushrooms from the forest, and had not yet returned, he found
+her lying on the ground by the roadside, under a cotton-tree. Her face
+was turned toward the sky, her eyes were torn from their sockets, and
+her rigid fingers were buried in the blood-stained earth. It occurred
+to the young man to raise his eyes and follow the direction in which
+his mother had been looking, and there from a limb of a tree he saw a
+basket, and in that basket the bloody head of his brother.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My God!&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is what my father must have exclaimed,&rdquo; continued
+Elias, coldly. &ldquo;The men had cut the highwayman into quarters and
+buried him in a trunk of a tree. But the limbs were saved, and were
+hung up in different towns. If you go some time from Calamba to Santo
+Tom&aacute;s you will still find the rotting leg of my uncle hanging
+from a <i>lomboy</i> tree. Nature has cursed the tree and it neither
+grows nor gives fruit. They did the same thing with the other members
+of his body, but the head, the head, as the best part of the man and
+that part which can be most easily recognized, they hung before the
+mother&rsquo;s cabin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra bowed his head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The young man fled like one that is accursed,&rdquo;
+continued Elias. &ldquo;He fled from town to town, through mountains
+and valleys, and when at last he thought he was not recognized by any
+one, he began to work in the store of a rich man in the province of
+Tayabas. His activity, his agreeable disposition, won for him the
+esteem of those who did not know his past life. By working and saving
+he managed to make a little capital, and, as the misery had passed
+away, and, as he was young, he thought that he would be happy. His good
+appearance, his youth, and <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb203" href=
+"#pb203">203</a>]</span>his quite <span class="corr" id="xd0e5454"
+title="Source: unincumbered">unencumbered</span> position won for him
+the love of a girl in the town, but he did not dare to ask for her
+hand, for fear that she might learn of his past. But love became too
+strong and both erred. The man, in order to save the honor of the
+woman, risked all; he asked her to marry him, the papers were looked up
+and all was disclosed. The girl&rsquo;s father was rich and began to
+prosecute the man. The latter, however, did not try to defend himself,
+admitted it all and was sent to jail. The young woman gave birth to a
+boy and a girl. They were brought up in seclusion and made to believe
+that their father was dead. This was not difficult, for while the
+children were still young they saw their mother die, and they thought
+little about investigating their genealogy. As our grandfather was very
+rich, our youth was happy. My sister and I were educated together, we
+loved each other as only twins can when they know no other love. While
+very young, I went to study in the Jesuit College, and my sister, in
+order that we might not be entirely separated, went to the Concordia
+boarding school. Our short education having been ended, for we only
+wished to be farmers, we returned to the town to take possession of the
+inheritance which was left us by our grandfather. We lived happily for
+some time; the future smiled on us; we had many servants; our fields
+bore good crops; and my sister was on the eve of being married to a
+young man who loved her and to whom she was well suited. On account of
+some pecuniary questions, and, because my character was then haughty, I
+lost the good will of a distant relative, and he threw in my face one
+day my dark birth and my infamous ancestry. I thought it a calumny and
+demanded satisfaction. The tomb in which so much grief was sleeping was
+opened again and the truth came out. I was confounded. To make the
+misfortune greater, we had had for some years an old servant who had
+always suffered all my caprices without ever leaving us. He contented
+himself by weeping and crying while the other servants jested with him.
+I do not know how my relative found it out; the fact is that he
+summoned this old man before the court and made him tell the truth. The
+old servant was my father, who had stuck fast to his dear children and
+whom I had maltreated <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb204" href=
+"#pb204">204</a>]</span>many times. Our happiness disappeared: I
+renounced our fortune; my sister lost her lover; and with our father we
+abandoned the town to go to some other point. The thought of having
+contributed to our disgrace and misfortune, cut short the life of the
+old man, from whose lips was learned all the sorrowful past. My sister
+and I were left alone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She wept a great deal, but, amid such grief as they piled
+upon us, she could not forget her love. Without complaining, without
+saying a word, she saw her old lover marry another girl, and I saw her
+a little later gradually become ill, without being able to console her.
+One day she disappeared. In vain I searched for her everywhere; in vain
+I asked for her for six months. Afterward I learned that during the
+time while I was searching for her, one day when the water had risen in
+the lake, there had been found on the beach at Calamba the body of a
+girl, either drowned or assassinated. She had, they say, a knife
+piercing her breast. The authorities of Calamba published the fact in
+the neighboring towns. Nobody presented himself to claim the body; no
+young woman had disappeared. From the description which they gave me
+afterward, from the dress, the rings, the beauty of her face and her
+very abundant hair, I recognized her as my poor sister. From that time,
+I have been wandering from province to province. My fame and history
+are in the mouths of many people; they attribute all sorts of deeds to
+me; at times they calumniate me; but I take no notice of men and
+continue on my way. I have here briefly related my history, and that of
+a judgment at the hands of mankind.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias became silent and continued rowing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I believe that you are not wrong,&rdquo; murmured Ibarra, in
+a low voice, &ldquo;when you say that justice ought to procure the
+welfare of the people by lifting up the criminals and by raising the
+standard of their morality. Only ... that is impossible&mdash;a Utopia.
+And then, where is the money for so many new employees to come
+from?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what are the priests for, the priests who proclaim peace
+and charity as their mission? Is it more meritorious for a priest to
+wet the head of a child, to give <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb205"
+href="#pb205">205</a>]</span>it salt to eat, than to awaken in the
+darkened conscience of a criminal that spark, given by God to every
+man, that he may seek to do good? Is it more human to accompany a
+criminal to the gallows than to accompany him through the difficult
+path which leads from vice to virtue? Are not spies, executioners and
+<i>Guardias Civiles</i> paid? The latter institution, besides being an
+evil, also costs money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My friend, neither you nor I, although we wish it, can
+accomplish it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alone we are nothing, it is true. Take up the cause of the
+people, unite them, listen to their voices, give others an example to
+follow, give them the idea of what is called a fatherland, a <i>
+patria</i>!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What the people ask for is impossible. We must
+wait.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To wait, to wait, is equivalent to suffering!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I should ask it, they would laugh at me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if the people should sustain you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Never! I would never be the one to lead the multitude and
+accomplish by force what the Government does not believe is opportune.
+No! If I ever saw the multitude armed for such a purpose, I would put
+myself on the side of the Government. And I would fight it, for in such
+a mob I would not see my country. I wish for its welfare: that is the
+reason that I am erecting the school-house. I look for it through means
+of instruction, education and progress. Without light there is no
+road.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor without fighting is there liberty,&rdquo; replied
+Elias.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not care for that kind of liberty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Without liberty there is no light,&rdquo; replied the pilot
+with enthusiasm. &ldquo;You say that you know very little about our
+country. I believe it. You do not see the fight that is impending. You
+do not see the cloud on the horizon. The combat begins in the sphere of
+ideas, and then descends to the arena to tinge it with blood. I hear
+the voice of God. Woe to them who resist it. History has not been
+written for them.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias was transformed. As he stood up, his head uncovered, his manly
+face illumined by the moonlight, there was something extraordinary
+about him. He shook his long hair and continued: <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb206" href="#pb206">206</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not see how all is awakening? Sleep has lasted for
+centuries, but one day a thunderbolt will fall and new life will be
+called forth. New tendencies are animating the spirits, and these
+tendencies to-day separated, will be united some day, and will be
+guided by God. God has not failed other peoples, nor will he fail ours.
+Their cause is liberty.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A solemn silence followed these words. In the meantime, the <i>
+banca</i> carried along imperceptibly by the waves, neared the shore.
+Elias was the first to break the silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have I to say to those who have sent me?&rdquo; he
+asked, changing the tone of his voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have already told you that I greatly deplore their
+condition, but for them to wait, since evils are not cured by other
+evils. In our misfortune, we are all at fault.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias did not insist further. He bowed his head, continued rowing
+and, bringing the <i>banca</i> up to the shore, took leave of Ibarra
+saying:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I thank you, Se&ntilde;or, for your condescension. For your
+own interests I ask you in the future to forget me, and never to
+recognize me in whatever place you may meet me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And saying this, he turned his <i>banca</i> and rowed in the
+direction of a dense thicket on the beach. He seemed to observe only
+the millions of diamonds which his paddle lifted and which fell back
+into the lake, where they soon disappeared in the mystery of the blue
+waves.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, he arrived at the place toward which he had been rowing. A
+man came out of the thicket and approached him:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What shall I tell the captain?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell him that Elias, if he does not die before, will fulfill
+his word,&rdquo; he replied gloomily.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then when will you meet us?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When your captain thinks that the hour of danger has
+come.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right. Good-bye!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If I do not die before,&rdquo; murmured Elias. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb207" href="#pb207">207</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch32" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Changes.</h2>
+
+<p>The modest Linares was serious and very uneasy. He had just received
+a letter from Do&ntilde;a Victorina which, translated from the most
+illiterate Spanish, and omitting its many errors in spelling and
+punctuation, was as follows:</p>
+
+<div class="blockquote">
+<p>&ldquo;<span class="smallcaps">Esteemed Cousin</span>:&mdash;Within
+three days I want to know from you if you have killed the <i>
+alferez</i> or he you. I don&rsquo;t want another day to pass without
+this animal being punished. If this length of time passes and still you
+have not challenged him, I will tell Don Santiago that you never were
+secretary and that you never joked with Canovas or with General
+Martinez. I will tell Clarita that it is all a lie and I will not give
+you another <i>cuarto</i>. If you challenge him, I promise you all that
+you wish. If you do not challenge him, I will accept no excuses or
+reasons.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your cousin who loves you in her heart.<br>
+&rdquo;<span class="smallcaps">Victorina de los Reyes de de
+Espada&ntilde;a.</span><br>
+&ldquo;Sampalog, Monday Eve, 7 o&rsquo;clock.&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>It was a serious matter. Linares knew Do&ntilde;a Victorina&rsquo;s
+character and knew what she was capable of doing. To reason with her
+was out of the question; to beg was useless; to deceive her worse.
+There was no other remedy than to challenge.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what can I do?&rdquo; he said to himself, as he was
+walking alone. &ldquo;If he receives me harshly? If I meet his wife?
+Who would want to be my second? The curate? Captain Tiago? Cursed be
+the hour in which I gave ear to her advice! What will this
+se&ntilde;orita say about me? Now I am sorry to have been secretary to
+all the ministers.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb208" href=
+"#pb208">208</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The good Linares was in this sad soliloquy when Father Salv&iacute;
+arrived. The Franciscan was certainly thinner and paler than usual, but
+his eyes shone with a peculiar light and a strange smile was seen on
+his lips.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or Linares, all alone?&rdquo; saluted the priest
+and directed his steps to the <i>sala</i>, through the half open door
+of which notes of the piano were heard.</p>
+
+<p>Linares restrained a smile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Don Santiago?&rdquo; added the curate.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago presented himself at that moment, kissed the
+curate&rsquo;s hand, took the Father&rsquo;s hat and cane and smiled
+like one who had been blessed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, well!&rdquo; said the curate, going into the <i>
+sala</i>, followed by Linares and Captain Tiago. &ldquo;I have good
+news from Manila which you will all enjoy. I have received letters from
+Manila which confirm the one which Se&ntilde;or Ibarra brought me
+yesterday&mdash;so that, Don Santiago, the impediment is
+removed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara was seated at the piano between her two girl friends.
+She half rose to her feet at this remark, but her strength failed her
+and she sat down again. Linares turned pale and looked at Captain
+Tiago, who turned his eyes to the floor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This young man really seems to me a very nice fellow,&rdquo;
+continued the curate. &ldquo;At first, I judged him bad&mdash;he is a
+little quick-tempered. But he knows so well how to atone for his faults
+afterward, that one cannot hold any grudge against him. If it were not
+for Father D&aacute;maso....&rdquo; And the curate directed a quick
+glance at Maria Clara. She was listening to all that was going on but
+without taking her eyes off the music&mdash;in spite of the concealed
+pinches which Sinang gave her to express her joy. Had she been alone,
+she would have danced.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso?&rdquo; asked Linares without finishing
+the sentence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; continued the curate. &ldquo;Father D&aacute;maso
+has said that as ... godfather he could not permit ... but I believe
+that if finally, Se&ntilde;or Ibarra asks pardon, which I do not doubt
+he will do, all will be arranged.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara arose, made an excuse and retired to her room,
+accompanied by Victoria. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb209" href=
+"#pb209">209</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if Father D&aacute;maso does not pardon him?&rdquo; asked
+Captain Tiago, in a low voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then Maria Clara will see that Father D&aacute;maso is her
+spiritual father. But I believe that they will come to an
+understanding.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At that moment, steps were heard and Ibarra appeared, followed by
+Aunt Isabel. His presence on the scene produced a varied effect. He
+saluted Captain Tiago affably, the latter not knowing whether to smile
+or to weep; to Linares he bowed profoundly. Father Salv&iacute; arose
+and extended his hand to him so affectionately that Ibarra could not
+suppress a look of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not think it strange,&rdquo; said Father Salv&iacute;.
+&ldquo;I was just paying you a compliment.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra thanked him and approached Sinang.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where have you been all day?&rdquo; she asked, with a
+childish laugh. &ldquo;We have been asking each other, &lsquo;Where
+could this soul redeemed from purgatory have gone?&rsquo; Each one of
+us gave a different answer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And will you not tell what you said?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, that is a secret; but I will surely tell you in private.
+Now tell us where you have been so that we can see who has been able to
+guess it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, that also is a secret; but I will tell you alone, if the
+se&ntilde;ores will permit.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly, certainly!&rdquo; said Father Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>Sinang took Crisostomo to one end of the hall. She was very happy
+with the idea of knowing a secret.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell me, my little friend,&rdquo; said Ibarra, &ldquo;Is
+Maria angry with me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know, but she says that it is better that you should
+forget her and then begins to cry. Captain Tiago wants her to marry
+that gentleman; Father D&aacute;maso also wishes it; but she says
+neither yes nor no. This morning when we were asking for you, I said:
+&lsquo;What if he has gone to make love to some one else?&rsquo; She
+replied to me: &lsquo;Would to God that he had!&rsquo; and then began
+to cry.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was serious.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tell Maria that I want to speak with her alone.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Alone?&rdquo; asked Sinang, knitting her eyebrows and looking
+at him. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb210" href=
+"#pb210">210</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Entirely alone, no. But so that we may not be seen by that
+other se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is difficult, but don&rsquo;t worry. I will tell
+her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And when will I know the answer?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To-morrow come to the house early. Maria never wants to be
+alone. We keep her company. Victoria sleeps by her side one night, and
+I the next. To-morrow night it is my turn. But listen: What is the
+secret? You are going without telling me the principal
+thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is true. I was in the town of Los Ba&ntilde;os. I went
+up there to do some business in cocoanut trees, since I am thinking of
+building a factory. Your father will be my partner.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nothing more than that? Give us the secret!&rdquo; exclaimed
+Sinang in a loud voice and in the tone of a defrauded usurer. &ldquo;I
+thought&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take care. I don&rsquo;t want you to tell it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have no desire to!&rdquo; replied Sinang, sticking up her
+nose. &ldquo;If it were something more important, I would tell it to my
+friends. But to buy cocoanuts! cocoanuts! Who is interested in
+cocoanuts?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And she went away in haste to find her girl friends.</p>
+
+<p>A few moments afterward, Ibarra seeing that the conversation was
+lagging, took leave of the gathering. Captain Tiago&rsquo;s expression
+was between sweet and sour; Linares was silent and observing; and the
+curate, feigning to be joyful, was telling stories. None of the girls
+had returned. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb211" href=
+"#pb211">211</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch33" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Playing Cards with the Shades.</h2>
+
+<p>A cloudy sky hides the moon, and a cold wind, the omen of approaching
+December, whirls the dry leaves and dust in the narrow path leading to
+the cemetery.</p>
+
+<p>Under the gate, three forms are conversing in a low tone.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you spoken to Elias?&rdquo; asked a voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; you know he is very odd and discreet. But he ought to be
+with us. Don Crisostomo saved his life.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I accepted the offer for the same reason,&rdquo; said the
+first voice. &ldquo;Don Crisostomo is having my wife treated at a
+doctor&rsquo;s house in Manila. I have agreed to take charge of the
+convent in the attack, so that I can settle my accounts with the
+curate.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And we, we will have charge of the attack on the <i>
+cuartel</i>, so that we can say to the members of the <i>Guardia
+Civil</i> that our father had sons.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;How many will there be of you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Five! Five will be enough. Don Crisostomo&rsquo;s servant
+says that there will be twenty in all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if things don&rsquo;t turn out well?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;St!&rdquo; said one, and they all became silent.</p>
+
+<p>In the semi-darkness, a form could be seen crawling along the fence.
+From time to time it stopped, as if to look behind.</p>
+
+<p>And it did so not without reason. Behind, at some twenty paces, came
+another form. This one was taller and seemed to be darker than the
+first. Each time that the first stopped this second one would disappear
+as if the earth had swallowed it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are following me,&rdquo; murmured the one ahead.
+&ldquo;Is it a <i>Guardia Civil?</i> Has the sacristan lied?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It appears that the appointment is here,&rdquo; said the
+second, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb212" href=
+"#pb212">212</a>]</span>in a low voice. &ldquo;They are up to something
+bad, when the two brothers hide it from me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The first form finally arrived at the gate of the cemetery. The
+three who were already there advanced.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us separate. Some one is following me. To-morrow we will
+have the arms and to-morrow night will be our time. The cry is
+&lsquo;Viva Don Crisostomo!&rsquo; Begone!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The three persons disappeared behind the wall. The recent arrival
+hid himself in the hollow of the gate and waited silently.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let&rsquo;s see who is following me!&rdquo; he murmured.</p>
+
+<p>The second person came along very cautiously, and stopped to look
+around.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have arrived late!&rdquo; said he in a half intelligible
+voice. &ldquo;But perhaps they will return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, as a fine rain began to fall and threatened to continue, he
+took refuge under the gate. Naturally, he met the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! who are you?&rdquo; asked the one who had just come up,
+in a manly voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And who are you?&rdquo; replied the other tranquilly.</p>
+
+<p>There was a moment&rsquo;s pause. Each tried to recognize the other
+by the tone of his voice and to distinguish the other&rsquo;s
+features.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What are you waiting here for?&rdquo; asked the one with the
+heavy voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Till the clock strikes eight, so as to have a game of cards
+with the dead. I want to win some money to-night,&rdquo; replied the
+other, in an ordinary tone. &ldquo;And you: what do you come here
+for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A&mdash;a&mdash;for the same thing.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well! I am glad. So I will not be without a companion. I have
+brought some cards. At the first stroke of the bell, I put down the <i>
+albur</i> (the first two cards put on the board in monte). At the
+second stroke, I put down the <i>gallo</i> (the second pair). The cards
+which move after I have put them down, are those which the dead choose
+for themselves. Did you also bring some cards?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb213" href=
+"#pb213">213</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is simple. Just as you act as &lsquo;banker&rsquo; for
+them, so I hope that they will &lsquo;bank&rsquo; for me.&rdquo; (In
+monte the banker deals the cards and bets that one of the cards in
+either the <i>albur</i> or <i>gallo</i> is turned up by dealing off the
+pack, before the card chosen by the other person is turned up. A banker
+can play against two others.)</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if the shades do not care to
+&lsquo;bank&rsquo;?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What can be done? The game is not obligatory upon the
+dead.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>There was a moment&rsquo;s silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you come armed? What if you have to fight with the shades
+of the dead?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll use my fists,&rdquo; replied the taller of the
+two.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! The devil! Now, I remember! The dead do not bet when
+there is more than one live person around. There are two of
+us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is that true? Well, I don&rsquo;t want to go away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nor I. I need some money,&rdquo; replied the smaller one.
+&ldquo;But let us do this: We will decide by the cards which one shall
+go away.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right!&rdquo; replied the other, showing a certain amount
+of displeasure.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then let us go in. Have you any matches?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They entered the cemetery and in the obscurity they searched for a
+place where they might decide the question with the cards. They soon
+found a niche upon which they sat down. The shorter one took from his
+hat some playing cards and the other lighted a match.</p>
+
+<p>Each one looked at the other in the light which the match made, but,
+judging from the expression on their faces, they did not recognize each
+other. However, we can recognize in the taller one, the one with the
+manly voice, Elias; and in the smaller one, Lucas, with the scar on his
+cheek.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cut the cards!&rdquo; said the latter, without ceasing to
+look at the other.</p>
+
+<p>He pushed aside some bones which were found on the niche and turned
+up an ace and a jack for the <i>albur</i>. Elias lighted one match
+after another.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;On the jack!&rdquo; said he and, in order to show which of
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb214" href="#pb214">214</a>]</span>the
+cards he was betting on, he placed upon it a piece of
+vertebr&aelig;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I deal!&rdquo; said Lucas and, after turning up four or five
+cards, an ace came up.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have lost,&rdquo; he added. &ldquo;Now leave me alone so
+that I may win some money.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias, without saying a word, disappeared in the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Some minutes afterward, the clock in the church struck eight and the
+bell announced the hour of prayer. But Lucas did not invite anybody to
+play with him. He did not call out the shades, as superstition
+demanded. Instead, he uncovered his head, murmured some prayers and
+crossed himself with the same fervor as the chief of the Brotherhood of
+the Most Sacred Rosary would have done at that moment.</p>
+
+<p>The drizzling rain continued all night. At nine o&rsquo;clock the
+streets were dark and lonely. The little cocoanut oil lanterns, which
+each citizen had to hang out in front of his house gave light scarcely
+a meter around. It seemed as though they had been lighted so one might
+see the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>Two Civil Guards were walking from one side of the street to the
+other near the church.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is cold,&rdquo; said one in Tagalog with a Visayan accent.
+&ldquo;We aren&rsquo;t catching any sacristans. There is nobody to
+clean out the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> hen yard and we ought to catch
+some sacristan and make him do it. Since that one was killed, they have
+taken warning. I am getting tired of this.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;So am I,&rdquo; replied the other. &ldquo;Nobody commits any
+robbery; no one disturbs the peace; but, thank God, they say that Elias
+is in town. The <i>alferez</i> says that the one who catches him will
+be free from whippings for three months.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! Do you know his identification marks?&rdquo; asked the
+Visayan.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I certainly do! Stature, tall, according to the <i>
+alferez&rsquo;s</i> description; ordinary, according to the description
+of Father D&aacute;maso; color, brunette; eyes, black; nose, regular;
+mouth, regular; beard, none; hair, black.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! And particular marks?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb215" href="#pb215">215</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Camisa</i>, black; pantaloons, black; a
+wood-cutter&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! He will not escape. I think I see him already.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I don&rsquo;t confuse him with anybody else, although you
+might think so.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Both soldiers continued their beats.</p>
+
+<p>By the light of the lantern two forms could again be seen, one
+following the other cautiously. A forcible &ldquo;<i lang="es">Quien
+vive?</i>&rdquo; stops them both. The first one replied &ldquo;<i lang=
+"es">Espa&ntilde;a</i>,&rdquo; in a trembling voice.</p>
+
+<p>The two soldiers drag him along and bring him up to the light, to
+recognize him. It was Lucas, but the soldiers were in doubt and
+questioned each other with a glance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>alferez</i> said nothing about his having a
+scar,&rdquo; said the Visayan in a low voice. &ldquo;Where are you
+going?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To order a mass for to-morrow.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you not seen Elias?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not know him, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Lucas.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You dunce! I am not asking if you know him. Nor do we know
+him. I am asking you if you have seen him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen closely. I will give you his description. Stature, at
+times tall, at times regular; skin and eyes, black; all the others are
+regular,&rdquo; said the Visayan. &ldquo;Do you know him
+now?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; replied Lucas, frightened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, <i>sulung</i>! (Go along). You brute! You ass!&rdquo;
+And they gave him a shove.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know why Elias is tall, according to the <i>
+alferez</i>, and why he is short, according to the curate?&rdquo; asked
+the <span class="corr" id="xd0e5865" title="Source: Tagalo">
+Tagalog</span> of the other.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because the <i>alferez</i> was stuck in a mud hole when he
+observed him, and the curate was on foot when he saw him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s right!&rdquo; exclaimed the Visayan. &ldquo;You
+are bright. Why are you a <i>Guardia Civil</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I haven&rsquo;t been always. I was a smuggler at one
+time,&rdquo; replied the Tagalog boastingly.</p>
+
+<p>But another form attracted their attention. They called out
+&ldquo;<i lang="es">Quien Vive?</i>&rdquo; and brought him up to the
+light. This time it was Elias himself. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb216" href="#pb216">216</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where are you going?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am pursuing, se&ntilde;or, a man who has whipped and
+threatened my brother. He has a scar on his face and his name is
+Elias&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ha?&rdquo; exclaimed the two, and looked at each other
+frightened.</p>
+
+<p>And at once they started on a run toward the church, where a few
+minutes before Lucas had disappeared. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb217" href="#pb217">217</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch34" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Discovery.</h2>
+
+<p>The bell announces the hour of evening prayer. On hearing the
+religious sound, all stop, leave their work and uncover their heads;
+the laborer, coming from the fields on the <i>carabao&rsquo;s</i> back,
+suspends the song to which the animal keeps step, and prays; the women
+in the middle of the street make the sign of the cross, and move their
+lips with affectation so that no one may doubt their devotion: the man
+stops fondling his game-cock and recites the Angelus so that he may
+have good luck; in the houses, they pray in a loud voice ... every
+sound which is not a part of the <i>Ave Maria</i> is dissipated,
+silenced.</p>
+
+<p>However, the curate, without his hat, hastily crosses the street,
+scandalizing many old women. And still more scandalous, he directs his
+steps towards the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> house. The devout women think
+that it is time for them to stop the movement of their lips and to kiss
+the curate&rsquo;s hand, but Father Salv&iacute; takes no notice of
+them. To-day he finds no pleasure in placing his bony hand under a
+Christian&rsquo;s nose. Some important business must be occupying him
+that he should so forget his own interests and those of the Church!</p>
+
+<p>He goes up the stairs and knocks impatiently at the <i>
+alferez&rsquo;s</i> door. The latter appears, his eyebrows knit and
+followed by his better half, who smiles malignantly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, Father Curate! I was just going to see you. Your
+he-goat....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have a most important matter....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I can&rsquo;t allow your goat to go on breaking down my
+fence.... I&rsquo;ll shoot him if he gets in there again.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is if you are alive to-morrow,&rdquo; said the curate,
+breathless, and directing himself toward the <i>sala</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! do you think that that seven-months-old puppy will kill
+me? I&rsquo;ll kick him to pieces.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb218" href="#pb218">218</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute; stepped back and looked instinctively at the
+feet of the <i>alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Whom are you talking about?&rdquo; asked he, trembling.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Of whom could I be talking but that big blockhead who
+proposes to challenge me to a duel with revolvers at one hundred
+paces?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo; sighed the curate, and added: &ldquo;I have come
+to speak about a most urgent matter which seriously concerns the life
+of all of us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Seriously!&rdquo; repeated the <i>alferez</i>, turning pale
+in turn. &ldquo;Does this young fellow shoot well...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am not speaking about him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The friar pointed to the door which the a<i>lferez</i> shut in his
+customary manner, by a kick. The a<i>lferez</i> usually found his hands
+superfluous. An imprecation and a groan from without were heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You brute. You have cut open my head!&rdquo; cried his
+wife.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now unbosom yourself,&rdquo; said he to the curate in a quiet
+manner. The latter looked at him for some time. Afterward he asked, in
+that nasal and monotonous priest&rsquo;s voice:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you see how I came running?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Umph! I thought something was the matter with you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When I leave my duties in this manner there are grave
+motives.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what is it?&rdquo; asked the other, stamping his foot on
+the floor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Calm yourself!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, why did you come in such a hurry?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate approached him and asked in a mysterious way:</p>
+
+<p>
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t&mdash;you&mdash;know&mdash;anything&mdash;new?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> shrugged his shoulders.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You confess that you know absolutely nothing?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What! do you mean to tell me about Elias, whom your sacristan
+mayor hid last night?&rdquo; he asked.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, no! I don&rsquo;t speak of such matters now,&rdquo;
+replied the curate, in a bad humor. &ldquo;I am talking about a great
+danger.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb219" href=
+"#pb219">219</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then d&mdash;&mdash;n it! Let it out.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Now then,&rdquo; said the friar slowly and with a certain
+disdain, &ldquo;you will see again how important we priests are. The
+lowest layman is worth a regiment, so that a curate....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And then lowering his voice in a very mysterious manner:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have discovered a great conspiracy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> started and looked at the friar astonished.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A terrible and well-laid conspiracy, which is to break out
+this very night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This very night!&rdquo; exclaimed the <i>alferez</i>, moving
+at first toward Father Salv&iacute;, and then running after his
+revolver and saber, which were hanging on the wall: &ldquo;Whom shall I
+arrest? Whom shall I arrest?&rdquo; he cried.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be calm. It is not yet time, thanks to my great haste. At
+eight o&rsquo;clock.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I&rsquo;ll shoot them all!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen! This afternoon a woman, whose name I must not mention
+(it is a secret of the confessional) came to me and disclosed it all.
+At eight o&rsquo;clock they will take the <i>cuartel</i> by surprise,
+sack the convent, seize the Government&rsquo;s steamboat and
+assassinate all the Spaniards.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> was stupified.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The woman has not told more than that,&rdquo; added the
+curate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Has not told you more? Then I&rsquo;ll arrest her!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; I cannot consent to it. The tribunal of penitence is the
+throne of God of forgiveness.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Neither God nor forgiveness count in this matter. I&rsquo;ll
+arrest her.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are losing your head. What you ought to do is to prepare
+yourself. Arm your soldiers quietly and put them in ambush. Send me
+four Guards for the convent and notify the people on the Government
+steamboat.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The boat is not here. I&rsquo;ll send to other sections for
+aid.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They would notice that and would not go on with their plans.
+No, don&rsquo;t do that. What is important is that we catch them alive
+and make them talk; I say, you will make them disclose the conspiracy.
+I, in the capacity <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb220" href=
+"#pb220">220</a>]</span>of a priest, ought not to mix myself in these
+matters. Now&rsquo;s your chance! Here you can win crosses and stars. I
+ask only that you make it evident that I am the one who warned
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It will be made evident, Father, it will be made evident! And
+perhaps a mitre will fall to you!&rdquo; replied the radiant <i>
+alferez</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Be sure and send me four un-uniformed Civil Guards, eh? Be
+discreet! To-night at eight o&rsquo;clock, it will rain stars and
+crosses.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>While this was going on, a man came running down the road which led
+to Ibarra&rsquo;s house, and quickly went up the stairs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is the Se&ntilde;or at home?&rdquo; asked Elias of the
+servant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is in his laboratory at work.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, in order to pass the time while he impatiently waited for
+the hour when he could make explanations to Maria Clara, had gone to
+work in his cabinet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, is it you, Elias?&rdquo; he exclaimed. &ldquo;I was
+thinking about you. Yesterday, I forgot to ask you for the name of that
+Spaniard in whose house your grandfather lived.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t bother yourself, Se&ntilde;or, about
+me....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look!&rdquo; continued Ibarra, without noting the agitation
+of the young man, and putting a piece of bamboo to a flame. &ldquo;I
+have made a great discovery. This bamboo is
+incombustible....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t talk about bamboo now, Se&ntilde;or. Talk about
+collecting your papers and fleeing in a minute.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him surprised, and, on seeing the seriousness in
+Elias&rsquo;s countenance, he dropped the object which he had in his
+hands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Burn everything that can possibly implicate you in any way
+and put yourself in a more secure place within an hour.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what for?&rdquo; he asked at last.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put all that you have of value in a secure
+place....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Burn all papers written by you or to you. The most innocent
+can be interpreted in a bad sense.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for? Because I have just discovered a conspiracy <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb221" href="#pb221">221</a>]</span>which will
+be attributed to you in order to ruin you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A conspiracy? And who has planned it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have been unable to learn the author of it. Only a moment
+ago I was talking with one of the unfortunate men who have been paid
+for it. I could not dissuade him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And didn&rsquo;t that fellow say who paid him?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes. Asking me to keep the secret, he told me that it was
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My God!&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra. He stood stupefied.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, don&rsquo;t hesitate, don&rsquo;t doubt,
+don&rsquo;t lose time, for undoubtedly the conspiracy will break out
+this very night.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, with staring eyes, and hands holding his head, seemed not to
+hear him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The blow cannot be thwarted,&rdquo; continued Elias. &ldquo;I
+have arrived too late. I do not know their leaders ... save yourself,
+Se&ntilde;or, save yourself for the sake of your country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Where shall I flee? They are expecting me this
+evening,&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To any other town, to Manila, to the house of some official;
+only flee somewhere so that they will not say that you are directing
+the movement.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And if I myself denounce the conspiracy?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You denounce it?&rdquo; exclaimed Elias, looking at him, and
+stepping back. &ldquo;You would pass for a traitor and a coward in the
+eyes of the conspirators, and for a pusillanimous person in the eyes of
+others. They would say that you had played a trick to win some praise,
+they would say....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But what can be done?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Already I have told you. Destroy all the papers you have
+which relate to you; flee and await developments.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And Maria Clara?&rdquo; exclaimed the young man. &ldquo;No;
+death first!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias wrung his hands and said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then, at least avoid the blow. Prepare yourself against
+their accusations.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked around him in a stupefied manner.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then, help me! There in those bags I have my family <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb222" href="#pb222">222</a>]</span>letters.
+Sort out those from my father, which are, perhaps, the ones that would
+incriminate me. Read the signatures.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra, stunned and overwhelmed, opened and closed drawers,
+collected papers, hastily read letters, tore up some, kept others, took
+down books and thumbed through some of them. Elias did the same, if
+indeed with less confusion, with equal zeal. But he stopped, with eyes
+wide open, turned over a paper which he had in his hand and asked in a
+trembling voice:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did your family know Don Pedro Eibarramendia?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly!&rdquo; replied Ibarra, opening a drawer and taking
+out a pile of papers. &ldquo;He was my great-grandfather.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your great grandfather? Don Pedro Eibarramendia?&rdquo; he
+again asked, with livid features and a changed appearance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, distracted. &ldquo;We cut short
+the name, for it was too long.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He was a Basque?&rdquo; said Elias approaching him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; but what&rsquo;s the matter?&rdquo; he asked,
+surprised.</p>
+
+<p>Elias closed his fist, shook it in Ibarra&rsquo;s face and looked at
+him. Crisostomo stepped back as soon as he read the expression on that
+face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know who Don Pedro Eibarramendia was?&rdquo; he asked
+between his teeth. &ldquo;Don Pedro Eibarramendia was that wretch who
+accused my grandfather and caused all our misery.... I was looking for
+one of his name. God has given you into my hands.... Account to me for
+our misfortunes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at him terrified. Elias shook him by the arm and, in a
+bitter voice, filled with hate, said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Look at me well; see if I have suffered, and you, you live,
+you love, you have fortune, home, consideration. You live ... you
+live!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And, beside himself, he ran toward a small collection of arms, but
+he had scarcely grasped two swords when he let them fall, and, like a
+madman, looked at Ibarra, who remained immovable.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What am I to do?&rdquo; he said and fled from the house.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb223" href="#pb223">223</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch35" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXV.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Catastrophe.</h2>
+
+<p>There in the dining-room Captain Tiago, Linares, and Aunt Isabel
+were eating supper. In the <i>sala</i> the rattling of plate and
+tableware was heard. Maria Clara had said that she did not care to eat
+and had seated herself at the piano. By her side was jolly Sinang, who
+murmured little secrets in Maria&rsquo;s ear, while Father Salv&iacute;
+uneasily paced the <i>sala</i>.</p>
+
+<p>It was not because the convalescent had no appetite that she was not
+eating. It was because she was awaiting the arrival of a certain person
+and had taken advantage of the moment in which her Argus could not be
+present, the hour when Linares ate.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will see how that ghost will stay till eight
+o&rsquo;clock,&rdquo; murmured Sinang, pointing to the curate.
+&ldquo;At eight o&rsquo;clock <i>he</i> ought to come. This priest is
+as much in love as Linares.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara looked at her friend, frightened. The latter, without
+noticing her expression, continued her terrible gossip:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! Now I know why he doesn&rsquo;t go, in spite of all my
+hints. He doesn&rsquo;t want to burn the lamps in the convent.
+Don&rsquo;t you see? Ever since you fell ill, he has had the two lights
+which he used to burn, put out. But look at his eyes and his
+face!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Just at that moment the clock in the house struck eight. The curate
+trembled and went and sat down in a corner of the room.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is coming,&rdquo; said Sinang, pinching Maria Clara.
+&ldquo;Do you hear?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The bell in the church tolled eight and all arose to pray. Father
+Salv&iacute;, with a weak and trembling voice, led, but, as each one
+had his own thoughts, nobody paid any attention to him. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb224" href="#pb224">224</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The prayer had scarcely ended, when Ibarra presented himself. The
+young man was wearing mourning, not only in his dress, but in his face.
+In fact, it was so evident that Maria Clara, on seeing him, arose and
+took a step toward him as if to ask what ailed him, but at the same
+instant a discharge of musketry was heard. Ibarra stopped, his eyes
+rolled and he was unable to speak. The curate hid himself behind a
+pillar. More shooting and more noise was heard in the direction of the
+convent, followed by cries and the sound of people running. Captain
+Tiago, Aunt Isabel and Linares entered the room, hurriedly crying
+&ldquo;<i lang="es">tulisan! tulisan!</i>&rdquo; Andeng followed them,
+brandishing a spit and ran toward her foster sister.</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel fell on her knees and prayed the <i>Kyrie eleison</i>.
+Captain Tiago, pale and trembling, carried a chicken&rsquo;s liver on
+his fork, and, in tears, offered it to the Virgin of Antipolo. Linares
+had his mouth full and was armed with a spoon. Sinang and Maria Clara
+embraced each other. The only person who did not move was Ibarra. He
+stood as if petrified, his face indescribably pale.</p>
+
+<p>The cries and blows continued, the windows were shut with a bang, a
+whistle was heard, and occasionally a shot.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Christe eleison!</i> Santiago, fasten the windows,&rdquo;
+groaned Aunt Isabel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fifty great bombs and a thanksgiving mass,&rdquo; replied
+Captain Tiago. &ldquo;<i lang="la">Ora pro nobis!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>After a time, things quieted down and there was a terrible silence.
+The voice of the <i>alferez</i> was distinguished, as he came running
+in, and crying: &ldquo;Father curate! Father Salv&iacute;!
+Come!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Misere!</i> The <i>alferez</i> is asking for
+confession!&rdquo; cried Aunt Isabel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is he wounded?&rdquo; asked Linares at last.
+&ldquo;Ah!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Come, Father Salv&iacute;! There is nothing to fear
+now,&rdquo; continued the <i>alferez</i>, shouting.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute;, pale, and decided at last, came out of his
+hiding-place and went downstairs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>tulisanes</i> have killed the <i>alferez</i>!&rdquo;
+said Aunt Isabel.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria Clara, Sinang, go to your room! Fasten the door! <i>
+Kyrie eleison!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra also went toward the stairs, in spite of Aunt <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb225" href="#pb225">225</a>]</span>Isabel, who was
+saying: &ldquo;Don&rsquo;t go out! You haven&rsquo;t confessed yet.
+Don&rsquo;t go out!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The good old woman had been a great friend of Ibarra&rsquo;s
+mother.</p>
+
+<p>But Ibarra left the house. It seemed to him that all about him was
+revolving through the air, that even the ground was gone from under his
+feet. His ears buzzed. His legs moved heavily and irregularly. Waves of
+blood, light and darkness, succeeded one another on the retina of his
+eye.</p>
+
+<p>Despite the fact that the moon was shining brightly in the heavens,
+the young man stumbled on every stone in the solitary and deserted
+street.</p>
+
+<p>Near the <i>cuartel</i> he saw some soldiers with their bayonets
+fixed, talking excitedly. He passed by unseen.</p>
+
+<p>In the tribunal, blows, cries, wails, and curses were heard. The <i>
+alferez&rsquo;s</i> voice drowned all the others.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Put him in the stocks! Put handcuffs on that fellow! Two
+shots for whoever moves! Sergeant, you will mount your guard! Let no
+one pass, not even God! Corporal, let no one sleep!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra hastened his steps toward his house. His servants were
+uneasily awaiting him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Saddle the best horse and go to bed!&rdquo; said he to
+them.</p>
+
+<p>He entered his laboratory and hurriedly began to get his travelling
+bag ready. He opened an iron box, took out all the money which he found
+there and put it in a bag. He gathered his jewels together, took down a
+picture of Maria Clara which was hanging upon the wall, and, arming
+himself with a dirk and two revolvers, he turned to the cupboard where
+he had some tools.</p>
+
+<p>At that instant, three blows, loud and strong, sounded on the
+door.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who&rsquo;s there?&rdquo; asked Ibarra, in a doleful
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Open in the name of the King! Open the door at once, or we
+will knock it down!&rdquo; replied an imperious Spanish voice.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked toward the window. His eyes flashed and he cocked his
+revolver. But changing his mind, he left the arms and went to open the
+door at the same moment that the servants came up. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb226" href="#pb226">226</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Three Guards seized him instantly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are made a prisoner in the name of the King!&rdquo; said
+the sergeant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They will tell you later. We are prohibited from saying a
+word.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young man reflected a moment and not wishing, perhaps, the
+soldiers to discover his preparations for flight, he took his hat and
+said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am at your disposal. I suppose it will be only for a short
+time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you promise not to escape, we will not handcuff you. The
+<i>alferez</i> grants this favor, but if you
+flee&mdash;&mdash;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra followed, leaving the servants in consternation.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, what had become of Elias?</p>
+
+<p>On leaving Crisostomo&rsquo;s house, like a madman, he ran about
+without knowing where. He crossed fields, and in violent agitation
+arrived at a forest. He was fleeing from people, and from light. The
+moon troubled him and he entered the mysterious shade of the forest.
+Sometimes stopping, sometimes following unbroken paths, leaning upon
+century-old trunks, entangled in the briars, he looked toward the town,
+which lay at his feet bathed in the light of the moon, stretching
+itself out on the plain, lying on the shore of the lake. Birds,
+disturbed in their sleep, flew away. Owls screeched and flew from one
+limb to another. But Elias neither heard nor saw them. He thought he
+was being followed by the infuriated shades of his ancestors. He saw
+the horrible basket hanging from every branch with the blood-covered
+head of B&aacute;lat, just as his father had described it to him. He
+thought he saw the dead body of his grandmother lying at the foot of
+every tree. He seemed to see the skeleton of his dishonored grandfather
+in the darkness, and the skeleton, the old woman, and the head all
+cried out to him, &ldquo;Coward! Coward!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He left the mountain and fled down toward the sea. He ran along the
+beach in agitation. But there in the distance, amid the waves, where
+the light of the moon seemed to raise a fog, he thought he saw a shade
+raise itself, the shade of his sister, with her breast covered with
+blood, her hair hanging loose in the air. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb227" href="#pb227">227</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Elias fell upon his knees on the sand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you, too!&rdquo; he cried stretching out his arms.</p>
+
+<p>Then, with his eyes fixed on the fog, he arose slowly and, advancing
+toward it, went into the water as if to follow somebody. He waded on
+over the gentle slope of the beach which forms the bar. He was already
+far from the shore and the water was up to his belt. He went on and on,
+as if fascinated by a seducing spirit. The water was now up to his
+breast. Suddenly, the discharge of musketry awoke him from his dream,
+the vision disappeared, and the young man returned to reality. He
+stopped, reflected, and noticed that he was in the water. The lake was
+smooth and he could still see the lights in the fishermen&rsquo;s
+huts.</p>
+
+<p>He returned to the shore and made his way toward the town. What for?
+He himself did not know.</p>
+
+<p>The town seemed uninhabited. The houses were all closed. Even the
+animals, the dogs which are accustomed to bark at night, had hid
+themselves through fear. The silvery light of the moon increased the
+sadness and solitude.</p>
+
+<p>Afraid of meeting the Civil Guards, he went through the orchards and
+gardens. In one of the gardens he thought he saw two human forms, but
+he continued his way. Jumping over fences and walls, he arrived after
+great labor at the other side of the town, and directed his steps
+toward Ibarra&rsquo;s house. The servants were in the door, lamenting
+and commenting on the arrest of their master.</p>
+
+<p>Aware of what had passed, Elias went away, but returned to the
+house, leaped over the wall, crawled through a window and went into the
+cabinet or laboratory, where the candle which Ibarra had left was still
+burning.</p>
+
+<p>Elias saw the papers and the books. He found the arms and the little
+sacks which contained the money and the jewelry. All that had passed
+ran through his imagination again, and, seeing all the papers which
+might incriminate Ibarra, he thought of collecting them, throwing them
+through the window and burying them.</p>
+
+<p>He glanced toward the garden and, by the light of the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb228" href="#pb228">228</a>]</span>moon, he saw two
+Civil Guards coming with an adjutant. Their bayonets and helmets were
+glistening in the light.</p>
+
+<p>Then he decided. He piled up the clothes and papers in the middle of
+the cabinet, emptied the oil in a lamp upon the pile and set fire to
+it. He quickly buckled the arms around him. He saw the picture of Maria
+Clara, hesitated&mdash;put it in one of the little sacks, and jumped
+out of the window with them all.</p>
+
+<p>It was already time, for the two Civil Guards were forcing their
+entrance.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go up to get your master&rsquo;s papers,&rdquo; said
+the adjutant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you permission? If not, you shall not go up!&rdquo; said
+an old servant.</p>
+
+<p>But the soldiers pushed the servants aside with the butts of their
+guns and went upstairs. A thick smoke was already filling the whole
+house, and gigantic tongues of flame were coming out from the <i>
+sala</i>, licking the doors and windows.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Fire! Fire! Fire!&rdquo; they all cried.</p>
+
+<p>Each hurried to save what he could, but the fire had filled the
+small laboratory, breaking out furiously among the inflammable
+materials. The Civil Guards had to turn back. The fire, roaring and
+sweeping all before it, closed the passage to them. In vain they
+brought water from the well. All were shouting, and crying for help,
+but they were isolated. The fire reached the other rooms and in thick
+columns of smoke ascended to the heavens. Some peasants came from a
+distance, but they arrived only in time to see the frightful spectacle,
+the end of that old building, so long respected by the elements. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb229" href="#pb229">229</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch36" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">What People Say and Think.</h2>
+
+<p>Day dawned at last for the terrorized people. The streets in which
+the <i>cuartel</i> and the tribunal were situated were still deserted
+and solitary. The houses showed no signs of life. However, a shutter
+was opened with a creaking noise and an infant head stuck out and
+looked in all directions.... Slap!... A sound announces hard contact
+between a strip of leather and a human body. The child made a grimace,
+closed its eyes and disappeared. The shutter was closed again.</p>
+
+<p>The example had been set. Without any doubt the opening and closing
+of the shutter has been heard, for another window was opened very
+slowly and cautiously and a wrinkled and toothless old woman thrust out
+her head. She was called Sister Rut&eacute;. She looked about, knit her
+brows, spit noisily and then crossed herself. In the house opposite, a
+little window was timidly opened and her friend, Sister Rufa appeared.
+They looked at each other for a moment, smiled, made some signals, and
+again crossed themselves.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Jes&uacute;s!</i> It was like a thanksgiving mass,&rdquo;
+said Sister Rufa.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Since the time that B&aacute;lat sacked the town I have never
+seen a night like it,&rdquo; replied Sister Put&eacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What a lot of shots! They say that it was old Pablo&rsquo;s
+gang.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Tulisanes?</i> It couldn&rsquo;t be. They say that it was
+the <i>cuaderilleros</i> against the Civil Guards. For this reason,
+they have arrested Don Filipo.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i lang="la">Sanctus Deus!</i> They say that there are no
+less than fourteen killed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Other windows were opened and different faces appeared, exchanging
+salutations and commenting on the affair.</p>
+
+<p>In the light of the day&mdash;which promised to be a splendid <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb230" href=
+"#pb230">230</a>]</span>one&mdash;could be seen in the distance, like
+ash-colored shadows, soldiers hurrying about in confusion.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There goes another corpse!&rdquo; said some one from one of
+the windows.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;One? I see two.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And so do I. But do you know what it was?&rdquo; asked a man
+with a crafty face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Certainly. The <i>cuaderilleros</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, Se&ntilde;or. An uprising at the <i>
+cuartel</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What uprising? The curate against the <i>
+alferez</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, nothing of the sort,&rdquo; said he who had asked the
+question. &ldquo;The Chinese have risen in revolt.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And he closed his window again.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The Chinese!&rdquo; repeated all, with the greatest
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>In a quarter of an hour other versions of the affair were in
+circulation. Ibarra, with his servants, it was said, had tried to steal
+Maria Clara, and Captain Tiago, aided by the <i>Guardia Civil</i> had
+defended her.</p>
+
+<p>By this time the number of the dead was no longer fourteen, but
+thirty. Captain Tiago, it was said, was wounded and was going right off
+to Manila with his family.</p>
+
+<p>The arrival of two <i>cuaderilleros</i>, carrying a human form in a
+wheelbarrow, and followed by a Civil Guard, produced a great sensation.
+It was supposed that they came from the convent. From the form of the
+feet which were hanging down, they tried to guess who it could be. By
+half-past seven, when other Civil Guards arrived from neighboring
+towns, the current version of the affair was already clear and
+detailed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have just come from the tribunal, where I have seen Don
+Filipo and Don Crisostomo prisoners,&rdquo; said a man to Sister
+Put&eacute;. &ldquo;I talked with one of the <i>cuaderilleros</i> on
+guard. Well, Bruno, the son of the man who was whipped to death, made a
+declaration last night. As you know, Captain Tiago is going to marry
+his daughter to a Spaniard. Don Crisostomo, offended, wanted to take
+revenge and tried to kill all the Spaniards, even the curate. Last
+night they attacked the convent and the <i>cuartel</i>. Happily, by
+mercy of God, the curate was in Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house. They say
+that many escaped. The Civil <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb231" href=
+"#pb231">231</a>]</span>Guards burned Don Crisostomo&rsquo;s house, and
+if they had not taken him prisoner, they would have burned him,
+too.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They burned the house?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the servants were arrested. Why, you can still see the
+smoke from here!&rdquo; said the narrator, approaching the window.
+&ldquo;Those who come from there relate very sad things.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All looked toward the place indicated. A light column of smoke was
+still ascending to the heavens. All made comments more or less pious,
+more or less accusatory.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Poor young man!&rdquo; exclaimed an old man, the husband of
+Put&eacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes!&rdquo; replied his wife. &ldquo;But he did not order a
+mass for the soul of his father, who undoubtedly needs it more than
+others.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But wife, you don&rsquo;t have any pity....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Sympathy for the excommunicated? It is a sin to have pity for
+the enemies of God, say the curates. Don&rsquo;t you remember? He ran
+over the sacred burial ground as if he were in a cattle pen.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But a cattle pen and a cemetery are much alike,&rdquo;
+responded the old man, &ldquo;except that but one class of animals
+enter the cemetery.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What!&rdquo; cried Sister Put&eacute;. &ldquo;Are you still
+going to defend him whom God so clearly punishes? You will see that
+they will arrest you, too. You may support a falling house, if you want
+to!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The husband became silent in view of this argument.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; continued the old woman, &ldquo;after striking
+Father D&aacute;maso, there was nothing left for him to do but to kill
+Father Salv&iacute;.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But you can&rsquo;t deny that he was a good boy when he was a
+child.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, he was a good child,&rdquo; replied the old woman,
+&ldquo;but he went to Spain. All those who go to Spain return heretics,
+so the curates say.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh!&rdquo; exclaimed the husband, seeing his revenge.
+&ldquo;And the curate, and all the curates, and the Archbishops, and
+the Pope, and the Virgin&mdash;are they not Spaniards? Bah! Are they
+heretics, too? Bah!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Happily for Sister Put&eacute;, the arrival of a servant, who rushed
+in confused and pale, cut off the discussion. <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb232" href="#pb232">232</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A man hanged in a neighboring orchard!&rdquo; she exclaimed
+breathless.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A man hanged!&rdquo; exclaimed all, full of amazement.</p>
+
+<p>The women crossed themselves. No one could stir.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; continued the servant, trembling.
+&ldquo;I was going to gather some peas in.... I looked into the orchard
+next door ... to see if there ... I saw a man swinging.... I thought it
+was Teo ... I went nearer to gather peas, and I saw that it was not he
+but it was another, and was dead ... I ran, ran and....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us go and see it,&rdquo; said the old man, rising.
+&ldquo;Take us there.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t go!&rdquo; cried Sister Put&eacute;, seizing him
+by the shirt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You&rsquo;ll get into trouble! He has hanged himself? Then
+all the worse for him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let me see it, wife! Go to the tribunal, Juan, and report it.
+Perhaps he is not dead yet.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And he went ino[typo, should be into?] the orchard, followed by the
+servant, who kept hid behind him. The women and Sister Put&eacute;
+herself came along behind, full of terror and curiosity.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There it is, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; said the servant stopping
+him and pointing with her finger.</p>
+
+<p>The group stopped at a respectful distance, allowing the old man to
+advance alone.</p>
+
+<p>The body of a man, hanging from the limb of a <i>santol</i> tree,
+was swinging slowly in the breeze. The old man contemplated it for some
+time. He looked at the rigid feet, the arms, the stained clothing and
+the drooping head.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We ought not to touch the corpse until some official has
+arrived,&rdquo; said he, in a loud voice. &ldquo;He is already stiff.
+He has been dead for some time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The women approached hesitatingly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is the neighbor who lived in that little house; the one
+who arrived only two weeks ago. Look at the scar on his
+face.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ave Maria!&rdquo; exclaimed some of the women.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Shall we pray for his soul?&rdquo; asked a young girl as soon
+as she had finished looking at the dead body from all directions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You fool! You heretic!&rdquo; Sister Put&eacute; scolded her.
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you know what Father D&aacute;maso said? To pray for
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb233" href="#pb233">233</a>]</span>a
+damned person is to tempt God. He who commits suicide is irrevocably
+condemned. For this reason, he cannot be buried in a sacred place. I
+had begun to think that this man was going to have a bad ending. I
+never could guess what he lived on.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I saw him twice speaking with the sacristan mayor,&rdquo;
+observed a girl.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It couldn&rsquo;t have been to confess himself or to order a
+mass!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The neighbors gathered together and a large circle surrounded the
+corpse which was still swinging. In half an hour some officers and two
+<i>cuaderilleros</i> arrived. They took the body down and put it in a
+wheelbarrow.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Some people are in a hurry to die,&rdquo; said one of the
+officers, laughing, while he took out the pen from behind his ear.</p>
+
+<p>He asked some trifling questions; took the declaration of the
+servant, whom he tried to implicate, now looking at her with evil in
+his eyes, now threatening her and now attributing to her words which
+she did not say&mdash;so much so that the servant, believing that she
+was going to be taken to jail, began to weep and finished by declaring
+that she was looking for peas, but that ... and she called Teo to
+witness.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, a peasant with a wide hat and a large plaster on
+his neck, was examining the body, and the rope by which it was
+hanging.</p>
+
+<p>The face was no more livid than the rest of the body. Above the rope
+could be seen two scars and two small bruises. Where the rope had
+rubbed, there was no blood and the skin was white. The curious peasant
+examined closely the <i>camisa</i> and the pantaloons. He noted that
+they were full of dust and recently torn in some places. But what most
+attracted his attention were the &ldquo;stick-tights&rdquo;<a class=
+"noteref" id="xd0e6522src" href="#xd0e6522">1</a> on his clothing, even
+up to his neck.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you see?&rdquo; asked the officer.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I was trying to identify him, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; stammered
+the peasant, lowering his hat further from his uncovered head. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb234" href="#pb234">234</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But haven&rsquo;t you heard that it was one Lucas? Were you
+sleeping?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>All began to laugh. The peasant, embarrassed, muttered a few words,
+and went away with head down, walking slowly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Here! Where are you going?&rdquo; cried the old man.
+&ldquo;You can&rsquo;t get out that way. That&rsquo;s the way to the
+dead man&rsquo;s house.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That fellow is still asleep,&rdquo; said the officer with a
+jeer. &ldquo;We&rsquo;ll have to throw some water on him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Those standing around laughed again.</p>
+
+<p>The peasant left the place where he had played so poor a part and
+directed his steps toward the church. In the <span class="corr" id=
+"xd0e6545" title="Source: sacristry">sacristy</span>, he asked for the
+sacristan mayor.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is still sleeping!&rdquo; they replied gruffly.
+&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t you know that they sacked the convent last
+night?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I will wait till he awakes.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The sacristans looked at him with that rudeness characteristic of
+people who are in the habit of being ill-treated.</p>
+
+<p>In a dark corner, the one-eyed sacristan mayor was sleeping in a
+large chair. His spectacles were across his forehead among his long
+locks of hair. His squalid, bony breast was bare, and rose and fell
+with regularity.</p>
+
+<p>The peasant sat down near by, disposed to wait patiently, but a coin
+fell on the floor and he began looking for it with the aid of a candle,
+under the sacristan mayor&rsquo;s big chair. The peasant also noted
+&ldquo;stick-tights&rdquo; on the sleeping man&rsquo;s pantaloons and
+on the arms of his <i>camisa</i>. The sacristan awoke at last, rubbed
+his good eye, and, in a very bad humor, reproached the man.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would like to order a mass said, se&ntilde;or,&rdquo;
+replied he in a tone of excuse.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They have already finished all the masses,&rdquo; said the
+one-eyed man, softening his accent a little. &ldquo;If you want it for
+to-morrow.... Is it for souls in Purgatory?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No, se&ntilde;or;&rdquo; replied the peasant, giving him a
+<i>peso</i>.</p>
+
+<p>And looking fixedly in his one eye, he added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It is for a person who is going to die soon.&rdquo; And he
+left the sacristy. &ldquo;I could have seized him last night,&rdquo; he
+added, sighingly as he removed the plaster from his neck. And he
+straightened up and regained the stature and appearance of Elias. <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb235" href="#pb235">235</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#xd0e6522src" id="xd0e6522">1</a></span> A plant (<i>Desmodium
+caresceus</i>), the dry seeds of which cling to the clothing.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch37" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Vae Victis!</h2>
+
+<p>Civil Guards were passing with a sinister air to and fro in front of
+the door of the tribunal, threatening with the butts of their guns the
+daring boys who stood on tip-toe or raised each other up in order to
+look through the grates in the windows.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>sala</i> did not present that same joyful aspect as it did
+when the program for the festival was being discussed. It was gloomy
+and the silence was almost death-like. The Civil Guards and the <i>
+cuaderilleros</i> who were occupying the room scarcely spoke and the
+few words that they did pronounce were in a low tone. Around the table
+sat the <i>directorcillo</i>, two writers and some soldiers scribbling
+papers. The <i>alferez</i> walked from one side to the other, looking
+from time to time ferociously toward the door. Themistocles after the
+battle of Salamis could not have shown more pride at the Olympic games.
+Do&ntilde;a Consolacion yawned in one corner of the room, and disclosed
+her black palate and her crooked teeth. Her cold and evil look was
+fixed on the door of the jail, covered with indecent pictures. Her
+husband, made amiable by the victory, had yielded to her request to be
+allowed to witness the interrogation and, perhaps, the tortures which
+were to follow. The hyena smelled the dead body, she licked her chops
+and was wearied at the delay in the punishment.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>gobernadorcillo&rsquo;s</i> chair, that large chair under the
+portrait of His Majesty, was empty and seemed destined for some other
+person.</p>
+
+<p>At nearly nine o&rsquo;clock, the curate, pale and with eyebrows
+knit, arrived.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, you haven&rsquo;t made any one wait!&rdquo; said the
+<i>alferez</i> sarcastically to the friar. <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb236" href="#pb236">236</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I would have preferred not to be present,&rdquo; replied
+Father Salv&iacute;, in a low voice, without taking notice of the
+bitter tone.... &ldquo;I am very nervous.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;As no one came, I decided that, in order not to leave the
+chair empty, your presence.... You already know that the prisoners are
+to leave town this afternoon.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Young Ibarra and the <i>teniente mayor?</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> pointed toward the jail.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Eight are in there,&rdquo; said he. &ldquo;Bruno died last
+night at midnight, but his declaration has been obtained.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The curate saluted Do&ntilde;a Consolacion, who responded with a
+yawn and an &ldquo;aah!&rdquo; The friar took the big chair under the
+picture of His Majesty.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We can begin,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bring out the two who are in the stocks!&rdquo; ordered the
+<i>alferez</i> in his most terrifying voice. And turning to the curate,
+he added, changing his tone:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are fastened in the stocks with two holes
+vacant!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>For those who are interested in instruments of torture, we will say
+that the stocks is one of the most innocent. The holes in which are
+fastened the legs of the prisoner are a little more or less than a palm
+apart. Leaving two holes vacant, and putting the prisoner&rsquo;s legs
+in the holes on either side, would make the position strained, so that
+the ankles would suffer peculiarly and the lower extremities be
+stretched apart more than a yard. It does not kill instantly, as may
+well be imagined.</p>
+
+<p>The turnkey, followed by four soldiers, drew back the bolt and
+opened the door. A nauseating odor, and the thick, damp air escaped
+from the dense darkness of the prison and, at the same time, groans and
+sighs were heard. A soldier lighted a match, but the flame was
+extinguished in that foul, vitiated atmosphere, and they had to wait
+till the air was renewed.</p>
+
+<p>In the vague light of a candle, several human forms could be
+discerned. They were men, some of whom locked their arms around their
+knees and hid their heads between them, others were lying down, with
+their mouths to the ground, some standing, and some leaning against the
+wall. A blow and a creaking sound was heard, accompanied by oaths; the
+stocks were being opened. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb237" href=
+"#pb237">237</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion&rsquo;s body was bent forward, the muscles
+of her neck were rigid, her eyes riveted to the half open door.</p>
+
+<p>Between the soldiers came out Tarsilo, the brother of Bruno. He wore
+handcuffs. His torn clothes disclosed well-developed muscles. His eyes
+were fixed insolently on the <i>alferez&rsquo;s</i> wife.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is the one who defended himself most bravely, and who
+ordered his companions to flee,&rdquo; said the <i>alferez</i> to
+Father Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>Behind came another miserable sight, a man crying and weeping like a
+child. He was limping and his pantaloons were stained with blood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mercy, se&ntilde;or, have mercy! I will not enter the <i>
+cuartel</i> yard again,&rdquo; he cried.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is a crafty fellow,&rdquo; said the <i>alferez</i>,
+speaking to the curate. &ldquo;He wanted to flee, but had received a
+flesh wound.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is your name?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>, speaking
+to Tarsilo.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tarsilo Alasigan.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What did Don Crisostomo promise you for attacking the <i>
+cuartel</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Crisostomo has never communicated with us.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t deny it! You wanted to surprise us for
+him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are mistaken. You whipped our father to death. We avenged
+him and nothing more. Look for your two soldiers!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> looked at the sergeant, surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;They are at the bottom of that precipice. We threw them there
+yesterday. There they will rot. Now kill me! You will know nothing
+more.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Silence and general surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are not going to tell who were your accomplices?&rdquo;
+said the <i>alferez</i> in a threatening manner and brandishing a
+whip.</p>
+
+<p>A scornful smile curled the lips of the culprit.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> conferred for some minutes with the curate in a
+low voice. Then turning to the soldiers, he ordered:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take him to where the dead bodies are!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In a corner of the yard, upon an old wagon, were five <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb238" href="#pb238">238</a>]</span>bodies close
+together and half covered by a filthy piece of torn matting. A soldier
+on guard was pacing up and down, and constantly spitting.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you recognize them?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>,
+lifting the matting.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo did not respond. He saw the dead body of Pedro, with two
+others; one, his own brother, riddled with bayonet wounds, and the
+other, Lucas, with the rope still around his neck. His look became
+gloomy and a sigh seemed to escape from his breast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know them?&rdquo; they asked him.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo remained silent.</p>
+
+<p>There was a whistling sound and the whip came down across his back.
+He trembled, and his muscles contracted. The lashes were repeated, but
+Tarsilo continued impassive.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let them whip him till they cut him to pieces or till he
+makes a declaration,&rdquo; cried the <i>alferez</i>, exasperated.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Speak then!&rdquo; said the <i>directorcillo</i> to him.
+&ldquo;They will surely kill you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They led him back to the <i>sala</i> of the tribunal, where the
+other prisoner was invoking God, grating his teeth and shaking on his
+legs.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know this man?&rdquo; asked Father Salv&iacute;.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;This is the first time I have ever seen him,&rdquo; replied
+Tarsilo, looking with a certain pity on the other.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> gave him a cuff with his fist and kicked him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tie him to the bench!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Without taking off the bloody handcuffs, he was fastened to the
+wooden bench. The unhappy fellow looked about him as if in search of
+some one, and his eyes fell on Do&ntilde;a Consolacion. He smiled
+sardonically. Those present were surprised and followed his glance and
+saw the se&ntilde;ora. She was biting her lips.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have never seen an uglier woman,&rdquo; exclaimed Tarsilo
+amid the general silence. &ldquo;I prefer to lie down on this bench as
+I am doing than to lie by her side, like the <i>alferez</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The Muse turned pale.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are going to whip me to death, <i>alferez</i>,&rdquo; he
+continued, <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb239" href=
+"#pb239">239</a>]</span>&ldquo;but to-night I will be avenged by your
+woman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Gag him!&rdquo; shouted the <i>alferez</i>, furious and
+trembling with rage.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed as though Tarsilo had wanted the gag, for when he had it
+in his mouth, his eyes gleamed with a ray of satisfaction.</p>
+
+<p>At a signal from the <i>alferez</i> a guard, armed with a whip,
+began his cruel task. The whole body of Tarsilo shrank. A groan,
+suppressed and prolonged, could be heard in spite of the rag which
+stopped up his mouth. He lowered his head. His clothes were being
+stained with blood.</p>
+
+<p>Father Salv&iacute;, pale and with a wild look, rose to his feet
+laboriously, made a sign with his hand and left the <i>sala</i> with
+vacillating steps. In the street, he saw a girl, leaning her back
+against the wall, rigid, immovable, listening attentively, looking into
+space, her marble-like hands extended along the old wall. The sun was
+shining full upon her. She was counting, it seemed without breathing,
+the sharp blows and listening to that heart-rending groan. She was
+Tarsilo&rsquo;s sister.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, the scene was continuing in the <i>sala</i>. The
+unfortunate fellow, overcome with pain, had become silent and waited
+for his punishers to tire. At last, the soldier breathless, let fall
+his arm. The <i>alferez</i>, pale with wrath and astonishment, made a
+signal for them to unloose him.</p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Consolacion then arose and whispered something into her
+husband&rsquo;s ear. He nodded his head, signifying that he
+understood.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the well with him!&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>The Filipinos know what that means. In Tagalog they call it <i>
+timbain</i>. We do not know who could have been the inventor of this
+method of punishment, but we are of the opinion that he must have lived
+long ago. In the middle of the tribunal yard there was a picturesque
+stone-wall, roughly made out of cobble stones, around a well. A rustic
+apparatus of bamboo in the form of a lever serves to draw out the vile,
+dirty and bad smelling water. Broken dishes, refuse and all sorts of
+filth collected there, since the well was a common receptacle for
+everything <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb240" href=
+"#pb240">240</a>]</span>that the people threw away or found useless. An
+object which fell into the place, no matter how good it may have been,
+was thereafter surely lost. However, the well was never closed up. At
+times, prisoners were condemned to go down and make it deeper, not
+because it was thought that the work would be useful in any way, but
+because the work was so difficult. If a prisoner went down in the well
+once, he invariably contracted a fever, from which he died.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo contemplated all the preparations of the soldiers with a
+firm look. He was very pale and his lips were trembling or murmuring a
+prayer. The haughtiness of his desperation seemed to have disappeared,
+or at least to have weakened. A number of times he bent his head, fixed
+his eyes on the ground, resigned to his suffering.</p>
+
+<p>They took him to one side of the stone wall. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion
+followed smiling. The unfortunate wretch glanced enviously toward the
+pile of dead bodies, and a sigh escaped from his breast.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Speak now!&rdquo; said the <i>directorcillo</i> again.
+&ldquo;They will certainly drown you. At least, die without having
+suffered so much.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When you come out of this, you will die,&rdquo; said a <i>
+cuaderillero</i>.</p>
+
+<p>They took the gag out of his mouth and hung him by his feet. He had
+to go down head first and remain under the water some time just like a
+bucket, except that a man is left under the water a longer time.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> went to look for a watch that he might count the
+minutes.</p>
+
+<p>In the meantime, Tarsilo was hanging, his long hair waving in the
+air and his eyes half closed.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If you are Christians, if you have hearts,&rdquo; he begged,
+in a low voice, &ldquo;let me down rapidly and make my head strike
+against the wall that I may die. God would reward such a good deed....
+Perhaps some day you will be in the same straits as I am
+now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> returned and with watch in hand witnessed the
+descent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Slowly, slowly!&rdquo; cried Do&ntilde;a Consolacion
+following the poor fellow with her eyes. &ldquo;Be careful!&rdquo;
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb241" href="#pb241">241</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The pole was being lowered slowly. Tarsilo rubbed against the
+projecting stones and the dirty plants which grew in the crevices.
+Then, the pole ceased to move. The <i>alferez</i> was counting the
+seconds.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Up!&rdquo; he ordered dryly, at the end of a half minute.</p>
+
+<p>The silvery harmony of the drops of water falling back into the
+well, announced the return of the unfortunate man to the light. As the
+weight on the end of the lever was heavy, he came up quickly. The rough
+pieces of stone and pebbles, torn loose from the walls, fell with
+splashes to the bottom.</p>
+
+<p>His face and hair full of filthy mud, his body wet and dripping, he
+appeared again in the sight of the silent crowd. The wind made him
+shiver with cold.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you want to make a declaration?&rdquo; they asked him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take care of my sister!&rdquo; the unhappy one murmured,
+looking at the <i>cuaderillero</i>, with supplication.</p>
+
+<p>The bamboo pole creaked again, and again the condemned man
+disappeared. Do&ntilde;a Consolacion observed that the water remained
+still. The <i>alferez</i> counted a minute.</p>
+
+<p>When Tarsilo came up again, his face was livid and his features
+contracted. He glanced at those standing around and kept open his
+bloodshot eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Will you make a declaration?&rdquo; asked the <i>alferez</i>
+again, with vexation.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo shook his head and again they let him down. His eyelids were
+almost closed and his eyes were gazing at the white clouds floating in
+the heavens. He bent his neck to keep sight of the light of day, but he
+was soon submerged in the water. That filthy curtain closed from him
+the sight of the world.</p>
+
+<p>A minute passed. The Muse saw large bubbles of air come up to the
+surface of the water.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He is thirsty,&rdquo; said she, laughing.</p>
+
+<p>The water was again smooth.</p>
+
+<p>This time a minute and a half had passed when the <i>alferez</i>
+gave the signal.</p>
+
+<p>Tarsilo&rsquo;s features were no longer contracted. The half opened
+lids showed the white of his eyes. Muddy water, clotted with blood, ran
+out of his mouth. The cool wind was blowing, but his body no longer
+shivered. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb242" href=
+"#pb242">242</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Those present, pale and terrified, looked at each other in silence.
+The <i>alferez</i> made a signal for them to take him down from where
+he was hanging, and stepped aside for a few moments. Do&ntilde;a
+Consolacion a number of times applied the lighted end of her cigar to
+the bare legs of Tarsilo, but his body did not quiver. It put out the
+light.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He has asphyxiated himself,&rdquo; murmured a <i>
+cuaderillero</i>. &ldquo;See how his tongue is turned, as if he wanted
+to swallow it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The other prisoner, trembling and perspiring, contemplated the
+scene. Like a madman he looked about him.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> ordered the <i>directorcillo</i> to question
+him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;or, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; he groaned. &ldquo;I will
+tell you all that you wish.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Good. Let us see! What is your name?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Andong, Se&ntilde;or!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Bernardo ... Leonardo ... Ricardo ... Educardo. Gerardo ...
+or what?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Andong, Se&ntilde;or,&rdquo; repeated the imbecile.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Call it Bernardo or whatever you please,&rdquo; said the <i>
+alferez</i>, decided not to bother more about it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What family name?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The man looked at him frightened.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s your name? What do you add to the name
+Andong?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, Se&ntilde;or! Andong Medio-tonto (half-fool),
+Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Those standing around could not resist a laugh. The <i>alferez</i>
+himself stopped short.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is your business?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Cocoanut tree pruner, Se&ntilde;or, and servant for my
+mother-in-law.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who ordered you to attack the <i>cuartel</i>?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Nobody, Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What&rsquo;s that; nobody? Don&rsquo;t you lie or we will put
+you in the well. Who ordered you to do it? Speak the truth.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That&rsquo;s the truth, Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who?&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb243" href=
+"#pb243">243</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I ask you who ordered you to revolt.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What revolt, Se&ntilde;or?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That one last night, when you were in the tribunal
+yard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah, Se&ntilde;or!&rdquo; exclaimed Andong, blushing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who was to blame for that?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My mother-in-law, Se&ntilde;or.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>A laugh of surprise followed this reply. The <i>alferez</i> stopped
+and looked sharply at the simple peasant, who believed that his words
+had produced a good effect. More animated, he was about to continue
+when the crack of a whip cut him short.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To the jail!&rdquo; ordered the <i>alferez</i>. &ldquo;This
+afternoon, send him to the capital.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb244" href="#pb244">244</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch38" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXVIII.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Accursed.</h2>
+
+<p>The news that the prisoners were going to depart spread quickly
+through the town. At first, the news was heard with terror; afterward,
+came tears and lamentations.</p>
+
+<p>The members of the families of the prisoners were running about
+madly. They would go from the convent to the <i>cuartel</i> from the
+<i>cuartel</i> to the tribunal, and not finding consolation anywhere,
+they filled the air with cries and moans. The curate had shut himself
+up because he was ill. The <i>alferez</i> had increased his guards, who
+received the supplicants with the butts of their guns. The <i>
+gobernadorcillo</i>, a useless being, anyway, seemed more stupid and
+useless than ever.</p>
+
+<p>The sun was burning hot, but none of the unhappy women who were
+gathered in front of the <i>cuartel</i> thought of that. Doray, the gay
+and happy wife of Don Filipo, wandered about, with her tender little
+child in her arms. Both were crying.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Get out of the sun,&rdquo; they said to her. &ldquo;Your son
+will catch a fever.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the use of his living if he has no father to educate
+him?&rdquo; replied the dispirited woman.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your husband is innocent. Perhaps he will return.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, when we are in our graves.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Capitana Tinay wept and cried for her son, Antonio. The courageous
+Capitana Maria gazed toward the small grate, behind which were her
+twins, her only sons.</p>
+
+<p>There, too, was the mother-in-law of the cocoanut tree pruner. She
+was not crying; she was walking to and fro, gesticulating, with shirt
+sleeves rolled up, and haranguing the public.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have you ever seen anything equal to it?&rdquo; said she.
+&ldquo;They arrest my Andong, wound him, put him in the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb245" href="#pb245">245</a>]</span>stocks, and take
+him to the capital, all because he happened to be in the <i>cuartel</i>
+yard.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>But few people had any sympathy for the Mussulman mother-in-law.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don Crisostomo is to blame for all of this,&rdquo; sighed a
+woman.</p>
+
+<p>The school teacher also was wandering about in the crowd. &Ntilde;or
+Juan was no longer rubbing his hands, nor was he carrying his yard
+stick and plumb line. He had heard the bad news and, faithful to his
+custom of seeing the future as a thing that had already happened, he
+was dressed in mourning, mourning for the death of Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>At two o&rsquo;clock in the afternoon, an uncovered cart, drawn by
+two oxen, stopped in front of the tribunal.</p>
+
+<p>The cart was surrounded by the crowd. They wanted to destroy it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Don&rsquo;t do that!&rdquo; said Capitana Maria. &ldquo;Do
+you want them to walk?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This remark stopped the relatives of the prisoners. Twenty soldiers
+came out and surrounded the cart. Then came the prisoners.</p>
+
+<p>The first was Don Filipo; he was tied. He greeted his wife with a
+smile. Doray broke into a bitter lamentation and two soldiers had to
+work hard to keep her from embracing her husband. Antonio, the son of
+Captain Tinay, next appeared, crying like a child&mdash;a fact which
+made the family cry all the more. The imbecile, Andong, broke out in a
+wail when he saw his mother-in-law, the cause of his misfortune.
+Albino, the former seminary student, came out with his hands tied, as
+did also the twin sons of Capitana Maria. These three youths were
+serious and grave. The last who came was Ibarra. The young man was
+pale. He looked about for the face of Maria Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is the one who is to blame!&rdquo; cried many voices.
+&ldquo;He is to blame and he will go free.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My son-in-law has done nothing and he is
+handcuffed.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra turned to the guards.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tie me, and tie me well, elbow to elbow,&rdquo; said he.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We have no orders.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb246" href="#pb246">246</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Tie me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The soldiers obeyed.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>alferez</i> appeared on horse-back, armed to the teeth. Ten
+or fifteen more soldiers followed him.</p>
+
+<p>Each of the prisoners had there in the crowd his family praying for
+him, weeping for him, and calling him by the most affectionate names.
+Ibarra was the only exception. Even &Ntilde;or Juan himself and the
+school-teacher had disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What have you done to my husband and my son?&rdquo; said
+Doray to Ibarra, crying. &ldquo;See my poor boy! You have deprived him
+of a father!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The grief of the people was changed to wrath against the young man,
+accused of having provoked the riot. The <i>alferez</i> gave orders to
+depart.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are a coward!&rdquo; cried the mother-in-law of Andong to
+Ibarra. &ldquo;While the others were fighting for you, you were hiding.
+Coward!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Curses upon you!&rdquo; shouted an old man following him.
+&ldquo;Cursed be the gold hoarded up by your family to disturb our
+peace! Curse him! Curse him!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;May they hang you, heretic!&rdquo; cried one of
+Albino&rsquo;s relatives. And unable to restrain himself, he picked up
+a stone and threw it at Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>The example was quickly imitated, and a shower of dust and stones
+fell on the unfortunate youth.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra suffered it all, impassive, without wrath, without a
+complaint&mdash;the unjust vengeance of suffering hearts. This was the
+leave-taking, the &ldquo;adios&rdquo; tendered to him by his town, the
+center of all his affections. He bowed his head. Perhaps he was
+thinking of another man, whipped through the streets of Manila, of an
+old woman falling dead at the sight of the head of her son. Perhaps the
+history of Elias was passing before his eyes.</p>
+
+<p>The cort&eacute;ge moved slowly on and away.</p>
+
+<p>Of the persons who appeared in a few opened windows, those who
+showed the most compassion for the unfortunate young man were the
+indifferent and the curious. All his friends had hidden themselves;
+yes, even Captain Basilio, who forbade his daughter Sinang to weep.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra saw the smouldering ruins of his house, of the <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb247" href="#pb247">247</a>]</span>house of his
+fathers where he had been born, where he had lived the sweetest days of
+his infancy and childhood. Tears, for a long time suppressed, burst
+from his eyes. He bowed his head and wept, wept without the consolation
+of being able to hide his weeping, tied as he was by the elbows. Nor
+did that grief awaken compassion in anybody. Now he had neither
+fatherland, home, love, friends or future.</p>
+
+<p>From a height a man contemplated the funeral-like caravan. He was
+old, pale, thin, wrapped in a woollen blanket and was leaning with
+fatigue on a cane. It was old Tasio, who as soon as he heard of what
+had happened wanted to leave his bed and attend, but his strength would
+not permit it. The old man followed with his eyes the cart until it
+disappeared in the distance. He stood for some time, pensive and his
+head bowed down; then he arose, and laboriously started on the road to
+his house, resting at every step.</p>
+
+<p>The following day, shepherds found him dead on the very threshold of
+his solitary retreat. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb248" href=
+"#pb248">248</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch39" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XXXIX.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Maria Clara is Married.</h2>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was very happy. During all this terrible time nobody
+had busied himself with him. They had not arrested him, nor had they
+submitted him to excommunications, court trials, electrical machines,
+continual hot foot baths in subterranean places, or to any of the other
+punishments which are well known to certain people who call themselves
+civilized. He had returned to his Manila house. Those who had been the
+Captain&rsquo;s friends&mdash;for he had renounced all his Filipino
+friends from the moment that they were suspected by the
+Government&mdash;had also returned to their homes after some days of
+vacation spent in the Government buildings. The Governor General had
+himself ordered these people to leave their possessions, for he had not
+thought it fitting that they should remain in them during the great
+danger.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago was overflowing with gratitude, but he did not know
+exactly to whom he was indebted for such signal favors. Aunt Isabel
+attributed the miracle to the Virgin of Antipolo, to the Virgin of the
+Rosary, or at least to the Virgin of Carmen. The least that she would
+concede was that it was due to Our Lady of Corea. According to the
+Aunt, the miracle was certainly due to one of these Virgins. Captain
+Tiago did not deny that it was a miracle, but he added:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not believe, Isabel, that the Virgin of Antipolo could
+have done it alone. My friends have aided in it; my future son-in-law,
+Se&ntilde;or Linares has, as you know, joked with Se&ntilde;or Antonio
+Canovas himself, whose portrait we saw in
+&lsquo;Illustracion.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And the good man could not suppress a smile every time that he heard
+any important news about the event. And there was good reason for it.
+It was whispered about that Ibarra was going to be hanged; that, even
+if many proofs <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb249" href=
+"#pb249">249</a>]</span>had been lacking, at last one had appeared
+which could confirm the accusation; and that skilled workmen had
+declared that, as a matter of fact, the work for the school-house could
+pass for a fort or a fortification. Even if defective in some parts,
+that was as much as could be expected from ignorant Indians. These
+rumors quieted the Captain and made him smile.</p>
+
+<p>Just as the Captain and his cousin, Aunt Isabel, were of different
+opinions about the miracle, so, too, the other friends of the family
+were divided into different parties&mdash;those who followed the
+miracle monger, and those who followed the Government. The latter
+party, however, was quite insignificant. The miracle mongers were
+sub-divided into other factions: the Sacristan Mayor of Binondo, the
+woman who sold the wax candles, and the chief of one of the
+brotherhoods, all saw the hand of God in the miracle, moved by the
+Virgin of the Rosary. The Chinese candle maker, who provided the
+Captain whenever he went on a pilgrimage to Antipolo, was saying as he
+sat fanning himself and wiggling his foot:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What for you b&rsquo;long foolish? Thisee belong Mergin
+Antipolo. She can do muchy more: others, no can do. No b&rsquo;long
+plopper say pidgin b&rsquo;long other man.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago held the Chinaman in great estimation and made him
+pass for a prophet and doctor. Examining the hand of his deceased wife
+in the sixth month of her pregnancy, he had prophesied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If thisee one no b&rsquo;long man, and no go dead side, will
+b&rsquo;long bery good woman.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And so it was that Maria Clara came to this earth and fulfilled the
+Chinaman&rsquo;s prophecy.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, being a prudent and timid person, could not decide
+the question of the miracle as easily as the Trojan Paris. He could not
+give preference to one of the Virgins for fear of offending some other
+of them, a thing which might bring about grave results.
+&ldquo;Prudence,&rdquo; he said to himself. &ldquo;Be prudent! Let us
+not lose all now.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>He was in the midst of these doubts when the party in favor of the
+Government, or the Governmental party, arrived, viz., Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina, Don Tiburcio, and <span class="corr" id="xd0e7115" title=
+"Source: Linars">Linares</span>. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb250"
+href="#pb250">250</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>Do&ntilde;a Victorina did all the talking for the three men and for
+herself also. She mentioned the visits which Linares had made to the
+Governor General, and repeatedly brought out the benefits derived from
+having a relative of <i>categor&iacute;a</i>.</p>
+
+<p>For some days past, she had been trying to be Andalusian by
+suppressing the <i>d</i> in all words and in changing the <i>s</i> to
+<i>z</i>. No one could get the idea out of her head; she would prefer
+to lose her front curls first.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; she said, in speaking of Ibarra. &ldquo;That
+fellow merits very well all that he is going to get. I told you so when
+I saw him for the first time. I told you he was a <i>filibustero</i>.
+What did the General tell you, cousin? What did he say? What news did
+you give him about Ibarra?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Seeing that the cousin hesitated in his reply, she went on,
+directing her words to Captain Tiago.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Believe me, if they convict him, as is to be hoped, it will
+be through my cousin.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Se&ntilde;ora, Se&ntilde;ora!&rdquo; protested Linares.</p>
+
+<p>But she did not give him any time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Oh, what a diplomat you have turned out to be! But we all
+know that you are the adviser of the Governor General, that he could
+not live without you. Ah! What a pleasure to see you,
+Clarita.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara seemed paler than ever, although she was now quite
+recovered from her illness. Sadly smiling, she approached and greeted
+Do&ntilde;a Victorina with a formal kiss.</p>
+
+<p>After the customary words had been exchanged, Do&ntilde;a went on
+with her false Andalusian.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We came to visit you. You have been saved by the efforts of
+your friends,&rdquo;&mdash;looking significantly at Linares.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God has protected my father,&rdquo; said the girl, in a low
+voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, Clarita, but the time for miracles has passed long ago.
+As we Spaniards say: &lsquo;Have no trust in the Virgin and save
+yourself by running.&rsquo;&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The&mdash;th&mdash;the ot&mdash;ot&mdash;other way,&rdquo;
+said the doctor, correcting her proverbial quotation.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Tiago, who had not yet found opportunity to say a word,
+ventured to ask her, giving much attention <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb251" href="#pb251">251</a>]</span>to her reply: &ldquo;So you,
+Do&ntilde;a Victorina, believe that the Virgin...?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That is precisely what we came for, to speak to you about <i>
+the</i> Virgin,&rdquo; replied she, indicating Maria Clara. &ldquo;We
+have a matter to talk over.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The maiden understood that she ought to retire. She sought an excuse
+and went away, supporting herself on the furniture as she walked
+along.</p>
+
+<p>What was said in the conference which followed was so low and mean
+that we prefer to omit it. It is sufficient for us to say that when
+they took their leave all were happy, and that Captain Tiago afterward
+said to his cousin:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Isabel, send word to the restaurant that we are going to give
+a <i>fiesta</i> to-morrow. You get Maria ready to be married in a short
+time.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Aunt Isabel looked at him, surprised.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You will see! When Se&ntilde;or Linares is our son-in-law all
+the palaces will be open to us. They will be envying us; they will all
+die with envy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And thus it was that at eight o&rsquo;clock on the following
+evening, Captain Tiago&rsquo;s house was again full of guests, only
+that this time the men whom he had invited were either Spaniards or
+Chinamen, while the fair sex was represented by Spaniards born in the
+Peninsula or in the Philippines.</p>
+
+<p>The larger part of our acquaintances was there: Father Sibyla,
+Father Salv&iacute; and several other Franciscans and Dominicans, the
+old lieutenant of the Civil Guard, Se&ntilde;or Guevara, more
+melancholy than ever; the <i>alferez</i>, who related his battle for
+the thousandth time, feeling himself head and shoulders above everybody
+and a veritable Don Juan de Austria, now a lieutenant with the rank of
+commander; De Espada&ntilde;a, who looked at the former with respect
+and fear and avoided his glance; and the indignant Do&ntilde;a
+Victorina. Linares was not yet present, for, being a very important
+personage, it was fitting that he should arrive later than the
+others.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara, the subject of all the gossip, was the center of a
+group of women. She had greeted and received them ceremoniously, but
+did not throw off her air of sadness. <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb252" href="#pb252">252</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Psh!&rdquo; said one of the girls. &ldquo;A little
+stuck-up!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A cute little thing,&rdquo; replied another, &ldquo;but he
+might have selected some one of a more intelligent
+appearance.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;It&rsquo;s the money; he&rsquo;s a good-looking fellow and
+sells himself for a good price.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>In another part of the room they were talking like this:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Marry, when her former betrothed is about to be
+hanged!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I call that prudence; to have one on hand as a
+substitute.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Possibly the young maiden heard these remarks as she sat in a chair
+near by, arranging a tray of flowers, for her hand was seen to tremble,
+she turned pale and bit her lips a number of times.</p>
+
+<p>The conversation among the men was in a loud tone. Naturally, they
+were conversant with the recent happenings. All were talking, even Don
+Tiburcio, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who maintained a
+disdainful silence.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have heard that Your Reverence leaves the town, Father
+Salv&iacute;?&rdquo; asked the newly made lieutenant, now made more
+amiable by the star on his sleeve.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have nothing more to do now in San Diego. I am permanently
+settled in Manila now ... and you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I also leave the town,&rdquo; replied the former <i>
+alferez</i>, straightening up. &ldquo;The Government needs me to take
+command of a flying column to clear the provinces of <i>
+filibusteros</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Friar Salv&iacute; looked him over from head to foot, and turned his
+back to him completely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it yet known for a certainty what is to become of the
+leader of the revolutionists?&rdquo; asked a Government employee.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you referring to Crisostomo Ibarra?&rdquo; asked another.
+&ldquo;What is most probable and most just is that he be hanged, as
+those were in &rsquo;72.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He will be exiled,&rdquo; said the old lieutenant, dryly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Exiled! Nothing more than exiled! But it will be a perpetual
+exile!&rdquo; exclaimed several at the same time.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;If that young fellow,&rdquo; Lieutenant Guevara went on to
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb253" href="#pb253">253</a>]</span>say
+in a loud voice, &ldquo;had been more cautious; if he had trusted
+certain people less with whom he had correspondence; and if the
+officers had not made a subtle interpretation of what was
+written&mdash;if it had not been for all of this, that young man would
+surely have gone free.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>This statement by the old lieutenant and the tone of his voice
+produced a great surprise in the room. Those who heard it did not know
+what to say. Father Salv&iacute; looked in another direction, perhaps
+so as not to meet the dark look which the old man directed toward him.
+Maria Clara dropped her flowers and sat motionless. Father Sibyla, the
+one who knew how to keep silent, appeared to be the only one who knew
+how to ask questions.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you referring to the letters, Se&ntilde;or
+Guevara?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am telling what the defendant&rsquo;s attorney told me. He
+has taken up the case with zeal and interest. Aside from some ambiguous
+lines which this young man wrote to a young woman before departing for
+Europe, they have found no proof to sustain the accusation. In these
+few lines, the officers saw a plan and threat against the
+Government.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And what about the declaration made by the bandit before he
+died?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That statement has proved of no account, since, according to
+the bandit himself, the conspirators never had communicated with the
+young man, but only with one, Lucas, who was Ibarra&rsquo;s enemy, as
+they have been able to prove, and who committed suicide, perhaps from
+remorse. It has been proved that the papers found in the possession of
+the dead man were forged, since the handwriting was like that of Ibarra
+seven years ago, but not like that of to-day&mdash;a fact which shows
+that it was copied from the letter used as evidence against him.
+Besides, his attorney says that if Ibarra had not admitted the
+genuineness of the letter, he would have been able to do much for him;
+but, at the sight of it, the young man turned pale, lost heart and
+acknowledged that he had written it.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you say,&rdquo; asked a Franciscan, &ldquo;that the letter
+was directed to a young woman? How did it get into the hands of the
+officers?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The lieutenant did not reply. He looked for a moment <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb254" href="#pb254">254</a>]</span>at Friar
+Salv&iacute; and then walked off, twisting nervously the end of his
+grey beard. In the meantime, others were commenting something like
+this:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There you see the hand of God!&rdquo; said one. &ldquo;Even
+the women hate him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He had his house burned, thinking that he could thus save
+himself. But he did not reckon with his host&mdash;that is, with his
+<i>querida</i>,<a class="noteref" id="n254src" href="#n254">1</a> with
+his <i>babai</i>,&rdquo;<a class="pseudonoteref" href="#n254">1</a>
+added another, smiling. &ldquo;That is God&rsquo;s work. Santiago
+protects Spain!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old army officer stopped and approached Maria Clara. She was
+listening to the conversation, immovable in her seat. The flowers were
+at her feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are a very prudent young woman,&rdquo; said the old
+lieutenant to her in a low voice. &ldquo;You have done well to hand
+over the letter.... In this way you will assure yourself of a peaceful
+future.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>With dull eyes, and biting her lips, she looked at him as he walked
+away. Luckily, Aunt Isabel passed her at this moment. Maria Clara
+summoned enough strength to catch hold of her aunt&rsquo;s dress.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Aunt,&rdquo; she murmured.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you?&rdquo; asked the latter,
+frightened, as she saw the young woman&rsquo;s face.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Take me to my room!&rdquo; she begged, clinging to the arm of
+the old woman in order to raise herself to her feet.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you sick, my child? You seem to have lost all your
+strength. What is the matter with you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A little sick to my stomach ... the crowd in the <i>sala</i>
+... so much light ... I need to rest. Tell father that I am going to
+sleep.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are cold! Do you want some tea?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara shook her head negatively. She closed the door of her
+room and locked it, and, her strength failing her, she fell to the
+floor, at the feet of an image, weeping and sobbing:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Mother, mother, my mother!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The moonlight was shining through the open window and door which led
+out upon the <i>azotea</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The orchestra continued playing gay waltzes. The laughter and the
+hum of conversation could be heard in <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb255" href="#pb255">255</a>]</span>her bedroom. A number of times her
+family, Aunt Isabel, Do&ntilde;a Victorina, and even Linares, knocked
+at her door, but Maria Clara did not move. There was a rattle in her
+throat.</p>
+
+<p>Hours passed. The pleasures of the table ended, and dancing
+followed. Her little candle burned out, but the maiden lay quietly on
+the floor, the rays of moonlight shining upon her at the foot of an
+image of the Mother of Jesus.</p>
+
+<p>Gradually the noises in the house died away, the lights were put
+out, and Aunt Isabel again knocked at the door of her room.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Let us leave her; she is sleeping,&rdquo; said her aunt.
+&ldquo;At her age, with nothing to trouble her, she sleeps like a
+corpse.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>When all was again silent, Maria arose slowly and glanced around
+her. She saw the <i>azotea</i> and the small climbing plants bathed in
+the melancholy light of the moon.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;A peaceful future! Sleeping like a corpse!&rdquo; she
+murmured in a low voice, and turned toward the <i>azotea</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The city was quiet. Only the noise of an occasional carriage passing
+over the wooden bridge could be heard in the stillness of the night,
+while the tranquil waters of the river were reflecting the
+moonlight.</p>
+
+<p>The maiden raised her eyes to the pure, sapphire-colored sky. Slowly
+she took off her rings, her hair-combs, her earrings, and her
+breast-pin, and placing them upon the balustrade of the <i>azotea</i>
+she looked out toward the river.</p>
+
+<p>A <i>banca</i>, loaded with rice grass, stopped at the foot of the
+landing on the bank of the river at the rear of the house. One of the
+two men who were propelling the boat went up the stone steps, leaped
+over the wall, and a few seconds afterward, steps were heard coming up
+the <i>azotea</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara saw him stop on discovering her, but it was for only a
+moment. The man advanced slowly and at about three steps from the
+maiden, stopped again. Maria Clara stepped back.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Crisostomo!&rdquo; she gasped, full of terror.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, I am Crisostomo!&rdquo; replied the young man, in a
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb256" href="#pb256">256</a>]</span>grave
+voice. &ldquo;An enemy, a man who has good reason to hate me, Elias,
+has helped me out of the prison into which my friends had thrown
+me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Silence followed these words. Maria Clara bowed her head and allowed
+both her hands to drop at her side.</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Beside the dead body of my mother, I swore to make you happy,
+whatever might be my destiny. You can break your oath; she was not your
+mother. But I, who am her son, I hold her memory sacred, and, running
+great risk, I have come here to fulfill my oath. Fortune permits me to
+speak with you personally. Maria, we shall not see each other again.
+You are young and perhaps some day your conscience may accuse you.... I
+come to tell you, before leaving, that I forgive you. Now, may you be
+happy, and good-bye!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra tried to leave, but the maiden stopped him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Crisostomo!&rdquo; she said. &ldquo;God has sent you to save
+me from desperation.... Hear me and judge me!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra wished to withdraw gently from her.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I have not come,&rdquo; said he, &ldquo;to call you to
+account.... I have come to give you peace.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I do not want the peace which you give me. I will give myself
+peace. You despise me, and your contempt will make my life bitter till
+death.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra saw the poor girl&rsquo;s desperation, and asked her what she
+desired.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;That you may believe that I have always loved you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Crisostomo smiled bitterly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Ah! You doubt me, you doubt the friend of your infancy, who
+has never hidden a single thought from you,&rdquo; exclaimed she in
+grief. &ldquo;I understand you. When you know my history, the history
+which they revealed to me during my illness, you will pity me and you
+will no longer answer my grief with that bitter smile. Why did you not
+let me die in the hands of my ignorant doctor? You and I would have
+been happier then.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara rested a moment and then continued:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You have doubted me; you have wished my mother to pardon me.
+During one of those nights of suffering, a man revealed to me the name
+of my true father, and forbade <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb257"
+href="#pb257">257</a>]</span>me to love you ... unless my true father
+should pardon you for the offense you committed against him.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra recoiled and looked in terror at the maiden.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; she continued. &ldquo;This man told me that he
+could not permit our marriage, since his conscience would not allow it,
+and he would find himself compelled to publish the truth at the risk of
+causing a great scandal, because my father is ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And she whispered a name in the young man&rsquo;s ear in a scarcely
+audible voice.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What was I to do? Ought I to sacrifice to my love the memory
+of my mother, the honor of the man who innocently supposes himself my
+father, and the good name of my real father? Could I do that without
+you despising me for it?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But the proof? Have you proof? You need proof!&rdquo;
+exclaimed Crisostomo, deeply agitated.</p>
+
+<p>The maiden drew two letters from her bosom.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Two of my mother&rsquo;s letters: two letters written in
+remorse before I was born. Take them, read them and you will see how
+she cursed me and desired my death, which my father in vain tried to
+cause by drugs. These letters were forgotten in the house where he
+lived; a man found them and kept them. They would only give them to me
+in exchange for your letter ... to make certain, as they said, that I
+would not marry you without the consent of my father. From the time
+that I began to carry them in my bosom instead of your letter, my heart
+was chilled. I sacrificed you, I sacrificed my love.... What would not
+a person do for a dead mother and two living fathers? Did I suspect the
+use to which they were going to put your letter?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was prostrated. Maria Clara went on:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What was there left for me? Could I tell you who was my
+father? Could I ask you to seek the pardon of him who had so much
+desired my death, and who made your father suffer? There was nothing
+left for me but to keep the secret to myself, and to die suffering....
+Now, my friend, you know the sad history of your poor Maria. Will you
+still have that contemptuous smile for her?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Maria, you are a saint.&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id=
+"pb258" href="#pb258">258</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am happy now that you believe me.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;However,&rdquo; added the young man, changing his tone.
+&ldquo;I have heard that you are about to marry.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes,&rdquo; sobbed the maiden. &ldquo;My father asked this
+sacrifice of me. He has fed me and loved me, and it was not his duty. I
+pay him this debt of gratitude which I owe him by assuring him peace
+through this new relative, but ...&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I shall not forget the oaths of fidelity which I made to
+you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What do you think of doing?&rdquo; asked Ibarra, trying to
+read her eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The future is obscure and Destiny is hidden in darkness. I do
+not know what I am to do; but I know that I can love only once, and
+that without love I never will belong to any one. And you, what is to
+become of you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I am nothing but a fugitive.... I am fleeing. In a very short
+time, they will discover my escape, Maria....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara clasped her arms about her lover&rsquo;s neck, kissed
+his lips repeatedly, hugged him, and then, abruptly breaking away from
+him, said:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Flee! flee! <i>Adios!</i>&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra looked at her, his eyes sparkling, but she motioned and he
+went away, staggering like a drunken man. Again he leaped over the wall
+and entered the <i>banca</i>. Maria Clara, leaning on the door casing,
+watched him depart.</p>
+
+<p>Elias took off his hat and bowed profoundly. <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb259" href="#pb259">259</a>]</span></p>
+
+<div class="footnotes">
+<hr class="fnsep">
+<p class="footnote"><span class="label"><a class="noteref" href=
+"#n254src" id="n254">1</a></span> Both words mean mistress.</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch40" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XL.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">The Pursuit on the Lake.</h2>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Listen, Se&ntilde;or, to my plan,&rdquo; said Elias, as they
+directed the <i>banca</i> toward San Miguel. &ldquo;I will for the
+present hide you in the house of my friend in Mandaluyong. I will bring
+you all your money, which I have saved and kept for you at the foot of
+the old <i>balit&icirc;</i> tree, in the mysterious tomb of your
+grandfather. You shall leave the country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To go to a strange land?&rdquo; interrupted Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To live in peace the remaining days of your life. You have
+friends in Spain, you are rich, you can get yourself pardoned. By all
+means, a foreign land is better for you than your own
+country.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p><span class="corr" id="xd0e7441" title="Source: Crisosotomo">
+Crisostomo</span> did not reply. He meditated in silence.</p>
+
+<p>Just then they reached the Pasig and the <i>banca</i> was headed up
+the stream. Over the Bridge of Spain a horse-man was galloping at high
+speed, and a prolonged, sharp whistle was heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Elias,&rdquo; replied Ibarra, &ldquo;you owe your misfortunes
+to my family; you have saved my life twice; I owe you not only
+gratitude, but also restitution of your fortune. You advise me to go to
+a foreign land and live; then come with me and we will live like
+brothers. Here, you, too, are miserable.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias sadly replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Impossible! It is true that I can neither love nor be happy
+in my country; but I can suffer and die in it, and perhaps die for it;
+that would be something. Let my country&rsquo;s misfortune be my own
+misfortune. Since no noble thought unites us, and since our hearts do
+not beat in harmony at the mention of a single word, at least, let a
+common misery unite me to my fellow countrymen; <span class="pagenum">
+[<a id="pb260" href="#pb260">260</a>]</span>at least, let me weep with
+them over our grief; let the same misery oppress all our
+hearts.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then why do you advise me to leave?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because in other lands you can be happy, and I cannot;
+because you are not made to suffer, and because you would hate your
+country, if some day you should see the cause of your misfortune: and
+to hate one&rsquo;s own country is the greatest misery.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are unjust to me,&rdquo; exclaimed Ibarra, with bitter
+reproach. &ldquo;You forget that I have scarcely arrived here, and that
+I have already sought its welfare.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not be offended, Se&ntilde;or. I am not reproaching you.
+Would to God that all might imitate you. But I do not ask for the
+impossible and you should not be offended if I tell you that your heart
+deceives you. You love your country because your father has taught you
+to love it; you love it because you had in it your love, your fortune,
+your youth; because it smiled on you, and because it has not until now
+done you an injustice. You love your country as we all love that which
+makes us happy. But, on that day when you see yourself poor, ragged,
+hungry, persecuted, denounced and betrayed by your very countrymen, on
+that day you will curse yourself, your country and all.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Your words grieve me,&rdquo; said Ibarra, resentfully.</p>
+
+<p>Elias bowed his head, meditated and replied:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;I wish to set you right, Se&ntilde;or, and to avoid a
+miserable future for you. You remember the time when I was talking to
+you in this same <i>banca</i> and under the light of the same moon. It
+was a month ago, a few days more or less. Then you were happy. The plea
+of the unfortunates did not reach you. You disdained their complaints
+because they were complaints from criminals. You gave ear to their
+enemies, and, in spite of my reasons and pleas, you put yourself on the
+side of their oppressors. On you depended at that time whether I should
+turn criminal or allow my life to be taken in fulfillment of my sacred
+pledge. God has not permitted it, because the old chief of the bandits
+has been killed. A month has passed and now you think
+differently.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are right, Elias, but man is influenced by changes <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb261" href="#pb261">261</a>]</span>in
+circumstances. Then I was blind, and obstinate. What did I know? Now
+misfortune has torn the veil from my eyes. The solitude and misery of
+my prison life have taught me; now I see the horrible cancer which is
+sapping the life of society, which hangs to its flesh and which
+requires violent extirpation. They have opened my eyes; they have made
+me see the ulcer; they force me to become a criminal. I will be a <i>
+filibustero</i>, but a true <i>filibustero</i>. I will call upon all
+the unfortunates, on all who have beating hearts within their breasts,
+on all who sent you to me.... No, no! I will not be criminal! It is
+never a crime to fight for one&rsquo;s country! We for three centuries
+have given them our hand, we have asked them for their love, we have
+anxiously wished to call them our brothers. How have they replied? With
+insults and jests, denying us even the quality of being human beings.
+There is no God, there is no hope, there is no humanity. There is
+nothing but the right of force.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Ibarra was excited. His whole body was trembling.</p>
+
+<p>They passed by the Governor General&rsquo;s palace, and believed
+they saw agitation and movement among the guards.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Have they discovered our flight?&rdquo; murmured Elias.
+&ldquo;Lie down, Se&ntilde;or, so that I can cover you up with the
+grass, for, when we cross over to the side of the river near the powder
+house, the sentry may be surprised at seeing two of us in this small
+<i>banca</i>.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>As Elias had foreseen, the sentry stopped him and asked him where he
+came from.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;From Manila, with grass for the magistrates and
+curates,&rdquo; replied he, imitating the accent of one from
+Pandakan.</p>
+
+<p>A sergeant came out and was informed what was going on.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;<i>Sulung!</i>&rdquo; (Go on!) said he. &ldquo;I warn you not
+to receive any one in your <i>banca</i>. A prisoner has just escaped.
+If you capture him and hand him over to me I will give you a good
+reward.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All right, Se&ntilde;or. What is his description?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;He wears a frock coat and speaks Spanish. With that much, be
+on the watch!&rdquo; <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb262" href=
+"#pb262">262</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>The <i>banca</i> went on. Elias turned his face and saw the shadow
+of the sentry, still standing on the bank of the river.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We will lose several minutes,&rdquo; said he, in a low voice.
+&ldquo;We will have to go up the Beata river in order to carry out my
+pretense of being from Pe&ntilde;a Francia.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The town was sleeping in the light of the moon. Crisostomo arose to
+admire the sepulchral peace of Nature. The river was narrow and its
+banks formed a plain planted with rice.</p>
+
+<p>Elias threw the load on the bank, picked up a piece of bamboo and
+drew out from under the grass in the <i>banca</i> some empty sacks.
+They went on rowing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You are master of your own will, Se&ntilde;or, and of your
+own future,&rdquo; said he to Crisostomo, who kept silent. &ldquo;But
+if you will permit me to offer a suggestion, I say to you: Look well at
+what you are going to do. You are about to start a war, for you have
+money, talent, and you will quickly find aid, for, unfortunately, many
+are discontented. Furthermore, in this fight, which you are to begin,
+those who are going to suffer most are the defenseless, the innocent.
+The same sentiments which a month ago prompted me to come to you and
+ask for reforms, are those which now move me to ask you to reflect. The
+country, Se&ntilde;or, is not thinking of separating itself from the
+mother country. It asks only a little liberty, a little justice, a
+little love. The discontented will assist you, the criminals and the
+desperate, but the people will hold aloof. You are mistaken if, seeing
+everything dark, you believe that the country is desperate. The country
+suffers, yes, but it still hopes, believe me, and will only rise in
+revolt when it has lost patience; that is, when those who govern wish
+it&mdash;which is still far off. I myself would not follow you. I shall
+never take recourse to these extreme remedies while I see hope in
+men.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then I will go without you!&rdquo; replied Crisostomo,
+resolutely.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Is it your firm decision?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes, my firm and only decision: I call to witness the memory
+of my father! I cannot allow them to deprive <span class="pagenum">[<a
+id="pb263" href="#pb263">263</a>]</span>me of peace and happiness with
+impunity, I who have desired only my country&rsquo;s welfare, I who
+have respected all and have suffered on account of a hypocritical
+religion, on account of love for my country. How have they responded to
+me? By burying me in an infamous prison and by prostituting my
+fianc&eacute;e. No, not to avenge myself would be a crime. It would be
+encouraging them to commit new injustices. No! it would be cowardice,
+it would be pusillanimity to weep and groan while there is life and
+vigor, when to insult and challenge are added scoffery and contemptuous
+ridicule! I will arouse this ignorant people, I will make them see
+their misery&mdash;this people who do not think of each other as
+brothers, who are mere wolves devouring each other. I will tell them to
+rise against this oppression and appeal to the eternal right of mankind
+to conquer their liberty!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Innocent people will suffer.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;All the better! Can you lead me to the mountain?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Till you are safe!&rdquo; replied Elias.</p>
+
+<p>They again went up the Pasig. They spoke from time to time of
+indifferent things.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Santa A&ntilde;a!&rdquo; murmured Ibarra. &ldquo;Do you
+recognize that house?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They passed by the country house of the Jesuits.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There I passed many happy and joyful years!&rdquo; sighed
+Elias. &ldquo;In my time we used to come here every month ... then I
+was like the others. I had fortune, family; I was dreaming and planning
+a future for myself. In those days I used to visit my sister in the
+neighboring convent. She made me a present of a piece of her own
+handiwork. A girl friend used to accompany her, a beautiful girl. All
+has passed like a dream.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>They remained silent till they arrived at Malapad-na-bat&oacute;.
+Those who have glided over the bosom of the Pasig on one of those
+magical nights when the moon pours forth its melancholy poetry from the
+pure blue of the sky, when the darkness hides the misery of men and
+silence drowns the harsh accents of their voices, when Nature alone
+speaks&mdash;those who have seen such nights on the Pasig will
+understand the feelings which filled the hearts of both young men.
+<span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb264" href="#pb264">264</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>In Malapad-na-bat&oacute; the carbineer was half asleep, and, seeing
+that the <i>banca</i> was empty and offered no booty for him to seize,
+according to the traditional custom of his corps and the use made of
+that position, he readily let them pass on.</p>
+
+<p>Nor did the Civil Guard at Pasig suspect anything, and they were not
+molested.</p>
+
+<p>It was just beginning to dawn when they reached the lake, calm and
+smooth as a gigantic mirror. The moon was growing dim and the Orient
+was rosy with the tints of morning. At a distance, a mass of grey could
+be discerned advancing toward the <i>banca</i>.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The <i>fal&uacute;a</i> (or Government steamboat) is
+coming,&rdquo; murmured Elias. &ldquo;Lie down and I will cover you
+with these sacks.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The outline of the vessel became more clear and perceptible.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;She is putting in between the beach and us,&rdquo; observed
+Elias uneasily.</p>
+
+<p>And then he changed the course of the <i>banca</i> a little, rowing
+toward Binangonan. To his great surprise he noticed that the <i>
+fal&uacute;a</i> was also changing its course, while a voice cried out
+to him.</p>
+
+<p>Elias stopped and meditated. The shore of the lake was very far off,
+and they would soon be in the range of the rifles on the <i>
+fal&uacute;a</i>. He thought of returning to the Pasig. His <i>
+banca</i> was swifter than the <i>fal&uacute;a</i>. But fate was
+against him! Another boat was coming up the Pasig, and they could see
+the helmets and shining bayonets of the Civil Guards.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;We are caught!&rdquo; he murmured, turning pale.</p>
+
+<p>He looked at his robust arms and taking the only course which
+remained to him, he began to row with all his strength toward the
+Island of Talim. In the meantime, the sun had risen.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>banca</i> glided along rapidly. Elias saw some men standing
+up on the <i>fal&uacute;a</i>, making signals to him.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you know how to manage a <i>banca</i>?&rdquo; he asked
+Ibarra.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Yes; why?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Because we are lost if I do not leap into the water <span
+class="pagenum">[<a id="pb265" href="#pb265">265</a>]</span>and make
+them lose the trail. They will follow me. I swim and dive well.... I
+will take them away from you, and then you can save
+yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No; you remain and we will sell our lives dearly.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Useless! We have no arms, and with those rifles they will
+kill us like birds.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>At that moment a <i>chiss</i> was heard in the water like the fall
+of a hot body, and was followed immediately by a report.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you see?&rdquo; said Elias, putting his paddle in the <i>
+banca</i>. &ldquo;We will see each other again at the tomb of your
+grandfather on <i>Nochebeuna</i> (Christmas eve.) Save
+yourself.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;And you?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God has taken me through greater dangers.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Elias took off his <i>camisa</i>. A ball grazed his hands and the
+report sounded out. Without being disturbed, he stretched out his hand
+to Ibarra, who was still in the bottom of the boat. Then he arose and
+leaped into the water, pushing away the small craft with his foot.</p>
+
+<p>A number of cries were heard. Soon at some distance the head of the
+young man appeared above the water as if to get breath, dropping out of
+sight at the next instant.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;There, there he is!&rdquo; cried a number of voices, and the
+balls from their rifles whistled again.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>fal&uacute;a</i> and the other <i>banca</i> took up the
+chase. A light track of foam marked his course, every moment leading
+farther and farther away from Ibarra&rsquo;s <i>banca</i>, which
+drifted along as if abandoned. Every time that the swimmer raised his
+head to breathe the Civil Guards and the men on board the <i>
+fal&uacute;a</i> discharged their guns at him.</p>
+
+<p>The pursuit continued. Ibarra&rsquo;s little <i>banca</i> was
+already far off. The swimmer was approaching the shore of the lake and
+was now some fifty yards distant from it. The rowers were already
+tired, but Elias was not, for his head often appeared above the water
+and each time in a different direction so as to disconcert his
+pursuers. No longer was there a light trail to betray the course of the
+diver. For the last time they saw him near the shore, <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb266" href="#pb266">266</a>]</span>some ten yards
+off, and they opened fire.... Then minutes and minutes passed. Nothing
+appeared again on the tranquil surface of the lake.</p>
+
+<p>Half an hour afterward one of the rowers pretended to have
+discovered signs of blood in the water near the shore, but his
+companions shook their heads in a manner which might mean either yes or
+no. <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb267" href=
+"#pb267">267</a>]</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<div id="ch41" class="div1"><span class="pagenum"> [<a href=
+"#toc">Contents</a>]</span>
+
+<h2 class="label">Chapter XLI.</h2>
+
+<h2 class="normal">Father D&aacute;maso Explains.</h2>
+
+<p>In vain the costly wedding gifts were heaped upon the table. Neither
+the diamonds in their blue velvet caskets, nor the embroidered <i>
+pi&ntilde;a</i>, nor the pieces of silk had any attractions for Maria
+Clara. The maiden looked at the paper which gave the account of
+Ibarra&rsquo;s death, drowned in the lake, but she neither saw nor read
+it.</p>
+
+<p>Of a sudden, she felt two hands over her eyes. They held her fast
+while a joyous voice, Father D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s, said to her:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Who am I? Who am I?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara jumped from her seat and looked at him with terror in
+her eyes.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;You little goose, were you frightened, eh? You were not
+expecting me? Well, I have come from the provinces to attend your
+wedding.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And coming up to her again with a smile of satisfaction, he
+stretched out his hand to her. Maria Clara approached timidly and,
+raising it to her lips, kissed it.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;What is the matter with you, Maria?&rdquo; asked the
+Franciscan, losing his gay smile, and becoming very uneasy. &ldquo;Your
+hand is cold, you are pale.... Are you ill, my little girl?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Father D&aacute;maso drew her up to him with a fondness of which
+no one would have thought him capable. He grasped both the
+maiden&rsquo;s hands and gave her a questioning look.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Haven&rsquo;t you any confidence in your godfather?&rdquo; he
+asked in a reproachful tone. &ldquo;Come, sit down here and tell me
+your little troubles, just as you used to do when you were a child,
+when you wanted wax-candles to make wax figures. You surely know that I
+have always loved you.... I have never scolded you....&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s voice ceased to be brusque; its
+modulations <span class="pagenum">[<a id="pb268" href=
+"#pb268">268</a>]</span>were even caressing. Maria Clara began to
+weep.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Are you weeping, my child? Why are you weeping? Have you
+quarrelled with Linares?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara covered her eyes with her hands.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;No! It is not he now!&rdquo; cried the maiden.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso looked at her full of surprise.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you not want to entrust your secrets to me? Have I not
+always managed to satisfy your smallest caprices?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The young woman raised her eyes full of tears toward him. She looked
+at him for some time, and then began to weep bitterly.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do not cry so, my child, for your tears pain me! Tell me your
+troubles. You will see how your godfather loves you.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara approached him slowly and fell on her knees at his feet.
+Then raising her face, bathed in tears, she said to him in a low voice,
+scarcely audible:</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Do you still love me?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Child!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Then ... protect my father, and break off the
+marriage!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Then she related her last interview with Ibarra, omitting the
+reference to her birth.</p>
+
+<p>Father D&aacute;maso could scarcely believe what he heard.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;While he lived,&rdquo; continued the maiden, &ldquo;I
+intended to fight, to wait, to trust. I wanted to live to hear him
+spoken of ... but now that they have killed him, now there is no reason
+for my living and suffering.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>She said this slowly, in a low voice, calmly and without a tear.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;But, you goose; isn&rsquo;t Linares a thousand times better
+than....?&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;When he was living, I could have married ... I was thinking
+of fleeing afterward ... my father wanted nothing more than the
+relative. Now that he is dead, no other man will call me his wife....
+While he lived, I could have debased myself and still had the
+consolation of knowing that he existed and perhaps was thinking of me.
+Now that he is dead ... the convent or the tomb.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Her voice had a firmness in its accent which took away Father
+D&aacute;maso&rsquo;s joy and set him to thinking. <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb269" href="#pb269">269</a>]</span></p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Did you love him so much as that?&rdquo; he asked,
+stammering.</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara did not reply. Father D&aacute;maso bowed his head upon
+his breast and remained silent.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My child!&rdquo; he exclaimed, his voice breaking.
+&ldquo;Forgive me for making you unhappy without knowing it. I was
+thinking of your future; I wanted you to be happy. How could I permit
+you to marry a native; how could I see you an unhappy wife and a
+miserable mother? I could not get your love out of your head, and I
+opposed it with all my strength. All that I have done has been for you,
+for you alone. If you had become his wife, you would have wept
+afterward on account of the condition of your husband, exposed to all
+kinds of vengeance, without any means of defense. As a mother, you
+would have wept over the fortune of your sons; if you educated them,
+you would prepare a sad future for them, you would have made them
+enemies of the Church and would have seen them hanged or exiled; if you
+left them ignorant, you would have seen them oppressed and degraded. I
+could not consent to it! This is why I sought as a husband for you one
+who might make you the happy mother of sons born not to obey but to
+command, not to suffer but to punish. I knew that your friend was good
+from infancy. I liked him as I had liked his father, but I hated them
+both when I saw that they were going to make you unhappy, because I
+love you, I idolize you, I love you as my daughter. I have nothing
+dearer than you. I have seen you grow. No hour passes but I think of
+you; I dream of you; you are my only joy.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And Father D&aacute;maso began to weep like a child.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Well, then, if you love me do not make me eternally unhappy.
+He no longer lives; I want to be a nun.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>The old man rested his head on his hand.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;To be a nun, to be a nun!&rdquo; he repeated. &ldquo;You do
+not know, my child, the life, the misery, which is hidden behind the
+walls of the convent. You do not know it! I prefer a thousand times to
+see you unhappy in the world than to see you unhappy in the cloister.
+Here your complaints can be heard, there you will have only the walls.
+You are beautiful, very beautiful, and you were not born <span class=
+"pagenum">[<a id="pb270" href="#pb270">270</a>]</span>for it, you were
+not born to be the bride of Christ! Believe me, my child, time will
+blot it all out. Later you will forget, you will love your husband ...
+Linares.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Either the convent or ... death!&rdquo; repeated Maria
+Clara.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The convent, the convent or death!&rdquo; exclaimed Father
+D&aacute;maso. &ldquo;Maria, I am already old, I will not be able to
+watch you or your happiness much longer.... Choose another course, seek
+another love, another young man, whoever he may be, but not the
+convent.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;The convent or death!&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;My God, my God!&rdquo; cried the priest, covering his head
+with his hands. &ldquo;Thou punisheth me. So be it! But watch over my
+child.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>And turning to the young woman: &ldquo;You want to be a nun? You
+shall be one. I do not want you to die.&rdquo;</p>
+
+<p>Maria Clara took his two hands, clasped them in her own and kissed
+them as she knelt.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;Godfather, my godfather!&rdquo; she repeated.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately, Father D&aacute;maso went out, sad, with drooping head
+and sighing.</p>
+
+<p>&ldquo;God, O God! Thou existeth, for Thou punisheth. But avenge
+Thyself on me and do not harm the innocent. Save my child!&rdquo;</p>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+<div class="back">
+<div class="transcribernote">
+<h2>Colophon</h2>
+
+<h3>Availability</h3>
+
+<p>This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a class="exlink" title="External link"
+href="https://www.gutenberg.org/">www.gutenberg.org</a>.</p>
+
+<p>This eBook is produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online
+Distributed Proofreading Team at <a class="exlink" title="External
+link" href="https://www.pgdp.net/">www.pgdp.net</a>.</p>
+
+<p>This eBook was prepared from the scans of a copy from the University
+of California Lbrary made available on <a class="exlink" title=
+"External link" href=
+"http://www.archive.org/details/friarsfilipinos00rizarich">The Internet
+Archive</a>. The same set of scans is also available from <a class=
+"exlink" title="External link" href=
+"http://books.google.com/books?id=FEdFAAAAIAAJ">Google Print</a>.
+Unfortunately, the last page, with the epilogue, is missing from this
+copy.</p>
+
+<p>Numerous translations of Jos&eacute; Rizal&rsquo;s <i>Noli me
+Tangere</i> work have been made. Available at Project Gutenberg are the
+unabridged translation by Charles E. Derbyshire, under the title <i><a
+class="pglink" title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/6737">The Social Cancer</a></i>,
+published in 1912; Another abbreviated translation under the title <i>
+<a class="pglink" title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook" href=
+"https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/27594">An Eagle Flight</a></i>,
+published in 1901; a French translation by Henri Lucas and Ramon Sempau
+under the title <i lang="fr"><a class="pglink" title="Link to Project
+Gutenberg ebook" href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/30211">Au Pays
+des Moines</a></i>, published in 1898; A Tagalog translation under the
+title <i><a class="pglink" title="Link to Project Gutenberg ebook"
+href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/20228">Noli me Tangere</a></i>
+published in 1906; finally a Dutch translation by A. A. Fokker, under
+the title <i lang="nl"><a class="pglink" title="Link to Project
+Gutenberg ebook" href="https://www.gutenberg.org/etext/21848">Noli me
+tangere: Filippijnsche roman</a></i>, published in Surabaya in
+1912.</p>
+
+<p>Further translations have been made in all the major Philippine
+languages, at least four more in English, and in German, Italian,
+Japanese, Chinese, and Thai.</p>
+
+<h3>Encoding</h3>
+
+<h3>Revision History</h3>
+
+<ol class="lsoff">
+<li>2009-10-15 Started.</li>
+</ol>
+
+<h3>External References</h3>
+
+<p>This Project Gutenberg eBook contains external references. These
+links may not work for you.</p>
+
+<h3>Corrections</h3>
+
+<p>The following corrections have been applied to the text:</p>
+
+<table width="75%" summary="Overview of corrections applied to the
+text.">
+<tr>
+<th>Page</th>
+<th>Source</th>
+<th>Correction</th>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e880">16</a></td>
+<td width="40%">venders</td>
+<td width="40%">vendors</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1173">36</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Siblya</td>
+<td width="40%">Sibyla</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1527">52</a></td>
+<td width="40%">.</td>
+<td width="40%">?</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1564">54</a></td>
+<td width="40%">sacristian</td>
+<td width="40%">sacristan</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e1567">54</a></td>
+<td width="40%">commiting</td>
+<td width="40%">committing</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e2621">100</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalo</td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalog</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e2669">102</a></td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Not in source</i>]</td>
+<td width="40%">&rsquo;</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3319">127</a></td>
+<td width="40%">sacristry</td>
+<td width="40%">sacristy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3481">133</a></td>
+<td width="40%">a</td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3491">133</a></td>
+<td width="40%">lashs</td>
+<td width="40%">lashes</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3620">137</a></td>
+<td width="40%">,</td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e3945">148</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Tunason</td>
+<td width="40%">Tunasan</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4099">156</a></td>
+<td width="40%">huband</td>
+<td width="40%">husband</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4380">165</a></td>
+<td width="40%">aproaching</td>
+<td width="40%">approaching</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4500">172</a></td>
+<td width="40%">venders</td>
+<td width="40%">vendors</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4555">174</a></td>
+<td width="40%">&rsquo;</td>
+<td width="40%">&rdquo;</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4657">176</a></td>
+<td width="40%">exchange</td>
+<td width="40%">exchanged</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e4893">181</a></td>
+<td width="40%">&ldquo;</td>
+<td width="40%">[<i>Deleted</i>]</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5092">185</a></td>
+<td width="40%">physiogomy</td>
+<td width="40%">physiognomy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5376">197</a></td>
+<td width="40%">detroyed</td>
+<td width="40%">destroyed</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5395">198</a></td>
+<td width="40%">ino</td>
+<td width="40%">into</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5454">203</a></td>
+<td width="40%">unincumbered</td>
+<td width="40%">unencumbered</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e5865">215</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalo</td>
+<td width="40%">Tagalog</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e6545">234</a></td>
+<td width="40%">sacristry</td>
+<td width="40%">sacristy</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e7115">249</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Linars</td>
+<td width="40%">Linares</td>
+</tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td width="20%"><a class="pageref" href="#xd0e7441">259</a></td>
+<td width="40%">Crisosotomo</td>
+<td width="40%">Crisostomo</td>
+</tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+</div>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 30278-h.htm or 30278-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/2/7/30278/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>
+
diff --git a/old/old/2009-10-17-30278.txt b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3db3dd5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11584 @@
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Friars and Filipinos
+       An Abridged Translation of Dr. Jose Rizal's Tagalog Novel,
+       'Noli Me Tangere.'
+
+Author: Jose Rizal
+
+Translator: Frank Ernest Gannett
+
+Release Date: October 17, 2009 [EBook #30278]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ASCII
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                          Friars and Filipinos
+
+
+                       An abridged translation of
+
+                            Dr. Jose Rizal's
+
+                   Tagalog Novel, "Noli Me Tangere."
+
+                                   By
+                         Frank Ernest Gannett.
+
+
+                               New York:
+
+                          The St. James Press.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                            Copyright, 1900,
+                                   by
+                         Frank Ernest Gannett.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+                                   To
+
+                         Jacob Gould Schurman,
+
+                    President of Cornell University.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+PREFACE.
+
+
+While serving on the staff of the first United States Commission to the
+Philippine Islands my attention was called to the life and writings
+of Dr. Jose Rizal. I found in his novel, "Noli Me Tangere," the best
+picture of the life of the people of those islands under Spanish rule,
+and the clearest exposition of the governmental problems which Spain
+failed to solve, and with which our own people must deal. It occurred
+to me that an English translation of Rizal's work would be of great
+value at the present time. My first intention was to reproduce the
+entire novel as it was written, but, after careful consideration,
+I thought best to abridge the story by the omission of some parts
+which did not seem essential to the main purpose of the work. The
+present volume is the result.
+
+Readers should not understand any of Rizal's references to priests
+and friars as reflections upon the Roman Catholic Church. He was
+throughout his life an ardent Catholic, and died a firm adherent
+of the Church. But he objected to the religious orders in the
+Philippine Islands, because he knew well that they were more zealous
+in furthering their own selfish ends than in seeking the advancement
+of Christianity. From experience, Dr. Rizal knew that the friars,
+under cloak of the gospel ministry, oppressed his fellow countrymen,
+and took advantage of their superstition and ignorance. These wrongs
+he was brave enough to expose in his writings. In the friars he saw an
+obstacle to the education and enlightenment of the Filipino people,
+and, using moderate means, he did his utmost to secure reform. His
+writings will explain to us the cause of the hatred shown by the
+Filipinos toward the religious corporations, and will make clearer
+the nature of one of the present problems in the Philippines.
+
+There are in the Philippines five religious orders: the Dominicans,
+Franciscans, Recoletos, Augustines and Jesuits. According to John
+Foreman, an eminent authority, the members of all of these, except
+the last named, come from the lower classes in Spain, and are on
+the whole comparatively ignorant and uncultured. Under the Spanish
+system of government certain provinces were assigned to each of the
+orders--except the Jesuits--and the friars were distributed among
+the different parishes. In the town assigned to him the friar had
+much authority. He was chief adviser in all civil affairs, and, by
+his influence over the superstitious natives, maintained absolute
+control in all matters pertaining to the local government as well
+as to the local church. So firm was his hold that he led the Spanish
+government to believe that the islands could not be ruled without his
+aid. Knowing that his power rested on the ignorance of the people he
+discouraged education among them. When native Filipinos advanced so
+far as to prove an obstacle to the religious orders, as did Rizal and
+many others, the friars sought to destroy them. Forgetting their holy
+mission, the religious orders became commercial corporations, amassed
+enormous wealth, and gained possession of the most valuable parts of
+the islands, though to much of this property the titles are not clear.
+
+From my own observation, and from information derived from the
+Spaniards themselves, I am convinced that the author has not
+overdrawn his pictures. In fact I have learned of instances where
+the oppression and practices of the friars were even worse than those
+described. Dr. Rizal has given us a portrayal of the Filipino character
+from the viewpoint of the most advanced Filipino. He brings out many
+facts that are pertinent to present-day questions, showing especially
+the Malayan ideas of vengeance, which will put great difficulties
+in the way of the pacifying of the islands by our forces. The reader
+will not fail to notice the striking similarity between the life of
+Ibarra, the hero, and that of Rizal, the author, a short sketch of
+whose career has been given in the following pages.
+
+For assistance in preparing this volume for publication I offer
+sincere thanks to William H. Glasson, Ph.D., Instructor in History
+in the George School, Newtown, Pa. Dr. Glasson has read the entire
+manuscript and proofs, and I have been glad to avail myself of his
+advice on many doubtful points. I desire also to acknowledge my
+indebtedness for favors received to Horatio Green, Interpreter to
+the Supreme Court of the Philippine Islands, to W. G. Richardson,
+of New York, and to the publishers.
+
+
+    F. E. G.
+
+    Ithaca, N. Y., Dec. 1, 1900.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CONTENTS.
+
+
+        Chapter I.                        Page
+        Don Santiago's Dinner                1
+
+        Chapter II.
+        At the Dinner Table                 11
+
+        Chapter III.
+        Heretic and Revolutionist           16
+
+        Chapter IV.
+        Captain Tiago                       23
+
+        Chapter V.
+        An Idyl on the Azotea               29
+
+        Chapter VI.
+        Things Philippine                   35
+
+        Chapter VII.
+        San Diego and Its People            40
+
+        Chapter VIII.
+        Ibarra and the Grave-Digger         47
+
+        Chapter IX.
+        Adventures of a School Teacher      51
+
+        Chapter X.
+        Lights and Shadows                  57
+
+        Chapter XI.
+        The Fishing Party                   59
+
+        Chapter XII.
+        In the Woods                        68
+
+        Chapter XIII.
+        In the House of Tasio               77
+
+        Chapter XIV.
+        The Eve of the Fiesta               83
+
+        Chapter XV.
+        As Night Comes On                   87
+
+        Chapter XVI.
+        The Hoisting Crane                  92
+
+        Chapter XVII.
+        The Banquet                        104
+
+        Chapter XVIII.
+        The First Cloud                    112
+
+        Chapter XIX.
+        His Excellency                     116
+
+        Chapter XX.
+        The Procession                     125
+
+        Chapter XXI.
+        Dona Consolacion                   129
+
+        Chapter XXII.
+        Might and Right                    137
+
+        Chapter XXIII.
+        Two Visitors                       145
+
+        Chapter XXIV.
+        Episode in Espadana's Life         148
+
+        Chapter XXV.
+        Schemes                            161
+
+        Chapter XXVI.
+        The Persecuted                     165
+
+        Chapter XXVII.
+        The Cock Fight                     172
+
+        Chapter XXVIII.
+        The Two Senoras                    181
+
+        Chapter XXIX.
+        The Enigma                         188
+
+        Chapter XXX.
+        The Voice of the Persecuted        191
+
+        Chapter XXXI.
+        Elias's Family                     200
+
+        Chapter XXXII.
+        Changes                            207
+
+        Chapter XXXIII.
+        Playing Cards with the Shades      211
+
+        Chapter XXXIV.
+        The Discovery                      217
+
+        Chapter XXXV.
+        The Catastrophe                    223
+
+        Chapter XXXVI.
+        What People Say and Think          229
+
+        Chapter XXXVII.
+        Vae Victis!                        235
+
+        Chapter XXXVIII.
+        The Accursed                       244
+
+        Chapter XXXIX.
+        Maria Clara is Married             248
+
+        Chapter XL.
+        The Pursuit on the Lake            259
+
+        Chapter XLI.
+        Father Damaso Explains             267
+
+        Epilogue                           271
+
+
+
+
+
+
+JOSE RIZAL.
+
+
+Dr. Jose Rizal, of whose "Noli Me Tangere," the following story, is
+an abridgement, is the most striking character to be found in the
+history of the Philippine Islands. He was not only a great martyr
+to the cause of liberty, and to the advancement of his fellow men,
+but he was without doubt the greatest Filipino ever born, and his
+memory is cherished to-day by his people as we ourselves cherish the
+memory of Washington.
+
+Rizal was born on June 19th, 1861, in the pueblo of Calamba, in the
+province of Laguna, on the Island of Luzon. He came of a Tagalog
+family, which, it is said, acknowledged a slight mixture of Chinese
+blood, and possessed considerable property. As a child he gave evidence
+of extraordinary precocity. He is said to have written poetry in his
+native tongue at eight years of age, produced a successful melodrama
+at fourteen, and later to have won prizes in literary contests with
+writers of recognized ability.
+
+After passing through the University of Manila, and receiving much
+instruction at the hands of the Jesuit fathers, he was sent to Europe
+to complete his education. He pursued courses of study in Spanish
+and German universities, and won the degrees of Doctor of Medicine
+and Doctor of Philosophy. Besides acquiring a knowledge of seven
+languages he gained a brilliant reputation for proficiency in the
+branch of optical surgery. For a time he was the leading assistant
+in the office of a world-renowned specialist at Vienna.
+
+While in Europe Rizal wrote several books and also gave considerable
+time to sculpture and painting. His artistic ability was great,
+and some of his productions are now treasured by friends into whose
+possession they came. Rizal's best known work is his "Noli Me Tangere,"
+written in Belgium about 1886 or 1887. This novel, with its vivid
+picture of life in the Philippines, and its exposure of Spanish
+misrule and oppression, won for him the bitter hatred of the friars,
+and inspired the relentless persecution which only ended with the
+taking of his life.
+
+In 1889 Dr. Rizal returned to the Philippines, but was soon compelled
+to leave his native land in order to escape forcible banishment. After
+a short residence in Japan, he went to London, where he published
+a work on the History of the Philippine Islands. About the same
+time a sequel to "Noli Me Tangere," entitled "El Filibusterismo,"
+was published. The hatred of the priests against him was further
+inflamed by this production, and the government in Manila was forced
+by the friars to forbid the circulation of any of his writings. Copies
+of his novels were burned in the public squares, and it was worth
+one's life to be found possessing a copy. Until very recently it has
+been almost impossible to obtain a copy of Rizal's works, and it was
+necessary to go to Europe to secure the one from which the following
+abridged translation was made.
+
+In 1892 Dr. Rizal was so overcome with a desire to see again his
+beautiful fatherland that he ventured, in the face of all the dangers
+that threatened him, to return to Manila. He had scarcely set foot
+on shore, however, before he was arrested and thrown in prison. The
+friars demanded his execution on the ground that he carried incendiary
+leaflets for the purpose of stirring up a rebellion, but subsequent
+inquiries showed that such leaflets had been introduced into his
+baggage at the custom house through the intrigues of the Augustine
+friars. Despite his indignant protestations of innocence; Rizal was
+summarily condemned by the Spanish General, Despujols, to banishment
+at Dapitan in the island of Mindanao. Although the trickery of the
+friars became known to him, Despujols lacked courage to revoke his
+order of banishment, for fear that he, too, would incur the hatred
+of the powerful religious corporations.
+
+After four years of exile Rizal saw plainly that the hostility of
+the friars would make it impossible for him to live in his native
+land. In 1896 a plague of yellow fever broke out in the island
+of Cuba and Rizal volunteered to lend his medical services to the
+Spanish government. Ramon Blanco, then general-in-chief of the Spanish
+forces in the Philippines, accepted the generous offer and recalled
+the young man to Manila that he might sail at once for Cuba. Alarmed
+by demonstrations of popular affection for Rizal, who represented the
+aspirations of the Filipino people, the Spanish authorities broke faith
+with him and imprisoned him in the Fuerza de Santiago. He was arraigned
+on false charges, given a military trial, and at the dictation of
+the religious orders was sentenced to be shot as a traitor.
+
+At dawn on December 30th, 1896, he was led to the place of execution
+on the beautiful Luneta, overlooking the tranquil surface of Manila
+Bay. Notices of the event had been published throughout the islands
+and the day on which it was to occur was proclaimed a fiesta. Thousands
+gathered around the place selected, and so evident was the sympathy of
+the helpless Filipinos for the man who was to die for their sake that
+Spain marshalled ten regiments of her soldiers about the spot. The
+populace must be intimidated. A nation's hero was about to become a
+nation's martyr. With face uplifted he glanced at the multitude about
+him and smiled. They tied his arms behind him and made him face the
+waters of the bay. In vain he protested and begged that he might die
+facing his executioners. A squad of his fellow countrymen, who were
+serving in Spain's army, were selected for the bloody work. They drew
+in position to shoot him in the back. The order was given to fire,
+but only one had the courage to obey. The bullet went straight and the
+hero fell, but another shot was necessary to despatch his life. His
+newly wedded wife remained with him to the end. The best hope of the
+Filipino people was crushed; a light in a dark place was snuffed out.
+
+Rizal was no extremist, no believer in harsh and bloody methods, no
+revolutionist. He aimed to secure moderate and reasonable reforms, to
+lessen the oppressive exactions of the friars, to examine into titles
+of their land, and to make possible the education and uplifting of
+his people. He loved Spain as he did his own country, and repeatedly
+used his influence against the rebellious measures proposed by other
+Filipino leaders. His execution was only one of the numerous outrages
+which characterized Spain's reign in the Philippines.
+
+In closing this short sketch of Rizal's life we can do no better
+than to quote the estimate of him made by Dr. Ferdinand Blumentritt,
+professor in the University of Leitmeritz, Austria, who prepared a
+biographical sketch of Rizal. Dr. Blumentritt said:
+
+"Not only is Rizal the most prominent man of his own people, but the
+greatest man the Malayan race has produced. His memory will never
+perish in his fatherland, and future generations of Spaniards will
+yet learn to utter his name with respect and reverence."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+FRIARS AND FILIPINOS.
+
+CHAPTER I.
+
+DON SANTIAGO'S DINNER.
+
+
+In the latter part of October, Don Santiago de los Santos, popularly
+known as Captain Tiago, gave a dinner. Though, contrary to his custom,
+he had not announced it until the afternoon of the day on which it was
+to occur, the dinner became at once the absorbing topic of conversation
+in Binondo, in the other suburbs of Manila, and even in the walled
+city. Captain Tiago was generally considered a most liberal man,
+and his house, like his country, shut its doors to no one, whether
+bent on pleasure or on the development of some new and daring scheme.
+
+The dinner was given in the captain's house in Analoague street. The
+building is of ordinary size, of the style of architecture common
+to the country, and is situated on that arm of the Pasig called by
+some Binondo Creek. This, like all the streams in Manila, satisfies a
+multitude of needs. It serves for bathing, mortar-mixing, laundering,
+fishing, means of transportation and communication, and even for
+drinking water, when the Chinese water-carriers find it convenient
+to use it for that purpose. Although the most important artery of
+the busiest part of the town, where the roar of commerce is loudest
+and traffic most congested, the stream is, for a distance of a mile,
+crossed by only one wooden bridge. During six months of the year, one
+end of this bridge is out of order, and the other end is impassable
+during the remaining time.
+
+The house is low and somewhat out of plumb. No one, however, knows
+whether the faulty lines of the building are due to a defect in the
+sight of the architect who constructed it, or whether they are the
+result of earthquakes and hurricanes.
+
+A wide staircase, with green balustrades and carpeted here and there in
+spots, leads from the zaguan, or tiled entrance hall, to the second
+story of the house. On either side of this staircase is a row of
+flower-pots and vases, placed upon chinaware pedestals, brilliant in
+coloring and fantastic in design. Upstairs, we enter a spacious hall,
+which is, in these islands, called caida. This serves to-night for
+the dining hall. In the middle of the room is a large table, profusely
+and richly ornamented, fairly groaning under the weight of delicacies.
+
+In direct contrast to these worldly preparations are the motley colored
+religious pictures on the walls--such subjects as "Purgatory," "Hell,"
+"The Last Judgment," "The Death of the Just," and "The Death of the
+Sinner." Below these, in a beautiful renaissance frame, is a large,
+curious linen engraving of two old ladies. The picture bears the
+inscription "Our Lady of Peace, Propitious to Travellers, Venerated
+in Antipolo, Visiting in the Guise of a Beggar the Pious Wife of the
+Famous Captain Ines in Her Sickness." In the side of the room toward
+the river, Captain Tiago has arranged fantastic wooden arches, half
+Chinese, half European, through which one can pass to the roof which
+covers part of the first story. This roof serves as a veranda, and
+has been illuminated with Chinese lanterns in many colors and made
+into a pretty little arbor or garden. The sala or principal room of
+the house, where the guests assembled is resplendent with colossal
+mirrors and brilliant chandeliers, and, upon a platform of pine,
+is a costly piano of the finest workmanship.
+
+People almost filled this room, the men keeping on one side and the
+women on the other, as though they were in a Catholic church or a
+synagogue. Among the women were a number of young girls, both native
+and Spanish. Occasionally one of them forgot herself and yawned,
+but immediately sought to conceal it by covering her mouth with her
+fan. Conversation was carried on in a low voice and died away in
+vague mono-syllables, like the indistinct noises heard by night in
+a large mansion.
+
+An elderly woman with a kindly face, a cousin of Captain Tiago,
+received the ladies. She spoke Spanish regardless of all the
+grammatical rules, and her courtesies consisted in offering to the
+Spanish ladies cigarettes and betel nut (neither of which they use)
+and in kissing the hands of the native women after the manner of
+the friars. Finally the poor old lady was completely exhausted,
+and, taking advantage of a distant crash occasioned by the breaking
+of a plate, hurried off precipitately to investigate, murmuring:
+"Jesus! Just wait, you good-for-nothings!"
+
+Among the men there was somewhat more animation. In one corner of
+the room were some cadets, who chatted with some show of interest,
+but in a low voice. From time to time they surveyed the crowd and
+indicated to each other different persons, meanwhile laughing more
+or less affectedly.
+
+The only people who appeared to be really enjoying themselves were
+two friars, two citizens and an officer of the army who formed a
+group around a small table, on which were bottles of wine and English
+biscuits. The officer was old, tall and sunburnt, and looked as the
+Duke of Alva might have looked, had he been reduced to a command in
+the civil guard. He said little, but what he did say was short and
+to the point. One of the friars was a young Dominican, handsome and
+dressed with extreme nicety. He wore gold mounted spectacles and
+preserved the extreme gravity of youth. The other friar, however,
+who was a Franciscan, talked a great deal and gesticulated even
+more. Although his hair was getting gray, he seemed to be well
+preserved and in robust health. His splendid figure, keen glance,
+square jaw and herculean form gave him the appearance of a Roman
+patrician in disguise. He was gay and talked briskly, like one who
+is not afraid to speak out. Brusque though his words might be, his
+merry laugh removed any disagreeable impression.
+
+As to the citizens, one of them was small in stature and wore a black
+beard, his most noticeable feature being his large nose--so large
+that you could scarcely believe that it was all his own. The other
+was a young blonde, apparently a recent arrival in the country. The
+latter was carrying on a lively discussion with the Franciscan.
+
+"You will see," said the friar, "when you have been in the country
+a few months, and will be convinced that what I say is right. It is
+one thing to govern in Madrid and another to rule in the Philippines."
+
+"But----"
+
+"I, for example," continued Father Damaso, raising his voice to prevent
+the other from speaking, "I, who can point to my twenty-three years
+of existence on bananas and rice, can speak with some authority on
+this subject. Do not come to me with theories or arguments, for I
+know the native. Remember, that when I came to this country, I was
+sent to a parish, small and largely devoted to agriculture. I did not
+understand Tagalog very well, but I received the confessions of the
+women and we managed to understand each other. In fact, they came
+to think so much of me that three years afterward, when I was sent
+to another and larger town, where a vacancy had been created by the
+death of the native parish priest, all the women were in tears. They
+overwhelmed me with presents, they saw me off with bands of music----"
+
+"But this only shows----"
+
+"Wait, wait! Do not be in a hurry! My successor remained there a still
+shorter time, but when he left there were more people to see him off,
+more tears shed, and more music played, although he had treated the
+people worse than I, and had raised the parish dues to a sum almost
+double the amount I had exacted."
+
+"But allow me----"
+
+"Furthermore, I was twenty years in the town of San Diego and it was
+only a few months ago--that--that I left. Twenty years! Surely any
+one will admit that twenty years is time enough to get acquainted
+with a town. There were six thousand people in San Diego, and I knew
+every one of them as if he were my own child. I knew even the private
+affairs of them all; I knew in what way this man was 'crooked,'
+where the shoe pinched that one, what slips every girl had made and
+with whom, and who was the true father of each child, for I received
+all of their confessions and they always confessed scrupulously. I
+can prove what I say by Santiago, our host, for he has considerable
+property in that town, and it was there that we became friends. Well,
+then! This will show you what sort of people the natives are: when I
+went away, only a few old women and some lay brothers saw me off. And
+that, after I had been there twenty years! Don't you see that this
+proves beyond a doubt that all the reforms attempted by the Ministers
+of the Government in Madrid are perfectly absurd?"
+
+It was now the young man's turn to be perplexed. The lieutenant, who
+had been listening to the argument, knit his brows. The little man
+with the black beard made ready to combat or support Father Damaso's
+arguments, while the Dominican was content to remain entirely neutral.
+
+"But do you believe----," the young man finally asked in a curious
+mood, and looking straight at the friar.
+
+"Do I believe it? As I do the Gospel! The native is so indolent!"
+
+"Ah! Pardon me for interrupting you," said the young blonde, lowering
+his voice and drawing his chair closer, "but you have spoken a word
+that arouses my interest. Is this indolence an inherent characteristic
+of the native, or is it true, as a foreign traveller has said in
+speaking of a country whose inhabitants are of the same race as these,
+that this indolence is only a fabrication to excuse our own laziness,
+our backwardness and the faults of our celestial system?"
+
+"Bah! That is nothing but envy! Ask Senor Laruja, who knows this
+country very well, whether the native has his equal in the world for
+indolence and ignorance."
+
+"It is a fact," replied the little man referred to, "that
+nowhere in the world can any one be found more indolent than the
+native. Positively nowhere!"
+
+"Nor more vicious and ungrateful!"
+
+"Nor with less education!"
+
+Somewhat uneasy, the blonde man began to glance about the
+room. "Gentlemen," he said in a low voice, "I believe that we are in
+the house of a native, and these young ladies may----"
+
+"Bah! Don't be so sensitive. How long have you been in the country?"
+
+"Four days," answered the young man somewhat ruffled.
+
+"Did you come here as an employee?"
+
+"No, sir. I came on my own account in order to become acquainted with
+the country."
+
+"Man, what a rare bird you are!" exclaimed Father Damaso, looking
+at him with curiosity. "To come here on your own account for such
+foolish ends! What a phenomenon! And when so many books have been
+written about this country----"
+
+Then, striking the arm of his chair with sudden violence, he exclaimed:
+"The country is being lost; it is lost already. The governing power
+supports heretics against the ministers of God."
+
+"What do you mean?" again asked the lieutenant, half rising from
+his chair.
+
+"What do I mean?" repeated Father Damaso, again raising his voice,
+and facing the lieutenant. "I mean what I say. I mean that, when a
+priest turns away the corpse of a heretic from his cemetery, no one,
+not even the King himself, has the right to interfere, and still less
+to punish. And yet a general, a miserable little general----"
+
+"Father! His Excellency is the vice-regal representative of His
+Majesty the King!" exclaimed the officer, rising to his feet.
+
+"What do I care for His Excellency, or for any of your vice-regal
+representatives!" answered the Franciscan, rising in his turn. "In
+any other time than the present, he would have been thrown down
+stairs in the same way as the religious corporations treated the
+sacrilegious governor Bustamente in his time. Those were the days
+when there was faith!"
+
+"I'll tell you right here that I don't allow any--His Excellency
+represents His Majesty the King!"
+
+"I don't care whether he is king or rogue. For us there is no king
+other than the true----"
+
+"Stop this immediately!" shouted the lieutenant in a threatening
+manner, and as though he were commanding his own soldiers. "Take back
+what you have said, or to-morrow I shall inform His Excellency."
+
+"Go and tell him at once! Go tell him!" answered Father Damaso,
+sarcastically, at the same time approaching the lieutenant with his
+fists doubled. "Don't you think for a moment that, because I wear
+the dress of a monk, I'm not a man. Hurry! Go tell him! I'll lend
+you my carriage."
+
+The discussion began to grow ridiculous as the speakers became more
+heated, but, at this point, fortunately, the Dominican interfered.
+
+"Gentlemen!" he said in a tone of authority, and with that nasal
+twang which is so characteristic of the friars, "there is no reason
+why you should thus confuse matters or take offense where it is not
+intended. We should distinguish between what Father Damaso says as
+a man, and what he says as a priest. Whatever he may say as a priest
+cannot be offensive, for the words of a priest are understood to be
+absolutely true."
+
+"But I understand what his motives are, Father Sibyla!" interrupted
+the lieutenant, who saw that he would be drawn into a net of such
+fine distinction that, if he allowed it to go on, Father Damaso
+would get off scot free. "I know very well what his motives are,
+and Your Reverence will also perceive them. During the absence of
+Father Damaso from San Diego, his assistant buried the body of a very
+worthy person. Yes, sir, an extremely worthy person! I had known
+the man from time to time and had often been his guest. What if he
+never had been to confession? I do not confess, either. To say that
+he committed suicide is a lie, a slander. A man such as he, with
+a son whose success and love were more than all the world to him;
+a man who believed in God, who fulfilled his duty to society, who
+was honorable and just--such a man does not commit suicide. That is
+what I say! I am not telling you all that I think about this matter,
+and Your Reverence should be very thankful that I restrain myself."
+
+Turning his back on the Franciscan, he continued: "As I was saying,
+this priest, when he returned to the town, after maltreating his
+coadjutor, ordered that the man's body be taken up and thrown out of
+the cemetery, to be buried I know not where. The town of San Diego
+was too cowardly to protest, though, in fact, very few people knew
+much about the matter. The dead man had no relatives in the town and
+his only son was in Europe. His Excellency, however, learned about
+the affair, and being at heart upright and just, he ordered that the
+priest be punished. As a result, Father Damaso was transferred to
+another but better town. That is all there was to it. Now you can
+make all the distinctions you like."
+
+So saying, he left the group.
+
+"I am very sorry to have touched upon so delicate a subject," said
+Father Sibyla, "but, after all, if the change from one town to another
+was to your advantage----"
+
+"How could it be to my advantage? How about all the things that I
+lost?" interrupted Father Damaso, fairly boiling over with rage.
+
+"Good evening, gentlemen! Good evening, Father!" said Captain Santiago,
+who at that instant entered the room, leading a youth by the hand. On
+saluting his guests in this manner, he kissed the hands of the priests,
+who, by the way, forgot to give him their blessing. The Dominican took
+off his gold-rimmed spectacles in order to examine the new arrival
+at better advantage, while Father Damaso, turning pale at the sight,
+stared at the youth with eyes wide open.
+
+"I have the honor of presenting to you Don Crisostomo Ibarra, the
+son of my deceased friend," said Captain Tiago. "The young man has
+just arrived from Europe, and I have been to meet him." At the mere
+mention of the name, exclamations were heard in all parts of the
+room. The lieutenant, forgetting himself entirely, did not stop to
+salute his host, but at once approached the young man and surveyed
+him from head to foot. The youth exchanged the usual greetings with
+those who had gathered around him. He showed no striking peculiarity,
+except in his sombre dress, which was in deep contrast with that of
+the other persons present. His athletic build, his appearance, and
+every movement he made showed, however, that a fine mind and a healthy
+body had both been highly developed. You could see from his frank and
+vivacious face that he had Spanish blood in his veins. Although his
+hair, eyes and complexion were dark, his cheeks had a slight color,
+due, no doubt, to residence in cold countries.
+
+"What!" he exclaimed with glad surprise, "the parish priest of my
+own town! Father Damaso, my father's intimate friend!" Every one in
+the room looked at the Franciscan, but the latter made no motion.
+
+"You must excuse me, if I have made a mistake," added Ibarra, somewhat
+in doubt because of the apathy of the friar.
+
+"You have made no mistake," the priest finally answered in a strained
+voice, "but your father was never an intimate friend of mine."
+
+Ibarra slowly withdrew the hand which he had offered, looking at the
+friar with great surprise. As he turned about, he came face to face
+with the lieutenant just approaching.
+
+"My boy, are you the son of Don Rafael Ibarra?"
+
+The young man bowed in acquiescence. Father Damaso settled back into
+his arm-chair and fixed his eyes upon the lieutenant.
+
+"Welcome to your country! May you be more happy in it than was your
+father!" exclaimed the officer in a trembling voice. "I had many
+dealings with your father and I knew him well, and I can say that he
+was one of the most worthy and honorable men in the Philippines."
+
+"Sir," replied Ibarra with emotion, "your praise of my father puts
+me in doubt as to his fate. Even now I, his own son, am ignorant of
+it all."
+
+The eyes of the old man filled with tears. He turned and hurriedly
+withdrew. Ibarra found himself standing alone in the middle of the
+room. His host had disappeared, and he turned to a group of gentlemen,
+who, as soon as they saw him coming, formed a semicircle to receive
+him.
+
+"Gentlemen," he said, "in Germany, when a stranger attends any
+social function and there is no one present to introduce him, it is
+allowable for him to introduce himself. Permit me to avail myself
+of this practice. Gentlemen, my name is Juan Crisostomo Ibarra y
+Magsalin." The others gave their names in turn, of which the most
+were comparatively unknown.
+
+"My name is A----a," said one of the young men, bowing stiffly.
+
+"Then, perhaps, I have the honor of addressing the poet whose works
+have kept up my enthusiasm for my country? I have been told that you
+have stopped writing, but no one has told me why."
+
+"Why? Because there is no use in invoking the muses for false and
+foolish ends. A case has been made out against one man for having put
+into verse a true story of Pero Grullo. I am not going to get myself
+into a similar scrape. They may call me a poet, but they shall not
+call me a fool."
+
+"And can you not tell us what that true story was?"
+
+"Yes. The poet said that the son of a lion is also a lion, and for
+saying this he narrowly escaped being banished."
+
+"Dinner is ready," announced a waiter who had been borrowed from the
+Cafe Campana. The guests began to file into the dining room, not,
+however, without many sighs, and even some prayers among the women,
+especially the natives, that the dreaded affair would soon be over.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER II
+
+AT THE DINNER TABLE.
+
+
+Father Sibyla wore a satisfied air. He moved along tranquilly, and
+his closed, thin lips showed no signs of disdain. On the other hand,
+the Franciscan was in a very bad humor. As he walked toward the table,
+he kicked over the chairs which happened to be in his way and boxed the
+ears of one of the cadets. The lieutenant was very solemn and grave.
+
+The two friars instinctively started for the head of the table,
+perhaps by force of habit, and, as might have been expected, they met
+on opposite sides of the same chair. Then, with ponderous courtesy,
+each entreated the other to sit down, giving in turn his reasons why
+the other should take precedence. Every one at the table understood
+how both really felt in the matter, and all knew well that the one
+who did not take the coveted seat would grumble discontentedly for
+the remainder of the evening. The farce proceeded something like this:
+
+"You take it, Brother Damaso! It is for you!"
+
+"No, you take it, Brother Sibyla!"
+
+"You are an old friend of the family, the confessor of its deepest
+mysteries; your age, your dignity, your----"
+
+"No, that is all right as far as age goes, but, on the other hand
+you are the priest of this suburb," answered Father Damaso in an
+insincere tone, without, however, leaving the chair.
+
+"As you order it, I obey," concluded Father Sibyla, making ready to
+sit down.
+
+"But I do not order it," protested the Franciscan, "I do not order it."
+
+Father Sibyla was about to take the seat without any further regard to
+the protests of his brother, when his eyes chanced to meet those of the
+lieutenant. According to the religious customs in the Philippines, the
+highest military officer is inferior to even a convent cook. "Cedent
+arma togae," said Cicero in the Senate. "Cedent arma cottae," say the
+friars in the Philippines. Father Sibyla, however, was a person of
+some culture and refinement, and, as soon as he noticed the expression
+on the lieutenant's face, said: "Here! We are now out in the world,
+and not in the Church. This seat belongs to you, lieutenant!" But,
+to judge from the tone of his voice, he thought that, although he
+was out in the world and not in the Church, the seat nevertheless
+belonged to him. The lieutenant, either to save himself trouble or
+in order to avoid sitting between two friars, declined the honor in
+a very few words.
+
+Neither of the disputants had thought of the owner of the house. Ibarra
+saw him looking upon the scene and smiling with satisfaction.
+
+"How is this, Don Santiago! Aren't you going to sit down with us?"
+
+But all of the seats were already occupied, and Lucullus did not dine
+in the house of Lucullus.
+
+"Sit still! Don't get up!" said Captain Tiago, laying his hand on
+the young man's shoulder. "The fact is that this feast is given in
+honor of the Virgin on account of your safe arrival. Here! Bring on
+the tinola! I ordered some tinola made expressly for you, for I feel
+quite certain that you have not had any since you left the Philippines
+a long while ago."
+
+A large dish was brought in, still steaming and filled to the brim
+with tinola. The Dominican, after murmuring the Benedicite (to which
+only a few of those present could give the response), began to serve
+the contents of the dish. Either from carelessness or for some other
+reason, he passed to Father Damaso a plate filled with the soup and
+stew, but containing only two small pieces of chicken, a bony neck and
+a tough wing. Meanwhile the others, especially Ibarra, were eating all
+sorts of choice bits. The Franciscan, of course, noticed this, mussed
+over the stew, took a mouthful of the soup, dropped his spoon with a
+clatter into his plate, and pushed the dish to one side. While this was
+going on, the Dominican appeared to be absorbed in conversation with
+the young blonde. Senor Laruja had also begun to converse with Ibarra.
+
+"How long has it been since you were last in this country?" said he.
+
+"About seven years," responded Ibarra.
+
+"You must have forgotten all about it."
+
+"On the contrary, although my country seems to have forgotten me,
+I have always kept her in mind."
+
+"What do you mean?" interposed the blonde.
+
+"I mean that for over a year I have not received any news from here,
+so that now I feel like a total stranger. I do not yet know how or
+when my father died."
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the lieutenant.
+
+"Where have you been that you did not telegraph?" asked one of the
+ladies. "When I was married, we telegraphed to the Peninsula."
+
+"Senora, for the last two years I have been in northern Europe,
+in Germany and in Poland."
+
+"And what country of Europe do you like best?" asked the young blonde,
+who had been listening interestedly.
+
+"After Spain, which is my second fatherland, oh--any free country
+in Europe."
+
+"You seem to have travelled a great deal--what is the most remarkable
+thing that you have observed?" asked Laruja.
+
+Ibarra appeared to be reflecting on the question. "Remarkable? In
+what way?"
+
+"For instance, in the life of the different peoples,--their social,
+political and religious life----"
+
+Ibarra meditated for some little time. "I always made it a point to
+study the history of a country before visiting it, and I find that
+national development invariably follows perfectly natural rules. I have
+always noticed that the prosperity or poverty of different peoples
+is in direct proportion to their liberties or their lack of liberty,
+or, in other words, in proportion to the sacrifices or selfishness
+of their forefathers."
+
+"And is that all you have observed?" asked the Franciscan, with a
+loud laugh. Up to this time, he had not uttered a single word, but
+had given his attention to the dinner. "It was not worth while to
+squander your fortune for the purpose of learning such a trifle--a
+thing that every school boy knows."
+
+Ibarra looked at him intently, doubtful what to say. The guests
+glanced at each other, fearing that a quarrel would break out. "The
+dinner has been too long, and Your Reverence is affected by too much
+wine," Ibarra was about to reply, but he checked himself in time and
+only said: "Gentlemen, do not wonder at the familiarity with which
+our old parish priest treats me. He treated me this way when I was
+a child, and the years that have passed since then have not changed
+His Reverence. I derive a certain amount of pleasure from it, for I
+am reminded of those days when His Reverence was a frequent visitor
+at our house and honored my father's table."
+
+The Dominican glanced furtively at the Franciscan, who was
+trembling. Ibarra continued, rising from his chair: "You will allow
+me to withdraw, for I have only just arrived, and I must leave
+town to-morrow. Besides, I have a great many things to do before I
+leave. The dinner is practically finished, and I drink very little
+wine and scarcely touch spirits. Gentlemen, here's to Spain and the
+Philippines."
+
+Saying this, he emptied the glass, which, until then, he had not
+touched. The old lieutenant followed his example, but said nothing.
+
+"Do not go!" said Captain Tiago to him in a low voice. "Maria Clara
+is coming immediately. Isabel has just gone to get her. The new parish
+priest of your town is also coming, and he is a saint."
+
+"I shall come to-morrow before I leave. I have to make a most
+important visit yet to-night, and really must go!" With this he took
+his departure. In the meantime, the Franciscan had recovered himself.
+
+"You see how it is," said he to the young blonde, gesticulating with
+his dessert knife. "It is nothing but pride. He could not bear to have
+a priest reprove him. Can decent people believe it? This is the evil
+consequence of sending young men to Europe. The Government ought to
+prohibit it."
+
+That night, the young blonde wrote, among other things, in the
+first chapter of his "Colonial Studies": "How the neck and wing
+of a chicken in a friar's plate of tinola can disturb the gayety
+of a feast!" And among his other observations were the following:
+"In the Philippines the most insignificant person at a dinner or a
+feast is the host. The owner of the house has only to remain out in
+the street, and everything will go along beautifully. In the present
+state of affairs, it would be well to forbid the Filipinos to leave
+their country, and not to teach them how to read."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER III
+
+HERETIC AND REVOLUTIONIST.
+
+
+Ibarra was still confused, but the evening breeze, which, in Manila,
+is at this time of the year always cool and refreshing, seemed gently
+to lift the hazy mist which hung over his eyes. He removed his hat
+and drew a deep, long breath.
+
+Men of all nationalities passed by in swift carriages or in slow-going,
+rented calesas. He was walking at that slow pace characteristic
+alike of deep thought and laziness, and was making his way toward the
+Plaza of Binondo. He looked about in search of any old and familiar
+objects. Yes, there were the same old streets, the same old houses with
+white and blue fronts, the same old walls covered with whitewash or
+repainted in poor imitation of granite; there was the same old church
+tower, its clock with transparent face still marking the hours; there,
+too, were the old Chinese shops, with their dirty curtains and iron
+rods, one of which remained unrepaired as he himself had bent it when
+a boy.
+
+"Things go slowly here!" he muttered and continued up the street past
+the vestry.
+
+As they dished up flavored ices, the street vendors were still crying
+"sorbettes." The same little cocoanut oil lamps furnished light for
+the stands where native women and Chinese disposed of their sweetmeats
+and fruit.
+
+"It is marvellous," he exclaimed. "There is the same Chinaman who was
+at that stand seven years ago. There is that same old woman whom I
+remember so well. Why, one might think my seven years in Europe but
+a night's sleep. And, by heavens, they have not yet repaired this
+broken place in the pavement!"
+
+Indeed, the stone which had been torn out of the pavement before
+he left Manila had not yet been replaced. While he was meditating
+upon the wonderful stability of things in so unstable a country,
+some one placed a hand upon his shoulder. With a start he looked up,
+and his eyes met those of the old lieutenant, who also had left the
+Captain's house. A smile had displaced the officer's usual harsh
+expression and characteristic frown.
+
+"Be careful, young man!" said he. "Remember what happened to your
+father!"
+
+"I beg your pardon. You seem to have esteemed my father very
+highly. Can you tell me what has been his fate?" asked Ibarra, gazing
+intently into the lieutenant's eyes.
+
+"Do you not know?" said the officer.
+
+"I asked Don Santiago, but he said that he would tell me nothing
+until to-morrow. Have you no information regarding him?"
+
+"Why, yes; everybody knows about him. He died in prison."
+
+The young man stepped back and stared wildly at the officer. "In
+prison! Who died in prison?" he asked in astonishment.
+
+"Why, your father, who had been arrested," answered the officer
+somewhat surprised.
+
+"What! My father in prison! Arrested and imprisoned! Man, what are
+you talking about? Do you know who my father was? Are you----?" asked
+the young man, nervously grasping the officer's arm.
+
+"I don't think that I am mistaken: Don Rafael Ibarra."
+
+"Yes. Don Rafael Ibarra," repeated the young man, scarcely able to
+utter the words.
+
+"I thought that you knew it," said the officer, in a sympathetic
+voice, as he saw the emotion his words had caused. "I thought that
+you knew it; but be brave. Here, you know, no man can be honorable
+without being imprisoned."
+
+"I cannot believe that you are not jesting," replied Ibarra, after
+a few minutes of deep silence. "Can you tell me for what offense he
+was imprisoned?"
+
+The old man paused as if to meditate. "It seems strange to me that
+you have not been kept informed as to the affairs of your family."
+
+"My father's last letter, which I received a year ago, told me not
+to be uneasy if he failed to write to me, for he was very busy. He
+advised me to continue my studies, he sent me his blessing----"
+
+"In that case, he must have written the letter to you shortly before
+his death. It is almost a year since we buried him in his own town."
+
+"Why was my father arrested?" asked Ibarra in a voice full of emotion.
+
+"The cause of his arrest was an honorable one. I must go to my
+quarters now; walk along with me and then I can tell you on the
+way. Take my arm."
+
+They walked for some time in melancholy silence. Deep in thought and
+nervously stroking his goatee, the officer sought inspiration before
+he could begin the pitiful tale.
+
+"As you very well know," he at last began, "your father was the richest
+man in the province, and, although he was loved and highly respected by
+many, there were some envious persons who hated him. Your father had
+a great many enemies among the priests and the Spaniards. Some months
+after your departure, trouble arose between Don Rafael and Father
+Damaso, but I do not know what it was all about. Father Damaso accused
+your father of not attending confession. In former times, however,
+he had never attended confession. Nothing was said about it, and he
+and the priest were good friends, as you will remember. Furthermore,
+Don Rafael was a very honorable man and much more upright and just
+than many who go to confession regularly. He was very conscientious,
+and, in speaking to me in regard to his troubles with Father Damaso,
+used to say:
+
+"'Senor Guevara, do you believe that God will forgive a crime, a
+murder for instance, simply because that crime has been confessed
+to a priest--confessed to a man who is in duty bound to keep it
+secret? Will God pardon a man whose repentance is brought about by
+his cowardly fear of hell? I have a very different opinion of God. I
+cannot see how one evil can be corrected by another, nor how pardon
+can be procured by mere idle tears and donations to the Church.' Your
+father always followed the strictest rules of morality. I may safely
+say that he never harmed any one, but, on the contrary, always
+sought by doing good to offset certain unjust deeds committed by your
+grandfathers. However, his troubles with the priests continued and took
+on a dangerous aspect. Father Damaso alluded to him from the pulpit,
+and, if he did not do so directly by name, it was an oversight on his
+part, for anything might be expected from a man of his character. I
+foresaw that sooner or later the affair would have a bad ending."
+
+The old lieutenant paused for a few minutes and then continued:
+"About this time there came to the province a man who had been in
+the artillery, but had been thrown out of the ranks on account of
+his brutality and ignorance. This man had to make a livelihood. He
+was not allowed to engage in the work of an ordinary laborer, since
+that might damage Spain's prestige, but somehow obtained the position
+of collector of taxes on vehicles. He had no education whatever, and
+the natives soon found it out. A Spaniard who cannot read and write
+is a wonder to them, and hence he became the subject of all sorts of
+ridicule. Knowing that he was being laughed at, he became ashamed to
+collect his taxes. This had a bad effect on his character, which was
+already bad enough. People used to give him documents upside down to
+see him pretend to read them. He would make a show of doing so, and
+then, on the first blank space he found, would fill in some sprawling
+characters which, I may say, represented him very accurately. The
+natives continued to pay their taxes, but kept on ridiculing him. He
+fairly raved with anger and worked himself up to such a frame of
+mind that he respected none. Finally, he had some words with your
+father. It happened that one day, while the collector was studying
+a document which had been given to him in a store, some school boys
+came along. One of them called the attention of his companions to the
+collector, and they all began to laugh and point their fingers at the
+unhappy man. The collector finally lost his patience, turned quickly
+and chased his tormentors. The boys, of course, ran in all directions,
+at the same time mimicking a child learning the alphabet. Blind with
+rage because he could not reach them, he threw his cane, struck one
+of the boys on the head and knocked him down. Not content with this,
+he went up and kicked the boy several times. Unfortunately, your father
+happened to be passing just at the moment. Indignant at what he saw,
+he seized the tax collector by the arm and severely reproached him for
+his actions. The tax collector in anger raised his cane to strike,
+but your father was too quick for him. With that strength which he
+inherited from his forefathers, he, as some say, struck the collector,
+or, as others claim, only gave him a push. The fact is that the man
+staggered and fell to the ground, and, in falling, struck his head
+against a stone. Don Rafael quietly lifted up the wounded boy and
+carried him to the court house near by, leaving the collector where
+he had fallen. The ex-artilleryman began to bleed at the mouth and
+died without regaining consciousness.
+
+"Naturally the law stepped in. They showered calumnies of all
+kinds upon your father and accused him of being a heretic and a
+revolutionist. To be a heretic is a great misfortune anywhere or
+at any time, but it was especially so at this particular time,
+for the chief magistrate of the province was the loudest prayer
+maker in the Church. To be a revolutionist is still worse. One might
+better have killed three highly educated tax collectors than be thus
+accused. Everybody deserted your father, and his books and papers
+were seized. He was accused of being a subscriber to 'El Correo del
+Ultramar' and to Madrid newspapers, of having sent you to Germany,
+of having in his possession incriminating papers and pictures,
+and--well, I don't know what not. He was even attacked because,
+although he was the descendant of Spaniards, he wore the dress of
+the natives. If your father had been anybody else, he would have been
+acquitted, for the doctors pronounced the death of the collector due
+to natural causes. His fortune, however, his confidence in the law,
+and his hatred for everything which seemed unlawful and unjust, cost
+him his life. I myself, much as I dislike begging for mercy, called
+upon the Governor General, the predecessor of the present Governor. I
+brought out the fact that a man who aided every poor Spaniard, who
+gave food and shelter to all, and whose veins were filled with the
+generous blood of Spain--such a man could not be a revolutionist. In
+vain I argued for him, pledged my own life for him, and swore by
+my military honor. What did it all amount to? I was badly received,
+curtly and summarily dismissed, and called a fool."
+
+The old man paused to take breath. His young companion neither looked
+up nor made a sound. The narrator proceeded: "I took charge of the
+case for your father. I called upon the celebrated Filipino lawyer,
+young A----a, but he refused to undertake the defense. 'I would lose
+the case,' he said, 'my defense would cause new accusations against
+him, and perhaps bring them upon me. Go and see Senor M----, who is an
+eloquent orator, a Spaniard and a man of great reputation.' I did so,
+and the celebrated lawyer took charge of the case, which he conducted
+in a masterful and brilliant manner. But your father had many enemies,
+some of whom did their work secretly. There were many false witnesses
+in the case, and their calumnies, which anywhere else would have been
+overthrown by a single sarcastic phrase from the defending attorney,
+were here given a great deal of weight. As fast as the attorney
+proved the falsity of their accusations, new charges were brought
+forward. They accused him of having wrongfully taken possession of
+a large tract of land. They sued him for damages and for injuries
+caused. They said that he had dealings with the organized bandits
+or tulisanes, and that thus he had been able to keep his property
+unmolested. In fact, the case became so complicated that within a year
+no one understood it. The chief magistrate was called away from his
+post and replaced by another of good reputation, but unfortunately
+this magistrate, too, was displaced in a few months.
+
+"The sufferings, disappointments and discomforts of prison life,
+and his great grief at seeing the ingratitude of so many supposed
+friends, finally broke down your father's iron constitution and he
+became fatally ill. When it was all over; when he had proved himself
+not guilty of being an enemy to his country, and innocent of the
+death of the tax collector, he died in prison, with no one to care
+for him in his last hours. I arrived just as he was expiring."
+
+The old man had finished all he had to say. Ibarra, overcome with
+grief at the pathetic story he had heard, could not utter a word. The
+two had arrived at the gate of the barracks. Stopping and shaking
+hands with the young man, the officer said: "My boy, Captain Tiago
+can give you the details. I must say good night, for my duty calls
+me." With deep emotion, Ibarra grasped the lean hand of the lieutenant,
+and then looked after him in silence until he disappeared in the
+building. Turning slowly about, he saw a carriage passing and made
+a sign to the cabman.
+
+"Lala's Hotel," he said in a low voice.
+
+"This fellow is just out of jail," said the cabman to himself as he
+whipped up his horses.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IV
+
+CAPTAIN TIAGO.
+
+
+Captain Tiago was short in stature, but both his body and his
+face were well filled out. His complexion was clear and he did not
+appear to be more than thirty or thirty-five years old, although
+he was really more than that. In these times his face always wore a
+pleasant expression. His head was small, round and covered with hair
+as black as ebony, long in front and very short behind. This head,
+according to reports, contained a great many things. His eyes were
+small but not terrifying, and always without expression. In short,
+the Captain might have passed for a good-looking little man, if his
+mouth had not been disfigured by the use of tobacco and the betel
+nut, the juices of which trickled out of the corners of his lips and
+destroyed the symmetry of his features. However, despite these habits,
+both his own teeth and the two that the dentist had made for him,
+at twelve pesos each, were well preserved.
+
+Tiago was considered one of the richest property owners in Binondo,
+and he also owned large plantations in the provinces of Pampanga and
+Laguna de Bay, especially in the town of San Diego. The rent of all
+these lands increased every year. San Diego was his favorite town
+on account of its excellent bathing place, its famous cockpit and
+the pleasant memories associated with the neighborhood. He spent at
+least two months in this town every year. Captain Tiago also had
+a great deal of property in Santo Cristo, in Analoague Street and
+in Rosario Street. In partnership with a Chinaman he carried on a
+profitable business in opium. It is understood that he had contracts
+with the Government for feeding the prisoners in Bilibid and that
+he supplied fodder to many of the principal houses in Manila. He was
+in good standing with the authorities, able, clever, and even daring
+in his speculations in the necessities of others. Hence it was that
+at this time the Captain was as happy as a narrow-minded man could
+be in such a country. He was rich, and was at peace with God, the
+Government and man.
+
+That Tiago was at peace with God was indisputable. In fact, there was
+no reason whatever for his not being so, since he was well situated as
+far as worldly matters go and had never loaned God any money. He never
+addressed God in his prayers, not even when he was in dire straits. He
+was rich, and his money, he thought, could pray for him. For masses
+and prayers, God had created powerful and lofty priests; for special
+religious functions and rosaries, God, in His infinite goodness, for
+the benefit of the rich, had created poor people--poor people who for
+a peso would make half a dozen prayers, and would read all the Holy
+Books, even to the Hebrew Bible, if the pay were large enough. If
+at any time he found himself in hard straits and needed heavenly
+aid and was out of red Chinese candles, he applied to the saints,
+making them great promises in order to win their favor and convince
+them of his good intentions.
+
+Captain Tiago was therefore beloved by the priests, respected by the
+sacristans, fondled by the Chinese candle-makers and fire-cracker
+merchants, and thoroughly happy in the religion of the world. Some
+even attributed to him great influence in the ecclesiastical court.
+
+That the Captain was at peace with the Government must not be doubted
+simply because such a thing seems impossible. Incapable of conceiving a
+new idea and content with the modus vivendi, he was always willing to
+obey the latest official recruit in any of the Government offices and
+even ready to give him at all times of the year such presents as hams,
+capons, turkeys, and Chinese fruit. He was the first to applaud any
+tax imposed by the Government, especially when he scented behind it
+a chance of securing the contract for its collection. He always kept
+orchestras on hand to serenade Government officials of all grades
+from governor to the lowest Government agent, on their birthdays,
+saint's days, or when any occasion, such as the death of any of
+their relatives, or a birth in the family connection should afford
+a pretext. He even went so far as to dedicate laudatory verses to
+his royal patrons on these occasions, thus honoring the "suave and
+loving governor" or the "valiant and mighty alcalde."
+
+The Captain was a petty governor or gobernadorcillo of a rich colony
+of mestizos, in spite of the protests of many who considered him
+unfit for the position. He held the office for two years, but during
+this time he wore out ten frock coats, about the same number of high
+hats, and lost more than a half dozen of gobernadorcillo canes. His
+high hat and frock coat were always in evidence in the city hall, at
+the Government palace in Melacanan [1] and at the army headquarters,
+and they always appeared, too, in the cock-pit, in the market, in all
+processions, and in the Chinese shops. Dressed in this official costume
+with the tasseled cane, Captain Tiago was to be found everywhere,
+arranging, ordering, and putting in disorder, everything with which
+he had anything to do--and all with wonderful activity and with still
+more wonderful gravity.
+
+Sacrilegious people called him a fool; poor people called him a
+hypocrite, a cruel man who gained a livelihood by making others
+miserable; while his inferiors looked upon him as a despot and a
+tyrant. And the women? Ah, the women! Slanderous rumors circulated in
+the wretched nipa houses, and it was claimed that often lamentations
+and sobs, mingled with the cries of a child, could be heard. More
+than one young girl was pointed out by the malicious finger of the
+neighbors, with the remark: "See what a different expression she wears,
+and how plainly she shows evidences of her shame." But such things as
+these never robbed the Captain of any sleep; no young girl disturbed
+his rest.
+
+Such was the Captain at that time. His past history was as follows: He
+was the only son of a very wealthy but avaricious sugar manufacturer
+of Malabon, who was unwilling to spend a cent in his education. For
+this reason young Santiago became the servant of a good Dominican, a
+very virtuous man, who tried to teach him all the valuable knowledge
+which he possessed. About the time when he was to have the happiness
+of studying logic, the death of his protector, followed by that of his
+father, put an end to his studies and from that time on he devoted
+himself to business. He married a beautiful girl from Santa Cruz,
+who increased his fortune and gave him a social position.
+
+Dona Pia Alba was not content with buying sugar, coffee and indigo;
+she wished to sow and reap, so the young husband bought lands in
+San Diego. It was in this town that he made the acquaintance and
+friendship of Father Damaso and of Don Rafael Ibarra, the richest
+capitalist of the town.
+
+The lack of an heir for the first six years of his married life gave
+him a great opportunity to accumulate wealth, which perhaps was a
+censurable ambition. Although Dona Pia was handsome, robust and well
+formed, she made her pilgrimages in vain. By advice of the devotees of
+San Diego, she visited the Virgin of Cayasay in Taal; she gave alms,
+and she danced in the procession before the Virgin of Turumba in Pakil
+under the May sun, but it was all in vain. Finally, on the advice
+of Father Damaso, she went to Obando, and there danced at the fiesta
+of San Pascual Bailon and asked for a son. It is well known that in
+Obando there is a trinity--Our Lady of Salambau, Santa Clara and San
+Pascual--which grants sons or daughters as required. Thanks to this
+wise triumvirate, Dona Pia became a mother, but like the fisherman
+in Macbeth, who ceased to sing after he found a rich treasure,
+Dona Pia lost her gayety, became very sad and was never seen to
+smile again. Every one, even to Captain Tiago, declared that it was
+a pure caprice. A puerperal fever put an end to her grief, leaving
+a beautiful daughter motherless. Father Damaso baptized the child,
+and, as San Pascual had not given the son which had been asked for,
+the name of Maria Clara was given to it in honor of the Virgin of
+Salambau and of Santa Clara. The little girl grew up under the care
+of her aunt Isabel,--that good old lady with the manners of a friar
+whom we met before. The little girl lived the greater part of the
+time in San Diego on account of the healthful climate, and while
+there Father Damaso paid her much attention.
+
+Maria Clara did not have the small eyes of her father. Like her mother,
+her eyes were large, black and shaded by long lashes, brilliant and
+smiling when she was playing, but sad, deep and pensive at other
+times. When a child her wavy hair was almost blond. Her nose was
+well formed, neither too large nor too flat. Her mouth was small and
+beautifully shaped like that of her mother, and her cheeks were set
+with dimples. Her skin was like silk and as white as snow, but her
+fond parent found traces of the paternity of Captain Tiago in her
+small and well shaped ears.
+
+Aunt Isabel attributed the child's semi-European features to
+impressions made upon Dona Pia. She remembered having seen the mother a
+short time before the child was born, weeping before the image of San
+Antonio. Then, too, a cousin of Captain Tiago had the same features,
+the only difference being in the choice of the saints, by which the
+phenomenon was explained. With her it was either the Virgin or San
+Miguel. A cousin of Captain Tiago, a famous philosopher, who knew
+Amat [2] by heart, explained it all by attributing it to the effect
+of the planets.
+
+Maria Clara, the idol of all, grew up surrounded by love and
+smiles. She won the favor of even the friars when she was dressed in
+white for some religious procession, her long, wavy hair interwoven
+with flowers, two silver or golden wings attached to the shoulders
+of her dress, and holding two white doves, tied with blue ribbons,
+in her hand. When she grew up, she was so full of childish mischief
+that Captain Tiago did nothing but bless the saints of Obando and
+advise everybody to buy handsome statues of that trinity.
+
+In tropical countries a girl becomes a woman at the age of thirteen
+or fourteen years, like the plant which buds at night and blooms
+the following morning. During this period of transition, so full of
+mystery and romance, on the advice of the parish priest, Maria Clara
+entered the religious retreat of Santa Catalina in order to receive
+from the nuns a strictly religious education. She left Father Damaso
+in tears, and likewise the only friend of her childhood, Crisostomo
+Ibarra. Shortly after the entrance to the convent, Ibarra went to
+Europe. For seven long years, the girl lived under the vigilance of
+the Mother Superior in the iron-grated building, shut off from any
+communication with the outer world.
+
+Don Rafael and Captain Tiago, in the meantime, while Ibarra was
+in Europe and Maria Clara in the convent, noticing the trend of
+affairs, and at the same time having in mind their own interests,
+decided that the children should be married. It is needless to say
+that this agreement, which was arrived at some years after Ibarra
+had left for Europe, was celebrated with equal joy by two hearts,
+on opposite sides of the world and amid very different surroundings.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER V
+
+AN IDYL ON THE AZOTEA. [3]
+
+
+On the morning after the dinner party, Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+went to mass early: the former carefully carrying her glasses, so that
+she might be able to read "The Anchor of Salvation" during communion;
+the latter beautifully dressed, carrying her rosary of blue beads
+as a bracelet. The priest had scarcely left the altar when, to the
+disgust and surprise of her good aunt, who thought that her niece was
+as pious and as fond of prayer as a nun, the young girl desired to go
+home. After a great deal of grumbling, the old lady crossed herself
+several times, and the two arose to leave. "Never mind," said Maria,
+to cut off the scolding, "the good God will pardon me. He ought to
+understand the heart of a girl better than you, Aunt Isabel."
+
+After breakfast, Maria Clara occupied herself with some embroidery
+while her aunt bustled about with a duster removing the traces of
+the social event of the preceding evening. Captain Tiago was busy
+examining some papers.
+
+Every noise in the street and every passing carriage made the girl
+tremble with anxiety and wish that she were again back in the convent
+among her friends. There, she thought, she could see him without
+trembling and with perfect equanimity.
+
+"I believe, Maria, that the doctor is right," said Captain Tiago. "You
+ought to go to the provinces. You are looking very pale and need a
+change of air. How does Malabon strike you, or San Diego?"
+
+At the mere mention of the latter name, Maria Clara blushed and was
+unable to speak.
+
+"Now, you and Isabel go to the convent to get your things and say
+good bye to your friends," continued the Captain, without raising
+his head. "You will not return there. And in four or five days, when
+your clothes are ready we shall go to Malabon. --Your godfather,
+by the way, is not in San Diego at present. The priest whom you saw
+here last night, that young fellow, is now the priest in the town. He
+is a saint."
+
+"I think you will find San Diego better, cousin," said Aunt
+Isabel. "Our house there is better than the one in Malabon, and
+besides, it is nearly time for the fiesta to take place."
+
+Maria Clara was about to embrace her aunt for these welcome words,
+but just then a carriage stopped in front of the house and the young
+girl suddenly turned pale.
+
+"That's so," said the Captain, and then, in a changed tone, exclaimed,
+"Don Crisostomo!"
+
+Maria Clara let fall the work which she was holding in her hands. A
+nervous trembling passed over her. Then steps were heard on the stairs
+and presently a young, manly voice. And, as if this voice had some
+magic power, the girl shook off her emotion, started to run, and hid
+herself in the oratory. Both father and aunt had to laugh at this,
+and even Ibarra heard the closing of the door behind her.
+
+Pale and panting, the girl finally subdued her emotion and began to
+listen. She could hear his voice, that voice which for so long a time
+she had heard only in her dreams. Beside herself with joy, she kissed
+the nearest saint, which, by the way, happened to be San Antonio,
+the abbot. Happy saint! Whether alive or carved in wood, always
+tempted in the most charming manner! Becoming quite herself again,
+she looked about for some crack through which she might get a peep
+at the young man. Finally, when he came in range of the key-hole and
+she again saw his fine features, her face beamed with smiles. In fact,
+the sight filled her with such joy that when her aunt came to call her,
+Maria Clara fell on the old lady's neck and kissed her repeatedly.
+
+"You goose! What is the matter with you?" the old lady was finally
+able to ask, after wiping away her tears.
+
+Maria Clara, in her modesty, covered her face with her round arm.
+
+"Come! Hurry up and get yourself ready!" said the old lady in an
+affectionate tone. "While he is talking with your father about you----
+Come, do not waste time!"
+
+The girl did not respond, but allowed herself to be picked up like
+a child and carried to her room.
+
+Captain Tiago and Ibarra were talking earnestly when at last Aunt
+Isabel appeared, half dragging her niece by the hand. At first the
+girl looked in every direction but at the persons present. At last,
+however, her eyes met Ibarra's.
+
+The conversation of the young lovers was at first confined to the
+usual trifling remarks, those pleasant little things which, like the
+boasts of European nations, are enjoyable and interesting to those
+who are concerned and understand them, but ridiculous to outsiders.
+
+Finally, she, like all sisters of Cain, was moved by jealously and
+asked: "Have you always thought of me? Have you never forgotten
+me in your many travels among so many great cities and among such
+beautiful women?"
+
+And he, a true brother of Cain, dodged the issue, and, being something
+of a diplomat, answered: "Could I forget you?" And then, gazing into
+her deep, dark eyes, "Could I break a sacred vow? Do you remember that
+stormy night when you, seeing me in tears beside my dead mother, came
+to me and placed your hand--that hand which I have not touched for
+so long--upon my shoulder, and said: 'You have lost your mother,--I
+never had one.' And then you wept with me. You loved my mother, and
+she loved you as only a mother can love a daughter. It was raining
+then, you will remember, and the lightning flashed, but I seemed
+to hear music and to see a smile on the face of my dead mother.--O,
+if my parents were only living and could see you now!--That night I
+took your hand and, joining it with my mother's, I swore always to
+love you and make you happy, no matter what fate Heaven might have
+in store for me. I have never regretted that vow, and now renew it."
+
+"Since the day that I bade you good-bye and entered the convent,"
+she answered, smiling, "I have always remembered you, and have never
+forgotten you in spite of the commands of my confessor, who imposed
+severe penances on me. I remembered the little games we used to play
+together and our little quarrels. When we were children you used to
+find in the river the most beautiful shells for our games of siklot
+and the finest and most beautifully colored stones for our game of
+sinkat. You were always very slow and stupid and lost, but you always
+paid the forfeit, which I gave you with the palm of my hand. But I
+always tried to strike lightly, for I was sorry for you. You always
+cheated, even more than I, in the game of chouka and we generally
+quarrelled over it. Do you remember that time when you really became
+angry? Then you made me suffer, but when I found that I had no one to
+quarrel with, we made peace immediately. We were still children when
+we went with your mother one day to bathe in the stream under the
+shade of the reeds. Many flowers and plants grew on the bank of the
+river, and you used to tell me their strange Latin and Spanish names,
+for you were then studying at the Athenaeum. I paid little attention,
+but amused myself by chasing butterflies and in trying to catch the
+little fish which slipped away from me so easily among the rocks and
+weeds of the shore. You suddenly disappeared from sight, but when
+you returned you brought a wreath of orange flowers and placed it on
+my head. On our way home, as the sun was hot, I collected some sage
+leaves from the side of the road for you to put into your hat and
+thus prevent headache. Then you laughed, we made up, and came the
+remainder of the way home hand in hand."
+
+Ibarra smiled as he listened attentively to every detail of the
+story. Opening his pocket book, he took out a paper in which he had
+wrapped some withered but fragrant sage leaves. "Your sage leaves,"
+said he in answer to her questioning glance. "The only thing you have
+ever given me."
+
+She, in turn, drew a little, white satin bag from the bosom of her
+dress. "Stop!" she said, tapping his hand with her own. "You must
+not touch it; it is a letter of farewell."
+
+"The one that I wrote you before leaving?"
+
+"My dear sir, have you ever written any other?"
+
+"And what did I say then?"
+
+"Many falsehoods; excuses of a bad debtor," replied she, smiling
+and showing how agreeable these falsehoods had been to her. "But be
+quiet! I will read it to you, but I will omit your polite speeches
+out of consideration for your feelings."
+
+Raising the paper to the height of her eyes, in order to conceal her
+face, she began. "'My----,' I shall not read you what follows that,
+for it is not true." She ran her eyes over some lines and began to read
+again: "'My father wishes me to go away, in spite of my entreaties. He
+says that I am a man and must think of my future and my duty; that I
+must learn how to live, which I cannot do in my own country, so that in
+the future I may be of some use. He says that if I remain at his side,
+in his shadow, in this atmosphere of business, I will never learn how
+to look ahead, and that when he is gone, I shall be like the plant
+of which our poet Baltazar speaks--as it always lives in the water,
+it never learns how to endure a moment's heat.--He reproached me
+because I wept, and his reproach hurt me so that I confessed that I
+loved you. My father stopped, thought a moment and, placing his hand
+on my shoulder, said in a trembling voice: "Do you think that you
+alone know how to love, that your father does not love you, and that
+his heart is not pained at being separated from you? It is a short
+time since your mother died, and I am already reaching that age when
+the help and counsel of youth are needed. And yet I consent to your
+going, not even knowing that I shall ever see you again. The future is
+opening to you, but closing to me. Your loves are being born; mine are
+dying. Fire blazes in your blood, but cold is gradually finding its
+way into mine. And yet you weep, and are not willing to sacrifice the
+present for a future useful to yourself and your country." The eyes of
+my father filled with tears and I fell upon my knees at his feet and
+embraced him. I asked his pardon and said that I was willing to go.'"
+
+The emotion which Ibarra manifested put an end to the reading. As
+pale as death, he arose and began to walk nervously from one side to
+the other.
+
+"What is the matter?" she asked.
+
+"You have made me forget that I have duties to perform, and that I
+ought to leave immediately for my town. To-morrow is the fiesta in
+memory of the dead."
+
+Maria Clara stopped and silently fixed her large and dreamy eyes upon
+him for some minutes. Then taking some flowers from a vase near by,
+she said with emotion: "Go! I do not wish to detain you. We shall see
+each other again in a few days. Place these flowers on the graves of
+your father and mother."
+
+A few moments later, Ibarra descended the stairs, accompanied by
+Captain Tiago and Dona Isabel, while Maria Clara locked herself up
+in the oratory.
+
+"Do me the favor to tell Andeng to get the house ready, and that
+Maria and Isabel are coming. A pleasant journey!" While the Captain
+was saying this, Ibarra got into the carriage and drove off in the
+direction of the Plaza of San Gabriel.
+
+A few minutes later the Captain shouted to Maria Clara, who was weeping
+by the side of the image of the Virgin: "Hurry up and light two peseta
+candles in honor of San Roque and another in honor of San Rafael, the
+patron saint of travellers. And light the lamp of Our Lady of Peace
+and Protector of Travellers, for there are many bandits about. It is
+better to spend four reales for wax and six cuartos for oil than to
+have to pay a big ransom later on."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VI
+
+THINGS PHILIPPINE.
+
+
+Father Damaso drove up in front of Captain Tiago's house and the
+Franciscan stepped to the ground just as Aunt Isabel and Maria Clara
+were getting into their silver-trimmed carriage. They saluted Father
+Damaso, and he, in his preoccupation, gently patted Maria Clara on
+the cheek.
+
+"Where are you going?" the friar asked.
+
+"To the convent to get my things," replied the younger.
+
+"Ah, ha! Ah, ha! We'll see who is the stronger. We'll see!" he muttered
+and turned away, leaving the two women in wonder as to what it all
+meant. The friar stepped along lightly, and reaching the stairs,
+went up.
+
+"He must be studying his sermon," said Isabel. "Get in, Maria; we
+shall be late."
+
+Whether Father Damaso was studying his sermon or not we cannot say. At
+any rate, he was absorbed in some important matter, for he even forgot
+to extend his hand to Captain Tiago upon entering, greatly to the
+embarrassment of the Captain, who had to feign kissing it.
+
+"Santiago, we have some very important matters to talk over; let us
+go to your office."
+
+The Captain, somewhat disturbed, was unable to reply, but he obeyed
+and followed the big priest into his office. Father Damaso shut the
+door behind them.
+
+While they are conferring in secret, let us find out what has
+become of Brother Sibyla. The wise Dominican was not to be found at
+his parochial residence, for early, immediately after mass, he had
+gone to the Dominican convent, situated near the gate called Isabel
+the Second or Magallanes, according to which family is in power in
+Madrid. Paying no attention to the delicious odor of chocolate or
+to the rattling of money boxes and coins in the treasurer's office,
+and scarcely answering the deferential salute of the treasurer, Father
+Sibyla went upstairs, crossed several corridors and rapped on a door.
+
+"Come in!" answered a voice.
+
+"May God give back health to Your Reverence!" was the greeting of
+the young Dominican as he entered.
+
+A very feeble old priest was seated in a large arm-chair. His
+complexion was as yellow as the saints which Revera paints; his eyes
+were sunk deep in their orbits, and his heavy eyebrows, which were
+nearly always knit in a frown, added to the brilliant glare of his
+death-foreboding eyes.
+
+"I have come to talk to you about the charge with which you have
+entrusted me," said Father Sibyla.
+
+"Ah, yes. And what about it?"
+
+"Pshaw!" answered the young man with disgust, seating himself and
+turning his face away with disdain. "They have been telling us a
+lot of lies. Young Ibarra is a prudent boy. He does not seem to be
+a fool. I think he is a pretty good sort of a chap."
+
+"Do you think so?"
+
+"Hostilities began last night."
+
+"So soon? And how did it come about?"
+
+Father Sibyla related briefly what had taken place between Father
+Damaso and Crisostomo Ibarra.
+
+"Furthermore," he added, in conclusion, "the young man is going to
+marry that daughter of Captain Tiago, who was educated in the college
+of our sisters. He is rich and would not want to make any enemies
+who might cause the loss of his happiness and his fortune."
+
+The sick man bowed his head as a sign of assent. "Yes, that is my
+opinion. With such a wife and such a father-in-law we can hold him
+body and soul. And if not, it will be all the better for us if he
+declares himself our enemy."
+
+Father Sibyla looked at the old man with surprise.
+
+"That is to say, for the good of our whole corporation," he added,
+breathing with difficulty. "I prefer open attacks to the foolish
+praise and adulations of friends, for, the truth is, flattery is
+always paid for."
+
+"Does Your Reverence think so?"
+
+The old man looked at him sadly. "Always bear this in mind," he
+answered, panting with fatigue, "that our power will endure as long
+as it is believed in. If they attack us, the Government says, 'They
+attack them, because they see in them an obstacle to their liberty,
+therefore let us preserve them.'"
+
+"And if the Government gives them a hearing? Sometimes the
+Government----"
+
+"The Government will do no such thing."
+
+"Nevertheless, if some bold and reckless man, impelled by covetousness,
+should dare to think that he wanted our possessions----"
+
+"Then, woe to him!"
+
+For a moment both remained silent.
+
+"Furthermore," continued the sick man, "it will do us good to have
+them attack us and wake us up. It would show us our weaknesses and
+strengthen us. The exaggerated praises which we get deceive us,
+and put us asleep. We are becoming ridiculous and on the day that we
+become ridiculous we shall fall as we fell in Europe. Money will no
+longer flow into our churches, no one will longer buy our scapularies
+or girdles, and when we cease to be rich we shall no longer possess
+the great influence which we wield at present."
+
+"Pshaw! We shall always have our property, our plantations----"
+
+"We shall lose them all as we lost them in Europe. And the worst
+of it is that we are working for our own ruin. For instance, this
+immeasurable ambition to raise the incomes from our lands each year,
+this eagerness to increase the rents, which I have always opposed
+in vain, this eagerness will be our ruin. The natives already find
+themselves forced to buy land in other localities if they want lands
+as good as ours. I fear that we are degenerating. 'Whom the gods would
+destroy they first make mad.' For this reason we should not be too hard
+on the people, for they are already grumbling under our exactions. You
+have considered well. Let us leave this thing to others, and keep up
+the prestige which we have and let us endeavor to appear before God
+with clean hands. May the God of pity have mercy on our weaknesses!"
+
+"So you believe that the tax or tribute----"
+
+"Let us talk no more of money!" interrupted the sick man with
+disgust. "You were saying that the lieutenant and Father Damaso
+last night----"
+
+"Yes, Father," answered the young priest smiling. "But this morning I
+saw the lieutenant again and he told me that he was sorry for what had
+occurred at the dinner. He said he thought that he had been affected by
+too much wine and that the same was true of Father Damaso. 'And your
+boast to tell the Governor?' I asked jokingly. 'Father,' he answered,
+'I know when to make my word good so long as it does not stain my
+honor. That is just the reason why I wear only two stars.'"
+
+After talking over several minor matters, Father Sibyla took his leave.
+
+As a matter of fact the lieutenant had not gone to the Governor
+General's palace in Melacanan with any report in regard to the
+occurrence of the preceding evening. However, the Governor General
+had learned of it through another source, and discussing the matter
+with one of his aides, he said:
+
+"A woman and a priest can give no offense. I intend to live peaceably
+while I remain in this country and I do not wish to have any trouble
+with men who wear skirts. And, furthermore, I have found out that
+the Father Provincial has evaded my orders in this matter. I asked
+for the removal of that friar as a punishment. What was done? They
+removed him, but they gave him another and much better town. 'Tricks
+of the friars,' as they say in Spain."
+
+But when His Excellency found himself alone he ceased to
+smile. "Ah!" he sighed, "if the people were not so stupid they would
+put a limit to their reverences. But every people deserves its fate,
+and we are no different in this respect from the rest of the world."
+
+Meanwhile Captain Tiago had concluded his conference with Father
+Damaso, or rather Father Damaso had concluded it.
+
+"I have already warned you!" said the Franciscan on taking his
+leave. "You could have avoided all of this had you consulted with
+me before, and, if you had not lied to me, when I asked you about
+it. See to it that you do not do any more such foolish things, and
+have faith in your godfather."
+
+Captain Tiago took two or three steps towards the sala, meditating
+and sighing. All at once, as if some good idea had struck him, he
+ran to the oratory and put out the candles and the lamps which had
+been lighted for Ibarra's protection.
+
+"There is still time enough," he murmured, "for he has a long road
+to travel."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VII
+
+SAN DIEGO AND ITS PEOPLE.
+
+
+Not far from the shores of the Laguna de Bay lies the town of San
+Diego, surrounded by fertile fields and rice plantations. It exports
+sugar, rice, coffee, and fruits, or sells them at ridiculously low
+prices to the Chinese, who make large profits out of the credulity
+and vices of the laborers.
+
+When the sky was serene and the atmosphere clear, the boys used
+to climb to the very peak of the old moss and vine covered church
+tower. And what exclamations they would utter when, from that high
+pinnacle, they looked out at the beautiful panorama that surrounded
+them. There before them lay a great mass of roofs, some nipa, some
+thatch, some zinc and some made out of the native grasses. And out of
+that mass, which here and there gave way to an orchard or a garden,
+every one of those boys could find his own little home, his own
+little nest. To them everything was a landmark; every tamarind tree
+with its light foliage, every cocoanut tree with its load of nuts,
+every bending cane, every bonga tree, every cross. Beyond the town is
+the crystal river, like a serpent asleep on a carpet of green. Here
+and there, its tranquil surface is broken by rocks projecting from
+its sandy bottom. In places, it is hemmed in between two high banks,
+and there the rapidly rushing waters turn and twist the half-bared
+roots of the overhanging shade trees. But further on it spreads itself
+out again and becomes calm and peaceful.
+
+But what always attracts attention is a peninsula of forest projecting
+into this sea of cultivated land. There can be found hollow-trunked
+trees, a century old, trees which die only when struck by lightning
+and set on fire. They say, also, that even in that case the fire never
+spreads to any other tree. This old grove is held in a certain degree
+of awe, for around it have been woven many strange legends. Of these
+the most probable, and consequently the least known and believed is
+the following:
+
+When the town was still a miserable group of huts, when weeds grew
+in abundance in the so-called streets, and deer and wild boar roamed
+about at night, there arrived one day an old Spaniard. His eyes were
+deep and thoughtful and he spoke Tagalog fluently. After visiting
+the different estates and peddling out some goods he inquired for
+the owners of this grove, which by the way, also contained several
+hot water springs. A number of persons claiming to be the owners
+presented themselves, and the old man purchased from them the grove,
+paying in exchange some money, jewelry and clothing. A short time
+afterward he disappeared, no one knew where.
+
+His sudden disappearance made the people think for a time that he
+had been spirited away, but later on a fetid odor was noticeable
+near the grove, and some shepherds, upon investigation, found the
+body of the old man in a badly decomposed condition hanging from the
+limb of a baliti tree. When alive the old man had terrorized many by
+his deep and resonant voice, his sunken eyes and his silent laugh,
+but now that he was dead, and a suicide at that, the mere mention
+of his name gave the town women nightmare. Some of them threw the
+jewelry that they had bought from him into the river and burned all
+the clothing, and, for a long time after the body had been buried
+at the foot of the baliti tree, no one cared to venture near it. All
+sort of stories became current about the haunted place.
+
+A shepherd, looking for his flock, said that he had seen lights in the
+grove. A party of young men, passing near the place, heard groans and
+lamentations. An unfortunate lover, in order to make an impression on
+the disdainful object of his affections, promised to spend a night
+under the tree and to bring her a branch from its trunk, but on the
+next day he was taken ill with a quick fever and died.
+
+Before many months had passed, a youth came to the town one day. He
+was apparently a Spanish mestizo, declared himself the son of the
+dead stranger, and established himself in that far-off corner of the
+world. He began to farm the land and devoted himself especially to
+the cultivation of indigo. Don Saturnino was a taciturn young man,
+violent and sometimes cruel, but very active and industrious. He
+built a wall around his father's grave and, from time to time, went
+all alone to visit it. A few years later he married a young girl from
+Manila who bore him a son, Rafael, the father of Crisostomo.
+
+Don Rafael, from his earliest youth, was fond of farming. Under his
+care, the agriculture which had been started and fostered by his father
+was rapidly developed. New inhabitants flocked to the vicinity, and
+among them were a great many Chinese. The village grew very fast and
+was soon supporting a native priest. After it had become a pueblo,
+the native priest died and Father Damaso took his place.
+
+Still the grave and the adjoining lands were respected. At times,
+children, armed with sticks and stones, ventured to wander about,
+exploring the surrounding country and gathering guayabas, papays,
+lomboy and other native fruits. Then, all of a sudden, while they were
+busily engaged collecting the fruits, some one would catch a glimpse of
+the old rope hanging from the baliti tree, and stones would be heard to
+fall. Then some one would cry, "The old man!" "The old man!" Dropping
+fruit, sticks and stones, and leaping from the trees, the boys would
+flee in all directions through the thickets and between the rocks,
+not stopping until they emerged from the grove, pale and panting,
+some laughing, some crying.
+
+You could not say that Don Rafael, while alive, was the most
+influential man in San Diego, although it is true that he was the
+richest, owned the most land, and had put almost everybody else
+under obligations to him. He was modest and always belittled his
+own deeds. He never tried to form a party of his own, and, as we
+have already seen, no one came to his aid when his fortune seemed to
+fail him.
+
+Whenever Captain Tiago arrived in town, his debtors received him with
+an orchestra, gave him a banquet, and loaded him down with gifts. If
+a deer or a wild boar was caught he always had a quarter of it for
+his own table; if any of his debtors found a beautiful horse, within
+a half hour it would be in the Captain's stable. All of this is true,
+but still when the Captain had his back turned they made fun of him
+and referred to him as Sacristan Tiago.
+
+The gobernadorcillo [4] was an unhappy fellow who never commanded but
+always obeyed; he never attacked any one, but was always attacked;
+he never ordered anybody, but everybody ordered him; and besides, he
+had to take the responsibility for everything that they had commanded,
+ordered or disposed. The position had cost him five thousand pesos
+and many humiliations, but, considering the profits he made, the
+price was very cheap.
+
+San Diego was like Rome; not the Rome of the time of Romulus, when
+he marked out the walls with a plough, nor when, later, he bathed
+in his own blood and that of others and dictated laws to the world:
+no, San Diego was like the Rome of contemporaneous history, with this
+difference--instead of being a city of marble, monuments and coliseums,
+it was a city of sauali [5] and cock-pits. The parochial priest of
+San Diego corresponded to the Pope in the Vatican; the alferez [6]
+of the Civil Guard to the King of Italy in the Quirinal, but both
+in the same proportion as the sauali or native wood and the nipa
+cock-pits corresponded to the monuments of marble and coliseums. And
+in San Diego, as in Rome, there was continual trouble. Everybody
+wanted to be the leading senor, and there was always some one else
+in the way. Let us describe two of these ambitious citizens.
+
+Friar Bernando Salvi was the young and silent Franciscan whom we
+mentioned in a preceding chapter. He had even more of the customs
+and manners of his brotherhood than had his predecessor, the violent
+Father Damaso. He was slender, sickly, almost always pensive, and very
+strict in the fulfillment of his religious duties as well as very
+careful of his good name. A month after his arrival in the parish
+almost all the inhabitants became brothers of the "Venerable Third
+Order," to the great grief of its rival, "The Brotherhood of the Most
+Sacred Rosary." His heart leaped with joy at seeing on every neck in
+the town from four to five scapularies, a knotted cord around every
+waist, and every funeral procession dressed in habits of guingon. The
+sacristan mayor or head warden of the order made quite a little capital
+by selling and giving away all those things considered necessary to
+save the soul and overcome the devil.
+
+The only enemy of this powerful soul saver, with tendencies in accord
+with the times, was, as we have already stated, the alferez. The women
+relate a story of how the devil tried one day to tempt Father Salvi
+and how the latter caught him, tied him to the bed post, whipped
+him with a lash and kept him tied fast for nine days. Thus he had
+been able to conquer the devil entirely. As a result, any one who
+persisted in being an enemy of the priest was generally considered a
+worse man than the devil himself--an honor which the alferez alone
+enjoyed. But he merited this reputation. He had a wife, an old,
+powdered and painted Filipino by the name of Dona Consolacion. The
+husband and several other people called her by a different name,
+but that does not matter. Anyway, the alferez was accustomed to drown
+the sorrows of unhappy wedlock by getting as drunk as a toper. Then,
+when he was thoroughly intoxicated he would order his men to drill
+in the sun, he himself remaining in the shade, or, perhaps, he would
+occupy himself in beating his wife.
+
+When her husband was dead drunk, or was snoring away in a siesta,
+and Dona Consolacion could not fight with him, then, wearing a blue
+flannel shirt, she would seat herself in the window, with a cigar
+in her mouth. She had a dislike of children and so from her window
+she would scowl and make faces at every girl that passed. The girls,
+on the other hand, were afraid of her, and would hurry by at a quick
+pace, never daring to raise their eyes or draw a breath. But say what
+you may, Dona Consolacion had one great virtue; she was never known
+to look into a mirror.
+
+These were the leading people of San Diego.
+
+Toward the west of San Diego, surrounded by rice fields, lies a village
+of the dead. A single, narrow path, dusty on dry days, and navigable
+by boats when it rains, leads thither from the town. A wooden gate,
+and a fence, half stone and half bamboo, seem to separate the cemetery
+from the people in the town, but not from the goats and sheep of the
+parochial priest of the immediate vicinity. These animals go in and
+out to rummage among the tombs or to make that solitary place glad
+with their presence.
+
+One day a little old man entered the cemetery, his eyes sparkling and
+his head uncovered. Upon seeing him, many laughed, while a number of
+the women knit their eyebrows in scorn. The old man seemed to take
+no notice of these manifestations, but went directly toward a pile
+of skulls, knelt down and began to search among the bones. After he
+had sorted over with considerable care the skulls one by one, he drew
+his eyebrows together, as though he did not find what he was looking
+for, moved his head from side to side, looked in all directions,
+and finally got up and went over toward a grave-digger.
+
+"Eh, there!" he shouted to him.
+
+The grave-digger raised his head.
+
+"Do you know where that beautiful skull is, the one white as the meat
+of a cocoanut, with a complete set of teeth, which I had over there
+at the foot of the cross under those leaves?"
+
+The grave-digger shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"Look you!" added the little old man, bringing out of his pocket a
+handful of silver. "I have more than that, but I will give it to you
+if you find the skull for me."
+
+The glitter of the coin made the grave-digger reflect. He looked
+over in the direction of the bone pile and said: "Isn't it over
+there? No? Then I don't know where it is."
+
+"Don't you know? When my debtors pay me, I will give you more,"
+continued the old man. "It was my wife's skull, and if you find it
+for me----"
+
+"Isn't it there. Then I don't know where it is," repeated the
+grave-digger with emphasis. "But I will give you another."
+
+"You are like the grave that you are digging," cried the old man
+irritably. "You don't know the value of what you lose. For whom is
+this grave?"
+
+"For a dead person, of course," replied the bad-humored man.
+
+"Like a tomb! Like a tomb!" repeated the old man dryly. "You don't
+know what you throw out nor what you swallow. Dig! dig!"
+
+At this the old man, who was Tasio, the village philosopher, turned
+and started toward the gate.
+
+In the meantime, the grave-digger had finished his job, and two
+little mounds of fresh, red clay were piled on either side of the
+grave. He took some betel nut out of his broad-brimmed hat, and began
+to chew away, looking with an air of stupidity at everything within
+his horizon.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER VIII
+
+IBARRA AND THE GRAVE-DIGGER.
+
+
+Just as the old man was leaving the cemetery, a carriage stopped at the
+entrance. It looked as though it had made a long journey; the horses
+were sweating and the vehicle was covered with dust. Ibarra stepped out
+and was followed by an old servant. He made a gesture to the driver and
+then turned down the path into the cemetery. He was silent and grave.
+
+"My sickness and my work have not permitted me to return, since the
+day of the funeral," said the old servant timidly. "Captain Tiago said
+that he would see to it that a niche was arranged for, but I planted
+some flowers on the grave and erected a cross made by my own hands."
+
+Ibarra did not reply.
+
+"Right there behind that large cross, senor," continued the servant,
+making a gesture toward one of the corners just as they passed through
+the gate.
+
+Ibarra was so preoccupied with sad thoughts that he did not notice the
+astonishment which some of the people in the cemetery manifested when
+they saw him enter. Those who were kneeling broke off their prayers
+and followed the young man, their eyes full of curiosity.
+
+Ibarra walked along very carefully, and avoided stepping on the graves,
+which could be easily distinguished by the sunken ground. In other
+times he had walked over them; but to-day he respected them. His father
+lay in one of them. On coming to the other side of the large cross,
+he stopped and looked in all directions. His companion was confused
+and out of countenance. He searched for marks on the ground but could
+not find the cross anywhere.
+
+"Is it here?" he murmured between his teeth. "No, it is over there,
+but the earth has been removed."
+
+Ibarra looked at him with an expression of anguish.
+
+"Yes," he continued. "I remember that there was a stone by the side of
+the grave. The grave was a little short, a farm hand had to dig it,
+as the grave-digger was sick at the time, but we will ask him what
+he has done with the cross."
+
+They turned toward the grave-digger, who looked at them with
+curiosity. He saluted them, taking off his hat.
+
+"Can you tell us which of the graves over there is the one which had
+a cross?" asked the servant.
+
+The grave-digger looked toward the place and seemed to reflect. "A
+large cross?"
+
+"Yes, a large cross," answered the old man with joy, looking
+significantly at Ibarra, whose face was somewhat animated.
+
+"An ornamented cross, and fastened with reeds?" repeated the
+grave-digger, questioning the servant.
+
+"That's it, that's it, yes, yes! Like this, like this," and the
+servant traced an outline of a Byzantine cross.
+
+"And were there some flowers sown on the grave?"
+
+"Adelphas, sampagas and pansies! That's it," added the servant,
+delighted, and offering the grave-digger a cigar. "Tell us where the
+grave is and where the cross."
+
+The grave-digger scratched his ear and replied, yawning: "Well,
+the cross--I have already burned it up."
+
+"Burned it? and why have you burned it?"
+
+"Because the head priest so ordered."
+
+"Who is the head priest?" asked Ibarra.
+
+"Who? The one who does the whipping."
+
+Ibarra put his hand to his head.
+
+"But you can at least tell us where the grave is? You ought to
+remember."
+
+The grave-digger smiled. "The body is no longer there," he replied
+tranquilly.
+
+"What do you say?"
+
+"Yes, no longer," the man added in a joking tone. "Only a week ago
+I buried a woman in its place."
+
+"Are you crazy?" the servant asked. "Why, it is not yet a year since
+we buried him."
+
+"Then that is the one, for it was many months ago that I took up the
+body. The head priest of the parish ordered me to do it, in order
+to bury it in the Chinese cemetery. But as it was heavy and it was
+raining that night----"
+
+The man could not finish. He stepped back, half frightened at the
+expression on Crisostomo's face. Ibarra made a rush at him, and,
+grabbing him by the arm, shook him.
+
+"And what did you do?" the young man asked, in an indescribable tone.
+
+"Honored sir, do not get angry," he replied, pale and trembling. "I
+did not bury the body among the Chinese. In my opinion a person might
+better be a suicide than be buried among the Chinese. I threw the
+body into the lake."
+
+Ibarra laid both his hands on the man's shoulders and looked at him
+for a long time in a terrifying manner. "You are only an unfortunate
+fellow," he said, at last, and left the place on a run across bones,
+graves, and crosses, like a madman.
+
+The grave-digger felt of his arm and murmured: "What would they do
+with the dead! The head priest whips me with his cane for having left
+the body in the cemetery when I was sick. Now this fellow comes along
+and nearly breaks my arm for having taken it up. That is just like
+the Spaniards! I'll lose my place yet."
+
+Ibarra went on in great haste, keeping his eyes fixed in the
+distance. The old servant followed him, crying. Already the sun was
+hidden; a large, dark cloud hung over the western horizon; and a dry
+wind bent the tops of the trees and made the fields of sugar cane
+groan. With hat in hand, he went on. Not one tear dropped from his
+eye, not one sigh came from his breast. He hurried on as if he were
+fleeing from somebody, or something--perhaps the shade of his father,
+perhaps the tempest which was approaching. He hurried through the town
+and headed toward the outlying country, toward that old house which
+he had not entered for so many years. The house was surrounded by a
+wall, near which many cacti grew, and as he approached they seemed to
+signal to him. The windows seemed to open, the ilang-ilang joyfully
+waved its branches, and the doves fluttered about the little tower
+on the peak of their garden house.
+
+But the young man did not notice these signs of welcome on his return
+to his old home. His eyes were riveted on the form of a priest who
+was advancing from the opposite direction. It was the priest of San
+Diego, that meditative Franciscan, the enemy of the alferez whom we
+have mentioned. The wind was playing with the wide wings of his hat,
+and the robe of guingon was flattened out, moulded by the wind to
+the outline of his form, marking his slender thighs and bow-legs. In
+his right hand he carried a cane. It was the first time that he and
+Ibarra had met.
+
+As they approached each other, the young man stopped and looked
+at him fixedly. Father Salvi avoided the look and was somewhat
+distracted. This vacillation lasted only a moment. Ibarra made a rush
+toward him, and stopped the priest from falling only by grasping his
+shoulder. Then, in a voice scarcely intelligible, he exclaimed:
+
+"What have you done with my father?"
+
+Friar Salvi, pale and trembling, as he read the unmistakable sentiments
+which were depicted on the young man's face, could not reply.
+
+"What have you done with my father?" he asked again, his voice almost
+choking him.
+
+The priest, shrinking from the tight grasp of Ibarra's hand, at last
+made a great effort and said: "You are mistaken. I have done nothing
+with your father."
+
+"What? No?" continued the young man, the weight of his hand on the
+priest's shoulder almost making him kneel.
+
+"No, I assure you. It was my predecessor. It was Father Damaso----"
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the young man, throwing the priest down and giving
+him a slap in the face. And leaving Father Salvi, he turned quickly
+and went toward the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER IX
+
+ADVENTURES OF A SCHOOL TEACHER.
+
+
+Laguna de Bay, surrounded by mountains, sleeps tranquilly in the
+stillness of the elements, as if it had not joined the chorus of
+the tempest on the night before. As first rays of dawn appear in the
+eastern sky and awaken the phosphorescent myriads in the water, long,
+grey shadows appear in the dim distance, almost on the border of the
+horizon. They are shadows of fishermen's boats at work drawing in
+the nets.
+
+Two men, dressed in deep mourning, from a lofty height contemplate
+the scene in silence. One is Ibarra, and the other is a young,
+meek-looking man with a melancholy countenance.
+
+"Here is the place!" said the latter. "Here is where your father's
+body was thrown into the water! The grave-digger brought Lieutenant
+Guevara and me here and pointed out the spot."
+
+Ibarra, with emotion, warmly grasped the young man's hand.
+
+"You need not thank me!" replied the latter. "I owed your father for
+many favors he did me. The only thing I could ever do for him was
+to accompany his body to the grave. I had come to the town without
+knowing anybody, without any recommendations, without a reputation,
+without money, just as I am now. Your father protected me, procured a
+house for me, helped secure whatever was needed to advance education;
+he used to come to the school and distribute pennies among the poor
+and diligent pupils; he provided them with books and papers. But that,
+like all good things, did not last long."
+
+Ibarra took off his hat and seemed to pray for a short time. Then
+he turned to his companion and said: "Did you tell me that my father
+used to help the poor children? How is it now?"
+
+"Oh, now they do the best they can."
+
+"And don't they come to school regularly?"
+
+"No, for their shirts are ragged and they are ashamed."
+
+Ibarra kept silent for a few moments.
+
+"How many pupils have you now?" he asked, with a certain interest.
+
+"There are more than two hundred on the register, but only twenty-five
+in the class."
+
+"How does that happen?"
+
+The school teacher sadly smiled.
+
+"It is a long and tedious story," said he.
+
+"Don't think that I am asking out of vain curiosity," replied Ibarra,
+looking seriously at the distant horizon. "I have been meditating a
+great deal on the matter, and I believe that it is far better to try to
+carry out the ideas of my father than to try to avenge him. His tomb
+is sacred Nature; and his enemies were the people and the priest. I
+can forgive the people for their ignorance, and as to the priest,
+I will pardon his character because I wish to respect the religion
+which he represents. I wish to be inspired with the spirit of the
+one who gave me life, and, that I may lend my help, I wish to know
+what are the obstacles here in the way of education."
+
+"The country will bless your memory, Senor, if you can carry out
+the beautiful and noble ideas of your dead father," said the school
+teacher. "You wish to know what the obstacles are? Very well. We are
+now in such circumstances that unless something powerful intervenes,
+there will never be any education here. First, because there is no
+incentive or stimulus to the children, and, secondly, even when there
+is an incentive, lack of means and many prejudices kill it. They say
+that the son of a German peasant studies eight years in the town
+school. Who would want to spend half of that time in our schools,
+when the benefits to be derived are so small? Here the children read,
+and commit to memory verses and at times entire books in Spanish,
+but all without understanding a single word. What good can the sons
+of our farmers get out of the school so long as this is the case?"
+
+"And you see the evil; have you not thought out a remedy?"
+
+"Ah, poor me!" replied the teacher, shaking his head, "a poor
+teacher cannot alone fight against prejudices, against existing
+influences. Above all, I would need to have a school house, so that
+I would not, as I do now, have to teach from the priest's carriage,
+under the convent. There, when the children want to read aloud, they
+naturally disturb the Father, who at times comes down and very nervous,
+especially when he has his attacks, finds fault with the children and
+insults me. You know very well that under such conditions no one can do
+any teaching. The child does not respect the teacher from that moment
+when he sees him mistreated by some one else without maintaining his
+rights. The teacher, if he is to be listened to, or if his authority
+is not to be doubted, needs prestige, a good name, moral strength, and
+a certain amount of freedom. If you will allow me, I will give you an
+illustration. I wished to introduce some reforms and they laughed at
+me. In order to remedy the evil that I spoke of a moment ago, I tried
+to teach the children Spanish, because, not only does the Government
+order it, but because it will be a great advantage for them to know
+the language. I employed the simplest method, used simple phrases
+and nouns without making use of hard rules, with the expectation of
+teaching them the grammar as soon as they had learned the language. At
+the end of several weeks, almost all the smarter ones in the school
+understood me and were able to compose phrases in Castellano."
+
+The teacher stopped and seemed to be in doubt. Then, as if he had
+made up his mind, he began again.
+
+"I ought not to be ashamed of the history of my grievances. If any one
+had been in my place, he would have had the same story to tell. As I
+was saying, I began well. Several days later the priest, who was then
+Father Damaso, sent the sacristan mayor to tell me that he wanted to
+see me. As I knew his character and was afraid to make him wait for
+me, I went up immediately, saluted him and said good morning to him in
+Spanish. As was customary, when I saluted him, I advanced to kiss the
+hand which he held out, but just at that moment he withdrew it and,
+without replying to me, began to chuckle scoffingly. I was naturally
+disconcerted, and it was all done in the presence of the sacristan
+mayor. At the moment, I did not know what to say. I stood and looked
+at him while he went on laughing. I had already become impatient
+and saw that I was on the point of committing an indiscretion. All
+of a sudden, he stopped laughing and added insult to injury. With a
+cunning air, he said to me: 'So it is buenos dias, eh? buenos dias,
+ha, ha! How funny! Why, you know how to speak Spanish, do you?' And
+then he continued his laugh."
+
+Ibarra could not keep back his smile.
+
+"You laugh," replied the teacher, also smiling. "I confess that I did
+not feel like smiling at that time. I felt the blood rush to my head,
+and a thunderbolt seemed to dazzle my brain. I saw the priest far off,
+very far from me. I started toward him to reply. The sacristan mayor
+interposed and said very seriously, in Tagalog: 'You want to stop
+wearing borrowed clothes. Be content to speak in your own language and
+do not spoil Spanish, which is not meant for you. You have heard about
+Ciruela? Well, Ciruela was a teacher who did not know how to read,
+but he taught school.' I wanted to detain him for a moment, but he
+went quickly into his room and closed the door violently. What was I
+to do? In order to collect my salary I have to have the approval of
+the priest on my bill, and have to make a journey to the capital of
+the province. What could I do to him--the moral, political and civil
+authority of the town, sustained by his corporation, feared by the
+Government, rich, powerful, always consulting, advising, listening,
+believing and attending to everything--what could I do to him? If
+he insulted me, I had to keep my mouth closed. If I talked back,
+he would throw me out of work, spoiling my career. And what good
+would it do--education? On the contrary, everybody would take up the
+priest's side of the matter; they would criticise me, they would call
+me vain, proud, arrogant, a poor Christian, poorly educated, and when
+not this, they would call me an anti-Spaniard and an agitator. The
+school teacher should have no authority. He should only be lazy,
+humble, and resigned to his low position. May God pardon me if I do not
+speak conscientiously and truthfully, but I was born in this country,
+I have to live, I have a mother to support and I have to be resigned
+to my lot."
+
+"And have you continued to be discouraged on account of this
+trouble? Have you attempted nothing since?"
+
+"Would to God that it had ended there!" he replied. "Would to God that
+that had been the end of my misfortunes. The truth is that from that
+day I began to take a dislike to my profession. Every day the school
+brought to my mind my disgrace and made every hour a bitter one for
+me. But what could I do? I could not disappoint my mother. I had to
+tell her that the three years of sacrifices which she had made for me
+in order that I might learn the profession now made me happy. I had
+to make her believe that the profession was a most honorable one, that
+the work was most pleasant, that the road was strewn with flowers and
+that the fulfillment of my duty produced nothing but friendships. If
+I had told her the contrary, I myself would still be as unhappy and
+would only make another unhappy, which was not only useless but a
+sin. So, I kept at my work and tried not to be discouraged. I tried
+to fight it down."
+
+The school teacher made a short pause and then began again.
+
+"You know that the books in most of the schools are in Spanish,
+excepting the Tagalog catechism, which varies according to the
+corporation which appoints the priest of the parish. The books
+generally used in the school are novenaries, the 'Doxology' and
+Father Astete's catechism, which are no more edifying than the
+books of heretics. On account of the fact that it was impossible to
+teach the children Spanish, as I wanted to do, and owing to the fact
+that I could not translate so many books into the native language,
+I decided to try to substitute for them gradually, short verses,
+extracts from the best Tagalog books, such as the 'Treatise on
+Urbanity' by Hortensio y Feliza, and some of the little pamphlets on
+agriculture. Sometimes I myself translated small works, such as the
+'History of the Philippines,' by Father Barranera, and afterward
+dictated to the pupils for their note books, adding at times some
+of my own observations. As I had no maps to teach them geography,
+I copied one of those of the province which I saw in the capital,
+and with this reproduction and, by the aid of the tiles on the floor,
+I was able to give them some ideas about the country. The new priest
+sent for me. Although he did not reprimand me severely, he told me,
+however, that my first duty was to teach religion, and that before I
+began to teach any such things I must prove by an examination that all
+the children knew by heart the 'Mysteries,' the 'Doxology,' and the
+'Catechism of the Christian Doctrine.'
+
+"So, in the meantime, I am endeavoring to convert the children into
+parrots so that they will know by heart all of these things of which
+they do not understand a single word. Many of the pupils already
+know the 'Mysteries' and the 'Doxology,' but I fear that I am making
+Father Astete's efforts useless, inasmuch as my pupils do not even
+distinguish between the questions and the answers, or what either
+of them signifies. Thus we shall die and thus shall do those who are
+yet to be born; yet in Europe they talk about Progress!"
+
+"Let us not be so pessimistic," replied Ibarra, rising to his
+feet. "The teniente mayor has invited me to attend a town meeting to
+be held in the tribunal. Who knows but that some plan for improvement
+may there be adopted!"
+
+The school teacher arose to go, shaking his head in token of doubt.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER X
+
+LIGHTS AND SHADOWS.
+
+
+The people of the town have made their preparation for the festival in
+honor of the patron saint, San Diego, and are gossiping about it, and
+about the arrival of Maria Clara, accompanied by her aunt Isabel. They
+rejoiced over it, because they liked her, and admired her beauty very
+much. They also rejoiced in the change it had made in the priest,
+Father Salvi. "He is often absent-minded during the holy services,"
+they said. "He scarcely speaks with us, and he plainly grows more
+thin and taciturn." His cook saw this constantly and complained of the
+little honor that he did his dishes. But what most excited the wonder
+of the people were the two lights which one could see shining in the
+convent during the night, while Father Salvi was visiting at the house
+of Maria Clara! The old dames crossed themselves and kept on gossiping.
+
+Juan Crisostomo Ibarra had telegraphed from the capital of the province
+his compliments to Aunt Isabel and her niece, but he had not explained
+his absence. Many thought that he had been arrested for assaulting
+Father Salvi on the afternoon of "All Saint's Day." But the comments
+increased still more when, on the afternoon of the third day, they
+saw Ibarra get out of a carriage in front of the little house of his
+betrothed, and courteously salute the priest, who was also making
+his way thither.
+
+If we go to Maria Clara's house, we will find it like a little nest
+among orange and ilang-ilang trees, surrounded by flowers and vines
+which creep up on bamboo sticks and wires, diffusing their delicious
+perfume. The rich fragrance of the ilang-ilang reaches even to
+the window which looks out on the lake. Here sit the two young
+lovers. Ibarra was saying to Maria Clara:
+
+"To-morrow, before the first ray of morning, your desire shall be
+fulfilled. To-night, I shall arrange all so that nothing will be
+lacking."
+
+"Then I will write to my friends, so that they may come along. Arrange
+it so that the priest cannot come."
+
+"And why?"
+
+"Because he seems to be watching me. His deep and sombre eyes pain
+me. When he fixes them upon me, they frighten me. He speaks to me of
+extraordinary things, so incomprehensible, so strange. He asked me
+once if I had not dreamed about my mother's letters. I believe he
+is half crazy. My friend Sinang, and Andeng, my foster sister, say
+that he is a little out of his head, for he neither eats nor bathes,
+and he lives entirely in the darkness. Don't have him come!"
+
+"We cannot but invite him," replied Ibarra. "The customs of the
+country require it. He is the priest of your house and, besides, he has
+conducted himself nobly toward me. When the Alcalde consulted him on
+the business of which I have spoken to you, he had nothing but praises
+for me and did not pretend to offer the slightest obstacle. But I see
+that you are serious. I shall take care that he does not accompany
+us in the boat."
+
+Light steps were heard. They were those of the priest, who was
+approaching with a forced smile on his lips. They began to talk of
+different subjects, about the weather, the town and the festival. Maria
+Clara devised an excuse and went out.
+
+"And while we are speaking about festivals," said Ibarra, "allow me to
+invite you to the one which we are going to celebrate to-morrow. It is
+going to be a country picnic, which we and our friends are planning."
+
+"And where will it be held?"
+
+"The girls want to hold it near the brook in the woods, near the baliti
+tree. So we will have to get up early to reach the place before the
+sun gets hot."
+
+The priest reflected, and a moment later replied: "The invitation
+is very tempting, and I accept it in order to prove that I hold no
+grudge against you for what has happened in the past. But I will have
+to be a little late, as I must fulfill my religious duties first. How
+happy to be like you, entirely free and independent!"
+
+A few minutes later, Ibarra took his leave in order to arrange for
+the picnic on the following day. It was already quite dark when he
+left the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XI
+
+THE FISHING PARTY.
+
+
+The stars were still shining in the sapphire heavens, and the birds
+were sleeping on the branches of the trees, when a jolly little party,
+by the light from the pitch torches, wandered through the streets of
+the town toward the lake.
+
+Five young maidens, clinging to each other's hands or belts, tripped
+along briskly. Behind them came several elderly women and a number
+of servants gracefully carrying on their heads baskets filled with
+provisions and various dishes for the picnic. On seeing their joyful
+faces, with their youthful smiles, their beautiful black hair as it
+floated in the breeze, and the wide folds of their pretty dresses,
+you would have taken them for goddesses of the night and would have
+thought that they were fleeing from day--if perchance you had not
+already known that it was Maria Clara and her four friends: jolly
+Sinang; her cousin, the serious Victoria; beautiful Iday; and the
+pensive Neneng, pretty, modest and timid.
+
+They were talking with animation; they laughed; pinched each other;
+whispered in each other's ears and then burst out in shouts of
+merriment.
+
+"You girls will wake up everybody in town. Don't you know that people
+are still asleep?" said Aunt Isabel, reprimanding them. "When we were
+young, we didn't make such a noise."
+
+"But you didn't get up as early as we do, nor were the old men such
+great sleepers in your day," replied little Sinang.
+
+They were quiet for a moment and were trying to talk in a low voice,
+but they quickly forgot themselves and were again filling the streets
+with their youthful laughter and melodious voices.
+
+Several young fellows were coming down the street, lighting their way
+with large bamboo torches. They were marching along almost noiselessly
+to the tune of a guitar.
+
+"That guitar sounds as though some beggar were playing it," said
+Sinang, laughing. But when the young fellows caught up with the rest of
+the party, the girls suddenly became as quiet and as serious as though
+they never had learned how to laugh. The young men, however, chatted
+away, saluted the ladies, laughed and smiled and asked half a dozen
+questions without giving the girls time to answer any one of them.
+
+The two large bancas, [7] which had been secured to transport the
+picnic party to the fishing grounds, were fastened together and
+picturesquely adorned with wreaths and garlands of flowers and a
+large number of vari-colored candles. Paper lanterns hung from the
+improvised covering of the bancas. Alternately with these were roses,
+pinks and baskets of fruits such as pineapples, kasuys, bananas,
+guayabas and lanzones. Ibarra had brought his carpets, blankets and
+rugs and arranged comfortable seats for the ladies. The poles and
+paddles used to propel the bancas had also been ornamented. In the
+better banca were a harp, guitars, accordeons, and a buffalo horn;
+while, in the other boat, a little fire had been lighted in an
+improvised stove in order that tea, coffee and salabat [8] might be
+prepared for the light breakfast.
+
+"The women sit here; the men, there," said the mothers on stepping
+into the banca. "Sit still and don't move, or we will be capsized."
+
+"Cross yourselves before we start," said Aunt Isabel, as she traced
+the form of a cross on her breast.
+
+"And are we to be here all by ourselves," asked Sinang, on seeing how
+the girls had been separated from the young men, by the assignment
+of the seats. Then making a grimace she asked again, "Are we going
+to be all alone? Aray!"
+
+This aray was caused by a little pinch which her mother had given
+her on the arm in the way of a reprimand for her complaint.
+
+The bancas were now putting off slowly from the shore. The light
+from the torches and Japanese lanterns was reflected in the water,
+for the lake was as smooth as a mirror. In the far eastern horizon
+could be seen the first rosy tints of the approaching dawn.
+
+Everything was very quiet. The young women, in consequence of the
+separation from the young men, seemed to be absorbed in meditation.
+
+As the water was smooth as glass and the bamboo weirs where the fish
+were to be found were not far off, and, it was still early, it was
+decided that all should stop paddling and take breakfast. The lights
+were put out, for the day had dawned and preparations were made for
+desayuno. [9]
+
+The entire party became jolly as they breathed in the light breeze
+that had come up. Even the women, so full of presentiments a few
+moments ago, were now laughing and joking among themselves.
+
+One young man alone of all the party remained silent. He was the pilot,
+an athletic-looking fellow, and interesting on account of his large,
+sad eyes and the severe lines of his lips. His long, black hair fell
+gracefully over his powerful neck. He wore a shirt of coarse dark
+cloth, through which his powerful muscles could be plainly seen as he
+manipulated with his strong arms the wide, heavy paddle as if it were
+only a pen. This paddle served both to propel and to steer the bancas.
+
+More than once he was embarrassed when he caught Maria Clara looking at
+him. Then he would turn his eyes quickly to some other direction and
+look far off toward the mountain, or the shore of the lake. The young
+maiden pitied him in his solitude and offered him some biscuits. The
+pilot looked at her with surprise, but only for a moment. He took
+the biscuits, thanked her very briefly and in a voice scarcely audible.
+
+No one else took any notice of him. The happy laughter and jolly
+conversation of the young men did not cause him to relax a single
+muscle of his face. Not even Sinang, with all her jollity, had any
+effect on him.
+
+"Wait a minute!" said Aunt Isabel to the boatman's son, who had made
+ready his net and was just about to go up on the baklad to take out
+the fish from the little enclosure at the end of the weir. "We must
+have everything ready, so that the fish may pass directly from the
+water to the pot."
+
+Andeng, the pretty foster sister of Maria Clara, despite her clear
+complexion and laughing face, had the reputation of being a good
+cook. She prepared the rice, tomatoes, and camias, [10] while some
+of the young men tried to aid or bother her, perhaps in order to win
+her good will. The other girls were busy cleaning and making ready
+the lettuce, cabbage and peas, and cutting up paayap in pieces about
+the size of a cigarette.
+
+Finally Andeng announced that the kettle was ready to receive its
+guests--the fish.
+
+The fisherman's son went up on top of the rack at the end of the
+weir. He took a position at the narrow entrance, over which might have
+been written: "All who enter here leave hope behind," if indeed the
+unfortunate fish would know how to read and understand it, for a fish
+who enters never gets out except to die. The rack is almost circular in
+form and about a meter in diameter, and is so arranged that a man can
+stand on top of one end of it and thus take out the fish with his net.
+
+"There, it wouldn't tire me a bit to fish that way," said Sinang,
+quite joyful.
+
+All were watching attentively. Already some of them in their vivid
+imaginations thought they could see the fish wiggling their tails
+and trying to get out of the little net, their scales shining in the
+bright sun. However, the young man failed to catch a single fish in
+his first attempt.
+
+"It ought to be full of fish," said Albino, in a low voice. "It is
+more than five days since we visited the place last."
+
+The fisherman drew out his net a second time, but not a fish was there
+in it. The water, as it trickled through the meshes of the net in
+countless drops which reflected the rays of the sun, seemed to laugh
+in silvery tones. An "Ah" of surprise, disgust, and disappointment
+escaped from the lips of all.
+
+The young fellow repeated the same operation, but with a similar
+result.
+
+"You don't understand your business!" said Albino to him as he stepped
+up on the rack and took the net from the hands of the youngster. "Now
+you will see! Andeng, open up the kettle!"
+
+But Albino did not understand his business, either. The net came up
+empty as before. All began to laugh.
+
+"Don't make any noise," he said, "or the fish will hear it and will
+keep from being caught. This net must have a hole in it somewhere."
+
+But every mesh in the net was perfect.
+
+"Let me take it!" said Leon, Iday's lover, to Albino.
+
+Leon first made sure that the enclosure was in good condition and
+then examined the net carefully and satisfied himself that there was
+nothing wrong with it. He then asked: "Are you sure that no one has
+been out here for five days?"
+
+"We are sure! The last time any one was out here was on All Saints'
+Day."
+
+"Well, then, I am going to bring out something this time, unless the
+lake is bewitched."
+
+Leon lowered the net by its bamboo handle into the water, but a look
+of surprise was painted on his face. In silence he looked toward the
+neighboring mountain and continued moving the handle of the net from
+one side to the other. Finally, without taking the net out of the
+water, he murmured in a low voice: "An alligator."
+
+"An alligator!" exclaimed half a dozen voices, and the word was
+repeated again while all stood frightened and stupefied.
+
+"What did you say?" they asked.
+
+"I say that there is an alligator caught in the rack," said Leon,
+and sticking the handle of the net into the water again he continued:
+"Do you hear that sound? That is not sand, it is hard skin, the back
+of the alligator. Do you see how he wiggles the bamboo pickets in
+the rack? He is struggling hard but he cannot do anything. Wait. He
+is a large fellow; his body measures a palm or more in width."
+
+"What shall be done?" was the question.
+
+"Catch him," said one.
+
+"Jesus! And who will catch him?"
+
+Nobody offered to dive down to the bottom of the rack. The water was
+very deep.
+
+"We ought to tie him to our banca and drag him along in triumph,"
+said Sinang. "The idea of his eating the fish which we ought to have!"
+
+"I have never seen to this day a live alligator," said Maria Clara.
+
+The pilot rose to his feet, took a long rope and went up cautiously to
+the platform on the top of the rack. Leon gave up his position to him.
+
+With the exception of Maria Clara, none up till now had paid any
+attention to him. Now every one was admiring his fine stature.
+
+To the great surprise of all and in spite of all their cries, the
+pilot leaped into the enclosure.
+
+"Take this knife!" shouted Crisostomo, drawing out a wide-bladed
+Toledo knife.
+
+But already a thousand little bubbles were rising to the surface of
+the water, and all that was going on in the depths below was wrapped
+in mystery.
+
+"Jesus, Maria y Jose!" exclaimed the women. "We are going to have a
+misfortune. Jesus, Maria y Jose!"
+
+"Don't be alarmed, senoras," said the old boatman. "If there is any
+one in this province who can do it, it is that fellow who has just
+gone down."
+
+"What is his name?" they asked.
+
+"We call him 'The Pilot'; he is the best I have ever seen, only he
+does not like his profession."
+
+The water was being stirred violently, and it seemed that a fierce
+fight was being waged in the depths of the lake. The sides of the
+enclosure swayed to and fro, while the water seemed to be swirled by
+a dozen currents. All held their breath. Ibarra grasped tightly the
+handle of his sharp knife.
+
+The fight seemed to be at an end. The head of the young man rose to
+the surface of the water, and the sight was greeted by joyful shouts
+from all. The eyes of the women were full of tears.
+
+The pilot crawled up on the platform carrying in his hand the end of
+the rope, and as soon as he was able pulled on it.
+
+The monster appeared on top of the water. He had the rope tied twice
+around his neck, and once behind his forelegs. He was a large fellow,
+as Leon had already announced. He was beautifully colored and green
+moss was growing on his back. He bellowed like an ox, struck his tail
+against the sides of the enclosure, snapped at them, and opened his
+black, frightful-looking mouth, showing his long teeth.
+
+The pilot, unassisted, raised him up out of the water. No one offered
+to help him. Just as soon as the animal was out of the water and
+placed on the platform, the pilot put his foot on his back. Then,
+closing the animal's massive jaws, he tried to tie his big snout tight
+with the rope. The reptile made a last effort, doubled up his body,
+struck the floor of the platform with his powerful tail and, breaking
+loose, made a leap into the water of the lake, on the other side of
+the weir, at the same time dragging with him his captor. It seemed
+that the pilot would be a dead man. A cry of horror went up from all.
+
+Like a flash of lightning, another body leaped into the water. So
+quickly was it done that they had scarcely time to see that it was
+Ibarra. Maria Clara did not faint, simply because the Filipinos do
+not know how to faint.
+
+They all saw the water become colored, and tinged with blood. The
+young fisherman leaped to the bottom with his bolo in his hand; his
+father followed him. But, scarcely had they disappeared, when they
+saw Crisostomo and the pilot reappear, clinging to the body of the
+reptile. The monster's white belly was slashed, while in his throat
+the knife still stuck like a nail.
+
+It is impossible to describe the joy that came over the party at
+the sight; all arms were extended to help them out of the water. The
+old women were half crazed with joy, and laughed and prayed. Andeng
+forgot that her kettle had been boiling three different times; now
+it was leaking and had put out the fire. The only one who could not
+speak was Maria Clara.
+
+Ibarra was unhurt. The pilot had a slight scratch on his arm.
+
+"I owe you my life!" said he to Ibarra as the latter wrapped himself
+up in the shawls and blankets. The voice of the pilot had a ring
+of sincerity.
+
+"You are too bold," replied Ibarra. "Another time you must not
+tempt God."
+
+"If you had never come back!" exclaimed Maria, pale and trembling.
+
+"If I had never come back and you had followed after me," replied
+the young man, "I would have been with all my family in the bottom of
+the lake." Ibarra was thinking that in those depths lay the remains
+of his father.
+
+The mothers of the girls did not want to go to the other baklad
+or weir. They preferred to go back home happy, for the day had
+commenced with a bad omen and they feared that they would suffer
+many misfortunes.
+
+"It is all because we have not heard mass," sighed one of them.
+
+"But what misfortune have we had, senoras?" asked Ibarra. "The
+alligator was the unfortunate one."
+
+"That goes to show," concluded Albino, "that, in all his fishing life,
+this reptile has never heard mass. I never saw him, I am sure, among
+the other reptiles who frequent the church."
+
+The bancas were turned toward the other fish rack, and it was necessary
+for Andeng to get the water boiling again.
+
+The day was advancing; a breeze was blowing; little waves were stirred
+up on the water, and rippled around the alligator. The music began
+again. Iday was playing the harp, while the young men were playing
+the accordeons and guitars with more or less skill. But the one who
+played best was Albino.
+
+The other weir was visited with an entire lack of confidence. Many
+of the party expected to find there the mate to the alligator, but
+Nature fooled them and every time that the net was lowered it was
+brought up full of fish.
+
+They then headed for the shore of the lake, where is situated the
+forest of trees centuries old, owned by Ibarra. There in the shade
+and near the crystal brook the party were to take their breakfast
+among the flowers or under improvised tents.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XII
+
+IN THE WOODS.
+
+
+Very early that morning Father Salvi had said mass, cleaning, according
+to his custom, a dozen dirty souls in a few minutes. The reading of a
+few letters, which had arrived well sealed with wax, seemed to cause
+the worthy curate to lose his appetite, for he allowed his chocolate
+to get cold.
+
+"The Father is ill," said the cook as he prepared another cup. "It
+is several days since he has eaten anything; of six dishes which I
+put on the table for him, he has not touched two."
+
+"It must be that he does not sleep well," replied the servant. "He
+has nightmare since he changed his bedroom. Every day his eyes are
+sinking deeper, he grows gradually thinner, and is very yellow."
+
+As a matter of fact, it was a pitiful sight to behold Father Salvi. He
+did not care to touch his second cup of chocolate, nor to taste the
+Cebu cakes. He walked pensively to and fro in the spacious sala,
+crumpling between his bony fingers some letters which he would read
+from time to time. Finally, he called for his carriage, got ready
+and ordered the coachman to take him to the woods where the picnic
+was to be held. Arriving at the place, Father Salvi dismissed the
+carriage and all alone, entered the forest.
+
+A shady but difficult path runs through the thicket and leads to the
+brook which is formed by the hot springs so plentiful at the base of
+Mount Makiling.
+
+For some time, Father Salvi was wandering among the thick underbrush,
+here trying to evade the thorns which entangled his habit of guingon
+as if to detain him; there trying to step over the roots of the trees
+which stuck up through the ground and made the inexperienced traveler
+stumble again and again. Suddenly he stopped. Mirthful laughter and the
+sound of young voices reached his ears. The voices and the laughter
+seemed to come from the direction of the brook and each time seemed
+to be coming nearer.
+
+"I am going to see if I can find a heron's nest," said a voice,
+beautiful and sweet, and at once recognized by the curate. "You know
+they say that if a person possesses one of those nests he can make
+himself invisible to everybody. How I would like to see him and not
+have him see me! I could follow him everywhere."
+
+Father Salvi hid behind the thick trunk of an old tree and listened.
+
+"That is to say, you want to do with him what the curate does with
+you: watch him everywhere?" replied the merry voice. "Be careful,
+for jealousy makes one grow thin and the eyes sink in."
+
+"No, no. It is not jealousy, it is pure curiosity," replied the silvery
+voice, while the other repeated, "yes, yes, jealousy; that's what it
+is." And then she broke out in a merry chuckle.
+
+"If I were jealous of him I would not use the heron's nest to make
+myself invisible to him, but would make him invisible to everybody
+else."
+
+"But then you yourself would not be able to see him and you would
+not want that to happen. The best thing to do, if we find a heron's
+nest is to give it to the priest. Then he could watch us as much as
+he pleased, and we would not be troubled with the sight of him. What
+do you think of the idea?"
+
+"But I don't believe in the story about the heron's nests, anyway,"
+replied one. "But if I were really jealous I would know how to keep
+watch of a person and make myself invisible...."
+
+"And how? How would you do it? Perhaps you would do as Sister Listener
+does in the convent?"
+
+This reference to days passed in the convent provoked a jolly laugh
+all around.
+
+Father Salvi saw from his hiding-place Maria Clara, Victoria, and
+Sinang, wading in the stream. All three were looking into the water,
+which was like a mirror, in search of the heron's nest. They were
+getting wet up to their knees, the wide folds of their bathing skirts
+allowing one to guess how graceful were the curves of their limbs. They
+were wearing their hair loose and their arms were bare. Striped,
+bright-colored bodices covered their breasts. The three lasses, at
+the same time that they were hunting for that which did not exist,
+collected flowers and plants which were growing on the banks of
+the stream.
+
+The religious Acteon, pale and immovable, stood gazing upon Maria
+Clara, that chaste Diana. The eyes which shone in those dark orbits
+never tired of admiring those white and beautiful arms, that pretty,
+round neck, those tiny and rosy feet as they played in the water. As
+he contemplated all this, strange feelings were awakened in his breast,
+new dreams took possession of his burning mind.
+
+The three pretty forms disappeared in a thick growth of bamboo behind
+a bend in the stream, but their cruel allusions could still be heard by
+the curate. Intoxicated with the strange ideas in his head, staggering,
+and covered with perspiration, Father Salvi left his hiding-place
+and looked about him in all directions with staring eyes. He stood
+immovable, in doubt. He took a few steps as if to follow the young
+women, but he turned about, and walked along the bank of the stream
+in order to find the rest of the picnic party.
+
+Some distance ahead, in the middle of the stream, he could see a
+bathing place well enclosed by bamboo. He could hear, merry laughter
+and feminine accents coming from that direction. Still further down the
+stream he could see a bamboo bridge and some men in bathing. In the
+meantime, a multitude of servants were bustling about the improvised
+fireplaces, some engaged in plucking chickens, others in washing
+rice and roasting pig. And there on the opposite bank, in a clearing
+which had been made, were a number of men and women under a tent. The
+tent had been made by hanging canvas from the limbs of some of the
+old trees and by erecting a few poles. There in the group was the
+alferez, the teniente mayor, the coadjutor, the gobernadorcillo,
+the school teacher, a number, of past captains and lieutenants,
+including even Captain Basilio, who was Sinang's father, and the
+former rival of the deceased Don Rafael. Ibarra had said to him:
+"The mere fact that we are parties to a law-suit does not mean that
+we have to be enemies." So it was that the celebrated orator of the
+conservative party had accepted the invitation to the picnic with
+enthusiasm, and had even brought along three turkeys and put his
+servants at the disposition of the young man.
+
+The parish priest was received with respect and deference by all,
+even by the alferez.
+
+"But where did Your Reverence come from?" some one asked on seeing
+his face full of scratches, and his habit covered with leaves and
+pieces of dried branches. "Has Your Reverence fallen down?"
+
+"No, I lost my way," replied Father Salvi, looking down and examining
+his clothes.
+
+Bottles of lemonade were opened, green cocoanuts were cut in two so
+that those who were coming out of the bath might have the refreshing
+milk to drink and the delicate meat to eat. The young women in addition
+received rosaries of sampagas interwoven with roses and ilang-ilang,
+which gave a beautiful fragrance to their loose hair. Some were
+sitting or lying in hammocks which had been hung from the branches
+of the trees; others were entertaining themselves in a game that
+was going on around a large, flat stone. Playing cards, checkers,
+dice and many other games were in progress.
+
+They showed the alligator to the curate, but he seemed absorbed and
+paid no attention until they mentioned the fact that the wide wound
+in the animal's neck had been made by Ibarra. Then, too, the pilot,
+the principal figure in the incident, had disappeared and could not
+be found anywhere.
+
+Finally Maria Clara came out of the bath, accompanied by her friends,
+fresh as a rose when first it blooms, and when the dew on its divine
+petals glistens like diamonds. Her first smile was for Ibarra; and
+her first frown for Father Salvi. The latter noticed this, but he
+did not even sigh.
+
+It was now time to eat. The curate, the coadjutor, the alferez, the
+gobernadorcillo, and some of the captains, together with the tenente
+mayor sat down at the table over which Ibarra presided. The mothers of
+the girls did not allow any one to eat at the table with their charges.
+
+"Do you know anything yet, Senor Alferez, about the criminal who
+assaulted Father Damaso?" asked Father Salvi.
+
+"About what criminal, Father?" asked the alferez, looking at the
+parish priest through his empty wine glass.
+
+"About whom could it be? About the one who, day before yesterday,
+struck Father Damaso, of course."
+
+"Struck Father Damaso?" asked a number of voices.
+
+The coadjutor was seen to smile.
+
+"Yes; and Father Damaso is now in bed. It is believed that the culprit
+was that same Elias who once threw you into a mud-hole, Senor Alferez."
+
+The alferez colored up a little, either from shame or too much wine.
+
+"I thought that you were interested in the affair," continued Father
+Salvi, with a little jeering in his manner.
+
+The alferez bit his lips and mumbled out a silly excuse.
+
+The meal ended and, while tea and coffee were being served, the young
+and old distributed themselves about in various groups. Some picked
+up playing cards and others dice, but the young women, anxious to
+know the future, preferred to try their luck with the wheel of fortune.
+
+"Come, Senor Ibarra," shouted Captain Basilio, who was a little bit
+jolly. "We have a law-suit that has been pending for fifteen years,
+and there isn't a judge in the Supreme Court in Manila who can
+decide it. Let us see if we can settle it on the chess board. What
+do you say?"
+
+The game of chess began with much solemnity.
+
+"If the game is a draw," said Ibarra, "it is understood that the suit
+is off."
+
+About the middle of the game, Ibarra received a telegram which made
+his eyes glisten and his face grow pale. He put it in his pocket-book,
+not, however, without directing a glance at the group of young women
+who continued with much laughter to play the wheel of fortune.
+
+"Check to the king!" said the young man.
+
+Captain Basilio had no other resort than to hide him behind the queen.
+
+"Check to the queen!" said Ibarra, threatening it with his rook,
+which was defended by a pawn.
+
+Not being able to cover the queen, nor to retire it on account of the
+fact that the king was behind it, Captain Basilio asked permission
+to study the situation a little.
+
+"Certainly, with much pleasure," replied Ibarra. "I will take advantage
+of the opportunity, for I have something to say to some of the members
+of that group over there."
+
+And rising to his feet, he gave his opponent half an hour to study
+it out.
+
+Iday held in her hands the strip of cardboard on which was written
+forty-eight questions, while Albino held the book which contained
+the answers.
+
+"That's a lie! It's not so! It lies!" cried Sinang, half in tears.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" asked Maria Clara.
+
+"Just imagine it: I asked the question 'When will I have some
+sense?' I threw the dice and he, this all-night-watching priest
+(Albino, the ex-seminary student) reads from the book: 'When the
+frogs grow hairs.' What do you think of that?"
+
+And Sinang made a face at the former religious student, who was still
+laughing heartily.
+
+"Who told you to ask such a question?" said her cousin Victoria. "Any
+one who asks such a question deserves just such an answer."
+
+"You ask a question!" said they all to Ibarra. "We have agreed that
+the one who receives the best answer shall receive a gift from the
+others. We have all asked our questions already."
+
+"And who has received the best answer?"
+
+"Maria Clara, Maria Clara!" replied Sinang. "We made her ask the
+question whether you loved her or not: 'Is your lover faithful and
+constant,' and the book replied----"
+
+But Maria Clara colored up, and, putting her hands over Sinang's mouth,
+did not allow her to finish what she had to say.
+
+"Then, let me try it," said Crisostomo, smiling.
+
+He asked the question: "Will I succeed in my present undertaking?"
+
+"You are going to get a bad answer," exclaimed Sinang.
+
+Ibarra threw the dice, and noting the number, they looked for the
+page in the little book with the corresponding answer.
+
+"Dreams are only dreams," read Albino.
+
+Ibarra took out his pocket-book and opened it trembling.
+
+"This time your book has lied," he said, full of joy. "Read this!"
+
+
+
+"Plan for school house approved; other matter decided in your favor."
+
+
+
+"What does that mean?" they all asked.
+
+"Did you not tell me that the one who received the best answer was to
+get a present?" the young man asked, his voice trembling with emotion
+while he carefully divided the paper into two parts.
+
+"Yes, yes!"
+
+"Well, then! This is my gift," he said handing half of the telegram
+to Maria Clara. "I am going to have a school house for boys and girls
+erected in the town. This school house will be my gift."
+
+"And this other piece: what does that mean?"
+
+"I will give that to the one who has obtained the worst answer."
+
+"Then that is for me!" exclaimed Sinang.
+
+Ibarra gave her the piece of paper and quickly went off.
+
+"And what does this mean?"
+
+But the happy young man was already far away from the little group
+and he did not reply. He had gone to finish the game of chess.
+
+After making the present to his betrothed, Ibarra was so happy that he
+began to play without stopping to think or even examining carefully
+the position of the chess. As a result, although Captain Basilio had
+defended himself only by the greatest effort, the young man made so
+many mistakes that the game resulted in a draw.
+
+"We end the suit, we end the suit!" said Captain Basilio, happy over
+his success.
+
+"Yes, we declare it off," repeated the young man, "whatever decision
+the judges may have been able to reach."
+
+Each grasped the hand of the other and shook it with effusion.
+
+In the meantime, while those present were celebrating the ending of
+the law-suit, of which both had long been tired, four Civil Guards
+and a sergeant suddenly arrived on the scene. They were all armed
+and had their bayonets fixed, a fact which naturally disturbed the
+merriment and brought fright into the circle of women.
+
+"Let everybody be quiet!" cried the sergeant. "Whoever moves will
+be shot!"
+
+In spite of this gruff boast, Ibarra rose to his feet and approached
+the sergeant.
+
+"What do you wish?" he asked.
+
+"That you give up at once the criminal named Elias who acted as pilot
+for your party this morning," he replied, in a threatening tone.
+
+"A criminal? The pilot? You must be mistaken!" replied Ibarra.
+
+"No, sir; that Elias is now accused of another crime, of having laid
+his hands on a priest----"
+
+"Ah! And is the pilot the one?"
+
+"He is the same one, so we are told. You are allowing people of bad
+reputation to attend your festivals, Senor Ibarra."
+
+Ibarra looked at him from head to foot and replied with supreme
+contempt: "I don't have to account to you for my actions. At our
+festivals everybody is well received, and you yourself, if you had
+come, would have been given a seat at the table, the same as the
+alferez who was here among us two hours ago."
+
+Saying this, Ibarra turned his back to him. The sergeant bit his
+mustache and ordered his men to search everywhere among the trees
+for the pilot, whose description he had on a piece of paper.
+
+Don Filipo said to him: "Take note that this description corresponds
+to that of nine-tenths of the natives. Take care that you do not make
+a mistake!"
+
+At last the soldiers returned, saying that they had not been able to
+discover either a banca, or a man that aroused their suspicion. The
+sergeant murmured a few indistinct words and then marched off.
+
+Soon the people became jolly again, but questions, wonder and comments
+were without end.
+
+So the afternoon passed and the hour for departure arrived. Just as
+the sun was dropping below the horizon they left the woods. The trees
+seemed sad and all the surroundings seemed to bid them farewell and
+say: "Good-bye, happy youth; good-bye, dream of a day."
+
+And a little later, by the light of glowing torches of bamboo and
+with the music of guitars, we leave them on the road toward the town.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIII
+
+IN THE HOUSE OF TASIO.
+
+
+On the morning of the following day, Juan Crisostomo Ibarra, after
+visiting his estates, went to the house of Tasio, the philosopher,
+his father's friend.
+
+Quiet reigned in the old man's garden. The swallows were flying about
+the gables of the house, but they were making scarcely a sound. The
+windows were covered with vines which clung to the old, moss-covered
+wall and made the house appear all the more solitary and quiet. Ibarra
+tied his horse to a post and, walking almost on tip-toes, crossed the
+clean and well-cultivated garden. He went up the stairs and, as the
+door was open, walked in. An old man leaned over a book in which he
+seemed to be writing. On the walls of the room were collections of
+insects and leaves, maps, and some shelves of books and manuscripts.
+
+Tasio was so absorbed in his work that he did not notice the arrival
+of the youth. The latter, not wishing to disturb the philosopher,
+tried to retire from the place, but the old man, looking up, said:
+"What? Are you here?" and showed no little surprise in his look.
+
+"Excuse me," replied Ibarra, "I see that you are very busy."
+
+"As a matter of fact I was writing a little, but it is not urgent,
+and I want to rest myself. Can I be useful to you in any way?"
+
+Ibarra drew some papers from his pocket-book and replied: "My
+father was wont to consult you in many things, and I remember that
+he never had to do other than congratulate himself when he followed
+your advice. I have on my hands a small undertaking and I want to be
+assured of success."
+
+Ibarra then related to him briefly his plan for the erection of
+a school house in honor of his betrothed. He showed the stupefied
+philosopher the plans which had been returned from Manila.
+
+"I wish that you would advise me as to what persons I ought first to
+have on my side in order to make the undertaking most successful. You
+are well acquainted with the inhabitants of the town. I have just
+arrived here and am almost a stranger in my country."
+
+The old man examined the plans which were laid out before him. His
+eyes were full of tears.
+
+"That which you are going to carry out was a dream of mine, the dream
+of a poor fool," he exclaimed, greatly moved. "And now, my first advice
+to you is that you never come to consult me in regard to the matter."
+
+The young man looked at him in surprise.
+
+"Because sensible people," he continued, in an ironical tone, "will
+take you for a fool, like myself. People always consider every one
+a fool who does not think just as they do and, for this reason,
+they call me crazy. But I am obliged to them for that, for woe be
+to me when the time arrives that they say I have sense! That day,
+should it ever come, would deprive me of the little liberty which I
+have purchased by sacrificing my reputation for being sane."
+
+And the old man shook his head, as if to drive away a thought and
+continued: "My second advice to you is that you consult the curate,
+the gobernadorcillo, and all the people of good standing. They will all
+give you bad, foolish and useless advice, but to consult does not mean
+to obey. Try to appear to be following their advice as far as possible
+and make them think you are working according to their wishes."
+
+Ibarra sat thinking for a moment and then replied: "The advice is good
+but difficult to follow. Could I not carry out my work without a shadow
+reflecting upon it? Could I not carry out the good work in spite of
+all? Does truth need to be clothed in the garments of falsehood?"
+
+"That's it. Nobody likes the bare truth."
+
+"I hope to be able to realize all my hopes without encountering great
+resistance," said Ibarra.
+
+"Yes, if the priests lend you their hand; no, if they draw it away. All
+your efforts will be battered to pieces against the walls of the
+curate's house. The alcalde will deny to you to-morrow what he has
+granted you to-day. Not a mother will let her son attend the school,
+and then all your efforts will have just an opposite effect to that
+intended. You will discourage all others who might wish to attempt
+beneficent undertakings."
+
+"Nevertheless," replied Ibarra, "I cannot believe in this power of
+which you speak. And even supposing it to be true, admitting that it
+is as you say, would I not still have on my side the sensible people
+and the Government?"
+
+"The Government! The Government!" exclaimed the philosopher, raising
+his eyes and looking at the ceiling. "However much the Government
+may desire to uplift the country for its own benefit and that of
+the mother country; however generous may be the Catholic Kings in
+spirit, I must remind you in confidence that there is another power
+which does not allow the Government to see, hear, or judge except
+what the curates or provincial priests wish. The Government is
+afraid of the advancement of the people, and the people are afraid
+of the forces of the Government. So long as the Government does
+not understand the people of the country, the country will never
+get out from this guardianship. The people will live like weak,
+young children who tremble at the sound of the voice of their tutor,
+whose mercy they beg. The Government has no dreams of a great future,
+a healthy development of the country. The people do not complain,
+because they have no voice. They do not move, because they are too
+carefully watched. You say that they do not suffer, because you have
+not seen what would make your heart bleed. But some day you will see
+it! alas! some day you will hear it. When the light of day is thrown on
+their monstrous forms, you will see a frightful reaction. That great
+force, held back for centuries, that poison, distilled drop by drop,
+those sighs, so long repressed--all will come to light and will some
+day burst forth.... Who will then pay the accounts which the people
+will present and which History preserves for us on its bloody pages?"
+
+"God, the Government, and the Church will never allow that day to
+come!" replied Crisostomo, impressed in spite of himself. "The
+Filipinos are religious and they love Spain. The Filipinos will
+always know how much this nation has done for them. There are abuses;
+yes! There are defects; I do not deny it. But Spain is working to
+introduce reforms which will correct them; she is devising plans;
+she is not selfish. Can it be that my love for my native land is
+incompatible with love for Spain? Is it necessary to lower one's self
+to be a good Christian, to prostitute one's own conscience to bring
+about good? I love my fatherland, the Philippines, because I owe
+to her my life and my happiness--because every man should love his
+native land. I love Spain, the fatherland of my ancestors, because,
+in spite of all that may be said, the Philippines owe to Spain,
+and always will owe to her, their happiness and their future. I am a
+Catholic. I hold dear the belief of my fathers, and I do not see why
+I have to bow my head when I am able to raise it; nor why I have to
+entrust it to my enemies, when I can trample on them."
+
+"Because the field in which you are sowing your seed is in the hands
+of your enemies, and you are weak in comparison to them.... It is
+necessary that you first kiss the hand----"
+
+But the young man did not allow him to go farther and exclaimed
+violently: "To kiss their hands! You forget that, between them, they
+killed my father; they threw his body out of its sepulchre: but I,
+I who am his son, I do not forget it, and, if I do not avenge myself,
+it is because I consider the prestige of the Church."
+
+The old philosopher bowed his head. "Senor Ibarra," he replied slowly,
+"if you keep those memories--memories which I cannot advise you to
+forget--if you keep those memories, give up your plans and your
+undertaking and try to work good for your countrymen in another
+way. The undertaking needs another man than you for its execution,
+because to carry it out will not only require money and care, but,
+in our country, self-denial, tenacity and faith are also needed. The
+land is not ready for it; it has been sown only with darnel."
+
+Ibarra understood the weight of these words, but he was not going
+to be discouraged. Thoughts of Maria Clara filled his mind; he must
+fulfill his promise to her.
+
+"Does not your experience suggest something other than this hard
+method?" he asked in a low voice.
+
+The old man took him by the arm and led him to the window. A cool
+breeze was blowing from the north. Before his eyes lay the garden,
+stretching out to the large forest which served as a park.
+
+"Why do we not have to do the same as that weak young bush loaded
+with roses and buds?" said the philosopher pointing to a beautiful
+rose bush. "The wind blows, shakes it and it bends itself down as if
+trying to hide its precious load. If the bush kept itself erect, it
+would be broken off, the wind would scatter its flowers and the buds
+would be blighted. The wind passes over, and the bush straightens
+itself up again, proud of its treasure. Thus it would be with you,
+a plant transplanted from Europe to this stony ground, if you did not
+look about for some support and belittle yourself. Alone and lofty,
+you are in bad condition."
+
+"And would this sacrifice bring the fruits that I hope for?" asked
+Ibarra. "Would the priest have faith in me and would he forget the
+offense? Would his kind not be able to feign friendship, to make a
+false show of protecting me, and then, from behind in the darkness,
+fight me, harass me and wound my heels, thus making me waver more
+quickly than they could by attacking me face to face? Given these
+premises, what do you think could be expected?"
+
+The old man remained silent for some time, not being able to reply. At
+last he said: "If such a thing took place, if the undertaking failed,
+I would console you with the thought that you had done all that was
+in your power. And even so, something would be gained. Lay the first
+stone, sow the first seed and after the tempest has passed over,
+some little grain perhaps would germinate."
+
+"I believe you," exclaimed Ibarra, stretching out his hand. "Not in
+vain did I look for good advice. This very day I shall go and make
+friends with the curate."
+
+Taking leave of the old man, he mounted on his horse and rode away.
+
+"Attention!" murmured the pessimistic philosopher to himself, as he
+followed the young man with his eyes. "Let us observe carefully how
+Destiny will unfold the tragedy which began in the cemetery."
+
+But this time the philosopher was truly mistaken. The tragedy had
+begun long before.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIV
+
+THE EVE OF THE FIESTA.
+
+
+It is the tenth of November, the eve of the fiesta to be celebrated
+in the town of San Diego. Departing from its habitual monotony,
+the town is displaying extraordinary activity in the church, houses,
+streets, cock-pit, and the fields. Windows are draped with flags and
+many-colored decorations. Music and the sound of exploding fireworks
+fill the air. Everywhere there is rejoicing.
+
+In the streets at fixed intervals, beautiful arches of bamboo are
+raised, the wood carved and worked in a thousand different ways. The
+arches are surrounded with ornaments, the very sight of which brings
+joy to the heart of the small boy. In the church yard, a large and
+costly awning has been erected. It is propped up by bamboo poles and
+so arranged that the procession may pass under it. Under its shade the
+children play, run, jump, fall and otherwise manage to tear and soil
+their new shirts, which have been intended for the day of the festival.
+
+In the public square a platform has been built of bamboo, nipa and
+boards, to serve as the stage. It is here that the comedy company from
+Tondo will tell wonderful tales, and will compete with the gods in the
+performance of miracles. Here Marianito, Chananay, Balbino, Ratia,
+Carvajal, Yeyeng, Liceria and the others will sing and dance. The
+Filipino loves the theatre, and always attends dramatic productions
+with a great deal of pleasure. The gobernadorcillo was very fond of
+the theatre, and, with the advice of the curate, he had selected for
+the fiesta the fantastic comedy: "Prince Villardo, or the Nails Pulled
+Out of the Infamous Cave," a play full of magic and fireworks.
+
+From time to time the bells ring out their merry sounds. Firecrackers
+and the booming of little cannon rend the air. The Filipino
+pyrotechnist, who has learned his art without a teacher of any renown,
+displays his skill, setting up pieces representing towers, castles,
+and the like. Already the small boys are running at break-neck speed
+toward the outskirts of the town to meet the bands of music. Five
+organizations have been hired, besides three orchestras.
+
+A band enters the town playing lively marches, and is followed by
+a lot of ragged and half naked pickaninnies: this one, perhaps, has
+on his brother's shirt; that one, his father's trousers. As soon as
+the music stops, these little tots know by memory the piece that has
+been played; they whistle and hum it with great delight, showing at
+this early age their musical talent.
+
+In the meantime wagons and carriages arrive, bringing relatives,
+friends, and strangers. Gamblers are also on hand with their best
+fighting cocks and bags of money, ready to risk their fortunes on
+the green cloth or in the cock-pit.
+
+"The alferez gets fifty dollars a night," murmured a little, chubby
+man when he heard of the recent arrivals, for there were already
+many rumors that these people bribed the officer so that they might
+not be interfered with by the law. "Captain Tiago," he added,
+"is going to come and will be banker in the monte game. Captain
+Joaquin brings eighteen thousand. There is going to be a liam-po,
+[11] and the Chino Carlos is going to back it with ten thousand pesos
+capital. Big bettors will come from Tanauan, Lipa, and Batangas,
+as well as from Santa Cruz. It's going to be great! It's going to be
+great! This year Captain Tiago will not skin us as he has in the past,
+for he has not paid for more than three masses this year, and besides,
+I have a mutya [12] of cacao. And how are all the family?"
+
+"Very well, very well, thank you!" replied the visitors from the
+country.
+
+But the place where the greatest animation reigns, where there is
+almost a tumult, is over there on the level piece of ground, a short
+distance from Ibarra's house. Pulleys creak, and the place resounds
+with the sound of the hammer, the chiseling of stones, hewing of beams
+and the shouting of voices. A gang of workmen is making an excavation
+which will be wide and deep; others are busy piling up quarry stone,
+unloading carts, sifting sand, putting a capstan in place and so on.
+
+"Put that here! That, there! Come, be lively about it!" shouts a
+little, old man with an animated and intelligent physiognomy as he
+goes about, a yard stick and plumb line in hand. He is the director
+of the work, Nor Juan, architect, mason, carpenter, whitewasher,
+locksmith, painter, stone cutter, and, on occasion, sculptor.
+
+"We must finish it immediately! To-morrow nothing can be done, and
+day after to-morrow the ceremony of laying the corner stone is to
+take place! Come, be lively!"
+
+"Make the hole just large enough for this cylinder!" said he to
+one of the stone cutters who was chiseling off a large quadrangular
+stone. "Inside of this our names will be kept."
+
+Then he would repeat to every countryman who came along what he had
+already said a thousand times: "Do you know what we are going to
+build? Well, it is a school house, a model of its kind, something
+like those in Germany, but still better. The architect, Senor R.,
+draughted the plans and I, I am in charge of the work. Yes, sir,
+you see this is going to be a regular palace with two wings, one for
+the boys and one for the girls. Here in the middle is to be a large
+garden with three fountains. There, on the sides, groves, where the
+children can sow and cultivate plants during the hours of recreation,
+thus improving the time. Just see how deep the foundations are to be:
+three meters and seventy-five centimeters. The building is going to
+have a cellar where the indolent pupils will be confined. This will be
+very close to the playing ground and the gymnasium, so that those who
+are punished may hear the diligent pupils enjoying themselves. Do you
+see this large space? Well, this will be a place for them to run and
+jump. The girls will have a separate garden with benches, swings,
+a special place for jumping the rope and rolling hoops, fountains
+and a bird-house. This is going to be magnificent!"
+
+He kept going from one end to the other, inspecting everything and
+passing his opinion on all.
+
+"I find that you have got too much lumber here for a crane," said he to
+a yellowish-looking fellow, who was directing some other laborers. "I
+would have enough, with three large beams, to form the tripod and
+with three others to serve as supporters."
+
+"O, pshaw!" replied the other, smiling in a peculiar way. "The more
+apparatus we give ourselves, the greater effect we will produce. The
+massiveness of it will make a bigger show and give it more
+importance. They will say: 'What a lot of work has been done!' You
+look at that crane that I am constructing. In a little while, I am
+going to ornament it with banderolas, garlands of flowers and leaves,
+and ... you will say afterward that you were right in hiring me,
+and Senor Ibarra cannot wish for more than that!"
+
+The man laughed. Nor Juan also smiled and shook his head.
+
+As a matter of fact, the plan for the school had been approved by
+everybody and all were talking about it. The curate had asked to be
+allowed to be one of the patrons of the enterprise and he himself was
+to bless the laying of the corner stone, a ceremony which would take
+place on the last day of the San Diego festival, as it was considered
+one of the great solemnities.
+
+The dismal presentiments of the old Tasio seemed to have been
+dissipated forever. One day Ibarra told the old man so, but the old
+pessimist only replied: "Things may go well at first, but be on your
+guard against masked enemies."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XV
+
+AS NIGHT COMES ON.
+
+
+Great preparations had also been made in the house of Captain Tiago. We
+are already acquainted with the man. His love for pomp and his pride in
+being a resident of Manila made it necessary that he should outdo the
+residents of the province in the splendor of his celebration. There
+was another thing, too, which made it necessary that he should try
+to eclipse all others--the fact that his daughter Maria Clara and
+his future son-in-law were also there. His prospective connection
+with Ibarra caused the Captain to be often spoken of among the people.
+
+Yes, as a matter of fact, one of the most serious newspapers in
+Manila had printed an article on its first page, headed "Imitate
+Him!" in which they offered Ibarra much advice and highly eulogized
+him. The article spoke of him as "the illustrious and rich young
+capitalist." Two lines below, he was termed "the distinguished
+philanthropist," and, in the following paragraph, referred to as the
+"disciple of Minerva who went to his Mother Country to salute the
+real birthplace of arts and sciences." Captain Tiago was burning with
+generous emulation and was wondering whether he ought not to erect
+a convent at his own expense.
+
+Days before the week of festivities, numerous boxes of provisions and
+drinks, colossal mirrors, pictures, paintings and his daughter's piano
+had arrived at the house. Maria Clara and Aunt Isabel were already
+living there. Captain Tiago came on the day before the beginning of the
+festival. As he kissed his daughter's hand, he made her a present of
+a beautiful religious relic. It was solid gold, and set with diamonds
+and emeralds, and contained a little sliver from Saint Peter's boat,
+in which Our Saviour sat while fishing.
+
+The Captain's interview with his future son-in-law could not have
+been more cordial. Naturally, the school house was the subject of
+conversation. Captain Tiago wanted him to call the school "The San
+Francisco School."
+
+"Believe me!" he said. "San Francisco is a good patron saint. If
+you call it 'The Primary School,' you gain nothing. Who is Primary,
+anyway?"
+
+Some friends of Maria Clara arrived and invited her to go for a walk.
+
+"But return quickly," said the Captain to his daughter, who asked
+for his permission. "You know that Father Damaso is going to dine
+with us to-night. He has just arrived."
+
+And turning to Ibarra who was deep in thought, he added: "You will
+dine with us, too? You will be all alone at home."
+
+"With the greatest pleasure, I assure you, if I did not have to be at
+home to-night to receive visitors," replied the young man, mumbling
+his words and evading Maria Clara's glance.
+
+"Bring your friends along with you," replied Captain Tiago
+cheerfully. "In my house there is always enough to eat. And, besides
+I would like to have you and Father Damaso understand each other."
+
+"There'll be time enough for that," replied Ibarra, putting on a
+forced smile and making ready to accompany the young ladies.
+
+They went downstairs. Maria Clara was walking between Victoria and
+Iday, while Aunt Isabel followed behind.
+
+As they passed down the street, people stood aside respectfully
+and gave them the inside of the way. Maria Clara was surprisingly
+beautiful now. Her paleness had disappeared, and although her eyes
+were thoughtful, her mouth, on the contrary, seemed all smiles. With
+that amiability known only to a happy maiden, she saluted friends she
+had known from childhood who to-day were admirers of her youthful
+beauty. In less than fifteen days she had regained that frank
+confidence, that childish chatter, which seemed for awhile to have been
+left behind in the narrow walls of the convent. It seemed as though
+the butterfly upon leaving its shell knew all the flowers at once. It
+was enough that she be given a moment of flight and an opportunity
+to warm herself in the golden rays of the sun, in order to throw off
+the rigidity of the chrysalis. New life shone out in every part of her
+young being. Everything she met with was good and beautiful. Her love
+was manifested with virginal grace, and innocent in thought, she saw
+nothing to cause her to put on false blushes. However, she was wont
+to cover her face with her fan when they joked with her, but her eyes
+would smile and a gentle tremor would pass over her whole being.
+
+In front of Captain Basilio's house were some young men who saluted
+our acquaintances and invited them into the house. The merry voice
+of Sinang was heard, as she descended the stairs on a run and at once
+put an end to all excuses.
+
+"Come up a moment so that I can go out with you," said she. "It
+bores me to be among so many strangers who talk about nothing but
+fighting-cocks and playing cards."
+
+They went upstairs. The house was full of people. Some advanced to
+greet Ibarra, whose name was known to all. They contemplated with
+ecstacy Maria Clara's beauty, and some of the matrons murmured as
+they chewed their betel-nut: "She looks like the Virgin!"
+
+After they had partaken of chocolate they resumed their walk. In the
+corner of the plaza a beggar was singing the romance of the fishes,
+to the accompaniment of a guitar. He was a common sight, a man
+miserably dressed and wearing a wide-brimmed hat made out of palm
+leaves. His clothing consisted of a frock coat covered with patches,
+and a pair of wide trousers such as the Chinese wear, but torn in many
+places. From beneath the brim of his hat two fiery orbs flashed out a
+ray of light. He was tall and from his manner seemed to be young. He
+put a basket down on the ground and, afterwards walking away from
+it a little distance, he uttered strange, unintelligible sounds. He
+remained standing, completely isolated, as if he and the people in the
+street were trying to avoid each other. Women approached his basket,
+and dropped into it fish, fruit and rice. When there was no one else
+to approach the basket, other sadder but less mournful sounds could
+be heard; perhaps he was thanking them. He picked up his basket and
+walked away to do the same in another place.
+
+Maria Clara felt that this was a pitiful case. Full of interest,
+she asked about the strange being.
+
+"It is a leper," replied Iday. "He contracted the disease some four
+years ago; some say by taking care of his mother, others by having
+been confined in a damp prison. He lives there in the field near the
+Chinese cemetery. He does not communicate with any one: everybody
+flees from him on account of the fear of contagion. You should see his
+fantastic little house! The wind, the rain and the sunshine go in and
+out of it as a needle goes through cloth. They have prohibited him
+from touching anything belonging to anybody. One day a little child
+fell into the canal. The canal was deep, but this man happened to be
+passing near and helped to get the little child out. The child's father
+learned of it, made a complaint to the gobernadorcillo and the latter
+ordered that he be given six stripes in the middle of the street,
+the whip to be afterwards burned. That was atrocious! The leper ran
+away howling; they pursued him and the gobernadorcillo cried out:
+'Catch him! One might better be drowned than have that disease!'"
+
+"That is true," murmured Maria Clara. And then, without noticing what
+she was doing, she went up to the basket of the unfortunate wretch and
+dropped into it the relic which her father had just presented to her.
+
+"What have you done?" her friends asked her.
+
+"I have nothing else to give him," she replied, concealing the tears
+in her eyes by a smile.
+
+"And what is he going to do with the relic?" said Victoria to
+her. "One day they gave him money but he pushed it away from him with
+his cane. Why would he care for it, if no one would accept anything
+coming from him? If he could only eat the relic!"
+
+Maria Clara looked longingly at the women who were selling provisions
+and shrugged her shoulders.
+
+But the leper approached the basket, picked up the piece of jewelry
+which shone in his hands, knelt down, kissed it, and, after taking
+off his hat, buried his face in the dust on which the young girl
+had walked.
+
+Maria Clara hid her face behind her fan and raised her handkerchief
+to her eyes.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVI
+
+THE HOISTING CRANE.
+
+
+While two of the actors were singing the Incarnatus est in the
+church at the celebration of mass on the last day of the fiesta,
+and all were kneeling and the priests were bowing their heads, a man
+whispered in Ibarra's ear: "During the ceremony of the blessing of
+the corner stone, do not go near the priest, do not go in the ditch,
+do not approach the corner stone. Your life will depend on it."
+
+Ibarra looked and saw that it was Elias, the pilot, but, as soon as
+he had spoken, he lost himself in the crowd.
+
+The yellow-skinned man kept his word. It was not a simple lifting
+crane which he had built over the ditch for the purpose of lowering
+the enormous block of granite. It was not the mere tripod which Nor
+Juan had wanted for holding a tackle-block. It was something more. It
+was at the same time a machine and an ornament, grand and imposing.
+
+The confusing and complicated scaffolding had been raised to a height
+of more than eight meters. Four heavy timbers buried in the ground
+and supporting each other with colossal, diagonal braces, served
+as the base. The braces were joined to each other by immense nails,
+about half driven into the wood, perhaps because the apparatus was
+only of a provisional nature, and it could then be more easily taken
+down. Enormous cables were hanging from all sides, giving the entire
+apparatus an aspect of solidity and grandeur. The top was gay with
+flags and banners of various colors, floating pennants, and massive
+garlands of flowers and leaves, all artistically interwoven.
+
+On high, in the shade of the projecting timbers, banners and wreaths,
+a large three-wheeled tackle-block was suspended by ropes and iron
+hooks. Over the shining rims of these pulleys great cables passed,
+holding suspended in the air a massive stone. The center of this stone
+had been chiseled out so that when lowered upon the hollowed stone,
+which had already been placed in the ditch, a small enclosure would be
+formed between the two. This space was to contain an account of the
+ceremonies, newspapers, manuscripts and coins, to be transmitted,
+perhaps, to other generations, in the far distant future. From
+this tackle-block at the top of the structure, the cable passed
+down to another smaller pulley which was fastened at the base of the
+apparatus. Through this pulley, the cable passed to the cylinder of a
+windlass which was held to the ground by massive beams. This windlass
+which can be operated by only two hands, multiplies man's strength by
+means of a series of cog-wheels. Although there is a gain in force,
+there is of course a loss in velocity.
+
+"Look!" said the yellow-skinned man, as he gave the crank a
+turn. "Look, Nor Juan, with my strength alone, I can raise and lower
+that massive block of stone. This is so nicely arranged that I can
+control the ascent or descent of the stone by inches. Thus one man
+below can arrange the two stones in place, while I manipulate the
+apparatus from here."
+
+Nor Juan could but admire the man as he smiled in such a peculiar
+manner. The curious people standing about made comments and praised
+the yellow-skinned man for his work.
+
+"Who taught you the mechanism?" asked Nor Juan.
+
+"My father, my father who is now dead," he replied, with that same
+peculiar smile.
+
+"And who taught your father?"
+
+"Don Saturnino, the grandfather of Don Crisostomo."
+
+"I did not know that Don Saturnino----"
+
+"Oh, he knew a good many things. Not only did he know how to whip well
+and how to expose his workmen to the rays of the sun, but he knew also
+how to awaken the sleeping and how to make those awake sleep. In time,
+you will see what my father has taught me, you will see!"
+
+And the yellow fellow smiled in a strange manner.
+
+At two eating stands, there was now being prepared a sumptuous and
+abundant breakfast. However, on the table designated for the little
+ones of the school, there was no wine, but instead a larger amount
+of fruit. In a covered passage which joined the two stands, there
+were seats for the musicians and a table covered with sweetmeats,
+candies and flasks of water, ornamented with leaves and flowers,
+for the thirsty public.
+
+The crowd, resplendent in gay-colored clothes, was already fleeing from
+the hot rays of the sun and gathering under the shade of the trees
+or of the covering. The small boys climbed the trees near the place,
+in order to get a better view of the ceremony, and looked with envy
+upon the school children, who, clean and well dressed, were occupying
+a place designated for them. The fathers of the school children were
+enthusiastic. They, poor countrymen that they were, would have the
+pleasure of seeing their children eat on a white table cloth, just
+like the curate and the Alcalde. Merely to think of it was enough to
+drive away their hunger.
+
+Soon strains of music were heard in the distance. A promiscuous
+crowd of persons of all ages and dress was preceding the band. The
+yellow-looking man was uneasy and was examining the whole apparatus. A
+curious countryman was also following his glances and was observing
+every movement he made. This countryman was Elias, who had also come to
+attend the ceremony. His hat and his style of dress almost concealed
+his identity. He had secured the best possible place for himself,
+right up close to the crane, on the edge of the excavation.
+
+With the band of music came the Alcalde, the officials of the town, the
+friars, with the exception of Father Damaso, and the Spanish employees
+of the Government. Ibarra was conversing with the Alcalde, for they had
+become quite friendly from the time the young man paid him some high
+compliments on his insignia, decorations and cordon. Pride in belonging
+to an aristocratic family was a weakness of His Excellency. Captain
+Tiago, the alferez and several wealthy persons, with their shining
+silk hats, walked along, surrounded by a group of youngsters. Father
+Salvi followed, the same as ever, silent and pensive.
+
+The young man could feel his heart beat as they approached the
+designated place. Instinctively, he glanced at the strange-looking
+scaffolding which had been raised there. He saw, too, the
+yellow-looking man who saluted him with respect, and, for a moment,
+Ibarra fixed his eyes on him. To his surprise, Ibarra also discovered
+Elias on the edge of the excavation. He gave the young pilot a
+significant look, letting him understand that he remembered what he
+had said in the church.
+
+The curate put on his sacerdotal vestments and began the ceremony. The
+one-eyed sacristan mayor held the book and a choir boy was charged
+with the water-sprinkler and the vessel of blessed water. The others
+who stood around about, their heads uncovered, maintained a deep
+silence. In spite of the fact that Father Salvi read in a low tone,
+it could be noticed that his voice trembled.
+
+In the meantime the articles, such as manuscripts, newspapers,
+medals and coins, which were to be placed in the corner stone had
+been enclosed in a little glass box, and hermetically sealed in a
+leaden cylinder.
+
+"Senor Ibarra, do you wish to put the box in its place? The curate
+awaits it," said the Alcalde to Ibarra.
+
+"I would do so with much pleasure," replied he, "but I would be
+usurping the honorable duty of the Senor Notary. The Notary ought to
+attest the act."
+
+The Notary took it seriously, descended the carpeted stairs to the
+bottom of the excavation and, with fitting solemnity, deposited the
+box in the hollow which had been made in the stone. The curate then
+took up the sprinkler and sprinkled the stones with holy water.
+
+The time had now come for each one to put his trowelful of mortar on
+the surface of the stone, which lay in the ditch, so that the other
+stone might fit upon it and be made to adhere to it.
+
+Ibarra presented the Alcalde with a trowel, upon whose wide silver
+blade was engraved the date. But His Excellency first delivered an
+address in Spanish.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego," he said in a solemn tone. "I have the honor to
+preside at a ceremony the importance of which you already understand. A
+school is being founded. The school is the base of society. The school
+is the book in which is written the future of the people. Show me
+the schools of a people and I will tell you what those people are.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego! Thank God that he has given you virtuous
+priests; and the Mother Country that she untiringly diffuses her
+civilization over these fertile islands, protected by her glorious
+flag. Thank God that she has had pity for you, bringing you these
+humble priests that they may enlighten you and teach you the divine
+word. Thank the Government for the great sacrifices it has made,
+makes now and will make in the future for you and your sons.
+
+"And now that the first stone of this great edifice has been blessed,
+I, Alcalde Mayor of this province, in the name of His Majesty,
+the King, whom God guard, King of the Spains, in the name of the
+illustrious Spanish Government, and under its spotless and ever
+victorious banner, I consecrate this act and begin the building of
+this school.
+
+"Citizens of San Diego! Long live the King! Long live Spain! Long live
+the Church! Long live the priests! Long live the Catholic religion!"
+
+"Viva! Viva!" replied the others. "Long live the Alcalde!"
+
+The Alcalde majestically descended to the accompaniment of the music
+which had begun to play. He placed some trowels of mortar on the
+stone and with equal majesty ascended the stairs.
+
+The Government employees applauded.
+
+Ibarra offered another silver trowel to the curate, who, after fixing
+his eyes on him for a moment, descended slowly to the bottom of the
+excavation. When about half way down the stairs, he raised his eyes
+to look at the stone which hung suspended in the air by the powerful
+cables, but he only looked at it for a second and then descended. He
+did the same as the Alcalde had done, but this time more applause
+was heard, for the Government employees were assisted by the other
+friars and Captain Tiago.
+
+Father Salvi seemed to be searching for some one to whom to hand the
+trowel. He looked with hesitation toward Maria Clara, but, changing
+his mind, he offered it to the Notary. The latter, for the sake of
+gallantry, approached Maria Clara, who declined it with a smile. The
+friars, the Government employees and the alferez, one after another
+went down and repeated the ceremony. Captain Tiago was not forgotten.
+
+Ibarra had been omitted. He was about to order the yellow man to lower
+the other stone, when the curate remembered him. In a pleasant tone
+and, with an affectation of familiarity, he said to him. "Aren't you
+going to put on your trowelful, Senor Ibarra?"
+
+"I would be like the fellow who made the stew and then ate it,"
+replied the young man in the same tone.
+
+"O, go on!" said the Alcalde, giving him a gentle push. "If you don't,
+I will order them not to lower the stone and then we will have to
+wait here till Judgment Day."
+
+So terrible a threat forced Ibarra to obey. He exchanged the small
+silver trowel for a larger iron one, which made some of the people
+smile. He advanced quietly and descended the stairs. Elias looked at
+him with an indescribable expression. If you had seen him, you would
+have thought that all his life was concentrated in his eyes. The
+yellow man looked down into the abyss opening at his feet.
+
+Ibarra, after glancing at the stone which hung over his head, and then
+at Elias and the yellow man, said to Nor Juan in a trembling voice:
+"Give me the bucket of mortar and find another trowel for me above."
+
+The young man stood alone. Elias was no longer looking at him; his eyes
+instead were riveted on the yellow man's hand, while the latter leaned
+over the ditch and followed with anxiety the movements of Ibarra.
+
+The noise of the trowel removing a mass of sand and lime was heard,
+accompanied by the low murmur of the employees who were congratulating
+the Alcalde on his address.
+
+Suddenly there was a frightful creaking. The pulley which was tied to
+the base of the crane jumped and then the windlass struck the apparatus
+like a battering-ram. The timbers swayed, ropes flew into the air and,
+in a second, all came down with a terrible crash. A cloud of dust was
+raised, and a thousand cries filled the air. Nearly all fled; a few
+hurried to the ditch. Only Maria Clara and Father Salvi remained in
+their places without moving, both pale and silent.
+
+When the cloud of dust had partially cleared away, Ibarra could be
+seen standing among a mass of beams, bamboos, and cables, between
+the windlass and the massive stone, which in its descent had shaken
+and crushed everything. The young man was still holding the trowel
+in his hand, his eyes staring with fright at the dead body of a man
+which was lying at his feet, half buried under the timbers.
+
+"Are you hurt?--Are you still alive? For God's sake speak!" said some
+of the employees, full of terror.
+
+"Miracle! a miracle!" cried some.
+
+"Come and remove the body of this unfortunate man," said Ibarra,
+as if awakening from a dream.
+
+On hearing his voice, Maria Clara felt her strength giving way and
+she fell, half fainting, into the arms of her friends.
+
+Great confusion reigned. Everybody was talking, gesticulating,
+and running from one side to the other, up and down the stairs,
+all stupefied and full of consternation.
+
+"Who is the dead man? Is he still alive?" asked the alferez.
+
+The body was identified as the yellow workman who had been standing
+beside the windlass.
+
+"Let proceedings be brought against the superintendent of the work,"
+was the first thing that the Alcalde said.
+
+They examined the body, felt of the heart, but it was no longer
+beating. The blow had fallen on the head and blood was oozing from
+the nose, ears and mouth. Some strange marks were seen on the man's
+neck. There were four deep dents on one side and a single but deeper
+one on the other. It looked as though an iron hand had grasped it
+like a pair of pinchers.
+
+The priests warmly congratulated the young man and shook his hand.
+
+"When I think that only a few moments ago I was standing there,"
+said one of the employees. "Say! If I had been the last! Jesus!"
+
+"It makes my hair stand on end," said another, who was bald.
+
+Ibarra had departed, to ascertain the condition of Maria Clara.
+
+"Let this not prevent the festival from continuing," said the
+Alcalde. "God be praised! The dead man is neither a priest nor a
+Spaniard! Your escape must be celebrated! Just think--if the stone
+had fallen on you!"
+
+"There is such a thing as a presentiment!" said the Notary. "I said
+so. Senor Ibarra was reluctant to descend. I saw it!"
+
+"Let the festival go on! Give us some music! Weeping will not bring
+the dead man to life. Captain, serve warrants right here! Let the
+clerk of the tribunal come. Arrest the superintendent of the work!"
+
+"Put him in the stocks!"
+
+"Put him in the stocks! Eh? Some music, music! Put the maestrillo in
+the stocks."
+
+"Senor Alcalde," replied Ibarra gravely, "if weeping cannot bring
+the dead man back to life, neither can anything be gained by putting
+a man in prison when we do not know that he is culpable. I will give
+bail for him and ask that he be given liberty for some days at least."
+
+"Well, well! But such a misfortune must not be repeated!"
+
+All kinds of comments were circulating among the people. The theory
+that it was a miracle was already accepted. Father Salvi, however,
+seemed to rejoice very little over the miracle, which the people
+attributed to a saint of his order and of his parish.
+
+There were some who claimed to have seen, as the crane was falling, a
+figure dressed in black like the Franciscans, go down in the ditch. It
+was without doubt San Diego himself. It was supposed, too, that Ibarra
+had heard mass and that the yellow man had not. It was all as clear
+as the light of the sun.
+
+Ibarra went home to change his clothes.
+
+"Hm! Bad beginning," said Old Tasio as he left the place.
+
+Ibarra had just finished dressing when a servant announced that
+a countryman was asking for him. Supposing that it was one of his
+laborers, the young man ordered that they show him into his study,
+which also served as a library and a chemical laboratory. But, to
+his great surprise, he met the muscular figure of the mysterious Elias.
+
+"You recently saved my life," said he in Tagalog, at once comprehending
+Ibarra's movement. "I have paid you only half of the debt, and you
+are not indebted to me; rather the contrary. I have come to ask a
+favor of you...."
+
+"Speak out!" replied the young man, in the same language and somewhat
+surprised at the gravity of the peasant.
+
+For some seconds, Elias looked fixedly into Ibarra's eyes and then
+replied: "If human justice should ever wish to clear up this mystery,
+I beg of you not to speak to any one about the warning that I gave
+you in the church."
+
+"Don't be troubled about that," replied the young man with a certain
+note of displeasure in his voice. "I know that they are hunting you,
+but I am no informer."
+
+"Oh, it is not for my sake, it is not for me!" exclaimed Elias,
+not without some pride. "It is for your sake. I have nothing to fear
+from men."
+
+Ibarra's surprise increased. The tone in which the countryman was
+speaking was new to him and did not seem to be in accord either with
+his state or his fortune.
+
+"What do you mean?" asked Ibarra, interrogating the mysterious man
+with his look.
+
+"I do not speak in enigmas; I try to express myself clearly. For
+your greater security, it is necessary that your enemies think you
+unsuspecting and off your guard."
+
+Ibarra stepped back.
+
+"My enemies? Have I enemies?"
+
+"All of us have, sir, all from the lowest insect to man, from the
+poorest to the richest and most powerful. Enmity is the law of
+life. You have enemies in the highest and in the lowest ranks. You
+are planning a great undertaking; you have a past; your father, your
+grandfather had enemies because they had passion. In life it is not
+criminals who provoke the most hatred, but rather honorable men."
+
+"Do you know my enemies?"
+
+Elias did not reply at once, but meditated.
+
+"I knew one, the one who has died," he replied. "Last night I
+discovered that something was being plotted against you, through some
+words that were exchanged between him and an unknown man who lost
+himself in the crowd. 'The fish will not eat this one as they did
+his father; you will see to-morrow,' said he. These words attracted
+my attention, not only on account of their meaning but because they
+were spoken by this man, who only a few days ago had presented himself
+to the superintendent of the work with the express desire that he be
+given charge of the work of placing the corner stone. He did not ask
+for a large wage, but made a great show of his knowledge. I had no
+sufficient reasons to attribute evil designs to him, but something
+told me that my suspicions were right. For this reason, in order to
+warn you, I chose a moment and an occasion when you could not ask me
+any questions. You already know the rest."
+
+Elias was then silent for some moments; yet Ibarra did not reply nor
+utter a word. He was meditating.
+
+"I am sorry that the man is dead," he replied at last. "We might have
+been able to learn something more about it from him."
+
+"If he had lived he would have escaped from the trembling hand of
+blind, human justice. God has now judged him! God has killed him! Let
+God be the only judge!"
+
+Crisostomo looked a moment at the man who was speaking to him in this
+manner. He noticed that his muscular arms were covered with bruises
+and black and blue spots.
+
+"Do you also believe in the miracle version of the affair?" he said,
+smiling--"this miracle of which the people speak?"
+
+"If I believed in miracles, I would not believe in God. I would believe
+in a deified man. In fact, I would believe that man had created God
+after his image and likeness," he replied solemnly. "But I believe
+in Him. More than once I have felt His hand. When all was falling
+headlong, threatening destruction for everything which was in the
+place, I Held the criminal. I put myself by his side. He was struck
+and I am safe and sound."
+
+"You? So that you...?"
+
+"Yes! I held him when he wanted to escape, once he had begun his
+fatal work. I saw his crime. I say: 'Let God be the only judge among
+men. Let Him be the only one who has the right to take away life. Let
+man never think of substituting himself for him!'"
+
+"And, still you this time...."
+
+"No!" interrupted Elias, foreseeing the objection that he was going to
+raise. "It is not the same thing. When a man as judge condemns another
+to death or destroys his future forever, he does it with impunity and
+makes use of the force of other men to carry out his sentence. Yet,
+after all, the sentence may be wrong and unjust. But I, in exposing the
+criminal to the same danger which he had prepared for others, ran the
+same risks. I did not kill him. I allowed the hand of God to kill him."
+
+"Do you not believe in chance?"
+
+"To believe in chance is like believing in miracles. Both theories
+suppose that God does not know the future. What is a casualty? A
+happening which absolutely nobody knows beforehand. What is a
+miracle? A contradiction, a contortion of the laws of nature. Lack
+of foresight and contradiction in the All Knowing, who directs the
+machinery of the world, are two great imperfections."
+
+"Who are you?" Ibarra asked again, with a certain dread. "Have you
+studied?"
+
+"I have had to believe in God a great deal because I have lost my
+faith in men," replied the pilot, evading the question.
+
+Ibarra thought that he understood this man; young and proscribed,
+he disregarded human justice; denied the right of man to judge his
+equals, he protested against power and superiority of certain classes
+of men over others.
+
+"But you must admit the necessity of human justice, however imperfect
+it may be," he replied. "God, although he has ministers on the earth,
+cannot, that is to say, cannot clearly give his judgment upon the
+millions of contentions which are stirred up by our passions. It is
+necessary, it is just, that a man should sometimes judge his fellows."
+
+"For good, yes; for bad, no. To correct and improve, yes; but not
+to destroy, for if he fails in his judgment, there is no power that
+can remedy the evil that has been done. But," he added, changing his
+tone, "this discussion is beyond and above me, and I am keeping you
+from those who are now awaiting you. But do not forget what I have
+just said: You have enemies. Take care of yourself for the good of
+your country!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVII
+
+THE BANQUET.
+
+
+There, under the shade of the decorated pavilion, the great men of the
+province were banqueting. The Alcalde occupied one end of the table;
+Ibarra, the other. On the young man's right sat Maria Clara, and on
+his left, the Notary. Captain Tiago, the alferez, the gobernadorcillo,
+the friars, the employees, and the few senoritas who were present
+were seated, not according to rank but according to their own fancy.
+
+The banquet was very animated, but, before it was half over,
+a messenger with a telegram came in search of Captain Tiago. The
+Captain asked permission to read the message, and naturally all begged
+of him to do so.
+
+The worthy Captain at first knit his eyebrows; and then raised
+them. His face became pale, and then brightened up. Doubling up the
+sheet of paper hurriedly, he arose.
+
+"Gentlemen," said he, confused, "His Excellency, the Governor General,
+is coming this afternoon to honor my house."
+
+And then he started on a run, taking with him the telegram and the
+napkin, but not his hat. All sorts of questions and exclamations
+were shouted after him. The announcement of the coming of the
+tulisanes could not have had a greater effect. "But listen! When
+does he come? Tell us about it! His Excellency!" But Captain Tiago
+was already far away.
+
+"His Excellency is coming and will be a guest at Captain Tiago's
+house!" exclaimed some one, without considering that the Captain's
+daughter and future son-in-law were present.
+
+"The choice could not have been a better one," replied another.
+
+The friars looked at each other. Their expressions seemed to say:
+"The Governor General is committing another of his errors, offending
+us in this way. He ought to be the guest of the convent." But despite
+the fact that they thought this, they all kept silent and no one of
+them expressed his opinion.
+
+"Even yesterday he was speaking to me about it," said the Alcalde,
+"but, at that time, His Excellency was not decided."
+
+"Do you know, Your Excellency, Senor Alcalde, how long the Governor
+General intends to remain here?" asked the alferez, a little uneasy.
+
+"No, not positively. His Excellency likes surprises."
+
+"Here come some other telegrams!"
+
+The messages were for the Alcalde, the alferez, and the
+gobernadorcillo, and announced the same thing to each of them. The
+friars noticed that none came addressed to the curate.
+
+"His Excellency will arrive at four o'clock this afternoon, gentlemen,"
+said the Alcalde solemnly. "We can finish at our leisure."
+
+Leonidas, in the pass of Thermopylae, could not have said with better
+grace "To-night we will dine with Pluto."
+
+"I notice the absence of our great preacher," said one of the
+government employees timidly. The speaker had an inoffensive look
+and before this had not opened his mouth, except to eat, during the
+entire morning.
+
+All who knew the life of Crisostomo's father twitched their eyes
+significantly and seemed to say by their movements: "Go on! It's a bad
+beginning that you have made!" But others, more benevolently disposed,
+replied: "He must be somewhat fatigued."
+
+"What? Somewhat fatigued!" exclaimed the alferez. "Why, he must be
+exhausted. What did you think of the sermon this morning?"
+
+"Superb, gigantic!" said the Notary.
+
+"To be able to speak like Father Damaso, a man needs lungs," observed
+Father Manuel Martin.
+
+The Augustine did not concede more than lung power.
+
+"And such easiness of expression," added Father Salvi.
+
+"Do you know that Senor Ibarra has the best cook in the province,"
+remarked the Alcalde, cutting off the conversation.
+
+"So they say," replied one of the Government employees, "but his fair
+neighbor does not wish to do honor to his table, for she scarcely
+takes a mouthful."
+
+Maria Clara blushed.
+
+"I thank you, Senor.... You occupy yourself too much about me ... but
+..." she said timidly.
+
+"But your presence honors him sufficiently," concluded the gallant
+Alcalde. Then turning to Father Salvi: "Father Curate, I notice that
+you have been silent and pensive all day long."
+
+"It is my nature," muttered the Franciscan. "I would rather listen
+than talk."
+
+"Your Reverence seeks always to gain and never to lose," replied the
+alferez, in a joking manner.
+
+But Father Salvi did not take it as a joke. His eyes flashed a
+moment and he replied: "You know very well, Senor Alferez, that,
+during these days, I am not the one who gains most!"
+
+The alferez overlooked the fling with a false laugh and pretended
+not to hear it.
+
+"But, gentlemen, I do not understand how you can be talking about
+gains and losses," intervened the Alcalde. "What will these amiable
+and discreet young women, who honor us with their presence, think
+of us? To my mind, the young women are like AEolian harps in the
+night. It is only necessary to lend an attentive ear to hear them,
+for their unspeakable harmonies elevate the soul to the celestial
+spheres of the infinite and of the ideal...."
+
+"Your Excellency is a poet," said the Notary gayly; and both drained
+their wine glasses.
+
+"I cannot help it," said the Alcalde, wiping his lips. "The occasion,
+if it does not always make the thief, makes the poet. In my youth I
+composed verses, and they certainly were not bad ones."
+
+"So Your Excellency has been unfaithful to the Muses, deserting them
+for Themis."
+
+"Psh!" What would you do? It has always been my dream to run
+through the whole social scale. Yesterday I was gathering flowers,
+and singing songs; to-day I hold the wand of Justice and serve
+Humanity. To-morrow...."
+
+"To-morrow Your Excellency will throw the wand into the fire to warm
+yourself with it in the winter of life, and will then take a portfolio
+in the Ministry," added Father Sibyla.
+
+"Psh! Yes ... no.... To be a Minister is not precisely my ideal. The
+unexpected always happens, though. A little villa in the north of
+Spain to pass the summer in, a mansion in Madrid, and some possessions
+in Andalusia for the winter.... We will live remembering our dear
+Philippines.... Of me Voltaire will not say: 'Nous n'avons jamais
+ete chez ces peuples que pour nous y enrichir et pour les calomnier.'"
+
+The Government employees thought that His Excellency intended a joke
+and they began to laugh to make a show of appreciating it. The friars
+imitated them since they did not know that Voltaire was the Volta-i-re
+whom they had so often cursed and condemned to Hades. Father Sibyla,
+however, recognized the name and assumed a serious air, supposing
+that the Alcalde had uttered some heresy.
+
+Father Damaso was waddling down the road. He was half smiling, but in
+such a malignant manner, that on seeing him, Ibarra, who was in the
+act of speaking, lost the thread of his remarks. All were surprised to
+see Father Damaso, but, excepting Ibarra, they greeted him with marks
+of pleasure. They had already reached the last course of the dinner,
+and the champagne was foaming in the glasses.
+
+Father Damaso showed a little nervousness in his smile when he saw
+Maria Clara seated on the right of Crisostomo. But, taking a chair
+by the side of the Alcalde, he asked in the midst of a significant
+silence: "Were you not talking about something, senores? Continue!"
+
+"We were drinking a toast," replied the Alcalde. "Senor Ibarra was
+mentioning those who had aided him in his philanthropic enterprise
+and was speaking of the architect when Your Reverence...."
+
+"Well, I don't understand architecture," interrupted Father Damaso,
+"but architects and the dunces who go to them make me laugh! You have
+an example right here. I drew the plan for a church and it has been
+constructed perfectly: so an English jeweler who was one day a guest
+at the convent told me. To draught a plan, one need have but a small
+degree of intelligence."
+
+"However," replied the Alcalde, seeing that Ibarra was silent,
+"when we are dealing with certain edifices, for example a school,
+we need a skilled man (perito)."
+
+"He who needs a perito is a perrito (little dog)!" exclaimed Father
+Damaso, with a scoff. "One would have to be more of a brute than the
+natives, who erect their own houses, if he did not know how to build
+four walls and put a covering over them. That's all that a school
+house is."
+
+All looked toward Ibarra. But the young man, even if he did look pale,
+kept on conversing with Maria Clara.
+
+"But Your Reverence should consider...."
+
+"Just look you," continued the Franciscan without allowing the Alcalde
+to speak. "See how one of our lay brothers, the most stupid one we
+have, has built a good hospital, handsome and cheap. It is well built
+and he did not pay more than eight cuartos a day to those whom he
+employed even those who came from other towns. That fellow knows how
+to treat them. He does not do like many fools and mesticillos [13]
+who spoil them by paying them three or four reales."
+
+"Does Your Reverence say that he only paid eight
+cuartos? Impossible!" said the Alcalde, trying to change the course
+of the conversation.
+
+"Yes, Senor; and those who brag of being good Spaniards ought to
+imitate him. You can see very well now, since the Suez Canal was
+opened, corruption has come here. Before, when we had to double the
+Cape, there were not so many worthless people coming out here, nor
+did Filipinos go abroad to be corrupted and spoiled."
+
+"But, Father Damaso!"
+
+"You know very well what the native is. As quickly as he learns
+anything, he goes and becomes a doctor. All these ignoramuses who go
+to Europe...."
+
+"But listen, Your Reverence ..." interrupted the Alcalde, becoming
+uneasy at such harsh words.
+
+"They are all going to end as they merit," he continued. "The hand of
+God is upon them and one must be blind not to see it. Even in this
+life, the fathers of such vipers receive their punishment.... They
+die in prison, eh?"
+
+But he did not finish his remarks. Ibarra, his face flushing, had been
+following him with his eyes. On hearing the allusion to his father,
+he rose and, with a single bound, brought down his strong hand on the
+head of the priest. Stunned with the blow, the friar fell on his back.
+
+Full of astonishment and terror, no one dared to intervene.
+
+"Keep back!" cried the young man, with a menacing voice, and
+brandishing a sharp knife in his hand. In the meantime, he held
+the friar down with his foot on his neck. The latter was recovering
+consciousness. "Let no one approach who does not want to die!"
+
+Ibarra was beside himself. His body trembled, and his threatening
+eyes almost burst from their sockets. Friar Damaso struggled and
+raised himself, but the young man, seizing him by the collar, shook
+him till he fell on his knees and collapsed.
+
+"Senor Ibarra! Senor Ibarra!" cried some.
+
+But nobody, not even the alferez, dared to approach the glistening
+blade, considering the strength of the young man and the state of
+his mind. All were paralyzed.
+
+"All of you people here have said nothing! Now the matter concerns
+me! I have avoided him. God now brings him to me. Let God judge!"
+
+The young man was breathing hard. With iron hand he held the Franciscan
+down, and the latter struggled in vain to break loose.
+
+"My heart beats tranquilly. My hand is sure."
+
+He looked about him and continued: "Is there among you any one who
+does not love his father; any one who hates his memory, any one
+who was born in disgrace and humiliation? See! Do you observe this
+silence? Priest of a peaceful God, with your mouth full of sanctity
+and religion, and a miserable heart, you could not have known what
+a father is. You should have thought of your own! Do you see? Among
+this crowd which you scorn, there is none such as you! You are judged!"
+
+The people around him made a stir, believing that he was going
+to strike.
+
+"Back!" he again cried in a threatening voice. "What? Do you fear
+that I would soil my hand with his impure blood? Have I not told
+you that my heart beats tranquilly? Back from us, all! Listen,
+priests, judges, you who think yourselves different from other men,
+and who claim other rights for yourselves! Listen! My father was an
+honorable man. Ask these people who venerate his memory. My father
+was a good citizen. He sacrificed himself for me and for the good of
+his country! His house was open. His table was ready for the stranger
+or the exile who came to it in his misery. He was a good Christian;
+he always did what was right. He never oppressed the helpless, nor
+brought sorrow to the miserable and wretched. To this man, he opened
+the door of his house. He had him sit at his table and he called
+him his friend. What has he done in return? He has calumniated him,
+persecuted him, has armed ignorance against him, violating the sanctity
+of his office, has thrown him out of his tomb, dishonored his memory,
+and persecuted him even in death's repose. And not content with that,
+he now persecutes his son. I have fled from him, I have avoided his
+presence. You heard him this morning profane the pulpit; you saw
+him point me out to the popular fanaticism; I said nothing. Now he
+comes here in search of a quarrel. To your surprise, I suffered in
+silence; but he again insults the sacred memory of my father, that
+memory which every son holds dear.... You who are here, you priests,
+you judges, have you seen your father watching over you night and day
+and working for you? Have you seen him deprive himself of you for your
+good? Have you seen your father die in prison, heart broken, sighing
+for some one to caress him, searching for some being to console him,
+alone in sickness, while you were in a foreign land? Have you heard
+his name dishonored afterward? Have you found his tomb vacant when
+you wished to pray upon it? No? You are silent. Then by that silence
+you condemn him!"
+
+He raised his arm; but a young maiden, quick as a flash, put herself
+between them and with her delicate hands stopped the arm of the
+avenger. It was Maria Clara.
+
+Ibarra looked at her with an expression that seemed to reflect
+madness. Gradually, he loosened the vise-like fingers of his hand,
+allowed the body of the Franciscan to fall, and dropped his knife
+upon the ground. Covering his face, he fled through the crowd.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XVIII
+
+THE FIRST CLOUD.
+
+
+The house of Captain Tiago was no less disturbed than the imagination
+of the people. Maria Clara, refusing to listen to the consolation
+of her aunt and foster sister, did nothing but weep. Her father had
+forbidden her to speak to Ibarra until the priests should absolve
+him from the excommunication which they had pronounced upon him.
+
+Captain Tiago, though very busy preparing his house for the reception
+of the Governor General, had been summoned to the convent.
+
+"Don't cry, my girl," said Aunt Isabel as she dusted off the
+mirrors. "They will certainly annul the excommunication; they will
+write the Pope.... We will make a large donation.... Father Damaso
+had nothing more than a fainting spell.... He is not dead."
+
+"Don't cry," said Andeng to her, in a low voice. "I will certainly
+arrange it so that you can speak to him. What are the confessionals
+made for, if we are not expected to sin? Everything is pardoned when
+one has told it to the curate."
+
+Finally, Captain Tiago arrived. They scanned his face for an answer
+to their many questions, but his expression announced too plainly
+his dismay. The poor man was sweating, and passing his hand over his
+forehead. He seemed unable to utter a word.
+
+"How is it, Santiago?" asked Aunt Isabel, anxiously.
+
+He answered her with a sigh and dried away a tear.
+
+"For God's sake, speak! What has happened?"
+
+"What I had already feared!" he broke out finally half crying. "All is
+lost! Father Damaso orders that the engagement be broken. If it is not
+broken off, I am condemned in this life and in the next. They all tell
+me the same thing, even Father Sibyla! I ought to shut the doors of
+my house and ... I owe him more than fifty thousand pesos. I told the
+Fathers so, but they would take no notice of it. 'Which do you prefer
+to lose,' they said to me, 'fifty thousand pesos, or your life and your
+soul?' Alas! Ay! San Antonio! If I had known it, if I had known it!"
+
+Maria Clara was sobbing.
+
+"Do not cry, my daughter," he added, turning to her. "You are not
+like your mother. She never cried ... she never cried except when she
+was whimsical just before your birth.... Father Damaso tells me that
+a relative of his has just arrived from Spain ... and that he wants
+him to be your fiance."...
+
+Maria Clara stopped up her ears.
+
+"But, Santiago, are you out of your head?" cried Aunt Isabel. "Speak
+to her now of another fiance! Do you think that your daughter can
+change lovers as easily as she changes her dress?"
+
+"I was thinking the same thing, Isabel. Don Crisostomo is rich.... The
+Spaniards only marry for love of money.... But what would you have
+me do? They have threatened me with excommunication. They say that
+I am in great peril: not only my soul, but also my body ... my body,
+do you hear? My body!"
+
+"But you only give sorrow to your daughter. Are you not a friend of
+the Archbishop? Why don't you write him?"
+
+"The Archbishop is also a friar. The Archbishop does only what the
+friars say. But, Maria, do not cry. The Governor General will come. He
+will want to see you and your eyes are all inflamed.... Alas! I
+was thinking what a happy afternoon I was going to pass.... Without
+this misfortune, I would be the happiest of men and all would envy
+me.... Calm yourself, my girl. I am more unfortunate than you and I
+do not cry. You can have another and better fiance, but I lose fifty
+thousand pesos. Ah! Virgin of Antipolo! If I could only have some
+luck to-night!"
+
+Noises, detonations, the rumbling of carriages, the galloping of
+horses, and a band playing the Marcha Real announced the arrival of
+His Excellency, the Governor General of the Philippine Islands. Maria
+Clara ran to hide in her bedroom.... Poor girl! Gross hands were
+playing with her heart, ignorant of the delicacy of its fibers.
+
+In the meantime, the house filled with people. Loud steps, commands,
+and the clanking of sabers and swords resounded on all sides. The
+afflicted maiden was half kneeling before an engraving of the Virgin,
+a picture representing her in that attitude of painful solitude,
+known only to Delaroche, as if she had been surprised on returning
+from the sepulchre of her Son. But Maria Clara was not thinking of
+the grief of that Mother; she was thinking of her own. With her head
+resting on her breast and her hands on the floor, she looked like a
+lily bent by the storm. A future, cherished for years in her dreams;
+a future whose illusions, born in her infancy and nursed through her
+youth, gave form to the cells of her being--that future was now to
+be blotted from the mind and heart by a single word!
+
+Maria Clara was as good and as pious a Christian as her aunt. The
+thought of an excommunication terrified her. The threat to destroy
+the peace of her father demanded that she sacrifice her love. She
+felt the entire strength of that affection which until now she had
+not known. It was like a river which glides along smoothly; its banks
+carpeted with fragrant flowers, its bed formed by fine sand, the wind
+scarcely rippling its surface, so quiet and peaceful that you would
+say that its waters were dead; until suddenly its channel is pent up,
+ragged rocks obstruct its course, and the entangled trunks of trees
+form a dike. Then the river roars; it rises up; its waves boil; it
+is lashed into foam, beats against the rocks and rushes into the abyss.
+
+She wanted to pray, but who can pray without hope? One prays when
+there is hope. When there is none, we surrender ourselves to God
+and wail. "My God!" cried her heart, "why shouldst thou separate me
+thus from him I love? Why deny me the love of others? Thou dost not
+deny me the sun, nor the air, nor dost thou hide the heavens from my
+sight. Why dost thou deny me love, when it is possible to live without
+sun, without air, and without the heavens, but without love, never?"
+
+"Mother, mother," she was moaning.
+
+Aunt Isabel came to take her from her grief. Some of her girl friends
+had arrived and the Governor General also desired to talk with her.
+
+"Aunt, tell them that I am ill!" begged the frightened maiden. "They
+wish to make me play the piano and sing."
+
+"Your father has promised it. You are not going to go back on your
+father?"
+
+Maria Clara arose, looked at her aunt, clasped her beautiful arms
+about her and murmured: "Oh, if I had ..."
+
+But, without finishing the sentence, she dried her tears and began
+to make her toilet.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XIX
+
+HIS EXCELLENCY.
+
+
+"I want to speak with that young man," said His Excellency to an
+adjutant. "He has awakened my interest."
+
+"They have already gone to look for him, General! But there is a young
+man here from Manila who insists on being introduced. We have told
+him that Your Excellency has no time and that you have not come to
+give audiences, but to see the town and the procession. But he has
+replied that Your Excellency always has time to dispense justice."
+
+His Excellency turned to the Alcalde as if in doubt.
+
+"If I am not mistaken," said the latter, making a slight bow, "it
+is a young man who this morning had a difficulty with Father Damaso
+about the sermon."
+
+"Still another? Has this friar undertaken to disturb the province,
+or does he think that he is in command here? Tell the young man to
+come in!"
+
+His Excellency was walking nervously from one end of the sala to
+the other.
+
+In the lower part of the house, in the ante-room, were several
+Spaniards, mingled with army officers and officials of the town of
+San Diego and some of the neighboring villages. They were grouped in
+little circles and were conversing about one thing and another. All
+of the friars were there except Father Damaso, and they wanted to go
+in and pay their respects to His Excellency.
+
+"His Excellency, the Governor General, begs Your Reverences to wait
+a moment," said the adjutant. "Walk in, young man!"
+
+The young man from Manila entered the sala, pale and trembling.
+
+Everybody was surprised. His Excellency must be irritated to dare to
+make the friars wait. Father Sibyla said: "I have nothing to say to
+him.... I am losing time here!"
+
+"It's the same with me," said an Augustine. "Shall we go?"
+
+"Would it not be better for us to find out what he thinks?" asked
+Father Salvi. "We would avoid a scandal ... and ... we would be able
+to call to his mind his duty to ... the Church."
+
+"Your Reverences can walk in, if you wish," announced the adjutant,
+as he escorted out the young man, whose face was now, however,
+glowing with satisfaction.
+
+Friar Sibyla entered first. Behind him came Father Salvi, Father
+Manuel Martin and the other priests. They all humbly saluted the
+Governor General, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who preserved
+even in his bow, an air of superiority. Father Salvi, on the contrary,
+almost touched the floor with his head.
+
+"Which of Your Reverences is Father Damaso?" asked His Excellency
+unexpectedly, without having them sit down, or even asking about
+their health, and without addressing them with any of those courteous
+phrases which are customary with such high personages.
+
+"Father Damaso is not among us, senor," replied Father Sibyla,
+rather dryly.
+
+"Your Excellency's servant lies ill in bed," added Father Salvi
+meekly. "After having the pleasure of saluting you and of inquiring
+about the health of Your Excellency, as befits all the good servants of
+the King and all persons of good education, we also come in the name of
+the respectful servant of Your Excellency who has the misfortune...."
+
+"Oh," interrupted the Governor General, as he turned a chair around on
+one leg and smiled nervously. "If all the servants of My Excellency
+were like His Reverence Father Damaso, I would prefer to serve My
+Excellency myself."
+
+The Reverences did not know how to respond to this interruption.
+
+"Take a seat, Your Reverences!" he added after a short pause, softening
+his tone a little.
+
+Captain Tiago came in dressed in a frock coat and walking on
+tip-toes. He was leading Maria Clara by the hand. The young maiden was
+trembling when she entered, but notwithstanding she made a graceful
+and ceremonious bow.
+
+"Is this your daughter?" asked the Governor General, somewhat
+surprised.
+
+"And Your Excellency's, my General," replied Captain Tiago
+seriously. [14]
+
+The Alcalde and the adjutants opened wide their eyes, but His
+Excellency did not lose his gravity. He extended his hand to the
+young maiden and said to her affably: "Happy are the fathers who have
+daughters like you, senorita. They have spoken to me about you with
+respect and consideration.... I have desired to see you and to thank
+you for your pretty deed of to-day. I am informed of all, and when
+I write to His Majesty's Government I will not forget your generous
+conduct. In the meantime, senorita, allow me in the name of His
+Majesty the King whom I represent here and who loves to see peace and
+tranquillity among his subjects, and in my own name, that of a father
+who also has daughters of your age, allow me to extend to you most
+sincere thanks and propose your name for some mark of recognition."
+
+"Senor ..." replied Maria Clara, trembling.
+
+His Excellency guessed what she wanted to say, and replied: "It is
+well enough, senorita, that you are satisfied in your own conscience
+with the mere esteem of your own people. The testimony of one's people
+is the highest reward and we ought not to ask more. But, however,
+I will not let pass this excellent opportunity to show you that,
+if justice knows how to punish, she also knows how to reward and is
+not always blind."
+
+"Senor Don Juan Crisostomo awaits Your Excellency's orders," announced
+the adjutant in a loud voice.
+
+Maria Clara trembled.
+
+"Ah!" exclaimed the Governor General. "Permit me, senorita, to express
+the desire to see you again before I leave town. I still have some
+very important things to say to you. Senor Alcalde, Your Lordship
+will accompany me for a walk after the conference which I will hold
+alone with Senor Ibarra."
+
+"Your Excellency will permit us," said Father Salvi meekly, "to inform
+you that Senor Ibarra is excommunicated ..."
+
+His Excellency interrupted him saying: "I am glad that I have nothing
+more to deplore than the condition of Father Damaso, for whom I
+sincerely wish a complete recovery, because at his age a voyage to
+Spain for his health would not be pleasant. But this depends on
+him ... and in the meantime, may God preserve the health of Your
+Reverences."
+
+They retired one after the other.
+
+"We will see who will make the journey first," said a Franciscan.
+
+"I am going off now right away!" said Father Sibyla, with indignation.
+
+"And we are going back to our provinces, too," said the Augustins.
+
+They could not endure that through the fault of a Franciscan His
+Excellency had received them coldly.
+
+In the entrance hall they met Ibarra, their host only a few hours
+ago. They exchanged no salutations, but their looks were eloquent.
+
+The Alcalde, on the contrary, when the friars had disappeared,
+greeted the young man and extended his hand to him in a familiar
+way. But the arrival of the adjutant, who was looking for Ibarra,
+did not give them an opportunity to converse.
+
+Ibarra was dressed in deep mourning. He presented himself in a calm
+manner, and bowed profoundly, despite the fact that the sight of the
+friars had not seemed a good omen for him.
+
+The Governor General advanced a few steps. "It gives me great
+satisfaction to shake your hand. Grant me your entire confidence."
+
+"Senor ... such kindness...!"
+
+"Your surprise offends me. It indicates that you did not expect a
+good reception from me. That is doubting my justice!"
+
+"A friendly reception, senor, for an insignificant subject like myself,
+is not justice, it is a favor."
+
+"Well, well!" said His Excellency, sitting down and pointing out a
+seat for Ibarra. "Let us speak frankly. I am very much pleased with
+your action and I have already proposed to His Majesty's Government
+that they grant you an insignia for your philanthropic intention of
+erecting a school.... If you had asked me, I would have attended the
+ceremony with a great deal of pleasure and perhaps the unpleasantness
+would have been avoided."
+
+"My idea of erecting a school seems to me so insignificant," replied
+the young man, "that I did not think it an occasion worthy of taking
+the attention of Your Excellency from your many duties and cares. Then,
+too, it was my duty to first address the highest authority of the
+province."
+
+His Excellency made a bow of satisfaction and adopting a still more
+intimate manner, continued:
+
+"In regard to the unpleasantness which you have had with Father
+Damaso, have no fear nor regret. I will not touch a hair of your head
+while I govern these Islands. And in regard to the excommunication,
+I will speak to the Archbishop, for it is necessary for us to adapt
+ourselves to circumstances. Here, we cannot laugh about these things
+in public as we do in Spain or in cultured Europe. Nevertheless, be
+more prudent in the future. You have put yourself in opposition to
+the religious corporations, which, on account of your position and
+wealth, need to be respected. But I will protect you, because I like
+good sons, I like to see a person respect the honor of his father. I,
+too, love my father, and as sure as there is a God, I know what I
+would have done had I been in your place...."
+
+And quickly turning the conversation, he asked: "You have told me
+that you come from Europe; were you in Madrid?"
+
+"Yes, senor; for some months."
+
+"You have perhaps heard of my family?"
+
+"Your Excellency had just left when I had the honor to be presented
+to it."
+
+"And why, then, did you come here without bringing some letter of
+introduction?"
+
+"Senor," replied Ibarra bowing, "because I do not come directly from
+Spain, and because, having heard of Your Excellency's character,
+I thought that a letter of introduction would not only be useless,
+but even offensive. All Filipinos are recommended to you."
+
+A smile appeared on the lips of the old officer and he replied slowly,
+as if weighing and measuring his words:
+
+"It flatters me to learn that you think so ... and ... so it ought to
+be. However, young man, you ought to know what loads we bear upon our
+shoulders here in the Philippines. Here, we, old army officers, have to
+do and be everything: King, Secretary of State, of War, of Agriculture,
+of Internal Affairs and of Justice. The worst part of it is the fact
+that in regard to everything we have to consult our distant Mother
+Country, which approves or rejects our propositions, according to
+circumstances, sometimes blindly. And you know how we Spaniards say:
+'Grasp much, get little.' Then, too, we come here ignorant of the
+country and we leave it as soon as we begin to know it. With you I can
+be frank, for it would be useless to appear otherwise. In Spain, where
+each branch of the Government has its own Minister, born and brought
+up in the country, where they have the press and public opinion, the
+opposition is open and before the eyes of the Government, and shows
+up its faults; yet, even there, all is imperfect and defective. And
+when you consider the conditions here, it is a wonder that all is
+not upset, with all those advantages lacking, and with the opposition
+working in the dark. Good intentions and wishes are not wanting in us
+governing officials, but we find ourselves obliged to make use of eyes
+and arms which frequently we do not know, and which, perhaps, instead
+of serving the country, serve only their own interests. That is not
+our fault; it is the fault of circumstances. You arouse my interest
+and I do not want our present system of government to prejudice you
+in any way. I cannot watch everything, nor can I attend to all. Can
+I be useful to you in any way? Have you anything to request?"
+
+Ibarra meditated.
+
+"Senor," he replied, "my greatest desire is the happiness of my
+country, a happiness due to the efforts of our Mother Country and to
+the efforts of my fellow countrymen, united with the eternal bonds
+of a common interest and common object. What I ask the Government
+can only give after many years of continuous work and proper reforms."
+
+His Excellency looked at him for several seconds with a look which
+Ibarra met naturally, without timidity and without boldness.
+
+"You are the first man with whom I have spoken in this country,"
+he exclaimed grasping his hand.
+
+"Your Excellency has only seen those who lead a grovelling existence
+in the city. You have not seen the calumniated hovels of our towns. If
+you had, you would have seen true men, if generous hearts and simple
+manners make true men."
+
+The Governor General arose and paced the sala from one side to
+the other.
+
+"Senor Ibarra," he exclaimed, stopping a moment. The young man
+arose. "I will probably leave here within a month. Your education and
+your mode of thinking are not for this country. Sell what you possess,
+get your trunk ready and come with me to Europe. That climate will
+be better for you."
+
+"I shall cherish all my life the memory of Your Excellency's kindness,"
+replied Ibarra, moved by what the Governor General had said. "But I
+ought to live in the country where my fathers have lived...."
+
+"Where they have died, you should say, to speak more
+exactly. Believe me! I possibly know your country better than you
+do yourself.... Ah! Now I remember," he exclaimed changing the tone
+of his voice. "You are going to marry a lovely girl and I am keeping
+you here! Go, go to her side, and that you may have greater liberty
+send her father to me," he added, smiling. "Do not forget, however,
+that I want you to accompany me for a walk."
+
+Ibarra bowed and departed.
+
+His Excellency called his adjutant.
+
+"I am happy," said he, giving him a light slap on the shoulder. "To-day
+I have seen for the first time how one can be a good Spaniard without
+ceasing to be a good Filipino and to love his country. To-day, at last,
+I have shown the Reverences that we are not all their playthings. This
+young man has afforded me the opportunity, and, in a short time,
+I will have settled all of my accounts with the friar. It's a pity
+that this young man, some day or other ... but call the Alcalde to me."
+
+The latter presented himself at once.
+
+"Senor Alcalde," he said to him, as he entered the room, "in order
+to avoid a repetition of scenes such as Your Honor witnessed this
+afternoon, scenes which I deplore because they take away the prestige
+of the Government and all Spaniards, I want to commend to you warmly
+Senor Ibarra, that you may not only aid him in carrying out his
+patriotic ends, but also prevent in the future any person of whatever
+class or under whatever pretext, from molesting him."
+
+The Alcalde understood the reprimand and bowed to conceal his
+confusion.
+
+"Have the alferez, who is in command here, informed to the same
+effect. And you will find out if it is true that this officer has
+methods of procedure that are not in accordance with the regulations. I
+have heard more than one complaint on this score."
+
+Captain Tiago, all starched and ironed, presented himself.
+
+"Don Santiago," said His Excellency, in a cordial tone of voice,
+"a little while ago I was congratulating you on having a daughter
+like the Senorita de los Santos. Now I want to congratulate you on
+your future son-in-law. The most virtuous of daughters is certainly
+worthy of the best citizen of the Philippines. Is the date of the
+wedding known?"
+
+"Senor!" stammered the Captain, wiping away the perspiration which
+was running down his face.
+
+"O, come! I see that there is nothing definite. If you need godfathers,
+I will be one of them with the greatest pleasure. I would do it to
+take away the bad taste which so many of the weddings which I have
+attended here have left in my mouth," he added, turning to the Alcalde.
+
+"Yes, senor!" replied Captain Tiago, with a smile which inspired
+compassion.
+
+Ibarra had gone in search of Maria Clara, almost on a run. He had so
+many things to tell her. He heard some gentle voices in one of the
+rooms and knocked at the door.
+
+"Who knocks?" asked Maria Clara.
+
+The voices were silenced and the door ... was not opened.
+
+"It is I. May I come in?" asked the young man, his heart beating
+violently.
+
+The silence was not broken. A few seconds afterward gentle steps
+approached the door and Sinang's cheerful voice murmured through the
+key-hole: "Crisostomo, we are going to the theatre to-night. Write
+what you have to say to Maria Clara."
+
+Then the footsteps were heard retreating, as quickly as they had come.
+
+"What does that mean!" murmured Ibarra to himself, as he went slowly
+away from the door.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XX
+
+THE PROCESSION.
+
+
+In the evening, by the light of lanterns hung from windows, to the
+ringing of bells and bursting of bombs, the procession started for
+the fourth time.
+
+The Governor General left the house on foot, in company with his two
+adjutants, Captain Tiago, the Alcalde, the alferez, and Ibarra. The
+Civil Guards and the officials of the town preceded them and cleared
+the way. His Excellency had been invited to witness the procession
+from the house of the gobernadorcillo, in front of which a platform
+had been erected for the recitation of a loa, or religious poem,
+in honor of the Patron Saint. Ibarra had previously declined with
+pleasure an invitation to hear this poetical composition, as he had
+preferred to witness the procession from the house of Captain Tiago
+with Maria Clara and her friends. But, as His Excellency wished to
+hear the loa, there was no other remedy for Ibarra but to console
+himself with the hope of seeing her at the theatre.
+
+The procession was headed by three sacristans carrying silver
+candlesticks. The children of the school, accompanied by their
+teacher, followed. Then came the small boys, with colored paper
+lanterns fastened to the ends of pieces of bamboo, each more or
+less adorned according to the caprices of the boy, for this part
+of the illumination was paid for entirely by themselves. However,
+they fulfilled this duty with a great deal of pleasure.
+
+In the midst of it all, men serving as police, passed to and fro to
+see that the files of the procession were not broken or the people
+jammed together in a crowd. For this purpose they used their wands
+and inflicted some hard blows, thus managing to add to the brilliancy
+of the procession, to the edification of souls and to the glory of
+religious pomp.
+
+At the same time that the officers inflicted these sanctified floggings
+with their wands free of charge, others, to console those who had
+been punished, distributed wax and tallow candles, also free of charge.
+
+"Senor Alcalde," said Ibarra, in a low voice, "do they inflict those
+blows to punish the sinners or merely for pleasure?"
+
+"You are right, Senor Ibarra," replied the Governor General, who had
+overheard his question. "This spectacle ... barbarous ... astonishing
+to those who come from other countries, ought to be prohibited."
+
+Although it cannot be explained, the first saint who appeared
+was San Juan el Baptisto. On seeing him, you would say that the
+cousin of Our Saviour did not enjoy any great renown among these
+people. He had slender feet and legs and the face of a hermit, and
+was carried along on an old wooden litter. In marked contrast to the
+representation of San Juan, was that of San Francisco, the founder of
+the great order. The latter was drawn in a car, and, as Tasio said:
+"What a car! How many lights and glass lanterns! Why, I have never
+seen you surrounded by so many illuminations, Giovanni Bernardone! And
+what music!"
+
+Behind the music came a standard representing the same saint, but with
+seven wings. It was carried by the brothers of the Third Order, dressed
+in guingon and praying in a loud and mournful voice. The next in the
+procession was Santa Maria Magdalena, a most beautiful image with
+an abundant growth of hair, a handkerchief of embroidered pina cloth
+between her ring-covered fingers, and wearing a dress of silk adorned
+with gold-leaf. Lights and incense surrounded her. The glass tears from
+her eyes reflected the colors of the colored fire which was burned here
+and there, giving a fantastic aspect to the procession. Consequently,
+the sinful saint appeared to be weeping now green, now red and now blue
+tears. The people did not begin to burn these colored lights till San
+Francisco was passing; San Juan el Baptisto did not enjoy this honor,
+passing by quickly, ashamed perhaps to go dressed in skins among so
+many saints covered with gold and precious jewels.
+
+"There goes our saint!" cried the daughter of the gobernadorcillo to
+her visitors. "I loaned her my rings, but I did it to get to Heaven."
+
+Those carrying the illuminations stopped near the platform to hear
+the loa. The saints did the same. They and their carriers wanted
+to hear the verses. Those who carried San Juan, tired of waiting,
+squatted down in the characteristic Filipino manner, and found it
+convenient to leave their burden on the ground.
+
+"You'll get into trouble," objected one.
+
+"Jesus! In the sacristy, they leave him in a corner among
+spider-webs...."
+
+After Magdalena came the women. They differed from the men in
+arrangement. Instead of the children, the old women came first and
+finally the unmarried women. Behind these came the car of the Virgin,
+and behind that, the curate under his canopy. Father Damaso gave the
+following reason for putting the young women next to the Virgin's
+car: "The Virgin likes young women, but not old ones." Of course,
+this explanation caused many of the older women to make wry faces,
+but that did not change the taste of the Virgin.
+
+San Diego followed Magdalena, but he did not seem to rejoice over the
+fact, for he was as precise in his behavior as on the morning when he
+followed along behind San Francisco. Six brothers of the Third Order
+drew the car. San Diego stopped before the platform and awaited for
+the people to salute him.
+
+But it was necessary to await the car which contained the image of the
+Virgin. Preceding this car were some people dressed in a fantastic
+manner which made children cry and babies scream. In the midst of
+that dark mass of habits, hoods and girdles, to the sound of that
+monotonous and nasal prayer, one could see, like white jessamine,
+like fresh pansies among old rags, twelve young lassies dressed in
+white, crowned with flowers, with hair curled and eyes bright as the
+necklaces they wore. Seizing hold of two wide blue bands which were
+tied to the car of the Virgin, they drew it along, reminding one of
+doves drawing the car of Spring.
+
+And now when the images were all attentive, when this child and
+that had been slapped sufficiently to make him listen to the verses,
+when everybody had his eyes fixed on the half open curtain, at last,
+an aaaah! of admiration escaped from the lips of all.
+
+And the sight merited it. A young child appeared with wings, riding
+boots, a cordon over its shoulder, a belt and a plumed hat.
+
+"The Senor Alcalde!" cried some one, but the young prodigy recited
+a poem in such a manner that the Alcalde was not offended at the
+comparison.
+
+The procession then continued. San Juan followed out his bitter career.
+
+As the Virgin passed before the house of Captain Tiago, a heavenly song
+greeted her like the words of an archangel. It was a sweet, melodious,
+supplicating voice, weeping the Ave Maria of Gounod. The music of
+the procession was silenced, the praying ceased, and Father Salvi
+himself stopped. The voice trembled and brought tears to the cheeks
+of those who heard it. That voice expressed more than a salutation,
+a prayer, or a plaint.
+
+From the window, where he was viewing the procession, Ibarra heard
+the voice, and melancholy took possession of his heart. He understood
+what that soul was suffering and what was expressed in that song. He
+was afraid to think of the cause of that grief.
+
+The Governor General found him pensive and sad.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXI
+
+DONA CONSOLACION.
+
+
+Why were the windows in the alferez's house closed? Where was
+the masculine face and the flannel shirt of the Medusa or Muse of
+the Civil Guard while the procession was passing? Could she have
+understood how unpleasant was the sight of the swelling veins of
+her forehead, filled, it seemed, not with blood but with vinegar
+and bile; of her large cigar, that worthy ornament of her red lips;
+and of her envious look; could she have understood all of that, and,
+giving way to a generous impulse, have refrained from disturbing the
+gayety of the crowd by her sinister apparition?
+
+Alas! Her generous impulses lived only in the golden age.
+
+Her house was sad because other people were merry, as Sinang put
+it. There neither lanterns nor flags could be seen. In fact, if the
+sentry were not walking up and down in front of the gate, you would
+have said that the house was unoccupied.
+
+A feeble light illumined the disarranged sala, and made transparent
+the oyster-shell windows filled with spider-webs and covered with
+dust. The Senora, according to her custom, her hands folded, sat in
+a wide arm-chair. She was dressed the same as every day, that is to
+say, outrageously out of taste. In detail, she had a handkerchief
+tied around her head, while short, slender locks of tangled hair
+hung down on either side; a blue flannel shirt over another shirt
+which should have been white; and a faded-out skirt which moulded
+itself to her slender thighs as she sat with her legs crossed and
+nervously wiggled her foot. From her mouth, came big puffs of smoke,
+which she fastidiously blew up in the space toward which she looked
+when her eyes were open.
+
+That morning the Senora had not heard mass, not because she had not
+cared to hear it, for on the contrary she wanted to show herself to
+the multitude and to hear the sermon, but because her husband had not
+permitted her to do so. As was usually the case, his prohibition was
+accompanied by two or three insults, oaths and threats of kicking. The
+alferez understood that his "female" dressed herself in a ridiculous
+manner, and that it was not fitting to expose her to the eyes of the
+people from the capital nor even the country districts.
+
+But she did not understand it that way. She knew that she was
+beautiful, attractive, that she had the manners of a queen and that
+she dressed much better and more gorgeously than Maria Clara herself,
+though to be sure the latter wore a tapis over her skirt while she
+wore only the skirt. The alferez had to say to her: "Oh, shut your
+mouth or I'll kick you till you do!"
+
+Dona Consolacion did not care to be kicked, but she planned revenge.
+
+The dark face of the Senora never had inspired confidence in anybody,
+not even when she painted it. That morning she was exceptionally
+uneasy, and as she walked from one end of the sala to the other, in
+silence and as if meditating something terrible, her eyes shone like
+those of a serpent about to be crushed. Her look was cold, luminous,
+and penetrating and had something vicious, loathsome and cruel in it.
+
+The slightest defect in anything, the most insignificant or unusual
+noise brought forth an obscene and infamous expression; but no one
+responded. To offer an excuse was a crime.
+
+So the day passed. Encountering no obstacle in her way--her husband
+had been invited out--she became saturated with bile.
+
+Everything around bent itself before her. She met no resistance,
+there was nothing upon which she could discharge the vials of her
+wrath. Soldiers and servants crawled before her.
+
+That she might not hear the rejoicing going on outside, she ordered
+the windows to be closed, and charged the sentry not to permit any
+one to enter. She tied a handkerchief around her head to prevent
+it from bursting; and, in spite of the fact that the sun was still
+shining brightly, she ordered the lamps lighted.
+
+A madwoman who had been detained for disturbing the public peace was
+taken to the barracks. The alferez was not there at the time and the
+unhappy woman had to pass the night seated on a bench. The following
+day the alferez returned. Fearing lest the unhappy woman should become
+the butt of the crowd during the fiesta, he ordered the soldiers who
+were guarding her to treat her with pity and give her something to
+eat. Thus the demented woman passed two days.
+
+Whether the proximity to Captain Tiago's house made it possible for
+the sad song of Maria Clara to reach her ears, whether other strains
+of music awoke in her memories of old songs, or whether there was
+some other cause for it, at any rate, the madwoman began that night
+to sing with a sweet and melancholy voice the songs of her youth. The
+soldiers heard her and kept silent. Those songs brought back memories
+of the old times.
+
+Dona Consolacion also heard it in her sorrow, and became interested
+in the person who was singing.
+
+"Tell her to come upstairs at once!" she ordered, after some seconds
+of meditation. Something like a smile passed over her dry lips.
+
+They brought the woman and she presented herself without any
+discomposure, and without manifesting either fear or surprise.
+
+"Orderly, tell this woman in Tagalog to sing!" said the alfereza. "She
+don't understand me; she does not know Spanish."
+
+The demented woman understood the orderly and sang the song "Night."
+
+Dona Consolacion listened to the beginning with a mocking smile which
+disappeared gradually from her lips. She became attentive, then
+more serious and pensive. The woman's voice, the sentiment of the
+verses and the song itself impressed her. That dry and burning heart
+was perhaps softened. She understood the song well: "Sadness, cold,
+and dampness, wrapped in the mantle of Night descend from the sky,"
+as the folk song puts it. It seemed that they were also descending
+upon her heart. "The withered flower which during the day has paraded
+its dress, desirous of applause and full of vanity, at nightfall
+repenting, makes an effort to raise its faded petals to the sky, and
+begs for a little shade in which to hide itself, so as to die without
+the mockery of the light which saw it in its pomp, to die without
+the vanity of its pride being seen, and begging for a drop of dew,
+to weep over it. The night bird, leaving its solitary retreat in the
+hollow of the old tree, disturbs the melancholy of the forests...."
+
+"No, no! Do not sing!" exclaimed the alfereza in perfect Tagalog
+and raising to her feet somewhat agitated. "Don't sing! Those verses
+hurt me!"
+
+The demented woman stopped. The orderly muttered "Bah!" and exclaimed
+"She knows how to pata Tagalog!" and stood looking at the senora full
+of surprise.
+
+The Muse understood that she had been caught, and was ashamed. As
+her nature was not that of a woman, her shame took the form of rage
+and hatred. She pointed out the door to the impudent orderly and with
+a kick closed it behind him. She took several turns about the room,
+twisting a whip between her nervous hands, and then, stopping suddenly
+in front of the demented woman, said in Spanish: "Dance!"
+
+The demented one did not move.
+
+"Dance! Dance!" she repeated in a threatening voice.
+
+The poor woman looked at the Senora, her eyes devoid of expression. The
+alfereza raised one arm and then the other, shaking them in a
+menacing way.
+
+She then leaped up in the air, and jumped around urging the other woman
+to imitate her. The band in the procession could be heard playing
+a slow, majestic march, but the Senora, leaping about furiously
+was keeping time to different music than that the band was playing,
+that music which resounded within her. A curious look appeared in the
+madwoman's eyes, and a weak smile moved her pale lips. She liked the
+Senora's dancing.
+
+The alfereza stopped dancing as if ashamed. She raised the whip,
+that terrible whip made in Ulango and improved by the alferez by
+winding wire around it, that same terrible whip which the ladrones
+and soldiers knew so well.
+
+"Now it is your turn to dance ... dance!"
+
+And she began to whip lightly the demented woman's bare feet.
+
+The pale face contracted with pain, and she was obliged to defend
+herself from the blows by her hands.
+
+"Come! Go ahead!" she exclaimed with savage delight, and she passed
+from lento to allegro-vivace in the use of her whip.
+
+The unhappy woman screamed and quickly raised her feet.
+
+"You have got to dance, you d----d Indian!" exclaimed the Senora and
+the whip whizzed and whistled.
+
+The woman let herself sink to the floor and tried to cover her
+legs with her hands, at the same time looking with wild eyes at her
+tormentor. Two heavy lashes on her back made her rise again. Now it was
+no longer a scream; it was a howl which escaped from the unfortunate
+woman. The thin shirt was torn, the skin broke open and the blood
+oozed out.
+
+The sight of blood excites a tiger; so, too, the sight of the blood
+of her victim infuriated Dona Consolacion.
+
+"Dance! dance! Curse you! D----n you! Dance! Cursed be the mother
+who bore you!" she cried. "Dance, or I'll kill you by whipping you
+to death!"
+
+Then the alfereza, taking the woman with one hand and whipping her
+with another, began to jump and dance.
+
+The insane woman understood her at last and went on moving her arms
+regardless of time or tune. A smile of satisfaction contracted the
+lips of the teacher. It was like the smile of a female Mephistopheles
+who had succeeded in developing a good pupil; it was full of hatred,
+contempt, mockery and cruelty; a coarse laugh could not have expressed
+more.
+
+Absorbed in the enjoyment which the spectacle afforded her, she did
+not hear her husband coming, until he opened the door with a kick.
+
+The alferez appeared, pale and gloomy. He saw what was going on there
+and looked daggers at his wife. She did not move from her tracks and
+stood smiling in a cynical way.
+
+In the gentlest manner possible, he put his hand on the shoulder of
+the dancing woman and made her stop. The demented woman sighed and
+slowly sat down on the blood-covered floor.
+
+The silence continued. The alferez was breathing heavily. His wife
+was observing him with her questioning eyes. She seized the whip
+and in a calm and measured tone asked him: "What's the matter with
+you? You have not said 'good evening' to me."
+
+The alferez, without replying, called the orderly.
+
+"Take this woman," he said, "and have Marta give her another shirt
+and take care of her. Find her good food, and a good bed.... Let him
+look out who treats her badly!"
+
+After carefully closing the door, he turned the key in the lock and
+approached his senora.
+
+"You want me to smash you?" he said, clenching his fists.
+
+"What's the matter with you?" asked she, retreating a step or two.
+
+"What's the matter with me?" he shouted, in a thundering voice, and,
+giving vent to an oath, showed her a paper covered with scribbling. He
+continued:
+
+"Didn't you write this letter to the Alcalde, saying that I am paid
+for permitting the gambling, d----n you? I don't know how I can keep
+from smashing you."
+
+"Go ahead! Try it if you dare!" said she, with a mocking smile. "He
+who smashes me has got to be more of a man than you!"
+
+He heard the insult, but he saw the whip. He seized one of the plates
+which were on the table and threw it at her head. The woman, accustomed
+to these fights, ducked quickly and the plate was shivered to pieces
+against the wall. A glass, a cup, and a knife shared the same fortune.
+
+"Coward!" she cried. "You dare not come near me!"
+
+And then she spat at him to exasperate him more. The man, blind and
+howling with rage, threw himself on her, but she, with wonderful
+rapidity, struck him a few blows across the face with the whip, and
+quickly escaped. Closing the door of her room with a slam, she locked
+herself in. Roaring with rage and pain the alferez followed her, but,
+coming up against the door, he could do nothing but belch forth a
+string of blasphemies.
+
+"Cursed be your ancestors, you swine! Open, d----n you! Open that door
+or I'll break your skull!" he howled, pounding and kicking the panels.
+
+Dona Consolacion did not reply. A moving of chairs and trunks could
+be heard, as though some one was trying to raise a barricade of
+household furniture. The house fairly shook with the oaths and kicks
+of the husband.
+
+"Don't you come in! Don't you come in!" she said, in a bitter
+voice. "If you show yourself, I'll shoot you!"
+
+The husband calmed down, little by little, and contented himself with
+pacing from one end of the sala to the other like a wild animal in
+its cage.
+
+"Go and cool your head!" continued the woman in mockery. She seemed
+to have concluded her preparations for defense.
+
+"I swear that when I catch you, no one--not even God--will see you
+again! I'll smash you so fine."
+
+"Yes! Now you can say what you wish. You would not let me go to
+mass. You would not let me fulfill my duty to God!" she said with
+such sarcasm as she alone knew how to use.
+
+The alferez took his helmet, straightened out his clothes, and walked
+away several paces. But, at the end of several minutes, he returned
+without making the slightest noise, for he had taken off his boots. The
+servants, accustomed to these spectacles, paid no attention to them,
+but the novelty of this move with the boots attracted their notice
+and they gave each other the wink.
+
+The alferez sat down on a chair next to the door and had the patience
+to wait more than half an hour.
+
+"Have you really gone out or are you there, you he-goat?" asked a
+voice from time to time, changing the epithets but raising the tone.
+
+Finally, she commenced to take away the furniture from her
+barricade. He heard the noise and smiled.
+
+"Orderly! Has the senor gone out?" cried Dona Consolacion.
+
+The orderly at a signal from the alferez, replied: "Yes, senora,
+he has gone out!"
+
+He could hear her laugh triumphantly. She drew back the bolt. The
+husband arose to his feet slowly; the door was opened.
+
+A cry, the noise of a body falling, oaths, howling, swearing, blows,
+hoarse voices. Who can describe what took place in the darkness of
+the bedroom?
+
+The orderly, going out to the kitchen, made a very expressive gesture
+to the cook.
+
+"And now you'll catch it!" said the latter.
+
+"I? No, sir. The town will, not I. She asked me if he had gone out,
+not if he had returned."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXII
+
+MIGHT AND RIGHT.
+
+
+It was about ten o'clock at night. The last rockets lazily soared
+into the dark sky, where paper balloons shone like new stars. Some of
+the fireworks had set fire to houses and were threatening them with
+destruction; for this reason men could be seen on the ridges of the
+roofs carrying buckets of water and long bamboo poles with cloths tied
+on the ends. Their dark shadows seemed descended from ethereal space
+to be present at the rejoicings of human beings. An enormous number of
+wheels had been burned, also castles, bulls, caraboas and other pieces
+of fireworks, and finally a great volcano, which surpassed in beauty
+and grandeur anything that the inhabitants of San Diego had ever seen.
+
+Now the people turned in one great crowd toward the plaza to attend
+the last theatrical performance. Here and there could be seen the
+colored Bengal lights, fantastically illuminating groups of merry
+people. The small boys were making use of their torches to search
+for unexploded firecrackers in the grass, or, in fact, for anything
+else that might be of use to them. But the music was the signal and
+all abandoned the lawn for the theatre.
+
+The large platform was splendidly illuminated. Thousands of lights
+surrounded the pillars and hung from the roof, while a number, in
+pyramid-shaped groups, were arranged on the floor of the stage. An
+employee attended to these and whenever he would come forward to
+regulate them, the public would whistle at him and shout: "There he
+is! There he is now!"
+
+In front of the stage, the orchestra tuned its instruments, and
+behind the musicians sat the principal people of the town. Spaniards
+and rich visitors were occupying the reserved chairs. The public,
+the mass of people without titles or rank, filled the rest of the
+plaza. Some carried with them benches, not so much for seats as
+to remedy their lack of stature. When they stood upon them, rude
+protests were made on the part of those without benches or things to
+stand on. Then they would get down immediately, but soon mount up on
+their pedestals again as if nothing had happened.
+
+Comings and goings, cries, exclamations, laughter, squibs that had
+been slow in going off, and firecrackers increased the tumult. Here,
+a foot broke through a bench, and some one fell to the floor, while
+the crowd laughed and made a show of him who had come so far to see
+a show. There, they fought and disputed over positions, and, a little
+farther on, the noise of breaking bottles and glasses could be heard:
+it was Andeng. She was carrying drinks and refreshments on a tray
+which she was balancing with both hands, but she had met her lover
+and he tried to take advantage of her helplessness by tickling....
+
+The teniente mayor presided at the production since the gobernadorcillo
+was fonder of monte.
+
+Maria Clara and her friends had arrived, and Don Filipo received
+them, and accompanied them to their seats. Behind came the curate
+with another Franciscan and some Spaniards. With the curate were some
+other people who make it their business to escort the friars.
+
+"May God reward them in another life," said the old man, referring
+to them as he walked away from Maria Clara's party.
+
+The performance began with Chananay and Marianito in Crispinoe la
+Comare. Everybody had eyes and ears intent upon the stage, except
+one, Father Salvi. He seemed to have come to the theatre for no other
+purpose than to watch Maria Clara, whose sadness gave to her beauty
+an air so ideal and interesting that everybody looked upon her with
+rapture. But the Franciscan's eyes, deeply hidden in their hollow
+orbits, spoke no words of rapture. In that sombre look one could read
+something desperately sad. With such eyes Cain might have contemplated
+from afar the Paradise whose delights his mother had pictured to him.
+
+The act was just ending when Ibarra arrived. His presence occasioned
+a buzz of conversation. The attention of everybody was fixed on him
+and on the curate.
+
+But the young man did not seem to be aware of it, for he greeted
+Maria Clara and her friends with naturalness and sat down at their
+side. The only one who spoke was Sinang.
+
+"Did you see the volcano when they touched it off?" she asked.
+
+"No, my little friend. I had to accompany the Governor General."
+
+"Well, that is too bad! The curate came with us and he was telling
+us stories about condemned people. What do you think? Doesn't he do
+it to make us afraid so that we cannot enjoy ourselves? How does it
+appear to you?"
+
+The curate arose and approached Don Filipo, with whom he seemed to
+be having a lively discussion. He was speaking with animation and
+Don Filipo replying with moderation and in a low voice.
+
+"I am sorry that I cannot please Your Reverence," said the
+latter. "Senor Ibarra is one of the heaviest tax-payers and has a
+right to sit here as long as he does not disturb the public order."
+
+"But is not scandalizing good Christians disturbing the public
+order? You let a wolf into the flock. You will be held responsible
+for this before God and before the authorities of the town."
+
+"I always hold myself responsible for acts which emanate from my own
+will, Father," replied Don Filipo, slightly inclining his head. "But
+my little authority does not give me power to meddle in religious
+affairs. Those who wish to avoid contact with him do not have to
+speak to him. Senor Ibarra does not force himself on any one."
+
+"But he affords danger. He who loves danger perishes in it."
+
+"I don't see any danger, Father. The Alcalde and the Governor General,
+my superiors, have been talking with him all the afternoon, and it
+is not for me to give them a lesson."
+
+"If you don't put him out of here, we will leave."
+
+"I am very, very sorry, but I cannot put any one out of here."
+
+The curate repented having said what he did, but now there was no
+alternative. He made a signal to his companion, who laboriously rose
+to his feet and both went out. The persons attached to the friars
+imitated the priests, not, however, without first glancing with hatred
+at Ibarra.
+
+Murmurs and whispers increased. Then various persons approached and
+saluted the young man and said:
+
+"We are with you. Take no notice of them."
+
+"Who are 'them'?" he asked with surprise.
+
+"Those who have gone out in order to avoid contact with you."
+
+"To avoid contact with me? Contact with me?"
+
+"Yes, they say that you are excommunicated."
+
+Ibarra, surprised, did not know what to say and looked around him. He
+saw Maria Clara, who was hiding her face behind her fan.
+
+"But is it possible?" he exclaimed at last. "Are we still in the
+darkness of the Middle Ages? So that----"
+
+And turning to the young women and changing his tone, he said:
+
+"Excuse me; I have forgotten an appointment. I will return to accompany
+you home."
+
+"Stay!" said Sinang. "Yeyeng is going to dance in the 'La
+Calandria.' She dances divinely."
+
+"I cannot, my little friend, but I will certainly return."
+
+The murmurs increased.
+
+While Yeyeng, dressed in the style of the lower class of Madrid, was
+coming on the stage with the remark: "Da Uste su permiso?" (Do you
+give your permission?) and as Carvajal was replying to her "Pase uste
+adelante" (Pass forward), two soldiers of the Civil Guard approached
+Don Filipo, asking him to suspend the performance.
+
+"And what for?" asked he, surprised at the request.
+
+"Because the alferez and his Senora have been fighting and they
+cannot sleep."
+
+"You tell the alferez that we have permission from the Alcalde,
+and that no one in the town has any authority over him, not even the
+gobernadorcillo, who is my on-ly su-per-ior."
+
+"Well, you will have to suspend the performance," repeated the
+soldiers.
+
+Don Filipo turned his back to them. The guards marched off.
+
+In order not to disturb the general tranquillity, Don Filipo said
+not a word about the matter to any one.
+
+After a piece of light opera, which was heartily applauded, the Prince
+Villardo presented himself on the stage, and challenged all the Moros,
+who had imprisoned his father, to a fight. The hero threatened to
+cut off all their heads at a single blow and to send them all to
+the moon. Fortunately for the Moros, who were making ready to fight
+to the tune of the "Riego Hymn," [15] a tumult intervened. All of a
+sudden, the orchestra stopped playing and the musicians made a rush
+for the stage, throwing their instruments in all directions. The
+brave Villardo was not expecting such a move, and, taking them
+for allies of the Moros he also threw down his sword and shield and
+began to run. The Moros, seeing this terrible giant fleeing, found it
+convenient to imitate him. Cries, sighs, imprecations and blasphemies
+filled the air. The people ran, trampled over each other, the lights
+were put out, and the glass lamps with their cocoanut oil and little
+wicks were flying through the air. "Tulisanes! Tulisanes!" cried
+some. "Fire! Fire! Ladrones!" cried others. Women and children wept,
+chairs and spectators were rolled over on the floor in the midst of
+the confusion, rush and tumult.
+
+"What has happened?"
+
+Two Civil Guards with sticks in hand had gone after the musicians
+in order to put an end to the spectacle. The teniente mayor, with
+the cuaderilleros, [16] armed with their old sabers, had managed to
+arrest the two Civil Guards in spite of their resistance.
+
+"Take them to the tribunal!" shouted Don Filipo. "Be careful not to
+let them get away!"
+
+Ibarra had returned and had sought out Maria Clara. The terrified
+young maidens, trembling and pale, were clinging closely to him. Aunt
+Isabel was reciting the litanies in Latin.
+
+The crowd having recovered a little from the fright and some one
+having explained what had caused the rush and tumult, indignation
+arose in everyone's breast. Stones rained upon the Civil Guards who
+were being conducted to the tribunal by the cuaderilleros. Some one
+proposed that they burn the barracks of the Civil Guards and that
+they roast Dona Consolacion and the alferez alive.
+
+"That is all that they are good for," cried a woman, rolling up her
+sleeves and stretching out her arms. "They can disturb the people
+but they persecute none but honorable men. They do nothing with the
+tulisanes and the gamblers. Look at them! Let us burn the cuartel."
+
+Somebody had been wounded in the arm and was asking for confession. A
+plaintive voice was heard coming from under an upset bench. It was
+a poor musician. The stage was filled with the players and people
+of the town and they were all talking at the same time. There
+was Chananay, dressed in the costume of Leonor in the "Trovador,"
+talking in corrupted Spanish with Ratia, who was in a school teacher's
+costume. There too, was Yeyeng, dressed in a silk wrapper, talking
+with the Prince Villardo. There too, Balbino and the Moros, trying
+to console the musicians who were more or less sorry sights. Some
+Spaniards were walking from one place to another, arguing with every
+one they met.
+
+But a nucleus for a mob already formed. Don Filipo knew what was
+their intention and tried to stop them.
+
+"Do not break the peace!" he shouted. "To-morrow we will demand
+satisfaction: we will have justice. I will take the responsibility
+for our getting justice."
+
+"No!" some replied. "They did the same thing in Calamba. The same
+thing was promised, but the Alcalde did nothing. We want justice done
+by our own hands. To the cuartel!"
+
+In vain the teniente mayor argued with them. The group that had
+gathered showed no signs of changing its attitude or purpose. Don
+Filipo looked about him, in search of help. He saw Ibarra.
+
+"Senor Ibarra, for my sake, as a favor, hold them while I seek some
+cuaderilleros."
+
+"What can I do?" asked the young man, perplexed. But the teniente
+mayor was already in the distance.
+
+Ibarra in turn looked about him, for he knew not whom. Fortunately, he
+thought he discerned Elias, in the crowd, but not taking an active part
+in it. Ibarra ran up to him, seized his arm and said to him in Spanish:
+
+"For heaven's sake! Do something, if you can! I cannot do anything."
+
+The pilot must have understood, for he lost himself in the mob.
+
+Lively discussions were heard mingled with strong interjections. Soon
+the mob began to disperse, each one of the participants becoming less
+hostile. And it was time for them to do so, for the cuaderilleros
+were coming to the scene with fixed bayonets.
+
+In the meantime, what was the curate doing?
+
+Father Salvi had not gone to bed. Standing on foot, immovable and
+leaning his face against the shutter, he was looking toward the plaza
+and, from time to time, a suppressed sigh escaped his breast. If the
+light of his lamp had not been so dim, perhaps one might have seen that
+his eyes were filling with tears. Thus he stood for almost an hour.
+
+The tumult in the plaza roused him from this state. Full of surprise,
+he followed with his eyes the people as they rushed to and fro in
+confusion. Their voices and cries he could vaguely hear even at that
+distance. One of the servants came running in breathlessly and informed
+him what was going on.
+
+A thought entered his mind. Amid confusion and tumult libertines
+take advantage of the fright and the weakness of woman. All flee to
+save themselves; nobody thinks of anyone else; the women faint and
+their cries are not heard; they fall; are trampled over; fear and
+fright overcome modesty, and under cover of darkness.... He fancied
+he could see Ibarra carrying Maria Clara fainting in his arms, and
+then disappearing in the darkness.
+
+With leaps and bounds, he went down the stairs without hat, or cane,
+and, almost like a crazy person, turned toward the plaza.
+
+There he found some Spaniards reproving the soldiers. He looked
+toward the seats which Maria Clara and her friends had been occupying,
+and saw that they were vacant.
+
+"Father curate! Father curate!" shouted the Spaniards to him, but he
+took no notice and ran on in the direction of the house of Captain
+Tiago. There he recovered his breath. He saw through the transparent
+shade, a shadow--that adorable shadow, so graceful and delicate in
+its contour--that of Maria Clara. He could also see another shadow,
+that of her aunt carrying cups and glasses.
+
+"Well!" he muttered to himself. "It seems that she has only fallen
+ill."
+
+Aunt Isabel afterward closed the shell windows and the graceful shadow
+could no longer be seen.
+
+The curate walked away from there without seeing the crowd. He was
+looking at the bust of a beautiful maiden which he had before his
+eyes, a maiden sleeping and breathing sweetly. Her eyelids were shaded
+by long lashes, which formed graceful curves like those on Rafael's
+virgins. Her small mouth was smiling, and her whole countenance seemed
+to breathe virginity, purity and innocence. That sweet face of hers
+on the background of the white draperies of the bed was a vision like
+the head of a cherubim among the clouds. His impassioned imagination
+went on and pictured to him.... Who can describe all that a burning
+brain can conceive?
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIII
+
+TWO VISITORS.
+
+
+Ibarra found his mind in such a state that it was impossible for
+him to sleep. So, in order to divert himself and to drive away the
+gloomy idea which distracted his mind, he began work in his solitary
+laboratory. Morning came upon him, still at work making mixtures and
+compounds to the action of which he submitted pieces of cane and other
+substances, and afterward enclosed them in numbered and sealed flasks.
+
+A servant entered, announcing the arrival of a peasant.
+
+"Let him enter!" said he, without even turning to look.
+
+Elias entered and remained standing in silence.
+
+"Ah! is it you?" Ibarra exclaimed in Tagalog on recognizing
+him. "Excuse me if I have kept you waiting. I was not aware of your
+presence. I was making an important experiment."
+
+"I do not wish to disturb you!" replied the young pilot. "I have come
+in the first place, to ask you if you want anything from the province
+of Batangas, whither I am going now; and, in the second place, to
+give you some bad news."
+
+Ibarra looked inquiringly at the pilot.
+
+"The daughter of Captain Tiago is ill," added Elias quietly, "but
+the illness is not serious."
+
+"I had already feared it," responded Ibarra. "Do you know what the
+illness is?"
+
+"A fever. Now, if you have nothing to order----"
+
+"Thanks, my friend. I wish you a good journey, but before you go,
+permit me to ask you a question. If it is indiscreet, do not answer
+me."
+
+Elias bowed.
+
+"How were you able to quiet the mob last night?" asked Ibarra, fixing
+his eyes on him.
+
+"In a very simple way," replied Elias, with entire frankness. "At the
+head of it were two brothers whose father died from the effects of a
+whipping at the hands of the Civil Guard. One day I had the fortune
+to save them from the same hands into which their father fell, and
+for this both are under obligations to me. Last night I went to them,
+and requested them to dissuade the others from their purpose."
+
+"And those two brothers whose father died by being whipped to death?"
+
+"They will end their lives in the same way," replied Elias in a low
+voice. "When adversity has marked itself once on a family, all the
+members have to perish. When the lightning strikes a tree, it reduces
+it all to ashes."
+
+And Elias, seeing that Ibarra was silent, took his leave.
+
+The latter on finding himself alone, lost the serenity of countenance
+which he had preserved in the presence of the pilot, and grief
+manifested itself in his face.
+
+"I--I have made her suffer," he muttered.
+
+He quickly dressed himself and descended the stairs.
+
+A little man, dressed in mourning, with a large scar on his left cheek,
+meekly saluted him, stopping him on his way.
+
+"What do you wish?" Ibarra asked him.
+
+"Senor, my name is Lucas. I am the brother of the man who was killed
+yesterday during the ceremony when the stone was being laid."
+
+"Ah! You have my sympathy--and, well?"
+
+"Senor, I wish to know how much you are going to pay my brother's
+family."
+
+"How much I am going to pay?" repeated the young man without being
+able to conceal a bored expression. "We will talk that over. Come
+back this afternoon, for I am busy to-day."
+
+"Only tell me how much you are going to pay," insisted Lucas.
+
+"I have told you that we would talk about that some other time. I'm
+too busy to-day," said Ibarra, impatiently.
+
+"You haven't time now, senor?" asked Lucas with bitterness and putting
+himself in front of the young man. "You do not have time to occupy
+yourself about the dead?"
+
+"Come this afternoon, my good fellow!" repeated Ibarra, restraining
+himself. "To-day I have to go and see a sick person."
+
+"Ah! and you forget the dead for a sick person? Do you think that
+because we are poor----"
+
+Ibarra looked at him and cut off what he was saying.
+
+"Don't try my patience!" said he, and went on his way. Lucas stood
+looking at him, with a smile on his face, full of hatred.
+
+"You do not know that you are a grandson of the man who exposed my
+father to the sun!" he muttered between his teeth. "You have the very
+same blood in your veins!"
+
+And, changing his tone he added:
+
+"But if you pay well, we are friends."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIV
+
+EPISODE IN ESPADANA'S LIFE.
+
+
+The festival was over. The citizens found, just as every year, that
+their treasury was poorer, that they had worked, perspired, and stayed
+up nights without enjoying themselves, without acquiring new friends,
+and in a word, had paid dearly for the noise and their headaches. But
+it did not matter. The next year they would do the same thing, and
+the same for the coming century, just as had always been the custom
+to the present time.
+
+Enough sadness reigned in Captain Tiago's house. All the windows were
+closed; the people scarcely made a noise, and no one dared to speak
+except in the kitchen. Maria Clara, the soul of the house, lay sick
+in her bed.
+
+"What do you think, Isabel? Shall I make a donation to the cross of
+Tunasan or to the cross of Matahong?" asked the solicitous father
+in a low voice. "The cross of Tunasan grows, but that of Matahong
+sweats. Which do you think is the most miraculous?"
+
+Isabel thought for a moment, moved her head and murmured: "To grow--to
+grow is more miraculous than to sweat. We all sweat, but we do not
+all grow."
+
+"That is true, yes, Isabel, but bear in mind that for wood to sweat
+when it is made into the leg of a chair is no small miracle. Well,
+the best thing to do is to give alms to both crosses, so that neither
+will feel resentful, and Maria Clara will recover more quickly. Are
+the rooms in good order? You know that a new senor comes with the
+doctors, a relative of Father Damaso by marriage. It is necessary
+that nothing be lacking."
+
+The two cousins, Sinang and Victoria, were at the other end of the
+dining-room. They had come to keep company with the sick Maria. Andeng
+was helping them clean up a tea service in order to serve tea.
+
+"Do you know Doctor Espadana?" asked Maria Clara's foster sister,
+directing her question to Victoria.
+
+"No!" replied the latter. "The only thing that I know about him is
+that he charges very dearly, according to Captain Tiago."
+
+"Then he ought to be very good," said Andeng. "The one who performed
+the operation on the stomach of Dona Marta charged a big price,
+but he was very wise."
+
+"You goose!" exclaimed Sinang. "Not all who charge high prices are
+wise. Look at Doctor Guevara. He did not know how to aid a woman in
+childbirth, but after cutting off the child's head, he collected one
+hundred pesos from the widower. What he did know was how to charge."
+
+"What do you know about it?" her cousin asked, giving her a jab with
+her elbow.
+
+"Why shouldn't I know about it? The husband, who is a wood-sawyer,
+after losing his wife, had to lose his house also, for the Alcalde was
+a friend of the doctor's and made him pay. Why shouldn't I know? My
+father loaned him money so that he could make a trip to Santa Cruz."
+
+A coach stopped before the house and cut off all the conversation.
+
+Captain Tiago, followed by Aunt Isabel, ran downstairs to receive
+the new arrivals. They were the doctor, Don Tiburcio de Espadana, his
+wife, Doctora Dona Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadana; and a young
+Spaniard. The latter had a sympathetic face and a pleasing appearance.
+
+The doctora wore a silk gown, embroidered with flowers, and on her
+hat, a large parrot half crushed among trimmings of red and blue
+ribbons. The dust of the road had mingled with the rice powder on
+her cheeks, strongly accentuating her wrinkles. She was leaning on
+the arm of her lame husband.
+
+"I have the pleasure to present to you our cousin, Don Alfonso Linares
+de Espadana," said Dona Victorina, pointing toward the young man. "The
+gentleman is a god-son of a relative of Father Damaso, and is private
+secretary to all the ministers."
+
+The young man bowed gracefully. Captain Tiago almost kissed his hand.
+
+Dona Victorina was a woman of about forty-five summers, which,
+according to her arithmetical calculations, was equivalent to
+thirty-two springs. She had been pretty in her youth, but, raging over
+her own beauty, she had looked with disdain on many Filipino adorers,
+for her aspirations were for the other race. She had not cared to
+entrust her little white hand to anybody, but this not on account
+of lack of confidence on her part, for she had entrusted rings and
+jewels of inestimable value to various foreign adventurers.
+
+Six months before the time of the happenings of which we are writing,
+she saw her beautiful dream realized, that dream of her whole life,
+on account of which she had disdained all manner of flattery and even
+the promises of love, which had been cooed into her ears, or sung
+in serenades by Captain Tiago. Late, it is true, she had realized
+her dream; but she knew well the proverb--"Better late than never,"
+and consoled herself by repeating it again and again. "There is no
+complete happiness on this earth," was her other favorite proverb, but
+neither of these ever passed her lips in the presence of other people.
+
+Dona Victorina, after passing her first, second, third and fourth youth
+in fishing in the sea of men for the object of her dreams, had at last
+to content herself with what fortune cared to give her. The poor little
+woman, if she, instead of having passed thirty-two springs, had not
+passed more than thirty-one--the difference according to her arithmetic
+was very great--would have thrown back the prize which Destiny offered
+her, and preferred to wait for another more in conformity with her
+tastes. But, as the man proposed and necessity disposed it so, for she
+needed a husband very badly, she was compelled to content herself with
+a poor man, who had been driven by necessity to leave the Province
+of Estremadura in Spain. He, after wandering about the world for six
+or seven months, a modern Ulysses, found at last in the island of
+Luzon, hospitality, money, and a faded Calypso, his better half--but
+alas! a bitter half. He was known as the unhappy Tiburcio Espadana,
+and, although he was thirty-five years old and seemed even older,
+he was, however, younger than Dona Victorina, who was only thirty-two.
+
+He had come to the Philippines in the capacity of clerk in the
+custom house, but after all the sea-sickness of the voyage and
+after fracturing a leg on the way, he had the bad luck to receive
+his discharge fifteen days after his arrival. He was left without a
+single cuarto.
+
+Distrusting the sea, he did not wish to return to Spain without having
+made a fortune. So he decided to devote himself to something. Spanish
+pride did not permit him to do any manual labor. The poor man would
+have worked with pleasure to have earned an honorable living, but the
+prestige of the Spaniard did not permit this, nor did that prestige
+provide him with the necessities of life.
+
+At first he lived at the expense of some of his countrymen, but,
+as Tiburcio had some self-respect, the bread was sour to him, and
+instead of getting fat he grew thin. As he had neither knowledge of
+any science, money nor recommendations, his countrymen, in order to
+get rid of him, advised him to go to some of the provinces and pass
+himself off as a Doctor of Medicine. At first, he did not like the
+idea, and opposed the plan, for although he had been a servant in the
+San Carlos Hospital, he had not learned anything about the science of
+healing, his duty having been to dust off the benches and light the
+fires, and, even in this work, he had served only a short time. But
+as necessity was pressing him hard, and as his friends pointed out the
+vanity of his scruples, he took their advice, went into the provinces
+and began to visit the sick, charging as much for his services as
+his conscience permitted. Later on he began to charge dearly and
+to put a high price on his visits. On this account, he was at once
+taken to be a great doctor and would probably have made his fortune,
+had not the attention of the Protective Medical Society of Manila,
+been called to his exorbitant charges and to his harmful competition.
+
+Private citizens and professors interceded in his behalf. "Man!" said
+the zealous Doctor C. in speaking of him. "Let him make his little
+money. Let him make his little six or seven thousand pesos. He will be
+able to return to his native land then and live in peace. What does
+it matter to you? Let him deceive the unwary natives. Then they may
+become smarter. He is a poor, unhappy fellow. Do not take the bread
+from his mouth. Be a good Spaniard!"
+
+Doctor C. was a good Spaniard and he winked at the matter. But when the
+facts reached the ears of the people, they began to lose confidence in
+him, and little by little Don Tiburcio Espadana lost his clientage,
+and found himself almost obliged to beg for bread day by day. Then
+it was that he learned from a friend of his, who was also a friend
+of Dona Victorina about the position of that woman, and about her
+patriotism and good heart. Don Tiburcio saw in her a bit of blue sky
+and asked to be presented.
+
+Dona Victorina and Don Tiburcio met. Tarde venientibus ossa, he would
+have exclaimed if he had known Latin. She was no longer passable,
+she was past. Her abundant hair had been reduced to a wad about the
+size of an onion top, as the servants were wont to describe it. Her
+face was full of wrinkles and her teeth had begun to loosen. Her eyes
+had also suffered, and considerably, too. She had to squint frequently
+when she cared to look off at a certain distance. Her character was
+the only thing that had remained unchanged.
+
+At the end of half an hour's conversation, they came to an
+understanding and accepted each other. She would have preferred
+a Spaniard less lame, less of a stammerer, less bald, one with
+more teeth, one of more rank and social standing, or categoria,
+as she called it. But this class of Spaniards never came to ask her
+hand. She had heard, too, more than once that "opportunity is bald,"
+and she honestly believed that Don Tiburcio was that very opportunity,
+for on account of his dark days he had prematurely lost his hair. What
+woman is not prudent at thirty-two?
+
+Don Tiburcio, for his part, felt a vague melancholy when he thought
+of his honeymoon. He smiled with resignation especially when he
+called the phantom of hunger to his aid. He had never had ambition
+or pretensions. His tastes were simple, his thoughts limited;
+but his heart, untouched till then, had dreamed of a very different
+divinity. In his youth when, tired by his day's labor, after a frugal
+meal, he lay down on a poor bed, he dreamed of a smiling, affectionate
+image. Afterward, when his sorrows and privations increased, the
+years passed and his poetical dreams were not fulfilled, he thought
+merely of a good woman, a willing hand, a worker, who might afford
+him a small dowry, console him when tired from labor, and quarrel
+with him from time to time. Yes, he was thinking of the quarrels as
+a happiness! But when, obliged to wander from country to country,
+in search no longer of a fortune, but of some commodity to sustain
+his life for the remainder of his days; when, deluded by the accounts
+of his countrymen who came from beyond the seas, he embarked for the
+Philippines--then the vision of a housekeeper gave way to an image
+of an arrogant mestiza, a beautiful native with large black eyes,
+draped in silks and transparent garments, loaded with diamonds and
+gold, offering him her love and her carriages.
+
+He arrived in the Philippines and believed that he was about to
+realize his dream, for the young women who, in silver-plated carriages,
+frequented the Luneta and the Malecon, Manila's popular and fashionable
+drives, looked at him with a certain curiosity. Later, when this
+curiosity on their part had ceased, the mestiza disappeared from his
+dreams, and with great labor he formed in his mind a picture of a
+widow, but an agreeable widow. So it was that when he saw only part
+of his dream taking on real form, he became sad. But he was somewhat
+of a philosopher and said to himself: "That was a dream, but in the
+world one does not live in dreams." Thus he settled all his doubts;
+she wasted a lot of rice powder on her cheeks. Pshaw! When they were
+once married he would make her stop that easily enough; she had many
+wrinkles in her face, but his coat had more bare spots and patches;
+she was old, pretentious, and imperious, but hunger was more imperious,
+and still more pretentious; and then, too, he had a sweet disposition,
+and, who could tell?--love modifies character; she spoke Spanish very
+badly, but he himself did not speak it well; at least, the head of
+the Customs department had so notified him in his discharge from his
+position, and besides, what did it matter? What if she was old and
+ridiculous? He was lame, toothless and bald. When some friend jested
+with him, he would respond: "Give me bread and call me a fool."
+
+Don Tiburcio was what is vulgarly called a man who would not harm a
+fly. He was modest and incapable of conceiving an evil thought. He
+would have made a good missionary had he lived in olden times. His
+stay in the country had not given him that conviction of his
+own superiority, of his own worth, and of his high importance,
+which the larger part of his countrymen acquire in a few weeks
+in the Philippines. His heart had never been able to conceive
+hatred for anybody or anything. He had not yet been able to find a
+revolutionist. He only looked upon the people as unhappy beings whom
+it was fitting for him to deprive of a little of their wealth in order
+to prevent himself becoming even more unhappy than they. When they
+tried to make a case against him for passing as a doctor without a
+proper license, he did not resent it, he did not complain. He saw the
+justice of the case, and only replied: "But it is necessary to live!"
+
+So they were married and went to Santa Ana to pass their honeymoon. But
+on the night of the wedding Dona Victorina had a bad attack of
+indigestion. Don Tiburcio gave thanks to God and showed solicitude
+and care. On the second night, however, he conducted himself like an
+honorable man, but on the day following, when he looked in the mirror
+at his bare gums, he smiled with melancholy: he had grown ten years
+older at least.
+
+Dona Victorina, charmed with her husband, had a good set of front
+teeth made for him, and had the best tailors in the city dress and
+equip him. She ordered carriages and calesas, sent to Batangas and
+Albay provinces for the finest spans of horses, and even obliged him
+to make two entries in the coming horse races.
+
+In the meantime, while she was transforming her husband, she did not
+forget her own person. She laid aside the silk saya or Filipino skirt
+and pina cloth bodice, for a dress of European style. She substituted
+false curls in front for the simple hair dress of the Filipinos. Her
+dresses, which fitted her "divinely bad," disturbed the peace and
+tranquillity of the entire neighborhood.
+
+The husband never went out of the house afoot--she did not want people
+to see that he was lame. He always took her for drives through the
+places most deserted, much to her pain, for she wanted to display
+her husband on the drives most frequented by the public. But out of
+respect for their honeymoon, she kept silent.
+
+The last quarter of the honeymoon had just begun when he wanted to
+stop her from using rice powder on her cheeks, saying to her that it
+was false and not natural. Dona Victorina frowned and looked squarely
+at his front set of teeth. He at once became silent, and she learned
+his weakness.
+
+She soon got the idea that she was to become a mother and made the
+following announcement to all her friends: "Next month, we, I and
+de Espadana are going to the Peninsula. [17] I don't want to have my
+son born here and have them call him a revolutionist."
+
+She added a de to her husband's name. The de did not cost anything
+and gave categoria to the name. When she signed herself, she wrote
+Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadana. That de de Espadana was her
+mania. Neither the lithographer who printed her cards, nor her husband,
+could get the idea out of her head.
+
+"If I do not put more than one de in the name people will think that
+I haven't it, fool!" said she to her husband.
+
+She was talking continually about her preparations for the voyage
+to Spain. She learned by memory the names of the points where the
+steamers called, and it was a pleasure to hear her talk--"I am going
+to see the sismus of the Suez Canal. De Espadana thinks that it is
+the most beautiful, and De Espadana has seen the whole world."--"I
+will probably never return to this land of savages."--"I was not
+born to live here. Aden or Port Said would be more suitable for
+me. I have always thought so since I was a child." Dona Victorina,
+in her geography, divided the world into two parts, the Philippines
+and Spain. In this she differed from the lower class of people in
+Madrid for they divide it into Spain and America, or Spain and China,
+America and China being merely different names for the same country.
+
+The husband knew that some of these things were barbarisms, but he
+kept silent so that she would not mock him and twit him with his
+stammering. She feigned to be whimsical in order to increase her
+illusion that she was a mother, and she began to dress herself in
+colors, adorn herself with flowers and ribbons, and to walk through the
+Escolta in a wrapper. But oh! what an illusion! Three months passed and
+the dream vanished. By this time, having no fear that her son would
+be a revolutionist, she gave up the voyage. She consulted doctors,
+mid-wives and old women, but all in vain. To the great displeasure
+of Captain Tiago she made fun of San Pascual Bailon, as she did not
+care to run to any saint. On account of this a friend of her husband
+told her:
+
+"Believe me, Senora, you are the only espiritu fuerte (strong-minded
+person) in this country."
+
+She smiled without understanding what espiritu fuerte meant, but, at
+night, when it was time to be sleeping, she asked her husband about it.
+
+"Daughter," replied he, "the e--espir--espiritu most fu-fuerte that I
+know--know about is a--a--ammonia. My fr-fr-friend must have be-been
+us-using a figure of rhetoric."
+
+From that time on, she was always saying, whenever she could, "I am
+the only ammonia in this country, speaking rhetorically, as Senor N. de
+N. who is from the Peninsula and who has much categoria, puts it."
+
+Whatever she said had to be done. She had come to dominate her
+husband completely. On his part, he offered no great resistance,
+and was converted into a little lap dog for her. If he incommoded
+her she would not let him go out for a drive, and when she became
+really infuriated, she would snatch out his false teeth and leave him
+a horrible-looking man for one or more days, according to the offense.
+
+It occurred to her that her husband ought to be a Doctor of Medicine
+and Surgery, and so she expressed herself to him.
+
+"Daughter! Do you want them to arrest me?" he said, frightened.
+
+"Don't be a fool. Let me arrange it!" she replied. "You are not going
+to attend any one, but I want them to call you a doctor and me a
+doctora, eh?"
+
+And on the following day Rodoreda, a prominent marble dealer in Manila,
+received an order for the following engraving on black marble: Dr. De
+Espadana, Specialist in All Kinds of Diseases.
+
+All of the servants had to give them their new titles, and, in
+consequence of it all, she increased the number of her curls in
+front, the layer of rice powder, the ribbons and laces, and looked
+with more disdain than ever on the poor and less fortunate women
+of her country, who had less categoria than she. Each day she felt
+herself more dignified and elevated, and, following along this road,
+in less than a year she would think herself of divine origin.
+
+These sublime thoughts, however, did not prevent her from growing more
+ridiculous and older each day. Every time that Captain Tiago met her
+in the street and remembered that he had once made love to her in vain,
+he would go at once to the church and give a peso for a mass as a thank
+offering for his good luck in not marrying her. In spite of this,
+Captain Tiago highly respected her husband, on account of his title
+of "specialist in all kinds of diseases," and he listened with close
+attention to the few phrases that he managed to stutter out. In fact,
+it was on account of this title and the fact that the doctor did not
+attend everybody, that the Captain chose him to attend his daughter.
+
+As to the young man Linares, it is a different story. When she
+was making ready for her voyage to Spain, Dona Victorina thought of
+having an administrator from the Peninsula to look after her affairs,
+for she did not trust Filipinos. Her husband remembered a nephew in
+Madrid who was studying to become a lawyer, and who was considered
+the smartest one in his family. They wrote to him, then, sending him
+in advance money for the passage, and, when the dream was dispelled,
+the young man was already on his way.
+
+These are the three persons who had just arrived.
+
+While they were eating their breakfast, Father Salvi arrived, and,
+as the husband and wife had already met the friar, they presented
+him to the young Linares, with all his titles. The young man blushed.
+
+As was natural they spoke of Maria Clara. The young maiden was resting
+and sleeping. They talked over the voyage. Dona Victorina showed her
+verbosity by criticising the customs of the provinces, the nipa houses,
+the bamboo bridges, without forgetting to tell the curate about her
+friendship with the Commander of the Army, the Alcalde so and so,
+Judge so and so of the Supreme Court, and with the governor of the
+province, all persons of categoria, who had much consideration for her.
+
+"If you had come two days before, Dona Victorina," replied Captain
+Tiago during a short pause, "you would have met His Excellency,
+the Governor General. He sat right there."
+
+"What? How's that? Was His Excellency here? And in your house? A lie!"
+
+"I tell you he sat right there. If you had come two days before----"
+
+"Ah! What a shame that little Clara did not fall sick
+before!" exclaimed she, in real sorrow. And directing herself to
+Linares: "Do you hear, cousin? His Excellency was here! You see
+De Espadana was right when he told you that we were not going to
+the house of a miserable native. For you should know, Don Santiago,
+that our cousin was a friend of all the Ministers in Madrid and all
+the Dukes, and he dined in the house of Count del Campanario (belfry)."
+
+"Duke de la Torre (tower), Victorina," said her husband, correcting
+her.
+
+"It amounts to the same thing. Do you think you can tell me that----"
+
+"Would I find Father Damaso in town to-day?" interrupted Linares,
+turning to Father Salvi. "They have told me that he is near here."
+
+"He is, precisely, and will come here in a little while," replied
+the curate.
+
+"How glad I am! I have a letter for him," exclaimed the young man. "And
+if it had not been for this happy chance which brought me here,
+I would have come expressly to visit him."
+
+"The happy chance--that is, Maria Clara--had, in the meantime
+awakened."
+
+"De Espadana!" said Dona Victorina, finishing her breakfast. "Are
+we going to see little Clara?" And turning to Captain Tiago, "For
+you only, Don Santiago; for you alone! My husband does not treat
+anybody except people of categoria, and he even refuses some of
+them! My husband is not like those about here--in Madrid he only
+visited people of categoria."
+
+They passed into the sick room.
+
+The room was almost dark. The windows were shut for fear of a draught,
+and the little light which illuminated the room came from the two
+wax candles which were burning in front of an image of the Virgin
+of Antipolo.
+
+Her head wrapped up in a handkerchief, saturated in cologne water,
+her body wrapped in wide folds of white sheets which outlined her
+virginal form, the sick maiden lay on her bed of kamakon [18] among
+jusi and pina curtains. Her hair, forming a frame around her oval
+face, increased her transparent paleness, which was animated only
+by her large eyes full of sadness. At her side were her two friends
+and Andeng.
+
+De Espadana felt of her pulse, examined her tongue, asked some
+questions, and shaking his head seriously, said:
+
+"Sh-sh-she is si-sick. But we-we-we can cu-cu-cure her."
+
+Dona Victorina looked with pride at those around her.
+
+"A li-lichen in mil-milk in the-the morning; syrup of marsh
+marsh-mal-mallow, tw-o--two hounds'--hounds' tongue pi-pills,"
+ordered De Espadana.
+
+"Take courage, little Clara," said Dona Victorina, approaching her. "We
+have come to cure you. I am going to present our cousin to you."
+
+Linares was absorbed, contemplating those eloquent eyes which seemed
+to be seeking some one, and he did not hear Dona Victorina call him.
+
+"Senor Linares," said the curate, calling him out of his ecstacy. "Here
+comes Father Damaso."
+
+In fact, Father Damaso was coming, pale and somewhat sad. On leaving
+his bed, his first visit was to Maria Clara. He was no longer the
+Father Damaso that he had been, so robust and talkative. He now walked
+along in silence and with unsteady footsteps.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXV
+
+SCHEMES.
+
+
+Without paying attention to anybody, Father Damaso went straight to
+the sick room and took hold of Maria's hand.
+
+"Maria!" said he, with indescribable tenderness, as tears dropped
+from his eyes. "Maria, my child, you are not going to die!"
+
+Maria opened her eyes and looked at him with surprise.
+
+None who knew the Franciscan suspected that he ever had such tender
+thoughts. No one ever supposed that a heart existed under that gross
+and rude aspect.
+
+Father Damaso could say no more and left the maiden, weeping like
+a child. He went out through the room at the head of the stairs,
+to give free vent to his grief, on Maria Clara's balcony under her
+favorite vines.
+
+"How he loves his god-daughter!" thought they all.
+
+Father Salvi witnessed the scene, immovable and silent, lightly biting
+his lips.
+
+When his grief was somewhat soothed, Father Damaso was introduced
+by Dona Victorina to the young Linares, who approached the friar
+with respect.
+
+Father Damaso gazed at him in silence from head to foot. He took
+the letter which the young man handed to him and read it apparently
+without understanding it, for he asked him:
+
+"And who are you?"
+
+"Alfonso Linares, the god-son of your brother-in-law," stammered the
+young man.
+
+Father Damaso leaned back and examined the young man again. His face
+brightened up and he rose to his feet.
+
+"And so you are the god-son of little Charles!" he exclaimed. "Come
+here and let me embrace you. It was some days ago that I received your
+letter. So it is you! I did not know you--but that is easily explained,
+for you were not yet born when I left the country. I never knew you."
+
+And Father Damaso stretched out his robust arms to the young man who
+blushed, either from shame or suffocation. Father Damaso seemed to
+have completely forgotten his grief.
+
+After the first moments of effusion had passed, and questions had been
+asked about Carlicos, as he called little Charles, Father Damaso asked:
+
+"Well. What does Carlicos want me to do for you?"
+
+"I believe he says something in the letter," stammered Linares again.
+
+"In the letter? Let us see. 'Tis so! And he wants me to get you a
+job and a wife! Hm! Employment--employment: that is easy. Do you know
+how to read and write?"
+
+"I have graduated in law from the Central University."
+
+"Carambas! So you are a pettifogger? Well, you don't look it--you look
+more like a young gentleman. But so much the better! But to find you
+a wife--hm! hm! a wife."
+
+"Father, I am not in a hurry about it," said Linares, confused.
+
+But Father Damaso began to walk from one end of the room to the other,
+muttering: "A wife! A wife!"
+
+His face by this time was no longer sad, nor was it cheerful. It
+expressed the greatest seriousness and he seemed to be
+meditating. Father Salvi surveyed the scene from a distance.
+
+"I did not believe that it could give me such pain," murmured Father
+Damaso in a mournful voice. "But of two evils the lesser."
+
+And raising his voice and approaching Linares, he said:
+
+"Come here, my boy! We will speak with Santiago."
+
+Linares turned pale and allowed himself to be led along by the priest,
+who was deep in thought.
+
+Then it was Father Salvi's turn to walk up and down the room and he
+did so, meditating, as was his custom.
+
+A voice bidding him good morning stopped his monotonous tread. He
+raised his head and his eyes met Lucas, who saluted him humbly.
+
+"What do you want?" asked the eyes of the curate.
+
+"Father, I am the brother of the man who was killed on the day of
+the fiesta," replied Lucas, in a tearful tone.
+
+Father Salvi stepped back.
+
+"And what of it?" he muttered, in an unintelligible voice.
+
+Lucas made an effort to weep, and dried his eyes with his handkerchief.
+
+"Father," said he, crying, "I have been to Crisostomo's house to ask
+him for indemnity. At first, he received me with kicks, saying that
+he would not pay anything, since he had run the risk of being killed
+through the fault of my dear, unfortunate brother. Yesterday, I went
+to talk with him again, but he had already left for Manila, leaving
+me for charity's sake five hundred pesos for my poor brother--five
+hundred pesos--ah! Father."
+
+The curate listened to the first part of his story with surprise and
+attention, but slowly there appeared on his lips a smile--a smile
+of such contempt and sarcasm at the comedy that was being played,
+that if Lucas had seen it he would have fled in all haste.
+
+"And what do you want now?" he asked, turning his back to him.
+
+"Alas! Father, for love of God tell me what I ought to do. Father,
+you have always given good advice."
+
+"Who has told you that? You do not live here."
+
+"But the whole province knows you, Father!"
+
+Father Salvi went up to him with his eyes full of anger and, motioning
+to the street, said to the frightened Lucas:
+
+"Go to your house and give thanks to Don Crisostomo that he has not
+sent you to jail. Get away from here."
+
+Forgetting his role, Lucas muttered:
+
+"Well, I thought----"
+
+"Out of here!" cried Father Salvi, in a nervous tone.
+
+"I want to see Father Damaso."
+
+"Father Damaso is busy. Out of here!" ordered the curate, in an
+imperative tone, again.
+
+Lucas went down the stairs murmuring: "He is another. How poorly he
+pays! He who pays better...."
+
+The voice of the curate had reached the ears of all in the house,
+even Father Damaso, Captain Tiago and Linares.
+
+"An insolent beggar who came to ask alms and doesn't want to work,"
+said Father Salvi, taking his hat and cane and starting toward the
+convent.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVI
+
+THE PERSECUTED.
+
+
+By the dim light which the moon diffused through the thick branches
+of the trees, a man wandered along the forest trails slowly and
+cautiously. From time to time, as if to find out where he was,
+he whistled a particular melody, to which another in the distance
+responded with the same air. The man listened attentively, and
+afterward proceeded in the direction of the distant sound.
+
+Finally, passing through the thousand difficulties which a virgin
+forest offers in the night time, he came to a small clearing. High
+rocks, crowned with trees, surrounded the place, forming a sort of
+ruined amphitheatre. Recently cut trees, with their charred trunks
+and enormous rocks, which Nature had covered with her mantle of green
+foliage, filled the middle of the open space.
+
+Scarcely had the unknown man arrived, when another figure quickly
+appeared from behind one of the large rocks, advanced and drew
+a revolver.
+
+"Who are you?" he asked in Tagalog and, in an imperious voice, as he
+cocked the hammer of his weapon.
+
+"Is old Pablo among you?" asked the first calmly, without replying
+to the question or becoming intimidated.
+
+"Do you refer to the Captain? Yes, he is."
+
+"Tell him, then, that Elias is looking for him here," said the man.
+
+"Are you Elias?" asked the other with a certain respect, and
+approaching him without lowering his revolver. "Then come."
+
+Elias followed him.
+
+They penetrated into a kind of cavern, which was hollowed out in the
+depths of the earth. The guide, who knew the way, told the pilot when
+he ought to get down, stoop or crawl. However, it was not long before
+they came to a sala or room in the cave, miserably illuminated by pitch
+torches, and occupied by twelve or fifteen armed men. The faces of
+the men were dirty and their clothes ragged; some were sitting down,
+others lying down, conversing among themselves in a low tone. Leaning
+his elbows on a stone which served as a table and contemplating
+thoughtfully the lamp, which was shedding very little light for the
+amount of smoke it made, sat an old man. His countenance was sad,
+and his head wrapped in a bloody rag. If we had not known that the
+place was a cave of tulisanes, we would have said, on reading the
+desperation on the face of the old man, that it was the Tower of
+Hunger on the eve when Ugolino devoured his sons.
+
+At the arrival of Elias and the guide, the men were about to arise,
+but, at a signal from the guide, they were quieted and contented
+themselves with examining the pilot, who was entirely unarmed.
+
+The old man turned his head slowly and his eyes met the sturdy
+figure of Elias. The latter, in turn, with his head uncovered, full
+of sadness and interest, gazed upon the old man.
+
+"Is it you?" asked the old man, his face brightening a little as he
+recognized the youth.
+
+"How badly off you are!" murmured Elias, in an half-intelligible tone
+of voice.
+
+The old man bowed in silence, made a sign to the men, who then arose
+and left, not, however, without first directing glances at the pilot,
+measuring his stature and muscles.
+
+"Yes!" said the old man to Elias as soon as they found themselves
+alone. "Six months ago, I gave you refuge in my house. Then, it was
+I who sympathized with you; now, fortune has changed and it is you
+who pity me. But sit down, and tell me how you came here."
+
+"Some fifteen days ago they told me of your misfortune," replied the
+young man slowly, and in a low voice, looking toward the light. "I
+at once set out on the road and I have been searching for you from
+mountain to mountain. I have travelled over the greater part of
+two provinces.
+
+"Rather than spill innocent blood," said Pablo, "I have had to flee. My
+enemies are afraid to show themselves and shield themselves behind
+some unhappy fellows who have never done me the slightest injury."
+
+Then, after a short pause, of which Elias took advantage to read the
+thoughts in that melancholy countenance, he replied:
+
+"I have come to make a proposition. Having searched in vain for some
+member of the family which has caused me my misfortunes, I have decided
+to leave the province where I am living and to emigrate to the north
+and live there among the heathen and independent tribes. Do you want
+to leave this life and go with me? I will be your son, since you have
+lost those whom you had, and I, who have no family, will take you as
+my father."
+
+The old man shook his head and said:
+
+"At my age, when a person makes a desperate resolution it is because
+there is no other course open. A man who, like me has passed his youth
+and the best years of his life working for his own future and for the
+future of his sons, a man who has been submissive to all the wishes
+of his superiors, who has discharged conscientiously all his duties,
+suffered everything in order to live in peace and in tranquillity;
+when such a man, whose blood has been chilled by Time, renounces all
+his past and all his future, on the very edge of his grave--when a
+man does this, it is because he has decided with mature judgment that
+peace does not exist, and that there is no Supreme Good. What use
+is there in living a few miserable days in a foreign land? I had two
+sons, a daughter, a fireside, a fortune. I enjoyed consideration and
+esteem. Now I am like a tree that has been stripped of its branches;
+a wandering fugitive, hunted like a wild beast in the forest, and
+all--why? Because a man dishonored my daughter, because her brothers
+wanted to make that man account for his infamous deed, and because that
+man is placed above all others with a title of Minister of God. But
+despite it all, I, a father, I, dishonored in my old age, pardoned the
+injury, for I was indulgent with the passions of youth and the weakness
+of the flesh, and, as the evil was irreparable, I wanted to save what
+still remained to me. But the criminal, afraid that vengeance was near
+at hand, sought the destruction of my sons. What did he do? You do
+not know? Do you know how they feigned that there had been a robbery
+in the convent and how one of my sons figured among the accused? The
+other son they could not include because he was away. Do you know the
+tortures to which they were submitted? You know them because they are
+like those in other towns. I saw my son hung by the hair, I heard his
+cries, I heard him call me, and, coward that I was, and, accustomed to
+peace, I was not brave enough to kill or be killed. Do you know that
+the robbery was not proved, that it was seen that it was a calumny,
+that the curate was transferred to another town and that my son died
+from the result of his tortures? The other boy, who was still left
+for me, was not a coward like his father. The executioner was afraid
+that this son would take revenge for the death of his brother and so,
+under pretense of his not having a cedula, [19] which for the moment
+had been forgotten, he was imprisoned by the Civil Guard, maltreated,
+irritated and provoked by force and injuries until he was driven to
+suicide. And I have survived after such a disgrace. But, if I had not
+the courage of a father to defend his sons, I have left a heart to
+take vengeance and I shall be revenged! The discontented are uniting
+under my command, my enemies increase my camp, and on that day when
+I consider myself strong enough I will go down into the plain and
+extinguish in fire both my vengeance and my own existence. And that
+day will come or there is no God!"
+
+The old man rose to his feet deeply agitated. With his eyes sparkling
+like fire and, in a hollow voice, he added, tearing his long hair:
+
+"Curses upon me, curses upon me for having restrained the avenging
+hand of my sons. I have assassinated them! Had I allowed them to kill
+the criminal; had I had less faith in the justice of God and of men,
+I would now have my sons; perhaps they would have been fugitives,
+but I would have them and they would not have died in torture. I
+was not born to be a father! For that reason, I haven't them with
+me now! Curses upon me for not having learned, with all my years,
+in what age we live! But in blood and fire, and in my own death,
+I will know how to take vengeance for them!"
+
+The unfortunate father, in the paroxysm of his grief, had taken off
+the bandage from his head, opening up a wound which he had on the
+forehead and from which the blood oozed out.
+
+"I respect your grief," replied Elias, "and I understand your desire
+for vengeance. I, too, am like you, but, for fear of harming an
+innocent one, I prefer to forget my misfortunes."
+
+"You can forget them because you are young, and because you have
+not lost your son, have not lost your last hope! But, I assure you,
+I will not harm an innocent person. Do you see that wound? I allowed
+myself to receive that in order not to kill a poor cuaderillero who
+was fulfilling his duty."
+
+"But see!" said Elias, after a moment's silence. "See what frightful
+destruction you will bring upon our unfortunate country. If you seek
+revenge by your own hand your enemies will retaliate, not against
+you, not against those who are armed, but against the people, who
+are always accused, and then how many more injustices!"
+
+"Let the people learn to defend themselves. Let each learn to defend
+himself."
+
+"You know that that is impossible. Senor, I have known you in other
+times when you were happy, then you gave me wise advice. Will you
+permit me...?"
+
+The old man crossed his arms and seemed to meditate upon what he was
+going to say.
+
+"Senor," continued Elias, measuring his words well, "I have had the
+fortune to be of service to a young man, rich, of good heart, noble,
+and a lover of his country's welfare. They say that this young man
+has friends in Madrid. I do not know it, but I can positively assure
+you that he is a friend of the Governor General. What do you say if
+we make him the bearer of the people's complaints, if we can interest
+him in the cause of the unhappy?"
+
+The old man shook his head.
+
+"Do you say that he is a rich man? The rich think of nothing but to
+increase their riches. Pride and pomp blind them, and, since they are
+generally well off, especially if they have powerful friends, none
+of them ever troubles himself about the unfortunates. I know it all,
+for I was once rich myself."
+
+"But the man of whom I am speaking does not seem to be like the
+others. He is a son who would not allow the memory of his father to be
+dishonored. He is a young man who thinks about the future--thinks of
+a good future for his sons, for he may in a short time have a family
+of his own."
+
+"Then he is a man who is going to be happy. Our cause is not a cause
+for happy men."
+
+"But it is a cause for men of good hearts."
+
+"That may be," replied the old man sitting down. "Suppose that he
+consented to carry our complaints to the Governor General. Suppose
+that he finds in the court those who will argue for us. Do you think
+we will get justice?"
+
+"Let us try it before resorting to bloody measures," replied
+Elias. "It must seem strange to you that I, another unfortunate,
+young, robust--that I should propose to you old and weak--peaceful
+measures. But it is because I have seen so many miseries caused
+by us similar to those caused by tyrants. The unarmed is the one
+who suffers."
+
+"And if we do not accomplish anything?"
+
+"Something will be accomplished, believe me! Not all who govern are
+unjust. And if we do not accomplish anything, if our voice is not
+listened to, if the man turns a deaf ear to the grief of his fellow
+men, then we will put ourselves under your orders."
+
+The old man, full of enthusiasm, embraced the young man.
+
+"I accept your proposition, Elias. I know that you will keep your
+word. You come to me and I will help you take vengeance for your
+father. You will help me to take vengeance for my sons--my sons who
+were like you!"
+
+"In the meantime, Senor, avoid all violent measures."
+
+"You can expound the complaints of the people. You certainly know
+them. When will we know the answer?"
+
+"Within four days send a man to meet me on the beach at San Diego
+and I will tell him what the person in whom I have hope says. If he
+accepts, we will get justice, and if he does not accept, I will be
+the first to fall in the fight which we will begin."
+
+"Elias will not die. Elias will be chief, when Captain Pablo falls,
+satisfied in his revenge," said the old man.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVII
+
+THE COCK FIGHT.
+
+
+In order to keep the Sabbath holy in the Philippines the people
+generally go to the cock fight, just as in Spain they go to the
+bull fight. Cock fighting, a passion introduced into the country and
+exploited for a century, is one of the vices of the people, more deeply
+rooted than the opium vice among the Chinese. The poor go there to
+risk what little they have, desirous of making money without working;
+the rich go there to amuse themselves, using the money which they
+have left over from their feasts and thanksgiving masses. The cock is
+educated with great care, with more care, perhaps, than the son who
+is to succeed his father in the cock-pit. The Government permits it
+and almost recommends it, for it decrees that the fight shall only
+be held in the public plazas and on holidays from after high mass
+till dark--eight hours.
+
+The San Diego cock-pit does not differ from others which are found in
+all the towns. It consists of three parts: The first, or entrance,
+is a large rectangle, some twenty meters in length and fourteen in
+breadth. On one side is the door, generally guarded by a woman who
+collects the entrance fee. From the contribution which each one
+makes the Government receives a part, some hundred thousands of
+pesos each year. They say that with this money, which gives license
+to the vice, magnificent schools are raised, bridges and roadways
+constructed, and rewards offered for the encouragement of agriculture
+and commerce. Blessed be the vice which produces such good results! In
+this first precinct are the vendors of betel nut, cigars and tobacco,
+delicacies and refreshments. There the small boys, who accompany their
+fathers or uncles, are carefully initiated into the secrets of life.
+
+This precinct communicates with another of slightly larger dimensions,
+a sort of vestibule, where the people gather before the fight. There,
+one sees most of the cocks, tied by a cord to a bone driven into the
+ground like a nail; there, are the bettors, the lovers of the sport,
+the man skilled in fastening the gaffs or spurs to the cock's legs;
+there, bargains are made, the situation discussed, money borrowed,
+and people curse, swear and laugh boisterously. In one place, some
+one is caressing his game cock, passing his hand over his brilliant
+plumage; in another, a man examines and counts the number of scales
+on the rooster's legs, for that, they say, is a sign of valor. The
+battles of the heroes are related. There, too, you will see many a
+disappointed owner, with a sour face carrying out by the legs, a dead
+rooster, stripped of its plumage--the animal which was a favorite
+for months, petted, cared for day and night, and on which flattering
+hopes had been founded: now, nothing more than a dead fowl, to be
+sold for a peseta, stewed in ginger and eaten that very night. Sic
+transit gloria mundi! The loser returns to his fire-side, where an
+anxious wife and ragged children await him, without his little capital,
+without his rooster. From all that gilded dream, from all the care of
+months, from daybreak to sunset, from all those labors and fatigue,
+from all that, results a peseta, the ashes left from so much smoke.
+
+In this foyer, or vestibule, the most ignorant discuss the coming
+contests; the most trifling, examine conscientiously the bird, weigh
+it, contemplate it, extend its wings, feel of its muscles. Some of
+the people are very well dressed, and are followed and surrounded by
+the backers of their game cocks. Others, dirty, with the seal of vice
+imprinted on their squalid faces, anxiously follow the movements of
+the rich and watch their betting, for the pocketbook can be emptied
+and the passion still be unsatisfied. There you see no face that is
+not animated, no indolent Filipino; none apathetic, none silent. All
+is movement, passion, eagerness.
+
+From this place, one passes into the arena or rueda, as it is
+called. The floor, inclosed by bamboos, is generally elevated higher
+than the floor of the other two parts of the cock-pit. Running up
+from the floor and almost touching the roof, are rows of seats for
+the spectators or gamblers--they come to be the same. During the
+combat these seats are filled with men and children who cry, shout,
+perspire, quarrel, and blaspheme. Fortunately, scarcely any women visit
+the cock-pit. In the rueda are the prominent men, the rich class,
+the bettors, the bookmaker, and the referee. The cocks fight on the
+ground, which is beaten down perfectly smooth, and there Destiny
+distributes to families laughter or tears, feasts or hunger.
+
+As we enter, we can see the gobernadorcillo, Captain Pablo, Captain
+Basilio, and Lucas, the man with the scar on his face who was so
+disconsolate over the death of his brother.
+
+Captain Basilio approaches one of those present and asks him:
+
+"Do you know what cock Captain Tiago is going to bring?"
+
+"I do not know, Senor. This morning two arrived, one of them the lasak
+(black sprinkled with white) which whipped the Consul's talisain
+(red, sprinkled with black)."
+
+"Do you think that my bulik (black, red and white), can beat him?"
+
+"Yes, I surely do. I'll stake my house and shirt on him!"
+
+At that moment Captain Tiago arrived. He was dressed, like the big
+gamblers, in a camisa of Canton linen, woolen pantaloons, and a
+panama-straw hat. Behind him came two servants, carrying the lasak
+and a white cock of colossal proportions.
+
+"Sinang tells me that Maria Clara is improving steadily," said
+Captain Basilio.
+
+"She no longer has any fever, but she is still weak."
+
+"Did you lose last night?"
+
+"A little. I heard that you won.... I am going to see if I can win
+back my money."
+
+"Do you want to fight your lasak?" asked Captain Basilio, looking at
+the rooster.
+
+"That depends on whether there is any money up."
+
+"How much will you stake?"
+
+"I don't play less than two thousand."
+
+"Have you seen my bulik?" asked Captain Basilio, and then called a
+man to bring a small rooster.
+
+Captain Tiago examined it, and after weighing it in his hand, and
+examining its scales, he handed it back.
+
+"What do you put up?" he asked.
+
+"Whatever you say."
+
+"Two thousand five hundred?"
+
+"Make it three?"
+
+"Three."
+
+"Let her go!"
+
+The circle of curious people and gamblers learn that the two celebrated
+cocks are to be fought. Both the roosters have made a history for
+themselves; both have a reputation. All want to see and examine the
+two celebrities. Opinions are expressed, and prophecies made.
+
+In the meantime the voices grow louder, the confusion is augmented, the
+rueda fills up and a rush is made for the seats. The soltadores bring
+two cocks to the ring for a preliminary contest. One of the roosters
+is blanco (white), the other rojo (red). They are already spurred, but
+the gaffs are not yet unsheathed. Cries of "Al blanco! al blanco!" are
+heard. Some one else shouts, "Al rojo!" The blanco is the favorite.
+
+Civil Guards circulate among the crowd. They are not wearing
+the uniform of their body, nor do they wear the costume of the
+native. Pantaloons of guingon with a red fringe, a blue-spotted blouse
+shirt, and the cuartel cap--you have here their disguise, in harmony
+with their deportment; watching and betting, making disturbance and
+talking of maintaining the peace.
+
+While the shouting is going on and men are jingling money in their
+hands; while the people are going down in their pockets for the last
+cuarto, or, if that is wanting, pledging their word, promising to
+sell their carabao, or their next harvest, two young men, apparently
+brothers, follow the gamblers with envious eyes. They approach, timidly
+murmur words which nobody catches, and each time become more and more
+melancholy, and look at each other with disgust and indignation. Lucas
+observes them, smiles malignantly, rattles some silver pesos, passes
+near to the two brothers, and looks toward the rueda, shouting:
+
+"I am betting fifty, fifty against twenty on the white!"
+
+The two brothers exchanged looks.
+
+"I told you," murmured the older, "not to bet all your money. If you
+had obeyed me, we would have it now to put on the red."
+
+The younger one approached Lucas timidly and touched him on the arm.
+
+"Is it you?" exclaimed the latter turning around and feigning
+surprise. "Does your brother accept my proposition or did you come
+to bet?"
+
+"How can we bet when we have lost all?"
+
+"Then you accept?"
+
+"He does not want to! If you could lend us something: you have already
+said that you knew us...."
+
+Lucas scratched his head, pulled down his camisa and replied:
+
+"Yes, I know you. You are Tarsilo and Bruno, both young and strong. I
+know that your brave father died from the result of the hundred
+lashes which the soldiers gave him. I know that you do not think of
+avenging him."
+
+"You need not meddle in our history," interrupted Tarsilo, the
+older. "That is a disgrace. If we did not have a sister, we would
+have been hanged long ago."
+
+"Hanged? They only hang cowards, or some one who has no money or
+protection. Certainly the mountains are near."
+
+"A hundred against twenty on the blanco," cried one as he passed
+the group.
+
+"Loan us four pesos ... three ... two," begged the younger
+brother. "Presently I will return it to you doubled. The fight is
+going to begin."
+
+Lucas scratched his head again.
+
+"Tst! This money is not mine. Don Crisostomo has given it to me for
+those who want to serve him. But I see that you are not like your
+father. He was really courageous."
+
+And, saying this, he went away from them, although not far.
+
+"Let us accept. What does it matter?" said Bruno to his brother. "It
+amounts to the same thing whether you are hanged or shot down. We
+poor serve for nothing else."
+
+"You are right, but think of our sister."
+
+In the meantime, the circle around the ring had been dispersed; the
+fight was going to commence. The voices began to die away, and the
+two soltadores and the skilled gaff fitter, were alone in the middle
+of the rueda. At a signal from the referee, the sheaths were removed
+from the razor-like knives on the cocks' legs, and the fine blades
+glistened in a menacing way.
+
+The two brothers, gloomy and silent, approached the ring and, resting
+their faces against the bamboo railing, watched the preparations. A man
+approached them and said in their ears: "Hundred to ten on the blanco!"
+
+Tarsilo looked at him stupidly. Bruno elbowed his brother, who
+responded with a grunt.
+
+The soltadores handle the roosters with masterly skill, taking
+great care not to wound them. A deep silence reigns throughout the
+pit. You would think that those present, with the exception of the two
+soltadores, were horrible wax figures. The two roosters are brought
+close together and allowed to pick at each other and thus become
+irritated. Then they allow them to look at each other, so that the
+poor little birds may know who has plucked out their feathers, and
+with whom they should fight. The feathers around the neck stand up;
+they look at each other fixedly; flashes of wrath escape from their
+little, round eyes. The moment has come. The birds are placed on the
+ground in the ring at a certain distance from each other.
+
+The cocks advance slowly. Their little steps are heard upon the hard
+floor. Nobody speaks; nobody breathes. Lowering and raising their
+heads, as if measuring each other with a look, the two roosters mutter
+sounds, perhaps of threat or contempt. They have perceived the shining
+blades. Danger animates them, and they turn toward each other decided,
+but they stop at a short distance, and, as they look at each other,
+they bow their heads and again raise their feathers on end. With
+their natural valor, they rush at each other impetuously; they strike
+beak against beak; breast against breast, blade against blade, and
+wing against wing. The blows have been stopped with dexterity and
+skill, and only a few feathers have fallen. They again measure each
+other! Suddenly the blanco turns and, raising himself in the air,
+flashes his death-dealing knife, but the rojo has already doubled up
+his legs, ducked his head and the blanco has only cut the air. Then,
+on touching the ground, to avoid being wounded from behind, he turns
+quickly and faces the other. The red attacks him with fury, but he
+defends himself with coolness. Not without reason was he the favorite
+of the crowd. All, trembling and anxious, follow the movements of
+the battle, now this one and now that one giving an involuntary
+shout. The ground is being covered with red and white feathers,
+tinged with blood. But the duel does not go to the one who draws first
+blood. The Filipino here follows the laws laid down by the Government,
+which say that the cock which is killed or flees loses the fight. The
+blood now wets the ground; the blows are repeated, but the victory
+is still undecided. Finally, making a supreme effort, the blanco
+throws himself forward to give a last blow; he drives his knife into
+the wing of the rojo and buries it among the bones. But the blanco
+has been wounded in the breast, and both, weak from loss of blood,
+and panting, fastened together, remain immovable until the blanco
+falls, bleeds through his neck, kicks violently and is in the agony
+of death. The rojo, pinned by his wing, is held to the other's side;
+and little by little he doubles up his legs and slowly closes his eyes.
+
+Then the referee, in accordance with the regulations prescribed by
+the Government, declares the rojo the winner. A wild and prolonged
+outcry greets the decision, an outcry which is heard throughout
+the town. He, who, from afar, hears the cry, understands that the
+dejado has beaten the favorite, for otherwise the outcry would not
+have lasted so long. So it happens among nations: when a small nation
+succeeds in gaining a victory over a greater one, the song and story
+of it last through centuries.
+
+"Do you see?" said Bruno, with indignation, to his brother, "if you
+had taken my advice to-day, we would have had one hundred pesos. On
+your account we are without a cuarto."
+
+Tarsilo did not reply, but, with wide-open eyes, looked around him
+as if in search of some one.
+
+"There he is talking with Pedro," added Bruno. "He is giving him
+money--what a lot of money!"
+
+Tarsilo remained silent and thoughtful. With the arm of his camisa,
+he wiped away the sweat which formed in drops on his forehead.
+
+"Brother," said Bruno, "I am decided, even if you are not. The lasak
+ought to win and we ought not to lose the opportunity. I want to bet on
+the next fight. What does it matter? Thus, we will avenge our father."
+
+"Wait!" said Tarsilo to him, and looked him in the eyes. Both were
+pale. "I am with you. You are right. We will avenge our father."
+
+He stopped, however, and again wiped away the perspiration.
+
+"Why do you stop?" asked Bruno impatiently.
+
+"Do you know what fight is the next one? Is it worth the trouble?"
+
+"What! Haven't you heard? Captain Tiago's lasak against Captain
+Basilio's bulik. According to the run of luck, the lasak ought to win."
+
+"Ah! The lasak. I would bet ... but let us make sure first."
+
+Bruno made a gesture of impatience, but followed his brother. The
+latter looked the rooster over carefully, thought about it, debated
+with himself and asked a few questions. The unfortunate fellow was
+in doubt. Bruno was nervous and looked at him angrily.
+
+"Why, don't you see that wide scale which he has there near the
+spur? Do you see those feet? What more do you want? Look at those
+legs. Stretch out his wings. And that broken scale on top of that
+wide one, and that double one?"
+
+Tarsilo did not hear him, he kept on examining the cock. The rattle
+of silver coins reached his ears.
+
+"Let us see the bulik now," said he, in a choking voice.
+
+Bruno stamped the ground with his feet, grated his teeth, but obeyed
+his brother.
+
+They approached the other group. There they were arming the cock,
+they were selecting gaffs for him, and the expert, in fitting them
+to the rooster's legs, was preparing a piece of red silk. He waxed
+it and rubbed it over his knee a number of times.
+
+Tarsilo gazed at the bird with a sombre air. It seemed that he was
+not looking at the cock, but at something in the future. He passed
+his hand over his forehead.
+
+"Are you ready?" he asked his brother, his voice scarcely perceptible.
+
+"I? Long ago. Without having to see them."
+
+"It is our poor sister----"
+
+"Bah! Didn't they tell you that the leader is Don Crisostomo? Have
+you not seen him walking with the Governor General? What danger will
+we run?"
+
+"And if we are killed?"
+
+"What does it matter? Our father died from being whipped to death."
+
+"You are right."
+
+Both brothers sought Lucas in the crowd.
+
+As soon as they caught sight of him, Tarsilo stopped.
+
+"No! Let us go away from here! We are going to lose," he exclaimed.
+
+"Go if you wish. I am going to accept."
+
+"Bruno!"
+
+Unfortunately, a man approached them and said:
+
+"Are you betting? I am backing the bulik."
+
+The two brothers did not reply.
+
+"I'll give you odds."
+
+"How much?" asked Bruno.
+
+The man counted out four peso pieces. Bruno looked at him, breathless.
+
+"I have two hundred. Fifty to forty."
+
+"No," said Bruno promptly. "Make it ..."
+
+"All right! fifty to thirty."
+
+"Double it if you wish!"
+
+"Well! The bulik is my winning color and I have just won. Hundred
+against sixty!"
+
+"That's a go! Wait till I go and get my money."
+
+"But I will be the stake-holder," said the other, in whom the manner
+of Bruno inspired little confidence.
+
+"It's all the same to me!" responded the latter, trusting in the
+strength of his fists.
+
+And, turning to his brother, he said:
+
+"Go away, if you wish; I'm going to stay."
+
+Then Tarsilo reflected. He loved his brother and the game. He could
+not leave him alone, and he murmured. "Let it be so!"
+
+They approached Lucas. The latter saw them coming and smiled.
+
+"Eh! there!" said Tarsilo.
+
+"What is it?"
+
+"How much do you give?" asked the two brothers.
+
+"I have already told you. If you want to find some others to help
+us surprise the cuartel, I will give you thirty pesos apiece, and
+ten pesos for each companion you get. If all comes out well, each
+will receive one hundred pesos and you two, double that amount. Don
+Crisostomo is rich."
+
+"Accepted," exclaimed Bruno. "Hand over the money."
+
+"I knew well that you were brave, like your father. Come! Don't
+let them hear us or they will kill us," said Lucas, pointing to the
+Civil Guards.
+
+And taking them into a corner, he told them, as he counted out the
+money to them:
+
+"To-morrow Don Crisostomo will arrive and bring arms. Day after
+to-morrow, about eight o'clock at night, come to the cemetery. I
+will tell you about the final arrangements. You have time to find
+some other companions."
+
+They took leave of each other. Now the two brothers seemed to have
+changed their roles. Tarsilo was calm; Bruno, pale.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXVIII
+
+THE TWO SENORAS.
+
+
+While Captain Tiago was fighting his lasak against the bulik,
+Dona Victorina took a walk through the town, with the intention of
+seeing the condition of the indolent natives, and of their houses
+and fields. She had dressed as elegantly as she could, putting all
+her ribbons and flowers on her silk gown, in order to impress the
+provincials, and make them see how great a distance was between
+them and her sacred person. Giving her arm to her lame husband, she
+fluttered through the streets of the town, among the stupefied and
+wondering inhabitants. Cousin Linares had remained in the house.
+
+"What ugly houses these natives have," began Dona Victorina, making a
+grimace. "I don't know how they can live there: one must be a native
+to do it. They meet us and don't uncover their heads! Hit them over
+the head as the curates and tenientes of the Guardia Civil do when
+they don't take off their hats. Teach them manners."
+
+"And if they hit me?" asked Dr. de Espadana.
+
+"Aren't you a man?"
+
+"Bu--bu--but, I am la--la--lame."
+
+Dona Victorina was becoming bad-humored. The streets were not paved,
+and the train of her gown was covered with dust. Besides, they met many
+young women, who, on passing her, cast down their eyes and did not
+admire her lavish dress as they should have done. Sinang's coachman,
+who was driving her and her cousin in an elegant carriage, had the
+impudence to call out tabi [20] to them in such a warning voice
+that she had to get out of the way, and was only able to exclaim,
+"Look at that brute of a coachman! I am going to tell his master that
+he should educate his servants better!"
+
+"Let us go back to the house," she ordered her husband.
+
+He, fearing that there was going to be a storm, turned on his heels
+and obeyed the command.
+
+They met the alferez on the way back and greeted him. He increased
+the discontent of Dona Victorina, for he not only failed to compliment
+her on her dress, but surveyed it almost with a mocking manner.
+
+"You ought not to extend your hand to a simple alferez," said she
+to her husband as soon as they were some distance away. "He scarcely
+touches his helmet, and you take off your hat. You don't know how to
+maintain your rank."
+
+"He is ch--ch--chief here!"
+
+"And what does that matter to us? Are we, perchance, natives?"
+
+"You are right," replied he, not wishing to quarrel.
+
+They passed by the officer's house. Dona Consolacion was in the window,
+as usual, dressed in her flannel outfit and smoking her cigar. As
+the house was rather low, they could see each other as they passed,
+and Dona Victorina could distinguish her very well. The Muse of the
+Guardia Civil examined her with tranquillity from head to foot, and,
+afterward, sticking out her lower lip, spit, turning her face to the
+other side. That put an end to Dona Victorina's patience, and, leaving
+her husband without any support, she squared herself in front of the
+alfereza, trembling with rage, and unable to speak. Dona Consolacion
+turned her head slowly, looked her over again, and then spit again,
+but with still greater disdain.
+
+"What is the matter with you, Dona?" said the alfereza.
+
+"Can you tell me, Senora, why you look at me so? Are you envious?" Dona
+Victorina finally succeeded in saying.
+
+"I envious of you?" said the Medusa with scorn. "O, yes! I envy
+those curls."
+
+"Come, wife!" said the doctor. "Do--don't take no--no--notice of her!"
+
+"Let me give this shameless common person a lesson!" replied the woman,
+giving her husband a push. He nearly fell to the ground. Turning to
+Dona Consolacion, she continued:
+
+"Look how you treat me! Don't think that I am a provincial, or a
+soldiers' querida! In my house in Manila alferezas never are allowed
+to come in. They wait at the door."
+
+"Oh-oh! Most Excellent Senora! Alferezas don't enter, but invalids
+like that out there. Ha, ha, ha!"
+
+If it hadn't been for all the paint on her face, one could have seen
+Dona Victorina blush. She wanted to throw herself upon her enemy,
+but the sentry stopped her. In the meantime, the street was filling
+up with curious people.
+
+"Listen! I lower myself talking with you. People of categoria ... Do
+you want my clothes to wash? I will pay you well. Do you think that
+I don't know that you are a washerwoman?"
+
+Dona Consolacion became furious. The reference to her being a
+washerwoman wounded her.
+
+"Do you think that we do not know what you are? Get out! My husband has
+already told me. Senora, I, at least, have not belonged to more than
+one man, but you? One must be pretty hard up to take the leavings."
+
+This shot struck Dona Victorina square in the breast. She rolled up
+her sleeves, clenched her fists, and, gnashing her teeth, began:
+
+"Come down here, you nasty old thing, that I may smash your filthy
+mouth."
+
+The Medusa disappeared quickly from the window, but was soon seen
+coming down the stairs on a run, swinging her husband's whip.
+
+Don Tiburcio interposed, pleading with them, but they would have come
+to blows if the alferez had not arrived.
+
+"But, senoras!... Don Tiburcio!"
+
+"Teach your woman better; buy her better clothes. If you haven't
+the money, rob the people. You have your soldiers for that!" shouted
+Dona Victorina.
+
+"Senora," said the alferez furiously. "Thank yourself that I don't
+forget that you are a woman; for if you were not, I would kick you
+to pieces, with all your curls and ribbons."
+
+"Se--se--senor al--alferez!" said Don Tiburcio.
+
+"Go ahead! Kill us! You don't wear big enough trousers, you quack."
+
+And so the battle waged: words, gestures, cries, insults, and
+injuries. They brought out all the nasty things they could think of,
+all four speaking at the same time, and, saying so many things and
+bringing to light so many truths, that we will not relate here all
+that was said. The people who had gathered around to satisfy their
+curiosity, if they understood all the remarks, must have enjoyed
+themselves not a little. They were all waiting to see them come to
+blows. Unfortunately for the spectators, the curate came along and
+pacified them.
+
+"Senoras! senoras! What a shame. Senor alferez."
+
+"What are you meddling in these matters for, you hypocrite, you
+Carlist?"
+
+"Don Tiburcio, take away your wife! Senora, hold your tongue!"
+
+"Tell that to those robbers of the poor!"
+
+Finally, the dictionary of epithets was exhausted. The review of the
+disgraces of each couple was ended, and little by little they were
+separated, threatening and insulting each other. Father Salvi kept
+going from one side to the other, adding life to the scene.
+
+"This very day we will go to Manila and we will present ourselves
+to the Governor General," said Dona Victorina, in fury to her
+husband. "You are not a man. It is a shame that you spend money
+for trousers."
+
+"B--b--but, wife, and the Guardia Civil? I--I--am lame."
+
+"You must challenge him to a duel with pistol or sword or, or----"
+
+And Dona Victorina looked at his false teeth.
+
+"Daughter, I never have used----"
+
+Dona Victorina did not let him finish. With a sublime movement she
+jerked out his false teeth in the middle of the street, and throwing
+them to the ground stepped on them. He, half crying, and she sputtering
+away, arrived at the house. At that time, Linares was talking with
+Maria Clara, Sinang, and Victoria, and, as he knew nothing about the
+quarrel, the sudden arrival of his cousins gave him a shock. Maria
+Clara was lying on a sofa among pillows and blankets, and was not a
+little surprised at the doctor's new physiognomy.
+
+"Cousin," said Dona Victorina, "you have got to challenge the alferez
+immediately to a duel, or----"
+
+"And why? what for?" asked Linares, surprised.
+
+"You challenge him right off, or I will tell them all who you are."
+
+"But, Dona Victorina!"
+
+The three young women looked at one another.
+
+"The alferez has insulted us. The old witch came down with her whip,
+and that thing there allowed it all. A man!"
+
+"Pshaw!" said Sinang. "They have been fighting and we haven't seen it."
+
+"The alferez has broken the doctor's teeth," added Victoria.
+
+"This very day we are going to Manila. You stay here to challenge
+him to a duel, and, if you don't, I'll tell Don Santiago that all
+that you have told him is a lie. I will tell him----"
+
+"But, Dona Victorina! Dona Victorina!" interrupted Linares, pale
+and going closer to her. "You keep quiet. Don't make me call to
+mind"----and he added in a low voice--"Don't be imprudent, especially
+just now."
+
+Just at that time, when this was going on, Captain Tiago arrived home
+from the cock-pit. He was downhearted. He had lost his lasak.
+
+But Dona Victorina did not give him much time to sigh. In a few
+words, and with many insults, she related to him what had passed,
+she, of course, trying to put herself in a good light.
+
+"Linares is going to challenge him. Do you hear? If he don't, I won't
+let him marry your daughter. Don't you permit it. If he has no courage,
+he does not merit Clarita."
+
+"Then you are going to marry this gentleman?" asked Sinang, with her
+jolly eyes full of tears. "I knew that you were discreet, but I did
+not think you so fickle."
+
+Maria Clara, pale as wax, raising herself half up, looked at her father
+with frightened eyes, and then at Dona Victorina and Linares. The
+latter turned red in the face, Captain Tiago looked down, and the
+senora added:
+
+"Clarita, bear it in mind, and never marry a man who does not wear
+trousers. You expose yourself to insults like a dog, if you do."
+
+But the young maiden did not reply and said to her friends:
+
+"Take me to my room, for I cannot go alone."
+
+They helped her to her feet, and, leaning her marble-like head on
+pretty Sinang's shoulder, and, with the arms of her friend around
+her waist, she went to her bedroom.
+
+That night the doctor and his wife collected their things together,
+submitted their account to Captain Tiago--which amounted to several
+thousand pesos--and very early on the following day, left for Manila
+in the Captain's carriage. To timid Linares they intrusted the role
+of the avenger.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXIX
+
+THE ENIGMA.
+
+
+As Lucas had announced, Ibarra arrived the next day. His first visit
+was to the family of Captain Tiago, with the object of seeing Maria
+Clara and telling her that His Most Illustrious Greatness had already
+reconciled him with the Church. He brought a letter of recommendation
+to the curate, written by the hand of the Archbishop himself. Aunt
+Isabel was not a little delighted over it, for she liked the young
+man and did not look favorably upon the marriage of her niece with
+Linares. Captain Tiago was not at home.
+
+"Come in," said the aunt in her half-Castellano language. "Maria,
+Don Crisostomo is again in the grace of God. The Archbishop has
+dis-excommunicated him."
+
+But the young man could not advance. His smile froze on his lips, and
+words fled from his mind. Linares was standing next to Maria Clara on
+the balcony, interweaving nosegays with the flowers and leaves on the
+climbing plants. On the floor, were scattered roses and sampagas. Maria
+Clara was leaning back on a sofa, pale, pensive, her look sad, playing
+with her ivory fan. But the fan was not as white as her poor fingers.
+
+At the presence of Ibarra, Linares turned pale and Maria Clara's
+cheeks were tinged with carmine. She tried to rise, but her strength
+failing her, she cast her eyes upon the floor, and let fall her fan.
+
+An embarrassing silence reigned for several seconds. Finally, Ibarra
+was able to advance, and tremblingly murmured:
+
+"I have just arrived and have hastened to see you.... I find that
+you are better than I thought."
+
+Maria Clara seemed to have turned dumb. She could not pronounce a
+single word, and continued to keep her eyes on the floor.
+
+Ibarra surveyed Linares with a look which the modest young man bore
+with considerable haughtiness.
+
+"Well, I see that my arrival was not expected," he said slowly. "Maria,
+pardon me for not having announced my coming. Some other day I will
+be able to explain to you my conduct."
+
+These words were accompanied with a look at Linares. The maiden
+raised her eyes to Ibarra, those beautiful eyes, full of purity and
+melancholy, so supplicating and sweet that Ibarra stopped confused.
+
+"May I come to-morrow?"
+
+"You know that on my part you are always welcome," replied she,
+scarcely able to pronounce the words.
+
+Ibarra walked away, apparently tranquil; but a tempest raged in his
+mind, and his heart was chilled. What he had just seen and felt was
+incomprehensible. What was it? Doubt, apathy or treason?
+
+"Oh, woman!" he murmured.
+
+He arrived, without noticing it, at the place where the school house
+was being constructed. The work was well along. Nor Juan, with his
+yard stick and plumb-line, was going to and fro among the numerous
+workmen. On seeing the young man approach, he ran to meet him.
+
+"Don Crisostomo," said he, "you have arrived at last. We were all
+expecting you. Just see how the walls are rising. They are already
+a meter and ten centimeters high. Within two days, they will be as
+high as a man. I have not allowed them to use anything but the best
+of wood. Do you want to look at the cellar?"
+
+The workmen saluted him respectfully.
+
+"Here is the system of drainage which I have taken the liberty to
+add," said Nor Juan. "These underground canals lead to a cesspool
+about thirty feet off. It will serve to fertilize the garden. This
+was not in the plans. Do you object to it?"
+
+"Quite on the contrary, I approve of it and I congratulate you on
+your idea. You are a true architect. From whom did you learn the
+profession?"
+
+"From myself, senor," replied the modest old man.
+
+"O, yes! Before I forget it: let the scrupulous people know (for
+some may fear to speak to me) that I am no longer excommunicated. The
+Archbishop invited me to dine with him."
+
+"Pshaw! senor! We don't take any notice of excommunications. We are
+all excommunicated. Dather Damaso is himself; however, he goes on,
+as fat as ever."
+
+"How's that?"
+
+"I feel sure about it. A year ago he gave the coadjutor a blow with
+his cane, and the coadjutor is as much a priest as he. Who takes any
+notice of excommunications, senor?"
+
+Ibarra caught sight of Elias among the workmen. He saluted him like
+the others, but with a look that gave Ibarra to understand that he
+wanted to speak with him.
+
+"Nor Juan," said Ibarra, "will you bring me a list of the workmen?"
+
+Nor Juan disappeared and Ibarra approached Elias, who was alone,
+raising a large stone and loading it in a cart.
+
+"If you are able, senor, to grant me some hours of conversation, come
+this afternoon to the shore of the lake and embark in my banca, for I
+want to talk with you about some serious matters," said Elias. Ibarra
+gave a nod of assent and went away.
+
+Nor Juan brought the list, but Ibarra read it in vain. The name of
+Elias was not on it.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXX
+
+THE VOICE OF THE PERSECUTED.
+
+
+Before the sun went down, Ibarra put his foot into Elias's banca
+on the shore of the lake. He seemed displeased about something,
+as though he had been opposed or contradicted.
+
+"Pardon me, senor," said Elias on seeing him. "Pardon me for having
+ventured to make this appointment with you. I would like to speak
+with you freely, and here we have no witnesses. We can return within
+an hour."
+
+"You are mistaken, friend Elias," replied Ibarra, trying to smile. "You
+will have to take me to that town over there, where you see that
+belfry. Fate obliges me to go there."
+
+"Fate?"
+
+"Yes; on my way here, I met the alferez. He insisted upon accompanying
+me. I thought about you, and knew that he would recognize you, and, in
+order to get rid of him, I told him that I was going to that town. Now
+I will have to remain there all day to-morrow, for the man whom I am
+going to see will not look for me till to-morrow afternoon."
+
+"I am obliged to you for your thoughtfulness, but you might have
+simply told him to accompany you," replied Elias with naturalness.
+
+"How's that? And what about you?"
+
+"He would never have recognized me. The only time that he ever saw me,
+I don't believe that he thought to take down a description of me."
+
+"I am in hard luck!" sighed Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara. "What
+have you to say to me?"
+
+Elias looked around him. They were far from the shore. The sun
+had already sunk below the horizon, and, as the twilight in these
+latitudes is very short, the darkness was falling over the earth,
+and the disk of the full moon was already shining.
+
+"Senor," replied Elias, in a grave voice, "I am the spokesman of many
+unfortunate people."
+
+"Unfortunate people. What do you mean?"
+
+In a few words, Elias referred to the conversation which he had had
+with the chief of the tulisanes, but omitted saying anything about the
+doubts which the chief entertained, or the threats. Ibarra listened
+attentively, and, when Elias concluded his story, a long silence
+reigned. Ibarra was the first to break the spell.
+
+"So that they desire----?"
+
+"Radical reforms in the armed forces, in the religious matters,
+and in the administration of justice. That is to say, they ask for
+paternal care on the part of the Government."
+
+"Reforms? In what sense?"
+
+"For example: more respect for human dignity; more security for the
+individual; less power in the hands of the forces already armed;
+fewer privileges for that body which easily abuses them."
+
+"Elias," replied the young man, "I don't know who you are, but
+I believe that you are not an ordinary man. You think and work
+differently from the others. You will understand me if I say to
+you that, even if it is true that the present state of affairs is
+defective, there will be a worse state if there is a change. I could
+arrange to get the assistance of my friends in Madrid, by paying
+them. I could speak to the Governor General, but all of that would
+accomplish nothing. He has not enough power to introduce reforms,
+nor would I ever take a step in that direction, for I know very well
+that, if it is true that these religious corporations have their
+defects, they are now necessities. They are what you might call a
+necessary evil."
+
+Elias raised his head and looked astonished.
+
+"Do you believe, senor, in necessary evils?" he asked, his voice
+slightly trembling. "Do you believe that in order to do good it is
+necessary to do evil?"
+
+"No. I look upon it as a violent remedy which we have to make use of
+to cure an illness. To illustrate further, the country is an organism
+which is suffering from a chronic illness, and, in order to cure it,
+the Government finds itself compelled to use medicines, hard and
+violent, if you wish, but useful and necessary."
+
+"He is a bad doctor, senor, who seeks to cure the symptoms and suppress
+them without trying to find the origin of the illness, or knowing it,
+fears to attack it. The Guardia Civil has no other end than this:
+the suppression of crime by terror and force. This end it neither
+fulfills nor carries out except in chance instances. And you have
+to take into account that society can be severe with individuals
+only after she has furnished all means necessary for their perfect
+morality. In our country, since there is no society, since the
+people and the Government do not form a unity, the latter ought to
+be indulgent, not only because indulgence is necessary, but because
+the individual, neglected and abandoned by Government, has less self
+responsibility than if he had been enlightened. Besides, following out
+your comparison, the medicine applied to the evils of the country is
+so much of a destroyer that its effect is only felt on the sane parts
+of the organism. These it weakens and injures. Would it not be more
+reasonable to fortify and strengthen the infirm organism and minimize
+a little the violence of the medicine?"
+
+"To weaken the Guardia Civil would be to put the security of the
+towns in danger."
+
+"The security of the towns!" exclaimed Elias with bitterness. "The
+towns have had the Guardia Civil for nearly fifteen years and
+what is the result? We still have tulisanes, we still hear of them
+sacking towns, and they still make their attacks on people on the
+roads. Robberies continue and the robbers are not punished. Crime
+exists and the real criminal goes free, but not so with the peaceful
+inhabitants of the town. Ask any honorable citizen if he looks upon
+this institution as a good, as a protection by the Government, or
+as an imposition, a despotism whose excesses do more harm than the
+violence of the criminals. Communication between people is paralyzed,
+for they fear to be maltreated for trifling causes. More importance
+is attached to the formality of the law than to the basal principle
+of it,--the first symptom of incapacity in government. The heads of
+the organization consider it their first duty to make people salute
+them, either of their own will or by force, even in the darkness of
+night. In this, their inferior officers imitate them and maltreat
+and fleece the poor countrymen. There is no such thing as sacredness
+of the fireside. There is no security for the individual. What have
+the people accomplished by overcoming their wrath and by waiting for
+justice at the hands of others? Ah! senor, if you call that preserving
+the order----"
+
+"I agree with you that there are evils," replied Ibarra. "But we
+have to accept those evils for the good which accompanies them. This
+institution may be imperfect, but believe me, by the terror which it
+inspires, it prevents the number of criminals from increasing."
+
+"You might better say that by that terror it increases the number
+of criminals," said Elias, correcting him. "Before this body was
+created, almost all the evildoers, with the exception of a very few,
+were criminals because of their hunger. They pillaged and robbed in
+order to live. That famine once passed over and hunger once satisfied,
+the roads were again free from criminals. It was sufficient to have
+the poor but valiant cuaderilleros chase them, with their imperfect
+arms--that body of men so often calumniated by those who have written
+upon our country, those men who have three legal rights, to do their
+duty, to fight and to die. And for all that, a jest as recompense. Now
+there are tulisanes who will be tulisanes all their lives. A crime
+inhumanly punished, resistance against the excesses of the power
+which inflicts such punishment, and fear that other atrocities may
+be inflicted--these make them forever members of that society who
+are bound by oath to kill and die [21]. The terrorism of the Guardia
+Civil impressed upon them closes forever the doors to repentance. And
+as a tulisan fights and defends himself in the mountains better than
+a soldier, whom he scorns, the result is that we are incapable of
+abating the evil which we have created. Call to mind what the prudent
+Governor General de la Torre did. The amnesty which he granted to
+these unhappy people has proved that in these mountains the hearts
+of men still beat, and only await pardon. Terrorism is useful only
+when the people are enslaved, when the mountains have no caverns,
+when the governing power can station a sentry behind every tree, and
+when the slave has in his body nothing but a stomach. But when the
+desperado who fights for his life feels the strong arm of that power,
+then his heart beats and his being fills with passion. Can terrorism
+put out the fire which----"
+
+"It confuses me, Elias, to hear you talk so. I would believe that
+you were right if I did not have my own convictions. But note this
+point--and do not be offended, for I do not include you--I look
+upon you as an exception--consider who those are who ask for this
+reform. Almost all are criminals or people who are in the way of
+becoming such."
+
+"Criminals or future criminals; but why are they so? Because their
+peace has been disturbed, their happiness taken away from them,
+their dearest affections wounded, and, after asking protection from
+Justice, they have been convinced that they can secure it only by
+their own hands, by their own efforts. But you are mistaken, senor,
+if you believe that only criminals ask for it. Go from town to town,
+from house to house. Listen to the secret sighings of the family and
+you will be convinced that the evils which the Guardia Civil causes
+are equal to if not greater than those which it corrects. Would you
+conclude then that all the citizens are criminals? Then, why defend
+them from the others? Why not destroy them?"
+
+"There is some flaw in your reasoning which escapes me now. In Spain,
+the Mother Country, this body lends and has lent very useful services."
+
+"I do not doubt it. Perhaps there it is better organized; the personnel
+more select. Perhaps, too, Spain needs such a body, but the Philippines
+do not. Our customs, our mode of living, which are always cited when
+any one wants to deny us a right, are totally forgotten when some
+one wants to impose something on us. And tell me, senor, why have not
+other nations adopted this institution, other nations which resemble
+Spain more than do the Philippines? Is it due to the efforts of such an
+institution that other nations have fewer robberies of the railways,
+fewer riots, fewer assassinations, and less hand-to-hand fighting in
+their great capitals?"
+
+Ibarra bowed his head in meditation. Afterward he raised it and
+replied:
+
+"That question, my friend, needs serious study. If my investigations
+tell me that these complaints are well founded, I will write to my
+friends in Madrid, since we have no deputies to represent us. In the
+meantime, believe me, the Government needs a body like the Guardia
+Civil, which has unlimited power, in order to make the people respect
+its authority and the laws imposed."
+
+"That would be all right, senor, if the Government were at war
+with the country; but, for the good of the Government, we ought
+not to make the people believe that they are in opposition to the
+law. Furthermore, if that were the case, if we preferred force to
+prestige, we ought to look well to whom we give this unlimited force
+or power, this authority. Such great power in the hands of men, and
+ignorant men at that, men full of passion, without moral education,
+without tested honor--such a thing is a weapon in the hands of a
+maniac in a multitude of unarmed people. I grant and I will agree
+with you that the Government needs this weapon, but let it choose
+that weapon well; let it choose the most worthy men to bear it."
+
+Elias was speaking with enthusiasm and with fervor. His eyes glistened
+and his voice vibrated. Then followed a solemn pause. The banca, no
+longer propelled by the paddle, floated tranquilly on the waves. The
+moon was shining majestically from a sapphire sky. Some lights were
+glimmering on the shore.
+
+"And what more do they ask?" said Ibarra.
+
+"Reforms in the priesthood," responded Elias, in a discouraged and
+sad tone of voice. "The unfortunates ask more protection against----"
+
+"Against the religious orders?"
+
+"Against their oppressors, senor."
+
+"Have the Filipinos forgotten what they owe to these orders? Have they
+forgotten the immense debt of gratitude they owe to them for having
+saved them from error and given them the Faith? What they owe to them
+for protection against the civil power? Here is one of the evils which
+result from not teaching the history of the country in our schools."
+
+Elias, surprised, could scarcely give credit to what he heard.
+
+"Senor," he replied in a grave voice. "You accuse the people of
+ingratitude: permit me, one of those who suffer, to defend the
+people. Favors, in order to be recognized as such, must be done by
+persons with disinterested motives. Let us consider in a general
+way the mission of the orders, of Christian charity, that threadbare
+subject. Let us lay history aside. Let us not ask what Spain did with
+the Jews, who gave all Europe a Book, a religion and a God! Let us not
+ask what Spain has done with the Arabic people who gave her culture,
+who were tolerant in religion and who reawakened in her a pure national
+love, fallen into lethargy and almost destroyed by the domination of
+Romans and Goths. Let us omit all that. Do you say that these orders
+have given us the Faith and have saved us from error? Do you call those
+outward ceremonies, faith? Do you call that commerce in straps and
+scapularies religion? Do you call those miracles and stories which we
+hear every day truth? Is that the law of Jesus Christ? To teach such
+a faith as this it was not at all necessary that a God should allow
+himself to be crucified. Superstition existed long before the friars
+came here; it was only necessary to perfect it and to raise the price
+of the traffic. Will you tell me that although our religion of to-day
+is imperfect, it is better than that which we had before? I will agree
+with you in that and grant it; but we have purchased it at too high
+a price if we have had to renounce our nationality and independence
+for it; when for it, we have given to the priests our best towns,
+our fields, and still give them our little savings in order to buy
+religious objects. A foreign industry has been introduced among us;
+we pay well for it, and are in peace. If you speak of the protection
+they have afforded us against the civil governors of the provinces,
+I would reply that through them we fall under the power of these
+governors. However, I recognize that a true Faith, and a true love
+for humanity guided the first missionaries who came to our shores. I
+recognize the debt of gratitude which is due those noble hearts. I
+know that in those days Spain abounded in heroes of all kinds, as well
+in religion as in politics, as well in civil life as in military. But
+because the forefathers were virtuous, should we consent to the abuses
+practiced by their degenerate descendants? Because a great good has
+been done for us, are we guilty if we prevent ourselves from being
+harmed? The country does not ask for abolition of the priesthood; it
+only asks for reforms which new circumstances and new needs require."
+
+"I love our country as you love it, Elias. I understand to some
+extent what you desire. I have heard with attention what you have
+said; yet, despite all of that, my friend, I believe we are looking
+upon it with a little prejudice. Here, less than in other things,
+I see the necessity of reforms."
+
+"Can it be possible, senor," said Elias, discouraged and stretching
+out his hands. "Do you not see the necessity of reforms, you whose
+family----"
+
+"Ah! I forget myself and I forget my own injuries for the sake of
+the security of the Philippines, for the sake of the interests of
+Spain," interrupted Ibarra eagerly. "To preserve the Philippines it
+is necessary that the friars continue as they are, and in union with
+Spain lies the welfare of our country."
+
+Ibarra had ceased speaking, but Elias continued to listen. His face
+was sad, his eyes had lost their brilliancy.
+
+"The missionaries conquered the country, it is true," he said. "Do
+you think that Spain will be able to keep the Philippines through
+the instrumentality of the friars?"
+
+"Yes, only through the friars. This is the belief held by all who
+have written on the Philippines."
+
+"Oh!" exclaimed Elias, discouraged and throwing his paddle into the
+bottom of the banca. "I did not think that you had so poor a conception
+of the Government and of the country."
+
+Ibarra replied: "I love our country, not only because it is the
+duty of all men to love the country to which they owe their being,
+not only because my father taught me so; but also because my mother
+was a native, an Indian, and because all my most beautiful memories
+live in these islands. I love it too, because I owe it my happiness
+and will continue to do so."
+
+"And I, I love it because I owe to it my misfortunes," said Elias.
+
+"Yes, my friend, I know that you are suffering, that you are
+unfortunate, and that this makes you see a dark future and influences
+your way of thinking. For this reason, I make allowance for your
+complaints. If I were able to appreciate the motives, if I had known
+part of that past----"
+
+"My misfortunes have another source. If I had known that they would
+have been of usefulness, I would have related them, for aside from
+that, I make no secret of them. They are well enough known by many."
+
+"Perhaps knowing them would rectify my opinions. You know I do not
+rely much upon theories; facts are better guides."
+
+Elias remained pensive for some moments.
+
+"If that is the case, senor," he replied, "I will relate briefly the
+history of my misfortunes."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXI
+
+ELIAS'S FAMILY.
+
+
+"Some sixty years ago my grandfather lived in Manila and kept books
+for a Spanish merchant. My grandfather was then very young, but was
+married and had a son. One night, without any one knowing the cause,
+the store-house was burned. The fire spread to the store and from the
+store to many others. The losses were very heavy. Search was made for
+the incendiary, and the merchant accused my grandfather. In vain he
+protested and, as he was poor and could not pay celebrated lawyers,
+he was condemned to be whipped publicly and to be led through the
+streets of Manila. It was not a great while ago that this infamous
+punishment was still in use here. It was a thousand times worse than
+death itself. My grandfather, abandoned by everybody except his wife,
+was tied to a horse and, followed by a cruel multitude, was whipped on
+every corner, in the sight of men, his brothers, and in the vicinity of
+the numerous temples of the God of Peace. When the unfortunate man,
+disgraced forever, had satisfied the punishment by his blood, his
+tortures and his cries, they untied him from the horse, for he had
+become unconscious. Would to God he had died! As a refined cruelty,
+they gave him liberty. His wife, embarrassed with a child at the time,
+begged in vain from door to door for work or alms that she might care
+for her sick husband and the poor son. But who would have confidence
+in the wife of an infamous man guilty of arson? The wife, then,
+had to give herself up to prostitution."
+
+Ibarra started from his seat.
+
+"Oh! do not be disturbed! Prostitution was not the only dishonor
+which she and her husband suffered. Honor and shame no longer existed
+for them. The husband cured his wounds, and, with his wife and son,
+hid in the mountains of this province. Here the woman brought forth
+a still-born child, deformed and full of disease. In the mountains,
+they lived for several months, miserable, isolated, hated and fleeing
+from all. Unable to endure the misery, less valorous than his wife,
+and growing desperate at seeing her ill and deprived of all aid and
+comfort, my grandfather hanged himself. The body rotted in the sight of
+the son, who was now scarcely able to take care of his sick mother. The
+bad odor of the rotting corpse disclosed it to Justice. My grandmother
+was accused and condemned for not having given notice. The death of
+her husband was attributed to her and people believed it. For, what
+is a wife of a wretch not capable of doing after having prostituted
+herself? If she took oath, they said she perjured herself; if she wept,
+they said that it was false; and if she invoked God, they said she
+blasphemed. However, they had some consideration for her and waited
+for her to give birth to a child before whipping her. You know that
+the friars spread the belief that the only way to deal with the
+natives is with the whip. Read what Father Gaspar de San Augustin says.
+
+"Thus condemned, the woman cursed the day when she would give
+birth to the child, and this not only prolonged her punishment, but
+violated her maternal sentiments. The woman delivered the child, and
+unfortunately the child was born robust. Two months later the sentence
+of whipping which had been imposed upon her was carried out, to the
+great satisfaction of the people, who thought that in this way they
+were fulfilling their duty. No longer able to be at peace in these
+mountains she fled with her two sons to a neighboring province and
+there they lived like wild beasts: hating and hated. The older boy,
+remembering his happy infancy and its contrast with such great misery,
+became a tulisan as soon as he had sufficient strength. Before long
+the bloody name of Balat extended from province to province; it was
+the terror of the towns and the people, for he took his revenge with
+fire and blood. The younger boy, who had received from Nature a good
+heart, resigned himself to his lot at his mother's side. They lived
+on what the forests afforded them; they dressed in the rags that
+travellers threw away. The mother had lost her good name, she was now
+known only by such titles as the 'criminal,' the 'prostitute,' and the
+'horse-whipped woman.' The younger brother was known only as the son of
+his mother, because he had such a pleasant disposition that they did
+not believe him to be the son of the incendiary. Finally the famous
+Balat fell one day into the hands of Justice. Society had taught him
+no good, but he was asked to account for his crimes. One morning as
+the younger boy was looking for his mother, who had gone to gather
+mushrooms from the forest, and had not yet returned, he found her
+lying on the ground by the roadside, under a cotton-tree. Her face
+was turned toward the sky, her eyes were torn from their sockets, and
+her rigid fingers were buried in the blood-stained earth. It occurred
+to the young man to raise his eyes and follow the direction in which
+his mother had been looking, and there from a limb of a tree he saw
+a basket, and in that basket the bloody head of his brother."
+
+"My God!" exclaimed Ibarra.
+
+"That is what my father must have exclaimed," continued Elias,
+coldly. "The men had cut the highwayman into quarters and buried him
+in a trunk of a tree. But the limbs were saved, and were hung up in
+different towns. If you go some time from Calamba to Santo Tomas you
+will still find the rotting leg of my uncle hanging from a lomboy
+tree. Nature has cursed the tree and it neither grows nor gives
+fruit. They did the same thing with the other members of his body,
+but the head, the head, as the best part of the man and that part which
+can be most easily recognized, they hung before the mother's cabin."
+
+Ibarra bowed his head.
+
+"The young man fled like one that is accursed," continued Elias. "He
+fled from town to town, through mountains and valleys, and when at
+last he thought he was not recognized by any one, he began to work
+in the store of a rich man in the province of Tayabas. His activity,
+his agreeable disposition, won for him the esteem of those who did
+not know his past life. By working and saving he managed to make
+a little capital, and, as the misery had passed away, and, as he
+was young, he thought that he would be happy. His good appearance,
+his youth, and his quite unencumbered position won for him the love
+of a girl in the town, but he did not dare to ask for her hand, for
+fear that she might learn of his past. But love became too strong
+and both erred. The man, in order to save the honor of the woman,
+risked all; he asked her to marry him, the papers were looked up and
+all was disclosed. The girl's father was rich and began to prosecute
+the man. The latter, however, did not try to defend himself, admitted
+it all and was sent to jail. The young woman gave birth to a boy and a
+girl. They were brought up in seclusion and made to believe that their
+father was dead. This was not difficult, for while the children were
+still young they saw their mother die, and they thought little about
+investigating their genealogy. As our grandfather was very rich, our
+youth was happy. My sister and I were educated together, we loved each
+other as only twins can when they know no other love. While very young,
+I went to study in the Jesuit College, and my sister, in order that
+we might not be entirely separated, went to the Concordia boarding
+school. Our short education having been ended, for we only wished
+to be farmers, we returned to the town to take possession of the
+inheritance which was left us by our grandfather. We lived happily
+for some time; the future smiled on us; we had many servants; our
+fields bore good crops; and my sister was on the eve of being married
+to a young man who loved her and to whom she was well suited. On
+account of some pecuniary questions, and, because my character was
+then haughty, I lost the good will of a distant relative, and he
+threw in my face one day my dark birth and my infamous ancestry. I
+thought it a calumny and demanded satisfaction. The tomb in which so
+much grief was sleeping was opened again and the truth came out. I
+was confounded. To make the misfortune greater, we had had for some
+years an old servant who had always suffered all my caprices without
+ever leaving us. He contented himself by weeping and crying while
+the other servants jested with him. I do not know how my relative
+found it out; the fact is that he summoned this old man before the
+court and made him tell the truth. The old servant was my father,
+who had stuck fast to his dear children and whom I had maltreated many
+times. Our happiness disappeared: I renounced our fortune; my sister
+lost her lover; and with our father we abandoned the town to go to
+some other point. The thought of having contributed to our disgrace
+and misfortune, cut short the life of the old man, from whose lips
+was learned all the sorrowful past. My sister and I were left alone.
+
+"She wept a great deal, but, amid such grief as they piled upon us,
+she could not forget her love. Without complaining, without saying a
+word, she saw her old lover marry another girl, and I saw her a little
+later gradually become ill, without being able to console her. One
+day she disappeared. In vain I searched for her everywhere; in vain
+I asked for her for six months. Afterward I learned that during the
+time while I was searching for her, one day when the water had risen
+in the lake, there had been found on the beach at Calamba the body of
+a girl, either drowned or assassinated. She had, they say, a knife
+piercing her breast. The authorities of Calamba published the fact
+in the neighboring towns. Nobody presented himself to claim the body;
+no young woman had disappeared. From the description which they gave
+me afterward, from the dress, the rings, the beauty of her face and
+her very abundant hair, I recognized her as my poor sister. From that
+time, I have been wandering from province to province. My fame and
+history are in the mouths of many people; they attribute all sorts
+of deeds to me; at times they calumniate me; but I take no notice of
+men and continue on my way. I have here briefly related my history,
+and that of a judgment at the hands of mankind."
+
+Elias became silent and continued rowing.
+
+"I believe that you are not wrong," murmured Ibarra, in a low voice,
+"when you say that justice ought to procure the welfare of the
+people by lifting up the criminals and by raising the standard of
+their morality. Only ... that is impossible--a Utopia. And then,
+where is the money for so many new employees to come from?"
+
+"And what are the priests for, the priests who proclaim peace and
+charity as their mission? Is it more meritorious for a priest to wet
+the head of a child, to give it salt to eat, than to awaken in the
+darkened conscience of a criminal that spark, given by God to every
+man, that he may seek to do good? Is it more human to accompany a
+criminal to the gallows than to accompany him through the difficult
+path which leads from vice to virtue? Are not spies, executioners and
+Guardias Civiles paid? The latter institution, besides being an evil,
+also costs money."
+
+"My friend, neither you nor I, although we wish it, can accomplish it."
+
+"Alone we are nothing, it is true. Take up the cause of the people,
+unite them, listen to their voices, give others an example to follow,
+give them the idea of what is called a fatherland, a patria!"
+
+"What the people ask for is impossible. We must wait."
+
+"To wait, to wait, is equivalent to suffering!"
+
+"If I should ask it, they would laugh at me."
+
+"And if the people should sustain you?"
+
+"Never! I would never be the one to lead the multitude and accomplish
+by force what the Government does not believe is opportune. No! If I
+ever saw the multitude armed for such a purpose, I would put myself on
+the side of the Government. And I would fight it, for in such a mob I
+would not see my country. I wish for its welfare: that is the reason
+that I am erecting the school-house. I look for it through means of
+instruction, education and progress. Without light there is no road."
+
+"Nor without fighting is there liberty," replied Elias.
+
+"I do not care for that kind of liberty."
+
+"Without liberty there is no light," replied the pilot with
+enthusiasm. "You say that you know very little about our country. I
+believe it. You do not see the fight that is impending. You do not see
+the cloud on the horizon. The combat begins in the sphere of ideas, and
+then descends to the arena to tinge it with blood. I hear the voice of
+God. Woe to them who resist it. History has not been written for them."
+
+Elias was transformed. As he stood up, his head uncovered, his manly
+face illumined by the moonlight, there was something extraordinary
+about him. He shook his long hair and continued:
+
+"Do you not see how all is awakening? Sleep has lasted for centuries,
+but one day a thunderbolt will fall and new life will be called
+forth. New tendencies are animating the spirits, and these tendencies
+to-day separated, will be united some day, and will be guided by
+God. God has not failed other peoples, nor will he fail ours. Their
+cause is liberty."
+
+A solemn silence followed these words. In the meantime, the banca
+carried along imperceptibly by the waves, neared the shore. Elias
+was the first to break the silence.
+
+"What have I to say to those who have sent me?" he asked, changing
+the tone of his voice.
+
+"I have already told you that I greatly deplore their condition,
+but for them to wait, since evils are not cured by other evils. In
+our misfortune, we are all at fault."
+
+Elias did not insist further. He bowed his head, continued rowing and,
+bringing the banca up to the shore, took leave of Ibarra saying:
+
+"I thank you, Senor, for your condescension. For your own interests
+I ask you in the future to forget me, and never to recognize me in
+whatever place you may meet me."
+
+And saying this, he turned his banca and rowed in the direction of a
+dense thicket on the beach. He seemed to observe only the millions of
+diamonds which his paddle lifted and which fell back into the lake,
+where they soon disappeared in the mystery of the blue waves.
+
+Finally, he arrived at the place toward which he had been rowing. A
+man came out of the thicket and approached him:
+
+"What shall I tell the captain?" he asked.
+
+"Tell him that Elias, if he does not die before, will fulfill his
+word," he replied gloomily.
+
+"Then when will you meet us?"
+
+"When your captain thinks that the hour of danger has come."
+
+"All right. Good-bye!"
+
+"If I do not die before," murmured Elias.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXII
+
+CHANGES.
+
+
+The modest Linares was serious and very uneasy. He had just received a
+letter from Dona Victorina which, translated from the most illiterate
+Spanish, and omitting its many errors in spelling and punctuation,
+was as follows:
+
+
+    "Esteemed Cousin:--Within three days I want to know from
+    you if you have killed the alferez or he you. I don't want
+    another day to pass without this animal being punished. If this
+    length of time passes and still you have not challenged him,
+    I will tell Don Santiago that you never were secretary and
+    that you never joked with Canovas or with General Martinez. I
+    will tell Clarita that it is all a lie and I will not give
+    you another cuarto. If you challenge him, I promise you all
+    that you wish. If you do not challenge him, I will accept no
+    excuses or reasons.
+
+        "Your cousin who loves you in her heart.
+        "Victorina de los Reyes de de Espadana.
+        "Sampalog, Monday Eve, 7 o'clock."
+
+
+It was a serious matter. Linares knew Dona Victorina's character
+and knew what she was capable of doing. To reason with her was out
+of the question; to beg was useless; to deceive her worse. There was
+no other remedy than to challenge.
+
+"But what can I do?" he said to himself, as he was walking alone. "If
+he receives me harshly? If I meet his wife? Who would want to be
+my second? The curate? Captain Tiago? Cursed be the hour in which I
+gave ear to her advice! What will this senorita say about me? Now I
+am sorry to have been secretary to all the ministers."
+
+The good Linares was in this sad soliloquy when Father Salvi
+arrived. The Franciscan was certainly thinner and paler than usual,
+but his eyes shone with a peculiar light and a strange smile was seen
+on his lips.
+
+"Senor Linares, all alone?" saluted the priest and directed his steps
+to the sala, through the half open door of which notes of the piano
+were heard.
+
+Linares restrained a smile.
+
+"And Don Santiago?" added the curate.
+
+Captain Tiago presented himself at that moment, kissed the curate's
+hand, took the Father's hat and cane and smiled like one who had
+been blessed.
+
+"Well, well!" said the curate, going into the sala, followed by
+Linares and Captain Tiago. "I have good news from Manila which you
+will all enjoy. I have received letters from Manila which confirm the
+one which Senor Ibarra brought me yesterday--so that, Don Santiago,
+the impediment is removed."
+
+Maria Clara was seated at the piano between her two girl friends. She
+half rose to her feet at this remark, but her strength failed her and
+she sat down again. Linares turned pale and looked at Captain Tiago,
+who turned his eyes to the floor.
+
+"This young man really seems to me a very nice fellow," continued the
+curate. "At first, I judged him bad--he is a little quick-tempered. But
+he knows so well how to atone for his faults afterward, that one cannot
+hold any grudge against him. If it were not for Father Damaso...." And
+the curate directed a quick glance at Maria Clara. She was listening
+to all that was going on but without taking her eyes off the music--in
+spite of the concealed pinches which Sinang gave her to express her
+joy. Had she been alone, she would have danced.
+
+"Father Damaso?" asked Linares without finishing the sentence.
+
+"Yes," continued the curate. "Father Damaso has said that as
+... godfather he could not permit ... but I believe that if finally,
+Senor Ibarra asks pardon, which I do not doubt he will do, all will
+be arranged."
+
+Maria Clara arose, made an excuse and retired to her room, accompanied
+by Victoria.
+
+"And if Father Damaso does not pardon him?" asked Captain Tiago,
+in a low voice.
+
+"Then Maria Clara will see that Father Damaso is her spiritual
+father. But I believe that they will come to an understanding."
+
+At that moment, steps were heard and Ibarra appeared, followed by
+Aunt Isabel. His presence on the scene produced a varied effect. He
+saluted Captain Tiago affably, the latter not knowing whether to
+smile or to weep; to Linares he bowed profoundly. Father Salvi arose
+and extended his hand to him so affectionately that Ibarra could not
+suppress a look of surprise.
+
+"Do not think it strange," said Father Salvi. "I was just paying you
+a compliment."
+
+Ibarra thanked him and approached Sinang.
+
+"Where have you been all day?" she asked, with a childish laugh. "We
+have been asking each other, 'Where could this soul redeemed from
+purgatory have gone?' Each one of us gave a different answer."
+
+"And will you not tell what you said?"
+
+"No, that is a secret; but I will surely tell you in private. Now
+tell us where you have been so that we can see who has been able to
+guess it."
+
+"No, that also is a secret; but I will tell you alone, if the senores
+will permit."
+
+"Certainly, certainly!" said Father Salvi.
+
+Sinang took Crisostomo to one end of the hall. She was very happy
+with the idea of knowing a secret.
+
+"Tell me, my little friend," said Ibarra, "Is Maria angry with me?"
+
+"I do not know, but she says that it is better that you should forget
+her and then begins to cry. Captain Tiago wants her to marry that
+gentleman; Father Damaso also wishes it; but she says neither yes
+nor no. This morning when we were asking for you, I said: 'What
+if he has gone to make love to some one else?' She replied to me:
+'Would to God that he had!' and then began to cry."
+
+Ibarra was serious.
+
+"Tell Maria that I want to speak with her alone."
+
+"Alone?" asked Sinang, knitting her eyebrows and looking at him.
+
+"Entirely alone, no. But so that we may not be seen by that other
+senor."
+
+"It is difficult, but don't worry. I will tell her."
+
+"And when will I know the answer?"
+
+"To-morrow come to the house early. Maria never wants to be alone. We
+keep her company. Victoria sleeps by her side one night, and I
+the next. To-morrow night it is my turn. But listen: What is the
+secret? You are going without telling me the principal thing."
+
+"That is true. I was in the town of Los Banos. I went up there to do
+some business in cocoanut trees, since I am thinking of building a
+factory. Your father will be my partner."
+
+"Nothing more than that? Give us the secret!" exclaimed Sinang in a
+loud voice and in the tone of a defrauded usurer. "I thought----"
+
+"Take care. I don't want you to tell it."
+
+"I have no desire to!" replied Sinang, sticking up her nose. "If it
+were something more important, I would tell it to my friends. But to
+buy cocoanuts! cocoanuts! Who is interested in cocoanuts?"
+
+And she went away in haste to find her girl friends.
+
+A few moments afterward, Ibarra seeing that the conversation was
+lagging, took leave of the gathering. Captain Tiago's expression
+was between sweet and sour; Linares was silent and observing; and
+the curate, feigning to be joyful, was telling stories. None of the
+girls had returned.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIII
+
+PLAYING CARDS WITH THE SHADES.
+
+
+A cloudy sky hides the moon, and a cold wind, the omen of approaching
+December, whirls the dry leaves and dust in the narrow path leading
+to the cemetery.
+
+Under the gate, three forms are conversing in a low tone.
+
+"Have you spoken to Elias?" asked a voice.
+
+"No; you know he is very odd and discreet. But he ought to be with
+us. Don Crisostomo saved his life."
+
+"I accepted the offer for the same reason," said the first voice. "Don
+Crisostomo is having my wife treated at a doctor's house in Manila. I
+have agreed to take charge of the convent in the attack, so that I
+can settle my accounts with the curate."
+
+"And we, we will have charge of the attack on the cuartel, so that we
+can say to the members of the Guardia Civil that our father had sons."
+
+"How many will there be of you?"
+
+"Five! Five will be enough. Don Crisostomo's servant says that there
+will be twenty in all."
+
+"And if things don't turn out well?"
+
+"St!" said one, and they all became silent.
+
+In the semi-darkness, a form could be seen crawling along the
+fence. From time to time it stopped, as if to look behind.
+
+And it did so not without reason. Behind, at some twenty paces,
+came another form. This one was taller and seemed to be darker than
+the first. Each time that the first stopped this second one would
+disappear as if the earth had swallowed it.
+
+"They are following me," murmured the one ahead. "Is it a Guardia
+Civil? Has the sacristan lied?"
+
+"It appears that the appointment is here," said the second, in a low
+voice. "They are up to something bad, when the two brothers hide it
+from me."
+
+The first form finally arrived at the gate of the cemetery. The three
+who were already there advanced.
+
+"Is it you?"
+
+"Is it you?"
+
+"Let us separate. Some one is following me. To-morrow we will have
+the arms and to-morrow night will be our time. The cry is 'Viva Don
+Crisostomo!' Begone!"
+
+The three persons disappeared behind the wall. The recent arrival
+hid himself in the hollow of the gate and waited silently.
+
+"Let's see who is following me!" he murmured.
+
+The second person came along very cautiously, and stopped to look
+around.
+
+"I have arrived late!" said he in a half intelligible voice. "But
+perhaps they will return."
+
+And, as a fine rain began to fall and threatened to continue, he took
+refuge under the gate. Naturally, he met the other.
+
+"Ah! who are you?" asked the one who had just come up, in a manly
+voice.
+
+"And who are you?" replied the other tranquilly.
+
+There was a moment's pause. Each tried to recognize the other by the
+tone of his voice and to distinguish the other's features.
+
+"What are you waiting here for?" asked the one with the heavy voice.
+
+"Till the clock strikes eight, so as to have a game of cards with
+the dead. I want to win some money to-night," replied the other,
+in an ordinary tone. "And you: what do you come here for?"
+
+"A--a--for the same thing."
+
+"Well! I am glad. So I will not be without a companion. I have brought
+some cards. At the first stroke of the bell, I put down the albur
+(the first two cards put on the board in monte). At the second stroke,
+I put down the gallo (the second pair). The cards which move after I
+have put them down, are those which the dead choose for themselves. Did
+you also bring some cards?"
+
+"No."
+
+"Then?"
+
+"It is simple. Just as you act as 'banker' for them, so I hope that
+they will 'bank' for me." (In monte the banker deals the cards and
+bets that one of the cards in either the albur or gallo is turned up
+by dealing off the pack, before the card chosen by the other person
+is turned up. A banker can play against two others.)
+
+"And if the shades do not care to 'bank'?"
+
+"What can be done? The game is not obligatory upon the dead."
+
+There was a moment's silence.
+
+"Did you come armed? What if you have to fight with the shades of
+the dead?"
+
+"I'll use my fists," replied the taller of the two.
+
+"Ah! The devil! Now, I remember! The dead do not bet when there is
+more than one live person around. There are two of us."
+
+"Is that true? Well, I don't want to go away."
+
+"Nor I. I need some money," replied the smaller one. "But let us do
+this: We will decide by the cards which one shall go away."
+
+"All right!" replied the other, showing a certain amount of
+displeasure.
+
+"Then let us go in. Have you any matches?"
+
+They entered the cemetery and in the obscurity they searched for a
+place where they might decide the question with the cards. They soon
+found a niche upon which they sat down. The shorter one took from
+his hat some playing cards and the other lighted a match.
+
+Each one looked at the other in the light which the match made, but,
+judging from the expression on their faces, they did not recognize
+each other. However, we can recognize in the taller one, the one with
+the manly voice, Elias; and in the smaller one, Lucas, with the scar
+on his cheek.
+
+"Cut the cards!" said the latter, without ceasing to look at the other.
+
+He pushed aside some bones which were found on the niche and turned up
+an ace and a jack for the albur. Elias lighted one match after another.
+
+"On the jack!" said he and, in order to show which of the cards he
+was betting on, he placed upon it a piece of vertebrae.
+
+"I deal!" said Lucas and, after turning up four or five cards, an
+ace came up.
+
+"You have lost," he added. "Now leave me alone so that I may win
+some money."
+
+Elias, without saying a word, disappeared in the darkness.
+
+Some minutes afterward, the clock in the church struck eight and the
+bell announced the hour of prayer. But Lucas did not invite anybody
+to play with him. He did not call out the shades, as superstition
+demanded. Instead, he uncovered his head, murmured some prayers and
+crossed himself with the same fervor as the chief of the Brotherhood
+of the Most Sacred Rosary would have done at that moment.
+
+The drizzling rain continued all night. At nine o'clock the streets
+were dark and lonely. The little cocoanut oil lanterns, which each
+citizen had to hang out in front of his house gave light scarcely a
+meter around. It seemed as though they had been lighted so one might
+see the darkness.
+
+Two Civil Guards were walking from one side of the street to the
+other near the church.
+
+"It is cold," said one in Tagalog with a Visayan accent. "We aren't
+catching any sacristans. There is nobody to clean out the alferez's hen
+yard and we ought to catch some sacristan and make him do it. Since
+that one was killed, they have taken warning. I am getting tired
+of this."
+
+"So am I," replied the other. "Nobody commits any robbery; no one
+disturbs the peace; but, thank God, they say that Elias is in town. The
+alferez says that the one who catches him will be free from whippings
+for three months."
+
+"Ah! Do you know his identification marks?" asked the Visayan.
+
+"I certainly do! Stature, tall, according to the alferez's description;
+ordinary, according to the description of Father Damaso; color,
+brunette; eyes, black; nose, regular; mouth, regular; beard, none;
+hair, black."
+
+"Ah! And particular marks?"
+
+"Camisa, black; pantaloons, black; a wood-cutter----"
+
+"Ah! He will not escape. I think I see him already."
+
+"I don't confuse him with anybody else, although you might think so."
+
+Both soldiers continued their beats.
+
+By the light of the lantern two forms could again be seen, one
+following the other cautiously. A forcible "Quien vive?" stops them
+both. The first one replied "Espana," in a trembling voice.
+
+The two soldiers drag him along and bring him up to the light,
+to recognize him. It was Lucas, but the soldiers were in doubt and
+questioned each other with a glance.
+
+"The alferez said nothing about his having a scar," said the Visayan
+in a low voice. "Where are you going?"
+
+"To order a mass for to-morrow."
+
+"Have you not seen Elias?"
+
+"I do not know him, senor," replied Lucas.
+
+"You dunce! I am not asking if you know him. Nor do we know him. I
+am asking you if you have seen him."
+
+"No, senor."
+
+"Listen closely. I will give you his description. Stature, at times
+tall, at times regular; skin and eyes, black; all the others are
+regular," said the Visayan. "Do you know him now?"
+
+"No, senor," replied Lucas, frightened.
+
+"Then, sulung! (Go along). You brute! You ass!" And they gave him
+a shove.
+
+"Do you know why Elias is tall, according to the alferez, and why he
+is short, according to the curate?" asked the Tagalog of the other.
+
+"No."
+
+"Because the alferez was stuck in a mud hole when he observed him,
+and the curate was on foot when he saw him."
+
+"That's right!" exclaimed the Visayan. "You are bright. Why are you
+a Guardia Civil?"
+
+"I haven't been always. I was a smuggler at one time," replied the
+Tagalog boastingly.
+
+But another form attracted their attention. They called out "Quien
+Vive?" and brought him up to the light. This time it was Elias himself.
+
+"Where are you going?"
+
+"I am pursuing, senor, a man who has whipped and threatened my
+brother. He has a scar on his face and his name is Elias----"
+
+"Ha?" exclaimed the two, and looked at each other frightened.
+
+And at once they started on a run toward the church, where a few
+minutes before Lucas had disappeared.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIV
+
+THE DISCOVERY.
+
+
+The bell announces the hour of evening prayer. On hearing the
+religious sound, all stop, leave their work and uncover their heads;
+the laborer, coming from the fields on the carabao's back, suspends
+the song to which the animal keeps step, and prays; the women in the
+middle of the street make the sign of the cross, and move their lips
+with affectation so that no one may doubt their devotion: the man
+stops fondling his game-cock and recites the Angelus so that he may
+have good luck; in the houses, they pray in a loud voice ... every
+sound which is not a part of the Ave Maria is dissipated, silenced.
+
+However, the curate, without his hat, hastily crosses the street,
+scandalizing many old women. And still more scandalous, he directs
+his steps towards the alferez's house. The devout women think that
+it is time for them to stop the movement of their lips and to kiss
+the curate's hand, but Father Salvi takes no notice of them. To-day
+he finds no pleasure in placing his bony hand under a Christian's
+nose. Some important business must be occupying him that he should
+so forget his own interests and those of the Church!
+
+He goes up the stairs and knocks impatiently at the alferez's door. The
+latter appears, his eyebrows knit and followed by his better half,
+who smiles malignantly.
+
+"Ah, Father Curate! I was just going to see you. Your he-goat...."
+
+"I have a most important matter...."
+
+"I can't allow your goat to go on breaking down my fence.... I'll
+shoot him if he gets in there again."
+
+"That is if you are alive to-morrow," said the curate, breathless,
+and directing himself toward the sala.
+
+"What! do you think that that seven-months-old puppy will kill me? I'll
+kick him to pieces."
+
+Father Salvi stepped back and looked instinctively at the feet of
+the alferez.
+
+"Whom are you talking about?" asked he, trembling.
+
+"Of whom could I be talking but that big blockhead who proposes to
+challenge me to a duel with revolvers at one hundred paces?"
+
+"Ah!" sighed the curate, and added: "I have come to speak about a
+most urgent matter which seriously concerns the life of all of us."
+
+"Seriously!" repeated the alferez, turning pale in turn. "Does this
+young fellow shoot well...?"
+
+"I am not speaking about him."
+
+"Then?"
+
+The friar pointed to the door which the alferez shut in his customary
+manner, by a kick. The alferez usually found his hands superfluous. An
+imprecation and a groan from without were heard.
+
+"You brute. You have cut open my head!" cried his wife.
+
+"Now unbosom yourself," said he to the curate in a quiet manner. The
+latter looked at him for some time. Afterward he asked, in that nasal
+and monotonous priest's voice:
+
+"Did you see how I came running?"
+
+"Umph! I thought something was the matter with you."
+
+"When I leave my duties in this manner there are grave motives."
+
+"And what is it?" asked the other, stamping his foot on the floor.
+
+"Calm yourself!"
+
+"Then, why did you come in such a hurry?"
+
+The curate approached him and asked in a mysterious way:
+
+"Don't--you--know--anything--new?"
+
+The alferez shrugged his shoulders.
+
+"You confess that you know absolutely nothing?"
+
+"What! do you mean to tell me about Elias, whom your sacristan mayor
+hid last night?" he asked.
+
+"No, no! I don't speak of such matters now," replied the curate,
+in a bad humor. "I am talking about a great danger."
+
+"Then d----n it! Let it out."
+
+"Now then," said the friar slowly and with a certain disdain, "you
+will see again how important we priests are. The lowest layman is
+worth a regiment, so that a curate...."
+
+And then lowering his voice in a very mysterious manner:
+
+"I have discovered a great conspiracy."
+
+The alferez started and looked at the friar astonished.
+
+"A terrible and well-laid conspiracy, which is to break out this
+very night."
+
+"This very night!" exclaimed the alferez, moving at first toward
+Father Salvi, and then running after his revolver and saber,
+which were hanging on the wall: "Whom shall I arrest? Whom shall I
+arrest?" he cried.
+
+"Be calm. It is not yet time, thanks to my great haste. At eight
+o'clock."
+
+"I'll shoot them all!"
+
+"Listen! This afternoon a woman, whose name I must not mention (it
+is a secret of the confessional) came to me and disclosed it all. At
+eight o'clock they will take the cuartel by surprise, sack the convent,
+seize the Government's steamboat and assassinate all the Spaniards."
+
+The alferez was stupified.
+
+"The woman has not told more than that," added the curate.
+
+"Has not told you more? Then I'll arrest her!"
+
+"No; I cannot consent to it. The tribunal of penitence is the throne
+of God of forgiveness."
+
+"Neither God nor forgiveness count in this matter. I'll arrest her."
+
+"You are losing your head. What you ought to do is to prepare
+yourself. Arm your soldiers quietly and put them in ambush. Send me
+four Guards for the convent and notify the people on the Government
+steamboat."
+
+"The boat is not here. I'll send to other sections for aid."
+
+"They would notice that and would not go on with their plans. No,
+don't do that. What is important is that we catch them alive and make
+them talk; I say, you will make them disclose the conspiracy. I, in the
+capacity of a priest, ought not to mix myself in these matters. Now's
+your chance! Here you can win crosses and stars. I ask only that you
+make it evident that I am the one who warned you."
+
+"It will be made evident, Father, it will be made evident! And perhaps
+a mitre will fall to you!" replied the radiant alferez.
+
+"Be sure and send me four un-uniformed Civil Guards, eh? Be
+discreet! To-night at eight o'clock, it will rain stars and crosses."
+
+While this was going on, a man came running down the road which led
+to Ibarra's house, and quickly went up the stairs.
+
+"Is the Senor at home?" asked Elias of the servant.
+
+"He is in his laboratory at work."
+
+Ibarra, in order to pass the time while he impatiently waited for the
+hour when he could make explanations to Maria Clara, had gone to work
+in his cabinet.
+
+"Ah, is it you, Elias?" he exclaimed. "I was thinking about
+you. Yesterday, I forgot to ask you for the name of that Spaniard in
+whose house your grandfather lived."
+
+"Don't bother yourself, Senor, about me...."
+
+"Look!" continued Ibarra, without noting the agitation of the young
+man, and putting a piece of bamboo to a flame. "I have made a great
+discovery. This bamboo is incombustible...."
+
+"Don't talk about bamboo now, Senor. Talk about collecting your papers
+and fleeing in a minute."
+
+Ibarra looked at him surprised, and, on seeing the seriousness in
+Elias's countenance, he dropped the object which he had in his hands.
+
+"Burn everything that can possibly implicate you in any way and put
+yourself in a more secure place within an hour."
+
+"And what for?" he asked at last.
+
+"Put all that you have of value in a secure place...."
+
+"And what for?"
+
+"Burn all papers written by you or to you. The most innocent can be
+interpreted in a bad sense."
+
+"But what for?"
+
+"What for? Because I have just discovered a conspiracy which will be
+attributed to you in order to ruin you."
+
+"A conspiracy? And who has planned it?"
+
+"I have been unable to learn the author of it. Only a moment ago I
+was talking with one of the unfortunate men who have been paid for
+it. I could not dissuade him."
+
+"And didn't that fellow say who paid him?"
+
+"Yes. Asking me to keep the secret, he told me that it was you."
+
+"My God!" exclaimed Ibarra. He stood stupefied.
+
+"Senor, don't hesitate, don't doubt, don't lose time, for undoubtedly
+the conspiracy will break out this very night."
+
+Ibarra, with staring eyes, and hands holding his head, seemed not to
+hear him.
+
+"The blow cannot be thwarted," continued Elias. "I have arrived too
+late. I do not know their leaders ... save yourself, Senor, save
+yourself for the sake of your country."
+
+"Where shall I flee? They are expecting me this evening," exclaimed
+Ibarra, thinking of Maria Clara.
+
+"To any other town, to Manila, to the house of some official; only
+flee somewhere so that they will not say that you are directing
+the movement."
+
+"And if I myself denounce the conspiracy?"
+
+"You denounce it?" exclaimed Elias, looking at him, and stepping
+back. "You would pass for a traitor and a coward in the eyes of
+the conspirators, and for a pusillanimous person in the eyes of
+others. They would say that you had played a trick to win some praise,
+they would say...."
+
+"But what can be done?"
+
+"Already I have told you. Destroy all the papers you have which relate
+to you; flee and await developments."
+
+"And Maria Clara?" exclaimed the young man. "No; death first!"
+
+Elias wrung his hands and said:
+
+"Well, then, at least avoid the blow. Prepare yourself against their
+accusations."
+
+Ibarra looked around him in a stupefied manner.
+
+"Then, help me! There in those bags I have my family letters. Sort
+out those from my father, which are, perhaps, the ones that would
+incriminate me. Read the signatures."
+
+Ibarra, stunned and overwhelmed, opened and closed drawers, collected
+papers, hastily read letters, tore up some, kept others, took down
+books and thumbed through some of them. Elias did the same, if indeed
+with less confusion, with equal zeal. But he stopped, with eyes wide
+open, turned over a paper which he had in his hand and asked in a
+trembling voice:
+
+"Did your family know Don Pedro Eibarramendia?"
+
+"Certainly!" replied Ibarra, opening a drawer and taking out a pile
+of papers. "He was my great-grandfather."
+
+"Your great grandfather? Don Pedro Eibarramendia?" he again asked,
+with livid features and a changed appearance.
+
+"Yes," replied Ibarra, distracted. "We cut short the name, for it
+was too long."
+
+"He was a Basque?" said Elias approaching him.
+
+"Yes; but what's the matter?" he asked, surprised.
+
+Elias closed his fist, shook it in Ibarra's face and looked at
+him. Crisostomo stepped back as soon as he read the expression on
+that face.
+
+"Do you know who Don Pedro Eibarramendia was?" he asked between
+his teeth. "Don Pedro Eibarramendia was that wretch who accused my
+grandfather and caused all our misery.... I was looking for one of
+his name. God has given you into my hands.... Account to me for our
+misfortunes."
+
+Ibarra looked at him terrified. Elias shook him by the arm and,
+in a bitter voice, filled with hate, said:
+
+"Look at me well; see if I have suffered, and you, you live, you love,
+you have fortune, home, consideration. You live ... you live!"
+
+And, beside himself, he ran toward a small collection of arms, but
+he had scarcely grasped two swords when he let them fall, and, like
+a madman, looked at Ibarra, who remained immovable.
+
+"What am I to do?" he said and fled from the house.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXV
+
+THE CATASTROPHE.
+
+
+There in the dining-room Captain Tiago, Linares, and Aunt Isabel were
+eating supper. In the sala the rattling of plate and tableware was
+heard. Maria Clara had said that she did not care to eat and had seated
+herself at the piano. By her side was jolly Sinang, who murmured little
+secrets in Maria's ear, while Father Salvi uneasily paced the sala.
+
+It was not because the convalescent had no appetite that she was
+not eating. It was because she was awaiting the arrival of a certain
+person and had taken advantage of the moment in which her Argus could
+not be present, the hour when Linares ate.
+
+"You will see how that ghost will stay till eight o'clock," murmured
+Sinang, pointing to the curate. "At eight o'clock he ought to
+come. This priest is as much in love as Linares."
+
+Maria Clara looked at her friend, frightened. The latter, without
+noticing her expression, continued her terrible gossip:
+
+"Ah! Now I know why he doesn't go, in spite of all my hints. He
+doesn't want to burn the lamps in the convent. Don't you see? Ever
+since you fell ill, he has had the two lights which he used to burn,
+put out. But look at his eyes and his face!"
+
+Just at that moment the clock in the house struck eight. The curate
+trembled and went and sat down in a corner of the room.
+
+"He is coming," said Sinang, pinching Maria Clara. "Do you hear?"
+
+The bell in the church tolled eight and all arose to pray. Father
+Salvi, with a weak and trembling voice, led, but, as each one had
+his own thoughts, nobody paid any attention to him.
+
+The prayer had scarcely ended, when Ibarra presented himself. The young
+man was wearing mourning, not only in his dress, but in his face. In
+fact, it was so evident that Maria Clara, on seeing him, arose and
+took a step toward him as if to ask what ailed him, but at the same
+instant a discharge of musketry was heard. Ibarra stopped, his eyes
+rolled and he was unable to speak. The curate hid himself behind a
+pillar. More shooting and more noise was heard in the direction of the
+convent, followed by cries and the sound of people running. Captain
+Tiago, Aunt Isabel and Linares entered the room, hurriedly crying
+"tulisan! tulisan!" Andeng followed them, brandishing a spit and ran
+toward her foster sister.
+
+Aunt Isabel fell on her knees and prayed the Kyrie eleison. Captain
+Tiago, pale and trembling, carried a chicken's liver on his fork, and,
+in tears, offered it to the Virgin of Antipolo. Linares had his mouth
+full and was armed with a spoon. Sinang and Maria Clara embraced each
+other. The only person who did not move was Ibarra. He stood as if
+petrified, his face indescribably pale.
+
+The cries and blows continued, the windows were shut with a bang,
+a whistle was heard, and occasionally a shot.
+
+"Christe eleison! Santiago, fasten the windows," groaned Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Fifty great bombs and a thanksgiving mass," replied Captain
+Tiago. "Ora pro nobis!"
+
+After a time, things quieted down and there was a terrible silence. The
+voice of the alferez was distinguished, as he came running in, and
+crying: "Father curate! Father Salvi! Come!"
+
+"Misere! The alferez is asking for confession!" cried Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Is he wounded?" asked Linares at last. "Ah!"
+
+"Come, Father Salvi! There is nothing to fear now," continued the
+alferez, shouting.
+
+Father Salvi, pale, and decided at last, came out of his hiding-place
+and went downstairs.
+
+"The tulisanes have killed the alferez!" said Aunt Isabel.
+
+"Maria Clara, Sinang, go to your room! Fasten the door! Kyrie eleison!"
+
+Ibarra also went toward the stairs, in spite of Aunt Isabel, who was
+saying: "Don't go out! You haven't confessed yet. Don't go out!"
+
+The good old woman had been a great friend of Ibarra's mother.
+
+But Ibarra left the house. It seemed to him that all about him was
+revolving through the air, that even the ground was gone from under his
+feet. His ears buzzed. His legs moved heavily and irregularly. Waves
+of blood, light and darkness, succeeded one another on the retina of
+his eye.
+
+Despite the fact that the moon was shining brightly in the heavens, the
+young man stumbled on every stone in the solitary and deserted street.
+
+Near the cuartel he saw some soldiers with their bayonets fixed,
+talking excitedly. He passed by unseen.
+
+In the tribunal, blows, cries, wails, and curses were heard. The
+alferez's voice drowned all the others.
+
+"Put him in the stocks! Put handcuffs on that fellow! Two shots for
+whoever moves! Sergeant, you will mount your guard! Let no one pass,
+not even God! Corporal, let no one sleep!"
+
+Ibarra hastened his steps toward his house. His servants were uneasily
+awaiting him.
+
+"Saddle the best horse and go to bed!" said he to them.
+
+He entered his laboratory and hurriedly began to get his travelling
+bag ready. He opened an iron box, took out all the money which he
+found there and put it in a bag. He gathered his jewels together,
+took down a picture of Maria Clara which was hanging upon the wall,
+and, arming himself with a dirk and two revolvers, he turned to the
+cupboard where he had some tools.
+
+At that instant, three blows, loud and strong, sounded on the door.
+
+"Who's there?" asked Ibarra, in a doleful voice.
+
+"Open in the name of the King! Open the door at once, or we will
+knock it down!" replied an imperious Spanish voice.
+
+Ibarra looked toward the window. His eyes flashed and he cocked his
+revolver. But changing his mind, he left the arms and went to open
+the door at the same moment that the servants came up.
+
+Three Guards seized him instantly.
+
+"You are made a prisoner in the name of the King!" said the sergeant.
+
+"What for?"
+
+"They will tell you later. We are prohibited from saying a word."
+
+The young man reflected a moment and not wishing, perhaps, the soldiers
+to discover his preparations for flight, he took his hat and said:
+
+"I am at your disposal. I suppose it will be only for a short time."
+
+"If you promise not to escape, we will not handcuff you. The alferez
+grants this favor, but if you flee----"
+
+Ibarra followed, leaving the servants in consternation.
+
+In the meantime, what had become of Elias?
+
+On leaving Crisostomo's house, like a madman, he ran about without
+knowing where. He crossed fields, and in violent agitation arrived at a
+forest. He was fleeing from people, and from light. The moon troubled
+him and he entered the mysterious shade of the forest. Sometimes
+stopping, sometimes following unbroken paths, leaning upon century-old
+trunks, entangled in the briars, he looked toward the town, which
+lay at his feet bathed in the light of the moon, stretching itself
+out on the plain, lying on the shore of the lake. Birds, disturbed
+in their sleep, flew away. Owls screeched and flew from one limb to
+another. But Elias neither heard nor saw them. He thought he was being
+followed by the infuriated shades of his ancestors. He saw the horrible
+basket hanging from every branch with the blood-covered head of Balat,
+just as his father had described it to him. He thought he saw the dead
+body of his grandmother lying at the foot of every tree. He seemed
+to see the skeleton of his dishonored grandfather in the darkness,
+and the skeleton, the old woman, and the head all cried out to him,
+"Coward! Coward!"
+
+He left the mountain and fled down toward the sea. He ran along the
+beach in agitation. But there in the distance, amid the waves, where
+the light of the moon seemed to raise a fog, he thought he saw a shade
+raise itself, the shade of his sister, with her breast covered with
+blood, her hair hanging loose in the air.
+
+Elias fell upon his knees on the sand.
+
+"And you, too!" he cried stretching out his arms.
+
+Then, with his eyes fixed on the fog, he arose slowly and, advancing
+toward it, went into the water as if to follow somebody. He waded on
+over the gentle slope of the beach which forms the bar. He was already
+far from the shore and the water was up to his belt. He went on and
+on, as if fascinated by a seducing spirit. The water was now up to his
+breast. Suddenly, the discharge of musketry awoke him from his dream,
+the vision disappeared, and the young man returned to reality. He
+stopped, reflected, and noticed that he was in the water. The lake
+was smooth and he could still see the lights in the fishermen's huts.
+
+He returned to the shore and made his way toward the town. What
+for? He himself did not know.
+
+The town seemed uninhabited. The houses were all closed. Even the
+animals, the dogs which are accustomed to bark at night, had hid
+themselves through fear. The silvery light of the moon increased the
+sadness and solitude.
+
+Afraid of meeting the Civil Guards, he went through the orchards and
+gardens. In one of the gardens he thought he saw two human forms,
+but he continued his way. Jumping over fences and walls, he arrived
+after great labor at the other side of the town, and directed his
+steps toward Ibarra's house. The servants were in the door, lamenting
+and commenting on the arrest of their master.
+
+Aware of what had passed, Elias went away, but returned to the house,
+leaped over the wall, crawled through a window and went into the
+cabinet or laboratory, where the candle which Ibarra had left was
+still burning.
+
+Elias saw the papers and the books. He found the arms and the little
+sacks which contained the money and the jewelry. All that had passed
+ran through his imagination again, and, seeing all the papers which
+might incriminate Ibarra, he thought of collecting them, throwing
+them through the window and burying them.
+
+He glanced toward the garden and, by the light of the moon, he saw
+two Civil Guards coming with an adjutant. Their bayonets and helmets
+were glistening in the light.
+
+Then he decided. He piled up the clothes and papers in the middle
+of the cabinet, emptied the oil in a lamp upon the pile and set fire
+to it. He quickly buckled the arms around him. He saw the picture of
+Maria Clara, hesitated--put it in one of the little sacks, and jumped
+out of the window with them all.
+
+It was already time, for the two Civil Guards were forcing their
+entrance.
+
+"Let us go up to get your master's papers," said the adjutant.
+
+"Have you permission? If not, you shall not go up!" said an old
+servant.
+
+But the soldiers pushed the servants aside with the butts of their
+guns and went upstairs. A thick smoke was already filling the whole
+house, and gigantic tongues of flame were coming out from the sala,
+licking the doors and windows.
+
+"Fire! Fire! Fire!" they all cried.
+
+Each hurried to save what he could, but the fire had filled the small
+laboratory, breaking out furiously among the inflammable materials. The
+Civil Guards had to turn back. The fire, roaring and sweeping all
+before it, closed the passage to them. In vain they brought water
+from the well. All were shouting, and crying for help, but they were
+isolated. The fire reached the other rooms and in thick columns of
+smoke ascended to the heavens. Some peasants came from a distance,
+but they arrived only in time to see the frightful spectacle, the
+end of that old building, so long respected by the elements.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVI
+
+WHAT PEOPLE SAY AND THINK.
+
+
+Day dawned at last for the terrorized people. The streets in which
+the cuartel and the tribunal were situated were still deserted and
+solitary. The houses showed no signs of life. However, a shutter was
+opened with a creaking noise and an infant head stuck out and looked
+in all directions.... Slap!... A sound announces hard contact between
+a strip of leather and a human body. The child made a grimace, closed
+its eyes and disappeared. The shutter was closed again.
+
+The example had been set. Without any doubt the opening and closing of
+the shutter has been heard, for another window was opened very slowly
+and cautiously and a wrinkled and toothless old woman thrust out her
+head. She was called Sister Rute. She looked about, knit her brows,
+spit noisily and then crossed herself. In the house opposite, a little
+window was timidly opened and her friend, Sister Rufa appeared. They
+looked at each other for a moment, smiled, made some signals, and
+again crossed themselves.
+
+"Jesus! It was like a thanksgiving mass," said Sister Rufa.
+
+"Since the time that Balat sacked the town I have never seen a night
+like it," replied Sister Pute.
+
+"What a lot of shots! They say that it was old Pablo's gang."
+
+"Tulisanes? It couldn't be. They say that it was the cuaderilleros
+against the Civil Guards. For this reason, they have arrested Don
+Filipo."
+
+"Sanctus Deus! They say that there are no less than fourteen killed."
+
+Other windows were opened and different faces appeared, exchanging
+salutations and commenting on the affair.
+
+In the light of the day--which promised to be a splendid one--could
+be seen in the distance, like ash-colored shadows, soldiers hurrying
+about in confusion.
+
+"There goes another corpse!" said some one from one of the windows.
+
+"One? I see two."
+
+"And so do I. But do you know what it was?" asked a man with a
+crafty face.
+
+"Certainly. The cuaderilleros."
+
+"No, Senor. An uprising at the cuartel."
+
+"What uprising? The curate against the alferez?"
+
+"No, nothing of the sort," said he who had asked the question. "The
+Chinese have risen in revolt."
+
+And he closed his window again.
+
+"The Chinese!" repeated all, with the greatest astonishment.
+
+In a quarter of an hour other versions of the affair were in
+circulation. Ibarra, with his servants, it was said, had tried to
+steal Maria Clara, and Captain Tiago, aided by the Guardia Civil had
+defended her.
+
+By this time the number of the dead was no longer fourteen, but
+thirty. Captain Tiago, it was said, was wounded and was going right
+off to Manila with his family.
+
+The arrival of two cuaderilleros, carrying a human form in a
+wheelbarrow, and followed by a Civil Guard, produced a great
+sensation. It was supposed that they came from the convent. From the
+form of the feet which were hanging down, they tried to guess who it
+could be. By half-past seven, when other Civil Guards arrived from
+neighboring towns, the current version of the affair was already
+clear and detailed.
+
+"I have just come from the tribunal, where I have seen Don Filipo
+and Don Crisostomo prisoners," said a man to Sister Pute. "I talked
+with one of the cuaderilleros on guard. Well, Bruno, the son of the
+man who was whipped to death, made a declaration last night. As you
+know, Captain Tiago is going to marry his daughter to a Spaniard. Don
+Crisostomo, offended, wanted to take revenge and tried to kill all
+the Spaniards, even the curate. Last night they attacked the convent
+and the cuartel. Happily, by mercy of God, the curate was in Captain
+Tiago's house. They say that many escaped. The Civil Guards burned
+Don Crisostomo's house, and if they had not taken him prisoner,
+they would have burned him, too."
+
+"They burned the house?"
+
+"All the servants were arrested. Why, you can still see the smoke
+from here!" said the narrator, approaching the window. "Those who
+come from there relate very sad things."
+
+All looked toward the place indicated. A light column of smoke was
+still ascending to the heavens. All made comments more or less pious,
+more or less accusatory.
+
+"Poor young man!" exclaimed an old man, the husband of Pute.
+
+"Yes!" replied his wife. "But he did not order a mass for the soul
+of his father, who undoubtedly needs it more than others."
+
+"But wife, you don't have any pity...."
+
+"Sympathy for the excommunicated? It is a sin to have pity for the
+enemies of God, say the curates. Don't you remember? He ran over the
+sacred burial ground as if he were in a cattle pen."
+
+"But a cattle pen and a cemetery are much alike," responded the old
+man, "except that but one class of animals enter the cemetery."
+
+"What!" cried Sister Pute. "Are you still going to defend him whom
+God so clearly punishes? You will see that they will arrest you,
+too. You may support a falling house, if you want to!"
+
+The husband became silent in view of this argument.
+
+"Yes," continued the old woman, "after striking Father Damaso, there
+was nothing left for him to do but to kill Father Salvi."
+
+"But you can't deny that he was a good boy when he was a child."
+
+"Yes, he was a good child," replied the old woman, "but he went to
+Spain. All those who go to Spain return heretics, so the curates say."
+
+"Oh!" exclaimed the husband, seeing his revenge. "And the curate,
+and all the curates, and the Archbishops, and the Pope, and the
+Virgin--are they not Spaniards? Bah! Are they heretics, too? Bah!"
+
+Happily for Sister Pute, the arrival of a servant, who rushed in
+confused and pale, cut off the discussion.
+
+"A man hanged in a neighboring orchard!" she exclaimed breathless.
+
+"A man hanged!" exclaimed all, full of amazement.
+
+The women crossed themselves. No one could stir.
+
+"Yes, Senor," continued the servant, trembling. "I was going to
+gather some peas in.... I looked into the orchard next door ... to
+see if there ... I saw a man swinging.... I thought it was Teo ... I
+went nearer to gather peas, and I saw that it was not he but it was
+another, and was dead ... I ran, ran and...."
+
+"Let us go and see it," said the old man, rising. "Take us there."
+
+"Don't go!" cried Sister Pute, seizing him by the shirt.
+
+"You'll get into trouble! He has hanged himself? Then all the worse
+for him!"
+
+"Let me see it, wife! Go to the tribunal, Juan, and report it. Perhaps
+he is not dead yet."
+
+And he went ino[typo, should be into?] the orchard, followed by the
+servant, who kept hid behind him. The women and Sister Pute herself
+came along behind, full of terror and curiosity.
+
+"There it is, Senor," said the servant stopping him and pointing with
+her finger.
+
+The group stopped at a respectful distance, allowing the old man to
+advance alone.
+
+The body of a man, hanging from the limb of a santol tree, was swinging
+slowly in the breeze. The old man contemplated it for some time. He
+looked at the rigid feet, the arms, the stained clothing and the
+drooping head.
+
+"We ought not to touch the corpse until some official has arrived,"
+said he, in a loud voice. "He is already stiff. He has been dead for
+some time."
+
+The women approached hesitatingly.
+
+"It is the neighbor who lived in that little house; the one who
+arrived only two weeks ago. Look at the scar on his face."
+
+"Ave Maria!" exclaimed some of the women.
+
+"Shall we pray for his soul?" asked a young girl as soon as she had
+finished looking at the dead body from all directions.
+
+"You fool! You heretic!" Sister Pute scolded her. "Don't you know what
+Father Damaso said? To pray for a damned person is to tempt God. He who
+commits suicide is irrevocably condemned. For this reason, he cannot
+be buried in a sacred place. I had begun to think that this man was
+going to have a bad ending. I never could guess what he lived on."
+
+"I saw him twice speaking with the sacristan mayor," observed a girl.
+
+"It couldn't have been to confess himself or to order a mass!"
+
+The neighbors gathered together and a large circle surrounded the
+corpse which was still swinging. In half an hour some officers and
+two cuaderilleros arrived. They took the body down and put it in
+a wheelbarrow.
+
+"Some people are in a hurry to die," said one of the officers,
+laughing, while he took out the pen from behind his ear.
+
+He asked some trifling questions; took the declaration of the servant,
+whom he tried to implicate, now looking at her with evil in his eyes,
+now threatening her and now attributing to her words which she did
+not say--so much so that the servant, believing that she was going
+to be taken to jail, began to weep and finished by declaring that
+she was looking for peas, but that ... and she called Teo to witness.
+
+In the meantime, a peasant with a wide hat and a large plaster on
+his neck, was examining the body, and the rope by which it was hanging.
+
+The face was no more livid than the rest of the body. Above the
+rope could be seen two scars and two small bruises. Where the rope
+had rubbed, there was no blood and the skin was white. The curious
+peasant examined closely the camisa and the pantaloons. He noted that
+they were full of dust and recently torn in some places. But what most
+attracted his attention were the "stick-tights" [22] on his clothing,
+even up to his neck.
+
+"What do you see?" asked the officer.
+
+"I was trying to identify him, senor," stammered the peasant, lowering
+his hat further from his uncovered head.
+
+"But haven't you heard that it was one Lucas? Were you sleeping?"
+
+All began to laugh. The peasant, embarrassed, muttered a few words,
+and went away with head down, walking slowly.
+
+"Here! Where are you going?" cried the old man. "You can't get out
+that way. That's the way to the dead man's house."
+
+"That fellow is still asleep," said the officer with a jeer. "We'll
+have to throw some water on him!"
+
+Those standing around laughed again.
+
+The peasant left the place where he had played so poor a part and
+directed his steps toward the church. In the sacristy, he asked for
+the sacristan mayor.
+
+"He is still sleeping!" they replied gruffly. "Don't you know that
+they sacked the convent last night?"
+
+"I will wait till he awakes."
+
+The sacristans looked at him with that rudeness characteristic of
+people who are in the habit of being ill-treated.
+
+In a dark corner, the one-eyed sacristan mayor was sleeping in a
+large chair. His spectacles were across his forehead among his long
+locks of hair. His squalid, bony breast was bare, and rose and fell
+with regularity.
+
+The peasant sat down near by, disposed to wait patiently, but a
+coin fell on the floor and he began looking for it with the aid of a
+candle, under the sacristan mayor's big chair. The peasant also noted
+"stick-tights" on the sleeping man's pantaloons and on the arms of
+his camisa. The sacristan awoke at last, rubbed his good eye, and,
+in a very bad humor, reproached the man.
+
+"I would like to order a mass said, senor," replied he in a tone
+of excuse.
+
+"They have already finished all the masses," said the one-eyed man,
+softening his accent a little. "If you want it for to-morrow.... Is
+it for souls in Purgatory?"
+
+"No, senor;" replied the peasant, giving him a peso.
+
+And looking fixedly in his one eye, he added:
+
+"It is for a person who is going to die soon." And he left the
+sacristy. "I could have seized him last night," he added, sighingly
+as he removed the plaster from his neck. And he straightened up and
+regained the stature and appearance of Elias.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVII
+
+VAE VICTIS!
+
+
+Civil Guards were passing with a sinister air to and fro in front of
+the door of the tribunal, threatening with the butts of their guns
+the daring boys who stood on tip-toe or raised each other up in order
+to look through the grates in the windows.
+
+The sala did not present that same joyful aspect as it did when the
+program for the festival was being discussed. It was gloomy and the
+silence was almost death-like. The Civil Guards and the cuaderilleros
+who were occupying the room scarcely spoke and the few words that
+they did pronounce were in a low tone. Around the table sat the
+directorcillo, two writers and some soldiers scribbling papers. The
+alferez walked from one side to the other, looking from time to time
+ferociously toward the door. Themistocles after the battle of Salamis
+could not have shown more pride at the Olympic games. Dona Consolacion
+yawned in one corner of the room, and disclosed her black palate and
+her crooked teeth. Her cold and evil look was fixed on the door of
+the jail, covered with indecent pictures. Her husband, made amiable
+by the victory, had yielded to her request to be allowed to witness
+the interrogation and, perhaps, the tortures which were to follow. The
+hyena smelled the dead body, she licked her chops and was wearied at
+the delay in the punishment.
+
+The gobernadorcillo's chair, that large chair under the portrait of
+His Majesty, was empty and seemed destined for some other person.
+
+At nearly nine o'clock, the curate, pale and with eyebrows knit,
+arrived.
+
+"Well, you haven't made any one wait!" said the alferez sarcastically
+to the friar.
+
+"I would have preferred not to be present," replied Father Salvi,
+in a low voice, without taking notice of the bitter tone.... "I am
+very nervous."
+
+"As no one came, I decided that, in order not to leave the chair
+empty, your presence.... You already know that the prisoners are to
+leave town this afternoon."
+
+"Young Ibarra and the teniente mayor?"
+
+The alferez pointed toward the jail.
+
+"Eight are in there," said he. "Bruno died last night at midnight,
+but his declaration has been obtained."
+
+The curate saluted Dona Consolacion, who responded with a yawn and an
+"aah!" The friar took the big chair under the picture of His Majesty.
+
+"We can begin," said he.
+
+"Bring out the two who are in the stocks!" ordered the alferez in his
+most terrifying voice. And turning to the curate, he added, changing
+his tone:
+
+"They are fastened in the stocks with two holes vacant!"
+
+For those who are interested in instruments of torture, we will say
+that the stocks is one of the most innocent. The holes in which are
+fastened the legs of the prisoner are a little more or less than
+a palm apart. Leaving two holes vacant, and putting the prisoner's
+legs in the holes on either side, would make the position strained,
+so that the ankles would suffer peculiarly and the lower extremities
+be stretched apart more than a yard. It does not kill instantly,
+as may well be imagined.
+
+The turnkey, followed by four soldiers, drew back the bolt and opened
+the door. A nauseating odor, and the thick, damp air escaped from the
+dense darkness of the prison and, at the same time, groans and sighs
+were heard. A soldier lighted a match, but the flame was extinguished
+in that foul, vitiated atmosphere, and they had to wait till the air
+was renewed.
+
+In the vague light of a candle, several human forms could be
+discerned. They were men, some of whom locked their arms around their
+knees and hid their heads between them, others were lying down, with
+their mouths to the ground, some standing, and some leaning against
+the wall. A blow and a creaking sound was heard, accompanied by oaths;
+the stocks were being opened.
+
+Dona Consolacion's body was bent forward, the muscles of her neck
+were rigid, her eyes riveted to the half open door.
+
+Between the soldiers came out Tarsilo, the brother of Bruno. He wore
+handcuffs. His torn clothes disclosed well-developed muscles. His
+eyes were fixed insolently on the alferez's wife.
+
+"This is the one who defended himself most bravely, and who ordered
+his companions to flee," said the alferez to Father Salvi.
+
+Behind came another miserable sight, a man crying and weeping like
+a child. He was limping and his pantaloons were stained with blood.
+
+"Mercy, senor, have mercy! I will not enter the cuartel yard again,"
+he cried.
+
+"He is a crafty fellow," said the alferez, speaking to the curate. "He
+wanted to flee, but had received a flesh wound."
+
+"What is your name?" asked the alferez, speaking to Tarsilo.
+
+"Tarsilo Alasigan."
+
+"What did Don Crisostomo promise you for attacking the cuartel?"
+
+"Don Crisostomo has never communicated with us."
+
+"Don't deny it! You wanted to surprise us for him!"
+
+"You are mistaken. You whipped our father to death. We avenged him
+and nothing more. Look for your two soldiers!"
+
+The alferez looked at the sergeant, surprised.
+
+"They are at the bottom of that precipice. We threw them there
+yesterday. There they will rot. Now kill me! You will know nothing
+more."
+
+Silence and general surprise.
+
+"You are not going to tell who were your accomplices?" said the
+alferez in a threatening manner and brandishing a whip.
+
+A scornful smile curled the lips of the culprit.
+
+The alferez conferred for some minutes with the curate in a low
+voice. Then turning to the soldiers, he ordered:
+
+"Take him to where the dead bodies are!"
+
+In a corner of the yard, upon an old wagon, were five bodies close
+together and half covered by a filthy piece of torn matting. A soldier
+on guard was pacing up and down, and constantly spitting.
+
+"Do you recognize them?" asked the alferez, lifting the matting.
+
+Tarsilo did not respond. He saw the dead body of Pedro, with two
+others; one, his own brother, riddled with bayonet wounds, and the
+other, Lucas, with the rope still around his neck. His look became
+gloomy and a sigh seemed to escape from his breast.
+
+"Do you know them?" they asked him.
+
+Tarsilo remained silent.
+
+There was a whistling sound and the whip came down across his back. He
+trembled, and his muscles contracted. The lashes were repeated,
+but Tarsilo continued impassive.
+
+"Let them whip him till they cut him to pieces or till he makes a
+declaration," cried the alferez, exasperated.
+
+"Speak then!" said the directorcillo to him. "They will surely
+kill you."
+
+They led him back to the sala of the tribunal, where the other prisoner
+was invoking God, grating his teeth and shaking on his legs.
+
+"Do you know this man?" asked Father Salvi.
+
+"This is the first time I have ever seen him," replied Tarsilo,
+looking with a certain pity on the other.
+
+The alferez gave him a cuff with his fist and kicked him.
+
+"Tie him to the bench!"
+
+Without taking off the bloody handcuffs, he was fastened to the wooden
+bench. The unhappy fellow looked about him as if in search of some one,
+and his eyes fell on Dona Consolacion. He smiled sardonically. Those
+present were surprised and followed his glance and saw the senora. She
+was biting her lips.
+
+"I have never seen an uglier woman," exclaimed Tarsilo amid the
+general silence. "I prefer to lie down on this bench as I am doing
+than to lie by her side, like the alferez."
+
+The Muse turned pale.
+
+"You are going to whip me to death, alferez," he continued, "but
+to-night I will be avenged by your woman."
+
+"Gag him!" shouted the alferez, furious and trembling with rage.
+
+It seemed as though Tarsilo had wanted the gag, for when he had it
+in his mouth, his eyes gleamed with a ray of satisfaction.
+
+At a signal from the alferez a guard, armed with a whip, began his
+cruel task. The whole body of Tarsilo shrank. A groan, suppressed and
+prolonged, could be heard in spite of the rag which stopped up his
+mouth. He lowered his head. His clothes were being stained with blood.
+
+Father Salvi, pale and with a wild look, rose to his feet laboriously,
+made a sign with his hand and left the sala with vacillating steps. In
+the street, he saw a girl, leaning her back against the wall, rigid,
+immovable, listening attentively, looking into space, her marble-like
+hands extended along the old wall. The sun was shining full upon
+her. She was counting, it seemed without breathing, the sharp blows
+and listening to that heart-rending groan. She was Tarsilo's sister.
+
+In the meantime, the scene was continuing in the sala. The unfortunate
+fellow, overcome with pain, had become silent and waited for his
+punishers to tire. At last, the soldier breathless, let fall his
+arm. The alferez, pale with wrath and astonishment, made a signal
+for them to unloose him.
+
+Dona Consolacion then arose and whispered something into her husband's
+ear. He nodded his head, signifying that he understood.
+
+"To the well with him!" said he.
+
+The Filipinos know what that means. In Tagalog they call it
+timbain. We do not know who could have been the inventor of this
+method of punishment, but we are of the opinion that he must have lived
+long ago. In the middle of the tribunal yard there was a picturesque
+stone-wall, roughly made out of cobble stones, around a well. A rustic
+apparatus of bamboo in the form of a lever serves to draw out the vile,
+dirty and bad smelling water. Broken dishes, refuse and all sorts of
+filth collected there, since the well was a common receptacle for
+everything that the people threw away or found useless. An object
+which fell into the place, no matter how good it may have been, was
+thereafter surely lost. However, the well was never closed up. At
+times, prisoners were condemned to go down and make it deeper, not
+because it was thought that the work would be useful in any way,
+but because the work was so difficult. If a prisoner went down in
+the well once, he invariably contracted a fever, from which he died.
+
+Tarsilo contemplated all the preparations of the soldiers with a firm
+look. He was very pale and his lips were trembling or murmuring a
+prayer. The haughtiness of his desperation seemed to have disappeared,
+or at least to have weakened. A number of times he bent his head,
+fixed his eyes on the ground, resigned to his suffering.
+
+They took him to one side of the stone wall. Dona Consolacion followed
+smiling. The unfortunate wretch glanced enviously toward the pile of
+dead bodies, and a sigh escaped from his breast.
+
+"Speak now!" said the directorcillo again. "They will certainly drown
+you. At least, die without having suffered so much."
+
+"When you come out of this, you will die," said a cuaderillero.
+
+They took the gag out of his mouth and hung him by his feet. He had
+to go down head first and remain under the water some time just like
+a bucket, except that a man is left under the water a longer time.
+
+The alferez went to look for a watch that he might count the minutes.
+
+In the meantime, Tarsilo was hanging, his long hair waving in the
+air and his eyes half closed.
+
+"If you are Christians, if you have hearts," he begged, in a low voice,
+"let me down rapidly and make my head strike against the wall that I
+may die. God would reward such a good deed.... Perhaps some day you
+will be in the same straits as I am now."
+
+The alferez returned and with watch in hand witnessed the descent.
+
+"Slowly, slowly!" cried Dona Consolacion following the poor fellow
+with her eyes. "Be careful!"
+
+The pole was being lowered slowly. Tarsilo rubbed against
+the projecting stones and the dirty plants which grew in the
+crevices. Then, the pole ceased to move. The alferez was counting
+the seconds.
+
+"Up!" he ordered dryly, at the end of a half minute.
+
+The silvery harmony of the drops of water falling back into the well,
+announced the return of the unfortunate man to the light. As the
+weight on the end of the lever was heavy, he came up quickly. The
+rough pieces of stone and pebbles, torn loose from the walls, fell
+with splashes to the bottom.
+
+His face and hair full of filthy mud, his body wet and dripping,
+he appeared again in the sight of the silent crowd. The wind made
+him shiver with cold.
+
+"Do you want to make a declaration?" they asked him.
+
+"Take care of my sister!" the unhappy one murmured, looking at the
+cuaderillero, with supplication.
+
+The bamboo pole creaked again, and again the condemned man
+disappeared. Dona Consolacion observed that the water remained
+still. The alferez counted a minute.
+
+When Tarsilo came up again, his face was livid and his features
+contracted. He glanced at those standing around and kept open his
+bloodshot eyes.
+
+"Will you make a declaration?" asked the alferez again, with vexation.
+
+Tarsilo shook his head and again they let him down. His eyelids were
+almost closed and his eyes were gazing at the white clouds floating
+in the heavens. He bent his neck to keep sight of the light of day,
+but he was soon submerged in the water. That filthy curtain closed
+from him the sight of the world.
+
+A minute passed. The Muse saw large bubbles of air come up to the
+surface of the water.
+
+"He is thirsty," said she, laughing.
+
+The water was again smooth.
+
+This time a minute and a half had passed when the alferez gave
+the signal.
+
+Tarsilo's features were no longer contracted. The half opened lids
+showed the white of his eyes. Muddy water, clotted with blood,
+ran out of his mouth. The cool wind was blowing, but his body no
+longer shivered.
+
+Those present, pale and terrified, looked at each other in silence. The
+alferez made a signal for them to take him down from where he was
+hanging, and stepped aside for a few moments. Dona Consolacion a
+number of times applied the lighted end of her cigar to the bare legs
+of Tarsilo, but his body did not quiver. It put out the light.
+
+"He has asphyxiated himself," murmured a cuaderillero. "See how his
+tongue is turned, as if he wanted to swallow it."
+
+The other prisoner, trembling and perspiring, contemplated the
+scene. Like a madman he looked about him.
+
+The alferez ordered the directorcillo to question him.
+
+"Senor, Senor," he groaned. "I will tell you all that you wish."
+
+"Good. Let us see! What is your name?"
+
+"Andong, Senor!"
+
+"Bernardo ... Leonardo ... Ricardo ... Educardo. Gerardo ... or what?"
+
+"Andong, Senor," repeated the imbecile.
+
+"Call it Bernardo or whatever you please," said the alferez, decided
+not to bother more about it.
+
+"What family name?"
+
+The man looked at him frightened.
+
+"What's your name? What do you add to the name Andong?"
+
+"Ah, Senor! Andong Medio-tonto (half-fool), Senor."
+
+Those standing around could not resist a laugh. The alferez himself
+stopped short.
+
+"What is your business?"
+
+"Cocoanut tree pruner, Senor, and servant for my mother-in-law."
+
+"Who ordered you to attack the cuartel?"
+
+"Nobody, Senor."
+
+"What's that; nobody? Don't you lie or we will put you in the well. Who
+ordered you to do it? Speak the truth."
+
+"That's the truth, Senor."
+
+"Who?"
+
+"Who?"
+
+"I ask you who ordered you to revolt."
+
+"What revolt, Senor?"
+
+"That one last night, when you were in the tribunal yard."
+
+"Ah, Senor!" exclaimed Andong, blushing.
+
+"Who was to blame for that?"
+
+"My mother-in-law, Senor."
+
+A laugh of surprise followed this reply. The alferez stopped and
+looked sharply at the simple peasant, who believed that his words had
+produced a good effect. More animated, he was about to continue when
+the crack of a whip cut him short.
+
+"To the jail!" ordered the alferez. "This afternoon, send him to
+the capital."
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXVIII
+
+THE ACCURSED.
+
+
+The news that the prisoners were going to depart spread quickly through
+the town. At first, the news was heard with terror; afterward, came
+tears and lamentations.
+
+The members of the families of the prisoners were running about
+madly. They would go from the convent to the cuartel from the cuartel
+to the tribunal, and not finding consolation anywhere, they filled the
+air with cries and moans. The curate had shut himself up because he was
+ill. The alferez had increased his guards, who received the supplicants
+with the butts of their guns. The gobernadorcillo, a useless being,
+anyway, seemed more stupid and useless than ever.
+
+The sun was burning hot, but none of the unhappy women who were
+gathered in front of the cuartel thought of that. Doray, the gay
+and happy wife of Don Filipo, wandered about, with her tender little
+child in her arms. Both were crying.
+
+"Get out of the sun," they said to her. "Your son will catch a fever."
+
+"What is the use of his living if he has no father to educate
+him?" replied the dispirited woman.
+
+"Your husband is innocent. Perhaps he will return."
+
+"Yes, when we are in our graves."
+
+Capitana Tinay wept and cried for her son, Antonio. The courageous
+Capitana Maria gazed toward the small grate, behind which were her
+twins, her only sons.
+
+There, too, was the mother-in-law of the cocoanut tree pruner. She
+was not crying; she was walking to and fro, gesticulating, with shirt
+sleeves rolled up, and haranguing the public.
+
+"Have you ever seen anything equal to it?" said she. "They arrest my
+Andong, wound him, put him in the stocks, and take him to the capital,
+all because he happened to be in the cuartel yard."
+
+But few people had any sympathy for the Mussulman mother-in-law.
+
+"Don Crisostomo is to blame for all of this," sighed a woman.
+
+The school teacher also was wandering about in the crowd. Nor Juan
+was no longer rubbing his hands, nor was he carrying his yard stick
+and plumb line. He had heard the bad news and, faithful to his custom
+of seeing the future as a thing that had already happened, he was
+dressed in mourning, mourning for the death of Ibarra.
+
+At two o'clock in the afternoon, an uncovered cart, drawn by two oxen,
+stopped in front of the tribunal.
+
+The cart was surrounded by the crowd. They wanted to destroy it.
+
+"Don't do that!" said Capitana Maria. "Do you want them to walk?"
+
+This remark stopped the relatives of the prisoners. Twenty soldiers
+came out and surrounded the cart. Then came the prisoners.
+
+The first was Don Filipo; he was tied. He greeted his wife with a
+smile. Doray broke into a bitter lamentation and two soldiers had to
+work hard to keep her from embracing her husband. Antonio, the son of
+Captain Tinay, next appeared, crying like a child--a fact which made
+the family cry all the more. The imbecile, Andong, broke out in a wail
+when he saw his mother-in-law, the cause of his misfortune. Albino,
+the former seminary student, came out with his hands tied, as did
+also the twin sons of Capitana Maria. These three youths were serious
+and grave. The last who came was Ibarra. The young man was pale. He
+looked about for the face of Maria Clara.
+
+"That is the one who is to blame!" cried many voices. "He is to blame
+and he will go free."
+
+"My son-in-law has done nothing and he is handcuffed."
+
+Ibarra turned to the guards.
+
+"Tie me, and tie me well, elbow to elbow," said he.
+
+"We have no orders."
+
+"Tie me!"
+
+The soldiers obeyed.
+
+The alferez appeared on horse-back, armed to the teeth. Ten or fifteen
+more soldiers followed him.
+
+Each of the prisoners had there in the crowd his family praying
+for him, weeping for him, and calling him by the most affectionate
+names. Ibarra was the only exception. Even Nor Juan himself and the
+school-teacher had disappeared.
+
+"What have you done to my husband and my son?" said Doray to Ibarra,
+crying. "See my poor boy! You have deprived him of a father!"
+
+The grief of the people was changed to wrath against the young man,
+accused of having provoked the riot. The alferez gave orders to depart.
+
+"You are a coward!" cried the mother-in-law of Andong to Ibarra. "While
+the others were fighting for you, you were hiding. Coward!"
+
+"Curses upon you!" shouted an old man following him. "Cursed be the
+gold hoarded up by your family to disturb our peace! Curse him! Curse
+him!"
+
+"May they hang you, heretic!" cried one of Albino's relatives. And
+unable to restrain himself, he picked up a stone and threw it at
+Ibarra.
+
+The example was quickly imitated, and a shower of dust and stones
+fell on the unfortunate youth.
+
+Ibarra suffered it all, impassive, without wrath, without a
+complaint--the unjust vengeance of suffering hearts. This was the
+leave-taking, the "adios" tendered to him by his town, the center
+of all his affections. He bowed his head. Perhaps he was thinking of
+another man, whipped through the streets of Manila, of an old woman
+falling dead at the sight of the head of her son. Perhaps the history
+of Elias was passing before his eyes.
+
+The cortege moved slowly on and away.
+
+Of the persons who appeared in a few opened windows, those who
+showed the most compassion for the unfortunate young man were the
+indifferent and the curious. All his friends had hidden themselves;
+yes, even Captain Basilio, who forbade his daughter Sinang to weep.
+
+Ibarra saw the smouldering ruins of his house, of the house of his
+fathers where he had been born, where he had lived the sweetest days
+of his infancy and childhood. Tears, for a long time suppressed,
+burst from his eyes. He bowed his head and wept, wept without the
+consolation of being able to hide his weeping, tied as he was by the
+elbows. Nor did that grief awaken compassion in anybody. Now he had
+neither fatherland, home, love, friends or future.
+
+From a height a man contemplated the funeral-like caravan. He was old,
+pale, thin, wrapped in a woollen blanket and was leaning with fatigue
+on a cane. It was old Tasio, who as soon as he heard of what had
+happened wanted to leave his bed and attend, but his strength would
+not permit it. The old man followed with his eyes the cart until it
+disappeared in the distance. He stood for some time, pensive and his
+head bowed down; then he arose, and laboriously started on the road
+to his house, resting at every step.
+
+The following day, shepherds found him dead on the very threshold of
+his solitary retreat.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XXXIX
+
+MARIA CLARA IS MARRIED.
+
+
+Captain Tiago was very happy. During all this terrible time nobody
+had busied himself with him. They had not arrested him, nor had they
+submitted him to excommunications, court trials, electrical machines,
+continual hot foot baths in subterranean places, or to any of the
+other punishments which are well known to certain people who call
+themselves civilized. He had returned to his Manila house. Those who
+had been the Captain's friends--for he had renounced all his Filipino
+friends from the moment that they were suspected by the Government--had
+also returned to their homes after some days of vacation spent in
+the Government buildings. The Governor General had himself ordered
+these people to leave their possessions, for he had not thought it
+fitting that they should remain in them during the great danger.
+
+Captain Tiago was overflowing with gratitude, but he did not know
+exactly to whom he was indebted for such signal favors. Aunt Isabel
+attributed the miracle to the Virgin of Antipolo, to the Virgin of the
+Rosary, or at least to the Virgin of Carmen. The least that she would
+concede was that it was due to Our Lady of Corea. According to the
+Aunt, the miracle was certainly due to one of these Virgins. Captain
+Tiago did not deny that it was a miracle, but he added:
+
+"I do not believe, Isabel, that the Virgin of Antipolo could have
+done it alone. My friends have aided in it; my future son-in-law,
+Senor Linares has, as you know, joked with Senor Antonio Canovas
+himself, whose portrait we saw in 'Illustracion.'"
+
+And the good man could not suppress a smile every time that he heard
+any important news about the event. And there was good reason for
+it. It was whispered about that Ibarra was going to be hanged; that,
+even if many proofs had been lacking, at last one had appeared which
+could confirm the accusation; and that skilled workmen had declared
+that, as a matter of fact, the work for the school-house could pass
+for a fort or a fortification. Even if defective in some parts, that
+was as much as could be expected from ignorant Indians. These rumors
+quieted the Captain and made him smile.
+
+Just as the Captain and his cousin, Aunt Isabel, were of different
+opinions about the miracle, so, too, the other friends of the family
+were divided into different parties--those who followed the miracle
+monger, and those who followed the Government. The latter party,
+however, was quite insignificant. The miracle mongers were sub-divided
+into other factions: the Sacristan Mayor of Binondo, the woman who
+sold the wax candles, and the chief of one of the brotherhoods,
+all saw the hand of God in the miracle, moved by the Virgin of the
+Rosary. The Chinese candle maker, who provided the Captain whenever
+he went on a pilgrimage to Antipolo, was saying as he sat fanning
+himself and wiggling his foot:
+
+"What for you b'long foolish? Thisee belong Mergin Antipolo. She can
+do muchy more: others, no can do. No b'long plopper say pidgin b'long
+other man."
+
+Captain Tiago held the Chinaman in great estimation and made him pass
+for a prophet and doctor. Examining the hand of his deceased wife in
+the sixth month of her pregnancy, he had prophesied:
+
+"If thisee one no b'long man, and no go dead side, will b'long bery
+good woman."
+
+And so it was that Maria Clara came to this earth and fulfilled the
+Chinaman's prophecy.
+
+Captain Tiago, being a prudent and timid person, could not decide the
+question of the miracle as easily as the Trojan Paris. He could not
+give preference to one of the Virgins for fear of offending some other
+of them, a thing which might bring about grave results. "Prudence,"
+he said to himself. "Be prudent! Let us not lose all now."
+
+He was in the midst of these doubts when the party in favor of the
+Government, or the Governmental party, arrived, viz., Dona Victorina,
+Don Tiburcio, and Linares.
+
+Dona Victorina did all the talking for the three men and for herself
+also. She mentioned the visits which Linares had made to the Governor
+General, and repeatedly brought out the benefits derived from having
+a relative of categoria.
+
+For some days past, she had been trying to be Andalusian by suppressing
+the d in all words and in changing the s to z. No one could get the
+idea out of her head; she would prefer to lose her front curls first.
+
+"Yes," she said, in speaking of Ibarra. "That fellow merits very well
+all that he is going to get. I told you so when I saw him for the first
+time. I told you he was a filibustero. What did the General tell you,
+cousin? What did he say? What news did you give him about Ibarra?"
+
+Seeing that the cousin hesitated in his reply, she went on, directing
+her words to Captain Tiago.
+
+"Believe me, if they convict him, as is to be hoped, it will be
+through my cousin."
+
+"Senora, Senora!" protested Linares.
+
+But she did not give him any time.
+
+"Oh, what a diplomat you have turned out to be! But we all know that
+you are the adviser of the Governor General, that he could not live
+without you. Ah! What a pleasure to see you, Clarita."
+
+Maria Clara seemed paler than ever, although she was now quite
+recovered from her illness. Sadly smiling, she approached and greeted
+Dona Victorina with a formal kiss.
+
+After the customary words had been exchanged, Dona went on with her
+false Andalusian.
+
+"We came to visit you. You have been saved by the efforts of your
+friends,"--looking significantly at Linares.
+
+"God has protected my father," said the girl, in a low voice.
+
+"Yes, Clarita, but the time for miracles has passed long ago. As
+we Spaniards say: 'Have no trust in the Virgin and save yourself
+by running.'"
+
+"The--th--the ot--ot--other way," said the doctor, correcting her
+proverbial quotation.
+
+Captain Tiago, who had not yet found opportunity to say a word,
+ventured to ask her, giving much attention to her reply: "So you,
+Dona Victorina, believe that the Virgin...?"
+
+"That is precisely what we came for, to speak to you about the Virgin,"
+replied she, indicating Maria Clara. "We have a matter to talk over."
+
+The maiden understood that she ought to retire. She sought an excuse
+and went away, supporting herself on the furniture as she walked along.
+
+What was said in the conference which followed was so low and mean
+that we prefer to omit it. It is sufficient for us to say that when
+they took their leave all were happy, and that Captain Tiago afterward
+said to his cousin:
+
+"Isabel, send word to the restaurant that we are going to give a
+fiesta to-morrow. You get Maria ready to be married in a short time."
+
+Aunt Isabel looked at him, surprised.
+
+"You will see! When Senor Linares is our son-in-law all the palaces
+will be open to us. They will be envying us; they will all die
+with envy."
+
+And thus it was that at eight o'clock on the following evening,
+Captain Tiago's house was again full of guests, only that this time
+the men whom he had invited were either Spaniards or Chinamen, while
+the fair sex was represented by Spaniards born in the Peninsula or
+in the Philippines.
+
+The larger part of our acquaintances was there: Father Sibyla,
+Father Salvi and several other Franciscans and Dominicans, the old
+lieutenant of the Civil Guard, Senor Guevara, more melancholy than
+ever; the alferez, who related his battle for the thousandth time,
+feeling himself head and shoulders above everybody and a veritable
+Don Juan de Austria, now a lieutenant with the rank of commander; De
+Espadana, who looked at the former with respect and fear and avoided
+his glance; and the indignant Dona Victorina. Linares was not yet
+present, for, being a very important personage, it was fitting that
+he should arrive later than the others.
+
+Maria Clara, the subject of all the gossip, was the center of a
+group of women. She had greeted and received them ceremoniously,
+but did not throw off her air of sadness.
+
+"Psh!" said one of the girls. "A little stuck-up!"
+
+"A cute little thing," replied another, "but he might have selected
+some one of a more intelligent appearance."
+
+"It's the money; he's a good-looking fellow and sells himself for a
+good price."
+
+In another part of the room they were talking like this:
+
+"Marry, when her former betrothed is about to be hanged!"
+
+"I call that prudence; to have one on hand as a substitute."
+
+Possibly the young maiden heard these remarks as she sat in a chair
+near by, arranging a tray of flowers, for her hand was seen to tremble,
+she turned pale and bit her lips a number of times.
+
+The conversation among the men was in a loud tone. Naturally, they
+were conversant with the recent happenings. All were talking, even
+Don Tiburcio, with the exception of Father Sibyla, who maintained a
+disdainful silence.
+
+"I have heard that Your Reverence leaves the town, Father Salvi?" asked
+the newly made lieutenant, now made more amiable by the star on
+his sleeve.
+
+"I have nothing more to do now in San Diego. I am permanently settled
+in Manila now ... and you?"
+
+"I also leave the town," replied the former alferez, straightening
+up. "The Government needs me to take command of a flying column to
+clear the provinces of filibusteros."
+
+Friar Salvi looked him over from head to foot, and turned his back
+to him completely.
+
+"Is it yet known for a certainty what is to become of the leader of
+the revolutionists?" asked a Government employee.
+
+"Are you referring to Crisostomo Ibarra?" asked another. "What is most
+probable and most just is that he be hanged, as those were in '72."
+
+"He will be exiled," said the old lieutenant, dryly.
+
+"Exiled! Nothing more than exiled! But it will be a perpetual
+exile!" exclaimed several at the same time.
+
+"If that young fellow," Lieutenant Guevara went on to say in a loud
+voice, "had been more cautious; if he had trusted certain people less
+with whom he had correspondence; and if the officers had not made
+a subtle interpretation of what was written--if it had not been for
+all of this, that young man would surely have gone free."
+
+This statement by the old lieutenant and the tone of his voice produced
+a great surprise in the room. Those who heard it did not know what
+to say. Father Salvi looked in another direction, perhaps so as not
+to meet the dark look which the old man directed toward him. Maria
+Clara dropped her flowers and sat motionless. Father Sibyla, the one
+who knew how to keep silent, appeared to be the only one who knew
+how to ask questions.
+
+"Are you referring to the letters, Senor Guevara?"
+
+"I am telling what the defendant's attorney told me. He has taken up
+the case with zeal and interest. Aside from some ambiguous lines which
+this young man wrote to a young woman before departing for Europe,
+they have found no proof to sustain the accusation. In these few lines,
+the officers saw a plan and threat against the Government."
+
+"And what about the declaration made by the bandit before he died?"
+
+"That statement has proved of no account, since, according to the
+bandit himself, the conspirators never had communicated with the young
+man, but only with one, Lucas, who was Ibarra's enemy, as they have
+been able to prove, and who committed suicide, perhaps from remorse. It
+has been proved that the papers found in the possession of the dead
+man were forged, since the handwriting was like that of Ibarra seven
+years ago, but not like that of to-day--a fact which shows that it
+was copied from the letter used as evidence against him. Besides,
+his attorney says that if Ibarra had not admitted the genuineness of
+the letter, he would have been able to do much for him; but, at the
+sight of it, the young man turned pale, lost heart and acknowledged
+that he had written it."
+
+"Do you say," asked a Franciscan, "that the letter was directed to
+a young woman? How did it get into the hands of the officers?"
+
+The lieutenant did not reply. He looked for a moment at Friar Salvi
+and then walked off, twisting nervously the end of his grey beard. In
+the meantime, others were commenting something like this:
+
+"There you see the hand of God!" said one. "Even the women hate him."
+
+"He had his house burned, thinking that he could thus save himself. But
+he did not reckon with his host--that is, with his querida, [23] with
+his babai," [23] added another, smiling. "That is God's work. Santiago
+protects Spain!"
+
+The old army officer stopped and approached Maria Clara. She was
+listening to the conversation, immovable in her seat. The flowers
+were at her feet.
+
+"You are a very prudent young woman," said the old lieutenant to her
+in a low voice. "You have done well to hand over the letter.... In
+this way you will assure yourself of a peaceful future."
+
+With dull eyes, and biting her lips, she looked at him as he walked
+away. Luckily, Aunt Isabel passed her at this moment. Maria Clara
+summoned enough strength to catch hold of her aunt's dress.
+
+"Aunt," she murmured.
+
+"What is the matter with you?" asked the latter, frightened, as she
+saw the young woman's face.
+
+"Take me to my room!" she begged, clinging to the arm of the old
+woman in order to raise herself to her feet.
+
+"Are you sick, my child? You seem to have lost all your strength. What
+is the matter with you?"
+
+"A little sick to my stomach ... the crowd in the sala ... so much
+light ... I need to rest. Tell father that I am going to sleep."
+
+"You are cold! Do you want some tea?"
+
+Maria Clara shook her head negatively. She closed the door of her room
+and locked it, and, her strength failing her, she fell to the floor,
+at the feet of an image, weeping and sobbing:
+
+"Mother, mother, my mother!"
+
+The moonlight was shining through the open window and door which led
+out upon the azotea.
+
+The orchestra continued playing gay waltzes. The laughter and the hum
+of conversation could be heard in her bedroom. A number of times her
+family, Aunt Isabel, Dona Victorina, and even Linares, knocked at her
+door, but Maria Clara did not move. There was a rattle in her throat.
+
+Hours passed. The pleasures of the table ended, and dancing
+followed. Her little candle burned out, but the maiden lay quietly
+on the floor, the rays of moonlight shining upon her at the foot of
+an image of the Mother of Jesus.
+
+Gradually the noises in the house died away, the lights were put out,
+and Aunt Isabel again knocked at the door of her room.
+
+"Let us leave her; she is sleeping," said her aunt. "At her age,
+with nothing to trouble her, she sleeps like a corpse."
+
+When all was again silent, Maria arose slowly and glanced around
+her. She saw the azotea and the small climbing plants bathed in the
+melancholy light of the moon.
+
+"A peaceful future! Sleeping like a corpse!" she murmured in a low
+voice, and turned toward the azotea.
+
+The city was quiet. Only the noise of an occasional carriage passing
+over the wooden bridge could be heard in the stillness of the night,
+while the tranquil waters of the river were reflecting the moonlight.
+
+The maiden raised her eyes to the pure, sapphire-colored sky. Slowly
+she took off her rings, her hair-combs, her earrings, and her
+breast-pin, and placing them upon the balustrade of the azotea she
+looked out toward the river.
+
+A banca, loaded with rice grass, stopped at the foot of the landing on
+the bank of the river at the rear of the house. One of the two men who
+were propelling the boat went up the stone steps, leaped over the wall,
+and a few seconds afterward, steps were heard coming up the azotea.
+
+Maria Clara saw him stop on discovering her, but it was for only a
+moment. The man advanced slowly and at about three steps from the
+maiden, stopped again. Maria Clara stepped back.
+
+"Crisostomo!" she gasped, full of terror.
+
+"Yes, I am Crisostomo!" replied the young man, in a grave voice. "An
+enemy, a man who has good reason to hate me, Elias, has helped me
+out of the prison into which my friends had thrown me."
+
+Silence followed these words. Maria Clara bowed her head and allowed
+both her hands to drop at her side.
+
+Ibarra continued:
+
+"Beside the dead body of my mother, I swore to make you happy,
+whatever might be my destiny. You can break your oath; she was not
+your mother. But I, who am her son, I hold her memory sacred, and,
+running great risk, I have come here to fulfill my oath. Fortune
+permits me to speak with you personally. Maria, we shall not see each
+other again. You are young and perhaps some day your conscience may
+accuse you.... I come to tell you, before leaving, that I forgive
+you. Now, may you be happy, and good-bye!"
+
+Ibarra tried to leave, but the maiden stopped him.
+
+"Crisostomo!" she said. "God has sent you to save me from
+desperation.... Hear me and judge me!"
+
+Ibarra wished to withdraw gently from her.
+
+"I have not come," said he, "to call you to account.... I have come
+to give you peace."
+
+"I do not want the peace which you give me. I will give myself
+peace. You despise me, and your contempt will make my life bitter
+till death."
+
+Ibarra saw the poor girl's desperation, and asked her what she desired.
+
+"That you may believe that I have always loved you."
+
+Crisostomo smiled bitterly.
+
+"Ah! You doubt me, you doubt the friend of your infancy, who has
+never hidden a single thought from you," exclaimed she in grief. "I
+understand you. When you know my history, the history which they
+revealed to me during my illness, you will pity me and you will no
+longer answer my grief with that bitter smile. Why did you not let
+me die in the hands of my ignorant doctor? You and I would have been
+happier then."
+
+Maria Clara rested a moment and then continued:
+
+"You have doubted me; you have wished my mother to pardon me. During
+one of those nights of suffering, a man revealed to me the name of
+my true father, and forbade me to love you ... unless my true father
+should pardon you for the offense you committed against him."
+
+Ibarra recoiled and looked in terror at the maiden.
+
+"Yes," she continued. "This man told me that he could not permit our
+marriage, since his conscience would not allow it, and he would find
+himself compelled to publish the truth at the risk of causing a great
+scandal, because my father is ..."
+
+And she whispered a name in the young man's ear in a scarcely audible
+voice.
+
+"What was I to do? Ought I to sacrifice to my love the memory of
+my mother, the honor of the man who innocently supposes himself my
+father, and the good name of my real father? Could I do that without
+you despising me for it?"
+
+"But the proof? Have you proof? You need proof!" exclaimed Crisostomo,
+deeply agitated.
+
+The maiden drew two letters from her bosom.
+
+"Two of my mother's letters: two letters written in remorse before
+I was born. Take them, read them and you will see how she cursed
+me and desired my death, which my father in vain tried to cause by
+drugs. These letters were forgotten in the house where he lived;
+a man found them and kept them. They would only give them to me in
+exchange for your letter ... to make certain, as they said, that I
+would not marry you without the consent of my father. From the time
+that I began to carry them in my bosom instead of your letter, my
+heart was chilled. I sacrificed you, I sacrificed my love.... What
+would not a person do for a dead mother and two living fathers? Did
+I suspect the use to which they were going to put your letter?"
+
+Ibarra was prostrated. Maria Clara went on:
+
+"What was there left for me? Could I tell you who was my father? Could
+I ask you to seek the pardon of him who had so much desired my death,
+and who made your father suffer? There was nothing left for me but to
+keep the secret to myself, and to die suffering.... Now, my friend,
+you know the sad history of your poor Maria. Will you still have that
+contemptuous smile for her?"
+
+"Maria, you are a saint."
+
+"I am happy now that you believe me."
+
+"However," added the young man, changing his tone. "I have heard that
+you are about to marry."
+
+"Yes," sobbed the maiden. "My father asked this sacrifice of me. He
+has fed me and loved me, and it was not his duty. I pay him this debt
+of gratitude which I owe him by assuring him peace through this new
+relative, but ..."
+
+"But?"
+
+"I shall not forget the oaths of fidelity which I made to you."
+
+"What do you think of doing?" asked Ibarra, trying to read her eyes.
+
+"The future is obscure and Destiny is hidden in darkness. I do not
+know what I am to do; but I know that I can love only once, and that
+without love I never will belong to any one. And you, what is to
+become of you?"
+
+"I am nothing but a fugitive.... I am fleeing. In a very short time,
+they will discover my escape, Maria...."
+
+Maria Clara clasped her arms about her lover's neck, kissed his lips
+repeatedly, hugged him, and then, abruptly breaking away from him,
+said:
+
+"Flee! flee! Adios!"
+
+Ibarra looked at her, his eyes sparkling, but she motioned and he
+went away, staggering like a drunken man. Again he leaped over the
+wall and entered the banca. Maria Clara, leaning on the door casing,
+watched him depart.
+
+Elias took off his hat and bowed profoundly.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XL
+
+THE PURSUIT ON THE LAKE.
+
+
+"Listen, Senor, to my plan," said Elias, as they directed the banca
+toward San Miguel. "I will for the present hide you in the house of
+my friend in Mandaluyong. I will bring you all your money, which I
+have saved and kept for you at the foot of the old baliti tree, in
+the mysterious tomb of your grandfather. You shall leave the country."
+
+"To go to a strange land?" interrupted Ibarra.
+
+"To live in peace the remaining days of your life. You have friends
+in Spain, you are rich, you can get yourself pardoned. By all means,
+a foreign land is better for you than your own country."
+
+Crisostomo did not reply. He meditated in silence.
+
+Just then they reached the Pasig and the banca was headed up the
+stream. Over the Bridge of Spain a horse-man was galloping at high
+speed, and a prolonged, sharp whistle was heard.
+
+"Elias," replied Ibarra, "you owe your misfortunes to my family;
+you have saved my life twice; I owe you not only gratitude, but also
+restitution of your fortune. You advise me to go to a foreign land
+and live; then come with me and we will live like brothers. Here,
+you, too, are miserable."
+
+Elias sadly replied:
+
+"Impossible! It is true that I can neither love nor be happy in
+my country; but I can suffer and die in it, and perhaps die for
+it; that would be something. Let my country's misfortune be my own
+misfortune. Since no noble thought unites us, and since our hearts do
+not beat in harmony at the mention of a single word, at least, let a
+common misery unite me to my fellow countrymen; at least, let me weep
+with them over our grief; let the same misery oppress all our hearts."
+
+"Then why do you advise me to leave?"
+
+"Because in other lands you can be happy, and I cannot; because you
+are not made to suffer, and because you would hate your country,
+if some day you should see the cause of your misfortune: and to hate
+one's own country is the greatest misery."
+
+"You are unjust to me," exclaimed Ibarra, with bitter reproach. "You
+forget that I have scarcely arrived here, and that I have already
+sought its welfare."
+
+"Do not be offended, Senor. I am not reproaching you. Would to God
+that all might imitate you. But I do not ask for the impossible and
+you should not be offended if I tell you that your heart deceives
+you. You love your country because your father has taught you to
+love it; you love it because you had in it your love, your fortune,
+your youth; because it smiled on you, and because it has not until now
+done you an injustice. You love your country as we all love that which
+makes us happy. But, on that day when you see yourself poor, ragged,
+hungry, persecuted, denounced and betrayed by your very countrymen,
+on that day you will curse yourself, your country and all."
+
+"Your words grieve me," said Ibarra, resentfully.
+
+Elias bowed his head, meditated and replied:
+
+"I wish to set you right, Senor, and to avoid a miserable future for
+you. You remember the time when I was talking to you in this same
+banca and under the light of the same moon. It was a month ago, a few
+days more or less. Then you were happy. The plea of the unfortunates
+did not reach you. You disdained their complaints because they were
+complaints from criminals. You gave ear to their enemies, and, in
+spite of my reasons and pleas, you put yourself on the side of their
+oppressors. On you depended at that time whether I should turn criminal
+or allow my life to be taken in fulfillment of my sacred pledge. God
+has not permitted it, because the old chief of the bandits has been
+killed. A month has passed and now you think differently."
+
+"You are right, Elias, but man is influenced by changes in
+circumstances. Then I was blind, and obstinate. What did I know? Now
+misfortune has torn the veil from my eyes. The solitude and misery of
+my prison life have taught me; now I see the horrible cancer which
+is sapping the life of society, which hangs to its flesh and which
+requires violent extirpation. They have opened my eyes; they have
+made me see the ulcer; they force me to become a criminal. I will
+be a filibustero, but a true filibustero. I will call upon all the
+unfortunates, on all who have beating hearts within their breasts, on
+all who sent you to me.... No, no! I will not be criminal! It is never
+a crime to fight for one's country! We for three centuries have given
+them our hand, we have asked them for their love, we have anxiously
+wished to call them our brothers. How have they replied? With insults
+and jests, denying us even the quality of being human beings. There
+is no God, there is no hope, there is no humanity. There is nothing
+but the right of force."
+
+Ibarra was excited. His whole body was trembling.
+
+They passed by the Governor General's palace, and believed they saw
+agitation and movement among the guards.
+
+"Have they discovered our flight?" murmured Elias. "Lie down, Senor,
+so that I can cover you up with the grass, for, when we cross over
+to the side of the river near the powder house, the sentry may be
+surprised at seeing two of us in this small banca."
+
+As Elias had foreseen, the sentry stopped him and asked him where he
+came from.
+
+"From Manila, with grass for the magistrates and curates," replied he,
+imitating the accent of one from Pandakan.
+
+A sergeant came out and was informed what was going on.
+
+"Sulung!" (Go on!) said he. "I warn you not to receive any one in
+your banca. A prisoner has just escaped. If you capture him and hand
+him over to me I will give you a good reward."
+
+"All right, Senor. What is his description?"
+
+"He wears a frock coat and speaks Spanish. With that much, be on
+the watch!"
+
+The banca went on. Elias turned his face and saw the shadow of the
+sentry, still standing on the bank of the river.
+
+"We will lose several minutes," said he, in a low voice. "We will
+have to go up the Beata river in order to carry out my pretense of
+being from Pena Francia."
+
+The town was sleeping in the light of the moon. Crisostomo arose to
+admire the sepulchral peace of Nature. The river was narrow and its
+banks formed a plain planted with rice.
+
+Elias threw the load on the bank, picked up a piece of bamboo and
+drew out from under the grass in the banca some empty sacks. They
+went on rowing.
+
+"You are master of your own will, Senor, and of your own future,"
+said he to Crisostomo, who kept silent. "But if you will permit
+me to offer a suggestion, I say to you: Look well at what you are
+going to do. You are about to start a war, for you have money,
+talent, and you will quickly find aid, for, unfortunately, many
+are discontented. Furthermore, in this fight, which you are to
+begin, those who are going to suffer most are the defenseless, the
+innocent. The same sentiments which a month ago prompted me to come
+to you and ask for reforms, are those which now move me to ask you to
+reflect. The country, Senor, is not thinking of separating itself from
+the mother country. It asks only a little liberty, a little justice,
+a little love. The discontented will assist you, the criminals and the
+desperate, but the people will hold aloof. You are mistaken if, seeing
+everything dark, you believe that the country is desperate. The country
+suffers, yes, but it still hopes, believe me, and will only rise in
+revolt when it has lost patience; that is, when those who govern wish
+it--which is still far off. I myself would not follow you. I shall
+never take recourse to these extreme remedies while I see hope in men."
+
+"Then I will go without you!" replied Crisostomo, resolutely.
+
+"Is it your firm decision?"
+
+"Yes, my firm and only decision: I call to witness the memory of my
+father! I cannot allow them to deprive me of peace and happiness with
+impunity, I who have desired only my country's welfare, I who have
+respected all and have suffered on account of a hypocritical religion,
+on account of love for my country. How have they responded to me? By
+burying me in an infamous prison and by prostituting my fiancee. No,
+not to avenge myself would be a crime. It would be encouraging
+them to commit new injustices. No! it would be cowardice, it would
+be pusillanimity to weep and groan while there is life and vigor,
+when to insult and challenge are added scoffery and contemptuous
+ridicule! I will arouse this ignorant people, I will make them see
+their misery--this people who do not think of each other as brothers,
+who are mere wolves devouring each other. I will tell them to rise
+against this oppression and appeal to the eternal right of mankind
+to conquer their liberty!"
+
+"Innocent people will suffer."
+
+"All the better! Can you lead me to the mountain?"
+
+"Till you are safe!" replied Elias.
+
+They again went up the Pasig. They spoke from time to time of
+indifferent things.
+
+"Santa Ana!" murmured Ibarra. "Do you recognize that house?"
+
+They passed by the country house of the Jesuits.
+
+"There I passed many happy and joyful years!" sighed Elias. "In my time
+we used to come here every month ... then I was like the others. I had
+fortune, family; I was dreaming and planning a future for myself. In
+those days I used to visit my sister in the neighboring convent. She
+made me a present of a piece of her own handiwork. A girl friend used
+to accompany her, a beautiful girl. All has passed like a dream."
+
+They remained silent till they arrived at Malapad-na-bato. Those who
+have glided over the bosom of the Pasig on one of those magical nights
+when the moon pours forth its melancholy poetry from the pure blue of
+the sky, when the darkness hides the misery of men and silence drowns
+the harsh accents of their voices, when Nature alone speaks--those
+who have seen such nights on the Pasig will understand the feelings
+which filled the hearts of both young men.
+
+In Malapad-na-bato the carbineer was half asleep, and, seeing that the
+banca was empty and offered no booty for him to seize, according to
+the traditional custom of his corps and the use made of that position,
+he readily let them pass on.
+
+Nor did the Civil Guard at Pasig suspect anything, and they were
+not molested.
+
+It was just beginning to dawn when they reached the lake, calm and
+smooth as a gigantic mirror. The moon was growing dim and the Orient
+was rosy with the tints of morning. At a distance, a mass of grey
+could be discerned advancing toward the banca.
+
+"The falua (or Government steamboat) is coming," murmured Elias. "Lie
+down and I will cover you with these sacks."
+
+The outline of the vessel became more clear and perceptible.
+
+"She is putting in between the beach and us," observed Elias uneasily.
+
+And then he changed the course of the banca a little, rowing toward
+Binangonan. To his great surprise he noticed that the falua was also
+changing its course, while a voice cried out to him.
+
+Elias stopped and meditated. The shore of the lake was very far off,
+and they would soon be in the range of the rifles on the falua. He
+thought of returning to the Pasig. His banca was swifter than the
+falua. But fate was against him! Another boat was coming up the
+Pasig, and they could see the helmets and shining bayonets of the
+Civil Guards.
+
+"We are caught!" he murmured, turning pale.
+
+He looked at his robust arms and taking the only course which remained
+to him, he began to row with all his strength toward the Island of
+Talim. In the meantime, the sun had risen.
+
+The banca glided along rapidly. Elias saw some men standing up on
+the falua, making signals to him.
+
+"Do you know how to manage a banca?" he asked Ibarra.
+
+"Yes; why?"
+
+"Because we are lost if I do not leap into the water and make them
+lose the trail. They will follow me. I swim and dive well.... I will
+take them away from you, and then you can save yourself."
+
+"No; you remain and we will sell our lives dearly."
+
+"Useless! We have no arms, and with those rifles they will kill us
+like birds."
+
+At that moment a chiss was heard in the water like the fall of a hot
+body, and was followed immediately by a report.
+
+"Do you see?" said Elias, putting his paddle in the banca. "We will
+see each other again at the tomb of your grandfather on Nochebeuna
+(Christmas eve.) Save yourself."
+
+"And you?"
+
+"God has taken me through greater dangers."
+
+Elias took off his camisa. A ball grazed his hands and the report
+sounded out. Without being disturbed, he stretched out his hand to
+Ibarra, who was still in the bottom of the boat. Then he arose and
+leaped into the water, pushing away the small craft with his foot.
+
+A number of cries were heard. Soon at some distance the head of the
+young man appeared above the water as if to get breath, dropping out
+of sight at the next instant.
+
+"There, there he is!" cried a number of voices, and the balls from
+their rifles whistled again.
+
+The falua and the other banca took up the chase. A light track of foam
+marked his course, every moment leading farther and farther away from
+Ibarra's banca, which drifted along as if abandoned. Every time that
+the swimmer raised his head to breathe the Civil Guards and the men
+on board the falua discharged their guns at him.
+
+The pursuit continued. Ibarra's little banca was already far off. The
+swimmer was approaching the shore of the lake and was now some fifty
+yards distant from it. The rowers were already tired, but Elias was
+not, for his head often appeared above the water and each time in a
+different direction so as to disconcert his pursuers. No longer was
+there a light trail to betray the course of the diver. For the last
+time they saw him near the shore, some ten yards off, and they opened
+fire.... Then minutes and minutes passed. Nothing appeared again on
+the tranquil surface of the lake.
+
+Half an hour afterward one of the rowers pretended to have discovered
+signs of blood in the water near the shore, but his companions shook
+their heads in a manner which might mean either yes or no.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+CHAPTER XLI
+
+FATHER DAMASO EXPLAINS.
+
+
+In vain the costly wedding gifts were heaped upon the table. Neither
+the diamonds in their blue velvet caskets, nor the embroidered pina,
+nor the pieces of silk had any attractions for Maria Clara. The
+maiden looked at the paper which gave the account of Ibarra's death,
+drowned in the lake, but she neither saw nor read it.
+
+Of a sudden, she felt two hands over her eyes. They held her fast
+while a joyous voice, Father Damaso's, said to her:
+
+"Who am I? Who am I?"
+
+Maria Clara jumped from her seat and looked at him with terror in
+her eyes.
+
+"You little goose, were you frightened, eh? You were not expecting
+me? Well, I have come from the provinces to attend your wedding."
+
+And coming up to her again with a smile of satisfaction, he stretched
+out his hand to her. Maria Clara approached timidly and, raising it
+to her lips, kissed it.
+
+"What is the matter with you, Maria?" asked the Franciscan, losing
+his gay smile, and becoming very uneasy. "Your hand is cold, you are
+pale.... Are you ill, my little girl?"
+
+And Father Damaso drew her up to him with a fondness of which no one
+would have thought him capable. He grasped both the maiden's hands
+and gave her a questioning look.
+
+"Haven't you any confidence in your godfather?" he asked in a
+reproachful tone. "Come, sit down here and tell me your little
+troubles, just as you used to do when you were a child, when you
+wanted wax-candles to make wax figures. You surely know that I have
+always loved you.... I have never scolded you...."
+
+Father Damaso's voice ceased to be brusque; its modulations were even
+caressing. Maria Clara began to weep.
+
+"Are you weeping, my child? Why are you weeping? Have you quarrelled
+with Linares?"
+
+Maria Clara covered her eyes with her hands.
+
+"No! It is not he now!" cried the maiden.
+
+Father Damaso looked at her full of surprise.
+
+"Do you not want to entrust your secrets to me? Have I not always
+managed to satisfy your smallest caprices?"
+
+The young woman raised her eyes full of tears toward him. She looked
+at him for some time, and then began to weep bitterly.
+
+"Do not cry so, my child, for your tears pain me! Tell me your
+troubles. You will see how your godfather loves you."
+
+Maria Clara approached him slowly and fell on her knees at his
+feet. Then raising her face, bathed in tears, she said to him in a
+low voice, scarcely audible:
+
+"Do you still love me?"
+
+"Child!"
+
+"Then ... protect my father, and break off the marriage!"
+
+Then she related her last interview with Ibarra, omitting the reference
+to her birth.
+
+Father Damaso could scarcely believe what he heard.
+
+"While he lived," continued the maiden, "I intended to fight, to wait,
+to trust. I wanted to live to hear him spoken of ... but now that they
+have killed him, now there is no reason for my living and suffering."
+
+She said this slowly, in a low voice, calmly and without a tear.
+
+"But, you goose; isn't Linares a thousand times better than....?"
+
+"When he was living, I could have married ... I was thinking of fleeing
+afterward ... my father wanted nothing more than the relative. Now that
+he is dead, no other man will call me his wife.... While he lived,
+I could have debased myself and still had the consolation of knowing
+that he existed and perhaps was thinking of me. Now that he is dead
+... the convent or the tomb."
+
+Her voice had a firmness in its accent which took away Father Damaso's
+joy and set him to thinking.
+
+"Did you love him so much as that?" he asked, stammering.
+
+Maria Clara did not reply. Father Damaso bowed his head upon his
+breast and remained silent.
+
+"My child!" he exclaimed, his voice breaking. "Forgive me for making
+you unhappy without knowing it. I was thinking of your future; I
+wanted you to be happy. How could I permit you to marry a native;
+how could I see you an unhappy wife and a miserable mother? I could
+not get your love out of your head, and I opposed it with all my
+strength. All that I have done has been for you, for you alone. If
+you had become his wife, you would have wept afterward on account
+of the condition of your husband, exposed to all kinds of vengeance,
+without any means of defense. As a mother, you would have wept over
+the fortune of your sons; if you educated them, you would prepare a
+sad future for them, you would have made them enemies of the Church
+and would have seen them hanged or exiled; if you left them ignorant,
+you would have seen them oppressed and degraded. I could not consent
+to it! This is why I sought as a husband for you one who might
+make you the happy mother of sons born not to obey but to command,
+not to suffer but to punish. I knew that your friend was good from
+infancy. I liked him as I had liked his father, but I hated them both
+when I saw that they were going to make you unhappy, because I love
+you, I idolize you, I love you as my daughter. I have nothing dearer
+than you. I have seen you grow. No hour passes but I think of you;
+I dream of you; you are my only joy."
+
+And Father Damaso began to weep like a child.
+
+"Well, then, if you love me do not make me eternally unhappy. He no
+longer lives; I want to be a nun."
+
+The old man rested his head on his hand.
+
+"To be a nun, to be a nun!" he repeated. "You do not know, my child,
+the life, the misery, which is hidden behind the walls of the
+convent. You do not know it! I prefer a thousand times to see you
+unhappy in the world than to see you unhappy in the cloister. Here
+your complaints can be heard, there you will have only the walls. You
+are beautiful, very beautiful, and you were not born for it, you were
+not born to be the bride of Christ! Believe me, my child, time will
+blot it all out. Later you will forget, you will love your husband
+... Linares."
+
+"Either the convent or ... death!" repeated Maria Clara.
+
+"The convent, the convent or death!" exclaimed Father Damaso. "Maria,
+I am already old, I will not be able to watch you or your happiness
+much longer.... Choose another course, seek another love, another
+young man, whoever he may be, but not the convent."
+
+"The convent or death!"
+
+"My God, my God!" cried the priest, covering his head with his
+hands. "Thou punisheth me. So be it! But watch over my child."
+
+And turning to the young woman: "You want to be a nun? You shall be
+one. I do not want you to die."
+
+Maria Clara took his two hands, clasped them in her own and kissed
+them as she knelt.
+
+"Godfather, my godfather!" she repeated.
+
+Immediately, Father Damaso went out, sad, with drooping head and
+sighing.
+
+"God, O God! Thou existeth, for Thou punisheth. But avenge Thyself
+on me and do not harm the innocent. Save my child!"
+
+
+
+
+
+
+NOTES
+
+
+[1] Street in Manila.
+
+[2] Archbishop and author of theological works.
+
+[3] Roof of the first story used as a veranda.
+
+[4] Petty governor, the highest local official.
+
+[5] Trellis work made of reeds.
+
+[6] Local commander of the Civil Guard.
+
+[7] A narrow canoe.
+
+[8] A drink made of honey and ginger.
+
+[9] A light, early breakfast.
+
+[10] A native fruit.
+
+[11] A Chinese gambling game.
+
+[12] A little white, pearl-like substance sometimes found in the
+cacao tree, which is supposed to be a lucky omen.
+
+[13] Little mestizos or half breeds. Used in contempt.
+
+[14] A reply which accords with the Spanish idea of politeness but
+rather ludicrously used in this instance.
+
+[15] A popular Spanish song handed down from the time of Riego's
+uprising in Spain.
+
+[16] Volunteer police.
+
+[17] A wrong pronunciation of the Spanish Peninsula meaning Spain.
+
+[18] A costly and rich wood like ebony.
+
+[19] Certificate of identification required of all Filipinos under
+Spanish domination.
+
+[20] Warning cry of a coachman, meaning "turn."
+
+[21] Author here shows difficulty in establishing American sovereignty
+over islands by military forces.
+
+[22] A plant (Desmodium caresceus), the dry seeds of which cling to
+the clothing.
+
+[23] Both words mean mistress.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Friars and Filipinos, by Jose Rizal
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK FRIARS AND FILIPINOS ***
+
+***** This file should be named 30278.txt or 30278.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+        https://www.gutenberg.org/3/0/2/7/30278/
+
+Produced by Jeroen Hellingman and the Online Distributed
+Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net (This file was
+produced from images generously made available by The
+Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties.  Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark.  Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission.  If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy.  You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research.  They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks.  Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+https://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1.  General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A.  By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement.  If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B.  "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark.  It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement.  There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement.  See
+paragraph 1.C below.  There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.  See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C.  The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works.  Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States.  If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed.  Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work.  You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D.  The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work.  Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change.  If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work.  The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E.  Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1.  The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever.  You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges.  If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3.  If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder.  Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4.  Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5.  Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6.  You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form.  However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form.  Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7.  Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8.  You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+     the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+     you already use to calculate your applicable taxes.  The fee is
+     owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+     has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+     Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.  Royalty payments
+     must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+     prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+     returns.  Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+     sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+     address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+     the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+     you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+     does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+     License.  You must require such a user to return or
+     destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+     and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+     Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+     money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+     electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+     of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+     distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9.  If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark.  Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1.  Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection.  Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2.  LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees.  YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3.  YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3.  LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from.  If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation.  The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund.  If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund.  If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4.  Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5.  Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law.  The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6.  INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section  2.  Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers.  It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come.  In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at https://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3.  Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service.  The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541.  Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+https://pglaf.org/fundraising.  Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations.  Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org.  Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at https://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+     Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+     Chief Executive and Director
+     gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4.  Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment.  Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States.  Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements.  We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance.  To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit https://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States.  U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses.  Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including including checks, online payments and credit card
+donations.  To donate, please visit: https://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5.  General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone.  For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included.  Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+     https://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
diff --git a/old/old/2009-10-17-30278.zip b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278.zip
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..97e21ba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/old/old/2009-10-17-30278.zip